2nd Gen Mazda3 Mazdaspeed3 Workshop Manual

2010
CONTENTS
MaZDa3
MaZDaSPEED3
Workshop
Manual
Title
GENERAL INFORMATION
ENGINE
SUSPENSION
FOREWORD
This manual contains on-vehicle service
and/or diagnosis procedures for the Mazda3/
Mazdaspeed3.
DRIVELINE/AXLE
For proper repair and maintenance,

a thorough familiarization with this manual is
important, and it should always be kept in a
handy place for quick and easy reference.
TRANSMISSIONrrRANSAXLE
All the contents of this manual, including

drawings and specifications, are the latest
available at the time of printing.
As modifications affecting repair or
maintenance occur, relevant information
supplementary to this volume will be made
available at Mazda dealers. This manual
should be kept up-to-date.
Mazda Motor Corporation reserves the right
to alter the specifications and contents of
this manual without obligation or advance
notice.
All rights reserved. No part of this book may
be reproduced or used in any form or by any
means, electronic or mechanical-including
photocopying and recording and the use of
any kind of information storage and retrieval
system-without permission in writing.
Mazda Motor Corporation
HIROSHIMA, JAPAN
APPLICATION:
This manual is applicable to vehicles
beginning with the Vehicle Identification
Numbers (VIN), and related materials
shown on the following page.
BRAKES
STEERING
HEATER, VENTILATION &
AIR CONDITIONING HVAC
RESTRAINTS
BODY & ACCESSORIES
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
2009 Mazda Motor Corporation
PRINTED IN U.S.A., APRIL 2009
Form No. 1930-1U-09D

Part No. 9999-95-0178-10
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS (VIN)

JM1
JM1
JM1
JM1
JM1
JM1
JM1
JM1
JM1
BL1H3*A#
BL1H4*A#
BL1H5*A#
BL1H6*A#
BL1HF*A#
BL 1S5*A#
BL 1S6*A#
BL 1SF*A#
BL1SG*A#
100001100001100001100001100001100001100001100001100001-
RELATED MATERIALS
MNAO Part No.
Mazda Material No.
2010 Mazda3/Mazdaspeed3 Service Highlights
9999-95-064F-10
3455-1 U-09D
Engine Workshop Manual L3 WITH TC
9999-95-0L3T-06
1833-1 U-05H
Engine Workshop Manual L5
9999-95-00L5-09
1924-1 U-08F
Engine Workshop Manual LF L3
9999-95-LFL3-08
1972-1 U-08K
Manual Transmission Workshop Manual G35M-R
9999-95-0G35-03
1756-1 U-021
Manual Transaxle and Transfer Workshop Manual

A26M-R A26MX-R
9999-95-A26M-07
1898-1 U-06G
Manual Transmission Workshop Manual G66M-R
9999-95-G66M-09
1929-1 U-08F
Automatic Transaxle Workshop Manual FS5A-EL
9999-95-FS5A-06
1859-1 U-05 F
2010 Mazda3/Mazdaspeed3 Bodyshop Manual
9999-95-036F-10
3454-1 U-09D
2010 Mazda3/Mazdaspeed3 Wiring Diagram
9999-95-019G-10
5766-1 U-09D
Material Name
WARNING
Servicing a vehicle can be dangerous. If you have not received
service-related training, the risks of injury, property damage, and
failure of servicing increase. The recommended servicing procedures
for the vehicle in this workshop manual were developed with
Mazda-trained technicians in mind. This manual may be useful to
non-Mazda trained technicians, but a technician with our
service-related training and experience will be at less risk when
performing service operations. However, all users of this manual are
expected to at least know general safety procedures.
This manual contains "Warnings" and "Cautions" applicable to risks
not normally encountered in a general technician's experience.
They should be followed to reduce the risk of injury and the risk
that improper service or repair may damage the vehicle or render it
unsafe. It is also important to understand that the "Warnings" and
"Cautions" are not exhaustive. It is impossible to warn of all
the hazardous consequences that might result from failure to follow
the procedures.
The procedures recommended and described in this manual are
effective methods of performing service and repair. Some require tools
specifically designed for a specific purpose. Persons using procedures
and tools which are not recommended by Mazda Motor Corporation
must satisfy themselves thoroughly that neither personal safety nor
safety of the vehicle will be jeopardized.
The contents of this manual, including drawings and specifications, are
the latest available at the time of printing, and Mazda Motor Corporation
reserves the right to change the vehicle designs and alter the contents
of this manual without notice and without incurring obligation.
Parts should be replaced with genuine Mazda replacement parts or
with parts which match the quality of genuine Mazda replacement
parts. Persons using replacement parts of lesser quality than that of
genuine Mazda replacement parts must satisfy themselves thoroughly
that neither personal safety nor safety of the vehicle will be
jeopardized.
Mazda Motor Corporation is not responsible for any problems which
may arise from the use of this manual. The cause of such problems
includes but is not limited to insufficient service-related training, use of
improper tools, use of replacement parts of lesser quality than that of
genuine Mazda replacement parts, or not being aware of any revision
of this manual.
"
GENERAL INFORMATION
GENERAL INFORMATION .... 00-00
00-00
GENERAL INFORMATION
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

(VIN) CODE ..................... . 00-00-2
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
(VIN) ............................ 00-00-2
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL . ....... . 00-00-3
Range of Topics ................ 00-00-3
Service Procedure ............... . 00-00-3
Symbols ....................... 00-00-5
Advisory Messages ............... 00-00-5
Troubleshooting Procedure ......... . 00-00-6
Procedures for Use ............... . 00-00-7
UNITS . .......................... . 00-00-12
Conversion to SI Units
(Systeme International d'Unites) .... . 00-00-12
Rounding Off. ................... . 00-00-12
Upper and Lower Limits ........... . 00-00-12
SERVICE CAUTIONS . .............. . 00-00-13
Injury/damage Prevention
Precautions ................... . 00-00-13
Protection of the Vehicle ........... . 00-00-13
Preparation of Tools and
Measuring Equipment ............ . 00-00-13
Special Service Tools ........... . 00-00-13
Malfunction Diagnosis System ...... . 00-00-13
Negative Battery Cable Disconnection/
Connection ................... . 00-00-14
Oil Leakage Inspection ............ 00-00-14
Removal of Parts ................ . 00-00-15
Disassembly ................... . 00-00-15
Inspection During Removal,
Disassembly ................... . 00-00-15
Arrangement of Parts ............ 00-00-15
Cleaning of Parts ................. . 00-00-16
Reassembly .................. 00-00-16
Adjustment ..................... . 00-00-16
Rubber Parts and Tubing ....... . 00-00-17
Hose Clamps .................... . 00-00-17
Torque Formulas ................ 00-00-17

Vise ........................ . 00-00-17
Dynamometer .................. 00-00-18
SST .......................... . 00-00-18
ELECTRICAL SySTEM .............. 00-00-19
Electrical Parts ............... . 00-00-19
Wiring Harness .................. 00-00-19
Connectors ................... 00-00-19
Terminals .................... . 00-00-21
Sensors, Switches, and Relays ...... 00-00-21
Wiring Harness .............. . 00-00-21
Fuse ........................ 00-00-22
Direction of View for Connector ...... 00-00-22
Electrical Troubleshooting Tools ...... 00-00-23
Precautions Before Welding ........ . 00-00-24
INSTALLATION OF RADIO SYSTEM . .. 00-00-25
JACKING POSITIONS, VEHICLE LIFT
(2 SUPPORTS) AND SAFETY STAND
(RIGID RACK) POSITIONS . ......... 00-00-26
Jacking Positions ................ . 00-00-26
Vehicle Lift Positions,
Safety Stand Positions ........... . 00-00-27
TOWING . ......................... 00-00-28
Vehicle Securing Position .......... . 00-00-29
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER
LOCATIONS ..................... 00-00-30
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .. . 00-00-30
Engine Identification Number ....... 00-00-30
SAE STANDARDS . ................ . 00-00-31
ABBREVIATIONS ................. . 00-00-32
PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION ....... . 00-00-33
Pre-Delivery Inspection Table ....... . 00-00-33
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE . ...... . 00-00-34
Scheduled Maintenance Table for U.S.A.,
CANADA and Puerto Rico ......... 00-00-34
Scheduled Maintenance Table
for Mexico ...................... 00-00-37
00-00-1
GENERAL INFORMATION
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN) CODE
id000000100200
JM1 BL1 H F*A0123456
Serial No.
P:. ,:I.: : :an..:.=,t
L...-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
0= Hiroshima
1= Hofu
Model year
A= 2010
Check digit
*= 0 to 9, X
~---------~~
L...-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~
Engine
F= 2.0 L (LF) Federal/CANADA/Mexico

G= 2.0 L (LF) California
3= 2.3 L (L3 WITH TC) Federal/CANADA/Mexico
4= 2.3 L (L3 WITH TC) California
S= 2.S L (LS) Federal/CANADA/Mexico
6= 2.S L (LS) California
~------------------------
Body style
Restraint system
H=SHB
S= 4SD
1= with Driver, Passenger, Side and

Curtain air bag module
~----------------------------
C_a_r_lin_e_a_nd_S_e_ri_es
BL= Mazda3/Mazdaspeed3
World manufacturer identification
JM1 = Mazda/passenger car
L...-_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
am3uuw0000624
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

id000000100300
JM1
JM1
JM1
JM1
JM1
JM1
JM1
JM1
JM1
BL1H3*A# 100001BL1H4*A# 100001BL1H5*A# 100001BL1H6*A# 100001BL 1HF*A# 100001BL1S5*A# 100001BL1S6*A# 100001BL1SF*A# 100001BL1SG*A# 100001-
00-00-2
GENERAL INFORMATION
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
id000000800100
Range of Topics
This manual contains procedures for performing all required service operations. The procedures are divided
into the following five basic operations:
Removal/I nstallation
Disas.sembly/Assembly
Replacement
Inspection
Adjustment
Simple operations which can be performed easily just by looking at the vehicle (i.e., removal/installation of
parts, jacking, vehicle lifting, cleaning of parts, and visual inspection) have been omitted.
Service Procedure
Inspection, adjustment
Inspection and adjustment procedures are
divided into steps. Important points regarding the
location and contents of the procedures are
explained in detail and shown in the illustrations.
SHOWS PROCEDURE ORDER

FOR SERVICE
,..,....- - ' - - - - - - - i t
SHOWS TIGHTENING
TORQUE
SPECIFICATIONS
Caution
Connect the gauge set from under
the vehicle to prevent contact with
the drive belt and the cooling fan.
am6xuw0000155
00-00-3
GENERAL INFORMATION
Repair procedure
1. Most repair operations begin with an overview illustration. It identifies the components, shows how the parts fit
together, and describes visual part inspection. However, only removal/installation procedures that need to be
performed methodically have written instructions.
2. Expendable parts, tightening torques, and symbols for oil, grease, and sealant are shown in the overview
illustration. In addition, symbols indicating parts requiring the use of special service tools or equivalent are also
shown.
3. Procedure steps are numbered and the part that is the main point of that procedure is shown in the illustration
with the corresponding number. Occasionally, there are important points or additional information concerning a
procedure. Refer to this information when servicing the related part.
SHOWS SERVICE
ITEM (S)
Procedure
"Removal/Installation"
Portion
*~------------~
LOWER TRAILING LINK UPPER TRAILING LINK REMOVAUINSTALLATION
1. Jack up the rear of the vehicle an~ s~pport it with safety stands.
2. Remove ~he undercoyer: (See?1 104 Undercover Removal)
3. Remove In the order indicated In the table.
4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
INSTALLATION
SHOWS SPECIAL
"~~~~~-~t~~~-~;;~r- - - - - - - r~- 5. Inspect the rear wheel alignment and adjust it jf necessary.
Installation" Portion
INSTALL THE PARTS BY

PERFORMING STEPS
1-3 IN REVERSE ORDER
SHOWS PROCEDURE ORDER

FOR SERVICE
INDICATES RELEVANT
RE FERENCES THAT NEED
TO BE FOLLOWED DURING
~~ SERVICE TOOL (SST)

~~~
FOR SERVICE OPERATION
\
~
SHOWS APPLICATION
_mlil
~ 43-56 {4.3-5.8,32-41) POINTS OF GREASE, ETC.

~ ~
~~~;;rJ;:~6~~I~;;;IONS
SHOWS EXPENDABLE PARTS
SHOWS DETAILS
SHOWS TIGHTENING
TORQUE UNITS
1
2
3
SHOWS REFERRAL
NOTES FOR SERVIC E
4
5
6
Split pin
Nut
ower trallng inK oall oint
(See 02-1
Bolt
Lower trailing link
Dust boot (lower trailing link)
7
B
Joint Removal Note) I
9
10
11
12
Split pin
Nut
Upper trailing link ball joint
(See 02-14-5 Upper Trailing Link Ball Joint Removal Note)
Nut
Upper trailing link
Dust boot (upper trailing link)
LowerTrailing Link Ball Joint, Upper Trailing Link

Ball Joint Removal Note
Remove the ball joint using the SSTs.
SHOWS SPECIAL
SERVICE TOOL (SST) NO.
SHOWS REFERRAL - NOTES FOR SERVICE
KNUCKLE
am6xuw0000155
00-00-4
GENERAL INFORMATION
Symbols
There are eight symbols indicating oil, grease, fluids, sealant, and the use of SST or equivalent. These symbols
show application points or use of these materials during service.
Symbol
-~
Meaning
Apply oil
New appropriate
engine oil or gear
oil
Apply brake fluid
New appropriate
brake fluid
Apply automatic
transaxlel
transmission fluid
New appropriate
automatic
transaxlel
transmission fluid
Apply grease
Appropriate
grease
Apply sealant
Appropriate
sealant
Apply petroleum
jelly
Appropriate
petroleum jelly
iii
Replace part
O-ring, gasket,
etc.
ED
Use SST or
equivalent
Appropriate tools
~A
_1
G
Kind
Advisory Messages
You will find several Warnings, Cautions, Notes, Specifications and Upper and Lower Limits in this
manual.
Warning
A Warning indicates a situation in which serious injury or death could result if the warning is ignored.
Caution
A Caution indicates a situation in which damage to the vehicle or parts could result if the caution is ignored.
Note
A Note provides added information that will help you to complete a particular procedure.
Specification
The values indicate the allowable range when performing inspections or adjustments.
Upper and lower limits
The values indicate the upper and lower limits that must not be exceeded when performing inspections or
adjustments.
00-00-5
GENERAL INFORMATION
Troubleshooting Procedure
Basic flow of troubleshooting
CUSTOMER ARRIVES
I
WARNING LlGHT*
ON/FLASHING
NO WARNING LlGHT*
WITH SYMPTOM
CHECK FOR
PRIORITIZED DTC
DTC
CHECK DTC
IGNITION ON TEST, IDLING
TEST
r
DIAGNOSE BY DTC
(ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC)
DTCTABLE
DTC
TROUBLESHOOTING
FLOW
*: INDICATOR LIGHTS AND WARNING
LIGHTS THAT INDICATE MALFUNCTIONS
WITHOUT DTC
DIAGNOSE BY SYMPTOM
(SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING)
1. DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
2. QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART
(IF MENTIONED)
3. SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
acxuuw00000444
DTC troubleshooting flow (on-board diagnostic)

Diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) are important hints for repairing malfunctions that are difficult to simulate.
Perform the specific DTC diagnostic inspection to quickly and accurately diagnose the malfunction.
The on-board diagnostic function is used during inspection. When a DTC is shown specifying the cause of a
malfunction, continue the diagnostic inspection according to the items indicated by the on-board diagnostic
function.
Diagnostic index
The diagnostic index lists the symptoms of specific malfunctions. Select the symptoms related or most closely
relating to the malfunction.
Quick diagnosis chart (If mentioned)
The quick diagnosis chart lists diagnosis and inspection procedures to be performed specifically relating to the
cause of the malfunction.
Symptom troubleshooting
Symptom troubleshooting quickly determines the location of the malfunction according to symptom type.
00-00-6
GENERAL INFORMATION
Procedures for Use
Using the basic inspection (section 05)
Perform the basic inspection procedure before symptom troubleshooting.

Perform each step in the order shown.
The reference column lists the location of the detailed procedure for each basic inspection.
Although inspections and adjustments are performed according to the reference column procedures, if the
cause of the malfunction is discovered during basic inspection, continue the procedures as indicated in the
action column.
SHOWS ITEM NAMES FOR
DETAILED PROCEDURES
SHOWS INSPECTION
ORDER
SHOW POINTS REQUIRING

ATTENTION BASED ON
INSPECTION R ESULTS
BASIC INSPECTION
I'STEP
REFERENCE
COLUMN
ACTION
INSPECTION
Perform the mechanical system test.

(See 05-13-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST.)
Is mechanical system normal?
Yes
No
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

When the selector lever is moved, does the selector
illumination indicate synchronized position to the
lever location? Also, when other ranges are selected
from N or P during idling, does the vehicle move
within 1-2 s?
Yes
No
Inspect the ATF color condition.

(See 05-13-8 AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION.)
Are ATF color and odor normal?
Yes
No
Perform the line pressure test.

(See 05-13-3 Line Pressure Test.)
Is the line pressure normal?
Yes
No
Perform the stall test.

(See 05-13-4 Stall Speed Test.)
Is the stall speed normal?
Yes
No
Inspect the voltage at the following TCM terminals.

(See 05-13-29 TCM INSPECTION.)
Yes
No
Terminal2J (TFT sensor)

Terminals 10, 2B, 2C, 2E (TR switch)
Terminal 2G (turbine sensor)
Terminal2D (down switch)
Terminal 21 (up switch)
Terminal 1E (M range switch)
Terminal1W (steering shift switch)
Is the voltage normal?
Go to the next step.

Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to
the inspection result.
Inspect the selector lever and TR switch. Repair or
replace malfunctioning parts.
(See 05-14-5 SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION.)
(See 05-13-10 TRANSMISSION RANGE (TR) SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
If the selector lever and TR switch are normal, go to the
next step.
Flush ATX and cooler line as necessary.
am6xuw0000155
00-00-7
GENERAL INFORMATION
Using the OTe troubleshooting flow
DTC troubleshooting flow shows diagnostic procedures, inspection methods, and proper action to take for each
DTC.
,TROUBLE CONDITION
DETECTION CONDITION
describes the condition
under which th e DTC is
detected.
DTC P0103
MAF circuit high input
DTC P0103
PCM monitors input voltage from TP sensor after ignition key is turned on, If input voltage at PCM terminal 68 is
above 8,25 V, PCM determines that TP circuit has malfunction,
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
describes
possible
point(s) of
malfunction
Diagnostic support note

This is a continuous monitor (CCM),
MIL illuminates if PCM detects the above malfunction during first drive cycle, Therefore,
PENDING CODE is not available,
FREEZE FRAME DATE is available,
DTC is stored in the PCM memory,
~ ,.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM
~~:r
'~~
@@
(j)
~'I ~m~ I I~
A
~
36
PCM
HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR
I""'"-
II
Il 1
II I
11Pl I
1 1 1
1 1 1
r-
I DI
I
1 HI
~
Diagnostic procedure
STEP
INSPECTION
Yes
Go to next step,
No
Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on repair order, then go

to next step,
VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION

AVAILABILITY
Yes
Perform repair or diagnosis according to available repair

information,
If vehicle is not repaired, then go to next step,
Are related Service Bulletins and/or on-line

re air information available?
VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS IS

CONCERN INTERMITTENT OR CONSTANT
INSPECTION ---il----+ Connect diagnostic tool to DLC-2.
Start engine.
describes the
Access MAF V PID using diagnostic tool.
method to
Is MAF V PiD within 0.2 - 8.3 V?
4
INSPECT POOR CONNECTION OF MAF
quickly
SENSOR CONNECTOR
Turn ignition key to OFF.

Disconnect MAF sensor connector.
Check for poor connection (damaged, pulledout terminals, corrosion etc.).
Are there any malfunctions?
In dicates the
co nnector
rei ated to the
in spection
ACTION
VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN

RECORDED
Has FREEZE FRAME DATA been recorded?
determine the
malfunctioning
part(s).
In dicates the
circuit to be
in spected
(0 1 and 05
se ction)
MAFSENSOR
STEP shows
the order of
troubleshooting
MAF sensor malfunction

Connector or terminal malfunction
Open circuit in wiring between MAF sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 36
Open circuit in MAF sensor ground circuit
FROM
MAIN RELAY
Indicates the
inspection step
No. to be
performed
(01 and 05
section)
No
Go to next ste .
Yes
Intermittent concern is existing. Go to INTERMITTENT

CONCERNS TROUBLESHOOTING procedure.
(See 01-03-33 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
TROUBLESHOOTING)
No
Go to next step.
Yes
Repair or replace terminals, then go to Step 8.
ACTION
describes the
appropriate
action to be taken
according to
the result
(Yes/No) of the
INSPECTION.
Reference
item(s) to
perform
ACTION.
am6xuw0000155
00-00-8
GENERAL INFORMATION
Using the diagnostic index
Malfunction symptoms are listed in the diagnostic index under symptom troubleshooting.
The exact malfunction symptoms can be selected by following the index.
No.
1
TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM
Melting of main or other fuses
DESCRIPTION
Page
(See 01-03-6 MELT NO.1 MAIN OR

OTHER FUSE)
MIL comes on
MIL is illuminated incorrectly.
Will not crank
Hard starVlong crank/erratic starVerratic

crank
Engine stalls.
Cranks normally but will not start
Starter does not work.

Starter cranks engine at normal
speed but engine requires excessive
cranking time before starting.
Engine stops unexpectedly at idle
and/or after start.
Starter cranks engine at normal
speed but engine will not run.
Slow return to idle
Engine runs rough/rolling
Fast idle/runs on
10
Low idle/stalls during deceleration
I After starVat idle
Engine takes more time than normal

to return to idle speed.
Engine speed fluctuates between
specified idle speed and lower
speed and engine shakes
excessively.
Engine speed continues at fast idle
after warm-up.
Engine runs after ignition key is
turned to OFF.
Engine stops unexpectedly at beginning of deceleration or recovery
from deceleration.
(See 01-03-7 NO.2 MIL COMES ON)

(See 01-03-8 NO.3 WILL NOT CRANK)
(See 01-03-9 NO.4 HARD START/
LONG CRANK/ERRATIC CRANK)
(See 01-03-11 NO.5 ENGINE-STALLS
AFTER START/AT IDLE)
(See 01-03-15 NO.6 CRANKS
NORMALLY BUT WILL NOT START)
(See 01-03-19 NO.7 SLOW RERUN
TO IDLE)
(See 01-03-20 NO.8 ENGINE RUNS
ROUGH/ROLLING IDLE)
(See 01-03-23 NO.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS

ON)
(See 01-03-24 NO. 10 LOW IDLE/
STALLS DURING DECELERATION)
acxuuw00000447
00-00-9
GENERAL INFORMATION
Using the quick diagnosis chart
The chart lists the relation between the symptom and the cause of the malfunction.
The chart is effective in quickly narrowing down the relation between symptom and cause of the malfunction. It
also specifies a range of common causes when multiple malfunction symptoms occur.
The appropriate diagnostic inspection relating to a malfunction cause as specified by the symptoms can be
selected by looking down the diagnostic inspection column of the chart.
SYMPTOM QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART

Possible factor
PARTS WHICH MAY BE THE

CAUSE OF PROBLEMS
~---------------------~---------------------~
.~
r.
o
<D
c:
t5c:
:::J
PART WHICH MAY BE - f - - - - - - . . .

THE SYMPTOM
~ ~
Troubleshooting item
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
'lij
E
Melts of main or other fuse

""
MIL comes on
Will not crank
Hard to startllong crank/erratic startlerratic
crank
Engine stalls
IAfter startlat idle
x x
G)
CHOOSE THE
ACTUALSYMPTOM
Surges
12 Lack/loss of power
13 Knocking/pinging
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
x
x
x x x
x x x

Slow return to idle
8 Engine runs rough/rolling idle
9 Fast idle/runs on
10 Low idle/stalls during deceleration
Engine stalls/quits
Acceleration/cruise
Engine runs rough
Acceleration/cruise
Misses
Acceleration/cruise
11
Acceleration/cruise/
Buck/jerk
deceleration
Hesitation/stumble
x
x
x
x
x x
x
Acceleration
Acceleration/cruise
Acceleration/cruise
Acceleration/cruise
Poor fuel economy

Emissions compliance
High oil consumption/leakage
Overheating
Cooling system concerns
Runs cold
Exhaust smoke
Fuel odor (in engine compartment)
x x
x x
x x
x
x
x
x x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x x x
I
I
x x x
x
x
21
Engine noise
22
23
Vibration concerns (engine)

NC does not work sufficiently
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
24 NC always on/ NC compressor runs

continuously
25
NC does not cut off under wide open throttle

conditions
ti:
Xhaust sulphur smell
29
30
31
32
el refill concerns
I filling shut off issues
Intermittent concerns
Constant voltage
Spark plug condition
Automatic transaxle
concerns
Upshiftldownshiftl
engagement
x
(See 05-01 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SYMPTOM TROUBLESOOTING)
am6xuw0000155
00-00-10
GENERAL INFORMATION
Using the symptom troubleshooting
Symptom troubleshooting shows diagnostic procedures, inspection methods, and proper action to be taken for
each trouble symptom.
DESCRIPTION describes what
kind of TROUBLE SYMPTOM
14
""
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
describes
possible
point of
malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
TROUBLE SYMPTOM
Engine flares up or slips when upshifting or down shifting
" When accelerator pedal is depressed for driveway, engine speed increase but vehicle speed increase
slowly.
When accelerator is depressed while driving, engine speed increases but vehicle not.
There is clutch slip because clutch is stuck or line pressure is low.
- Clutch stuck, slippage (forward clutch, 3-4 clutch, 2-4 brake band, one-way clutch 1, one-way clutch 2)
Line pressure low
Malfunction or mis-adjustment of TP sensor
Malfunction of VSS
Malfunction of inpuVturbine speed sensor
Malfunction of sensor ground
Malfunction of shift solenoid A, B or C
Malfunction of TCC solenoid valve
Malfunction of body ground
Malfunction of throttle cable
Malfunction of throttle valve body
- Poor operating of mechanical pressure
Selector lever position disparity
TR switch position disparity
Note
STEP showS
the order of
troubleshootmg.
Before following troubleshooting steps, make sure that Automatic Transaxle On-board Diagnostic and
Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted.
STEP
Refere nce
item(s) for
additio nal
information
to perform
INSPE CTION.
INSPECTION
Is line pressure okay?
ACTION
Yes
No
Repair or replace any defective parts according to

inspection results.
Yes
Go to next step
No
Go to symptom troubleshooting No.9 "Abnormal shift".
Stop engine and turn ignition switch on.

Connect diagnostic tool to DLC-2.
Yes
Overhaul control valve body and repair or replace any

defective parts.
(See ATXWorkshop Manual GF4A-EL (1666-1A-99F _ _
If problem remains, replace or overhaul transaxle and
repair or replace defective parts.
(See 05-17-15 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
REMOVEVAUINSTALLATION)
No
Inspect for bend, damage, corrosion or loose

connection if shift solenoid A, B, or C terminal on ATX.
Inspect for shift solenoid mechanical stuck.
(See 05-17-14 Inspection of Operation)
If shift solenoids are okay, inspect for open or short
circuit between PCM connector terminal A, B or C.
=1
Is shift point okay?

(See 05-17-5 ROAD TEST)
Simulate SHIFT A, SHIFT B and SHIFT C PIDs

forON.
Is operating sound of shift solenoids heard?
INSPE CTION
descri besthe
method to
quickly
determ ine the
malfunctioning
part(s)
Go to next step.
Verify test results.

- If okay, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair or
diagnosis.
- If vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed.
- If vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace or reprogram PCM.
ACTION
descri bes the
appropriate
action to be
taken according
to the result
(Yes/No) of the
INSPECTION.
How to
perform
ACTION is
described in
the relative
material
shown.
Reference
item(s) to
perform
ACTION.
am6xuw0000156
00-00-11
GENERAL INFORMATION
UNITS
Electric current
Electric power
Electric resistance
Electric voltage
Length
Negative pressure
Positive pressure
Number of
revolutions
Torque
Volume
Weight
id000000801600
A (ampere)
W (watt)
ohm
V (volt)
mm (millimeter)
in (inch)
kPa (kilo pascal)
mmHg (millimeters of mercury)
inHg (inches of mercury)
kPa (kilo pascal)
kgf/cm~ (kilogram force per square

centimeter)
psi (pounds per square inch)
rpm (revolutions per minute)
Nm (Newton meter)
kgf.m (kilogram force meter)
kgfcm (kilogram force centimeter)
ftlbf (foot pound force)
inlbf (inch pound force)
L (liter)
US qt (U.S. quart)
Imp qt (Imperial quart)
ml (milliliter)
cc (cubic centimeter)
cu in (cubic inch)
fl oz (fluid ounce)
g (gram)
oz (ounce)
Conversion to SI Units (Systeme International d'Unites)

All numerical values in this manual are based on 81 units. Numbers shown in conventional units are converted
from these values.
Rounding Off
Converted values are rounded off to the same number of places as the 81 unit value. For example, if the 81 unit
value is 17.2 and the value after conversion is 37.84, the converted value will be rounded off to 37.8.
Upper and Lower Limits
When the data indicates upper and lower limits, the converted values are rounded down if the 81 unit value is
an upper limit and rounded up if the 81 unit value is a lower limit. Therefore, converted values for the same 81
unit value may differ after conversion. For example, consider 2.7 kgf/cm 2 in the following specifications:
210-260 kPa {2.1-2.7 kgf/cm 2 , 30-38 psi}
270-310 kPa {2.7-3.2 kgf/cm 2 , 39-45 psi}
The actual converted values for 2.7 kgf/cm2 are 264 kPa and 38.4 psi. In the first specification, 2.7 is used as
an upper limit, so the converted values are rounded down to 260 and 38. In the second specification, 2.7 is
used as a lower limit, so the converted values are rounded up to 270 and 39.
00-00-12
GENERAL INFORMATION
SERVICE CAUTIONS
id000000800200
Injury/damage Prevention Precautions

Depending on the vehicle, the cooling fan may operate suddenly even when the ignition is switched to off.
Therefore, keep hands and tools away from the cooling fan even if the cooling fan is not operating to prevent
injury to personnel or damage to the cooling fan. Always disconnect the negative battery cable when servicing
the cooling fan or parts near the cooling fan.
Protection of the Vehicle
Always be sure to cover fenders, seats and floor
areas before starting work.
Preparation of Tools and Measuring Equipment

Be sure that all necessary tools and measuring
equipment are available before starting any work.
am3uuw0000192
Special Service Tools

Use special service tools or equivalent when they
are required.
am3uuw0000193
Malfunction Diagnosis System

Use the Mazda modular diagnostic system (M-MDS) or equivalent for malfunction diagnosis.
00-00-13
I I I I
GENERAL INFORMATION
Negative Battery Cable Disconnection/Connection
Periorm the following system initialization after disconnecting the negative battery cable.
SYSTEM
Steering angle sensor
Power window system
PAGE
(See 09-18-20 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.)
(See 09-12-17 POWER WINDOW INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.)
Required procedure following negative battery cable disconnection

SAS control module
Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min. or more to allow the back-up power supply to deplete its stored
power.
Clock and audio
The clock and audio memory settings will be erased, therefore record the clock and audio settings prior to disconnecting, and
reset them after reconnecting.
Audio
The DTC memory will be erased, therefore record the DTC content prior to disconnecting.
Oil Leakage Inspection

Use either of the following procedures to identify the type of oil that is leaking:
Using UV light (black light)
1. Remove any oil on the engine or transaxleltransmission.
Note
Referring to the fluorescent dye instruction manual, mix the specified amount of dye into the engine oil or
ATF (or transaxleltransmission oil).
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Pour the fluorescent dye into the engine oil or ATF (or transaxleltransmission oil).
Allow the engine to run for 30 min.
Inspect for dye leakage by irradiating with UV light (black light), and identify the type of oil that is leaking.
If no dye leakage is found, allow the engine to run for another 30 min. or drive the vehicle then reinspect.
Find where the oil is leaking from, then make necessary repairs.
Note
To determine whether it is necessary to replace the oil after adding the fluorescent dye, refer to the
fluorescent dye instruction manual.
Not using UV light (black light)
1. Gather some of the leaking oil using an absorbent white tissue.
2. Take samples of engine oil and ATF (or transaxleltransmission oi!), both from the dipstick, and place them next
to the leaked oil already gathered on the tissue.
3. Compare the appearance and smell, and identify
the type of oil that is leaking.
4. Remove any oil on the engine or transaxlel
transmission.
ATFOR
5. Allow the engine to run for 30 min.
TRANSAXLEI
~
TRANSMISSION OIL
~
ENGINE OIL
6. Check the area where the oil is leaking, then
make necessary repairs.
~~"'~
~r~
~/~1 ;;f1
LEAKED OIL
am3uuw0000192
00-00-14
GENERAL INFORMATION
Removal of Parts
While correcting a problem, also try to determine
its cause. Begin work only after first learning
which parts and subassemblies must be removed
and disassembled for replacement or repair. After
removing the part, plug all holes and ports to
prevent foreign material from entering.
am3uuw0000192
Disassembly
If the disassembly procedure is complex,
requiring many parts to be disassembled, all parts
should be marked in a place that will not affect
their performance or external appearance and
identified so that reassembly can be performed
easily and efficiently.
am3uuw0000192
Inspection During Removal, Disassembly

When removed, each part should be carefully
inspected for malfunction, deformation, damage
and other problems.
am3uuw0000192
Arrangement of Parts
All disassembled parts should be carefully
arranged for reassembly.
Be sure to separate or otherwise identify the parts
to be replaced from those that will be reused.
am3uuw0000192
00-00-15
GENERAL INFORMATION
Cleaning of Parts
All parts to be reused should be carefully and
thoroughly cleaned in the appropriate method.
Warning
Using compressed air can cause dirt and
other particles to fly out causing injury to
the eyes. Wear protective eye wear
whenever using compressed air.
am3uuw0000192
Reassembly
Standard values, such as torques and certain
adjustments, must be strictly observed in the
reassembly of all parts.
If removed, the following parts should be replaced
with new ones:
Oil seals
Gaskets
a-rings
Lock washers
Cotter pins
Nylon nuts
am3uuw0000192
Depending on location:
Sealant and gaskets, or both, should be
applied to specified locations. When sealant
is applied, parts should be installed before
sealant hardens to prevent leakage.
Oil should be applied to the moving
components of parts.
Specified oil or grease should be applied at
the prescribed locations (such as oil seals)
before reassembly.
Adjustment
Use suitable gauges and testers when making
adjustments.
am3uuw0000193
00-00-16
GENERAL INFORMATION
Rubber Parts and Tubing
Prevent gasoline or oil from getting on rubber
parts or tubing.
am3uuw0000193
Hose Clamps
When reinstalling, position the hose clamp in the
original location on the hose and squeeze the
clamp lightly with large pliers to ensure a good fit.
am3uuw0000193
Torque Formulas
When using a torque wrench-SST or equivalent
combination, the written torque must be
recalculated due to the extra length that the SST
or equivalent adds to the torque wrench.
Recalculate the torque by using the following
formulas. Choose the formula that applies to you.
Torque Unit
Formula
Nm
kgf.m
Nm x [U(L+A)]
kgf.m x [U(L+A)]
kgfcm x [U(L+A)]
ftlbf x [U(L+A)]
inlbf x [U(L+A)]
kgfcm
ftlbf
inlbf
~~----~Lr-------~
am3uuw0000193
A : The length of the SST

past the torque wrench drive.
L : The length of the torque wrench.
Vise
When using a vise, put protective plates in the
jaws of the vise to prevent damage to parts.
PROTECTIVE PLATES
am3uuw0000194
00-00-17
GENERAL INFORMATION
Dynamometer
When inspecting and servicing the power train on the dynamometer or speed meter tester, pay attention to the
following:
Place a fan, preferably a vehicle-speed proportional type, in front of the vehicle.
Make sure the vehicle is in a facility with an exhaust gas ventilation system.
Since the rear bumper might deform from the heat, cool the rear with a fan. (Surface of the bumper must be
below 70C {158F}.)
Keep the area around the vehicle uncluttered so that heat does not build up.
Watch the water temperature gauge and don't overheat the engine.
Avoid added load to the engine and maintain normal driving conditions as much as possible.
Note
When only the front or rear wheels are rotated on a chassis dynamometer or equivalent, the ABS/DSC
HU/CM determines that there is a malfunction in the ABS and illuminates the following lights:
Vehicles with ABS
ABS warning light
Brake system warning light
Vehicles with DSC
ABS warning light
DSC indicator light
If the above lights are illuminated, dismount the vehicle from the chassis dynamometer and switch the
ignition to LOCK. Then, switch the ignition to ON position, run the vehicle at 10 km/h or more and verify
that the warning lights go out. In this case, a DTC will be stored in the memory. Clear the DTC from the
memory by following the memory clearing procedure [ABS]/[DSC] in the on-board diagnostic system.
(See 04-02A-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS].)(See 04-02B-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC
STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
SST
Some global SST or equivalent are used as SSTs necessary for engine repair. Note that these SSTs are
marked with global SST numbers.
Note that a global SST number is written together with a corresponding Mazda SST number as shown below.
Example (section **-60)
1: 49 UN303 009
2: 303-009
Crankshaft Damper Remover
1: Mazda SST number

2: Global SST number
am3uuw0000193
Example (except section **-60)
-Global SST Number

303-009
(49 UN30 3009) -Mazda SST Number
am3uuw0000193
00-00-18
GENERAL INFORMATION
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
id000000800400
Electrical Parts
Battery cable
Before disconnecting connectors or removing
electrical parts, disconnect the negative battery
cable.
am6xuw0000003
Wiring Harness
To remove the wiring harness from the clip in the
engine room, pry up the hook of the clip using a
flathead screwdriver.
Caution
Do not remove the harness protective
tape. Otherwise, the wires could rub
against the body, which could result in
water penetration and electrical shorting.
NO GOOD
am6xuw0000003
Connectors
Disconnecting connectors
When disconnecting connector, grasp the
connectors, not the wires.
GOOD
NO GOOD
am6xuw0000003
00-00-19
GENERAL INFORMATION
Connectors can be disconnected by pressing or
pulling the lock lever as shown.
am3uuw0000445
Locking connector
When locking connectors, listen for a click
indicating they are securely locked.
Inspection
Caution
To prevent damage to the terminal, wrap a thin wire around the tester probe before inserting into
terminal.
When a tester is used to inspect for continuity or
measuring voltage, insert the tester probe from
the wiring harness side.
GOOD
NO GOOD
am6xuw0000004
Inspect the terminals of waterproof connectors

from the connector side since they cannot be
accessed from the wiring harness side.
GOOD
NO GOOD
am6xuw0000004
00-00-20
GENERAL INFORMATION
Terminals
Inspection
Pull lightly on individual wires to verify that they
are secured in the terminal.
am3uuw0000445
Replacement
Use the appropriate tools to remove a terminal as shown. When installing a terminal, be sure to insert it until it
locks secu rely.
Insert a thin piece of metal from the terminal side
TYPE A
of the connector and with the terminal locking tab
TYPE S
pressed down, pull the terminal out from the
connector.
am3uuw0000531
Sensors, Switches, and Relays

Handle sensors, switches, and relays carefully.
Do not drop them or strike them against other
objects.
NO GOOD
am6xuw0000004
Wiring Harness
Wiring color codes
Two-color wires are indicated by a two-color code symbol.
The first letter indicates the base color of the wire
r-S---'=R-------------=s=RIY-=-=--------.
and the second the color of the stripe.
CODE
COLOR
CODE
COLOR
B
BR
G
GY
L
LB
LG
Black
Brown
Green
Gray
Blue
Light Blue
Light Green
0
P
R
V
W
Y
Orange
Pink
Red
Violet
White
Yellow
am3uuw0000531
00-00-21
GENERAL INFORMATION
Fuse
Replacement
When replacing a fuse, be sure to replace it with one of the same capacity. If a fuse fails again, the circuit
probably has a short and the wiring should be inspected.
Be sure the negative battery terminal is
,-----------------------,
disconnected before replacing a main fuse.
f.!!.IJ/ll:ry_'----....:,:,-----..:~-MAIN
FUSE
am3uuw0000445
When replacing a pullout fuse, use the fuse puller.
am6xuw0000004
Direction of View for Connector

The viewing direction of connectors is indicated with a symbol.
The figures showing the viewing direction are the same as those used in Wiring Diagrams.
The viewing directions are shown in the following three ways:
Part-side connector
The viewing direction of part-side connectors is from
the terminal side.
* : Part names are shown only when there are
multiple connector drawings.
~PARTNAME*
PCM
1><1
I
CONNECTOR
~~
PART
PART-SIDE CONNECTOR
VIEWING
CORIENTATION
SYMBOL
>
VIEWING
ORIENTATION
am6xuw0000160
00-00-22
GENERAL INFORMATION
Vehicle harness-side connector
The viewing direction of vehicle harness-side
connectors is from the harness side.
~ : Part names are shown only when there are
multiple connector drawings.
r - NAME OF CONNECTING
PC~
PART*
CONNECTOR
VEHICLE WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~
'>.
VEHICLE WIRING
HARNESS
VIEWING
ORIENTATION
SYMBOL
VIEWING
ORIENTATION
am6xuw0000160
Other
When it is necessary to show the terminal side of
vehicle harness-side connectors, such as the
following connectors, the viewing direction is from the
terminal side.
Main fuse block and the main fuse block relays
Data link connector
Check connector
Relay box
DLC-2
VIEWING
VEHICLE WIRING
HARNESS
~---:-'C~-- ORIENTATION
SYMBOL
~~_
VIEWING
ORIENTATION
am6xuw0000160
Electrical Troubleshooting Tools
Jumper wire
Caution
Do not connect a jumper wire from the power source line to a body ground. This may cause
burning or other damage to wiring harnesses or electronic components.
A jumper wire is used to create a temporary

circuit. Connect the jumper wire between the
terminals of a circuit to bypass a switch.
am3uuw0000445
00-00-23
GENERAL INFORMATION
Voltmeter
The DC voltmeter is used to measure circuit
voltage. A voltmeter with a range of 15 V or more
is used by connecting the positive (+) probe (red
lead wire) to the point where voltage will be
measured and the negative (-) probe (black lead
wire) to a body ground.
RED LEAD
POWER SOURCE LINE

am6xuw0000160
Ohmmeter
Caution
Do not connect the ohmmeter to any circuit where voltage is applied. This will damage the
ohmmeter.
The ohmmeter is used to measure the resistance
between two points in a circuit and to inspect for
continuity and short circuits.
NO GOOD
POWER SOURCE LINE
am6xuw0000005
Precautions Before Welding

A vehicle has various electrical parts. To protect the parts from excessive current generated when welding, be sure
to perform the following procedure.
1. Switch the ignition to LOCK.
2. Disconnect the battery cables.
3. Securely connect the welding machine ground

near the welding area.
4. Cover the peripheral parts of the welding area to
protect them from weld spatter.
am6xuw0000160
00-00-24
GENERAL INFORMATION
INSTALLATION OF RADIO SYSTEM
id000000800300
The control module and control unit have been designed with sufficient attention to radio wave disturbances from
the outside. However, observe the following precautions when installing the radio set to the vehicle to prevent
Idverse effects on the control module and control unit.
Install the radio set and its antenna as far away as possible from the control module and control unit.
The antenna feeder and power cable generate radio waves, therefore, keep them 100 mm {3.94 in} or more
from the control module, control unit, and wiring harness. If the antenna feeder and power cable cross over the
wiring harness, place them perpendicular to the wiring harness.
Do not install a high output radio set.
Do not use the control module and control unit power source for the radio set. In addition, do not use the cigar
lighter and accessory socket power source.
Do not attach the antenna feeder or wiring harness of the radio set to the wiring harness, fuel pipe, or brake
tube of the vehicle.
Do not install any radio set-related devices in the area where the air bag module deploys to prevent a
secondary accident if the air bag were to deploy.
CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE
DRIVER-SIDE AIR
BAG MODULE
SIDE AIR BAG------MODULE
PRE-TENSIONER
SEAT BELT
LAP PREA<v<::.,c..---TENSIONER
SEAT BELT
am3uuw0000518
After installing the radio set, perform a test transmission with the engine idling to verify that it does not affect
engine control.
00-00-25
II II
GENERAL INFORMATION
JACKING POSITIONS, VEHICLE LIFT (2 SUPPORTS) AND SAFETY STAND (RIGID RACK) POSITIONS
id000000800500
Jacking Positions
Warning
Improperly jacking a vehicle is dangerous. The vehicle can slip off the jack and cause serious
injury. Use only the correct front and rear jacking points and block the wheels.
Use safety stands to support the vehicle after it has been lifted.
Front
Note
To prevent obstruction between the jack body and front bumper when the jack body is inserted, use a lowfloor type jack.
Near the center of the front crossmember.
Rear
At the center of the rear crossmember.
..
FRONT
am3uuw0000450
00-00-26
GENERAL INFORMATION
Vehicle Lift Positions, Safety Stand Positions
Front and rear
Warning
Lifting a vehicle is dangerous. The vehicle can slip off the lift and cause serious injury and/or
vehicle damage. Make sure that the vehicle is on the lift horizontally by adjusting the height of
support at the end of the arm of the lift.
Both sides of the vehicle, on side sills.
..
FRONT
VEHICLES WITH SIDE

STEP MOLDING
VEHICLES WITHOUT
SIDE STEP MOLDING
am3uuw0000450
00-00-27
GENERAL INFORMATION
TOWING
id000000800600
Proper lifting and towing are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle. Government and local laws must be
followed.
A towed vehicle usually should have its drive
wheel (front wheels) off the ground. If excessive
damage or other conditions prevent this, use
wheel dollies.
When towing with the rear wheels on the ground,
release the parking brake.
~~
~~
b3eOOOOw007
Caution
Do not tow the vehicle pointed backward
with driving wheels on the ground. This
may cause internal damage to the
transaxle.
NO GOOD
am3uuw0000556
Caution
Do not tow with sling-type equipment.
This could damage your vehicle. Use
wheel-lift or flatbed equipment.
NO GOOD
~
0 0 0
am3uuw0000556
00-00-28
GENERAL INFORMATION
Vehicle Securing Position
When transporting the vehicle by flat bed tow truck or trailer, secure the vehicle to the trailer using the holes and
left tiedown loop shown in the figure.
FRONT
~
C>
------
REAR
am3uuw0000518
Caution
To prevent damage to the vehicle, do not use the tiedown eyelet (front) and the left/right tiedown
loops (rear) for towing the vehicle using another vehicle.
Do not use the tie-down eyelet and rear hook for tying down the vehicle onto a trailer and flatbed
tow truck. It may cause damage to the vehicle.
FRONT
REAR
HOOKS -'----~::::::::::::~
am3uuw0000497
Note
The tiedown eyelet (front) and the tiedown loops (rear) are used only when the vehicle is transported by
ship.
00-00-29
GENERAL INFORMATION
IDENTIFICATION NUMBER LOCATIONS
id000000800800
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN)
am3uuw0000009
Engine Identification Number

LF, L5
am3uuw0000010
L3WITHTC
FORWARD
acxuuw00003999
00-00-30
GENERAL INFORMATION
SAE STANDARDS
id000000800900
In accordance with new regulations, SAE (Society of Automotive Engineers) standard names and abbreviations
are now used in this manual. The table below lists the names and abbreviations that have been used in Mazda
manuals up to now and their SAE equivalents.
Abbreviation
AP
APP
ACL
AlC
AlF sensor
BARO
B+
CMP sensor
CAC
CLS
CTP
CPP
CIS
CKP sensor
DLC
DTM
DTC
01
DLI
EI
ECT
EM
EVAP
EGR
FC
FF
4GR
GEN
GND
#1:
#2:
#3:
#4:
SAE Standard
Name
Remark
Accelerator Pedal
Abbreviation
MIL
Accelerator Pedal Position

Air Cleaner
MAP
MAF sensor
MFL
Air Conditioning
Air Fuel Ratio Sensor
Barometric Pressure
Battery Positive Voltage
Camshaft Position Sensor
OBD
OL
OC
02S
SAE Standard
Name
Remark
Malfunction Indicator Lamp

Manifold Absolute Pressure
Mass Air Flow Sensor
Multiport Fuel Injection
On-board Diagnostic System
Open Loop
Oxidation Catalytic Converter
Oxygen sensor
Park/Neutral Position
Charge Air Cooler

Closed Loop System
PNP
PSP
Closed Throttle Position

Clutch Pedal Position
Continuous Fuel Injection System
PCM
Power Steering Pressure

Powertrain Control Module
PAIR
Pulsed Secondary Air Injection
Pulsed
injection
AIR
Secondary Air Injection
Injection
with air
pump
Crankshaft Position Sensor

Data Link Connector
Diagnostic Test Mode
Diagnostic Test Code (s)
Distributor Ignition
Distributorless Ignition
Electronic Ignition
Engine Coolant Temperature
Engine Modification
#1
SAPV
SFI
#2
Evaporative Emission
Exhaust Gas Recirculation
Fan Control
Flexible Fuel
TCM
TR
TC
Ground
Heated Oxygen Sensor
lAC
IAT
KS
Idle Air Control

Intake Air Temperature
Knock Sensor
3GR
TWC
TB
TP sensor
TCC
Fourth Gear
Generator
H02S
#3
With
heater
VSS
VR
VAF sensor
WU-TWC
WOT
Secondary Air Pulse Valve

Sequential Multiport Fuel
Injection
Third Gear
Three Way Catalytic Converter
Throttle Body
Throttle Position Sensor
Torque Converter Clutch
Transmission (Transaxle) Control
Module
Transmission (Transaxle) Range
Turbocharger
Vehicle Speed Sensor
Voltage Regulator
Volume Air Flow Sensor
Warm Up Three Way Catalytic
Converter
#4
Wide Open Throttle
Diagnostic trouble codes depend on the diagnostic test mode.

Controlled by the PCM
Device that controls engine and powertrain
Directly connected to exhaust manifold
00-00-31
GENERAL INFORMATION
ABBREVIATIONS
ABS
Antilock Brake System
ACC
AFS
ALC
ALR
ATF
ATX
BDC
CAN
Accessories
Adaptive Front Lighting System
Auto Level Control
Automatic Locking Retractor
CCM
CM
CV
DIS
DC
DRL
DSC
EBD
Comprehensive Component Monitor

Control Module
Canister Vent
Drive Information System
Drive Cycle
Day Time Running Light
Dynamic Stability Control
Electronic Brakeforce Distribution
EHPAS
ELR
EX
Electro Hydraulic Power Assist Steering

Emergency Locking Retractor
Exhaust
GPS
HI
HU
IDS
Global Positioning System

High
Hydraulic Unit
Integrated Diagnostic Software
IG
IN
INT
KOEO
KOER
Ignition
Intake
Intermittent
Key On Engine Off
LCD
LED
LF
LH
LO
LR
M
MAX
MIN
MTX
NVRAM
OCV
PAD
PDS
PID
POWER
MOS FET
P/wCM
RF
RH
RR
SAS
SST
SW
TCS
Automatic Transaxle Fluid

Automatic Transaxle
Bottom Dead Center
Controller Area Network
Key On Engine Running

Liquid Crystal Display
Light Emitting Diode
Left Front
Left Hand
Low
Left Rear
Motor
Maximum
Minimum
Manual Transaxle
Non-Volatile Random Access Memory
Oil Control Valve
Passenger Air Bag Deactivation
Portable Diagnostic Software
Parameter Identification
Power Metal Oxide Semiconductor Field
Effect Transistor
Power Window Control Module
Right Front
Right Hand
Right Rear
Sophisticated Air Bag Sensor
Special Service Tool
Switch
Traction Control System
00-00-32
id000000801000
GENERAL INFORMATION
TDC
TFT
Top Dead Center
TNS
Tail Number Side Lights
TPMS
Tire Pressure Monitoring System
1GR
First Gear
Transaxle Fluid Temperature
2GR
Second Gear
3GR
Third Gear
4GR
Fourth Gear
5GR
Fifth Gear
PRE-DELIVERY INSPECTION
id000000801100
Pre-Delivery Inspection Table

Exterior
INSPECT and ADJUST, if necessary, the following items to specification:
o Glass, exterior bright metal and paint for damage
o Wheel lug nuts
o All weatherstrips for damage or detachment
o Tire pressures
o Headlight cleaner and fluid level (if equipped)
o Operation of hood release and lock
o Operation of trunk lid and fuel-filler lid opener
o Door operation and alignment including side door and back door
o Headlight aiming
INSTALL the following parts:
o Flap (if equipped)
Under hood-engine off
INSPECT and ADJUST, if necessary, the following items to specification:
o Fuel, engine coolant, and hydraulic lines, fittings, connections, and components for leaks
:J Engine oil level
o Power steering fluid level
o Brake and clutch fluid level
o Windshield washer reservoir fluid level
o Coolant level and specific gravity
o Tightness of water hose clamps
o Tightness of battery terminals, electrolyte level and specific gravity
o Tension of drive belt
Interior
INSTALL the following items:
o Fuse for accessories
INSPECT the operations of the following items:
o Seat controls (slide and recline) and headrests
o Folding rear seat
o Door locks, including childproof door locks
o Seat belts and warning system
o Ignition switch and steering lock
o Transaxle range switch
o Warning buzzers
o Ignition key reminder alarm
o Air bag system using warning light
o Cruise control system (if equipped)
o Power door lock
o Shift-lock system (if equipped)
o Starter interlock
o All lights including warning, and indicator lights
o Horn, wipers, and washers
o Wiper blades performance
Clean wiper blades and windshield, if necessary
o Audio system
o Cigarette lighter and clock
o Power windows (if equipped)
o Heater, defroster, and air conditioner at various mode selections (if equipped)
00-00-33
GENERAL INFORMATION
INSPECT the following items:
o Presence of spare fuse

o Upholstery and interior finish
INSPECT and ADJUST, if necessary, the following items:
o Operation and fit of windows
o Pedal height and free play of clutch and brake pedal
o Parking brake
Under hood-engine running at operating temperature
o Automatic transaxle fluid level
o Operation of idle-up system for electrical load, air conditioner or power steering (if equipped)
o Ignition timing
o Idle speed
o Operation of throttle position sensor
On hoist
o Manual transaxle oil level
o Underside fuel, coolant and hydraulic lines, fittings, connections, and components for leaks
o Tires for cuts or bruises
o Steering linkage, suspension, exhaust system, and all underside hardware for looseness or damage
Road test
o Brake operation
o Operation of gauges
o Engine general performance
o Emergency locking retractors and automatic locking retractors
o Cruise control system (if equipped)
o Operation of meters and gauges, squeaks, rattles, and abnormal noises
After road test
INSPECT for necessary owner information materials, tools, and spare tire in vehicle
The following items must be completed just before delivery to your customer.
o Load test battery and charge if necessary (Load test result: Volts)
o Adjust tire pressure to specification
o Install fuses for accessories
Initial setting of Maintenance Monitor
ADJUST maintenance interval
o Set distance of Tire rotation
o Set days and distance of Service due
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
id000000801200
Scheduled Maintenance Table for U.S.A., CANADA and Puerto Rico

Schedule 1: (Normal Driving Conditions) for U.S.A.
The vehicle is mainly operated where none of the "unique driving conditions" apply.
Maintenance Interval
Number of months or kilometers (miles), whichever comes first

30
42
18
Months
6
12
24
36
x1000 km
24
36
48
60
72
84
12
x1000 miles
37.5
45
52.5
15
22.5
7.5
30
48
96
60
ENGINE
Audibly inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy, adjust
Engine valve clearance

Drive belts
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
COOLING SYSTEM
Engine coolant
FL22 type *1
Others
00-00-34
Replace at first 192,000 km (120,000 miles) or 10 years;

after that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
after that, every 2 years
R
R
GENERAL INFORMATION
42
30
36
12
18
24
Months
6
48
x1000 km
84
12
24
36
60
72
52.5
x1000 miles
15
22.5
30
37.5
45
7.5
FUEL SYSTEM
Air cleaner element
48
96
60
R
I
Fuel lines and hoses *2
I
I
Hoses and tubes for emission *2

IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake lines, hoses and connections
Disc brakes
Tire (Rotation)
Steering operation and linkages
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
Driveshaft dust boots
Bolts and nuts on chassis and body
Exhaust system and heat shields
All locks and hinges
AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM
Cabin air filter
Replace every 120,000 km (75,000 miles)

I
I
I
I
I
I
Rotate every 12,000 km (7,500 miles)
I
I
I
I
I
T
I
T
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
R
Chart symbols
I: Inspect: Inspect and clean, repair, adjust, fill up, or replace if necessary.
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks
After the prescribed period, continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals.
Refer below for a description of items marked* in the maintenance chart.
*1: Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription "FL22" on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding
area. Use FL22 when replacing the coolant.
*2: According to state/provincial and federal regulations, failure to perform maintenance on these items will not
void your emissions warranties. However, Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed
at the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
Schedule 2: CANADA, Puerto Rico, and (Unique Driving Conditions) for U.S.A.
Repeated short-distance driving
Driving in dusty conditions
Driving with extended use of brakes
Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used
Driving on rough or muddy roads
Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
Driving in extremely hot conditions
Driving in mountainous conditions continually
ENGINE
Drive belts
Engine oil
Months
x1000 km
x1000 miles
8
16
10
12
24
15
16
32
20
20
40
25
24
48
30
28
56
35
32
64
40
36
72
45
40
80
50
44
88
55
48
96
60
Audibly inspect every 120,000 km (75,000 miles), if noisy, adjust

I
Puerto Rico
Others
Engine oil filter
4
8
5
R
R
R
R
Replace every 5,000 km (3,000 miles) or 3 months

R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
00-00-35
GENERAL INFORMATION
COOLING SYSTEM
Engine coolant
Months
x1000 km
x1000 miles
FL22 type

4
32
36
20
40
8
12
16
24
28
64
72
16
24
32
40
8
48
56
80
5
10
15
20
25
40
45
30
35
50
*1
Others
Engine coolant level
FUEL SYSTEM
Air cleaner element
Fuel lines and hoses

after that, every 96,000 km (60,000 miles) or 5 years
after that, every 2 years
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Puerto Rico
Others
48
96
60
I
R
R
R
I
*2
Hoses and tubes for emission *2

IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs (for LF/L5 engine)
Spark plugs (for L3 WITH
USA
TC engine)
Others
44
88
55
I
I

*3
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
Function of all lights
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake fluid level
Disc brakes
Tire (Rotation)
Tire inflation pressure and tire wear
Power steering fluid level
Front and rear suspension, ball jOints and
wheel bearing axial play
Washer fluid level
Cabin air filter
I
I
L
I
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Rotate every 8,000 km (5,000 miles)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
Inspect every 72,000 km (45,000 miles) or 5 years
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
L
I
L
I
Replace every 40,000 km (25,000 miles) or 2 years
Chart symbols
R: Replace
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks
at the recommended time or mileage/kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
*3: If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions, replace the spark plugs at every
96,000 km (60,000 miles) or shorter.
a. Repeated short-distance driving
b. Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
c. Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
00-00-36
GENERAL INFORMATION
Scheduled Maintenance Table for Mexico
Schedule 1: (Normal Driving Conditions) for Mexico
The vehicle is mainly operated where none of the "unique driving conditions" apply.
ENGINE
Drive belts
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system
Engine coolant
Months
x1000 km
Number of months or kilometers, whichever comes first

24
42
48
54
12
30
6
18
36
60
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
66
110
72
120
R
R
R
R
Audibly inspect every 120,000 km, if noisy, adjust
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Replace at first 190,000 km or 10 years;

after that, every 60,000 km or 3 years
R
R
FL22 type *1
Others
FUEL SYSTEM
Air cleaner element
R
R
(2
(2
Hoses and tubes for emission
(2
(2
Fuel filter
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake fluid level
Brake fluid
Disc brakes
Tire (Rotation)
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and
Washer fluid level
Cabin air filter
Replace every 60,000 km
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Rotate every 10,000 km
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
L
I
L
I
R
Chart symbols:
R: Replace
C: Clean
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
Remarks
at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
00-00-37
GENERAL INFORMATION
Schedule 2: (Unique Driving Conditions) for Mexico
Repeated short-distance driving
Driving in dusty conditions
Driving with extended use of brakes
Driving in areas where sa:lt or other corrosive materials are used
Driving on rough or muddy roads
Extended periods of idling or low-speed operation
Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates
Driving in extremely hot conditions
Driving in mountainous conditions continually
Months
x1000 km

27
3
6
9
21
12
15
18
24
30
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
33
55
36
60
R
R
50
ENGINE
Drive belts
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system
Engine coolant
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Others
Air cleaner element

(2
R

Front and rear suspension, ball joints and
Washer fluid level
Cabin air filter
00-00-38
(2
Fuel filter
IGNITION SYSTEM
Brake fluid
Disc brakes
Tire (Rotation)
Spark plugs
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake fluid level

R
FL22 type *1

FUEL SYSTEM
R
R
R
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
GENERAL INFORMATION
Cont.
ENGINE
Drive belts
Engine oil
Engine oil filter
COOLING SYSTEM
Cooling system
Engine coolant
Months
x1000 km
39
65
42
70
45
75
48
80
51
85
54
90
57
95
60
63
100 105
66
110
69
115
72
120
R
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Others
FUEL SYSTEM
Air cleaner element

R
FL22 type *1
I
R
(2
(2
Fuel filter
IGNITION SYSTEM
Spark plugs
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
CHASSIS and BODY
Brake fluid level
Brake fluid
Disc brakes
Tire (Rotation)
Front and rear suspension, ball joints and wheel
bearing axial play
Washer fluid level
Cabin air filter
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Chart symbols:
R: Replace
C: Clean
L: Lubricate
T: Tighten
00-00-39
GENERAL INFORMATION
Remarks
at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long-term reliability.
00-00-40
ENGINE
......................................................--II1II
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[LF, L5] .................. 01-02A
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[L3 WITH TC] ............. 01-02B
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[LF, L5] .................. 01-03A
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[L3 WITH TC] ............. 01-03B
MECHANICAL[LF, L5] ....... 01-1 OA
MECHANICAL
[L3 WITH TC] ............. 01-1 OB
LUBRICATION[LF, L5] ....... 01-11 A
LUBRICATION
[L3 WITH TC] ............. 01-11 B
COOLING SYSTEM[LF, L5] ... 01-12A
COOLING SYSTEM
[L3 WITH TC] ............. 01-12B
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
[LF, L5] .................. 01-13A
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
[L3 WITH TC] ............. 01-13B
FUEL SYSTEM[LF, L5] ....... 01-14A
FUEL SYSTEM
[L3 WITH TC] ............. 01-14B
EXHAUST SYSTEM
[LF, L5] .................. 01-15A
EXHAUST SYSTEM
[L3 WITH TC] ............. 01-15B
EMISSION SYSTEM
[LF, L5] ..................
EMISSION SYSTEM
[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHARGING SYSTEM
[LF, L5]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CHARGING SYSTEM
[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . . . .
IGNITION SYSTEM[LF, L5] ...
IGNITION SYSTEM
[L3 WITH TC] .............
STARTING SYSTEM
[LF, L5] ..................
STARTING SYSTEM
[L3 WITH TC] .............
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM
[LF, L5]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM
[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONTROL SYSTEM
[LF, L5]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
CONTROL SYSTEM
[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . . . .
TECHNICAL DATA[LF, L5] ...
TECHNICAL DATA
[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . . . .
SERVICE TOOLS[LF, L5] ....
SERVICE TOOLS
[L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . . . . . .
01-16A
01-16B
01-17A
01-17B
01-18A
01-18B
01-19A
01-19B
01-20A
01-20B
01-40A
01-40B
01-50A
01-50B
01-60A
01-60B
01-02A ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [LF, LS]

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
WIRING DIAGRAM [LF, LS] .......... 01-02A-4
MONITORING SYSTEM AND CONTROL
SYSTEM DEVICE RELATIONSHIP
CHART [LF, LS] .................. 01-02A-6
OBD-II PENDING TROUBLE CODE
[LF, LS] .......................... 01-02A-6
OBD-II FREEZE FRAME DATA
[LF, LS] ......................... 01-02A-6
OBD-II ON-BOARD SYSTEM
READINESS TEST [LF, LS] .......... 01-02A-7
OBD-II READ/CLEAR DIAGNOSTIC

TEST RESULTS [LF, LS] ............
OBD-II PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION
(PID) ACCESS [LF, LS] ............
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST
[LF, LS] .........................
DTC Reading Procedure ..........
Pending Trouble Code Access
Procedure ......................
Freeze Frame PID Data Access
Procedure ...................
01-02A-7
01-02A-7
01-02A-7
01-02A-7
01-02A-7
01-02A-8
01-02A-1
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [LF, L5]

On-Board System Readiness Tests
Access Procedure ................ 01-02A-10
PID/DATA Monitor and Record
Procedure .................... 01-02A-10
Diagnostic Monitoring Test Results
Access Procedure ................ 01-02A-10
Active Command Modes
Procedure .................... 01-02A-11
AFTER REPAIR PROCEOURE

[LF, L5] .......................... 01-02A-11
KOEO/KOER SELF TEST [LF, L5] ..... 01-02A-11
KOEO Self Test. .................. 01-02A-11
KOER Self Test. ................. 01-02A-12
OBO-II ORIVE MOOE [LF, L5] ......... 01-02A-12
Mode 03 (EGR System, AlF sensor
heater, H02S heater, A/F sensor,
H02S and TWC Repair Verification
Drive Mode) .................... 01-02A-13
Mode 06 (EVAP System Repair
Verification Drive Mode) .......... 01-02A-14
Single Drive Mode ................. 01-02A-15
OIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST

RESULTS [LF, L5] ................. 01-02A-16
OTC TABLE [LF, L5] ................ 01-02A-17
OTC P0011 :00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-26
OTC P0012:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-28
OTC P0016:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-30
OTC P0031 :00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-32
OTC P0032:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-34
OTC P0037:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-36
OTC P0038:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-38
OTC P0053:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-40
OTC P0054:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-42
OTC P0069:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-44
OTC POOB3:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-45
OTC POOB4:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-47
OTC P0101 :00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-49
OTC P0102:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-52
OTC P0103:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-54
OTC P0107:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-56
OTC P0108:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-58
OTC P0111 :00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-60
OTC P0112:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-61
OTC P0113:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-63
OTC P0116:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-65
OTC P0117:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-67
OTC P0118:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-69
OTC P0122:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-71
OTC P0123:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-73
OTC P0125:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-75
OTC P0126:00, P0128:00 [LF, L5] ...... 01-02A-77
OTC P0130:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-80
OTC P0131 :00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-81
OTC P0132:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-83
OTC P0133:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-85
OTC P0134:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-88
OTC P0137:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-91
OTC P0138:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-93
OTC P0139:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-95
OTC P0140:00 [LF, L5] ............... 01-02A-98
OTC P0171 :00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-101
OTC P0172:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-105
OTC P2110:00 [LS] ................. 01-02A-108
OTC P0222:00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-110
01-02A-2
OTC P0223:00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-112

OTC P0300:00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-114
OTC P0301 :00, P0302:00, P0303:00,
P0304:00 [LF, LS] ................. 01-02A-118
OTC P0327:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-121
OTC P0328:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-123
OTC P033S:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-125
OTC P0340:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-128
OTC P0401:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-131
OTC P0403:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-133
OTC P0421:00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-135
OTC P0442:00, P045S:00, P04S6:00
[LF, LS] .......................... 01-02A-137
OTC P0443:00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-147
OTC P0446:00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-149
OTC P0451 :00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-151
OTC P0452:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-153
OTC P0453:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-155
OTC P0454:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-157
OTC P0457:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-158
OTC P0460:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-159
OTC P0461:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-160
OTC P0462:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-161
OTC P0463:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-162
OTC P0480:00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-163
OTC POSOO:OO [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-165
OTC P0505:00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-166
OTC P0506:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-168
OTC POS07:00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-170
OTC P050A:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-171
OTC POSOB:OO [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-173
OTC POS71 :00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-174
OTC POS79:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-176
OTC POS81 :00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-179
OTC P0600:00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-182
OTC P0601:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-183
OTC P0602:00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-184
OTC P0604:00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-185
OTC P0606:00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-185
OTC P060B:00 [LS] ................. 01-02A-186
OTC P060C:00, P061 0:00 [L5] ........ 01-02A-187
OTC P0610:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-188
OTC P061B:00 [LS] ................. 01-02A-189
OTC P061F:00 [L5] ................. 01-02A-190
OTC P0638:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-191
OTC P0640:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-192
OTC P0661 :00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-193
OTC P0662:00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-195
OTC P068S:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-197
OTC P06B8:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-198
OTC P0703:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-199
OTC P0704:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-201
OTC P0850:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-204
OTC P1260:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-206
OTC P144A:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-207
OTC P1450:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-208
OTC P2088:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-21 0
OTC P2089:00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-212
OTC P2096:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-213
OTC P2004:00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-217
OTC P2006:00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-221
OTC P2009:00 [LF, LS] .............. 01-02A-224
OTC P2010:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-226
OTC P2016:00 [LF, L5] .............. 01-02A-228

DTC
DTC
DTC
OTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
P2017:00 [LF,
P2097:00 [LF,
P2100:00 [LF,
P21 01 :00 [LF,
P210S:00 [LF,
P2107:00 [LF,
P2108:00 [LF,
P2119:00 [LF,
P2122:00 [LF,
P2123:00 [LF,
P2126:00 [LF,
P2127:00 [LF,
P2128:00 [LF,
P213S:00 [LF,
P2138:00 [LF,
LS]
LS]
LS]
LS]
LS]
LS]
LS]
LS]
LS]
LS]
LS]
LS]
LS]
LS]
LS]
.............. 01-02A-230
.............. 01-02A-232
.............. 01-02A-23S
.............. 01-02A-237
.............. 01-02A-239
.............. 01-02A-240
.............. 01-02A-240
.............. 01-02A-242
.............. 01-02A-243
.............. 01-02A-24S
.............. 01-02A-247
.............. 01-02A-249
.............. 01-02A-2S1
.............. 01-02A-2S3
.............. 01-02A-2S4
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
P2183:00 [LF,
P219S:00 [LF,
P2196:00 [LF,
P2228:00 [LF,
P2229:00 [LF,
P2237:00 [LF,
P2243:00 [LF,
P22S1 :00 [LF,
P2S02:00 [LF,
P2S03:00 [LF,
P2S04:00 [LF,
P2S07:00 [LF,
P2610:00 [LF,
U3000:41 [LF,
LS] ..............
LS] ..............
LS] ..............
LS] ..............
LS] ..............
LS] ..............
LS] ..............
LS] ..............
LS] ..............
LS] ..............
LS] ..............
LS] ..............
LS] ..............
LS] .............
01-02A-2SS
01-02A-2S7
01-02A-2S9
01-02A-262
01-02A-264
01-02A-26S
01-02A-267 . '
.
01-02A-269
.
01-02A-271
01-02A-273
01-02A-27S
01-02A-276
01-02A-278
01-02A-279
01-02A-3
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [LF, LS]

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [LF, LS]
id01 02c88001 00
1-----1 FAN CONTROL MODULE

FUEL INJECTOR NO.1
FUEL INJECTOR NO.2
FUEL INJECTOR NO.3
FUEL INJECTOR NO.4

H02S HEATER
AlC RELAY
H02S
,'
I
,'
:I
I,
I,
MAP SENSOR
...-----iVARIABLE TUMBLE
SHUTTER VALVE
...-t----1SWITCH
1 - -_ _ _ _ _...J
ECT SENSOR NO.1

ECT SENSOR NO.2
TP SENSOR NO.1, NO.2
---------- -- ---------------------
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
MAF SENSOR
T
I
BATTERY
--L
WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY

.~~P.. P_l:!?.!-! ~~T.lq~_ ?I~I3T_ ~~(~T~M ~
Jr
am3uun0000036
01-02A-4
b
PURGE SOLENOID VALVE
EGRVALVE
KS
VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE

CKP SENSOR
VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID VALVE
CMPSENSOR
GENERATOR
OCV
THROTTLE VALVE ACTUATOR

~--------~Mr+----------~
APP SENSOR
NO.1, NO.2
IGNITION COIL NO.1
IGNITION COIL NO.2
FUEL TANK
PRESSURE
SENSOR
IGNITION COIL NO.3
IGNITION COIL NO.4
CRUISE CONTROL
SWITCH
MTX
am3uun0000045
01-02A-5

MONITORING SYSTEM AND CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICE RELATIONSHIP CHART [LF, LS]
id0102c8800200
x: Applicable
....
.9
c
....
.9
c
Component
(;
CJ)
c:
Q)
CJ)
E
Ci5
Cii
Q)
..c
(;
CJ)
c:
Q)
CJ)
....
.9
c
0
Q)
c:
1;)
Q)
C>
C>
(ij
c:
~
0
~
0
x
x
>-
Cii
()
....
.9
....
.9
c
0
c
0
E
E
Q)
1;)
CJ)
~
~
>-
(j)
::J
LL
....
.9
c
0
E
E
Q)
~
CJ)
a.
....
.9
c
0
E
E
*
>-
CJ)
a:
(!)
....
.9
c
0
E
Cii
1;)
0
E
Ci5
..c
I-
x
x
x
x
x
Input
Battery
Ignition switch
AlC switch, refrigerant pressure sensor (high, low pressure)
TP sensor
ECT sensor
IAT sensor
MAF sensor
AlF sensor
H02S
Fuel gauge sender unit
BARO sensor
MAP sensor
CMP sensor
CKP sensor
VSS
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Output
Fuel injector
AlF sensor heater
H02S heater
EGR valve
Purge solenoid valve
CV solenoid valve
MIL
DLC-2
OBD-II PENDING TROUBLE CODE [LF, LS]
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
id0102c8800400
These appear when a problem is detected in a monitored system. The code for a failed system is stored in the
PCM memory in the first drive cycle. This code is called the pending code. If the PCM determines that the
system has returned to normal or the problem was mistakenly detected, it deletes the pending code. If the
problem is found in the second drive cycle, too the PCM determines that the system is malfunctioning, and the
OTC is stored.
OBD-II FREEZE FRAME DATA [LF, LS]
id0102c8800500
This is technical data which indicates the engine condition at the time of the first malfunction. This data will
remain in the memory even if another emission-related OTC is stored, with the exception of the Misfire or Fuel
System OTCs. Once FREEZE FRAME OATA for the Misfire or Fuel System OTC is stored, it will overwrite any
previous data and the FREEZE FRAME OATA will not be overwritten again.
01-02A-6

OBD-II ON-BOARD SYSTEM READINESS TEST [LF, L5]
id0102c8800600
This shows the OBO-II systems operating status. If any monitor function is incomplete, the M-MOS will identify
which monitor function has not been completed. Misfires, Fuel System and Comprehensive Components
(CCM) are continuous monitoring-type functions. The catalyst, EGR system, evaporation system and oxygen
sensor will be monitored under drive cycles. The OBO-II diagnostic system is initialized by performing the OTC
cancellation procedure or disconnecting the negative battery cable.
OBD-II READ/CLEAR DIAGNOSTIC TEST RESULTS [LF, L5]
id0102c8800800
This retrieves all stored OTCs in the PCM and clears the OTC, FREEZE FRAME OATA, On-Board Readiness
Test Results, Oiagnostic Monitoring Test Results and Pending Trouble Codes.
OBD-II PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION (PID) ACCESS [LF, L5]
id0102c8800900
The PIO mode allows access to certain data values, analog and digital inputs and outputs, calculated values
and system status information. Since PIO values for output devices are PCM internal data values, inspect each
device to identify which output devices are malfunctioning.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [LF, L5]
id01 02c8801 000
DTC Reading Procedure

1. Connect the M-MOS to the OLC-2.
2. After the vehicle is identified, select the following
items from the initialization screen of the M-MOS.
When using the lOS (laptop PC)
1. Select "Self Test".
2. Select "Modules".
3. Select "PCM".
When using the POS (Pocket PC)
1. Select "Module Tests".
2. Select "PCM".
3. Then, select the "Retrieve CMOTCs" and perform
am3uuw0000340
procedures according to directions on the M-MOS
screen.
4. Verify the OTC according to the directions on the M-MOS screen.
If any OTCs are displayed, perform troubleshooting according to the corresponding OTC inspection.
5. After completion of repairs, clear all OTCs stored in the PCM, while referring to "AFTER REPAIR
PROCEOURE" (See 01-02A-11 AFTER REPAIR PROCEOURE [LF, LS].).
Pending Trouble Code Access Procedure
3. Select "PCM".
2. Select "PCM".
screen.
4. Retrieve the pending trouble codes according to the directions on the M-MOS screen.
am3uuw0000340
01-02A-7

Freeze Frame PID Data Access Procedure
items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS .
When using the IDS (laptop PC)
3. Select "PCM".
2. Select "PCM".
screen.
.
4. Retrieve the freeze frame PIO data according to the directions on the M-MOS screen.
am3uuw0000340
Note
Freeze frame data/snapshot data appears at the top of the help screen when the displayed OTC is
selected.
Freeze frame data
The freeze frame data consists of data for vehicle and engine control system operation conditions when
malfunctions in the engine control system are detected and stored in the PCM.
Freeze frame data is stored at the instant the malfunction indicator lamp illuminates, and only a part of the
OTC data is stored.
For the freeze frame data, if there are several malfunctions in the engine control system, the data for the
malfunction which occurred initially is stored. Thereafter, if a misfire or fuel injection control malfunction
occurs, data from the misfire or fuel injection control malfunction is written over the initially stored data.
However, if the initially stored freeze frame data is a misfire or fuel injection control malfunction, it is not
overwritten.
Snapshot data
The snap shot data stores the currently detected OTC data.
The recording timing for the freeze frame data/snap shot data differs depending on the number of OTC
drive cycles.
For a OTC with a drive cycle number 1, only the malfunction determination data is recorded.
For a OTC with a drive cycle number 2, both the malfunction determination and undetermined data is
recorded.
Freeze frame data table
Note
Refer to PIO monitor table for confirm the engine control system operation status while the PCM does not
store the OTC. (See 01-40A-8 PCM INSPECTION [LF, LS])
Freeze frame data items are not displayed, according to detected OTC.
Freeze frame data
item
FUELSYS1
LOAD
ECT
SFT1
LFT1
MAP
RPM
VS
SPARKADV
IAT
MAF
TP
RUNTM
01-02A-8
Description
Unit
Open Loop/Closed Loop/

o L-Drive/OL-FaultlCL- Fuel system status
Fault
Calculated engine load
%
OF
Engine coolant temperature
C
kPa
KPH
%
%
psi
RPM
Bar
MPH
I
g/sec
%
hh:mm:ss
OF
Short term fuel trim

Long term fuel trim
Manifold absolute pressure
Engine speed
Vehicle speed
Ignition timing
Intake air temperature
Mass airflow
Throttle valve position No.1
Time from engine start
Corresponding PIO
data monitor item
FUELSYS
ECT
SHRTFT1
LONGFT1
MAP
RPM
VSS
SPARKADV
IAT
MAF
TP1

Freeze frame data
item
EGRPCT
EVAPPCT
FLI
WARMUPS
CLRDIST
EVAP_VP
BARO
CATTEMP11
VPWR
ALV
EQ_RAT
TP_REL
AAT
TP_B
APP_D
APP_E
TAC_PCT
Unit
Description
%
%
%
Target EGR valve position
Km
kPa
kPa
C
psi
psi
miles
Bar
Bar
I
I
of
V
%
Fuel tank pressure

Barometric pressure
Estimated catalytic converter temperature
Module supply voltage
Engine load
Target equivalence ratio (lambda)
Relative throttle position
%
C
Purge solenoid valve controlled value

Fuel level in fuel tank
Number of warm-up cycle after DTC cleared
Mileage after DTC cleared
of
%
%
%
%
Ambient air temperature

Accelerator pedal position No.1
Target throttle valve position
Corresponding PID
data monitor item
SEGRP_DSD
EVAPCP
FLI
FTP
BARO
CATT11_DSD
VPWR
LOAD
EQ_RAT11_DSD
TP REL
AAT
TP2
APP1
APP2
ETC_DSD
Snapshot data table

Note
store the OTC. (See 01-40A-8 PCM INSPECTION [LF, LSD
Snapshot data items are not displayed, according to detected OTC.
ISnapshot data item

FUELSYS
LOAD_C
ECT
SHRTFT1
LONGFT1
MAP
RPM
VSS
SPARKADV
IAT
MAF
Unit
OUCUOL-Drive/OL-Fault!
Fuel system status
CL-Fault
%
kPa
Bar
MPH
of
g/sec
%
%
%
%
Km
kPa
kPa
C
I
I
psi
psi
miles
Bar
Bar
I
I
of
V
%
LOAD
EQ_RAT11_DSD
TP REL
C
I
%
of
Corresponding PID
data monitor item
FUELSYS

Long term fuel trim
SHRTFT1
LONGFT1

Engine speed
MAP
RPM
Vehicle speed
Ignition timing
Mass airflow
VPWR
AAT
TP2
of
EVAPCP
FTP
BARO
CATT11_DSD
%
%
psi
RPM
KPH
TP1
EG_RUN_TIME
SEGRP_DSD
FLI
CLR_CNT
CLR_DIST
Definition

Fuel tank pressure
Barometric pressure
Engine load
ECT
VSS
SPARKADV
IAT
MAF
TP1
SEGRP DSD
EVAPCP
FLI
FTP
BARO
CATT11_DSD
VPWR
LOAD
EQ_RAT11_DSD
TP REL
AAT
TP2
01-02A-9

Snapshot data item
Unit
APP1
APP2
ETC_DSD
%
%
%
Definition
On-Board System Readiness Tests Access Procedure

1. Select "Powertrain".
2. Select "OBO Test Modes".
3. Select "Mode 1 Powertrain Oata".
4. Select "PCM".
1. Select "OBOII Modes".
2. Select "Mode 1 Powertrain Oata".
3. Select "PCM".
3. Then, select the "***SUP" and "**EVA~' PIOs in
the PIO selection screen.
4. Monitor those PIOs and check it system monitor is completed.
Corresponding PID
data monitor item
APP1
APP2
ETC_DSD
am3uuw0000340
PID/DATA Monitor and Record Procedure

Note
The PIO data screen function is used for monitoring the calculated value of input/output signals in the
module. Therefore, if the monitored value of the output parts is not within the specification, it is necessary
to inspect the monitored value of input parts corresponding to the applicable output part control. In
addition, because the system does not display an output part malfunction as an abnormality in the
monitored value, it is necessary to inspect the output parts individually.
1. Select "OataLogger".
3. Select "PCM".
2. Select "PCM".
3. Select the applicable PIO from the PIO table.
4. Verify the PIO data according to the detections on
the screen.
am3uuw0000340
Diagnostic Monitoring Test Results Access Procedure

,..---------,---------------,
3. Select "Mode 6 On-Board Test Results".
3. Verify the diagnostic monitoring test result
according to the directions on the screen.
am3uuw0000340
01-02A-10

Active Command Modes Procedure
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
items from the initialization screen of the M-MDS.
When using the IDS {laptop PC)
1. Select "DataLogger".
3. Select "PCM".
When using the PDS (Pocket PC)
1. Select '~Module Tests".
2. Select "PCM".
3. Select the simulation items from the PID table.
am3uuw0000340
4. Perform the simulation function, inspect the
operations for each parts.
If the operation of output parts cannot be verified after the active command mode inspection is performed,
this could indicate the possibility of an open or short circuit, sticking, or operation malfunction in the output
parts.
AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [LF, LS]
id0102c8801100

3. Select "PCM".
4. Select "Retrieve CMDTCs".
2. Select "PCM".
3. Verify the DTC according to the directions on the
M-MDS screen.
4. Press the clear button on the DTC screen to clear the DTC.
5. Verify that no DTCs are displayed.
am3uuw0000340
KOEO/KOER SELF TEST [LF, LS]

id0102c8801200
KOEO Self Test

3. Select "PCM".
2. Select "PCM".
3. Then, select the "KOEO On Demand Self Test"
am3uuw0000340
and perform procedures according to directions
on the M-MDS screen.
4. Verify the DTC according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
If any DTCs are displayed, perform troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection.
5. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the PCM, while referring to "AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE". (See 01-02A-11 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [LF, LS].)
01-02A-11

KOER Self Test
Note
For vehicles with the variable valve timing control, execute a KOER self test after the variable valve timing
learning is finished.
A KOER self test cannot be executed if the variable timing valve learning in not finished.
The variable valve timing learning is cleared if the PCM backup power supply is interrupted (including
battery removal), or after reprogramming.
To perform variable valve timing learning, the engine speed needs to be increased momentarily to
approx. 2,000 rpm.
2. Idle the engine.
3. Select "PCM".
2. Select "PCM".
am3uuw0000340
4. Then, select the "KOER On Demand Self Test"
PROCEDURE". (See 01-02A-11 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [LF, LS].)
OBD-II DRIVE MODE [LF, LS]

id0102c8801300
Using the OBD-II Drive Mode, the monitoring item requested by OBD-II regulations can be easily diagnosed.
Performing the Drive Mode inspects the OBD-II system for proper operation and must be performed to ensure
that no additional DTCs are present.
The OBD-II Drive Mode is divided into the specific Drive Mode and single Drive Mode.
For the specific Drive Mode, specified Drive Modes have been set for each individual monitoring item requested
by OBD-II regulations, and they can be diagnosed individually. For the single Drive Mode, the entire monitoring
item requested by OBD-II regulations can be diagnosed.
The following modes are in the specific Drive Mode. The applicable system is diagnosed by driving in the
following Drive Modes.
- Mode 03 (EGR System, AlF sensor heater, H02S heater, AlF sensor, H02S and TWC Repair Verification
Drive Mode)
- Mode 06 (EVAP System Repair Verification Drive Mode)
The following systems are diagnosed with the single Drive Mode.
EGR system
Oxygen sensor (AiF sensor, H02S)
Oxygen sensor heater (AiF sensor heater, H02S heater)
Catalytic converter (TWC)
Evaporative (EVAP) system
Caution
While performing the Drive Mode, always operate the vehicle in a safe and lawful manner.
When the M-MDS is used to observe monitor system status while driving, be sure to have another
technician with you, or record the data in the M-MDS using the PID/DATA MONITOR AND RECORD
function and inspect later.
01-02A-12

Note
Vehicle speed and engine speed detected by the PCM may differ from that indicated by the speedometer
and tachometer. Use the M-MDS to monitor vehicle speed.
If the OBD-II system inspection is not completed during the Drive Mode, the following causes are
considered:
- The OBD-II system detects the malfunction.
- The Drive Mode procedure is not completed correctly.
Disconnecting the battery will reset the memory. Do not disconnect the battery during and after Drive
Mode.
The M-MDS can be used at anytime through the course of the Drive Mode to monitor the completion
status. Monitoring can be done by viewing the ON BOARD SYSTEM READINESS menu.
The OBD monitoring status can be confirmed with the ignition switch operation. During KOEO, the MIL
illuminates for a fail-light inspection for approx. 17 s. The OBD monitoring status is confirmed after the
fail-light inspection.
If all of the diagnosis is completed even one time, the MIL will continue to illuminate.
If all of the diagnosis is not completed, the MIL flashes for approx. 7 s, and then it illuminates until the
engine is started.
Mode 03 (EGR System, AlF sensor heater, H02S heater, AlF sensor, H02S and TWC Repair Verification
Drive Mode)
1. Start the engine and warm it up completely.
2. Verify all accessory loads (AlC, headlights, blower fan, rear window defroster) are off.
3. Drive the vehicle as shown in the graph. The driving conditions before driving at constant speed are not
specified.
ABOVE 89 KM/H {55 MPH}
WITH 5TH (MTXlLF)
WITH 6TH (MTXlL5)
D RANGE (ATX)
72-89 KM/H {45-55 MPH}

WITH 5TH (MTXlLF)
WITH 6TH (MTXlL5)
D RANGE (ATX)
Cl
W
W
Cl.
(f)
/:
/:
: ,
:,
t:
>
/
:,
--~--~~
r:
/ :
/ :
/ :
:
:
:
/ :
:\
:\
:\
!\
/ :
:
/:
:
/:
:
/:
:
/::
------- '
II
II
!.-ABOVE
:
5MIN
START ENGINE
-I. -I:
I
: \
: \
: \
: \
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
*:10TIMES
I
I
:+APPROX.10 S
i \-~----------------~
I
I
: 1 MIN::
I
~~
::,,
11
W
.....J
()
APPROX.10 S
3 MIN
-:
:
I
TIME
*: DECELERATE FOR APPROX.10 S BY ENGINE BRAKING

ONLY WHILE DRIVING WITH AN VEHICLE SPEED OF
AROUND 80 KM/H (50 MPH) FOR APPROX. 10 S
am3uuw0000340
4. Stop the vehicle and access ON BOARD SYSTEM READINESS menu of GENERIC OBD-II FUNCTION to
verify the OBD monitoring status.
If completed, the OBD monitoring status items change from non-completed to completed.
If not completed, switch the ignition to off then repeat from Step 4.
5. Access DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS menu of GENERIC OBD-II FUNCTIONS to verify the
monitor results.
If detected values are not within the specification, repair has not been completed.
6. Verify no DTCs are available.
01-02A-13

Mode 06 (EVAP System Repair Verification Drive Mode)
Note
If "EVAP System Repair Verification Drive Mode" cannot be performed (it is impossible to drive the vehicle
under this Drive Mode condition), perform evaporative system test procedure as an alternative. (See 0103A-86 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
1. Verify that all of the following PIDs are within the following specifications. All PIDs must be within specifications
before engine is started to initiate the evaporative system test.
BARO: 72.2 kPa {542 mmHg, 21.3 inHg} or higher
FLI: 20-80%
IAT: 5-35 C {41-95 OF}
VPWR: above 10.9 V
3. Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M-MDS (See 01-02A-11 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [LF,
L5].).
4. Drive the vehicle as shown in the graph.
68-78 KM/H {42-48 MPH}

WITH 5TH (MTX)
D RANGE (ATX)
w
w
a.
CI)
w
.....J
()
:c
w
I:
>
:\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
+.~I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ABOVE _ _ _ _
3.5 H
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
I
:+-- ABOVE"-':
!+-- ABOVE ---+l
20 MIN
ABOVE 5 MIN
I
I
I
I
I
1H
TIME
:
I
I
I
I
I
....
....
....
....
STOP ENGINE
START ENGINE
STOP ENGINE
START ENGINE
am3uuw0000340
5. Access the ON BOARD SYSTEM READINESS to verify the OBD monitoring status.
If not completed, switch the ignition to off then go back to Step 1.
6. Access the DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS to verify the monitor results.
If detected values are not within specification, repair has not completed.
01-02A-14

Single Drive Mode
2. Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M-MDS (See 01-02A-11 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [LF,
L5].).
3. Verify all accessory loads (A/C, headlights, blower fan, rear window defroster) are off.
from Step 5 to Step 6.
FLI: 20-80%
IAT: 5-35 C {41-95 OF}
VPWR: above 10.9 V
5. With the vehicle stopped, race the engine at the engine speed indicated, and then drive the vehicle as shown in
the graph. The driving conditions before driving at constant speed are not specified. If possible, monitor RPM
PID for engine speed during this procedure.
*: DECELERATE FOR APPROX. 10 S BY ENGINE BRAKING ONLY WHILE DRIVING
WITH AN VEHICLE SPEED OF AROUND 80 KM/H (50 MPH) FOR APPROX. 10 S
89 KM/H {55 MPH}

WITH 5TH (MTXlLF)
WITH 6TH (MTXlL5)
D RANGE (ATX)
Cl
W
a..
72-89 KM/H {45-55 MPH}

WITH 5TH (MTXlLF)
WITH 6TH (MTXlL5)
D RANGE (ATX)
CJ)
....I
()
68-78 KM/H {42-48 MPH}

WITH 5TH (MTX)
D RANG E (ATX)
>
"
Ii
/
/
/
/
I :
:
:
:
:
I
I
I
I
3.5 H :
. :I
20 MIN
START:
ABOVE:
ENGINE...
10 S ' "
STOP
START
ENGINE
ENGINE
i\
:\
:\
:\
: \
: \
I
I~I
ABOVE-r\1
:
I
I
I
II
I.
:
..
I:
ABOVE
5 MIN
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:\
\
\
\
\
\
I
I
:+-+l
1 MIN
I
I
~:.-~
3 MIN
:TIME
I.
:ABOVE:
:I 1 H :I
. .
I
I
I
I
STOP START
ENGINE ENGINE
am3uuw0000341
6. Switch the ignition to oft.

If completed, all of the OBD monitoring status items change from non-completed to completed.
If not completed, switch the ignition to off, then perform the applicable specific Drive Mode for any
monitoring item that was not in the detection condition.
If detected values are not within specification, repair has not been completed.
01-02A-15

DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS [LF, LS]
id0102c8801400
The purpose of this test mode is to confirm the result of OBO-II monitor diagnostic test results. The result
values stored when particular monitor is completed are displayed. If the monitor is not completed, initial value is
displayed.
OBDMonitor
ID
01
01
01
01
02
02
02
02
21
31
Test
ID
80
81
82
83
03
04
05
80
80
83
35
80
Over - retarded
35
81
Over - advanced
3A
80
Phase 0 end pressure result and test limits
3A
81
Phase 4 vapor generation minimum change in pressure and test

limits
3A
82
Phase 0 end pressure result and test limits
3B
80
Phase 2 0.040" cruise leak check vacuum bleed-up and test

limits
3C
81
EONV positive pressure test result and limits
3C
82
EONV negative pressure (vacuum) test result and limits
3C
83
Normalized average of four EONV tests results and limits
3D
80
Blocked EVAP system line - screening test
3D
81
Blocked EVAP system line - fault confirmation test
A2
A2
OB
OC
OB
Cylinder No.1 average misfire counts for last 10 DC
A3
A3
A4
A4
A5
A5
*1
OC
OB
OC
OB
OC
Description
AlF sensor lean-to-rich response time (calculated)
AlF sensor rich-to-Iean response time (calculated)
AlF sensor lean-to-rich response time (calculated)
AlF sensor rich-to-Iean response time (calculated)
Low H02S voltage for switch time calculation (constant)
AlF sensor,
H02S
High H02S voltage for switch time calculation (constant)

H02S rich-to-Iean response time (calculated)
H02S response time out (calculated)
AlF sensor and H02S switching time ratio
EGR pressure variation
Cylinder No.1 misfire counts for last/current DC

Cylinder NO.3 average misfire counts for last 10 DC
Cylinder NO.3 misfire counts for last/current DC
California emission regulation applicable model
01-02A-16
Related
system
Catalyst
EGR
Variable
valve timing
Variable
valve timing
EVAP
system
EVAP
system
EVAP
system
EVAP
system
EVAP
system
EVAP
system
EVAP
system
EVAP
system
EVAP
system
Misfire
Scaling
ID
20
20
20
20
OA
OA
10
10
20
17
Time
Time
Ratio
Pressure
9C
deg.CA
9C
deg.CA
FE
Pa
FE
Pa
FE
Pa
FE
Pa
FE
Pa
FE
Pa
03
Raw
Value
A9
Pals
FE
Pa
24
24
24
24
Counts
Counts
Counts
24
24
24
24
Unit
Ratio
Ratio
Ratio
Ratio
Voltage
Voltage
Counts
Counts
Counts
Counts
Counts

DTC TABLE [LF, LS]
id0102c8801500
x: Applicable
-: Not applicable
DlC No.
Condition
MIL
Generator
warning
DC
light
Monitor
item
Self
test
type*1
Memory
function
P0011 :00
CMP timing over-advanced
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0012:00
CMP timing over-retarded
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0016:00
CKP-CMP correlation
ON
OFF
CCM
P0031:00
AlF sensor heater control circuit

low input
ON
OFF
C,O,R
P0032:00
AlF sensor heater control circuit

high input
ON
OFF
C,O,R
P0037:00
H02S heater control circuit low

input
ON
OFF
C,O,R
P0038:00
H02S heater control circuit high

input
ON
OFF
C,O,R
P0053:00
AlF sensor heater resistance
ON
OFF
C,O,R
P0054:00
H02S heater resistance
ON
OFF
C,O,R
P0069:00
Manifold absolute pressure/

atmospheric pressure correlation
ON
OFF
CCM
POOB3:00
ECT sensor No.2 circuit low input
ON
OFF
Engine
cooling
system
C,O,R
POOB4:00
ECT sensor No.2 circuit high input
ON
OFF
Engine
cooling
system
C,O,R
P0101 :00
MAF sensor circuit range/

performance problem
ON
OFF
CCM
P0102:00
MAF sensor circuit low input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
AlFsensor
heater,
H02S
heater
AlFsensor
heater,
H02S
heater
AlFsensor
heater,
H02S
heater
AlFsensor
heater,
H02S
heater
AlFsensor
heater,
H02S
heater
AlFsensor
heater,
H02S
heater
Page
(See 01-02A26 DTC
P0011 :00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A28 DTC
P0012:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A30 DTC
P0016:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A32 DTC
P0031 :00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A34DTC
P0032:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A36 DTC
P0037:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A38 DTC
P0038:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A40DTC
P0053:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A42DTC
P0054:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A44DTC
P0069:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A45 DTC
POOB3:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A47DTC
POOB4:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A49DTC
P01 01 :00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A52DTC
P0102:00 [LF,
L5].)
01-02A-17

DTC No.
Condition
MIL
Generator
warning
light
DC
Monitor
item
Self
test
type*1
Memory
function
P0103:00
MAF sensor circuit high input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P0107:00
MAP sensor circuit low input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P0108:00
MAP sensor circuit high input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P0111 :00
IAT sensor circuit range/

performance problem
ON
OFF
CCM
P0112:00
IAT sensor circuit low input
ON
ON
CCM
C,O,R
P0113:00
IAT sensor circuit high input
ON
ON
CCM
C,O,R
P0116:00
ECT sensor No.1 circuit range/

performance problem
ON
OFF
Engine
cooling
system
P0117:00
ON
OFF
Engine
cooling
system
C,O,R
P0118:00
ON
OFF
Engine
cooling
system
C,O,R
P0122:00
TP sensor No.1 circuit low input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P0123:00
TP sensor No.1 circuit high input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P0125:00
Insufficient coolant temperature

for closed loop fuel control
ON
OFF
Engine
cooling
system
Thermostat stuck open
ON
OFF
Engine
cooling
system
P0130:00
AlF sensor circuit problem
ON
OFF
AlFsensor,
H02S
C,O,R
P0131:00
AlF sensor circuit low input
ON
OFF
AlFsensor,
H02S
C,O,R
P0126:00
P0128:00
01-02A-18
Page
(See 01-02A54DTC
P0103:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A56 DTC
P0107:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A58DTC
P0108:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A60DTC
P0111 :00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A61 DTC
P0112:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A63DTC
P0113:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A65 DTC
P0116:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A67DTC
P0117:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A69DTC
P0118:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A71 DTC
P0122:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A73 DTC
P0123:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A75 DTC
P0125:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A77DTC
P0126:00,
P0128:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A80DTC
P0130:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A81 DTC
P0131 :00 [LF,
L5].)

DTC No.
Condition
MIL
Generator
warning
light
DC
Monitor
item
Self
test
type*1
Memory
function
P0132:00
AlF sensor circuit high input
ON
OFF
AlFsensor,
H02S
C,O,R
P0133:00
AlF sensor circuit slow response
ON
OFF
AlFsensor,
H02S
P0134:00
AlF sensor circuit no activity

detected
ON
OFF
AlFsensor,
H02S
P0137:00
H02S circuit low input
ON
OFF
AlFsensor,
H02S
C,O,R
P0138:00
H02S circuit high input
ON
OFF
AlFsensor,
H02S
C,O,R
P0139:00
H02S circuit slow response
ON
OFF
AlFsensor,
H02S
P0140:00
H02S circuit no activity detected
ON
OFF
AlFsensor,
H02S
P0171 :00
Fuel trim system too lean
ON
OFF
Fuel
system
C,R
P0172:00
Fuel trim system too rich
ON
OFF
Fuel
system
C,R
P0222:00
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P0223:00
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P0300:00
Random misfire detected
OFF
10r
2
Misfire
P0301:00
P0302:00
P0303:00
Cylinder No.1 misfire detected

OFF
10r
2
Misfire
Flash
ION
Flash
ION
P0304:00
P0327:00
KS circuit low input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P0328:00
KS circuit high input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
Page
(See 01-02A83 DTC

P0132:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A85 DTC
P0133:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A88 DTC
P0134:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A91 DTC
P0137:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A93 DTC
P0138:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A95DTC
P0139:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A98 DTC
P0140:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A101 OTC
P0171 :00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1050TC
P0172:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1100TC
P0222:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1120TC
P0223:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1140TC
P0300:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1180TC
P0301:00,
P0302:00,
P0303:00,
P0304:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1210TC
P0327:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1230TC
P0328:00 [LF,
L5].)
01-02A-19

DTC No.
Condition
MIL
Generator
warning
light
DC
Monitor
item
Self
test
type*1
Memory
function
P0335:00
CKP sensor circuit problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0340:00
CMP sensor circuit problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0401:00
EGR flow insufficient detected
ON
OFF
EGR
system
C,R
P0403:00
EGR control circuit problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P0421:00
Warm up catalyst system

efficiency below threshold
ON
OFF
Catalyst
P0442:00
EVAP system leak detected (small

leak)
ON
OFF
EVAP
system
P0443:00
Purge solenoid valve circuit

problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P0446:00
CV solenoid valve control circuit

problem
ON
OFF
CCM
P0451:00
Fuel tank pressure sensor range/

performance problem
ON
OFF
CCM
P0452:00
Fuel tank pressure sensor low

input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P0453:00
Fuel tank pressure sensor high

input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P0454:00
Fuel tank pressure sensor

intermittent
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0455:00
EVAP system leak detected

(gross leak/no flow)
ON
OFF
EVAP
system
P0456:00*7
EVAP system leak detected (very

small leak)
ON
OFF
10r
2
EVAP
system
P0457:00
EVAP system leak detected (fuel

cap loose/off)
ON*5
OFF
EVAP
system
01-02A-20
Page
(See 01-02A125DTC
P0335:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A128DTC
P0340:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A131 DTC
P0401 :00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A133DTC
P0403:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A135DTC
P0421 :00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A137DTC
P0442:00,
P0455:00,
P0456:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A147DTC
P0443:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A149DTC
P0446:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A151 DTC
P0451 :00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A153DTC
P0452:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A155DTC
P0453:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A157DTC
P0454:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A137DTC
P0442:00,
P0455:00,
P0456:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A158DTC
P0457:00 [LF,
L5].)

DTC No.
Condition
MIL
Generator
warning
light
DC
Monitor
item
Self
test
type*1
Memory
function
P0460:00
Fuel level sensor circuit

malfunction
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0461:00
Fuel gauge sender unit circuit

range/performance problem
ON
OFF
CCM
P0462:00
Fuel gauge sender unit circuit low

input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P0463:00

high input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P0480:00
Cooling fan control circuit problem
OFF
OFF
Other
C,O,R
P0500:00
VSS circuit problem
ON
OFF
CCM
P0505:00*6
lAC system problem
OFF
OFF
Other
P0506:00
Idle air control system RPM lower

than expected
ON
OFF
CCM
P0507:00
Idle air control system RPM

higher than expected
ON
OFF
CCM
P050A:00
Cold start idle air control system

performance problem
ON
OFF
P050B:00
Cold start ignition timing

performance problem
ON
OFF
Cold start
emission
reduction
strategy
monitoring
Cold start
emission
reduction
strategy
monitoring
Page
(See 01-02A1590TC
P0460:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1600TC
P0461 :00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1610TC
P0462:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1620TC
P0463:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1630TC
P0480:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1650TC
P0500:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1660TC
P0505:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1680TC
P0506:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1700TC
P0507:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1710TC
P050A:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1730TC
P050B:00 [LF,
L5].)
P0571:00
Brake switch circuit problem
OFF
OFF
Other
P0579:00*2
Cruise control mUlti-function input

circuit range/performance
problem
OFF
OFF
Other
P0581 :00*2
Cruise control mUlti-function input

circuit high input
OFF
OFF
Other
P0600:00
Serial communication link
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
(See 01-02A1740TC
P0571 :00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1760TC
P0579:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1790TC
P0581 :00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A1820TC
P0600:00 [LF,
L5].)
01-02A-21

DTC No.
Condition
MIL
Generator
warning
light
DC
Monitor
item
Self
test
type*1
Memory
function
P0601:00
PCM memory check sum error
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P0602:00
PCM programming error
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P0604:00
PCM random access memory

error
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P0606:00
PCM processor error
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P060B:00*8
Internal control module AID

processing performance problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P060C:00*8
Internal control module main

processor performance problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P0610:00
PCM vehicle configuration error
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P061B:00*8
Internal control module torque

calculation performance problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P061 D:00*8
Internal control module engine air

mass performance problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
OFF
OFF
Other
C,O,R
Internal control module throttle

P061 F:00*8 valve actuator controller
performance problem
P0638:00
Throttle valve actuator control

problem
ON
OFF
CCM
P064D:00
Internal control module AlF

sensor processor performance
problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0661:00
Variable intake air solenoid valve

circuit low input
OFF
OFF
Other
C,O,R
P0662:00

circuit high input
OFF
OFF
Other
C,O,R
P068S:00
Main relay control circuit open
ON
OFF
CCM
P06B8:00
Internal control module nonvolatile random access memory

error
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O
01-02A-22
Page
(See 01-02A183 DTC
P0601 :00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A184 DTC
P0602:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A18S DTC
P0604:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A18S DTC
P0606:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02C-1
DTC P060B:00
[LS].)
(See 01-02C-2
DTC P060C:00,
P061 0:00 [LS].)
(See 01-02A188 DTC
P061 0:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02C-3
DTC P061 B:OO
[LS].)
(See 01-02C-2
DTC P060C:00,
P061 0:00 [LS].)
(See 01-02C-4
DTC P061 F:OO
[LS].)
(See 01-02A191 DTC
P0638:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A192 DTC
P0640:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A193 DTC
P0661 :00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A19S DTC
P0662:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A197 DTC
P068S:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A198 DTC
P06B8:00 [LF,
LS].)

DTC No.
Condition
MIL
Generator
warning
light
DC
Monitor
item
Self
test
type*1
Memory
function
P0703:00
Brake switch input circuit problem
ON
OFF
CCM
P0704:00*4
CPP switch input circuit problem
ON
OFF
CCM
P08S0:00*4
Neutral switch input circuit

problem
ON
OFF
CeM
P1260:00
Immobilizer system problem
OFF
OFF
Other
C,O
P144A:00
EVAP system purge vapor line

restricted/blocked
ON
OFF
EVAP
system
P14S0:00
Unable to bleed up fuel tank

vacuum
ON
OFF
CeM
P2004:00
Variable tumble shutter valve

stuck open
ON
OFF
CCM
e,R
P2006:00

stuck closed
ON
OFF
CeM
C,R
P2009:00
Variable tumble solenoid valve

circuit low input
ON
OFF
CeM
C,O,R
P2010:00

circuit high input
ON
OFF
CeM
C,O,R
P2016:00

switch circuit low input
ON
OFF
CeM
C,O,R
P2017:00

switch circuit high input
ON
OFF
CeM
C,O,R
P2088:00
OCV circuit low input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P2089:00
OCV circuit high input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P2096:00
Target AlF feedback system too

lean
ON
OFF
Fuel
system
Page
(See 01-02A199DTe
P0703:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A201DTe
P0704:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A204DTe
P08S0:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A206DTe
P1260:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A207DTe
P144A:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A208DTe
P14S0:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A217DTe
P2004:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A221DTe
P2006:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A224DTC
P2009:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A226DTe
P201 0:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A228DTe
P2016:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A230DTe
P2017:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A210DTC
P2088:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A212DTC
P2089:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A213DTC
P2096:00 [LF,
LS].)
01-02A-23

DTC No.
Condition
MIL
Generator
warning
light
DC
Monitor
item
Self
test
type*1
Memory
function
P2097:00

rich
ON
OFF
Fuel
system
P2100:00
Throttle valve actuator circuit

open
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P2101:00

ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P210S:00

system-forced engine shutdown
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P2107:00

module processor error
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P2108:00

module performance error
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P2110:00*8

system-forced limited RPM
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P2119:00

throttle body range/performance
problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P2122:00
APP sensor No.1 circuit low input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P2123:00
APP sensor No.1 circuit high input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P2126:00
APP sensor No.2 circuit range/

performance no sub type
information
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P2127:00
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P2128:00
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P213S:00
TP sensor No.1 /No.2 voltage

correlation problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P2138:00
APP sensor No.1/No.2 voltage

correlation problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P2183:00

performance problem
ON
OFF
Engine
cooling
system
01-02A-24
Page
(See 01-02A232 DTC
P2097:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A23S DTC
P2100:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A237 DTC
P21 01 :00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A239 DTC
P21 OS:OO [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A240 DTC
P2107:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A240 DTC
P2108:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02C-S
DTC P2110:00
[LS].)
(See 01-02A242 DTC
P2119:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A243 DTC
P2122:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A24S DTC
P2123:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A247 DTC
P2126:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A249 DTC
P2127:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A2S1 DTC
P2128:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A2S3 DTC
P2135:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A2S4 DTC
P2138:00 [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-02A2SS DTC
P2183:00 [LF,
LS].)

DTC No.
Condition
MIL
Generator
warning
light
Self
test
type*1
Memory
function
DC
Monitor
item
P2195:00
AlF sensor signal stuck lean
ON
OFF
AlFsensor,
H02S
P2196:00
AlF sensor signal stuck rich
ON
OFF
AlFsensor,
H02S
P2228:00
BARO sensor circuit low input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P2229:00
BARO sensor circuit high input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P2237:00
AlF sensor positive current control

circuit open
ON
OFF
AlFsensor,
H02S
C,O,R
P2243:00
AlF sensor reference voltage

circuit open
ON
OFF
AlFsensor,
H02S
C,O,R
P2251:00
AlF sensor negative current

control circuit open
ON
OFF
AlFsensor,
H02S
C,O,R
P2502:00
Charging system voltage problem
OFF
ON
Other
C,R
P2503:00
Charging system voltage low input OFF
ON
Other
C,R
P2504:00
Charging system voltage high

input
OFF
ON
Other
C,R
P2507:00
PCM battery voltage low input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,R
P261 0:00
PCM internal engine off timer

performance problem
ON
OFF
CCM
U0073:00
CAN system communication error
U0101:00*3 Communication error to TCM
U0121:00
Communication error to ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM
Page
(See 01-02A257DTC
P2195:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A259DTC
P2196:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A262DTC
P2228:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A264DTC
P2229:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A265DTC
P2237:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A267DTC
P2243:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A269DTC
P2251 :00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A271DTC
P2502:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A273DTC
P2503:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A275DTC
P2504:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A276DTC
P2507:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-02A278DTC
P261 0:00 [LF,
L5].)
(See 09-020-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATI
ON SYSTEM].)
(See 09-020-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATI
ON SYSTEM].)
(See 09-020-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATI
ON SYSTEM].)
01-02A-25

DTC No.
U01SS:00
U3000:41
Condition
MIL
Generator
warning
light
DC
Monitor
item
Self
test
type*1
Memory
function
Page
Communication error to instrument cluster
(See 09-02D-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATI
ON SYSTEM].)
PCM processor error
(See 01-02A279 DTC

U3000:41 [LF,
LS].)
OFF
OFF
Other
C,O
*1 : C: CMDTC self test, 0: KOEO self test, R: KOER self test
*2
: With cruise control system
*3 : ATX
*4 : MTX
*5
*6
: The fuel cap warning light illuminates

: KOER self test only
*7 : California emission regulation applicable model
*8 : L5
DTC P0011 :00 [LF, LS]

id01 02c87001 00
DTC
P0011:00
The actual valve timing is over-advanced by 15 from the target valve timing for specified period when the
OCV is controlled in the maximum valve timing retard condition.
MONITORING CONDITIONS
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Engine speed: below 4,000 rpm

Engine coolant temperature: 60-110C {140-230 OF}
This is a continuous monitor (CCM).

The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2)/Snapshot data is available.
The DTC is stored in the PCM memory.
OCV malfunction
Spool valve in OCV is stuck in advanced position
Variable valve timing mechanism malfunction
- Variable valve timing mechanism misinstallation
- Loose timing chain or improper valve timing due to timing chain slippage
Stopper pin mechanism malfunction
Variable valve timing mechanism is stuck in advanced position
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
VERIFY SNAPSHOT DATA HAS BEEN
RECORDED
Has the snapshot data been recorded?
2

AVAILABILITY
Verify related Service Bulletins and/or on-line
repair information availability.
Is any related repair information available?
INSPECT OCV
Inspect the OCV.
(See 01-10A-19 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Is there any malfunction?
01-02A-26
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available

repair information.
If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step.
No
Yes
No
Record the snapshot on the repair order, then go to the

next step.
Replace the OCV, then go to Step 7.

(See 01-10A-20 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)

STEP
INSPECTION
4
VERIFY VALVE TIMING MECHANISM
INSTALLATION
Verify the valve timing mechanism installation
for the following parts:
- Crankshaft pulley lock bolt
- Camshaft sprocket lock bolt
- Timing chain
INSPECT STOPPER PIN MECHANISM
S
Remove the timing chain.
(See 01-10A-21 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAU
Inspect the stopper pin mechanism.
(See 01-10A-18 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING
ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
6
INSPECT ROTOR POSITION
Remove the variable valve timing actuator.
ACTUATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
LS].)
Is the rotor at the maximum valve timing
advanced position?
ACTION
Yes
Reinstall the misinstallation or loose parts correctly, then go

to Step 7.
(See 01-10A-18 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
No
Yes
Replace the variable valve timing actuator, then go to Step

7.
No
Yes
Reinstall or replace the variable valve timing actuator, then

go to the next step.
No
Variable valve timing mechanism is normal.
Note
This DTC is detected as an intermittent concern.
An intermittent concern might be removed using the
cleaning mode of the variable valve timing control
function.
VERIFY DTC TROUBLESHOOTING

COMPLETED
Make sure to reconnect all disconnected
connectors.
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using
the M-MDS.
(See 01-02A-11 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [LF, LS].)
Switch the ignition to off.
Start the engine and warm it up completely.
Peliorm the KOER self test.
(See 01-02A-11 KOEO/KOER SELF TEST [LF,
LS].)
Is the PENDING CODE for this DTC present?
VERIFY AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
Peliorm the "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE".
Are any DTCs present?
Yes
Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.

(See 01-40A-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
No
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC inspection.

(See 01-02A-17 DTC TABLE [LF, LS].)
DTC troubleshooting completed.
No
01-02A-27

DTC P0012:00 [LF, LS]
id0102c8700200
DTC
P0012:00

The actual valve timing is over-retarded by 10 from the target valve timing for specified period when the
OCV system control is within the feedback range.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Engine coolant temperature: 60-110 C {140-230 OF}

cycle.
Low engine oil pressure
OCV malfunction
- Spool valve in the OCV is stuck in retard pOSition
Timing chain misinstallation
Engine oil runners are clogged or have leakage
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE AND
STORED DTC
Switch the ignition to off, then to ON (engine
off).
Perform the DTC Reading Procedure and
Pending Trouble Code Access Procedure.
(See 01-02A-7 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TEST [LF, L5].)
Is the DTC P20BB:OO or P20B9:00 also
present?
VERIFY ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
Start the engine.
Does the oil pressure warning light illuminate?
INSPECTOCV
Stop the engine.
Inspect the OCV.
INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
VERIFY TIMING CHAIN INSTALLATION
Remove the timing chain cover.
Is the camshaft timing mark at the correct
point?
01-02A-28
ACTION
Yes
No

Record the snapshot data on the repair order, then go to
the next step.
Yes Perform repair or diagnosis according to the available
repair information.
No Go to the next step.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

(See 01-02A-210 DTC P20BB:OO [LF, L5].)
(See 01-02A-212 DTC P20B9:00 [LF, L5].)
Inspect the engine oil pressure.

(See 01-11A-5 OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
inspection results, then go to Step B.
Replace the OCV, then go to Step B.
INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)

Reinstall the timing chain, then go to Step B.

STEP
INSPECTION
7
INSPECT ENGINE OIL RUNNER
Inspect the following engine oil runners for
clogging or leakage:
- Between oil pressure switch and OCV
- Between OCV and variable valve timing
actuator
-In variable valve timing actuator
Is there any clogging or leakage?
Yes
No
ACTION
Repair or replace the suspected runner, then go to the next
step.
Note
This DTC is detected by intermittent concern .
An intermittent concern might be removed using the
function.

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Perform the KOER self test.
LS].)
Yes

No

Perform the "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE".
Yes

No
01-02A-29

DTC P0016:00 [LF, LS]
id0102c8145600
DTC
POO16:00
CKP-CMP correlation
The PCM monitors the input pulses from the CKP sensor and CMP sensor. If the input pulse pick-up timing
do not match each other, the PCM determines that the camshaft position does not coincide with the
crankshaft position.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
CKP sensor malfunction
- Connector or terminals malfunction
- Foreign material on CKP sensor
- Damaged or scratched CKP sensor pulse wheel
CMP sensor malfunction
- Foreign material on CMP sensor
- Damaged or scratched CMP sensor pulse wheel
PCM connector or terminals malfunction
Improper valve timing
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT CKP SENSOR CONNECTOR
CONDITION
Disconnect the CKP sensor connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/
pulled-out pins, corrosion).
INSPECT CKP SENSOR FOR FOREIGN
MATERIAL
Visually inspect the CKP sensor for foreign
materials.
(See 01-40A-32 CRANKSHAFT POSITION
(CKP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
Is there any foreign material on the CKP
sensor?
INSPECT CKP SENSOR PULSE WHEEL
Visually inspect the CKP sensor pulse wheel.
Are there any damage or scratches at the CKP
sensor pulse wheel?
INSPECT CKP SENSOR
Reconnect the CKP sensor connector.
Inspect the CKP sensor.
01-02A-30
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
repair information.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Repair or replace the terminal and/or connector, then go to

Step 13.
Remove the foreign material from the CKP sensor, then go

to Step 13.
Replace the CKP sensor pulse wheel, then go to Step 13.

(See 01-10A-30 CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
REPLACEMENT [LF, L5].)
Replace the CKP sensor, then go to Step 13.

(See 01-40A-30 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP)
SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)

STEP
INSPECTION
7
INSPECT CMP SENSOR CONNECTOR
CONDITION
Disconnect the CMP sensor connector.
8
INSPECT CMP SENSOR FOR FOREIGN
MATERIAL
Visually inspect the CMP sensor for foreign
materials.
(See 01-40A-33 CAMSHAFT POSITION
(CMP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Is there any foreign material on the CMP
sensor?
9
INSPECT CMP SENSOR PULSE WHEEL
Visually inspect the CMP sensor pulse wheel.
Are there any damage or scratches at the CMP
sensor pulse wheel?
10
INSPECT CMP SENSOR
Reconnect the CMP sensor connector.
Inspect the CMP sensor.
11
INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR CONDITION
Disconnect the PCM connector.
INSPECT VALVE TIMING
12
Inspect valve timing.
13
14

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Perform the Pending Trouble Code Access
Procedure.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Step 13.
Remove the foreign material from the CMP sensor, then go

to Step 13.
Replace the CMP sensor pulse wheel, then go to Step 13.

REPLACEMENT [LF, LS].)
Replace the CMP sensor, then go to Step 13.

(See 01-40A-32 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR

Step 13.
Yes
Adjust the valve timing properly, then go to the next step.

No
Yes

No
Yes
No

01-02A-31

DTC P0031 :00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0031:00
id0102c8700400
A1F sensor heater control circuit low input

The PCM monitors the AlF sensor heater output voltage. If the PCM turns the AlF sensor heater off but the
AlF sensor heater circuit remains low voltage, the PCM determines that the AlF sensor heater circuit has a
malfunction.

This is a continuous monitor (AiF sensor heater, H02S heater).
cycle.
AlF sensor connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground or open circuit in AlF sensor power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and AlF sensor terminal A
- ENG BAR 15 A fuse malfunction
- Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and AlF sensor terminal A
AlF sensor heater malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between AlF sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 2A
Open circuit in wiring harness between AlF sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 2A
PCM malfunction
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
MAIN RELAY
TERMINAL C
('I---'
f4\
ENG BAR
15A
I-~'::""'---<A.ro-r..---+//H~ n n _
-
PCM
AlF SENSOR HEATER

(AiF SENSOR)
AAA
,,~uuu...
vlfF
"eY
~
~
.L.....J
(-
PCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
AlF SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
L....J
(j)
~HI\\+--------+//H~)--.....- I : - - - - {
J 2BE ~2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U
2Q 12M 21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATI2AP 2ALI2AHI2ADI2Z 12V 2R 12N 2J
2F 2B
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUI2AQI2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2K
2G 2C
l
]
2BH 2BD 2AZt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20
ACTION
INSPECTION
STEP
VERIFY SNAPSHOT DATA AND DIAGNOSTIC

MONITORING TEST RESULTS HAVE BEEN
RECORDED
Have the snapshot data and DIAGNOSTIC
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (AiF sensor
heater, H02S heater related) been recorded?
Yes
No

Record the snapshot data and DIAGNOSTIC
MONITORING TEST RESULTS on repair order, then go to
the next step.

AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
01-02A-32
No

STEP
10
INSPECTION
INSPECT AlF SENSOR CONNECTOR
Yes
CONDITION
No
Disconnect the AlF sensor connector.
INSPECT AlF SENSOR HEATER POWER
Yes
SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND OR No
OPEN CIRCUIT
AlF sensor connector is disconnected.
Switch the ignition to ON (engine off).
Measure the voltage between AlF sensor
terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT AlF SENSOR HEATER

Inspect the AlF sensor heater.
(See 01-40A-28 AIR FUEL RATIO (AlF)
SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
INSPECT AlF SENSOR HEATER CONTROL
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Inspect for continuity between AlF sensor
terminal E (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Is there continuity?
Yes
No
ACTION
Step 9.

Inspect the ENG BAR 15 A fuse.
If the fuse is melt:
- Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
If the fuse is deterioration:
- Replace the fuse.
If the fuse is normal:
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.
Replace the AlF sensor, then go to Step 9.
(See 01-40A-27 AIR FUEL RATIO (AlF) SENSOR
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Yes
If the short to ground circuit could be detected:

Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short
to ground.
If the short to ground circuit could not be detected:
Replace the PCM (short to ground in PCM internal
circuit).
(See 01-40A-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
L5].)
Go to Step 9.
No
Yes
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/ No

Step 9.

CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
AlF sensor and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
terminal E (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal2A (wiring harness-side).
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
PROCEDURE [LF, L5].)
Perform the KOEO/KOER self test.
L5].)
Yes
No

Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
circuit, then go to the next step.
Yes

(See 01-40A-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
No
Yes

(See 01-02A-17 DTC TABLE [LF, L5].)
No
01-02A-33

DTC P0032:00 [LF, LS]
id0102c8700500
DTC
AlF sensor heater control circuit high input
P0032:00
The PCM monitors the AlF sensor heater output voltage. If the PCM turns the AlF sensor heater on but the
AlF sensor heater circuit remains high voltage, the PCM determines that the AlF sensor heater circuit has
a malfunction.

cycle.
Short to power supply in wiring harness between AlF sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 2A
PCM malfunction
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
MAIN RELAY
TERMINAL C
rl---J
ENG BAR
15A
'o--_--(h+-lf; A
'---_--('"'JJrv-..
PCM
AlF SENSOR HEATER

(AIF SENSOR)
-"
AA A
'"
____
E "f7---------t7H/~)---4-t----{
'HI
"~
\:::,1/1
AlF SENSOR
~
~
(-
J 2BE ]2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2AT 12AP 2ALI2AHI2ADI2Z 12V 2R 12N 2J
2Q 12M
2F 2B
i[
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUI2AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2K
I 2G
2C
2BH 2BD 2AZt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ] 2L 2H 20
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION
Yes Go to the next step.
No Record the snapshot data and DIAGNOSTIC
RECORDED
the next step.
repair information.
AVAILABILITY
Yes Repair or replace the terminal and/or connector, then go to
Step 7.
CONDITION
Switch
the
ignition
to
off.

01-02A-34

STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT A1F SENSOR HEATER
INSPECT A1F SENSOR HEATER CONTROL
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY
disconnected.
Measure the voltage between PCM terminal 2A
(wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Is there any voltage?
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
Yes
ACTION
(See 01-40A-27 AIR FUEL RATIO (AI F) SENSOR
No
Yes

Step 7.
No
Yes
Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to

power supply, then go to the next step.
No
Yes
No

Yes

No
01-02A-35

DTC P0037:00 [LF, L5]
id0102c8700600
DTC
P0037:00
H02S heater control circuit low input

The PCM monitors the H02S heater output voltage. If the PCM turns the H02S heater off but the H02S
heater circuit remains low voltage, the PCM determines that the H02S heater circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
H02S connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground or open circuit in H02S heater power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between ignition switch terminal A*1/relay block terminal 1 8*2 and
H02S terminal C
- ENG 20 A fuse malfunction
- Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch terminal A*1/relay block terminal 18*2 and H02S
terminal C
H02She~mma~nction
Short to ground in wiring harness between H02S terminal D and PCM terminal 28
Open circuit in wiring harness between H02S terminal D and PCM terminal 28
PCM malfunction
IGNITION SWITCI;;I (IG1)

TERMINAL A 1/
RELAY BLOCK (IG1 BELAY)
TERMINAL 1B 2
r'iJ
@)
@)
PCM
H02S HEATER
(H02S)
E~~A ~~cnn-
L---OJ~--~~H~uu~
AU
y
ct:a
Do
I~
~HIV~------------~~~~~~~~~--~
H02S
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
/~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~'
J 2BE ~2BA 2AW 2ASl2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACl2Y 12U 2012M 21 2E 2A Il,.J
2F 2B
2G 2C
2BH 2BD 2AZt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 2D
*1
*2
: Vehicles without advanced keyless entry and push button start system
: Vehicles with advanced keyless entry and push button start system
01-02A-36

STEP
INSPECTION
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (AIF sensor
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT H02S CONNECTOR CONDITION
Disconnect the H02S connector.
INSPECT H02S HEATER POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND OR OPEN
CIRCUIT
H02S connector is disconnected.
Measure the voltage between H02S terminal C
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT H02S HEATER

Inspect the H02S heater.
(See 01-40A-29 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
(H02S) INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
INSPECT H02S HEATER CONTROL CIRCUIT
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Inspect for continuity between H02S terminal
D (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
INSPECT H02S CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
H02S and PCM connectors are disconnected.
D (wiring harness-side) and PCM terminal2B
(wiring harness-side).
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

Step 9.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Inspect the ENG 20 A fuse.
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.
Replace the H02S, then go to Step 9.
(See 01-40A-29 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (H02S)

ground, then go to Step 9.

Step 9.

01-02A-37

STEP
10
INSPECTION
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
(See 01-02A-11 'AFTER REPAIR
Yes
ACTION
Replace the PCM, then gO'to the next step.
No
Yes

No
DTC P0038:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P0038:00
id0102c8700700
H02S heater control circuit high input

The PCM monitors the H02S heater output voltage. If the PCM turns the H02S heater on but the H02S
heater circuit remains high voltage, the PCM determines that the H02S heater circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
This is a continuous monitor (A/F sensor heater, H02S heater).

cycle.
H02S heater malfunction
Short to power supply in wiring harness between H02S terminal D and PCM terminal 2B
PCM malfunction
IGNITION SWITCH (IG1)

TERMINAL A*1/
RELAY BLOCK (IG1 RELAY)
TERMINAL 1B*2
"v
PCM
H02S HEATER
(H02S)
H02S
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 2BE ]2BA 2AW 2ASl2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U
2Q 12M 21
2E 2A
2F 2B
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AU 12AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2K
2G 2C
2BH 2BD 2AZ 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20
*1 :
*2 :
Vehicles without advanced keyless entry and push button start system
Vehicles with advanced keyless entry and push button start system
01-02A-38
Il

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (A1F sensor
2
AVAILABILITY
3
4
INSPECT H02S HEATER
5
6
FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY
Measure the voltage between PCM terminal2B
Is there any Voltage?
7
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
8
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 7.

Yes

Step 7.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

No
01-02A-39

DTC POOS3:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0053:00
id0102c8933800

The PCM monitors the AlF sensor heater resistance when under the AlF sensor heater control. If the
resistance is more than 30 ohms, the PCM determines that there is a AlF sensor circuit problem.

This is a intermittent monitor (AiF sensor heater, H02S heater).
cycle.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2}/Snapshot data is available.
Short to ground or open circuit in AlF sensor heater power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and AlF sensor terminal A
- Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and AlF sensor terminal A
Short to ground between AlF sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 2A
Open circuit between AlF sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 2A
PCM malfunction
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
15A
AlF SENSOR HEATER

(AiF SENSOR)
L...=...--(""JJ'~O--~/'f-I"/ A
PCM
MAIN RELAY
TERMINAL C
ENG BAR
\\
____
0, ____
E \ \ + - - - - - - - - - + / / H ( 2A'I---tl-......---<
AA A
'"
QIfI
'HI
\\iCY
AlF SENSOR
~
~
(-
2Q 12M 21
2E 2A
2F 2B
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUI2AQ 2AMI2A'I2AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2K

2BH 2BD 2AZt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P
I 2G
IL
2C
2L 2H 20
STEP
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
01-02A-40
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
the next step.

repair information.

STEP
INSPECTION
Yes
CONDITION
No
Yes
No
INSPECT AlF SENSOR HEATER CIRCUIT FOR
Yes
OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO GROUND
No
Measure the voltage between AlF sensor
ground.
Is the voltage B+?

ground.

INSPECT AlF SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
disconnected.
terminal2A (wiring harness-side).
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
10
Yes
No
Yes
ACTION
Step 9.

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.
to ground.
circuit).
L5].)
Go to Step 9.
Step 9.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No


01-02A-41

DTC POOS4:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
id0102c8933900
P0054:00
The PCM monitors the H02S heater resistance when under the H02S heater control. If the resistance is
more than 34 ohms, the PCM determines that there is a H02S heater circuit problem.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
This is a intermittent monitor (A/F sensor heater, H02S heater).

cycle.
- Short to ground in wiring harness between ignition switch terminal A*1/relay block terminal 1B*2 terminal
C and H02S terminal C
- Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch terminal A*1/relay block terminal 1B*2 and H02S
terminal C
Short to ground between H02S terminal D and PCM terminal 2B
Open circuit between H02S terminal D and PCM terminal 2B
PCM malfunction
IGNITION SWITCH TERMINAL A*1/

RELAY BLOCKTERMINAL 1B*2
r~

ENG20A
@)
PCM
H02S HEATER
(H02S)
~
C
'---o"v'/'.'C
......>-----+/H/
"
A AA
---.I
(J)
" e;;
r 0 'tHI\\~------~h+t'/~}---t-~--{
\.Jj//
H02S
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
/~~~~~~~~
J 2BE J2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2Q 12M 21 2E 2A Il
2F 2B
*1 : Vehicles with advanced keyless entry and push button start system
*2 :
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (A/F sensor
2
AVAILABILITY
01-02A-42
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No

STEP
INSPECTION
Yes
No
INSPECT H02S HEATER
Yes
Inspect
the
H02S
heater.

(H02S) INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
No
INSPECT H02S HEATER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Yes
CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO GROUND
No
Measure the voltage between H02S terminal C
Is the voltage B+?

FOR SHORT TO GROUND
o (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Yes
No
7
10

INSPECT H02S CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
o (wiring harness-side) and PCM terminal 2B
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
ACTION
Step 9.

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.
to ground.
circuit}.
LS].)
Go to Step 9.
No

Step 9.
Yes
No

Yes

Yes
No
Yes
No

01-02A-43

DTC P0069:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
POO69:00
id0102c8300000
Manifold absolute pressure/atmospheric pressure correlation

The PCM monitors difference between intake manifold vacuum and atmospheric pressure. If the difference
is below -12 kPa {-90 mmHg, -3.5 inHg} or above 12 kPa {90 mmHg, 3.5 inHg} when the following
conditions are met, the PCM determines that there is a MAP sensor performance problem.
- 12-15 s from when ignition is switched to off

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
MAP sensor malfunction or substandard performance
BARO sensor malfunction or substandard performance
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
Switch the ignition to off, then to ON.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Is the DTC P0107:00, P0108:00, P2228:00 or
P2229:00 also present?
IDENTIFY TRIGGER DTC FOR FREEZE FRAME
DATA (Mode 2)
Perform the Freeze Frame PID Data Access
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Is the DTC P0069:00 on the FREEZE FRAME
DATA (Mode 2)?
INSPECT MAP SENSOR
Inspect the MAP sensor.
(See 01-40A-26 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE
PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR INSPECTION
[LF, L5].)
INSPECT BARO SENSOR
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
Access the BARO PID using the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Is the value within the specification?
(See 01-40A-8 PCM INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
01-02A-44
ACTION
the next step.
repair information.
Yes
No
Yes

(See 01-02A-56 DTC P0107:00 [LF, L5].)
(See 01-02A-58 DTC P0108:00 [LF, L5].)
(See 01-02A-262 DTC P2228:00 [LF, L5].)
(See 01-02A-264 DTC P2229:00 [LF, L5].)
No
Yes
No

Go to the troubleshooting procedures for DTC on FREEZE
FRAME DATA (Mode 2).
Yes
Replace the MAP sensor, then go to step 7.

(See 01-40A-25 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE
(MAP) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
No
Yes
No


ACTION
INSPECTION
STEP
VERIFY DTC TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED
7
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
8
Yes

No
Yes

No
DTe POOB3:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
POOB3:00
id0102c8934000

The PCM monitors the ECT sensor No.2 signal. If the PCM detects that the ECT sensor No.2 voltage is
below 0.25 V for 5 S, the PCM determines that the ECT sensor No.2 circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

This is a continuous monitor (engine cooling system).
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
ECT sensor No.2 connector or terminals malfunction
ECT sensor No.2 malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between ECT sensor No.2 terminal A and PCM terminal 2AO
ECT sensor No.2 signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other
PCM malfunction
PCM
ECT SENSOR NO.2
) t'
@
.fA'
\ J ,II
0s I@
\.J
7L Q
"V
~
'\'\
//
[Gt~
-0
ECT SENSOR NO.2

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
1BE ]1BA 1AWl1AS 11AO 1AKI1AGj1ACI1Y 11 U 1011M
11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AXI1AT 11AP 1AL 11AHI1AOl1Z 11V 1R liN
1J
iF 18
1K
1G 1C
I:
is 110
1BG 1BC 1Ayl1AUl1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1W
1BH 1BO 1AZ~1AVI1AR 1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X iT liP 8 1L 1H 10
I
J 2BE
2BA 2AWI2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2012M
2E 2A
21
2F 28
2BF 2BB 2AXI2ATI2AP 2ALI2AHI2AOl2Z 12V 2RI2N 2J
i[
2BG 2BC ~2AYI2AUI2AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2K
IJ
2G 2C
2BH 2BO 2AZ~2AVI2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P 82L 2H 20
[Gt~
[
01-02A-45

STEP
INSPECTION

Yes
MONITORING TEST R~SULTS HAVE BEEN
No
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (engine
cooling system related) been recorded?
Yes
AVAILABILITY
No
INSPECT ECT SENSOR NO.2 CONNECTOR
Yes
CONDITION
No
Disconnect the ECT sensor No.2 connector.
ACTION

the next step.

repair information.
Step 8.

Yes

Step 8.
VERIFY PID DATA FOR ECT SENSOR NO.2

MALFUNCTION
Access the ECT2 PID using the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Verify the ECT2 value when disconnecting
ECT sensor No.2 connector.
Is the ECT2 value normal?
(See 01-40A-8 PCM INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Yes
No

Replace the ECT sensor No.2, then go to Step 8.
(See 01-40A-23 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
(ECT) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
INSPECT ECT SENSOR NO.2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT

FOR SHORT TO GROUND
ECT sensor No.2 and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between ECT sensor
No.2 terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Yes

No
INSPECT ECT SENSOR NO.2 SIGNAL AND

GROUND CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO EACH
OTHER
disconnected.
terminals A and B (wiring harness-side).
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
Is the same DTC present?
Yes
Repair or replace the malfunctioning wiring harness, then

01-02A-46
No
Yes
No


9
ACTION
INSPECTION
STEP

(See 01-02A-11 AFTER REPAI R
Yes

No
DTe POOB4:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
POOB4:00
idO 102c89341 00

above 4.95 V for 5 s, the PCM determines that the ECT sensor No.2 circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE


Short to power supply in wiring harness between ECT sensor No.2 terminal A and PCM terminal 2AO
Open circuit in wiring harness between the following terminals:
- ECT sensor No.2 terminal A-PCM terminal 2AO
- ECT sensor No.2 terminal B-PCM terminal 1AR
PCM malfunction
@
PCM
ECT SENSOR NO.2
fA @
\.J
CD
@
rs
\.J
CD
~Q
\\
//
)~
'\'\
//
ECT SENSOR NO.2

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
C/
T-
1011M
11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AX 1AT 11AP 1ALI1AHI1ADj1Z 11V 1R 11N
1J
1F 18
1BG 1BC 1AY 1AU 11AQ 1AMI1AI 11AEI1AAI1W 1S 110 1K
I~,I
1BH 1BD 1AZI 1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJI1AFj1ABI1X 1T 11P

!E
1G 1C
2E 2A
2BF 2BBr 2AX 2ATI2AP 2ALI2AHI2ADI2Z 12V 2RI2N 2J
2F 28
Il
0
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUI2AQ2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2K

2BH 2BD 2Azt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P
~ 1L 1H 10
21
2012M
2G 2C
~ 2L 2H 20
I~,I
01-02A-47

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

the next step.

AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No

Yes
CONDITION
No

MALFUNCTION
TEST [LF, L5].)
Connect a jumper wire between ECT sensor
Is the voltage 4.6 V or below?
Yes
No

Step 8.

(ECT) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)

Yes
No

Step 8.

disconnected.
Measure the voltage between ECT sensor
ground.
Yes

power supply, then go to Step 8.
INSPECT ECT SENSOR NO.2 CIRCUIT FOR

OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between the following
terminals (wiring harness-side):
- ECT sensor terminal A-PCM terminal 2AO
- ECT sensor terminal 8-PCM terminal 1AR
Yes
No


COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
Yes

No
01-02A-48
No

STEP
INSPECTION
9
Yes
ACTION
No
DTC P01 01 :00 [LF, LS]

id0102c8700800
DTC
P0101:00
MAF sensor circuit range/performance problem
When the conditions are as follows, the PCM compares the intake airflow amount with the estimated intake
airflow amount (calculated from the barometric pressure, MAP sensor and throttle opening angle).
DETECTION
CONDITION
- Engine speed: below 4,500 rpm

- Barometric pressure divided by intake manifold absolute pressure: above 1.2
- Throttle position-throttle position before 20 ms: below 10%
- Battery voltage: above 8 V
If over a period continuing for 5 s, the cumulative value of the intake airflow amount divided by the
estimated intake airflow amount is 1.35 or more, and intake airflow amount multiplied by the estimated
intake airflow amount is 6 gls {0.8Ib/min} or more, the PCM determines that the detected mass air flow
amount is above is too high.
If over a period continuing for 5 s, the cumulative value of the intake airflow amount divided by the
estimated intake airflow amount is 0.65 or less, and intake airflow amount multiplied by the estimated intake
airflow amount is 6 g/s {0.8 Ib/min} or less, the PCM determines that the detected mass air flow amount is
above is too low.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The MIL illuminates if PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or in
one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
PENDING CODE is available if PCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
MAF sensor connector or terminals malfunction
MAP sensor malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
off).
Perform the DTC Reading Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Is the DTC P2108:00 also present?
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
repair information.
Yes
No

(See 01-02A-240 DTC P2108:00 [LF, L5].)
01-02A-49

STEP
INSPECTION
4
Start the engine.
Access the following PIDs using the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, LS].)
-ECT1
-ECT2
-TP REL
-RPM
Warm up the engine until ECT1 and ECT2
PIDs are above -200C {-392 of}.
Idle the engine for 5 s or more.
Caution
While the driving, always operate the
vehicle in a safe and lawful manner.
Yes
No
ACTION
Intermittent concern exists.
Perform the "INTERMITTENT CONCERNS
TROUBLESHOOTING" procedure.
(See 01-03A-84 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
TROUBLESHOOTING [LF, L5].)
Drive the vehicle under the following two PID

conditions:
Condition 1
- TP REL: 50-87.5%
- RPM: above 500 rpm
- 4th gear (MTX), D range (ATX)
Condition 2
- TP REL: above 80%
- RPM: below 2,000 rpm
-Gear in
Procedure.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Is PENDING CODE for this DTC present?
S
INSPECT MAFflAT SENSOR CONNECTOR

CONDITION
Disconnect the MAF/IAT sensor connector.
INSPECT MAF SENSOR
Inspect the MAF sensor.
(See 01-40A-2S MASS AIR FLOW (MAF)
SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
INSPECT MAP SENSOR
[LF, L5].)
01-02A-50
Yes
No

Step 9.
Yes

Step 9.
No
Yes
Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to Step 9.

(See 01-13A-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAU
No
Yes
Replace the MAP sensor, then go to the next step.

(See 01-40A-2S MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE
No

STEP
INSPECTION
COMPLETED
Make sure to connect all disconnected
connectors.
Clear the DTC from PCM memory using the MMDS.
Start the engine.
Warm up the engine until ECT1 and ECT2
PIDs are above -200C {-392 OF}.
Idle engine for 5 s or more.
Caution
While the driving, always operate the
Yes
No
ACTION
Drive the vehicle under the following two PID

conditions:
Condition 1
- TP REL: 50-87.5%
- RPM: above 500 rpm
- 4th gear (MTX), D range (ATX)
Condition 2
10
- TP REL: above 80%

- RPM: below 2,000 rpm
-Gearin
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Yes
No

01-02A-S1

DTC P0102:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0102:00
id0102c8700900

The PCM monitors input voltage from the MAF sensor when the engine running. If the input voltage is
below 0.2 V for 5 5, the PCM determines that the MAF sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

MAF/IAT sensor connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground or open circuit in MAF sensor power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and MAF/IAT sensor terminal A
- Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and MAF/IAT sensor terminal A
Short to ground in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 1AK
Open circuit in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 1AK
PCM malfunction
MAFSENSOR
(MAF/IAT SENSOR)
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
ENG BAR
PCM
~
!5~
I@
~~--~~H/~/---oJ~r---~
f."
r--<s ..
""""0
CH)+-)------------------------~HH~K~.----.-~
f:::'
\\
71 ~P~
~HII+-------------------------~'\'\H~
MAF/IAT SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
:>
<>
'i7

1BE ~ 1BA 1AW 1AS 11 AO 1AK 11 AGI1 AC 11 Y 11 U 1Q 11 M
11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AX 1ATI1AP 1ALI1AHI1ADI1z 11V 1R 11N
1J
1F 1B
1BG 1BC 1AY 1AUl1AQ1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1W 1S 110 1K
1G 1C
l
J
1BH 1BD 1AZl1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P ~ 1L 1H 10
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
ACTION
the next step.
repair information.
Yes
No

AVAILABILITY
INSPECT MAF/IAT SENSOR CONNECTOR
Yes
CONDITION
No
01-02A-S2

Step 9.

STEP
INSPECTION
4
INSPECT MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUIT
MAF/IAT sensor connector is disconnected.
Measure the voltage between the MAF/IAT
sensor terminal A (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT MAF SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR

SHORT TO GROUND
Inspect for continuity between MAF/IAT sensor
terminal C (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.

Inspect for poor connection (such as damagedl
OPEN CIRCUIT
MAF/IAT sensor and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
terminal C (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal1AK (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT MAF SENSOR
(See 01-40A-25 MASS AI R FLOW (MAF)
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
10
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.
to ground.
circuit).
L5].)
Go to Step 9.
Step 9.

circuit, then go to Step 9.
Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to the next step.

Yes

No
01-02A-53

DTe P0103:00 [LF, LS]
id01 02c8701 000
DTC
P0103:00

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the MAF sensor when the engine running. If the input voltage is
above 4.9 V for 5 s, the PCM determines that the MAF sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to power supply in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal C and PCM terminal1AK
Open circuit in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal Band PCM terminal 1P
PCM malfunction
(J)
MAF SENSOR
(MAF/IAT SENSOR)
MAIN RELAY
TERMINAL C
ENG BAR
PCM
~I@
15!
~I--~~HIII+----OJ~~----~
l~
@b
fn"1}
r--<s
1
C Hi77+----------------------------ff-I/
1AKI---.--{
"-T
~III
MAF/IAT SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
""P
<>
~~P
""
1'-"
'i7
.&
J 1BE ~ 1BA 1AW 1AS 11 AO 1AK 11 AGI1 AC 11 Y 11 U
11
1E 1A
1Q 11 M
1F 1B
1BG 1BC 1AY 1AUl1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1W 1S 110 1K
1G 1C
1BH1BD1AZt1AVl1AR1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X 1T11P~1L 1H 10
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
ACTION
the next step.
repair information.
Yes
No

AVAILABILITY
Yes
CONDITION
No
01-02A-S4

Step 8.

STEP
INSPECTION
4
S
SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY
disconnected.
Measure the voltage between PCM terminal
1AK (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
INSPECT MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
6
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
terminal B (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal 1P (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT MAF SENSOR
7
(See 01-40A-2S MASS AIR FLOW (MAF)
8
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
9
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Step 8.

Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No
01-02A-55

DTC P0107:00 [LF, LS]
id0102c87011 00
DTC
P0107:00

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the MAP sensor. If the input voltage is below 0.1 V for 5 s, the
PCM determines that the MAP sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

MAP sensor connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between MAP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 2AU
Open circuit in wiring harness between MAP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 2AU
Short to ground in wiring harness between MAP sensor terminal 0 and PCM terminal 2AG
MAP sensor signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other
PCM malfunction
@
MAP SENSOR
PCM
@
@
MAP SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2BE ~2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2QI2M
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATI2AP 2ALI2AHI2ADI2Z 12V 2RI2N 2J
2F 2B
I[
Il
]
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUI2AQ2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2KI 2G 2C

j 2L
2H 20
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
VERIFY PID DATA FOR MAP SENSOR
MALFUNCTION
Access the MAP PID using the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Disconnect the MAP sensor connector.
Is the voltage above 4.9 V?
01-02A-56
No
ACTION
the next step.
repair information.
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
Yes
No
Yes

STEP
4
INSPECTION
INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT VOLTAGE
AT MAP SENSOR CONNECTOR
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 6.
Note
If DTC P0122:00 is also retrieved with
P0107:00, go to CONSTANT VOLTAGE
troubleshooting procedure.

Measure the voltage between MAP sensor
ground.
Is the voltage within 4.5-5.5 V?
S
INSPECT MAP SENSOR CONNECTOR

Yes
CONDITION
No
INSPECT MAP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
Yes
Inspect for continuity between MAP sensor
ground.
No
10
11

Yes

Step 12.
Replace the MAP sensor, then go to Step 12.
(MAP) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)

to ground.
circuit).
LS].)
Go to Step 12.
Step 12.

MAP sensor and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
terminal2AU (wiring harness-side).
Yes
Go to Step 12.
No

INSPECT MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR

SHORT TO GROUND
Disconnect the MAP sensor and PCM
connectors.
terminal D (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Yes

No
INSPECT MAP SENSOR SIGNAL AND

OTHER
disconnected.
terminals D and A (wiring harness-side).
Yes

go to Step 12.
No
INSPECT MAP SENSOR

Reconnect the MAP sensor and PCM
connectors.
[LF, LS].)
Yes
Replace the MAP sensor, then go to the next step.

(MAP) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
No
01-02A-57

STEP
INSPECTION
12
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
13
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

No
DTe troubleshooting completed.
DTC P0108:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P0108:00
id0102c8701200

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the MAP sensor. If input the voltage is above 4.9 V for 5 s, the
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

MAP sensor connector or terminals malfunction
MAP sensor signal circuit and power supply circuit are shorted to each other
Short to power supply in wiring harness between MAP sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 2AG
- MAP sensor terminal A-PCM terminal 2AV
- MAP sensor terminal D-PCM terminal 2AG
PCM malfunction
(j)
MAP SENSOR
PCM
MAP SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2QI2M
2E 2A
21
I[
2F 2B
I
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AU 12AQ 2AMI2AI 12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2Kt 2G 2C

01-02A-58
!l
2L 2H 2D

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
INSPECT MAP SENSOR CONNECTOR

Yes
CONDITION
No

the next step.
repair information.
Step 9.

Step 9.

Yes
INSPECT MAP SENSOR SIGNAL AND POWER

SUPPLY CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO EACH
OTHER
disconnected.
terminals C and D (wiring harness-side).
Yes

disconnected.
Measure the voltage between MAP sensor
ground.
Yes
INSPECT MAP SENSOR

[LF, L5].)
INSPECT MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Disconnect the MAP sensor and PCM
connectors.
- MAP sensor terminal A-PCM terminal2AV
- MAP sensor terminal D-PCM terminal 2AG
Yes

No
Yes

No
No
No

go to Step 9.

01-02A-59

STEP
10
INSPECTION
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No
DTC P0111 :00 [LF, L5]

DTC
P0111:00
IAT sensor circuit range/performance problem
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0102c8701300
If the intake air temperature is higher than the engine coolant temperature by 18C {32 oF} for 1.2 s or the
intake air temperature is lower than the engine coolant temperature by -48C {-54 OF} for 1.2 s with the
ignition switch is ON*, the PCM determines that there is a IAT sensor circuit range/performance problem.
*: Ignition switch is ON when 6 h or more have passed since the ignition was switched to off.

PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
IAT sensor malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
AVAILABILITY
No
Yes
CONDITION
No
INSPECT IAT SENSOR
Yes
Inspect the IAT sensor.
(See 01-40A-25 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
(IAT) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, L5])
No
01-02A-60

the next step.
repair information.
Step 6.


STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
5
the next step.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged/ No Go to the next step.
6
VERIFY DTC TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Drive the vehicle under snapshot data condition.
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
7
Yes Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
No DTC troubleshooting completed.
DTC P0112:00 [LF, LS]

id0102c8701400
DTC
P0112:00

The PCM monitors the IAT sensor signal. If the PCM detects that the IAT sensor voltage is below 0.1 V for
5 s, the PCM determines that the IAT sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to ground in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 1AC
IAT sensor signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other
PCM malfunction
IATSENSOR
(MAF/IAT SENSOR)
PCM
GXZ)
~~
'\'\
(])
~
'\'\
MAF/IAT SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
-0
J 1BEB1BA1Aw 1As l1A01AKI1AGf1Ac11v11u
1Q11M
11
1E 1A Il
1BF 1BB 1AX 1ATI1AP 1ALI1AHj1AOI1Z 11V 1R 11N 1J
1F 1B
1BG mc 1AY 1AUl1AQ 1AMI1Al11AE11AA11w 1S110 1K
1G 1C
1BH 1BO 1AZl1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P ~ 1L 1H 10
01-02A-61

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
the next step.

RECORDED
Yes
No

AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No

Yes
CONDITION
No

Step 8.
INSPECT IAT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO Yes

GROUND
No
ground.
Yes
Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to ground,

then go to Step 8.
VERIFY PID DATA FOR IAT SENSOR

MALFUNCTION
Reconnect the MAF/IAT sensor and PCM
connectors.
Access the IAT PID using the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Verify the IAT value when disconnect the MAF/
IAT sensor connector.
Is the IAT value normal?
Yes
INSPECT IAT SENSOR SIGNAL AND GROUND

CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO EACH OTHER
Disconnect the MAF/IAT sensor and PCM
connectors.
terminals D and E (wiring harness-side).
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
Yes

01-02A-62
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 8.





DTe P0113:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0113:00
id0102c8701500

The PCM monitors the IAT sensor signal. If the PCM detects that the IAT sensor voltage is above 4.9 V for
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE


Short to power supply in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal 0 and PCM terminal 1AC
- MAF/IAT sensor terminal D-PCM terminal 1AC
- MAF/IAT sensor terminal E-PCM terminal 1AR
PCM malfunction
IATSENSOR
(MAF/IAT SENSOR)
~~
PCM
@I___.
~-__IJ D 'H~>-1----------_---~/;r1"A'C~'-l--~t----(
\\~
Vii
~r
f-j\
'4'
/-~-~~H~~------~--------~*H~~
MAF/IAT SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 1BE]1BA1AW1ASI1A01AKI1AGI1ACI1VI1U
1QI1M 11
1E 1A
1F 18
1
J
1BG 1BC 1AY 1AUl1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1W 1S 110 1K 1G 1C

1BH 1BD 1AZJ 1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJ 11AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P ] 1L 1H 1D
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
repair information.

AVAILABILITY
INSPECT MAFIIAT SENSOR CONNECTOR
Yes
CONDITION
No

Step 8.
01-02A-63

STEP
INSPECTION
4
Yes
Disconnect
the
PCM
connector.
Inspect for poor connection (such as damagedl No

ACTION
Step 8.

(See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAU
VERIFY PID DATA FOR IAT SENSOR

MALFUNCTION
disconnected.
Reconnect the PCM connector.
Access the IAT PID using the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Connect a jumper wire between MAF/IAT
sensor terminals D and E (wiring harnessside).
Is the voltage below 4.9 V?
Yes
INSPECT IAT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR

Measure the voltage between MAF/IAT sensor
ground.
INSPECT IAT SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
disconnected.
- MAF/IAT sensor terminal D-PCM terminal
1AC
- MAF/IAT sensor terminal E-PCM terminal
1AR
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No

01-02A-64
No

DTC P0116:00 [LF, LS]
id0102c8146800
DTC
P0116:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
ECT sensor No.1 circuit range/performance problem

The PCM monitors the maximum value and minimum value of engine coolant temperature when the engine
is started and 5 min have been passed after leaving the vehicle 6 h or more. If difference between
maximum and minimum values of engine coolant temperature is below 6 C {43 OF} the PCM determines
that there is an ECT sensor circuit No.1 range/performance problem.

The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
Thermostat malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION
No Record the snapshot data and DIAGNOSTIC
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS on the repair order, then
repair information.
AVAILABILITY
IDENTIFY TRIGGER DTC FOR FREEZE FRAME Yes Go to the next step.
DATA
No Go to troubleshooting for DTC on FREEZE FRAME DATA
(Mode 2).
Procedure.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Is the DTC P0116:00 on FREEZE FRAME
DATA (Mode 2)?
Step 9.
CONDITION
Step 9.
INSPECT ECT SENSOR NO.1
Yes Replace the ECT sensor No.1, then go to Step 9.
Inspect the ECT sensor No.1.
(See 01-40A-24 ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
01-02A-65

STEP
10
INSPECTION
ACTION
COMPARE ECT1 PID VALUE

Prepare a new ECT sensor No.1.
Connect the ECT sensor No.1 connector to the
new one without installing to the engine.
Switch the ignition to ON and record the ECT1
PID value.
Replace the malfunction ECT sensor No.1 with
new one.
Start the engine and wait for 5 min.
Record the ECT1 PID value.
Is the difference between each ECT1 PID
values more than 6 C {43 OF}?
Yes
INSPECT THERMOSTAT
Inspect the thermostat.
(See 01-12A-12 THERMOSTAT INSPECTION
[LF, LS].)
Yes
Replace the thermostat, then go to the next step.

(See 01-12A-11 THERMOSTAT REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS].)
No

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Yes

No

Yes

No
01-02A-66
No

Go to Step 9.

DTe P0117:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0117:00
id0102c8701600

below 0.2 V for 5 5, the PCM determines that the ECT sensor No.1 circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Engine overheating (Cooling system malfunction)
Short to ground in wiring harness between ECT sensor No.1 terminal A and PCM terminal 2AH
ECT sensor No.1 signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other
PCM malfunction
PCM
ECT SENSOR NO.1
~AH.gpr-_________GD__8__________CD~~~~~_lf.-~
\\v -
.----lv//
)~
rn \~
CD~/ ~2"'V
8
~-~~Hv~-------------------~\H\~
ECT SENSOR NO.1

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2Q 12M
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB12AX 2ATI2AP 2ALI2AHI2ADI2Z 12V 2R 12N 2J
2F 2B
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUI 2AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2K
2G 2C
STEP
1
ACTION
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
VERIFY ENGINE CONDITION
Is the engine overheating?
Yes
No

the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
Perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.17 COOLING

SYSTEM CONCERNS-OVERHEATING".
(See 01-03A-64 NO.1? COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNSOVERHEATING [LF, LS].).
01-02A-67

STEP
INSPECTION
4
Yes
CONDITION
Switch the ignition tq off.
No
Yes
S
VERIFY PID DATA FOR ECT MALFUNCTION
No
TEST [LF, LS].)
Verify and compare the ECT1 PID values when
disconnecting and connecting ECT sensor
No.1 connector.
Does the ECT1 value change?
INSPECT ECT SENSOR NO.1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT Yes
6
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
ground.
10

INSPECT ECT SENSOR NO.1 SIGNAL AND
OTHER
disconnected.
No.1 terminals A and B (wiring harness-side).
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
01-02A-68
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Step 9.


to ground.
circuit).
LS].)
Go to Step 9.
Step 9.

Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC P0118:00 [LF, L5]
id0102c8701700
DTC
P0118:00

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to power supply in wiring harness between ECT sensor No.1 terminal A and PCM terminal 2AH
- ECT sensor No.1 terminal A-PCM terminal 2AH
- ECT sensor No.1 terminal B-PCM terminal 2AV
PCM malfunction
@
ECT SENSOR NO.1
PCM
ECT SENSOR NO.1

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATI2AP 2ALT2AHT2ADT 2Z T 2V 2R T 2N 2J
2Q 12M
2F 2B
2G 2C
II
2BH 2BD 2AZ 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJ 12AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
CONDITION
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

the next step.
Periorm repair or diagnosis according to the available

repair information.
Step 8.
01-02A-69

STEP
INSPECTION
4
MALFUNCTION
ECT sensor No.1 connector is disconnected.
TEST [LF, LS].)
S
6
disconnected.
Measure the voltage between ECT sensor
ground.
7
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
- ECT sensor No.1 terminal A-PCM terminal
2AH
- ECT sensor No.1 terminal B-PCM terminal
2AV
8
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
9
01-02A-70
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC P0122:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0122:00
id0102c8701800

If the PCM detects that the TP sensor No.1 voltage is below 0.2 V while the engine is running, the PCM
determines that the TP sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction conditions in first drive cycle.
Throttle body connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between throttle body terminal A and PCM terminal 2AK
Open circuit in wiring harness between throttle body terminal Band PCM terminal 2AR
Short to ground in wiring harness between throttle body terminal Band PCM terminal 2AR
TP sensor No.1 signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other
TP sensor No.1 malfunction
PCM malfunction
@
THROTTLE BODY
PCM
@@
@@@
@
THROTTLE BODY
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2BE ]2BA 2AWl2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2QI2MI21
l1FDtiibID
2E 2A L
2BF 2BBI 2AXl2AT 12AP 2ALI2AHI2ADI2Z 12V 2R 12N 12J
I[
2F 2B
I
2BG 2BC 2AVI2AUI2AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 12K
2G 2C
2BH 2BD 2AZ~2AVI2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P
2H 20
82L
I~,I
STEP
INSPECTION

RECORDED

AVAILABILITY
VERIFY PID DATA FOR TP SENSOR NO.1
MALFUNCTION
Access the TP1 PID using the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Connect a jumper wire between throttle body
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
repair information.
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
01-02A-71

STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT VOLTAGE
4
AT THROTTLE BODY CONNECTOR
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 6.
Note
If DTC P0107:00 is also retrieved with
P0122:00, go to CONSTANT VOLTAGE
10
11

Measure the voltage between throttle body
terminal 8 (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Is the voltage within 4.5-5.5 V?
INSPECT THROTTLE BODY CONNECTOR
Yes
CONDITION
No
Disconnect the throttle body connector.
INSPECT TP1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Yes
TO GROUND
Throttle body connector is disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between throttle body
ground.

INSPECT TP1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN CIRCUIT
Throttle body and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
terminal 8 (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal2AR (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT TP1 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO GROUND
Disconnect the throttle body and PCM
connectors.
ground.
INSPECT TP1 SIGNAL AND GROUND
disconnected.
terminals A and D (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1
Reconnect the throttle body and PCM
connectors are disconnected.
Inspect the TP sensor No.1.
(See 01-40A-26 THROTTLE POSITION (TP)
01-02A-72
No
Yes

Step 12.
Replace the throttle body, then go to Step 12.

to ground.
circuit).
L5].)
Go to Step 12.
Step 12.
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 12.
Yes

No
Yes

go to Step 12.
No
Yes
Replace the throttle body, then go to the next step.

No

INSPECTION
STEP
12
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
13
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

No
DTe P0123:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P0123:00
id0102c8701900

If the PCM detects the TP sensor No.1 voltage is to be above 4.85 V after switch the ignition to ON, PCM
determines that TP sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in first drive cycle.

Short to power supply circuit in wiring harness between throttle body terminal A and PCM terminal2AK
TP sensor No.1 signal circuit and power supply circuit are shorted to each other
Open circuit in wiring harness between throttle body terminal 0 and PCM terminal 2AN
PCM malfunction
THROTTLE BODY
PCM
THROTTLE BODY
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~iftNf[~
J 2BE :12BA 2AW2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U
2QI2M
2E 2A I
21

i[

2BH 2BD 2AZ 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P
2F 2B
iJ
2G 2C
2L 2H 20
I~~I
01-02A-73

STEP
INSPECTION
RECORDED
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
Yes Periorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
repair information.

AVAILABILITY

Yes
CONDITION
No

Step 9.

Yes

Step 9.
INSPECT TP1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

TO POWER SUPPLY
disconnected.
ground.
Yes
Repair or replace for a possible short to power supply, then

go to Step 9.
INSPECT TP1 SIGNAL AND POWER SUPPLY

disconnected.
Is there continUity?
Yes
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1 GROUND CIRCUIT

FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
terminal D (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal2AN (wiring harness-side).
Yes
No


connectors.
Yes

01-02A-74
No
No
No

go to Step 9.

STEP
INSPECTION
9
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
10
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes
No

DTe P012S:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P0125:00
id0102c8702000
Insufficient coolant temperature for closed loop fuel control

The PCM monitors the ECT sensor No.1 signal after engine is started while the engine is cold. If the engine
coolant temperature does not reach the expected temperature for a specified period, the PCM determines
that it has taken an excessive amount of time for the engine coolant temperature to reach the temperature
necessary to start closed-loop fuel control.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
Access the ECT PID using the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Is the ECT PID value above 60C {140 OF}?
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

TROUBLESHOOTING [LF, LS].)
No
01-02A-75

STEP
INSPECTION
4
CONDITION
5
6
7
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Wait until the ECT PID value below 20C {68
OF}.
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
8
01-02A-76
Yes
No
ACTION
Step 7.
Yes

No
Yes

the next step.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC P0126:00, P0128:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0126:00
DTC
P0128:00
idO 102c8900800
Thermostat stuck open
P0126:00
The PCM monitors detects based on following calculation with ECT sensor No.2 and estimated ECT
sensor No.2* at judge timing. When the difference between ECT sensor No.2 and the estimated ECT
sensor No.2 is at the set value or more, a malfunction is detected.
*: Estimated ECT sensor No.2 output value when it is determined that there is a thermostat-open
malfunction.
-IAT: above -10C {14 OF}
- Vehicle speed: over 40 km/h {25 mph}
- Absolute load: above 14%
P0128:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
The PCM monitors MAF, IAT, VSS and ECT signals and calculate radiator's heat radiation ratio while
following monitoring conditions are met. If calculated value exceeds specification, the PCM determines that
the thermostat is stuck open.
- ECT at engine start: below 52C {126 OF}
This is an intermittent monitor (engine cooling system).
cycle.
ECT sensor malfunction
Cooling system malfunction
PCM malfunction
INSPECTION
STEP
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, LS].)
Are any other DTCs present?
INSPECT THERMOSTAT
4
[LF, LS].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
the next step.
Perform repair or diagnosiS according to the available

repair information.
Replace the thermostat, then go to Step 7.

[LF, LS].)
P0126:00:
Go to Step 6.
P0128:00:
01-02A-77

STEP
INSPECTION
S
6
7
VERIFY MONITORING CONDITION FOR
REPAIR VERIFICATION
connectors.
Cool down the engine.
Note
If workshop inside and outside
temperature difference is significant,
PCM might not operate thermostat
monitor. Therefore, it is recommended to
cool down engine out of workshop.
the M-MDS.
Access the ECT and IAT PIDs using the MMDS under the following conditions:
TEST [LF, LS].)
P0126:00
P0128:00
IAT: above -10C {14 OF}
ECT: below 36C {97 OF}
Difference between ECT and IAT: below 6
C {10.8 OF}
Is there any PID that out of the specification?
01-02A-78
Yes
ACTION
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes
Replace the ECT sensor No.2, then go to the next step.

No
Yes
Take corrective action (e.g. cool down engine).

Repeat this step.
No
P0126:00:
P0128:00:
Go to Step 9.

STEP
INSPECTION
VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING OF DTC
P0126:00 COMPLETED
Start engine and turn off the electrical load and
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 10.
AlC.
Access the THM_2 (Temp unit) and
THM_MIN_2 (Temp unit) PIDs using the MMDS.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Note
This test requires actual driving. Chassis
roller cannot be used for this test.
During the test drive, constant speed
should be maintained, although 2 or 3
stops during every 5 min of driving time
(e.g. for traffic signals) is acceptable.
Stop-and-go (e.g. in case of traffic
congestion) is not acceptable during the
test period.
Test period depends on ECT at engine
start. (e.g. if ECT is -10C {14 OF},
monitoring period is 38 min and ECT is
30C {86 OF}, monitoring period is 8
min)
Verify the THM_2 and THM_MIN_2 PIDs
values.
Is the THM_2 value above THM_MIN_2 value?

P0128:00 COMPLETED
Yes
No

Yes

No
AlC.
Access the THM_1 (Temp and Num units),
THM_MAX_1 (Num unit) and THM_MIN_1
(Temp unit) PIDs using the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Note
This test requires actual driving. Chassis
roller cannot be used for this test.
stops (e.g. for traffic signals) is
acceptable. Stop-and-go (e.g. in case of
traffic congestion) is not acceptable
during the test period.
10
Verify the THM_1, THM_MAX_1 and

THM_MIN_1 PIDs values.
Are THM_1 value of Num unit below
THM_MAX_1 value and THM_1 value of Temp
unit above THM_MIN_1 value?
01-02A-79

DTC P0130:00 [LF, LS]
id01 02c87021 00
DTC
P0130:00
The PCM monitors the voltage between PCM terminal 2AD and 2AC while the A1F sensor active. If the
voltage deviate from specified range, the PCM determines that there is a A1F sensor circuit problem.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
This is a intermittent monitor (A1F sensor, H02S).

cycle.
A1F sensor connector or terminals malfunction
A1F sensor malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION

RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (A1F sensor,
H02S related) been recorded?
Yes
No

the next step.

AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No

Yes
CONDITION
No
Disconnect the A1F sensor connector.
Yes

Step 6.

Step 6.
INSPECT AlF SENSOR

Reconnect the A1F sensor and PCM
connectors.
Inspect the A1F sensor.
(See 01-40A-28 AIR FUEL RATIO (A1F)
Yes
Replace the A1F sensor, then go to the next step.

(See 01-40A-27 AIR FUEL RATIO (A1F) SENSOR
No

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Perform the Drive Mode 03 (EGR System, A1F
sensor heater, H02S heater, A1F sensor,
H02S and TWC Repair Verification Drive
Mode).
(See 01-02A-12 OBD-II DRIVE MODE [LF,
L5].)
Yes

No
01-02A-80

STEP
INSPECTION
7
Yes
No
ACTION
DTC P0131 :00 [LF, LS]

id0102c8702200
DTC
P0131:00
The PCM monitors the input voltage from the AlF sensor while the engine is running. If the following PCM
terminal voltage is below specified, the PCM determines that the AlF sensor circuit voltage is low.
- PCM terminal 2Z: 2 V
- PCM terminal 2AC: 1.2 V
- PCM terminal 2AD: 1.2 V
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

This is a continuous monitor (AiF sensor, H02S).
cycle.
Short to ground in wiring harness between the following terminals:
- AlF sensor terminal B-PCM terminal 2AD
- AlF sensor terminal D-PCM terminal 2AC
- AlF sensor terminal F-PCM terminal 2Z
AlF sensor malfunction
PCM malfunction
AlF SENSOR
PCM
~
\\
8
~
\\
\\
AlF SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~
~
"
2Q 12M
21
2E 2A
2F 28
Il
p
2G 2C
01-02A-81

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (AIF sensor,
2
AVAILABILITY
3
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, LS].)
4
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Is the DTC P0131 :00 on FREEZE FRAME
DATA (Mode 2)?
S
CONDITION
6
INSPECT AlF SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
TO GROUND
terminals (wiring harness-side) and body
ground:
- AlF sensor terminal B
- AlF sensor terminal D
- AlF sensor terminal F
7
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

Step 9.
No
Yes
No
Yes
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
Yes
Reconnect
the
AlF
sensor
and
PCM
connectors.
No
Inspect the AlF sensor.
01-02A-82

to ground.
circuit).
LS].)
Go to Step 9.
Step 9.
Replace the AlF sensor, then go to the next step.


STEP
INSPECTION
9
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
10
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

DTC P0132:00 [LF, LS]
OTC
P0132:00
id0102c8702300

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the AlF sensor when the engine is running. If the following PCM
terminal voltage is above specified, the PCM determines that the AlF sensor circuit voltage is high.
- PCM terminal 2Z: battery voltage -1.2 V
- PCM terminal 2AD: battery voltage -1.2 V
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
Short to power supply in wiring harness between the following terminals:
PCM malfunction
AlF SENSOR
PCM
m@
(j)
~@
~ //
(j)
~~
(j)
,-Lr--~~H/f7-/------~(~,(,~
-.L_
~77
AlF SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
?:.5
&
J 2BE
2BA 2AWl2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2Q 12M I 21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AXl2ATI2AP 2ALI2AHI2ADI2Z 12V 2R 12N 12J
2F 2B
~
'-
01-02A-83

STEP
INSPECTION
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (AiF sensor,
AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, L5].)
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No

Yes
No


Yes
CONDITION
No

Step 9.

Yes
Disconnect
the
PCM
connector.


Step 9.

TO POWER SUPPLY
disconnected.
Measure the voltage between the following
ground:
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
Reconnect the AlF sensor and PCM
connectors.
01-02A-84
Yes
No
Yes
No



STEP
INSPECTION
9
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
10
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No
DTC P0133:00 [LF, LS]

id0102c8702400
DTC
P0133:00

The PCM monitors the AlF sensor terminal D current slow response and delayed response while the AlF
fluctuation being provided when following monitoring conditions are met. If the average value of slow
response and/or delayed response is more than specified value, the PCM determine that the AlF sensor
has a deterioration.
-
DETECTION
CONDITION
Drive Mode 03 (EGR System, AlF sensor heater, H02S heater, AlF sensor, H02S and TWC Repair
Verification Drive Mode)
- Following conditions are met:
AlF sensor heater monitor is completed.
Fuel system loop status is closed loop fuel control.
- ECT sensor and AlF sensor heater are normal
- Engine speed: 1,200-3,500 rpm
- Charging efficiency: 16-63%
-Intake airflow amount: 5-40 gls {0.7-5.2 Ib/min}
- Engine coolant temperature: above 60C {140 OF}

This is an intermittent monitor (AiF sensor, H02S).
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- Leakage exhaust system
Fuel supply system malfunction or improper fuel line pressure
- Fuel leakage in fuel line from fuel distribution pipe to fuel pump
- Clogged or restricted fuel filter
- Pressure regulator malfunction
- Fuel pump unit malfunction
Purge solenoid valve malfunction
Engine malfunction
- Leakage engine coolant
-Insufficient engine compression
- AlF sensor deterioration
- Related wiring harness malfunction
PCM malfunction
01-02A-85

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No

STORED OTC
off).
TEST [LF, L5].)
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
Yes

(See 01-02A-147 DTC P0443:00 [LF, L5].)
No
Yes
No

INSPECT A1F SENSOR CONNECTOR

Yes
CONDITION
No
INSPECT GAS LEAKAGE FROM EXHAUST
Yes
SYSTEM
No
Reconnect the AlF sensor connector.
Visually inspect if there is any gas leakage
between the exhaust manifold and AlF sensor.
Is there gas leakage?

Step 14.
INSPECT FUEL LINE PRESSURE


the next step.

inspection result, then go to Step 14.
Yes
No

Go to Step 10.
Yes

Note
If engine will not start, inspect fuel line
pressure with ignition is switched to ON.
Inspect fuel line pressure while engine running.

(See 01-14A-6 FUEL LINE PRESSURE
INSPECT FUEL LINE LEAKAGE
Visually inspect the leakage from fuel line
between fuel distribution pipe to fuel pump.
Is there any leakage?
INSPECT FUEL FILTER
Visually inspect the foreign materials or stain
inside fuel filter.
Is there any foreign materials or stain?
01-02A-86
No
Yes
No

Replace the fuel pump unit, then go to Step 14.
(See 01-14A-13 FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAU

STEP
10
11
12
13
14
1S
INSPECTION
INSPECT PURGE SOLENOID VALVE
Inspect the purge solenoid valve.
(See 01-16A-8 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE
INSPECT SEALING OF ENGINE COOLANT
PASSAGE
Perform the "ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE
INSPECTION".
(See 01-12A-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE
INSPECT ENGINE COMPRESSION
Inspect the engine compression.
(See 01-10A-17 COMPRESSION
INSPECT AlF SENSOR

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Drive the vehicle under the monitoring
conditions.
Perform the Drive Mode 03 (EGR System, AlF
sensor heater, H02S heater, AlF sensor,
Mode).
LS].)
PROCEDU RE [LF, LS].)
ACTION
Yes
Replace the purge solenoid valve, then go to Step 14.

(See 01-16A-8 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
No
Yes

No
Yes
Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts according to the

inspection results, then go to Step 14.
No
Yes

No
Inspect the related wiring harness.

If there is a malfunction:
Repair or replace the malfunctioning wiring harness,
then go to the next step.
If there is no malfunction:
Yes

No
Yes

No
01-02A-87

DTC P0134:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0134:00
id0102c8702500
AlF sensor circuit no activity detected

The PCM monitors the element impedance AlF sensor when the following conditions are met. Under the
following monitoring conditions, the element impedance more than specified value, the PCM determines
that the AlF sensor is not activated.
-
AlF sensor heater is turned on for 35 s or more
Battery voltage: 11-18 V
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- AlF sensor terminal E-PCM terminal 2A
Leakage exhaust system
Engine malfunction
- Insufficient engine compression
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
ENG BAR
@@
AfF SENSOR
PCM
15A
0
0
0
AfF SENSOR
~
~
01-02A-88

/
J 2BE ~2BA 2AW2ASJ2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U
2QI2M
21
2E 2A
Ie
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUI2AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2MI2W 2S 120 2K
2F 2B
IJ
2G 2C
2BH 2BD 2AZI 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20

STEP
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
Note
If fuel monitor DTC, DTC P0132:00 is
retrieved, ignore it until P0134:00 is fixed.
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

the next step.

repair information.
No

(See 01-02A-265 DTC P2237:00 [LF, L5].)
(See 01-02A-269 DTC P2251 :00 [LF, L5].)
Yes
No

Yes

Step 14.

off).
TEST [LF, L5].)
Is the DTC P2237:00 or P2251 :00 also
present?
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
CONDITION
TO GROUND
ground:
- AlF sensor terminal E
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

to ground.
circuit).
L5].)
Go to Step 14.
Step 14.
01-02A-89

STEP
10
11
12
13
14
15
INSPECTION
CIRCUIT
disconnected.
SYSTEM
Visually inspect If there is any gas leakage
PASSAGE
INSPECTION".
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
L5].)
01-02A-90
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to

No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No



Yes

No
Yes

No

DTe P0137:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0137:00
id0102c8300300

The PCM monitors input voltage from H02S. If the input voltage from the H02S is below -1.15 V or H02S
bias voltage below 1.3 V for 5 s while the H02S is active, the PCM determines that circuit input is low.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
This is a continuous monitor (AIF sensor, H02S).

cycle.
Short to ground in wiring harness between H02S terminal A and PCM terminal 20
Open circuit in wiring between the following terminals:
- H02S terminal A-PCM terminal 20
- H02S terminal B-PCM terminal 2AS
H02S malfunction
PCM malfunction
H02S
A AA
VVV
PCM
("'";"H@+-5_ _ _
__8___~H-I;1~2Q
~
\\p
II
--H-~
H02S
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
AA A
VVV
~h
J 2BE
21
2E 2A
2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2Q 12M
2F 2B
Il
I 2G
2C
2BH 2BD 2AZI2AVI2AR 2ANI2AJ 12AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
the next step.

repair information.
01-02A-91

STEP
INSPECTION
3
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, L5].)
4
DATA (Mode 2)
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
5
6
INSPECT H02S SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
TO GROUND
A (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
7
8
- H02S terminal A-PCM terminal 2Q
- H02S terminal B-PCM terminal 2AS
9
INSPECT H02S
Reconnect the H02S and PCM connectors.
Inspect the H02S.
Is the any malfunction?
10
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
L5].)
01-02A-92
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes
No

Yes

Step 10.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


Step 10.
Yes
No

Yes
Repair or replace the H02S, then go to the next step.

No
Yes
No


STEP
11
INSPECTION
Yes
No
ACTION
DTC P0138:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P0138:00
id0102c8702600

The PCM monitors input voltage from H02S. If the input voltage from the H02S is above 1.2 V or H02S
bias voltage above 1.7 V for 5 5, the PCM determines that circuit input is high.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

H02S circuits are shorted to each other
Short to power supply in wiring harness between H02S terminal A and PCM terminal 2Q
H02S malfunction
PCM malfunction
H02S
PCM
H02S
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

2BE ~2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2Q 12M 21
2E 2A
I[
I !
2F 2B
Il
t 2G
2C
2L 2H 20
01-02A-93

STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (A/F sensor,
AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, LS].)
DATA (MODE 2)
Perform the FreezeFrame PID Data Access
Procedure.
TEST [LF, LS].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
INSPECT H02S CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH
OTHER
A and B (wiring harness-side).
TO POWER SUPPLY
Measure the voltage between H02S terminal A
INSPECT H02S
Inspect the H02S.
01-02A-94
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

the next step.

repair information.
Yes
No

Yes

Step 10.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 10.

go to Step 10.
Yes
Repair or replace the wiring harness for a short to power

supply, then go to Step 10.
No
Yes
Replace the H02S, then go to the next step.

No

STEP
10
11
INSPECTION
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

No
DTC P0139:00 [LF, L5]

id0102c8300400
DTC
P0139:00

The PCM monitors the rich (0.55 V) to lean (0.3 V) response time of the H02S. The PCM measures the
response time when the following conditions are met. The PCM determines a H02S response deterioration
malfunction when the measured response time is more than 0.12 s (LF)/0.10 s (L5) for 2 of 3 times.
-
DETECTION
CONDITION
During deceleration fuel cut
Estimated temperature of the zirconia element inside the H02S: above 450C {842 OF}
The PCM monitors for a time-out malfunction (when H02S remains above 0.2 V for longer than a specified
period of time during fuel cut control). The PCM measures the amount of time from when the following
conditions are met until the H02S output voltage drops below 0.2 V. The PCM determines a H02S timeout malfunction when the detected time is more than 4 s for 2 of 3 times.
-
Following conditions are met:

This is an intermittent monitor (AIF sensor, H02S).
cycle.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
H02S malfunction
- Looseness H02S
- H02S deterioration
- Fuel leakage on fuel line from fuel distribution pipe and fuel pump
Engine malfunction
PCM malfunction
01-02A-95

STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
off).
Periorm the DTC Reading Procedure and
TEST [LF, L5].)
DATA (Mode 2)
Periorm the Freeze Frame PID Data Access
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
INSPECT INSTALLATION OF H02S
Inspect if the H02S is loosely installed.
Is the H02S installed securely?
SYSTEM
Visually inspect if there is any gas leakage is
found between the exhaust manifold and
H02S.
INSPECT H02S
Inspect the H02S.
INSPECT LONG TERM FUEL TRIM
Access the LONGFT1 PID using the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Compare the PID with snapshot data recorded
at Step 1.
Is it below snapshot data value?
INSPECT FUEL LINE PRESSURE (EXCESSIVE
FUEL LINE PRESSURE)
Note
If engine will not start, inspect fuel the line
Inspect fuel line pressure while the engine

running.
01-02A-96
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No

(See 01-02A-147 DTC P0443:00 [LF, L5].)
Yes
No

Yes

Retighten the H02S, then go to Step 17.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


Engine is driven under rich condition.
Engine is driven under lean condition.
Go to Step 11.

Go to Step 14.

STEP
INSPECTION
10
INSPECT FUEL PUMP
Inspect the fuel pump maximum pressure and
fuel return pipe for clogging.
(See 01-14A-14 FUEL PUMP UNIT
11
INSPECT FUEL LINE PRESSURE (LOW FUEL
LINE PRESSURE)
Yes
ACTION
No

Yes
No
Yes

Go to Step 14.
Note
If engine will not start, inspect fuel the line
12
13
14
is
16
17
18
Inspect fuel line pressure while the engine

running.
Visually inspect the leakage from the fuel pump
to fuel distributor.
INSPECT FUEL FILTER
inside fuel filter (low-pressure side).
Is there any foreign material or stain?
PASSAGE
INSPECTION".
VERIFY OTC TROUBLESHOOTING
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
LS].)
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

inspection results, then go to the next step.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


01-02A-97

DTC P0140:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0140:00
id0102c8702700

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the H02S when the following conditions are met. Under the
following monitoring conditions, if the input voltage from the H02S does not even exceed 0.6 V though the
short term fuel trim is controlled up to 20.5% for 20.8 s, the PCM determines that H02S circuit is not
activated.
Drive Mode 03 (EGR System, A1F sensor heater, H02S heater, A1F sensor, H02S and TWC Repair
- Estimated temperature of the zirconia element inside the H02S above 450 DC {842 OF}
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

This is an intermittent monitor (A1F sensor, H02S).
Short to ground in wiring harness between H02S terminal A and PCM terminal 2Q
Open circuit in wiring harness between H02S terminal A and PCM terminal 2Q
Engine malfunction
H02S malfunction
PCM malfunction
IGNITION SWITCH (IG1)

TERMINAL A*1/
RELAY BLOCK (IG1 RELAY)
TERMINAL 1B*2/
@@
H02S
PCM
CD@
H02S
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2QI2M
2E 2A
21

[
2G 2C
j 2L
2H 20
01-02A-98

*1
*2
2F 2B
I

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (A/F sensor,
2
AVAILABILITY
3
STORED DTC
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
Yes
Perlorm repair or diagnosis according to the available

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes

Note
If fuel monitor DTC, DTC P0132:00 is
retrieved, ignore it until P0140:00 is fixed.

off).
Perlorm the DTC Reading Procedure and
TEST [LF, L5].)
DATA (MODE 2)
Perlorm the Freeze Frame PID Data Access
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
INSPECT H02S HEATER
TO GROUND
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

Step 14.


to ground.
circuit).
L5].)
Go to Step 14.
Step 14.
01-02A-99

STEP
INSPECTION
9
SYSTEM
Reconnect the H02S connector.
Visually inspect the exhaust system from
exhaust manifold to H02S.
10
INSPECT H02S SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
A (wiring harness-side) and PCM terminal2Q
11
PASSAGE
INSPECTION".
12
13
INSPECT H02S
Inspect the H02S.
14
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
15
01-02A-100
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC P0171 :00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0171:00
id0102c8934200

The PCM monitors short term fuel trim (SHRTFT) and long term fuel trim (LONGFT) values when closed
loop fuel control. If the LONGFT and the sum total of these fuel trims exceed preprogrammed criteria, the
PCM determines that the fuel system is too lean.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
This is a continuous monitor (fuel system).

cycle.
Misfire
Erratic signal to PCM
- APP sensor signal malfunction
- ECT sensor signal malfunction
- MAF sensor signal malfunction
- TP sensor signal malfunction
- VSS signal malfunction
- Looseness AlF sensor
Air suction in intake air system
Improper operation of purge control system
Fuel supply system malfunction
- Fuel leakage on fuel line from fuel delivery pipe and fuel pump
- Fuel filter clogged or restricted
- Fuel return hose clogged
Ignition system malfunction
- Ignition coil related wiring harness malfunction
- Spark plug malfunction
- Ignition coil malfunction
Improper operation of variable valve timing control system
Insufficient engine compression
Improper operation of fuel injector
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (fuel system
related) been recorded?
AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, LS].)
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

the next step.

repair information.
If misfire DTC is present:
Go to Step 11.
If other DTC is present:
If drive ability concern is present:
Go to Step 11.
If drive ability concern is not present:
01-02A-101

STEP
INSPECTION
4
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS
5
-APP1
-APP2
-ECT1
-MAF
-TPREL
-VSS
Is there any signal that is far out of specification
when the ignition is switched to ON and the
engine runs?
6
UNDER FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE 2)
CONDITION
Access the following PIDs using the M-MDS
under the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2)
conditions.
-APP1
-APP2
-ECT
-MAF
-TP REL
-VSS
Is there any signal which causes drastic
changes?
7
(See 01-40A-28 AIR FUEL RATIO (AI F)
8
10
11
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

No
No

INSPECT A1F SENSOR

INSPECT INSTALLATION OF A1F SENSOR
Inspect if the AlF sensor is loosely installed.
Is the AlF sensor installed securely?
INSPECT EXHAUST GAS LEAKAGE
Visually inspect for the exhaust gas leakage
Yes
No

Go to Step 11.
Yes

Retighten the AlF sensor, then go to Step 21.
INSPECT INTAKE AIR SYSTEM FOR

EXCESSIVE AIR SUCTION
Visually inspect the hose in intake air system
for looseness, cracks or damages.
Yes
01-02A-102
Yes
No
Yes
No
No


STEP
INSPECTION
12
VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS OF
MAFSENSOR
Start the engine.
Access the MAF PID using the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Verify that the MAF PID changes quickly
according to engine RPM.
Is the MAF PID value normal?
13
INSPECT FOR EXCESSIVE AIR SUCTION OF
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM
Visually inspect for loosen, cracks or damages
hoses on intake air system.
ACTION
Yes
Go to Step14.
No
Yes
No
Repair or replace the source of air suction, then go to Step

21.
Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to Step 21 .
Note
Engine speed may change when rust
penetrating agent is sprayed on the air
suction area.
14
1S

INSPECT PURGE CONTROL SYSTEM
OPERATION
Perform the Purge Control System Inspection.
(See 01-03A-86 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
OPERATION INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Yes
No
Yes
Note
No

If fuel pressure is too high:

Replace the fuel pump unit, then go to Step 21 .
If fuel pressure is low:
Go to Step 17.
16
17
18

INSPECT FUEL LINE
Visually inspect the fuel line from fuel pump to
fuel delivery pipe.
INSPECT IGNITION SYSTEM OPERATION

Carry out the spark test.
Is strong blue spark visible at each cylinder?
INSPECT VARIABLE VALVE TIMING CONTROL
SYSTEM OPERATION
Perform the Variable Valve Timing Control
System Operation Inspection.
Yes

No
Inspect the low-pressure side fuel filter for follows:

Foreign materials or stain inside fuel filter.
If foreign materials or stain is found inside fuel filter (Iowpressure side):
Clean of fuel tank and filter.
If foreign materials or stain is not found:
Replace the fuel pump unit.
Go to Step 21.
Yes
No

Ves

No
01-02A-103

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
19
Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts according to the
(See 01-10A-17 CO~PRESSION
20
INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR OPERATION
Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts according to the
Perform the Fuel Injector Operation Inspection.
(See 01-03A-86 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM No Go to the next step.
21
Yes Replace the PCM, then go to the next step.
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
LS].)
Stop the vehicle and access the ON BOARD
READINESS TEST to inspect Drive Mode
completion status.
Verify the FUEL_EVAL PID changes to yes.
-If not, perform the Drive Mode 03 (EGR
System, AlF sensor heater, H02S heater, AI
F sensor, H02S and TWC Repair
Verification Drive Mode).
LS].)
LS].)
22
01-02A-104

DTC P0172:00 [LF, LS]
id0102c8934300
DTC
P0172:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The PCM monitors short fuel trim (SHRTFT) and long fuel trim (LONGFT) values when closed loop fuel
control. If the LONGFT and the sum total of these fuel trims exceed preprogrammed criteria, the PCM
determines that the fuel system is too rich.
cycle.
Misfire
- ECT sensor signal malfunction
Improper connection of purge control system
Improper operation of EGR valve system
Improper operation of variable tumble solenoid valve
Improper operation of PCV valve
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
Is
any related repair information available?
3
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, LS].)
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

the next step.

repair information.
Yes

Go to Step 10.
No

Go to Step 10.
01-02A-105

STEP
INSPECTION
4
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
5
-APP1
-APP2
-ECT1
-MAF
- TP REL
-VSS
when the ignition is switched to ON and the
engine runs?
6
CONDITION
conditions.
-APP1
-APP2
-ECT
-MAF
-TP REL
-VSS
changes?
7
10
INSPECT A1F SENSOR

MAFSENSOR
Start the engine.
TEST [LF, L5].)
according to engine RPM.
01-02A-106
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

(See 01-40A-27 AIR FUEL RATIO (AIF) SENSOR
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 10.
Yes

No
Yes
No


STEP
INSPECTION
11
Yes
Note
No
ACTION
Go to Step 13.
12
13
14
1S
16
17

INSPECT FUEL LINE
fuel delivery pipe.

Disconnect the purge hose from intake
manifold and plug opening end of hose and
intake manifold.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Does it shift to positive value?
OPERATION
INSPECT EGR VALVE OPERATION
Perform the EGR Control System Inspection.
INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE CONTROL
OPERATION
Perform the Variable Tumble Control Operation
Inspection.
INSPECT PCV VALVE OPERATION
Inspect the PCV valve operation.
(See 01-16A-10 POSITIVE CRANKCASE
VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE INSPECTION
[LF, LS].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 18.
Go to Step 1S.


Yes

No
Yes
Replace the PCV valve, then go to the next step.

(See 01-16A-9 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
(PCV) VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
No
01-02A-107

STEP
INSPECTION
18
Yes
COMPLETED
No
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
LS].)
Stop the vehicle-and access the ON BOARD
READINESS TEST to inspect Drive Mode
completion status.
- If not, perform the Drive Mode 03 (EGR
System, AlF sensor heater, H02S heater, AI
F sensor, H02S and TWC Repair
Verification Drive Mode).
LS].)
LS].)
Yes
19
No
ACTION

DTC P211 0:00 [LS]

DTC
P2110:00
id0102c9303500
Throttle valve actuator control system-forced limited RPM

The throttle valve actuator control system is in the failure mode effects management mode.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in the first drive cycle.
Throttle valve actuator control module internal processor error
APP sensor malfunction
PCM malfunction
INSPECTION
STEP
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
01-02A-108
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

Record the snapshot data on repair order, then go to the
next step.
repair information.

STEP
INSPECTION
3
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, LS].)
4
INSPECT THROTTLE BODY AND PCM
Visually inspect the following for obvious signs
of damage:
- Th rottle body
-PCM
Is a concern present?
S
INSPECT APP SENSOR
Inspect the APP sensor.
(See 01-40A-26 ACCELERATOR PEDAL
POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF,
LS].)
6
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
LS].)
7
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes
Isolate the concern and repair if necessary, then go to Step

6.
No
Yes
Replace the APP sensor, then go to the next step.

(See 01-13A-8 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAU
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
01-02A-109

DTe P0222:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0222:00
id0102c8702800

If the PCM detects TP sensor No.2 voltage is to be below 0.2 V after switch the ignition to ON, the PCM
determines that TP sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- Throttle body terminal B-PCM terminal 2AR
- Throttle body terminal C-PCM terminal 2AL
- Throttle body terminal B-PCM terminal 2AR
PCM malfunction
(J)
THROTTLE BODY
PCM
@
@
THROTTLE BODY
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

/
2BE ]2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2QI2M
I[
21
2E 2A
2F 2B
l
]
2G 2C
STEP
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
01-02A-110
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
next step.
repair information.

STEP
3
INSPECTION
Yes
CONDITION
No
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.2 CIRCUIT FOR
Yes
SHORT TO GROUND
ground:
- Throttle body terminal B
- Throttle body terminal C
No
Yes
Yes
OPEN CIRCUIT
No
disconnected.
- Throttle body terminal B-PCM terminal
2AR
- Throttle body terminal C-PCM terminal
2AL
Yes
Reconnect
the
throttle
body
and
PCM
connectors.
No
Yes
COMPLETED
No
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
Yes
No
ACTION
Step 8.

to ground.
circuit).
LS].)
Go to Step 8.
Step 8.




01-02A-111

DTC P0223:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0223:00
id0102c8702900

If the PCM detects the TP sensor No.2 voltage is to be above 4.85 V after switch the ignition to ON, the
PCM determines that the TP sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to power supply in wiring harness between throttle body terminal C and PCM terminal 2AL
Open circuit in wiring harness between throttle body terminal D and PCM terminal2AN
PCM malfunction
(J)
THROTTLE BODY
PCM
THROTTLE BODY
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 2BE
2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2QI2M
21
2E 2A
i[

2BH 2BD 2AZI 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P
01-02A-112
2F 2B
I
2G 2C
~ 2L 2H 20

STEP
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
CONDITION
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
disconnected.
terminal C (wiring harneSS-Side) and body
ground.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
terminal D (wiring harneSS-Side) and PCM
terminal2AN (wiring harness-side).
connectors.
Inspect the TP sensor NO.2.
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

next step.
repair information.
Step 8.

Step 8.

Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No
01-02A-113

DTC P0300:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0300:00
id0102c8703200
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
The PCM monitors CKP sensor input signal interval time. The PCM calculates the change of interval time
for each cylinder. If the change of interval time exceeds the preprogrammed criteria, the PCM detects a
misfire in the corresponding cylinder. While the engine is running, the PCM counts the number of misfires
that occurred at 200 crankshaft revolutions and 1,000 crankshaft revolutions and calculates the misfire
ratio for each crankshaft revolution. If the ratio exceeds the preprogrammed criteria, the PCM determines
that a misfire, which can damage the catalytic converter or affect emission performance, has occurred.
This is a continuous monitor (misfire).
The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the misfire which affects emission performance in two consecutive
drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
The
MIL flashes if the PCM detects a misfire which can damage the catalytic converter during the first drive
cycle.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the misfire which affects emission performance during first
drive cycle.
- ECT sensor No.1 signal malfunction
- IAT sensor signal malfunction
- CKP sensor signal malfunction
CMP sensor connector or terminals malfunction
CM P sensor malfunction
CKP sensor connector or terminals malfunction
Excessive air suction in intake air system (between MAF sensor and intake manifold)
- Fuel leakage in fuel line
- Fuel pressure regulator (built-in fuel pump unit) malfunction
- Fuel runout
EGR valve malfunction
Engine malfunction
PCV valve malfunction
Poor quality fuel
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (misfire
2
AVAILABILITY
01-02A-114
Yes
No
ACTION
the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No

STEP
INSPECTION
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, LS].)
TEST [LF, LS].)
-APP1
-APP2
-ECT1
-IAT
-MAF
-RPM
-TP REL
-VSS
when switch the ignition to ON and the engine
idles?
VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS UNDER
FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE 2) CONDITION
condition.
TEST [LF, LS].)
-APP1
-APP2
-ECT1
-IAT
-MAF
-RPM
-TP REL
-VSS
changes?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

inspection results, then go to Step 2S.

INSPECT CMP SENSOR CONNECTOR CONDITION Yes

No
Yes
INSPECT CMP SENSOR
No

Step 2S.

Yes
CONDITION
No

Step 2S.
INSPECT CKP SENSOR

(CKP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
OPERATION INSPECTION [LF, LS])
10
Yes
Replace the CMP sensor, then go to Step 2S.

No
Replace the CKP sensor, then go to Step 2S.

SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Yes
No
Go to Step 14.
01-02A-115

STEP
INSPECTION
11
INSPECT SPARK PLUG
Remove the spark plug.
(See 01-18A-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [LF, 'L5].)
Inspect the spark plug.
(See 01-18A-3 SPARK PLUG INSPECTION
[LF, L5].)
12
INSPECT IGNITION COIL RELATED WIRING
HARNESS
Inspect the ignition coil related wiring harness
condition (intermittent open or short) for all
cylinders.
13
INSPECT IGNITION COIL
Inspect the ignition coil for all cylinders.
(See 01-18A-2IGNITION COIL INSPECTION
[LF, L5].)
14
VERIFY PID DATA FOR MAF SENSOR
MALFUNCTION
TEST [LF, L5].)
Race the engine and verify that the MAF PID
changes quickly according to change in the
engine speed.
Is the MAF PID response normal?
15
INSPECT INTAKE AIR SYSTEM FOR AIR
SUCTION
Inspect for air leakage between the following:
- MAF sensor and throttle body
- Throttle body and intake manifold
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace the spark plug, then go to Step 25.
(See 01-18A-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, L5].)

go to Step 25.
Yes
Replace the malfunctioning ignition coil, then go to Step 25.

(See 01-18A-2IGNITION COIL REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, L5].)
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 16.
Yes

No
Note
suction area.
16

Yes
No

Go to Step 19.
Note
17
18

Visually inspect the leakage from fuel line.
INSPECT FUEL FILTER
inside fuel filter.
Is there any foreign materials or stain?
01-02A-116
Yes

No
Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
19
VERIFY SIMULATION ITEM FOR PURGE
SOLENOID VALVE MALFUNCTION
Connect the vacuum pump to the purge
solenoid valve and apply vacuum to the
solenoid.
Verify that the solenoid holds vacuum.
Access the EVAPCP PID of simulation item
using the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Set the purge solenoid value to 100% for the
EVAPCP PID.
Verify that the purge solenoid value releases
vacuum while the 100% for the EVPCP PID.
Is the purge solenoid valve operation normal?
20
21
22
23
24
2S
26

SYSTEM OPERATION
INSPECT EGR VALVE
Inspect the EGR valve.
(See 01-16A-9 EGR VALVE INSPECTION [LF,
LS].)
PASSAGE
INSPECTION".
Remove the PCV valve.
VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE REMOVAU
Inspect the PCV valve.
VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE INSPECTION
[LF, LS].)
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [LF, LS].)
ACTION
Yes
No
Replace the purge solenoid valve, then go to Step 2S.

Yes

No
Yes
Replace the EGR valve, then go to Step 2S.

(See 01-16A-9 EGR VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
LS].)
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
Replace the PCV valve and the oil separator as a single

unit, then go to the next step.
(See 01-16A-9 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
(PCV) VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
No
Poor quality fuel is used.

Replace the fuel, then go to the next step.
Yes

No
Yes

No
01-02A-117

DTC P0301 :00, P0302:00, P0303:00, P0304:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0301:00
DTC
P0302:00
DTC
P0303:00
DTC
P0304:00
id0102c8703300

The PCM monitors the CKP sensor input signal interval time. The PCM calculates the change of interval
time for each cylinder. If the change of interval time exceeds the preprogrammed criteria, the PCM detects
a misfire in the corresponding cylinder. While the engine is running, the PCM counts the number of misfires
that occurred at 200 crankshaft revolutions and 1,000 crankshaft revolutions and calculates the misfire

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the misfire which affects emission performance in two consecutive
The MIL flashes if the PCM detects the misfire which can damage the catalytic converter during first drive
cycle.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the misfire which affects emission performance during first
drive cycle.
- Ignition coil connector or terminals malfunction
Excessive air suction in intake air system (between MAF sensor and intake manifold)
Fuel injector operation malfunction
- Fuel injector related wiring harness malfunction
- Fuel injector connector or terminals malfunction
- Fuel injector malfunction
Engine malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
01-02A-118
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No

STEP
3
INSPECTION
STORED DTC
Switch the ignition to off, then to ON (engine off).
TEST [LF, L5].)
TEST [LF, L5].)
-APP1
-APP2
-ECT1
-IAT
-MAF
-RPM
-TP REL
-VSS
when switch the ignition to ON and the engine
idles?
CONDITION
Access the following PIDs under FREEZE
FRAME DATA (Mode 2) condition.
TEST [LF, L5].)
-APP1
-APP2
-ECT1
-IAT
-MAF
-RPM
-TP REL
-VSS
changes?
OPERATION INSPECTION [LF, L5])
INSPECT SPARK PLUG CONDITION
Remove the spark plug.
(See 01-18A-3 SPARK PLUG INSPECTION
[LF, L5].)
INSPECT IGNITION COIL RELATED WIRING
HARNESS OR CONNECTOR CONDITION
cylinders and connector for poor connection
(such as damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion).
Inspect the ignition coil for all cylinders.
[LF, L5].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
ACTION

No

Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 10.
Replace the spark plug, then go to Step 16.

[LF, L5].)

Replace the malfunctioning ignition coil, then go to Step 16.

[LF, L5].)
01-02A-119

STEP
INSPECTION
10
SUCTION
Inspect for air leakage at the following:
- Around connection of dynamic chamber and
intake manifold
- Around connection of intake manifold and
cylinder head
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 14.
Yes

Note
suction area.
11
12
13
14
1S
16

Remove the intake air system parts.
(See 01-13A-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
Disconnect the fuel injector connector on
suspected cylinder.
Connect the NOID LIGHT to fuel injector
terminals.
Inspect dim of light during cranking.
Does the light illuminate?
INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR RELATED WIRING
HARNESS OR CONNECTOR CONDITION
Inspect the fuel injector related wiring harness
condition (intermittent open or short) and
connector for poor connection (such as
damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion).
INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR
Remove the fuel injector.
(See 01-14A-19 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAU
Switch the fuel injector with the fuel injector on
other cylinder.
Start the engine and idle it.
Is the misfire DTC for cylinder which has a
suspected fuel injector?
PASSAGE
INSPECTION".
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [LF, LS].)
01-02A-120
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Replace the malfunctioning fuel injector, then go to Step 16.


Yes

No
Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
17
Yes
No
ACTION
OTe P0327:00 [LF, LS]

id0102c8703000
DTC
P0327:00

The PCM monitors input signal from the KS when the engine is running. If the input voltage is below 0.2 V
for 5 S, the PCM determines that the KS circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

KS connector or terminals malfunction
- KS terminal A-PCM terminal 2U
- KS terminal B-PCM terminal 2V
KS malfunction
KS circuits are shorted to each other
PCM malfunction
KS
PCM
W
V "
ds
T- fi3' W
V
@0
-r-
fA ~________________________~h~~~r-_~f~jAA~A~
'\'\~
<;:
:>
'IV V
@0
~________________________~fi~~~~~JA\I'A1'I\Ar~
"p
'\'\
vvv
::>
<>
'i7
KS
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 2BE~2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U
2Q 12M
21
2E 2A
2F 28 r-'
I 2G
2C
01-02A-121

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

AVAILABILITY
Yes
No

next step.
repair information.
INSPECT KS CONNECTOR CONDITION

Yes
Switch
the
ignition
to
off.
No
Disconnect the KS connector.

Step 9.
INSPECT KS CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

GROUND
KS connector is disconnected.
ground:
- KS terminal A
- KS terminal B
Yes

to ground.
circuit).
LS].)
Go to Step 9.
No
Yes

Replace the KS, then go to Step 9.
(See 01-40A-33 KNOCK SENSOR (KS) REMOVAU
No
10
INSPECT KS
Inspect the KS.
(See 01-40A-33 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)

Yes

Step 9.

go to Step 9.
INSPECT KS CIRCUITS FOR SHORT TO EACH

OTHER
KS and PCM connectors are disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between KS terminals A
and B (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT KS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Yes
Yes
No

Repair or replace the wiring harness for a open circuit, then

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Perlorm the KOEO/KOER self test.
LS].)
Yes

No

Perlorm the "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE".
Yes

01-02A-122
No
No

DTe P0328:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0328:00
id0102c8703100

The PCM monitors the input signal from the KS when the engine is running. If the input voltage is above
4.8 V for 5 S, the PCM determines that KS circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION

The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction conditions during first drive cycle.

KS malfunction
PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM
KS
-4,-
<~
>
T-
:~
__________________________~fi~~~~~AAA.AA~
~
if;:Hr
'\'\
"J
VVV
II
~fi~~~~JAVAA,J~
0sHr__________________________ "\::..Y
'\'\
\.J
;:
.. >
~7
KS
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 2BE ~2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AG 2ACI2Y 12U
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATI2AP 2ALI2AH 2ADI2Z 12V 2R 12N 2J
2Q 12M
2F 28
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUl2AQ 2AMI2AI 2AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2K

2BH 2BD 2Azt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJ 2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P
t 2G
It
2C
2L 2H 20
STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
RECORDED
Yes

AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
No

Yes
No

next step.
repair information.
Step 7.
01-02A-123

STEP
4
INSPECTION
INSPECT KS
Yes
Inspect the KS.
No
Yes
ACTION
Step 7.
INSPECT KS CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER

SUPPLY
ground:
- KS terminal A
- KS terminal B
Yes

No

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
Yes

No
Yes

No
01-02A-124

DTC P033S:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0335:00
id0102c8703600
CKP sensor circuit problem

If the PCM does not receive the input voltage from the CKP sensor for 4.2 s while the MAF is 1.95 gls {O.25
Ib/min} or above, the PCM determines that the CKP sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Open circuit between CKP sensor terminal A and body ground
Short to ground between the following terminals:
- CKP sensor terminal C-PCM terminal 2AQ
- CKP sensor terminal B-PCM terminal 2W
CKP sensor circuits are shorted to each other
Short to the power supply between CKP sensor terminal Band PCM terminal 2W
Open circuit between the following terminals:
- CKP sensor is dirty
- CKP sensor pulse wheel malfunction
PCM malfunction
@
CKPSENSOR
PCM
@
@
CKPSENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2BE ~2BA 2AW2AS!2AO 2AK!2AG!2AC!2Y!2U 2QI2M
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2AT!2AP 2AL!2AH!2AD!2Z !2V 2R!2N 2J
2F 2B
1
P
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AU!2AQ 2AM!2AI!2AE!2AA!2W 2S !20 2KI 2G 2C

2BH 2BD 2AZt 2AV!2AR 2AN!2AJ!2AF!2AB!2X 2T !2P
2L 2H 20
01-02A-125

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
VERIFY CKP SENSOR VOLTAGE

Yes
No
Connect the voltmeter between the CKP
sensor terminals Band C (sensor-side).
Measure the voltage in the AC range while
cranking the engine.
Yes
CONDITION
No
CKP sensor connector is disconnected.

next step.
repair information.
Go to step 11 .

Step 12.
INSPECT CKP CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT

Inspect for continuity between CKP sensor
ground.
INSPECT CKP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
TO GROUND
ground:
- CKP sensor terminal C
- CKP sensor terminal B
Yes
No

Yes

to ground.
circuit).
LS].)
Go to Step 12.
No
Yes

Step 12.
INSPECT CKP SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR SHORT

TO EACH OTHER
CKP sensor and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
terminals Band C (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT CKP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
TO POWER SUPPLY
disconnected.
Measure the voltage between CKP sensor
terminal B (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Yes
01-02A-126
No

go to Step 12.
Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
10
INSPECT CKP CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
11
INSPECT CKP SENSOR
(CKP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, L5D
12
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Go to Step 12.
Replace the CKP sensor, then go to the next step.


Note
The MAF PID should indicate 1.95 g/s
{O.25 Ib/min} or above during this test.
13

L5].)
Yes
No

01-02A-127

DTC P0340:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0340:00
id0102c8703700
CMP sensor circuit problem

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the CMP sensor when the engine is running. If the PCM does not
receive the input voltage from the CMP sensor while the PCM receives the input signal from the CKP
sensor, the PCM determines that the CMP sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE


- CMP sensor is dirty
- CMP sensor pulse wheel malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between CMP sensor terminal A and body ground
- CMP sensor terminal C-PCM terminal 2AM
- CMP sensor terminal 8-PCM terminal 2S
CMP sensor circuits are shorted to each other
Short to the power supply in wiring harness between CMP sensor terminal 8 and PCM terminal2S
- CMP sensor terminal C-PCM terminal 2AM
- CMP sensor terminal 8-PCM terminal 2S
Variable valve timing mechanism misinsta"ation
- Loose timing chain or improper valve timing
- Loose camshaft sprocket lock bolt
- Loose crankshaft pulley lock bolt
Stopper pin mechanism malfunction
Variable valve timing mechanism is stuck in advanced position
PCM malfunction
PCM
CMPSENSOR
r---.
.------.....---ICSHI+--------------+H~
-- 1
--
~HI~+-------------------------~H~2Sr-~~~
\.JI//
\\
T~~~I~r-----@)----~
v
l //
CMP SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 2BE ~2BA 2AW 2AS 12AO 2AK 12AGI2ACI 2Y I 2U
2Q 12M
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATI2AP 2ALI2AHI2ADI2Z 12V 2RJ2N 2J
2F 2B
p
2G 2C
2BH 2BD 2AZt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJ 12AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 2D
01-02A-128

STEP
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
VERIFY CMP SENSOR VOLTAGE
Connect a voltmeter between CMP sensor
terminals Band C (sensor-side).
Inspect the voltage in AC range while cranking
the engine.
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes

next step.
repair information.
No
Yes
No

inspection results.

Yes
CONDITION
CMP sensor connector is disconnected.
No
INSPECT CMP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Yes
CIRCUIT
No
Inspect for continuity between CMP sensor
ground.
INSPECT CMP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Yes
TO GROUND
ground:
- CMP sensor terminal C
- CMP sensor terminal B
No
Yes
INSPECT CMP SENSOR CIRCUITS FOR SHORT Yes
TO EACH OTHER
CMP sensor and PCM connectors are
No
disconnected.
INSPECT CMP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Yes
TO POWER SUPPLY
No
disconnected.
Measure the voltage between the CMP sensor
ground.

Step 15.


to ground.
circuit).
L5].)
Go to Step 15.
Step 15.

go to Step 15.

01-02A-129

STEP
INSPECTION
10
CIRCUIT
disconnected.
- CMP sensor terminal C-PCM terminal
2AM
- CMP sensor terminal B-PCM terminal 2S
11
CONDITION
12
INSTALLATION
- Timing chain
- Camshaft sprocket lock bolt
- Crankshaft pulley lock bolt
13
(See 01-1 OA-21 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAU
Inspect the stopper pin.
ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
14
ACTUATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
L5].)
Is the rotor at the maximum valve timing
advanced position?
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


Step 15.
Reinstall the misinstallation or loose parts correctly, then go

to Step 15.
15.
Reinstall or replace the variable valve timing actuator, then

Note
The intermittent concern might be removed by
cleaning the variable valve timing mode control
function.
01-02A-130

STEP
INSPECTION
15
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Yes
ACTION
No
Note
The MAF PID should indicate 1.95 gls
{O.25 Ib/min} or above during this test.
16

L5].)
Yes
No

DTe P0401 :00 [LF, LS]

id0102c8704200
DTC
P0401:00

The PCM monitors the difference in the intake manifold pressures when the EGR is operated and when it is
stopped. If the difference is too small, the PCM determines that the EGR flow insufficient.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
This is an intermittent monitor (EGR system).

cycle.
EGR valve passage malfunction
- Gasket of EGR valve malfunction
- Clogged EGR valve passage
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (EGR system
2
AVAILABILITY
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
01-02A-131

STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, L5].)
INSPECT MAP SENSOR
PRESSURE (M~P) SENSOR INSPECTION
[LF, L5].)
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No

OPERATION INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
Does the EGR system operate properly?
Yes
No

INSPECT EGR VALVE PASSAGE

Remove the EGR valve.
(See 01-16A-9 EGR VALVE REMOVAU
Visually inspect the gasket installation of EGR
valve and EGR valve passage for clogging.
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
L5].)
Stop the vehicle and access the ON BOARD
READINESS TEST to inspect the Drive Mode
completion status.
Verify that the ON BOARD READINESS TEST
status changing to YES.
Perform the Diagnostic Monitoring Test Results
Access Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Verify the #31 :83 (EGR pressure variation)
value.
(See 01-02A-16 DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING
TEST RESULTS [LF, L5].)
Is the value out of the speCification?
Yes

inspection result, then go to the next step.

STEP
INSPECTION
01-02A-132
No
Yes

No
Repeat this step.
Yes

No

DTC P0403:00 [LF, LS]
id0102c8704300
DTC
P0403:00
EGR control circuit problem
The PCM monitors the input voltage from the EGR valve. If the voltage remain low or high, the PCM
determines that the EGR valve circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction conditions in two consecutive drive cycles or
EGR valve connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground or open circuit in EGR valve power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between the following terminals:
Main relay terminal G-EGR valve terminal C
Main relay terminal G-EGR valve terminal D
- Open circuit in wiring harness between the following terminals:
Main relay terminal G-EGR valve terminal C
Main relay terminal G-EGR valve terminal D
- EGR valve terminal E-PCM terminal 2AX
- EGR valve terminal A-PCM terminal 2BA
- EGR valve terminal B-PCM terminal 2AT
- EGR valve terminal F-PCM terminal 2AW
EGR valve terminal F-PCM terminal 2AW
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINAL C
EGRVALVE
PCM
0
0
0
0
EGRVALVE
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2BE ]2BA 2Awj2ASJ2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2QJ2M 121
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AXI2ATI2AP 2ALI2AHI2AD!2Z 12V 2R 12N 12J

I[
2F 28
I
2BG 2BC ~ 2AY 12AU 12AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 12K 2G 2C

2BH 2BD 2AZ"2AV I2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P B2L 2H 20
01-02A-133

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

AVAILABILITY
Yes

next step.
repair information.
No
INSPECT EGR VALVE CONNECTOR

Yes
CONDITION
No
Disconnect the EGR valve connector.
INSPECT EGR VALVE POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUIT
EGR valve connector is disconnected.
ground:
- EGR valve terminal C
- EGR valve terminal D
Is the voltage B+?
Yes
No
INSPECT EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

TO GROUND
ground:
- EGR valve terminal E
- EGR valve terminal A
- EGR valve terminal B
- EGR valve terminal F
is there continuity?
INSPECT EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
TO POWER SUPPLY
EGR valve and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
ground:
INSPECT EGR VALVE
(See 01-16A-9 EGR VALVE INSPECTION [LF,
LS].)
Yes
01-02A-134

Step 10.

Inspect the ENG BAR 1S A fuse.
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 10.
to ground.
circuit).
LS].)
Go to Step 10.
No
Yes

Step 10.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Replace the EGR valve, then go to Step 10.

(See 01-16A-9 EGRVALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
LS].)

STEP
INSPECTION
9
INSPECT EGR CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
disconnected.
EGR valve terminal B-PCM terminal 2AT
10
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
11
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

No
DTC P0421 :00 [LF, LS]

id0102c8704400
DTC
P0421:00
Warm up catalyst system efficiency below threshold

The PCM compares the number of AlF sensor and H02S inversions for a predetermined time. The PCM
monitors the H02S inversion counts when the following conditions are met. The PCM detects inversion
ratio. If the inversion ratio is below specification, the PCM determine that catalyst system has deteriorated.
- The AlF sensor inversion counts is as prescribed when the following monitoring conditions are met:
- The accumulated occurrence time of the following monitoring conditions has exceeded the prescribed
time limit:
DETECTION
CONDITION
-
Catalyst converter temperature: more than 400C {752 OF}

Engine speed:
1,350-3,000 rpm (LF/ATX)
1,500-3,000 rpm (LF/MTX)
1,200-3,000 rpm (L51ATX)
1,300-3,000 rpm (L5/MTX)
Charging efficiency: 15-48% (engine speed: 2,000 rpm)

This is an intermittent monitor (catalyst).
The MIL illuminates if PCM detects above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or in one
drive cycle while DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in PCM.
PENDING CODE is available if PCM detects the above malfunction condition during first drive cycle.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Looseness AlF sensor
Looseness H02S
TWC malfunction
PCM malfunction
01-02A-135

STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (catalyst
AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, L5].)
SYSTEM
Visually inspect the exhaust gas system.
INSPECT INSTALLATION OF AlF SENSOR
Inspect the AlF sensor for looseness.
Inspect the H02S for looseness.
INSPECTTWC
Inspect the TWC.
(See 01-15A-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
L5].)
01-02A-136
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
Replace the TWC, then go to the next step.

(See 01-15A-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAU
No
Yes

No
Yes

No

OTe P0442:00, P0455:00, P0456:00 [LF, L5]
DTC
P0442:00
DTC
P0455:00
DTC
P0456:00
id0102c8896000
EVAP system leak detected (small leak)

EVAP system leak detected (gross leak/no flow)
EVAP system leak detected (very small leak)
P0442:00
P0442:00 indicates that a leak has been detected as small as 1 mm {0.04 in} in the EVAP vapor
management valve solenoid system when there is less than 0.988 kPa {7.41 mmHg, 0.292 inHg} bleedup over 20 s at 75% fuel fill. Bleed-up and evaluation time vary as a function of fuel fill level. The vapor
generation limit is more than 0.286 kPa {2.15 mmHg, 0.085 inHg} over 150 s.
P0455:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
P0455:00 indicates that a substantial leak or blockage has been detected in the EVAP system when there
is -1.94 kPa {-14.6 mmHg, -0.575 inHg} or less vacuum for 75 s evaluation time.
P0456:00
P0456:00 indicates that a fuel vapor leak from an opening as small as 0.508 mm {0.020 in} has been
detected by the EVAP running loss monitor test.

This is an intermittent monitor (EVAP system).
cycle.
DTe P0442:00, P0456:00

After-market EVAP hardware (such as fuel filler cap) nonconforming to required specifications
Fuel filler cap loosely installed
Small leaks in components
- CV solenoid is not seated on the charcoal canister
- Cut or loose connection in the fuel vapor hoses/tubes
- Fuel filler pipe damaged
Fuel filler cap and fuel filler pipe damaged
CV solenoid valve malfunction
Leaks in complete EVAP system
Small leaks from EVAP system return tube to charcoal canister
Small leaks between fuel tank vapor tube and fuel tank filler pipe
PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
DTe P0455:00
Purge solenoid valve related part malfunction

- Blockage or loose vacuum hose between intake manifold and purge solenoid valve
- Purge solenoid valve malfunction (blockage)
After-market EVAP hardware (such as fuel filler cap) not conforming to required specifications
Large EVAP system leak
- Fuel filler cap malfunction (damaged, missing or loosely installed)
- Both the input port vacuum hose and EVAP return tube are not attached to the CV solenoid valve
- CV solenoid valve is not attached to the charcoal canister
- Fuel vapor hoses/tubes disconnected or cracked
- Fuel filler pipe and the fuel tank damaged
Blockage between CV solenoid valve and fuel vapor hose joint
Fuel tank pressure sensor malfunction
PCM malfunction
01-02A-137

STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (EVAP system
AVAILABILITY
Are any related Service Bulletins available?
STORED DTC
(See 01-02A-7 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST
[LF, L5].)
VERIFY DTC FOR SMALL LEAK
Is the DTC P0456:00 present?
VERIFY DTC FOR LARGE LEAK

PRELIMINARY LEAK TEST (EXCEPT P0456:00)

Perform the EVAP system leak inspection.
Verify that all PIDs are within the following
specifications:
Note
To successfully perform this procedure, all
PIDs must be within specification before
proceeding to the next step.
- Select the following items from the
initialization screen of the M-MDS.
- Select "Powertrain".
- Select "Fuel".
- Select "EVAP Test".
- Verify that ECT and IAT are within
specification at the confirmation screen.
To successfully perform this procedure,
ECT and IAT must be within specification
before proceeding to the next step.
- The fuel level must be maintained within
15%-85%. The PCM will cancel the
EVAP test if the fuel level is lower than
15% or higher than 85%.
- Allow the M-MDS to run the EVAP test.
Does M-MDS indicate an EVAP system leak

exists?
01-02A-138
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

MONITORING TEST RESULTS on repair order, then go
to the next step.

Service Bulletins.
Go to the appropriate DTC troubleshooting.
Yes
No
Yes
Go to Step 9.
Verify that the purge solenoid valve is not blocked.
If the purge solenoid valve is functioning correctly and
receiving engine vacuum:
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.

STEP
INSPECTION
7
PRELIMINARY LEAK TEST (EXCEPT P0456:00)
Tighten the fuel-filler cap then repeat the EVAP
system leak inspection using the M-MDS again.
specifications:
ACTION
Yes
No
The fuel cap was not properly tightened.

Go to Step 14.
Note
PIDs must be within specification before
- Select "Powertrain".
- Select "Fuel".
- Select "EVAP Test".
- Verify that ECT and IAT are within
specification at the confirmation screen. To
successfully perform this procedure, ECT
and IAT must be within specification before
Does M-MDS still indicate an EVAP system leak

exists?
VISUALLY INSPECT COMPONENTS FOR LEAKS
(EXCEPT P0456:00)
Verify that the CV solenoid valve is properly
seated on the charcoal canister.
Visually inspect for cut or loose connections to
the fuel vapor hoses/tubes in the following
locations:
- Charcoal canister to CV solenoid valve
- Charcoal canister to evaporative emission
valve component
- Evaporative emission valve component to the
fuel tank (if applicable)
- Check for fuel-filler pipe damage
Is a concern with a hose, tube, connection or
valve visually evident?
Yes
Repair or install a new component if necessary.

Afterwards, verify that the leak is repaired by repeating
diagnostic Step 6.
If the leak is repaired:
Go to Step 14.
No
01-02A-139

STEP
INSPECTION
9
CALIBRATE LEAK TESTER FOR DIAGNOSIS
Verify that the control valve on the panel is

in the HOLD position then open the
nitrogen bottle valve.
'B~rLVE
(j:=-i)Jf
...
~~
I~
FLOW
METER
EVAP TESTER HOSE
Connect the EVAP Tester Hose (part of the SST)

to the SELF-TEST port located on the control
panel. Hand tighten the fitting. (Do not
overtighten. )
Turn the control valve to the TEST position; the
gauge should read 331-381 mm {13-15 in} of
water.
Note
If the gauge is not reading in this

range, adjust the pressure by turning
the black knob on the low pressure
regulator at the nitrogen bottle.
~~
(J)
CW
After verifying the regulator is properly

calibrated, turn the control valve to the HOLD
position.
Verify that the gauge holds pressure and that the
flow meter reads no flow.
Does the gauge hold pressure and the flow
meter read no flow?
01-02A-140
Yes
No
ACTION
Refer to the tester operator's manual for tester repair
instructions.

STEP
INSPECTION
10 PRESSURIZE EVAP SYSTEM WITH NITROGEN
TO TEST FOR LEAKS
Verify that the control valve on the panel is in the
HOLD position then open the nitrogen bottle
valve.
Yes
No
ACTION
Go to Step 12 to locate the leak.
P0442:00 or P0455:00:
P0456:00:
Go to Step 12.
Disconnect the purge solenoid valve hose

from the intake manifold and insert SST
AKS042808 into the purge solenoid valve
hose.
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
~f--+7'~~~';----TO
PURGE
SOLENOID
VALVE
EVAPTESTER
HOSE
PURGE
SOLENOID
VALVE
EVAP
TESTER
HOSE
Connect the EVAP Tester Hose to SST

AKS042808.
Perform the PID/DATA Monitor and Record
Procedure.
[LF, L5].)
Press the eraser icon to deselect the

highlighted PIDs.
Icon name
Eraser icon
Tick icon
Control item activate icon
Control icon
Up icon
Screen display
E1
0
[iJ
~
~
Select the EVAPCP and EVAPCV PIDs, then

click the tick icon.
Command EVAPCP to 100% duty cycle to open
the purge solenoid valve.
- To open the purge solenoid valve, click the
control item activate icon.
- Click the EVAPCP box on the left-hand side
of the screen to select it.
- Click the control icon on the right-hand side of
the screen.
- Click the up icon immediately below the
control icon.
Each click increases the duty cycle by 10%.
Continue clicking until the M-MDS shows the
purge solenoid valve is open 100%.
01-02A-141

STEP
INSPECTION
Command
EVAPCV
to ON to Close the CV
solenoid valve.
- To close the CV solenoid valve, click the
- Click the EVAPCV box in the upper left-hand
corner of the screen to select it.
the screen.
control icon (the EVAPCV should now be on).
Turn the control valve to the TEST position and
let the system fill. A drop in the gauge pressure
should be noted along with the flow meter being
pegged at maximum flow for several minutes
depending on how full or empty the fuel tank is,
and how long it takes to completely fill and
pressurize the evaporative emissions system
hoses.
Yes
No
ACTION
P0442:00 or P0455:00:
P0456:00:
Go to Step 12.
Note
11
If the gauge and the flow meter do not

settle to a measurable level after 2-3
min, then refer to the Mazda Workshop
Manual to verify that the canister vent
valve is properly closed. If the canister
vent valve is properly closed, the EVAP
system has a large leak.
Does the test indicate that a leak exists?

CHECKING SYSTEM FOR BLOCKAGE
Leave the tester in the test position
Access the EVAPCV PID, command the CV
solenoid valve open.
- To open the CV solenoid valve, click the
down icon (the EVAPCV should now be
off).
Icon name
Screen displ
wn icon
Does the tlow Indicator In the tlow meter
immediately jump to the top?
01-02A-142
Yes
No
Go to the next step

System is blocked between the intake manifold and the
fuel tank pressure sensor:
Locate and remove blockage then perform Step 10.

STEP
12
INSPECTION
PRESSURIZE EVAP SYSTEM WITH NITROGEN
TO TEST PURGE SOLENOID FOR LEAKAGE
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace the purge solenoid valve, then go to the next
step.

HOLD position.
Remove the fuel-filler cap from the vehicle.
If the fuel-filler cap is not a MAZDA part or
equivalent, replace it.
Note
INSPECT FUEL-FILLER CAP AND
FILLER NECK
- Visually inspect for damage,
insufficient sealing, rust, cracks or
warps on the filler cap and filler neck.
- Repair or replace if necessary.
01-02A-143

STEP
INSPECTION

highlighted PIDs.
Icon name
Screen display
Eraser icon
[I]
Tick icon
0
[j]
~
~

Control icon
Up icon
Select PID EVAPCV, then click the tick icon.
Command EVAPCV to ON to close the CV
solenoid valve.
the screen.
Verify that the valve on the nitrogen bottle is

still open.
VALVE

hoses.
01-02A-144
Yes
No
ACTION
step.

STEP
13
INSPECTION
LOCATE LEAKAGE POINT
ACTION
Yes
Repair or install a new component if necessary, then go

to the next step.
~---+--------~--------------------------~
HOLD position and the valve on the nitrogen
No
Check all EVAP connections.
bottle valve is open.
Conduct diagnosis of intermittent concerns, then go to
the next step.
hose.
EVAP
'---'---'-- TESTER
HOSE

AKS042808.
Connect the 12 volt power connector leads
on the smoke generation unit to the
vehicle's battery. Make sure to connect the
red lead to the positive post (+) or power,
and the black lead to the vehicle's chassis
ground.
TO THE VEHICLE'S
CHASSIS GROUND

Procedure.
[LF, LS].)
highlighted PIDs.
Icon name
Screen display
Eraser icon
Tick icon

Control icon
[jJ
~
~
Up icon
Access the EVAPCP and EVAPCV PIDs, then
01-02A-145

STEP
INSPECTION
Command
EVAPCP
to 100% duty cycle to open
the purge solenoid valve.

the screen.
control icon.
solenoid valve.
corner of the screen to select it
the screen.
Turn the control valve to the TEST position.
Yes
No
ACTION
to the next step.
the next step.
Press the remote smoke trigger on the

smoke generation unit and let the system fill
with smoke.
REMOTE SMOKE TRIGGER
~~
Note
It may be necessary to lift the vehicle to
provide sufficient clearance underneath to
conduct a proper visual inspection of the fuel
and EVAP system.
NEVER depress the remote smoke trigger
before opening the nitrogen tank valve and
setting the tester control valve to TEST
14
15
Use a 12 volt 400,000 candle power spot light

(part # 4410000-100) or equivalent to help
locate the smoke.
Is a leak detected?
Make sure to reconnect the disconnected
connectors.
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the
M-MDS.
(See 01-02A-11 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
[LF, L5].)
[LF, L5].)
01-02A-146
Yes
No
Yes
No
Verify that the leak is repaired by repeating diagnostic

Step 10.
Step 6.

DTe P0443 :00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0443:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0102c8704500
Purge solenoid valve circuit problem

The PCM monitors the purge solenoid valve control signal voltage and current. If the following conditions
are met, the PCM determines that there is the purge solenoid valve control circuit problem:
- The PCM turns the purge solenoid valve off, but the voltage of the purge solenoid valve control signal
remains low.
- The PCM turns the purge solenoid valve on, but the current of the purge solenoid valve control signal
remains high.

PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition.
Purge solenoid valve connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground or open circuit in purge solenoid valve power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and purge solenoid valve terminal B
- Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and purge solenoid valve terminal B
Short to ground in wiring harness between purge solenoid valve terminal A and PCM terminal 1BA
Short to power supply in wiring harness between purge solenoid valve terminal A and PCM terminal 1BA
Open circuit in wiring harness between purge solenoid valve terminal A and PCM terminal 1BA
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
"v
@
PCM
ENG BAR
15A
~---OJc~~~r---~H~VV
~HI~--------------~~~H~~~~'---~

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 1BE
11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AX 1AT 11 AP 1AL 11 AHI1 AD 11 Z 11 V 1 R 11 N 1J
1BA 1AW 1ASl1AO 1AKI1AGI1ACI1Y 11U 1Q 11M
1 F 1B

1BH 1BD 1AZl1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJ 11AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P ~ 1L 1H 10
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
next step.
repair information.
01-02A-147

STEP
INSPECTION
Yes
CONNECTOR CONDITION
No
Disconnect the purge solenoid valve connector.
ACTION
Step 10.
INSPECT PURGE SOLENOID VALVE POWER

SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND OR
OPEN CIRCUIT
Purge solenoid valve connector is
disconnected.
Measure the voltage between purge solenoid
valve terminal B (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Yes
No
INSPECT PURGE SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL

Purge solenoid valve and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
Measure the voltage between purge solenoid
valve terminal A (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
Yes

Yes

No

disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between purge solenoid
PCM terminal 1BA (wiring harness-side).
Yes
No


short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 10.
INSPECT PURGE SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL Yes If the short to ground circuit could be detected:
to ground.
disconnected.
circuit).
Inspect
for
continuity
between
purge
solenoid

L5].)
body ground.
Go to Step 10.
Step 10.
01-02A-148
No


STEP
INSPECTION
10
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
11
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No
DTC P0446:00 [LF, LS]

id0102c8300600
DTC
P0446:00
CV solenoid valve control circuit problem

Monitors the CV solenoid valve circuit for an electrical failure. The test fails when the signal moves outside
the minimum or maximum allowable calibrated parameters for a specified canister vent duty cycle by the
PCM command.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
CV solenoid valve connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground or open circuit in CV solenoid valve power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and CV solenoid valve terminal A
- ENG INJ 15 A fuse malfunction
- Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and CV solenoid valve terminal A
Short to ground in wiring harness between CV solenoid valve terminal Band PCM terminal 1M
Short to power supply in wiring harness between CV solenoid valve terminal Band PCM terminal 1M
Open circuit in wiring harness between CV solenoid valve terminal Band PCM terminal 1M
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINAL C
f'f--J
PCM
CV SOLENOID VALVE
~~.~
~Q
'---OJ~""'C~~-~\\&- vv ~H/lt----------+\H\~
CV SOLENOID VALVE
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 1BEj1BA1AW1AS!1AO 1AK!1AG!1AC!1Y!1U
11
1E 1A
1BF1BB 1AX1AT!1AP1AL!1AH!1AD!1ZI1V 1R!1N 1J
1Q!1M
1F 18
1BG 1BC 1AY 1AU!1AQ 1AM!1AI!1AE!1AA!1W 1S !10 1K
1G 1C
![
1
]
1BH 1BD 1AZ 1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJ!1AFI1AB!1X 1T !1P ~ 1L 1H 10
01-02A-149

STEP
INSPECTION
Yes

AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No
No

Yes
STORED DTC
No
off).
Perform the DTG Reading Procedure and
TEST [LF, L5].)
INSPECT CV SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR
Yes
CONDITION
No
Disconnect the CV solenoid valve connector.
INSPECT CV SOLENOID VALVE POWER

OPEN CIRCUIT
CV solenoid valve connector is disconnected.
Measure the voltage between CV solenoid
body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Yes
No
INSPECT CV SOLENOID VALVE CIRCUIT FOR

SHORT TO GROUND
Inspect for continuity between CV solenoid
body ground.
Yes
ACTION
next step.

RECORDED


Step 11.

Inspect the ENG INJ 15 A fuse.
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 11.
to ground.
circuit).
L5].)
Go to Step 11.
No
Yes

Step 11.

CV solenoid valve and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
Measure the voltage between CV solenoid
body ground.

01-02A-1S0
Yes
No

STEP
INSPECTION
9
INSPECT CV SOLENOID VALVE
Inspect the CV solenoid valve.
(See 01-16A-16 CANISTER VENT (CV)
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
10
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
PCM terminal 1M (wiring harness-side).
11
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
12
Are
any DTCs present?
I
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace the CV solenoid valve, then go to Step 11.
(See 01-16A-15 CANISTER VENT (CV) SOLENOID
VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
DTe P0451 :00 [LF, L5]

DTC
P0451:00
id0102c8300700
Fuel tank pressure sensor range/performance problem

.Note
DTC P0451 :00 is set for a fuel tank pressure sensor range (offset) concern.
The fuel tank pressure sensor output is offset by + /- 424 Pa {43.2 kgf/m 2 , 0.0615 psi} or more.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
This is an intermittent monitor (CCM).

cycle.
Fuel tank pressure sensor connector or terminals malfunction
PCM malfunction
01-02A-1S1

STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

next step.

AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No

Yes
STORED DTC
No
off).
TEST [LF, LS].)
INSPECT FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR
Yes
CONNECTOR CONDITION
No
Disconnect the fuel tank pressure sensor
connector.
Yes


Step 8.

Step 8.

Inspect the fuel tank pressure sensor.
(See 01-40A-33 FUEL TANK PRESSURE
Is there malfunction?
Yes
Replace the evaporative hose component, then go to Step

8.
(See 01-14A-8 FUEL TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
LS].)
No
INSPECT PCM CONDITION

Visually inspect the PCM for the following:
- Pushed out pins
-Corrosion
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Yes

No
Yes

No

Yes

No
01-02A-1S2

DTC P0452 :00 [LF, L5]
DTC
P0452:00
idO 102c8300800
Fuel tank pressure sensor low input

The PCM monitors the EVAP control system fuel tank pressure sensor input signal to the PCM. The test
fails when the signal average drops below a minimum allowable calibrated parameter.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
Short to ground in wiring harness between fuel tank pressure sensor terminal Band PCM terminal 1AH
Fuel tank pressure sensor Signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other
PCM malfunction
(])
PCM
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 1BE
1BA 1AW 1ASl1AO 1AKI1AGI1ACI1Y 11U 1Q 11M 11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AX 1AT 11AP 1AL 11 AHI1 AD 11 Z 11 V 1R 11N 1J
1F 18

1BH 1BD 1AZJ 1AVJ1AR 1ANl1AJJ1AFI1ABI1x 1T 11P ~ 1L 1H 10
STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
Yes
No

RECORDED
Yes
AVAILABILITY
No
Yes
CONNECTOR CONDITION
No
connector.

next step.
repair information.
Step 8.
01-02A-1S3

STEP
INSPECTION
4
VERIFY FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR
SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Fuel tank pressure sensor connector is
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between fuel tank
pressure sensor terminal B (wiring harnessside) and body ground.
ACTION
Yes

to ground.
circuit).
L5].)
Go to Step 8.
No

Step 8.

Yes
Yes
SIGNAL AND GROUND CIRCUITS FOR SHORT
TO EACH OTHER
No
Fuel tank pressure sensor and PCM
pressure sensor terminals A and B (wiring
harness-side).
Yes
No
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
01-02A-1S4

go to Step 8.
Replace the evaporative hose component, then go to the

next step.
L5].)
Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC P0453:00 [LF, L5]
DTC
P0453:00
idO 102c8300900
Fuel tank pressure sensor high input

fails when the signal average jumps above a minimum allowable calibrated parameter.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
Fuel tank pressure sensor power circuit and signal circuit are shorted to each other
- Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal C-PCM terminal 1AD
- Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal B-PCM terminal 1AH
- Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal B-PCM terminal 1AH
- Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal A-PCM terminal 1AR
PCM malfunction
(j)
PCM

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~~
1BA 1AW 1ASl1AO 1AKI1AGI1ACI1Y 11 U 1Q 11M
11
1E 1A
1BB 1AX 1ATI1AP 1ALI1AHI1ADI1Z 11V 1R 11N
1J
1F 18
Il
]
1BG 1BC j1AY 1AUl1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1MI1W 1S 110 1KI 1G 1C

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

next step.

AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No
01-02A-155

STEP
INSPECTION

Yes
CONNECTOR CONDITION
No
connector.

Yes
Disconnect
the
PCM
connector.


Step 9.

POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT AND SIGNAL
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH OTHER
Fuel tank pressure sensor and PCM connector.
pressure ~ensor terminal C and B (wiring
harness-side).
ground:
- Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal C
- Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal B
Yes

go to Step 9.

- Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal B-PCM
terminal 1AH
- Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal A-PCM
terminal 1AR
Yes
No


COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
Yes

No

Yes

No
10
01-02A-156
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Step 9.


9.
LS].)

DTe P0454:00 [LF, L5]
id01 02c8301 000
DTC
P0454:00
Fuel tank pressure sensor intermittent

The fuel tank pressure changes more than 1,993 Pa {S.O in} of water in 0.1 s.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
-Intermittent open or short in the fuel tank pressure sensor or the fuel tank pressure sensor signal
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
Yes

AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, L5].)
off).
Yes

COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
L5].)
No
ACTION
next step.
repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes

next step.
L5].)
No

Yes

No
Yes
No

01-02A-1S7

DTC P0457:00 [LF, L5]
DTC
P0457:00
id0102c8301300
EVAP system leak detected (fuel cap loose/off)
P0457:00 indicates that the initial vacuum could not be achieved after a refueling event and the purge
vapor flow is excessive (gross leak).
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

A check cap light will be illuminated after a malfunction has been detected on one driving cycle. The check
cap light will be extinguished after the monitor has run without a malfunction (same or subsequent drive
cycle).
The MIL will be illuminated after a malfunction has been detected on three consecutive driving cycles. The
MIL will be extinguished after three consecutive driving cycles where the monitor was run without a
malfunction.
cycle.
Missing or loose fuel filler cap
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION

RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
Yes

STORED DTC
TEST [LF, L5].)
No

the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Repair or replace the fuel filler cap, then go to the next step.
Note
If the DTC P0455:00 is present, diagnose
the DTC P0455:00 first.
4
INSPECT FUEL FILLER CAP FOR MISSING OR

LOOSENESS
Visually inspect the fuel filler cap for missing or
looseness.
PERFORM EVAP SYSTEM LEAK INSPECTION
Perform the EVAP system leak Inspection.
the M-MDS.
Perform the Drive Mode 06 (EVAP System
Repair Verification Drive Mode).
L5].)
01-02A-1S8
Yes
Leakage still exists.

Perform the DTC P0455:00 inspection.
(See 01-02A-137 DTC P0442:00, P0455:00, P0456:00
[LF, L5].)
No
Yes

No

INSPECTION
STEP
7
Yes
ACTION
No
DTC P0460:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P0460:00
id0102c8301400
Fuel level sensor circuit malfunction
The PCM monitors the fuel level input communications network message for a concern. The test fails when
the PCM determines that the value of the fuel level input signal is stuck. The PCM calculates the amount of
fuel used during operation. If the fuel level input signal does not change or does not correspond with the
calculated fuel usage, the DTC P0460 is set.

DETECTION
CONDITION

cycle.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Instrument cluster malfunction

-Incorrectly installed fuel gauge
- Fuel level input signal circuit malfunction
Amount of fuel is empty or overfilled
Fuel gauge sender unit malfunction
PCM malfunction
I STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
TEST [LF, LS].)
VERIFY STORED DTC IN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Switch the ignition to off then to ON (engine off).
Perform the instrument cluster DTC inspection
using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02E-4 DTC INSPECTION
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
INSPECT AMOUNT OF FUEL
Visually inspect the amount of fuel.
Is the amount of fuel normal?
Yes
INSPECT FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT

Inspect the fuel gauge sender unit.
(See 09-22-12 FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT
INSPECTION.)
No

next step.
repair information.
Yes

No
Yes
Go to the appropriate DTC inspection.

(See 09-02E-S DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
No
Yes
Yes

Do the amount of the fuel to a proper level, then go to Step
7.
Replace the fuel gauge sender unit, then go to the next
step.
(See 09-22-12 FUEL GAUGE SENDER UNIT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
No
No
01-02A-1S9

STEP
INSPECTION
the M-MDS.
L5].)
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No
DTC P0461 :00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P0461:00
id0102c8301500
Fuel gauge sender unit circuit range/performance problem
The PCM monitors the fuel tank level difference before and after the PCM-calculated fuel consumption has
reached more than 25 L {26 US qt, 22 Imp qt}. If the difference is less than 5 %, the PCM determines
that there is a fuel gauge sender unit circuit range/performance problem.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
next step.
repair information.

RECORDED
Yes
No

AVAILABILITY
Yes
No

INSPECTION.)
Yes
Replace the fuel gauge sender unit, then go to Step 5.

INSTALLATION.)
No
INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

Inspect the instrument cluster.
(See 09-22-8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
INSPECTION.)
Yes
Replace the instrument cluster, then go to the next step.

(See 09-22-3 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
No
01-02A-160

STEP
INSPECTION
5
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
Drive the vehicle under the snapshot data
condition.
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
6
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No
DTC P0462:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P0462:00
id0102c8301600
Fuel gauge sender unit circuit low input

The PCM monitors the fuel level signal and fuel gauge sender unit output voltage from the instrument
cluster. If the PCM detects a fuel level or fuel gauge sender unit output voltage that is too low, the PCM
determines that the fuel gauge sender unit circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.)
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes

next step.
repair information.
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
01-02A-161

STEP
INSPECTION
S
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
LS].)
6
Yes
No
Yes
No
DTC P0463:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P0463:00
ACTION

id0102c8301700
Fuel gauge sender unit circuit high input

The PCM monitors the fuel level signal and fuel gauge sender unit output voltage from the instrument
cluster. If the PCM detects a fuel level or fuel gauge sender unit output voltage that is too high, the PCM
determines that the fuel gauge sender unit circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.)
01-02A-162
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
next step.
repair information.
Replace the fuel gauge sender unit, then go to Step S.
INSTALLATION.)

INSTALLATION.)

STEP
INSPECTION
5
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
Periorm the KOEO/KOER self test.
L5].)
6
Periorm the "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE".
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

No
DTC P0480:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P0480:00
id0102c8704600

The PCM monitors the input voltages from the fan control module. If the voltage at the PCM terminal 1 R
remains low or high, the PCM determines that the fan control circuit has malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

This is a continuous monitor (other).
The MIL does not illuminate.
FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2)/Snapshot data is not available.
Fan control module connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground or open circuit in fan control module power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and fan control module terminal 1D
- FAN1 40 A fuse malfunction
- Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and fan control module terminal 1D
Short to ground in wiring harness between fan control module terminal 1C and PCM terminal 1R
Short to power supply in wiring harness between fan control module terminal 1C and PCM terminal 1 R
Open circuit in wiring harness between fan control module terminal 1C and PCM terminal 1R
Fan control module malfunction
PCM malfunction
BATTERY
e(
<)
0
PCM
FAN CONTROL MODULE
f3\
f,;\
\::V
FAN140A
"---f.(H(@
-()F'o-
@0
1C \\
@
II
~
I I 1R
\\
TJr
FAN CONTROL MODULE
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 1BE~1BA1AW1ASI1A01AKI1AGI1ACI1YI1U
11
1E 1A
1BF iBB iAX iATliAP iALIiAHIiADI1Z 11V 1R 11N 1J
1QI1M
1F 18
il
]
iBG iBC iAY iAUliAQ iAMIiAIIiAEIiAAI1W 1S 110 1K 11G 1C

iBH iBD iAZt iAVliAR iANIiAJIiAFIiABI1X 1T 11P
1L 1H 10
01-02A-163

STEP
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
INSPECT FAN CONTROL MODULE

Yes
CONNECTOR CONDITION
No
Disconnect the fan control module connector.
INSPECT FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER
Yes
SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND OR No
OPEN CIRCUIT
Fan control module connector is disconnected.
Measure the voltage between fan control
module terminal 1D (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT FAN CONTROL MODULE CIRCUIT

FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Inspect for continuity between fan control
module terminal 1C (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
Yes
No
Yes
ACTION
repair information.

Step 9.

Inspect the FAN1 40 A fuse.
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.
to ground.
circuit).
L5].)
Go to Step 9.
Step 9.


Fan control module and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
1R (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Yes

FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
PCM terminal 1R (wiring harness-side).
Yes
No


Inspect the fan control module.
(See 01-12A-15 COOLING FAN
COMPONENT INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
Yes
Replace the fan control module, then go to the next step.

(See 01-12A-13 COOLING FAN COMPONENT REMOVAU
01-02A-164
No
No

STEP
10
INSPECTION
connectors.
Reconnect the negative battery cable.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

No
DTC POSOO:OO [LF, LS]

DTC
P0500:00
idO 102c8704800
VSS circuit problem
If an error in the wheel speed signal from the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM is detected by CAN when the
following conditions are met:
DETECTION
CONDITION
- Neutral switch and clutch switch: off (MTX)

- Shift range: except P, N or R range (ATX)
- Engine speed: above 2,000 rpm
- Brake switch: off

POSSIBLE
CAUSE
VSS signal malfunction

- Front ABS wheel-speed sensor malfunction
- ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM connector or terminals malfunction
- PCM connector or terminals malfunction
- ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
Start the engine.
Access the VSS PID using the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, LS].)
- Vehicle speed 20 km/h {12.4 mph}: 20km/h
{12.4 mph}
- Vehicle speed 40 km/h {24.S mph}: 40km/h
{24.S mph}
Is the PID reading within specification?
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

next step.
repair information.
Yes

TROUBLESHOOTING".
No
01-02A-165

STEP
INSPECTION
4
COMPLETED
Clear DTC from PCM memory using M-MDS.
Warm up the engine completely.
Access the RPM and LOAD PIDs using the MMOS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for 18 s:
- Engine speed: above 2,000 rpm
- Gear: except NEUTRAL
- Load: above 40%
Procedure.
TEST [LF, LS].)
5
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

DTC P0505:00 [LF, L5]

DTC
P0505:00
id0102c8704900
lAC system problem

The PCM cannot control idle speed toward target idle speed while KOER self test.

DETECTION
CONDITION

The DTC is not stored in the PCM memory.
NC magnetic clutch malfunction

POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Generator control circuit malfunction

Air cleaner element clogged
Throttle body passage clogged
Insufficient engine compression (over capacity of blow-by gas)
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, L5].)
01-02A-166
Yes
ACTION
repair information.
No
Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
3
INSPECT AlC MAGNETIC CLUTCH OPERATION
Turn the fan switch off.
Is the magnetic clutch still on?
INSPECT GENERATOR CONTROL CIRCUIT

MALFUNCTION
Apply the electrical load.
Is the engine speed increased?
INSPECT AIR CLEANER ELEMENT
Remove the air cleaner element with the
engine running.
(See 01-13A-6 AIR CLEANER ELEMENT
INSPECT THROTTLE BODY PASSAGE
Visually inspect the throttle body passage.
Is the throttle body passage clogged?
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
L5].)
ACTION
Yes
Perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.24 AlC IS

ALWAYS ON OR AlC COMPRESSOR RUNS
CONTINUOUSLY".
(See 01-03A-76 NO.24 AlC IS ALWAYS ON OR AlC
COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [LF, LS].)
No
Yes
No
Repair the generator control circuit for short to power

supply, then go to Step 8.
Yes
Clean or replace the air cleaner element, then go to Step 8.
No
Yes
Clean or replace the throttle body passage, then go to Step

8.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No
01-02A-1S7
ON-BOARD. DIAGNOSTIC [LF, LS]

DTC POS06:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
POS06:00
id0102c8705000
Idle air control system RPM lower than expected

The actual idle speed is lower than expected by 100 rpm for 14 s, when brake pedal is depressed (brake
switch is ON) and steering wheel is held straight ahead (PSP switch is off).
Note
If atmospheric pressure is less than 72.3 kPa {S42 mmHg, 21.3 inHg} or intake air temperature is
below -10C {14 OF}, the PCM cancels diagnosis of P0506:00.
DETECTION
CONDITION

AlC magnetic clutch malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Electronic throttle control system related sensor malfunction

- APP sensor malfunction
- TP sensor malfunction
Air intake passage clogged
Throttle body passage clogged
Generator malfunction
Engine malfunction
-Insufficient engine compression (over capacity of blow-by gas)
- Poor quality fuel
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, L5].)
01-02A-168
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes

next step.
repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes
Perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.24 Ale IS

CONTINUOUSLY".
COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [LF, L5].)
No

STEP
10
11
12
INSPECTION
INSPECT ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL
SYSTEM RELATED SENSOR
Inspect the following parts:
-APP sensor
POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION
[LF, LS].)
- TP sensor
(See 01-40A-26 THROTTLE POSITION
(TP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
engine running.
ACTION
Yes

inspection results, then go to Step 11 .
No
Yes

No
Yes
Clean or replace the air cleaner element, then go to Step

11.
No
Yes

11.
No
INSPECT GENERATOR
Inspect the generator.
(See 01-17A-8 GENERATOR INSPECTION
[LF, LS].)
Yes
Replace the generator, then go to Step 11.

(See 01-17A-6 GENERATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS].)
No

COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
Depress the brake pedal for 14 s or more.
Procedure.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Yes

No
Yes

No

Yes

No
01-02A-169

DTC
P0507:00
id01 02c87051 00
Idle air control system RPM higher than expected

The actual idle speed is higher than expected by 200 rpm for 14 s, when brake pedal is depressed (brake
switch is ON) and steering wheel is held straight ahead (power steering pressure switch is off).
Note
If atmospheric pressure is less than 72.3 kPa {542 mmHg, 21.3 inHg} or intake air temperature is
below -10C {14 OF}, the PCM cancels diagnosis of POS07:00.
DETECTION
CONDITION

POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Vacuum hose misinstallation

Electronic throttle control system related sensor malfunction
- APP sensor malfunction
- TP sensor malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, LS].)
INSPECT VACUUM HOSE CONNECTION
Visually inspect the vacuum hoses for
connecting.
-APP sensor
[LF, LS].)
- TP sensor
(See 01-40A-26 THROTTLE POSITION
(TP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
01-02A-170
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes

next step.
repair information.
No
Yes
No

Yes
No
Reconnect the vacuum hose accurately, then go to Step 6.

Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes
No

DTe POSOA:OO [LF, LS]

DTC
POSOA:OO
id0102c8301800
Cold start idle air control system performance problem

The actual idle speed is lower than expected by specified for 8.4 s when the target idle speed correction
value for cold start is above 0 rpm or ignition retard value is above as following:
-9.0 (LS)
- 9.S (LF/Except california emission regulation applicable model)
- 11.0 (LF/California emission regulation applicable model)
DETECTION
CONDITION
Note
If atmospheric pressure is less than 72.3 kPa {S42 mmHg, 21.3 inHg} or intake air temperature is
below -10C {14 OF}, the PCM cancels diagnosis of POSOA:OO.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
This is a continuous monitor (cold start emission reduction strategy monitoring).

cycle.
Electronic throttle control system malfunction
Throttle valve stuck or blockage
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (cold start
emission reduction strategy monitoring related)
been recorded?
AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
the next step.

repair information.
01-02A-171

STEP
INSPECTION
3
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Is the P050A:OO on FREEZE FRAME DATA
(Mode 2)?
INSPECT
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM FOR AIR
4
SUCTION
Start the engine.
Inspect for air leakage between MAF sensor
and intake manifold.
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Clean or replace the throttle valve and retest, then go to the
next step.
Yes

No
Yes

No
Note
suction area.

VERIFY ELECTRONIC THROTTLE CONTROL
SYSTEM OPERATION
Perform the Electronic Throttle Control System
Operation Inspection.
INSPECT THROTTLE VALVE
Remove the throttle valve with connector
connected.
Access the ETC_DSD PID using the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Move the throttle valve using the ETC_DSD
PID of simulation function.
Dose the throttle valve move smoothly?
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
01-02A-172

DTC POSOB:OO [LF, LS]
DTC
P050B:OO
id0102c8301900
Cold start ignition timing performance problem

The PCM monitors actual ignition timing using the CKP sensor while electronic spark advance control fast
idle correction operating. If the ignition timing is out of specified range, the PCM determines that the ignition
timing at cold condition has performance problem.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
Damaged or chipped CKP sensor pulse wheel
Damaged or chipped CMP sensor pulse wheel
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
been recorded?
AVAILABILITY
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Is the P050B:OO on FREEZE FRAME DATA
(Mode 2)?
INSPECT CKP SENSOR AND PULSE WHEEL
Visually inspect the CKP sensor and pulse
wheel.
Is there any damage or chip on the CKP sensor
and pulse wheel?
INSPECT CKP SENSOR
INSPECT CMP SENSOR AND PULSE WHEEL
Visually inspect the CMP sensor and pulse
wheel.
Is there any damage or chip on the CMP
sensor and pulse wheel?
INSPECT CMP SENSOR
(CMP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
the next step.

repair information.
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Replace the CMP sensor, then go to the next step.

01-02A-173

STEP
INSPECTION
COMPLETED
Clear the DTC from ~he PCM memory using
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

No
DTC P0571 :00 [LF, L5]

id0102c8705500
DTC
P0571:00
Brake switch circuit problem

The PCM monitors changes in input voltage for brake switch No.1 and No.2 (signal from instrument
cluster). If the PCM detects that both brake switches No.1 and No.2 remain on or off for 15 s, it determines
that the brake switch circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION

Caution
Inspect the brake switch with it installed to the brake pedal, otherwise the brake switch may not
operate normally. If the brake switch is removed from the brake pedal, replace the brake switch
with a new one.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Brake switch connector or terminals malfunction

Instrument cluster connector or terminals malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between brake switch terminal B and body ground
Short to ground in wiring harness between brake switch terminal C and instrument cluster terminal 2N
Short to power supply in wiring harness between brake switch terminal C and instrument cluster terminal
2N
Open circuit in wiring harness between brake switch terminal C and instrument cluster terminal 2N
Brake switch malfunction
PCM malfunction
@
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
(j)
BRAKE SWITCH
~/ 's'
~
\\
---
----------cs \~
II
~/ ~I-\\0
r_-{
___
7;'7
BRAKE SWITCH
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
2W 12U I 2S 2Q 120 2M 12K 21 12G 2E 12C I 2A

2xl2Vl2T 2RI2P 2NI2L 2J 12H 2FI2DI2B
01-02A-174

STEP
INSPECTION
1
AVAILABILITY
2
VERIFY DTC FOR MODULE COMMUNICATION
TEST [LF, L5].)
Is the DTC U0155:00 present?
3
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, L5].)
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH CONNECTOR
4
CONDITION
Disconnect the brake switch connector.
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
5
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Brake switch connector is disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between brake switch
terminal B (wiring harneSS-Side) and body
ground.
6
CONNECTOR CONDITION
Disconnect the instrument cluster connector.
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT
7
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Brake switch and instrument cluster connectors
are disconnected.
terminal C (wiring harneSS-Side) and body
ground.
8
are disconnected.
Measure the voltage between brake switch
ground.
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
(See 09-02D-3 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].)
Yes

(See 01-02A-199 DTC P0703:00 [LF, L5].)
No
Yes

Step 11.
No
Yes
No

Yes

Step 11.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

01-02A-17S

STEP
INSPECTION
9
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
are disconnected.
terminal C (wiring harness-side) and
instrument cluster terminal 2N (wiring harnessside).
10
INSPECTION.)
11
12

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Depress and release the brake pedal more
than 5 times.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

INSTALLATION.)
Replace the brake switch, then go to the next step.
(See 04-11-8 BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC
P0579:00
Cruise control multi-function input circuit range/performance problem
DETECTION
CONDITION
The PCM monitors the input signal from the cruise control switch. If the input signal does not change for
120 s, the PCM determines that the cruise control switch circuit has a malfunction.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0102c8087000

Clock spring connector or terminals malfunction
Cruise control switch connector or terminals malfunction
Clock spring malfunction
Cruise control switch malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between cruise control switch terminal K and PCM terminal 1AQ
- Cruise control switch terminal K-PCM terminal 1AQ
- Cruise control switch terminal M-PCM terminal 1AN
PCM malfunction
01-02A-176

OlC
P0579:00
r--
VEHICLES WITH MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY SWITCH
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH

CRUISE OFF
SWITCH
-L-
r--O
fj{
.. >
CANCEL SWITCH
[lJ
/I
-LCRUISE ON
SWITCH
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~~
..
>
~o-
SET (+) SWITCH
::
..
0-
SET (-) rWITCH
..
.. ~
-L0 ------<
.,.;: RESUME SWITCH
CLOCK SPRING
-L-
.. >
L--o
0------<
-tM'
v ~
~ Q
r---- ---------------------------------------- ----- -----
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PCM
\\
.-
:;>
<>
"\ .:.:.:::;
II
CRUISE OFF SWITCH
-L-
'"'
~
'"'
~
CANCEL SWITCH
-L~
SET (-) rWITCH

~
CJ
>
'"'
~
>
CRUIS~WITCH ..
~
\\
-L'"'-
~Q
>
RESUME SWITCH
'"'
\\
/I
..
SET (+) FWITCH
'"'
t? /1-"-'
.. > 0
>
..
>r;;-
~ /I
VEHICLES WITHOUT MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY SWITCH

I[
1BE ~1BA 1AW 1ASl1AO 1AKI1AGj1ACI1YI1 U 1QI1M 11
1E 1A
1BF 18B 1AX 1AT 11AP 1AL 11AHI1ADI1Z 11V 1R 11N 1J
1F 18
1BG 1BC 1AY 1AUl1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1MI1W 1S 110 1K
~~----------------~~
l
]
1G 1C
1BH 1BD 1AZ[ 1AV 11AR 1AN 11AJ 11AF 11AB 11X 1T 11 P ~ 1L 1H 10
01-02A-177

STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT CLOCK SPRING CONNECTOR
CONDITION
Disconnect the clock spring connector.
INSPECT CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
CONNECTOR CONDITION
Disconnect the cruise control switch connector.
INSPECT CLOCK SPRING
Inspect the clock spring.
(See 08-10-23 CLOCK SPRING
INSPECTION.)
Inspect the cruise control switch.
(See 01-20A-1 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
INSPECT CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Clock spring and cruise control switch
Reconnect the clock spring connector.
Inspect for continuity between cruise control
switch terminal K (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 10.

Step 10.
Yes
Replace the clock spring, then go to Step 10.

(See 08-10-21 CLOCK SPRING REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
Replace the steering switch, then go to Step 10.

(See 09-20-43 STEERING SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
No
Yes

INSPECT CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT Yes
Cruise control switch and PCM connectors are No
disconnected.
ground:
- Cruise control switch terminal K
- Cruise control switch terminal M
01-02A-178
ACTION
Peliorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
repair information.

to ground.
circuit).
LS].)
Go to Step 10.
Step 10.


STEP
INSPECTION
9
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Cruise control switch and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
- Cruise control switch terminal K-PCM
terminal 1AQ
- Cruise control switch terminal M-PCM
terminal 1AN
10
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Drive the vehicle using cruise control for 2 min
or more.
TEST [LF, L5].)
11
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

No
DTe POS81 :00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P0581:00
Cruise control multi-function input circuit high input
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0102c8879900
The PCM monitors the input signal from the cruise control switch. If the PCM detects that the cruise control
switch voltage is above 4.84 V, the PCM determines that the cruise control switch circuit has a malfunction.

Cruise control switch connector or terminals malfunction
PCM malfunction
01-02A-179

OTC
P0581:00
:-- VEHICLES WITH MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY SWITCH
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I

CRUISE OFF
SWITCH
---L-
--0
CANCEL SWITCH
>
~---L-~
---L-
>
.. >
0--SET (-) fWITCH
0-----<
SET (+) ISWITCH
I------()
::;
0-----<
RESUME SWITCH
I------()
.. >
::; ~
CLOCK SPRING
---L-
>
L--o
0-----<
I'M'
v
r---I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I~
t?
V If!
CRUISE ON
SWITCH
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PCM
-0-
*-
----------------------------------------
----- -
"II
0 ~ Q
"
0 ~ ~
CJ
\\
<;:
::;>
CY
CRUISE OFF SWITCH
~ II
V
---L~
CANCEL SWITCH
---L~
\\
<
'/
...
\\
V'
SET (-) fWITCH
>
,...
V'
V'
>
SET (+) SWITCH

~ I ~
<
RESUME SWITCH
..
---L,...
V'
CRUISE ON SWITCH
---L,...
V'
.. >-
V'
.. >
~
1M
~ II
VEHICLES WITHOUT MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY SWITCH


J 1BE
c
1BA 1AW 1AS11AO 1AKI1AGI1ACI1Y 11 U 1QI1M
11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AX 1AT 11AP 1AL 11AHI1AOl1Z 11V 1R 11N 1J
1F 1B
1BG 1BC 1AY 1AUT1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1W 1S 110 1K 1G 1C

1BH 1BO 1AZI 1AV 11 AR 1AN 11 AJ 11 AF 11 AB 11 X 1T 11P ~ 1L 1H 10
01-02A-180
Il

STEP
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
CONDITION
CONNECTOR CONDITION
Disconnect the cruise control switch connector.
INSPECTION.)
Clock spring, cruise control switch and PCM
ground:
- Cruise control switch terminal K
- Cruise control switch terminal M
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Cruise control switch and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
- Cruise control switch terminal K-PCM
terminal 1AQ
- Cruise control switch terminal M-PCM
terminal 1AN
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Per10rm repair or diagnosis according to the available
repair information.
Step 9.
Yes

Step 9.
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

Step 9.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


01-02A-181

STEP
10
INSPECTION
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

No
DTC P0600:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P0600:00
id0102c8850400

The PCM internal malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE 2)/
SNAPSHOT DATA HAS BEEN RECORDED
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2)/
snapshot data been recorded?
2
VERIFY RELATED SERVICE INFORMATION
AVAILABILITY
Verify related Service Information availability.
Is any related Service Information available?
ACTION
Yes
No
Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2)/snapshot

data on repair order, then go to the next step.
Yes

Service Information.

the next step.
pulled-out pins, and corrosion).
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
01-02A-182

STEP
INSPECTION
5
ACTION
Yes

No
DTC P0601 :00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P0601:00
id0102c8705600

The PCM internal memory check sum error.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM internal memory malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
L5].)
ACTION
Yes
No

next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
01-02A-183

DTC P0602:00 [LF, LS]
id0102c8705700
DTC
P0602:00

No configuration data in the PCM.
Note
If the "PCM CONFIGURATION" is successful, the PCM stores the DTC P0602:00 and illuminates the
MIL (system is normal). Clear the DTC P0602:00 using the M-MDS after the "PCM
CONFIGURATION".
The MIL goes out after three drive cycles with no failure (The DTCs remain in the PCM).
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM configuration has not been completed

PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
PERFORM PCM CONFIGURATION
Perform the PCM configuration.
(See 01-40A-22 PCM CONFIGURATION [LF,
LS].)
the M-MDS.
LS].)
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
LS].)
01-02A-184
ACTION
Yes
No

next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
Perform the PCM configuration again, then go to the next

step.
(See 01-40A-22 PCM CONFIGURATION [LF, LS].)
No
Go to Step S.
Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC P0604:00 [LF, LS]
id0102c8705800
DTC
P0604:00
PCM random access memory error

The PCM internal RAM malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM internal RAM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

next step.

AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No

COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
L5].)
Yes

No
Yes
No

DTC P0606:00 [LF, LS]

idO 1 02c8705900
DTC
P0606:00
PCM processor error

The PCM internal CPU malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM internal CPU malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
ACTION
next step.
repair information.
01-02A-185

STEP
INSPECTION
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
LS].)
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

No
DTC P060B:OO [L5]

id0102c9302200
DTC
P060B:OO
Internal control module AID processing performance problem
Indicates that an error occurred in the PCM.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

next step.

AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No

Yes
STORED DTC
No
off).
TEST [LF, LS].)
Yes
Switch
the
ignition
to
off.

No
INSPECT FOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE
Yes
CONCERNS
No
Inspect the PCM wiring harness for damage.
Verify the correct operation of the sensors
using ETCREF, VREF and related circuits.
01-02A-186


Step 6.
Connect the PCM connector and verify that the connector
seat correctly, then go to the next step.


STEP
INSPECTION
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No
DTC P060C:00, P061 0:00 [LS]
idO 102c9934500
DTC
P060C:OO
Internal control module main processor performance problem
DTC
P061D:OO
Internal control module engine air mass performance problem
Indicates an error occurred in the PCM.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Software incompatibility issue
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
Yes
No
ACTION
next step.
repair information.

RECORDED
Yes
AVAILABILITY
No
Step 5.
Switch
the
ignition
to
off.
No Connect the PCM connector and verify that the connector

01-02A-187

STEP
INSPECTION
4
INSPECT PCM FOR LATEST CALIBRATION
Reconnect the PCM connector.
Program the PCM to the latest calibration.
Perform the KOEO self test.
L5].)
L5].)
Use the customer information to recreate the
concern.
L5].)
5
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
6
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Go to Step 6.


DTC P061 0:00 [LF, LS]

id0102c8706000
DTC
P0610:00

The PCM data configuration error.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The DTC is stored in PCM memory.
Configuration procedure has not been completed
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
01-02A-188
ACTION
Yes
No

next step.
Yes

repair information.
No

STEP
INSPECTION
LS].)
the M-MDS.
LS].)
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
LS].)
ACTION
Yes

step.
No
Go to Step S.
Yes

No
Yes

No
DTC P061 8:00 [LS]

DTC
P061B:OO
idO 102c9302400
Internal control module torque calculation performance problem
Indicates that a calculation error occurred in the PCM.

DETECTION
CONDITION

Note
This DTC is an informational DTC and may be set in combination with a number of other DTCs which
are causing the FMEM. Diagnose other DTCs first.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, LS].)
ACTION
Yes
No

next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
01-02A-189

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
4
the next step.
No Connect the PCM connector and verify that the connector
5
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
6
DTC P061 F:OO [LS]

DTC
P061F:OO
id0102c9302600
Internal control module throttle valve actuator controller performance problem
Indicates that a calculation error occurred in the PCM.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Note
This DTC is an informational DTC and may be set in combination with a number of other DTCs which
are causing the FMEM. Diagnose other DTCs first.

PCM malfunction
STEP
1
ACTION
INSPECTION
Perform
repair
or
diagnosis
according to the available
Yes
repair information.
AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, L5].)
the next step.
Disconnect
the
PCM
connector.
Connect the PCM connector and verify that the connector
No

01-02A-190

STEP
INSPECTION
4
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
5
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes
No

DTC P0638:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P0638:00
id01 02c87061 00
Throttle valve actuator control circuit range/performance problem

The PCM compares the actual TP with the target TP when the engine is running. If the difference is more
than the specification, the PCM determines that there is a throttle valve actuator control circuit range/
performance problem.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Throttle valve actuator malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED

AVAILABILITY
Is
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, L5].)
INSPECT THROTTLE VALVE ACTUATOR
Inspect the throttle valve actuator.
(See 01-13A-6 THROTTLE BODY
ACTION
Yes
No

next step.
repair information.
Yes
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
01-02A-191

STEP
INSPECTION
5
COMPLETED
Clear the DTC from ~he PCM memory using
the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
6
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No
DTC P064D:OO [LF, LS]

id0102c8302700
DTC
P064D:OO
Internal control module AlF sensor processor performance problem

The AlF sensor IC integrated in PCM converts to voltage value for fuel control and for diagnosis based on
the AlF sensor signal current and sends to CPU (integrated in PCM). If there is a transmission format error
from the AlF sensor IC to the PCM, the PCM will detect a transmission error.
DETECTION
CONDITION
- Engine is running or ignition switch is ON
- AlF sensor signal voltage is 1.2V-battery voltage-1.2 V (PCM terminals 2Z, 2AC, 2AD)

POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM internal malfunction (between CPU and AlF sensor controllC communication line)
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
Mode).
L5].)
01-02A-192
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

next step.
repair information.

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION

Petiorm the "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE".
Yes

No
DTe P0661 :00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P0661:00
id0102c8850600
Variable intake air solenoid valve circuit low input

The PCM monitors the variable intake air solenoid valve control signal. If the PCM turns the variable intake
air solenoid valve off but the voltage still remains low, the PCM determines that the variable intake air
solenoid valve circuit has malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
,.....,~

Variable intake air solenoid valve connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground or open circuit in variable intake air solenoid valve power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and variable intake air solenoid valve
terminal B
- Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and variable intake air solenoid valve
terminal B
Variable intake air solenoid valve malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between variable intake air solenoid valve terminal A and PCM terminal
2J
Open circuit in wiring harness between variable intake air solenoid valve terminal A and PCM terminal 2J
PCM malfunction
ENG BAR
15A
PCM
VARIABLE INTAKE AIR

SOLENOID VALVE
'------(~::A../"'''o_
~--<~\(\~
vv
~HI7--
0----+HJ----il(t----{
a
____

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2BE ]2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2Q 12M 21
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATI2AP 2ALI2AHI2ADI2Z 12V 2RJ 2N 2J
2E 2A Il
2F 28
t 2G
2C
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
ACTION
Yes
Petiorm repair or diagnosis according to the available

repair information.
No
01-02A-193

STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID
Yes
VALVE CONNECTOR CONDITION
No
Disconnect the variable intake air solenoid
valve connector.
Yes
VALVE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
No
TO GROUND OR OPEN CIRCUIT
Variable intake air solenoid valve connector is
disconnected.
Measure the voltage between variable intake
air solenoid valve terminal B (wiring harnessside) and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
ACTION

Step 8.

Inspect the ENG BAR 1S A fuse.
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 8.
Replace the variable intake air solenoid valve, then go to
Step 8.

VALVE
Inspect the variable intake air solenoid valve.
(See 01-13A-7 VARIABLE INTAKE AIR
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Yes
No

VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO
GROUND
Variable intake air solenoid valve connector is
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between variable intake
air solenoid valve terminal A (wiring harnessside) and body ground.
Yes

to ground.
circuit).
LS].)
Go to Step 8.
No
Yes
Yes
VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT No
Variable intake air solenoid valve and PCM
Inspect for continuity between variable intake
air solenoid valve terminal A (wiring harnessside) and PCM terminal 2J (wiring harnessside).

Step 8.
01-02A-194


INSPECTION
STEP
ACTION

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Access the RPM PID using the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Increase the engine speed more than 4,600
rpm for 10 times.
LS].)
Yes

No
Yes

No
DTC P0662:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P0662:00
id0102c8850700
Variable intake air solenoid valve circuit high input

The PCM monitors the variable intake air solenoid valve control signal. If the PCM turns the variable intake
air solenoid valve on but current at the PCM terminal still remains high, the PCM determines that the
variable intake air solenoid valve circuit has malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Variable intake air solenoid valve connector or terminals malfunction
Variable intake air solenoid valve malfunction
Short to power supply in wiring harness between variable intake air solenoid valve terminal A and PCM
terminal2J
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINAL C
PCM
ENG BAR
15A
VARIABLE INTAKE AIR

SOLENOID VALVE

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
)~A 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U
2QI2M
2E 2A
21
2F 2B

[
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AU 12AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2Kt 2G 2C

01-02A-195

STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
Disconnect the variable intake air solenoid
valve connector.
Is there any mal~unction?
VALVE
Inspect the variable intake air solenoid valve.
(See 01-13A-7 VARIABLE INTAKE AIR
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
POWER SUPPLY
Variable intake air solenoid valve and PCM
Measure the voltage between variable intake
air solenoid valve terminal A (wiring harnessside) and body ground.
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Increase the engine speed more than 4,750
rpm for 10 times.
LS].)
01-02A-196
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.
Step 6.
Replace the variable intake air solenoid valve, then go to

Step 6.
Step 6.

Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC P0685:00 [LF, L5]
DTC
P0685:00
id0102c8302800

This DTC sets when the ignition switch position run circuit indicates the key is in the off, ACC, or LOCK
position, and the amount of time the PCM remains powered through the PCM power relay exceeds a
predetermined amount of time.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Main relay malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
Is
INSPECT MAIN RELAY
Remove the main relay.
Inspect the main relay.
(See 09-21-17 RELAY INSPECTION.)
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

next step.
repair information.
Replace the main relay, then go to the next step.
Install the main relay, then go to the next step.
Yes

No
Yes

No
01-02A-197

DTC P0688:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P06B8:00
id0102c8316200
Internal control module non-volatile random access memory error

The PCM internal EEPROM malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM internal EEPROM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
L5].)
01-02A-198
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

next step.
repair information.
Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC P0703:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P0703:00
id0102c8706500

The PCM monitors the input signal from the brake switch No.1. If the input signal does not change while
following decelerating 8 times, the PCM determines that there is a brake switch No.1 input circuit problem.
- Vehicle speed: from above 30 km/h {19 mph} to 30 km/h {19 mph} or less
- Deceleration rate: exceed 3.8 km/h {2.4 mph} per 0.1 s
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
Caution
with a new one.
Short to ground or open circuit in brake switch power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and brake switch terminal A
- STOP 15 A fuse malfunction
- Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and brake switch terminal A
Short to ground in wiring harness between brake switch terminal D and PCM terminal 1AB
Short to power supply in wiring harness between brake switch terminal D and PCM terminal 1AB
Open circuit in wiring harness between brake switch terminal D and PCM terminal 1AB
PCM malfunction
I@
PCM
QD
BATTERY
BRAKE SWITCH
ST~P15A~~~~
"'~
'"
\\
\,J
\,J
__~Q~----(
0QD
~HI//~--4--e--
BRAKE SWITCH
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
-f\H\V
r~~~~~~~~
J iBE~iBAiAWiASliAOiAKliAGliACI1YI1U 1QI1M 11 1E 1A Il
iBF iBB iAX iATliAP iALIiAHIiADI1Z 11V 1R/1N
1J
1F 1B
J
iBG iBC~iAY iAUliAQ iAMIiAIIiAEIiAAI1W 1S 110 1K t 1G 1C

iBH iBD iAZ iAVliAR iANIiAJIiAFIiABI1X 1TI1P
1L 1H 10
01-02A-199

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
AVAILABILITY
No
Yes
CONDITION
No
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
Yes
No
CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage between brake switch
ground.
Is the voltage B+?

FOR SHORT TO GROUND
ground.
Yes

next step.
repair information.
Step 9.

Inspect the STOP 15 A fuse.
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.
to ground.
circuit).
L5].)
Go to Step 9.
Step 9.
No
Yes
Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
Brake switch and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
1AB (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Yes Replace the brake switch, then go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
No Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible open
disconnected.
terminal1AB (wiring harness-side).
01-02A-200

STEP
INSPECTION
9
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Drive the vehicle.
Repeat deceleration 8 times under both of the
following conditions:
- Vehicle speed: from above 30 km/h {19
mph} to 30 km/h {19 mph} or less
- Deceleration rate: exceed 3.8 km/h {2.4
mph} per 0.1 s
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
10
Yes
ACTION
No

Yes
No
DTC P0704:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P0704:00
id0102c8706600

The PCM monitors changes in input voltage from the CPP switch. If the PCM does not detect the voltage
changes while the vehicle runs with vehicle speed above 30 km/h {19 mph} and stops 8 times alternately,
the PCM determines that the CPP switch circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

CPP switch connector or terminals malfunction
CPP switch malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between CPP switch terminal A and PCM terminal 1BD
Open circuit in wiring harness between CPP switch terminal B and body ground
Open circuit in wiring harness between CPP switch terminal A and PCM terminal 1BD
PCM malfunction
PCM
~~
~_~:~~HP~
___
GD_6
____
@@
CPP SWITCH
8)_4~~~~:>~~4____~_9____~
7)r
J 1BE~1BA1AwI1ASI1A01AKI1AGl1ACI1YI1U
1QI1MI11
1E 1A
1BF1BB 1AXl1ATI1AP1ALI1AHI1ADI1Z11V 1RI1NI1J
1F 1B
Il
CPPSWITCH
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
1BG 1BC 1AVl1AUl1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1W 1S 110 11K
1G 1C
B1L
1H 10
1BH 1BD 1AZN1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P
01-02A-201

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS OPEN
Procedure and access the CPP PID.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Verify the CPP PID during operating the clutch
pedal.
Is the PID normal?
INSPECT CPP SWITCH CONNECTOR
CONDITION
Disconnect the CPP switch connector.
INSPECT CPP SWITCH
Inspect the CPP switch.
(See 01-40A-22 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION
(CPP) SWITCH INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
INSPECT CPP SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO GROUND
CPP switch connector is disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between CPP switch
ground.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

Step 13.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
CONDITION
No
INSPECT CPP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR Yes
OPEN CIRCUIT
No
ground.
01-02A-202
ACTION
next step.
repair information.
If the CPP PID is always On:

If the CPP PID is always Off:
Go to Step 8.
Replace the CPP switch, then go to Step 13.

(See 05-10-6 CLUTCH PEDAL REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
to ground.
circuit).
L5].)
Go to Step 13.
Step 13.
Go to Step 13.

Step 13.


STEP
10
11
12
13
14
INSPECTION
INSPECT CPP SWITCH
OPEN CIRCUIT
CPP switch and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
terminal A (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal 1BD (wiring harness-side).
COMPLETED
connectors.
Start the engine.
the M-MDS.
Operate the clutch pedal while the vehicle runs
and stops 8 times alternately.
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)

Step 13.
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
01-02A-203

DTC P0850:00 [LF, L5]
DTC
P0850:00
id0102c8706700
Neutral switch input circuit problem

The PCM monitors changes in input voltage from the neutral switch. If the PCM does not detect the voltage
changes while driving the vehicle at a vehicle speed above 30 km/h {19 mph} and the clutch pedal turns
press and depress 10 times repeatedly, the PCM determines that the neutral switch circuit has a
malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
Neutral switch connector or terminals malfunction
Neutral switch malfunction
Short to ground in wiring harness between neutral switch terminal Band PCM terminal 1BC
Open circuit in wiring harness between neutral switch terminal A and body ground
Open circuit in wiring harness between neutral switch terminal Band PCM terminal 1BC
PCM malfunction
PCM
~~
@@
@
@
NEUTRAL SWITCH
:;>
(j)
@
@
r---'-~~H~--------~~~~~~I~r-----------~
<~
7JT
NEUTRAL SWITCH
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 1BE ]1BA 1AW 1ASl1AO 1AKI1AGI1ACI1Y 11u
11
1E 1A
1F 1B
1G 1C
1Q 11M
tJ
1BH 1BD 1AZt 1AVl1AR 1AN 11AJ 11AF 11ABI1X 1T 11 P ~ 1L 1H 10
mD
I~~I
INSPECTION
STEP
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS OPEN
Procedure and access the CPP/PNP PID.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Verify the CPP/PNP PID during operating the
gear.
Is the PID normal?
01-02A-204
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes

next step.
repair information.
No
Yes
No

If the CPP/PNP PID is always Drive:
Go to Step 8.
If the CPP/PNP PID is always Neural:

STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT NEUTRAL SWITCH CONNECTOR

Yes
CONDITION
No
Disconnect the neutral switch connector.
ACTION
Step 13.
INSPECT NEUTRAL SWITCH

Inspect the neutral switch.
(See 01-40A-23 NEUTRAL SWITCH
Yes
Replace the neutral switch, then go to Step 13.

(See 05-158-2 NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [G66M-R].)
No
INSPECT NEUTRAL SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT

FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Neutral switch connector is disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between neutral switch
ground.
Yes

to ground.
Replace the PCM (short to ground in PCM internal circuit).
L5].)
Go to Step 13.
No
Yes
10
11
12

Yes
CONDITION
No

Step 13.
Go to Step 13.

Step 13.
INSPECT NEUTRAL SWITCH GROUND

terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
Yes
No


Yes

(See 05-158-2 NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAU
No

Yes
Yes
No


FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Neutral switch and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
terminal 18C (wiring harness-side).

Step 13.
01-02A-205

STEP
INSPECTION
13
COMPLETED
connectors.
Start the engine.
the M-MDS.
Drive the vehicle above 30 km/h {19 mph} and
stop vehicle.
Depress and release the clutch pedal more
than 10 times during drive cycle.
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
14
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No
DTC P1260:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P1260:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0102c8856800

The instrument cluster detects an immobilizer system malfunction. (Vehicles without advanced keyless
entry and push button start system)
The keyless control module detects an immobilizer system malfunction. (Vehicles with advanced keyless
Immobilizer system malfunction
PCM malfunction
INSPECTION
STEP
1
AVAILABILITY
CONFIRM IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM DTC
2
Perform the immobilizer system DTC inspection
using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02A-6 DTC INSPECTION
[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH
BUTTON START SYSTEM].)
3
Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the
M-MDS.
[LF, L5].)
L5].)
01-02A-206
Yes
ACTION
repair information.
No
Yes

(See 09-02C-4 DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-4 DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON
START SYSTEM)].)
No
Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
4
[LF, LS].)
Yes
ACTION
No
DTC P144A:OO [LF, LS]

id0102c8303000
. DTC
P144A:OO
EVAP system purge vapor line restricted/blocked
P144A:00 indicates that the P144A:00 blocked line diagnostic is designed to detect a full blockage in the
vapor lines between the fuel tank pressure sensor and the fuel tank.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Blockage(s) between fuel tank pressure sensor and fuel tank
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, LS].)
Is the DTC P0451 :00, P0452:00, P0453:00 or
4
INSPECT FOR BLOCKED FUEL VAPOR TUBE
BETWEEN FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR
AND FUEL TANK
Remove the fuel vapor tube assembly.
(See 01-14A-8 FUEL TANK REMOVAU
Visually inspect the fuel vapor tube for a
blockage between the fuel tank pressure
sensor and the connection to the fuel tank.
Visually inspect the connection at the fuel tank
for a blockage.
Attempt to manually remove the blockage.
Is the blockage visible and can be removed?
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

(See 01-02A-1S1 DTC P04S1:00 [LF,
(See 01-02A-1S3 DTC P04S2:00 [LF,
(See 01-02A-1SS DTC P0453:00 [LF,
(See 01-02A-1S7 DTC P0454:00 [LF,
LS].)
LS].)
LS].)
LS].)
Remove the blockage, then go to the next step.

Replace a fuel vapor tube assembly, then go to the next
step.
01-02A-207
I.

STEP
INSPECTION
5
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
6
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No
DTC P14S0:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P1450:00
id01 02c83031 00
Unable to bleed up fuel tank vacuum
P1450:00 indicates the Self Test has detected that the EVAP system is unable to bleed up fuel tank
vacuum.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Excessive fuel tank vacuum
- Kinks or bends in the fuel vapor hoses and tubes
- Charcoal canister inlet port, CV solenoid valve, EVAP dust separator or outlet hose for contamination or
foreign material
- Stuck open or close
Fuel tank pressure sensor malfunction (built-in evaporative hose component)
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, L5].)
01-02A-208
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
next step.
repair information.

STEP
INSPECTION
4
INSPECT FUEL TANK VACUUM
Verify kinks or bends in the fuel vapor hoses
and tubes.
Visually inspect the charcoal canister inlet port,
CV solenoid valve, EVAP dust separator or
outlet hose for contamination or foreign
material.
Is a concern evident?
S
Connect the leak tester to the fuel filler pipe.
Access the EVAPCV PID using the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Close the CV solenoid valve using the
EVAPCV PID.
Pressurize the EVAP system to 3.48 kPa {26.1
mmHg, 1.03 inHg}.
Does the pressure reach 3.48 kPa {26.1
mmHg, 1.03 inHg}?
6
TEST [LF, LS].)
Open the CV solenoid valve using the EVAPCV
PID.
Does the pressure drop immediately?
7
Disconnect the charcoal canister outlet tube at
the charcoal canister.
Select the Diagnostic Data Link using the MMDS.
Select the PCM.
Access the FTP PID and record the reading.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Is the reading between 2.4-2.8 V?
8
Reconnect the disconnected connectors and
hoses.
Perform the EVAP system leak Inspection.
9
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
10
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Remove any contamination or foreign material around fuel
vapor hoses and tubes.
Repair the hoses, tubes or components if necessary, then
go to Step 9.

(See 01-16A-6 CHARCOAL CANISTER REMOVAU
Yes
No
Yes
No

9.
(See 01-40A-33 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR
Yes

Locate the leak point and repair.
Repeat this step.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No



01-02A-209

DTC P2088:00 [LF, LS]
id0102c8707300
DTC
P2088:00
The PCM monitors the OCV voltage. If the PCM detects the OCV control voltage (calculated from the OCV)
is below the specification voltage (calculated from the battery positive voltage), the PCM determines that
the OCV circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

OCV connector or terminals malfunction
- OCV terminal B-PCM terminal 2BG
- OCV terminal A-PCM terminal 2E
OCV malfunction
PCM malfunction
PCM
OCV
@0
~
~H~~--------------~~H~vv ~H:~r-~
@0
D\\
~~~--~~Har---------------------------~
2BE ]2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2Q 12M
21
2E 2A
2F 28
2G 2C
OCV
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2BH 2BD 2AZI2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20
STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
INSPECT OCV CONNECTOR CONDITION

Yes
No
Disconnect the OCV connector.
01-02A-210

next step.
repair information.
Step 8.

STEP
INSPECTION
4
INSPECT OCV CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO
GROUND
OCV connector is disconnected.
ground:
- OCV terminal B
- OCV terminal A
5

INSPECTOCV
Inspect the OCV.
INSPECT OCV CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
OCV and PCM connectors are disconnected.
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
ACTION
Yes If the short to ground circuit could be detected:
to ground.
circuit).
L5].)
Go to Step 8.
Step 8.
No
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes
No

01-02A-211

DTC P2089:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
id01 02c8707400
P2089:00
The PCM monitors the OCV voltage. If the PCM detects that the OCV control voltage (calculated from the
OCV) is above the specification voltage (calculated from battery positive voltage), the PCM determines that
the OCV circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION

OCV malfunction
PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM
OCV
8H:I7---------~ti~ ~H-~----'
yy
~~--~~HI~~-----------------~
(-
'0111
2BE 2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2Q 12M
OCV
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
21
2E 2A Il
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATJ2AP 2ALI2AHI2ADI2Z 12V 2R 12N 2J
2F 28 ,J
2BG 2BC~2AY 2AUI2AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2w 2S 120 2K I 2G 2C

INSPECTION
STEP
1
RECORDED
2
Yes
No

Yes
AVAILABILITY
No
Yes
No
Yes
01-02A-212
ACTION
next step.
repair information.
Step?

Step 7.

STEP
INSPECTION
S
INSPECT OCV CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
TO POWER SUPPLY
ground:
- PCM terminal 2BG
- PCM terminal 2E
6
INSPECTOCV
Inspect the OCV.
7
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
8
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace the OCV, then go to the next step.



DTC P2096:00 [LF, L5]

id0102c8707500
DTC
P2096:00
Target AlF feedback system too lean

The PCM monitors the target AlF fuel trim when under the target AlF feedback control. If the fuel trim is
more than the specification, the PCM determines that the target AlF feedback system is too lean.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunctioning condition in two consecutive drive cycles
or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
H02S malfunction
Leakage exhaust gas (between AlF sensor and H02S)
Leakage exhaust gas (between exhaust manifold and AlF sensor)
Insufficient fuel line pressure
Leakage fuel
Fuel pump unit malfunction
Fuel injector malfunction
PCM malfunction
01-02A-213

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

the next step.

AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No

STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, LS].)
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [LF, LS].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
INSPECT H02S
Inspect the H02S.
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes
No

Go to Step 7.

between the AlF sensor and H02S.
Yes
INSPECT IAT SENSOR

(See 01-40A-2S INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
(IAT) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Yes


TEST [LF, LS].)
-ECT1
-MAF
-TP REL
-VSS
Are the PIDs normal?
Yes
No
01-02A-214
No
No


STEP
10
11
INSPECTION
CONDITION
under the FREEZE FRAME OATA (Mode 2)
condition.
TEST [LF, L5].)
-ECT1
-MAF
-TP REL
-VSS
Are the PIOs normal?
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No
Go to Step 12.
Yes

No

12

MAFSENSOR
Connect the M-MOS to the DLC-2.
Start the engine.
Access the MAF PIO using the M-MOS.
(See 01-02A-7 ON-BOARD OIAGNOSTIC
TEST [LF, L5].)
Verify that the MAF PIO changes quickly
according to engine speed.
Is the MAF PIO value normal?
Yes
No
Go to Step 14.
13

Yes

No
Replace the MAFflAT sensor, then go to Step 20.

14
Yes
No

Go to Step 16.
Note
15

INSPECT FUEL SYSTEM FOR FUEL LEAKAGE
Visually inspect the fuel leakage in the fuel
system.
Note
suction area.
Yes
No

01-02A-215

STEP
INSPECTION
16
(See 01-03A-86 EN~INE CONTROL SYSTEM
17
18
19
20
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
After warning up the engine, maintain the idle
status for 1 min or more.
Procedure.
TEST [LF, LS].)
21
01-02A-216
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No







DTC P2004:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
idO 102c8303300
Variable tumble shutter valve stuck open
P2004:00
The PCM monitors mass the variable tumble shutter valve position using the variable tumble position
sensor. If the PCM turns the variable tumble solenoid valve on but the variable tumble position still remain
open for 5 s (the variable tumble position sensor off), the PCM determines that the variable tumble shutter
valve has been stuck open.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
MAIN RELAY
TERMINAL C

Variable tumble solenoid valve connector or terminals malfunction
Variable tumble solenoid valve malfunction
Variable tumble shutter valve switch connector or terminals malfunction
Variable tumble shutter valve actuator malfunction (stuck open)
- Variable tumble solenoid valve terminal 8-PCM terminal 21
- Variable tumble shutter valve switch terminal C-PCM terminal2R
- Variable tumble solenoid valve terminal 8-PCM terminal 21
- Variable tumble shutter valve switch terminal C-PCM terminal 2R
Variable tumble shutter valve switch malfunction
Miss connecting or pull out the vacuum hose
PCM malfunction
PCM
VARIABLE TUMBLE
SOLENOID VALVE
@@
@
VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH
@@

J 2BE ~2BA 2AW2ASJ2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U
iL
i[
21
2E 2A
2F 2B
2QI2M
IL
]
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUJ2AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2Kt 2G 2C

2L 2H 20
01-02A-217

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
CLASSIFY INTERMITTENT CONCERN OR
CONTINUOUS CONCERN
the M-MDS.
Drive the vehicle under the following
conditions:
- Engine coolant temperature: above 60C
{140 OF}
- Throttle opening angle is below as
followings:
Engine speed-below 1,500 rpm: above
35%
Engine speed-between 1,500-2,500
rpm: between 25-35%
Engine speed-above 2,500 rpm: below
25%
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, L5].)
Is the DTC P2010, P2088:00 or P2089:00 also
present?
INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID
Disconnect the variable tumble solenoid valve
connector.
VALVE
Inspect the variable tumble solenoid valve.
(See 01-13A-7 VARIABLE TUMBLE
INSPECT VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER
VALVE SWITCH CONNECTOR CONDITION
Disconnect the variable tumble shutter valve
switch connector.
01-02A-218
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

next step.
repair information.
Yes
No

Yes

(See 01-02A-226 DTC P2010:00 [LF, L5].)
(See 01-02A-210 DTC P2088:00 [LF, L5].)
(See 01-02A-212 DTC P2089:00 [LF, L5].)
No
Yes

Step 14.
No
Yes
Replace the variable tumble solenoid valve, then go to Step

14.
No
Yes

Step 14.
No

STEP
INSPECTION
VALVE ACTUATOR
Inspect the variable tumble shutter valve
actuator.
SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION
[LF, LS].)
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace the variable tumble shutter valve actuator, then go
to Step 14.

Yes

Step 14.
10
INSPECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

POWER SUPPLY
Variable tumble solenoid valve, variable tumble
shutter valve switch and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
ground:
- PCM terminal 21
- PCM terminal 2R
INSPECT SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Variable tumble solenoid valve, variable tumble
disconnected.
- Variable tumble solenoid valve terminal BPCM terminal 21
- Variable tumble shutter valve switch terminal
C-PCM terminal2R

11
12
13
Yes
No
Yes
No


VALVE SWITCH
switch.
SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH INSPECTION [LF,
LS].)
Yes
Replace the intake manifold, then go to Step 14.

VERIFY CONNECTION OF VACUUM HOSE

ROUTING
Verify that the vacuum hoses are connected
properly.
(See 01-13A-3 INTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM
Are the vacuum hoses connected properly?
Yes
No
No

Connect the vacuum hoses properly, then go to the next
step.
01-02A-219

STEP
INSPECTION
14
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
conditions:
{140 OF}
followings:
35%
rpm: between 25-35%
25%
Procedure.
TEST [LF, LS].)
1S
01-02A-220
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No

DTC P2006:00 [LF, L5]
DTC
id0102c8303400
Variable tumble shutter valve stuck closed
P2006:00
The PCM monitors mass the variable tumble shutter valve position using the variable tumble position
sensor. If the PCM turns the variable tumble solenoid valve off but the variable tumble position still remain
close for 5 s (the variable tumble position sensor on), the PCM determines that the variable tumble shutter
valve has been stuck closed.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
Variable tumble shutter valve actuator malfunction (stuck closed)
Short to ground in wiring harness between variable tumble shutter valve switch terminal C and PCM
terminal2R
Short to ground in wiring harness between variable tumble solenoid valve terminal Band PCM terminal 21
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINAL C
ENG BAR
15A
PCM
VARIABLE TUMBLE
SOLENOID VALVE

J 2BE
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2AT12AP 2AL]2AH12Ao12z 12V 2RI2N 2J
2F 2B
2BA 2AW2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2QI2M

.l
2G 2C
2BH 2BO 2AZI 2Avj2AR 2AN12AJ!2AF12ABI2X 2T 12P ] 2L 2H 20
01-02A-221

STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
AVAILABILITY
No
Yes
CONTINUOUS CONCERN
No
the M-MDS.
conditions:
{140 oF}
followings:
35%
rpm: between 25-35%
25%
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Yes
STORED DTC
No
off).
TEST [LF, L5].)
Yes
No
connector.
Yes
VALVE
No
Yes
No
switch connector.
01-02A-222

next step.
repair information.

(See 01-02A-224 DTC P2009:00 [LF, L5].)

Step 12.

12.
Step 12.

STEP
8
10
11
12
INSPECTION
ACTION
Replace the variable tumble shutter valve switch, then go to
Step 12.

VALVE SWITCH
Reconnect the variable tumble shutter valve
switch.
switch.
L5].)
Yes
No

VALVE ACTUATOR
Reconnect the variable tumble solenoid valve
and PCM connectors.
Perform the Variable Tumble Control Operation
Inspection.
VALVE OR VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER
VALVE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
TO GROUND
Disconnect the variable tumble solenoid valve,
variable tumble shutter valve switch and PCM
connectors.
ground:
C
- Variable tumble solenoid valve terminal B
Yes

No
Yes

No

Yes

the next step.

COMPLETED
connectors.
.. Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using
the M-MDS.
conditions:
{140 OF}
followings:
35%
rpm: between 25-35%
25%
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Yes

No
01-02A-223

STEP
INSPECTION
13
Yes
ACTION
No
DTC P2009:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P2009:00
id0102c8850800
Variable tumble solenoid valve circuit low input
The PCM monitors variable tumble solenoid valve control signal. If the PCM turns variable tumble solenoid
valve off but voltage still remains low, the PCM determines that variable tumble solenoid valve circuit has
malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
Short to ground or open circuit in variable tumble solenoid valve power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and variable tumble solenoid valve
terminal A
- Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and variable tumble solenoid valve
terminal A
Short to ground in wiring harness between variable tumble solenoid valve terminal Band PCM terminal 21
Open circuit in wiring harness between variable tumble solenoid valve terminal Band PCM terminal 21
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
"10
14'
~
ENG BAR
PCM
VARIABLE TUMBLE
SOLENOID VALVE
15A
~
(j)Q
L----<())J'o-~----<(ff-I(&_ VV ~Hi7----------+<\H~I---tltt----<

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2BE 2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2Q 12M 21
2E 2A
2F 2B
I[
I 2G
2C
2BH 2BD 2AZ 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P] 2L 2H 20
01-02A-224

INSPECTION
STEP
1
RECORDED
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
AVAILABILITY
No
Yes
No
connector.
Yes
No
Variable tumble solenoid valve connector is
disconnected.
Measure the voltage between variable tumble
solenoid valve terminal A (wiring harness-side)
and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?

GROUND
Variable tumble solenoid valve connector is
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between variable tumble
solenoid valve terminal B (wiring harness-side)
and body ground.
VALVE
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF, L5].}
VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Variable tumble solenoid valve and PCM
and PCM terminal 21 (wiring harness-side).
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

next step.
repair information.
Step 9.

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.
to ground.
circuit).
L5].}
Go to Step 9.
9.
Step 9.

01-02A-22S

STEP
10
INSPECTION
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
(See 01-02A-11 'AFTER REPAIR
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No
DTC P201 0:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P2010:00
id0102c8850900
Variable tumble solenoid valve circuit high input

The PCM monitors the variable tumble solenoid valve control signal. If the PCM turns variable tumble
solenoid valve on but the current still remains high, the PCM determines that the variable tumble solenoid
valve circuit has malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
Short to power supply in wiring harness between variable tumble solenoid valve terminal Band PCM
terminal 21
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
"v
ENG BAR
15A
PCM
VARIABLE TUMBLE
SOLENOID VALVE
~--~~~~o-~---~~~
vv
i~
~H~~--------------~~H~r-~~~----~

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2BE 2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2Q 12M 21
2E 2A Il
2F 2B

01-02A-226
t 2G
2C
2L 2H 20

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
connector.
VALVE
POWER SUPPLY
Variable tumble solenoid valve and PCM
Measure the voltage between PCM terminal 21
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
ACTION
Yes
No

next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

Step 7.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

7.
Step 7.



01-02A-227

DTe P2016:00 [LF, LS]
id01 02c87071 00
DTC
P2016:00
Variable tumble shutter valve switch circuit low input

The PCM monitors input voltage from SCV position sensor. If input voltage is below 0.1 V for 4.9 s, the
PCM determines that the SCV position sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- Variable tumble shutter valve switch terminal B-PCM terminal 2AU
Variable tumble shutter valve switch signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other
Open circuit in wiring harness between variable tumble shutter valve switch terminal Band PCM terminal
2AU
PCM malfunction
PCM
rc~
@0
~~
CS ~
~ )r-----e---{
~~
~
~H/>t-/-------------+'\H'\~r
/I

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~Q
~Vl---""'~
'\'\
21
2E 2A
2012M
2F 2B
2G 2C
Ie
Il
J
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
ACTION
the next step.
repair information.
Yes
No

AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
switch connector.
01-02A-228

Step 9.

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
4
VALVE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO
to ground.
GROUND
If
the
short to ground circuit could not be detected:
Variable tumble shutter valve switch connector
is disconnected.
circuit).
LS].)
ground:
Go to Step 9.
B
C
S
Step 9.
Disconnect
the
PCM
connector.

10

Yes
VALVE SWITCH SIGNAL AND GROUND
No
Variable tumble shutter valve switch and PCM
connectors.
shutter valve switch terminals C and A (wiring
harness-side) .
Yes
VALVE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR No
OPEN CIRCUIT
switch and PCM connectors.
shutter valve switch terminal B (wiring harnessside) and PCM terminal2AU (wiring harnessside).
Yes
VALVE SWITCH
Reconnect the variable tumble shutter valve
switch and PCM connectors.
No
switch.
LS].)
Yes
COMPLETED
No
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
Yes
No

go to Step 9.


the next step.


01-02A-229

DTC P2017:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P2017:00
id0102c8707200
Variable tumble shutter valve switch circuit high input

The PCM monitors input voltage from SCV position sensor. If input voltage is above 4.9 V for 4.9 s, the
PCM determines that the SCV position sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Variable tumble shutter valve switch power supply circuit and signal circuit are shorted to each other
Short to power supply in wiring harness between variable tumble shutter valve switch terminal C and PCM
terminal2R
- Variable tumble shutter valve switch terminal A-PCM terminal 2AV
PCM malfunction
PCM

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

11--
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATI2AP 2ALI2AHI2AOl2Z 12V 2RI2N 2J
2F 2B
2QI2M
Il
]
2G 2C
2BH 2BO 2Azt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20
STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION

RECORDED

AVAILABILITY

Yes
No
switch connector.
01-02A-230

the next step.
repair information.
Yes
No

Step 9.

STEP
INSPECTION

Yes
Disconnect
the
PCM
connector.

10
ACTION
Step 9.

VALVE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY AND SIGNAL
shutter valve switch terminals Band C (wiring
harness-side).
Yes

go to Step 9.
No

VALVE SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
TO POWER SUPPLY
Measure the voltage between variable tumble
shutter valve switch terminal C (wiring harnessside) and body ground.
VALVE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
C-PCM terminal 2R
A-PCM terminal 2AV
VALVE SWITCH
Reconnect variable tumble shutter valve switch
and PCM connectors.
switch.
L5].)
Yes


COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
Yes

Yes

No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No


the next step.

01-02A-231

DTC P2097:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P2097:00
id0102c8707600
Target AlF feedback system too rich

The PCM monitors the target AlF fuel trim when under the target AlF feedback control. If the fuel trim is
less than specification, the PCM determines that the target AlF feedback system is too rich.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunctioning condition in two consecutive drive cycles
or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the PCM.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects the above malfunction conditions during first drive cycle.
H02S malfunction
- Looseness H02S
- H02S malfunction
- AlF sensor malfunction
-Ignition coil related wiring harness malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
STORED DTe
TEST [LF, L5].)
4
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
01-02A-232
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No


STEP
INSPECTION
S
INSPECT H02S
6
Inspect the H02S.
7
INSPECT IAT SENSOR
8
TEST [LF, LS].)
-ECT1
-MAF
-TP REL
-VSS
9
CONDITION
condition.
TEST [LF, LS].)
-ECT1
-MAF
-TP REL
-VSS
10
11
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
12
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
Note

01-02A-233

STEP
INSPECTION
13
INSPECT FUEL LINE
fuel delivery pipe.
Is there any leakage'?
14
1S
16
17
18
19
20
21

TEST [LF, LS].)
Compare the LONGFT1 PID with recorded
snapshot data at Step 1.
Is the LONGFT1 PID above snapshot data
value?
Inspect ECT sensor No.1.
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
After warming up the engine, maintain the idle
Procedure.
TEST [LF, LS].)
01-02A-234
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace fuel pump unit.
Go to Step 20.
Go to Step 16.

Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC P2100:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P2100:00
id0102c8851000
Throttle valve actuator circuit open

The PCM monitors the electronic throttle valve actuator current. If the PCM detects the electronic throttle
valve actuator current is below the specification current, the PCM determines that the electronic throttle
valve actuator circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE


- Throttle body terminal F-PCM terminal 2BE
- Throttle body terminal E-PCM terminal 2BF
PCM malfunction

(THROTTLE BODY)
~@
PCM
(J)
~~~~Ha~----------------------~
\\
(J)
D~
~
~Hv+-------------------------~
THROTTLE BODY
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
\\
2QJ2M
21
2E 2A
2F 2B
l
]
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUl2AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 28120 2K I 2G 2C

2BH 2BD 2Azt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ] 2L 2H 20
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
CONTINUOUS CONCERN
the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes

next step.
repair information.
No
Yes
No

01-02A-235

STEP
INSPECTION
4
CONDITION
S
6
7
disconnected.
- Throttle body terminal F-PCM terminal
2BE
- Throttle body terminal E-PCM terminal
2BF
8
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
9
01-02A-236
Yes
No
ACTION
Step 8.
Yes

No
Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC P21 01 :00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P2101:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
idO 102c8707700
Throttle valve actuator circuit range/performance problem

The PCM turns the main relay on but the input voltage is 4 V or less, the PCM determines that the main
relay control circuit voltage is low.
The PCM monitors the input voltage from the main relay. The PCM turns the main relay off but the input
voltage is 4 V or more, the PCM determines that the main relay control circuit voltage is high.

- Main relay terminal C-PCM terminal 1A
- Main relay terminal C-PCM terminal 1B
Short to ground or open circuit in main relay circuit
Main relay terminal C-PCM terminal 1A
Main relay terminal C-PCM terminal 1B
Main relay terminal B-PCM terminal 1Q
- ENG BAR2 20 A fuse malfunction
- ETV 15 A fuse malfunction
Main relay terminal C-PCM terminal 1A
Main relay terminal C-PCM terminal 1B
Main relay terminal B-PCM terminal 1Q
PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM
BATTERY
MAIN RELAY
MAIN RELAY
(RELAY AND FUSE BLOCK)
DC"
B
FRONT
J 1BE ~1BA 1AW 1ASl1AOl1AKI1AGI1ACI1Y 11U

I[
1Q 11M 11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AX 1AT 11APl1ALI1AHI1ADI1Z 11V 1R 11N 1J
1F 1B
It
P
1BG 1BC 1AY 1AUl1AOl1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1W 1S 110 1K t 1G 1C

1BH 1BD 1AZ~ 1AV 11 AR 11 AN 11 AJ 11 AF 11 AB 11 X 1T 11 P ~ 1L 1H 1D
01-02A-237

STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

next step.

AVAILABILITY
INSPECT MAIN RELAY
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
Replace the main relay, then go to Step 7.
No

Yes

Step 7.
INSPECT MAIN RELAY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

TO POWER SUPPLY
Main relay is removed.
PCM connector is disconnected.
ground:
- PCM terminal 1A
PCM terminal 1B
Yes

No
INSPECT MAIN RELAY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT

Install the main relay.
ground:
- PCM terminal 1A
- PCM terminal 1B
- PCM terminal 1Q
Yes
No
If the PCM terminal 1A and/or 1B voltage is abnormal:

Inspect the ENG BAR2 20 A fuse and ETV 15 A fuse.
- If the fuse is melt:
Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible
short to ground.
Replace the malfunctioning fuse.
- If the fuse is deterioration:
- If the fuse is normal:
open circuit.
If the PCM terminal 1Q voltage is abnormal:
or open circuit.

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
Yes


Yes

No
01-02A-238
No

DTe P210S:00 [LF, LS]
id0102c8851100
DTC
P2105:00
Throttle valve actuator control system-forced engine shutdown


DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Damaged throttle body and/or PCM

Throttle valve actuator control module internal processor malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
ACTION
Yes
No

next step.

Yes
AVAILABILITY
No
Yes
STORED DTC
No
off).
TEST [LF, LS].)
INSPECT THROTTLE VALVE ACTUATOR AND PCM Yes
No
of damage:
- Th rottle body
-PCM
Yes
LS].)
No
the M-MDS.
LS].)
VERIFY DTC TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED Yes
the M-MDS.
No
LS].)
Yes
No

repair information.
Isolate the concern and repair if necessary, then go to Step
6.

step.
Go to Step 7.


01-02A-239

DTC P2107:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P2107:00
id0102c8707800
Throttle valve actuator control module processor error

The throttle valve actuator control module internal processor error.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
- Throttle valve actuator control module internal processor error
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
L5].)
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

next step.
repair information.

DTC P2108:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P2108:00
Throttle valve actuator control module performance error
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0102c8707900
If the PCM detects either of the following conditions, the PCM determines that throttle valve actuator control
system has a malfunction.
- TP sensor power supply voltage: below 4.4 V
- TP sensor No.1 output voltage: below 0.2 V or above 4.85 V (DTC P0122:00 or P0123:00)
- PCM internal circuit for TP sensor No.1 input circuit malfunction

PCM malfunction
01-02A-240

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED

AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, LS].)
Is the DTC P0122:00, P0123:00, P0222:00 or
CONDITION
VERIFY INTERMITTENT MALFUNCTION AT TP
SENSOR NO.1 CIRCUIT
Perform the "INTERMITTENT CONCERN
TROUBLESHOOTING" to TP sensor No.1
related harnesses and connectors.
SENSOR NO.2 CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING" to TP sensor No.2
related harnesses and connectors.
INSPECT TP SENSOR
Inspect the TP sensor No.1 and No.2.
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
ACTION
Yes
No

next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

(See 01-02A-71 DTC P0122:00 [LF, LS].)
(See 01-02A-73 DTC P0123:00 [LF, LS].)
(See 01-02A-110 DTC P0222:00 [LF, LS].)
(See 01-02A-112 DTC P0223:00 [LF, LS].)
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 9.

Step 9.


Yes

No
Yes

No
01-02A-241

STEP
INSPECTION
10
Yes
ACTION
No
DTC P2119:00 [LF, L5]

id0102c8708200
DTC
P2119:00
Throttle valve actuator control throttle body range/performance problem

The PCM compares the TP with the default TP when switch the ignition to off. If the TP is higher than the
default TP, the PCM determines that there is a throttle valve actuator control throttle body range/
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Throttle valve malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
Inspect the throttle valve and throttle valve
actuator.
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
L5].)
01-02A-242
ACTION
Yes
No

next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC P2122:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P2122:00
id0102c8708300

The PCM monitors the input voltage from APP sensor No.1 when the engine is running. If the input voltage
is less than 0.2 V, the PCM determines that the APP sensor No.1 circuit input voltage is low.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

APP sensor connector or terminals malfunction

- APP sensor terminal A-PCM terminal 1AE
- APP sensor terminal B-PCM terminal 1AP
APP sensor No.1 malfunction
PCM malfunction
(j)
APP SENSOR NO.1
(APP SENSOR)
PCM
0
0
APP SENSOR
PCM
A
B
J 1BE i1BA 1AW 1ASl1AO 1AKI1AGI1ACI1Y 11U
C
D
E
F
1011M
11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AX 1ATI1AP 1ALI1AHI1ADI1Z 11V 1R 11N
1J
1F 1B
iJ
1BG 1BC 1AY 1AUl1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1w 1S 110 1K
I 1G
1C
1BH 1BD 1AZ 1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P j 1L 1H 1D
STEP
INSPECTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
ACTION
next step.
repair information.
01-02A-243

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
3
INSPECT APP SENSOR CONNECTOR
Step 8.
CONDITION
Disconnect the APP sensor connector.
4
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.1 CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO GROUND
to ground.
APP sensor connector is disconnected.
circuit).
ground:
- APP sensor terminal A
LS].)
- APP sensor terminal B
Go
to
Step 8.
Is
there
continuity?

S
Step 8.
6
OPEN CIRCUIT
APP sensor and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
7
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.1
Yes Replace the APP sensor, then go to the next step.
Reconnect
the
APP
sensor
and
PCM

connectors.
Inspect
the
APP
sensor
No.1.

LS].)
8
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
9
Perform
the
"AFTER
REPAIR
PROCEDURE".

01-02A-244

DTe P2123:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P2123:00
id0102c8708400

is above 4.8 V, the PCM determines that the APP sensor No.1 circuit input voltage is high.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to power supply in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal Band PCM terminal1AP
Open circuit in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal1AJ
PCM malfunction
(j)
APP SENSOR NO.1
(APP SENSOR)
PCM
PCM
APP SENSOR
I'
A
B
C
JiBE ~iBA iAW iASliAO iAKIiAGIiACI1Y 11U 1Q 11M
11
1E 1A
iBF iBB iAX iATliAP iALIiAHIiADI1Z 11V 1R 11N
1J
1F 1B
iBG iBC iAY iAUliAQ iAMIiAIIiAEIiAAI1W 1S 110 1K
iBH iBD iAZt iAVliAR iANliAJ liAFIiABI1X 1T 11P ~ 1L 1H 10
l
]
1G 1C
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
Yes
No

Yes
AVAILABILITY
No
Yes
CONDITION
No
ACTION
next step.
repair information.
Step 8.
01-02A-24S

STEP
INSPECTION
4
Inspect for poor con!lection (such as damaged/
5
disconnected.
1AP (wiring harness-side) and body ground.
6
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between APP sensor
terminal 1AJ (wiring harness-side).
7
Reconnect the APP sensor and PCM
connectors.
Inspect the APP sensor No.1.
L5].)
8
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
9
01-02A-246
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Step 8.

Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC P2126:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P2126:00
id0102c8934400
APP sensor No.2 circuit range/performance no sub type information

The PCM monitors the APP sensor duty signal. If the input signal (duty signal) is too high or too low than
the set value, or the input signal intervals are too short or too long, the PCM determines that the APP
sensor No.2 has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to ground in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 1X
Short to power supply in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 1X
Open circuit in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal E and PCM terminal1X
PCM malfunction
APP SENSOR NO.2

(APP SENSOR)
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
PCM
ENG INJ
15 A
APP SENSOR
A
B
C
D
PCM
J 1BE ~1BA 1AW iAS/1AO iAKIiAGIiACI1Y 11 U
1Q 11M 11
iBF iBB iAX 1AT liAP iALIiAHIiADI1Z 11V 1R 11N 1J

[
E
F
1E 1A
1F 1B
I
16
P
iBG iBC iAY iAUliAQ iAMI1AI11AEIiAAI1W 1S 110 1KI 1G 1C

iBH iBD iAZ iAvliAR iANliAJ liAFliABI1X 1T 11P
i 1L
1H 1D
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
next step.
repair information.
01-02A-247

"
STEP
INSPECTION
3
Yes
CONDITION
No
4
Yes
SHORT TO GROUND
ground.
10

disconnected.
Measure the voltage between PCM terminal1X
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
terminal1X (wiring harness-side).
Reconnect APP sensor and PCM connectors.
Inspect the APP sensor NO.2.
L5].)
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
01-02A-248
No
Yes
ACTION
Step 9.

to ground.
circuit).
L5].)
Go to Step 9.
Step 9.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC P2127:00 [LF, LS]
id0102c8708500
DTC
P2127:00

is less than 0.2 V, the PCM determines that the APP sensor No.2 circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to ground or open circuit in APP sensor No.2 power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and APP sensor terminal F
- Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and APP sensor terminal F
Short to ground in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 1X
Open circuit in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 1X
PCM malfunction
APP SENSOR NO.2

(APP SENSOR)
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
PCM
ENG INJ
15 A
PCM
APP SENSOR
A
JiBE iBA iAW iASjiAO iAKliAGIiAC11Y 11 U 1QI1M
B
C
11
1E 1A
iBF iBB iAX iATliAP iALIiAHliADI1Z 11V 1R 11N 1J
1F 1B
Il
J
iBG iBC liAY 1AUjiAQ iAMJiAIIiAEJiAAI1W 1S 110 1Kt 1G 1C
E
F
iBH iBD iAZI iAVliAR iANIiAJIiAFIiABI1X 1T 11P
1L 1H 10
STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

AVAILABILITY
Yes
No

next step.
repair information.
01-02A-249

STEP
INSPECTION
3
Yes
CONDITION
No
4
Yes
SHORT TO GROUND OR OPEN CIRCUIT
No
Measure the voltage between APP sensor
terminal F (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Is the voltage B.f.?

SHORT TO GROUND
ground.

OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
terminal1X (wiring harness-side).
connectors.
L5].)
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
01-02A-2S0
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Step 9.

Inspectthe ENG INJ 15 A fuse.
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.
to ground.
circuit}.
L5].)
Go to Step 9.
Step 9.
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
10
Yes
ACTION
No
DTC P2128:00 [LF, LS]

id0102c8708600
DTC
P2128:00

is more than 3 V, the PCM determines that the APP sensor No.2 circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE


Open circuit in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal 0 and body ground
Short to power supply in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 1X
PCM malfunction
(])
MAIN RELAY
TERMINAL C
APP SENSOR NO.2

(APP SENSOR)
PCM
ENG INJ
15 A
APP SENSOR
A
B
PCM
1BE ~1BA 1AW 1ASl1AO 1AKI1AGI1ACI1Y 11 U 1Q 11M
I[
11
1E 1A
1F 1B
1BG 1BC ~1AY 1AUj1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1W 1S 110 1KI 1G 1C
1BH 1BD 1AZt 1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJ 11AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P ] 1 L 1H 10
l
P
01-02A-2S1

STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
CONDITION
OPEN CIRCUIT
ground.
disconnected.
Measure the voltage between PCM terminal1X
Reconnect APP sensor and PCM connectors.
LS].)
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
01-02A-2S2
Yes
No
Yes
ACTION
next step.
repair information.
No
Yes

Step B.
No
Yes
No

circuit, then go to Step B.
Yes

Step B.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

power supply, then go to Step B.

(See 01-13A-B ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAU



DTC P213S:00 [LF, LS]
id0102c8708700
DTC
P2135:00
TP sensor No.1/No.2 voltage correlation problem

The PCM compares the input voltage from TP sensor No.1 with the input voltage from TP sensor No.2
when the engine is running. If the difference is more than the specification, the PCM determines that there
is a TP sensor No.1 /No.2 voltage correlation problem.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

TP sensor No.1/No.2 malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
CONDITION
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1/NO.2
connectors.
Inspect the TP sensor No.1/No.2.
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

next step.
repair information.
Step 6.

Step 6.



01-02A-253

DTC P2138:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P2138:00
id0102c8708800
APP sensor No.1/No.2 voltage correlation problem

The PCM compares the input voltage from APP sensor No.1 with the input voltage from APP sensor No.2
is an APP sensor No.1/No.2 angle correlation problem.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

APP sensor No.1/No.2 malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
CONDITION
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.lINO.2
connectors.
Inspect the APP sensor No.1/No.2.
L5].)
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
01-02A-2S4
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes

next step.
repair information.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC P2183:00 [LF, LS]
idO 102c8940000
DTC
P2183:00

When the ECT sensor No.2 detected temperature is approx. 8.1 C higher than the IAT, or the ECT sensor
No.2 detected temperature is approx. 13.8 C less than the IAT with the ignition switch is ON*.
*: Ignition switch is ON when 6s or mor have passed since the ignition was switched to off.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
This is an continuous monitor (engine cooling system).

cycle.
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
cooling system) been recorded?
2
AVAILABILITY
3
DATA (Mode 2)
DATA (Mode 2)?
4
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No

Yes
CONDITION
No
Yes
Yes
No

Go to troubleshooting for DTC on FREEZE FRAME DATA
(Mode 2).
Step 9.

Step 9.

01-02A-255

STEP
7
10
INSPECTION
COMPARE ECT2 PID VALUE
Prepare a new ECT sensor NO.2.
Connect the ECT sensor No.2 connector to the
new one without installing to the engine.
Switch the ignition to ON and record the ECT
PID value.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Replace the malfunction ECT sensor No.2 with
new one.
Start the engine and wait for 5 min or more.
Record the ECT2 PID value.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Is the difference between each ECT PID values
6 C {43 OF} or more?
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 9.
INSPECT THERMOSTAT
[LF, L5].)
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
Yes

[LF, L5].)
No
Yes

No

Yes

No
01-02A-2S6

DTC P2195:00 [LF, L5]
DTC
P2195:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The PCM monitors the equivalence ratio output when the following conditions are met. If the equivalence
ratio is more than 1.15 for 25 s, the PCM determines that the AlF sensor signal remains lean.
- ECT: more than 60C {140 OF}
- Absolute load: 20-62.5%
- Output voltage from the AlF sensor: more than 0.2 V
cycle.
- Pressure regulator (built-in fuel injection pump) malfunction
- Fuel leakage on fuel line from fuel distributor and fuel pump
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
id0102c8709300
INSPECTION

RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, LS].)
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Is the DTC P219S:00 on FREEZE FRAME
DATA (Mode 2)?
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

01-02A-2S7

STEP
INSPECTION
S
6
7
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
8
9
ACTION
Yes
Replace the AlF sensor, then go to Step 1S.

No
Yes
No
Retighten the AlF sensor, then go to Step 1S.
Yes

No
Yes
Replace the AlF sensor, then go to Step 1S.

No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to Step 1S.

Yes
Fuel pressure is too high:

Replace the fuel pump unit, then go to Step 1S.
Fuel pressure is low:
No
Go to Step 14.
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Note
suction area.
10
11

MAFSENSOR
Start the engine.
TEST [LF, LS].)
Note
12
13
14

INSPECT FUEL LINE
fuel infector for any leakage.
INSPECT FUEL FILTER
Visually inspect the fuel filter for foreign
materials or stain.

01-02A-2S8
ON .. BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [LF, LS]

STEP
INSPECTION
15
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
L5].)
16
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes
No

DTC P2196:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P2196:00
id0102c8709400

The PCM monitors the equivalence ratio when the following conditions are met. If the equivalence ratio is
less than 0.85 for 25 s, the PCM determines that the AlF sensor signal remains rich.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
ECT: more than 60C {140 OF}

Engine speed: 1,000-3,200 rpm
Absolute load: 20-62.5%
Output voltage from the AlF sensor: less than 0.7 V

cycle.
- Pressure regulator (built-in fuel injection pump) malfunction
- Fuel leakage on fuel line from fuel distributor and fuel pump
PCM malfunction
01-02A-2S9

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

the next step.

AVAILABILITY
STORED DTC
off).
TEST [LF, L5].)
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
Yes

repair information.

INSPECT A1F SENSOR
Note
suction area.
01-02A-260
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No

INSPECTION
STEP
10
MAFSENSOR
Start the engine.
TEST [LF, LS].)
11
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
Note
No
12
13
14
1S
16
Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to Step 1S.

Inspect the fuel line pressure while the engine

is running.
INSPECT FUEL LINE
fuel infector for any leakage.
INSPECT FUEL FILTER
Visually inspect the fuel filter for foreign
materials or stain.
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
LS].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Fuel pressure is too high:

Fuel pressure is low:
Go to Step 14.

Yes

No
Yes

No
01-02A-2S1

DTC P2228:00 [LF, LS]
id0102c8153200
DTC
P2228:00

The PCM monitors input voltage from the BARO sensor. If the input voltage is below 1.95 V for 5 s, the
PCM determines that BARO sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The MIL illuminates if PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
BARO sensor (built-in PCM) malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT BARO SENSOR
Inspect the BARO sensor.
(See 01-40A-26 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE
(BARO) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
LS].)
01-02A-262
ACTION
Yes
No

next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No
01-02A-263

DTC P2229:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P2229:00
id0102c8153300

The PCM monitors input voltage from the BARO sensor. If the input voltage is above 4.45 V for 5 s, the
PCM determines that BARO sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The MIL illuminates if PCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
INSPECT BARO SENSOR
(See 01-40A-26 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE
(BARO) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
Peliorm the KOEO/KOER self test.
L5].)
Peliorm the "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE".
01-02A-264
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes

next step.
repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC P2237:00 [LF, LS]
DTC
P2237:00
id0102c8851200
AlF sensor positive current control circuit open

The PCM monitors the AlF sensor terminal D current. If the current approx. 0 A while the AlF sensor
active, the PCM determines that the AlF sensor positive current control circuit is open.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The MIL illuminates if PCM detects the above malfunctioning condition in two consecutive drive cycles or in
PENDING CODE is available if PCM detects the above malfunction conditions during first drive cycle.
Open circuit in wiring harness between AlF sensor terminal Band PCM terminal 2AD
PCM malfunction
o
AlF SENSOR
PCM
~I'~
B 'HI'\~'\---------+7H/2AD
,l.-------i\..J
J
I/ /
\\
L~'\CJJ
~I/I
a
f!9
DI'
CJJ
~1fI
Q
~
AlF SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~
~
2BE ~2BA 2AW 2ASl2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2Q 12M
21
2E 2A
2F 2B
IL
Ie
II
]
t 2G
2C
2BH 2BD 2Azt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20
INSPECTION
STEP
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

the next step.

repair information.
01-02A-265

STEP
INSPECTION
4
CONDITION
5
6
INSPECT AlF SENOR POSITIVE CURRENT
CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
terminal2AD (wiring harness-side).
7
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
connectors.
8
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
9
01-02A-266
Yes
ACTION
Step 8.
No
Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC P2243:00 [LF, LS]
idO 102c8303600
p2~r;00
AlF sensor reference voltage circuit open

The PCM monitors the AlF sensor terminal F voltage. If the either of the following condition is met, the PCM
determines that the AlF sensor reference voltage circuit is open.
- The AlF sensor terminal F voltage is specified voltage or more for 30 s.
- The PCM detects the DTC P0134:00 while the pending code P2243:00 is stored.
-
DETECTION
CONDITION
Engine is running
AlF sensor element impedance specified or more
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycle or in
cycle.
Open circuit in wiring harness between AlF sensor terminal F and PCM terminal 2Z
PCM malfunction
(])
AlF SENSOR
PCM
(;"@
@2
__fn'@
@2
~~--~~HV~------------~H
\\
~H/~/------------~H
\\
@2
\\
AlF SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~
~
\.
'---'
I 2G
2C
2BH 2BD 2AZ!2AVI2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20
'--'
I~~I
01-02A-267

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION

RECORDED
Yes
No

the next step.

AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.

DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [LF, LS].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
Yes
No


CONDITION
INSPECT A1F SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
terminal F (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal2Z (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT A1F SENSOR
connectors.
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
LS].)
Yes

Step 8.
01-02A-268
No
No
Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
9
Yes
No
ACTION
DTC P2251 :00 [LF, L5]

idO 102c8851300
DTC
P2251:00
AlF sensor negative current control circuit open

The PCM monitors the AlF sensor terminal F voltage. If either of the following conditions are met, the PCM
determines that the AlF sensor negative current control circuit is open.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
- The AlF sensor element impedance specified or more.

- Circuit voltage oscillation or AlF sensor terminal F voltage is below the specified.
- The PCM detects the DTC P0134:00 while the pending code P22S1:00 is stored.

The MIL illuminates if PCM detects the above malfunctioning condition in two consecutive drive cycles or in
PENDING CODE is available if PCM detects the above malfunction conditions during first drive cycle.
The DTC is stored in the PCM memory
Open circuit in wiring harness between AlF sensor terminal 0 and PCM terminal 2AC
PCM malfunction
AlF SENSOR
PCM
----
B '1\\
II
.-------I(
~HI~~------------~~~~
fr:'i~
(J)
~/I
_@
f."
Q
~H~~------------~H~
AlF SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~
~
/
\,.
J 2BE ~2BA 2AW 2ASl2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U
2Q 12M
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATI2AP 2ALI2AHI2AOl2Z 12V 2R 12N 2J
2F 2B
2G 2C
2BH 2BO 2Azt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ] 2L 2H 20
I Gt~
01-02A-269

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (A1F sensor,
2
AVAILABILITY
3
STORED DTC
off).
Periorm the DTC Reading Procedure and
TEST [LF, L5].)
Is the DTC P0031 :00 or P0032:00 also
present?
4
DATA (MODE 2)
Periorm the Freeze Frame PID Data Access
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
5
CONDITION
Disconnect the A1F sensor connector.
6
7
INSPECT AlF SENSOR NEGATIVE CURRENT
A1F sensor and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between A1F sensor
terminal2AC (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
8
Reconnect the A1F sensor and PCM
connectors.
Inspect the A1F sensor.
01-02A-270
ACTION
Yes
No

the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

(See 01-02A-32 DTC P0031:00 [LF, L5].)
(See 01-02A-34 DTC P0032:00 [LF, L5].)
No
Yes

No
Yes

Step 9.
No
Yes

Step 9.
No
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the A1F sensor, then go to the next step.

No

STEP
10
INSPECTION
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
L5].)
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No

DTC
P2502:00
id0102c8709500

The PCM determines that the generator output voltage is above 17 V or battery voltage is below 11 V
while the engine is running.
DETECTION
CONDITION

Battery malfunction
Poor installation of generator terminal
Short to ground or open circuit in generator power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between generator terminal B and battery positive terminal
- STARTER fuse 250 A (LF)/450 A (L5) malfunction
- Open circuit in wiring harness between generator terminal B and battery positive terminal
PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
GENERATOR
BATTERY
PCM
@
STARTER 250 A (LF)/
STARTER 450 A (L5)
GENERATOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
"
2QI2M
2E 2A
21
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATI2AP 2ALI2AH/2AO/ 2Z / 2V 2R/2N 2J

I
2F 2B
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AU 12AQ 2AMI2AI 12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2KI 2G 2C

2BH 2BO 2AZt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20
01-02A-271

STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION

AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No
INSPECT BATTERY
Inspect the battery.
(See 01-17A-4 BATTERY INSPECTION [LF,
L5].)
INSPECT POOR INSTALLATION OF
GENERATOR TERMINAL
Disconnect the generator connector.
Inspect for looseness of generator terminal B
installation nut.
Is the nut loose?
Yes
Recharge or replace the battery, then go to Step 6.

(See 01-17A-5 BATTERY RECHARGING [LF, L5].)
(See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
L5].)
No
Yes
Tighten generator terminal B installation nut, then go to

Step 6.
No
INSPECT BATTERY CHARGING CIRCUIT FOR

Generator connector is disconnected.
Measure the voltage between generator
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Yes
No
Inspect the STARTER 250 A (LF)/450 A (L5) fuse.

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 6.
INSPECT GENERATOR
[LF, L5].)
Yes
Replace the generator, then go to the next step.

[LF, L5].)
No

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Perlorm the KOER self test.
L5].)
Yes

No
Yes

No
01-02A-272

DTC
P2503:00
id0102c8709600
Charging system voltage low input

The PCM needs more than 20 A from the generator, and determines that the generator output voltage is
be below 8.5 V while the engine running.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Drive belt exceed limit
Generator connector or terminals malfunction
- Generator terminal D-PCM terminal 2AA
- Generator terminal P-PCM terminal 2AF
PCM malfunction
(J)
GENERATOR
STARTER 250 A (LF)/
STARTER 450 A (L5)
PCM
@@
@@
GENERATOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

/'

I[
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATI2AP 2AL!2AHI2ADI2Z 12V 2RI2N 2J
2F 2B
2QI2M
2BH 2BD 2AZt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJ I 2AFI2AsI2X 2T 12P
tJ
2G 2C
2L 2H 20
INSPECTION
STEP
1
AVAILABILITY
2
INSPECT DRIVE BELT CONDITION
Verify that the drive belt auto tensioner
indicator mark does not exceed limit.
Is the drive belt normal?
Yes
No
Yes
No
INSPECT GENERATOR CONNECTOR

Yes
CONDITION
No
ACTION
repair information.
Replace the drive belt, then go to Step 8.
(See 01-10A-6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, L5].)
Step 8.
01-02A-273

STEP
INSPECTION
4
INSPECT GENERATOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
TO GROUND
ground:
- Generator terminal 0
- Generator terminal P
S
Yes
No
Yes
INSPECT GENERATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

CIRCUIT
Generator and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
INSPECT GENERATOR
(See 01-17A-B GENERATOR INSPECTION
[LF, LS].)
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
01-02A-274
ACTION
to ground.
circuit).
LS].)
Go to Step B.
Step B.
Yes
No

Yes

[LF, LS].)
No
Yes

No
Yes

No

id0102c8709700
DTC
P2504:00
Charging system voltage high input
The PCM determines that the generator output voltage is above 18.5 V or battery voltage is above 16 V
while the engine running.
DETECTION
CONDITION This is a continuous monitor (other).
POSSIBLE
Short to power supply in wiring harness between generator terminal D and PCM terminal 2AA
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
BATTERY
l8Jl
~I
I
GENERATOR
STARTER 250 A (LF)/
STARTER 450 A (LS)
'""'
~
\\
PCM
~
~
qJ
G2 Q
\\.
/I
\\
II
II
\\.
nT
GENERATOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~\
( B I
\. ... __ /
......
Gb*J!JD
J 2BE ~2BAI2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI 2AC l2Y 12U
2QI2M 21 2E 2A
2BF 2BBN2AX 2AT 12AP 2ALI2AHI2AOl2Z 12V 2RI2N 2J 2F 2B
Ie
2BG 2BC ~2AY 2AUI2AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2KI 2G 2C

2BH 2BO 2AZI 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P 2L 2H 20
I~~I
I~~I
STEP
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY

No
INSPECT GENERATOR CONNECTOR CONDITION
Yes

ACTION
Yes



disconnected.
Measure the voltage between generator terminal
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
Step 6.

Step 6.
01-02A-275

STEP
S
INSPECTION
INSPECT GENERATOR
(See01-17A-8 GENERATOR INSPECTION [LF,
LS].)
connectors.
the M-MDS.
LS].)
ACTION
Yes

[LF, LS].)
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
DTe P2S07:00 [LF, LS]

DTC
P2507:00
id0102c8709800
PCM battery voltage low input

The PCM monitors the voltage of backup battery positive terminal. If the PCM detects battery positive
terminal voltage below 2.5 V for 5 s when the battery voltage is more than 8 V, the PCM determines that
the backup voltage circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION

Battery malfunction
Short to ground or open circuit in PCM power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and PCM terminal 1C
- ENG+B 10 A fuse malfunction
- Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and PCM terminal 1C
PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM
BATTERY
18o
<t>J
JL
ENG+B 10 A
-.A)
(1)
7/~
\\~
J iBE~iBAiAWiASliAOiAKliAGliACI1YI1U
11
1E 1A
iBF iBB iAX iATliAP iALIiAHIiADI1Z 11V 1R 11N 1J
1QI1M
1F 1B
iBG iBC iAY iAUliAQ iAMIiAIIiAEIiAAI1W 1S 110 1K 1G 1C

iBH iBD iAZ iAVliAR iANliAJ liAFIiABI1X 1T 11P ~ 1L 1H 10
01-02A-276
Il

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
RECORDED
Yes

AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
INSPECT BATTERY
L5].)
Yes

Yes
No

L5].)
Step 6.
INSPECT MONITOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO

GROUND OR OPEN CIRCUIT
1C (wiring harneSS-Side) and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Yes

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Perlorm the KOEO/KOER self test.
L5].)
Yes
No

Yes

No
No
No
No

next step.
repair information.

Inspect the ENG+B 10 A fuse.
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
01-02A-277

DTC P2610:00 [LF, LS]
id0102c8303800
DTC
P2610:00
PCM internal engine off timer performance problem

The PCM internal engine off timer is damaged.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
PCM internal engine off timer malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2

AVAILABILITY
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [LF, L5].)
01-02A-278
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
next step.
repair information.
Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC U3000:41 [LF, LS]
DTC
U3000:41
id0102c8851600
PCM processor error


DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM internal malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
L5].)
ACTION
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
01-02A-279
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [L3 WITH TC]
01-02B ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [L3 WITH TC]

ON-80ARD DIAGNOSTIC
WIRING DIAGRAM [L3 WITH TC] ... 01-028-3
MONITORING SYSTEM AND CONTROL
SYSTEM DEVICE RELATIONSHIP
CHART [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-028-5
FOREWORD [L3 WITH TC] .......... 01-028-7
08D-1I PENDING TROU8LE CODE
[L3 WITH TC] .................... 01-028-7
08D-1I FREEZE FRAME DATA
[L3 WITH TC] .................... 01-028-7
08D-1I ON-80ARD SYSTEM
READINESS TEST [L3 WITH TC] .... 01-028-7
08D-1I DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING
TEST RESULTS [L3 WITH TC] ....... 01-028-7
08D-1I READ/CLEAR DIAGNOSTIC
TEST RESULTS [L3 WITH TC] ....... 01-028-7
08D-1I PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION
(PID) ACCESS [L3 WITH TC] ....... 01-028-8
ON-80ARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST
[L3 WITH TC] ................... 01-028-8
DTC Reading Procedure ........... 01-028-8
Pending Trouble Code Access
Procedure .................... 01-028-8
Freeze Frame PID Data Access
Procedure .................... 01-028-8
On-Board System Readiness Tests
Access Procedure ............... 01-028-10
PID/DATA Monitor and Record
Procedure .................... 01-028-11
Diagnostic Monitoring Test Results
Access Procedure ............... 01-028-11
Procedure ..................... 01-028-11
AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
[L3 WITH TC] ................... 01-028-12
KOEO/KOER SELF TEST
[L3 WITH TC] .................. 01-028-12
KOEO Self Test ................. 01-028-12
KOER Self Test ................. 01-028-13
08D-1I DRIVE MODE [L3 WITH TC] .... 01-028-13
Mode 03 (EGR System, AlF sensor
heater, H02S heater, AlF sensor,
H02S and TWC Repair Verification
Drive Mode) ................... 01-028-14
Mode 06 (EVAP System Repair
Verification Drive Mode) .......... 01-028-15
Single Drive Mode .............. 01-028-16
DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST
RESULTS [L3 WITH TC] ........... 01-028-17
DTC TA8LE [L3 WITH TC] ........... 01-028-18
DTC P0011 :00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-27
DTC P0012:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-29
DTC P0016:00 [L3 WITH TC] ........ 01-028-31
DTC P0031 :00 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . .. 01-028-33
DTC P0032:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-35
DTC P0037:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-37
DTC P0038:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-39
DTC P0053:00 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . 01-028-41
DTC P0054:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-43
DTC P0069:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-45
DTC P0089:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-46
DTC P0091 :00 [L3 WITH TC] . . . . . . . . . 01-028-49
DTC P0092:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-51

DTC P0096:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-53
DTC P0097:00 [L3 WITH TC] .......... 01-028-54
DTC P0098:00 [L3 WITH TC] .......... 01-028-56
DTC P0083:00 [L3 WITH TC] ........ 01-028-58
DTC P0084:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-60
DTC P0101:00 [L3 WITH TC] .......... 01-028-62

DTC P0102:00 [L3 WITH TC] .......... 01-028-65
DTC P0103:00 [L3 WITH TC] .......... 01-028-67
DTC P0107:00 [L3 WITH TC] .......... 01-028-69
DTC P0108:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-71
DTC P0111:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-73
DTC P0112:00 [L3 WITH TC] .......... 01-028-74
DTC P0113:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-76
DTC P0116:00 [L3 WITH TC] .......... 01-028-78
DTC P0117:00 [L3 WITH TC] .......... 01-028-79
DTC P0118:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-81
DTC P0122:00 [L3 WITH TC] ........ 01-028-83
DTC P0123:00 [L3 WITH TC] ........ 01-028-85
DTC P0125:00 [L3 WITH TC] ....... 01-028-87
DTC P0126:00, P0128:00
[L3 WITH TC] .................... 01-028-89
DTC P0130:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-92
DTC P0131 :00 [L3 WITH TC]. . . . . . . . 01-028-93
DTC P0132:00 [L3 WITH TC] ........ 01-028-95
DTC P0133:00 [L3 WITH TC] ........ 01-028-97
DTC P0134:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-100
DTC P0137:00 [L3 WITH TC] ........ 01-028-103
DTC P0138:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-105
DTC P0139:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-107
DTC P0140:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-110
DTC P0171:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-113
DTC P0172:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-117
DTC P0191 :00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-121
DTC P0192:00 [L3 WITH TC] ........ 01-028-123
DTC P0193:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-125
DTC P0201:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-127
DTC P0202:00 [L3 WITH TC] ........ 01-028-129
DTC P0203:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-131
DTC P0204:00 [L3 WITH TC] ........ 01-028-133
DTC P0222:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-135
DTC P0223:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-137
DTC P0234:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-139
DTC P0245:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-140
DTC P0246:00 [L3 WITH TC] ........ 01-028-142
DTC P0300:00 [L3 WITH TC] ........ 01-028-144
DTC P0301:00, P0302:00, P0303:00,
P0304:00 [L3 WITH TC] ........... 01-028-149
DTC P0327:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-152
DTC P0328:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-154
DTC P0335:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-156
DTC P0340:00 [L3 WITH TC] ....... 01-028-159
DTC P0401:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-162
DTC P0403:00 [L3 WITH TC] ........ 01-028-164
DTC P0421:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-166
DTC P0442:00, P0455:00, P0456:00
[L3 WITH TC] .................... 01-028-168
DTC P0443:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-178
DTC P0446:00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-180
DTC P0451 :00 [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-028-182
DTC P0452:00 [L3 WITH TC] ........ 01-028-184
DTC P0453:00 [L3 WITH TC] ........ 01-028-186
01-028-1

OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
P0454:00 [L3 WITH TCl .........

P0457:00 [L3 WITH TCl .........
P0460:00 [L3 WITH TCl .........
P0461 :00 [L3 WITH TCl ........
P0462:00 [L3 WITH TCl .........
P0463:00 [L3 WITH TCl ........
P0480:00 [L3 WITH TCl .........
P0500:00 [L3 WITH TCl ........
P0505:00 [L3 WITH TCl ........
P0506:00 [L3 WITH TCl .........
P0507:00 [L3 WITH TCl .........
P050A:00 [L3 WITH TCl . . . . . . . .
P0508:00 [L3 WITH TCl .......
P0571 :00 [L3 WITH TCl ........
P0579:00 [L3 WITH TCl .........
P0581 :00 [L3 WITH TCl ........
P0600:00 [L3 WITH TCl .........
P0601 :00 [L3 WITH TCl ........
P0602:00 [L3 WITH TCl ........
P0604:00 [L3 WITH TCl .........
P0606:00 [L3 WITH TCl .........
P0610:00 [L3 WITH TCl .........
P0638:00 [L3 WITH TCl .........
P0640:00 [L3 WITH TCl ........
P0685:00 [L3 WITH TCl ........
P0688:00 [L3 WITH TCl ........
P0703:00 [L3 WITH TCl .......
P0704:00 [L3 WITH TCl ........
P0850:00 [L3 WITH TCl .........
P120F:00 [L3 WITH TCl ........
P1260:00 [L3 WITH TCl ........
P144A:00 [L3 WITH TCl .......
P1450:00 [L3 WITH TCl .........
P2004:00 [L3 WITH TCl .........
P2006:00 [L3 WITH TCl .........
01-028-2
01-028-188
01-028-189
01-028-190
01-028-192
01-028-193
01-028-194
01-028-195
01-028-197
01-028-198
01-028-199
01-028-201
01-028-202
01-028-204
01-028-206
01-028-209
01-028-211
01-028-213
01-028-214
01-028-215
01-028-216
01-028-217
01-028-218
01-028-219
01-028-220
01-028-221
01-028-222
01-028-223
01-028-225
01-028-227
01-028-229
01-028-230
01-028-231
01-028-232
01-028-234
01-028-237
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
OTC
P2009:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-240

P2010:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-242
P2088:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-244
P2089:00 [L3 WITH TCl ....... 01-028-246
P2096:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-248
P2097:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-252
P2100:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-255
P2101:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-258
P2105:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-261
P2107:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-263
P2108:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-264
P2119:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-266
P2122:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-267
P2123:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-269
P2126:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-271
P2127:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-274
P2128:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-276
P2135:00 [L3 WITH TCl ....... 01-028-278
P2138:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-279
P2183:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-280
P2195:00 [L3 WITH TCl ........ 01-028-281
P2196:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-283
P2228:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-284
P2229:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-285
P2237:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-286
P2243:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-288
P2245:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-290
P2246:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-292
P2251 :00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-294
P2502:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-296
P2503:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-298
P2504:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-300
P2507:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-302
P261 0:00 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-303
U3000:41 [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-028-304

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [L3 WITH TC]
id01 02398001 00
FUEL INJECTOR
1-_ _ _ _--+__/vv,'-i===--.JNO.1
FUEL INJECTOR
NO.4
FUEL INJECTOR
NO.3
FUEL INJECTOR
NO.2
APP
~---I SENSOR
PCM
ECT SENSOR NO.1
:',.......l--L----L.~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NF
SENSOR
,,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
: KEYLESS
: CONTROL
: MODULE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
T
I BATTERY
I
I
:WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY

:~~!?J:,U_S_H_I2':!IIQl';! ?!~~~ ~':(~!:~~
-I-
rl-r
am3uuw0000596
01-028-3

9
KS
I
I
TP SENSOR
I
I
I
I
I
I
BRAKE SWITCH
THROTTLE VALVE
ACTUATOR
SPILL VALVE CONTROL

SOLENOID VALVE
} - - - - - I IGNITION COIL NO.2
\ - - - - - - 1 IGNITION COIL NO.4
GENERATOR
am3uuw0000596
01-028-4

MONITORING SYSTEM AND CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICE RELATIONSHIP CHART [L3 WITH TCl
id010239800200
X: Applied
..J
..J
0
Item
..J
I-
I-
a:
~
..J
w
a:
Z
Input device
IAT sensor
MAF sensor
TP sensor No.1, No.2
APP sensor No.1, No.2
MAP sensor
ECT sensor No.1
a:
KS
AlF sensor
H02S
Fuel pressure sensor
Boost air temperature
sensor
BARO sensor
Cruise control switch
Variable swirl shutter
valve switch
Neutral switch
CPP switch
Brake switch
Battery
Generator (Terminal P:
stator coil)
l-
a:
..J
0..
I-
::J
a:
Iz
..J
a:
~
III
I
..J
>
~
C
:
j::
en
>
0
G
Z
III
<C
~
a:
Z
0
0
..J
a:
Iz
0
0..
::J
::J
::J
X
X
X
w
u.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0..
en
::J
0..
0..
..J
w
u.
w
::J
u.
w
j::
..J
<C
III
0..
..J
..J
I-
a:
..,w
..J
..J
a:
I-
0..
..J
::J
en
w
w
u.
X
X
..J
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
CMP sensor
CKP sensor
Ignition switch *1/

ignition rela/2
CAN
Output device
Main relay
Throttle valve actuator
Variable swirl solenoid
valve
OCV
Fuel injector
Fuel pump relay
a:
z
a:
0
<C
X
X
X
X
a:
w
G
~
a:
en
en
W
0..
I-
a:
..J
a:
::J
::J
..J
I-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0..
W
I-
a:
I-
~
w
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
en
C\I
I-
a:
I-
a:
en
I-
..J
0..
a:
>
a:
ri
en
Z
en
u.
u.
u.
~
::J
0
0
< <
..J
..J
a:
z
X
X
a:
I-
I-
..J
..J
a:
z
..J
0
Z
if
..J
<C
0
~
a:
Z
I-
u.
~
::J
a:
W
I-
w
w
~
en
..J
a:
a:
0
~
a:
w
<C
0
X
X
a:
U.
l-
..J
X
X
X*2
X*2
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
01-028-5

..J
..J
0:
l-
0
Item
..J
I-
I-
0:
~
..J
w
0:
<C
:E
Fuel pump speed
control relay
Ignition coil
Spill valve control
solenoid valve
0:
0
0
..J
0:
a:c>
i=
W
0:
I-
..J
0
Z
0:
I-
I-
:::)
0:
:E
Il.
..J
W
0
0
W
W
Il.
en
Il.
III
a: a:
W
..J
<C
W
..J
<C
i=
:::)
Il.
III
>
..J
Il.
0
w
IIII
~
en
0:
U.
W
..J
0
0
..J
Il.
:::)
:::)
:::)
<C
:I:
u.
u.
:::)
u.
en
w
0:
~
W
..J
I-
en
C\I
0:
I-
0
Z
:I:
Lf
o:~
U.
..J
0:
:::)
Il.
..J
:::)
0:
Il.
..J
0:
I-
l-
I-
:::)
0
0
:E
:E
0:
0
..J
0
w
l-
en
s: ~
..J
0:
Il.
>
0:
0:
~
w
0:
Z
I-
0:
0:
en
en
w
..,
..J
..J
I-
0:
I..J
I-
..J
0:
..J
ll.
:I:
en
zW
en
u.
<c
0:
I-
u.
j-!.
:::)
0
0
<c
0:
Z
j-!.
:::)
0:
a:l-
0:
0:
u.
u.
W
..J
I-
<C
..J
ll:
~
en
~
ic:(
0:
X
X
EGR valve
X
X
X
AlF sensor heater
H02S heater
AlC relay
Fan control module
Starter relay
Generator (Terminal D:
field coil)
CAN
: Without advanced keyless entry and push button start system

: With advanced keyless entry and push button start system
01-028-6
Wastegate control
solenoid valve
*1
*2
..J
..J
X
X
X
X
X

FOREWORD [L3 WITH TCl
id010239800300
When the customer reports a vehicle malfunction, check the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) indication and
diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction according to the following flowchart.
If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC inspection. (See 01-02B-18 DTC TABLE [L3 WITH TC].)
If a DTC does not exist and the MIL does not illuminate or flash, diagnose the applicable symptom
troubleshooting. (See 01-03B-4 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC INDEX [L3 WITH TC].)
CUSTOMER ARRIVES
v--------------------------~-~-~--------~-~
~--------------------------------------------------~
NO WARNING LlGHT*
WITH SYMPTOM
WARNING LlGHT*
ON/FLASHING
-CHECK DTC
-IGNITION ON TEST, IDLING TEST
CHECK FOR
PRIORITIZED DTC
DTC
~---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------~ WITHOUTDTC
DIAGNOSE BY DTC
-DTCTABLE
-DTC TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW
DIAGNOSE BY SYMPTOM
1. DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
3. SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
am3uuw0000586
: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL), Generator Warning Light, Security Light
OBD-II PENDING TROUBLE CODE [L3 WITH TCl

idO 10239800400
These appear when a problem is detected in a monitored system. The code for a failed system is stored in the
PCM memory in the first drive cycle. This code is called the pending code. If the PCM determines that the
system has returned to normal or the problem was mistakenly detected, it deletes the pending code. If the
problem is found in the second drive cycle, too the PCM determines that the system is malfunctioning, and the
DTC is stored.
OBD-II FREEZE FRAME DATA [L3 WITH TCl
id010239800500
This is technical data which indicates the engine condition at the time of the first malfunction. This data will
remain in the memory even if another emission-related DTC is stored, with the exception of the Misfire or Fuel
System DTCs. Once freeze frame data for the Misfire or Fuel System DTC is stored, it will overwrite any
previous data and the freeze frame will not be overwritten again.
OBD-II ON-BOARD SYSTEM READINESS TEST [L3 WITH TCl
id010239800600
This shows the OBD-II systems operating status. If any monitor function is incomplete, the M-MDS will identify
which monitor function has not been completed. Misfires, Fuel System and Comprehensive Components
(CCM) are continuous monitoring-type functions. The catalyst, EGR system, EVAP system and AlF sensor,
H02S will be monitored under drive cycles. The OBD-II diagnostic system is initialized by performing the DTC
cancellation procedure or disconnecting the negative battery cable.
OBD-II DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS [L3 WITH TCl
id010239800700
These result from the intermittent monitor system technical data, which are used to determine whether the
system is normal or not. They also display the system's thresholds and diagnostic results. The intermittent
monitor system monitors the AlF sensor, H02S, EVAP system, catalyst and the EGR system.
OBD-II READ/CLEAR DIAGNOSTIC TEST RESULTS [L3 WITH TCl
idO 10239800800
This retrieves all stored DTCs in the PCM and clears the DTC, Freeze Frame Data, On-Board Readiness Test
Results, Diagnostic Monitoring Test Results and Pending Trouble Codes.
01-028-7

OBD-II PARAMETER IDENTIFICATION (PID) ACCESS [L3 WITH TC]
id010239800900
The PID mode allows access to certain data values, analog and digital inputs and outputs, calculated values
and system status information. Since PID values for output devices are PCM internal data values, inspect each
device to identify which output devices are malfunctioning.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TC]
id010239801000
DTC Reading Procedure

3. Select "PCM".
2. Select "PCM".
3. Then, select the "Retrieve CMDTCs" and perform
procedures according to directions on the M-MDS
am3uun0000054
screen.
If any DTCs are displayed, perform troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection. (See
01-02B-18 DTC TABLE [L3 WITH TCl.)
PROCEDURE". (See 01-02B-12 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [L3 WITH TCl.)
Pending Trouble Code Access Procedure
3. Select "PCM".
2. Select "PCM".
screen.
4. Retrieve the pending trouble codes according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
Freeze Frame PID Data Access Procedure
3. Select "PCM".
2. Select "PCM".
screen.
4. Retrieve the freeze frame PID data according to the directions on the M-MDS screen.
am3uun0000054
am3uun0000054
Note
Freeze frame data/snapshot data appears at the top of the help screen when the displayed DTC is
selected.
01-028-8

Freeze frame data
The freeze frame data consists of data for vehicle and engine control system operation conditions when
malfunctions in the engine control system are detected and stored in the PCM.
Freeze frame data is stored at the instant the malfunction indicator lamp illuminates, and only a part of the
OTC data is stored.
For the freeze frame data, if there are several malfunctions in the engine control system, the data for the
malfunction which occurred initially is stored. Thereafter, if a misfire or fuel injection control malfunction
occurs, data from the misfire or fuel injection control malfunction is written over the initially stored data.
However, if the initially stored freeze frame data is a misfire or fuel injection control malfunction, it is not
overwritten.
Snapshot data
The snap shot data stores the cu rrently detected OTC data.
The recording timing for the freeze frame data/snap shot data differs depending on the number of OTC
drive cycles.
For a OTC with a drive cycle number 1, only the malfunction determination data is recorded.
For a OTC with a drive cycle number 2, both the malfunction determination and undetermined data is
recorded.
Note
store the OTC. (See 01-408-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Freeze frame data items are not displayed, according to detected OTC.
Freeze frame data
item
Unit
FUELSYS1
Open Loop/Closed
Loop/OL-Drive/OLFaultlCL-Fault
Description
Fuel system status
LOAD
ECT
SFT1

%
%

Long term fuel trim
LFT1
MAP
RPM
VS
SPARKADV
kPa
RPM
KPH
IAT
MAF
C
g/sec
TP
RUNTM
hh:mm:ss
EGRPCT
FRP
EVAPPCT
kPa
Mass airflow
Fuel pressure

Fuel tank pressure
Km
kPa
BARO
kPa
CATTEMP11
VPWR
C
V
ALV
TP_REL
%
%
AAT
TP_B
TAC_PCT
Ignition timing
%
%
FLI
WARMUPS
CLRDIST
EVAP_VP
APP_D
APP_E

Engine speed
Vehicle speed
%
%
%
%
Barometric pressure
Engine load
Accelerator pedal pOSition No.1
Corresponding PID
data monitor item
FUELSYS
ECT
SHRTFT1
LONGFT1
MAP
RPM
VSS
SPARKADV
IAT
MAF
TP1
SEGRP_DSD
FUEL_PRES
EVAPCP
FLI
FTP
BARO
CATT11_DSD
VPWR
LOAD
TP REL
AAT
TP2
APP1
APP2
ETC_DSD
01-028-9
,,:

Snapshot data table
Note
Refer to PID monitor table for confirm the engine control system operation status while the PCM does not
store the DTC. (See 01-40B-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Snapshot data items are not displayed, according to detected DTC.
Snapshot data item
FUELSYS
LOAD_C
ECT
SHRTFT1
LONGFT1
MAP
RPM
VSS
SPARKADV
IAT
MAF
TP1
EG_RUN_TIME
SEGRP_DSD
EVAPCP
FLI
CLR_CNT
CLR_DIST
FTP
BARO
CATT11_DSD
VPWR
LOAD
EQ_RAT11_DSD
TP REL
AAT
TP2
APP1
APP2
ETC_DSD
Unit
OUCUOL-Drive/OLFaultlCL-Fault
%
C
%
%
kPa
RPM
KPH
C
g/sec
%
%
%
%
Km
kPa
kPa
C
V
%
%
C
%
%
%
%
Definition
Fuel system status
Long term fuel trim
Engine speed
Vehicle speed
Ignition timing
Mass airflow
Fuel tank pressure
Barometric pressure
Engine load
On-Board System Readiness Tests Access Procedure

2. Select "OBD Test Modes".
3. Select "Mode 1 Powertrain Data".
4. Select "PCM" .
1. Select "OBDII Modes".
2. Select "Mode 1 Powertrain Data".
3. Select "PCM".
3. Then, select the "***SUP" and "**EVA~' PIDs in
the PID selection screen.
4. Monitor those PIDs and check it system monitor is completed.
01-028-10
Corresponding PID
data monitor item
FUELSYS
ECT
SHRTFT1
LONGFT1
MAP
RPM
VSS
SPARKADV
IAT
MAF
TP1
SEGRP DSD
EVAPCP
FLI
FTP
BARO
CATT11_DSD
VPWR
LOAD
EQ_RAT11_DSD
TP REL
MT
TP2
APP1
APP2
ETC_DSD
am3uun0000054

PID/DATA Monitor and Record Procedure
Note

3. Select "PCM".
2. Select "PCM".
the screen.
am3uun0000054
Diagnostic Monitoring Test Results Access Procedure

,---------------------,
3. Verify the diagnostic monitoring test result
according to the directions on the screen.
am3uun0000054

When using the. lOS (laptop PC)
3. Select "PCM".
2. Select "PCM".
3. Select the simulation items from the PIO table.
am3uun0000054
parts.
01-028-11

AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [L3 WITH TC]
id01 02398011 00

3. Select "PCM".
2. Select "PCM".
M-MDS screen.
4. Press the clear button on the DTC screen to clear the DTC.
5. Verify that no OTCs are displayed.
KOEO/KOER SELF TEST [L3 WITH TC]
am3uun0000054
id010239801200
KOEO Self Test

3. Select "PCM".
2. Select "PCM".
3. Then, select the "KOEO On Demand Self Test"
am3uun0000054
on the M-MOS screen.
01-02B-18 DTC TABLE [L3 WITH TC].)
PROCEDURE". (See 01-02B-12 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [L3 WITH TC].)
01-028-12

KOER Self Test
Note
For vehicles with the variable valve timing control, execute a KOER self test after the variable valve timing
learning is finished.
A KOER self test cannot be executed if the variable timing valve learning in not finished.
The variable valve timing learning is cleared if the PCM backup power supply is interrupted (including
battery removal), or after reprogramming.
To perform variable valve timing learning, the engine speed needs to be increased momentarily to
approx. 2,000 rpm.
2. Idle the engine.
3. Select "PCM".
2. Select "PCM".
am3uun0000054
4. Then, select the "KOER On Demand Self Test"
01-028-18 DTC TABLE [L3 WITH TCl.)
PROCEDURE". (See 01-02B-12 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [L3 WITH TCl.)
OBD-II DRIVE MODE [L3 WITH TC]
id010239801300
Using the OBD-II Drive Mode, the monitoring item requested by OBD-II regulations can be easily diagnosed.
Performing the Drive Mode inspects the OBD-II system for proper operation and must be performed to ensure
that no additional DTCs are present.
The OBD-II Drive Mode is divided into the specific Drive Mode and single Drive Mode.
For the specific Drive Mode, specified Drive Modes have been set for each individual monitoring item requested
by OBD-II regulations, and they can be diagnosed individually. For the single Drive Mode, the entire monitoring
item requested by OBD-II regulations can be diagnosed.
The following modes are in the specific Drive Mode. The applicable system is diagnosed by driving in the
following Drive Modes.
Drive Mode)
The following systems are diagnosed with the single Drive Mode.
EGR system
Oxygen sensor (A/F sensor, H02S)
Oxygen sensor heater (AiF sensor heater, H02S heater)
Catalytic converter (TWC)
Evaporative (EVAP) system
Caution
While performing the Drive Mode, always operate the vehicle in a safe and lawful manner.
function and inspect later.
01-028-13
, :

Note
Vehicle speed and engine speed detected by the PCM may differ from that indicated by the speedometer
and tachometer. Use the M-MDS to monitor vehicle speed.
If the OBD-II system inspection is not completed during the Drive Mode, the following causes are
considered:
- The OBD-II system detects the malfunction.
- The Drive Mode procedure is not completed correctly.
Disconnecting the battery will reset the memory. Do not disconnect the battery during and after Drive
Mode .
The M-MDS can be used at anytime through the course of the Drive Mode to monitor the completion
status. Monitoring can be done by viewing the ON BOARD SYSTEM READINESS menu.
The OBD monitoring status can be confirmed with the ignition switch operation. During KOEO, the MIL
illuminates for a fail-light inspection for approx. 17 s. The OBD monitoring status is confirmed after the
fail-light inspection.
If all of the diagnosis is completed even one time, the MIL will continue to illuminate.
- If all of the diagnosis is not completed, the MIL flashes for approx. 7 s, and then it illuminates until the
engine is started.
Drive Mode)
2. Verify all accessory loads (A/C, headlights, blower fan, rear window defroster) are off.
3. Drive the vehicle as shown in the graph. The driving conditions before driving at constant speed are not
specified.
WITH 6TH
Cl
W
APPROX.10 S
a..
(f)
Ii
Ii
Ii
.....J
()
: \
: \
I '
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
: :
I:
I:
>
-------
1+--ABOVE
:
5 MIN
START ENGINE
,,
:\
:, \\
I:
~'
~, :+-
'\
:
:
:
,
:
:
:
:
r,
:
:
:
,
:
:
:
:
I
I
I
--~--~,
:\
:\
:\
: \
, \
: \
: \
: \
: \
APPROX.10 S
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,, ,, i i,, '-~--------------------------------~
i
TIME
-:-: 1 MIN:-, :. 3 MIN -::
*: DECELERATE FOR APPROX. 10 S BY ENGINE BRAKING
,
:._---..
"
ONLY WHILE DRIVING WITH AN VEHICLE SPEED OF

AROUND 80 KM/H (50 MPH) FOR APPROX. 10 S
am3uuw0000586
4. Stop the vehicle and access ON BOARD SYSTEM READINESS menu of GENERIC OBD-II FUNCTION to
verify the OBD monitoring status.
If not completed, switch the ignition to off then repeat from Step 4.
5. Access DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS menu of GENERIC OBD-II FUNCTIONS to verify the
monitor results.
If detected values are not within the specification, repair has not been completed.
01-028-14

Note
If "EVAP System Repair Verification Drive Mode" cannot be performed (it is impossible to drive the vehicle
under this Drive Mode condition), perform evaporative system test procedure as an alternative. (See 01038-91 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
:
before engine is started to initiate the evaporative system test.
8ARO: 72.2 kPa {542 mmHg, 21.3 inHg} or higher
FLI: 20-800/0
IAT: 5-35 C {41-95 OF}
VPWR: above 10.9 V
3. Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M-MDS (See 01-028-12 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [L3
WITH TC].).
4. Drive the vehicle as shown in the graph.
Cl
W
W
c..
(J)
.....J
()
:cw
:\
:\
>
:\
:\
: \
: \
: \
: \
! \
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
STOP ENGINE
ABOVE----+.~I:
3.5 H
~ABOVE---.l
:
20 MIN
I
I
.
:
ABOVE 5 MIN
START ENGINE
TIME
~ABOVE---+l
:
I
I
I
I
I
STOP ENGINE
1H
:
I
I
I
I
I
..
START ENGINE
am3uuw0000586
5. Access the ON BOARD SYSTEM READINESS to verify the 08D monitoring status.
If completed, the 08D monitoring status items change from non-completed to completed.
If not completed, switch the ignition to off then go back to Step 1.
If detected values are not within specification, repair has not completed.
01-028-15

Single Drive Mode
1. Verify all accessory loads (AlC, headlights, blower fan, rear window defroster) are off.
3. Clear the DTC from the PCM memory using the M-MDS (See 01-02B-12 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [L3
WITH TC].).
from Step 5 to Step 6.
FLI: 20-800/0
IAT: 5-35 C {41-95 OF}
VPWR: above 10.9 V
5. With the vehicle stopped, race the engine at the engine speed indicated, and then drive the vehicle as shown in
the graph. The driving conditions before driving at constant speed are not specified. If possible, monitor RPM
PID for engine speed during this procedure.
*: DECELERATE FOR APPROX. 10 S BY ENGINE BRAKING ONLY WHILE DRIVING
WITH AN VEHICLE SPEED OF AROUND 80 KM/H (50 MPH) FOR APPROX. 10 S
Cl

WITH 6TH
W
W
CL
CI)
W
.....J
()
APPROX.10 S
:c
w
68-78 KM/H {42-48 MPH}

WITH 5TH
>
/:
/:
/1
:\
:
IT
:
I
I
I::
ABOVE~::f
I
3.5 H :
...
START
ABOVE
ENGINE.
10 S ' "
START
STOP
ENGINE
ENGINE
20 MIN
ABOVE
5 MIN
:\
:\
:\
: \
: \
:
-:
/
/
/
/
/
/
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:\
:\
:\
:\
: \
: \
I
I
:+-+. :f
1 MIN
3MIN
I
I
_:
_::TIME
:f
:ABOVE:
:I 1 H :I
I
I
I
I
...
...
STOP START
ENGINE ENGINE
am3uuw0000586
6. Switch the ignition to off.

If completed, all of the OBD monitoring status items change from non-completed to completed.
If not completed, switch the ignition to off, then perform the applicable specific Drive Mode for any
monitoring item that was not in the detection condition.
If detected values are not within specification, repair has not been completed.
01-028-16

DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS [L3 WITH TCl
id010239801400
The purpose of this test mode is to confirm the result of the OBO-II monitor diagnostic test results. The result
values stored when a particular monitor is completed are displayed. If the monitor is not completed, the initial
value is displayed.
oeD
Monitor ID
01
01
01
01
TestlD
Unit
20
Ratio
81
82
83
A1F sensor rich-to-Iean response time (calculated)

A1F sensor lean-to-rich response time (calculated)
A1F sensor rich-to-Iean response time (calculated)
Low H02S voltage for switch time calculation
(constant)
High H02S voltage for switch time calculation
(constant)
H02S rich-to-Iean response time (calculated)
20
20
20
Ratio
Ratio
Ratio
OA
Voltage
OA
Voltage
10
10
20
Time
Time
Ratio
17
9C
Pressure
deg.CA
9C
deg.CA
FE
Pa
FE
Pa
FE
Pa
FE
Pa
FE
Pa
FE
Pa
03
Raw Value
A9
FE
Pals
02
04
02
02
21
05
80
80
31
35
83
80
81
H02S response timeout (calculated)

A1F sensor, H02S switching time ratio
EG R pressure variation
Over-retarded
Over-advanced
80
3A
81
3A
82
Phase 0 inicial tank vacuum and gross leak maximum

vacuum limit
3B
80
Phase 2 0.040" cruise leak check vacuum bleed-up

and maximum vacuum limit
3C
81
3C
82
3C
83
3D
80
3D
41
42
A2
81
80
80
OB
A2
OC
OB
OC
OB
OC
OB
OC
A1F sensor,
H02S
Catalyst
EGR
Variable
valve timing
Phase 0 inicial tank vacuum and minimum vacuum

limit
Phase 4 vapor generation minimum change in
pressure and minimum vacuum limit
3A
A5
A5
ScalinglD
A1F sensor lean-to-rich response time (calculated)
03
A3
A3
A4
A4
Related
system
80
02
35
Description
EONV positive pressure test result and limits

EONV negative pressure (vacuum) test result and
limits
EVAP
system
Normalized average of four EONV tests results and

limits
Blocked EVAP system line-screening test
Blocked EVAP system line-fault confirmation test
Primary 02 heater test result and limits
Secondary 02 heater test result and limits
EWMA misfire counts for last 10 driving cycles
Misfire counts for last/current driving cycles
EVAP
system
Misfire
24
24
Pa
Ohm
Ohm
Counts
Counts
24
24
24
Counts
Counts
Counts
24
24
24
Counts
Counts
14
14
Counts
01-028-17
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [L3 WITH TCl

DTC TABLE [L3 WITH TCl
id010239801500
x: Applicable
-: Not applicable
DTC No.
Condition
MIL
Generator
warning
light
DC
Monitor
item
Self
test
type*1
Memory
function
Page
(See 01-02B-27
DTC P0011 :00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B-29
DTC P0012:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B-31
DTC P0016:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
P0011:00
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0012:00
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0016:00
CKP-CMP correlation problem
ON
OFF
CCM
P0031:00
A1F sensor heater control circuit

low input
ON
OFF
C,O,
R
(See 01-02B-33
DTC P0031 :00
[L3 WITH TC].)
P0032:00
A1F sensor heater control circuit

high input
ON
OFF
C,O,
R
(See 01-02B-35
DTC P0032:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
P0037:00
H02S heater control circuit low

input
ON
OFF
C,O,
R
(See 01-02B-37
DTC P0037:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
P0038:00
H02S heater control circuit high

input
ON
OFF
C,O,
R
(See 01-02B-39
DTC P0038:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
P0053:00
A1F sensor heater resistance

problem
ON
OFF
C,O,
R
(See 01-02B-41
DTC P0053:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
P0054:00
H02S heater resistance problem
ON
OFF
C,O,
R
(See 01-02B-43
DTC P0054:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
P0069:00
Manifold absolute pressure/

atmospheric pressure
correlation problem
ON
OFF
CCM
P0089:00
Fuel pressure regulator

performance problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0091:00
Fuel pressure regulator control

circuit low input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0092:00
Fuel pressure regulator control

circuit high input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0096:00
Boost air temperature sensor

problem
ON
OFF
CCM
P0097:00

circuit low input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0098:00

circuit high input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
POOB3:00
ECT sensor No.2 circuit low

input
ON
OFF
Engine
cooling
system
C,O,
R
01-028-18
A1F sensor
heater,
H02S
heater
A1F sensor
heater,
H02S
heater
A1F sensor
heater,
H02S
heater
A1F sensor
heater,
H02S
heater
A1F sensor
heater,
H02S
heater
A1F sensor
heater,
H02S
heater
(See 01-02B-45
DTC P0069:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B-46
DTC P0089:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B-49
DTC P0091 :00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B-51
DTC P0092:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B-53
DTC P0096:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B-54
DTC P0097:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B-56
DTC P0098:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B-58
DTC POOB3:00
[L3 WITH TC].)

DTC No.
Condition
MIL
Generator
warning
light
DC
Monitor
item
Self
test
type*1
P0084:00
ECT sensor No.2 circuit high

input
ON
OFF
Engine
cooling
system
P0101:00
MAF sensor circuit range/

periormance problem
ON
OFF
CCM
P0102:00
ON
OFF
CCM
P0103:00
ON
OFF
CCM
P0107:00
ON
OFF
CCM
P0108:00
ON
OFF
CCM
P0111 :00
IAT sensor circuit range/

periormance problem
ON
OFF
CCM
P0112:00
ON
ON
CCM
P0113:00
ON
ON
CCM
P0116:00

periormance problem
ON
OFF
P0117:00
ECT sensor No.1 circuit low

input
ON
OFF
P0118:00
ECT sensor No.1 circuit high

input
ON
OFF
P0122:00
ON
OFF
CCM
P0123:00
ON
OFF
CCM
P0125:00
Insufficient coolant temperature

for closed loop fuel control
ON
OFF
P0126:00
Coolant thermostat stuck open
ON
OFF
P0128:00
ON
OFF
P0130:00
ON
OFF
AlF sensor,
H02S
C,O,
P0131 :00
ON
OFF
AlF sensor,
H02S
C,O,
P0132:00
ON
OFF
AlF sensor,
H02S
C,O,
Engine
cooling
system
Engine
cooling
system
Engine
cooling
system
Engine
cooling
system
Engine
cooling
system
Engine
cooling
system
C,O,
Memory
function
C,O,
R
C,O,
R
C,O,
R
C,O,
C,O,
R
C,O,
C,O,
R
C,O,
R
C,O,
R
C,O,
R
R
R
Page
(See 01-028-60
DTC P0084:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-62
DTC POi 01 :00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-65
DTC POi 02:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-67
DTC POi 03:00
[L3 WITH TCl.)
(See 01-028-69
DTC POi 07:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-71
DTC POi 08:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-73
DTC P0111 :00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-74
DTC P0112:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-76
DTC P0113:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-78
DTC P0116:00
[L3 WITH TCl.)
(See 01-028-79
DTC P0117:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-81
DTC P0118:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-83
DTC P0122:00
[L3 WITH TCl.)
(See 01-028-85
DTC P0123:00
[L3 WITH TCl.)
(See 01-028-87
DTC P0125:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-89
DTC P0126:00,
P0128:00 [L3
WITH TCl.)
(See 01-028-92
DTC P0130:00
[L3 WITH TCl.)
(See 01-028-93
DTC P0131:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-95
DTC P0132:00
[L3 WITH TCl.)
01-028-19

DTC No.
Condition
MIL
Generator
warning
light
DC
Monitor
item
Self
test
type*1
Memory
function
P0133:00
ON
OFF
AlF sensor,
H02S
P0134:00
AlF sensor circuit no activity

detected
ON
OFF
AlF sensor,
H02S
P0137:00
ON
OFF
AlF sensor,
H02S
C,O,
R
P0138:00
ON
OFF
AlF sensor,
H02S
C,O,
R
P0139:00
ON
OFF
AlF sensor,
H02S
P0140:00
ON
OFF
AlF sensor,
H02S
P0171:00
ON
OFF
Fuel system
C,R
P0172:00
ON
OFF
Fuel system
C,R
P0191:00
Fuel pressure sensor circuit

ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0192:00
Fuel pressure sensor circuit low

input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0193:00
Fuel pressure sensor circuit high

input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0201:00
Injector circuit/open cylinder

No.1
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0202:00

No.2
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0203:00

No.3
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0204:00

No.4
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0222:00
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
01-028-20
Page
(See 01-028-97
DTC P0133:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028100 DTC
P0134:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028103 DTC
P0137:00 [L3
WITH Te].)
(See 01-028105 DTC
P0138:00 [L3
WITH Te].)
(See 01-028107 DTC
P0139:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028110 DTC
P0140:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028113 DTC
P0171 :00 [L3
WITH Te].)
(See 01-028117 DTC
P0172:00 [L3
WITH Te].)
(See 01-028121 DTC
P0191 :00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028123 DTC
P0192:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028125 DTC
P0193:00 [L3
WITH Te].)
(See 01-028127 DTC
P0201 :00 [L3
WITH Te].)
(See 01-028129 DTC
P0202:00 [L3
WITH Te].)
(See 01-028131 DTC
P0203:00 [L3
WITH Te].)
(See 01-028133 DTC
P0204:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028135 DTC
P0222:00 [L3
WITH TC].)

DTC No.
Condition
MIL
Generator
warning
light
DC
Monitor
item
Self
test
type*1
Memory
function
P0223:00
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0234:00
Turbo/supercharger overboost
condition
OFF
OFF
Other
C,R
P0245:00
Wastegate control solenoid

valve circuit low input
OFF
OFF
Other
C,O,
R
P0246:00
Wastegate control solenoid

valve circuit high input
OFF
OFF
Other
C,O,
R
P0300:00
Flash/
ON
OFF
10r
2
Misfire
P0301:00
Misfire
P0302:00
Misfire
P0303:00
Cylinder NO.3 misfire detected
Misfire
P0304:00
Misfire
Flash/
ON
Flash/
ON
Flash/
ON
Flash/
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
1 or
2
10r
2
10r
2
10r
2
P0327:00
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0328:00
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0335:00
CKP sensor circuit malfunction
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0340:00
CMP sensor circuit malfunction
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0401:00
ON
OFF
EGR system
C,R
P0403:00
EGR valve (stepper motor)

circuit malfunction
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0421:00
Warm up catalyst system

efficiency below threshold
ON
OFF
Catalyst
P0442:00

(small leak)
ON
OFF
EVAP
system
Page
(See 01-0281370TC
P0223:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0281390TC
P0234:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0281400TC
P0245:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0281420TC
P0246:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0281440TC
P0300:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0281490TC
P0301:00,
P0302:00,
P0303:00,
P0304:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0281520TC
P0327:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0281540TC
P0328:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0281560TC
P0335:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0281590TC
P0340:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0281620TC
P0401 :00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0281640TC
P0403:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0281660TC
P0421 :00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0281680TC
P0442:00,
P0455:00,
P0456:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
01-028-21

DTC No.
Condition
MIL
Generator
warning
light
DC
Monitor
item
Self
test
type*1
Memory
function
P0443:00
Purge solenoid valve circuit

malfunction
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0446:00
CV solenoid valve control circuit

problem
ON
OFF
CCM
P0451:00

ON
OFF
CCM
P0452:00
Fuel tank pressure sensor circuit

low input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0453:00
Fuel tank pressure sensor circuit

high input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0454:00

intermittent
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0455:00

(gross leak/no flow)
ON
OFF
EVAP
system
P0456:00*4

(very sma" leak)
ON
OFF
10r
2
EVAP
system
ON*2
OFF
EVAP
system
P0457:00
EVAP system leak detected (fuel

cap loose/off)
P0460:00
Fuel level sensor circuit

malfunction
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P0461:00

ON
OFF
CCM
P0462:00

low input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0463:00

high input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0480:00
Cooling fan control circuit

problem
OFF
OFF
Other
C,O,
R
P0500:00
VSS circuit problem
ON
OFF
CCM
lAC system malfunction
OFF
OFF
Other
P0505:00*5
01-028-22
Page
(See 01-028178DTC
P0443:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028180DTC
P0446:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028182DTC
P0451 :00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028184DTC
P0452:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028186DTC
P0453:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028188DTC
P0454:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028168DTC
P0442:00,
P0455:00,
P0456:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028189DTC
P0457:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028190DTC
P0460:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028192DTC
P0461 :00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028193DTC
P0462:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028194DTC
P0463:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028195DTC
P0480:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028197DTC
P0500:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028198DTC
P0505:00 [L3
WITH TC].)

DTC No.
Condition
MIL
Generator
warning
light
DC
Monitor
item
Self
test
type*1
Memory
function
Page
(See 01-0281990TC
P0506:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282010TC
P0507:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
P0506:00
lAC system RPM lower than

expected
ON
OFF
CCM
P0507:00
lAC system RPM higher than

expected
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
(See 01-0282020TC
P050A:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282040TC
P0508:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
P050A:00
Cold start lAC system

performance problem
P0508:00
Cold start ignition timing

performance problem
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
Cold start
emission
reduction
strategy
monitoring
Cold start
emission
reduction
strategy
monitoring
C,R
P0571 :00*3
Brake switch circuit malfunction
OFF
OFF
Other
P0579:00*3
Cruise control mUlti-function

input circuit range/performance
problem
OFF
OFF
Other
OFF
OFF
Other
Cruise control mUlti-function

P0581 :00*3 input circuit high input
P0600:00
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0601:00
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0602:00
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0604:00
PCM RAM error
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0606:00
PCM processor error
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P061 0:00
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0638:00

problem
ON
OFF
CCM
P0640:00
Internal control module AlF

sensor processor performance
problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
(See 01-0282060TC
P0571 :00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282090TC
P0579:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028211 OTC
P0581 :00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282130TC
P0600:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282140TC
P0601 :00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282150TC
P0602:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282160TC
P0604:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282170TC
P0606:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282180TC
P061 0:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282190TC
P0638:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282200TC
P064D:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
01-028-23

DTC No.
Condition
MIL
Generator
warning
light
DC
Monitor
item
Self
test
type*1
Memory
function
P0685:00
ON
OFF
CCM
P0688:00
Internal control module nonvolatile RAM error
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P0703:00
8rake switch input circuit

problem
ON
OFF
CCM
P0704:00
ON
OFF
CCM
P0850:00
Neutral switch input circuit

problem
ON
OFF
CCM
P120F:00
Fuel pressure regulator

excessive variation
OFF
OFF
CCM
P1260:00
OFF
OFF
Other
C,O
P144A:00
EVAP system purge vapor line

restricted/blocked
ON
OFF
EVAP
system
P1450:00
Unable to bleed up fuel tank

vacuum
ON
OFF
EVAP
system
P2004:00
Variable swirl shutter valve stuck

open
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P2006:00
Variable swirl shutter valve stuck

closed
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P2009:00
Variable swirl solenoid valve

control circuit low input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P2010:00

control circuit high input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P2088:00
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P2089:00
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
01-028-24
Page
(See 01-028221DTC
P0685:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028222DTC
P0688:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028223DTC
P0703:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028225DTC
P0704:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028227DTC
P0850:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028229DTC
P120F:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028230DTC
P1260:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028231DTC
P144A:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028232DTC
P1450:00 [L3
WITH TCl)
(See 01-028234DTC
P2004:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028237DTC
P2006:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028240DTC
P2009:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028242DTC
P2010:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028244DTC
P2088:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-028246DTC
P2089:00 [L3
WITH TC].)

Generator
warning
light
Monitor
item
Self
test
type*1
Memory
function
DTC No.
Condition
P2096:00

lean
ON
OFF
Fuel system
P2097:00

rich
ON
OFF
Fuel system
P2100:00

open
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P2101 :00

ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P2105:00

system-forced engine shutdown
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P2107:00

module processor problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P2108:00

module performance problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P2119:00

throttle body range/performance
problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,R
P2122:00
APP sensor No.1 circuit low

input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P2123:00
APP sensor No.1 circuit high

input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P2126:00
APP sensor No.2 circuit range/

performance problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P2127:00
APP sensor No.2 circuit low

input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P2128:00
APP sensor No.2 circuit high

input
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P2135:00
TP sensor No.1 /No.2 voltage

correlation problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P2138:00
APP sensor No.1/No.2 voltage

correlation problem
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
MIL
DC
Page
(See 01-0282480TC
P2096:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282520TC
P2097:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282550TC
P2100:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282580TC
P2101:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282610TC
P2105:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282630TC
P2107:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282640TC
P2108:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282660TC
P2119:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282670TC
P2122:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282690TC
P2123:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282710TC
P2126:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282740TC
P2127:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282760TC
P2128:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282780TC
P2135:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-0282790TC
P2138:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
01-028-25

DTC No.
Condition
MIL
Generator
warning
light
Self
test
type*1
Memory
function
DC
Monitor
item
P2183:00

performance problem
ON
OFF
Engine
cooling
system
P2195:00
ON
OFF
AlF sensor,
H02S
P2196:00
ON
OFF
AlF sensor,
H02S
P2228:00
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P2229:00
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P2237:00
AlF sensor positive current

ON
OFF
AlF sensor,
H02S
C,O,
R
P2243:00

circuit open
ON
OFF
AlF sensor,
H02S
C,O,
R
P2245:00

circuit low input
ON
OFF
AlF sensor,
H02S
C,O,
R
P2246:00

circuit high input
ON
OFF
AlF sensor,
H02S
C,O,
R
P2251:00
AlF sensor negative current

ON
OFF
AlF sensor,
H02S
C,O,
R
P2502:00
Charging system voltage

problem
OFF
ON
Other
C,R
P2503:00
Charging system voltage low
OFF
ON
Other
C,R
P2504:00
OFF
ON
Other
C,R
P2507:00
PCM battery voltage low
ON
OFF
CCM
C,O,
R
P2610:00
PCM internal engine off timer

performance problem
ON
OFF
CCM
01-028-26
Page
(See 01-02B280 DTC

P2183:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B281 DTC
P2195:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B283 DTC
P2196:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B284 DTC
P2228:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B285 DTC
P2229:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B286 DTC
P2237:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B288 DTC
P2243:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B290 DTC
P2245:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B292 DTC
P2246:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B294 DTC
P2251 :00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B296 DTC
P2502:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B298 DTC
P2503:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B300 DTC
P2504:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B302 DTC
P2507:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B303 DTC
P2610:00 [L3
WITH TC].)

DTC No.
U0073:00
U0121:00
U0131:00
Condition
CAN system communication
error
Communication error to DSC
HU/CM
Lost communication with EHPAS
control module
MIL
Generator
warning
light
DC
Monitor
item
OFF
OFF
Other
ON
OFF
Other
OFF
OFF
Other
U0140:00
Lost communication with 8CM
OFF
OFF
Other
U0155:00
Communication error to
instrument cluster
ON
OFF
Other
U3000:41
PCM processor error
OFF
OFF
Other
Self
test
type*1
C,O,
R
C,O,
R
C,O,
R
C,O,
R
C,O,
R
C,O
Memory
function
Page
x
x
x
x
(See 09-02D-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATI
ON SYSTEM].)
(See 01-028304 DTC

U3000:41 [L3
WITH TC].)
*1 : C; CMOTC self test, 0; KOEO self test, R; KOER self test
*2
*3
*4
: The fuel cap warning light illuminates

: California emission regulation applicable model
*5 : KOER self test
DTC P0011 :00 [L3 WITH TC]

id01 02397001 00
DTC
P0011:00
Actual valve timing is over-advanced by 17 (when the following conditions are met) from the target valve
timing when the OCV is controlled at the maximum valve timing retard condition.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE


Loose timing chain or improper valve timing due to timing chain slippage
OCV malfunction
Spool valve in OCV is stuck in advance position
Variable valve timing mechanism not installed correctly
Variable valve timing actuator is stuck in advance position
PCM malfunction
01-028-27

STEP
INSPECTION
1
VERIFY
RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION
2
AVAILABILITY
3
Stop the engine.
point?
4
INSPECTOCV
Inspect the OCV.
(See 01-10B-22 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
5
(See 01-10B-23 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC).)
(See 01-10B-13 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING
ACTUATOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC).)
Is the stopper pin mechanism normal?
6
ACTUATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC).)
Is the rotor position at the maximum valve
timing retard?
ACTION
Yes
No

data on the repair order, then go to the next step.
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
Reinstall the timing chain, then go to Step 7.

INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Yes

(See 01-10B-23 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAU
No
Yes

7.
(See 01-10B-14 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
No
Yes
Note
The intermittent concern might be removed using the
function.

COMPLETED
Make sure to reconnect all the disconnected
connectors.
the M-MDS.
(See 01-02B-12 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [L3 WITH TC).)
(See 01-02B-12 KOEO/KOER SELF TEST [L3
WITH TC].)
PROCEDURE [L3 WITH TC].)
01-028-28
No
Replace the variable valve timing actuator, then go to the

next step.
Yes

(See 01-40B-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
No
Yes

(See 01-02B-18 DTC TABLE [L3 WITH TC).)
No

DTC P0012:00 [L3 WITH TCl
DTC
P0012:00
id010239700200
Actual valve timing is over-retarded by 10 (when the following conditions are met) from the target valve
timing for 5 s when the OCV system control is within the feed-back range.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE


Low engine oil pressure
Loose timing chain or improper valve timing due to timing chain slippage
OCV malfunction
Spool valve in OCV is stuck in retard position
Variable valve timing actuator is stuck in retard position
Following oil runners are clogged or have leakage:
- Between OCV and variable valve timing actuator
-In variable valve timing actuator
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE AND/OR
3
DTC
off).
Procedure and DTC Reading Procedure.
(See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Is the PENDING CODE/DTC P2088:00 or
VERIFY ENGINE OIL PRESSURE
4
Start the engine.
Does the oil pressure warning light illuminate?

Stop the engine.
point?
INSPECTOCV
Inspect the OCv.
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
Go to the applicable PENDING CODE or DTC inspection.

(See 01-02B-244 DTC P2088:00 [L3 WITH TC].)
No
Yes
Inspect the engine oil pressure.

(See 01-11 B-4 OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
No
Yes
No

Reinstall the timing chain, then go to Step 10.
Yes

No
01-028-29

STEP
INSPECTION
7
(See 01-10B-23 TIM,ING CHAIN REMOVAU
ACTUATOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
8
WITH TC].)
timing retard?
10
11
Yes
No
Yes
No

10.
Note
function.
INSPECT ENGINE OIL RUNNER

Inspect the following engine oil runners for
clogging or leakage:
- Between OCV and variable valve timing
actuator
- In the variable valve timing actuator
Is there any clogging or leakage?
Yes

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
01-028-30
ACTION
10.
No

Repair or replace the suspected runner, then go to the next
step.
Note
function.
No
Yes
No

TC].)

(See 01-02B-18 DTC TABLE [L3 WITH TC].)

DTC P0016:00 [L3 WITH TC]
DTC
POO16:00
id010239145600
CKP-CMP correlation problem

The PCM monitors the input pulses from the CKP sensor and CMP sensor. If the input pulse pick-up timing
do not match each other, the PCM determines that the camshaft position does not coincide with the
crankshaft position.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- Foreign material on CMP sensor
- Damaged or scratched CMP sensor pulse wheel
- Foreign material on CKP sensor
- Damaged or scratched CKP sensor pulse wheel
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
CONDITION
4
INSPECT CMP SENSOR FOR FOREIGN
MATERIAL
Visually inspect the CM P sensor for foreign
materials.
Is there any foreign material on the CMP
sensor?
5
INSPECT CMP SENSOR PULSE WHEEL
Is there any damage or scratching to the CMP
sensor pulse wheel?
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go

to Step 13.
Remove the foreign material from the CM P sensor, then go

to Step 13.
Replace the CMP sensor pulse wheel, then go to Step 13.

(See 01-10B-33 CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TC].)

INSPECT CMP SENSOR
Yes Replace the CMP sensor, then go to Step 13.
(See 01-40B-34 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR
Inspectthe CMP sensor.
(See 01-40B-34 CAMSHAFT POSITION
(CMP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].) No Go to the next step.
Yes Repair or replace the connector and/or terminals, then go
to Step 13.
CONDITION
01-028-31

STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT CKP SENSOR FOR FOREIGN
8
MATERIAL
Visually inspect the CKP sensor for foreign
materials.
Is there any foreign material on the CKP
sensor?
9
Is there any damage or scratching to the CKP
sensor pulse wheel?
10
11
12
13
14
INSPECT CKP SENSOR

(See 01-408-33 CRANKSHAFT POSITION
(CKP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT VALVE TIMING
Inspect the valve timing.
(See 01-108-23 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAU
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
(See 01-028-12 AFTER REPAIR
Start the engine.
Procedure.
(See 01-028-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-12 AFTER REPAI R
01-028-32
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
ACTION
Remove the foreign material from the CKP sensor, then go
to Step 13.
Replace the CKP sensor pulse wheel, then go to Step 13.

(See 01-408-32 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP)
SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
No
Yes

to Step 13.
No
Yes
Adjust the valve timing properly, then go to the next step.

No
Yes

(See 01-408-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
No
Yes
No

(See 01-02B-18 DTC TA8LE [L3 WITH TC].)

DTC
P0031 :00
idO 10239700400
AlF sensor heater control circuit low input

The PCM monitors the AlF sensor heater output voltage. If the PCM turns the AlF sensor heater off but the
AlF sensor heater circuit remains low voltage, the PCM determines that the AlF sensor heater circuit has a
malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
This is a continuous monitor (AIF sensor heater, H02S heater).

- Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and AlF sensor terminal 2B
- Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and AlF sensor terminal 2B
Short to ground in wiring harness between AlF sensor terminal 20 and PCM terminal 2C
Open circuit in wiring harness between AlF sensor terminal 20 and PCM terminal 2C
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
PCM
".........,
@)
@) EN~ ~AR
~~ .~
AlF SENSOR HEATER
(AiF SENSOR)
(J)
~r3~~H::~r---------------~~~
AlF SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~
~
J 2BE~2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U
21
2E 2A
2Q 12M
2F 2B
2G 2C
L...J~L...J
2BH 2BD 2AZ 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P] 2L 2H 2D
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION

SNAPSHOT DATA AND DIAGNOSTIC
RECORDED
Have the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2)/
snapshot data and DIAGNOSTIC
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (AIF sensor
Yes
No

data and DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS on
the repair order, then go to the next step.

AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No
01-028-33

STEP
INSPECTION
Yes
CONDITION
No
ACTION
to Step 9.

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.
(See 01-40B-29 AIR FUEL RATIO (AlF) SENSOR
INSPECT A1F SENSOR HEATER POWER

OPEN CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage at the AlF sensor terminal
2B (wiring harn~ss-side).
Is the voltage B+?
Yes
No

(See 01-40B-30 AIR FUEL RATIO (AlF)
SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Yes
No

terminal2D (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Yes

Yes

to ground.
circuit).
(See 01-40B-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 9.
to Step 9.

disconnected.
terminal2D (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal2C (wiring harness-side).
Yes
No


COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Perform
the KOEO or KOER self test.

WITH TC].)
Yes

TC].)

Yes
No
10
01-028-34
No
No


DTC
P0032:00
id010239700500
AlF sensor heater control circuit high input

The PCM monitors the AlF sensor heater output voltage. If the PCM turns the AlF sensor heater on but the
AlF sensor heater circuit remains high voltage, the PCM determines that the AlF sensor heater circuit has
a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION

Short to power supply in wiring harness between AlF sensor terminal 2D and PCM terminal 2C
PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
",-"
PCM
@
AlF SENSOR HEATER
(AiF SENSOR)
3/J/~
:Lnnn-AAAJr ~\\3
~
~--~~Y~~~n~--~\\~h2~uu~~~~HIV~--------------~~~
ENG BAR
15 A
AlF SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~
~
J 2BE
21
2E 2A
2F 2B
1
J
2G 2C
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION

No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2)/snapshot
RECORDED
repair information.
AVAILABILITY
to Step 7.
CONDITION
01-028-35

STEP
INSPECTION
4
(See 01-40B-30 AIR, FUEL RATIO (AlF)
5
6
disconnected.
2D (wiring harness-side).
7
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Perform the KOEO or KOER self test.
WITH TC].)
8
PROCEDURE [L3 WITH TCl.)
01-028-36
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
to Step 7.


TCl)
Yes

No

DTC
P0037:00
I,
id010239700600
H02S heater control circuit low input

The PCM monitors the H02S heater output voltage. If the PCM turns the H02S heater on or off but the
H02S heater circuit voltage remains low the PCM determines that the H02S heater circuit has a
malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
IGNITION SWITCH*1/
RELAY BLOCK*2
(IG1)
PCM
r'~
@
@
This is a continuous monitor (A/F sensor heater, H02S heater).

- Short to ground in wiring harness between ignition switch (IG 1) *1 Irelay block*2 and H02S terminal C
- Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch (IG 1)*1 Irelay block*2 and H02S terminal C
Short to ground in wiring harness between H02S terminal 0 and PCM terminal 20
Open circuit in wiring harness between H02S terminal 0 and PCM terminal 20
PCM malfunction
ENG20A
~~
H02S HEATER
(H02S)
~Vt--..C.J
.Lnnn-A"".J 'JSP
(j)
u u u vv v-\..D.AJf<\\E--------~<+-I:~( 20
1/
H02S
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
21
2E 2A
2Q 12M
2F 2B
2G 2C
2BH 2BD 2AZt 2AVI2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20
*1
*2
01-028-37

STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
Verify related Service 8ulletins and/or on-line
CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage at the H02S terminal C
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT H02S HEATER

(See 01-408-31 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
(H02S) INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

repair information.
Yes

to Step 9.
No
Yes

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.
No
Yes
No
Yes

(See 01-408-31 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (H02S)

to ground.
circuit).
(See 01-408-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 9.
to Step 9.
No
Yes
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
D (wiring harness-side) and PCM terminal2D
01-028-38

STEP
INSPECTION
9
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
10
Yes
No
ACTION
TC].)
Yes
No


id010239700700
DTC
P0038:00
H02S heater control circuit high input

The PCM monitors the H02S heater output voltage. If the PCM turns the H02S heater off but the H02S
heater circuit voltage remains high the PCM determines that the H02S heater circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE


Short to power supply in wiring harness between H02S terminal D and PCM terminal 2D
PCM malfunction
IGNITION SWITCH*1j
RELAY BLOCK*2
(IG1)
PCM
r~
H02S HEATER
ENG 20A
(H02S)
~---o~~~~~~Yc~nn~AA~D~~lil~
____________~h~~ 20
UUU
~
~~
//~
vv""-. :..-1""
H02S
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
'\'\
J 2BE ]2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI 2AC l2Y 12U
21
2E 2A
2012M
2F 2B
Il
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUI2AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2K J 2G 2C

2BH 2BD 2AZI2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ] 2L 2H 20
*1
*2
01-028-39

STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT H02S HEATER
(See 01-40B-31 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR
(H02S) INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].}
Measure the voltage at the H02S terminal 0
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
01-028-40
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

to Step 7.
No
Yes

(See 01-40B-31 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (H02S)
No
Yes

to Step 7.
No
Yes

No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No

DTC
P0053:00
id010239933800
AlF sensor heater resistance problem

The PCM monitors the AlF sensor heater resistance when under the AlF sensor heater control. If the
resistance is more than 30 ohms, the PCM determines that there is a AlF sensor circuit problem.

This is an intermittent monitor (AIF sensor heater, H02S heater).
- Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and AlF sensor terminal 2B
- Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and AlF sensor terminal 2B
Short to ground in wiring harness between AlF sensor terminal 2D and PCM terminal 2C
Open circuit in wiring harness between AlF sensor terminal 2D and PCM terminal 2C
PCM malfunction
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
~'--'
PCM
ENG BAR
5
~5A.~
@
AlF SENSOR HEATER
(AIF SENSOR)
f-j\ ~
~//v:
~nn--.J.AA~ ~\\3
~< 2C
~~2~uuu-vv~2DAHI~r---------------~"
AlF SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~
~
L....J
2Q 12M
21
2E 2A
2F 2B
I[
L....J
I 2G
2C
2BH 2BO 2AZ 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
01-028-41

ACTION
STEP
INSPECTION
3
to Step 9.
CONDITION
4
Yes Replace the AlF sensor, then go to Step 9.
(See 01-40B-29 AIR FUEL RATIO (AI F) SENSOR
Inspect
the
AlF
sensor
heater.

(See 01-40B-30 AIR FUEL RATIO (AI F)
5
INSPECT AlF SENSOR HEATER POWER
SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND OR No Inspect the ENG BAR 15 A fuse.
OPEN CIRCUIT
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
2B (wiring harness-side).
- Replace the fuse.
Is the voltage B+?
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.
6
to ground.
If
the
Switch
the
ignition
to
off.

circuit).
terminal2D (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
WITH
TC].)
Is
there
continuity?
Go to Step 9.
7
to Step 9.
8
disconnected.
terminal2D (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal2C (wiring harness-side).
9
COMPLETED
TC].)
Make
sure
to
reconnect
all
disconnected
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
10
01-028-42

DTC
P0054:00
id010239933900
H02S heater resistance problem

The PCM monitors the H02S heater resistance when under the H02S heater control. If the resistance is
more than 51 ohms, the PCM determines that there is a H02S heater circuit problem.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
This is an intermittent monitor (A/F sensor heater, H02S heater).

- Short to ground in wiring harness between ignition switch *1 /relay block*2 and H02S terminal C
- Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch*1/relay block*2 and H02S terminal C
Short to ground in wiring harness between H02S terminal D and PCM terminal 2D
Open circuit in wiring harness between H02S terminal D and PCM terminal 2D
PCM malfunction
IGNITION SWITCH*1/
RELAY BLOCK*2
(IG1)
r"-./
L -_ _
PCM
ENG
H02S HEATER
(H02S)
(J)
~2~O~A~
__~~~,Vc\nnn~AA
(D~~'~r-------------~~~~~
~ ~~
//f\- FUuu-vv~
A\\
\\~
H02S
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2BE ~2BA 2AW 2ASl2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2Q 12M

jB;~
d
Cj
A
B
C
0
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BBI2AX 2ATI2AP 2ALI2AHI2ADI2Z 12V 2R 12N 2J
2F 2B
2G 2C
16
IF
l
]
2BH 2BD 2AZ~ 2AVl2AR 2AN 12AJ 12AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20
*1 :
*2 :
STEP
INSPECTION
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (A/F sensor
AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2}/snapshot

repair information.
01-028-43

STEP
INSPECTION
3
Yes
No
4
INSPECT H02S HEATER
Yes
No
5
Yes
No
CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage at the H02S terminal C
Is the voltage B+?
ACTION
to Step 9.

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.
to ground.
circuit).
(See 01-408-7 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 9.

FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Yes

FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
D (wiring harness-side) and PCM terminal 2D
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
(See 01-028-12 KOEO/KOER SELF TEST [L3
WITH TC].)
PROCEDURE [L3 WITH TCl)
Yes

to Step 9.
No
Yes
No

Yes

(See 01-408-7 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
No
10
01-028-44
No
Yes
No

(See 01-028-18 DTC TA8LE [L3 WITH TC].)

DTC
P0069:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id010239300000
Manifold absolute pressure/atmospheric pressure correlation problem

The PCM monitors differences between intake manifold vacuum and atmospheric pressure. If the
difference is below -12 kPa {-90 mmHg, -3.5 inHg} or above 12 kPa {90 mmHg, 3.5 inHg} when the
following conditions are met, the PCM determines that there is a MAP sensor performance problem .
-12-15 s from when ignition is turned off.
-Intake air temperature: above -10C {14 OF}
- Engine coolant temperature: above 70C {158 OF}
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
2
3
AVAILABILITY
4
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Is the PENDING CODE/DTC P0107:00,
P0108:00, P2228:00 or P2229:00 also
present?
5
INSPECT MAP SENSOR STUCK OPEN OR
CLOSED
(See 01-40B-27 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE
[L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT BARO SENSOR
6
(See 01-40B-27 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE
(BARO) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

repair information.
Yes

No
Yes
Replace the MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor,

then go to Step 7.
(See 01-40B-27 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE
(MAP) SENSOR/BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
No
Yes
No

TC].)
01-028-45

STEP
INSPECTION
7
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine and warm it up to the engine
coolant temperature above 70C {158 OF}.
Switch the ignition to off above 15 s.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
8
Yes
No
Yes
No

DTC
P0089:00
ACTION
TC].)

id010239008900
Fuel pressure regulator performance problem

The PCM monitors the actual fuel pressure (high-pressure side) using the fuel pressure sensor. The PCM
compares the fuel pressure of the target that is calculated based on charging efficiency and engine speed
and actual fuel pressure. The PCM detects that the difference of fuel pressures is above threshold or below
threshold, the PCM determines that the spill valve control solenoid valve has a deterioration.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Air suction in fuel line due to fuel runout
Improper operation of fuel pump speed control system
High pressure fuel pump connector or terminals malfunction
Fuel pressure sensor connector or terminals malfunction
Fuel pressure sensor malfunction
High pressure fuel pump malfunction
Spill valve control solenoid valve malfunction
Insufficient fuel pressure (low pressure line)
Fuel injector malfunction (fuel leakage)
Fuel pressure limiter malfunction
PCM malfunction
01-028-46

STEP
INSPECTION
VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE 2)1
AVAILABILITY
VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE ANDIOR
DTC
off}.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].}
Is the PENDING CODE/DTC P0091 :00,
P0092:00, P0201 :00, P0202:00, P0203:00,
P0204:00 or P120F:00 also present?
VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS AIR
SUCTION IN FUEL LINE BY FUEL RUNOUT OR
ELSEWHERE
Verify the fuel gauge indicator on instrument
cluster.
Does the fuel gauge indicate empty?
VERIFY FUEL PUMP SPEED CONTROL
OPERATION
Perform the Fuel Pump Speed Control
Inspection.
(See 01-03B-91 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
OPERATION INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Does the fuel pump speed control operate
properly?
INSPECT HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
CONNECTOR CONDITION
Disconnect the high pressure fuel pump
connector.
INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
CONNECTOR CONDITION
Disconnect the fuel pressure sensor connector.
VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN HIGH
PRESSURE FUEL LINE OR ELSEWHERE
Reconnect all disconnected connectors.
Access the FUEL_PRES PID using the MMDS.
TEST [L3 WITH TCl.)
Is the FUEL_PRES PID value within the
specification?
(See 01-40B-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

(See 01-02B-49 DTC P0091 :00 [L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B-51 DTC P0092:00 [L3 WITH TCl.)
(See 01-02B-229 DTC P120F:00 [L3 WITH TC].)
No
Yes
Refill the fuel and warm up the engine, then go to the next
step.
No
Yes
No

Yes

to Step 14.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

to Step 14.

to Step 14.
Yes
Go to Step 13.
No
01-028-47

STEP
INSPECTION
10
VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN FUEL
PRESSURE SENSOR OR HIGH PRESSURE
FUEL PUMP
Is the vehicle acceleration performance
normally?
11
Inspect the fuel pressure sensor.
(See 01-40B-29 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
12
VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN HIGH
PRESSURE FUEL PUMP OR FUEL PRESSURE
LIMITER
Replace the high pressure fuel pump.
(See 01-14B-17 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL
PUMP REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TCl)
Access the FUEL_PRES PID using the MMOS.
TEST [L3 WITH TCl.)
specification?
TC].)
13
INSPECT FUEL LINE PRESSURE (LOW
PRESSURE LINE)
Measure the fuel line pressure (low-pressure).
(See 01-14B-6 FUEL LINE PRESSURE
Is the fuel pressure within the specification?
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
15

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TCl.)
(See 01-02B-12 AFTER REPAI R
01-028-48
Replace the fuel delivery pipe, then go to Step 14.

(See 01-14B-25 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAU
Go to Step 13.
Yes
No
Go to Step 14.
Yes
Remove the fuel injector and visually inspect the fuel

injector or leakage.
INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Replace the fuel injector if necessary, then go to the next
step.
TC].)
No
14

Go to Step 12.
Yes
No
Yes
No


DTC P0091 :00 [L3 WITH TCl
DTC
P0091:00
id0102390091 00
Fuel pressure regulator control circuit low input

When the PCM turns the spill valve control solenoid valve off but the spill valve control solenoid valve
control circuit voltage is low for 5 s, the PCM determines that the spill valve control solenoid valve control
circuit has a malfunction.
- The following conditions are met:
Engine speed: 3,000 rpm or less
Battery voltage: 10 V or more
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- High pressure fuel pump terminal A-PCM terminal 2F
- High pressure fuel pump terminal B-PCM terminal 2G
- High pressure fuel pump terminal A-PCM terminal 2F
- High pressure fuel pump terminal B-PCM terminal 2G
PCM malfunction
PCM
SPILL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

(HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP)
HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2QI2M
2E 2A
21

[
2F 2B
I

2BH 2BO 2AZt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20
01-028-49

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION

Yes
No


AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No

Yes
CONNECTOR CONDITION
No
connector.

to Step 8.
INSPECT SPILL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID

VALVE CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
High pressure fuel pump connector is
disconnected.
ground:
- High pressure fuel pump terminal A
- High pressure fuel pump terminal B

VALVE
Inspect the spill valve control solenoid valve.
PUMP INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Is there any malfunction.

to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 8.
Replace the high pressure fuel pump, then go to Step 8.
(See 01-14B-17 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
Yes
No
Yes
No

Yes

to Step 8.

VALVE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
High pressure fuel pump and PCM connectors
are disconnected.
- High pressure fuel pump terminal A-PCM
terminal2F
- High pressure fuel pump terminal B-PCM
terminal2G
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
No

Yes

TC].)
01-028-50
No

STEP
9
ACTION
INSPECTION
Yes

No

DTC
P0092:00
id010239009200
Fuel pressure regulator control circuit high input
When the PCM turns the spill valve control solenoid valve on but the spill valve control solenoid valve circuit
voltage is high for 5 s, the PCM determines that the spill valve control solenoid valve control circuit has a
malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
The following conditions are met:

Battery voltage: 10 V or more

POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to power supply in wiring harness between high pressure fuel pump terminal Band PCM terminal 2G
PCM malfunction
PCM
@
SPILL VALVE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE
(HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP)

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

I'

I[
21
2E 2A
2F 2B
2QI2M
l
J
2G 2C
01-028-51

STEP
INSPECTION
Yes

AVAILABILITY
CONNECTOR CONDITION
connector.
VALVE
Is there any malfunction.
POWER SUPPLY
High pressure fuel pump and PCM connectors
are disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the high pressure fuel
pump terminal B (wiring harness-side).
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Periorm the KOEO or KOER self test.
WITH TCl.)
Yes
01-028-52
No
No
Yes
No
ACTION

repair information.
to Step 7.
Yes
Replace the high pressure fuel pump, then go to Step 7.

No
Yes

to Step 7.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


TCl)


DTC
POO96:00
id010239146300
Boost air temperature sensor circuit range/performance problem
If the boost air temperature is higher than the engine coolant temperature by 23C {41.4 OF} for 1.2 s with
the ignition switch is on*, the PCM determines that there is a boost air temperature sensor circuit range/
*: Ignition switch on when 6 h or more has passed since the ignition was switched to off.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor connector or terminals malfunction

Boost air temperature sensor malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
ACTION
Yes
No


repair information.
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT MAP SENSOR/BOOST AIR
to Step 7.
TEMPERATURE SENSOR CONNECTOR
CONDITION
Disconnect the MAP sensor/boost air
temperature sensor connector.
INSPECT BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Yes Replace the MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor,
then go to Step 7.
Inspect the boost air temperature sensor.
(See 01-40B-28 BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Yes Replace the ECT sensor No.1, then go to Step 7.
(See 01-40B-24 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
Inspect
the
ECT
sensor
No.1.
(ECT) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH

(See 01-40B-25 ENGINE COOLANT
TCl)
to the next step.
01-028-53

STEP
INSPECTION
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine and run it under the FREEZE
FRAME DATA (Mode 2) condition.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TCl)
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
TC].)


DTC
P0097:00
id010239146400
Boost air temperature sensor circuit low input
If the PCM detects that the boost air temperature sensor voltage is 0.1 V or less for 5 s, the PCM
determines that the boost air temperature sensor circuit voltage is low.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to ground in wiring harness between MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor terminal Band PCM
terminal2N
Boost air temperature sensor signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other.
PCM malfunction
(J)
PCM
BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

(MAP SENSOR/BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
o/!)
r;::-I\\
ViII
~/b
'---~~Hlllr-----------------------~~~~~
)~
(~ ~
.~
1...-_ _ _ _.....
MAP SENSOR/BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
21
2E 2A
2012M
2F 2B
2G 2C
2BH 2BO 2AZI2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20
01-028-54
Il

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
Yes Periorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
repair information.
AVAILABILITY
to Step 8.
CONDITION
INSPECT BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Yes If the short to ground circuit could be detected:
to ground.
MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor
connector is disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between MAP sensor/
circuit).
boost air temperature sensor terminal B (wiring
harness-side) and body ground.
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 8.
to Step 8.
INSPECT BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
each other, then go to Step 8.
SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO EACH OTHER
MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor and
PCM connectors are disconnected.
boost air temperature sensor terminals B and A
INSPECT BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR Yes Replace the MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor,
COMPLETED
TC].)
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
01-028-55

STEP
INSPECTION
Yes
No
ACTION

DTC
P0098:00
id010239146500
Boost air temperature sensor circuit high input

If the PCM detects that the boost air temperature sensor voltage is 4.96 V or more for 5 s, the PCM
determines that the boost air temperature sensor circuit voltage is high.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor terminal B-PCM terminal 2N
- MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor terminal A-PCM terminal 2AV
- MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor terminal B-PCM terminal 2N
PCM malfunction
(j)
PCM
BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

@I~
'---~~H~r-------------------------~~~'2N\~~--~
\..J"
\\V
)t
t;:"\\
\2)"
~~
~
'---------'

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2012M
21
2E 2A
2F 2B
,l
]
t 2G
2C
01-028-56

STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
CONDITION
4
5
INSPECT BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Measure the voltage at the following terminals
(wiring harness-side):
- MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor
terminal B
terminal A
6
terminal B-PCM terminal 2N
terminal A-PCM terminal2AV
7
8

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
to Step 8.

to Step 8.



TC].)
01-028-57

STEP
INSPECTION
Yes
No
ACTION
DTC POOB3:00 [L3 WITH TCl

id010239934000
DTC
POOB3:00

below 0.25 V for 5 s, the PCM determines that the ECT sensor No.2 circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to ground in wiring harness between ECT sensor No.2 terminal A and PCM terminal 2AP
ECT sensor No.2 signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other.
PCM malfunction
PCM
@
ECT SENSOR NO.2
ECT SENSOR NO.2

01-028-58

STEP
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
CONDITION
CLASSIFY ECT SENSOR NO.2 MALFUNCTION
OR WIRING HARNESS MALFUNCTION
Reconnect the ECT sensor No.2 connector.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Verify the ECT2 PID value when disconnecting
the ECT sensor No.2 connector.
Is the ECT2 PID value change?
(See 01-408-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
disconnected.
ground.
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

to Step 8.
No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 8.

to Step 8.
INSPECT ECT SENSOR NO.2 SIGNAL CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
each other, then go to the next step.
AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH
OTHER
disconnected.
No.2 terminals A and 8 (wiring harness-side).
COMPLETED
TC].)
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
01-028-59

STEP
INSPECTION
Yes
No
ACTION
DTC POOB4:00 [L3 WITH TC]

id01 02399341 00
DTC
POOB4:00

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to power supply in wiring harness between ECT sensor No.2 terminal A and PCM terminal 2AP
- ECT sensor No.2 terminal A-PCM terminal 2AP
- ECT sensor No.2 terminal B-PCM terminal 1AR
PCM malfunction
PCM
@
ECT SENSOR NO.2
ECT SENSOR NO.2

01-028-60

STEP
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
CONDITION
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the ECT sensor No.2
terminal A (wiring harness-side).
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
- ECT sensor terminal A-PCM terminal 2AP
- ECT sensor terminal B-PCM terminal 1AR
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


repair information.
to Step 8.

TC].)

to Step 8.
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

TC].)
No
01-028-61

STEP
INSPECTION
9
ACTION
Yes
No
DTC P01 01 :00 [L3 WITH TC]

DTC
P0101:00
id010239700800
MAF sensor circuit range/performance problem

When the conditions are as follows, the PCM compares the intake airllow amount with the estimated intake
airllow amount (calculated from the manifold absolute pressure, boost air temperature, intake air
temperature, EGR position, purge flow rate and variable valve timing).
DETECTION
CONDITION
- Engine speed: 500-4,500 rpm

- Barometric pressure: 0-180 kPa {0-1.83 kgf/cm2, 0-26.1 psi}
- Throttle position-throttle position before 25 ms: below 1.22% (boost air temperature less than 20C
{68 OF}), below 10% (boost air temperature more than 20C {68 OF})
- Battery voltage: above 8 V
If over a period continuing for 5 s, the differential value between the actual intake airllow amount and the
estimated intake airllow amount is more than specified value, the PCM determines that the detected mass
air flow amount is too high.
If over a period continuing for 5 s, the differential value between the actual intake airllow amount and the
estimated intake airllow amount is less than specified value, the PCM determines that the detected mass
air flow amount is too low.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Air restriction or leakage in intake-air system (between MAF sensor and intake manifold)
Turbocharger malfunction (turbine wheel/compressor damaged, stuck)
Electrical corrosion in MAF/IAT RETURN circuit
Voltage drops in ground circuit
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
01-028-62
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.

STEP
INSPECTION
3
Start the engine.
Access the following PIDs using the M-MDS:
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
-ECT
-MAF
-TP
-RPM
Warm-up the engine until the ECT PID value is
above 70C {i58 OF}.
Caution
While driving, always operate the
ACTION
Yes
No

(See 01-03B-89 INTERMITTENT CONCERN
TROUBLESHOOTING [L3 WITH TC].)
Drive the vehicle under the following two

conditions:
Condition 1
- TP PID: 50-87.5%
- RPM PID: above 1,000 rpm
-4th gear
Condition 2
- TP PID: above 80%

- RPM PID: below 2,000 rpm
-gearin
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT MAF PID
Start the engine.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
value changes quickly according to the change
in the engine speed.
Is the MAF PID response normal?
TC].)
INSPECT AIR RESTRICTION OR LEAKAGE AT
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
Inspect for air leakage and restrict between
MAF sensor and intake manifold.
INSPECT TURBOCHARGER
Inspect the turbocharger.
(See 01-13B-13 TURBOCHARGER
Yes
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes

No
Yes
Replace the turbocharger, then go to Step 9.

(See 01-13B-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAU
No Replace the MAF/IAT sensor, then go to Step 9.
INSPECT MAF/IAT SENSOR TERMINALS FOR
to Step 9.
ELECTRICAL CORROSION
No Inspect the MAF/IAT RETURN circuit and ground circuit.
If the circuit has a malfunction:
- Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then
go to Step 9.
If the circuit is normal:
- Go to the next step.
01-028-63

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
8
to the next step.
9
COMPLETED
TC].)
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
Warm-up the engine until the ECT PID value is
above 70C {158 OF}.
Caution
While driving, always operate the
Drive the vehicle under the following two

conditions:
Condition 1
- TP PID: 50-87.5%
- RPM PID: above 1,000 rpm
-4th gear
Condition 2
10
- TP PID: above 80%

- RPM PID: below 2,000 rpm
-gear in
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
01-028-64
Yes
No


DTC
P0102:00
id010239700900

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the MAF sensor when the engine is running. If the input voltage
is below 0.21 V for 5 s, the PCM determines that the MAF sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE


Short to ground or open circuit in MAF sensor power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and MAF/IAT sensor terminal A
- Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and MAF/IAT sensor terminal A
Short to ground in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 1AK
MAF sensor signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other.
Open circuit in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 1AK
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
MAFSENSOR
(MAF/IAT SENSOR)
PCM
ENG BAR
15A
MAF/IAT SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

/'
J 1BE l1BA 1AW 1ASl1AO 1AKI1AGI1ACI1Y 11U
11
1E 1A
1F 1B
I[
1Q 11M
Il
]
1BG 1BC ~1AY 1AUl1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1MI1W 1S 110 1KI 1G 1C

1BH 1BD 1AZt 1AV 11 AR 1AN 11 AJ 11 AF 11 AB 11 X 1T 11 P ] 1L 1H 10
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
01-028-65

STEP
INSPECTION
3
Yes
CONDITION
No
4
INSPECT MAF SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
Yes
No
CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage at the MAF/IAT sensor
Is the voltage B+?

SHORT TO GROUND
ground.
Yes

INSPECT MAF SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND
GROUND CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH
OTHER
disconnected.
terminals C and B (wiring harness-side).
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
terminal1AK (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT MAF SENSOR
(See 01-40B-26 MASS AIR FLOW (MAF)
Yes
No
01-028-66
No
Yes
No
ACTION
to Step 10.

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 10.
to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 10.
to Step 10.

Yes
No

Yes

(See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAU
No

STEP
10
11
INSPECTION
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
ACTION
TC].)
No
Yes
No


id01 0239701 000
DTC
P0103:00
The PCM monitors the input voltage from the MAF sensor when the engine is running. If the input voltage
is above 4.9 V for 5 s, the PCM determines that the MAF sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE


Short to power supply in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 1AK
Open circuit in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal 8 and PCM terminal 1 P
PCM malfunction
(J)
MAIN RELAY
TERMINAL C
MAFSENSOR
(MAF/IAT SENSOR)
PCM
ENG BAR
15 A
MAF/IAT SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 1BE ~1BA 1AW 1ASl1AO 1AK 1AGI1ACI1Y 11 U
1Q 11M
11
1BF 1BB 1AX 1ATI1AP 1AL 1AH/1ADf 1Z 11V 1RI1N 1J

I[
1BG 1BC 1AY 1AUl1AQ 1AM 1AI11AEI1AAI1W 1S 110 1K
1E 1A Il
1F 1B
I
IJ
1G 1C
1BH 1BD 1AZI 1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJ-\1AF[1AB11x 1T11P ~ 1L 1H 1D
01-028-67

STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
CONDITION
disconnected.
terminal C (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT MAF SENSOR GROUND CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
terminal 1 P.
INSPECT MAF SENSOR
(See 01-40B-26 MASS AI R FLOW (MAF)
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
01-028-68
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
to Step 8.
Yes

to Step 8.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No

TC].)


DTC
P0107:00
idO 102397011 00

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the MAP sensor. If the input voltage is below 0.1 V for 5 s, the
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor terminal C-PCM terminal 2AU
- MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor terminal D-PCM terminal 2AG
MAP sensor signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other.
Open circuit in wiring harness between MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor terminal C and PCM
terminal 2AU
PCM malfunction
PCM
MAP SENSOR
@0
@

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
11---
2QI2M
21
2E 2A
I[
2F 2B
i
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AU 12AQ 2AMI2AI 12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2KI 2G 2C

2BH 2BO 2AZ[ 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2TJ 2P ] 2L 2H 20
STEP
INSPECTION
1

AVAILABILITY
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
01-028-69

STEP
INSPECTION
3
CONDITION
INSPECT MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
4
TO GROUND
MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor
ground:
terminal C
terminal D
5
6
INSPECT MAP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND
OTHER
boost air temperature sensor terminals D and
A (wiring harness-side).
7
boost air temperature sensor terminal C (wiring
harness-side) and PCM terminal 2AU (wiring
harness-side).
8
INSPECT MAP SENSOR
[L3 WITH TC].)
9
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
10
01-028-70
Yes
No
ACTION
to Step 9.
Yes

to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 9.
No
Yes

to Step 9.
No
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes
No

TC].)
Yes

No

id010239701200
DTC
P0108:00

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the MAP sensor. If the input voltage is above 4.92 V for 5 s, the
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to power supply in wiring harness between MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor terminal D and
PCM terminal 2AG
MAP sensor power supply circuit and signal circuit are shorted to each other.
- MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor terminal D-PCM terminal 2AG
PCM malfunction
PCM
MAP SENSOR

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATI2AP 2AL 12AH 12ADI 2Z I 2V 2RI2N 2J
2F 2B
2QI2M
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUI2AQ2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2K
2G 2C
STEP
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
01-028-71

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
3
to Step 9.
CONDITION
1s there any malfunction?
4
to Step 9.

Measure the voltage at the MAP sensor/boost
air temperature sensor terminal D (wiring
harness-side).
CIRCUIT AND SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
TO EACH OTHER
boost air temperature sensor terminals C and
D (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT MAP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
terminal D-PCM terminal 2AG
terminal A-PCM terminal 2AV
INSPECT MAP SENSOR
[L3 WITH TC].)
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
01-028-72
Yes
No
Yes
No


Yes
No
Yes

No
Yes

TC].)
No


STEP
INSPECTION
10
Yes
ACTION
No

DTC
P0111:00
id010239701300
IAT sensor circuit range/performance problem
If the intake air temperature is higher than the engine coolant temperature by 18C {32 OF} for 1.2 s or the
intake air temperature is lower than the engine coolant temperature by -48C {-86.4 OF} for 1.2 s with the
ignition switch is ON*, the PCM determines that there is a IAT sensor circuit range/performance problem.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
CONDITION
INSPECT IAT SENSOR
(See 01-40B-26 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE
(IAT) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

to Step 6.
No
Yes

No
Yes

to the next step.
No
01-028-73

STEP
INSPECTION
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine and run the engine under the
FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2) condition.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Yes
ACTION
TC].)
No
Yes

No

DTC
P0112:00
id010239701400

The PCM monitors the IAT sensor signal. If the PCM detects on the IAT sensor voltage is below 0.06 V for
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to ground in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 1M
IAT sensor signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other.
PCM malfunction
PCM
IATSENSOR
(MAF/IAT SENSOR)
@0
~Hi~----------------------~~~~~~-~~
)~
~I
MAF/IAT SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
11
1E 1A
1Q 11M
1F 18
]

1BH 1BD 1AZl1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P] 1L 1H 10
01-028-74
Il

STEP
INSPECTION
1
VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA (MODE 2)f
2
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT MAFflAT SENSOR CONNECTOR
3
CONDITION
4
SHORT TO GROUND
ground.
INSPECT IAT SENSOR

INSPECT IAT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND
OTHER
disconnected.
terminals D and E (wiring harness-side).
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TCl.)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
ACTION
repair information.
to Step 8.

to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 8.
No
Yes

to Step 8.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


TCl)

(See 01-02B-18 DTC TABLE [L3 WITH TCl.)
01-028-75

id010239701500
DTC
P0113:00

The PCM monitors the IAT sensor signal. If the PCM detected the IAT sensor voltage is above 4.9 V for 5 s,
the PCM determines that the IAT sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE


Short to power supply in wiring harness between MAF/IAT sensor terminal 0 and PCM terminal 1M
- MAF/IAT sensor terminal D-PCM terminal 1M
- MAF/IAT sensor terminal E-PCM terminal 1AR
PCM malfunction
PCM
IATSENSOR
(MAF/IAT SENSOR)
I\~
.~
CD
II
III
~4 1\\
\\
CD
II
III
MAF/IAT SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
\\
-0
1QI1M 11
1E 1A
IL
iBF iBB iAX iATliAP iALIiAH1iAOr1Z r1V 1R 11N 1J
1F 1B
,J
J iBEjiBAiAWiASIiAOiAKIiAGIiACI1Yl1U
iBG iBC iAY iAUliAQ iAMIiAIIiAEIiAAI1W 1S 110 1K

iBH iBO iAzt iAVliAR iANliAJ!1AF!1ABI1X 1T 11P
t 1G
1C
1L 1H 10
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2

AVAILABILITY
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No

Yes
CONDITION
No
01-028-76

to Step 8.

STEP
INSPECTION
4
INSPECT IAT SENSOR
5
6
disconnected.
terminal D (wiring harness-side).
7
INSPECT IAT SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
disconnected.
- MAF/IAT sensor terminal D-PCM terminal
1M
- MAF/IAT sensor terminal E-PCM terminal
1AR
8
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
9
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

to Step 8.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No
01-028-77

DTC
P0116:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id010239146800

The PCM monitors the maximum value and the minimum value of the engine coolant temperature when the
engine is started and 5 min have been passed after leaving the vehicle 6 h or more. If the difference
between the maximum and the minimum values of the engine coolant temperature is below 6 C {10.8 OF},
the PCM determines that there is an ECT sensor No.1 circuit range/performance problem.

PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
CONDITION
4
5
INSPECT THERMOSTAT
6
(See 01-12B-12 THERMOSTAT INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
01-028-78
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

to Step 7.

to Step 7.

TC].)
Yes

(See 01-12B-11 THERMOSTAT REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC].)
No

STEP
INSPECTION
7
COMPLETED
Leave the vehicle for 6 h.
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine and wait for 5 min.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
8
ACTION
Yes
No

TC].)
Yes

No
OTC P0117:00 [L3 WITH TC]

DTC
P0117:00
id010239701600

The PCM monitors the ECT sensor No.1 signal. If the PCM detects the ECT sensor No.1 voltage is below
0.2 V for 5 5, the PCM determines that the ECT sensor No.1 circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Engine overheating (Cooling system malfunction)
Short to ground in wiring harness between ECT sensor No.1 terminal A and PCM terminal 2AH
ECT sensor No.1 signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other.
PCM malfunction
PCM
r
Fl
ECT SENSOR NO.1
r=r
~HIr-------------~----------~~~~r--'--~
./.~
0
'--_._
. . . ---V
__s...,,
ECT SENSOR NO.1

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 2BE ~2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKJ2AGI2ACI2Y 12U
21
2E 2A
2Q 12M
2F 2S
II
J
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUI2AQ 2AMJ 2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2K
t 2G
2C
2BH 2BO 2AZ r 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P l2L 2H 2D
01-028-79

STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
VERIFY ENGINE CONDITION
Verify the engine condition.
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.17 COOLING

(See 01-03B-68 NO.17 COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNSOVERHEATING [L3 WITH TC].)
to Step 9.
Yes

CONDITION
No
Yes
Reconnect the ECT sensor No.1 connector.
No
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Verify the ECT PID value when disconnecting
the ECT sensor No.1 connector.
Does the ECT PID value change?
INSPECT ECT SENSOR NO.1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT Yes
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
ground.

TC].)

to ground.
circuit}.
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 9.
to Step 9.
INSPECT ECT SENSOR NO.1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
OTHER
disconnected.
01-028-80

STEP
10
INSPECTION
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
ACTION
TC].)
Yes
No


DTC
P0118:00
id010239701700

The PCM monitors the ECT sensor No.1 signal. If the PCM detects the ECT sensor No.1 voltage is above
4.59 V for 5 s, the PCM determines that the ECT sensor No.1 circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to power supply in wiring harness between ECT sensor No.1 terminal A and PCM terminal 2AH
- ECT sensor No.1 terminal A-PCM terminal 2AH
- ECT sensor No.1 terminal B-PCM terminal 2AY
PCM malfunction
PCM
@
ECT SENSOR NO.1
~H~r3
_6_0________~~~~~
_________
lr
)~
(j)
'--_----v
___B.....
Fl
ECT SENSOR NO.1

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2Q 12M
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATI2AP 2ALI2AHI2AOl2Z 12V 2RJ2N 2J
I[
2F 2B
I 2G
2C
2BH 2BO 2Azt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJ 12AFI2ABI2X 2TI2P ~ 2L 2H 2D
01-028-81

STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
CONDITION
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Is the ECT PID value 4.6 V or below?
disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the ECT sensor No.1
terminal A (wiring harneSS-Side).
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
- ECT sensor No.1 terminal A-PCM terminal
2AH
- ECT sensor No.1 terminal B-PCM terminal
2AY
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
01-028-82
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

to Step 8.
No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

to Step 8.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No

TC].)

STEP
9
ACTION
INSPECTION
Yes

No

DTC
P0122:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id010239701800
If the PCM detects that the TP sensor No.1 voltage is below 0.2 V after the ignition is switched to ON, the
PCM determines that the TP sensor No.1 circuit has a malfunction.

- Throttle body terminal B-PCM terminal 2AO
- Throttle body terminal A-PCM terminal 2AK
Throttle body signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other.
Open circuit in wiring harness between throttle body terminal Band PCM terminal 2AO
PCM malfunction
PCM
@0
@@
@
THROTTLE BODY
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~i1tCfi~
2QI2M
2E 2A
21
2F 28
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATI2AP 2ALI2AHI2AOl2Z !2V 2RI2N 2J

I
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUI2AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2w 2S 120 2K
Il
J
2G 2C
2BH 2BO 2Azt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJ!2AFI2AB!2X 2T 12P ] 2L 2H 2D
I~,I
01-028-83

STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION
repair information.
AVAILABILITY
to Step 9.
CONDITION
SHORT TO GROUND
to ground.
circuit).
ground:
- Throttle body terminal 8
WITH TC].)
- Throttle body terminal A
Go to Step 9.
to Step 9.
OTHER
disconnected.
terminals A and D (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1 POWER SUPPLY
disconnected.
terminal2AO (wiring harness-side).
Yes Replace the throttle body, then go to the next step.
(See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAU
(See 01-408-28 THROTTLE POSITION (TP)
COMPLETED
TC].)
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
01-028-84

STEP
10
ACTION
INSPECTION
Yes

No

DTC
P0123:00
id010239701900
If the PCM detects that the TP sensor No.1 voltage is above 4.85 V after the ignition is switched to ON, the
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to power supply in wiring harness between throttle body terminal A and PCM terminal 2AK
TP sensor No.1 power supply circuit and signal circuit are shorted to each other.
- Throttle body terminal D-PCM terminal 2AJ
PCM malfunction
PCM
THROTTLE BODY
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

I[
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATI2AP 2AL 12AH 12ADI 2Z 12V 2RI2N 2J
2F 2B
2QI2M
l
]
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUI2AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2KI 2G 2C

2BH 2BD 2AZ~ 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ] 2L 2H 20
01-028-85

STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
CONDITION
disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the throttle body
TO EACH OTHER
disconnected.
terminals 8 and A (wiring harness-side).
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
- Throttle body terminal A-PCM terminal
2AK
- Throttle body terminal D-PCM terminal
2AJ
01-028-86
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.
to Step 9.

to Step 9.


Yes
No

Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
9
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
10
Yes
No
ACTION
TC].)
Yes
No


id010239702000
DTC
P0125:00
Insufficient coolant temperature for closed loop fuel control

The PCM monitors the ECT sensor No.1 signal after the engine is started while the engine is cold. If the
engine coolant temperature does not reach the expected temperature for a specified period, the PCM
determines that it has taken an excessive amount of time for the engine coolant temperature to reach the
temperature necessary to start closed-loop fuel control.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Is the ECT PID value above 60C {140 OF}?
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


repair information.
01-028-87

STEP
INSPECTION
4
CONDITION
5
6
7
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Cool down the engine until the ECT PID below
8C {46 OF}.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH Te].)
8
01-028-88
Yes
ACTION
to Step 7.
No
Yes

to Step 7.
No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes
No

TC].)
Yes
Go to the applicable DTe inspection.

(See 01-02B-18 DTC TABLE [L3 WITH Te].)
No

DTC P0126:00, P0128:00 [L3 WITH TC]
DTC
P0126:00
DTC
P012S:00
id010239900800
DTC P0126:00
If the ECT signal never exceeds the specification (depend on minimum IAT) after engine start for specified
period, the PCM determines that the thermostat is stuck open.
-IAT: above -10C {14 oF}
- Vehicle speed: over 9.4 km/h {5.S mph}
DTC P0128:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
The PCM monitors detects based on the following calculation with the ECT sensor No.2 and estimated
ECT sensor No.2* at the judge timing. When the difference between ECT sensor No.2 and estimated ECT
sensor No.2 is at the set value or more, a malfunction is detected.
*: Estimated ECT sensor No.2 output value when it is determined that there is a thermostat open
malfunction.

This is an intermittent monitor (engine cooling system).
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Are any other PENDING CODEs and/or DTCs
present?
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No

01-028-89

STEP
INSPECTION
4
INSPECT THERMOSTAT
[L3 WITH TC].)
5

VERIFY MONITORING CONDITION FOR
REPAIR VERIFICATION
connectors.
Note
If the workshop inside and outside
temperature difference is significant, the
PCM might not operate the thermostat
monitor. Therefore, it is recommended to
cool down the engine out of the
workshop.
the M-MDS.
Access the ECT and IAT PIDs using the MMDS under the following conditions:
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
OTC P0126:00
OTC P0128:00

Is there any PID that out of the specification?
01-028-90
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace the thermostat, then go to Step 7.
(See 01-12B-11 THERMOSTAT REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCl)
DTC P0126:00:
Go to Step 6.
DTC P0128:00:
TC].)
Go to Step 7.
TC].)
Take corrective action (e.g. cool down engine).
Repeat this step.
DTC P0126:00:
DTC P0128:00:
Go to Step 9.

STEP
8
INSPECTION
P0126:00 COMPLETED
ACTION
Yes
No
AlC.
Go to Step 10.
TC].)
Access the THM_2 (Temp unit) and

THM_MIN_2 (Temp unit) PIDs using the MMOS.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Note
This test requires the actual driving.

Chassis roller cannot be used for this
test.
test period.
Test period depends on the EeT at
engine start. (e.g. if ECT is -10C {14
OF}, monitoring period is 38 min and
EeT is 30C {86 OF}, monitoring period
is 8 min)
Is the THM_2 value above the THM_MIN_2

value?
P0128:00 COMPLETED
Yes
No
Ale.

TC].)
Access the THM_1 (Temp and Num units),

THM_MAX_1 (Num unit) and THM_MIN_1
(Temp unit) PIDs using the M-MDS.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Note
This test requires the actual driving.

Chassis roller cannot be used for this
test.
test period.
Are the THM_1 value of Num unit below the

THM_MAX_1 value and the THM_1 value of
Temp unit above the THM_MIN_1 value?
10

Yes

No
01-028-91

DTC
P0130:00
id01 02397021 00

The PCM monitors the voltage between PCM terminal 2AD and 2AC while the AlF sensor active. If the
voltage deviate from the specified range, the PCM determines that there is a AlF sensor circuit problem.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
VERIFY
RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION
2
AVAILABILITY
3
CONDITION
4
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
5
6
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
(See 01-02B-13 OBD-II DRIVE MODE [L3
WITH TC].)
01-028-92
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

to Step 6.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

to Step 6.


TC].)

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
Yes

No

DTC
P0131:00
id010239702200

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the AlF sensor while the engine is running. If the following PCM
terminal voltage is below specified, the PCM determines that the AlF sensor circuit voltage is low.
- PCM terminal 2Z: 1.2 V
- PCM terminal 2AD: 2 V
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- AlF sensor terminal 1C-PCM terminal 2Z
- AlF sensor terminal 1B-PCM terminal 2AC
- AlF sensor terminal 1A-PCM terminal 2AD
PCM malfunction
PCM
AlF SENSOR
AlF SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 2BE J2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U

[
2QI2M 21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATI2AP 2AL 12AH 12ADI 2Z 12V 2RI2N 2J
2F 2B
l
J
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUI2AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2K 2G 2C

2BH 2BD 2Azt 2AVj2AR 2ANj2AJI2AFJ2ABI2X 2T 12P
2L 2H 20
01-028-93

STEP
INSPECTION
1
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
2
RECORDED
3
AVAILABILITY
4
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
5
CONDITION
6
TO GROUND
ground:
- AlF sensor terminal 1C
- AlF sensor terminal 1B
AlF sensor terminal1A
7
Yes
No
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes

to Step 9.
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
No
01-028-94
ACTION

to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 9.
to Step 9.


STEP
10
INSPECTION
ACTION

connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes

Yes
No
No

TC].)


DTC
P0132:00
id010239702300
The PCM monitors the input voltage from the AlF sensor when the engine is running. If the following PCM
terminal voltage is above specified, the PCM determines that the AlF sensor circuit voltage is high.
- PCM terminal 2Z: battery voltage-1.2 V
- PCM terminal 2AD: battery voltage-1.2 V
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
PCM
AlF SENSOR
AlF SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2BE 2BA 2AW 2AS 12AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2QI2MI21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2AT 12AP 2ALI2AHI2AOl2Z 12V 2R 12N 12J

I
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUI2AQ 2AMI2AI!2AE!2AA!2W 2S 120 !2K
2F 2B
I
t 2G
2C
2BH 2BO 2Azt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P B2L 2H 20
01-028-95
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC' [L3 WITH TC]

STEP
1
INSPECTION
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TCl)
present?
CONDITION
TO POWER SUPPLY
disconnected.
- AlF sensor terminal 1A
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC).)
01-028-96
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes

to Step 9.
No
Yes

to Step 9.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC).)
Intermittent concern exists ..
TROUBLESHOOTING [L3 WITH TC).)

STEP
INSPECTION
9
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
10

DTC
P0133:00
Yes
No
ACTION
TC].)
Yes
No

id010239702400

The PCM monitors the peak differential value of the AlF sensor signal after the AlF fluctuation being
provided when the following conditions are met. If the peak differential value is lower than the threshold
value, the PCM determines that the AlF sensor circuit is slow.
-
DETECTION
CONDITION
Drive Mode 03 (EGR System, AlF sensor heater, H02S heater, AlF sensor, H02S, and TWC Repair
AlF sensor heater monitor is completed.
Fuel system loop status is closed loop fuel control.
Absolute load: 21-71% (at engine speed of 2,500 rpm)
Intake air volume: 5-40 g/8
Engine coolant temperature: above 60C {140 OF}
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

AlF sensor looseness
Exhaust system leakage
Clogged or restricted fuel line
Fuel leakage in the fuel line between the high-pressure fuel pump and the fuel pump unit
Fuel pump unit malfunction
Improper connection of purge solenoid hose
Engine internal malfunction
- Leakage engine coolant to combustion chamber
PCM malfunction
01-028-97

STEP
1
10
INSPECTION
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Is the PENDING CODE/DTC P0443:00 also
present?
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE (HIGH-SIDE)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TCl)
IDENTIFY CAUSE BY FUEL PRESSURE
SENSOR OR HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
Is the vehicle accelerate performance
normally?
01-028-98
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to the troubleshooting procedure for DTC on FREEZE

Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
Go to the next: step.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes


No

Yes
No
Go to Step 12.
Yes
No

Go to Step 11.
Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
11
Replace the high pressure fuel pump
TC].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
12
INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE (LOW-SIDE)
Connect the fuel pressure gauge between fuel
pump and high pressure fuel pump.
Measure the low side fuel pressure.
Is the low side fuel pressure within the
specification?
13
14
15
16
17

Inspect the purge solenoid valve and vacuum
hose connection.
(See 01-16B-8 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE
(See 01-13B-3 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
VACUUM HOSE ROUTING DIAGRAM [L3
WITH TC].)
PASSAGE
INSPECTION".
(See 01-12B-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE
(See 01-10B-12 COMPRESSION
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
H02S, and TWC Repair Verification Drive
Mode).
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
High-pressure fuel pump or spill valve control solenoid
valve (built-in high pressure fuel pump) malfunction.
Go to Step 16.
Relief valve malfunction.

Inspect for the following.
Fuel line restriction
Fuel filter clogging
(See 01-14B-13 FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAU
If there is any malfunction:
the inspection results.
Go to Step 16.



TC].)

01-028-99

DTC
P0134:00
id010239702500
AlF sensor circuit no activity detected

The PCM monitors the element impedance AlF sensor when the following conditions are met. Under the
following monitoring conditions, if the element impedance is more than the specified value, the PCM
determines that the AlF sensor is not activated.
-
DETECTION
CONDITION
AlF sensor heater is tuned on for 35 s or more

POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- AlF sensor terminal 2D-PCM terminal 2C
- Leakage engine coolant to combustion chamber
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
PCM
AlF SENSOR
AlF SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 2BE J2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U

[
21
2E 2A
2F 2B
2QI2M
2BH 2BO 2AZI 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P
01-028-100
IJ
Il
2G 2C
~ 2L 2H 20

STEP
INSPECTION
1
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
2
RECORDED
3
AVAILABILITY
4
DTC
Note
If the fuel monitor, the DTC P0132:00 is
retrieved, ignore it until the DTC P0134:00 is
fixed.

off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
P2251 :00 also present?
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
TO GROUND
ground:
- AlF sensor terminal 1A
- AlF sensor terminal 2D
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes

No

Yes
No
Go to Step 10.
Yes
No

to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 12.
01-028-101

STEP
INSPECTION
9
CIRCUIT
- AlF sensor terminal 18-PCM terminal 2AC
10
PASSAGE
INSPECTION".
11
12
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
WITH TC].)
13
01-028-102
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No

TC].)
Yes

No

idO 10239300300
DTC P0137:00 H02S circuit low input

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the H02S. If the input voltage from the H02S is below -1.15 V
or if H02S bias voltage is below 1.3 V for 5 s while the H02S is active, the PCM determines that the
circuit input is low.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to ground in wiring harness between H02S terminal A and PCM terminal 2Q
- H02S terminal B-PCM terminal 21
H02S malfunction
PCM malfunction
PCM
H02S
AAA
VVV
r;:
\J
Y~
II
(])
II
\\
II
\\
(])
II
\\
H02S
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
\\
~
~
~
~
AAA
yyy
12G
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUj2AQ 2AM!2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S120 2K
2C
STEP
1
INSPECTION
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
RECORDED
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

01-028-103

INSPECTION
STEP
3
AVAILABILITY
4
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Are any other P~NDING CODEs and/or DTCs
present?
5
6
INSPECT H02S CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO
GROUND
10
11

INSPECT H02S
Inspect the H02S.
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
01-028-104
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.
Yes

No
Yes

to Step 10.
No
Yes

to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 10.
to Step 10.
No
Yes
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No

DTC
P0138:00
idO 10239702600

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the H02S. If the input voltage from the H02S is above 1.2 V or if
H02S bias voltage is above 1.7 V for 55, the PCM determines that the circuit input is high.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

H02S signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other.
H02S malfunction
PCM malfunction
PCM
H02S
vvv
\\
~~~~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~h~~~r-_~AA~A~
AAA
......
fs'
\\ \:Y
vvv
~I-------(
<~
'-../
::;>
,7
H02S
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 2BE
21
2E 2A
2F 28
2G 2C
2BH 2BD 2AZI2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJ 12AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ] 2L 2H 20
STEP
1
INSPECTION
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TCl.)
DATA (Mode 2)?
RECORDED
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

01-028-105

STEP
3
10
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
Verify related Servic~ Bulletins and/or on-line
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
POWER SUPPLY
- H02S terminal A
- H02S terminal B
INSPECT H02S SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND
OTHER
Inspect for continuity between H02S terminals
A and B (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT H02S
Inspect the H02S.

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
01-028-106
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.

to Step 10.

to Step 10.



TC].)

STEP
INSPECTION
11

DTC
P0139:00
ACTION
Yes

No
id010239300400
The PCM monitors the rich (0.55 V) to lean (0.3 V) response time of the H02S. The PCM measures the
response time when the following conditions are met. The PCM determines a H02S response deterioration
malfunction when the measured response time is more than 0.1 s for 2 of 3 times.
-
DETECTION
CONDITION
The PCM monitors for a time-out malfunction (when the H02S remains above 0.2 V for longer than a
specified period of time during the fuel cut control). The PCM measures the amount of time from when the
following conditions are met until the H02S output voltage drops below 0.2 V. The PCM determines a
H02S time-out malfunction when the detected time is more than 4 s for 2 of 3 times.
-
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

H02S looseness
H02S malfunction
High-pressure side fuel delivery system malfunction
- Fuel pressure sensor (built-in fuel delivery pipe) malfunction
- Relief valve (built-in fuel delivery pipe) malfunction
- High pressure fuel pump malfunction
- Spill valve control solenoid valve (built-in high pressure fuel pump) malfunction
Low-pressure side fuel delivery system malfunction
- Fuel filter (built-in fuel pump unit) clogged or restricted
- Fuel leakage on fuel line from high pressure fuel pump to fuel pump unit
Improper connection of purge solenoid hoses
- Engine coolant leakage into combustion chamber
PCM malfunction
01-028-107

STEP
INSPECTION
1
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
(See 01-028-8 ON-80ARD DIAGNOSTIC
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
2
RECORDED
3
AVAILABILITY
4
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
5
6

between the exhaust manifold and H02S.
INSPECT H02S
Inspect the H02S.

TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
normally?
01-028-108
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

(See 01-028-178 DTC P0443:00 [L3 WITH TC].)

Inspect the H02S related wiring harness.
- Replace the H02S.
(H02S) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
- Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness.
Go to Step 16.
Go to Step 13.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 11.

STEP
INSPECTION
10
11
TC].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
12
specification?
13
14
15
16

Inspect the purge solenoid valve and vacuum
hose connection.
(See 01-13B-3INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
WITH TC].)
PASSAGE
INSPECTION".
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Go to Step 16.

Go to Step 16.



TC].)
01-028-109

STEP
INSPECTION
17
Yes
No
ACTION

DTC
P0140:00
id010239702700

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the H02S when the following conditions are met. Under the
following monitoring conditions, if the input voltage from the H02S does not even exceed 0.6 V though the
short term fuel trim is controlled up to 20.5% for 20.8 S, the PCM determines that the H02S circuit is not
activated.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

H02S looseness
Short to ground in wiring harness between H02S terminal A and PCM terminal 20
Open circuit in wiring harness between H02S terminal A and PCM terminal 20
H02S malfunction
PCM malfunction
PCM
H02S
AAA
vvv
r;:V
-1~
II
\\
II
\\
H02S
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
II
\\
9V
II
\\
~
~
AAA
vvv
J 2BE 12BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U
2Q 12M
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BBI2AX 2ATI2AP 2ALI2AHI2ADI2Z 12V 2R 12N 2J
2F 28
t 2G
2C
01-028-110

STEP
INSPECTION
1
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
2
RECORDED
3
AVAILABILITY
4
DTC
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No



repair information.
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes
No
Go to Step 10.
Yes

to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 12.
Note
If the fuel monitor, the DTC P0132:00 is
retrieved, ignore it until the DTC P0140:00 is
fixed.

off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
between the exhaust manifold and H02S.
INSPECT H02S
Inspect the H02S.
GROUND
No
Yes
No
01-028-111

STEP
10
11
12
13
INSPECTION
A (wiring harness-side) and PCM terminal 2Q
PASSAGE
INSPECTION".
VERIFY DTe TROUBLESHOOTING
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
WITH TC].)
01-028-112
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No

TC].)
Yes

No

DTC
P0171:00
id010239934200

The PCM monitors the short term fuel trim (SHRTFT) and long term fuel trim (LONGFT) values when
closed loop fuel control. If the LONGFT and the sum total of these fuel trims or SHRTFT exceed
preprogrammed criteria, the PCM determines that the fuel system is too lean.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- Related connector or terminals malfunction
AlF sensor deterioration
- Purge solenoid valve malfunction (stuck open)
-Improper connection of purge solenoid hoses
- Fuel filter clogging
- Fuel leakage on fuel line (between fuel pump unit and high pressure fuel pump)
Misfire
Fuel runout
PCM malfunction
01-028-113

STEP
INSPECTION
1
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
2
RECORDED
3
AVAILABILITY
4
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
5
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
-APP1
-APP2
-ECT
-MAF
-TP REL
-VSS
when the ignition switch is ON and the engine
runs?
TC].)
6
UNDER TROUBLE CONDITION
Access the same PIDs as in Step 5 while
simulating the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode
2) condition.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
changes?
7
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
8
01-028-114
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 11.
Go to Step 11.
Yes
Inspect the suspected circuit.

- Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according
to the inspection results, then go to Step 23.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Go to Step 11.

INSPECTION
STEP
9
10
11
12
Yes
No
ACTION

Yes

No


MAFSENSOR
Start the engine.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
according to the engine speed.
TC].)
INSPECT FOR EXCESSIVE AIR SUCTION OF
INTAKE AIR SYSTEM
Visually inspect for loosen, cracks or damages
hoses on the intake air system.
Yes
Go to Step 13.
No
Yes
No

Note
suction area.
13
14
15
16
17

OPERATION
SYSTEM OPERATION
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
normally?
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes
No
Go to Step 19.
Yes

Go to Step 18.
No
Yes

No
Go to Step 19.
01-028-115

STEP
INSPECTION
18
TC].)
TEST [L3 WITH TCl)
specification?
TC].)
19
specification?
20
21
22
23

Perform the Spark Test.
Is a strong blue spark visible at each cylinder?
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
WITH TC].)
Stop the vehicle and access the On-Board
System Readiness Tests Access Procedure to
inspect the Drive Mode completion status.
-If not:
Perform the Drive Mode 03 (EGR
System, AlF sensor heater, H02S heater,
AlF sensor, H02S and TWC Repair
Verification Drive Mode) again.
(See 01-02B-13 OBD-II DRIVE MODE
[L3 WITH TC].)
WITH TC].)
01-028-116
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Go to Step 23.

Go to Step 23.
Yes

No
Yes

TC].)
No

STEP
INSPECTION
24
Yes
ACTION
No

id010239934300
DTC
P0172:00

The PCM monitors the short fuel trim (SHRTFT) and long fuel trim (LONGFT) values when closed loop fuel
control. If the LONGFT and the sum total of these fuel trims or SHRTFT exceed preprogrammed criteria,
the PCM determines that the fuel system is too rich.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

AlF sensor deterioration
- Purge solenoid valve malfunction (stuck open)
- Improper connection of purge solenoid hoses
Improper operation of EGR valve system
Improper operation of variable swirl control
- Fuel leakage on fuel line (between fuel pump unit and high pressure fuel pump)
Improper operation of PCV valve
Misfire
PCM malfunction
01-028-117

STEP
1
INSPECTION
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
(IGNITION SWITCH TO THE ON POSITIONI
IDLE)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
-APP1
-APP2
-ECT
-MAF
-TP REL
-VSS
runs?
TC].)
2) condition.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
changes?
01-028-118
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 11.
Go to Step 11.



STEP
INSPECTION
8
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
(See 01-408-30 AIR FUEL RATIO (AI F)
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 11.
Yes
No

(See 01-408-29 AIR FUEL RATIO (AI F) SENSOR

Yes

No

(See 01-408-29 AIR FUEL RATIO (AlF) SENSOR

MAFSENSOR
Start the engine.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
according to the engine speed.
TC].)
OPERATION
(See 01-038-91 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
INSPECT VARIABLE SWIRL CONTROL
OPERATION
Perform the Variable Swirl System Operation
Inspection.
SYSTEM OPERATION
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
normally?
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes

No
Go to Step 20.
Yes
No

Go to Step 19.
01-028-119

STEP
INSPECTION
18
(See 01-408-29 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
19
(See 01-148-17 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL
TC].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
20
(See 01-148-6 FUEL LINE PRESSURE
specification?
21
22
23

(See 01-168-10 POSITIVE CRANKCASE
VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC].)
01-028-120
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
(See 01-148-25 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAU
Go to Step 24.

(See 01-148-13 FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAU
Go to Step 24.
spark test result, then go to Step 24.
Replace the PCV valve, then go to Step 24.

(See 01-168-9 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
(PCV) VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)


STEP
INSPECTION
24
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
WITH TC].)
Stop the vehicle and access the On-Board
System Readiness Tests Access Procedure
-If not:
Perform the Drive Mode 03 (EGR
System, AlF sensor heater, H02S heater,
AlF sensor, H02S and TWC Repair
Verification Drive Mode) again.
(See 01-02B-13 OBD-II DRIVE MODE
[L3 WITH TC].)
WITH TC].)
25
Yes
No
ACTION
TC].)
Yes
No


id010239147600
DTC
P0191:00
Fuel pressure sensor circuit range/performance problem
If the fluctuation range of the actual fuel pressure is below the set value when the fluctuation range of the
target fuel pressure has exceeded the set value, the PCM determines that there is fuel pressure sensor

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Air suction in fuel line due to fuel runout
Insufficient fuel pressure (lOW pressure line)
Fuel injector malfunction (fuel leakage)
Fuel pressure limiter malfunction
PCM malfunction
01-028-121

STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS AIR
SUCTION IN FUEL LINE BY FUEL RUNOUT OR
ELSEWHERE
Verify the fuel gauge indicator on the
instrument cluster.
Does the fuel gauge indicate empty?
CONNECTOR CONDITION
connector.
CONNECTOR CONDITION
INSPECT FUEL LINE PRESSURE (LOW
PRESSURE LINE)
Measure the fuel line pressure (low-pressure).

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine and run the engine under the
FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2) condition.
WITH TC].)
01-028-122
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Refill the fuel and warm up the engine, then go to the next
step.

to Step 9.

to Step 9.

to Step 9.
Yes
Replace the fuel pressure sensor, then go to Step 9.

(See 01-40B-29 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR REMOVAU
No
Remove the fuel injector and visually inspect fuel injector or

leakage.
Replace the fuel injector if necessary, then go to the next
step.
No Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
TCl)
Yes

STEP
INSPECTION
10
Yes
ACTION
No

id010239147700
DTC
P0192:00
Fuel pressure sensor circuit low input

If the input voltage from the fuel pressure sensor is less than 0.19 V for 5.3 s, the PCM determines that the
fuel pressure sensor circuit is low.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- Fuel pressure sensor terminal C-PCM terminal 2K
- Fuel pressure sensor terminal B-PCM terminal 2R
Fuel pressure sensor signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other.
Open circuit in wiring harness between fuel pressure sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 2K
PCM malfunction
PCM
FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 2BE j2BA 2AW2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U

I[
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATI2AP 2ALl2AH12ADI2z T 2V 2RT2N 2J
2F 2B
2QI2M
2BH 2BD 2AZI 2AVl2AR 2ANl2AJr2AFI2AB12x 2T12P
Il
2G 2C
2L 2H 20
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION
Yes
No

01-028-123

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
2
repair information.
AVAILABILITY
Verify related Servic~ Bulletins and/or on-line
3
to Step 9.
CONNECTOR CONDITION
4
INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
to ground.
Fuel pressure sensor connector is
disconnected.
circuit).
ground:
WITH TC].)
- Fuel pressure sensor terminal C
Go to Step 9.
- Fuel pressure sensor terminal B
Is
there
continuity?
5
to Step 9.
6
INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
CIRCUIT AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
TO EACH OTHER
Fuel pressure sensor and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between fuel pressure
sensor terminals B and A (wiring harnessside).
7
INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER
SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
sensor terminal C (wiring harness-side) and
PCM terminal 2K (wiring harness-side).
8
Yes Replace the fuel pressure sensor, then go to the next step.
9
COMPLETED
TC].)
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
10
01-028-124

DTC
P0193:00
id010239147800
Fuel pressure sensor circuit high input

If the input voltage from the fuel pressure sensor is more than 4.8 V for 5.3 s, the PCM determines that the
fuel pressure sensor circuit is high.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to power supply in wiring harness between fuel pressure sensor terminal Band PCM terminal 2R
Fuel pressure sensor power supply circuit and signal circuit are shorted to each other.
- Fuel pressure sensor terminal B-PCM terminal 2R
- Fuel pressure sensor terminal A-PCM terminal 2P
PCM malfunction
PCM

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
'\
I[
21
2E 2A
2F 2B
.,
IJ
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUI2AQ 2AMI2AI12AEJ2AAI2W 2sl20 2Kt 2G 2C

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION

repair information.
AVAILABILITY
to Step 9.
CONNECTOR CONDITION
Switch
the
ignition
to
off.

01-028-125

STEP
INSPECTION
4
5
INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL
disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the fuel pressure
sensor terminal B (wiring harness-side).
6
INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR POWER
SUPPLY CIRCUIT AND SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO EACH OTHER
disconnected.
sensor terminals C and B (wiring harnessside).
7
INSPECT FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
- Fuel pressure sensor terminal B-PCM
terminal2R
- Fuel pressure sensor terminal A-PCM
terminal2P
8
9
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
10
01-028-126
Yes
ACTION
to Step 9.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
Replace the fuel pressure sensor, then go to the next step.

No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes
No


DTC
P0201 :00
id010239147900
Injector circuit/open cylinder No.1

If the fuel injection verification signal is not input at 255 times continuously even though the PCM drives the
fuel injector No.1, the PCM determines that there is an open circuit in the fuel injector No.1 control circuit.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Battery voltage: 10.03 V or more
Fuel injection control: except during fuel cut

Fuel injector No.1 connector or terminals malfunction
- Fuel injector No.1 terminal B-PCM terminal 2BG
- Fuel injector No.1 terminal A-PCM terminal 2BB
Short to power supply in wiring harness between fuel injector No.1 terminal A and PCM terminal 2BB
- Fuel injector No.1 terminal A-PCM terminal 2BB
Fuel injector No.1 malfunction
PCM malfunction
PCM
FUEL INJECTOR NO.1
G
A
I-+!~~___@_4_0_--~~f.f-I~<8
@0
H:~+-----------------~~~~
FUEL INJECTOR NO.1

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2Q 12M
21
2E 2A
2F 2B
I[
l
]
2G 2C
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.
01-028-127

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
3
INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR NO.1 CONNECTOR
to Step 9.
CONDITION
Disconnect the fuel injector No.1 connector.
4
INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR NO.1 CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO GROUND
to ground.
Fuel injector No.1 connector is disconnected.
circuit).
ground:
- Fuel injector ~0.1 terminal 8
WITH TC].)
- Fuel injector No.1 terminal A
Go to Step 9.
5
to Step 9.
Disconnect
the
PCM
connector.

6
Fuel
injector
No.1
and
PCM
connectors
are
No
Go
to the next step.
disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the fuel injector No.1
7
OPEN CIRCUIT
Fuel injector No.1 and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
- Fuel injector No.1 terminal 8-PCM terminal
28G
- Fuel injector No.1 terminal A-PCM terminal
288
8
INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR NO.1
Yes Replace the fuel injector No.1, then go to the next step.
Inspect the fuel injector No.1.
(See 01-148-29 FUEL INJECTOR
9
COMPLETED
TC].)
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
10
01-028-128

DTC
P0202:00
id010239148000

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE


- Fuel injector No.2 terminal B-PCM terminal 2BH
- Fuel injector No.2 terminal A-PCM terminal 2BC
Short to power supply in wiring harness between fuel injector No.2 terminal A and PCM terminal 2BC
- Fuel injector No.2 terminal A-PCM terminal 2BC
PCM malfunction
PCM
FUEL INJECTOR NO.2
t+1~r--___@_0___~~:t-i~
'4"0
1\\
\:VI,
A HI~~--------------~y:t-i~~
FUEL INJECTOR NO.2

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2012M
21
2E 2A
2F 2B
l
J
2G 2C
INSPECTION
STEP
1
2
AVAILABILITY
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
01-028-129

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
3
to Step 9.
CONDITION
4
SHORT TO GROUND
to ground.
Fuel
injector
No.2
connector
is
disconnected.

circuit).
ground:
- Fuel injector No.2 terminal 8
WITH TCl.)
Go to Step 9.
5
to Step 9.
6
disconnected.
7
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
- Fuel injector No.2 terminal 8-PCM terminal
28H
28C
8
9
COMPLETED
TCl)
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TCl.)
10
Perform
the
"AFTER
REPAIR
PROCEDURE".

01-028-130

id010239148100
DTC
P0203:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE



- Fuel injector No.3 terminal A-PCM terminal 2BD
Short to power supply in wiring harness between fuel injector No.3 terminal A and PCM terminal 2BD
- Fuel injector NO.3 terminal B-PCM terminal 2BH
- Fuel injector No.3 terminal A-PCM terminal 2BD
PCM malfunction
PCM
FUEL INJECTOR NO.3
~
A
{f
@0
@0
~9
~r---------------~~~~~
FUEL INJECTOR NO.3

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
21
2E 2A
2012M
2F 2B
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUI2AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2K I 2G 2C

2BH 2BO 2AZ 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFr2ABI2X 2T 12P
r2L
2H 20
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
01-028-131

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
3
to Step 9.
CONDITION
Disconnect the fuel injector NO.3 connector.
4
SHORT TO GROUND
to ground.
Fuel injector No.3 connector is disconnected.
circuit).
ground:
- Fuel injector NO.3 terminal B
WITH
TC].)
- Fuel injector NO.3 terminal A
Go to Step 9.
5
to Step 9.
Inspect
for
poor
connection
(such
as
damaged/

6
disconnected.
7
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
- Fuel injector No.3 terminal B-PCM terminal
2BH
2BD
8
(See 01-14B-29 FUEL INJECTOR
INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].}
9
COMPLETED
TC].)
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
10
01-028-132

DTC
P0204:00
id010239148200

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE


- Fuel injector No.4 terminal A-PCM terminal 2AZ
Short to power supply in wiring harness between fuel injector No.4 terminal A and PCM terminal2AZ
- Fuel injector No.4 terminal A-PCM terminal 2AZ
PCM malfunction
PCM
FUEL INJECTOR NO.4
@0
FUEL INJECTOR NO.4

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
IJ;
= ~AW2ASI2AO
I[
21
2E 2A
2F 2B
2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U 2Q 12M
IL
2BG 2BC ]2AY 2AU 12AQ 2AMI2AI J2AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2K

2BH 2BO 2AZI 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P
2G 2C
2L 2H 20
INSPECTION
STEP
1
2
AVAILABILITY
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

data on repair order, then go to the next step.
repair information.
01-028-133

STEP
3
10
ACTION
INSPECTION
to Step 9.
CONDITION
SHORT TO GROUND
to ground.
Fuel
injector
No.4
connector
is
disconnected.

circuit).
ground:
- Fuel injector ~0.4 terminal B
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 9.
to Step 9.
Fuel
injector
No.4
and
PCM
connectors
are
No
disconnected.
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
- Fuel injector No.4 terminal B-PCM terminal
2BG
2AZ
COMPLETED
TC].)
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Perform
the
"AFTER
REPAIR
PROCEDURE".

01-028-134

DTC
P0222:00
id010239702800

If the PCM detects that the TP sensor No.2 voltage is below 0.2 V after the ignition is switched to ON, the
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- Throttle body terminal 8-PCM terminal 2AO
TP sensor No.2 signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other.
- Throttle body terminal 8-PCM terminal 2AO
PCM malfunction
PCM
TP SENSOR NO.2
(THROTTLE BODY)
@0
THROTTLE BODY
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
I[
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATI2AP 2ALI2AHl2ADI2Z 12v 2R12N 2J
2F 2B
Il
2G 2C
2BH 2BD 2AZt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJ/2AFI2AB12x 2T12P ~ 2L 2H 20
01-028-135

STEP
INSPECTION
1
SNAPSHOT DATA HA~ BEEN RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
CONDITION
4
SHORT TO GROUND
ground:
- Throttle body terminal B
- Throttle body terminal C

OTHER
disconnected.
terminals C and D (wiring harness-side).
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
- Throttle body terminal B-PCM terminal
2AO
- Throttle body terminal C-PCM terminal
2AL
(See 01-40B-28 THROTTLE POSITION (TP)
01-028-136
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

repair information.
to Step 9.

to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 9.
to Step 9.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
9
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
(See 01-02S-12 AFTER REPAIR
(See 01-02S-12 KOEO/KOER SELF TEST [L3
WITH TC].)
10
(See 01-02S-12 AFTER REPAIR
Yes
ACTION
(See 01-40S-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
No
Yes
No

(See 01-02S-18 DTC TASLE [L3 WITH TC].)

idO 10239702900
DTC
P0223:00

If the PCM detects that the TP sensor No.2 voltage is above 4.85 V after the ignition is switched to ON, the
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE


Short to power supply in wiring harness between throttle body terminal C and PCM terminal 2AL
TP sensor No.2 power supply circuit and signal circuit are shorted to each other.
Open circuit in wiring harness between throttle body terminal 0 and PCM terminal 2AJ
PCM malfunction
PCM
THROTTLE BODY
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

,r

Ie
21
2E 2A
2F 2B
2QI2M
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUI2AQ2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S J20 2K
2G 2C
2BH 2BD 2Azt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20
01-028-137

STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
CONDITION
disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the throttle body
TO EACH OTHER
disconnected.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
terminal2AJ (wiring harness-side).
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
01-028-138
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
to Step 9.
Yes

to Step 9.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

TC].)
No
STEP
INSPECTION
10
Yes
No
ACTION

id010239148400
DTC
P0234:00
Turbo/supercharger overboost condition
If the manifold absolute pressure or charging efficiency are more than the specification for the specified
period of time, the PCM determines that the turbocharger is in an over boost condition.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Engine speed: 2,000 rpm or more

Wastegate control solenoid valve malfunction
Vacuum hose malfunction
- Looseness
-Damage
-Improper installation
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE
Inspect the wastegate control solenoid valve.
(See 01-13B-13 WASTEGATE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
INSPECT VACUUM HOSE
Inspect the vacuum hose condition for the
following:
- Looseness
-Damage
- Improper installation
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
Periorm the KOER self test.
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.
Replace the wastegate control solenoid valve, then go to
Step 4.
Yes

No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No
01-028-139

DTC
P0245:00
id010239900000
Wastegate control solenoid valve circuit low input

When the PCM turns the wastegate control solenoid valve off but the wastegate control solenoid valve
circuit voltage is low for 5 s, the PCM determines that the wastegate control solenoid valve control circuit
voltage is low.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Wastegate control solenoid valve connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground or open circuit in wastegate control solenoid valve power supply circuit
- Short'to ground in wiring harness between main relay and wastegate control solenoid valve terminal A
- ENG BAR 1 15 A fuse malfunction
- Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay and wastegate control solenoid valve terminal A
Short to ground in wiring harness between wastegate control solenoid valve terminal Band PCM terminal
2AA
Open circuit in wiring harness between wastegate control solenoid valve terminal Band PCM terminal2AA
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
PCM
,..,-"
EN;; ~AR
WASTEGATE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE
~----a~~~~r---~fi~'iVA\
rrn
@0
?-
(B~r.I~~------------~h~~~r--'--~
""- r"" AN
WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
"P
2BE~2BA2AW2ASI2A02AKI2AG~2YI2U
2QI2M
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2AT /2AP 2AL/2AH/2AO/2Z /2V 2R /2N 2J
2F 2B
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AU /2AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2K
I 2G
2C
2BH 2BO 2AZI2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AF/2AB/2X 2T /2P] 2L 2H 20
01-028-140

STEP
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
ACTION
Yes
No

repair information.

Yes
No
Disconnect the wastegate control solenoid
valve connector.

to Step B.

Wastegate control solenoid valve connector is
disconnected.
Measure the voltage between wastegate
control solenoid valve terminal A (wiring
Is the voltage B+?
Yes
No

GROUND
Wastegate control solenoid valve connector is
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between wastegate
control solenoid valve terminal B (wiring
VALVE
TC].)
Yes

Inspect the ENG BAR 1 15 A fuse.
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step B.
to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step B.
No
Yes

Step B.
No

Yes

to Step B.

VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Wastegate control solenoid valve and PCM
Inspect for continuity between wastegate
control solenoid valve terminal B (wiring
harness-side) and PCM terminal 2M (wiring
harness-side) .
Yes
No

01-028-141

STEP
INSPECTION
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
ACTION
TC].)
Yes

No

id01 02399001 00
DTC
P0246:00
Wastegate control solenoid valve circuit high input

When the PCM turns the wastegate control solenoid valve on but the wastegate control solenoid valve
circuit voltage is high for 5 s, the PCM determines that the wastegate control solenoid valve control circuit
voltage is high.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Wastegate control solenoid valve connector or terminals malfunction
Short to power supply in wiring harness between wastegate control solenoid valve terminal Band PCM
terminal 2AA
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
PCM
"'~
WASTEGATE CONTROL
@
~----a~~~r---~fi~'IVA~B~HI~~----------~~~'l~~~__~
~ ~~
"t-.. /"~ A//
"P
EN~ ~AR
SOLENOID VALVE
WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

I[
2Q 12M 21
2E 2A
2F 28
I !
01-028-142
t 2G
2C
2L 2H 20

STEP
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
Disconnect the wastegate control solenoid
valve connector.
VALVE
TC].)
POWER SUPPLY
Wastegate control solenoid valve and PCM
Measure the voltage at the wastegate control
solenoid valve terminal B (wiring harnessside).
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.

to Step 6.
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

to Step 6.
No
Yes

No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes
No

01-028-143

id010239703200
DTC
P0300:00
The PCM monitors the CKP sensor input signal interval time. The PCM calculates the change of interval
time for each cylinder. If the change of interval time exceeds the preprogrammed criteria, the PCM detects
a misfire in the corresponding cylinder. While the engine is running, the PCM counts the number of misfires
that occurred at 200 crankshaft revolutions and 1,000 crankshaft revolutions and calculates a misfire

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects a misfire which affects emission performance in two consecutive
The MIL flashes if the PCM detects a misfire which can damage the catalytic converter during the first drive
cycle.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects a misfire which affects emission performance during the
first drive cycle.
CKP sensor looseness
Ignition coil related wiring harness malfunction
Air restriction or leakage in intake air system (between MAF sensor and intake manifold)
MAF sensor contamination
Turbocharger malfunction (turbine wheel/compressor wheel damaged, stuck)
- Fuel line clogged
- Fuel filter clogged
- Fuel leakage in fuel line
- Fuel runout
Vacuum hoses damage or improper connection
Improper operation of fuel pump speed control
Poor quality fuel
PCM malfunction
01-028-144

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
4
(KEY TO ON/IDLE)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
-APP1
-APP2
-ECT
-IAT
-MAF
-RPM
-TP REL
-VSS
idles?
TC].)
5
2) condition.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
changes?
6
INSPECT CMP SENSOR
(CMP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT INSTALLATION OF CKP SENSOR

Inspect if the CKP sensor is loosely installed.
Is the CKP sensor installed securely?
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes

If the inspection results are normal:
If the inspection results are not normal:
No
Yes

No
Yes
Inspect the installation condition for damage to the timing

chain and gears.
- Replace the CMP sensor.
(See 01-40B-34 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP)
to the inspection results.
Go to Step 27.
No

Yes
No
Retighten the CKP sensor, then go to Step 27.

(See 01-40B-32 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP)
01-028-145

STEP
INSPECTION
8
INSPECT IGNITION COIL HARNESSES
cylinders.
9
10
INSPECT MAF PID
Start the engine.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
changes quickly according to the change in the
engine speed.
TC].)
11
INSPECT IN INTAKE AIR SYSTEM FOR
RESTRICTION OR LEAKAGE
- Between MAF sensor and throttle body
- Between throttle body and intake manifold
Yes
ACTION
Repair or replace the suspected wiring harnesses, then go
to Step 27.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 13.

Note
suction area.
12
13
14
INSPECT TURBOCHARGER

specification?
INSPECT FUEL LINE FROM FUEL PUMP TO
FUEL DELIVERY PIPE
Visually inspect the fuel line for fuel leakage.
01-028-146
Yes
No
Replace the turbocharger, then go to Step 27.

Yes
No
Go to Step 15.
If the fuel line pressure is too low:
If the fuel line pressure is too high:
Yes

No
Inspect the fuel filters for foreign material or stain inside fuel
filter (low-pressure side).
Perform the following actions depend on the result
above.
- If foreign materials or stain is found inside fuel filter
(low-pressure side):
Clean the fuel tank and filter (low-pressure side).
-If normal:
Go to Step 27.

STEP
INSPECTION
15
SYSTEM OPERATION
16
INSPECT OPERATION OF PURGE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE
solenoid valve and apply vacuum to the
solenoid.
Verify that the solenoid holds vacuum.
Access the EVAPCP PID of simulation item
using the M-MDS.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Set the duty value to 100% for the EVAPCP
PID.
Apply the vacuum while turning the solenoid
from OFF to ON and simulating the EVAPCP
PID with a 100% duty value.
Verify that the solenoid releases vacuum while
the solenoid is turned on.
Is the purge control solenoid valve operation
normal?
17
VERIFY FUEL PUMP SPEED CONTROL
OPERATION
Inspection.
18
PASSAGE
INSPECTION".
19
20
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
21
normally?
22
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes
No

(See 01-16B-7 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes

No

Yes
No
Go to Step 25.
Yes

Go to Step 24.
No
Yes
No

01-028-147

STEP
INSPECTION
23
(See 01-14B-17 HI~H PRESSURE FUEL
TC].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
24
specification?
25
26
27
28

(See 01-16B-8 EGR VALVE REMOVAU
Visually inspect if the EGR valve is stuck open.
Is the EGR valve stuck open?
Remove the PCV valve.
(See 01-16B-9 POSITIVE CRANKCASE
WITH TC].)
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
WITH TC].)
01-028-148
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
ACTION
Go to Step 27.

Go to Step 27.
No
Yes
Replace the PCV valve, then go to the next step.

(See 01-16B-9 POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
(PCV) VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Te].)
No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes
No


DTC P0301 :00, P0302:00, P0303:00, P0304:00 [L3 WITH TCl
DTC
P0301:00
DTC
P0302:00
DTC
P0303:00
DTC
P0304:00
id010239703300

The PCM monitors the CKP sensor input signal interval time, and calculates the change of interval time for
each cylinder. If the change of interval time exceeds the preprogrammed criteria, the PCM detects a misfire
in the corresponding cylinder. While the engine is running, the PCM counts the number of misfires that
occurred at 200 crankshaft revolutions and 1,000 crankshaft revolutions and calculates a misfire ratio
for each crankshaft revolution. If the ratio exceeds the preprogrammed criteria, the PCM determines that a
misfire, which can damage the catalytic converter or affect emission periormance, has occurred.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The MIL illuminates if the PCM detects a misfire which affects emission periormance in two consecutive
The MIL flashes if the PCM detects a misfire which can damage the catalytic converter during the first drive
cycle.
PENDING CODE is available if the PCM detects a misfire which affects emission periormance during first
drive cycle.
Air suction in intake air system (between dynamic chamber and cylinder head)
Engine coolant leakage into combustion chamber
Fuel injector related wiring harness malfunction
-Ignition coil malfunction
Inadequate engine compression due to engine internal malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No


repair information.
01-028-149

STEP
INSPECTION
3
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
4
(KEY TO ON/IDLE)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
-APP1
-APP2
-ECT
-IAT
-MAF
-RPM
- TP REL
-VSS
idles?
TC].)
5
2) condition.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
changes?
INSPECT INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM FOR AIR
6
SUCTION
- Around connection of dynamic chamber and
intake manifold
- Around connection of intake manifold and
cylinder head
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No


Note
suction area.

PASSAGE
INSPECTION".
INSPECT WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN
IGNITION SYSTEM OR ELSEWHERE
Is a strong blue spark visible at the suspected
cylinder?
01-028-150
Yes
No

Yes
Go to Step 11.
No

STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT SPARK PLUG
9
Remove the suspected spark plug.
(See 01-18B-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAU
Inspect the suspected spark plug.
(See 01-18B-3 SPARK PLUG INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
10
Inspect the suspected ignition coil.
(See 01-18B-2IGNITION COIL INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
11
12
13
14
15

Access the INJ_1, INJ_2, INJ_3, INJ_4 PIDs.
TEST [L3 WITH TCl.)
Start the engine and warm it up to the normal
operating temperature.
Turn the fuel injector off from on using the PID
simulation function.
Does the engine speed decrease while the fuel
injectors are turned off?
INSPECT FUEL INJECTOR WIRING HARNESS
Remove the intake air system parts.
Disconnect the fuel injector connector on
suspected cylinder.
Connect the NOlO LIGHT to the fuel injector
terminals.
Inspect the dim of light during cranking.
Does the light illuminate?
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
WITH TCl.)
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace the suspected spark plug, then go to Step 14.
(See 01-18B-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC].)
Yes
Replace the suspected ignition coil, then go to Step 14.

(See 01-18B-2IGNITION COIL REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC].)
No
No
Inspect the suspect cylinder ignition coil related wiring

harness.
Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, if
necessary.
Go to Step 14.
Yes
No
Go to Step 14.
Yes
Replace the suspect fuel injector, then go to the nextstep.

Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, if
necessary, then go to the next step.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

TCl)

01-028-151

DTC
P0327:00
id010239703000

The PCM monitors the input signal from the KS when the engine is running. If the input voltage at the PCM
terminals between 2V and 2U is below 0.2 V for 5 S, the PCM determines that the KS circuit has a
malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- KS te'rminal B-PCM terminal 2V
KS malfunction
KS circuits are shorted to each other.
PCM malfunction
PCM
KS
@0
@0
~~jl~~K~------------------------~H~
:~
fs'11
'--J \\
KS
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
II~
\\~
J 2BE
21
2E 2A
2F 2B
IL
n
2G 2C
2BH 2BO 2AZI2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20
STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
repair information.
AVAILABILITY
Go
to the next step.
No
to Step 9.
Disconnect
the
KS
connector.

01-028-152

STEP
INSPECTION
4
INSPECT KS CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO
GROUND
KS connector is disconnected.
ground:
- KS terminal A
- KS terminal 8
5
10
INSPECT KS
Inspect the KS.
(See 01-408-35 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
INSPECT KS CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH
OTHER
Inspect for continuity between KS terminals A
and 8 (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT KS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
- KS terminal 8-PCM terminal 2V
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 9.
(See 01-408-34 KNOCK SENSOR (KS) REMOVAU
to Step 9.

Yes
No

Yes

TC].)
No
Yes
No

(See 01-02B-18 DTC TA8LE [L3 WITH TC].)
01-028-153

id01 02397031 00
DTC
P0328:00

The PCM monitors the input signal from the KS when the engine is running. If the input voltage at the PCM
terminals between 2V and 2U is above 4.8 V for 5 S, the PCM determines that the KS circuit has a
malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE


KS malfunction
PCM malfunction
PCM
@
KS
T_ 0 5P
II
II
'--'-~~Hh~~--------------------------+H
\\
---L \2.J \\
~~~r--------------------------+H
\\
KS
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 2BE
21
2E 2A
2F 28
2G 2C
Il
I[
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION
repair information.
AVAILABILITY
to Step 7.
INSPECT KS
Inspect the KS.
(See 01-40B-35 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
01-028-154
Yes
No

(See 01-40B-34 KNOCK SENSOR (KS) REMOVAU

STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT KS CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER
SUPPLY
- KS terminal A
- KS terminal B
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Petiorm the KOEO or KOER self test.
WITH TC].)
Petiorm the "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE".
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
to Step 7.


TC].)

01-028-155

DTC
P0335:00
id010239703600
CKP sensor circuit malfunction

If the PCM does not receive the input voltage from the CKP sensor for 4.2 s while the MAF is 2.0 gls {0.26
Ib/min.} or above, the PCM determines that the CKP sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to ground or open circuit in CKP sensor power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and CKP sensor terminal C
- Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and CKP sensor terminal C
Short to ground in wiring harness between CKP sensor terminal Band PCM terminal 2W
Short to power supply in wiring harness between CKP sensor terminal Band PCM terminal 2W
CKP sensor signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other.
- CKP sensor terminal A-PCM terminal 2P
- CKP sensor pulse wheel malfunction
- CKP sensor is dirty
PCM malfunction
CKP SENSOR
f4\
\:!:J
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
PCM
r-~
ENG BAR
15A
~H:~~---o~~~--~
@
@
())
~Ir---------------------~~~~~
@
@
(})
~8:
'--------'
CKPSENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

11---
J 2BE ~2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKJ2AGI2ACI2Y 12U
21
2E 2A
2Q 12M
2F 2B
IE

2BH 2BD 2AZI2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJ 12AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P
01-028-156
,l
1 2L
I 2G
2C
2H 20

STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
VERIFY CKP SENSOR VOLTAGE

Yes
Switch
the
ignition
to
off.
No

Connect the voltmeter between the CKP
sensor terminals C and B (sensor-side).
Measure the voltage in the AC range while
Yes
CONDITION
No
INSPECT CKP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
Yes
No
CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage at the CKP sensor
terminal C (wiring harneSS-Side).
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT CKP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR

SHORT TO GROUND
ground.
Yes
No
Yes
INSPECT CKP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR Yes
No
disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the CKP sensor
terminal B (wiring harneSS-Side).

Go to Step 11.

to Step 12.

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 12.
to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 12.
to Step 12.

01-028-157

STEP
10
11
12
13
INSPECTION
INSPECT CKP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND
OTHER
disconnected.
terminals 8 and A (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT CKP SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
disconnected.
Inspect for contifluity between the following
- CKP sensor terminal 8-PCM terminal 2W
- CKP sensor terminal A-PCM terminal 2P
INSPECT CKP SENSOR
(See 01-40B-33 CRANKSHAFT POSITION
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
01-028-158
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 12.
Yes
Replace the CKP sensor, then go to the next step.

(See 01-408-32 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP)
No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes
No


DTC
P0340:00
id010239703700
CMP sensor circuit malfunction

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the CMP sensor when the engine is running. If the PCM does not
receive the input voltage from the CMP sensor while the PCM receives the input signal from the CKP
sensor, the PCM determines that the CMP sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to ground or open circuit in CMP sensor power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and CMP sensor terminal A
- Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and CMP sensor terminal A
Short to ground in wiring harness between CMP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 2S
Short to power supply in wiring harness between CMP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 2S
CMP sensor signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other.
- CMP sensor terminal C-PCM terminal 2S
- CMP sensor terminal 8-PCM terminal 2P
- CMP sensor pulse wheel malfunction
- CMP sensor is dirty
CKP sensor not installed correctly
Timing chain not installed correctly
- Loose timing chain or improper valve timing
PCM malfunction
@@
CMPSENSOR
ENG INJ
15A
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
PCM
@
@
CMPSENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 2BE ~2BA 2AW2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U

[
21
2E 2A
2F 2B
2QI2M
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AU 12AQ 2AMj2AI 12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2K
il
2G 2C
2BH 2BO 2AZI 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20
01-028-159
, :

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION

Yes
No


AVAILABILITY
Yes
No

repair information.
VERIFY CMP SENSOR VOLTAGE

Connect a voltmeter between CMP sensor
terminals A and C (sensor-side).
Measure the voltage in AC range while
Yes
No

Go to Step 11.

Yes
CONDITION
No
INSPECT CMP SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
Yes
No
CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage at the CMP sensor
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT CMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR

SHORT TO GROUND
ground.

INSPECT CMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR

disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the CMP sensor
01-028-160

to Step 16.

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 16.
to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 16.
to Step 16.
No
Yes

No

STEP
10
11
12
13
14
15
INSPECTION
INSPECT CMP SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND
OTHER
disconnected.
terminals C and B (wiring harness-side).
CIRCUIT
disconnected.
- CMP sensor terminal C-PCM terminal 2S
- CMP sensor terminal B-PCM terminal 2P
INSPECT CMP SENSOR
VERIFY CKP SENSOR INSTALLATION
Verify the CKP sensor installation.
Is the CKP sensor installed correctly?
INSTALLATION
- Timing chain misinstallation
Is the valve timing mechanism installed
correctly?
WITH TC].)
timing retard?
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes
Go to Step 12.
No
Yes
Replace the CMP, then go to Step 16.

No
Go to Step 16.
Yes
No

Reinstall the CKP sensor, then go to Step 16.
Yes
No

Reinstall the malfunctioning part, then go to Step 16.
Yes
No

16.
Yes

Note
The intermittent concern might be removed by
cleaning the variable valve timing mode control
function.
No

Replace the variable valve timing actuator, then go to the
next step.
01-028-161

STEP
INSPECTION
16
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
17
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
TC].)


id010239704200
DTC
P0401:00

The PCM monitors the difference in the intake manifold pressures when the EGR is operated and when it is
stopped. If the difference is too small, the PCM determines that the EGR flow is insufficient.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
This is an intermittent monitor (EGR system).

EGR valve passage malfunction
- Gasket of EGR valve malfunction
- Clogged EGR valve passage
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (EGR system
2
AVAILABILITY
3
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
01-028-162
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

repair information.

STEP
INSPECTION
4
INSPECT MAP SENSOR
[L3 WITH TC].)

Does the EGR valve operate properly?
INSPECT EGR VALVE PASSAGE
Visually inspect the gasket installation of EGR
valve and EGR valve passage for clogging.
MONITOR EGR SYSTEM BY DRIVE MODE
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
WITH TC].)
Stop the vehicle and perform the On-Board
System Readiness Tests Access Procedure to
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Do the FUEL_EVAL and EGR_EVAL PIDs
change to Yes?
COMPLETED
Perform the Diagnostic Monitoring Test Results
Access Procedure using the M-MDS.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Is the TEST 31: 83 (EGR pressure variation)
value within the specification?
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
then go to Step 7.
Yes

No
Yes
No

Retry this step.
Yes
No

TC].)
Yes

No
01-028-163

id010239704300
DTC
P0403:00
EGR valve (stepper motor) circuit malfunction
The PCM monitors the input voltage from the EGR valve. If the voltage at the PCM terminals 2AQ, 2AM,
2AR and/or 2AN remain low or high, the PCM determines that the EGR valve circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

EGR valve connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground or open circuit in EGR valve power supply circuit
Main relay terminal C-EGR valve terminal C
Main relay terminal C-EGR valve terminal D
Main relay terminal C-EGR valve terminal C
Main relay terminal C-EGR valve terminal D
- EGR valve terminal E-PCM terminal 2AQ
- EGR valve terminal A-PCM terminal 2AM
- EGR valve terminal B-PCM terminal 2AR
- EGR valve terminal F-PCM terminal 2AN
- EGR valve terminal F-PCM terminal2AN
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
PCM
EGRVALVE
ENG BAR
f4\
15A
\:!J
0
0
0
0
EGRVALVE
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2QI2M
2E 2A
21

j[

01-028-164
2F 2B
!
2G 2C
~ 2L 2H 20

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION

Yes
No


AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No
INSPECT EGR VALVE CONNECTOR

Yes
CONDITION
No
INSPECT EGR VALVE POWER SUPPLY
Yes
No
CIRCUIT
- EGR valve terminal C
- EGR valve terminal D
Is the voltage B+?

to Step 10.
INSPECT EGR VALVE CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR

SHORT TO GROUND
ground:
- EG R valve terminal A
Yes

to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 10.
No

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 10.

Yes

to Step 10.

disconnected.
Yes

INSPECT EGR VALVE

(See 01-16B-9 EGR VALVE INSPECTION [L3
WITH Te].)
Yes
No
No
Replace the EGR valve, then go to Step 10.

(See 01-16B-8 EGRVALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
01-028-165

STEP
10
11
INSPECTION
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

TC].)


id010239704400
DTC
P0421:00
Warm up catalyst system efficiency below threshold
The PCM compares the number of AlF sensor and H02S inversions for a predetermined time. The PCM
monitors the H02S inversion ratio when the following conditions are met. The PCM detects the inversion
ratio. If the inversion ratio is below threshold, the PCM determine that the catalyst system has deteriorated.
- The AlF sensor inversion ratio is as prescribed when the following monitoring conditions are met:
- The accumulated occurrence time of the following monitoring conditions has exceeded the prescribed
time limit:
-
DETECTION
CONDITION

Calculated TWC temperature: above 400C {752 OF}
Absolute load: 20-48% (at engine speed 2,000 rpm)
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
This is an intermittent monitor (catalyst).

Exhaust gas leakage
AlF sensor loose
H02S loose
TWC deterioration or malfunction
PCM malfunction
01-028-166

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
MONITORING TEST RESULTS (catalyst
2
AVAILABILITY
3
DTC
off).
Perlorm the Pending Trouble Code Access
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
4
INSPECT EXHAUST SYSTEM FOR EXHAUST
GAS LEAKAGE
Visually inspect the exhaust gas leakage in the
exhaust system.
5
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No


Yes
No

INSPECTTWC
the M-MDS.
off).
Inspect the TWC.
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Perlorm the Drive Mode 03 (EGR System, AlF
Mode).
WITH TC].)
Yes
Replace the TWC, then go to the next step.

(See 01-15B-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAU
No
Yes

TC].)
No
01-028-167

STEP
INSPECTION
9
Yes
No
ACTION
DTC P0442:00, P0455:00, P0456:00 [L3 WITH TC]

DTC
P0442:00
DTC
P0455:00
DTC
P0456:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
id010239896000
EVAP system leak detected (small leak)

EVAP system leak detected (gross leak/no flow)
EVAP system leak detected (very small leak)
The DTC P0442:00 indicates that a leak has been detected as small as 1 mm {0.04 in} in the EVAP vapor
management valve solenoid system when there is less than 0.988 kPa {7.41 mmHg, 0.292 inHg} bleedup over 20 s at 75% fuel fill. Bleed-up and evaluation time vary as a function of fuel fill level. The vapor
generation limit is more than 0.286 kPa {2.15 mmHg, 0.085 inHg} over 150 s.
The DTC P0455:00 indicates that a substantial leak or blockage has been detected in the EVAP system
when there is -1.94 kPa {-14.6 mmHg, -0.575 inHg} or less vacuum for 20 s evaluation time.
The DTC P0456:00 indicates that a fuel vapor leak from an opening as small as 0.508 mm {0.020 in} has
been detected by the EVAP running loss monitor test.

DTC P0442:00, P0456:00

After-market EVAP hardware (such as fuel filler cap) nonconforming to required specifications
Fuel filler cap loosely installed
Small leaks in components
- CV solenoid is not seated on the charcoal canister.
- Cut or loose connection in the fuel vapor hoses/tubes
- Fuel filler pipe damaged
Fuel filler cap and fuel filler pipe damaged
Leaks in complete EVAP system
Small leaks from EVAP system return tube to charcoal canister
Small leaks between fuel tank vapor tube and fuel tank filler pipe
PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
DTC P0455:00
Purge solenoid valve related part malfunction

- Blockage or loose vacuum hose between intake manifold and purge solenoid valve
- Purge solenoid valve malfunction (blockage)
After-market EVAP hardware (such as fuel filler cap) not conforming to required specifications
Large EVAP system leak
- Fuel filler cap malfunction (damaged, missing or loosely installed)
- Both the input port vacuum hose and EVAP return tube are not attached to the CV solenoid valve
- CV solenoid valve is not attached to the charcoal canister.
- Fuel vapor hoses/tubes disconnected or cracked
- Fuel filler pipe and the fuel tank damaged
Blockage between CV solenoid valve and fuel vapor hose joint
PCM malfunction
01-028-168

STEP
INSPECTION
RECORDED
snapshot data and DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING
TEST RESULTS (EVAP system related) been
recorded?
AVAILABILITY
VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE AND/OR DTC
Perlorm the Pending Trouble Code Access
(See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST
[L3 WITH TC].)
present?
VERIFY DTC FOR SMALL LEAK
Is the DTC P0456:00 stored?
VERIFY DTC FOR LARGE LEAK

Is the DTC P0455:00 stored?
PRELIMINARY LEAK TEST (DTC P0442:00 OR

P0455:00)
Perlorm the EVAP system leak inspection using
the M-MDS.
specifications:
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

data and DIAGNOSTIC MONITORING TEST RESULTS
on the repair order, then go to the next step.

repair information.
Go to the applicable PENDING CODE or DTC
inspection.
Yes
Go to Step 9.
Verify that the purge solenoid valve is not blocked.
If the purge solenoid valve is functioning correctly
and receiving engine vacuum:
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
Note
To successfully perlorm this procedure, all
PIDs must be within the specification before
"Powertrain"
"Fuel"
"EVAP Test"
- Verify that the ECT and IAT are within the
successfully perlorm this procedure, the
ECT and IAT must be within the
specification before proceeding to the next
step.
Does the M-MDS indicate an EVAP system leak

exists?
01-028-169

STEP
INSPECTION
7
PRELIMINARY LEAK TEST (OTC P0442:00 OR
P0455:00)
Tighten the fuel-filler cap then repeat the EVAP
system leak inspection using the M-MDS again.
OPERATION INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC).)
specifications:
ACTION
Yes
No

The fuel cap was not properly tightened.
Go to Step 15.
Yes
Repair or install a new component if necessary.

Afterwards, verify that the leak is repaired by repeating
diagnostic Step 6.
- Go to Step 15.
Note
PIDs must be within the specification before
"Powertrain"
"Fuel"
"EVAP Test"
- Verify that the ECT and IAT are within the
successfully perform this procedure, the
ECT and IAT must be within the
specification before proceeding to the next
step.
Does the M-MDS still indicate an EVAP system

leak exists?
VISUALLY INSPECT COMPONENTS FOR LEAKS
(EXCEPT P0456:00)
Verify that the CV solenoid valve is properly
seated on the charcoal canister.
Visually inspect for cut or loose connections to
the fuel vapor hoses/tubes in the following
locations:
- Charcoal canister to CV solenoid valve
- Charcoal canister to evaporative emission
valve component
- Evaporative emission valve component to the
fuel tank (if applicable)
- Check for fuel-filler pipe damage
Is a concern with a hose, tube, connection or
valve visually evident?
01-028-170
No

STEP
9
INSPECTION
CALIBRATE LEAK TESTER FOR DIAGNOSIS
Verify that the control valve on the panel is

in the HOLD position then open the
nitrogen bottle valve.
ACTION
Yes
No

Refer to the tester operator's manual for tester repair
instructions.
IftmSUGE[~rVE
\j:-i1Jt
...
(~
I~
FLOW
METER
EVAP TESTER HOSE
Connect the EVAP Tester Hose (part of the SST)

to the SELF-TEST port located on the control
panel. Hand tighten the fitting. (Do not
overtighten. )
Turn the control valve to the TEST position; the
gauge should read 331-381 mm {13-15 in} of
water.
Note
If the gauge is not reading in this

range, adjust the pressure by turning
the black knob on the low pressure
regulator at the nitrogen bottle.
~~
([)
After verifying the regulator is properly

calibrated, turn the control valve to the HOLD
position.
Verify that the gauge holds pressure and that the
flow meter reads no flow.
Does the gauge hold pressure and the flow
meter read no flow?
01-028-171

STEP
10
INSPECTION
ACTION
PRESSURIZE EVAP SYSTEM WITH NITROGEN

TO TEST FOR LEAKS
HOLD position then open the nitrogen bottle
valve.

hose.
INTAKE
MANIFOLD
PURGE
SOLENOID
VALVE
~:l--S-'~~----k;l-7---TO
..::;n...
EVAP
TESTER
HOSE
PURGE
SOLENOID
VALVE

AKS042808.
Access the datalogger for the PCM using the MMOS.
[L3 WITH TC].)

highlighted PIDs.
Icon name
Eraser icon
Tick icon
Control icon
Up icon
Screen display
~
~
~

Command the EVAPCP to 100% duty cycle to
open the purge solenoid valve.
Click the EVAPCP box on the left-hand side
the screen.
control icon.
01-028-172
Yes
No
DTC P0442:00 or P0455:00:

DTC P0456:00:
Go to Step 12.

STEP
INSPECTION
Command EVAPCV to ON to Close the CV
solenoid valve.
the screen.
hoses.
ACTION
Yes
No

DTC P0442:00 or P0455:00:
DTC P0456:00:
Go to Step 12.
Note
11
If the gauge and the flow meter do not

settle to a measurable level after 2-3
min, then refer to the Mazda Workshop
Manual to verify that the canister vent
valve is properly closed. If the canister
vent valve is properly closed, the EVAP
system has a large leak.

CHECKING SYSTEM FOR BLOCKAGE
Leave the tester in the test position
Using the M-MDS datalogger, command the CV
solenoid valve open.
Yes
No
System is blocked between CV solenoid valve and fuel

tank pressure sensor; locate and remove blockage then
perform Step 10.
- To open the CV solenoid valve, click the

down icon (the EVAPCV should now be
off).
Icon name
Down icon
Screen display
Does the flow indicator in the flow meter

immediately jump to the top?
01-028-173

INSPECTION
STEP
12 PRESSURIZE EVAP SYSTEM WITH NITROGEN
TO TEST PURGE SOLENOID FOR LEAKAGE
Yes
No

HOLD position.
Remove the fuel-filler cap from the vehicle.
If the fuel-filler cap is not a MAZDA part or
equivalent, replace it.
Note
INSPECT FUEL-FILLER CAP AND
FILLER NECK
- Visually inspect for damage,
insufficient sealing, rust, cracks or
warps on the filler cap and filler neck.
Connect the receiver assembly (SST: 13401059) to the vehicle cap test hose
assembly (part of the SST) and the fuelfiller cap from the vehicle.
01-028-174
ACTION
step.
(See 01-168-7 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU

STEP
INSPECTION

highlighted PIDs.
Icon name
Yes
Screen display
Eraser icon
EJ
Tick icon
[Z]
No
ACTION
step.
(See 01-168-7 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
~
~
~

Control icon
Up icon
Select PID EVA PCV, then click the tick icon.

solenoid valve.
the screen.
Verify that the valve on the nitrogen bottle is

still open.
VALVE

hoses.
01-028-175

STEP
13
INSPECTION
LOCATE LEAKAGE POINT
ACTION
Yes Repair or install a new component if necessary, then go

Verify that the control valve on the panel is in the I--_-+t_o_t_he_ne-:-:-x_t-:-st__e-=-p.------:-------------t
HOLD position and t~e valve on the nitrogen
No
bottle valve is open.
the next step.
hose.
'---..!.....!--
EVAP
TESTER
HOSE

AKS042808.
Connect the 12 volt power connector leads
on the smoke generation unit to the
vehicle's battery. Make sure to connect the
red lead to the positive post (+) or power,
and the black lead to the vehicle's chassis
ground.
TO THE VEHICLE'S
CHASSIS GROUND

Access the datalogger for the PCM using the MMOS.

[L3 WITH TC].)
highlighted PIDs.
Screen display
Icon name
Eraser icon
Tick icon
Control icon
EJ
0
[it]
~
~
Up icon
01-028-176

STEP
INSPECTION
Command the EVAPCP to 100% duty cycle to
open the purge solenoid valve.
the screen.
control icon.
solenoid valve.
corner of the screen to select it
the screen.
Turn the control valve to the TEST position.
Press the remote smoke trigger on the
smoke generation unit and let the system fill
with smoke.
Yes
No
ACTION
to the next step.
the next step.
REMOTE SMOKE TRIGGER
'=
~1:-:=lP
Note
It may be necessary to lift the vehicle to
provide sufficient clearance underneath to
conduct a proper visual inspection of the fuel
and EVAP system.
NEVER depress the remote smoke trigger
before opening the nitrogen tank valve and
setting the tester control valve to TEST
14
Use a 12 volt 400,000 candle power spot light

(part # 4410000-100) or equivalent to help
locate the smoke.
Is a leak detected?
VERIFY LEAK IS REPAIRED
Were you diagnosing the DTC P0456:00?
Yes
No
15

(See 01-02B-12 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
[L3 WITH TC].)
Yes
No

Step 10.
Step 6.
01-028-177

DTC
P0443:00
id010239704500
Purge solenoid valve circuit malfunction

The PCM monitors the input voltages from the purge solenoid valve. If the voltage remains low or high for 5
s, the PCM determines that the purge solenoid valve circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to ground in wiring harness between purge solenoid valve terminal Band PCM terminal 2AB
Purge solenoid valve connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground or open circuit in purge solenoid valve power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and purge solenoid valve terminal A
- Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and purge solenoid valve terminal A
Short to power supply in wiring harness between purge solenoid valve terminal Band PCM terminal 2AB
Open circuit in wiring harness between purge solenoid valve terminal Band PCM terminal 2AB
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
PCM
r-~
ENG BAR
15A
$1/ ~B"I~
@@
I~
~----~~rvo-~----~fiHr A
lH~\T-\------------~~H~A~r-~~~
""
./1/1
"P
?-

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
21
2E 2A
2Q 12M
2F 2B
'[
I 2G
2C
2BH 2BD 2AZt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJ 12AFJ2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20
STEP
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
CLASSIFY OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO
GROUND MALFUNCTION
Disconnect the purge solenoid valve tube that
is connected to the intake manifold.
solenoid valve.
Pump the vacuum pump several times and
stop and wait a few seconds.
Is the vacuum maintained?
01-028-178
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

repair information.
Yes
Go to Step 5.
No

STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT PASSAGE CONTROL OF PURGE
SOLENOID VALVE
Pump the vacuum pump several times and wait
a few seconds.
Is the vacuum maintained?
Yes
No
ACTION

Yes
CONNECTOR CONDITION
No

to Step 11.
INSPECT PURGE SOLENOID VALVE POWER

OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the purge solenoid
valve terminal A (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?

Yes
No
Yes

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 11.
Yes
No

to Step 11.

disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the purge solenoid
valve terminal B (wiring harness-side).
Yes

No
10

disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between purge solenoid
PCM terminal2AB (wiring harness-side)
Yes
No

11

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes

TC].)
No
01-028-179

STEP
INSPECTION
12
Yes
No
ACTION

DTC
P0446:00
id010239300600
CV solenoid valve control circuit problem

The PCM monitors the CV solenoid valve circuit for an electrical failure. The test fails when the signal
moves outside the minimum or maximum allowable calibrated parameters for a specified canister vent duty
cycle bY,the PCM command.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

CV solenoid valve connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground or open circuit in CV solenoid valve power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and CV solenoid valve terminal A
- Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and CV solenoid valve terminal A
Short to ground in wiring harness between CV solenoid valve terminal 8 and PCM terminal 1AS
Short to power supply in wiring harness between CV solenoid valve terminal 8 and PCM terminal 1AS
Open circuit in wiring harness between CV solenoid valve terminal 8 and PCM terminal 1AS
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
PCM
r",-,
(])
ENG INJ
CV SOLENOID VALVE
15A
G{V,\ rm ~~~
~----~~~~~--~~~'i~A~vv~BAHIII~------------~~~~~
CV SOLENOID VALVE
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 1BE~1BA 1AW 1ASl1AO 1AKI1AGI1ACI1Y 11U
11
1E 1A
1Q 11M
1F 18

1BH 1BD 1AZl1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P] 1L 1H 1D
01-028-180
Il

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
1
2
repair information.
AVAILABILITY
3
Yes Go to the applicable PENDING CODE or DTC inspection.
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
4
INSPECT CV SOLENOID VALVE CONNECTOR
to Step 11.
CONDITION
Disconnect the CV solenoid valve connector.
5
INSPECT CV SOLENOID VALVE POWER
SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND OR No Inspect the ENG INJ 15 A fuse.
OPEN CIRCUIT
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
Measure the voltage at the CV solenoid valve
- Replace the fuse.
Is the voltage B+?
open circuit.
Go to Step 11.
6
INSPECT CV SOLENOID VALVE CONTROL
to ground.
circuit).
body ground.
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 11.
7

Yes Replace the CV solenoid valve, then go to Step 11.
(See 01-16B-15 CANISTER VENT (CV) SOLENOID
Inspect the CV solenoid valve.
VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Te].)
(See 01-16B-16 CANISTER VENT (CV)
TC].)
to Step 11.
Inspect
for
poor
connection
(such
as
damaged/

01-028-181

STEP
10
11
12
INSPECTION
disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the CV solenoid valve
terminal B (wiring harness-side).
disconnected.
PCM terminal 1AS (wiring harness-side).
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No

id010239300700
DTC
P0451 :00
Fuel tank pressure sensor range/performance problem

The fuel tank pressure sensor output is offset by +/- 424 Pa {43.2 kgf/m 2 , 0.0615 psi} or more.
Note
The DTC P0451 :00 is set for a fuel tank pressure sensor range (offset) concern.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
01-028-182

STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
4
CONNECTOR CONDITION
connector.
6
(See 01-408-35 FUEL TANK PRESSURE
SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC).)
7
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.

to Step 8.
Yes

8.
(See 01-148-8 FUEL TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC).)
No

to the next step.

Yes
COMPLETED
TC].)
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
01-028-183

DTC
P0452:00
id010239300800
Fuel tank pressure sensor circuit low input

fails when the signal average drops below a minimum allowable calibrated parameter.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to ground in wiring harness between fuel tank pressure sensor terminal Band PCM terminal 1AG
Fuel tank pressure sensor signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other.
PCM malfunction
PCM
(j)
QI~
~~
~HIV~----------------~~H~
G::
01~
~I//

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~Q
~~
J 1BE
1BA1AW1ASl1A01AKI1AGI1ACl1Vl1U 1QI1M
11

1BG 1BC~1AY 1AUl1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1W 1S 110 1K
1E 1A Il
1F 1B
t 1G
1C
STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
1
No Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2}/snapshot
2
repair information.
AVAILABILITY
3
to Step 8.
CONNECTOR CONDITION
connector.
01-028-184

STEP
INSPECTION
4
Fuel tank pressure sensor connector is
disconnected.
pressure sensor terminal 8 (wiring harnessside) and body ground.
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
SIGNAL CIRCUIT AND GROUND CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO EACH OTHER
No
pressure sensor terminals 8 and A (wiring
harness-side).
Yes
(See 01-408-35 FUEL TANK PRESSURE
No
Yes
COMPLETED
connectors.
No
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
ACTION
to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 8.
to Step 8.


next step.
TC].)

01-028-185

DTC
P0453:00
id010239300900
Fuel tank pressure sensor circuit high input

fails when the signal average jumps above a minimum allowable calibrated parameter.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to 'power supply in wiring harness between the following terminals:
- Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal C-PCM terminal 1N
- Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal B-PCM terminal 1AG
Fuel tank pressure sensor power supply circuit and signal circuit are shorted to each other.
- Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal B-PCM terminal 1AG
- Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal A-PCM terminal 1AR
PCM malfunction
PCM
CS
1//
il/
I"
,~
1\\
@
II
"
\\
@
II
"
1//

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
1BE~mA1Aw1ASI1A01AKI1AGI1ACI1YI1U 1QI1M 11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AX 1AT 11 AP 1AL 11 AH 11 AD 11 Z 11 V 1R 11 N 1J
1F 1B
1BG mc 1AY 1AUl1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1W 1S 110 1K
1G 1C
l
]
1BH 1BD 1AZl1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P
1L 1H 1D
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION

Yes
No


AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No
01-028-186

STEP
INSPECTION
3
CONNECTOR CONDITION
connector.
4
5
- Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal C
- Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal B
6
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT AND SIGNAL
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH OTHER
pressure sensor terminals C and B (wiring
harness-side) .
7
- Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal B-PCM
terminal 1AG
- Fuel tank pressure sensor terminal A-PCM
terminal 1AR
8
(See 01-40B-35 FUEL TANK PRESSURE
9
10

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
to Step 9.

to Step 9.



Yes

next step.
No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes
No

01-028-187

id01 0239301 000
DTC
P0454:00
Fuel tank pressure sensor intermittent

The fuel tank pressure changes more than 1,993 Pa {S.O in} of the water in 0.1 s.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- Intermittent open or short in fuel tank pressure sensor or fuel tank pressure sensor signal
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
4
(See 01-40B-35 FUEL TANK PRESSURE

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
01-028-188
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
Yes

No

next step.
No Intermittent concern exists.
TC].)
Yes
Yes

No

id010239301300
DTC
P0457:00
EVAP system leak detected (fuel cap loose/off)
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
The DTC P0457:00 indicates that the initial vacuum could not be achieved after a refueling event and the
purge vapor flow is excessive (gross leak).
A check cap light will be illuminated after a malfunction has been detected on one driving cycle. The check
cap light will be extinguished after the monitor has run without a malfunction (same or subsequent drive
cycle).
The MIL will be illuminated after a malfunction has been detected on three consecutive driving cycles. The
MIL will be extinguished after three consecutive driving cycles where the monitor was run without a
malfunction.
Missing or loose fuel filler cap
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION

RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
Note
If the DTC P0455:00 is present, diagnose
the DTC P0455:00 first.
INSPECT FUEL FILLER CAP FOR MISSING OR
LOOSENESS
Visually inspect the fuel filler cap for missing or
looseness.
EVAP SYSTEM LEAK INSPECTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
ACTION

repair information.
No

(See 01-02B-168 DTC P0442:00, P0455:00, P0456:00 [L3
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
Repair or replace the fuel filler cap, then go to the next step.
Yes

Perform the DTC P0455:00 inspection.
(See 01-02B-168 DTC P0442:00, P0455:00, P0456:00
[L3 WITH TC].)
No
01-028-189

STEP
INSPECTION
6
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
7
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
TC].)


DTC
P0460:00
id010239301400
Fuel level sensor circuit malfunction

The PCM monitors the fuel level input communications network message for a concern. The test fails when
the PCM determines that the value of the fuel level input signal is stuck. The PCM calculates the amount of
the fuel used during the operation. If the fuel level input signal does not change or does not correspond with
the calculated fuel usage, the DTC P0460:00 is set.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

-Incorrectly installed fuel gauge
- Fuel level input signal circuit malfunction
Amount of fuel is empty or overfilled
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
01-028-190
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
4
VERIFY STORED DTC IN INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
Retrieve the instrument cluster DTC using the
M-MDS.
5
INSPECT AMOUNT OF FUEL
Visually inspect the amount of the fuel.
Is the amount of the fuel normal?

INSPECTION.)
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
ACTION
(See 09-02E-5 DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
No
Yes
No

Do the amount of the fuel to a proper level, then go to Step
7.
step.
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No
01-028-191

DTC
P0461:00
id010239301500
Fuel gauge sender unit circuit range/performance problem

The PCM monitors the fuel level voltage difference before and after the PCM-calculated fuel consumption
has reached 25 L {26.4 US qt., 22 Imp qt.}. If the difference is 5% less than the PCM-calculated fuel
consumption, the PCM determines that the fuel gauge sender unit range/performance is in error.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Fuel gauge sender unit malfunction or substandard performance
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
INSPECTION.)
4
CLUSTER
M-MDS.
5
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Drive the vehicle under the FREEZE FRAME
DATA (Mode 2) condition.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
6
01-028-192
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No

DTC
P0462:00
id010239301600
Fuel gauge sender unit circuit low input

The PCM monitors the signals of the fuel level and fuel gauge sender unit output voltage from the
instrument cluster. If the PCM detects that the fuel level or fuel gauge sender unit output voltage is too low,
the PCM determines that the fuel gauge sender unit circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
CLUSTER
M-MDS.
INSPECTION.)

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
Yes

No
Yes

step.
INSTALLATION.)
Perform the instrument cluster symptom troubleshooting
"NO.1 FUEL GAUGE INDICATOR LIGHT INDICATION IS
INCORRECT" .
(See 09-03C-3 NO.1 FUEL GAUGE INDICATOR LIGHT
INDICATION IS INCORRECT [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

TC].)

01-028-193

id010239301700
DTC
P0463:00
Fuel gauge sender unit circuit high input

The PCM monitors the signals of the fuel level and fuel gauge sender unit output voltage from the
instrument cluster. If the PCM detects that the fuel level or fuel gauge sender unit output voltage is too high,
the PCM determines that the fuel gauge sender unit circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
CLUSTER
M-MDS.
4
INSPECTION.)

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
01-028-194
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes

step.
INSTALLATION.)
No
Perform the instrument cluster symptom troubleshooting

"NO.1 FUEL GAUGE INDICATOR LIGHT INDICATION IS
INCORRECT".
(See 09-03C-3 NO.1 FUEL GAUGE INDICATOR LIGHT
INDICATION IS INCORRECT [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes
No


DTC
P0480:00
id010239704600

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the fan control module. If the voltage remains low or high, the
PCM determines that the fan control circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Fan control module connector or terminals malfunction
Short to ground or open circuit in fan control module power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and fan control module terminal 1D
- FAN1 40 A fuse and/or FAN2 40 A fuse malfunction
- Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and fan control module terminal 1D
Short to ground in wiring harness between fan control module terminal 1C and PCM terminal 1AE
Short to power supply in wiring harness between fan control module terminal 1C and PCM terminal 1AE
Open circuit in wiring harness between fan control module terminal 1C and PCM terminal 1AE
Fan control module malfunction
PCM malfunction
PCM
FAN CONTROL MODULE
BATTERY
Ieo
(f)1
01
FAN1 40 A
---t/H/~
___
rv=
@0
1C ,II
\\
\\~
FAN2 40 A
B
//
\\ 1AE
r-
TiT
FAN CONTROL MODULE

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
11---
1BE~1BA1AW1ASI1A01AKI1AGI1ACI1YI1U 1QI1M 11
1E 1A
1F 1B
1G 1C
Il
Ie
1BH 1BD 1Azt 1AV/1AR 1AN/1AJ/1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P] 1L 1H 10
INSPECTION
STEP
1
AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.

to Step 9.
CONNECTOR CONDITION
Switch
the
ignition
to
off.
Disconnect the fan control module connector.

01-028-195

STEP
10
INSPECTION
INSPECT FAN CONTROL MODULE POWER
OPEN CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage at the fan control module
terminal 1D (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?
ACTION
Inspect the FAN1 40 A fuse and FAN2 40 A fuse.
short to ground.
- Replace the malfunctioning fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.
INSPECT FAN CONTROL MODULE SIGNAL
to ground.
Fan
control
module
connector
is
disconnected.

circuit).
body ground.
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 9.
to Step 9.
disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the fan control module
disconnected.
PCM terminal1AE (wiring harness-side).
Yes Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to the
Perform the Cooling Fan Control System
Inspection.
COMPLETED
TC].)
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
01-028-196
Yes
No

DTC
P0500:00
VSS circuit problem
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
idO 10239704800
If an error in the wheel speed signal from the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM is detected by the can when the
following conditions are met:
- Neutral switch and CPP switch: off
- Engine speed: 2,000 rpm or above
- Brake switch: off

Front ABS wheel-speed sensor malfunction
ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM connector or terminals malfunction
ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
VERIFY STORED DTC IN DSC HU/CM
Retrieve the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM DTC
using the M-MDS.
(See 04-02A-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS
[ABS].)
(See 04-02B-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS
[DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
VERIFY DTe TROUBLESHOOTING
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
Access the RPM and LOAD PID using the MMDS.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Drive the vehicle under the following conditions
for 18 s.
- Neutral switch and CPP switch: off
Absolute load: above 40%
- Engine speed: 2,000 rpm or above
- Brake switch: off
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
Yes

(See 04-02A-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS].)
(See 04-02B-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC
No
Yes

TC].)
No
01-028-197

STEP
INSPECTION
5
Yes
No
ACTION

DTC
P0505:00
id010239704900
lAC system malfunction

The PCM cannot control idle speed toward the target idle speed during the KOER self test.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
The MILdoes not illuminate.

Improper operation of electronic throttle control system
AlC relay control circuit malfunction
Generator control circuit malfunction
Air cleaner element clogged.
Air intake passage clogged.
Low engine compression (Over capacity of blow-by gas)
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
P0507:00, P0638:00, P2100:00, P21 01 :00,
P21 08:00 or P2119:00 also present?
SYSTEM OPERATION
Perform the throttle position (TP) sweep
inspection.
Does the electronic throttle control system
work properly?

MALFUNCTION
Apply the electrical load.
Does the engine speed increase?
engine running.
01-028-198
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

CONTINUOUSLY".
(See 01-03B-81 NO.24 AlC IS ALWAYS ON OR AlC
COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [L3 WITH TC].)
No
Yes

Repair or replace the generator control circuit for a possible
short to power supply, then go to Step 9.
No
Yes
No
Clean or replace the air cleaner element, then go to Step 9.


STEP
INSPECTION
7
Is the throttle body clogged?
8
10

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)

DTC
POS06:00
Yes
ACTION
9.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


TCl)
Yes

No
id010239705000
lAC system RPM lower than expected
Actual idle speed is lower than expected by 100 rpm for 14 s when the brake pedal is depressed (brake
switch is on).
Note
If the atmospheric pressure is less than 72.3 kPa {S42 mmHg, 21.3 inHg} or the intake air temperature
is below -10C {14 OF}, the PCM cancels the diagnosis of the DTC P0506:00.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

AlC relay control circuit malfunction
Air intake passage clogged
Low engine compression (over capacity of blow-by gas)
PCM malfunction
01-028-199

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
Yes

AVAILABILITY
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
Yes
INSPECT AlC MAGNET CLUTCH OPERATION

Turn the blower motor switch off.
Is the magnet clutch still on?
Yes

CONTINUOUSLY".
COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [L3 WITH TC].)

Inspect the following:
-APP sensor
(See 01-40B-28 ACCELERATOR PEDAL
[L3 WITH TC].)
- TP sensor
(See 01-40B-28 THROTTLE POSITION
(TP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
No
Yes

(See 01-13B-14 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAU
No
Yes

No
Yes
Clean or replace the air cleaner element, then go to Step

11.
10

engine running.
INSPECT GENERATOR
(See 01-17B-8 GENERATOR INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
01-028-200
No
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.

11.


STEP
INSPECTION
11
COMPLETED
connectors.
Start the engine.
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
12
Yes
ACTION
TC].)
No
Yes
No


id01 02397051 00
DTC
POS07:00
lAC system RPM higher than expected

Actual idle speed is higher than expected by 200 rpm for 14 s when the brake pedal is depressed (brake
switch is on).
Note
If the atmospheric pressure is less than 72.3 kPa {S42 mmHg, 21.3 inHg} or the intake air temperature
is below -10C {14 OF}, the PCM cancels the diagnosis of the DTC P0507:00.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Vacuum hose not connected correctly
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
01-028-201

STEP
INSPECTION
4
INSPECT VACUUM HOSE CONNECTION
Visually inspect the vacuum hoses for
connecting.
Are the vacuum hoses connecting accurately?
(See 01-138-3 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
WITH TC].)
5
-APP sensor
(See 01-408-28 ACCELERATOR PEDAL
[L3 WITH TC].)
- TP sensor
(See 01-408-28 THROTTLE POSITION
(TP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
6
COMPLETED
connectors.
Start the engine.
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
7
ACTION
Yes
No

Reconnect the vacuum hoses correctly, then go to Step 6.
(See 01-138-3 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM VACUUM HOSE
ROUTING DIAGRAM [L3 WITH TC].)
Yes

(See 01-138-14 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAU
No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No
DTC P050A:OO [L3 WITH TC]

id010239301800
DTC
POSOA:OO
Cold start lAC system performance problem

Actual idle speed is lower than expected by 100 rpm for 8.4 s when target idle speed is above 0 rpm at the
cold start or ignition retard value is above 6 0.
Note
If the atmospheric pressure is less than 72.3 kPa {S42 mmHg, 21.3 inHg} or intake air temperature
is below -10C {14 OF}, the PCM cancels the diagnosis of the DTC P050A:00.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Air into fuel line by exchange or re-installation
Air suction in intake-air system
Throttle valve stuck or blockage
PCM malfunction
01-028-202

STEP
INSPECTION
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Is the DTC P050A:00 on FREEZE FRAME
DATA (Mode 2)?
RECORDED
been recorded?
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT FUEL SYSTEM
Were any exchange or re-installation of the fuel
system performed just before the DTC
P050A:00 stored?
CONFIRM PENDING CODE
the M-MDS.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Cool down the engine still the ECT PID value
below 30C {86 OF}.
Perform the cold start.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
SUCTION
Start the engine.
Inspect for air suction between MAF sensor
and intake manifold.
Is there any air suction?
SYSTEM OPERATION
Perform the Electronic Throttle Control System
Inspection.
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
Perform the air bleeding of fuel system.

Start the engine and warm it up until the engine speed
is stable, then go to the next step.
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 6.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 10.


01-028-203

STEP
INSPECTION
8
VERIFY THROTTLE VALVE OPERATION
Remove the throttle valve with connector
connected.
Access the ETC_DSD PID using the M-MDS.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Operate the throttle valve using the ETC_DSD
PID of the active command function.
Dose the throttle valve move smoothly?
9
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
10
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
DTC P050B:OO [L3 WITH TC]

DTe
P050B:OO
ACTION
Clean or replace the throttle valve and retest.
If the problem does not resolve:
- Replace the throttle body, then go to the next step.
If the problem resolve:

TC].)

id010239301900
Cold start ignition timing peliormance problem
The PCM monitors the actual ignition timing using the CKP sensor while the electronic spark advance
control fast idle correction operating. If the ignition timing is out of the specified range, the PCM determines
that the ignition timing at the cold condition has a performance problem.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Air into fuel line by exchange or re-installation
Damaged or chipped CKP sensor pulse wheel
Damaged or chipped CMP sensor pulse wheel
PCM malfunction
01-028-204

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION

DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Is the DTC P050B:00 on FREEZE FRAME
DATA (Mode 2)?
Yes
No


RECORDED
been recorded?
Yes
No


AVAILABILITY
INSPECT FUEL SYSTEM
Were any exchange or re-installation of the fuel
system performed just before the DTC
P050B:00 stored?
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
Perform the air bleeding of fuel system.

Start the engine and warm it up until the engine speed
is stable, then go to the next step.
No
Go to Step 6.
CONFIRM PENDING CODE

the M-MDS.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Cool down the engine still the ECT PID value
below 30 C {86 OF}.
Perform the cold start.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Yes
No
Go to Step 11.

Is there any damage or chip on the CKP sensor
pulse wheel?
Yes

No
INSPECT CKP SENSOR

Yes

No
INSPECT CMP SENSOR AND PULSE WHEEL

Visually inspect the CMP sensor and pulse
wheel.
Is there any damage or chip on the CMP
sensor and pulse wheel?
Yes

No
INSPECT CMP SENSOR

Yes
Replace the CMP sensor, then go to the next step.

No
01-028-205

STEP
INSPECTION
10
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
11
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
TC].)

DTC P0571 :00 [L3 WITH TCl

id010239705500
DTC
P0571:00
Brake switch circuit malfunction

The PCM monitors the changes in input voltage for the brake switch No.1 and No.2 (signal from the
instrument cluster). If the PCM detects that both brake switches No.1 and No.2 remain on or off for 15 s, it
determines that the brake switch circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION

Caution
with a new one.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Open circuit in wiring harness between brake switch terminal B and body ground
Short to ground in wiring harness between brake switch terminal C and instrument cluster terminal 2N
Short to power supply in wiring harness between brake switch terminal C and instrument cluster terminal
2N
Open circuit in wiring harness between brake switch terminal C and instrument cluster terminal 2N
Brake switch No.2 malfunction
PCM malfunction
BRAKE SWITCH NO.2

(BRAKE SWITCH) @
~------~~~r B)-r
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
~c]~I~----------~~~r-~--~
BRAKE SWITCH
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
1 ______
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
2W 12U 12S 2QJ20 2M 12K 21 12G 2E 12C I 2A

2xl2Vl2T 2RI2P 2NI2L 2JI2H 2FI2DI2B
01-028-206

STEP
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
VERIFY DTC FOR MODULE COMMUNICATION
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Is the DTC U0155:00 also present?
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
CONDITION
CONNECTOR CONDITION
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH NO.2 GROUND
are disconnected.
terminal B (wiring harneSS-Side) and body
ground.
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH NO.2 SIGNAL
are disconnected.
ground.
are disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the brake switch
ACTION
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

(See 09-020-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
No
Yes

No
Yes

to Step 11.
No
Yes

to Step 11.
No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
01-02B-207

STEP
INSPECTION
9
are disconnected.
terminal C (wiring harness-side) and
instrument cluster terminal 2N (wiring harnessside).
10
INSPECTION.)
11
12

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Depress the brake pedal above 15 s more
than 5 times.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
01-028-208
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No Replace the brake switch, then go to the next step.
(See 04-11-12 MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAU
TC].)
No
Yes

No

DTC
P0579:00
id010239087000

The PCM monitors the input signal from the cruise control switch. If the input signal does not change for
120 s, the PCM determines that the cruise control switch circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to ground in wiring harness between clock spring terminal 2L and PCM terminal 1AQ
- Clock spring terminal2L-PCM terminal1AQ
- Clock spring terminal 2N-PCM terminal 1W
- Clock spring terminal 2L-PCM terminal 1AQ
PCM malfunction
CLOCK SPRING
PCM
0
0
CLOCK SPRING CONNECTOR
(PART WIRING HARNESS-SIDE)
(WIRING HARNESS-SIDE)
STEP
INSPECTION
1
AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.
01-028-209

STEP
INSPECTION
2
CONDITION
Yes
No
ACTION
to Step 9.
Warning
Handling the air bag system components
improperly can accidentally deploy the
air bag modules and pre-tensioner seat
belts, which may seriously injure you.
Read the air bag system service
warnings and cautions before handling
the air bag system components.
(See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
WARNINGS.)
CAUTIONS.)
Yes
INSPECTION.)
No
Yes
(See 01-208-1 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
No
INSPECT CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT Yes
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Clock spring connector is disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between clock spring
terminal2L (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.

INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 9.
to Step 9.
No
Yes
INSPECT CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT Yes Repair or replace the wiring harness for a possible short to
Clock spring and PCM connectors are
disconnected.
- Clock spring terminal 2L
- Clock spring terminal 2N
INSPECT CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH CIRCUIT Yes Go to the next step.
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
- Clock spring terminal2L-PCM terminal
1AQ
- Clock spring terminal 2N-PCM terminal
1W
01-028-210

STEP
INSPECTION
9
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Drive the vehicle using the cruise control for 2
min or more.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
10
Yes
No
ACTION
TCl)
Yes
No


idO 10239879900
DTC
P0581:00

The PCM monitors the input signal from the cruise control switch. If the PCM detects that the cruise control
switch voltage is above 4.75 V, the PCM determines that the cruise control switch circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
@)
CLOCK SPRING
PCM
0
0
CLOCK SPRING CONNECTOR
(PART WIRING HARNESS-SIDE)
(WIRING HARNESS-SIDE)
01-028-211

STEP
INSPECTION
1
AVAILABILITY
2
CONDITION
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.
to Step 8.
Warning
improperly can accidentally deploy the
air bag modules and pre-tensioner seat
belts, which may seriously injure you.
Read the air bag system service
warnings and cautions before handling
the air bag system components.
WARNINGS.)
CAUTIONS.)
INSPECTION.)
(See 01-20B-1 CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH
disconnected.
- Clock spring terminal 2L
- Clock spring terminal 2N
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
- Clock spring terminal 2L-PCM terminal
1AQ
- Clock spring terminal 2N-PCM terminal
1W
01-028-212
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

INSTALLATION. )
INSTALLATION.)
to Step 8.



STEP
INSPECTION
8
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
VERIFY
AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE
9
Yes
No
ACTION
TC].)
Yes

No

DTC
P0600:00
idO 10239850400

The PCM internal malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
the next step.
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No
01-028-213

DTC
P0601:00
id010239705600
The PCM internal memory check sum error.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM internal memory malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
4
01-028-214
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No

DTC
P0602:00
id010239705700
No configuration data in the PCM.

Note
DETECTION
CONDITION
If the "PCM CONFIGURATION" is successful, the PCM stores the DTC P0602:00 and illuminates the
MIL (The system is normal). Clear the DTC P0602:00 using the M-MDS after the "PCM
CONFIGURATION".
The MIL turns off after three drive cycles with no failure (The DTCs remain in the PCM).
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Configuration has not been completed
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
(See 01-40B-23 PCM CONFIGURATION [L3
WITH TC].)
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
4
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Is the same DTe present?
5
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


step.
(See 01-40B-23 PCM CONFIGURATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Go to Step 5.

TC].)

.01-028-215

DTC
P0604:00
id010239705800
PCM RAM error

The PCM internal RAM malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM internal RAM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
4
01-028-216
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes
No


DTC
P0606:00
id010239705900
PCM processor error

The PCM internal CPU malfunction.
The abnormal voltage applied to the PCM ignition switch terminal.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Voltage of 1.0 V or more is applied to PCM ignition switch terminal even though ignition switch is off
PCM internal CPU malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
VERIFY VOLTAGE AROUND PCM IGNITION
SWITCH TERMINAL
Measure the voltage around the PCM ignition
switch terminal when the ignition switch is off.
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
Yes
No

Inspect the power supply circuit for short or open circuit.
Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness, then go to
the next step.
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

Note
If the measured value fluctuates above and
below 1.0 V, place the measurement
position close to the PCM and measure
several times.
Is the voltage less than 1.0 V?

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
No
01-028-217

DTC
P0610:00
id010239706000

The PCM data configuration error.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Configuration procedure has not been completed
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
(See 01-40B-23 PCM CONFIGURATION [L3
WITH TC].)
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
4
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
5
01-028-218
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

step.
(See 01-40B-23 PCM CONFIGURATION [L3 WITH TC].)
No
Go to Step 5.
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes
No


DTC
P0638:00
id01 02397061 00
Throttle valve actuator control circuit range/performance problem

The PCM compares the actual TP with the target TP when the engine is running. If the difference is more
than the specification, the PCM determines that there is a throttle valve actuator control circuit range/
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
(See 01-13B-12 THROTTLE BODY
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No
01-028-219

DTC P064D:OO [L3 WITH TC]
id010239302700
DTC
P064D:OO
Internal control module AlF sensor processor performance problem

The AlF sensor IC integrated in the PCM converts to voltage value for fuel control and for diagnosis based
on the AlF sensor signal current and sends to the CPU (integrated in the PCM). If there is a transmission
format error from the AlF sensor IC to the PCM, the PCM will detect a transmission error.
DETECTION
CONDITION
Engine is running or ignition switch is ON
AlF sensor Signal voltage: 1.2 V-battery voltage-1.2 V (PCM terminals 2Z, 2AC, 2AD)
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM internal malfunction (between CPU and AlF sensor controllC communication line)
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
Mode).
WITH TC].)
4
01-028-220
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No

TC].)
Yes

No

idO 10239302800
DTC
P0685:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

This DTC sets when the ignition switch position run circuit indicates the key is in the off, ACC, or LOCK
position, and the amount of time the PCM remains powered through the PCM power relay exceeds a
predetermined amount of time.
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION

AVAILABILITY
INSPECT MAIN RELAY
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

repair information.
Yes
No
Replace the main relay, then go to the next step.

Install the main relay, then go to the next step.
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes
No

01-028-221

DTC
P06B8:00
id010239316200
Internal control module non-volatile RAM error


DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM internal EEPROM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
4
01-028-222
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

(See 01-40B-7 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
No
Yes
No


id010239706500
DTC
P0703:00

The PCM monitors the input signal from the brake switch NO.1. If the input signal does not change while the
following decelerating 8 times, the PCM determines that there is a brake switch No.1 circuit problem.
- Vehicle speed becomes from above 30 km/h {19 mph} to 0 km/h {O mph}.
- Deceleration rate exceeds 3.8 km/h {2.4 mph} per 1.6 s.
DETECTION
CONDITION

Short to ground or open circuit in brake switch No.1 power supply circuit
Short to ground in wiring harness between brake switch terminal 0 and PCM terminal 1AB
Short to power supply in wiring harness between brake switch terminal D and PCM terminal 1AB
Open circuit in wiring harness between brake switch terminal 0 and PCM terminal 1AB
Brake switch No.1 malfunction
PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BATTERY
~
.--
@
STOP
15 A
~
~~
PCM
BRAKE SWITCH NO.1
(BRAKE SWITCH)
:;/VA)-o
~D'I\\
\\~
:.A"
Q
//
\\
rL
TO BRAKE LIGHT
BRAKE SWITCH
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 1BE~1BA1AW1ASI1AO 1AKI1AGI1ACI1yI1U
1QI1M
11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AX 1AT 11 AP 1AL 11 AH 11 AD 11 Z 11 V 1R /1 N 1J
1F 1B
]
1BG 1BC]1AY 1AU/1AQ 1AMI1AI11AE!1AAI1w 1S 110 1K
t 1G
1C
1BH 1BD 1AZI1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJI1AF/1ABI1X 1T 11P] 1L 1H 10
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.

to Step 9.
CONDITION
Switch
the
ignition
to
off.
No

01-028-223

STEP
INSPECTION
4
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH NO.1 POWER
OPEN CIRCUIT
Is the voltage B+?
10
ACTION
Yes
No

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.
to ground.
If
the
Switch
the
ignition
to
off.

circuit).
ground.
WITH
TC].)
Is
there
continuity?
Go to Step 9.
to Step 9.
disconnected.
terminal D (wiring harness-side).
Yes Replace the brake switch, then go to the next step.
disconnected.
terminal1AB (wiring harness-side).
COMPLETED
TC].)
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Drive vehicle at 30 km/h {19 mph} or more.
Depress and release the brake pedal more
than 8 times while driving the vehicle.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
01-028-224

DTC
P0704:00
id010239706600

The PCM monitors the changes in input voltage from the CPP switch. If the PCM does not detect the
voltage changes while the vehicle runs with the vehicle speed above 30 km/h {19 mph} and stops 8 times
alternately, the PCM determines that the CPP switch circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

CPP switch connector or terminal malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between CPP switch terminal B and body ground
Short to ground in wiring harness between CPP switch terminal A and PCM terminal 1D
PCM connector or terminal malfunction
Short to power supply in wiring harness between CPP switch terminal A and PCM terminal 1D
Open circuit in wiring harness between CPP switch terminal A and PCM terminal 1D
PCM malfunction
PCM
7/r
CPP SWITCH
WIRING
HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
r~~2~~~~~~~~~=~~~~~~~~
Fr
1E 1A
1F 1B
1BG 1BC~1AY 1AUl1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1W 1S 110 1K
1G 1C
Il
1BH 180 1AZt 1AVl1AR 1AN/1AJ/1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P l1L 1H 10
INSPECTION
STEP
ACTION
1
2
repair information.
AVAILABILITY
3
to Step 10.
CONDITION
Switch
the
ignition
to
off.

01-028-225

STEP
INSPECTION
4
INSPECT CPP SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN CIRCUIT
ground.
5
INSPECT CPP SWITCH
(See 01-40B-23 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION
(CPP) SWITCH INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
6
SHORT TO GROUND
ground.
10
11

disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the CPP switch
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
terminal 1D (wiring harness-side).
COMPLETED
connectors.
Start the engine.
the M-MDS.
Operate the clutch pedal while the vehicle runs
and stops 8 times alternately.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
01-028-226
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

INSTALLATION.)
Yes

to ground.
Replace the PCM (short to ground in the PCM internal
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 10.
No
Yes

to Step 10.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No

PO~~~OO
id010239706700
Neutral switch input circuit problem

The PCM monitors the changes in the input voltage from the neutral switch. If the PCM does not detect the
voltage changes while driving the vehicle at a vehicle speed above 30 km/h {19 mph} and the clutch pedal
is pressed and depressed 10 times repeatedly, the PCM determines that the neutral switch circuit has a
malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Neutral switch connector or terminal malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between neutral switch terminal B and body ground
Short to ground in wiring harness between neutral switch terminal A and PCM terminal 1S
PCM connector or terminal malfunction
Short to power supply in wiring harness between neutral switch terminal A and PCM terminal 1S
Open circuit in wiring harness between neutral switch terminal A and PCM terminal 1S
PCM malfunction
PCM
7iT
NEUTRAL SWITCH
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
1E 1A
1F 1B
I[
1BG 1BC~1AY 1AUl1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1W 1S 110 1K 11G 1C
1BH 1BD 1Azt 1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P j 1L 1H 10
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION
repair information.
AVAILABILITY
to Step 10.
CONDITION
01-028-227

STEP
INSPECTION
4
ground.
5
(See 01-40B-23 NEUTRAL SWITCH
6
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
ground.
10

disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the neutral switch
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
terminal 1S (wiring harness-side).
COMPLETED
connectors.
Start the engine.
the M-MDS.
Drive the vehicle above 30 km/h {19 mph} and
stop the vehicle.
Depress and release the clutch pedal more
than 10 times during a drive cycle.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TCl)
01-028-228
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

(See 05-15C-2 NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
No
Yes

to ground.
Replace the PCM (short to ground in the PCM internal
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 10.
to Step 10.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

TC].)
No
STEP
INSPECTION
11
Yes
No
ACTION
DTC P120F:OO [L3 WITH TC]

id010239120500
DTC
P120F:OO
Fuel pressure regulator excessive variation
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
If the fuel pressure average value measured by the PCM exceeds the specification when the camshaft is
rotating at a specified rate, the PCM determines that there is a fuel pressure regulator performance
problem.

PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
CONNECTOR CONDITION
connector.
VALVE
Reconnect the high pressure fuel pump and
PCM connectors.
PUMP INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
TEST [L3 WITH TCl.)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.
to Step 5.

to Step 5.
Replace the high pressure fuel pump, then go to the next

step.

TC].)
01-028-229

STEP
INSPECTION
Yes
No
ACTION

DTC
P1260:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id010239856800

The instrument cluster detects an immobilizer system malfunction. (Vehicles without advanced keyless
The keyless control module detects an immobilizer system malfunction. (Vehicles with advanced keyless

PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
AVAILABILITY
2
CLUSTER
Retrieve the immobilizer system DTC using the
M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED
KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON
START SYSTEM)].)
3
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
4
01-028-230
ACTION
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

START SYSTEM)].)
No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No

DTC P144A:OO [L3 WITH TC]
DTC
P144A:OO
id010239303000
EVAP system purge vapor line restricted/blocked

The DTC P144A:00 indicates that the DTC P144A:00 blocked line diagnostic is designed to detect a full
blockage in the vapor lines between fuel tank pressure sensor and fuel tank.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Blockage(s) between fuel tank pressure sensor and fuel tank
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Is the PENDING CODE/DTC P0451 :00,
P0452:00, P0453:00 or P0454:00 also
present?
INSPECT FOR BLOCKED FUEL VAPOR TUBE
BETWEEN FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR
AND FUEL TANK
Remove the fuel vapor tube assembly.
Visually inspect the following:
- Fuel vapor tube for a blockage between fuel
tank pressure sensor and connection to fuel
tank
- Connection at the fuel tank for a blockage
Attempt to manually remove the blockage.
Is the blockage visible and can be removed?
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Remove the blockage, then go to the next step.

Replace the fuel vapor tube assembly, then go to the next
step.
Yes

TC].)
No
01-028-231

STEP
INSPECTION
Yes
ACTION
No

DTC
P1450:00
id01 02393031 00
Unable to bleed up fuel tank vacuum

The DTC P1450:00 indicates the Self Test has detected that the EVAP system is unable to bleed up fuel
tank vacuum.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Excessive fuel tank vacuum
- Kinks or bends in the fuel vapor hoses and tubes
- Charcoal canister inlet port, CV solenoid valve, EVAP dust separator or outlet hose for contamination or
foreign material
- Stuck open or close
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
4
INSPECT FUEL TANK VACUUM
Verify kinks or bends in the fuel vapor hoses
and tubes.
Visually inspect the charcoal canister inlet port,
CV solenoid valve, EVAP dust separator or
outlet hose for contamination or foreign
material.
Is a concern evident?
01-028-232
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Remove any contamination or foreign material around fuel

vapor hoses and tubes.
Repair the hoses, tubes or components if necessary, then
go to Step 9.
STEP
INSPECTION
5
Connect the leak tester to the fuel filler pipe.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Close the CV solenoid valve.
Does the EVAP system pressure reach 3.48
kPa {26.1 mmHg, 1.03 inHg}?
6
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Open the CV solenoid valve.
Does the pressure drop immediately?
7
Disconnect the charcoal canister outlet tube at
the charcoal canister.
Access the FTP PID using the M-MDS.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Is the FTP PID value between 2.4 and 2.8 V?
8
Reconnect all disconnected connectors and
hoses.
VERIFY
DTC TROUBLESHOOTING
9
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
10
ACTION
Yes
No

VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Yes
No

VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Yes
No

9.
(See 01-14B-8 FUEL TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
Yes

Locate the leak point and repair.
Repeat this step.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

TC].)

01-028-233

DTC
P2004:00
id010239303300
Variable swirl shutter valve stuck open

The PCM monitors the mass variable swirl shutter valve position using the variable swirl shutter valve
switch. If the PCM turns the variable swirl solenoid valve on but the variable swirl shutter valve position still
remains open (variable swirl shutter valve switch is on), the PCM determines that the variable swirl shutter
valve is stuck open.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Variable'swirl solenoid valve connector or terminals malfunction
Variable swirl shutter valve switch connector or terminals malfunction
Variable swirl solenoid valve malfunction
Variable swirl shutter valve switch malfunction
Variable swirl shutter valve actuator malfunction (stuck open)
Vacuum hose not connected correctly
- Variable swirl solenoid valve terminal 8-PCM terminal 2AS
- Variable swirl shutter valve switch terminal A-PCM terminal 2AE
- Variable swirl solenoid valve terminal 8-PCM terminal 2AS
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINAL C
PCM
(J)
VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE
@@
VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH
@@

2QI2M
2E 2A
21
I[


~;i~l>
I
01-028-234
Gt~
2F 2B
J
2G 2C
~ 2L 2H 20

STEP
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
CONTINUOUS CONCERN
the M-MDS.
conditions:
- ECT: below 63C {145 OF}
- Throttle opening angle is as follows:
Engine speed below 1,500 rpm: above
35%
Engine speed between 1,500-2,500
rpm: between 25-35%
Engine speed above 2,500 rpm: below
25%
WITH TC].)
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No

Yes

No
INSPECT VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE Yes

CONNECTOR CONDITION
No
Disconnect the variable swirl solenoid valve
connector.
INSPECT VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE
Yes
SWITCH CONNECTOR CONDITION
Disconnect the variable swirl shutter valve
No
switch connector.
Inspect the variable swirl solenoid valve.
(See 01-13B-12 VARIABLE SWIRL
TC].)
No
SWITCH
Inspect the variable swirl shutter valve switch.
(See 01-40B-24 VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER
VALVE SWITCH INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)

to Step 14.

to Step 14.
Replace the variable swirl solenoid valve, then go to Step

14.
Yes
Replace the variable swirl shutter valve switch, then go to

Step 14.
No
01-028-235

STEP
INSPECTION
9
ACTUATOR
Perform the Variabl~ Swirl System Operation
Inspection.
Does the variable swirl shutter valve actuator
operate properly?
10
VERIFY CONNECTION OF VACUUM HOSE
ROUTING
Verify that the vacuum hoses are connected
properly.
Are the vacuum hoses connected properly?
11
12
INSPECT VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE
CIRCUIT AND VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER
POWER SUPPLY
Variable swirl solenoid valve, variable swirl
disconnected.
- Variable swirl solenoid valve terminal B
- Variable swirl shutter valve switch terminal A
13
VALVE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Variable swirl solenoid valve, variable swirl
disconnected.
- Variable swirl solenoid valve terminal BPCM terminal 2AS
- Variable swirl shutter valve switch terminal
A-PCM terminal 2AE
14
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
conditions:
- ECT: below 63C {145 OF}
35%
rpm: between 25-35%
Engine speed above 2,500 rpm:below
25%
WITH TC].)
01-028-236
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

Reconnect the vacuum hoses properly, then go to Step 14.
(See 01-13B-3 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM VACUUM HOSE
ROUTING DIAGRAM [L3 WITH TC].)
Yes

to Step 14.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

TC].)
No

STEP
15
ACTION
INSPECTION
Yes

No

DTC
P2006:00
id010239303400
Variable swirl shutter valve stuck closed

The PCM monitors the mass variable swirl shutter valve position using the variable swirl shutter valve
switch. If the PCM turns the variable swirl solenoid valve off but the variable swirl position still remains
closed (variable swirl shutter valve switch is off), the PCM determines that the variable swirl shutter valve is
stuck closed.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Variable swirl solenoid valve connector or terminals malfunction
Variable swirl shutter valve switch connector or terminals malfunction
Variable swirl shutter valve switch malfunction
Variable swirl shutter valve actuator malfunction (stuck closed)
- Variable swirl solenoid valve terminal B-PCM terminal 2AS
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
PCM
(7)


'\
J 2BE ]2BA 2AW2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U

[
21
2E 2A
2BF 2BB 2AX 2ATI2AP 2ALJ2AH 12AOI 2Z 12V 2RI2N 2J
2F 2B
2QI2M
Il
J
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AU 12AQ 2AMI2AI/2AEI2MI2W 2S 120 2Kt 2G 2C

2BH 2BO 2AZ 2AVl2AR 2ANJ2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P ~ 2L 2H 20

01-028-237

STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
CONTINUOUS CONCERN
the M-MDS.
conditions:
- ECT: above 63C {145 OF}
35%
rpm: between 25-35%
25%
WITH TC].)
4
CONNECTOR CONDITION
connector.
5
SWITCH CONNECTOR CONDITION
Disconnect the variable swirl shutter valve
switch connector.
6
TC].)
7
SWITCH
Inspect the variable swirl shutter valve switch.
8
ACTUATOR
Inspection.
01-028-238
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
Yes
No

Yes

to Step 11.
No
Yes

to Step 11.
No
Yes
Replace the variable swirl solenoid valve, then go to Step

11.
No
Yes
Replace the variable swirl shutter valve switch, then go to

Step 11.
No
Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
9
INSPECT VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE Yes If the short to ground circuit could be detected:
to ground.
GROUND
Variable swirl solenoid valve and variable swirl
circuit).
shutter valve switch connectors are
disconnected.
WITH TC].)
Inspect
for
continuity
between
the
following
Go to Step 11.
ground:
- Variable swirl solenoid valve terminal B
- Variable swirl shutter valve switch terminal A
10
to the next step.
Inspect
for
poor
connection
(such
as
damaged/

11
COMPLETED
TC].)
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
conditions:
- ECT: above 63C {145 oF}
35%
rpm: between 25-35%
25%
WITH TC].)
12

Yes
No

01-028-239

DTC
P2009:00
id010239850800
Variable swirl solenoid valve control circuit low input

The PCM monitors the variable swirl solenoid valve control signal. If the PCM turns the variable swirl
solenoid valve off but the voltage still remains low for 5 s, the PCM determines that the variable swirl
solenoid valve control circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Variable 'swirl solenoid valve malfunction
Short to ground or open circuit in variable swirl solenoid valve power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and variable swirl solenoid valve
terminal A
- Open circuit in wiring harness between main relay terminal C and variable swirl solenoid valve terminal
Short to ground in wiring harness between variable swirl solenoid valve terminal Band PCM terminal2AS
Open circuit in wiring harness between variable swirl solenoid valve terminal Band PCM terminal 2AS
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINAL C
PCM
r"'i'--'
E~~ ~NJ
@
VARIABLE SWIRL
SOLENOID VALVE
~----~~T~~~r---~HH'IVA'~ (B~HI~~------------~~~ij~~--.-~
""- r"~
....1/1

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
"P
}-
21
2E 2A
2Q 12M
2F 2B
2BG 2BC J 2AY 2AUI2AQ 2AM/2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2K
2G 2C
l
]
01-028-240

STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
CONNECTOR CONDITION
connector.
4
TC].}
5
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO
Variable swirl solenoid valve connector is
disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the variable swirl
solenoid valve terminal A (wiring harnessside).
Is the voltage B+?

CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Variable swirl solenoid valve connector is
disconnected.
Inspect for continuity between variable swirl
and body ground.
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
to Step 9.
Yes
Replace the variable swirl solenoid valve, then go to Step 9.

No
Yes

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 9.
to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 9.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Variable swirl solenoid valve and PCM
Inspect for continuity between variable swirl
and PCM terminal2AS (wiring harness-side).

to Step 9.

01-028-241

STEP
10
INSPECTION
ACTION

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
Yes
No

TC].)


DTC
P2010:00
id010239850900
Variable swirl solenoid valve control circuit high input
The PCM monitors the variable swirl solenoid valve control signal. If the PCM turns the variable swirl
solenoid valve on but the voltage still remains high for 5 s, the PCM determines that the variable swirl
solenoid valve control circuit has a malfunction.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to power supply in wiring harness between variable swirl solenoid valve terminal Band PCM terminal
2AS
PCM malfunction
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
PCM
~"--'
VARIABLE SWIRL
E~~ ~J
SOLENOID VALVE
?-
~~----~ij~V A~B~HI'~+-------------~h~'l~~~.-~
- -""- /"~ AN
"P
L -_ _ _ _

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2Q 12M 21
2E 2A
2F 2B

2BH 2BD 2AZ 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2TI2P
01-028-242
t 2G
2C
2L 2H 20

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
CONNECTOR CONDITION
connector.
TC].)
CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER
SUPPLY
Variable swirl solenoid valve and PCM
Measure the voltage at the variable swirl
solenoid valve terminal B (wiring harnessside).
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No

to Step 7.
Yes
Replace the variable swirl solenoid valve, then go to Step 7.

No
Yes

to Step 7.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No

TC].)

01-028-243

id010239900200
DTC
P2088:00
OCV) is below the threshold voltage, the PCM determines that the OCV circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

OCV malfunction
- OCV terminal B-PCM terminal 20
- OCV terminal A-PCM terminal 2AF
PCM malfunction
PCM
@
OCV
~~~Hi+-----------------~H20
~__~r
A 'HI~~----------------~~H2APr-~~~
"P
\.:jl//
OCV
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J 2BE j2BA 2AW 2ASI2AO 2AKI2AGI2ACI2Y 12U
21
2E 2A
2Q 12M
2F 2B
1
]

2BH 2BD 2AZI2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P
t 2G
2C
2L 2H 20
STEP
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No

Yes
No
01-028-244

to Step 8.

STEP
INSPECTION
4
INSPECTOCV
Inspect the OCV.
5
INSPECT OCV CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO
GROUND
OCV connector is disconnected.
ground:
- OCV terminal B
- OCV terminal A

INSPECT OCV CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TCl.)
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

to ground.
circuit).
WITH TCl.)
Go to Step 8.
to Step 8.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Yes

TC].)
No
Yes
No

01-028-245

DTC
P2089:00
id010239900300
OCV) is above the threshold voltage, the PCM determines that the OCV circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

OCV malfunction
Short to power supply in wiring harness between OCV terminal A and PCM terminal 2AF
OCV cirCuits are shorted to each other.
PCM malfunction
PCM
@
OCV
~~(B'HI~+-----------------~fiH20
\ ..:::~./ / /
\\
~
A ,. \ \
I~
/ / r2AF\I--~t-----{
L--~(
"P
VI'
OCV
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
?-
2Q 12M 21
2E 2A
2F 2B
I[
l
]

2BH 2BD 2AZI2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P
t 2G
2C
2L 2H 20
ACTION
INSPECTION
STEP

Yes
No


AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No

Yes
No
Yes
INSPECTOCV
Inspect the OCV.
No
01-028-246

to Step 8.


STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT OCV CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
TO POWER SUPPLY
Measure the voltage at the OCV terminal A
INSPECT OCV CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO EACH
OTHER
Inspect for continuity between OCV terminals B
and A (wiring harness-side).
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
ACTION
to Step 8.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No
01-028-247

DTC
P2096:00
id010239900400
Target AlF feedback system too lean

The PCM monitors the target A1F fuel trim while under the target AlF feedback control. If the fuel trim is
more than the specification, the PCM determines that the target A1F feedback system is too lean.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Exhaust gas leakage
H02S malfunction
Related wiring harness malfunction
Improper operation of ignition system
Spark plug malfunction
Ignition coil malfunction
- Fuel leakage in low-pressure side fuel line (between fuel pump unit and high pressure fuel pump)
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
2
RECORDED
3
AVAILABILITY
01-028-248
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No

STEP
INSPECTION
4
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
5
INSPECT H02S
Inspect the H02S.
6
between the TWC and H02S.
7
10
11
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes
No
Yes

No
Go to Step 7.
INSPECT IAT SENSOR

TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
-ECT
-MAF
- TP REL
-VSS
Are all PIDs normal?
TC].)
Yes
Yes
No

UNDER FREEZE FRAME DATA CONDITION
2) condition.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
TC].)
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
Yes
No

Inspect the malfunctioning part.
Yes
No

Go to Step 12.
Yes

No
No

01-028-249

STEP
INSPECTION
12
MAF SENSOR
Start the engine.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
TC].)
13
INSPECT INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM FOR
Visually inspect the hose in intake-air system
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 14.

INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TGJ.)
Note
suction area.
14
15
16
17
18
19

OPERATION INSPECTION [L3 WITH TGJ.)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
normally?
TC].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
01-028-250
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes


No
Go to Step 20.
Yes
No

Go to Step 19.
Yes

Go to Step 20.
No
Yes

Go to Step 23.
No

INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TGJ.)

STEP
INSPECTION
20
specification?
21
22
23
24

Do the fuel injectors operate properly?
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Go to Step 23.

TC].)
TC].)
Yes

No
01-028-251

DTC
P2097:00
id010239707600
Target A1F feedback system too rich

The PCM monitors the target AlF fuel trim while under the target AlF feedback control. If the fuel trim is less
than the specification, the PCM determines that the target AlF feedback system is too rich.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Exhaust gas leakage
H02S malfunction
Exhaust gas leakage
- Low pressure side fuel line restriction (between fuel pump unit and high pressure fuel pump)
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
01-028-252
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No

STEP
VERIFY RELATED PENDING CODE ANDIOR DTC

off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
INSPECT H02S
Inspect the H02S.
between the TWC and H02S.
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes
No
Yes
INSPECT IAT SENSOR

TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
-ECT
-MAF
-TP REL
-VSS
Are all PID values normal?
TC].)
Yes

INSPECTION
No
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes
No


UNDER FREEZE FRAME DATA CONDITION
2) condition.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Are all PID values normal?
TC].)
Yes
No

10
INSPECT AlF SENSOR

Yes
No

Go to Step 12.
Yes
No


Access the FUEL_PRES PID using the M-MDS.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
Yes
No
Go to Step 17.
11
12
01-028-253

STEP
INSPECTION
13
Is the vehicle accelerate peliormance normally?
14
15
TC].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
16
specification?
17

TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Compare the LONGFT1 PID with recorded
FREEZE FRAME DATA (Mode 2) at Step 2.
Is the LONGFT1 PID above FREEZE FRAME
DATA (Mode 2)?
18

(See 01-108-12 COMPRESSION
Do the fuel injectors operate properly?
(See 01-408-25 ENGINE COOLANT
19
20
01-028-254
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 15.
Go to Step 16.
Go to Step 21.

Go to Step 21.
(See 01-168-8 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
- Replace the purge solenoid valve.
(See 01-168-7 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE
Go to Step 21.
Yes
No

Yes

(See 01-408-24 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
TC].)
No

STEP
INSPECTION
21
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TCl.)
22
Yes
No
ACTION
TCl)
Yes
No


id010239851000
DTC
P2100:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
The PCM monitors the electronic throttle valve actuator current. If the PCM detects the electronic throttle
valve actuator current is below the specification current, the PCM determines that the electronic throttle
valve actuator circuit has a malfunction.

Throttle valve electrical malfunction
- Throttle body terminal F-PCM terminal 2A
- Throttle body terminal E-PCM terminal 2B
- Throttle body terminal E-PCM terminal 2B
PCM malfunction
01-028-255

DTe
P2100:00

PCM

(THROTTLE BODY)
THROTTLE BODY
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~ift]i~
I~~I
01-028-256

I[
21
2E 2A
2F 2B
2QI2M

2L 2H 20
Il
J

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION

Yes
No


AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.

CONTINUOUS CONCERN
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
No

Yes
CONDITION
No
INSPECT THROTTLE VALVE ELECTRICAL

MALFUNCTION
Measure the resistance between throttle body
terminal F and E (part-side).
Is the resistance approx.1.3 ohms?
Yes
No


ground:
- Throttle body terminal F
- Throttle body terminal E
Yes

to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 9.

Yes

disconnected.
- Throttle body terminal E-PCM terminal2B
No

Periorm the "INTERMITTENT CONCERN

to Step 9.
No

to Step 9.
Yes
No

01-028-257

STEP
9
10
INSPECTION
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
(See 01-02B-12'AFTER REPAIR
ACTION
Yes
No

TC].)
Yes

No
DTC P21 01 :00 [L3 WITH TCl

DTC
P2101:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
The PCM turns the main relay on but the input voltage is 4 V or less, the PCM determines that the main
relay control circuit voltage is low.
The PCM monitors the input voltage from the main relay. The PCM turns the main relay off but the input
voltage is 4 V or more, the PCM determines that the main relay control circuit voltage is high.


Short to ground or open circuit in main relay power supply circuit
Battery positive terminal-Main relay terminal D
Battery positive terminal-Main relay terminal A
- ENG MAIN 40 A fuse and/or ENG+B 10 A fuse malfunction
Battery positive terminal-Main relay terminal D
Battery positive terminal-Main relay terminal A
Short to ground or open circuit in main relay control circuit
Main relay terminal C-PCM terminal 1BE
Main relay terminal C-PCM terminal 1BF
Main relay terminal B-PCM terminal 1AT
- ENG BAR2 20 A fuse and/or ETV 15 A fuse malfunction
Main relay terminal C-PCM terminal 1BE
Main relay terminal C-PCM terminal 1BF
Main relay terminal B-PCM terminal 1AT
TP sensor No.1 and related circuit malfunction
TP sensor No.2 and related circuit malfunction
PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id010239707700
01-028-258

DTC
P2101:00
@@
PCM
(J)
ENG MAIN
40A
TP SENSOR NO.1 INO.2

(THROTTLE BODY)
ENG+B
10A
MAIN RELAY
(MAIN FUSE BLOCK)
MAIN RELAY
DC'"
B
FRONT
THROTTLE BODY
wriiJfffii~
I~~I
STEP
INSPECTION
1
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Is the DTC P21 01 :00 on FREEZE FRAME
DATA (Mode 2)?
2
3
AVAILABILITY
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
01-028-259

STEP
INSPECTION
4
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
ACTION
Yes

No

to Step 12.

Yes
No
INSPECT MAIN RELAY OUTPUT VOLTAGE

- PCM terminal 1BE
- PCM terminal 1BF
Is the voltage B+?
Yes
No
Go to Step 10.
INSPECT MAIN RELAY

INSPECT MAIN RELAY POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUIT
- Main relay terminal 0
- Main relay terminal A
Is the voltage B+?
Yes
No
Yes
No
INSPECT MAIN RELAY CONTROL CIRCUIT

FOR SHORT TO GROUND OR OPEN CIRCUIT
- PCM terminal 1BE
- PCM terminal 1BF
- PCM terminal 1AT
TC].)
Yes
No
10
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1 OUTPUT VOLTAGE

Measure the voltage at the PCM terminal2AK
TC].)
Yes
No
01-028-260
Replace the main relay, then go to Step 12.

Inspect the ENG MAIN 40 A fuse and ENG+B 10 A fuse.
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 12.
Go to Step 12.
If the PCM terminal 1BE or 1BF voltage is not normal:
Inspect the ENG BAR2 20 A fuse and ETV 15 A fuse.
short to ground.
Replace the fuse.
Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
If the PCM terminal 1AT voltage is not normal:
or open circuit.
Go to Step 12.
Inspect the TP sensor No.1 and related circuits, connectors
and terminals.
(See 01-40B-28 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR

STEP
INSPECTION
11
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.2 OUTPUT VOLTAGE
Measure the voltage at the PCM terminal 2AL
TCl)
12
13

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Inspect the TP sensor No.2 and related circuits, connectors
and terminals.
(See 01-40B-28 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR
TCl)
Yes

No

id010239851100
DTC
P2105:00
Throttle valve actuator control system-forced engine shutdown


DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Damaged throttle body and/or PCM
Throttle valve actuator control module internal processor malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No

01-028-261

STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT THROTTLE VALVE ACTUATOR AND
PCM
of damage:
- Throttle body
-PCM
(See 01-408-23 PCM CONFIGURATION [L3
WITH TC).)
the M-MDS.
WITH TC).)
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC).)
01-028-262
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

step.
(See 01-408-23 PCM CONFIGURATION [L3 WITH TC).)
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes

TC).)
No
Yes
No

(See 01-028-18 DTC TA8LE [L3 WITH TC).)

DTC
P2107:00
id010239707800
Throttle valve actuator control module processor problem
Throttle valve actuator control module internal processor error.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
- Throttle valve actuator control module internal processor error
INSPECTION
STEP
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
4
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No
01-028-263

DTC
P2108:00
Throttle valve actuator control module performance problem
DETECTION
CONDITION
id010239707900
If the PCM detects either of the following conditions, the PCM determines that the throttle valve actuator
control system has a malfunction.
- TP sensor power supply voltage: below 4.40 V
- PCM internal circuit for TP sensor No.1 input circuit malfunction
- PCM internal malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The DTG is stored in the PCM memory.
- Throttle body terminal B-PCM terminal2AO
- Throttle body terminal B-PCM terminal 2AO
- Throttle body terminal D-PCM terminal 2AJ
TP sensor No.1 and/or No.2 malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
1
2
repair information.
AVAILABILITY
3
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
P0123:00, P0222:00 or P0223:00 also
present?
4
to Step 8.
CONDITION
01-028-264

STEP
5
INSPECTION
SENSOR NO.1 CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING" procedure to the TP
sensor No.1 related harnesses and
connectors.
SENSOR NO.2 CIRCUIT
TROUBLESHOOTING" procedure to the TP
sensor No.2 related harnesses and
connectors.
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1 AND NO.2
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION



TC].)

01-028-265

DTC
P2119:00
id010239708200
Throttle valve actuator control throttle body range/performance problem

The PCM compares the TP with the default TP when the ignition switch is off. If the TP is higher than the
default TP, the PCM determines that there is a throttle valve actuator control throttle body range/
DETECTION Diagnostic support note

CONDITION This is a continuous monitor (CCM).
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
(See 01-13B-12 THROTTLE BODY
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
01-028-266
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
Yes

No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes
No


DTC
P2122:00
id010239326500

The PCM monitors the APP sensor No.1 signal. If the PCM detects that the APP sensor No.1 voltage is
below 0.12 V, the PCM determines that the APP sensor No.1 circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- APP sensor terminal A-PCM terminal 1Q
- APP sensor terminal B-PCM terminal 1V
APP sensor No.1 signal circuit and ground circuit are shorted to each other.
- APP sensor terminal B-PCM terminal 1V
PCM malfunction
PCM
APP SENSOR NO.1

(APP SENSOR)
@0
APP SENSOR
r
A
B
C
I 1BE
~1BA 1AW1ASl1AO 1AKI1AGI1ACI1Y 11 U 1QI1M 11
1BF 1BB 1AX 1AT 11AP 1AL 11AHI1ADI1Z 11V 1R 11N
I[
E
F
1J
1E 1A
1F 1B
I
.l
J
1G 1C
1BH 1BD 1AZI 1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P ~ 1 L 1H 10
INSPECTION
STEP
1
2
AVAILABILITY
Ves
No
Ves
No
ACTION
repair information.
01-028-267

STEP
3
10
INSPECTION
Yes
CONDITION
No
Yes
SHORT TO GROUND
ground:
- APP sensor terminal A
- APP sensor terminal 8
No
Yes
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT Yes
OTHER
No
disconnected.
terminals 8 and C (wiring harness-side).
Yes
OPEN CIRCUIT
No
disconnected.
- APP sensor terminal 8-PCM terminal 1Y
Yes
No
POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC].)
Yes
COMPLETED
connectors.
No
the M-MDS.
PROCEDURE [L3 WITH TC}.)
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
PROCEDURE [L3 WITH TC}.)
01-028-268
ACTION
to Step 9.

to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 9.
to Step 9.


Replace the accelerator pedal, then go to the next step.


TC].)

(See 01-028-18 DTC TA8LE [L3 WITH TC}.)

DTC
P2123:00
id010239708400

The PCM monitors the APP sensor No.1 signal. If the PCM detects that the APP sensor No.1 voltage is
above 4.8 V, the PCM determines that the APP sensor No.1 circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to power supply in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal Band PCM terminal1Y
APP sensor No.1 power supply circuit and signal circuit are shorted to each other.
Open circuit in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal C and PCM terminal 1U
PCM malfunction
PCM
APP SENSOR NO.1

(APP SENSOR)
APPSENSOR
/'
A
B
1Q 11M
11
1E 1A L
1BF 18B 1AX 1ATI1AP 1ALI1AHI1ADI1Z 11V 1R 11N
1J
1F 18
I[
E
F
1BG 1BC 1AY 1AUl1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1W 1S 110 1KI 1G 1C

1BH 1BD 1Azt 1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJ 11AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P ~ 1L 1H 10
INSPECTION
STEP
1
2
AVAILABILITY
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
01-028-269

STEP
INSPECTION
3
CONDITION
4
5
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.1 SIGNAL CIRCUIT
disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the APP sensor
terminal B (wiring harness-side).
6
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.1 POWER SUPPLY
TO EACH OTHER
disconnected.
7
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.1 GROUND
disconnected.
terminal 1U (wiring harness-side).
8
WITH TC].)
9
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
10
01-028-270
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
to Step 9.

to Step 9.



Yes

No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes
No


DTC
P2126:00
id010239934400
APP sensor No.2 circuit range/performance problem

The PCM monitors the APP sensor duty signal. If the input signal (duty signal) is too high or too low than
the set value, or the input signal intervals are too short or too long, the PCM determines that the APP
sensor No.2 has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to ground in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 1AC
Short to power supply in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 1AC
- APP sensor terminal E-PCM terminal 1AC
-APP sensor terminal D-PCM terminal1AV
PCM malfunction
@
APP SENSOR NO.2
(APP SENSOR)
@
ENG INJ
15A
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
PCM
APPSENSOR
A
B
C
o
E
J 1SE liSA 1AW 1ASI1AO 1AKI1AGl1ACl1Y11 U

[
1QJ1M 11
1E 1A
1SF iSS 1AX 1AT 11AP 1ALI1AHI1AOl1Z 11V 1R 11N 1J
1F 1B
Il
P
1SG 1SC 1AY 1AUI1AQ 1AMI1AIl1AEI1AA11W 1S J 10 1K ~ 1G 1C

iSH 1S0 1AZI 1AV 11 AR 1AN 11 AJ 11 AF 11 AS 11 X 1T 11 P ~ 1L 1H 10
01-028-271

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION

Yes
No


AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No

Yes
CONDITION
No
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.2 POWER SUPPLY Yes
No
CIRCUIT
terminal F (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?

SHORT TO GROUND
ground.

Yes
Yes
No

Step 11.

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 11.
to ground.
circuit}.
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 11.
Step 11.

disconnected.
terminal E (wiring harness-side).
Yes

power supply, then go to Step 11 .
No

OTHER
disconnected.
terminals E and D (wiring harness-side).
Yes

01-028-272
No

STEP
INSPECTION
9
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
- APP sensor terminal E-PCM terminal 1AC
- APP sensor terminal D-PCM terminal 1AV
10
WITH TC].)
11
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
12
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION


TC].)

01-028-273

id010239708500
DTC
P2127:00

is less than 0.2 V, the PCM determines that the APP sensor No.2 circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to ground in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal E and PCM terminal1AC
Open circuit in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal E and PCM terminal 1AC
PCM malfunction
APP SENSOR NO.2

(APP SENSOR)
@
ENG INJ
15A
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
PCM
APP SENSOR
A
B
C
J 1BE ]1BA 1AW 1AS l1AO 1AKI1AGI1ACI1Y 11 U
1Q 11M
11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AX 1AT 11AP 1ALI1AHI1ADI1Z 11V 1R 11N
1J
1F 1B
E
F
l
IJ
1BG 1BC 1AY 1AUl1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEJ1AAI1W 1S 110 1KI 1G 1C

1BH 1BD 1AZ 1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P ] 1L 1H 10
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
01-028-274
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.

STEP
INSPECTION
3
Yes
CONDITION
No
4
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.2 POWER SUPPLY Yes
No
CIRCUIT
Is the voltage B+?

SHORT TO GROUND
ground.
Yes

OTHER
disconnected.
terminals E and D (wiring harness-side).
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
ACTION
to Step 10.

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 10.
to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 10.
to Step 10.

Yes
No

Yes

No
01-028-275

STEP
INSPECTION
10
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
11
ACTION
TC].)
Yes
No
Yes

No

DTC
P2128:00
id010239708600

is more than 3 V, the PCM determines that the APP sensor No.2 circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to power supply in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal E and PCM terminal1AC
Open circuit in wiring harness between APP sensor terminal D and PCM terminal 1AV
PCM malfunction
(J)
MAIN RELAY
TERMINALC
APP SENSOR NO.2

(APP SENSOR)
PCM
ENG INJ
15 A
APP SENSOR
A
1BE ~iBA iAW iASliAO iAKI1AGIiACI1Y 11 U 1QI1M
8
C
o
E
F
01-028-276
iBF iBB iAX iAT!1AP iAL/iAH!iAD!1Z 11V 1R 11N
![
11
1E 1A
1J
1F 18
iBH iBD 1Azt iAVliAR iANIiAJIiAFIiABI1X 1T 11P
iBG iBC iAY 1AUliAQ iAMliAI liAEIiAAI1W 1S 110 1K
t 1G
Il
1C
1L 1H 10

STEP
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
CONDITION
disconnected.
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.2 GROUND
disconnected.
terminal1AV (wiring harness-side).
WITH TC].)
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No

to Step 8.
Yes

to Step 8.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No



TC].)

01-028-277

DTC
P2135:00
id010239708700
TP sensor No.1/No.2 voltage correlation problem

The PCM compares the input voltage from TP sensor No.1 with the input voltage from the TP sensor No.2
is a TP sensor No.1/No.2 voltage correlation problem.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

TP sensor No.1 and/or No.2 malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
CONDITION
INSPECT TP SENSOR NO.1 AND NO.2
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
01-028-278
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
Yes

to Step 6.
No
Yes

to Step 6.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


TC].)


DTC
P2138:00
id010239708800
APP sensor No.1/No.2 voltage correlation problem

The PCM compares the input voltage from the APP sensor No.1 with the input voltage from the APP
sensor No.2 when the engine is running. If the difference is more than the specification, the PCM
determines that there is an APP sensor No.1 /No.2 angle correlation problem.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

APP sensor No.1 and/or No.2 malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
CONDITION
4
5
INSPECT APP SENSOR NO.1 AND NO.2
Inspect the APP sensor No.1 and No.2.
WITH TC].)
6
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
7
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

to Step 6.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

to Step 6.


TC].)

01-028-279

id010239940000
DTC
P2183:00

When the ECT sensor No.2 detected temperature is approx. 8.8 C {15.8 OF} higher than the IAT, or the
ECT sensor No.2 detected temperature is approx. 22.6 C {40.7 OF} less than the IAT for 1.2 s with the
ignition switch is ON*.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

This is an continuous monitor (engine cooling system).
ECT selisor No.2 connector or terminals malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
CONDITION
CONDITION
01-028-280
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
to Step 9.

to Step 9.
Yes

to Step 9.
No

STEP
INSPECTION
7
INSPECT IAT SENSOR
8
9
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
10
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes
Replace the ECT sensor No.2, then go to the next step .

TCl)
No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No

DTC
P2195:00
id010239709300

The PCM monitors the AlF sensor output when the following conditions are met. If the output is more than
1.15 for 25 s, the PCM determines that the AlF sensor has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
- ECT: more than 60C {140 OF}

-Absolute load: 20-115%
- Output voltage from the H02S: 0.7 V or above

POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
01-028-281

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION

DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
Yes
No

RECORDED
Yes
No

AVAILABILITY
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
present?
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
(See 01-40B-30 AIR FUEL RATIO (AIF)
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
WITH TC].)
Yes
01-028-282
No
Yes
No



repair information.
Yes

No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No

DTC
P2196:00
id010239709400

The PCM monitors the AlF sensor output when the following conditions are met. If the output is less than
0.85 for 25 s, the PCM determines that the AlF sensor has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
ECT: more than 60C {140 OF}

Absolute load: 20-115%
Output voltage from the H02S: 0.2 V or less

PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
DTC
off).
Procedure and DTe Reading Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH Te].)
present?
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Te].)
01-028-283

STEP
INSPECTION
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
Mode).
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
TC].)


DTC
P2228:00
id010239153200

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the BARO sensor. If the input voltage at the PCM is below 1.95 V
for 5 S, the PCM determines that the BARO sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
3
INSPECT BARO SENSOR MALFUNCTION
Start the engine.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Is the BARO PID value normal?
TC].)
01-028-284
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.
TC].)

STEP
INSPECTION
4
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
5
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
TCl)

DTC
P2229:00

id010239153300

The PCM monitors the input voltage from the BARO sensor. If the input voltage at the PCM is above 4.45
V for 5 s, the PCM determines that the BARO sensor circuit has a malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT BARO SENSOR MALFUNCTION
Start the engine.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Is the BARO PID value normal?
TCl)
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
WITH TCl.)
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

repair information.
Yes
No

TC].)
Yes

TCl)
No
01-028-285

STEP
5
INSPECTION
Yes
ACTION
No

id010239851200
DTC
P2237:00
AlF sensor positive current control circuit open

The PCM monitors the AlF sensor terminal 1B current. If the current approx. 0 A while the AlF sensor
active, the PCM determines that the AlF sensor positive current control circuit is open.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Open circuit in wiring harness between AlF sensor terminal 1A and PCM terminal 2AD
PCM malfunction
(J)
PCM
AlF SENSOR
AlF SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2QI2M
2E 2A
21

I
2F 2B
]
2G 2C
01-028-286
Il

STEP
INSPECTION
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
CONDITION
INSPECT AlF SENSOR POSITIVE CURRENT
disconnected.
terminal1A (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal2AD (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

to Step 8.
No
Yes

to Step 8.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


TC].)

01-028-287

id010239303600
DTC
P2243:00
AlF sensor reference voltage circuit open

The PCM monitors the AlF sensor terminal 1C voltage. If the either of the following condition is met, the
PCM determines that the AlF sensor reference voltage circuit is open.
- The AlF sensor terminal 1C voltage is specified voltage or more for 30 s.
- The PCM detects the DTC P0134:00 while the pending code P2243:00 is stored.
DETECTION
CONDITION
Engine is running.
AlF sensor element impedance specified or more
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Open circuit in wiring harness between AlF sensor terminal 1C and PCM terminal 2Z
PCM malfunction
(J)
PCM
A1F SENSOR
A1F SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~
~
01-028-288
2E 2A
21
I[
2F 2B
I
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AU 12AQ 2AMI2AI12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2KI 2G 2C

2L 2H 20

STEP
INSPECTION
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
CONDITION
INSPECT AlF SENSOR REFERENCE VOLTAGE
disconnected.
terminal 1C (wiring harness-side) and PCM
terminal2Z (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT AlF SENSOR
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

to Step 8.
No
Yes
No

to Step 8.
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No
01-028-289

id010239900500
DTC
P2245:00
AlF sensor reference voltage circuit low input

The PCM monitors the AlF sensor reference voltage circuit voltage. If the voltage below the threshold value
while the engine is running, the PCM determines that the AlF sensor reference voltage circuit is low.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- Short to ground in reference voltage circuit at AlF sensor
Short to ground in wiring harness between AlF sensor terminal 2C and PCM terminal 2Y
PCM malfunction
PCM
AlF SENSOR
(J)r0
.------__lO@
2C HI\\*"'""---------~-+I 2Y
~1fI
..
~@
(J)
~__l~H:~~--------~(~~
AlF SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~
~
w ........ w
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AUI2AQ 2AMI2Alj2AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2K
I 2G
2C
2BH 2BD 2AZt 2AVl2AR 2ANI2AJI2AFT2ABT 2X 2TI2P ~ 2L 2H 20
STEP
INSPECTION
1
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
2
RECORDED
01-028-290
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION


STEP
INSPECTION
3
AVAILABILITY
4
CONDITION
5
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND AT AlF
SENSOR
terminal 2C (part-side) and body ground.
6
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND AT WIRING
HARNESS
terminal2C (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Yes
ACTION
repair information.
No
Yes

to Step 8.
No
Yes

No
Yes

to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 8.
No
Yes
Yes
COMPLETED
connectors.
No
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
No

to the next step.

TC].)

01-028-291

DTC
P2246:00
id010239900600
AlF sensor reference voltage circuit high input

The PCM monitors the AlF sensor reference voltage circuit voltage. If the voltage is above the threshold
value while the engine is running, the PCM determines that the AlF sensor reference voltage circuit is high.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- Short' to power supply in reference voltage circuit at AlF sensor
Short to power supply in wiring harness between AlF sensor terminal 2C and PCM terminal 2Y
- AlF sensor terminal 2C-PCM terminal 2Y
- AlF sensor terminal 2A-PCM terminal 2M
PCM malfunction
PCM
AlF SENSOR
~@
~--~2CH~~----------------~~~2Y
~II
e
.
r--@
~--~(2A'HI~~----------------~~~2M
~~>"
AlF SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~
~
..
2Q 12M 21
2E 2A
2F 28
Il

t 2G
2C
2L 2H 20
STEP
1
INSPECTION
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
RECORDED
01-028-292
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

STEP
INSPECTION
3
AVAILABILITY
4
CONDITION
5
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY AT
AlF SENSOR
2C (part-side).
6
7
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER SUPPLY AT
WIRING HARNESS
disconnected.
2C (wiring harness-side).
8
disconnected.
- AlF sensor terminal 2C-PCM terminal 2Y
- AlF sensor terminal 2A-PCM terminal 2M
9
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
10
Yes
ACTION
repair information.
No
Yes

to Step 9.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

to Step 9.


Yes

TC].)
No
Yes

No
01-028-293

DTC
P2251:00
id010239851300
AlF sensor negative current control circuit open

The PCM monitors the AlF sensor terminal 1C voltage. If either of the following conditions are met, the
PCM determines that the AlF sensor negative current control circuit is open.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
The AlF sensor element impedance specified or more.

Circuit voltage oscillation or AlF sensor terminal 1C voltage is below the specified.
The PCM detects the DTC P0134:00 while the pending code P2251:00 is stored.

Open circuit in wiring harness between AlF sensor terminal 1Band PCM terminal 2AC
- AlF sensor heater cannot be controlled.
PCM malfunction
PCM
AlF SENSOR
AlF SENSOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
2E 2Al
21
2F 2B

I
2BG 2BC 2AY 2AU 12AQ 2AMI2AI 12AEI2AAI2W 2S 120 2Kt 2G 2C

STEP
1
INSPECTION
DATA (MODE 2)
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
DATA (Mode 2)?
01-028-294
ACTION
Yes
No

STEP
INSPECTION
2
RECORDED
3
AVAILABILITY
4
DTC
off).
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Is the PENDING CODE/DTC P0031 :00 or
5
CONDITION
6
7
INSPECT A1F SENSOR NEGATIVE CURRENT
disconnected.
terminal 1B (wiring harness-side) and PCM
8
INSPECT A1F SENSOR
SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
9
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC).)
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

(See 01-02B-33 DTC P0031 :00 [L3 WITH TC).)
(See 01-02B-35 DTC P0032:00 [L3 WITH TC).)
No
Yes

to Step 9.
No
Yes

to Step 9.
No
Yes
No

Yes

REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC).)
No
Yes

TC).)
No
01-028-295

STEP
INSPECTION
10
Yes
ACTION
No

id010239709500
DTC
P2502:00

The PCM determines that the generator output voltage is above 17 V or the battery voltage is below 11 V
for 5 s while the engine is running.
DETECTION
CONDITION

Battery malfunction
Loose generator terminal installation nut
Battery positive terminal poorly connected
Short to ground or open circuit in generator power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and generator terminal B
- STARTER 350 A fuse malfunction
- Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and generator terminal B
PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM
BATTERY
GENERATOR
8
1()
~I
~G)
STARTER
350A
~
'"'
II
\\
1\\
II
III
'\'\
~ If!
II
\\
~
B
1\\
-nT
GENERATOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
11
1E 1A
1QI1M
1F 1B
1BG 1BC~1AY 1AUl1AQ 1AM/1AI/1AE/1AA/1W 1S /10 1K! 1G 1C

1BH 1BD 1Azt 1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJ/1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P] 1L 1H 10
01-028-296

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT BATTERY
(See 01-17B-4 BATTERY INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC].)
INSPECT POOR INSTALLATION OF
GENERATOR TERMINAL
Inspect for looseness of generator terminal B
installation nut.
Is the nut loose?
INSPECT POOR INSTALLATION OF BATTERY
POSITIVE TERMINAL
Inspect for looseness of battery positive
terminal.
Is the terminal loose?
INSPECT BATTERY CHARGING CIRCUIT FOR
Disconnect the generator terminal B.
Measure the voltage between generator
ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Yes
No

repair information.

(See 01-17B-6 BATTERY RECHARGING [L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
Yes Tighten the generator terminal B installation nut, then go to
Step 7.
Yes
No
Yes
Connect the battery positive terminal correctly, then go to

Step 7.
No
Yes
No
INSPECT GENERATOR
[L3 WITH TC].)
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Is the same OTC present?
Yes

Are any OTCs present?
Yes
No
Yes
No
No

Inspect the STARTER 350 A fuse.
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 7.
(See 01-17B-6 GENERATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC].)
TC].)

(See 01-02B-18 OTC TABLE [L3 WITH TC].)
OTC troubleshooting completed.
01-028-297

id010239709600
DTC
P2503:00
Charging system voltage low

The PCM needs more than 20 A from the generator, and determines that the generator output voltage is
below 8.5 V for 5 s while the engine is running.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Drive belt exceed limit
- Generator terminal D-PCM terminal 1AW
- Gene'rator terminal P-PCM terminal 1AX
- Generator terminal P-PCM terminal 1AX
PCM malfunction
PCM
(J)
BATTERY
8
10
GENERATOR
~I
I
STARTER 350 A
~
~
"
GENERATOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
II
\\
~"
@@
@@
~@
II
\\
II
II
\\
\\
J 1BE~1BA 1AW 1ASl1AO 1AKI1AGI1ACI1Y 11U
1Q 11M
11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AX 1ATI1AP 1ALI1AHj1ADI1Z 11V 1R 11N 1J
1F 1B
Il
]
1G 1C
1BH 1BD 1AZl1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJJ1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P ~ 1L 1H 10
STEP
1
ACTION
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
Verify that the drive belt auto tensioner
indicator mark does not exceed limit.
(See 01-10B-4 DRIVE BELT INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC].)
Does the indicator mark exceed limit?
01-028-298
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
Replace the drive belt, then go to Step 8.
(See 01-10B-4 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCl.)

STEP
3
INSPECTION
Yes
CONDITION
No
INSPECT GENERATOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Yes
TO GROUND
ground:
- Generator terminal 0
- Generator terminal P
No
Yes
Disconnect
the
PCM
connector.

INSPECT GENERATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Yes
CIRCUIT
No
disconnected.
- Generator terminal P-PCM terminal 1AX
Yes
INSPECT GENERATOR
Inspect
the
generator.

[L3 WITH TC].)
No
Yes
COMPLETED
connectors.
No
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
ACTION
to Step 8.

to ground.
circuit).
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 8.
to Step 8.


[L3 WITH TC].)
TC].)

01-028-299

id010239709700
DTC
P2504:00

The PCM determines that the generator output voltage is above 18.5 V or the battery voltage is above
16.0 V for 5 s while the engine is running.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to power supply in wiring harness between generator terminal D and PCM terminal 1AW
- Short to power supply in field coil control circuit at generator
PCM malfunction
BATTERY
8
10
GENERATOR
~I
PCM
STARTER 350 A
"""
II
\\
\\
II
II
\\
II
~. @
\\
7tr
GENERATOR
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
1QI1M
11
1E 1A
1F 1B
t 1G
Il
1C
STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
1
repair information.
AVAILABILITY
2
to Step 6.
CONDITION
3
to Step 6.
Inspect
for
poor
connection
(such
as
damaged/
No

01-028-300

STEP
INSPECTION
4
disconnected.
Measure the voltage at the generator terminal
5
INSPECT GENERATOR
[L3 WITH TC].)
6
COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
7
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Go to Step 8.

[L3 WITH TC].)
TC].)
Yes

No
01-028-301

id010239709800
DTC
P2507:00
PCM battery voltage low
The PCM monitors the voltage of the back-up battery positive terminal. If the PCM detects that the battery
positive terminal voltage is below 2.5 V for 5 s, the PCM determines that the back-up voltage circuit has a
malfunction.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Battery malfunction
Short to ground or open circuit in PCM power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and PCM terminal 1BA
- Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and PCM terminal 1BA
PCM malfunction
PCM
BATTERY
I~ ~I
I
ENG+B 10 A
~--------~~-~~~--------~1BA
7/r
1QI1M 11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AX 1ATI1AP 1ALI1AHI1ADI1Z 11V 1R liN 1J
iF 1B
Il
I[
1BG 1BC 1AY 1AUl1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1W is 110 1K 11G 1C

1BH1BD1AZt1Avl1AR1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X 1TI1P
1L 1H 10
STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION

Yes
No

AVAILABILITY
Yes
INSPECT BATTERY
WITH TC].)
Yes

WITH TC].)
No
No

Yes
No
01-028-302

repair information.

to Step 6.

STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT PCM POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR
Measure the voltage at the PCM terminal 1BA
Is the voltage B+?

COMPLETED
connectors.
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
ACTION
Yes
No

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
TC].)
No
Yes

No

DTC
P2610:00
idO 10239303800
PCM internal engine off timer performance problem

The PCM internal engine off timer is damaged.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM internal engine off timer is damaged.
STEP
INSPECTION
1
2
AVAILABILITY
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
01-028-303

STEP
INSPECTION
3
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
Procedure.
TEST [L3 WITH TCl)
4
(See 01-02B-12'AFTER REPAIR
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
TC].)

DTC U3000 :41 [L3 WITH TC]

id010239851600
DTC
U3000:41
PCM processor error


DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PCM internal malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
COMPLETED
the M-MDS.
WITH TC].)
01-028-304
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.
TC].)

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [LF, LS]
01-03A SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [LF, LS]

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING
WIRING DIAGRAM [LF, LS] .........
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
[LF, LS] ........................
CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICE AND
CONTROL RELATIONSHIP CHART
[LF, LS] .......................
QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART
[LF, LS] ........................
FOREWORD [LF, LS] .. . . . . . . . . . . . .
NO.1 MELTING OF MAIN OR
OTHER FUSES [LF, LS] ..........
NO.2 MIL ILLUMINATES [LF, LS] ......
NO.3 WILL NOT CRANK [LF, LS] ......
NO.4 HARD TO START/LONG CRANK/
ERRATIC START/ERRATIC CRANK
[LF, LS] ......................
NO.S ENGINE STALLS-AFTER START/
AT IDLE [LF, LS] .................
NO.6 CRANKS NORMALLY BUT
WILL NOT START [LF, LS] ..........
NO.7 SLOW RETURN TO IDLE
[LF, LS] ........................
NO.8 ENGINE RUNS ROUGH/
ROLLING IDLE [LF, LS] ............
NO.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON
[LF, LS] ........................
NO.10 LOW IDLE/STALLS DURING
DECELERATION [LF, LS] ..........
NO.11 ENGINE STALLS/QUITS,
ENGINE RUNS ROUGH, MISSES,
BUCK/JERK, HESITATION/STUMBLE,
SURGES [LF, LS] .................
NO.12 LACK/LOSS OF
POWER-ACCELERATION/CRUISE
[LF, LS] .........................
NO.13 KNOCKING/
PINGING-ACCELERATION/CRUISE
[LF, LS] .....................
NO.14 POOR FUEL ECONOMY
[LF, LS] ......................
NO.1S EMISSION COMPLIANCE
[LF, LS] .......................
NO.16 HIGH OIL CONSUMPTION/
LEAKAGE [LF, LS] ..............
NO.17 COOLING SYSTEM
CONCERNS-OVERHEATING
[LF, LS] ......................
CONCERNS-RUNS COLD
[LF, LS] ........................
NO.19 EXHAUST SMOKE [LF, LS] .....
01-03A-2
01-03A-4
01-03A-S
01-03A-7
01-03A-22
01-03A-22
01-03A-23
01-03A-24
01-03A-31
01-03A-33
01-03A-38
01-03A-43
01-03A-44
01-03A-47
01-03A-49
01-03A-S1
01-03A-SS
01-03A-S8
01-03A-60
01-03A-62
01-03A-64
01-03A-64
01-03A-67
01-03A-68
NO.20 FUEL ODOR (IN ENGINE

COMPARTMENT) [LF, LS] ........... 01-03A-70
NO.21 ENGINE NOISE [LF, LS] ........ 01-03A-71
NO.22 VIBRATION CONCERNS
(ENGINE) [LF, LS] ................. 01-03A-72
NO.23 AlC DOES NOT WORK
SUFFICIENTLY [LF, LS] ............ 01-03A-73
NO.24 AlC IS ALWAYS ON OR
AlC COMPRESSOR RUNS
CONTINUOUSLY [LF, LS] ......... 01-03A-76
NO.2S AlC IS NOT CUT OFF UNDER
WIDE OPEN THROTTLE CONDITIONS
[LF, LS] ........................ 01-03A-77
NO.26 EXHAUST SULPHUR SMELL
[LF, LS] ......................... 01-03A-77
NO.27 FUEL REFILL CONCERNS
[LF, LS] .......................... 01-03A-79
NO.28 FUEL FILLING SHUT OFF
CONCERNS [LF, LS] ............. 01-03A-80
NO.29 SPARK PLUG CONDITION
[LF, LS] ........................ 01-03A-81
INTERMITTENT CONCERN
TROUBLESHOOTING [LF, LS] ....... 01-03A-84
Vibration Method ............... 01-03A-84
Water Sprinkling Method ........... 01-03A-8S
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
OPERATION INSPECTION [LF, LS] .... 01-03A-86
Input Signal System Inspection
Procedure ...................... 01-03A-86
Main Relay Operation Inspection ..... 01-03A-87
Intake Manifold Vacuum Inspection .... 01-03A-87
Electronic Throttle Control System
Inspection .................... 01-03A-87
Variable Intake Air Control Operation
Inspection .................... 01-03A-89
Variable Tumble Control Operation
Inspection ................... 01-03A-89
Fuel Injector Operation Inspection .... 01-03A-90
Fuel Cut Control System Inspection .. 01-03A-91
Fuel Pump Operation Inspection ...... 01-03A-91
Fuel Pump Control System
Inspection ...................... 01-03A-91
Spark Test. .................... 01-03A-91
EGR Control System Inspection ...... 01-03A-92
Purge Control System Inspection ..... 01-03A-92
AIC Cut-off Control System
Inspection ................. 01-03A-93
Cooling Fan Control System
Inspection ................... 01-03A-93
Variable Valve Timing Control System
Operation Inspection ............ 01-03A-93
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System
Leak Inspection ................ 01-03A-94
01-03A-1

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING WIRING DIAGRAM [LF, LS]
1-----1
id01 03978001 00
FAN CONTROL MODULE

FUEL INJECTOR NO.1
FUEL INJECTOR NO.2
FUEL INJECTOR NO.3
FUEL INJECTOR NO.4

H02S HEATER
AlC RELAY
,
H02S
:
I
I
I
I
I
I
:I
I
I
FUEL PUMP
MAP SENSOR
MAIN
RELAY
...----IVARIABLE TUMBLE
SHUTTER VALVE
f-+---iSWITCH
1..--_ _ _ _----1
ECT SENSOR NO.1

ECT SENSOR NO.2
TP SENSOR NO.1, NO.2
---------- -- ---------------------
AlF SENSOR HEATER

AlF SENSOR
~I---Tr:~-_--~----,r+-!
II
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
II
I
1.1.___
I I
,I
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I I
_ __ .1 I
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
MAFSENSOR
T
I
BATTERY
...L
J;.
A~P.. P_LJ~.H ~lJTI.q~_ ~JA'3T. ~Y_~T~_~ ~

am3uun0000036
01-03A-2
b
EGRVALVE
KS

CKPSENSOR
CMP SENSOR
GENERATOR
OCV

~--------~M~--------~
APPSENSOR
NO.1, NO.2
IGNITION COIL NO.1
IGNITION COIL NO.2
FUEL TANK
PRESSURE
SENSOR
IGNITION COIL NO.3
IGNITION COIL NO.4
CRUISE CONTROL
SWITCH
WITH CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM
MTX
am3uun0000045
01-03A-3

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC INDEX [LF, LS]
id010397800500
Confirm trouble symptom using the following diagnostic index, then go to appropriate troubleshooting chart.
Diagnostic Index
No.
1
2
3
4
5
MIL illuminates
Will not crank
Hard to start/long crank/erratic start/erratic
crank
Engine stalls
After start/at idle
Slow return to idle
Engine runs rough/rolling idle
Fast idle/runs on
10
DESCRIPTION
The starter cranks engine at normal speed but engine will not run.
Refer to symptom troubleshooting "No.5 ENGINE STALLS" if this
symptom appears after engine stall.
Fuel is in tank.
Battery is in normal condition.
Engine takes more time than normal to return to idle speed.
Engine speed fluctuates between specified idle speed and lower
speed, and engine shakes excessively.
Idle speed is too slow and engine shakes excessively.
Engine speed continues at fast idle after warm-up.
Engine runs after ignition is off.
Engine stalls/quits
Acceleration/cruise
Engine runs rough
Acceleration/cruise
Misses
Acceleration/cruise
deceleration
Buck/jerk
Hesitation/stumble
Acceleration
Surges
Acceleration/cruise
12
Lack/loss of power
Acceleration/cruise
13
Knocking/pinging
Acceleration/cruise
14
Poor fuel economy

Emission compliance
15
16
17
18
Cooling system
concerns
Cooling system
concerns
Starter cranks engine at normal speed but engine requires

excessive cranking time before starting.
Engine stops unexpectedly at idle and/or after start.
11

Engine stops unexpectedly at beginning of deceleration or

recovery from deceleration.
Engine stops unexpectedly at beginning of acceleration or during
acceleration.
Engine stops unexpectedly while cruising.
Engine speed fluctuates during acceleration or cruising.
Engine misses during acceleration or cruising.
Vehicle bucks/jerks during acceleration, cruising, or deceleration.
Momentary pause at beginning of acceleration or during
acceleration.
Momentary minor irregularity in engine output.
Performance is poor under load (such as power down when
climbing hills).
Sound is produced when air/fuel mixture is ignited by something

other than spark plug (such as hot spot in combustion chamber).
Fuel economy is unsatisfactory.
Fails emissions test.
Oil consumption is excessive.
Overheating
Engine runs at higher than normal temperature/overheats.
Runs cold
Engine does not reach normal operating temperature.
Blue, black, or white smoke from exhaust system.

Gasoline fuel smell or visible leakage.
Engine noise from under hood.
Vibration from under hood or driveline.
19
20
21
22
Exhaust smoke
Engine noise
23
AlC does not work sufficiently
AlC compressor magnetic clutch does not engage when AlC is

turned on.
AlC is always on or AlC compressor runs

continuously
AlC is not cut off under wide open throttle
conditions
28
29
Exhaust sulphur smell

Fuel refill concerns
Fuel filling shut off concerns
Fuel does not shut off properly.

Incorrect spark plug condition.
30
ATX concerns
ATX concerns not related to engine performance.
24
25
26
27
01-03A-4
Upshift/downshift/
engagement
AlC compressor magnetic clutch does not disengage.

AlC compressor magnetic clutch does not disengage under wide
open throttle.
Rotten egg smell (sulphur) from exhaust.
Fuel tank does not fill smoothly.

CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICE AND CONTROL RELATIONSHIP CHART [LF, LS]
id010397800200
x: Applicable
.....J
--'
a:
.....J
IZ
a:
UJ
I-
0
0
Item
.....J
a:
Z
<i:
Input device
APP sensor No.1, No.2
a:
~
'co>-
>
a:Cl
--'
.....J
C!J
a:
IAT sensor
MAP sensor
ECT sensor No.1, No.2
I-
a:
i=
co
2
~
~
UJ
--'
co
a:
~
.....J
~
IW
zO.....J
I-
.....J
I-
0
i=
0
0
I-
IZ
C!J
a:
a..
--'
a:
.....J
.....J
co
a..
IZ
a:
.....J
.....J
a:
~
~
u..
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
~
u..
00
UJ
x
x
x
CMP sensor
~
z
0
a:
~
a..
--'
a:
0
a:
C!J
UJ
:Ca:
a: w
ot<
oow
Z:c
Woo
ooC\I
u..o
~:c
.....J
~
Iz
0
0
I-
a:
IZ
Lt:
.....J
I-
u..
u..
j-!..
0
0
~
a:
.....J
a:
.....J
u..
u..
I-
j-!..
()
a:
W
~
~
00
a:
a:
a:
W
W
(!J
x
x
x
x
x
x
t<o
wO
.....J
x
x
x
x
x
H02S
CKP sensor
x
x
x*2
x*2
x
x
x
x
x
KS
x
x
x
Brake switch
(With cruise control
system)
Neutral switch (MTX)
CPP switch (MTX)
x
x
x
x
Battery
Generator (Terminal P:
stator coil)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Variable tumble shutter

valve switch
BARO sensor (built into
PCM)
CAN
Output device
Main relay
Variable intake air
solenoid valve
Variable tumble solenoid
valve
OCV
Fuel injector
Fuel pump relay
Ignition coil
.....J
W
...,
co
a: a:
w~
AlF sensor
Ignition switch *1 , ignition

relay*2
0 0
.....J
I-
.....J
MAF sensor
~
z
I-
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
01-03A-5

....I
....I
:2!
()
W
a:
:2:
::>
=:i
0
i=
()
....I
....I
W
...,
:2!
::>
....I
';J-
co
W
>
a:0
()
a:
LU
....I
co
LU
IW
co
co
....I
a:
a:
(!J
i=
W
co
a:
a:
IZ
()
()
::>
LL
0....1
()o
....I
a: a:
a:
IZ
a..
a..
....I
::>
LL
....I
....I
a:
IZ
a:
IZ
....I
Ia:
a: W
()
a:
IZ
()
w~
~o
w()
o~
()
(!J
(J)
W
a:
a:
(J)LU
ZI
W(J)
(J)C\J
a..
(!J
LLO
"<CI
EGR valve
::>
H02S heater
AlC relay
Fan control module
Starter relay
Generator (Terminal 0:
field coil)
CAN

01-03A-6
....I
....I
a:
IZ
()
LL
LL
0
t.!.
::>
()
a:
IZ
IZ
()
()
LL
LL
Lf
....I
()
a:
l()
W
....I
W
0
0
....I
a:
IZ
t.!.
()
()
::>
a:
W
ll:
~
(J)
a:
a:
W
Z
W
(!J
()
AlF sensor heater
*1
*2
....I
a:
IZ
....I
....I
()
a:
IZ
W
a:
Z
a:
IZ
()
....I
....I
a:
IZ
....I
Item
a:
IZ
x
x
x
x
x

QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART [LF, LS]
id010397800600
X: Applied
-0
-Q)
en
E
II..
-E
Q)
J:
Q)
en
>en
~
0
-m
-...
(,)
"i:
( ,)
Q)
(j)
0
m
(,)
"!!
(,)
"~
J:
c:
(,)
Q)
ec:
0
Q)
",j:i
"2
"2>
C')
c:
:c:s
c:
:s
m
E
"0
"5
"S
c:
.0
X
I-
>
"i:
"
"C
"C
"!!
::aE
Q)
II..
",j:i
(,)
c:
:s
c:
c:
",j:i
"0
0
0
"0
II..
Q)
II..
Melting of main or
other fuses
2 MIL illuminates
3 Will not crank
Hard to start!long
4 crank/erratic start!
erratic crank
Engine
After start!
5
stalls
at idle
Cranks normally but
6
will not start
7 Slow return to idle
Engine runs rough/
8
rolling idle
9 Fast idle/runs on
Low idle/stalls during
10
deceleration
J:
(,)
"ien
~
(,)
- e... en
-- en-- en-II..
0
"i:
Q)
"5
II..
Q)
Q)
II..
II..
"a>
en
(,)
-m
c:
:s
(j)
-- - -:g
Q)
X
I-
--
J:
en
"C
Q,
"2
c:
Q)
"0
Q)
c:
"0,
c:
Q)
...
>-
II..
Q)
.0
"C
m
Q)
Q)
"C
Q,
II..
2
Q,
.
E
E
Q)
en
>en
C')
c:
0
~
0
..J
"0,
II..
m
J:
0
>-
(,)
c:
"E
Q)
",j:i
II..
Q)
Q)
>
m
>
II..
Q)
"C
~
(,)
"C
::I:
Q,
>-
:c
Q)
c.
(5
en
Q,
II..
II..
2Q,
(,)
",j:i
Q)
II..
Q,
II..
Q,
II..
"0
Q)
c:
"0,
c:
Q)
0
",j:i
>'i=
(,)
Q)
c:
"0,
c:
Q)
c:
J:
en
"S;
C')
(,)
c:
"0,
c:
Q)
Q)
II..
(j)
"0
en
Q)
Q,
::aE
Q,
C.
2Q,
c:
:s
II..
m X
E
Q)
c:
"0,
c:
Q)
Q)
en
III
en
Q)
m
Q)
>
"i:
C
Q)
Q,
(j)
II..
Q,
Q)
Q)
C')
(j)
~
E
"C
II..
c:
0
"0
c:
Q)
II..
II..
:s
c:
><
"E
(5
Q)
(,)
Q)
Q)
Q)
II..
c:
"0,
c:
Q)
"i
II..
c:
Q)
Q)
Q,
Q,
2Q,
II..
Q)
- >
-- c.
!ci:
II..
Q,
",j:i
c:
m
"C
II..
Q)
en
J:
.:
0
:cm
S
c:
0
",j:i
(,)
c:
:s
c:
0
",j:i
(,)
-m
c:
:s
E
E
E
E
Q)
1;)
~
en
Q)
-C')
"5
(5
0
>en
c:
C')
"5
(5
0
X
X
X
X
01-03A-7
-(.)
-...
Q)
as
en
0
E
Q)
.c
E~
Q)
en
>en
~
0
;;::
-ca
-...
...
Q)
't:
0
Q)
(j)
0
ca0
'2
as
.c
0
0)
es:::
0
;::
s:::
:::J
ca
...E0
"
- 0.
,!!!
.c
0
'~
s:::
0
;::
'2
,21
0)
s:::
-0
s:::
Q)
:c::s
'(j)
><
t-
en
...as
><
t-
:lE
s:::
0)
;::
s:::
s:::
:::J
ca
E
.c
...
0
'~
en
'0
,5
'S
0
i:
-... ...... ......

...... -... ......
... - ...
;::
>
'0
0)
s:::
'0,
...>-
...
0)
...
ca
as
.c
as
0)
E
E
0)
...en
0.
s:::
s:::
'0,
en
;::
'S;
0)
Q)
s:::
0)
'E
;::
(j)
'e0n
0)
'0
s:::
0)
s:::
'0,
Q)
'0,
;::
en
s:::
0.
Q)
Q)
0)
0.
0.
...as
.
X
Accelerati
Engine
runs rough on/cruise
Misses
Accelerati
on/cruise
Buck/jerk
Accelerati
on/cruise/
decelerati
on
Hesitation/ Accelerati
stumble
on
Accelerati
on/cruise
Accelerati
on/cruise
0)
as
en
Engine
Accelerati
stalls/quits on/cruise
11
Surges
Lack/loss
12 of
power
K.no?king/ Accelerati
13 pinging
on/cruise
14 Poor fuel economy
15 Emission compliance
Q)
as
en
,5
0)
as
en
s:::
... "
...
...0 "0~
0)
0)
0.
0.
0
...I
>en
0)
s:::
'0,
.c
s:::
0)
0)
0.
0.
Cooling
concerns
Q)
0.
0.
0.
0.
.c
~
>-
0)
0)
as
E
as
;;::
:::J
0)
s:::
'0,
s:::
0)
0)
en
as
m
s:::
en
0
.c
:cas
0)
0.
.c
0)
>
't:
0.
,!!!
(j)
>
...
0)
:::J
...s:::
'E
'0
as
0
0
0)
s:::
'0,
><
0)
0)
0)
...
'7
;::
s:::
...... ...
c.. 0 0 "...ass:::
... ... ...
>
0)
1U
0)
s:::
0)
0)
0)
0.
0.
0)
't:
as
Q)
0.
0.
Q)
...
...0
as
s:::
~
s:::
;::
;::
:::J
0
0
s:::
s:::
::s
ca
E
E
Q)
...en
en
>en
s:::
ca
0)
E
E
Q)
>en
0)
,5
,5
'0
'0
oil consumption/
16 High
leakage
17 system
~...
0)
s:::
" ... :c...

... e ... ...
.5 "J:>- . .
'(3
0)
en
...0 "...0
ca >< 0s:::
E
'en
0
0)
s:::
(j)
e "
"
>-
'eenn
:::J
s:::
(j)
~
s:::
...
...0
u)
0)
X
X
X
Overheati
ng
Cooling
18 system
Runs cold
concerns
19 Exhaust smoke
01-03A-8
U)
I\)
CO
g~
~X
CD
3en
en
I\)
-.....J
0"
"'0 oc: c:
S ::::SCD ~
o~ CD~
"'0 3=
en (Q
::::s
(Q
en 0
0
00
:::r ::::s
::::s
S- o
CD
0 ....
& ::::::
::::s
o
en
::::s
c:-
::::SCDo.C
-::::S0"'O
(Q~en
S::::s:::r
(Qen::::;;
CD:::rc::!:.
3::::;;
CDc::!:.
I\)
ex>
"
I\)
(J)
I\)
I\)
01
.J:>.
I\)
U)
I\)
I\)
I\)
......
m g . <: 00<: ~<: ...-...<

CD _. m
::::s
><
::::sO' (Q
goo
::::::0
:::r ::::so.O
(Q
....
0.
CD
_.
=.0
_.
_.S s
S
2:
0.
c: 2:0 en ::::S3 en CD 0 ::::S=:, CD
c: "'0 S ::::s CD CD 0
~ 0"'0 ::::s 0
.... - ~en -::::s ::::s
en ::::SCDO
en::::s- ~m~ '<::::s
0 0
_0 -en~
c:
-c :::rC: '<Qen g, ::::s0 00'
CD
:::r
~
en
3
ac;
--
.... 0
c: ::::s
::::So
CDc:
::::s
en ....
<:
0.
0CD
3en
I\)
::;I
0"
o c:
&::
co
CD
3 CD
"'00'
~o.
-0
3 ....
en
:::r
0
CD-::-:
9S
~::::s
-CD
::::s
(Q
c.c
::;
:r
CD
CD
Starter motor malfunction (Mechanical or electrical)
CJ)
-<
Starter circuit including ignition switch is open
'"tJ
enCD
a
s
Starter interlock switch malfunction (MTX)
CD
0
01
6U)
J:..
-t
:c
o
c:
Low or dead battery
en
-<
s;:
Charging system malfunction
'lJ
ds;:
Improper engine oil level
aJ
Improper engine compression
CJ)
-;
:D
J:
Hydrolocked engine
Improper engine oil viscosity
C)
Improper dipstick
III
en
I
G)
=i
Base engine malfunction

Drive plate (ATX) or flywheel (MTX) are seized
III
"
en
01
o.....
I
o
w
U)
=!>
Improper tension or damaged drive belts

Improper engine coolant level
,......
m
s;:
Water and anti-freeze mixture is improper

Cooling system malfunction (Radiator, hoses, overflow system, thermostat etc.)
Cooling fan system malfunction
",'"
r
en
......
o
.....
.....
0
<.0
(X)
-....J
0)
c.n
o..r
co
~-::;E
:::::I
__
~
!e.
~m
(J)
:::::1
=<0
:::::I -<0:::::1
__ CD
C/)m
::;EO
=~
:::::1:::::1
0"
-C/)
C/):::::I
P> 0
~
CDC'>I
t
.....
<00..
a:
o..(j)
o..~
CD(j) ~
C'>- 2 (j)
CDP>
C/)
(j)= :::::I
C/)
~C/)
0
c
:::::I
<0
0::r
:::::I
CD
CD
a:
~<5
C/) SCD
@~~
I\)
:s:: 9-:S::
::rCD
-:::::10.. :::::I
('r~_
C'>~O
5-
~~C/)
"
s-
aCD
C/)
~<O
~
s:::
0"
CD;::;:'
(i)
2'<5
C/)o
::T
9- E
C'>
P>P>:::::I eo P> ~
:43 a:!e.~ "C'>~ :::::I
C/)$;
~ (j)P>_0
~CD
t:::!:.~
P>:::::I
-<
0-
.....
c.u
--
en
&.
CDC/) 3
P>
s-
c.c
CD
:::J
;::::;:
Engine and transaxle mounts are improperly installed

Cooling fan sheet is improperly installed
en
-<
Cruise control system operation improperly

(With cruise control system)
>< ><
><
><
><
><
><
><
'"tJ
Fuel quality
as
><
Variable valve timing system malfunction
-I
::D
><
Variable tumble system malfunction
><
oc:
aJ
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
Air cleaner element clogging or restriction
>< >< ><
><
><
><
Air leakage from intake-air system (Loose tubes, cracks breakage)
r-
Engine overheating
en
::J:
o
g
z
Intake air temperature is too hot
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
r-
",'r-"
Electric throttle control system improper operation
(J1
......
Throttle body malfunction (stuck open or close, restriction)
><
><
1"""'"1
Idle learning of electric throttle control system is not completed
>< >< ><

><
C)
Variable intake-air system malfunction
><
><
><
><
Ignition coil malfunction (e.g. open, short or cracks)
><
><
Initial ignition timing misadjustment (CKP sensor & crankshaft pulley

misadjustment)
><
Vacuum leakage (vacuum hose damage, misrouting)
'"0
><
><
><
><
"Q.
0)"
a.
......
......
......
......
-.....J
Q')
0'1
..j::.
om
o3 3_.
d'
oeno
o~ 0
::::l - 0
(i)oI
Sll 0 -
,,::::lCO
gCD= Sllen:::r
coco
33~
en
::i"0
co(B
CD3=
"9-
-0
en Q
-en 2'
nr
o
::::l ::::l ~
0
CD
CD
c.u
-0-:::'\
_.::::l
::::lo
eg.o
::::l2S:
CO::::l
co
g.6-
0 Q
0
::::l 5.::::l0
0 en - CD
3 CD
CD
'<
@
3CD
......
......
......
......
I\)
-g
o~
::E ~ 0
~9.~
(J)
en::::lI
~-~.
en
2:
taCD
g.6-
o=: Q
..... 00
5.::::l 0 5.::::l 0
en
- CD
en
- (i)
CD
CD
CD
CD
@
@
=:
00
::::lo
CD
(i)
@
en
CD
en
CD
.......... m ..oenm
oC::::l
C::::l
co en co
_. :[~
00-
:::r
::::l en _::::l
Cir
.s;
:
-.
CD
s::
OJ
C
0
CD
s::::
C"
CD
en
::r
CD
0
0
-0.0 =:
Q5-6- o !:!".
g CD 2 o 5.::::l0 ..... 00
g 00 <. g en - CD ~.<. g
-CD
CD _
_
@
-CD
Sll
.....
CD
CD
CD
-CD
o !:!".
..... 00
5.::::l 0
en
CD
;:;
CD
CD
-CD
:i'
(C

en
-<
><

"C
><
Fuel quality
as
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
Engine overheating
>< ><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
:t
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
~
z
><
><
><
><
><
><
-t
><
:::tJ
C
OJ
r-
en
C)
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
.....
.....
Throttle body malfunction (stuck open or close, restriction)

misadjustment)
>< ><
><
><
><
><
><
><
><
rr-
ow
.--.
. :11
o
.....
(J1
.......
o....L
o
I
CN
....L
I\)
(.0.)
I\)
I\)
I\)
<0
ex:>
-....J
82:j
5><
CD
300
I\)
(j)
I\)
I\)
01
../::>.
I\)
(.0.)
(')-n -n oom
0"0 Oe:: e:: 3 x ~e::~ 2~~
(')(f)
::Js
0.-:
;:;:
0-"0
::J2"
"
(Q
3CDc::!:.Q.C
CD::J
0"0
::J (Q
~ 00
_s
::J::::r
(Q
00::;';
CD
::::rc::!:.
(')-
::JCD
~ CD::::r
~~
::J=
oo::J
(Q
(')
00
::::r 0::J
S- (')
CD
~ 3
00
::;.;
ca()
:::: CD --
~()()
oo~
~()
-- :
=s - - : 0 0
(')
0.
e::
(')0 00 CDO
CD ::E ::J g3~ ::JCD
!!t (')
--0
00 00._ =-"0 ::E :::00
'<::J
e:: ::JCD(')
-c
::::r
~.g S-
~(j)~
o~oo
e::oo
~ OCDO
::J::J:::: S!t-:::J
00
enCD
'<
St
::E
0
~
I\)
I\)
I\)
.....
I\)
.....
<0
s:::
C'"
a;
00
:::r
0
0
=:.
:::J
(,Q
(Q
300
CD
s-
CD
><
><

CD
><
6(.0.)
::;t
c5
><
0
01
.....
ex:>
(')-n
(,)OO()
m
m
(j)$;
X 0'< 0
::JO" ::J Oe::
3CD ::::r 5 !!to
( Q - : (Q
--s ::;- "0 0 s CDCD=
::Je- CD SQ. e::
3
CD 0
-::J ::J ;:4.0 ~ 3
00
0 3-: 00
(')
CD-=: 3
0 (if ::J::J
(')::D
0
::J CD eCD
Q.e::
(')
::J @ Q.::J
CD
00
0
.i::..
(f)
-<
s:
-u
s:
ds
-I
:xl
0
c
III
r
><
><
><
c:
Engine overheating
rm

(f)
--i
::D
"'C
Fuel quality
--i
en
-<
S
(j)
OJ
en
:J:
o
g
z
C)
r-"I
r-
","TI
~
m
s;J
Throttle body malfunction (stUCk open or close, restriction)
s:
III
r
m
"
(f)
><
01
><
><

misadjustment)
><
><
,
..
r-
CJ1
.......

X: Applied
Ci
s::
'i:
I
CD
;>
co
'-
0)
--
'S
'-
"C
(,)
s::
co
'-
+=
'c
,~
0
(ij
s::
C')
'(j)
2
3
5
6
8
9
10
11
12
13
0.
0
s::
0)
ai
"C
0)
C')
co
E
co
"C
,~
'-
(/)
s::
co
c.
Melting of main or
other fuses
MIL illuminates
Will not crank
Hard to start!long
crank/erratic start!
erratic crank
Engine
After start!
stalls
at idle
Cranks normally but
will not start
Slow return to idle
Engine runs rough/
rolling idle
Fast idle/runs on
deceleration
Engine
Accelerati
Accelerati
Engine
Accelerati
Misses
on/cruise
Accelerati
on/cruise/
Buck/jerk
decelerati
on
stumble
on
Accelerati
Surges
on/cruise
Lack/loss Accelerati
of power
on/cruise
Knocking/ Accelerati
pinging
on/cruise
'-
0)
(/)
''-
s::
0)
(,)
'i:
(/)
'-
(/)
s::
co
'-
J:
'0
(,)
s::
(ij
'0
co
J:
(,)
(/)
"C
0)
C')
co
E
co
"C
,~
>.!
"S
0.
~
J:
~
s::
co
'-
(/)
c.
~
s::
0)
0.
0
,5
dl
s::
(,)
(,)
0)
'0,
CD
0
1:)
C')
'-
0
~
(ij
'-
(,)
'cco
J:
(,)
0)
:lE
s::
0
C')
s::
0
(,)
s::
s::
'0,
C')
0
1:)
:::J
'-
(ij
s::
0)
C')
~
co
0)
:5'
-- -'-
(,)
0)
:::J
s::
(,)
'S
..:
(,)
'-
'0
co
"S
(/)
,5
C')
s::
:s:::J
1:)
'-
J:
(/)
C')
s::
E
0)
0
1:)
(/)
'-
>(/)
C')
s::
--- -- --:5' ~
0)
.c
0.
co
C')
'0)
0.
0
'0.
.E
(,)
E
'-
s::
co
"S
C')
'i:
(ij
0)
(/)
0)
(/)
:::J
0.
'0)
:::J
'-
CD
(/)
(/)
0)
0.
:::J
LL.
:::J
'-
C.
(/)
0)
'-
s::
:::J
(ij
E
(/)
'-
(,)
0)
J:
CD
CD
LL.
LL.
:::J
:::J
CD
:::J
'e
'0,
:,:..
C')
'-
s::
- ..J
CD
+=
(,)
'i:
s::
0)
0)
'-
:::J
><
"C
co
E
co
"C
"C
0)
C')
co
E
co
,~
"C
'-
'-
'-
0)
C')
(/)
,~
(/)
~
co
.!
CD
(/)
0)
'-
0)
::
~
CD
:::J
LL.
s::
0)
(/)
c.
:lE
0
:::co
J:
(/)
E
co
~
'CD
:::J
'(6
'0)
0.
0
'0.
.E
C')
'-
'i:
(/)
0)
'-
E
0)
J:
+=
(,)
-s::
0)
(/)
s::
s::
:::J
s::
(ij
+=
(,)
--'-
~
s::
0)
:::J
'-
(ij
(,)
E
E
0)
(,)
(/)
0)
s::
:::J
(ij
E
0.
co
(,)
0)
C')
':::J
0.
0)
;>
co
'-
0
0.
- - (/)
>(/)
(/)
:::J
co
><
w
J:
+=
>(ij
co
>-
(/)
a:
CJ
W
s::
'-
0)
CD
,5
CD
LL.
LL.
;;;:
:::J
:::J
0
1:)
(,)
ai
0)
C')
'0,
s::
0.
0
s::
0'-
X
X
01-03A-13
...
-:'
m
'i:
I
;;
...
m
Q)
~
.c
':;
~
-......
U)
'0
.s::
U)
0
cQ)
0.
0
C,
'2
'0
u
C
;;
cD
1J
Q)
,~
1J
,~
U)
1J
Q)
m
m
1J
,~
- ... -
(ij
'w
u
U)
cQ)
Q)
U)
c..
~
cQ)
Q)
>~
:;
.c
0.
.c
U)
Q)
0.
...m
Q)
0.
'2
m
.c
u
'0,
;;
(ij
:;
c
:s
(ij
"0
...0
:s
0.
E
:s
E
0
0
;;
d
c
0
~
c
... ...0
Q)
U)
Q)
U)
CD
(ij
Q)
...
...:s
U)
Q)
X
X
0.
:s
'i:
... .5
m
0
m
Q)
X
X
e
0.
CD
:s
':;
...
...0
.c
...0
.:
u
'0
:;
U)
U)
"0
:.
'0,
E
Q)
1i)
>CD
C,
"0
...0
U)
U)
Q)
...
U)
:s
'i:
1J
,~
...
...
Q)
U)
:'
CD
Q)
:s
u.
Q)
1J
;;
U)
><
U)
Q)
...0
"0
...:s
1J
Q)
'0,
0.
0
Q)
1J
,~
ec
cQ)
- - - - -- -...
0
c..
c..
c
:s:s
Q)
:s
u.
......
w
U)
...
~
c
:E
c
,~
-...
Q)
"0
'0,
u
Q)
.c
CD
:s
u.
~
'i:
Q)
enC
...mu CD...
0
1J
c
~
m
...0 (iju
(ij
-- -
0.
0
,~
...0
c
-... ......
u
(ij
;;
'i:
...
U)
Q)
:s
~
'm...
U)
>U)
:;::
CD
:s
u.
:E
.5
X
X
X
X
X
X
:s
m
.c
><
w
X
X
Q)
:!::
CD
cQ)
U)
c..
0
Q)
0.
...0.0
U)
E
Q)
Q)
>
C
0
c
:s
(ij
E
E
Q)
u
u
1i)
a:
~
(ij
>-
U)
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
AlC does not work

sufficiently
AlC is always on or AI
C compressor runs
continuously
AlC is not cut off under
wide open throttle
conditions
Fuel filling shut off
concerns
Upshift!
ATX
downshift!
concerns engageme
nt
01-03A-14
0.
m
u
0.
Q)
>
;;
...
0
0.
Q)
,~
CD
CD
(See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
Q)
...:sm
:;::
(ij
:s
u.
:s
~
c
C)
Runs cold
19 Exhaust smoke
Fuel odor (in engine
20
compartment)
21 Engine noise
Vibration concerns
22
(engine)
m
0
High oil consumption/

16
leakage
Cooling
Overheati
17 system
ng
concerns
Cooling
18 system
concerns
...
E
Q)
;::
m
.c
U)
E
m
U)
.c
CD
;;
c
:s
'E
;;
;;
Q)
U)
:s
u.

X: Applied
><
I--
ec
0
;;
0
C
::l
m
0
--
"-
0
~
::l
~
=F
~
~
~
CI)
.c
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
Melting of main or
other fuses
MIL illuminates
Will not crank
Hard to start!long
crank/erratic start!
erratic crank
Engine
After start!
at idle
stalls
Cranks normally but
will not start
Slow return to idle
Engine runs rough/
rolling idle
Fast idle/runs on
deceleration
Engine
Accelerati
Accelerati
Engine
Accelerati
Misses
on/cruise
Accelerati
on/cruise/
Buck/jerk
decelerati
on
stumble
on
Accelerati
Surges
on/cruise
of power
on/cruise
pinging
on/cruise
Poor fuel economy
m
0
;;
0
::l
'0
;;
>c..
c.
::l
en
CI)
Cl
C\1
E
CI)
>
m
>
C
C\1
>
en
c
e.
"-
Q)
':;
;;
::l
m
E
;;
0
C
::l
m
E
CI)
>
>
~
m
>
==
CI)
c
"-
::l
::l
a;
.c
en
Q)
"-
::l
u.
'2
C\1
.c
0
"-
cCI)
'';::
C.
':;
"-
0
0
::l
m
E
>C\1
Q)
"-
c
':;:m
'0
CJ
"-
en
cCI)
en
"-
:;:
0
e.
0
C
::l
;;
.c
en
CI)
;;
"-
0
C
::l
!;;i
C
T"
ci
CI)
><
~
::l
en
en
.c
E
.c
CI)
'~
'~
IX
IX
en
I--
'0
=c
C\1
"-
':;
'0
C\1
'E
':;
'C
I--
I--
X
X
m m
E
::l
::l
0
C
::l
;;
0
;;
en
::l
ci
CI)
Q)
""-
':;
0
"-
'0
'C
CI)
C\1
Q)
""-
"-
.c
'ien
~
C\1
0
0
en
cCI)
en
e.
E
0
"-
m
E
'C
CI)
':;
C\1
"-
Q)
""-
;;
'0
::l
'C
Q)
':;
CI)
C\1
""-
.c
'~
'C
C\1
e.
e.
Q)
J:
""-
en
cCI)
en
u.
"-
'0
en
N
0
;;
'C
CI)
.:
':;
'0
C\1
"-
en
cCI)
en
"-
<C
:;:
<c
CI)
Q)
""-
"-
en
cCI)
en
s:0
'~
0
C
::l
m
E
':;
0
"-
'0
""-
'0
Q)
0
"-
::l
CI)
::l
m
E
"-
':;
CI)
0
IX
<C
;;
C\1
'C
en
cCI)
en
u.
<C
:;:
X
X
CI)
;;
n ----><
e
e
e
- -- - - - - - -e
- g- -- -- -c
'i:
'C
CI)
C\1
Q)
""-
en
~
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
01-03A-15
-a
><
I-
0
+=l
-...
...
... ...
- - -... - - -... ><
-...
-... ... ...
e
...
~
...
...
......
- ... - -...... -...... -... -...... -...... -e
... ...
- g...
...
...
...
-......
-- -...... - ... ... - - ...
...
0
+=l
Q)
:::s
0
~
's0
'0
.:::..
Q)
>
~
~
Q)
.c
16
leakage
Cooling
17 system
concerns
'iii
0
+=i
0
C
:::s
'iii
>is..
c.
:::s
tn
Q)
ca
E
~
~
>
0
0.
0
+=i
'iii
0
'2
ca
.c
0
+=l
.c
tn
0
cQ)
c.
0
:::s
:::s
'iii
:::s
'iii
'0
'iii
E
~
~
c
E
Q)
>
~
==0
:::s
tn
Q)
u..
:::s
Q)
0
+=l
0
:::s
'iii
E
>ca
.c
Q)
:::s
'(0
(!J
ci
T'"
ci
0
tn
tn
0
tn
cQ)
0
cQ)
tn
I-
0.
'S
'iii
0
+=i
Q)
:::s
0
C
0
+=i
c
ca
tn
c
0
0
+=l
Q)
'iii
0
~
:::s
0
C
0
'i:
0
~
'iii
's0
~
cQ)
'0
'C
tn
~
c
ca
:::s
:c
ca
tn
:::s
'E
'iii
.c
.c
'~
a:
l-
E
0
'~
a:
I-
Q)
Q)
0
+=l
0
C
:::s
'iii
's
'0
'C
:::s
'iii
's0
'0
'C
Q)
ca
Q)
Q)
ca
Q)
C/)
.c
0
'itn
~
ca
0
tn
C
Q)
tn
0.
<C
0
J:
......
0
tn
C
Q)
tn
u..
'S
0
C
'0
0
+=l
'C
0
+=l
:::s
:::s
'iii
0
+=l
'iii
's0
's0
'0
'0
'C
'C
ca
Q)
ca
Q)
0
0
tn
C
Q)
tn
<t ~
Q)
Q)
0
0
tn
cQ)
tn
0
a:
<C
Q)
ca
:::s
Q)
'iii
'S
.c
:::s
'itn
'0
'iii
Q)
0.
0.
ca
Ci)
'S
~
0
'itn
U>
C
'iii
'C
Q)
:::s
U>
LL
Q)
<C
Overheati
ng
Cooling
18 system
Runs cold
concerns
19 Exhaust smoke

20
compartment)
21 Engine noise
22
23
24
25
26
Vibration concerns
(engine)
AlC does not work
sufficiently
C compressor runs
continuously
wide open throttle
conditions
27 Fuel refill concerns

28
concerns
29 Spark plug condition
Upshift!
ATX
downshift!
30
concerns engageme
nt
01-03A-16
X
X
0
+=i
(See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
'0
'C
Q)
ca
Ci)
0
C/)

X: Applied
c:
c:
0
;;
c:
:::J
E
as
C)
c:
'61
as
'0
c:
:::J
(ij
(ij
E
':i
E
':i
...0
'0
c:
- -- ...
0
c:
;;
'';::
:::J
c:
(ij
:::J
...
c:
0
'';::
...CD
as
0.
-...... -...... -... -
"C
CD
"C
CD
.c:
as
c:
as
...00
c:
as
CD
...0
c:
CD
0
Il.
l-
CD
CD
C)
CD
0
Il.
Il.
e:(
'i:
CD
0
:::J
'0
0
;;
CD
c:
C)
as
E
(ij
l-
0.
0.
:::J
c:
CD
:::J
0.
c:
as
c:
,!:
u;
.c:
"C
- - - ><
><
- -... ...
...
... ... ...
...
:::J
0.
CD
0.
...CD
...0
0
0
CD
0.
c:
;;
...0
;;
0
;;
c:
...
>0
0.
.c:
c:
C)
'0
"C
as
.f!
CD
0
......
CD
...0
0.
...CD
><
:E
CD
C)
(ij
E
0
as
E
':i
~
~
CD
as
0.
'0
,9-
"C
CD
"C
CD
tc
as
CD
0.
0.
(3
as
CD
CD
><
en
en
>
tc
LL
0.
c:
CD
:::J
(ij
C)
.s:::
C)
c:
'61
C)
as
...
"C
~
as
...
III
-...
as
0.
CD
0
0
0
..J
...CD
- -c:
0
;;
0==
;;
c:
CD
c:
c:
as
;;
c:
as
(ij
...CD
...0
.0
0.
0.
0
0
:::J
:::J
(ij
(ij
E
c:
0
'0
c:
E
CD
~
CD
>
'i:
C
CD
0.
0
:::J
en
0.
CD
0
>-
...0
CD
:c0
Melting of main or other
1 fuses
2 MIL illuminates
3 Will not crank
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Hard to start!long crank/

erratic start/erratic crank
Engine
After start!
stalls
at idle
Cranks normally but will
not start
Slow return to idle
Engine runs rough/rolling
idle
Fast idle/runs on
deceleration
Engine
Acceleratio
stalls/quits n/cruise
Acceleratio
Engine
runs rough n/cruise
Acceleratio
Misses
n/cruise
Acceleratio
n/cruise/
Buck/jerk
deceleratio
n
Hesitation/ Acceleratio
n
stumble
Acceleratio
Surges
n/cruise
Lack/loss of Acceleratio
power
n/cruise
Knocking/
Acceleratio
pinging
n/cruise
Poor fuel economy
Emission compliance
leakage
Cooling
Overheatin
system
g
concerns
X
X
01-03A-17
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [LF, L5]
t:
0
- ---~
t:
::::s
t:
::::s
m
E
's0
'u
J..
"C
0)
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
01-03A-18
"C
C)
'0,
J..
m
.s::
0
0)
m
J..
J..
J..
0
en
t:
0)
en
Il.
Il.
Il.
19
'u
0)
en
18
'S
t:
0
en
t:
0J..
<C
t:
::::s
0
J..
J..
J..
t:
::::s
Q)
10
Q)
Cooling
system
Runs cold
concerns
Exhaust smoke
compartment)
Engine noise
Vibration concerns
(engine)
AlC does not work
sufficiently
AlC is always on or AlC
compressor runs
continuously
wide open throttle
conditions
concerns
Upshift!
ATX
downshift!
engagemen
concerns
t
t:
0
t:
0
t:
m
J..
0)
C)
'':;
0)
J..
J..
0)
a.
t:
0
'';:::;
m
J..
0)
a.
0
E
0)
en
>en
<c
J..
0)
a.
ea. ea.
.5
.5
.s::
0
::::s
"0
0
it:
C)
E
J..
en
en
0)
J..
a.
E
0
0
<c
en
><
t:
0
:g
::::s
a.
,5
m
t:
C)
'en
"C
.E
J..
0)
a.
ea.
.5
S'
0)
C)
,e-a.
en
J..
t:
0
t:
::::s
-J..
'S
0J..
a.
'u
"C
"C
10
0)
O)
Q)
J..
J..
::::s
><
(J)
(J)
tt
>
0)
..!!!
Ll.
tt
J..
0)
a.
ea.
.5
t:
"C
0)
~
J..
III
0)
t:
::::s
t:
en
J..
a.
0)
en
0
0
..J
t:
0
0
0
C)
'0,
C)
m
J..
t:
0
m m
E
.c
m
J..
0)
a.
ea.
.5
0)
~
0)
>
'':;
t:
::::s
m
E
t:
0
'et:n
0)
a.
en
::::s
(J)
X
X
X
m
J..
- -.s::
==
Q)
>
t:
Q)
><
m m
E
E
en
C)
en
Q)
t:
.s::
0
"C
- - -tt
t:
::::s
0)
(See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE [FS5A-EL],)
0)
a.
0
E
0)
en
>en
J..
0)
:.c0
.5

X: Applied
=0
CI)
a.
a.
"S
C"
CI)
s::::
0
"+=
0
s::::
::::J
ca
E
E
CI)
-- -s::::
0
;;
0
s::::
ca
"S
::::J
Jl
E
0
"0
"C
CI)
ca
(j)
~
E
CI)
tn
>tn
.s::::
tn
::::J
a.
"C
s::::
ca
>-
s::::
CI)
tn
tn
CI)
>.
CI)
CI)
..:.::
:c0
CI)
.E
Melting of main or
other fuses
2 MIL illuminates
3 Will not crank
Hard to start!long
4 crank/erratic start!
erratic crank
Engine
After start!
5
stalls
at idle
Cranks normally but
6
will not start
7 Slow return to idle
Engine runs rough/
8
rolling idle
9 Fast idle/runs on
10
deceleration
ca
tn
s::::
0
::::J
tn
>tn
"C
s::::
"C
X
X
01-03A-19
:c
0)
0.
0.
"5
cO)
c
0
;;
c
:::s
is
E
E
0)
--c
UJ
as
;;
c
:::s
is
E
"5
0
"0
"C
0)
as
(j)
~
~
E
0)
UJ
>UJ
~
0)
Accelerati
on/cruise
Accelerati
on/cruise
Accelerati
on/cruise
Accelerati
on/cruise/
Buck/jerk
decelerati
on
Hesitation Accelerati
on
/stumble
Accelerati
Surges
on/cruise
of power
on/cruise
pinging
on/cruise
Poor fuel economy
Emission compliance
leakage
Cooling
Overheati
system
ng
concerns
Cooling
Runs cold
system
concerns
Exhaust smoke
Misses
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
01-03A-20
UJ
c
0
:::s
Jl
.c
UJ
:::s
0.
"C
as
>-
c0)
UJ
UJ
0)
~
~
"C
0)
:s0
c
as
.5
Engine
stalls/
quits
Engine
runs
rough
>
"C
sCI)
a.
a.
":;
C'"
CI)
c
0
~
c
::s
m
E
E
CI)
-...
---...
-...... ...
c
0
;;
as
":;
..0
J:
c
::s
"0
"C
C
E
CI)
-...
t/)
>t/)
CI)
:s0
.5
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
t/)
as
0
22
::s
::s
a.
Cii
21
t/)
"C
CI)
20
~
t/)
as
>cCI)
t/)
t/)
CI)
.lII::
"C
CI)
c
~
"C
<t

compartment)
Engine noise
Vibration concerns
(engine)
AlC does not work
sufficiently
C compressor runs
continuously
AlC is not cut off
under wide open
throttle conditions
concerns
ATX
concerns
(See 0503-4
SYMPT
OM
Upshift!
TROUBL
downshift!
ESHOO
engagem
TING
ent
ITEM
TABLE
[FS5AEL].)
01-03A-21

FOREWORD [LF, LS]
id01 039791 0000
diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction according to the following flowchart:
If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC inspection. (See 01-02A-17 DTC TABLE [LF, LS].)
If no DTC exists and the MIL does not illuminate or flash, diagnose the applicable symptom
troubleshooting. (See 01-03A-7 QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART [LF, LS].)
CUSTOMER ARRIVES
~------_Q~-------v
WARNING LlGHT*
ON/FLASHING
NO WARNING LlGHT*
WITH SYMPTOM
CHECK FOR
PRIORITIZED DTC
!}-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------~ WITHOUTDTC
DIAGNOSE BY SYMPTOM
1. DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
DIAGNOSE BY DTC
DTCTABLE
DTC
TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW
am3uuw0000267
*: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL), Generator Warning Light, Security Light

NO.1 MELTING OF MAIN OR OTHER FUSES [LF, LS]
id010397800700
1
MELTING OF MAIN OR OTHER FUSES
[TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS]
Inspect condition of fuse.
Deterioration
Shorted wiring harness
.ij.
Repair shorted wiring harness and replace fuse
Damaged Fuse
MAIN
BTN
ROOM
FAN
IG KEY2
FUEL
01-03A-22
.(l.
Fuse
Related Wiring Harness
BTN fuse
-ROOM fuse
FAN fuse
IG KEY2 fuse
Generator
ROOM fuse
DLC-2
Fan control module
Starter relay
Fuel pump unit
Replace fuse

1
STSIG
EGIINJ
ENG+B
PCM
ENGINE IG
02SSR
ENGINE

Starter relay
Fuel injector No.1
Fuel injector No.2
Fuel injector No.3
Fuel injector No.4
PCM
Canister vent solenoid valve
PCM
Ignition coil No.1
Ignition coil No.2
Ignition coil No.3
Ignition coil No.4
H02S
OCV
EGR valve
AlF sensor
MAF/IAT sensor
NO.2 MIL ILLUMINATES [LF, LS]

2
DESCRIPTION
idO 10397800800
MIL ILLUMINATES
POSSIBLE CAUSE
MIL illuminates for emission-related concern (PCM DTC is stored)

Note
If the MIL blinks at steady rate, misfire condition could possibly exist.
STEP
INSPECTION

Perform the PCM DTC inspection using the MMOS.
[LF, LS].)
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
INSPECTION.)

- I f normal, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
(See 01-03A-4 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC INDEX [LF, LS].)
- If malfunction remains, inspect related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform repair
or diagnosis.
If vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting completed .
If vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, reprogram the PCM if a later
calibration is available. Retest.
01-03A-23

NO.3 WILL NOT CRANK [LF, LS]
id010397800900
3
DESCRIPTION
WILL NOT CRANK
Vehicles without advanced keyless entry and push button start system:
Coil antenna connector or terminals malfunction

Instrument cluster and related wiring harness malfunction
Coil antenna circuit and related connectors malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between PCM terminal 1BB and starter relay
TR switch mis-adjustment (ATX)
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between TR switch and TCM (ATX)
Starter interlock switch and related wiring harness malfunction (MTX)
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between starter relay and PCM
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between starter relay and ignition switch
Ignition switch and related wiring harness malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between starter relay and battery positive terminal
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between starter relay and starter
Starter malfunction
Seized/hydro locked engine, drive plate (ATX), flywheel (MTX)
PCM continuous memory DTC is stored
Starter circuit in ignition switch
Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch and starter
Vehicles with advanced keyless entry and push button start system:
Advanced keyless entry and push button start system malfunction
Starter relay malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 3B and starter relay terminal
E
Short to ground in wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 3B and starter relay
terminal E
Keyless control module malfunction
TR switch malfunction (ATX)
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and starter cut relay (MTX)
Starter cut relay malfunction (MTX)
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between starter cut relay and clutch cut switch (MTX)
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between clutch cut switch and body ground (MTX)
Clutch cut switch malfunction (MTX)
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between starter relay terminal E and keyless control module
terminal2F
Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 3T and TR switch terminal A
(ATX)
Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 3T and starter cut relay
terminal D (MTX)
Starter and related wiring harness malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between TR switch terminal A and PCM terminal 1BB (ATX)
Open circuit in wiring harness between starter cut relay terminal D and PCM terminal 1BB (MTX)
Open circuit in wiring harness between PCM terminal 1BB and starter relay
TR switch mis-adjustment (ATX)
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between TR switch and TCM (ATX)
Starter interlock switch and related wiring harness malfunction (MTX)
Starter malfunction
Seized/hydro locked engine, drive plate (ATX), flywheel (MTX)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
01-03A-24

3
WILL NOT CRANK
(])
(ATX WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM)
BATTERY
@@
STARTER RELAY
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
COIL ANTENNA
TO STARTER
@@
@
@@
@
@
TRSWITCH
@
@
@@
PCM
@
MAIN RELAY
@
@
STARTER RELAY
CONNECTOR
DC"
E
FRONT
I~~I
MAIN RELAY
CONNECTOR
TRSWITCH
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
COIL ANTENNA
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
I~~I
6Iffl,~
I~~I
DC"
B
FRONT
I~~I


rr---
><
'II
2GI2E 2cI 2A
2L 12J 2H 12F 201 2B
2K 121
r-1
><
.--
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J 3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3F 3C
3AD 3M 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
31
01-03A-2S

3
WILL NOT CRANK
(])
(MTX WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM)
BATTERY
@@
STARTER RELAY
COIL ANTENNA
TO STARTER
@@
@@
STARTER CUT RELAY
@
@
PCM
COIL ANTENNA
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH
MAIN RELAY
STARTER RELAY
CONNECTOR
DC"
E
FRONT
I~~I
MAIN RELAY
CONNECTOR
DC"
B
FRONT
I~~I


WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
STARTER CUT RELAY

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
1~I~nia:1
I~~I
r-1
:::::=::-<
01-03A-26
r-
3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
3F 3C
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J
31

STEP
1
INSPECTION
Note
The following test should be performed on
the advanced keyless entry and push
button start system. If not equipped, go to
the next step.
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
Inspect the advanced keyless entry and push button

start system.
No
Insert the emergency key in the emergency slot

and start the engine.
Does the engine start?
2

Do the following conditions appear?
The engine is not completely started.
Immobilizer system DTC B10DA:62 is
displayed.
Inspect the coil antenna connector and terminals
for poor connection (such as damaged/pulled-out
pins, corrosion).
Does the security light flash?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2.

Perform the immobilizer system DTC inspection.
SYSTEM)].)
KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START
SYSTEM)].)
Inspect the wiring harness between the following
terminals (wiring harness-side) and related
connectors:
Vehicles without advanced keyless entry and
push button start system:
- Coil antenna terminal A-Instrument
cluster terminal 2Q
- Coil antenna terminal B-Instrument
cluster terminal 2M
- PCM terminal 1AM-Instrument cluster
terminal2B
- PCM terminal 1AI-Instrument cluster
terminal2D
Vehicles with advanced keyless entry and
- Coil antenna terminal A-Keyless control
module terminal 2H
- Coil antenna terminal B-Keyless control
module terminal 2G
- PCM terminal 1AM-Keyless control
module terminal 2K
- PCM terminal 1AI-Keyless control
module terminal 2L
Yes
Both conditions appear:

Go to Step 5.
Either condition or other one appears:
Repair or replace the connector or terminals.
Return to Step 1.
Inspect the instrument cluster and the related wiring
harness.
INSPECTION.)
(ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH
BUTTON START SYSTEM)].)
No
Yes
Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness and

connector.
No
01-03A-27

STEP
10
11
12
13
14
1S
INSPECTION
Battery connection
Battery condition
LS].)
Fuse
(See 01-03A-22 NO.1 MELTING OF MAIN
OR OTHER FUSES [LF, LS].)
Selector lever is in P or N position (ATX)
Are all items normal?
Inspect the starter relay.
Remove the starter relay.
Measure the voltage at the starter relay terminal
E (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?
Disconnect the keyless control module
connector.
Inspect for continuity between keyless control
module terminal3B (wiring harness-side) and
starter relay terminal E (wiring harness-side).
body ground.
RESULTS
Install the starter relay.

Short the terminals of the following connector
using a jumper wire:
ATX:
- TR switch terminals A and F (wiring
harness-side)
MTX:
- Starter interlock switch terminals A and B
(wiring harness-side)
Switch the ignition to start.
Reconnect the disconnected connectors.
Measure the voltage at the keyless control
module terminal 30 (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage following?
Clutch pedal depressed: Below 1.0 V
Clutch pedal released: B+
Yes
Is the starter relay operation sound heard when

the engine starting procedure is performed in
Step 12?
module terminal2F (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?
01-03A-28
Yes
No
ACTION
Vehicles without advanced keyless entry and push
button start system:
Go to Step 20.
Vehicles with advanced keyless entry and push button
start system:
Repeat Step 7.
Yes
No
Replace the starter relay.

Yes
Go to Step 12.
No
Yes
No

connector.
Yes

connector.
Replace the keyless control module.
(See 09-14-66 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
No
No
ATX:
Replace the TR switch.
(See OS-17-16 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR)
SWITCH REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FSSA-EL].)
MTX:
Go to Step 14.
No

Wiring harness between battery positive terminal
and starter cut relay
Starter cut relay
Wiring harness between starter cut relay and
clutch cut switch
Wiring harness between clutch cut switch and
ground
Clutch cut switch (stuck)
Yes
No

Go to Step 18.
Yes
No

connector.
Yes

STEP
INSPECTION
16
Disconnect the keyless control module, TR
switch (ATX), or starter interlock switch (MTX)
connectors.
ATX:
- Keyless control module terminal 3T- TR
switch terminal A
MTX:
- Keyless control module terminal 3TStarter cut relay terminal D
17
Starter
Wiring harness between the starter and
ground
Starter power supply (from battery through
secondary starter relay, to starter)
18
Disconnect the keyless control module, TR
switch (ATX), or starter interlock switch (MTX)
connectors.
ATX:
- Keyless control module terminal 3T- TR
switch terminal A
MTX:
- Keyless control module terminal 3TStarter cut relay terminal D

19
Disconnect the PCM connector (with starter
interlock switch (MTX) or TR switch (ATX)
connectors left removed).
ATX:
- TR switch terminal A-PCM terminal 1BB
MTX:
- Starter cut relay terminal D-PCM terminal
1BB
Inspect for continuity between PCM terminal 1BB
20
(wiring harness-side) and starter relay with P or
N position (ATX)/clutch pedal depressed (MTX).
21
Switch the ignition to start with P or N position
(ATX)/clutch pedal depressed (MTX).
Is a clicking sound heard from the starter relay?
22
23
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
Repair or replace the suspected wiring harness.
No
Yes
No

Yes
No

connector.
Yes
No
Go to Step 28.
connector.
Yes
No

Yes
No
Go to Step 26.
ATX:
MTX:
Go to Step 23 .
Go to Step 24.

Access TR PID using the M-MDS.
Is TR PID indicated PIN when selecting the P or
N position?
Yes
No
Verify that the TR switch is adjusted properly.

Inspect for open or short circuit between TR switch
and TCM.
Repeat Step 21.
Inspect the starter interlock switch.

(See 01-19A-8 STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH
Yes

Repeat Step 21.
No
01-03A-29

STEP
INSPECTION
RESULTS
ACTION
24
Inspect the starter relay and the wiring harness
Yes
between the following:
Repeat Step 21.
Starter relay and PCM
No
Starter relay and ignition switch
25
Inspect the ignition switch and the related wiring
Yes
harness.
(See 09-21-7 IGNITION SWITCH INSPECTION
Repeat Step 21.
[WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
No
PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM].)
26
Inspect the wiring harness between the following:
Yes
the inspection result, then go to the next step.
Starter relay and battery positive terminal
Starter relay and starter
No
Inspect the starting system.
Yes
27
(See 01-19A-4 STARTER INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
Is~effianyma~unction?
~~N-o~~-G-o-t-o~t~he~ne-x-t-s-~-p-.~~~~~~~~~~~~
28
Inspect for a seized/hydro locked engine or

flywheel (MTX) or drive plate (ATX).
Is the engine seized or hydro locked?
Yes
No

29

Perform the PCM DTC inspection using the MMDS.
[LF, L5].)
Are there any continuous memory DTCs
present?
Yes
30
Perform the KOEO self-test using the M-MDS.

L5].)
Are there DTCs displayed during the KOEO
inspection?
Continuous memory DTC is displayed:

Communication error message is displayed:
- Open circuit in the wiring harness between
main relay terminal B (wiring harness-side) and
PCM terminal 1Q (wiring harness-side)
main relay terminal C and PCM terminal 1A
- Main relay (stuck open)
- Open or short circuit in the wiring harness
between DLC-2 and PCM terminals 1AM or 1AI
- Open or poor ground circuit (PCM terminal
1E, 1For 1G)
- Poor connection of vehicle body ground
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
according to the inspection result.
Start circuit in ignition switch
Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition
switch and starter
31
No
Yes
No

- If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
(See 01-03A-4 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC INDEX [LF, L5].)
- If a malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
repair or diagnosis.
If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting is completed.
If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, reprogram the PCM if a later
01-03A-30

NO.4 HARD TO START/LONG CRANK/ERRATIC START/ERRATIC CRANK [LF, LS]
4
DESCRIPTION
id01 0397801 000
HARD TO START/LONG CRANK/ERRATIC START/ERRATIC CRANK

Starter cranks engine at normal speed but engine requires excessive cranking time before starting.
PCM DTC is stored
Ignition coil related wiring harness malfunction
CKP sensor and teeth of crankshaft pulley malfunction
Excessive fuel pressure
Fuel leakage from fuel system
Restriction in exhaust system
EG R valve malfunction
Starting system malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Warning
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains the fuel system diagnosis and repair
procedures. Read the following warnings before servicing the fuel system:
Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always
keep sparks and flames away from fuel.
Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or
death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete
"BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION" and "AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION II described in this
manual.
(See 01-14A-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF, L5].)
(See 01-14A-5 AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF, L5].)
Caution
Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning it may cause
damage to the fuel pipe and the quick release connector. Always clean the quick release
connector joint area before disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of
foreign material.
STEP
INSPECTION
1
Vacuum leakage
Proper fuel quality (such as proper octane,
contamination, winter/summer blend)
Loose bands on intake air system
Cracks on intake air system parts
Intake air system restriction (such as air
cleaner element, fresh air duct)
2
Perform the PCM DTC inspection.
[LF, L5].)
Is engine overheating?
3

condition (intermittent open or short circuit) for
all cylinders.
Inspect the spark plug conditions.
(See 01-18A-3 SPARK PLUG INSPECTION [LF,
LS].)
Is spark plug wet, covered with carbon or grayish
white?
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
Repeat Step 1.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to the symptom troubleshooting "NO.17 COOLING

SYSTEM CONCERNS-OVERH EATING".
(See 01-03A-64 NO.17 COOLING SYSTEM
CONCERNS-OVERHEATING [LF, LS].)
Spark plug is wet or covered with carbon:
Inspect for fuel leakage from fuel injector.
Spark plug is grayish white:
Inspect the fuel injector for clogging.
Install the spark plugs on original cylinders.
01-03A-31

STEP
INSPECTION
Visually inspect the CKP sensor and teeth of
crankshaft pulley.
Is there any malfunctio~?
Attempt to start the engine at part throttle.

Does the engine run smoothly at part throttle?
Inspect the fuel line pressure.

Is the fuel line pressure held after ignition is off?

10
Disconnect the vacuum hose from purge

solenoid valve and plug opening end of vacuum
hose.
Is the starting condition improved?
11
Inspect the MAF sensor for the following:

Contamination
MAF sensor terminal B voltage (ground
circuit)
Visually inspect the exhaust system part.
12
13
Inspect the engine condition while tapping the

EGR valve housing.
Does the engine condition improve?
14

(See 01-19A-4 STARTER INSPECTION [LF,
LS].)
01-03A-32
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Go to the next step:

Inspect the electronic throttle control system operation.
Zero or low:
Inspect the fuel pump relay and the fuel pump
circuit.
Inspect the fuel line for clogging.
- If there is a malfunction:
- If there is no malfunction:
High:
Inspect the fuel injector.
(See 01-14A-21 FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION [LF,
LS].)
If the fuel injector has malfunction:
- Replace the fuel injector.
If the fuel injector is normal:
- Replace the fuel pump unit.
Inspect if the purge solenoid valve is stuck open.
Yes

No
Yes

Replace the EGR valve.
Repair or replace components as required.
Inspect for loose connectors or poor terminal contact.
- Repair or replace the malfunctioning part
- Remove the EGR valve and visually inspect for a
mechanically stuck EGR valve.
No
Yes
No

STEP
15
INSPECTION
ACTION
RESULTS
-If a malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting is completed .
NO.S ENGINE STALLS-AFTER START/AT IDLE [LF, LS]

idO 103978011 00
ENGINE STALLS-AFTER START/AT IDLE

Engine stops unexpectedly at idle and/or after start.
Coil antenna and related wiring harness
Air cleaner restriction
EG R valve malfunction
Electrical connector disconnection
Poor fuel quality
Ignition wiring malfunction
Air leakage from intake air system
Intake air system restriction
Vacuum leakage
APP sensor and related wiring harness malfunction
TP sensor and related wiring harness malfunction
CKP sensor and related wiring harness malfunction
Ignition coil and related wiring harness malfunction
Exhaust system part malfunction
Improper operation of AlC system
POSSIBLE CAUSE Purge solenoid valve malfunction
Evaporative emission control system malfunction

Low engine compression
5
DESCRIPTION
Warning
procedures. Read the following warnings before performing the fuel system services:
"BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION" and "AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION" described in this
manual.
Caution
Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning it may possibly
cause damage to the fuel pipe and the quick release connector. Always clean the quick
release connector joint area before disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free
of foreign material.
01-03A-33

STEP
INSPECTION
displayed.
RESULTS
Yes
No
Does the engine stall after approx. 2 s from

when the engine is started?
Yes
No

pins, corrosion).
Yes

SYSTEM)].)
SYSTEM)].)
terminals and related connectors:
cluster terminal 2Q
cluster terminal 2M
terminal2B
terminal2D
module terminal 2H
module terminal 2G
module terminal 2K
module terminal 2L
Air cleaner element
EGR valve
Electrical connections
Fuel quality: proper octane, contamination,
winter/summer blend
Ignition wiring
No air leakage from intake air system
No restriction of intake air system
Proper sealing of intake manifold and
components attached to intake manifold
Smooth operation of throttle valve
Vacuum connection
01-03A-34
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

Go to Step 3.
Immobilizer system is normal.
Go to Step 10.
Return to Step 2.
Inspect the instrument cluster and related wiring
harness.
INSPECTION.)
START SYSTEM)].)

connector.

Repeat Step 7.

STEP
INSPECTION
8
Access the APP1 and APP2 PIDs using the MMOS.
[LF, L5].)
Crank the engine with the accelerator pedal
released.
Are the APP1 and APP2 PIDs indicating that the
accelerator pedal is in the released position?
RESULTS
Yes
No
Access the TP _REL PID using M-MDS.

[LF, L5].)
released.
Is the TP_REL PID indicating that the accelerator
pedal is in the released position?
Yes
10

Perform the KOEO/KOER self-test using the MMOS.
L5].)
If the engine stalls:
- Perform the KOEO self-test using the MMOS.
(See 01-02A-11 KOEO/KOER SELF
TEST [LF, L5].)
present?
Yes
11
Attempt to start the engine at part throttle.

Does the engine run smoothly at part throttle.
12

[LF, L5].)
Is the RPM PID indicating the engine speed
during engine cranking?
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
APP sensor
POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
Wiring harness between the following terminals and
related connectors:
- APP sensor terminal C-PCM terminal 1AJ
- APP sensor terminal O-Engine ground
- APP sensor terminal E-PCM terminal 1X
- APP sensor terminal F-Main relay terminal C
TP sensor
related connectors:
- TP sensor terminal A-PCM terminal 2AK
- TP sensor terminal B-PCM terminal 2AR
- TP sensor terminal C-PCM terminal 2AL
- TP sensor terminal D-PCM terminal 2AN
- Open circuit in the wiring harness between main
relay terminal Band PCM terminal 1Q
relay terminal C and PCM terminal1A
1E, 1For 1G)
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according
to the inspection result.
Open or short circuit in CKP sensor
Open or short circuit between CKP sensor terminal
A and body ground
Band PCM terminal 2W
C and PCM terminal 2AQ
CKP sensor and related wiring harness
If CKP sensor and wiring harness are normal:
01-03A-35

STEP
INSPECTION
13 Visually inspect the CKP sensor and teeth of the
crankshaft pulley.
14
1S
16
17
18
19
20

condition (intermittent open or short circuit) for all
cylinders.
[LF, LS].)
Inspect the spark plug condition.
LS].)
Is the spark plug wet, covered with carbon or
grayish white?
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
Repair the suspected wiring harnesses.
No
Yes
No
Perform the spark test.

Yes

(See 01-1SA-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM
Yes
Visually inspect for fuel leakage at the fuel

injector O-ring and fuel line.
Is the fuel line pressure held after the ignition is
off?
Note
Following test is for stall concerns with the
AlC on. If other symptoms exist, go to the
next step.
Connect pressure gauges to the AlC low side
and high side pressure lines.
Turn the AlC on and measure the low side and
high side pressures.
Are the pressures within the specifications?
(See 07-10-6 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
CHECK.)
01-03A-36
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

If a symptom occurs with the AlC on:
- Go to Step 20.
Zero or low:
circuit.
High:
LS].)
If the AlC is always on:
Go to the symptom troubleshooting "NO.24 AlC IS
CONTINUOUSLY".
(See 01-03A-76 NO.24 AlC IS ALWAYS ON OR AI
C COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [LF,
LS].)
For other symptoms:
- Refrigerant charging amount
- Condenser fan operation

STEP
INSPECTION
21
Disconnect the vacuum hose between the purge
solenoid valve and the intake manifold from the
purge solenoid valve side.
Plug the open end of the vacuum hose.
Is the engine stall now eliminated?
22
Is air leakage felt or heard at the intake air

system components while racing the engine to
higher speed?
23

EGR valve housing.
24
25
26
27
Inspect the variable valve timing control system

operation.
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
Inspect the evaporative emission control system.
No
Yes
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Is the engine compression correct?

(See 01-10A-17 COMPRESSION INSPECTION
[LF, L5].)
Yes

VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE INSPECTION [LF,
L5].)
Yes
Replace the PCV valve.

No

No

Inspect for causes.

- If a malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information perform repair
or diagnosis.
If the vehicle repaired, troubleshooting is completed .
If the vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information not available, reprogram the PCM if a later
01-03A-37

NO.6 CRANKS NORMALLY BUT WILL NOT START [LF, LS]
id010397801200
CRANKS NORMALLY BUT WILL NOT START

The starter cranks engine at normal speed but engine will not run.
Refer to symptom troubleshooting "No.5 ENGINE STALLS" if this symptom appears after engine stall.
DESCRIPTION
Fuel is in tank.
Coil antenna and related wiring harness
Wiring harness between the following terminals and related connectors malfunction:
- PCM terminal 1AM-Instrument cluster terminal 2B
- PCM terminal 1AI-Instrument cluster terminal 2D
Vacuum leakage
External fuel shut off or accessory
Poor fuel quality
Proper sealing of intake manifold and components attached to intake manifold: EGR valve
Fuse malfunction
APP sensor and related wiring harness malfunction
TP sensor and related wiring harness malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE Excessive fuel pressure

Warning
IIBEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION II and IIAFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION II described in this
manual.
Caution
cause damage to the fuel pipe and the quick release connector. Always clean the quick
release connector joint area before disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free
01-03A-38

STEP
INSPECTION
displayed.
Does the engine stall after approx. 2 s since the
engine is started?
RESULTS

pins, corrosion).
Yes

SYSTEM)].)
SYSTEM)].)
terminals and related connectors:
cluster terminal 2Q
cluster terminal 2M
terminal2B
terminal 20
module terminal 2H
module terminal 2G
module terminal 2K
module terminal 2L
terminals and connectors:
PCM terminal 1AM-Instrument cluster
terminal2B
PCM terminal 1AI-Instrument cluster
terminal 20
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Go to Step 3.

Immobilizer system is normal:
Go to Step 8.
Return to Step 2.
Inspect the instrument cluster and related wiring
harness.
INSPECTION.)
START SYSTEM)].)

connector.
Go to Step 8.
start system:

connector.
01-03A-39

STEP
INSPECTION
Verify the following:
Vacuum connection
External fuel shut off or accessory (such as
kill switch, alarm)
Fuel quality: proper octane, contamination,
winter/summer blend
Intake air system restriction (such as air
cleaner element, fresh air duct)
components attached to intake manifold:
EGR valve
Ignition wiring
Fuses
RESULTS
Yes
No
ACTION
Repeat Step 8.
Access the APP1 and APP2 PIDs using the MMDS.

[LF, L5].)
released.
Are the APP1 and APP2 PIDs indicating that the
accelerator pedal is in the released position?
Yes
No

APP sensor
related connectors:
- APP sensor terminal C-PCM terminal 1AJ
- APP sensor terminal D-Engine ground
- APP sensor terminal E-PCM terminal 1X
- APP sensor terminal F-Main relay terminal C
10
Access the TP _REL PID using M-MDS.

[LF, L5].)
released.
Is the TP_REL PID indicating that the accelerator
pedal is in the released position?
Yes
No
11

Perform the KOEO/KOER self-test using the MMDS.
L5].)
If the engine stalls:
- Perform the KOEO self-test using the MMDS.
(See 01-02A-11 KOEO/KOER SELF
TEST [LF, L5].)
present?
Yes
12
Does the engine start with the throttle valve

closed?

TP sensor
related connectors:
- TP sensor terminal A-PCM terminal 2AK
- TP sensor terminal B-PCM terminal 2AR
- TP sensor terminal C-PCM terminal 2AL
- TP sensor terminal D-PCM terminal 2AN
relay terminal Band PCM terminal 1Q
relay terminal C and PCM terminal 1A
1E, 1For 1G)
Go to Step 27.
01-03A-40
No
Yes
No

STEP
INSPECTION
13
Will the engine start and run smoothly at part
throttle?
14
Connect the M-MOS to the OLC-2.

Access RPM PIO using the M-MOS.
Is RPM PIO indicating the engine speed when
cranking the engine?
is
Visually inspect the CKP sensor and teeth of the

crankshaft pulley.
16

condition (intermittent open or short circuit) for all
cylinders.
(See 01-18A-2 IGNITION COIL INSPECTION
[LF, LS].)
LS].)
grayish white?
17
18
19
20
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes

No

Open or short circuit in CKP sensor
A and body ground
Band PCM terminal 2W
C and PCM terminal 2AQ
CKP sensor and related wiring harness
If CKP sensor and wiring harness are normal:
Repair the suspected wiring harnesses.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

No


Yes
No

spark test result.

INSPECTION [LF, LSJ.)
Yes

No
Yes
No
Zero or low:
circuit.
High:
01-03A-41

STEP
21
22
23
INSPECTION
off?
RESULTS

Yes
Is air leakage felt or heard at the intake air

higher speed?
24

EGR valve housing.
25

operation.
Does the variable valve timing control system
operate properly?
[LF, L5].)
26
27
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
ACTION

L5].)
No
Yes
No

Yes

Inspect for causes.
No
If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms .
If the malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
- If the vehicle repaired, troubleshooting is completed.
- If the vehicle not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, reprogram the PCM if a later
01-03A-42

NO.7 SLOW RETURN TO IDLE [LF, LS]
id010397801300
SLOW RETURN TO IDLE

PCM DTC is stored
ECT sensor No.1, No.2 malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE Thermostat is stuck open
Throttle body malfunction
7
DESCRIPTION
STEP
INSPECTION
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
Perform the PCM DTC inspection using the MNo
MOS.
[LF, L5].)
Access the ECT and ECT2 PIDs using the MYes
Inspect characteristic of the ECT sensor No.1, No.2.
MOS.
(ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
[LF, L5].)
Start the engine and warm it up to ECT1 and
ECT2 PIDs are above 90C {194 OF}.
No
Thermostat operation is normal:
Does the ECT and ECT2 PIDs increasing dull at
thermostat initial opening temperature?
Thermostat initial opening temperature: 80-
Is the throttle body free of contamination?
84C {176-183 oF}

Yes
No
Inspect for air leakage from the intake air system

components while racing the engine to higher speed.
Clean or replace the throttle body.

- If normal, return to diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
-If a malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
01-03A-43

NO.8 ENGINE RUNS ROUGH/ROLLING IDLE [LF, LS]
8
DESCRIPTION
ENGINE RUNS ROUGH/ROLLING IDLE
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id010397801400
Engine speed fluctuates between specified idle speed and lower speed, and engine shakes
excessively.
Idle speed is too slow and engine shakes excessively.
Idle learning of electronic throttle control system is not completed

External fuel shut off or accessory
Poor fuel quality
Fuse malfunction
PCM ground circuit (1 E, 1F, 1G or 1BE) malfunction
PCM DTC is stored
MAF sensor and related wiring harness malfunction
CMP sensor and teeth of camshaft malfunction
Warning
The following troubleshooting flow chart contains fuel system diagnosis and repair
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
01-03A-44

STEP
INSPECTION
Idle the engine for 5 min or more.
Does the symptom disappear?
External fuel shut off or accessory (such as
kill switch, alarm)
Fuel quality (such as proper octane,
Fuses
Ignition wiring
PCM ground circuit (1 E, 1F, 1G or 1BE)
EGR valve
[LF, L5].)
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
Symptom troubleshooting is completed (cause of this
symptom is that the idle learning for electronic throttle
control system is not completed).
No
Yes
Repeat Step 2.
No
Yes

No
Yes

CONCERNS-OVERHEATING [LF, L5].)
No
5

[LF, LS].)
Drive the vehicle during monitoring the PID.
Is the MAF PID within the specification?
Yes
No
Note
The following test is for engine running at
rough idle with AlC on. If other symptoms
exist, go to the next step.
Yes
No
Connect a pressure gauge to the AlC low and

high pressure side lines.
Turn the AlC switch on.
Measure the low side and high side pressures.
CHECK.)
7

crankshaft pulley.

condition (intermittent open or short circuit) for
all cylinders.
Yes

Inspect for an open or short circuit in the MAF sensor
and related wiring harness.
(See 01-40A-25 MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR
CONTINUOUSLY".
L5].)
For other symptoms:
No
Yes

No
01-03A-45

STEP
INSPECTION
9
L5].)
grayish white?
10
11
Perform the electronic throttle control system

operation inspection.
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Zero or low:
circuit.
High:
No

L5].)
Less than specification (too rich):
Inspect the EVAP control system.
Greater than specification (too lean):
Inspect for air leakage at the intake air system
components.
If the system is normal:
12

off?
Yes
No
13

[LF, L5].)
Measure the LONGFT1 PID at idle.
Is the PID value between -14% and +14%?
Yes
No
14

Yes
15

Visually inspect the CMP sensor and teeth of the
camshaft.
Yes
No
16
01-03A-46
No
Yes
No


STEP
17
18
19
20
21
INSPECTION
EGR valve housing.
operation.
[LF, L5].)
L5].)
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

Yes
No

Inspect for causes.
Yes

No

-If the malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
NO.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON [LF, LS]

id010397801500
9
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
FAST IDLE/RUNS ON

Engine runs after the ignition is off.
AlC switch malfunction
Refrigerant pressure sensor malfunction
Evaporator temperature sensor malfunction
FAN switch malfunction
Communication between climate control unit and instrument cluster
Communication between instrument cluster and PCM
CPP switch malfunction (MTX)
Neutral switch malfunction (MTX)
Communication between TCM and PCM (ATX)
STEP
INSPECTION
RESULTS
ACTION
1
Yes
Access ECT1 and ECT2 PIDs using the M-MDS.
No
ECT1 and ECT2 PIDs are higher than 112C {234
OF}:
[LF, L5].)
Go to the symptom troubleshooting "NO.17
Start and warm up the engine to normal
COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNSoperating temperature.
OVERHEATING".
Are the ECT1 and ECT2 PIDs between 82(See 01-03A-64 NO.17 COOLING SYSTEM
112C {180-234 OF}?
ECT1 and ECT2 PIDs are less than 82C {180 OF}:
COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-RUNS COLD".
CONCERNS-RUNS COLD [LF, L5].)
01-03A-47

STEP
2
INSPECTION
[LF, LS].)
Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2
Access the AC_REQ, CPP/, CPP/PNP and TR
PIDs using the M-MDS.
[LF, LS].)
Are PID values normal?
Is there air leakage felt or heard at the intake air

higher speed?
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No

AC_REQ PID is not specified:
Inspect the AlC switch, refrigerant pressure sensor,
evaporator temperature sensor and fan switch.
(See 07-40B-1S EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
(See 07-40A-24 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
Inspect communication between climate control
unit and instrument cluster.
Inspect communication between instrument cluster
and PCM.
CPP PID is not specified (MTX):
(CPP) SWITCH INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
CPP/PNP PID is not specified (MTX):
(See 01-40A-23 NEUTRAL SWITCH INSPECTION
[LF, LS].)
TR PID is not specified (ATX):
[LF, LS].)
Inspect the TR switch.
SWITCH INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
Inspect communication between TCM and PCM.
Electronic throttle control system operation
APP sensor
POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Yes
No

- If the malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
01-03A-48

NO.10 LOW IDLE/STALLS DURING DECELERATION [LF, LS]
10
DESCRIPTION
LOW IDLE/STALLS DURING DECELERATION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id010397801600
Engine stops unexpectedly at the beginning of deceleration or recovery from deceleration.

Improper operation of AlC magnetic clutch
Vacuum leakage
PCM DTC is stored
Improper operation of evaporative emission control system
TP sensor malfunction
VSS malfunction
AlC switch malfunction
FAN switch malfunction
Communication between climate control unit and instrument cluster
Communication between instrument cluster and PCM
CPP switch malfunction (MTX)
Neutral switch malfunction (MTX)
Communication between TCM and PCM (ATX)
STEP
1
INSPECTION
Does the engine idle roughly?
Turn off the AlC switch and fan switch.

Does the AlC magnetic clutch engage?

Proper routing of and no damage to the
vacuum lines
No air leakage from the intake air system
[LF, L5].)

solenoid valve and the intake manifold from
Drive the vehicle.
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
Go to the symptom troubleshooting "NO.8 ENGINE
RUNS ROUGH/ROLLING IDLE".
(See 01-03A-44 NO.8 ENGINE RUNS ROUGH/
ROLLING IDLE [LF, L5].)
No
Yes
No
Yes

CONTINUOUSLY."
COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [LF, L5].)
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

(See .01-03A-86 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
OPERATION INSPECTION [LF, L5])
No
01-03A-49

STEP
INSPECTION
7
Access the APP1, APP2, TP_REL, MAF and
VSS PIDs using the M-MDS.
[LF, L5].)
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
APP1, APP2 PIDs are not specified:
No
TP_REL is not specified:
Inspect the TP sensor.
(See 01-40A-26 THROTILE POSITION (TP)
MAF PID is not specified:
(See 01-40A-25 MASS AI R FLOW (MAF) SENSOR
VSS PID is not specified:
Inspect the VSS.
(See 05-17-27 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
Yes
AC_REQ PID is not specified:
No
Inspect the AlC switch, refrigerant pressure sensor,
evaporator temperature sensor and fan switch.
(See 07-40B-15 EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE
CONDITIONER].)
CONDITIONER].)
Inspect communication between climate control
unit and instrument cluster.
Inspect communication between instrument cluster
and PCM.
CPP PID is not specified (MTX):
CPP/PNP PID is not specified (MTX):
[LF, L5].)
TR PID is not specified (ATX):
[LF, L5].)
(See 05-17-14 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR)
SWITCH INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
Inspect communication between TCM and PCM.

Access the AC_REQ, CPP/, CPP/PNP and TR
[LF, L5].)

01-03A-50

NO.11 ENGINE STALLS/QUITS, ENGINE RUNS ROUGH, MISSES, BUCK/JERK, HESITATION/STUMBLE,
SURGES [LF, LS]
id010397801700
11
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
ENGINE STALLS/QUITS-ACCELERATION/CRUISE
ENGINE RUNS ROUGH-ACCELERATION/CRUISE
MISSES-ACCELERATION/CRUISE
BUCKlJERK-ACCELERATION/CRUISElDECELERATION
HESITATION/STUMBLE-ACCELERATION
SURGES-ACCELERATION/CRUISE
Engine stops unexpectedly at the beginning of acceleration or during acceleration.

Momentary pause at beginning of acceleration or during acceleration.

Poor fuel quality
Vacuum leakage
PCM OTC is stored
Battery power supply circuit malfunction
VSS and related wiring harness malfunction
Improper operation of AlC control system
Improper operation of cruise control system
Fuel shut- off valve malfunction
Warning
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
01-03A-S1

STEP
1
INSPECTION
Air cleaner element
Ignition wiring
No restriction of the intake air system
such as EGR valve
Smooth operation of the throttle valve
Vacuum connection
[LF, L5].)

Access the APP1, APP2, TP_REL, MAF, VPWR
and VSS PIDs using the M-MDS.
[LF, L5].)

crankshaft pulley.
01-03A-S2
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Repeat Step 1.


SYSTEM CONCERNS-OVERH EATI NG".
Inspect if the output signal from the APP sensor
changes smoothly.
TP _REL is not specified:
Inspect if the output signal from the TP sensor
changes smoothly.
RPM_REL is not specified:
Inspect the CKP sensor and related wiring harness
for vibration or an intermittent open/short circuit.
Inspect for an intermittent open circuit of the MAF
sensor and the related wiring harness.
VPWR PID is not specified:
Inspect for an intermittent open circuit.
Inspect for an intermittent open circuit in the VSS

STEP
INSPECTION
6
L5].)
grayish white?

ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No

Yes


Yes
10

off?
11
Note
next step.

CHECK.)
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Zero or low:
circuit.
High:
L5].)
CONTINUOUSLY".
L5].)
For other symptoms:
01-03A-53

STEP
12
13
INSPECTION
Note
The following test should be performed for
symptoms with the cruise control on. If
other symptoms exist, go to the next step.
Inspect the cruise control system.
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
14
Inspect the evaporative hose between the fuel

tank and the purge solenoid valve.
Does the fuel flow into the evaporative hose?
1S

16

camshaft.
17

operation.
Yes
Inspect the EGR system.

[LF, LS].)
LS].)
Yes
18
19
20
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No

Yes
No

Inspect for causes.
Yes
Replace the PCV valve and the oil separator as a

single unit, then go to the next step.
Valve timing
Internal transaxle part (ATX)
Clutch (MTX)
EGR valve (mechanical stuck)
Engine mounts
Check valve (two-way)
No
01-03A-S4
Inspect for followings:

Exhaust gas leakage between exhaust manifold
and AlF sensor
Loose installation of AlF sensor
Replace the AlF sensor.
Inspect the fuel shut-off valve.
(See 01-16A-11 FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE

STEP
21
INSPECTION
ACTION
RESULTS
Verify test results .
NO.12 LACK/LOSS OF POWER-ACCELERATION/CRUISE [LF, LS]

id010397804800
12
DESCRIPTION
LACK/LOSS OF POWER-ACCELERATION/CRUISE
Performance is poor under load (such as power down when climbing hills).
Poor fuel quality
Vacuum leakage
PCM DTC is stored
Battery power supply circuit malfunction
VSS and related wiring harness malfunction
- Fuel leakage from fuel injector
- Fuel injector is clogging
Improper operation of variable tumble control
Improper operation of variable intake air control
POSSIBLE CAUSE Evaporative emission control system malfunction
Warning
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
01-03A-55

STEP
INSPECTION
1
No air leakage from the intake air system
No restriction of the intake air system
Proper sealing of the intake manifold and
components attached to the intake manifold;
such as the EGR valve
Restriction in the intake air system (such as
the air cleaner element, fresh air duct)
Vacuum connection
2
[LF, L5].)
3

Access the APP1, APP2, TP_REL, MAF, VPWR
and VSS PIDs using the M-MDS.
[LF, L5].)

crankshaft pulley.

L5].)
grayish white?
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes

Repeat Step 1.
No
Yes

No
Yes

Inspect if the output signal from the APP sensor
changes smoothly.
TP _REL is not specified:
Inspect if the output signal from the TP sensor
changes smoothly.
RPM_REL is not specified:
Inspect the CKP sensor and related wiring harness
for vibration or an intermittent open/short circuit.
Inspect for an intermittent open circuit of the MAF
sensor and the related wiring harness.
VPWR PID is not specified:
Inspect for an intermittent open circuit.
Inspect for an intermittent open circuit in the VSS
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
01-03A-56


STEP
7
10
11
12
INSPECTION
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No

Yes
No


Yes
Zero or low:
Inspect the variable tumble control operation.

No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No

CONTINUOUSLY".
LS].)
For other symptoms:
Inspect the AlC cut-off operation.

Yes
Inspect the AlC cut-off system components.


Yes

No
Yes

No
Note
next step.

Are the pressures within the speCifications?
CHECK.)
13
14
is

Inspect the variable intake air control operation.

Yes

circuit.
High:

camshaft.
No
01-03A-S7

STEP
INSPECTION
16
17
operation.
18
[LF, L5].)
19
L5].)
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
No
No

Yes
No

Inspect for causes.
Yes

Valve timing
Internal transaxle part (ATX)
Clutch (MTX)
Brake system for dragging
Yes
No
20

-If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
NO.13 KNOCKING/PINGING-ACCELERATION/CRUISE [LF, LS]

13
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id010397812100
KNOCKING/PINGING-ACCELERATION/CRUISE
Sound is produced when air/fuel mixture is ignited by something other than spark plug (such as hot
spot in combustion chamber).
Engine overheating due to cooling system malfunction
PCM DTC is stored
KS malfunction
Warning
IIBEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION II and IIAFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION II described in this
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
01-03A-58

STEP
RESULTS
ACTION
INSPECTION
Yes
No
[LF, LS].)
Verify ECT1 PID is less than 116C {241F}
CONCERNS-OVERHEATING [LF, LS].)
during driving.
Is the ECT1 PID less than the specification?
Yes
Access the IAT and MAF PIDs using the M-MDS.
IAT PID is not specified:
No
Inspect IAT sensor.
[LF, LS].)
Inspect MAF sensor.
(See 01-40A-2S MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR
Yes
Perform the PCM DTC inspection using the MGo to the next step.
No
MDS.
[LF, LS].)
Yes
No
Inspect for cause.
[LF, LS].)
Zero or low:
Yes
circuit.
-If there is a malfunction:
High:
Inspect the KS.
No
Yes
No

Replace the KS.
Inspect ignition timing.
(See 01-10A-3 ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF, LS].)

01-03A-59

NO.14 POOR FUEL ECONOMY [LF, LS]
14
DESCRIPTION
id010397802000
POOR FUEL ECONOMY

Contaminated air cleaner element
Improper ATF level (ATX)
Brake dragging
Clutch slippage (MTX)
Improper coolant level
Poor fuel quality
PCM DTC is stored
Engine cooling system malfunction
Improper operation of variable tumble control
Improper operation of variable valve intake air control
Exhaust system clogging
Contaminated MAF sensor
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Warning
procedures. Read following warnings before servicing fuel system:
"BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION II and "AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION" described in this
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
RESULTS
1
Inspect for the following:
Yes
Air cleaner element for contamination
Repeat Step 1.
ATF level (ATX)
Brake dragging
No
Clutch slippage (MTX)
Coolant level
Fuel quality
2
Yes
MOS.
[LF, LS].)
3
Access the ECT1 and ECT2 PIDs using the MYes
MOS.
Inspect for coolant leakage, and inspect the cooling fan
No
and condenser fan operations or and inspect the
[LF, LS].)
thermostat operation.
Drive the vehicle while monitoring the PID.
Are the PIDs within specification?
4
Yes
No
Repeat Step 1.
01-03A-60

STEP
S
INSPECTION
Inspect the variable tumble control operation.

operation.
Inspect the variable intake air control operation.
Visually inspect the exhaust system parts.
Are there any deformed exhaust system parts?
10
Inspect the MAF sensor for contamination.

Is there any contamination?
11

[LF, LS].)
LS].)
12
ACTION
RESULTS
Zero or low:
Yes
circuit.
High:
No
Yes
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
13

Replace the MAF/IAT sensor.
Inspect for causes.

01-03A-61

NO.15 EMISSION COMPLIANCE [LF, L5]
15
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id01 03978021 00
EMISSION COMPLIANCE
Intake air system and air cleaner element malfunction
Vacuum lines leakage or blockage
PCM DTC is stored
Fuel-filler cap malfunction
Erratic or no signal from CMP sensor
Charcoal canister malfunction
Exhaust system clogging
TWC malfunction
EGR system malfunction
Warning
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
INSPECTION
STEP
1
Intake air system and air cleaner element
concerns: obstructions, leakage or soiling
Proper maintenance schedule followed
Vacuum lines for leakage or blockage
2
[LF, L5].)
Is any other driveability concern present?
3
Access the ECT1 and ECT2 PIDs using the MMDS.

[LF, L5].)
Drive the vehicle while monitoring the PID.
Are the PIDs within specification?
01-03A-62
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
Repeat Step 1.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to the appropriate symptom troubleshooting.

(See 01-03A-4 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC INDEX [LF,
L5].)
Inspect for coolant leakage, and inspect the cooling fan
and condenser fan operations or and inspect the
thermostat operation.

STEP
INSPECTION
S
Inspect the fuel-filler cap.
(See 01-16A-S FUEL-FILLER CAP
Is there any leakage at the fuel-filler cap?
6
ACTION
RESULTS
Replace the fuel-filler cap.
Yes
No
Yes

Exhaust gas leakage between exhaust manifold
and AlF sensor
Loose installation of AlF sensor
Replace the AlF sensor.
No


Yes
No

Yes
Inspect for fuel saturation inside the charcoal

canister.
Is there an excess amount of liquid fuel present
in canister?
10
Visually inspect the exhaust system parts.

Are there any deformed exhaust system parts?
11
Inspect the TWC.

12

13
No
Yes
Zero or low:
circuit.
High:
Replace the charcoal canister.
No
Inspect the fuel tank vent system, then go to the next

step.
(See 01-14A-12 FUEL TANK INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
Replace the TWC.

(See 01-1SA-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAU
No
Inspect the cause.

If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, reprogram the peM if a later
01-03A-63

NO.16 HIGH OIL CONSUMPTION/LEAKAGE [LF, LS]
16
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id010397802200
HIGH OIL CONSUMPTION/LEAKAGE

Improper dipstick
Engine internal parts malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION

External leakage
Proper dipstick
Proper engine oil viscosity
LS].)
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Repeat Step 1.

Inspect the internal engine parts such as valves, valve
guides, valve stem seals, cylinder head drain passage,
and piston rings.

NO.17 COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-OVERHEATING [LF, LS]

17
DESCRIPTION
COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-OVERHEATING
POSSIBLE CAUSE
01-03A-64
id010397802300

Radiator hoses damage
Coolant leakage
Fans reverse rotation
Fuse malfunction
Coolant overflow system malfunction
Poor radiator condition
Improper or damaged radiator cap
Improper water/anti-freeze mixture
PCM, climate control unit, instrument cluster or multi information display DTC is stored
- Climate control unit malfunction (AiC switch malfunction or climate control unit does not determine
AlC request or transmit the AlC request signal)
-Instrument cluster malfunction (does not receive AlC request signal from climate control unit or
transmit it to PCM)
- Communication error between PCM and instrument cluster
- Communication error between instrument cluster and climate control unit (Full-auto air
conditioner)
- Short to ground circuit between instrument cluster terminal 21 and climate control unit terminal 2P
(Manual air conditioner)
Improper operation of cooling fan control system
Improper tension of drive belt
Leakage around heater unit
Leakage at coolant hoses and/or radiator

STEP
INSPECTION
Collapsed or restricted radiator hoses
Coolant leakage
Fan rotational direction
Fuses
Overflow system
Radiator condition
Radiator pressure cap
Water and anti-freeze mixture
Perform the PCM, climate control unit,
instrument cluster and multi information display
DTC inspection using the M-MDS.
[LF, L5].)
(See 07-02-4 DTC DISPLAY.)
(See 09-02J-3 DTC INSPECTION [MULTI
INFORMATION DISPLAY].)
Turn the AlC switch on and set the blower fan to
any speed.
Does the magnetic clutch engage?
RESULTS
Access the PCM PID AC_REQ using the MMOS.

[LF, L5].)
Monitor the AC_REQ PID while turning on and
off the air conditioner by switching the control
panel.
Does the PID change according to air control
panel switching?
Verify the multi information display indication of
AlC system while turning on and off the air
conditioner by switching the control panel.
Does the multi information display indicate
properly?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
6
Inspect the multi information display.

(See 09-22-19 MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY
INSPECTION.)
Access climate control unit PIDs EVAP_TEMP
and AC_PRES using the M-MDS.
(See 07-02-22 PID/DATA MONITOR DISPLAY.)
Monitor the EVAP_TEMP and AC_PRES PIDs
while turning on and off the air conditioner by
switching the control panel.
Is the PIDs normal?
(See 07-02-22 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE.)
Yes
No
ACTION
Repeat Step 1.

(See 07-02-5 DTC TABLE.)
(See 09-02E-5 DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02J-4 DTC TABLE [MULTI INFORMATION
DISPLAY].)
Go to Step 11.
Refrigerant charging amount
Open circuit in the wiring harness between the AlC
relay and PCM terminal 11
Seized AlC magnetic clutch
AlC magnetic clutch
If all items are normal:
Go to Step 11.
Manual air conditioner:
Go to Step 8.
FUll-auto air conditioner:
Replace the instrument cluster (instrument cluster

does not receive AlC request signal from climate
control unit or transmit it to PCM).
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
Replace the climate control unit (AiC switch

malfunction or climate control unit does not determine
AlC request or transmit the AlC request signaL).
(See 07-40A-26 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
No

01-03A-65

STEP
10
11
12
INSPECTION
Remove the climate control unit.
(See 07-40B-17 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
Reconnect the climate control unit connector.
Measure the voltage at the climate control unit
terminal 2P while turning on and off the air
Is the voltage change in specified according to
air control panel switching?
Specification
- Turn on the AlC: Below 1 V
- Turn off the AlC: Approx. 5 V
Inspect for following part and related harness:

Refrigerant pressure sensor (climate control
unit terminal 1H)
Evaporator temperature sensor (climate
control unit terminal 1C)
Inspect for open or short circuit between climate
control unit terminal 2P (wiring harness-side)
and instrument cluster terminal 21 (wiring
harness-side).
Inspect the cooling fan control system operation.

Inspect the drive belt.
(See 01-10A-5 DRIVE BELT INSPECTION [LF,
L5].)
13
Inspect the leakage around the heater unit in the

passenger compartment.
14
Inspect the leakage at the coolant hoses and/or

radiator.
15

Remove thermostat and inspect operation.
(See 01-12A-11 THERMOSTAT REMOVAU
[LF, L5].)
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
01-03A-66
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)


AlC request or transmit the AlC request signal.).
CONDITIONER].)
Replace the drive belt.
(See 01-10A-6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAU
Access the ECT1 and ECT2 PIDs using the M-MDS.
(See 01-02A-7 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [LF,
L5].)
Inspect both the ECT1 and ECT2 PIDs and the low
engine coolant temperature indicator light condition.
If the low engine coolant temperature indicator light
on the instrument cluster indicates turned off but
the ECT1 and ECT2 PIDs are not the same as the
low engine coolant temperature indicator light
condition:
- Inspect the ECT sensor No.1, NO.2.
TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION
[LF, L5].)
indication on the instrument cluster illuminates but
the ECT1 and ECT2 PIDs are normal:
-Inspect the instrument cluster.
INSPECTION.)
The engine coolant temperature and thermostat are
normal, inspect engine block for leakage or blockage.

STEP
16
INSPECTION
ACTION
RESULTS
Verify the test results.
NO.18 COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-RUNS COLD [LF, LS]

id010397802400
18
DESCRIPTION
COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-RUNS COLD

AlC and heater system malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE Thermostat malfunction
Improper operation of cooling fan control system
STEP
INSPECTION
Is the customer complaint "Lack of passenger
compartment heat" only?
Does the engine speed continue at fast idle?

Remove the thermostat and inspect operation.
[LF, L5].)
Inspect the cooling fan control system operation.
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
Inspect AlC and heater system.
No
Yes
Go to the symptom troubleshooting IINO.9 FAST IDLE/
RUNS ON II .
(See 01-03A-47 NO.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON [LF, L5].)
No
Yes
Replace the thermostat.
No
Yes
No

Access the ECT1 and ECT2 PIDs using the M-MDS.
(See 01-02A-7 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [LF,
L5].)
Inspect both the ECT1 and ECT2 PIDs and the low
engine coolant temperature indicator light condition.
on the instrument cluster indicates turned off but
the ECT1 and ECT2 PIDs are not the same as the
low engine coolant temperature indicator light
condition:
- Inspect the ECT sensor No.1, No.2.
[LF, L5].)
indication on the instrument cluster illuminates but
the ECT1 and ECT2 PIDs are normal:
-Inspect the instrument cluster.
INSPECTION.)

If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace PCM.
01-03A-67

NO.19 EXHAUST SMOKE [LF, LS]
id010397803900
19
DESCRIPTION
EXHAUST SMOKE
Blue smoke (Burning oil):
Engine internal oil leakage
White smoke (Water in combustion):
Cooling system malfunction (coolant loss)
Engine internal coolant leakage
Black smoke (Rich fuel mixture):
Intake air system is collapsed or restricted
Fuel return line is restricted
PCM DTC is stored
Warning
manual.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Caution
foreign material.
STEP
INSPECTION
1
What color is the smoke coming from the
exhaust system?

L5].)
01-03A-68
ACTION
RESULTS
Blue
Burning oil is indicated:
Water in the combustion is indicated:
White
Go to Step 3.
Black
Rich fuel mixture is indicated:
Go to Step 4.
Replace
the PCV valve and the oil separator as a
Yes
No
Blocked oil drain passage in the cylinder head
Damaged cylinder bore
Damaged valve guide, stems or valve seals
Piston ring is not seated, seized or worn.
If other drivability symptoms are present:
- Return to the diagnostic index to service any
additional symptoms.

STEP
INSPECTION
Does the cooling system hold pressure?

Collapsed or restricted intake air system
Restricted fuel return line
[LF, LS].)
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes
No
8
ACTION
Cracked or porous engine block
Cylinder head gasket leakage
Intake manifold gasket leakage
If other drivability symptoms are present:
Return to the diagnostic index to service any
Inspect for cause.
Repeat Step 4.
Zero or low:
circuit.
High:
(See 01-40A-33 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP)

01-03A-69

NO.20 FUEL ODOR (IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT) [LF, LS]
20
DESCRIPTION
id010397802600
FUEL ODOR (IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT)

Fuel tank vent system blockage
PCM DTC is stored
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Warning
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
STEP
INSPECTION
1

off?
Inspect for blockage/restriction or an open circuit

in the wiring harness between the engine
vacuum port and the charcoal canister.
Inspect for blockage in the fuel tank vent system.
01-03A-70
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
Zero or low:
circuit.
High:
No
Yes
No
L5].)
Replace the vacuum hose.
Yes
No

STEP
INSPECTION
RESULTS
Yes
No

[LF, LS].)
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace the purge solenoid valve.
Inspect the charcoal canister for fuel saturation.
If an excess amount of liquid fuel is present:
- Replace the charcoal canister.
(See 01-16A-6 CHARCOAL CANISTER

NO.21 ENGINE NOISE [LF, LS]

21
DESCRIPTION
id010397802700
ENGINE NOISE
Squeal, click or chirp noise:

Improper drive belt tension
Generator mis-installation
Splash shield or under cover looseness (splashed water to drive belts)
Rumble or grind noise:

Rattle sound noise:

Loose parts
POSSIBLE CAUSE Hiss sound noise:
Loose spark plug
Vacuum leakage
Rap or roar noise:

Dynamic dumper looseness
Exhaust system looseness
Intake air system looseness
Other noise:
Tappet noise
Timing chain noise
STEP
INSPECTION
Is a squealing, click or chirping sound present?
Is a rumbling or grinding noise present?
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Engine oil level
Drive belt tension
Generator installation
Splash shield or under cover looseness
Inspect the drive belt tension.

(See 01-10A-S DRIVE BELT INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
01-03A-71

STEP
INSPECTION
3
Is a rattling noise present?
ACTION
RESULTS
Inspect the rattling location for loose parts.
Yes
No
Yes
Intake air system leakage
Spark plug looseness
Vacuum leakage
No
Yes
Inspect for looseness in the following:
Dynamic dumper
Exhaust system
Intake air system
No
Yes
KNOCKING/PINGING-ACCELERATION/CRUISE".
(See 01-03A-58 NO.13 KNOCKING/PINGINGACCELERATION/CRUISE [LF, L5].)
If the noise comes from inside the engine:
No
Inspect the tappet noise.
Is a hissing noise present?
Is a rapping or roar noise present?
Is a knocking noise present?

NO.22 VIBRATION CONCERNS (ENGINE) [LF, LS]

id010397802800
22
VIBRATION CONCERNS (ENGINE)
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Vibration from under hood or driveline.

Loose attaching bolts or worn parts
Components malfunction such as worn parts
STEP
1
INSPECTION
Inspect the following components for loose
attaching bolts or worn parts:
Cooling fan
Drive belt and pulleys
Engine mounts
Exhaust system mounts
Generator
RESULTS
Yes
No
ACTION
Readjust or retighten engine mount installation
position.
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part if necessary
for other parts.
Inspect the following systems:
Wheels
ATX
MTX
Driveline
Suspension

01-03A-72

NO.23 AlC DOES NOT WORK SUFFICIENTLY [LF, LS]
id010397802900
23
AlC DOES NOT WORK SUFFICIENTLY

AlC compressor magnetic clutch does not engage when AlC is turned on.
PCM, climate control unit, instrument cluster or multi information display DTC is stored
Improper refrigerant charging amount
Seized AlC compressor
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between evaporator temperature sensor and climate control
unit (Full-auto air conditioner)
Instrument cluster malfunction (Does not receive AlC request signal from climate control unit or
transmit it to PCM)
Multi information display malfunction
Climate control unit malfunction (AiC switch malfunction or climate control unit does not determine AI
Crequest or transmit the AlC request signal)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit terminal 2P and instrument
cluster terminal 21 (Manual air conditioner)
AlC compressor malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between AlC compressor terminal A and body ground
AlC relay malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between AlC relay and PCM terminal 11
Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch (IG2) and AlC relay (vehicles without advanced
keyless entry and push button start system)
Open circuit in wiring harness between IG2 relay and AlC relay (vehicles with advanced keyless entry
and push button start system)
Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and AlC relay
Open circuit in wiring harness between AlC relay and AlC magnetic clutch
DESCRIPTION
STEP
INSPECTION
1
Perform the PCM, climate control unit,
instrument cluster and multi information display
DTC inspection.
[LF, L5].)
Access the PCM PID ACCS using the M-MDS.
2
[LF, L5].)
Turn the PCM PID ACCS to ON from OFF using
the M-MOS simulation function.
Is the AlC magnetic clutch engaged?
Access the climate control unit PIO AC_PRES
3
using the M-MOS.
Monitor the climate control unit AC_PRES PID
Is the PIO normal?
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
CLUSTER].)
DISPLAY].)
No
Yes

Go to Step 4.
Full-auto air conditioner:
No
Go to Step 13.
Yes
No
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 5.
01-03A-73

STEP
4
10
INSPECTION
CON DITION ER].)
terminal 1H (wiring harness-side).
INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
Inspect the refrigerant pressure sensor.
(See 07-40B-16 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
CONDITIONER].)
(See 07-40A-25 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
CONDITIONER].)
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
Go to Step 7.
No
Yes
Replace the refrigerant pressure sensor.

SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO
AIR CONDITIONER].)
No

AlC compressor for seizure
Access the climate control unit PID

EVAP_TEMP using the M-MDS.
Monitor the climate control unit PID
EVAP_TEMP while turning on and off the air
Is the PID normal?
Yes
Go to Step 9.
No
Go to Step 8.

CONDITIONER].)
Yes
Go to Step 11.
No
Inspect the evaporator temperature sensor.

(See 07-40B-15 EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION
[MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
(See 07-40A-24 EVAPORATOR
[FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
Yes
Replace the evaporator temperature sensor.

CONDITIONER].)
AIR CONDITIONER].)
No
Inspect for open or short circuit between evaporator

temperature sensor and climate control unit.

properly?
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

Replace the multi information display.
No

AlC request or transmit the AlC request signal).
CONDITIONER].)

INSPECTION.)
01-03A-74

STEP
11
12
13
INSPECTION
(See 07-408-17 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
CONDITIONER].)
terminal2P (wiring harness-side) while turning
on and off the air conditioner by switching the
control panel.
Specification:
- Turn on the AlC: Below 1.0 V
control unit terminal 2P (wiring harness-side)
harness-side).
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

CONDITIONER].)
No

the M-MDS simulation function.
Measure the voltage at the AlC compressor
terminal 8 (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage specified?
Specification:
-10.5 V or more
Yes
No
14
Inspect for continuity between AlC compressor

ground.
Yes
Replace the AlC compressor.

(See 07-11-18 AlC COMPRESSOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
15
Inspect the AlC relay.

Disconnect the AlC relay and PCM connectors.
Inspect for continuity between AlC relay and
PCM terminal 11 (wiring harness-side).
No
Yes
No

Replace the AlC relay.
Yes
Inspect for open circuit between the following:

Ignition switch (IG2) and AlC relay (vehicles without
advanced keyless entry and push button start
system)
IG2 relay and AlC relay (vehicles with advanced
8attery positive terminal and AlC relay
AlC relay and AlC magnetic clutch
16
No
17
Go to Step 15.

- If the malfunction remains, inspect the related Service 8ulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform
01-03A-75

NO.24 AlC IS ALWAYS ON OR AlC COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [LF, LS]
id010397803000
24
DESCRIPTION
AlC IS ALWAYS ON OR AlC COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY
POSSIBLE CAUSE
PCM, instrument cluster or climate control unit DTC is stored

Short to power supply in wiring harness between AlC relay and magnetic clutch
AlC compressor magnetic clutch engagement is stuck
Short to ground in wiring harness between AlC relay and PCM
Short to ground in wiring harness between climate control unit terminal 2P and instrument cluster
Climate control unit malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
Perform the PCM, instrument cluster and climate
control unit DTC inspection using the M-MDS.
[LF, LS].)
Turn the AlC switch on with blower switch is on.
Remove the AlC relay.
Does the AlC magnetic clutch disengage?
Disconnect the AlC compressor connector.
Switch the ignition to ON.
Measure the voltage at AlC compressor terminal
B.
Is the voltage B+?
RESULTS
Access the ACCS PID using the M-MDS.

[LF, LS].)
Turn the AlC switch on and off with blower switch
is on.
Is the PID value always ON?
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 4.
Yes
No

Replace the AlC compressor (AiC magnetic clutch
engagement is stuck).
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
Replace the relay.

No
No
ACTION

(See 09-02E-S DTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
DISPLAY].)

Replace the climate control unit (AiC switch signal
is always on).
CONDITIONER].)
Inspect for short to ground in wiring harness between
PCM terminal 11 and AlC relay.

Yes
Disconnect the instrument cluster and climate
No
Replace the climate control unit (AiC switch signal is
control unit connectors.
always on).
Inspect for continuity between climate control
unit terminal2P (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
CONDITIONER].)
01-03A-76

NO.2S AlC IS NOT CUT OFF UNDER WIDE OPEN THROTTLE CONDITIONS [LF, LS]
ido 10397803100
25
DESCRIPTION
AlC IS NOT CUT OFF UNDER WIDE OPEN THROTTLE CONDITIONS

AlC compressor magnetic clutch does not disengage under wide open throttle.
PCM DTC is stored
POSSIBLE CAUSE
STEP
INSPECTION
1
Does the AlC compressor disengage when the
AlC switch is turned off?
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
No
CONTINUOUSLY".
COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [LF, LS].)
Yes
MOS.
(See 01-40A-26 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
(APP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
[LF, LS].)
NO.26 EXHAUST SULPHUR SMELL [LF, LS]

id0103978o32oo
26
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
EXHAUST SULPHUR SMELL

Poor fuel quality
Vacuum leakage
PCM DTC is stored
Improper fuel pressure
Warning
manual.
Caution
connector jOint area before disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of
foreign material.
01-03A-77

STEP
INSPECTION
1
Are any drivability or exhaust smoke concerns
present?
2

Fuel quality
Vacuum lines
[LF, LS].)

Is an excess amount of liquid fuel present in the
canister?
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
Go to the appropriate flow chart.
No
Yes
Repeat Step 2.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Zero or low:
circuit.
High:
Inspect the fuel tank vent system.
If the fuel tank vent system is normal:
- Suggest trying a different brand since the sulfur
content can vary in different fuels.
If the fuel tank vent system is not normal:

01-03A-78

NO.27 FUEL REFILL CONCERNS [LF, LS]
27
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id010397803300
FUEL REFILL CONCERNS

PCM DTC is stored
Nonreturn valve malfunction
Improper use of fuel nozzle
Inadequate fuel filling speed
Warning
- Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always
- Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or
"BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE" and" AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this
manual.
(See01-14A-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF, L5].)
(See01-14A-5 AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF, L5].)
Caution
cause damage to the fuel pipe and quick release connector. Always clean the quick release
connector joint area before disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
INSPECTION
STEP
1
[LF, L5].)
2
Remove the fuel-filler pipe.
Make sure nonreturn valve is installed properly.
Inspect the nonreturn valve operation.
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes
Nonreturn valve is installed improperly:

Reinstall the nonreturn valve to proper position.
Nonreturn valve does not operate properly:
Replace the nonreturn valve.
inspection result.
No

01-03A-79

NO.28 FUEL FILLING SHUT OFF CONCERNS [LF, LS]
28
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id010397912000
FUEL FILLING SHUT OFF CONCERNS

PCM DTC is stored
Fuel nozzle is not inserted correctly
Fuel nozzle malfunction
Fuel shut-off valve malfunction
Warning
- Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or
"BEFORE REPAIR PROCEDURE" and "AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE" described in this
manual.
(See01-14A-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF, L5].)
(See01-14A-5 AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF, L5].)
Caution
Disconnecting/connecting tile quick release connector without cleaning it may possibly
material.
STEP
INSPECTION
1
[LF, LS].)
2
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

Fuel is not inserted correctly
Inspect fuel shut-off valve.
inspection result.

01-03A-80

NO.29 SPARK PLUG CONDITION [LF, L5]
29
DESCRIPTION
id010397803600
SPARK PLUG CONDITION

Note
Inspecting the spark plug conditions can determine whether a problem is related to a specific
cylinder or possibly all cylinders.
Wet/carbon stuck on specific plug:
Spark-Weak, not visible

Air/fuel mixture-Excessive fuel injection volume
Compression-No compression, low compression
Malfunction spark plug
Grayish white with specific plug:
Air/fuel mixture-Insufficient fuel injection volume

Malfunction spark plug
Wet/carbon is stuck on all plugs:
Spark-Spark weak
Air/fuel mixture-Too rich
Compression-Low compression
Clogging in intake/exhaust system
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Grayish white with all plugs:

Air/fuel mixture-Too lean
Warning
manual.
Caution
foreign material.
STEP
1
INSPECTION
Remove all spark plugs.
L5].)
Are the spark plugs wet/covered with carbon

from the engine oil?
Inspect the spark plugs for the following:

Air gap
Cracked insulator
Heat range
Worn electrode
Inspect the compression pressure at the
suspected malfunctioning cylinder.
[LF, L5].)
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
Symptom troubleshooting completed.
No
Specific plug is wet or covered with carbon:
Specific plug looks grayish white:
Go to Step 7.
All plugs are wet or covered with carbon:
Go to Step 9.
All plugs look grayish white:
Go to Step 15.
Yes
Inspect all areas related to oil, working up and down.
No
Yes
Replace the spark plug.
No
Yes
No

01-03A-81

STEP
INSPECTION
Install all spark plugs.
Perform the spark test at the suspected
malfunctioning cylinder.
Is a strong blue spark visible (compare with
normal cylinder)?
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
Inspect the spark plug for the following:

Air gap
Heat range
Perform the fuel injector operation inspection.

Is the air cleaner element free of clogging?
9
10
11

Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

Replace the air cleaner element.
Zero or low:
circuit.
High:
No
01-03A-82
Zero or low:
circuit.
High:
Inspect fuel injector for the following:
Injection volume
Leakage
Open or short circuit in injector

STEP
12
13
14
1S
16
17
18
ACTION
INSPECTION
RESULTS
Yes
ECT1
No
ECT2
02S11 (When engine can be started)
MAF
[LF, LS].)
Perform the purge control inspection when the
Yes
engine can be started.
No
Yes
Perform the compression inspection.
[LF, LS].)
I---N-o---+-V-i-su-a-II-y-in-s-p-ec-t-fo-r-d-e-fo-r-m-e-d-e-x-ha-u-s-t-sy-s-te-m-p-a-rt-s.-l
If the engine cannot be started:
Yes
Inspect the intake air system for air leakage.
If the engine can be started:
No
Perform the intake manifold vacuum
inspection.
Is air sucked in from intake air system?
Yes
Zero or low:
circuit.
High:
No
Yes
Inspect PCM ground condition.
ECT1
ECT2
No
MAF
[LF, LS].)
01-03A-83

INTERMITTENT CONCERN TROUBLESHOOTING [LF, LS]
id010397800400
Vibration Method
If a malfunction occurs or becomes worse while driving on a rough road or when the engine is vibrating,
perform the steps below. '
Note
There are several reasons why the vehicle or engine vibration could cause an electrical malfunction.
Connectors not fully seated
- Wiring harnesses not having full play
- Wiring harnesses laying across brackets or moving parts
- Wiring harnesses routed too close to hot parts
An improperly routed, improperly clamped, or loose wiring harness can cause a wiring harness to become
pinched between parts.
The connector joints, points of vibration, and places where wiring harnesses pass such as through the
firewall and body panels are the major areas to be checked.
Inspection Method for Switch Connectors or Wiring Harnesses
2. Switch the ignition to ON (engine off).
Note
If the engine starts and runs, perform the following steps during idle.
3. Access PIDs for the switch you are inspecting.
4. Turn the switch on manually.
5. Slightly shake each connector or wiring harness
vertically and horizontally while monitoring the
PID.
If PID value is unstable, inspect for poor
connection.
am6zzw0000010
Inspection Method for Sensor Connectors or Wiring Harnesses

Note
PID.
If PID value is unstable, inspect for poor
connection.
am6zzw0000010
01-03A-84

Inspection Method for Sensors
Note
4. Vibrate the sensor slightly with your finger.

!
If PID value is unstable or malfunction occurs, check for poor connection or poorly mounted sensor or both.
Inspection Method for Actuators or Relays
Note
3. Prepare the output state control function for actuators or relays that you are inspecting.
4. Vibrate the actuator or relay with your finger for 3
s after output state control function is activated.
If variable click sound is heard, check for poor
connection or poorly mounted actuator or
both, or the relay.
Note
Vibrating relays too strongly may result in
open relays.
am6zzw0000010
Water Sprinkling Method

If malfunction occurs only under high humidity or rainy/snowy weather, perform the following steps:
Caution
Indirectly change the temperature and humidity by spraying water onto the front of the radiator.
If a vehicle is subject to water leakage, the leakage may damage the control module. When testing
a vehicle with a water leakage problem, special caution must be used.
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 if you are inspecting sensors or switches.
Note
If the engine starts and runs, perform the following steps at idle.
3. Access PIDs for sensor or switch if you are inspecting sensors or switches.
4. If you are inspecting the switch, turn it on manually.
5. Spray water onto the vehicle or run it through a
car wash.
If PID value is unstable or malfunction occurs,
repai r or replace part if necessary.
am3uuw0000333
01-03A-85

ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION [LF, L5]
id010397803700
Input Signal System Inspection Procedure

1. Find an irregular signal. (See 01-03A-86 Finding irregular signals.)
2. Locate source. (See 01-03A-86 Locating the source of unusual signals.)
3. Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
4. Confirm that the irregular signal is no longer detected.
Finding irregular signals
While referring to 01-02A-7 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [LF, L5], use the PID/DATA monitor and record
function to inspect the input signal system relating to the problem.
1. Start the engine and idle the vehicle. You can assume that any signals that are out of specification by a wide
margin are irregular.
2. When recreating the problem, any sudden change in monitor input signals that is not intentionally created by
the driver can be determined as irregular.
Locating the source of unusual signals
Caution
Compare the M-MDS monitor voltage with the measurement voltage using the digital
measurement system function. If you use another tester, misreading may occur.
When measuring voltage, attach the tester ground to the ground of the PCM that is being tested, or
to the engine itself. If this is not performed, the measured voltage and actual voltage may differ.
After connecting the pin to a waterproof coupler, confirming continuity and measuring the voltage,
inspect the waterproof connector for cracks. If there are any, use sealant to fix them. Failure to do
this may result in deterioration of the wiring harness or terminal from water damage, leading to
problems with the vehicle.
Thermistor type (IAT sensor and ECT sensor No.1, No.2)
PCM
r-
INPUT
:>
GND
am3uuw0000301
Input signal system inspection for thermistor type

1. When an irregular signal is detected, measure the #1 PCM terminal voltage.
If the #1 terminal voltage and the M-MDS monitor voltage are the same, proceed to the next step.
If there is a difference of 0.5 V or more, inspect the following points concerning the PCM connector:
Female terminal opening loose
- Coupler (pin holder) damage
Pin discoloration (blackness)
Harness/pin crimp is loose or disconnected
2. Measure the #2 sensor terminal voltage.
If there is a 0.5 V or more difference between the sensor and the M-MDS voltages, inspect the wiring
harness for open or short circuits.
If the sensor and the M-MDS voltages are the same, inspect the following points concerning the sensor
connector:
Female terminal opening is loose
- Coupler (pin holder) damage
- Harness/pin crimp is loose or disconnected
If there are no problems, proceed to next investigation below.
01-03A-86

GND system inspection for thermistor type
Confirm that terminal sensor #3 is at 0 V.
If it is at 0 V, inspect the sensor. If necessary, replace the sensor.
If not, inspect for the following:
Open circuit in wiring harness
Female terminal opening is loose
Coupler (pin holder) damage
Harness/pin crimp is loose or disconnected
Main Relay Operation Inspection

1. Verify that the main relay clicks when the ignition is switched to ON and off.
If there is no operation sound, inspect the following:
Main relay (See 09-21-17 RELAY INSPECTION.)
- Harness and connector between ignition switch *1 /relay block*2 and main relay
Harness and connector between PCM terminal 1Q and main relay terminal B
:~ : Vehicles without advanced keyless entry and push button start system
Intake Manifold Vacuum Inspection
1. Verify air intake hoses are installed properly.
2. Start the engine and run it at idle.
3. Disconnect the vacuum hose between the intake manifold and purge solenoid valve from the intake manifold
side.
4. Connect a vacuum gauge to the intake manifold and measure the intake manifold vacuum.
If not as specified, inspect the following:
Specification
LF: More than 68 kPa {510 mmHg, 20 inHg}
L5: More than 70 kPa {525 mmHg, 21 inHg}
Note
Air suction can be located by engine speed change when lubricant is sprayed on the area where suction is
occurring.
Air suction at throttle body, intake manifold and PCV valve installation points
EGR valve (stuck open)
Fuel injector insulator
Engine compression (See 01-10A-17 COMPRESSION INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Electronic Throttle Control System Inspection
Engine coolant temperature compensation inspection
2. Access the following PIDs:
ECT1
ECT2
IAT
RPM
3. Verify that the engine is cold, then start the engine.
4. Verify that the engine speed decreases as the engine warms up.
If the engine speed does not decrease or decreases slowly, inspect the following:
ECT sensor No.1, No.2 and related wiring harness (See 01-40A-24 ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Electronic throttle body and related wiring harness (See 01-13A-6 THROTTLE BODY INSPECTION
[LF, LS].)
01-03A-87

Load compensation inspection
1. Start the engine and idle it.
3. Verify that P0506:00 or P0507:00 is not displayed.
If P0506:00 or P0507:00 are displayed, perform DTC inspection. (See 01-02A-168 DTC P0506:00 [LF, L5].)
(See 01-02A-170 DTC P0507:00 [LF, L5].)
4. Access the RPM PID.
Note
Excludes temporary idle speed drop just after the loads are turned on.
5. Verify that the engine speed is within the specification under each load condition.
If load condition is not as specified, inspect the following:
AlC switch and related wiring harness (See 07-40A-26 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION
[FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].) (See 07-40B-20 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION
Fan switch and related wiring harness (See 07-40B-22 FAN SWITCH INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
Idle speed (ATX: P, N position, MTX: Neutral position)

600-700 rpm (MTX), 650-750 (ATX)
Idle-up speed (ATX: P, N position, MTX: Neutral position)
AlC on and refrigerant pressure sensor (middle pressure) is off: 700-800 rpm (MTX), 650-750 (ATX)
AlC on and refrigerant pressure sensor (middle pressure) is on: 700-800 rpm (MTX), 670-770 (ATX)
Electrical loads on: 650-800 rpm
Throttle position (TP) sweep inspection
2. Switch the ignition to ON.
3. Verify that none of the following DTC are displayed:
P0122:00, P0123:00, P0222:00, P0223:00, P0638:00, P2100:00, P21 01 :00, P2107:00, P2108:00,
P2119:00, P2122:00, P2123:00, P2127:00, P2128:00, P2135:00, P2138:00
If anyone DTC is displayed, perform DTC inspection. (See 01-02A-17 DTC TABLE [LF, L5].)
4. Access TP_REL PID.
5. Verify that the PID reading is within the CTP_REL value. (See 01-40A-8 PCM INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
If the PID reading is out of range, perform the following:
Remove the air duct from the throttle body.
Verify that the throttle valve opens when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
If the throttle valve opens, inspect the TP sensor and related wiring harness.
If the throttle valve does not open, inspect the throttle actuator control motor and related wiring
harness.
6. Gradually depress the throttle pedal and verify that the PID reading increases accordingly.
If the PID reading drops momentarily, inspect the following:
- TP sensor
7. Fully depress the throttle pedal and verify that the PID reading is within WOT value. (See 01-40A-8 PCM
INSPECTION [LF, L5]d.)
If the PID reading is out of range, perform the followings:
Remove the air duct from throttle body.
Verify that the throttle valve opens when throttle pedal is depressed.
If the throttle valve opens, inspect the TP sensor and related wiring harness.
If the throttle valve does not open, inspect the throttle actuator control motor and related wiring
harness.
01-03A-88

Variable Intake Air Control Operation Inspection
1. Start the engine.
2. Inspect the rod operation under the following condition:
Rod operation
Engine speed
Shutter valve actuator
4,400 rpm (LF)/4,600 rpm (L5)

Below
Above
Operate
I
I
Not operate
(1)
(2)
(3)
If the rod operation is not as specified, inspect as follows:

Stop the engine.
Verify that DTC P0661 :00 or P0662:00 is not displayed.
If DTC P0661 :00 or P0662:00 is shown, perform DTC inspection. (See 01-02A-193 DTC P0661 :00 [LF,
LS].) (See 01-02A-19S DTC P0662:00 [LF, LS].)
(4) Inspect the variable intake air solenoid valve. (See 01-13A-7 VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID VALVE
If the variable intake air solenoid valve is not normal, replace the variable intake air solenoid valve. (See
01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
If the variable intake air solenoid valve is normal, inspect the following:
Vacuum hose and vacuum chamber for looseness or damage
Shutter valve actuator (See 01-13A-7 VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR
Shutter valve stuck open or closed
Variable Tumble Control Operation Inspection

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Access ECT1 and ECT2 PIDs.
Verify that ECT1 and ECT2 PIDs are less than 60C {140 OF} (LF)/63 C {145 OF} (L5).
Start the engine.
Inspect rod operation under the following conditions:
Rod operation
Engine speed
3,750 rpm
Below
Above
Operate
Not operate
I
I
If the rod operation is not specified, inspect as follows:

(1) Verify that DTC P2009:00 or P201 0:00 is not displayed.
If DTC No. P2009:00 or P201 0:00 are shown, perform DTC inspection. (See 01-02A-224 DTC
P2009:00 [LF, LS].) (See 01-02A-226 DTC P201 0:00 [LF, LS].)
(2) Inspect the variable tumble solenoid valve. (See 01-13A-7 VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE
If the variable tumble solenoid valve is not normal, replace the variable tumble solenoid valve. (See 0113A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
If the variable tumble solenoid valve is normal, inspect the following:
Shutter valve actuator (See 01-13A-7 VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR
Shutter valve stuck open or closed
01-03A-89

Fuel Injector Operation Inspection
If simulation function of M-MDS is used:
STEP
INSPECTION
Start the engine and w?rm it up until normal

Access the INJ#1, INJ#2, INJ#3 and INJ#4 PIDs
using the M-MDS.
[LF, L5].)
Turn the fuel injector from on to off using the
PIDs each cylinder.
Does the engine speed drop?
Disconnect the fuel injector that the engine
speed does not drop at Step 1.
Measure the voltage between suspect fuel
injector terminal A (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Inspect for open or short circuit in wiring harness
between suspect fuel injector terminal Band
following PCM terminals:
Fuel injector No.1
- PCM terminal 2BB
Fuel injector No.2
- PCM terminal 2BC
Fuel injector NO.3
- PCM terminal 2BD
Fuel injector No.4
- PCM terminal 2AZ
Inspect suspect fuel injector.

(See 01-14A-21 FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION
[LF, L5].)
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
Fuel injector work properly.
No
Yes
No

Repair or replace for a possible open or short circuit.
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the fuel injector.

No
Replace the PCM.

L5].)

STEP
INSPECTION
1
While cranking engine, inspect for fuel injector
operation sound at each cylinder using a
soundscope.
Is operation sound heard?
2
Disconnect the fuel injector that the engine
speed does not drop at Step 1.
Measure the voltage between suspect fuel
injector terminal A (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
Inspect for open or short circuit in wiring harness
3
between suspect fuel injector terminal Band
following PCM terminals:
Fuel injector No.1
- PCM terminal 2BB
Fuel injector No.2
- PCM terminal 2BC
Fuel injector No.3
- PCM terminal 2BD
Fuel injector No.4
- PCM terminal 2AZ
4
Inspect suspect fuel injector.

[LF, L5].)
01-03A-90
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
No
Fuel injector work properly.

Yes
No

Yes
No
Yes

No
Replace the PCM.

L5].)

Fuel Cut Control System Inspection
1. Warm up engine and idle it.
2. Turn off the electrical loads and AlC switch.
4. Access RPM PID.
S. Listen for the fuel injector operation sound at all cylinders using the soundscope and monitor both PIDs while
performing the following steps:
(1) Depress the accelerator pedal and increase the engine speed to 4,000 rpm.
(2) Quickly release the accelerator pedal (brake pedal is not depressed) and verify that the fuel injector
operation sound stops, and starts again when the engine speed drops below 1,200 rpm.
ECT sensor No.1, No.2 and related wiring harness (See 01-40A-24 ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Neutral/CPP switch and related wiring harness (MTX) (See 01-40A-23 NEUTRAL SWITCH
INSPECTION [LF, LS].) (See 01-40A-22 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION (CPP) SWITCH
TR switch and related wiring harness (ATX) (See OS-17-14 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
Fuel Pump Operation Inspection
1. Remove the fuel-filler cap.
3. Turn the fuel pump relay from off to on using the FP PID and inspect if the operation sound is heard.
If no operation sounds is heard, proceed to next step.
4. Measure voltage at wiring harness side fuel pump connector terminal B
Specification
B+ (Ignition at on)
If the voltage is as specified, inspect the following:
Fuel pump continuity
Fuel pump GND
- Wiring harness between fuel pump relay terminal E and PCM terminal 1BG
Fuel pump relay
- Wiring harness connector (Main relay-Fuel pump relay-Fuel pump)
Fuel Pump Control System Inspection

1. Crank the engine and verify that fuel pump relay operation sound is heard.
2. If operation sound is not heard, inspect the following:
Fuel pump relay (See 09-21-17 RELAY INSPECTION.)
Wiring harness and connectors (Main relay-Fuel pump relay terminal E-PCM terminal 1BG
Spark Test
1. Disconnect the fuel pump relay.
2. Verify that each ignition coil and connector is connected properly.
3. Inspect the ignition system in the following procedure.
Warning
High voltage in the ignition system can cause strong electrical shock which can result in serious
injury. Avoid direct contact to the vehicle body during the following spark test.
ACTION
INSPECTION
STEP
Disconnect the ignition coil from the spark

plugs.
Remove the spark plugs.
Verify that the spark plugs do not have
carbon deposits.
Are the spark plugs normal?
Inspect the spark plugs for damage, wear,
and proper plug gap.
Are the spark plugs normal?
Yes
No
Perform no-load racing at 4,000 rpm for 2 min, 2 times to

burn off the carbon deposits.
Repeat Step 1.
Yes
No
Replace spark plugs, then go to Step 1.

[LF, L5].)
01-03A-91

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
Reconnect the spark plugs to the ignition

coil.
Ground the spark plugs to the engine.
Is a strong blue spark visible at each cylinder
while cranking the engine?
Yes
No
Inspect for open or short circuit between the

following terminals:
- Ignition coil No.1 terminal C (wiring
harness-side)-PCM terminal2G (wiring
harness-side)
harness-side)-PCM terminal2K (wiring
harness-side)
- Ignition coil NO.3 terminal C (wiring
harness-side)-PCM terminal2L (wiring
harness-side)
harness-side)-PCM terminal2H (wiring
harness-side)
Measure the voltage at terminal A (wiring
harness-side) in each ignition coils.
Is the voltage B+?
Yes
Inspect the PCM and ignition coil connector

or terminals for poor connection.
Inspect the CKP sensor and crankshaft
pulley.
(CKP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Ignition system is normal.

Some cylinders do not spark:
All cylinders do not spark:
Go to Step S.
Step 1.
No
Inspect and replace the ignition coil.

(See 01-18A-2 IGNITION COIL INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
[LF, LS].)
Yes
No

Inspect the power supply circuit of ignition coils.
Yes
Repair or replace the malfunctioning connector or terminals,

then go to Step. 1.
inspection result, then go to Step.1.
Inspect for open or short circuit in wiring harness and
connector of CKP sensor.
No
Yes
No
EGR Control System Inspection

1. Crank the engine and verify that EGR valve operation (initial operation) sound is heard.
If the operation sound is not heard, connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 and verify that the DTC P0403:00 is
shown. Perform DTC inspection. (See 01-02A-133 DTC P0403:00 [LF, LS].)
3. Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature.
4. Access the following PIDs:
ECT1, ECT2, RPM, SEGRP_DSD, APP1, APP2, VSS
S. Idle the vehicle and verify that the SEGRP value is O.
6. Put the vehicle in drive.
7. Depress the accelerator pedal and verify that the SEGRP_DSD value is increased.
If the EGR valve increases, inspect the following:
EGR valve (stuck open or close) (See 01-16A-9 EGR VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
- Wiring harness and connectors (Main relay-EGR valve-PCM)
If the SEGRP_DSD value does not increase, inspect the VSS, APP1, APP2, TP _REL, ECT1 and ECT2
PIDs. (See 01-40A-8 PCM INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
8. Stop the vehicle and verify that the SEGRP value returns to O.
Purge Control System Inspection
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose between the purge solenoid valve and the charcoal canister.
3. Put a finger to the purge solenoid valve and verify that there is no vacuum applied when the engine is cold.
If there is a vacuum, inspect the following:
- Wiring harness and connectors (Purge solenoid valve terminal A-PCM terminal 1SA)
Purge solenoid valve (See 01-16A-8 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
4. Warm up the engine to the normal operating temperature.
S. Stop the engine.
6. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 and verify that the DTC P0443:00 is shown. Perform DTC inspection. (See
01-02A-147 DTC P0443:00 [LF, LS].)
8. Access ECT1 and ECT2 PIDs.
9. Verify that the engine coolant temperature is more than 60C {140 OF}.
If the M-MDS indicates less than 60C {140 OF}, perform the ECT sensor No.1, No.2 inspection. (See 0140A-24 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
01-03A-92

10. Set the vehicle on the dynamometer or chassis roller.
Warning
When the dynamometer or chassis roller is operating, there is a possibility that the operator may
come into contact with or be caught up in the rotating parts, leading to serious injuries or death.
When performing work while the dynamometer or chassis roller is operating, be careful not to
come into contact with or be caught up in any of the rotating parts.
11. Drive vehicle at engine speed approx. 2,000 rpm for 30 s or more.
12. Put a finger to the purge solenoid valve and verify that there is no vacuum applied while step 2.
If there is no vacuum, inspect the following:
- Wiring harness and connector (Main relay-Purge solenoid valve-PCM terminal 1BA)
Purge solenoid valve (See 01-16A-8 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
MAF, APP1, APP2, TP _REL and LOAD PIDs (See 01-40A-8 PCM INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
If there is vacuum, inspect the following:
- Vacuum hose (Purge solenoid valve-Charcoal canister)
AlC Cut-off Control System Inspection
2. Turn the A/C switch and the fan switch on.
3. Verify that the A/C compressor magnetic clutch actuates.
If it does not actuate, go to symptom troubleshooting "NO.23 A/C DOES NOT WORK SUFFICIENTLY".
(See 01-03A-73 NO.23 AlC DOES NOT WORK SUFFICIENTLY [LF, LS].)
4. Fully open the throttle valve and verify that the AlC compressor magnetic clutch does not actuate for 2-5 s.
If it actuates, inspect as follows:
A/C relay (See 09-21-17 RELAY INSPECTION.)
Open or short to ground circuit in wiring harness and connectors (Ignition switch (vehicles without
advanced keyless entry and push button start system)/IG2 relay (vehicles with advance keyless entry
and push button start)-AlC relay-PCM terminal 11)
A/C related parts
APP1, APP2 PIDs (See 01-40A-8 PCM INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Cooling Fan Control System Inspection
2. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
3. Perform the KOER self-test. (See 01-02A-11 KOEO/KOER SELF TEST [LF, LS].)
4. Verify that the DTC P0480:00 is not shown and the cooling fan operates during the KOER self-test.
If DTC P0480:00 is shown, perform the DTC troubleshooting procedure. (See 01-02A-163 DTC P0480:00
[LF, LS].)
If the cooling fans do not operate, indicated order in accordance with fan operation conditions.
Cooling fans do not operate
Open circuit between the fan control module and battery post
Open circuit between fan control module and ground
Poor connection of the fan control module connector
If there is no malfunction, replace the cooling fan component. (See 01-12A-13 COOLING FAN
COMPONENT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Cooling fan motor does not operate
Open or short to ground circuit between the fan control module and cooling fan motor
Poor connection of the fan control module connector or cooling fan motor connector
If there is no malfunction, replace the cooling fan component. (See 01-12A-13 COOLING FAN
COMPONENT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Variable Valve Timing Control System Operation Inspection
When idling cannot be continued
1. Remove the OCV and verify that the spool valve is at maximum retard position. (See 01-1 OA-20 OIL CONTROL
VALVE (OCV) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
2. Connect the OCV.
4. Verify that the spool valve is at maximum retard position.
If the spool valve is stuck in the advance direction, inspect for the following:
Short circuit in wiring harnesses or connectors between OCV and PCM
S. Inspect the variable valve timing actuator. (See 01-10A-18 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR
INSPECTION [LF, LS]
01-03A-93

When idling can be continued
1. Disconnect OCV connector.
2. Warm up the engine and idle it.
3. Apply battery voltage to the OCV and verify that the engine idles roughly or stalls.
If the engine idles roughly or stalls, inspect the timing chain component (valve timing deviation).
If the engine does not idle roughly or stalls, go to the next step.
4. Remove the OCV and perform spool valve operation inspection. (See 01-10A-20 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
- OCV (See 01-10A-20 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Harnesses and connectors between OCV and PCM open or short
If as specified, inspect the following hydraulic passages for clogging or leakage or both:
- Oil pressure switch-OCV
- OCV-Camshaft
- Camshaft internal passage
S. If they are normal, replace the camshaft pulley (with built-in variable valve timing actuator). (See 01-1 OA-18
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Inspection
To verify that the problem has been fixed properly after repairs, the run drive cycle or EVAP system leak
inspection must be performed.
EVAP system leak inspection using the M-MDS
EVAP system test out line
The EVAP system test, which can substituted for the run drive cycle as an EVAP control system repair
confirmation method, can detect the small/large leak or blockage without run-drive cycle.
Note
M-MDS can not detect "VERY SMALL LEAK". To identify the leak point, please use the leak tester or
ultrasonic leak detector.
EVAP system test description
The EVAP system test finds gas leaks or blockage of EVAP system using the changes of the fuel tank
pressure.
This test starts after sending an on-demand test signal from the M-MDS to the PCM.
This test consists of three stages, and each stage is performed automatically as follows:
Stage 1 test. (Test for large leak or blockage)
M-MDS send the stage 1 test start signal
EVAPTest
to the PCM.
PCM controls the CV solenoid valve and
purge solenoid valve to control the tank
pressure to the targeted value.
M-MDS detect the large leak or the purge
line blockage if the tank pressure does not
arrive at the target vacuum in specified
FTPress 2.6V
~O.93V 1.6V~
OV
period.
5V
Fuel tank pressure
Pulling Target Vacuum

ac9uuw00002843
Stage 2 test. (Test for small leak)

When fuel tank pressure arrived at the
targeted pressure at stage 1 test, M-MDS
send the stage 2 test signal to the PCM to
turn off the purge solenoid to keep the
tank pressure.
M-MDS detect the small leak if the tank
pressure can not keep within the target in
specified period.
EVAPTest
FTPress1.0V
L . , - I. , - : - : - : - -_
hlt-::-:-:I'!llIllIwnlllllll..:-:-:t\llll~I------:-~1
_. . . .
-O.09V
'0.81 V
1.21V
1.91V
Fuel tank pressure

The vacuum bleed down and bleed up rate is in range
ac9uuw00002844
01-03A-94

Stage 3 test. (Test for blockage)
M-MDS send the stage 3 test signal to the
PCM to turn off the CV solenoid for check
the blockage of EVAP system .
M-MDS detect blockage of the CV
solenoid valve or air filter if the tank
pressure does not arrive at the target
(atmosphe re).
EVAPTest
FTPress 2.5V
I~OV~--~~~~~~2~.m~---3~.5~~r-----~5~V
III IIIIIIIII~JIII~~III
I
Fuel tank pressure
The FTP value is in range.
ac9uuw00002845
EVAP system malfunction judgment

M-MDS detect the small/large leak or blockage based on fuel tank pressure at the end of EVAP Test.
The EVAPTest could not obtain the target vacuum. A large leak or blockage is suspect.
This judgment means tank pressure could not arrive at target pressure at stage 1 test.
Check for the large leakage or inspect the purge solenoid valve operation and related hoses.
Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts.
The EVAPTest could not maintain the target vacuum. A small leak is suspect.
This judgment means tank pressure could not stay in target pressure at stage 2 test.
Run the EVAP Test again after Re-tighten the fuel filler cap.
If small leak is suspected again, use the leak tester or ultrasonic leak detector for identify the leak point.
I Blockage in EVAP system.

-
This judgment means tank pressure could not return to atmosphere at stage 3 test.
Inspect the CV solenoid, Air filter, Charcoal canister and related hoses for blockage.
No large leaks or blockage have been detected in the EVAP system at this time.
M-MDS can not detect liVERY SMALL LEAK II.

To identify the leak point, please use the leak tester or ultrasonic leak detector.
A small leak in the purge solenoid valve is suspect.
This judgment means tank pressure goes to minus side at stage 2 test.
Check the purge solenoid valve. Refer to the workshop manual.
am3uuw0000542
01-03A-95

Evaporative system test procedure
1. Verify that all PIDs within the following
specifications.
Note
PIDs must be within the specifications
Specification
PID
PID Range
BARO 74.9 kPa {562 mmHg, 22.1 inHg} or more

2. Select the following items from the initialization
screen of the M-MDS.
15-850/0
FLI
1. Select the "Powertrain".
2. Select the "Fuel".
ECT
3. Select the "EVAP Test".
ECT minus IAT -10-25 C {-5.6-13.9 OF}
Verify that ECT and IAT are within the
IAT
specifications at the confirmation screen.
To successfully perform this procedure,
ECT and IAT must be within the spec
am3u uw0000542
Fuel Level must be maintained within
15%-85%. PCM will cancel the EVAP
Test If the Fuel Level is lower than 150/0 or higher than 850/0.
3. Verify the test results described on the M-MDS and follow the instructions.
EVAP system leak inspection using leak tester

1. Perform the following SST (EVAP System Tester 134-01 049A) self-test:
Note
If the tester does not work correctly during the self-test, refer to the tester operators manual for a more
detailed self-test procedure.
(1) Verify that the control valve on the panel is in
the HOLD position then open the nitrogen
bottle valve.
(2) Connect the vehicle interface hose (part of
the SST) to the SELF-TEST port located on
the control panel. Hand tighten the fitting. (Do
SELFTESTPORT
not overtighten.)
(3) Turn the control valve to the TEST position.
.040 TEST PORT
\
(4) The gauge should read 331-381 mm {13.020 TEST PORT-~~15 in} of water.
If the gauge is not reading in this range,
adjust the pressure by turning the black
knob on the low pressure regulator at the
nitrogen bottle.
(5) Turn the control valve to the HOLD position.
(6) Verify that the gauge holds pressure and that the flow meter reads no flow.
If there is no drop in pressure and no flow, the tester passes the self-test.
If the gauge leaks down, refer to the tester operators manual.
PRESSURE GAUGE
~
f@-=------
01-03A-96
e
CJ
e~
VALVE "TEST AND HOLD"

am3uuw0000554

2. Connect the SST to the vehicle.
(1) Verify that the control valve on the panel is in the HOLD position then open the nitrogen bottle valve.
(2) Remove the fuel-filler cap from the vehicle.
If the fuel-filler cap is not a MAZDA part or equivalent, replace it.
Note
INSPECT FUEL FILLER CAP AND FILLER NECK
- Visually inspect for damage, insufficient sealing, rust, cracks or warps for filler cap and filler neck.
(3) Connect the receiver assembly (SST: 13401059) to the vehicle cap test hose assembly
(part of the SST) and the fuel-filler cap from
the vehicle.
(4) Connect the cap adaptor (SST: 134-01058) to
the vehicle cap test hose assembly (part of
the SST) and to the fuel-filler neck.
(5) Connect the vehicle interface hose (part of
the SST) to the center fitting of the vehicle cap
test hose assembly (part of the SST).
5. Request the PCM on-board device control (Mode
08) using the M-MDS to close the canister vent
value.
~ CAP ADAPTER
VEHICLE CAP
TEST HOSE
ASSEMBLY
VEHICLE
INTERFACE
HOSE
ac9uuw00001084
Note
The canister vent value is closed for 10 min unless the following any actions are done:
- The engine is started.
- The ignition is switched to off.
6. Make sure the control valve on the 134-01 049A is in the HOLD position and that the valve on the cylinder of
nitrogen gas is open.
7. Turn the control valve to the open position and let the system fill. You should note a drop in the gauge pressure
along with the flow meter being pegged at maximum flow for several minutes depending on how full or empty
the fuel tank is, and how long it takes to completely fill and pressurize the evaporative emissions system hoses.
8. If the gauge and the flow meter do not settle to a measurable level after 2-3 min, then refer to the Mazda
Workshop Manual to verify that the canister vent valve is properly closed. If canister vent valve is properly
closed. The EVAP system has large leakage. Check for leakage and repair as necessary.
9. Verify the pressure gauge and flow meter reading to determine if there is an evaporative emissions leak:
NO EVAPORATIVE LEAK:
The flow meter registers "zero flow" and the pressure gauge returns to the pre-set pressure of 356 mm {14
in} of water (H20).
EVAPORATIVE LEAK:
The pressure does not return to the preset level of 356 mm {14 in} of water (H20) when measuring the
flow. See "SETTING LEAK STANDARD FOR TESTING" (.020 to.040 inch H20) of the Evaporative
Emissions Tester operators manual (134-01067).
Note
Turn the control valve to the HOLD position then disconnect the SST.
01-03A-97
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [L3 WITH TC]
01-03B SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [L3 WITH Tel

SYMPTOM TROU8LESHOOTING
WIRING DIAGRAM [L3 WITH TCl ....
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
[L3 WITH TCl ..................
CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICE AND
CONTROL RELATIONSHIP CHART
[L3 WITH TCl ...................
QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART
[L3 WITH TCl ...................
FOREWORD [L3 WITH TCl ........
NO.1 MELTING OF MAIN OR
OTHER FUSES [L3 WITH TCl ......
NO.2 MIL ILLUMINATES
[L3 WITH TCl ...................
NO.3 WILL NOT CRANK
[L3 WITH Tel ....................
NO.4 HARD TO START/LONG CRANKI
ERRATIC START/ERRATIC CRANK
[L3 WITH TCl ...................
NO.5 ENGINE STALLS-AFTER START/
AT IDLE [L3 WITH TCl ............
NO.6 CRANKS NORMALLY BUT
WILL NOT START [L3 WITH Tel ....
NO.7 SLOW RETURN TO IDLE
[L3 WITH Tel ...................
NO.8 ENGINE RUNS ROUGH/
ROLLING IDLE [L3 WITH TCl ......
NO.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON
[L3 WITH Tel ...................
NO.10 LOW IDLE/STALLS DURING
DECELERATION [L3 WITH TCl .....
NO.11 ENGINE STALLS/QUITS,
ENGINE RUNS ROUGH, MISSES,
8UCKlJERK, HESITATION/STUM8LE,
SURGES [L3 WITH TCl ...........
NO.12 LACKILOSS OF
POWER-ACCELERATION/CRUISE
[L3 WITH Tel ...................
NO.13 KNOCKING/PINGING
[L3 WITH TCl ....................
NQ14 POOR FUEL ECONOMY
[L3 WITH Tel ...................
NO.15 EMISSION COMPLIANCE
[L3 WITH Tel ...................
NO.16 HIGH OIL CONSUMPTION/
LEAKAGE [L3 WITH TCl ..........
CONCERNS-OVERHEATING
[L3 WITH Tel ..................
CONCERNS-RUNS COLD
[L3 WITH TCl ...................
NO.19 EXHAUST SMOKE
[L3 WITH Tel ...................
NO.20 FUEL ODOR
(IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT)
[L3 WITH TCl ....................
01-038-2
01-038-4
01-038-5
01-038-7
01-038-14
01-038-14
01-038-15
01-038-16
01-038-22
01-038-25
01-038-31
01-038-36
01-038-38
01-038-41
01-038-43
01-038-46
01-038-51
01-038-57
01-038-60
01-038-64
01-038-67
01-038-68
01-038-70
01-038-71
01-038-74
NO.21 ENGINE NOISE

[L3 WITH TCl .................... 01-038-75
NO.22 VI8RATION CONCERNS
(ENGINE) [L3 WITH TCl ............ 01-038-77
NO.23 AlC DOES NOT WORK
SUFFICIENTLY [L3 WITH TCl ....... 01-038-78
NO.24 AlC IS ALWAYS ON OR AlC
COMPRESSOR RUNS
CONTINUOUSLY [L3 WITH TCl ...... 01-038-81
NO.25 AlC IS NOT CUT OFF UNDER
WIDE OPEN THROTTLE CONDITIONS
[L3 WITH TCl .................. 01-038-82
NO.26 EXHAUST SULPHUR SMELL
[L3 WITH TCl ................... 01-038-82
NO.27 FUEL REFILL CONCERNS
[L3 WITH TCl ................... 01-038-84
NO.28 FUEL FILLING SHUT OFF
CONCERNS [L3 WITH TCl .......... 01-038-85
NO.29 SPARK PLUG CONDITION
[L3 WITH TCl .................... 01-038-86
INTERMITTENT CONCERN
TROU8LESHOOTING
[L3 WITH TCl .................... 01-038-89
Vibration Method ................ 01-038-89
Water Sprinkling Method ............ 01-038-91
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM
OPERATION INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl .................. 01-038-91
Input Signal System Investigation
Procedure ..................... 01-038-91
Main Relay Operation Inspection .... 01-038-92
Intake Manifold Vacuum Inspection ... 01-038-93
Electronic Throttle Control System
Inspection ..................... 01-038-93
Variable Swirl System Operation
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-038-94
Fuel Injector Operation Inspection ... 01-038-95
Fuel Cut Control System
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-038-96
Fuel Pump Operation Inspection ..... 01-038-96
Fuel Pump Control System
Inspection ................... 01-038-97
Fuel Pump Speed Control
Inspection .................. 01-038-97
Spark Test .................... 01-038-98
EGR Control System Inspection .... 01-038-98
Purge Control System Inspection .... 01-038-99
AIC Cut-off Control System
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-038-100
Cooling Fan Control System
Inspection ..................... 01-038-100
Wastegate Control System Operation
Inspection .................... 01-038-101
Variable Valve Timing Control
System Operation Inspection ...... 01-038-101
Evaporative Emission (EVAP)
System Leak Inspection ......... 01-038-102
01-038-1

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING WIRING DIAGRAM [L3 WITH Tel
id01 03398001 00
c
FUEL INJECTOR
NO.1
a
FUEL INJECTOR
NO.4
FUEL INJECTOR
NO.3
FUEL INJECTOR
NO.2
APP
~-----l SENSOR
PCM
ECT SENSOR NO.1
H02S
A1F
SENSOR
1\
I
\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
\
I
..
I
I
I
1\
I
\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
..
I
I
I
I
I
I
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
I BATIERY
-IWITH ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
:~~!?y"U_S_H_ ~n:~~ ~I~Fi~ ~y~"!:~~_
;J,
am3uuw0000598
01-038-2

9
KS
TP SENSOR
I
I
I
,, ,
BRAKE SWITCH
THROTTLE VALVE
ACTUATOR
SPILL VALVE CONTROL

SOLENOID VALVE
1------1
IGNITION COIL NO.3
GENERATOR
am3uuw0000598
01-038-3

SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC INDEX [L3 WITH TC]
id010339800500
Verify malfunction symptoms using the following diagnostic index, then go to the appropriate troubleshooting
chart.
Diagnostic Index
No.
1
2
3
MIL illuminates
Will not crank
Hard to start/long crank/erratic start/erratic

crank
Engine stalls
After start/at idle
DESCRIPTION
Slow return to idle
Fast idle/runs on
10
11
Engine stalls/quits
Acceleration/cruise
Engine runs rough
Acceleration/cruise
Acceleration/cruise
deceleration
Misses
Buck/jerk
Hesitation/stumble
Acceleration
Surges
Lack/loss of power
Acceleration/cruise
12
13
Knocking/pinging
14
15
16
Poor fuel economy

Emission compliance
Cooling system
Overheating
concerns
17
18
19
20
21
Cooling system
concerns
Acceleration/cruise
Runs cold

Starter cranks the engine at normal speed but the engine requires
excessive cranking time before starting.
Battery is operating normally.
Engine stops unexpectedly at idle or after start or both.
Starter cranks engine at normal speed but engine will not run.
Refer to symptom troubleshooting "NO.5 ENGINE STALLS" if this
symptom appears after the engine stalls.
Fuel is in tank.
Engine speed fluctuates between the specified idle speed and
lower speed, and engine shakes excessively.
Idle speed is too slow and the engine shakes excessively.
Engine runs after the ignition is switched off.
Engine stops unexpectedly at beginning of deceleration or
recovery from deceleration.
Engine stops unexpectedly at beginning of acceleration or during
acceleration.
Momentary pause at beginning of acceleration or during
acceleration.
Performance is poor under load (e.g., power down when climbing hills).
Sound is produced when air/fuel mixture is ignited by something
other than a spark plug (e.g., hot spot in the combustion chamber).

Vibration from under the hood or driveline.
22
Exhaust smoke
Engine noise
23
AlC compressor magnetic clutch does not engage when AlC is

turned on.
24
AlC is always on or AlC compressor runs

continuously
AlC compressor magnetic clutch does not disengage under WOT.
25
26
27
28
29
AlC is not cut off under wide open throttle

conditions
01-038-4

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [L3 WITH Tel

CONTROL SYSTEM DEVICE AND CONTROL RELATIONSHIP CHART [L3 WITH TC]
id010339800200
X: Applied
...I
I--
I--
ex:
z:
...I
0
w
I--
ex:
I-z:
...I
Item
b
ex:
...I
ex:
:I:
I--
C/)
Z
0
ex:
W
...I
al
I--
<C
Input device
IAT sensor (integrated
in MAF/IAT sensor)
MAF sensor
(integrated in MAF/
IAT sensor)
APP sensor No.1,
No.2
MAP sensor
(integrated in MAP
sensor/Boost air
temperature sensor)
ECT sensor No.1,
No.2
CMP sensor
CKP sensor
KS
AlF sensor, H02S
BARO sensor
CPP switch
Neutral switch
Brake switch
Instrument cluster (AI
C on request signal)
Refrigerant pressure
sensor
Battery
Generator (Terminal
P: starter coil)
Vehicle speed signal
Instrument cluster
(CAN signal)
...I
0
w
CJ
:J
=:i
~
z:
I--
i=
0-
al
0...I
W
0
<C
LL
i=
w
W
...I
<C
ii:
ex:
I-z:
X
X
X
X
X
X
0
...I
ex:
z:
..,W :::J
...I
W
:J
LL
:J
ex:
...I
ex:
I-z:
0
C/)
...I
...I
I--
ex:
I-z:
ex:
z:
0
0
ex:
:I:
CJ
ex:
w
w
ex:
0-
C/)
C\I
:I:
X
X
X
X
X
!;;:
...I
>
0W
...I
ex:
I-z:
ex:
I-z:
0
z:
LL
LL
ex:
I-z:
:J
if
LL
LL
...I
:J
~
:J
ii:
0
w
ex:
ex:
w
z:
C/)
CJ
0
0
<
<C
0
I-...I
W
ex:
I--
i!
0
0
ex:
!;;:
W
LL
ex:
I-z:
ex:
:J
ex:
I-z:
0
w
!;;:
C/)
0-
:5
ex:
0
ex:
c(
:I:
CJ
CJ
I-C/)
W
W
0-
C/)
0-
::
:J
0...I .
W
:2
:J
LL
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
...I
0
w
ex:
z:
I--
C/)
C/)
...I
X
X
X
X
X
...I
0...I
X
X
X
:J
I--
ex:
z:
...I
0-
::
...I
X
X
X
X
ex:
I-z:
0
CJ
z:
Ignition switch *1/

Relay block*2
ii:
...I
ex:
z:
W
...I
W
X
X
X
ex:
z:
I--
...I
...I
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
01-038-5

...I
...I
...I
0:
l-
0:
I-
...I
0:
I-
...I
I-
0:
...I
J:
0:
l-
W
...I
0:
I-
III
<C

sensor (integrated
inMAP sensor/Boost
air temperature
sensor)
Output device
Throttle valve
actuator
Drive-by-wire-relay
valve actuator
OCV
Injector driver circuit
(built-in PCM)
Fuel pump relay
Ignition coil
EGR valve
AlF sensor heater,
H02S heater
AlC relay
"~
Z
i=
W
::i
ien ~
W
w
...I
w
0
~
...I
III
<C
a: a:
~
...I
0
0
...I
0:
I-
"
0.
::::>
..,w
...I
::::>
LL
0:
::::>
i=
...I
...I
...I
0:
I-
0:
I-
Item
0:
I-
...I
...I
:liE
0:
l-
0:
I-
0.
...I
::::>
LL
<C
0:
en
W
"
0.
W
>
0:
I-
0
Z
LL
LL
Lf
LL
LL
<C
...I
0:
I-
...I
0:
I-
0:
W
!cc
J:
::::>
0
0
0:
0.
en
C\I
0
J:
j-!.
...I
...I
W
~
en
...I
0:
I-
!cc
en
:5
z
W
"
0:
::::>
0:
0:
l-
0:
en
en
w
0:
0.
<
...I
LL
::::>
0:
0:
0:
l-
::::>
0
I0:
a:
l-
...I
0
0
0.
...I
j-!.
0:
I-
::::>
J:
":E
w
!cc
"en
W
I-
0
0
W
W
0.
en
0.
:liE
::::>
0.
...I
W
::::>
LL
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
ABS HU/CM, DSC

HU/CM (CAN signal)
Instrument cluster
(CAN signal)
Spill valve control
solenoid valve
Wastegate control
solenoid valve
Fuel pump speed
control relay
01-038-6
:liE
Fan control module

Starter relay
Generator (Terminal
D: field coil)
*1
0:
I-
...I
0.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

QUICK DIAGNOSTIC CHART [L3 WITH TCl
id010339800600
X: Applied
Possible factor
.;::
()
c:
t5
a.
C1>
Ci5
0
..c:
c:
C1>
:~
ctS
()
c:
:0
C3
....
Q;
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
'1:5
c:
Ci5
- ::J
.:
'::;
E
'0
Q;
t::
t::
ctS
ctS
Ci5
Ci5
'0
C1>
c:
'5>
c:
C1>
C1>
ia
..0
"C
ctS
.actl
E
E
C1>
C1>
>.
'5>
0
....J
..c:
C1>
en
Q;
a.
a.
c:
(u
c:
Q;
a.
::
()
t5
a.
'0
Q;
a.
a.
ea. e
ctS
"C
t5c:
c:
0>
ctS
c:
()
'5>
0>
C1>
en
~
a.
(;)
C1>
"0
"C
E
C1>
c:
'5>
c:
"C
C1>
c:
'CD
0
'Ci)
.~
.m
en
Ci5
C1>
C1>
C1>
.c
co
iI
c:
Q;
a.
.5!2
E
ctS
E
C1>
><
c:(;)
o en
>.
._
C1>
c: 0
::J-
:;
'E
(5
'5>
...E
C1>
"0
()
C1>
c:
c:
Q;
a.
ea. ea.
.E
C1>
.~
-0
c:
0
'Ci)
Q;
-E
C1>
ctS
c:
ctS
Q;
ia
5;
c:
0
t5c:
t5 ~
.a(tj
.... 't:
(ij C1>
E
E
E 6
u)
_E
C1> en
C1>
(;)
>.
en 0
>...c:
en ~
0>0
C1>
en
c:
0>
.!: ia
0'0
.:
0"::"
ctS
(5
0

MIL illuminates
Will not crank
Hard to start/long crank/erratic start/erratic crank
Engine stalls
After start/at idle
X
X
Slow return to idle

Fast idle/runs on
Engine stalls/quits
Acceleration/cruise
Engine runs rough
Acceleration/cruise
Misses
Acceleration/cruise
Buck/jerk
deceleration
Hesitation/stumble
Surges
Acceleration
Acceleration/cruise
Acceleration/cruise
Acceleration/cruise
13 Knocking/pinging
16 High oil consumption/leakage
17 Cooling system concerns
IOverheating
I Runs cold
19 Exhaust smoke
20 Fuel odor (in engine compartment)
21 Engine noise
22 Vibration concerns (engine)
23 AlC does not work sufficiently
24
c:
t5c:
::J
0>
C1>
.~
c:
ea.
C1>
..0
.2>
Q;
a.
.c
'c
()
C1>
0
.~
.:
en
(tj
U
CD
(tj
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
A/C is always on or AlC compressor

runs continuously
25 AlC is not cut off under wide open throttle conditions

26 Exhaust sulphur smell
28 Fuel filling shut off concerns
X
am3uuw0000598
01-038-7

X: Applied
Possible factor
"0
~
(ij
t)
o:
>.
0.
Q;
e0.
o
S
0>
.$
C
::::J
E
0>
"
(J)
c
Q;
c
Q;
ro
(J)
0>
c
00,
c
w
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
25
26
27
28
29
(J)
0>
"0
c
0
0
::::J
cQ)
::::J
LL
5
0
0>
c
00,
c
O>
Q;
o.
0>
c
E
:;:::;
g
Q;
0.
e0. e0.
-e Q)
.a
-e
.a
(ij
c
Q;
"0
.m
q::
0>
0>
0
Q;
(ij
0>
ro
ro
(5
0.
e0.
0>
ro
ro
C
ro
(5
0
c
c
0
1:5c
.a(ij
E
E
0>
t)
>.
(J)
0>
c
E
:;:::;
::0
ro
E
E
*
0
0
0>
::0
E
0>
::0
ro
~ ~
E-5
t)::O
00,
0>
0
(3
0>
c
~
0>
of
~
C
0>
E
0>
Q)
Q;
c
ro
0
0>
c
00,
0>
(3
"-
0>
ro
t)
~
0>
>.
(J)
eC
Q)
1:5
C
.a
(ij
g .a
0>
1:5c
0> 0
>.(J)
(J)-
o=~
ro (J)
I
ro
~O>
ro ~
c~
0- 0
E
o
~ (J)~
0> 0>
0>.0
ro ::::J
~ro 0>
0> (J)
-0
E
0>
~
(J)
"0(ij
i~
o:
o:
c
~
t)
~
(J)
o~
(J)
1:5::::J
cb
~g
"-

X
MIL illuminates
Will not crank

Engine stalls
After start/at idle
X
X
Slow return to idle
X
X
Engine runs roughlrolling idle
Fast idle/runs on
Engine stalls/quits
Acceleration/cruise
Engine runs rough
Acceleration/cruise
Misses
Acceleration/cruise
Buck/jerk
deceleration
Hesitation/stumble
Acceleration
Surges
Acceleration/cruise
Acceleration/cruise
Acceleration/cruise
13 Knocking/pinging
16 High oil consumptionlleakage
.1 Overheating
I Runs cold
19 Exhaust smoke
21 Engine noise
23 AlC does not work sufficiently
24
ro
.c
0(j)
0
Q;
(J)
c
ro
.c
0>
.f!!
o:
(5
0
0>
"-~
(J)
0>
><0>
c
g 0c :E.f!! (ij
(ij
o
~
ro
(ij
0.
e0.
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
AlC is always on or AlC compressor

runs continuously
AlC is not cut off under wide open throttle conditions

X
am3uuw0000599
01-038-8

X: Applied
Possible factor
0>
C/)
"E
~Q)
C/)
J::
E
:::I
:::I
.0
e
t)
Q)
:::I
:::I
OJ
I-
J::
"c
Q)
1U
0>
:E
>C/)
Q)
~
ctS
E
>"0
Q)
24
Q)
C
Q)
"0
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
C/)
Co
11
t5
e0.
e1:: n
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
E
ctS
0.
E
Q)
ctS
Q)
0>
*
~
'0
(ij
.2
E
Co
~Q)
E>
0.
0
J::
Co
ctS
ctS
u
0
.0
0.
e0.
0.
0
......
:::I
"~ctS
.2
"E
(ij
E
Co
.2
"0
U
....
"cu
Q)
E>
ctS
J::
(ij
"0
CD
"0 . -
~u
"w
-g"~
C/)
(j)
g>~
"- ~
E Q)
:PC/)
c"5
00.
~t)
....
~
ctS
E
.z.
(ij
_u
.::.::
:P
(ijQ..
.Q>
:S~
C/)
:P~
Q)
c..
"!'? ctS
"c
Q)~
c. ....
0
~~
E "c
:::I ctS
0>
c
0
:::I ";::
E"O
C
.... u
ctS
Q)
:::I
0.
0. J::
Q)
:::I
:::I
Q)t5
"c:::I
E
(ij
CD
0.
.2
Q)
d>
~
nc
.2
1U
......
~
J::
0>
<ii
cD
0.
0
"
u
~
u
c
~
en
.::.::
Q)
LL '-"
0.
(j)
.2
C
"C
"w
:::I
C/)
C/)
0.
.C:
0>
;S
CD
"C
"w
~
:::I
C/)
C/)
0.
c-
0>
"0,
0>
0
(3
C/)
C/)
C/)
C/)
1U
0.
(j)
"5
"5
0>
~
~
:::I
C/)
C/)
Q..
:::I
:::I
Q)
0..
<ii
.a
.2
Q)
Q)
Cii
:::I
Cii
:::I
Q)
Q)
0"
"C
ctS
0"
"0
ctS
-= -=
n
";::
t5
Q)
:
<ii
:::I
LL

MIL illuminates
Will not crank

Hard to starVlong crank/erratic starVerratic crank
Engine stalls
After starVat idle
X
X
X
X
Slow return to idle

Fast idle/runs on
X
X
Engine stalls/quits
Acceleration/cruise
Engine runs rough
Acceleration/cruise
Misses
Acceleration/cruise
Buck/jerk
deceleration
Hesitation/stumble
Surges
Acceleration
Acceleration/cruise
Lack/loss of power
Acceleration/cruise
Knocking/pinging
Acceleration/cruise
X
X
Poor fuel economy

X
Emission compliance

X
X
IOverheating
IRuns cold
Exhaust smoke

Engine noise

runs continuously

am3uuw0000599
01-038-9

X: Applied
Possible factor
"~
c
0
E
E
0
<...>
"5
~
~0)
a.
0
t5C
0>
.a
(ij
E
....
.2
(ij
....
.9
(.)
U
"C
(j)
~
~
.$
:::l
C/)
C/)
:5
.$
Q5
Q5
Q5
LL
LL
LL
0)
11
"8>
13
U
C
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
0>
C
:::l
B-
:::l
a.
:::l
U
C
t5C
.a
(ij
t5C
0)Cl:
.a
(ij
~E
a:! :::l
>0..
"0 0)
:::l
"-
o_
c
~O)
0)
~
Q5
oC/) ....
:::l
o~
.a
Co..
Cti
;:.~
8-,
0)"-
>.c
0)
0>
a:!
a:!
(ijc
~E
Q5
.::~
(f)_
:::l
LL
E
a.
E
:::l
a.
Q5
1:
:::l
~ e
"0
a:!
0
0>
C
"E
:;::;
C
t5
0)
.a :5
~
Q5
:::l
.a
C/)
C/)
a.
.c
0>
t5
(.)
.....
"5
<...>
:::l
"0
*
*
"E
0....
~
Q5
:::l
"@
Q;
a.
a.
"00
~
a.
E
:::l
a.
Q5
:::l
LL
t5
"C
(j)
~
Q;
0)
>
<...>
<...>
t5C
$.,
.a
(ij
(ij
Cti
(.)
0
E
0)
(j)
>C/)
(j)
:::l
a:!
X
W
.c
t5C
0)
0>
a:!
~
a:!
~
C/)
a:!
0>
(j)
:::l
a:!
X
W
.c
E
Q;
.a
(ij
E
E
0)
:g
C
.a
(ij
(j)
E
E
0)
(.)
(j)
(.)
$..
(ij
>C/)
>C/)
e1:
0
(.)
0-
II:
u
C
.2
(ij
E
~
(ij
>
>
()
Cti
(!J
()
>
W
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
0-
MIL illuminates
Will not crank

Engine stalls
After start/at idle

Slow return to idle
Fast idle/runs on
Engine stalls/quits
Acceleration/cruise
Engine runs rough
Acceleration/cruise
Misses
Acceleration/cruise
Buck/jerk
deceleration
Hesitation/stumble
Acceleration
Surges
Acceleration/cruise
Acceleration/cruise
13 Knocking/pinging
Acceleration/cruise
16 High oil consumption/leakage
IOverheating
I Runs cold
19 Exhaust smoke
21 Engine noise
23 NC does not work sufficiently
24 NC is always on or NC compressor
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
runs continuously
25 NC is not cut off under wide open throttle conditions

X
X
X
X
X
am3uuw0000599
01-038-10
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [L3 WITH Te]

X: Applied
Possible factor
.....
2
5
0
(ij
e
0
1:5
e
.2
(ij
e
e
0
1:5
e
.2
(ij
E
~
~
e
:;
~
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
.2
(ij
E
~
~
~
"5
..c.
C/)
Q5
u..
1:5
e
::::J
.....
5
2
0
>c..
0::::J
C/)
0>
0)
.s
"E
co
Cii
e
0
()
t5
0>
Q5
'2
0-
u
co
..c.
u
"0
:2:
()
c..
::::J
0)
0>
0>
C3
g .s>- :c
e
0
1:5
e
.2
(ij
E
~
~
e
01
:2:
(ij
0>
c..
0::::J
C/)
CD
~
0
0-
0>
15
.0
0
"0
::::J
0)
:2:
()
c..
&.
e
0
1:5
0>
e
e
0
u
C/)
:a"~0>
e
e
0
.....
2
.....
2
-c
0
"0
0>
"0
0>
1:5
e
.2
S
2
T""
T""
0C/)
0C/)
e
"0
0>
E
.....
"0
0>
Cf)
0
..c.
g
C\I
0>
C/)
C/)
()
()
co
u..
0>
Lf
:2:
0>
E
.....
0> "-
"-
"OC/)
0>
"Eo>
00':'E
oC/) .....
0>
55 o~
C/) .....
c.. C/)
o oQ
22
C/)
-c
:2:0
C/)
0
0C/)
C/)
~ ~
0> 0>
0..0
C/)
0.. 0-
0>
"0
0>
o 0>
~
"E
e
~"O
e e
0> 0>
0>
.....
2
(ij
~ ~
0)
1:5
e
i
"- .....
co
::::J ::::J
..........
"ffi
(ij
.2
0> 0>
o~
"0
0>
.2
e og
0- u
o" 0
0
0C/) -c
C/)
!d:
"0"0
0> 0>
C)Q5
C/)
C/) .....
I-
[j]
:'::-e
C/)
0>
C/)
C/)
l-
:t:::
...:
t5
0>
(ij
:2:::::J
.2
(ij
(ij
a..E
1:5
e
1:5
e
oC/) eu
e ::::J
o>::!::
C/) co
"0
0>
~g
E E
"-
"-
01 01
C/)
::::J
C/)
C/)
0..
e e0>
0-
20>
co ""- ::::J
~"ffi
Q5
!d:(ij
_E
CiiCii
o 0
o 0
coco
u..
:2:~
C/).2
::::J

MIL illuminates
Will not crank

Engine stalls
After start/at idle
X
X

Slow return to idle
X
X
X
X
X
X
Fast idle/runs on
Engine stalls/quits
Acceleration/cruise
X
X
Engine runs rough
Acceleration/cruise
Misses
Acceleration/cruise
Buck/jerk
deceleration
Hesitation/stumble
Acceleration
Surges
Acceleration/cruise
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Lack/loss of power
Acceleration/cruise
Knocking/pinging
Acceleration/cruise
Poor fuel economy

Emission compliance
X
X
X
X
X
X

IOverheating
I Runs cold
Exhaust smoke

Engine noise

runs continuously

X

X
X
X
X
X
am3uuw0000599
01-038-11

X: Applied
Possible factor
c:
(j)
Q)
::J
Q)
ci>
~
"0
Q)
C>
ctl
E
ctl
"0
ctl
,!!2
.c
C/)
.c
:l:
Q)
C/)
"S
0..
C/)
C/)
a..
a..
-0
c:
c:
C/)
0..
c:
Q)
Q)
~
Q)
.0
0..
Q)
:t::
::J
'0
"0
Q)
C>
ctl
E
ctl
ci>
~
"0
(j)
"0
.c
:l:
Q)
C>
ctl
E
ctl
"0
Q)
Q)
C/)
"S
0..
ctl
C/)
C>
Q)
Q;
c:
c:
0..
C/)
()
e0..
C/)
Q)
C/)
Q)
C/)
a..
a..
()
()
c:
::J
'0
.c
C/)
Q)
c:
~
E
ctl
C/)
'f5
:;:;'5
c:
()
Q)
c:
0..
(j)
()
"S
"0
a..
c:
C/)
C/)
ctl
~
0
Q)
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
Q)
ctl
c:
11
C>
"0
0..
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
15
.c
0
.c
Q)
'0
C/)
"0
"C
Q)
1ii
>.
c:
'f5
'f5
c:
::J
'5
:t::
'0
c:
c:
0
'f5
c:
::J
:l:
C/)
"C
Q)
~
E
0...
0...
1ii
'5
..c:
0
0
'0
C/)
c:
~
'5
Q)
C/)
Q)
C/)
::J
~
E
'5
2
'0
....
"0
1ii
"0
Q)
1ii
Q)
0
0
C/)
c:
Q)
t5c:
.a
ca
0>
c:
Q)
'0
'w
0..
0
"C
"C
Q)
1ii
0
0
C/)
c:
Q)
C/)
ca
....E
':; ca
c:
2
.2
0..
e0..
~
E
c:
c:
..c:
()
E
c:
Q)
Q)
0.
C/)
Q)
C/)
13
:c E
Q)
>
Q;
0.
'E
0
(.)
Q)
c:
0
''
Q)
0.
Q;
0.
0.
C>
c:
'ectl>
.c
(.)
Q)
CD
>.
C/)
C/)
~
0...
0...
0...
I-
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
'5
'0
ctl
'
IJ..
(j)
C/)
':;
,
E
Q)
E
0.
.
C/)
....
::J
C>
't::
0..
e0..
cac:
C>
'w
e'E
0
()
()
>.
ctl
~
()

MIL illuminates
Will not crank

Engine stalls
After start/at idle
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Poor fuel economy
X
X
X
X
X
Emission compliance

Slow return to idle
Fast idlelruns on
Engine stalls/quits
Acceleration/cruise
Engine runs rough
Acceleration/cruise
Misses
Acceleration/cruise
Buck/jerk
deceleration
Hesitation/stumble
Acceleration
Surges
Acceleration/cruise
Lack/loss of power
Acceleration/cruise
Knocking/pinging
Acceleration/cruise
X
X
X
X
X
X

I Overheating
I Runs cold
Exhaust smoke

Engine noise
24
AlC is always on or A/C compressor

runs continuously
25
26
27
28
29

X
X
X
am3uuw0000599
01-038-12

X: Applied
Possible factor
(1)
1i)
c:
>.
U
c:
1i)
c:
0
""0
U
c:
s
t;::
0>
::J
.~
0>
0
C/)
C/)
cE
0
()
:;a:
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
0>
~
cc-
(j)
.c
.8
::J
(3
U
c:
c:
0>
c:
'6>
s
u:::
c:
1ij
(1)
()
.
~
""0
""0
'5
'(ij
(1)
0>
c:
CD
(1)
.c
....
'0
c-
C/)
()
:mc:
""0
c:
CD
C3
c-
....
s
:;:::;
.8
::J
CD
C/)
c:
E
.c
O>
""0
(1)
~
co
c-
(1)
C/)
0
0
....J
.a
"a1
"a1
.0
CD
c-
ec-
c:
0
U
c:
E
(1)
.a
"a1
E
c:
0
'wc:
(1)
cC/)
::J
(j)
(1)
c-
*
>.
C/)
....
(1)
&;l
:.ao
E
(1)
.2l
~
C/)
CD
&;l
:.a0
E
C/)
c:
::J
.0
.c
C/)
::J
c-
""0
c:
~
c-.
C
(1)
C/)
C/)
(1)
""0
(1)
()
c:
""0

MIL illuminates
Will not crank
Hard to starVlong crank/erratic starVerratic crank
Engine stalls
After starVat idle
Slow return to idle

Engine runs roughlrolling idle
Fast idle/runs on
Engine stalls/quits
Acceleration/cruise
Engine runs rough
Acceleration/cruise
Misses
Acceleration/cruise
Buck/jerk
deceleration
Hesitation/stumble
Surges
Acceleration
Acceleration/cruise
Lack/loss of power
Acceleration/cruise
Knocking/pinging
Acceleration/cruise
X
Poor fuel economy

Emission compliance
Exhaust smoke
IOverheating
IRuns cold

Engine noise
AlC is always on or A/C compressor
runs continuously
X
X
X
X

am3uuw0000599
01-038-13

FOREWORD [L3 WITH TC]
id010339800300
diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction according to the following flowchart:
If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC inspection. (See 01-02B-18 DTC TABLE [L3 WITH TC].)
If no DTC exists and the MIL does not illuminate or flash, diagnose the applicable symptom
troubleshooting. (See 01-03B-4 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC INDEX [L3 WITH TC].)
CUSTOMER ARRIVES
fj
WARNING LlGHT*
ON/FLASHING
NO WARNING LlGHT*
WITH SYMPTOM
CHECK FOR
PRIORITIZED DTC
-CHECK DTC
DTC
D-
WITHOUT DTC
DIAGNOSE BY SYMPTOM
1. DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
DIAGNOSE BY DTC
-DTCTABLE
-DTC TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW
am3uuw0000586
*: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL), Generator Warning Light, Security Light

NO.1 MELTING OF MAIN OR OTHER FUSES [L3 WITH TC]
id010339800700
1
Inspect condition of fuse.
Deterioration
Shorted wiring harness
.n.
Repair shorted wiring harness and replace fuse
Damaged fuse
MAIN
IGN
ROOM
FAN 1
FAN 2
IG KEY1
01-038-14
.ij,
Fuse
Related wiring harness

Starter
Generator
ROOM fuse
DLC-2
Cooling fan relay No.1
- Fan control module No.1
- Fan control module No.2
Ignition switch
- ENGINE fuse
-METER fuse
- ENG BAR3 fuse
Replace fuse

Damaged fuse
Fuel pump speed control relay

Fuel pump relay
Condenser
Ignition coil No.1
Ignition coil No.2
Ignition coil No.3
Ignition coil No.4
PCM
ENGINE (15 A)
Starter relay No.2
ENG BAR3
IG KEY2
Ignition switch
Starter relay No.1
FUEL PUMP
Fuel pump resistor

INJ1
Fuel injector relay

-PCM
INJ2
METER
ENGINE (30 A)
ECM
H02S heater
PCM
Main relay
- ECM fuse
- ENG BAR1 fuse
- ENG BAR2 fuse
- ETC fuse
PCM
Fuel injector relay
CV solenoid
MAF/IAT sensor
PCM
Wastegate control solenoid valve
EGR valve
CKP sensor
CMP sensor
ENG BAR1
ENG BAR2
AlF sensor
PCM
ETC
NO.2 MIL ILLUMINATES [L3 WITH Tel

2
DESCRIPTION
MIL ILLUMINATES
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id010339800800
MIL illuminates for emission-related concern (DTC is stored in PCM)

Note
If the MIL blinks at a steady rate, a misfire condition could possibly exist.
STEP
1
INSPECTION
Retrieve any DTCs using the M-MDS.
[L3 WITH TC].)
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes

No

(See 09-22-8 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER INSPECTION.)

If normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
If a malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform the
-If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting is completed.
- If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, reprogram the PCM if a later
01-038-15

NO.3 WILL NOT CRANK [L3 WITH TC]
3
DESCRIPTION
id010339800900
WILL NOT CRANK
Vehicles without advanced keyless entry and push button start system:

PCM ground circuit malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between PCM terminal 1B and starter relay
Starter interlock switch and related wiring harness malfunction
Starter malfunction
Seized/hydro locked engine, flywheel
Vehicles with advanced keyless entry and push button start system:
POSSIBLE CAUSE
01-038-16
Advanced keyless entry and push button start system malfunction

PCM ground circuit malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 3B and starter relay terminal
E
Short to ground in wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 3B and starter relay
terminal E
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and starter cut relay
Starter cut relay malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between starter cut relay and starter interlock switch
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between starter interlock switch and body ground
Starter interlock switch malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between starter relay terminal E and keyless control module
terminal2F
Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 3T and starter cut relay
terminal D
Starter and related wiring harness malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between starter cut relay terminal D and PCM terminal 1B
Open circuit in wiring harness between PCM terminal 1B and starter relay
Starter interlock switch and related wiring harness malfunction
Starter malfunction
Seized/hydro locked engine, flywheel

3
WILL NOT CRANK
(VEHICLES WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM)
BATTERY
@@)
STARTER RELAY
COIL ANTENNA
TO STARTER
@@@
@@
STARTER CUT RELAY
@
PCM
COIL ANTENNA
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
61~'~
I~~I
MAIN RELAY
STARTER RELAY
CONNECTOR
DC"
E
FRONT
MAIN RELAY
CONNECTOR
STARTER CUT RELAY

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
I ~ I~
DC"
B
FRONT

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
J1EiliJ
I~~I


><
2K 121 2GI2E 2cI 2A

2L 12J 2HI2F 201 2B
.,
::::>-<
-r
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J 3G 3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H 3E 3B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L 31 3F 3C
01-038-17

STEP
1
INSPECTION
Note
The following test should be performed on
the advanced keyless entry and push
button start system. If not equipped, go to
the next step.
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
Inspect the advanced keyless entry and push button
start system.
No
Start the engine using the standard ignition key.

displayed.
Yes
Inspect if the coil antenna connector securely

connected to the coil antenna.
Is the coil antenna connector installed securely?
Yes
No
Yes
No

M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
SYSTEM)].)
Inspect for continuity between PCM terminals
1BD, 1BG, 1AZ, 1BH and ground.
Measure the voltage at the PCM terminal 1BD,
1BG, 1AZ, 1BH (wiring harness-side).
Access the VPWR PID using the M-MDS.
[L3 WITH TC].)
Is the VPWR PID value B+?
Yes
01-038-18
No

Go to Step 6.
Retighten the coil antenna connector, then repeat
Step 1.
Vehicles with advanced keyless entry and push
- Instrument cluster
INSPECTION.)
- Wiring harness between keyless control
module terminal 2K and instrument cluster
terminal2B
- Wiring harness between keyless control
module terminal 2L and instrument cluster
terminal 20
-Instrument cluster
INSPECTION.)
- Wiring harness between PCM terminal 1AM
and instrument cluster terminal 2B
- Wiring harness between PCM terminal 1AI and
instrument cluster terminal 20
No
Yes
No

Yes
No
Yes

No

STEP
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
INSPECTION
Disconnect the coil antenna connector.
Measure the voltage at the coil antenna terminal
Is the voltage B+?
terminals (wiring harness-side) and related
connectors:
cluster terminal 20
cluster terminal 2M
terminal2B
terminal2D
module terminal 2H
module terminal 2G
module terminal 2K
module terminal 2L
Battery connection
Battery condition
WITH TC].)
Fuse
(See 01-03B-14 NO.1 MELTING OF MAIN
OR OTHER FUSES [L3 WITH TC].)

Measure the voltage at the starter relay terminal
E (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?
connector.
starter relay terminal E (wiring harness-side).
body ground.
Short the terminals of the starter interlock switch
terminals A and B (wiring harness-side) using a
jumper wire.
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
Repair or replace the wiring harness between coil
No
antenna terminal D and fuse panel.
Yes
No

connector.
Yes
No

Repeat this step.
Go to Step 24.
start system:
Replace the starter relay.
Yes
No
Go to Step 16.
Yes
No

connector.
Yes

connector.
Go to Step 18.
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
01-038-19

STEP
17
INSPECTION
module terminal 30 (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage following?
Clutch pedal depressed: Below 1.0 V
Clutch pedal released: B+
RESULTS
Yes
No
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
Is the starter relay operation sound heard when

the engine starting procedure is performed in
Step 12?
module terminal2F (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?
Disconnect the keyless control module and
starter interlock switch connectors.
module terminal3T (wiring harness-side) and
starter cut relay terminal D (wiring harness-side).
Starter
(See 01-19B-4 STARTER INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC].)
Wiring harness between the starter and
ground
Starter power supply (from battery through
secondary starter relay, to starter)
Disconnect the keyless control module and
starter interlock switch connectors.
module terminal3T (wiring harness-side) and
starter cut relay terminal D (wiring harness-side).
Disconnect the PCM connector (with starter
interlock switch connector left removed).
Inspect for continuity between starter cut relay
terminal 1 B (wiring harness-side).
Inspect for continuity between PCM terminal 1B
(wiring harness-side) and starter relay with clutch
pedal depressed.
Switch the ignition to start with clutch pedal
depressed.
Is a clicking sound heard from the starter relay?
(See 01-19B-8 STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH
Yes
No
Yes
No

connector.
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes
No

connector.
Yes
No
Go to Step 31.
connector.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 29.
Yes

Repeat Step 25.
No
01-038-20
ACTION
Wiring harness between battery positive terminal
and starter cut relay
Starter cut relay
(See 09-21-15 STARTER CUT RELAY
INSPECTION [MTX].)
Wiring harness between starter cut relay and
starter interlock switch
Wiring harness between starter interlock switch
and ground
Starter interlock switch (stuck)
Go to Step 22.

ACTION
STEP
INSPECTION
RESULTS
27
Inspect the starter relay and the wiring harness
Yes
between the following:
Repeat Step 25.
Starter relay and PCM
No
Starter relay and ignition switch
28
Inspect the ignition switch and the related wiring
Yes
harness.
(See 09-21-7 IGNITION SWITCH INSPECTION
Repeat Step 25.
[WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
No
29
Inspect the wiring harness between the following:
Yes
the inspection result, then go to the next step.
Starter relay and battery positive terminal
Starter relay and starter
No
Yes
30
WITH TC].)
No
31
Inspect for a seized/hydro locked engine or
Yes
flywheel.
No
Is the engine seized or hydro locked?
Perform the PCM DTC inspection using the MContinuous memory DTC is displayed:
Yes
32
MDS.
[L3 WITH TC].)
present?
main relay terminal B (wiring harness-side) and
PCM terminal1AT (wiring harness-side)
main relay terminal C and PCM terminal 1BE
- Main relay (stUCk open)
1BD, 1BG, 1AZ or 1BH)
33
34
Perform the KOEO self test using the M-MDS.

WITH TC].)
Are there DTCs displayed during the KOEO
inspection?
No
Yes
No

Start circuit in ignition switch (vehicles without
system)
Open circuit in wiring harness between battery
and starter

- If the vehicle is repaired, troubleshooting is completed.
01-038-21

NO.4 HARD TO START/LONG CRANK/ERRATIC START/ERRATIC CRANK [L3 WITH TC]
id01 0339801 000
HARD TO START/LONG CRANK/ERRATIC START/ERRATIC CRANK

Starte~ cranks the engine at normal speed but the engine requires excessive cranking time before
DESCRIPTION
starting.
Battery is operating normally.
Vacuum leakage
Poor fuel quality
Starting system malfunction
Erratic signal to ignition coils
Air leakage from intake-air system
Improper air/fuel mixture ratio control
Incorrect fuel injection timing
Erratic signal from CKP sensor
Erratic signal from CMP sensor
AlF sensor, H02S or related circuit malfunction
ECT sensor No.1 or related circuit malfunction
MAF sensor (integrated in MAF/IAT sensor) or related circuit malfunction
Intake-air system restriction
Inadequate fuel pressure (high or low pressure side)
Relief valve malfunction (built-in fuel delivery pipe)
Spill valve control solenoid valve malfunction (built-in high pressure fuel pump)
Fuel leakage
Fuel pump (low-side) resister or related circuit malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE Fuel pressure sensor (built-in fuel delivery pipe) malfunction

Exhaust system or TWC restriction
4
Warning
- Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injury or
"BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION" and "AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION" described in
this manual. (See 01-14B-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TC].) (See 01-14B5 AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Caution
foreign material.
RESULTS
ACTION
INSPECTION
STEP
Service if necessary.
Yes
1
Repeat this step.
Fuel quality (proper octane, contamination,
winter/summer blend)
No
Fuel leakage
Intake-air system leakage or restriction
Vacuum leakage
Yes
2
No
[L3 WITH TC].)
01-038-22

STEP
3
INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl.)
Verify that the ECT PID value is less than 116
C {241F} during driving.
Is the ECT PID value less than specified?
TCl)
Will the engine run smoothly at part throttle?
Perform the TP sweep inspection.
OPERATION INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Does the electronic throttle control system work
properly?
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
The cause of this concern could be from the cooling
No
system overheating.
Perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.17
COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-OVERHEATING".
(See 01-03B-68 NO.17 COOLING SYSTEM
CONCERNS-OVERHEATING [L3 WITH TCl.)
Yes
No
Yes
No
6
10
11
12
Disconnect the vacuum hose from purge

solenoid valve and plug opening end of vacuum
hose.
Start the engine.
Is the starting condition improper?
EGR valve housing.
Does the engine condition improper?
Inspect the CMP sensor and CKP sensor for the
following:
Installation condition
(CMP) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC].)
(CKP) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCl.)
Damaged trigger wheel and camshaft
Open or short circuit in the wiring harnesses
[L3 WITH TCl.)
ECT
MAF
02S11
02S12
LONGFT1
SHTFT1
Do the PID values indicate the correct values
under the trouble condition?
TCl)
Inspect for restriction in the exhaust system and
the TWC.
Is there any restriction?
[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TCl)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

Go to Step 6.
Visually inspect the throttle body (damage/scratching).
If normal:
If not:
- Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts
according to the inspection results.
Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts according to
No
Yes
No
Inspect the suspected parts and related wiring

harness.
If normal:
- Perform the "INTERMITTENT CONCERN
TROUBLESHOOTING.
If not:
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Go to Step 17.
01-038-23

STEP
13
INSPECTION
Is the vehicle accelerate performance normally?
14

15

TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
specified?
TC].)
Connect the fuel pressure gauge between the
fuel pump and the high pressure fuel pump.
Measure the fuel pressure line of the low
pressure side.
16
17
18
19
20
21
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Go to Step 15.
Replace the fuel delivery pipe.
Go to Step 16.
Go to Step 21.
Yes
No

If normal:
If not:

Do the fuel injectors operate normally?
Measure the compression pressure for each
cylinder.
(See 01-10B-12 COMPRESSION INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
Does the starting system work properly?
Yes
No

Yes

WITH TC].)
WITH TC].)
Yes
No

Damaged valve seat
Worn valve stem and valve guide
Worn or stuck piston ring
Worn piston, piston ring or cylinder
No
Yes

No
Replace the PCM (injector driver circuit malfunction).

WITH TC].)
If a malfunction remains:

01-038-24

NO.5 ENGINE STALLS-AFTER START/AT IDLE [L3 WITH Te]
5
I
DESCRIPTION
ENGINE STALLS-AFTER START/AT IDLE
Engine stops unexpectedly at idle or after start or both.
AlC system improper operation
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id01 03398011 00

Vacuum leakage
Engine overheating
Poor fuel quality
Exhaust system and/or TWC restriction or clogging
Open or short circuit in the fuel pump (low-side) body or related wiring harness
Fuel pump resister or related circuit malfunction
No battery power supply to PCM or poor ground
Fuel pressure sensor (built-in fuel delivery pipe) or related circuit malfunction
Fuel pump (low-side) body mechanical malfunction
Fuel leakage
No signal from CKP sensor due to sensor, related wiring harness or wrong installation
Erratic signal from CM P sensor
APP sensor or related circuit malfunction
Immobilizer system and/or circuit malfunction
Warning
Caution
foreign material.
01-038-25

STEP
INSPECTION
1
Do any of the following conditions appear?
Engine does not start completely.
Immobilizer system DTe B10DA:62 is
displayed.
2
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
Both conditions are appear:
Go to Step 5.
No
Either or other condition appears:
Yes
when it is started?
No
Retrieve the immobilizer system DTC using the MMDS.
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH
BUnON START SYSTEM)].)
If normal:
- Go to Step 15.
If not:
- Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
(See 09-02C-4 DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER
(See 09-02B-4 DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM)].)
Yes
Retighten the coil antenna connector, then repeat Step
No
2.
Yes
No
-Instrument cluster
INSPECTION.)
- Wiring harness between keyless control module
terminal 2K and instrument cluster terminal 2B
terminal 2L and instrument cluster terminal 2D
-Instrument cluster
INSPECTION.)
- Wiring harness between PCM terminal1AM and
instrument cluster terminal 2B
instrument cluster terminal 2D
Yes
M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
START SYSTEM)].)
No
SYSTEM)].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
01-038-26

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
RESULTS
8
Yes
No
[L3 WITH TC).)
9
Yes
No
antenna terminal 0 and fuse panel.
o (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?
10
Yes
Inspect the following wiring harness and
connectors:
No
start system:
- Between coil antenna terminal A and
keyless control module terminal 2H
- Between coil antenna terminal Band
keyless control module terminal 2G
Go to Step 15.
instrument cluster terminal 2Q
instrument cluster terminal 2M
Is there any malfunction (open or short circuit,
terminal corrosion, etc.)?
11
Yes
No
body ground.
12
Yes
No
module terminal 1B, 3C and 4AA (wiring
harness-side) .
13
Yes
No
module terminal 2A, 2C and 2E (wiring harnessside).
Is the voltage B+?
14
Inspect the following wiring harnesses and
Yes
connectors.
Between keyless control module terminal 2L
No
and PCM terminal 1AI
Between keyless control module terminal 2K
and PCM terminal 1AM
15
Yes
Repeat this step.
No
Intake-air system leakage and restriction
Electrical connectors
Poor connection for PCM ground and body
ground
Fuel leakage
Vacuum leakage
16
Yes
No
[L3 WITH TCl)
j
01-038-27

STEP
INSPECTION
1?
[L3 WITH TC].)
TC].)
18
19
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
system overheating.
Perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.1?
COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNSOVERHEATING".
(See 01-03B-68 NO.1? COOLING SYSTEM
CONCERNS-OVERHEATING [L3 WITH TC].)

[L3 WITH TC].)
Yes
No

Repair or replace the wiring harness between main
relay terminal C and PCM terminal 1BE.
Note
next step.
Yes

CONTINUOUSLY".
(See 01-03B-81 NO.24 AlC IS ALWAYS ON OR AI
C COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [L3
WITH TC].)
For other symptoms:
No
Connect the pressure gauges to AlC low side

Turn the AlC on and measure low side and high
side pressures.
CHECK.)
20
21
Will the engine run smoothly at part throttle?

properly?
Yes
No
Yes
No
22
Disconnect the vacuum hose between purge

solenoid valve and intake manifold from the
Start the engine.
Yes
23

EGR valve housing.
Yes
24

work properly?
No
01-038-28
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 22.
If normal:
If not:
EVAP system

STEP
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
INSPECTION
following:
(See 01-408-34 CAMSHAFT POSITION
[L3 WITH TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-8 ON-80ARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST
[L3 WITH TC].)
ECT
APP1
APP2
MAF
02S11
02S12
LONGFT1
SHTFT1
TC].)
TWC.
[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
specified?
TC].)
pressure side.
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No

harness.
If normal:
TROU8LESHOOTING.
TROU8LESHOOTING [L3 WITH TC].)
If not:
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes
No
Go to Step 31.
Yes

valve (built-in high pressure fuel pump or fuel pressure
sensor) malfunction.
Relief valve or fuel pressure sensor malfunction.
No
Yes
No

-If normal:
(See 01-148-13 FUEL PUMP UNIT
-If not:
Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts
01-038-29

STEP
INSPECTION
32
cylinder.
(See 01-108-12 COMPRESSION INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
33
Disconnect the fuel injector connectors.

Connect the NOlO light to the fuel injector
harness-side terminals.
Inspect the NOlO light dim during cranking.
Does the NOlO light illuminate?
34

WITH TC].)
Is the PCV valve normal?
35
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
Damaged valve seat
Yes
Inspect the fuel injector wiring harnesses.
No
If normal:
- Replace the PCM (injector driver circuit
malfunction).
(See 01-408-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC].)
If not:
Yes

No


If a malfunction remains, inspect the related Service 8ulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and perform the
01-038-30

NO.6 CRANKS NORMALLY BUT WILL NOT START [L3 WITH TCl
id010339801200
DESCRIPTION
CRANKS NORMALLY BUT WILL NOT START
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Starter cranks engine at normal speed but engine will not run.
Refer to symptom troubleshooting "NO.5 ENGINE STALLS" if this symptom appears after the engine
stalls.
Fuel is in tank.
Open PCM ground or vehicle body ground
Engine overheating
Vacuum leakage
Poor fuel quality
No signal from CKP sensor due to sensor, related wire or incorrect installation
No signal from CMP sensor due to sensor, related wire or incorrect installation
Exhaust system or TWC malfunction
Disconnected electrical connector
Open or short in fuel pump (low-side) body and related harness
Fuel line clogging or restriction
Fuel pump resistor or control relay malfunction
Fuel pump (low-side) mechanical malfunction
Fuel leakage
Immobilizer system or related wiring harness malfunction
Warning
Caution
foreign material.
01-038-31

STEP
INSPECTION
1
Do any of the following conditions appear?
Engine does not start completely.
Immobilizer system DTe B10DA:62 is
displayed.
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
Both conditions are appear:
Go to Step 5.
Either or other condition appears:
No
Yes
Retrieve the immobilizer system DTe using the MNo
MDS.
(See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER
(See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER
If normal:
Go to Step 15.
If not:
- Go to the applicable DTC inspection.
(See 09-02C-4 DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER
(See 09-02B-4 DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER

when it is started?

Yes
No

Retighten the coil antenna connector, then repeat Step
2.
Does the security light illuminate?
Yes
No

M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
SYSTEM)].)
[L3 WITH Te].)
Yes
No

INSPECTION.)
terminal 2K and instrument cluster terminal 2B
terminal 2L and instrument cluster terminal 2D
INSPECTION.)
- Wiring harness between PCM terminal 1AM and
instrument cluster terminal 2B
instrument cluster terminal 2D
START SYSTEM)].)
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

01-038-32
No

STEP
INSPECTION
RESULTS
ACTION
9
Yes
No
antenna terminal 0 and fuse panel.
o (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?
10
Inspect the following wiring harness and
Yes
connectors:
No
start system:
keyless control module terminal 2H
keyless control module terminal 2G
Go to Step 15.
instrument cluster terminal 2Q
instrument cluster terminal 2M
11
Yes
No
body ground.
12
Yes
No
module terminal 1B, 3C and 4AA (wiring
harness-side).
13
Yes
No
module terminal 2A, 2C and 2E (wiring harnessside).
Is the voltage B+?
14
Inspect the following wiring harnesses and
Yes
connectors.
Between keyless control module terminal 2L
No
and PCM terminal 1AI
Between keyless control module terminal 2K
and PCM terminal 1AM
15
16
17
18

Intake-air system leakage and restriction
Electrical connectors
Fuses
Poor connection for PCM ground and body
ground
Fuel leakage
Vacuum leakage
Yes

[L3 WITH TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
TC].)
Yes
Does the engine start with throttle close?
No
Repeat this step.
No

Yes
No

system overheating.
Go to Step 23.
Yes
No
01-038-33

STEP
INSPECTION
19
Will the engine start and run smoothly at part
throttle?
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
Go to Step 21.
Yes
If normal:
If not:
No
20
Perlorm the TP sweep inspection.

properly?
21

[L3 WITH TC].)
Is the RPM PID value indicating engine speed
when the cranking engine.
Yes
No
22
Inspect CMP sensor for the following:

[L3 WITH TC].)
Open or short circuit in wiring harnesses
Start the engine.
Yes
23
24

EGR valve housing.
25

[L3 WITH TC].)
ECT
APP1
APP2
MAF
02S11
02S12
LONGFT1
SHTFT1
TC].)
TWC.
26
27
28
Perlorm the Spark Test.

[L3 WITH TC].)
Crank the engine.
Does the FUEL_PRES PID value increase?
01-038-34

Inspect the CKP sensor for following:
SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
Open or short circuit in wiring harnesses
No
Yes

EVAP system
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

harness.
If normal:
- Perlorm the "INTERMITTENT CONCERN
TROUBLESHOOTING.
If not:
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 30.

STEP
29
30
31
INSPECTION
TC].)
Crank the engine.
[L3 WITH TC].)
Does the FUEL_PRES PID value increase?
pressure side.
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

cylinder.
[L3 WITH TC].)
Yes
No
32
Disconnect the fuel injector connectors.

Connect the NOID light to the fuel injector
harness-side terminals.
Inspect the NOID light dim during cranking.
Does the NOID light illuminate?
Yes
No
33
Inspect the OCV.

Is the OCV normal?
WITH TCl.)
Is the PCV valve normal?
Yes
34

Damaged valve seat
Inspect the fuel injector wiring harnesses.
If normal:
malfu nction).
(See 01-40B-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC].)
If not:
No

Yes

No
35

-If normal:
(See 01-14B-13 FUEL PUMP UNIT
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Tel.)
-If not:

01-038-35

NO.7 SLOW RETURN TO IDLE [L3 WITH
7
DESCRIPTION
Tel
id010339801300
SLOW RETURN TO IDLE

Thermostat is stuck open
Cooling fan control system malfunction
Improper load signal input
Injector driver circuit (built-in PCM) malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Warning
Caution
foreign material.
STEP
INSPECTION
1
Inspect the air suction in the intake-air system
components while racing the engine to higher
speed.
Is there any air suction?
2
[L3 WITH TC].)
3
[L3 WITH TC].)
Is the ECT PID value below 82C {180 0F}?
Verify the cooling fan operation.

Does the cooling fan operate properly according
to the ECT PID value?
01-038-36
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

CONCERNS-RUNS COLD [L3 WITH TC].)
Perform the Cooling Fan Control System Inspection.

STEP
INSPECTION
5
following:
[L3 WITH TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
6
[L3 WITH TC].)
ECT
APP1
APP2
MAF
TC].)
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No

[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
Yes
No
Yes

10

TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
specified?
TC].)
Remove the thermostat.
(See 01-12B-11 THERMOSTAT REMOVAU
[L3 WITH TC].)
11
12
ACTION
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

harness.
If normal:
TROUBLESHOOTING.
If not:
Go to Step 11.

Go to Step 10.
Go to Step 11 .
Go to Step 13.
Yes
No

Yes

Inspect the throttle body.
If normal or the problem remains:
malfunction).
(See 01-40B-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC].)
If not:
No
01-038-37
STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
RESULTS
13
NO.8 ENGINE RUNS ROUGH/ROLLING IDLE [L3 WITH TC]

id010339801400
8
DESCRIPTION
ENGINE RUNS ROUGH/ROLLING IDLE
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Engine speed fluctuates between the specified idle speed and lower speed, and engine shakes
eXgessively.
Idle speed is too slow and the engine shakes excessively.
Erratic signal to ignition coil
Low engine compression or excessive unbalance for each cylinder
Poor fuel quality
Exhaust system or TWC restriction or clogging
Disconnected electrical connectors
Fuel pressure sensor (built-in fuel delivery pipe) malfunction
Relief valve malfunction (built-in delivery pipe)
Fuel pump (low-side) body mechanical malfunction
Fuel filter restriction or clogging
Fuel leakage
Unbalanced fuel injection amount for each cylinder
MAP sensor (integrated in MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor) or related circuit malfunction
MAF sensor (integrated in MAF/IAT sensor) malfunction
Incorrect or no load signal input
Engine overheating
Vacuum leakage
Warning
Caution
foreign material.
01-038-38

STEP
1
INSPECTION
Intake-air system restriction or leakage
Electrical connectors connection
Fuel leakage in fuel system
Vacuum leakage
RESULTS
Yes
No

[L3 WITH TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
TC].)
Yes
Note
next step.
No

EGR valve housing.

properly?
No

system overheating.
Yes
No

CONTINUOUSLY".
(See 01-03B-81 NO.24 AlC IS ALWAYS ON OR AI
C COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [L3
WITH TC].)
For other symptoms:
Yes
No
Yes
No
7

Start the engine.

work properly?

Yes
Connect the pressure gauges to AlC low side

Turn the AlC on and measure low side and high
side pressures.
CHECK.)
ACTION
Repeat this step.
Yes
No
Yes
No

If normal:
If not:
EVAP system
01-038-39

STEP
9
10
11
12
13
14
INSPECTION
following:
[L3 WITH TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
ECT
APP1
APP2
MAF
MAP
TC].)
TWC.
Access the FUEL_PRES PID using the M-MDS;
[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
15

16

TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
specified?
TC].)
pressure side.
INSPECTION [L3 WITH Te].)
17
01-038-40
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

harness.
If normal:
TROU8LESHOOTING.
If not:
Yes
No
Go to Step 17.
Yes
No
Yes

Go to Step 16.
Go to Step 17.
No
Yes
No

Yes
No

If normal:
If not:

STEP
INSPECTION
RESULTS
ACTION
18

cylinder.
[L3 WITH TC].)
Yes
No

Yes
No

Damaged valve seat
WITH TC].)
19
20
21

WITH TC].)
Yes
No

NO.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON [L3 WITH Tel

9
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id010339801500
FAST IDLE/RUNS ON

Engine runs after the ignition is switched off.
Improper operation of cruise control system
Improper load signal input
Improper operation of electric throttle control system
Warning
Caution
foreign material.
~~
~-
01-038-41

STEP
INSPECTION
1
[L3 WITH TC].)
Is the ECT PID value between 82-112 C
{180-234 OF}?

[L3 WITH TC].)
Inspect for leakage in the intake-air system.
properly?
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
ECT PID value is higher than 112C {234 OF}:
No
ECT PID value is less than 82C {180 OF}:
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
5

[L3 WITH TC].)
AC_REQ
APP1
APP2
ECT
TC].)
Yes
No
Inspect the high pressure fuel pump.

Yes

Inspect the operation of the cruise control
system.
Does the cruise control system work properly?

If normal:
If not:
harness.
If normal:
TROUBLESHOOTING.
If not:
No
Yes
No

Yes

WITH TC].)
No
9


01-038-42

NO.10 LOW IDLE/STALLS DURING DECELERATION [L3 WITH TC]
LOW IDLE/STALLS DURING DECELERATION
Engine stops unexpectedly at beginning of deceleration or recovery from deceleration.
Poor fuel quality
Vacuum leakage
EVAP control system malfunction
TP sensor or related circuit malfunction
Brake switch or related circuit malfunction
CPP switch or related circuit malfunction
Neutral switch or related circuit malfunction
Improper operation of AlC magnetic clutch
Fuel leakage
POSSIBLE CAUSE High pressure fuel pump malfunction
Vacuum leakage
id010339801600
10
DESCRIPTION
Warning
Caution
foreign material.
01-038-43

STEP
INSPECTION
1
Does the engine idle rough?

Fuel leakage in fuel system
Vacuum leakage
Inspect the CMP s~nsor and CKP sensor for the
following:
[L3 WITH TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
[L3 WITH TCl.)
[L3 WITH TC].)
AC_REQ
APP1
APP2
BOO
ECT
MAF
TP REL
02S11
02S12
LONGFT1
SHTFT1
TCl)
properly?
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
Perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.8 ENGINE
RUNS ROUGH/ROLLING IDLE".
(See 01-03B-38 NO.8 ENGINE RUNS ROUGH/
ROLLING IDLE [L3 WITH TCl.)
No
Yes
Repeat this step.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Yes

If normal:
If not:
No
8

Does the purge solenoid valve work properly?
01-038-44
Yes
No

harness.
If normal:
TROUBLESHOOTING.
If not:

STEP
9
I
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
INSPECTION
Perform the AlC Cut-off Control System
Inspection.
Does the AlC cut-off operation work properly?
[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
specified?
TC].)
pressure side.
Yes

cylinder.
[L3 WITH TC].)
Are compression pressures within the
specification?
Yes
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
17
Go to Step 14.

Go to Step 13.
Go to Step 14.

If normal:
If not:
WITH TC].)
Damaged valve seat

01-038-45

NO.11 ENGINE STALLS/QUITS, ENGINE RUNS ROUGH, MISSES, BUCK/JERK, HESITATION/STUMBLE,
SURGES [L3 WITH TCl
id010339801700
11
DESCRIPTION
01-038-46
Engine stops unexpectedly at beginning of acceleration or during acceleration.

Momentary pause at beginning of acceleration or during acceleration.
11
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Improper operation of NC system
Turbocharger malfunction
Improper operation of wastegate control system
Vacuum leakage
Poor fuel quality
Main relay intermittent malfunction
Engine overheating
Variable swirl system malfunction
Improper valve timing due to jumping out timing chain
Exhaust system and/or TWC restriction
Intermittent open or short circuit in fuel pump circuit
Relief valve malfunction (built-in delivery pipe)
Improper fuel pump speed control operation
Fuel pump mechanical malfunction
Fuel line restriction or clogging
Improper air/fuel mixture ratio control operation
NF sensor, H02S or related circuit malfunction
IAT sensor (integrated in MAF/IAT sensor) or related circuit malfunction
Boost air temperature sensor (integrated in MAP sensor/boost air temperature sensor) or related
circuit malfunction
Intermittent open or short circuit MAF sensor, APP sensor, TP sensor and VSS
Clutch slippage
Warning
Caution
foreign material.
01-038-47

STEP
INSPECTION
1
Air cleaner element
Fuel leakage from fuel line
Clutch slippage
Vacuum leakage
2
[L3 WITH TC].)
3
[L3 WITH TC].)
TC].)
4
Perform the Main Relay Operation Inspection
with wiggle the related harness.
Does the main relay operate properly?
5
following:
[L3 WITH TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
6
[L3 WITH TC].)
APP1
APP2
8AT
CPP
PNP
ECT
MAF
IAT
MAP
FP
VSS
02S11
02S12
LONGFT1
SHTFT1
TC].)
7
01-038-48
RESULTS
Yes
No
ACTION
Repeat this step.
Yes

No
Yes
No

system overheating.
(See 01-038-68 NO.17 COOLING SYSTEM
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes
No

harness.
If normal:
TROU8LESHOOTING.
If not:
Yes
No


STEP
8
INSPECTION
Peliorm the AlC Cut-off Control System
Inspection.
Peliorm the TP sweep inspection.

properly?
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
10
11
12
13
14
Peliorm the Variable Swirl System Operation

Inspection.
Does the variable swirl system work properly?
Yes
Peliorm the Purge Control System Inspection.

Peliorm the Fuel Pump Speed Control
Inspection.
Does the fuel pump speed control work
properly?
Peliorm the Wastegate Control System
Does the waste gate control system work
properly?
Remove the parts necessary to inspect the
turbocharger without removing the turbocharger.
(See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
Inspect if the turbocharger compressor wheel is
bent, damaged, or inteliering with housing on
vehicle.
(See 01-138-13 TUR80CHARGER
Yes
15
Inspect the turbocharger compressor wheel

locknut is loose or has fallen down inside the
turbocharger.
16
Inspect the turbocharger compressor wheel by

hand.
Does the wheel turn easily and smoothly?
17
Inspect the turbocharger turbine wheel is

damaged, cracked or interfering with housing on
vehicle.
Note
Inspect all fins on each turbine wheel.
18

Is any engine oil found inside the turbocharger
turbine housing?
No
No

If normal:
If not:
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
Replace the turbocharger.

No
Yes

No
Yes

No

Yes
No
Yes
Excessive amount of oil is found:

Small amount of oil is found:
Wipe the oil out of the vehicle, then go to the next step.
No
01-038-49

STEP
INSPECTION
19
compressor housing?
20

TWC.
21

[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
specified?
TC].)
22
23
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
Wipe the oil out of the vehicle and install all removed
parts in Step 14, then go to the next step.
No
Turbocharger is normal:
Install all removed parts in Step 14, then go to the
next step.
Yes
No
Yes
No

Yes
No
Go to Step 24.
Yes

No
24

pressure side.
Yes
No
25

cylinder.
[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
Yes
No

WITH TC].)
Yes
26
27
01-038-50
Yes
No
No

If normal:
If not:
Damaged valve seat
WITH TC].)

STEP
28
INSPECTION
I RESULTS I
ACTION

NO.12 LACK/LOSS OF POWER-ACCELERATION/CRUISE [L3 WITH TC]

id010339801800
12
DESCRIPTION
Performance is poor under load (e.g., power down when climbing hills).
01-038-51

12
Improper operation of AlC cut-off control
Air lea~age or restriction from intake-air system
Loose turbocharger compressor to intake manifold duct connecting
Turbocharger rotating assembly binding or dragging
Wastegate control solenoid valve malfunction (stuck open)
Charge air cooler malfunction
Brake dragging
Poor fuel quality
Vacuum leakage
Incorrect signal to ignition coil
Engine overheating
Air cleaner restriction or dirty
Improper valve timing due to jumping out of timing chain
Restriction in exhaust system or TWC
Leakage at exhaust manifold or turbocharger mounting flange
Intermittent open or short fuel pump related circuit
Inadequate fuel pressure (high-or low pressure side)
POSSIBLE CAUSE Improper operation of fuel pump speed control
Fuel pump mechanical malfunction

Fuel line restriction or clogging
MAF/IAT sensor or related circuit malfunction
circuit malfunction
Intermittent open or short circuit MAF sensor, APP sensor, TP sensor and VSS
Clutch slippage
Warning
Caution
foreign material.
01-038-52

STEP
1
INSPECTION
Air cleaner restriction or dirty
Charge air cooler condition (restriction or
damaged)
Turbocharger compressor-to-intake manifold
duct loose connection
Leakage at exhaust manifold or turbocharger
mounting flange
Vacuum leakage
8rake dragging
Clutch slippage
[L3 WITH TC].)

Inspection.
properly?
10
RESULTS
Yes
No
ACTION
Repeat this step.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


Yes
No

Yes

If normal:
If not:
No


Inspection.
Yes
No


work properly?
Inspection.
Does the fuel pump speed control work
properly?
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
No

01-038-53

STEP
11
INSPECTION
Petiorm the Wastegate Control System
Does the wastegate control system work
properly?
12

[L3 WITH TC].)
BAT
ECT
MAF
IAT
APP1
APP2
TP REL
MAP
FP (Low side pressure line)
VSS
TC].)
following:
[L3 WITH TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
grayish white?
13
14
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
15

TWC.
16

bent, damaged, or intetiering with housing on
vehicle.
tu rbocharger.
17
18

hand.
01-038-54
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

harness.
If normal:
- Petiorm the "INTERMITTENT CONCERN
TROUBLESHOOTING.
If not:


Petiorm the Spark Test.
Go to Step 24.
Reinstall the spark plugs on the original cylinders, then


STEP
INSPECTION
19
Inspect the turbocharger turbine wheel is
damaged, cracked or interfering with housing on
vehicle.
Note
Inspect all fins on each turbine wheel.
20
21

turbine housing?

compressor housing?
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

Wipe the oil out of the vehicle, then go to the next
step.
Wipe the oil out of the vehicle and install all removed
parts in Step 16, then go to the next step.
Turbocharger is normal:
Install all removed parts in Step 16, then go to the
next step.
Go to Step 25.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
22
23
24
25
26
Inspect for fuel leakage in the fuel line.

[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
specified?
TC].)
Yes
No

pressure side.
Yes

Yes
No
No

If normal:
If not:
01-038-55

STEP
27
INSPECTION
cylinder.
[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
28

WITH TC].)
Is there any malfun.ction?
29
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
No
Damaged valve seat
Yes
No

WITH TC].)

01-038-56

NO.13 KNOCKING/PINGING [L3 WITH TCl
id010339801900
KNOCKING/PINGING
Sound is produced when air/fuel mixture is ignited by something other than a spark plug (e.g., hot
DESCRIPTION
spot in the combustion chamber).
Poor fuel quality
Engine overheating due to cooling system malfunction
Variable swirl solenoid valve stuck closed
Improper operation of electronic throttle system
Air leakage or restriction from intake-air system
circuit malfunction
Incorrect fuel injection timing or amount
KS or related circuit malfunction
Inadequate engine compression
Inadequate fuel pressure (high-pressure side)
Wastegate control solenoid valve malfunction (stuck closed)
POSSIBLE CAUSE APP sensor or related circuit malfunction
13
Warning
this manual. (See 01-14B-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TCl.) (See 01-14B5 AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Caution
foreign material.
ACTION
INSPECTION
RESULTS
STEP
Yes
1
No
[L3 WITH TC].)
system overheating.
Perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.1?
COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNSIs the ECT PID value less than specified?
OVERHEATING".
(See 01-03B-68 NO.1? COOLING SYSTEM
TC].)
Yes
2
Air leakage or restriction from intake-air
Repeat this step.
system
No
damaged)
01-038-57

STEP
INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
.
Inspect the KS.
(See 01-40B-35 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)

properly?
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
Replace the KS.

(See 01-40B-34 KNOCK SENSOR (KS) REMOVAU
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
10
11

Inspection.
Perform the Wastegate Control System
properly?
following:
[L3 WITH TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
BAT
ECT
MAF
IAT
APP1
APP2
TP REL
MAP
TC].)
01-038-58
ACTION
Yes
No

If normal:
If not:
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes
No

harness.
If normal:
TROUBLESHOOTING.
If not:

STEP
INSPECTION
12
Access the FUEL_PRES PIO using the M-MOS.
RESULTS
Yes
Go to Step 14.
ACTION
~oo01~2B~ON-BOARDO~GNOSnCTEST~~N-o~~G-o-~~fu-e~n-~-t-s-~-p-.~~~~~~~~~~~
13
14
[L3 WITH TC].)

Is the FUEL_PRES PIO value within the
specification?
TC].)
TC].)
Access the FUEL_PRES PIO using the M-MOS.
(See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD OIAGNOSTIC TEST
[L3 WITH TC).)
Is the FUEL_PRES PIO value within the
specified?
TC].)
cylinder.
[L3 WITH TC).)
specification?
Yes
No
Yes
No
15

Inspect the fuel injector for each cylinder.

(See 01-14B-29 FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC).)
Replace the fuel injector if necessary.
Damaged valve seat

01-038-59

NO.14 POOR FUEL ECONOMY [L3 WITH TCl
id010339802000
14
POOR FUEL ECONOMY

Contaminated air cleaner element
Engine cooling system malfunction
Weak spark
Poor fuel quality
Contaminated MAF sensor
circuit malfunction
VSS or related circuit malfunction
Injection timing is incorrect
Fuel injector or related circuit malfunction
Fuel leakage
POSSIBLE CAUSE PCV valve malfunction
Brake dragging
Clutch slippage
Improper valve timing due to jumping out of timing chain
Exhaust system and/or TWC clogging
Vacuum leakage
DESCRIPTION
Warning
Caution
foreign material.
01-038-60

STEP
INSPECTION
Air cleaner element for contamination
Coolant level
Clutch slippage
8rake dragging
damaged)
Vacuum leakage
Fuel leakage
MAF sensor contaminated
[L3 WITH TC].)
Inspection.
Does the cooling fan system work properly?
Does the EG R system operate properly?
Inspection.
properly?
Inspection.
following:
[L3 WITH TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
RESULTS
Yes
No
ACTION
Repeat this step.
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
No
Yes
No

01-038-61

STEP
INSPECTION
10
[L3 WITH TC].)
APP1
APP2
BAT
ECT
MAF
CPP
PNP
IAT
TP REL
MAP
VSS
TC].)
11
[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
12
13

14

TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
specified?
TC].)
15
16
17

cylinder.
[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
01-038-62
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
harness.
If normal:
TROUBLESHOOTING.
If not:
Yes
No
Go to Step 15.
Yes
No

Go to Step 14.
Go to Step 15.
Go to Step 19.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Damaged valve seat

STEP
INSPECTION
18
WITH TC].)
19
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
INSTALLATION [L3 WITH Te].)
No

WITH TC].)

-If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, reprogram the PCM if a later
01-038-63

NO.15 EMISSION COMPLIANCE [L3 WITH TC]
id01 03398021 00
15
DESCRIPTION
EMISSION COMPLIANCE
Poor fuel quality
Vacuum lines leakage or blockage
Engine overheating
Improper operation of wastegate control system
PCV valve malfunction or incorrect valve installation
Fuel tank ventilation system malfunction
Charcoal canister damage
Improper air/fuel mixture ratio control operation
circuit malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE APP sensor or related circuit malfunction
TP sensor or related circuit malfunction
VSS or related circuit malfunction
Fuel injector or related circuit malfunction
TWC malfunction
Excessive carbon is built-up in combustion chamber
Warning
this manual. (See 01-14B-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TCl.) (See 01-14B5 AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Caution
foreign material.
01-038-64

STEP
1
INSPECTION
Is the engine runs cold?

[L3 WITH TC].)
damaged)
Air cleaner element (clogging or restriction)
Intake-air system leakage
PCV valve installation
Vacuum line leakage or blockage
Fuel leakage at fuel system
Charcoal canister damaged

properly?
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
7
10

Inspection.
properly?
Perform the Evaporative Emission (EVAP)
System Leak Inspection.
Is the EVAP system normal?
Yes
ACTION
(See 01-038-70 NO.18 COOLI NG SYSTEM
Repeat this step.

If normal:
If not:
No

Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
No

01-038-65

STEP
INSPECTION
11
following:
[L3 WITH TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
12
[L3 WITH TC].)
APP1
APP2
BAT
ECT
MAF
IAT
TP REL
MAP
VSS
CPP
PNP
02S11
02S12
LONGFT1
SHTFT1
TC].)
13
[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
14
15

16

TC].)
[L3 WITH TCl)
specified?
TC].)
17
18
Inspect the TWC.

ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No

harness.
If normal:
TROUBLESHOOTING.
If not:
Yes
Go to Step 17.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
01-038-66

Go to Step 16.
Go to Step 17.
Go to Step 22.

Replace the TWC.
(See 01-15B-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAU

STEP
19
20
21
22
INSPECTION
cylinder.
[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
RESULTS
Yes
No

Damaged valve seat

WITH TC].)
Yes

No

WITH TC].)
Yes
No
ACTION

NO.16 HIGH OIL CONSUMPTION/LEAKAGE [L3 WITH TCl

idO 10339802200
16
HIGH OIL CONSUMPTION/LEAKAGE

Improper dipstick
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Seal leakage at the compressor or turbine end of turbocharger (indicated by oil in housing on wheel)
Oil leakage
DESCRIPTION
STEP
1
INSPECTION
Proper dipstick
Proper engine oil viscosity
Engine oil level
WITH TC].)
Inspect the oil leakage from outside of the
engine.
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Repeat this step.

01-038-67

STEP
4
INSPECTION
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
Visually inspect for the oil leakage inside
turbocharger compressor and turbine housing.
Wipe the oil out of the vehicle, then go to the next
step.
Go
to the next step.
No
Is any engine oil found around oil pipes attached
If oil leaks from damaged pipe:
Yes
on the turbocharger center housing?
Replace the oil pipe, then install all removed parts
in Step 4.
No
Inspect the internal engine parts such as valves, valve

guides, valve stem seals, cylinder head drain passage,
and piston rings.
the inspection results, then install all removed parts in
Step 4.

NO.17 COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-OVERHEATING [L3 WITH TC]

17
DESCRIPTION
COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-OVERHEATING
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id010339802300

Blown fuse
Coolant leakage (engine internal, turbocharger, external)
Excessive AlC system pressure
Improper water/anti-freeze mixture
Fans reverse rotation
Poor radiator condition
Radiator hose damage
Cooling fan inoperative
Improper or damaged radiator cap
Coolant overflow system malfunction
Drive belt damage
STEP
INSPECTION

Coolant leakage (around heater unit in
passenger compartment, coolant hoses and/
or radiator.)
Water and anti-freeze mixture
Radiator condition
Collapsed or restricted radiator hoses
Radiator pressure cap
Coolant overflow system
Fan rotational direction
Fuses
01-038-68
RESULTS
Yes
Repeat this step.
No
ACTION

STEP
2
INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
Petiorm the KOEO or KOER self test using the
M-MDS.
WITH TC).)
Start the engine and run it at idle speed.
Turn the AlC switch off.
Does the AlC compressor disengaged?
Petiorm the Cooling Fan Control System

Inspection.
OPERATION INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC).)
Does the cooling fan system operate properly?
WITH TC).)
Inspect for leakage around heater unit in the

passenger compartment.
Inspect for leakage at the coolant hoses and/or

radiator.

[L3 WITH TC].)
[L3 WITH TC).)
Inspect for both ECT PID and temperature
gauge readings.
Does the ECT PID value accord with the engine
coolant temperature indicator readings?
10
RESULTS
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Petiorm the symptom troubleshooting "NO.24 AlC IS
CONTINUOUSLY".
COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [L3 WITH
TC).)
Yes
Replace the drive belt.

(See 01-10B-4 DRIVE BELT REMOVAU
No
Yes

Inspect the heater unit for leakage.
No
Yes
No
Yes

No
Reinstall the thermostat, then go to the next step.

Yes

normal.
Inspect the engine block for leakage or blockage.
If the low engine coolant temperature indicator light on
the instrument cluster indicates turned off but the ECT
PID value is not the same as the low engine coolant
temperature indicator light condition:
Inspect the ECT sensor NO.1.
[L3 WITH TC).)
Replace the ECT sensor No.1 if necessary.
TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR REMOVAU
indication on the instrument cluster illuminates but the
ECT PID value is normal:
INSPECTION.)
Replace the instrument cluster if necessary.
No
01-038-69
STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
RESULTS
11
repair or diagnosis. '
NO.18 COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-RUNS COLD [L3 WITH TCl

18
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id010339802400
COOLING SYSTEM CONCERNS-RUNS COLD

Condenser fan system malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
Is a customer complaint "Lack of passenger
compartment heat" only?
Does the engine speed continue at fast idle?

Inspection.
Does the cooling fan system operate properly?
[L3 WITH TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
Inspect for both ECT PID and temperature
gauge readings.
Does the ECT PID value accord with the engine
coolant temperature indicator readings?
01-038-70
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
Inspect the AlC heater system.

Perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.9 FAST
IDLE/RUNS ON".
(See 01-03B-41 NO.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON [L3 WITH
TC].)
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Yes

Reinstall the thermostat, then go to the next step.
No
Yes
No

normal.
Inspect the engine block for leakage or blockage.
If the low engine coolant temperature indicator light on
the instrument cluster indicates turned off but the ECT
PID value is not the same as the low engine coolant
temperature indicator light condition:
[L3 WITH TC].)
Replace the ECT sensor No.1 if necessary.
indication on the instrument cluster illuminates but the
ECT PID value is normal:
INSPECTION.)
Replace the instrument cluster if necessary.
REMOVAUI NSTALLATION.)
STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
RESULTS
6
NO.19 EXHAUST SMOKE [L3 WITH Tel

19
DESCRIPTION
idO 10339802500
EXHAUST SMOKE
Blue smoke (Burning oil):

Engine internal oil leakage
Oil leakage at the compressor or turbine end of the turbocharger
White smoke (Water in combustion):
Cooling system malfunction (coolant loss)

Engine internal coolant leakage
Coolant leakage at the compressor or the turbine end of the turbocharger
Black smoke (Rich fuel mixture):

Intake-air system is collapsed or restricted
Leakage at engine intake or exhaust manifold
Wastegate control solenoid valve malfunction (stuck open)
Improper fuel injection timing and amount
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Warning
Caution
foreign material.
STEP
INSPECTION
1
What color is smoke coming from the exhaust
system?

WITH TC].)
RESULTS
ACTION
Blue
Burning oil is indicated.
White
Water in combustion is indicated.
Go to Step 5.
Black
Rich fuel mixture is indicating.
Go to Step 6.
Yes
No
01-038-71

STEP
3
INSPECTION
Visually inspect for the turbocharger compressor
housing.
Is any engine oil found inside turbocharger
compressor housing?
Inspect for the following engine internal parts:

Damaged valve guide, stems or valve seals
Blocked oil drain passage in cylinder head
Piston ring is not seated, seized or worn
Damage cylinder bore
Does the cooling system hold the coolant

pressure?
Inspect for the following for intake-air system:

Collapsed or restricted
Leakage
Access the following PIDs using the M-MDS :
[L3 WITH TC].)
APP1
APP2
BAT
ECT
MAF
IAT
TP REL
MAP
VSS
CPP
PNP
02S11
02S12
LONGFT1
SHTFT1
Monitor the PIDs under the black smoke
appeared engine condition.
Do all PID values indicate normal according to
the engine conditions?
TCl)
Access the same PIDs as in Step 7 under the
trouble condition.
[L3 WITH TCl.)
Do the PID values indicate correct values under
trouble condition?
TC].)
01-038-72
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
Install all removed parts in this step.
- Replace the turbocharger.
- Wipe the oil out of the vehicle, then go to the
next step.
No
Turbocharger is normal.
Install all removed parts in this step, then go to the
next step.
Yes
No
Engine internal parts are normal.
If other driveability symptoms are present:
- Return to diagnostic index to service additional
symptoms.
Yes
Cylinder head gasket leakage
Intake manifold gasket leakage
Cracked or porous engine block
- If other driveability symptoms are present:
Return to diagnostic index to service
-If not:
Inspect for the cause.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

harness.
If normal:
TROUBLESHOOTING.
If not:
Yes
No

Inspect the suspected parts and related wiring harness.
If normal:
TROUBLESHOOTING.
If not:

STEP
9
INSPECTION
Inspect the wastegate.
(See 01-138-14 WASTEGATE ACTUATOR
Does the wastegate stuck open?
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
Perform the Wastegate Control System Operation
Inspection.
No
Yes
Go to Step 14.
No
10

[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
11
12

13

TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
specified?
TC].)
Yes

(See 01-128-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE
cylinder.
[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
Yes
14
15
Yes
No
Yes
No
No
No
Yes
No
16

Go to Step 13.
Go to Step 14.
Go to Step 16.

(See 01-148-29 FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION [L3
WITH TCD
Replace the suspected fuel injector.
INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCD
Damaged valve seat

01-038-73

NO.20 FUEL ODOR (IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT) [L3 WITH TCl
20
DESCRIPTION
id010339802600
FUEL ODOR (IN ENGINE COMPARTMENT)

Gasoli~e fuel smell or visible leakage.
Fuel system vent system blockage
Evaporative gas leakage
Improper connection of evaporative related vacuum hoses
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Warning
Caution
foreign material.
STEP
INSPECTION
1
Visually inspect the fuel leakage at the fuel line.
2
Inspect the vacuum hose routine.

(See 01-13B-3 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM VACUUM
HOSE ROUTING DIAGRAM [L3 WITH TC].)
Are vacuum hoses routines properly?
Perform the Evaporative Emission (EVAP)
System Leak Inspection.
Is the EVAP system normal?
Inspect the airflow of the purge solenoid valve.
Is the purge solenoid airflow properly?
[L3 WITH TC].)
Monitor the FUEL_PRES PID while idle and race
the engine.
Is the FUEL_PRES PID value indicate 15 MPa
{153 kgf/cm 2 , 2175 psi} or less?
01-038-74
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
Reconnect the vacuum hose.
Yes
No

Yes
No

Replace the purge solenoid valve.
If excess amount of liquid fuel is present:
- Replace the charcoal canister.
(See 01-16B-5 CHARCOAL CANISTER
Inspect the fuel pressure sensor and high pressure fuel
pump.
Replace the fuel pressure sensor or high pressure fuel
pump if necessary.
Yes
No
STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
RESULTS
6
NO.21 ENGINE NOISE [L3 WITH TC]

id010339802700
21
DESCRIPTION
ENGINE NOISE
Squeal, click or chirp noise:

Loose installation of solenoid valves
Rumble or grinding sound noise:

Loose parts
Fluid revel low or air in power the steering fluid
Hiss sound noise:

Vacuum leakage
Loose spark plug
Air leakage from the intake-air system
Rattle noise:
Loose parts
Rap or roar noise:

Exhaust system looseness
Excessive noise from turbocharger
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Foreign objects or material in the compressor inlet to the intake manifold ducting or the compressor
housing
Carbon built-up in the turbine housing
Turbocharger routing assembly banding or dragging
Loose intake or exhaust ducting systems
Other noise:
Camshaft friction gear noise or MLA noise
Timing chain noise
Warning
Caution
foreign material.
01-038-75

STEP
1
INSPECTION
Is the noise from the turbocharger?
RESULTS
ACTION
Is squeal, click or chirp sound present?
Yes
No
Yes
Is rumble or grinding sound present?
No
Yes
Is rattle sound present?
No
Yes
Is hiss sound present?
No
Yes
Is rap or roar sound present?
No
Yes
Is knocking noise present?
No
Yes
Go to Step 8.
Go to the next step
Inspect the engine oil level, solenoid valves installation
or drive belt tension.
the inspection results if necessary.
Drive belt tension
Loose parts in engine compartment
Power steering system fluid level
-If normal:
Perform the power steering fluid line air bleed .
(See 06-14-3 AIR BLEEDING.)
-If not:
Inspect the location of rattle for loose parts.
Vacuum leakage
Spark plug looseness
Intake-air system leakage
Inspect the exhaust system or loose parts.
KNOCKING/PINGING".
(See 01-03B-57 NO.13 KNOCKING/PINGING [L3
WITH TC].)
If noise comes from engine internal:
Inspect for the friction gear, timing chain or MLA
noise.
No
10
11
Inspect the intake and exhaust housing system

for loose installation.
bent, damaged, or interfering with housing on
vehicle.
turbocharger.
hand.
01-038-76
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No



STEP
INSPECTION
12
Visually inspect the turbine housing.
Is there any carbon built-up or foreign material
on the turbine housing?
ACTION
RESULTS
Clean built-up carbon or remove foreign materials.
Yes
If turbine housing damaged:
- Replace the turbocharger.
No
13
Install the all removal parts at Step 9.

Inspect all turbocharger related parts installed
correctly.

NO.22 VIBRATION CONCERNS (ENGINE) [L3 WITH TC]
22
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
idO 10339802800
VIBRATION CONCERNS (ENGINE)

Vibration from under the hood or driveline.
Loose attaching bolts or worn parts
Components malfunction such as worn parts
INSPECTION
STEP
1
Inspect the following components for loose
attaching bolts or worn parts:
Cooling fan
Drive belt and pulley
Engine mounts
Exhaust system
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
Inspect the following systems:
Wheels
Transmission and mounts
Driveline
Suspension
No
Readjust or retighten suspect parts installation
position.
Service if necessary for other parts.

01-038-77

NO.23 AlC DOES NOT WORK SUFFICIENTLY [L3 WITH TCl
id010339802900
23
AlC DOES NOT WORK SUFFICIENTLY

AlC compressor magnetic clutch does not engage when AlC is turned on.
PCM, climate control unit, instrument cluster or multi information display DTC is stored.
Seized AlC compressor
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between evaporator temperature sensor and climate control
unit (Full-auto air conditioner)
Instrument cluster malfunction (Does not receive AlC request signal from climate control unit or
transmit it to PCM)
Climate control unit malfunction (AiC switch malfunction or climate control unit does not determine AI
C request or transmit the AlC request signal)
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit terminal 2P and instrument
cluster terminal 21 (Manual air conditioner)
AlC compressor malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between AlC magnetic clutch terminal A and body ground
Open circuit in wiring harness between AlC relay and PCM terminal 11
Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch and AlC relay (vehicles without advanced
Open circuit in wiring harness between IG2 relay and AlC relay (vehicles with advanced keyless entry
and push button start system)
Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and AlC relay
Open circuit in wiring harness between AlC relay and AlC magnetic clutch
DESCRIPTION
STEP
INSPECTION
1
Perform the PCM, instrument cluster, climate
control unit and multi information display DTC
inspection using the M-MDS.
[L3 WITH TC].)
Access the PCM PID ACCS using the M-MDS.
2
[L3 WITH TC].)
Turn the ACCS PID to ON from OFF using the
M-MDS simulation function.
Access the climate control unit PID AC_PRES
3
using the M-MDS.
Monitor the climate control unit AC_PRES PID
Is the AC_PRES PID value normal?
4

CONDITIONER].)
terminal 1H (wiring harness-side).
01-038-78
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
CLUSTER].)
DISPLAY].)
No
Yes

Go to Step 4.
No
Go to Step 13.
Yes
No
Go to Step 6.
Go to Step 5.
Yes
No
Go to Step 7.

RESULTS
ACTION

CONDITIONER].)
CONDITIONER].)
Yes
Access the climate control unit PID

EVAP_TEMP using the M-MDS.
Monitor the climate control unit PID
EVAP_TEMP while turning on and off the air
Is the EVAP_TEMP PID value normal?
CONDITIONER].)
Yes
No

CONDITIONER].)
AIR CONDITIONER].)
Go to Step 9.
Yes
No
Go to Step 11.

Yes

properly?
Yes

CONDITIONER].)
AIR CONDITIONER].)
Inspect for open or short circuit between evaporator
temperature sensor and climate control unit.
INSTALLATION.)
10

INSPECTION.)
STEP
5
INSPECTION
No
No
Go to Step 8.
No
Yes

No

CONDITIONER].)
01-038-79

STEP
11
12
13
INSPECTION
ACTION
RESULTS

CONDITIONER].)
,
terminal2P (wiring harness-side) while turning
control panel.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No

control unit terminal2P (wiring harness-side)
harness-side).
Yes
No

CONDITIONER].)

[L3 WITH TC].)
Measure the voltage at the AlC magnetic clutch
Is the voltage specified?
Yes
No
Go to Step 15.
Specification:
10.5 V or more
14
Inspect for continuity between AlC magnetic

clutch terminal A (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Yes
Replace the AlC compressor.

INSTALLATION.)
No
15

Yes
No
16

Disconnect the AlC relay and PCM connectors.
Inspect for continuity between AlC relay and
PCM terminal 11 (wiring harness-side).
Yes
Inspect for open circuit between the following:

Ignition switch and AlC relay (vehicles without
system)
IG2 relay and AlC relay (vehicles with advanced
Battery positive terminal and AlC relay
AlC relay and AlC magnetic clutch
No
17

01-038-80

NO.24 AlC IS ALWAYS ON OR AlC COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [L3 WITH TC]
24
DESCRIPTION
AlC IS ALWAYS ON OR AlC COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id010339803000
PCM, instrument cluster or climate control unit DTC is stored.

Short to power supply in wiring harness between AlC relay and magnetic clutch
AlC compressor magnetic clutch engagement is stuck.
Short to ground in wiring harness between AlC relay and PCM
Short to ground in wiring harness between climate control unit terminal 2P and instrument cluster
STEP
INSPECTION
Perform the PCM, instrument cluster and climate
control unit DTC inspection using the M-MDS.
[L3 WITH TC].)
RESULTS
No
ACTION
CLUSTER].)

Turn the AlC switch on with blower switch is on.
Remove the AlC relay.
Does the AlC magnetic clutch disengage?
Disconnect the AlC compressor connector.
Measure the voltage at AlC compressor terminal
B (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage B+?
Access the ACCS PID using the M-MDS.
[L3 WITH TC].)
Turn the AlC switch on and off with blower switch
is on.
Is the ACCS PID value always ON?
Yes
No
Go to Step 4.
Yes
No

Replace the AlC compressor (AiC magnetic clutch
engagement is stuck).
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No

Disconnect the instrument cluster and climate
control unit connectors.
unit terminal2P (wiring harness-side) and body
ground.
Yes
Yes

Replace the climate control unit (AiC switch signal
is always on).
CONDITION ER].)
No
Inspect for short to ground in wiring harness between

PCM terminal 11 and AlC relay.
Yes

Replace the climate control unit (AiC switch signal is
always on).
CONDITIONER].)
No

01-038-81

NO.25 AlC IS NOT CUT OFF UNDER WIDE OPEN THROTTLE CONDITIONS [L3 WITH TCl
id01 03398031 00
25
AlC IS NOT CUT OFF UNDER WIDE OPEN THROTTLE CONDITIONS

AlC compressor magnetic clutch does not disengage under WOT.

POSSIBLE CAUSE
Loosely installed APP sensor
DESCRIPTION
STEP
INSPECTION
1
Does the AlC compressor disengage when the
AlC switch is turned off?
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
Perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.24 AlC IS
No
CONTINUOUSLY".
COMPRESSOR RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [L3 WITH
TC].)
Yes
No
(See 01-40B-28 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
(APP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Replace the accelerator pedal if necessary.

[L3 WITH TC].)

NO.26 EXHAUST SULPHUR SMELL [L3 WITH TCl

26
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id010339803200
EXHAUST SULPHUR SMELL

Electrical connectors are disconnected or connected poorly
Vacuum lines are disconnected or connected improperly
Improper fuel pressure
Poor fuel quality
Warning
Caution
foreign material.
01-038-82

STEP
INSPECTION
RESULTS
Are any driveability or exhaust smoke concerns

present?
Yes

Vacuum lines
Fuel quality
Yes

[L3 WITH TCl)
[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
Yes
No
5
6


TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
specified?
TC].)
(See 01-16B-6 CHARCOAL CANISTER
Is a excess amount of liquid fuel present in
canister?
No
ACTION
Go to the appropriate flow chart.
(See 01-03B-4 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSTIC INDEX [L3
WITH TC].)
Repeat this step.
No

Yes
No
Go to Step 8.
Yes
No
Yes

Go to Step 7.
No
Yes
Go to Step 8.
No
Yes

(See 01-16B-5 CHARCOAL CANISTER REMOVAU
No
Inspect the fuel tank vent system.

If the fuel tank vent system is normal:
- Suggest trying a different brand since sulfur
content can vary in different fuels.
If the fuel tank vent system is not normal:

01-038-83

NO.27 FUEL REFILL CONCERNS [L3 WITH TC]
27
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id010339803300
FUEL REFILL CONCERNS

Clogged EVAP pipes
Warning
. death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete
manual. (See 01-14B-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TCl.) (See 01-14B-5
AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Caution
connector jOint area before disconnecting/connecting, and make sure that it is free of foreign
material.
STEP
INSPECTION
1
[L3 WITH TC].)
2
Does the nonreturn valve operate properly?
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
inspection results.

-If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, reprogram the PCM if a later
01-038-84

NO.28 FUEL FILLING SHUT OFF CONCERNS [L3 WITH TCl
28
~ DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id010339803400
FUEL FILLING SHUT OFF CONCERNS

Clogged EVAP pipes
Fuel shut-off valve malfunction
Fuel nozzle malfunction
Fuel nozzle is not inserted correctly
Warning
manual. (See 01-14B-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TC].) (See 01-14B-5
AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Caution
material.
INSPECTION
STEP
1
[L3 WITH TCl.)
2
Does the nonreturn valve operate properly?
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Fuel is not inserted correctly
Inspect fuel shut-off valve
inspection results.

01-038-85

NO.29 SPARK PLUG CONDITION [L3 WITH TCl
id010339803600
29
DESCRIPTION
SPARK PLUG CONDITION

Incorre:ct spark plug condition.
Note
Inspecting the condition of the spark plugs can determine whether a problem is related to a
specific cylinder or possibly all cylinders.
Wet/carbon stuck on specific plug:
Spark-Weak, not visible

Air/fuel mixture-Excessive fuel injection volume
Compression-No compression, low compression
Malfunctioning spark plug
Grayish white with specific plug:
Air/fuel mixture-Insufficient fuel injection volume

Malfunctioning spark plug
Wet/carbon is stuck on all plugs:
Spark-Spark weak
Air/fuel mixture-Too rich, excessive fuel pressure
Compression-Low compression
Clogging in intake/exhaust system
POSSIBLE CAUSE Grayish white with all plugs:

Air/fuel mixture-Too lean, insufficient fuel pressure
Warning
Caution
foreign material.
STEP
INSPECTION
1
Remove all spark plugs.
(See 01-188-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAU
(See 01-188-3 SPARK PLUG INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC].)
Is the spark plug wet/covered with carbon from

engine oil?
Inspect the spark plugs for the following:

Cracked insulator
Heat range
Air gap
Worn electrode
Inspect the compression pressure at the
suspected cylinder.
[L3 WITH TCl)
Is the compression pressure correct?
01-038-86
RESULTS
ACTION
Yes
Specific plug is wet or covered with carbon:
Specific plug looks grayish white:
Go to Step 10.
All plugs are wet or covered with carbon:
Go to Step 12.
All plugs look grayish white:
Go to Step 21.
No
Yes
Inspect all areas related to oil.
No
Yes
(See 01-188-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl)
No
Yes
No


STEP
5
INSPECTION
Reinstall all the spark plugs.
Perform the Spark Test at the suspected
cylinder.
Is a strong blue spark visible (compare with
normal cylinder)?
[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)


TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
specified?
TC].)
Inspect the spark plug for the following.
Heat range
Air gap
10
11
12
13
14
15
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Go to Step 9.
No
Yes

No

Yes

No

(See 01-02B-127 DTC P0201 :00 [L3 WITH
(See 01-02B-129 DTC P0202:00 [L3 WITH
(See 01-02B-131 DTC P0203:00 [L3 WITH
(See 01-02B-133 DTC P0204:00 [L3 WITH
Perform the KOER self test using the M-MDS.

WITH TC].)
Is the suspected fuel injector circuit related DTC
(P0201 :00, P0202:00, P0203:00 or P0204:00)
present?
Yes
Is the air cleaner element free of blockage?
Yes

[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
Inspect the suspected fuel injector for open or short

circuit in the fuel injector.
WITH TC].)
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
TC].)
TC].)
TC].)
TC].)
Inspect the suspect fuel injector for resistance:

WITH TC].)
Replace the air cleaner element.
Go to Step 18.

Go to Step 17.
01-038-87

STEP
INSPECTION
16
17
18
19
20
21
22

TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
specified?
TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
ECT
02S 11 (When engine can be started)
MAF
TC].)
Perform the Purge Control System Inspection
(when engine can be started).
[L3 WITH TC].)
Is the engine compression normal?
When the engine cannot be started:
Inspect the intake-air system for air leakage.
When the engine can be started:
Perform the intake manifold vacuum
inspection.
Is air sucked in from the intake-air system?
[L3 WITH TC].)
specification?
TC].)
23
24

01-038-88
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
Yes
Go to Step 19.
No
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
Inspect for clogging in the exhaust system.

No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

(See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-40B-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
ECT
02S11
02S12
MAF
-If normal:
Inspect the PCM ground condition.
-If not:
Go to Step 25.

STEP
25
26
INSPECTION
TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
specified?
TC].)
ACTION
RESULTS
Yes
No
WITH TC].)
ECT
02S11
02S12
MAF
-If normal:
-If not:

If a malfunction remains, inspect the related Service Bulletins and/or On-line Repair Information and pertorm the
INTERMITTENT CONCERN TROUBLESHOOTING [L3 WITH TCl

id010339800400
Vibration Method
perform the steps below.
Note
There are several reasons why the vehicle or engine vibration could cause an electrical malfunction.
Check the following:
Connectors are not fully seated.
- Wiring harnesses do not have full play.
- Wires laying across brackets or moving parts.
- Wires routed too close to hot parts.
An improperly routed, improperly clamped, or loose harness can cause a wiring harness to become
pinched between parts.
The connector joints, points of vibration, and places where the wiring harnesses pass through the firewall
and body panels are the major areas to be checked.
Inspection Method for Switch Connectors or Wires
Note
If engine starts and runs, perform the following steps during idle.
3. Access the PIDs for the switch you are inspecting.
PID.
If the PID value is unstable, check for a poor
connection.
!/It',;",'
'//
I ..,J
I
I ,..(
I
~~
,:,,,\
\
'- ...
\
\.
,
\
acxuuw00002361
01-038-89

Inspection Method for Sensor Connectors or Wires
Note
If the engine starts and runs, perform the following steps during idling.
3. Access the PIOs for the switch you are inspecting.
PID.
If the PIO value is unstable, check for poor
connection.
Inspection Method for Sensors

Note
3. Access the PIOs for the switch you are inspecting.
4. Shake the sensor slightly with your finger.
If the PIO value is unstable or a malfunction occurs, check for a poor connection or a poorly mounted
sensor or both.
Inspection Method for Actuators or Relays
Note
If engine starts and runs, perform the following steps during idling.
3. Prepare the output state control function for actuators or relays that you are inspecting.
4. Shake the actuator or relay with your finger for 3 s
after the output state control function is activated.
If a variable click sound is heard, check for a
poor connection or a poorly mounted actuator
or both, or the relay.
Note
Shake the relays too strongly may result in
open circuits.
acxuuw00002368
01-038-90

Water Sprinkling Method
If a malfunction occurs only during high humidity or rainy/snowy weather, perform the following steps:
Caution
Indirectly change the temperature and humidity by spraying water onto the front of the radiator.
If a vehicle is subject to water leakage, the leakage may damage the control module. When testing
a vehicle with a water leakage problem, special caution must be used.
1. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2 if you are inspecting sensors or switches.
Note
If the engine starts and runs, perform the following steps is idling.
3. Access the PIDs for the sensor or the switch if you are inspecting sensors or switches.
4. If you are inspecting the switch, turn it on manually.
5. Spray water onto the vehicle or run it through a
car wash.
If the PID value is unstable or a malfunction
occurs, repair or replace parts if necessary.
am3uuw0000333
ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id010339803700
Input Signal System Investigation Procedure

1. Find an unusual signal. (See 01-038-91 Finding unusual signals.)
2. Locate the source. (See 01-038-91 Locating the source of unusual signals.)
3. Repair or replace the defective part.
4. Confirm that the unusual signal has been erased.
Finding unusual signals
While referring to 01-028-8 ON-80ARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TCl, use the PID/DATA monitor and record
function to inspect the input signal system relating to the problem.
1. Start the engine and idle the vehicle. You can assume that any signals that are out of specification by a wide
margin are unusual.
2. When recreating the problem, any sudden change in the monitor input signals that is not consciously created
by the driver can be determined as unusual.
Locating the source of unusual signals
Caution
Compare the M-MDS monitor voltage with the measurement voltage using the digital measurement
system function. If you use another tester, a misreading may occur.
When measuring the voltage, attach the tester ground to the ground of the PCM that is being
tested, or to the engine itself. If this is not done, the measured voltage and actual voltage may
differ.
After connecting the pin to a waterproof coupler, confirm continuity and measure the voltage, and
inspect the waterproof connector for cracks. If there are any, use sealant to fix them. Failure to do
this may result in deterioration of the wiring harness or terminal from water damage, leading to
problems with the vehicle.
01-038-91

Thermistor type (IAT sensor, ECT sensor No.1, ECT sensor No.2 and boost air temperature sensor)
peM
INPUT
GND
)----1
23
J
acxuuw00002366
Investigate the input signal system for thermistor type

1. When an unusual signal is received, measure the #1 PCM terminal voltage.
If the #1 terminal voltage and the M-MDS monitor voltage are the same, proceed to the next step.
If there is a difference of 0.5 V or more, inspect the following points concerning the PCM connector:
Female terminal opening is loose.
Wiring harness/pin crimp is loose or disconnected.
2. Measure the #2 sensor terminal voltage.
If there is a 0.5 V or more difference between the sensor and M-MDS voltages, inspect the wiring harness
for open or short circuits.
If the sensor and M-MDS voltages are the same, inspect the following points concerning the sensor
connector:
If there are no problems, proceed to next investigation below.
Investigate the ground system for thermistor type
Confirm that terminal sensor #3 is at 0 V.
If it is at 0 V, inspect the sensor. If necessary, replace the sensor.
If not, inspect for the following:
Open circuit in wiring harness
Main Relay Operation Inspection
1. Verify that the main relay clicks when the ignition is switched to ON and then to off.
If there is no operation sound, inspect the following:
Main relay (See 09-21-17 RELAY INSPECTION.)
Wiring harness and connector between battery positive terminal and main relay terminal A
Wiring harness and connector between PCM terminal 1AT and main relay terminal B
01-038-92

Intake Manifold Vacuum Inspection
1. Verify air intake hoses are installed properly.
2. Start the engine and run it is idling.
3. Disconnect the vacuum hose between the intake manifold and purge solenoid valve from the intake manifold
side.
4. Connect a vacuum gauge to the intake manifold and measure the intake manifold vacuum.
Specification
More than 60 kPa {450 mmHg, 18 inHg}
Note
Air suction can be located by the engine speed change when lubricant is sprayed on the area where
suction is occurring.
Air suction at throttle body, charge air cooler, intake manifold and PCV valve installation points
EGR valve (stuck open)
Engine compression (See 01-10B-12 COMPRESSION INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Electronic Throttle Control System Inspection
Engine coolant temperature compensation inspection
1. Access the following PIDs using the M-MDS: (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TCD
ECT
IAT
RPM
2. Verify that the engine is cold, then start the engine.
3. Verify that the engine speed decreases as the engine warms up.
If the engine speed does not decrease or decreases slowly, inspect the following:
ECT sensor and related wiring harness (See 01-40B-25 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT)
SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl)
- Throttle body and related wiring harness (See 01-13B-12 THROTTLE BODY INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TCl)
Load compensation inspection
2. Verify that the DTC P0506:00 or P0507:00 is not displayed. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST
[L3 WITH TCl.)
If the DTC P0506:00, or P0507:00 is displayed, perform the DTC inspection. (See 01-02B-199 DTC
P0506:00 [L3 WITH TCl.) (See 01-02B-201 DTC P0507:00 [L3 WITH TCl.)
3. Access the RPM PID using the M-MDS. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TCl)
Note
Excludes temporary idle speed drop just after the loads are turned on.
4. Verify that the engine speed is within the specification under each load condition.
If the load condition is not as specified, inspect the following:
A/C system (AiC request signal is always on or off) (See 01-03B-78 NO.23 A/C DOES NOT WORK
SUFFICIENTLY [L3 WITH TCl.) (See 01-03B-81 NO.24 AlC IS ALWAYS ON OR AlC COMPRESSOR
RUNS CONTINUOUSLY [L3 WITH TCl.)
Electrical load
Charging system (See 01-17B-4 BATTERY INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.) (See 01-17B-8 GENERATOR
Engine speed
Engine speed (rpm)
Load condition
Neutral
No load
Electrical load on *1
Ale operating
*1
650-750
650-750
700-800
When the following electrical loads are on: Headlights, rear defroster, cooling fan No.1, cooling fan No.2, and
the blower motor (2-step or more)
01-038-93

Throttle position (TP) sweep inspection
1. Perform the KOER self test. (See 01-02B-12 KOEO/KOER SELF TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Verify that none of the following DTCs are displayed:
P0122:00, P0123:00, P0222:00, P0223:00, P2100:00, P21 01 :00, P2107:00, P2108:00, P2119:00,
P2122:00, P2123:00, P2127:00, P2128:00, P2135:00, P2138:00
If anyone DTC is displayed, perform the DTC inspection. (See 01-02B-18 DTC TABLE [L3 WITH TC].)
3. Access the TP REL PID using the M-MDS. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
4. Verify that the PID reading is within the CTP value. (See 01-40B-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Remove the air duct from the throttle valve body.
Verify that the throttle valve opens when the accelerator pedal is depressed.
If the throttle valve opens, inspect the TP sensor and the related wiring harness. (See 01-40B-28
THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
If the throttle valve does not open, inspect the throttle valve actuator control motor and the related
wiring harness. (See 01-13B-12 THROTTLE BODY INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
5. Gradually depress the throttle pedal and verify that the PID reading increases lineally.
If the PID reading drops momentarily, inspect the following:
- TP sensor (See 01-40B-28 THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
6. Fully depress the throttle pedal and verify that the PID reading is within the WOT value. (See 01-40B-8 PCM
Remove the air duct from throttle body with connector connected.
Verify that the throttle valve opens when throttle pedal is depressed.
If the throttle valve opens, inspect the TP sensor and the related wiring harness. (See 01-40B-28
THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
If the throttle valve does not open, inspect the throttle valve actuator control motor and the related
wiring harness. (See 01-13B-12 THROTTLE BODY INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Variable Swirl System Operation Inspection
1. Access the ECT PID using the M-MDS. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Verify that the ECT PID is below 0 C {32 OF}.
4. Inspect the rod operation under the following conditions:
Rod operation
Engine speed
3,250 rpm
Below
Operate
I
I
Above
Not operate
If the rod operation is not specified, inspect as follows:

1. Perform the KOER self test using the M-MDS and verify that the DTCs P2004:00, P2006:00, P2009:00 or
P2010:00 is not displayed. (See 01-02B-12 KOEO/KOER SELF TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
If the DTC P2004:00, P2006:00, P2009:00 or P201 0:00 is displayed, perform DTC inspection. (See 0102B-234 DTC P2004:00 [L3 WITH TC].) (See 01-02B-237 DTC P2006:00 [L3 WITH TC].) (See 01-02B-240
DTC P2009:00 [L3 WITH TC].) (See 01-02B-242 DTC P2010:00 [L3 WITH TC].)
If simUlation function of M-MDS is used:
2. Turn the variable swirl solenoid valve from off to on using the IMRC PID and verify that the operation sound of
the solenoid valve is heard.
If the operation sound is not heard, replace the variable swirl solenoid valve. (See 01-13B-12 VARIABLE
SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
If the operation sound is not heard, inspect the following:
Variable swirl shutter valve actuator (See 01-13B-12 VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR
Check valve is stuck open or closed.
Shutter valve cannot move smoothly.
If simulation function of M-MDS is not used:
1. Inspect the variable swirl solenoid valve. (See 01-13B-12 VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
If the variable swirl solenoid valve is not normal, replace the variable swirl solenoid valve. (See 01-13B-4
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
If the variable swirl solenoid valve is normal, inspect the following:
Variable swirl shutter valve actuator (See 01-13B-12 VARIABLE SWI RL SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR
Check valve is stuck open or closed.
Shutter valve cannot move smoothly.
01-038-94

Fuel Injector Operation Inspection
, STEP
1
INSPECTION
Access the INJ_1, INJ_2, INJ_3, and INJ_4
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
Turn the fuel injector from on to off using the
PIDs for each cylinder.
Does the engine speed drop?
Perform the Main Relay Operation
Inspection.
(See 01-038-92 Main Relay Operation
Inspection.)
Does the main relay work properly?
Inspect the fuel injector of the suspected
cylinder.
Perform the KOER self test using the MMOS.

(See 01-028-12 KOEO/KOER SELF TEST
[L3 WITH TC].)
Are DTCs P0201 :00, P0202:00, P0203:00
and/or P0204:00 present?
Inspect the fuel injector of the suspected

cylinder.
Yes
No
ACTION
Fuel injectors work properly.
Engine speed does not drop an any cylinder:
Engine speed drops on some cylinders:
Go to Step 4.
Yes
No

inspection results.
Yes

No
Inspect the fuel injector power and/or ground systems

related wiring harness and connectors for the suspected
cylinder.
If all items normal:
- Replace the PCM.
WITH TC].)
If not:
- Repair or replace the malfunctioning part according to
(See 01-028-127 DTC P0201:00 [L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-129 DTC P0202:00 [L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-131 DTC P0203:00 [L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-133 DTC P0204:00 [L3 WITH TC].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Inspect the following for the suspected cylinder:

PCM terminals (pulled-out pins, corrosion)
Fuel injector terminals (pulled-out pins, corrosion)
- If all items are normal:
Replace the PCM.
(See 01-408-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC].)
-If not:

STEP
1
INSPECTION
Perform the KOER self test using the MMOS.
(See 01-028-12 KOEO/KOER SELF TEST
[L3 WITH TC].)
Are DTCs P0201 :00, P0202:00, P0203:00
and/or P0204:00 present?

Inspect the following for the suspected

cylinder:
- Fuel injector power and/or ground system
related wiring harnesses and connectors.
- PCM terminals (pulled-out pins, corrosion)
- Fuel injector terminals (pulled-out pins,
corrosion)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
(See 01-028-127 DTC P0201 :00 [L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-129 DTC P0202:00 [L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-131 DTC P0203:00 [L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-028-133 DTC P0204:00 [L3 WITH TC].)
inspection results.
Replace the PCM.
TC].)
01-038-95

Fuel Cut Control System Inspection
Note
This inspection has to be performed after the Fuel Injector Operation Inspection.
2. Access the RPM and the FUELPW1 PIDs using the M-MDS. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST
[L3 WITH TCl.)
3. Monitor both PIDs while performing the following steps:
(1) Depress the accelerator pedal and increase the RPM PID to 4,000 rpm.
(2) Quickly release the accelerator pedal (brake pedal is not depressed) and verify that the FUELPW1 PID is 0
msec., and 2-5 msec. when the RPM PID drops below 1,200 rpm .
If not as specified, inspect the following.
ECT sensor No.1 and related wiring harness (See 01-40B-25 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
(ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Measure the fuel injector control signal wave profile using the oscilloscope while performing the following steps.
(1) Depress the accelerator pedal and increase the engine speed to 4,000 rpm.
(2) Quickly release the accelerator pedal (brake pedal is not depressed) and verify that the wave profile
constant B+, and the wave appears when the engine speed drops below 1,200 rpm. (See 01-40B-8 PCM
If not as specified, inspect the following.
ECT sensor No.1 and related wiring harness (See 01-40B-25 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
(ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Fuel Pump Operation Inspection
3. Turn the fuel pump relay from off to on using the FP PID and inspect if the operation sound of the fuel pump is
heard. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
If no operation sound is heard, proceed to the next step.
4. Measure the voltage at the wiring harness side fuel pump unit terminal B with the FP PID turned on.
Fuel pump continuity
- Fuel pump ground
- Wiring harness between fuel pump relay and PCM terminal 1H
Fuel pump relay
- Fuel pump speed control relay
- Wiring harness connector (Battery-Fuel pump relay-Fuel pump resister-Fuel pump unit-Ground)
Specification
8.0-11.5 V (Ignition switch at ON)
Caution
Connecting the wrong check connector terminal may possibly cause a malfunction. Carefully
connect the specified terminal only.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Short the check connector terminal F/P to body ground using a jumper wire.
Remove the fuel-filler cap.
Verify that the fuel pump operation sound is heard.
If no operation sound is heard, proceed to the next step.
01-038-96

5. Measure the voltage at wiring harness side fuel pump unit connector terminal B.
- Fuel pump continuity
- Fuel pump ground
- Wiring harness between fuel pump relay and PCM terminal 1H
- Fuel pump speed control relay (See 09-21-17 RELAY INSPECTION.)
- Wiring harness connector (Battery-Fuel pump relay-Fuel pump resister-Fuel pump unit-Ground)
Specification
8.0-11.5 V (Ignition switch at on)
Fuel Pump Control System Inspection
2. Access the FP PID using the M-MDS. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
3. Turn the fuel pump relay from off to on and inspect if the operation sound of the fuel pump relay is heard.
If no operation sound is heard, inspect the fuel pump relay. (See 09-21-17 RELAY INSPECTION.)
If the fuel pump relay is normal, inspect the following:
Wiring harness and connectors (Ignition switch-Fuel pump relay-PCM terminal 1H) (vehicles without
advanced keyless entry and push button start system)
Wiring harness and connectors (Relay block-Fuel pump relay-PCM terminal 1H) (vehicles with
1. Crank the engine and verify that the fuel pump relay operation sound is heard.
2. If the operation sound is not heard, inspect the following:
Wiring harness and connectors (Ignition switch-Fuel pump relay-PCM terminal 1H) (vehicles without
Wiring harness and connectors (Relay block-Fuel pump relay-PCM terminal 1H) (vehicles with
Fuel Pump Speed Control Inspection
1. Perform the Fuel Pump Operation Inspection.
5. Turn the fuel pump speed control relay from off to on using the FPRR PID and verify that the fuel pump unit
operation sound frequency at FPRR PID on is higher than off. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST
[L3 WITH TC].)
If it cannot verified, inspect for the following:
Fuel pump resister
Fuel pump speed control relay (stuck on or off) (See 09-21-17 RELAY INSPECTION.)
Wiring harnesses and connectors (open or short to ground circuit at fuel pump relay terminal C-fuel
pump speed control relay-fuel pump unit terminal B)
1. Perform the fuel pump operation inspection.
3. Verify that the fuel pump unit operation sound frequency at cranking is higher than during idle.
If it cannot verified, inspect for the following:
Fuel pump resister
Fuel pump speed control relay (stuck on or off) (See 09-21-17 RELAY INSPECTION.)
Wiring harnesses and connectors (open or short to ground circuit at fuel pump relay terminal C-fuel
pump speed control relay-fuel pump unit terminal B)
01-038-97

Spark Test
1. Disconnect the fuel pump relay.
2. Verify that each ignition coil and connector is connected properly.
3. Inspect the ignition system in the following procedure.
Warning
High voltage in the ignition system can cause strong electrical shock which can result in serious
injury. Avoid direct contact to the vehicle body during the following spark test.
STEP
1
INSPECTION
Disconnect the ignition coil from the spark
plugs.
Remove the spark plugs.
Verify that the spark plugs do not have
carbon deposits.
Inspect the spark plugs for damage, wear,
and proper plug gap.
(See 01-18B-3 SPARK PLUG INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
Reconnect the spark plugs to the ignition
coil.
Ground the spark plugs to the engine.
Is a strong blue spark visible at each cylinder
while cranking the engine?
Inspect the following wiring harnesses for an

open or short circuit:
- Ignition coil No.1 terminal C-PCM
terminal 2BA
terminal 2AW
terminal 2AX
terminal 2AT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Measure the voltage at the terminal A in

each ignition coils.
Is the voltage B+?
Yes
No
Does the PCM connector or ignition coil

connectors have poor connection?
Yes
Inspect the CKP sensor and crankshaft

pulley.
(CKP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Perform no-load racing at 4,000 rpm for 2 min, 2 times to
burn off the carbon deposits.
Repeat this step.
Replace the spark plugs, then go to the next step.

(See 01-18B-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC].)
Ignition system is normal.
Some cylinders do not spark:
All cylinders do not spark:
Go to Step 5 .
Step 1.
Inspect the ignition coil.
(See 01-18B-2 IGNITION COIL INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
Replace the ignition coil if necessary.
(See 01-18B-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC].)

Inspect the power supply circuit of ignition coils.
inspection results.
Inspect for an open or short circuit in the wiring harness and
connector of the CKP sensor.
inspection results.
EGR Control System Inspection

1. Crank the engine and verify that the EGR valve operation (initial operation) sound is heard.
If the operation sound is not heard, verify that the DTC P0403:00 is shown. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
If the DTC P0403:00 is shown, perform the DTC inspection. (See 01-02B-164 DTC P0403:00 [L3 WITH
TC].)
2. Start the engine run it is idling.
3. Increase the step value of the EGR valve from 0 to 57 using the SEGRP PID of the simulation function. (See
01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
4. Operate the EGR valve and inspect if the engine speed becomes unstable or the engine stalls .
If the engine speed does not change, proceed to the following.
(1) Stop the engine.
(2) Remove the EGR valve. (See 01-16B-8 EGR VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(3) Connect the EGR valve connector.
01-038-98

(4) Switch the ignition to ON (engine off).
(S) Increase the step value of EGR valve from 0 to 57 using the SEGRP PID.
(6) Verify that the EGR valve operates according to the SEGRP PID.
If the EGR valve is operated, clean the EGR valve and the EGR gas passage .
If the EGR valve does not operate, replace the EGR valve.
S. Start the engine and warm it up completely.
6. Access the following PIDs: (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
ECT, RPM, SEGRP, APP1, APP2, TP REL, VSS
7. Idle the vehicle and verify that the SEGRP value is O.
Caution
While performing this step, always operate the vehicle in a safe and lawful manner.
capturing function and inspect later.
9. Depress the accelerator pedal and verify that the SEGRP value increases.
If the SEGRP value does not increase, inspect the VSS, TP REL and ECT PIDs. (See 01-40B-8 PCM
10. Stop the vehicle and verify that the SEGRP value is returns to O.
If simUlation function of M-MDS is not used:

1. Verify that EGR valve operation (initial operation) sound is heard when the ignition is switched to ON.
If the operation sound is not heard, verify that the DTC P0403:00 is shown. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
TC].)
4. Access the following PIDs using the M-MDS: (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
ECT, RPM, SEGRP, APP1, APP2, TP REL, VSS
S. Let the vehicle idle and verify that the SEGRP value is O.
7. Depress the accelerator pedal and verify that the SEGRP value is increased.
If the EGR valve increases, inspect the following:
EGR valve (stuck open or closed) (See 01-16B-9 EGR VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Wiring harness and connectors (Main relay-EGR valve-PCM)
If the SEGRP value does not increase, inspect the VSS, APP1, APP2, TP REL and ECT PIDs. (See 0140B-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
8. Stop the vehicle and verify that the SEGRP value returns to O.
Purge Control System Inspection

If there is a vacuum, inspect the following:
Wiring harness and connectors (Purge solenoid valve-PCM terminal 2AB)
Purge solenoid valve (stuck open) (See 01-16B-8 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
4. Verify that the DTC P0443:00 is displayed. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
TC].)
S. Access the EVAPCP PID using the M-MDS. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
6. Increase the duty value of the purge solenoid valve to 50% and inspect if the operation sound of the valve is
heard.
If the operation sound is heard, inspect for loose or damaged vacuum hoses. (Intake manifold-Purge
solenoid valve-Charcoal canister)
If the operation sound is not heard, inspect the purge solenoid valve. (See 01-16B-8 PURGE SOLENOID
VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
8. Monitor the EVAPCP PID using the M-MDS, and drive the vehicle approx. 2000 rpm for 30 s or more.
If the EVAPCP PID is 0%, inspect the following.
MAF, APP1, APP2, TP REL and LOAD PIDs (See 01-40B-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
01-038-99

- Wiring harness and connectors (Purg.e solenoid valve-PCM terminal 2A8)
- Purge solenoid valve (See 01-168-8 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
5. Stop the engine.
6. Verify that the DTC P0443:00 is shown. (See 01-028-8 ON-80ARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TCl.)
If the DTC P0443:00 is shown, perform the DTC inspection. (See 01-028-178 DTC P0443:00 [L3 WITH
TCl.)
8. Access the ECT PID using the M-MDS. (See 01-028-8 ON-80ARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
9. Verify that the engine coolant temperature is above 60C {140 OF}.
If the M-MDS indicates that the temperature is below 60C {140 OF}, Inspect the ECT sensor. (See 01408-25 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
10. Set the vehicle on the dynamometer or chassis roller.
Warning
When the dynamometer or chassis roller is operating, there is a possibility that the operator may
come into contact with or be caught up in the rotating parts, leading to serious injuries or death.
When performing work while the dynamometer or chassis roller is operating, be careful not to
contact or be caught up in any of the rotating parts.
11. Drive vehicle at an engine speed to approx. 2000 rpm for 30 s or more.
12. Put a finger to the purge solenoid valve and verify that there is no vacuum applied during Step 2.
If there is no vacuum, inspect the following:
- Wiring harness and connector (Main relay-Purge solenoid valve-PCM terminal 2A8)
- Purge solenoid valve (See 01-168-8 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
- MAF, APP1, APP2, TP REL and LOAD PIDs (See 01-408-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH Tel.)
- Vacuum hose (Purge solenoid valve-Charcoal canister)
AlC Cut-off Control System Inspection

2. Turn the A/C switch and fan switch on.
3. Verify that the A/C compressor magnetic clutch actuates.
If it does not actuate, go to symptom troubleshooting "NO.23 AlC DOES NOT WORK SUFFICIENTLY".
(See 01-038-78 NO.23 A/C DOES NOT WORK SUFFICIENTLY [L3 WITH TCl.)
4. Fully open the throttle valve and verify that the AlC compressor magnetic clutch does not actuate for 2-5 s.
If it actuates, inspect as follows:
AlC relay (See 09-21-17 RELAY INSPECTION.)
Open or short to ground circuit in the wiring harness and connectors (Ignition switch-AiC relay-PCM
terminal 11)
AlC related parts
APP1, APP2 PIDs (See 01-408-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Cooling Fan Control System Inspection
1. Start the engine and warm it up to normal operating temperature.
2. Perform the KOER self test. (See 01-028-12 KOEO/KOER SELF TEST [L3 WITH TCl.)
3. Verify that the DTC P0480:00 is not shown and the cooling fan operates during the KOER self test.
If the DTC P0480:00 is shown, perform the DTC inspection. (See 01-028-195 DTC P0480:00 [L3 WITH
TCl.)
If the cooling fans do not operate, proceed to the following:
Inspect the following parts in the indicated order in accordance with fan operation conditions.
Open circuit between fan control module and battery positive terminal
Open circuit between fan control module and ground
Poor connection of the fan control module connector
Replace the cooling fan component. (See 01-128-14 COOLING FAN COMPONENT REMOVAU
01-038-100

Wastegate Control System Operation Inspection
2. Disconnect the hose between the wastegate control solenoid valve and the intake pipe.
3. Put a finger to the wastegate control solenoid valve and verify that there is no pressure applied.
If there is pressure, inspect the following:
- Wiring harness and connectors (Wastegate control solenoid valve-PCM terminal 2AA)
- Wastegate control solenoid valve (stuck open) (See 01-13B-13 WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID
5. Verify that the DTC P024S:00 or P0246:00 are shown. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3
WITH TC].)
If the DTC P024S:00 or P0246:00 are shown, perform the DTC inspection. (See 01-02B-140 DTC
P024S:00 [L3 WITH TC].) (See 01-02B-142 DTC P0246:00 [L3 WITH TC].)
6. Access the WGC PID using the M-MDS. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
7. Increase the duty value of the wastegate control solenoid valve and inspect if the operation sound of the
solenoid valve is heard.
If the operation sound is heard, inspect for loose or damaged vacuum hoses. (Waste gate actuatorWastegate control solenoid valve-Intake hose)
If the operation sound is not heard, inspect the wastegate control solenoid valve. (See 01-13B-13
WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
9. Access the WGC and APP PIDs using the M-MDS. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH
TC].)
10. Run the engine with the APP PID above 30% and verify that the WGC PID value increases from 00/0.
If the WGC PID is 00/0, inspect the APP PID. (See 01-40B-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Disconnect the hose between the wastegate control solenoid valve and the intake pipe.
3. Put a finger to the wastegate control solenoid valve and verify that there is no pressure applied.
If there is pressure, inspect the following:
- Wiring harness and connectors (Wastegate control solenoid valve-PCM terminal 2AA)
- Wastegate control solenoid valve (stuck open) (See 01-13B-13 WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID
5. Verify that the DTC P024S:00 or P0246:00 are shown. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3
WITH TC].)
If the DTC P024S:00 or P0246:00 are shown, perform the DTC inspection. (See 01-02B-140 DTC
P024S:00 [L3 WITH TC].) (See 01-028-142 DTC P0246:00 [L3 WITH TC].)
7. Access the WGC and APP PIDs using the M-MDS. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH
TC].)
8. The hose between the wastegate control solenoid valve and intake pipe is disconnected.
9. Run the engine with the APP PID above 30% and verify that the WGC PID value increases from 00/0 and there
is pressure applied.
If the WGC PID is 0%, inspect the TP REL PID. (See 01-40B-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
If there is no pressure applied, inspect for the following:
Wastegate control solenoid valve (stuck closed) (See 01-13B-13 WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl)
Hose connection {Intake hose (turbocharger compressor downstream side)-Wastegate actuatorIntake hose (turbocharger compressor upstream side))
Variable Valve Timing Control System Operation Inspection
When idling cannot be continued
1. Remove the OCV and verify that the spool valve is at maximum retard position. (See 01-1 OB-23 OIL CONTROL
VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Connect the OCV.
4. Verify that the spool valve is at the maximum retard position.
If the spool valve is stuck in the advance direction, inspect for the following:
Short circuit in wiring harnesses or connectors between the OCV and the PCM
5. Inspect the variable timing actuator.
01-038-101
..:

When idling can be continued
2. Verify that the DTC P2088:00 or P2089:00 are shown. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3
WITH TC].)
If the DTC P2088:00 or P2089:00 are shown, perform the DTC inspection. (See 01-02B-244 DTC
P2088:00 [L3 WITH TC].) (See 01-02B-246 DTC P2089:00 [L3 WITH TC].)
4. Access the VT DUTY1 PID using the M-MDS. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
5. Increase the OCV duty value and verify that the engine idles roughly or stalls.
If as specified, inspect the timing belt component (valve timing deviation).
If not as specified, go to the next step.
6. Remove the OCV while the connector is connected. (See 01-1 OB-23 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/
8. Access the VT DUTY1 PID using the M-MDS. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
9. Increase the OCV duty value and verify that the spool valve operates in the advance direction.
If as specified, inspect the following hydraulic passage for clogging and/or leakage.
- OCV-Camshaft
- OCV operation (See 01-10B-22 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
10. If they are normal, replace the intake camshaft pulley (with a built-in variable valve timing actuator). (See 011OB-14 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
1. Disconnect the OCV connector.
2. Verify that the DTC P2088:00 or P2089:00 are shown. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3
WITH TC].)
If the DTC P2088:00 or P2089:00 are shown, perform the DTC inspection. (See 01-02B-244 DTC
P2088:00 [L3 WITH TC].) (See 01-02B-246 DTC P2089:00 [L3 WITH TC].)
4. Apply battery voltage to the OCV and verify that the engine idles roughly or stalls.
If the engine idles roughly or stalls, inspect the timing belt component (valve timing deviation).
If the engine does not idle roughly or stalls, go to the next step.
5. Remove the OCV and perform the spool valve operation inspection. (See 01-10B-23 OIL CONTROL VALVE
(OCV) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
- OCV (See 01-10B-22 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
- Harnesses and connectors between OCV and PCM have an open or short circuit.
If as specified, inspect the following hydraulic passages for clogging or leakage or both:
- OCV-Camshaft
6. If they are normal, replace the camshaft pulley (with built-in variable valve timing actuator). (See 01-108-14
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Evaporative Emission (EVAP) System Leak Inspection
To verify that the problem has been fixed properly after repairs, the run drive cycle or EVAP system leak
inspection must be performed.
EVAP system leak inspection using the M-MDS
Note
Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the EVAP system test.
EVAP system test out line
The EVAP system test, which can substituted for the run drive cycle as an EVAP control system repair
confirmation method, can detect the small/large leak or blockage without run-drive cycle.
Note
M-MDS can not detect "VERY SMALL LEAK". To identify the leak point, please use the leak tester or
ultrasonic leak detector.
01-038-102

EVAP system test description
The EVAP system test finds gas leaks or blockage of EVAP system using the changes of the fuel tank
pressure.
This test starts after sending an on-demand test signal from the M-MDS to the PCM.
This test consists of three stages, and each stage is performed automatically as follows:
Stage 1 test. (Test for large leak or blockage)
M-MDS send the stage 1 test start signal
EVAPTest
to the PCM.
PCM controls the CV solenoid valve and
purge solenoid valve to control the tank
pressure to the targeted value.
M-MDS detect the large leak or the purge
line blockage if the tank pressure does not
arrive at the target vacuum in specified
FTPress 2.6V
~b.93V 1.6V~
OV
period.
5V
Fuel tank pressure
Pulling Target Vacuum

ac9uuw00002843
Stage 2 test. (Test for small leak)

When fuel tank pressure arrived at the
targeted pressure at stage 1 test, M-MDS
send the stage 2 test signal to the PCM to
turn off the purge solenoid to keep the
tank pressure.
M-MDS detect the small leak if the tank
pressure can not keep within the target in
specified period.
EVAPTest
FTPress 1.0V
~I
11111111111 4
I
~~~.09=V----------O~.81~V~~1.2~1~'-------1~.91~V
Fuel tank pressure

The vacuum bleed down and bleed up rate is in range
ac9uuw00002844
Stage 3 test. (Test for blockage)

M-MDS send the stage 3 test signal to the
PCM to turn off the CV solenoid for check
the blockage of EVAP system.
M-MDS detect blockage of the CV
solenoid valve or air filter if the tank
pressure does not arrive at the target
(atmosphere).
EVAPTest
FTPress 2.5V
IO~V~--~~~~~~2.~~~---3-.5V~I~r------5~V
III IIIIIIIII~JIIII~IIIII
I
Fuel tank pressure
The FTP value is in range.
ac9uuw00002845
01-038-103

EVAP system malfunction judgment
M-MDS detect the small/large leak or blockage based on fuel tank pressure at the end of EVAP Test.
The EVAPTest could not obtain the target vacuum. A large leak or blockage is suspect.
This judgment means tank pressure could not arrive at target pressure at stage 1 test.
Check for the large leakage or inspect the purge solenoid valve operation and related hoses.
The EVAPTest could not maintain the target vacuum. A small leak is suspect.
This judgment means tank pressure could not stay in target pressure at stage 2 test.
Run the EVAP Test again after Re-tighten the fuel filler cap.
If small leak is suspected again, use the leak tester or ultrasonic leak detector for identify the leak point.
I Blockage in EVAP system.

-
This judgment means tank pressure could not return to atmosphere at stage 3 test.
Inspect the CV solenoid, Air filter, Charcoal canister and related hoses for blockage.
No large leaks or blockage have been detected in the EVAP system at this time.
M-MDS can not detect 'VERY SMALL LEAK ((.

To identify the leak point, please use the leak tester or ultrasonic leak detector.
acmzzc00000014
Evaporative system test procedure

1. Verify that all PIDs within the following
specifications.
Note
PIDs must be within the specifications
Specification
PID
PID Range
BARO 74.9 kPa {562 mmHg, 22.1 inHg} or more
2. Select the following items from the initialization

FLI
15-850/0
screen of the M-MDS.
1. Select the "Powertrain".
2. Select the "Fuel".
ECT
3. Select the "EVAP Test".
ECT minus IAT -10-25 C {-5.6-13.9 OF}
Verify that ECT and IAT are within the
IAT
specifications at the confirmation
screen.To successfully perform this
procedure, ECT and IAT must be within
the spec before proceeding to the next
ac9uuw00002847
step.
Fuel Level must be maintained within
15%-85%. PCM will cancel the EVAP Test If the Fuel Level is lower than 15% or higher than 850/0.
3. Verify the test results described on the M-MDS and follow the instructions.
01-038-104

EVAP system leak inspection using leak tester
1. Periorm the following SST (EVAP System Tester 134-01 049A) self-test:
Note
If the tester does not work correctly during the self-test, refer to the tester operators manual for a more
detailed self-test procedure.
(1) Verify that the control valve on the panel is in
the HOLD position then open the nitrogen
bottle valve.
(2) Connect the vehicle interiace hose (part of
the SST) to the SELF-TEST port located on
the control panel. Hand tighten the fitting. (Do
SELFTESTPORT
not overtighten.)
(3) Turn the control valve to the TEST position.
.040 TEST PORT
Cl
(4) The gauge should read 331-381 mm {13.020 TEST PORT~+--15 in} of water.
If the gauge is not reading in this range,
adjust the pressure by turning the black
acxuuw00004175
knob on the low pressure regulator at the
nitrogen bottle.
(5) Turn the control valve to the HOLD position.
(6) Verify that the gauge holds pressure and that the flow meter reads no flow.
If there is no drop in pressure and no flow, the tester passes the self-test.
If the gauge leaks down, refer to the tester operators manual.
2. Connect the SST to the vehicle.
(1) Verify that the control valve on the panel is in the HOLD position then open the nitrogen bottle valve.
(2) Remove the fuel-filler cap from the vehicle.
If the fuel-filler cap is not a MAZDA part or equivalent, replace it.
f@
\:iII>
1tJ ~l0-'
0 !1'
Note
INSPECT FUEL FILLER CAP AND FILLER NECK
- Visually inspect for damage, insufficient sealing, rust, cracks or warps for filler cap and filler neck.
Repair or replace if necessary.
(3) Connect the receiver assembly (SST: 13401059) to the vehicle cap test hose assembly
(part of the SST) and the fuel-filler cap from
the vehicle.
(4) Connect the cap adaptor (SST: 134-01058) to
the vehicle cap test hose assembly (part of
the SST) and to the fuel-filler neck.
(5) Connect the vehicle interiace hose (part of
the SST) to the center fitting of the vehicle cap
test hose assembly (part of the SST).
5. Request the PCM on-board device control (Mode
08) using the M-MDS to close the canister vent
value.
VEHICLE CAP
TEST HOSE
ASSEMBLY
VEHICLE
INTERFACE
HOSE
ac9uuw00001084
Note
The canister vent value is closed for 10 min unless the following any actions are done:
- The engine is started.
- The ignition switch is turned off position.
6. Make sure the control valve on the 134-01 049A is in the HOLD position and that the valve on the cylinder of
nitrogen gas is open.
7. Turn the control valve to the open position and let the system fill. You should note a drop in the gauge pressure
along with the flow meter being pegged at maximum flow for several minutes depending on how full or empty
the fuel tank is, and how long it takes to completely fill and pressurize the evaporative emissions system hoses.
8. If the gauge and the flow meter do not settle to a measurable level after 2-3 min, then refer to the Mazda
Workshop Manual to verify that the canister vent valve is properly closed. If canister vent valve is properly
closed. The EVAP system has large leakage. Check for leakage and repair as necessary.
01-038-105
9. Verify the pressure gauge and flow meter reading to determine if there is an evaporative emissions leak:
NO EVAPORATIVE LEAK:
The flow meter registers "zero flow" and the pressure gauge returns to the pre-set pressure of 356 mm {14
in} of water (H20).
EVAPORATIVE LEAK:
The pressure does not return to the preset level of 356 mm {14 in} of water (H20) when measuring the
flow. See "SETTING LEAK STANDARD FOR TESTING" (.020 to.040 inch H20) of the Evaporative
Emissions Tester operators manual (134-01067).
Note
Turn the control valve to the HOLD position then disconnect the SST.
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]
01-10A MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

ENGINE LOCATION INDEX [LF, LS] ... 01-10A-2
ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF, LS] ........... 01-10A-3
Engine Tune-up Preparation ........ 01-10A-3
Idle Speed Inspection ............ 01-10A-4
Ignition Timing Inspection ......... 01-10A-4
Idle Mixture Inspection ............ 01-10A-4
Idle-up Speed Control Inspection ..... 01-10A-4
PLUG HOLE PLATE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS] ... 01-10A-S
DRIVE BELT INSPECTION [LF, LS] .... 01-10A-S
LF ............................ 01-10A-S
L5 ............................. 01-10A-6
DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS] ...................... 01-10A-6
LF ............................. 01-10A-6
L5 ............................ 01-10A-9
DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER
INSPECTION [LF, LS] ............. 01-10A-9
LF ............................ 01-10A-9
L5 ............................. 01-10A-10
VALVE CLEARANCE INSPECTION
[LF, LS] ........................ 01-10A-10
VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT
[LF, LS] ....................... 01-10A-11
COMPRESSION INSPECTION
[LF, LS] ......................... 01-10A-17
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR
INSPECTION [LF, LS] .............. 01-10A-18
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS] ... 01-10A-18
OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
Coil Resistance Inspection ......... 01-10A-19
Spool Valve Operation Inspection ... 01-10A-19
TIMING CHAIN
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS] ......................... 01-10A-21
Cylinder Head Cover
Removal Note ............... 01-10A-24
Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt

Removal Note ................... 01-10A-24
No.3 Engine Mount Removal Note .... 01-10A-2S
Chain Tensioner Removal Note ...... 01-10A-26
Oil Pump Sprocket
Removal/l nstallation Note .......... 01-1 OA-26
Timing Chain Installation Note ....... 01-10A-26
Engine Front Cover
Installation Note ................ 01-10A-27
No.3 Engine Mount
Installation Note ................ 01-1 OA-28
Installation Note ............... 01-1 OA-29
Cylinder Head Cover
Installation Note ................. 01-10A-30
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
REPLACEMENT [LF, LS] .......... 01-10A-30
Camshaft Removal Note ............ 01-10A-32
Cylinder Head Removal Note ....... 01-10A-32
Cylinder Head Installation Note ....... 01-1 OA-32
Camshaft Installation Note .......... 01-1 OA-33
FRONT OIL SEAL
REPLACEMENT [LF, LS] ............ 01-10A-34
Removal Note ................. 01-10A-3S
Front Oil Seal Removal Note ......... 01-10A-36
Front Oil Seal Installation Note ....... 01-10A-36
Installation Note ................. 01-1 OA-36
REAR OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
[LF, LS] .......................... 01-1 OA-38
Rear Oil Seal Installation Note ....... 01-1 OA-38
ENGINE REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS] ......................... 01-10A-39
No.1 Engine Mount Rubber,
Front Crossmember Component
Removal Note .................. 01-10A-42
No.3 Engine Mount, No.4 Engine
Mount Rubber Removal Note ....... 01-10A-43
Engine Mount Installation Note ....... 01-1 OA-43
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
[LF, LS] ...................... 01-10A-4S
01-10A-1
'
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]
~--C-ATION
INDEX [LF, LS]
ENGINE
LO
id0110a7800100
am3uuw0000296
01-10A-2
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

1
Engine
(See 01-10A-17 COMPRESSION INSPECTION [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-10A-39 ENGINE REMOVAU
Drive belt
(See 01-10A-S DRIVE BELT INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Drive belt auto tensioner

(See 01-10A-9 DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER
(See 01-10A-4S ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY [LF, LS].)
Plug hole plate

(See 01-10A-S PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAU
Tappet
(See 01-10A-10 VALVE CLEARANCE
(See 01-10A-11 VALVE CLEARANCE
ADJUSTMENT [LF, LS].)
Cylinder head gasket

Rear oil seal

(See 01-10A-38 REAR OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
[LF, LS].)
Timing chain
Front oil seal

(See 01-10A-34 FRONT OIL SEAL
10
Variable valve timing actuator

ACTUATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
11
OCV
ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF, LS]

id0110a7800600
Note
If the accelerator pedal is depressed continuously for a specified time, the engine speed may decrease to
the idle speed. This is due to the fuel cut control operation, which prevents overheating, and it does not
indicate a malfunction.
Engine Tune-up Preparation
1. Verify the following:
MTX: Shift lever is in neutral position.
ATX: Selector lever is in P or N position.
(1) Increase the engine speed to 2,SOO-3,000 rpm until the cooling fan starts running.
(2) When the cooling fan starts running, release the accelerator pedal and wait until the cooling fan stops
running.
3. Turn off all electrical loads.
am3uuw0000238
01-10A-3
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

Idle Speed Inspection
Note
Idle speed is not adjustable.
Idle speed verification requires M-MDS.
1. Complete the engine tune-up preparation. (See 01-1 OA-3 Engine Tune-up Preparation.)
2. Verify that the idle speed (M-MDS: RPM) is within the specification. (See 01-40A-8 PCM INSPECTION [LF,
LS].)
Idle speed (MTX: Neutral position, ATX: P, N position)

600-700 rpm (MTX), 650-750 (ATX)
Ignition Timing Inspection
Note
The ignition timing cannot be adjusted.
The M-MDS is required to verify the ignition timing.
2. Verify the ignition timing (M-MDS: SPARKADV) using the PID/data monitor function of the M-MDS. (See 0140A-8 PCM INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Ignition timing
LF: Approx. BTDC 8
L5: Approx. BTDC 12
3. Verify that ignition timing advances when the engine speed increases gradually.
Idle Mixture Inspection

1. Verify that the idle speed and ignition timing are within the specification. (See 01-1 OA-4 Idle Speed Inspection.)
(See 01-1 OA-4 Ignition Timing Inspection.)
2. Insert an exhaust gas analyzer into the tailpipe.
3. Verify that the CO and HC concentrations are within regulation.
CO concentration
Within the regulation
HC concentration
Idle-up Speed Control Inspection
Note
Idle speed is not adjustable.
Idle speed verification requires M-MDS.
2. Verify that the engine speed (M-MDS: RPM) is within the specification when each load is applied. (The speed
decrease just after the load is applied is not considered.) (See 01-40A-8 PCM INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
If the engine speed is not within the specification when a specified load is applied, inspect the related input
parts, wiring harnesses, and connectors.
Idle-up speed (MTX: Neutral position, ATX: P, N position)

AlC on: 700-800 rpm (MTX), 650-770 (ATX)
01-10A-4
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS]
1. Remove the plug hole plate in the order indicated

in the figure.
Note
Lift off and remove the plug hole plate from
the installation areas as shown in the figure.
id0110a7803900
~ {1~)
{~~)
----="============"====-1- RUBBER
,----------,---f--
2. Install the plug hole plate in the reverse order of

removal.
!J~CD
CD !!~
CLIP
- \ - - - RUBBER
t-
INSTALLATION
AREA ON
ENGINE
SIDE
am3uuw0000215
DRIVE BELT INSPECTION [LF, LS]

id0110a7801500
LF
AlC drive belt
Note
Drive belt deflection/tension inspection is not necessary because of the use of the maintenance-free type
AlC drive belt.
Replace the drive belt if it is found to be damaged during visual inspection, or if there is a malfunction or
noise in the AlC compressor. (See 01-1 OA-6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Generator drive belt
Note
Drive belt deflection/tension inspection is not necessary because of the use of the drive belt auto
tensioner.
1. Verify that the drive belt auto tensioner indicator
mark does not exceed the limit.
If it exceeds the limit, replace the drive belt.
MALFUNCTION
NORMAL
tL
111.I.l11JII ~
~
~L
-
INDICATOR MARK
FRONT
am3uuw0000215
01-10A-5
MECHANICAL [LF, L5]

L5
Note
tensioner.

am3uuw0000216
DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0110a7801600
LF
Ale drive belt removal
1. Remove the aerodynamic under cover No.2 and splash shield as a single unit. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC
UNDER COVER NO.2 REMOVAUINSTALLATION.) (See 09-16-30 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the nut shown in the figure and set the
POWER STEERING
power steering pipe component out of the way.
PIPE COMPONENT
am3uuw0000321
3. Set the SST as shown in the figure.

Note
Hold the SST by hand until it fits between the
Ale drive belt and the crankshaft pulley.
~fll--~
+ENGINE
AlC DRIVE
BELT
AlC
COMPRESSOR
PULLEY
SIDE
acmzzc00000092
01-10A-6
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

4. Rotate the crankshaft pulley clockwise using a
wrench and remove the AlC drive belt.
acmzzc00000091
Ale drive belt installation

1. Set the SST to the crankshaft pulley as shown in
the figure.
Note
Hang the AlC drive belt on to the AlC
compressor pulley, then move the SST
upward along the crankshaft pulley.
I,:u'lejl,g'
acmzzc00000089
2. Set the SST to the AlC compressor mount as

shown in the figure.
Note
During the AlC drive belt installation, if the
SST touches the part number-printed area
on the back of the AlC drive belt, the SST
may not be able to slide smoothly and the AI
C drive belt will be pulled inward excessively.
This will make it impossible to correctly
install the AlC drive belt to the groove of the
AlC compressor pulley. To prevent this,
adjust the AlC drive belt to the position
shown in the figure, then start the procedure.
--~~=:!,.-_ _
1':u'lej"I'
END OF PART
NUMBER-PRINTED
AREA
[L=U
1---
IL
AlC COMPRESSOR
~",",''':''':'-'''':''''--
V'--
PART NUMBERPRINTED AREA

am3uuw0000493
01-10A-7
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

3. After setting the SST, verify that the three parts of
AlC drive belt shown in the figure are hung on
each pulley.
PULLEY
--AlC DRIVE BELT
tp:r.'''JI.,1
AlC
_ _ COMPRESSOR
PULLEY
am3uuw0000493
4. Rotate the crankshaft pulley clockwise using a

wrench and install the AlC drive belt.
tp.:r.'''JI.g,
Caution
Remove the SST (498015103)
immediately after it reaches the lower
side to prevent it from falling down and
being damaged.
5. Remove the SST (498015104)
6. Rotate the crankshaft pulley clockwise one time
or more to verify that the AlC drive belt is installed
correctly.
acmzzc00000087
Caution
Do not turn the crankshaft pulley counter clockwise, otherwise the crankshaft pulley bolt could
loosen and the timing could change causing engine damage.
If the AlC belt is not seated properly, push/pull the belt with a suitable tool in the direction where it would be
seated properly and then rotate the crank pulley clockwise until the belt is correctly seated. If this does not
correct the problem, remove the belt and install it again.
7. Install the nut shown in the figure.
.------------------------,
8. Install the aerodynamic under cover No.2 and
POWER STEERING
PIPE COMPONENT
splash shield as a single unit. (See 09-16-29
AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-16-30
SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000344
01-10A-8
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

Generator drive belt removal
1. Remove the AlC drive belt. (See 01-1 OA-6 AlC drive belt removal.)
2. Turn the center of the auto tensioner pulley
counterclockwise to release tension to the drive
belt tension.
3. Remove the generator drive belt.
.----------------------,
abatjw00000717
Generator drive belt installation

1. Install a generator drive belt.
2. Install the A/C drive belt. (See 01-1 OA-6 AlC drive belt removal.)
LS
Removal
INSTALLATION.)
2. Rotate the drive belt auto tensioner in the
direction shown in the figure and remove the drive
belt.
acxuuw00000136
Installation
1. Install the drive belt.
2. Install the aerodynamic under cover No.2 and splash shield as a single unit. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC
INSTALLATION.)
DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0110a7801700
LF
1. Remove the generator drive belt with the AlC drive belt still installed and set it out of the way. (See 01-1 OA-6
DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
2. Verify that the drive belt auto tensioner moves
smoothly in the operational direction .
If it does not move smoothly, replace the drive
belt auto tensioner. (See 01-1 OA-4S ENGINE
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF, LS].)
3. Turn the drive belt auto tensioner pulley by hand
DRIVE BELT
- \ - - - - AUTO
and verify that it rotates smoothly.
TENSIONER
If it does not move smoothly, replace the drive
belt auto tensioner. (See 01-1 OA-4S ENGINE
4. Install the generator drive belt. (See 01-1 OA-6
DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
am3uuw0000226
01-10A-9
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

LS
1. Remove the drive belt. (See 01-1 OA-6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
smoothly in the operational direction.
Replace the drive belt auto tensioner if
necessary. (See 01-1 OA-4S ENGINE
3. Rotate the drive belt auto tensioner pulley by
hand and verify that it rotates smoothly.
necessary. (See 01-1 OA-4S ENGINE
4. Install the drive belt. (See 01-1 OA-6 DRIVE BELT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
am3uuw0000216
VALVE CLEARANCE INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0110a7803400
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Disconnect the negative battery cable.
Remove the plug hole plate. (See 01-1 OA-S PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Disconnect the wiring harness.
Remove the ignition coils. (See 01-18A-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Remove the spark plugs. (See 01-18A-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Remove the ventilation hose.
Remove the oil level gauge.
Remove the cylinder head cover. (See 01-1 OA-21 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Remove the aerodynamic under cover No.2 and splash shield as a single unit. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC
UNDER COVER NO.2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-16-30 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION. )
11 . Measure the valve clearance.
Note
Make sure to note down the measured values for choosing the suitable replacement tappets.
(1) Turn the crankshaft clockwise so that the No.1 piston is at top dead center (TDC) of the compression
stroke.
B
A
B
(2) Measure the valve clearance at A in the
figure.
Valve clearance [Engine cold]

IN: 0.22-0.28 mm {0.009-0.011 in}
EX: 0.27-0.33 mm {0.011-0.012 in}
(3) If the valve clearance is out of the standard
value, adjust it. (See 01-1 OA-11 VALVE
CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT [LF, LS].)
(4) Turn the crankshaft 360 0 clockwise so that the
No.4 piston is at TDC of the compression
stroke.
(S) Measure the valve clearance at B in the
figure.
EX
IN
B
am3uuw0000216

IN: 0.22-0.28 mm {0.009-0.011 in}
EX: 0.27-0.33 mm {0.011-0.012 in}
(6) If the valve clearance is out of the standard value, adjust it. (See 01-1 OA-11 VALVE CLEARANCE
ADJUSTMENT [LF, LS].)
01-10A-10
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT [LF, LS]
idO 11 Oa7803300
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Remove the plug hole plate. (See 01-10A-S PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Remove the ignition coils. (See 01-18A-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
. '
.
Remove the spark plugs. (See 01-18A-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
.
Remove the cylinder head cover. (See 01-10A-21 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
INSTALLATION.)
11. Remove the generator drive belt with the AlC drive belt still installed and set it out of the way. (LF) (See 01-1 OA6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
12. Remove the drive belt. (LS) (See 01-10A-6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
13. Remove the engine front cover lower blind plug.
/~ Q ~ ~
~Q
~
~\D[/I
~1~
d)
'----~:Il~ 1~
f!~
am3uuw0000468
14. Remove the engine front cover upper blind plug.

1S. Disconnect the drive shaft (RH) from joint shaft,
set the drive shaft (RH) out of the way. (MTX)
(See 03-13-3 DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION .)
am3uuw0000217
16. Remove the cylinder block lower blind plug, and

install the SST.
17. Rotate the crankshaft in the direction of the
engine rotation so that the No.1 piston is at top
dead center (TDC) of the compression stroke.
(Until the counterweight contacts SST and stops.)
am3uuw0000217
01-10A-11
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

18. Loosen the timing chain using the following procedure.
(1) Insert a suitable bolt (M6 X 1.0, length 2535 mm {1.0-1.3 in}) into the engine front
cover upper blind plug and tighten it until it
contacts the chain tensioner arm, and then
rotate it back one turn. (Set the bolt slightly
away from the chain tensioner arm so that it
does not contact it.)
.------------------------;~
BOLT (M6 x1.0,

LENGTH 25-35 mm
{1.0-1.3 in})
I
am3uuw0000217
(2) Using the cast hexagon on the exhaust

camshaft, apply force counterclockwise to
facilitate unlocking the chain tensioner
ratchet.
(3) Using a Hex bit socket (2.5 mm {o.Oga in}) or
T15 Torx bit socket, unlock the chain
tensioner ratchet so that it can be lifted up.
am8rrw00002539
am3uuw0000217
01-10A-12
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

camshaft, apply force in the direction of the
engine rotation to increase tension on the
chain.
am8rrw00002541
Note
The chain tensioner rack is compressed
using the chain tension generated by
applying force to the exhaust camshaft in the
direction of the engine rotation.
COMPRESSED
o
(5) Screw in the bolt set in Step 1 approx. 5 mm

{0.2 in} and secure the tensioner arm with the
rack compressed.
~i--:::-~~-TENSIONER
ARM - - - - '
Note
The racket has not been unlocked if the bolt
cannot be pressed in approx. 5 mm {0.2 in}.
NOT UNLOCK
am3uuw0000217
NOT UNLOCK
UNLOCK
UNLOCK
rTENSIONER
ARM
I
I"'iI
1.1111111111111111
'til
LBOLT (M6 x1.0,

LENGTH
BOLT (M6 x1.0,

LENGTH
25-35 mm
25-35 mm
{1.0-1.3 in})
{1.0-1.3 in})
SECTIONAL VIEW
am3uuw0000303
If the tensioner arm cannot be secured, return the bolt to its original position and repeat the procedure
from Step 3.
19. Fix the exhaust camshaft using a wrench on the
cast hexagon, and loosen the camshaft sprocket
bolt.
20. Remove the exhaust camshaft sprocket bolt,
exhaust camshaft sprocket, and washer as a
single unit.
Caution
Perform the work carefully so that the
washer does not drop out.
acxuuw00000161
01-10A-13
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

21. Remove the OCV. (See 01-1 OA-20 OIL
CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL!
22. Loosen the camshaft cap bolts in two or three
steps in the order shown in the figure and remove
the camshaft cap.
Note
The camshaft caps are to be kept ordered
for correct reassembly in their original
positions. Do not mix the caps.
23. Remove the camshafts for the intake and exhaust
sides.
24. Remove the tappet.
25. Install an appropriate tappet based on the results
of the valve clearance inspection.
Selected tappet = Removed tappet thickness +
Measured valve clearance - Standard valve
clearance

IN: 0.22-0.28 mm {0.009-0.011 in}
EX: 0.27-0.33 mm {0.011-0.012 in}
26. Verify that No.1 cylinder is at TOC of the
compression stroke. (Position counterweight contacts SSr-T_.~)_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _-,
27. Apply the gear oil (SAE No.90 or equivalent) to
each journal of the cylinder head as shown in the
figure.
28. Install the camshaft with No.1 cylinder aligned
with the TOC position.
aprjjw00003402
01-10A-14
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

each journal of the camshaft as shown in the
figure.
30. Temporarily tighten the camshaft cap bolts evenly
in 2-3 steps.
aprjjw00003403
31. Tighten the camshaft cap bolts in the order shown

in the following two steps.
Tightening procedure
Step 1: 5.0-9.0 Nm {51-91 kgfcm, 45-79
inlbf}
Step 2: 14-17 Nm {1.5-1.7 kgf.m, 11-12
ftlbf
32. Install the OCV. (See 01-1 OA-20 OIL CONTROL
VALVE (OCV) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
LS].)
33. Install the exhaust camshaft sprocket bolt,
exhaust camshaft sprocket, and a new washer as
a single unit.
Caution
Install a washer to the fourth or fifth
thread of the exhaust camshaft sprocket
bolt being careful not to drop the washer.
Do not tighten the camshaft sprocket bolt
at this stage. Verify the valve timing
before performing the bolt tightening.
34. Install the SST on the camshaft as shown in the
figure.
3S. Remove the installation bolt for the engine front
cover upper blind plug (M6 X 1.0 length 2535mm {1.0-1.3 in}), and apply tension to the
timing chain.
am3uuw0000227
01-10A-15
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

cast hexagon, and tighten the sprocket bolt.
Tightening torque
69-75 Nm {7.1-7.6 kgf.m, 51-55 ft.lbf}
37. Remove the SST from the camshaft.
38. Remove the SST installed in the cylinder block
lower blind plug hole.
39. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise two turns and
inspect the valve timing.
If not aligned, loosen the camshaft sprocket
bolt and repeat the procedure from Step 34.
40. Install the cylinder block lower blind plug.
am8rrw00002546
Tightening torque
18-22 Nm {1.9-2.2 kgf.m, 14-16 ft.lbf}
41. Connect the drive shaft (RH) to joint shaft. (MTX)
INSTALLATION .)
am3uuw0000217
42. Apply the silicone sealant and install the engine

front cover upper blind plug.
Caution
Install the engine front cover upper blind
plug before the applied silicone sealant
starts to harden.
Tightening torque
8-11 Nm {82-117 kgfcm, 71-101 inlbf}
am3uuw0000217
43. Install a new engine front cover lower blind plug.
Tightening torque
10-14 Nm {102-142 kgfcm, 89-123
in.lbf}
44. Install the drive belt. (L5) (See 01-1 OA-6 DRIVE
BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
ENGINE FRONT
45. Install the generator drive belt. (LF) (See 01-1 OACOVER LOWER
6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
BLIND PLUG
L5].)
I
am3uuw0000216
REMOVAUINSTALLATION.) (See 09-16-30 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
47. Install the cylinder head cover. (See 01-1 OA-21 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
48. Install the oil level gauge.
49. Install the ventilation hose.
50. Install the spark plugs. (See 01-18A-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
51. Install the ignition coils. (See 01-18A-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
52. Connect the wiring harness.
53. Install the plug hole plate. (See 01-10A-5 PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
54. Connect the negative battery cable.
55. Install the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
01-10A-16
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

COMPRESSION INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0110a7800300
Warning
Hot engines and oil can cause severe burns. Be careful not to burn yourself during removall
installation of each component.
Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can very easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
sparks and flames away from fuel.
Fuel line spills and leakage are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and cause serious injuries or death and
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete the "Fuel Line
Safety Procedure". (See 01-14A-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF, LS].)
1. Verify that the battery is fully charged. (See 01-17A-4 BATTERY INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Recharge it if necessary. (See 01-17A-S BATTERY RECHARGING [LF, LS].)
3. Perform "Fuel Line Safety Procedures". Leave the fuel pump relay removed. (See 01-14A-4 BEFORE
SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF, LS].)
4. Remove the plug hole plate. (See 01-1 OA-S PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
S. Remove the ignition coils. (See 01-18A-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
6. Remove the spark plugs. (See 01-18A-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
7. Connect a compression gauge into the spark plug
hole.
8. Fully depress the accelerator pedal and crank the
engine.
~
9. Note down the maximum gauge reading.
.;;;
10. Inspect each cylinder as above.
Compression [LF]
Standard: 1,400 kPa {14.28 kgf/cm 2, 203.1
psi} [300 rpm]
Minimum: 980 kPa {10.0 kgf/cm 2, 142.2 psi}
[300 rpm]
Maximum difference between cylinders:
196.1 kPa {2.0 kgf/cm 2, 28.5 psi}
ampjjw00001269
Compression [LS]
Standard: 1,324 kPa {13.S0 kgf/cm 2, 192.0 psi} [300 rpm]
Minimum: 927 kPa {9.4S kgf/cm 2, 134 psi} [300 rpm]
Maximum difference between cylinders: 196.1 kPa {2.0 kgf/cm 2, 28.5 psi}
If the measured value is less than the limited value, or there is a cylinder whose compression value varies
from that of other cylinders by 196.1 kPa {2.0 kgf/cm2, 28.5 psi} or more, add a small amount of engine oil
through the spark plug hole. Then measure the compression pressure and perform the respective
operations for the following cases.
If the compression increases, the piston, the piston rings, or cylinder wall may be worn and overhaul is
required.
If the compression stays low, a valve may be stuck or improperly seated and overhaul is required.
If the compression in adjacent cylinders stays low, the cylinder head gasket may be damaged or the
cylinder head distorted and overhaul is required.
11. Disconnect the compression gauge.
12. Install the following parts.
(1) Spark plugs. (See 01-18A-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
(2) Ignition coils. (See 01-18A-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
(3) Plug hole plate. (See 01-1 OA-S PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
(4) Fuel pump relay. (See 01-14A-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF, LS].)
01-10A-17
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0110a7801200
Caution
Variable valve timing actuator can not be disassembled because it is a precision unit.
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Confirm that notch of the rotor and notch of the
cover at the variable valve timing actuator are
aligned and fitted.
If the notch of the rotor and notch of the cover
are not aligned, turn the crankshaft clockwise
two rotations. Verify that notch of the rotor and
notch of the cover are aligned.
If the both notches are still not aligned, replace
the variable valve timing actuator. (See 01-1 OA18 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR
If, when turning the crankshaft, there is a hitting
am6xuw0000247
noise from the variable valve timing actuator
each time the cam passes the fully lifted
position, it means that the actuator is not secured. Replace the actuator. (See 01-1 OA-18 VARIABLE VALVE
TIMING ACTUATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0110a7801100
Note
Variable valve timing actuator can not be disassembled because it is a precision unit.
Intake camshaft sprocket is integrated with the variable valve timing actuator and cannot be disassembled.
1. Refer to the 'VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT' procedure and remove the variable valve timing actuator and
the camshaft on the intake side as a single unit. (See 01-1 OA-11 VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT [LF, LS].)
2. Remove the variable valve timing actuator.
(1) Mark the camshaft and variable valve timing
actuator as shown in the figure to make sure
they are installed in their original position.
am3uuw0000221
(2) Secure the camshaft in a vise.

(3) Loosen the variable valve timing actuator
tightening bolt.
CAMSHAFT
PROTECTION PLATE --$~~~h~

am3uuw0000222
01-10A-18
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

3. Install a new washer.
4. Install the variable valve timing actuator.
Note
When the variable valve timing actuator is
replaced with a new one, mark it in the same
location as the old one.
(2) Align the marks of the camshaft and variable
valve timing actuator.
(3) Tighten variable valve timing actuator
tightening bolt.
am3uuw0000222
Tightening torque
69-75 Nm {7.1-7.6 kgf.m, 51-55 ft.lbf}
5. Refer to the "VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT" procedure and install the variable valve timing actuator and
the camshaft on the intake side as a single unit. (See 01-1 OA-11 VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT [LF,
LS].)
Note
If the alignment marks on the variable valve timing actuator are not available, refer to the "TIMING CHAIN
ASSEMBLY" in the engine workshop manual and perform the sprocket position alignment again.
OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) INSPECTION [LF, LS]

id0110a7801400
Coil Resistance Inspection

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Measure the resistance between terminals A and
B using an ohmmeter.
OCV coil resistance

6.9-7.9 ohms [20C {68F}]
If not as specified, replace the OCV. (See 0110A-20 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
tm1
I~~I
am6zzw0000178
Spool Valve Operation Inspection

1. Remove the OCV. (See 01-1 OA-20 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
2. Verify that the spool valve in the OCV is in the
maximum valve timing retard position as indicated
in the figure .
If not as specified, replace the OCV. (See 01~
10A-20 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
~
SPOOL VALVE
(MAXIMUM VALVE TIMING RETARD POSITION
am3uuw0000226
01-10A-19
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

3. Verify that the battery is fully charged. (See 01-17A-4 BATTERY INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
If not as specified, recharge the battery. (See 01-17A-S BATTERY RECHARGING [LF, LS].)
Note
When applying battery positive voltage
between the OCV terminals, the connection
can be either of the following:
Positive battery cable to terminal A,
negative battery cable to terminal B
Positive battery cable to terminal B,
negative battery cable to terminal A
mu
I~~I
am6zzw0000178
4. Apply battery positive voltage between the OCV

terminals and verify that the spool valve operates
and moves to the maximum valve timing advance
position.
S. Stop applying battery positive voltage and verify
that the spool valve returns to the maximum valve
timing retard position.
6. Install the OCV. (See 01-10A-20 OIL CONTROL
VALVE (OCV) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
VALVE TIMING ......1 1 - - _ VALVE TIMING

RETARD
ADVANCE
f-,
h
'-'
~ ~
r-
I--
SPOOL VALVE
(MAXIMUM VALVE TIMING ADVANCE POSITION)
am3uuw0000226
OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]

id0110a7801300
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
2
Remove the plug hole plate. (See 01-1 OA-S PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Remove in the order indicated in the table.
Install in the reverse order of removal.
IOCV installation bolt

OCV
01-10A-20
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

TIMING CHAIN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0110a7801000
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
8.
Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Remove the plug hole plate. (See 01-1 OA-S PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Remove the ignition coils. (See 01-18A-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Remove the spark plugs. (See 01-18A-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Remove the coolant reserve tank with the hose still connected and set it out of the way. (See 01-12A-7
COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
9. Remove the front wheel and tire. (RH) (See 02-10-1 GENERAL PROCEDURES (SUSPENSION).)
UNDER COVER NO.2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.) (See 09-16-30 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
11. Remove the nut shown in the figure and set the power steering pipe component out of the way.
LF
NUT
8-10
{82-1 01, 71-88}
POWER STEERING
PIPE COMPONENT
---
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000344
L5
POWER STEERING
PIPE COMPONENT
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000280
12. Remove the drive belt. (See 01-10A-6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
13. Remove the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor. (See 01-40A-30 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
14. Remove the AIC compressor with the cooler hose still connected and secure it using wire or rope so that it is
out of the way. (LF) (See 07-11-18 AlC COMPRESSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
1S. Disconnect the drive shaft (RH) from joint shaft, set the drive shaft (RH) out of the way. (MTX) (See 03-13-3
DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
16. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
18. Start the engine. And inspect and adjust the following:
Leakage of engine oil. (See 01-11A-3 ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Runout and contact of pulley and belt.
Verify the ignition timing, idle speed and idle mixture. (See 01-1 OA-3 ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF, L5].)
01-10A-21
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

LF
7-13 Nm
{72-132 kgf.cm,
62-115 inlbf}
19-25
{2.0-2.5,
8.0-9.5 Nm
{82-96 kgf.cm,
71-84 inlbf}
~
I
I
I
I
96-104
{9.8-10, 71-76}
+87-93
@:8-11 Nm
{82-112 kgf.cm,
71-97 inlbf}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000296
Dipstick
Cylinder head cover

(See 01-10A-24 Cylinder Head Cover Removal Note.)
(See 01-1 OA-30 Cylinder Head Cover Installation
Note.)
No.3 engine mount

(See 01-10A-25 No.3 Engine Mount Removal Note.)
(See 01-1 OA-28 NO.3 Engine Mount Installation
Note.)
Crankshaft pulley lock bolt

(See 01-1 OA-24 Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Removal
Note.)
(See 01-1 OA-29 Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt
Installation Note.)
Front oil seal

(See 01-10A-34 FRONT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
[LF, L5].)
Engine front cover

(See 01-1 OA-27 Engine Front Cover Installation
Note.)
10
Chain tensioner
(See 01-1 OA-26 Chain Tensioner Removal Note.)
Tensioner arm
Crankshaft pulley
Water pump pulley
01-10A-22
11
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

12
Chain guide
15
13
Timing chain
(See 01-1 OA-26 Timing Chain Installation Note.)
14
Oil pump chain tensioner
Oil pump sprocket

(See 01-1 OA-26 Oil Pump Sprocket Removal/
Installation Note.)
16
Oil pump chain
17
Crankshaft sprocket
L5
71-93
{7.3-9.4,
51BJ
..
75-104
{7.7-10,
56 76
}
7-13 Nm
{72-132 kgf.cm,
62-115 in.lbf}
:....... :
I
I
I
1
I
I
C~
96-104
{9.8-10, 71-76}
+87-93
@:8-11 Nm
{82-112 kgf.cm,
71-97 in.lbf}
Nm {kgf.m,ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000296
Dipstick
Idler pulley
Cylinder head cover

(See 01-1 OA-24 Cylinder Head Cover Removal
Note.)
(See 01-10A-30 Cylinder Head Cover Installation
Note.)
Idler pulley
No.3 engine mount

(See 01-10A-25 NO.3 Engine Mount Removal Note.)
(See 01-1 OA-28 No.3 Engine Mount Installation
Note.)

Removal Note.)
Installation Note.)
Front oil seal

(See 01-10A-34 FRONT OIL SEAL
10
Engine front cover

(See 01-1 OA-27 Engine Front Cover Installation
Note.)
Crankshaft pulley
Water pump pulley
01-10A-23
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

11
12
13
14
Chain tensioner
(See 01-10A-26 Chain Tensioner Removal Note.)
15
16
Oil pump sprocket

(See 01-1 OA-26 Oil Pump Sprocket Removal/
Installation Note.)
17
Oil pump chain
18
Crankshaft sprocket
Tensioner arm
Chain guide
Timing chain
(See 01-10A-26 Timing Chain Installation Note.)
Cylinder Head Cover Removal Note

1. Remove the purge solenoid valve installation
bracket with the evaporative hose still connected
and set it out of the way.

INSTALLATION BRACKET
am3uuw0000298
2. Loosen the cylinder head cover bolts in the order

am6xuw0000235
Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Removal Note

engine rotation and remove the cylinder block
lower blind plug when the No.1 cylinder is at the
point prior to top dead center (TDC) of
compression, then install the SST.
engine rotation so that the No.1 piston is at TDC
of the compression stroke. (Until the
counterweight contacts SST and stops.)
am3uuw0000238
3. Hold the crankshaft pulley by using the SSTs.
abatjw00000937
01-10A-24
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

No.3 Engine Mount Removal Note
1. Remove the air cleaner. (See 01-13A-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
2. Install the SST using the following procedures.
Caution
Refer to the SST instruction manual for
the basic handing procedure.
____________ I L _
REAR SHAFT
SIDE BAR
FRONT FOOT No.2
(ADAPTER FOR FRONT SHAFT)
FRONT SHAFT
am6xuw0000068
(1) Remove the installation bolt for the bracket

securing the lower radiator hose.
(2) Set the bracket securing the lower radiator
hose aside to prevent it from interfering with
the front shaft of the SST (right side)
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000508
(3) As shown in the figure, set the rear shafts of

the SST to the left and right shock absorber
bolts.
am3uuw0000528
(4) Install front foot No.2 to the left/right front

shaft of the SST, then align the groove of the
front shaft of the SST with the folded up part
of the vehicle as shown in the figure.
VIEW (1)
am3uuw0000529
01-10A-25
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

(5) Adjust the positions of the SST side bars so
that they are the same height (left and right)
and horizontal. Make sure each joint is
securely tightened.
Chain Tensioner Removal Note

1. Using a thin screwdriver, hold the chain tensioner ratchet lock mechanism away from the ratchet stem.
2. Slowly compress the tensioner piston.
3. Hold the tensioner piston using a 1.5 mm {0.059
RATCHET
TENSIONER PISTON
in} wire or paper clip.
am3uuw0000227
Oil Pump Sprocket Removal/Installation Note

1. Temporarily install the crankshaft pulley and
crankshaft pulley lock bolt to the crankshaft, and
lock the oil pump against rotation as shown in
figure.
2. Remove/install the oil pump sprocket, and then
remove the crankshaft pulley and crankshaft
pulley lock bolt.
Tightening torque
20-30 Nm {2.1-3.0 kgf.m, 15-22 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000226
Timing Chain Installation Note

1. Install the SST to the camshaft as shown.
2. Install the timing chain.
3. Remove the retaining wire or paper clip from the
auto tensioner to apply tension to the timing
chain.
am3uuw0000227
01-10A-26
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

Engine Front Cover Installation Note
1. Apply silicone sealant to the engine front cover as shown.
Caution
Install the engine front cover before the applied silicone sealant starts to harden.
Verify that there is no oil or dust on the seal.
LF
B
Thickness
A: 2.2-3.2 mm {O.087-0.125 in}
B: 1.5-2.5 mm {O.059-0.098 in}
am3uuw0000530
L5
mm {in}
am3uuw0000530
Thickness
A: 2.2-3.2 mm
B: 1.5-2.5 mm
c: 2.2-4.3 mm
D: 3.3-4.3 mm
{O.09-0.12 in}
{O.06-0.098 in}
{O.09-0.16 in}
{O.13-0.16 in}
01-10A-27
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

2. Install the engine front cover bolts in the order as
shown.
No.
1-18
19-22
23 (LF)
Tightening torque
8-11 Nm {82-112 kgf.cm, 71-97 inlbf}
40-55 Nm {4.1-5.6 kgf.m, 30-40 ftlbf}
20-30 Nm {2.1-3.0 kgfm, 15-22 ftlbf}
abatjw00000781
No.3 Engine Mount Installation Note

Note
If the No.3 engine mount bracket and the engine are removed, retighten the No.3 engine mount stud bolts.
1. Tighten the No.3 engine mount stud bolts.
Tightening torque
7-13 Nm {72-132 kgf.cm, 62-115 in.lbf}
2. Temporarily tighten the No.3 engine mount
installation bolts and nuts.
MOUNT
STUD BOLT
am3uuw0000226
3. Tighten the No.3 engine mount installation bolts

and nuts in the order shown in the figure.
No.
1
2
Tightening torque
75-104 Nm {7.7-10 kgfm, 56-76 ftlbf}
71-93 Nm {7.3-9.4 kgfm, 53-68 ftlbf}
+------,----( 2
BOLT
NO.3 ENGINE -----,..----1===1
MOUNT
+
am3uuw0000303
01-10A-28
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Installation Note
1. Install the SST to the camshaft as shown.
compression stroke. (Position counterweight
contacts SST.)
am3uuw0000227
3. To position the crankshaft pulley, temporarily

tighten it and, using a suitable bolt (M6 X 1.0), fix
the crankshaft pulley to the engine front cover.
BOLT
am3uuw0000226
4. Hold the crankshaft pulley using the SSTs.

5. Tighten the crankshaft pulley lock bolt in the order
shown in the following two steps using the SST
(49 0032316).
Tightening procedure
Step 1: 96-104 Nm {9.8-10 kgfm, 71-76
ft.lbf}
Step 2: 87-93
6. Remove the bolt (M6 X 1.0) installed to the
crankshaft pulley.
8. Remove the SST from the cylinder block lower
blind plug hole.
If not aligned, loosen the crankshaft pulley
lock bolt and repeat from Step 1.
abatjw00001048
Tightening torque
18-22 Nm {1.9-2.2 kgf.m, 14-16 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000222
01-10A-29
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

Cylinder Head Cover Installation Note
1. Apply silicone sealant to the mating faces as shown.
Caution
Install the cylinder head cover before the applied silicone sealant starts to harden.
Thickness
4.0-7.0 mm {0.16-0.27 in}
2. Install the cylinder head cover with a new gasket.
am3uuw0000228
3. Tighten the bolts in the order shown.
Tightening torque
8.0-9.5 Nm {82-96 kgf.cm, 71-84 in.lbf}
am6xuw0000023
4. Install the purge solenoid valve installation

bracket.
8--10 {82--101,71--88}
'--
~
\
"
r--t.~'/f.//\JU7"I-'\,._.!.\_
Y
PURGE
SOLENOID VALVE
INSTALLATION BRACKET
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000298
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET REPLACEMENT [LF, LS]
id0110a7800700
Warning
Safety Procedure". (See 01-14A-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF, LS].)
1. Remove the timing chain. (See 01-1 OA-21 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
.
2. Remove the generator, but do not remove it from the vehicle. Fix the generator using a rope to prevent it from
falling. (L5) (See 01-17A-6 GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
3. Remove the exhaust manifold. (See 01-15A-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
4. Remove the intake manifold. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
5. Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF, L5].)
6. Disconnect the upper radiator hose. (See 01-12A-8 RADIATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
7. Disconnect the water hose. (See 01-12A-11 THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
8. Disconnect the heater hose. (See 07-11-4 AlC UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
9. Disconnect the wiring harness.
01-10A-30
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

10. To firmly support the engine, first set the engine
jack to the oil pan.
13. Bleed the air from the cooling system. (See 0112A-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF,
L5].)
14. Inspect the compression. (See 01-1 OA-17
COMPRESSION INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
ENGINE JACK
am6zzw0000198
C > : - - - . . - - - - 5.0-9.0 Nm {51-91 kgfcm, 45-79 inlbf}
+14-17 {1.5-1.7, 11-12}
8-11 Nm {82-112
kgf.cm, 71-97 in.lbf}
m4}------~
Nm {kgf.m, ft-lbf}
am3uuw0000239
OCV
Camshaft
(See 01-1 OA-32 Camshaft Removal Note.)
(See 01-1 OA-33 Camshaft Installation Note.)
Cylinder head
(See 01-10A-32 Cylinder Head Removal Note.)
(See 01-10A-32 Cylinder Head Installation Note.)
01-10A-31
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

Camshaft Removal Note
Note
The cylinder head and the camshaft caps are numbered to be reassembled in their original position
correctly. When removed, keep the caps with the cylinder head they were removed from. Do not mix the
caps.
1. Loosen the camshaft cap bolts in 2-3 steps in
the order shown in the figure.
abatjw00000719
Cylinder Head Removal Note

1. Loosen the cylinder head bolts in 2-3 steps in
Cylinder Head Installation Note

1. Measure the length of each cylinder head bolt.
Cylinder Head Bolt Length L
145.2-145.8 mm {5.717-5.740 in}
Cylinder Head Bolt Maximum
146.5 mm {5.767 in}
Replace any that exceeds maximum length.
am3zzw0000245
2. Tighten the cylinder head bolts in the order shown

in the following 5 steps using the SST (49 D032
316).
Tightening torque
Step 1: 3-11 Nm {31-112 kgfcm, 27-97
in.lbf}
Step 2: 13-17 Nm {133-173 kgf.cm, 116150 in.lbf}
Step 3: 43-47 Nm {4.4-4.7 kgfm, 32-34
ft Ibf}
Step 4: 88-92
Step 5: 88-92
01-10A-32
am3zzw0000245
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

Camshaft Installation Note
figure.
2. Set the cam position of No.1 cylinder at the top
dead center (TOC) and install the camshaft.

figure.
in 2-3 steps.
5. Tighten the camshaft cap bolts in the order shown

in the following two steps.
Tightening torque
Step 1: 5.0-9.0 Nm {51-91 kgf.cm, 45-79
in.lbf}
Step 2: 14-17 Nm {1.5-1.7 kgfm, 11-12
ft.lbf}
abatjw00000720
01-10A-33
MECHANICAL [LF, L5]

FRONT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT [LF, LS]
id0110a7800800
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Remove the plug hole plate. (See 01-10A-5 PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Remove the ignition coils. (See 01-18A-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Remove the spark plugs. (See 01-18A-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Remove the cylinder head cover. (See 01-10A-21 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Remove the front wheel and tire. (RH) (See 02-10-1 GENERAL PROCEDURES (SUSPENSION).)
INSTALLATION.)
LF
POWER STEERING
PIPE COMPONENT
Nm {kgf.cm, in.lbf}
am3uuw0000279
LS
POWER STEERING
PIPE COMPONENT
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000280
13. Remove the drive belt. (See 01-1 OA-6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
14. Disconnect the drive shaft (RH) from joint shaft, set the drive shaft (RH) out of the way. (MTX) (See 03-13-3
DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
01-10A-34
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
96-104 {9.8-10, 71-76}

+87-93
am3uuw0000240

Removal Note.)
Installation Note.)
Crankshaft pulley
Front oil seal

(See 01-10A-36 Front Oil Seal Removal Note.)
(See 01-10A-36 Front Oil Seal Installation Note.)

1. Remove the cylinder block lower blind plug.
2. Install the SST.
3. Turn the crankshaft clockwise until the crankshaft
is in the No.1 cylinder top dead center (TDC)
position (until the balance weight is attached to
the SST).
am3uuw0000240
01-10A-35
MECHANICAL [LF, L5]

Front Oil Seal Removal Note
1. Cut the oil seal lip using a utility knife.
2. Remove the oil seal using a screwdriver wrapped
with a rag.
am3uuw0000226
Front Oil Seal Installation Note

1. Apply clean engine oil to the oil seal lip.
2. Push the oil seal slightly in by hand.
3. Tap the oil seal in evenly using the SST and a
hammer.
am3uuw0000227
Front oil seal press-in amount

0-0.5 mm {0-0.019 in}
HAMMER
FRONT COVER BODY

O-O.Smm
{O-O.019 in}
FRONT OIL SEAL
am3uuw0000226

figure.
compression stroke. (Position counterweight
contacts SST.)
am3uuw0000227
01-10A-36
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

am3uuw0000240

5. Tighten the crankshaft pulley lock bolt in the order
shown in the following two steps.
Tightening torque
Step 1: 96-104 Nm {9.8-10 kgf.m, 71-76
ft.lbf}
Step 2: 87-93
6. Remove the M6 x 1.0 bolt.
8. Remove the SST from the cylinder block lower
blind plug hole.
9. Verify that the teeth of the crankshaft pulley pulse
wheel and the detection area of the crankshaft
position sensor are installed to the correct
positions. (See 01-40A-30 CRANKSHAFT
POSITION (CKP) SENSOR REMOVAL!
abatjw00001054
10. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise 2 turns until the
TOC position .
If not aligned, loosen the crankshaft pulley lock bolt and repeat from Step 1.
r----~---------------__,
Tightening torque
18-22 Nm {1.9-2.2 kgf.m, 14-16 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000222
01-10A-37
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

REAR OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT [LF, LS]
id0110a7800900
1. Remove the transaxle. (See OS-1SA-4 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [G3SM-R] (SMTX).)
(See OS-1S8-4 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [G66M-R] (6MTX).) (See OS-17-40
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FSSA-EL] (ATX).)
2. Remove the flywheel (MTX) or the drive plate (ATX). (See OS-1 0-16 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[G3SM-R, G66M-R] (MTX).) (See OS-10-20 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [A26M-R] (MTX).) (See
OS-17-46 DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FSSA-EL] (ATX).)
1
Bolt
Rear oil seal

(See 01-10A-38 Rear Oil Seal Installation Note.)
8-11
{82-112,
71-97}
8-11
{82-112,
71-97}
1 }-----'---7:-'--~-':-':-':I':_M/
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000227
Rear Oil Seal Installation Note

1. Apply silicone sealant to the mating faces as
Caution
Install the rear oil seal before the applied
silicone sealant starts to harden.
Thickness
2.2-3.2 mm {O.09-0.12 in}

2. Apply clean engine oil to the new oil seal lip.
am3uuw0000228
3. Install the SST to the non-woven fabric side of the

rear oil seal.
NON-WOVEN FABRIC
am3uuw0000531
4. From the back side of the rear oil seal, verify that
there is no damage or separation in the lip area of
the rear oil seal.
BACK SIDE OF REAR OIL SEAL
am3uuw0000227
01-10A-38
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

5. Install the rear oil seal to the engine as shown in
the figure.
am3zzw0000372
6. Tighten the rear oil seal bolts in the order as

Tightening torque
8-11 Nm {82-112 kgf.cm, 71-97 inlbf}
am3uuw0000227
ENGINE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5]

id0110a7800400
Warning
Safety Procedure". (See 01-14A-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF, L5].)
Secure the steering wheel using tape or a cable to prevent the steering shaft from rotating after
disconnecting the steering shaft. If the steering wheel rotates after the steering shaft and the
steering gear and linkage are disconnected, the internal parts of the clock spring could be
damaged.
Note
Perform the engine and transaxle component removal/installation from below the vehicle.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Remove the plug hole plate. (See 01-1 OA-5 PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Remove the PCM cover No.1. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Disconnect the PCM connector. (See 01-40A-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Remove the battery tray and PCM component. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Remove the front wheels and tires. (See 02-10-1 GENERAL PROCEDURES (SUSPENSION).)
INSTALLATION .)
Drain the transaxle oil (MTX) or ATF (ATX). (See 05-15A-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G35M-R]
(5MTX).) (See 05-15B-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G66M-R] (6MTX).) (See 05-17-14 AUTOMATIC
TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL] (ATX).)
Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF, L5].)
Remove the coolant reserve tank. (See 01-12A-7 COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
L5].)
Disconnect the fuel hose. (See 01-14A-15 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
L5].)
Disconnect the evaporative hose. (See 01-14A-15 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR REMOVAU
Disconnect the brake vacuum hose. (See 04-11-4 VACUUM HOSE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
01-10A-39
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

16. Disconnect the radiator hose (upper and lower). (See 01-12A-8 RADIATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF,
LS].)
17. Disconnect the water hose. (See 01-12A-11 THERMOSTAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
18. Disconnect the heater hose. (See 07-11-24 REFRIGERANT LINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
19. Disconnect the oil hose. (ATX type B) (See OS-17-47 OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FSSA-EL].)
20. Disconnect the power steering pipe component and then drain the power steering fluid. (See 06-10-1
GENERAL PROCEDURES (STEERING).)
21. Disconnect the shift cable and wiring harness. (MTX) (See OS-1SA-4 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [G3SM-R] (SMTX).) (See OS-1SB-4 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [G66MR] (6MTX).)
22. Remove the clutch release cylinder with the pipe still connected. (MTX) (See OS-1 0-13 CLUTCH RELEASE
CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [G3SM-R, G66M-R].) (See OS-1 0-14 CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [A26M-R].))
23. Disconnect the selector cable. (ATX) (See OS-17-40 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[FSSA-EL].)
24. Remove the crossmember bracket. (See 02-13-13 FRONT CROSSMEMBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2S. Remove the TWC. (See 01-1SA-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
26. Disconnect the drive shafts from the engine side, set the drive shafts out of the way. (See 03-13-3 DRIVE
SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
27. Remove the AIC compressor with the cooler hose still connected and secure it using wire or rope so that it is
out of the way. (See 07-11-18 AIC COMPRESSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
28. Remove the wiring harness installation bolt and
r--------------------,
nut shown in the figure.
SUSPENSION TOWER
29. Disconnect the ground cable from the NO.3
BOLT
engine mount side.
9-12 {92-122, 80-106}
Tightening torque
9-12 Nm {92-122 kgf.cm, 80-108 inlbf}
~--i--+;---~JlUBl'H=l-i=:H-i-+-+-
MAIN FUSE BLOCK
NUT
9-12 {92-122, 80-106}
30. Disconnect the connectors and the wiring

harnesses related to the engine removal!
installation.
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000297
33. Start the engine. And inspect and adjust the
following:
Front wheel alignment (See 02-11-1 FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT.)
Power steering fluid air bleeding (See 06-14-3 AIR BLEEDING.)
Leakage of engine oil, engine coolant, ATF, transaxle oil, and fuel.
Verify the ignition timing, idle speed and idle mixture. (See 01-1 OA-3 ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF, LS].)
Engine-driven accessories operation.
01-10A-40
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

71-93 - - - r - - - - - - ( I T j
{7.3-9.4,
53-68}
44-61
44-61
{4.5-6.2,
VIEW FROM A
MTX
33-44)94-152
{9.6-15,
70-112}
{7.5-9.1,
54-66}
FRONT
ATX
FRONT
73-90
{7.5-9.1,
54-66}
7-13 Nm
{72-132 kgf.cm, _1---~~,
62-115 in.lbf}
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-----------------------------------------------_J
73-90
{7.5-9.1,
54-66}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000531
No.1 engine mount rubber, front crossmember

component
(See 01-1 OA-42 No.1 Engine Mount Rubber, Front
Crossmember Component Removal Note.)
(See 01-10A-43 Engine Mount Installation Note.)
NO.3 engine mount
(See 01-1 OA-43 No.3 Engine Mount, No.4 Engine
Mount Rubber Removal Note.)
(See 01-1 OA-43 Engine Mount Installation Note.)
Battery tray bracket

(See 01-1 OA-43 Engine Mount Installation Note.)
No.4 engine mount rubber

(See 01-1 OA-43 No.3 Engine Mount, No.4 Engine
(See 01-10A-43 Engine Mount Installation Note.)
Engine, transaxle
01-10A-41
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

No.1 Engine Mount Rubber, Front Crossmember Component Removal Note
1. Loosen the No.1 engine mount rubber installation bolt (front crossmember side) shown in the figure.
MTX
NO.1 ENGINE MOUNT RUBBER

INSTALLATION BOLT
(FRONT CROSSMEMBER SIDE)
FRONT
am3uuw0000298
ATX
'/" .. =-....."<.l~~.-J
~T--

INSTALLATION BOLT
FRONT
am3uuw0000299
2. Remove the No.1 engine mount rubber installation bolt (No.1 engine mount bracket side) shown in the figure.
MTX

INSTALLATION BOLT
(NO.1 ENGINE MOUNT BRACKET SIDE)
FRONT
am3uuw0000299
ATX
~
INSTALLATION BOLT
FRONT
am3uuw0000299
3. Remove the No.1 engine mount rubber and the front crossmember component as a single unit. (See 02-13-13
FRONT CROSSMEMBER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
01-10A-42
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

No.3 Engine Mount, No.4 Engine Mount Rubber Removal Note
1. Secure the engine and transaxle using an engine
,..--------------------,
jack.
ENGINE JACK
am6zzw0000121
Engine Mount Installation Note

Note
If the No.3 engine mount bracket and the engine are removed, retighten the No.3 engine mount stud bolts.
Tightening torque
7-13 Nm {72-132 kgfcm, 62-115 in.lbf}
MOUNT
STUD BOLT
am3uuw0000226

jack.
ENGINE JACK
am6zzw0000121
4. Tighten the NO.3 engine mount installation bolts

)---i--------,----{
BOLT
No.
1
Tightening torque
75-104 Nm {7.7-10 kgfm, 56-76 ftlbf}
71-93 Nm {7.3-9.4 kgfm, 53-68 ftlbf}
NO.3 ENGINE--r---I===l
MOUNT
am3uuw0000303
01-10A-43
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

5. Tighten the No.4 engine mount rubber installation
bolt.
Tightening torque
94-152 Nm {9.6-15 kgf.m, 69-112 ft.lbf}
NO.4 ENGINE
MOUNT RUBBER
~~--BOLT
FRONT
am3uuw0000304
6. Temporarily tighten the No.4 engine mount rubber

and battery tray bracket installation nuts as shown
in the figure.
7. Install the No.1 engine mount rubber and the front
crossmember component as a single unit. (See
02-13-13 FRONT CROSSMEMBER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
installation bolts.
NUT
BATTERY ---I-:"..c...,tBRACKET
NO.4 ENGINE
MOUNT RUBBER
Caution
FRONT
Tighten the bolts in the order shown in
NUT
the figure to prevent abnormal noise and
am3uuw0000297
vibration after assembly.
Tighten the bolts while being careful of their length to prevent interference between the steering
gear housing and bolt.
Bolt stem length
Front crossmember side: 62mm {2.4 in}
No.1 engine mount bracket side: 65mm {2.6 in}
9. Tighten the No.1 engine mount rubber installation bolts in the order shown.
Caution
Tighten the bolts in the order shown in the figure to prevent abnormal noise and vibration after
assembly.
MTX
FRONT
am3uuw0000299
ATX
Tightening torque
73-90 Nm {7.5-9.1 kgf.m, 54-66 ft.lbf}
FRONT
am3uuw0000299
01-10A-44
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

10. Tighten the No.4 engine mount rubber and
battery tray bracket installation nuts as shown in
the figure.
Tightening torque
44-61 Nm {4.S-6.2 kgf.m, 33-44 ft.lbf}
NUT
BATTERY --+-:::,.o<:...,tBRACKET
NO.4 ENGINE
MOUNT RUBBER
FRONT
am3uuw0000297
ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF, LS]

id0110a7800500
1. Remove the engine from the transaxle. (See OS-1SA-4 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[G3SM-R] (SMTX).) (See OS-1S8-4 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G66M-R] (6MTX).)
(See OS-17-40 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FSSA-EL] (ATX).)
2. Remove the generator. (See 01-17A-6 GENERATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
3. Remove the exhaust system. (See 01-1SA-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
4. Remove the EGR valve. (See 01-16A-9 EGR VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
S. Remove the intake-air system. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
6. Remove the fuel injectors. (See 01-14A-19 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
7. Remove the ignition coils. (See 01-18A-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
9. Disassemble in the order indicated in the table.
10. Assemble in the reverse order of disassembly.
LF
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000293
IDrive belt auto tensioner
01-10A-45
MECHANICAL [LF, LS]

L5
'{:D---+----'---
19-25
{1.9-2.6,
14-18}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am6zzw0000177
01-10A-46
IIdler pulley
MECHANICAL [L3 WITH TC]
01-108 MECHANICAL [L3 WITH TC]

ENGINE LOCATION INDEX
[L3 WITH TCl .................... 01-108-2
ENGINE TUNE-UP [L3 WITH TCl .. .... 01-108-3
Engine Tune-up Preparation ........ 01-108-3
Ignition Timing Inspection ........ 01-108-3
Idle Speed Inspection ............. 01-108-3
Idle Mixture Inspection ............. 01-108-4
DRIVE 8ELT INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl .................... 01-108-4
DRIVE 8ELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCl .................... 01-108-4
DRIVE 8ELT AUTO TENSIONER
INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl ......... 01-108-5
VALVE CLEARANCE INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl .................... 01-108-5
VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT
[L3 WITH TCl .................... 01-108-6
COMPRESSION INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl .................... 01-108-12
VARIA8LE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR
VARIA8LE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCl .................... 01-108-14
Coil Resistance Inspection .......... 01-108-22
Spool Valve Operation Inspection .... 01-108-22
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCl .................... 01-108-23
TIMING CHAIN
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCl .................... 01-108-23
Cylinder Head Cover Removal Note . 01-108-25
Removal Note ................ 01-108-25
No.3 Engine Mount Removal Note ... 01-108-26
Chain Tensioner Removal Note ...... 01-108-28
Oil Pump Driven Sprocket

Removal/Installation Note ........ . 01-108-29
Oil Pump Drive Sprocket
Installation Note .............. . 01-108-29
Timing Chain Installation Note ...... . 01-108-29
Engine Front Cover
Installation Note ............... . 01-108-30
No.3 Engine Mount
Installation Note ................ . 01-108-31
Cylinder Head Cover
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TCl ....... 01-108-33
Camshaft Removal Note ......... . 01-108-35
Cylinder Head Removal Note ....... . 01-108-35
Cylinder Head Installation Note ...... . 01-108-35
Camshaft Installation Note ......... . 01-108-36
FRONT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
[L3 WITH TCl .................... . 01-108-37
Removal Note .................. . 01-108-38
Front Oil Seal Removal Note ....... . 01-108-39
Front Oil Seal Installation Note ...... 01-108-39
Installation Note ................. 01-108-40
REAR OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
[L3 WITH TCl .................... . 01-108-41
Rear Oil Seal Installation Note ...... . 01-108-41
ENGINE REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCl .................... . 01-108-42
No.1 Engine Mount Rubber,
Removal Note ................. . 01-108-45
No.3 Engine Mount, No.4 Engine
Mount Rubber Removal Note ...... . 01-108-45
Engine Mount Installation Note ...... . 01-108-45
ENGINE DISASSEM8LY/ASSEM8LY
[L3 WITH TCl .................... . 01-108-48
01-108-1
'
,:

ENGINE LOCATION INDEX [L3 WITH TC]
id011 0398001 00
~-+-~-----~6
11 J---------~I.t\
'r-----------{
1--------(
@)~---------'
>---------
am3uuw0000613
Engine
(See 01-10B-3 ENGINE TUNE-UP [L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-10B-12 COMPRESSION INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-10B-42 ENGINE REMOVAU
(See 01-10B-48 ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY [L3 WITH TC].)
Drive belt
WITH TC].)
OCV
Drive belt idler pulley
01-108-2
Variable valve timing actuator

ACTUATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
Tappet
(See 01-10B-5 VALVE CLEARANCE INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-10B-6 VALVE CLEARANCE
ADJUSTMENT [L3 WITH TC].)

(See 01-10B-33 CYLINDER HEAD GASKET
Rear oil seal

(See 01-10B-41 REAR OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
[L3 WITH TC].)
Timing chain

10
Front oil seal

(See 01-10B-37 FRONT OIL SEAL
ENGINE TUNE-UP [L3 WITH TC]
11

(See 01-10B-5 DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER
id011039800600
Note
the idle speed. This is due to the fuel cut control operation, which prevents overheating, and it does not
Engine Tune-up Preparation
1. Verify that the shift lever is in neutral position.
3. Verify that no DTCs are available.
4. Warm up the engine (ECT is approx. 80C {176
OF} or more).
6. Wait until the cooling fan stops.
am3uuw0000238
Ignition Timing Inspection

Note
The ignition timing cannot be adjusted.
The M-MDS is required to verify the ignition timing.
1. Complete the engine tune-up preparation. (See 01-108-3 Engine Tune-up Preparation.)
2. Verify the ignition timing (M-MDS: SPARKADV) using the PID/data monitor function of the M-MDS. (See 01408-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Ignition timing
Approx. BTDC 10
3. Verify that ignition timing advances when the engine speed increases gradually.
If there is malfunction, refer to "ENGINE SYMPTOM TROU8LESHOOTING". (See 01-038-4 SYMPTOM
DIAGNOSTIC INDEX [L3 WITH TCl.)
Idle Speed Inspection

Note
The idle speed cannot be adjusted.
The M-MDS is required to verify the idle speed.
1. Complete the engine tune-up preparation. (See 01-108-3 Engine Tune-up Preparation.)
2. Verify that the idle speed (M-MDS: RPM PID) is within the specification using the M-MDS. (See 01-408-8 PCM
If there is malfunction, refer to "ENGINE SYMPTOM TROU8LESHOOTING". (See 01-038-4 SYMPTOM
DIAGNOSTIC INDEX [L3 WITH TCl.)
Idle speed
No load: 650-750 rpm
Electrical load on *1: 650-750 rpm
AlC on: 700-800 rpm
*1. When the following electrical loads are on: Headlights, rear defroster, cooling fan, and the blower motor (2-step
or more.)
01-108-3

Idle Mixture Inspection
1. Verify that the idle speed and ignition timing are within the specification. (See01-1 OB-3 Idle Speed Inspection.)
(See01-10B-3 Ignition Timing Inspection.)
2. Insert an exhaust gas analyzer to the tailpipe.
3. Verify that the CO and HC concentrations are within the regulation.
Idle mixture
HC concentration: Within the regulation
CO concentration: Within the regulation
DRIVE BELT INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl

id011039801500
Note
tensioner.

am3uuw0000606
DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl

id011 039801600
INSTALLATION.)
2. Rotate the drive belt auto tensioner in the
direction shown in the figure and remove the drive
belt.
3. Install the drive belt.
mark does not exceed the limit. (See 01-108-4
DRIVE BELT INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
REMOVAUINSTALLATION.) (See 09-16-30
SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
acxuuw00000136
01-108-4

DRIVE BELT AUTO TENSIONER INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011039801700
INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the drive belt. (See 01-1 OB-4 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
smoothly in the operational direction.
necessary. (See 01-1 OB-48 ENGINE
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [L3 WITH TC].)
4. Rotate the drive belt auto tensioner pulley by
hand and verify that it rotates smoothly.
necessary. (See 01-1 OB-48 ENGINE
5. Install the drive belt. (See 01-10B-4 DRIVE BELT
am3uuw0000606
AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2 REMOVAUINSTALLATION.) (See 09-16-30 SPLASH SHIELD
VALVE CLEARANCE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

id011039803400
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable.
3. Remove the charge air cooler. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
4. Remove the ignition coils. (See 01-18B-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
5. Disconnect the ventilation hose from the cylinder head cover. (See 01-16B-12 au ICK RELEASE
CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
6. Remove the cylinder head cover. (See 01-10B-23 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
7. Remove the splash shield (RH). (See 09-16-30 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
8. Measure the valve clearance.
Note
Make sure to note down the measured values for choosing the suitable replacement tappets.
(1) Turn the crankshaft clockwise so that the No.1 piston is at top dead center (TDC) of the compression
stroke.
(2) Measure the valve clearance at A in the
A
B
A
B
figure.
Standard valve clearance [Engine cold]

IN: 0.22-0.28 mm {0.009-0.011 in}
EX: 0.27-0.33 mm {0.011-0.012 in}
(3) If the valve clearance is out of the standard
value, adjust it. (See 01-1 OB-6 VALVE
CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT [L3 WITH TC].)
(4) Turn the crankshaft 360 0 clockwise so that the
No.4 piston is at TDC of the compression
stroke.
(5) Measure the valve clearance at B in the
figure.
EX
IN
B
acxuuw00000156

IN: 0.22-0.28 mm {0.009-0.011 in}
EX: 0.27-0.33 mm {0.011-0.012 in}
(6) If the valve clearance is out of the standard value, adjust it. (See 01-10B-6 VALVE CLEARANCE
ADJUSTMENT [L3 WITH TC].)
01-108-5

VALVE CLEARANCE ADJUSTMENT [L3 WITH TC]
id011039803300
Warning
Safety Procedure". (See 01-14B-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TC].)
3. Remove the charge air cooler. (See 01-13B-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
4. Remove the high pressure fuel pump and high pressure fuel pump cover. (See 01-14B-17 HIGH PRESSURE
FUEL PUMP REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
6. Disconnect the ventilation hose from the cylinder head cover. (See 01-16B-12 QUICK RELEASE
INSTALLATION. )
9. Remove the drive belt. (See 01-1 OB-4 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
~~ Q ~
~Q
iii
ENGINE FRONT
COVER LOWER
BLIND PLUG ----"'-~
am3uuw0000606
ENGINE FRONT
COVER UPPER - - - - + - A \ 1 - - - '
BLIND PLUG
am3uuw0000606

engine rotation until the No.1 piston is at the point
prior to top dead center (TDC) of the compression
stroke.
01-108-6

14. Install the SST.
engine rotation so that the No.1 piston is at TOC
counterweight contacts the SST and stops.)
am3uuw0000606
Note
Verify the ratchet position using the mirror before servicing. If the ratchet is not tilted, remove the engine
front cover before performing the procedure. (See 01-108-23 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCl)
If the timing chain tension cannot be released with the ratchet tilted, remove the engine front cover before
performing the procedure. (See 01-108-23 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Ratchet unlock position
RATCHET
UNLOCK POSSIBLE
RATCHET
UNLOCK IMPOSSIBLE
acxaaw00001394
cover upper blind plug hole and tighten it until
it contacts the chain tensioner arm, and then
BOLT (M6 x1.0,
LENGTH 25-35 mm ---,~'Y
{1.0-1.3 in})
am3uuw0000607
01-108-7

camshaft, apply force counterclockwise to
ratchet.
(3) Using a Hex bit socket (2.5 mm {O.098 in}) or
am8rrw00002539
RATCHET
NOT UNLOCK
UNLOCK
acxaaw00001396

chain.
am8rrw00002541
Note
acxaaw00001397
01-108-8

(5) Screw in the bolt set in Step (1) approx. 5 mm {0.2 in} and secure the tensioner arm with the rack
compressed.
Note
The ratchet has not been unlocked if the bolt cannot be pressed in approx. 5 mm {O.2 in} .
NOT UNLOCK
UNLOCK
NOT UNLOCK
I
I
I'
II
BOLT (M6 x1.0,

LENGTH
25-35mm
{1.0-1.3 in})
II
II
,-:: I
I
::
'III
RIB
I
I
,-:: 1
I
III
~-
UNLOCK
RIB
III
::
1111
~-
:~I----'--------+--+-I I
II
II
1\
-,
\_-
BOLT (M6 x1.0,

LENGTH
25-35 mm
{1.0-1.3 in})
SECTIONAL VIEW
am3uuw0000607
from Step (2).
bolt.
Caution
acxuuw00000161

single unit.
19. Remove the OCV. (See 01-108-23 OIL
CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAU
am3uuw0000607

the camshaft cap.
Note
EX
IN
21. Remove the camshafts for the intake and exhaust

sides.
22. Remove the tappet.
01-108-9
MECHANICAL [L3 WITH TCl

23. Install an appropriate tappet based on the results of the valve clearance inspection.
Selected tappet = Removed tappet thickness + Measured valve clearance - Standard valve clearance

IN: 0.22-0.28 mm {0.009-0.011 in}
EX: 0.27-0.33 mm {0.011-0.012 in}
24. Verify that the No.1 piston is at TOC of the compression stroke. (The position counterweight contacts the SST.)
25. Apply the gear oil (SAE No. 90 or equivalent) to
figure.
26. With No.1 cylinder cam aligned at TOC of the
compression stroke, install the camshafts.
am3uuw0000151

figure. However, do not apply it to the end journal
of the intake camshaft.
am3uuw0000151
28. Carefully apply adhesive agent (Loctite 518 or

962T) to the area indicated in the figure so that it
does not leak into the sliding part, then apply the
gear oil (SAE No. 90 or equivalent) to the journal.
~~~-I-ADHESIVE
Adhesive agent thickness

0.5-1.5 mm {0.02-0.05 in}
in 2-3 steps.
INTAKE REAR CAMSHAFT CAP
Note
Do not tighten the bolts during this step.
01-108-10
am3uuw0000607

30. Tighten the camshaft cap bolts in two steps in the
order shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
Step 1: 5.0-9.0 Nm {51-91 kgf.cm, 45-79
in.lbf}
Step 2: 14-17 Nm {1.5-1.7 kgf.m, 11-12
ftlbf}
EX
IN
31. Install the OCV. (See 01-108-23 OIL CONTROL

VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TCl.)
a single unit.
Caution
Install a new washer to the fourth or fifth
EXHAUST CAMSHAFT
SPROCKET
WASHER
EXHAUST CAMSHAFT
SPROCKET BOLT
am3zzw0000478

figure.
34. Remove the bolt (M6 X 1.0, length 25-35mm
{1.0-1.3 in}) from the engine front cover upper
blind plug hole, and apply tension to the timing
chain.
35. Verify that the No.1 piston is at TOC of the
compression stroke. (The position counterweight
contacts the SST.)
303-1061
(49 UN30 310610)
am3uuw0000607

cast hexagon, and tighten the camshaft sprocket
bolt.
Tightening torque
69-75 Nm {7.1-7.6 kgf.m, 51-55 ftlbf}
38. Remove the SST installed to the cylinder block
am8rrw00002546
Tightening torque
18-22 Nm {1.9-2.2 kgf.m, 14-16 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000606
01-108-11

Caution
starts to harden.
Tightening torque
8-11 Nm {82-112 kgf.cm, 71-97 in.lbf}
~I
ENGINE FRONT
COVER UPPER -------h~)-....l"
BLIND PLUG
am3uuw0000607
Tightening torque
10-14 Nm {102-142 kgfcm, 89-123
in.lbf}
43. Install the drive belt. (See 01-1 OB-4 DRIVE BELT
iii
ENGINE FRONT
COVER LOWER
BLIND PLUG ----"'-~
am3uuw0000606
45. Install the cylinder head cover. (See 01-1 OB-23
TIMING CHAIN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
46. Connect the ventilation hose. (See 01-16B-12 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM)
47. Install the ignition coils. (See 01-18B-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
48. Install the high pressure fuel pump and high pressure fuel pump cover. (See 01-14B-17 HIGH PRESSURE
49. Install the charge air cooler. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
51. Install the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
COMPRESSION INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

id011039800300
Warning
Hot engines and oil can cause severe burns. Be careful not to burn yourself during removal!
installation of each component.
1. Verify that the battery is fully charged. (See 01-17B-4 BATTERY INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Recharge it if necessary. (See 01-17B-6 BATTERY RECHARGING [L3 WITH TC].)
TCl.)
4. Remove the ignition coils. (See 01-18B-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
5. Remove all the spark plugs. (See 01-18B-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl)
6. Remove the fuel pump relay. (See 01-14B-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
7. Remove the fuel injector relay.
01-108-12

8. Measure the compression pressure using the following procedure.
(1) Press a compression gauge into the spark
,....-------------------------,
plug hole.
(2) Fully depress the accelerator pedal and crank
the engine.
(3) Note down the maximum gauge reading.
(4) Perform Steps (1) to (3) for all cylinders.
~'\.---~
Compression
Standard: 1,280 kPa {13.05 kgf/cm2, 185.6
psi} [250 rpm]
Minimum: 896 kPa {9.14 kgf/cm 2, 130 psi}
[250 rpm]
Maximum difference between cylinders:
196.1 kPa {2.000 kgf/cm2, 28.44 psi}
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
acxuuw00000151
(5) If the measured value is less than the minimum value, or there is a cylinder whose compression value
varies from that of other cylinders by 196.1 kPa {2.000 kgf/cm 2, 28.44 psi} or more, add a small amount of
engine oil through the spark plug hole. Then measure the compression pressure and perform the
respective operations for the following cases.
If the compression increases, the piston, the piston rings, or cylinder wall may be worn and overhaul is
required.
If the compression stays low, a valve may be stuck or improperly seated and overhaul is required.
If the compression in adjacent cylinders stays low, the cylinder head gasket may be damaged or the
cylinder head distorted and overhaul is required.
Install the fuel injector relay.
Install the fuel pump relay. (See 01-14B-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Install the spark plugs. (See 01-18B-3 SPARK PLUG REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCD
Install the ignition coils. (See 01-18B-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Install the charge air cooler. (See 01-13B-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl)
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

id011039801200
Caution
Variable valve timing actuator cannot be disassembled because it is a precision unit.
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
3. Remove the charge air cooler. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
4. Remove the ignition coils. (See 01-18B-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
6. Remove the cylinder head cover. (See 01-10B-23 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl)
7. Confirm that notch of the rotor and notch of the
cover at the variable valve timing actuator are
aligned and fitted .
If the notch of the rotor and notch of the cover
are not aligned, turn the crankshaft clockwise
two rotations. Verify that notch of the rotor and
notch of the cover are aligned.
If the both notches are still not aligned,
replace the variable valve timing actuator.
(See 01-10B-14 VARIABLE VALVE
TIMING ACTUATOR REMOVAL/
am6xuw0000247
If, when turning the crankshaft, there is a
hitting noise from the variable valve timing
actuator each time the cam passes the fully lifted position, it means that the actuator is not secured.
Replace the variable valve timing actuator. (See 01-10B-14 VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR
8. Install the cylinder head cover. (See 01-10B-23 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
01-108-13

10.
11.
12.
13.
Install the ignition coils. (See 01-18B-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Install the charge air cooler. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Connect the negative battery cable.
Install the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
VARIABLE VALVE TIMING ACTUATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]

id011039801100
Warning
Caution
Variable valve timing actuator cannot be disassembled because it is a precision unit.
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
TC].)
CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
INSTALLATION.)
9. Remove the drive belt. (See 01-1 OB-4 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
J@I () ~
~()
iii
ENGINE FRONT
COVER LOWER
BLIND PLUG ----"'----~
am3uuw0000604
ENGINE FRONT
COVER UPPER -----h~)_--'"
BLIND PLUG
am3uuw0000604
01-108-14

prior to top dead center (TDC) of the compression
stroke.
14. Install the SST.

engine rotation so that the No.1 piston is at TDC
am3uuw0000604

Note
Verify the ratchet position using the mirror before servicing. If the ratchet is not tilted, remove the engine
front cover before performing the procedure. (See 01-108-23 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC].)
If the timing chain tension cannot be released with the ratchet tilted, remove the engine front cover before
performing the procedure. (See 01-108-23 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Ratchet unlock position
RATCHET
UNLOCK POSSIBLE
RATCHET
UNLOCK IMPOSSIBLE
acxaaw00001394
01-108-15

cover upper blind plug hole and tighten it until
it contacts the chain tensioner arm, and then
BOLT (M6 x1.0,
LENGTH 25-35 mm
{1.0-1.3 in})
----,"'---1r'Y

camshaft, apply fQrce counterclockwise to
ratchet.
(3) Using a Hex bit socket (2.5 mm {0.09S in}) or
am8rrw00002539
RATCHET
NOT UNLOCK
UNLOCK
acxaaw00001396
01-108-16

chain.
am8rrw00002541
Note
(5) Screw in the bolt set in Step (1) approx. 5
mm {O.2 in} and secure the tensioner arm
with the rack compressed.
Note
The ratchet has not been unlocked if the bolt
cannot be pressed in approx. 5 mm {O.2
in}.
UNLOCK
NOT UNLOCK
acxaaw00001397
NOT UNLOCK
UNLOCK
II
I-II
I I
I If I
1111
::
,-:: 1
I ill
;- ::
'III
RIB
;- : :
'III
: 7----l1------'-----+---+-, '
II
J\
25-35 mm
{1.0-1.3 in})
II
1\
BOLT (M6 x1.0,

LENGTH
25-35mm
{1.0-1.3 in})
SECTIONAL VIEW
am3uuw0000604
from Step (2).
01-108-17

bolt.
Caution
acxuuw00000161

single unit.
19. Remove the OCV. (See 01-108-23 OIL
CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAU
am3uuw0000605

the camshaft cap.
EX
Note
IN
21. Remove the variable valve timing actuator and

intake camshaft as a single unit.
am3uuw0000605
22. Remove the variable valve timing actuator using the following procedures.
(1) Mark the camshaft and variable valve timing
,..----------------------,
actuator as shown in the figure to make sure
they are installed in their original position.
am3uuw0000605

(3) Loosen the variable valve timing actuator
installation bolt.
CAMSHAFT
------E~il;o.,
PROTECTION
PLATE
~~;:::J/~~
-----t--.::.~

am3uuw0000605
01-108-18

23. Install the variable valve timing actuator using the following procedures.
Caution
When the variable valve timing actuator is replaced with a new one, mark it in the same location as
the old one.

(2) Install a new washer.
(3) Align the marks of the camshaft and the
variable valve timing actuator.
Note
If the alignment marks on the variable valve
timing actuator are not available, refer to the
"TIMING CHAIN ASSEMBLY" in the engine
workshop manual and perform the sprocket
position alignment again.
(4) Tighten the variable valve timing actuator
installation bolt.
am3uuw0000605
Tightening torque
69-75 Nm {7.1-7.6 kgfm, 51-55 ft.lbf}
24. Verify that the No.1 piston is at TDG of the compression stroke. (The position counterweight contacts the SST.)
figure.
26. With No.1 cylinder cam aligned at TDG of the
compression stroke, install the variable valve
timing actuator and the camshaft on the intake air
side as a single unit.

DO NOT APPLY OIL.
am3uuw0000605
01-108-19

~~~-I-ADHESIVE

0.S-1.S mm {0.02-0.0S in}
in 2-3 steps.
Note
am3uuw0000605

Tightening torque
Step 1: S.0-9.0 Nm {S1-91 kgf.cm, 4S-79
in.lbf}
Step 2: 14-17 Nm {1.S-1.7 kgf.m, 11-12
ft.lbf}
EX
IN
31. Install the OCV. (See 01-108-23 OIL CONTROL

VALVE (OCV) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
am3uuw0000605

a single unit.
Caution
Install a new washer to the fourth or fifth
EXHAUST CAMSHAFT
SPROCKET
WASHER
EXHAUST CAMSHAFT
SPROCKET BOLT
am3zzw0000478

figure.
34. Remove the bolt (M6 X 1.0, length 2S-3Smm
{1.0-1.3 in}) from the engine front cover upper
blind plug hole, and apply tension to the timing
chain.
35. Verify that the No.1 piston is at TDC of the
contacts the SST.)
303-1061
(49 UN30 310610)
am3uuw0000605
01-108-20

cast hexagon, and tighten the camshaft sprocket
bolt.
Tightening torque
69-75 Nm {7.1-7.6 kgfm, 51-55 ft.lbf}
am8rrw00002546
Tightening torque
18-22 Nm {1.9-2.2 kgf.m, 14-16 ft.lbf}

Caution
starts to harden.
Tightening torque
8-11 Nm {82-112 kgf.cm, 71-97 inlbf}
~I
ENGINE FRONT
COVER UPPER -----t-:~1__-''\
BLIND PLUG
am3uuw0000606
Tightening torque
10-14 Nm {102-142 kgf.cm, 89-123
inlbf}
43. Install the drive belt. (See 01-10B-4 DRIVE BELT
iii
ENGINE FRONT
COVER LOWER
BLIND PLUG ----"-----"REMOVAUINSTALLATION.) (See 09-16-30
am3uuw0000604
45. Install the cylinder head cover. (See 01-1 OB-23
TIMING CHAIN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
47. Install the ignition coils. (See 01-18B-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
48. Install the high pressure fuel pump and high pressure fuel pump cover. (See 01-14B-17 HIGH PRESSURE
49. Install the charge air cooler. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
51. Install the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
01-108-21

OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011039801400
Coil Resistance Inspection

4. Measure the coil resistance between terminals A
and B using a tester.
If not as specified, replace the OCV. (See 0110B-23 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
OCV coil resistance
6.9-7.9 ohms [20C {68F}]
am3zzw0000352
Spool Valve Operation Inspection

1. Remove the OCV. (See 01-1 OB-23 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
2. Verify that the spool valve in the OCV is in the
maximum valve timing retard position as shown in
the figure.
,...
If not as specified, replace the OCV. (See 01'"'
10B-23 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
....
'3. Verify that the battery is fully charged. (See 0117B-4 BATTERY INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
I
Recharge it if necessary. (See 01-17B-6
SPOOL VALVE
BATTERY RECHARGING [L3 WITH TC].)
(MAXIMUM VALVE TIMING RETARD POSITION
am3uuw0000606
4. Apply battery positive voltage between the OCV

terminals and verify that the spool valve operates
and moves to the maximum valve timing advance
position.
If not as specified, replace the OCv. (See 0110B-23 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
VALVE TIMING ........._- VALVE TIMING

RETARD
ADVANCE
h
.....
~I ~~
r-
'-
SPOOL VALVE
(MAXIMUM VALVE TIMING ADVANCE POSITION)
am3uuw0000606
Note
When applying battery positive voltage
between the OCV terminals, the connection
can be either of the following:
Positive battery cable to terminal A,
negative battery cable to terminal B
Positive battery cable to terminal B,
negative battery cable to terminal A
5. Stop applying battery positive voltage and verify
that the spool valve returns to the maximum valve
timing retard position.
If not as specified, replace the OCv. (See 01am3zzw0000352
10B-23 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV)
6. Install the OCV. (See 01-1 OB-23 OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
01-108-22

OIL CONTROL VALVE (OCV) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id011039801300
TCl.)
IDeV installation boll

2
OCV
am3uuw0000606
TIMING CHAIN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]

id011039801000
Warning
TC].)
FUEL PUMP REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
7. Remove the coolant reserve tank with the hose still connected and set it out of the way. (See 01-128-7
COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
INSTALLATION.)
POWER STEERING
PIPE COMPONENT
11. Loosen the water pump pulley bolts before
removing the drive belt.
12. Remove the drive belt. (See 01-1 OB-4 DRIVE
BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
13. Remove the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor.
(CKP) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TCl.)
Nm {kgf.cm, in.lbf}
am3uuw0000280
16. Start the engine. And inspect and adjust the
following:
Leakage of engine oil. (See 01-11 B-2 ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
01-108-23
.:

Verify the ignition timing, idle speed and idle mixture. (See 01-108-3 ENGINE TUNE-UP [L3 WITH Te].)
71-93
{7.3-9.4,
53-68}
9-12 Nm
{92-122 kgf.cm,
80-106 in.lbf:r75-104 {7.7-10, 56-76}
IIiI
it*
I
7-13 Nm
{72-132 kgf.cm,
62-115 inlbf}
i"l
: :
~~:
-------
--------
8-11 Nm
{82-112 kgf.cm,
71-97 inlbf}
iii 8.0-9.5 Nm {82-96

~~~~~
40-55
{4.1-5.6,
{2.1-3.0,
15-22}
IiIIIiI
96-104 {9.8-10,
71-76}
+87-93
{1.8-2.3,13-16}
11\---------\
8-11 Nm -----++~y
{82-112 kgf.cm,
71-97in.lbf}
@:8-11 Nm
{82-112 kgf.cm,
71-97inlbf}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000623
3
4
5
6
Cylinder head cover

(See01-10B-25 Cylinder Head Cover Removal Note.)
(See01-10B-32 Cylinder Head Cover Installation
Note.)
(See01-10B-25 Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Removal
Note.)
(See01-10B-31 Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt
Installation Note.)
Crankshaft pulley
Water pump pulley
01-108-24
No.3 engine mount

(See01-10B-26 NO.3 Engine Mount Removal Note.)
(See01-10B-30 No.3 Engine Mount Installation Note)
Front oil seal

(See 01-10B-37 FRONT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
[L3 WITH TC].)
Engine front cover
(See01-10B-30 Engine Front Cover Installation Note.)
9
10
Chain tensioner
(See01-10B-28 Chain Tensioner Removal Note.)
11
12
Tensioner arm
Chain guide
Timing chain
(See01-1 OB-29 Timing Chain Installation Note.)
13
He~~ COV~~e:s
1~
wlnn~~~g
wa~ith
bra~~e!et
R moval Note
C linder
out of the
Set the
harness
2 . wiring
Remove
the still connected a
harness
way.
the
it out of the
3. Rem ove the wiring harness bracket.
4 Loosen the cylinder

head cover bolts in the order
.
. shown .In the figure.
c1r~~~~~! ~he~~~C~~~~~t~I~~~~odir~~~~~s
O~ttrh~ p~int
~)PI~
moval Note
ulley Lock Bolt R: blind plug.
er
2. engine
Rotate the
the (TO
No.
center
rota ~ aduntil
prior to top e
stroke.
the compression
am3uuw0000602
01-108-25

3. Install the SST.
engine rotation so that the No.1 piston is at TDe
am3uuw0000602
205-072
(49 UN20 5072)
am3uuw0000602

1. Remove the air cleaner. (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Te].)
Caution
~_____- " " " ' I L _
FRONT FOOT No.2

REAR SHAFT
FRONT SHAFT
am6xuw000006B

Nm {kgf.cm, in.lbf}
am3uuw000050B
01-108-26

bolts.
am3uuw0000614

VIEW (1)
am3uuw0000508

securely tightened.
am3uuw0000258
01-108-27

Chain Tensioner Removal Note
1. Press the timing chain tensioner ratchet to the left
using a thin flathead screwdriver (precision
screwdriver) to unlock the plunger.
~RATCHET
am3uuw0000602
2. Slowly press the plunger back in the direction

shown in the figure while pressing the ratchet.
am3uuw0000602
3. Release the ratchet with the plunger still pressed

down.
am3uuw0000603
4. Press-in the plunger until the ratchet position is as

indicated in the figure, and then insert the wire or
paper clip to lock the plunger.
!-,!.-..!...!...!....'-----
RATCHET
""'--;;---WIRE INSERTION
HOLE
am3uuw0000603
01-108-28

Oil Pump Driven Sprocket Removal/Installation Note
figure.
2. Remove/install the oil pump driven sprocket, and
then remove the crankshaft pulley and crankshaft
pulley lock bolt.
Tightening torque
20-30 Nm {2.1-3.0 kgf.m, 15-22 ftlbf}
CRANKSHAFT
PULLEY
I~
OIL PUMP DRIVEN
SPROCKET
am3uuw0000603
Oil Pump Drive Sprocket Installation Note

1. Assemble the oil pump drive sprocket as shown in
the figure.
OIL PUMP DRIVE SPROCKET
H-HII-H----Hl-+__~
~~
r=
WASHER
ENGINE FRONT
CRANKSHAFT
CRANKSHAFT SPROCKET
am3uuw0000603
Timing Chain Installation Note

1. Install the SST to the camshaft as shown in the
figure.
2. Install the timing chain.
3. Remove the wire or paper clip from the chain
tensioner and apply tension to the timing chain.
303-1061
(49 UN30 310610)
am3uuw0000603
01-108-29

Engine Front Cover Installation Note
1. Apply silicone sealant to the engine front cover as
Caution
Install the engine front cover before the
applied silicone sealant starts to harden.
Verify that there is no oil or dust on the
seal.
~--A
Thickness
A: 2.2-3.2 mm {O.09-0.12 in}
8: 1.5-2.5 mm {O.06-0.098 in}
am3uuw0000615
2. Tighten the engine front cover installation bolts in

the order as shown in the figure.
No.
1-18
19-22
Tightening Torque
8-11 Nm {82-112 kgfcm, 71-97
inlbf}
40-55 Nm {4.1-5.6 kgfm, 30-40
ftlbf}
=----@
oT-------@
,;.----QID
am3uuw0000603
No.3 Engine Mount Installation Note

Note
Retighten the No.3 engine mount stud bolts when the No.3 engine mount nuts are loosened.
Tightening torque
7-13 Nm {72-132 kgf.cm, 62-115 in.lbf}
MOUNT
STUD BOLT
am3uuw0000603
01-108-30

and nuts in the order as shown in the figure.
I
I
No.
1
2
Tightening torque
75-104 Nm {7.7-10 kgfm, 56-76 ftlbf}
71-93 Nm {7.3-9.4 kgf.m, 53-68 ftlbf}
.\---+------,--{
BOLT
NO.3 ENGI NE --r---t::===1

MOUNT
am3uuw0000303

figure.
2. Verify that the No.1 piston is at TOG of the
contacts the SST.)
303-1061
(49 UN30 310610)
am3uuw0000603

Note
Do not tighten the crankshaft pulley lock bolt
during this step.
BOLT
am3uuw0000603

5. Tighten the crankshaft pulley lock bolt in the
following two steps using the SST (490032316) .
Tightening torque
Step 1: 96-104 Nm {9.8-10 kgf.m, 71-76
ft.lbf}
Step 2: 87-93
crankshaft pulley.
S. Remove the SST installed to the cylinder block
9. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise two turns and inspect the valve timing.
205-072
(49 UN20 5072)
am3uuw0000602
01-108-31

=======---~~----I
Tightening torque
k f
14-16 ft-Ibf}
18-22 N-m {1.9-2.2 g -m,
am3uuw0000602
C linder Head Cover Installation ~ote

Apply silicone,sealant to the mating faces as
am3uuw0000603
Caution
f
th
Install the cylinder head cover be ore e
applied silicone sealant starts to harden.
Thickness
5.0 mm {0.20 in}
am3uuw0000604
2. Tighten the cy,linder head cover bolts in the order

Tightening torque
6k f
71-84 in-Ibf}
8.0-9.5 N-m {82-9 g -cm,
01-108-32

3. Install the wiring harness bracket.
FRONT
- r - - N.m {kgf.cm, in.lbf}

am3uuw0000604
j # FRONT
am3uuw0000604
CYLINDER HEAD GASKET REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TCl

id011039800700
Warning
Safety Procedure". (See 01-14B-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Remove the intake manifold. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Remove the exhaust manifold. (See 01-15B-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Remove the generator. (See 01-17B-6 GENERATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Disconnect the heater hose. (See 07-11-4 A/C UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the upper radiator hose. (See 01-12B-8 RADIATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Remove the timing chain. (See 01-10B-23 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Te].)
Disconnect the connectors and the wiring harnesses related to the cylinder head gasket removal/installation.
To firmly support the engine, first set the engine
jack to the oil pan.
11. Bleed the air from the cooling system. (See 0112B-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3
WITH TC].)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
ENGINE JACK
am3uuw0000600
01-108-33

12. Inspect the compression. (See 01-108-12 COMPRESSION INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
'i-fL---.-----.-- 5.0-9.0 N'm {51-91 kgf.cm, 45-79 inlbf}
+14-17 {1.5-1.7, 11-12}
8-11 Nm {82-112-'---~~~-'-:--:l
3 )-------r~
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000600
1
2
OCV
Camshaft
(8ee01-108-35 Camshaft Removal Note.)
(8ee01-108-36 Camshaft Installation Note.)
01-108-34
Cylinder head
(8ee01-108-35 Cylinder Head Removal Note.)
(8ee01-108-35 Cylinder Head Installation Note.)

Camshaft Removal Note
1. Loosen the camshaft cap bolts in 2-3 steps in
Note
EX
IN
acxuuw00000251
Cylinder Head Removal Note

1. Loosen the cylinder head bolts in 2-3 steps in
am3uuw0000600
Cylinder Head Installation Note

1. Measure the length of each cylinder head bolt.
Replace any cylinder head bolts that exceed
the maximum length.
Cylinder head bolt stem length
Standard: 144.7-14S.3 mm {S.697-S.720
in}
Maximum: 146 mm {S.74 in}
r1~
it--.-L~ENlWWiGTI.IJ.IAAH~~
am3uuw0000614
2. Tighten the cylinder head bolts in 5 steps in the

order shown in the figure using the SST (49 0032
316).
Tightening torque
Step 1: 3-11 Nm {31-112 kgf.cm, 27-97
in.lbf}
Step 2: 13-17 Nm {133-173 kgf.cm, 1161SO in.lbf}
Step 3: 43-47 Nm {4.4-4.7 kgf.m, 32-34
ftlbf}
Step 4: 88-92
Step S: 88-92
am3uuw0000600
01-108-35

Camshaft Installation Note
figure.
2. With No.1 cylinder cam aligned at TOC of the
compression stroke, install the camshafts.
am3uuw0000151

DO NOT APPLY OIL.
am3uuw0000151

~~~-T-ADHESIVE

0.5-1.5 mm {0.02-0.05 in}
in 2-3 steps.
Note
01-108-36
am3uuw0000601

Tightening torque
Step 1: 5.0-9.0 Nm {51-91 kgfcm, 45-79
in.lbf}
Step 2: 14-17 Nm {1.5-1.7 kgf.m, 11-12
ft.lbf}
FRONT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TCl
EX
IN
idO 11 039800800
Warning
TC].)
7. Remove cylinder head cover. (See 01-10B-23 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
INSTALLATION.)
POWER STEERING
PIPE COMPONENT
BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Nm {kgf.cm, in.lbf}
am3uuw0000280
01-108-37
96-104------4:
{9.8-10, 71-76} +87-93
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000601

(8ee01-10B-38 Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt Removal
Note.)
(8ee01-10B-40 Crankshaft Pulley Lock Bolt
Installation Note.)
2
3
Crankshaft pulley
Front oil seal
(8ee01-108-39 Front Oil 8eal Removal Note.)
(8ee01-108-39 Front Oil 8eal Installation Note.)

prior to top dead center (TOC) of the compression
stroke.
am3uuw0000601
3. Install the SST.

engine rotation so that the No.1 piston is at TOC
counterweight contacts SST and stops.)
am3uuw0000601
01-108-38

205-072
(49 UN20 5072)
am3uuw0000601
Front Oil Seal Removal Note

1. Cut the oil seal lip using a utility knife.
2. Remove the oil seal using a screwdriver wrapped
with a rag.
Front Oil Seal Installation Note

1. Apply clean engine oil to the oil seal lip.
2. Push the oil seal slightly in by hand.
3. Tap the oil seal in evenly using the SST and a
hammer.

0-0.5 mm {0-0.019 in}
HAMMER
FRONT COVER BODY

O-O.Smm
{O-O.019 in}
FRONT OIL SEAL
am3uuw0000601
01-108-39

figure.
2. Verify that the No.1 piston is at TDC of the
contacts the SST.)
303-1061
(49 UN30 310610)
am3uuw0000601

Note
Do not tighten the crankshaft pulley lock bolt
during this step.
BOLT
am3uuw0000601

5. Tighten the crankshaft pulley lock bolt in the
following two steps using the SST (490032316) .
Tightening torque
Step 1: 96-104 Nm {9.8-10 kgf.m, 71-76
ftlbf}
Step 2: 87-93
205-072
(49 UN20 5072)
crankshaft pulley.
am3uuw0000601
9. Verify that the teeth of the crankshaft pulley pulse wheel and the detection area of the crankshaft position
sensor are installed to the correct positions. (See 01-408-33 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
10. Rotate the crankshaft clockwise two turns and inspect the valve timing.
~-------------------,
Tightening torque
18-22 Nm {1.9-2.2 kgf.m, 14-16 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000601
01-108-40

REAR OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TC]
id011039800900
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the transaxle. (See 05-15C-5 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26M-R].)

Remove the flywheel. (See 05-10-20 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
80lt
Rear oil seal
(See 01-108-41 Rear Oil Seal Installation Note.)
/ Ar-~--:--":'=:-c'-r---{
8-11
{82-112,
71-97}
8-11
{82-112,
71-97}
1r-~--~~~~~
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000227
Rear Oil Seal Installation Note

1. Apply silicone sealant to the mating faces as
Caution
Install the rear oil seal before the applied
silicone sealant starts to harden.
Thickness
2.2-3.2 mm {O.09-0.12 in}
2. Apply clean engine oil to the new oil seal lip.
am3uuw0000228
3. Install the SST to the non-woven fabric side of the

rear oil seal.
NON-WOVEN FABRIC
am3uuw0000531
4. From the back side of the rear oil seal, verify that
there is no damage or separation in the lip area of
the rear oil seal.
BACK SIDE OF REAR OIL SEAL
am3uuw0000227
01-108-41

5. Install the rear oil seal to the engine as shown in
the figure.
6. Tighten the rear oil seal bolts in the order as

Tightening torque
8-11 Nm {82-112 kgfcm, 71-97 in.lbf}
ENGINE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl

id011039800400
Warning
Safety Procedure". (See 01-14B-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH Tel.)
Caution
damaged.
Note
Perform the engine and transaxle component removal/installation from below the vehicle.
3. Remove the charge air cooler cover. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH Te].)
4. Remove the PCM cover No.1. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
5. Disconnect the PCM connector. (See 01-40B-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
6. Remove the battery tray and PCM component. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
7. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH Te].)
8. Remove the front wheels and tires. (See 02-10-1 GENERAL PROCEDURES (SUSPENSION).)
INSTALLATION.)
10. Drain the transaxle oil. (See 05-15C-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [A26M-R].)
11. Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-12B-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TC].)
12. Remove the coolant reserve tank. (See 01-12B-7 COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH Te].)
13. Disconnect the upper radiator hose. (See 01-12B-8 RADIATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
14. Remove the lower radiator hose and pipe component. (See 01-12B-11 THERMOSTAT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].) (See 01-12B-8 RADIATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
15. Disconnect the heater hose. (See 07-11-4 AlC UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
01-108-42

16. Disconnect the fuel hose. (See 01-14B-21 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
17. Disconnect the evaporative hose. (See 01-16B-7 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
18. Disconnect the brake vacuum hose. (See 04-11-6 VACUUM HOSE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
19. Disconnect the power steering pipe component and then drain the power steering fluid. (See 06-10-1
GENERAL PROCEDURES (STEERING).)
20. Disconnect the shift cable. (See 05-15C-5 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
21. Remove the clutch release cylinder with the pipe still connected. (See 05-10-14 CLUTCH RELEASE
CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
22. Remove the TWC. (See 01-15B-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
23. Disconnect the front drive shafts from the engine side, set the drive shafts out of the way. (See 03-13-3 DRIVE
SHAFT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
24. Remove the AlC compressor with the cooler hose still connected and secure it using wire or rope so that it is
out of the way. (See 07-11-18 AIC COMPRESSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
25. Remove the wiring harness installation bolt and
,..----------------------,
~-f-- SUSPENSION TOWER
nut shown in the figure.
--i-+---i--- BOLT
26. Disconnect the connectors and the wiring
9--12 {92--122,80--106}
harnesses related to the engine removall
installation.
~+--+-:!--- MAIN FUSE BLOCK
29. Start the engine, and inspect and adjust the
~~i=:::i-l'===H--;,++- NUT
following:
9--12 {92--122, 80--106}
Front wheel alignment (See 02-11-1 FRONT
WHEEL ALIGNMENT.)
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
Power steering fluid air bleeding (See 06-14-3
am3uuw0000297
AIR BLEEDING.)
Cooling system air bleeding (See 01-12B-4
ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TC].)
Leakage of engine oil, engine coolant, transaxle oil, and fuel.
Verify the ignition timing, idle speed and idle mixture. (See 01-10B-3 ENGINE TUNE-UP [L3 WITH TC].)
Engine-driven accessories operation.
01-108-43

9-12N.m---1f
{92-122 kgf.cm,
SG-l06 in.lbf}
~
I
VIEW FROM A
71-93 ---r----+~
{7.3-9.4,
53-68}
r - - - - r - - - - - 94-152
{9.6-15,
70-112}
73-90
{7.5-9.1,54-66}
FRONT
7-13 Nm
{72-132 kgf.cm,
62-115 inlbf}
I
I
I
73-90
{7.5-9.1,~
",
I
I
L\~__~~ ________________ _00000000000000 0ooo5=~}00000000 000:~o 00oj

I
'"
73-90
{7.5-9.1,
54-66}
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000599
No.1 engine mount rubber, front crossmember

component
(See 01-1 OB-45 No.1 Engine Mount Rubber, Front
Crossmember Component Removal Note.)
(See 01-1 OB-45 Engine Mount Installation Note.)

No.3 engine mount

(See 01-10B-45 No.3 Engine Mount, No.4 Engine

(See 01-1 OB-45 No.3 Engine Mount, No.4 Engine
Engine, transaxle
01-108-44

No.1 Engine Mount Rubber, Front Crossmember Component Removal Note
1. Loosen the No.1 engine mount rubber installation
....----------------------,
bolt (front crossmember side) shown in the figure.
am3uuw0000600
2. Remove the No.1 engine mount rubber

installation bolt (No.1 engine mount bracket side)
3. Remove the No.1 engine mount rubber and the
front crossmember component as a single unit.
(See 02-13-13 FRONT CROSSMEMBER
NO.1 ENGINE MOUNT RUBBER /
INSTALLATION BOLT
'
FRONT
am3uuw0000600
No.3 Engine Mount, No.4 Engine Mount Rubber Removal Note

1. Secure the engine and the transaxle using an
....-----------------------,
engine jack.
ENGINE JACK
am6zzw0000121
Engine Mount Installation Note

Note
Retighten the No.3 engine mount stud bolts when the NO.3 engine mount nuts are loosened.
Tightening torque
7-13 Nm {72-132 kgf.cm, 62-115 inlbf}
MOUNT
STUD BOLT
am3uuw0000600
01-108-45

jack.
ENGINE JACK
am6zzw0000121

No.
1
2
Tightening torque
75-104 Nm {7.7-10 kgf.m, 56-76 ftlbf}
71-93 Nm {7.3-9.4 kgf.m, 53-68 ftlbf}
-;--------r--{
BOLT
NO.3 ENGINE ---.-----/.:==1
MOUNT
am3u uw0000303

bolt.
Tightening torque
94-152 Nm {9.6-15 kgf.m, 70-112 ft.lbf}
NO.4 ENGINE
MOUNT RUBBER
i+-HH----BOLT
-+
(0
FRONT
am3uuw0000600

and battery tray bracket installation nuts as shown
in the figure.
7. Install the No.1 engine mount rubber and the front
crossmember component as a single unit. (See
02-13-13 FRONT CROSSMEMBER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION. )
installation bolts.
Caution
Install the bolts while being careful of
their length to prevent interference
between the steering gear housing and
bolt.
Bolt stem length
01-108-46
~
FRONT
am3uuw0000600

bolts in the order shown in the figure.
Caution
Tightening torque
73-90 Nm {7.5-9.1 kgf.m, 54-66 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000600

battery tray bracket installation nuts to the
specified tightening torque.
Tightening torque
44-61 Nm {4.5-6.2 kgf.m, 33-44 ft.lbf}
~
FRONT
am3uuw0000600
01-108-47

ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [L3 WITH TC]
id011039800500
1. Remove the engine from the transaxle. (See 05-15C-5 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[A26M-R].)
2. Remove the intake-air system. (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Remove the exhaust system. (See 01-158-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
4. Remove the generator. (See 01-178-6 GENERATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
5. Remove the EGR valve. (See 01-168-8 EGR VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
6. Remove the ignition coils. (See 01-188-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
7. Remove the high pressure fuel pump and high pressure fuel pump cover. (See 01-148-17 HIGH PRESSURE
8. Remove the fuel injectors. (See 01-148-25 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
9. Remove the crankshaft position (CKP) sensor. (See 01-408-32 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR
't~---+------'----
19-25
{1.9-2.6,
14-18}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am6zzw0000177
01-108-48
IDrive belt idler pulley
LUBRICATION [LF, LS]
01-11A LUBRICATION [LF, LS]

LUBRICATION SYSTEM
LOCATION INDEX [LF, LS] ........
ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION
[LF, LS] ........................
ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT
[LF, LS] ......................
OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT
[LF, LS] .........................
OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION
[LF, LS] .......................
01-11A-2
01-11A-3
01-11A-3
01-11A-4
01-11A-S
OIL COOLER
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS] ........................ 01-11A-7
OIL PAN REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS] .......................... 01-11A-7
Oil Pan Removal Note ............. 01-11A-10
Oil Pan Installation Note ........... 01-11A-10
OIL PUMP REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS] ......................... 01-11A-11
Oil Pump Sprocket
Removal/Installation Note ......... 01-11A-13
Oil Pump Installation Note ........... 01-11A-13
01-11A-1

LUBRICATION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF, LS]
id0111c4800100
WITH OIL COOLER
WITHOUT OIL COOLER
LF
L5
am3uuw0000520
Dipstick
(See 01-11A-3 ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION
[LF, L5].)
(See 01-11A-3 ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [LF,
L5].)
Oil filter
(See 01-11A-4 OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT [LF,
L5].)
Oil cooler
(See 01-11A-7 OIL COOLER REMOVAU
Oil pan
(See 01-11A-7 OIL PAN REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, L5].)
Oil pressure switch

(See 01-11A-5 OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF,
L5].)
Oil strainer
(See 01-11A-11 OIL PUMP REMOVAU
Oil pump component

(See 01-11A-11 OIL PUMP REMOVAU
01-11A-2

ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [LF, L5]
id0111 c4800500
1. Position the vehicle on level ground.

2. Warm up the engine.
3. Stop the engine and allow at least 5 min before continuing.
4. Remove the dipstick, wipe it cleanly, and reinstall it fully.
5. Remove the dipstick and verify that the oil level is
,..----------------------,
between the F and L marks on the dipstick.
If the oil level is below the L mark, add engine
oil.
:I
LMARK
[:)-------41
FMARK
am6zzw0000231
ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [LF, L5]
id0111c4800400
Warning
Hot engines and engine oil can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until it and the
engine oil have cooled.
A vehicle that is lifted but not securely supported on safety stands is dangerous. It can slip or fall,
causing death or serious injury. Never work around or under a lifted vehicle if it is not securely
supported on safety stands.
Continuous exposure to USED engine oil has caused skin cancer in laboratory mice. Protect your
skin by washing with soap and water immediately after working with engine oil.
Caution
If engine oil is spilled on the exhaust system, wipe it off completely. If you fail to wipe the spilled
engine oil, it will produce fumes because of the heat.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Position the vehicle on level ground.

Remove the oil filler cap.
Remove the oil pan drain plug.
Drain the engine oil into a container.
Install the oil pan drain plug with a new gasket.
Oil pan drain plug tightening torque

30-41 Nm {3.1-4.1 kgfm, 23-30 ft.lbf}
Note
The amount of residual oil in the engine can vary according to factors such as the replacement method
and oil temperature. Verify the oil level after engine oil replacement.
01-11A-3

6. Refill with the following type and amount of the engine oil.
Engine oil specification

Item
U.S.A. and CANADA
Except U.S.A. and CANADA
Engine oil grade
(I LSAC)
(I LSAC)
API SM or ILSAC
Engine oil viscosity
5W-20
5W-20 (If SAE 5W-20 engine oil is not available

in your market, use SAE 5W-30 engine oil.)
Engine oil capacity [LF] (approx. quantity)

Oil replacement: 3.9 L {4.1 US qt, 3.4 Imp qt}
Oil and oil filter replacement: 4.3 L {4.S US qt, 3.8 Imp qt}
Total (dry engine): 4.6 L {4.9 US qt, 4.0 Imp qt}
Engine oil capacity [LS] (approx. quantity)
Oil and oil filter replacement: 5.0 L {S.3 US qt, 4.4 Imp qt}
Total (dry engine): 5.5 L {S.8 US qt, 4.8 Imp qt}
7. Install the oil filler cap.
8. Start the engine and confirm that there is no oil leakage .
If there is oil leakage, repair or replace the applicable part.
9. Inspect the oil level. (See 01-11 A-3 ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT [LF, LS]
id0111c4800700
Warning
Caution
01-11A-4

1. Remove the oil filter using a commercially
available, cup-type oil filter wrench (76 mm {3.0
in} diameter, 15 sided).
2. Use a clean rag to wipe off the mounting surface.
3. Apply clean engine oil to the O-ring of a new oil
filter.
4. Tighten the oil filter according to the instructions
on the package or side of the oil filter.
Tightening torque (reference value)

15-20 Nm {1.6-2.0 kgf.m, 12-14 ftlbf}
5. Start the engine and confirm that there is no oil
leakage .
If there is oil leakage, repair or replace the
applicable part.
6. Inspect the oil level. (See 01-11A-3 ENGINE OIL
LEVEL INSPECTION [LF, L5].)

am3uuw0000520
OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF, L5]
id0111 c4800300
Warning
Continuous exposure to USEO engine oil has caused skin cancer in laboratory mice. Protect your
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
3. Remove the aerodynamic under cover No.2. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2
4. Remove the oil pressure switch.
Note
This inspection can be performed using a
combination of SSTs 490187 280A (oil
pressure gauge), 49 E019 001 (adapter) and
49 H019 002 (adapter), or using the
following combination of the SSTs.
am3uuw0000520
49 0019908 (gauge), 49 0019909 (hose),

490019910 (adapter), 490019911
(adapter), 49 0019913 (adapter), and 49
0019914 (adapter)
am3uuw0000520
01-11A-5

5. Install the SSTs to the oil pressure switch installation hole using the following procedure.
Using SSTs 49 0187 280A, 49 E019 001 and 49 H019 002
a. Assemble SSTs 49 0187 280A and 49 H019 002 outside of the engine compartment beforehand.
b. Install SST 49 E019 001 to the oil pressure switch installation hole.
c. Install SST 49 H019 002 to the SST 49 E019 001.
Using SSTs 490019908,490019909,490019910,490019911,490019913, and 49 0019914
a. Assemble SSTs 490019910,490019913 and 490019914 outside of the engine compartment
beforehand.
b. Assemble SSTs 490019908,490019909 and 49 0019911 outside of the engine compartment
beforehand.
c. Install SST 490019914 to the oil pressure switch installation hole.
d. Install SST 490019911 to the SST 490019910.
8. Run the engine at the specified speed, and note the gauge readings.
If not within the specification, inspect for the cause and repair or replace if necessary.
Note
The oil pressure can vary with oil viscosity and temperature.
Oil pressure (reference value) [oil temperature: 100C {212 OF}]
LF: 234-521 kPa {2.39-5.31 kgf/cm 2, 34.0-75.5 psi} [3,000 rpm]
L5: 395-649 kPa {4.03-6.61 kgf/cm 2 ,57.3-94.1 psi} [3,000 rpm]
9. Stop the engine and wait until it is cools.
11. Remove the SSTs.
Caution
Be sure there is no sealant between 1.0-2.0 mm {0.040-0.078 in} from the end of the oil pressure
switch to prevent a possible operation malfunction.
12. Apply silicone sealant to the oil pressure switch
threads as shown in the figure.
Caution
Install the oil pressure switch before the
applied sealant starts to harden.
1.0 2.0 mm {0.040-0.078 in}
13. Install the oil pressure switch.

Tightening torque
12-18 Nm {123-183 kgf.cm, 107-159
in.lbf}
am3uuw0000520

15. Start the engine and confirm that there is no oil leakage.
16. Install the aerodynamic under cover No.2. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2 REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
17. Install the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
01-11A-6

OIL COOLER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0111c4BOOBOO
Warning
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
4. Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF, LS].)
S. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
6. Use a clean rag to wipe off the mounting surface on the oil filter adapter and the oil cooler.
7. Install in the reverse order of the removal.
8. Refill the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF, LS].)
10. Inspect the oil level. (See 01-11A-3 ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
11. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See 01-12A-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
I
.
Water hose
. Oil cooler
I
.
34-40 {3.5-4.0, --~

26-29}
iii
iJ
2)------+
------1(1)
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000520
OIL PAN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0111 c4B00200
Warning
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
8.
COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
01-11A-7
.!

UNDER COVER NO.2 REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)(See 09-16-30 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
11. Drain the engine oil. (See 01-11 A-3 ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [LF, L5].)
LF
POWER STEERING
PIPE COMPONENT
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000523
L5
POWER STEERING
PIPE COMPONENT
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000523
13. Remove the drive belt. (See 01-10A-6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
15. Remove the Ale compressor with the cooler hose still connected and secure it using wire or rope so that it is
out of the way. (LF) (See 07-11-18 AlC COMPRESSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
17. Remove the engine front cover. (See 01-10A-21 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
20. Refill with the specified type and amount of the engine oil. (See 01-11A-3 ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [LF,
L5].)
22. Inspect the oil level. (See 01-11A-3 ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
23. Inspect for the ignition timing and idle speed. (See 01-1 OA-3 ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF, L5].)
01-11A-8
LF
MTX: 37-52 {3.8-5.3, 28-38}
ATX: 38-52 {3.9-5.3, 29-38}
17-23
{1.8-2.3,
13-16}
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000523
L5
MTX: 37-52 {3.8-5.3, 28-38}
ATX: 38-52 {3.9-5.3, 29-38}
17-23
{1.8-2.3, - - 13-16}
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am6xuw0000225
Oil pan
IN t )
See 01-11A-10 Oil Pan Remov~ 0 e.
01-11A-10 Oil Pan Installation Note.)
~see
01-11A-9

Oil Pan Removal Note
1. Remove the oil pan using a separator tool.
am6zzw0000230
Oil Pan Installation Note

Caution
Apply the silicon sealant in a single, unbroken line.
Install the oil pan before the applied sealant starts to harden.
Using bolts with the old seal adhering
,..---------------------,
could cause cracks in the cylinder block.
1. Completely clean and remove any oil, dirt, sealant

or other foreign material that may be adhering to
the cylinder block and oil pan.
2. When reusing the oil pan installation bolts, clean
any old sealant from the bolts.
(0\
)~@i=E
~
OLD SEALANT
am6zzw0000230
3. Apply silicone sealant to the oil pan along the

inside of the bolt holes as shown in the figure.
Thickness
2.2-3.2 mm {O.09-0.12 in}
2.2-3.2 mm
{O.09-0.12 in}
4. Install the oil pan to the cylinder block.
am3uuw0000523
5. Use a square ruler to align the oil pan and the

cylinder block junction side on the engine front
cover side.
am6zzw0000230
01-11A-10

6. Tighten the bolts in the order shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
17-23 Nm {1.8-2.3 kgf.m, 13-16 ft.lbf}
ILLUSTRATION
SHOWS LF.
am3uuw0000523
7. Tighten the oil pan-transaxle installation bolts.
Tightening torque
MTX: 37-S2 Nm {3.8-S.3 kgf.m, 28-38
ftlbf}
ATX: 38-S2 Nm {3.9-S.3 kgfm, 29-38
ftlbf}
am3uuw0000523
OIL PUMP REMOVALJINSTALLATION [LF, LS]

id0111 c4800600
Warning
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Remove the front wheel and tire. (RH) (See 02-10-1 GENERAL PROCEDURES (SUSPENSION).)
INSTALLATION.)
Drain the engine oil. (See 01-11A-3 ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [LF, LS].)
Remove the nut shown in the figure and set the power steering pipe component out of the way.
01-11A-11

LF
POWER STEERING
PIPE COMPONENT
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000520
L5
POWER STEERING
PIPE COMPONENT
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000520
13. Remove the drive belt. (01-10A-6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5] .)
15. Remove the A/C compressor with the cooler hose still connected and secure it using wire or rope so that it is
out of the way. (LF) (See 07-11-18 AlC COMPRESSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
17. Remove the engine front cover. (See 01-10A-21 TIMING CHAIN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
18. Remove the oil pan. (See 01-11 A-7 OIL PAN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
21. Refill with the specified type and amount of the engine oil. (See 01-11A-3 ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [LF,
L5].)
23. Inspect the oil level. (See 01-11A-3 ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
24. Inspect for the ignition timing and idle speed. (See 01-1 OA-3 ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF, L5].)
25. Inspect the oil pressure. (See 01-11A-5 OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
01-11A-12
'>R"~
8-11 {82-112, 71-97}
;'7->
I
........
:/
;/
I
8-12 Nm {82-122 kgf.cm, 71-106 in.lbf}, _ _ _ _ _--..

17-23 Nm {1.8-2.3 kgf.m, 13-16 ft.lbf}
~
20-30 Nm {2.1-3.0 kgf.m, 15-22
ft.lbf}-----~
~f----------------'6l' "_
iii
-.-
'"
~~1""""""""'-
8-11 (82-112, 71-97}
~ ~
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000624
Oil strainer
Oil pump chain
Oil pump sprocket

(See 01-11 A-13 Oil Pump Sprocket Removal/
Installation Note.)
Oil pump
(See 01-11A-13 Oil Pump Installation Note.)
Oil Pump Sprocket Removal/Installation Note

figure.
2. Remove/install the oil pump sprocket, and then
remove the crankshaft pulley and crankshaft
pulley lock bolt.
Tightening torque
20-30 Nm {2.1-3.0 kgf.m, 15-22 ft.lbf}
Oil Pump Installation Note

1. Tighten the oil pump bolts in two steps in the
Tightening torque
Step 1: 8-12 Nm {82-122 kgf.cm, 71-106
in.lbf}
Step 2: 17-23 Nm {1.8-2.3 kgf.m, 13-16
ft.lbf}
01-11A-13
LUBRICATION [L3 WITH TC]
01-11B LUBRICATION [L3 WITH TC]

LU8RICATION SYSTEM
\ LOCATION INDEX [L3 WITH TC] .....
ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
01-118-1
01-118-2
01-118-2
01-118-3
01-118-4
OIL COOLER REMOVAUINSTALLATION

[L3 WITH TC] ..................... 01-118-5
OIL PAN REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] .................... . 01-118-6
Oil Pan Removal Note ............. 01-118-7
Oil Pan Installation Note .......... . 01-118-7
OIL PUMP REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] ..................... 01-11 8-9
Oil Pump Driven Sprocket
Removal/Installation Note ......... . 01-118-10
Oil Pump Installation Note .......... . 01-118-10
LU8RICATION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [L3 WITH TC]

id011139800100
am3uuw0000607
3
I
Dipstick
(See 01-118-2 ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-118-2 ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [L3
WITH TC].)
Oil cooler
(See 01-118-5 OIL COOLER REMOVAU
Oil filter
(See 01-118-3 OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT [L3
WITH TC].)
Oil pan
(See 01-118-6 OIL PAN REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC].)
Oil pressure switch

(See 01-118-4 OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC].)
Oil strainer
(See 01-118-9 OIL PUMP REMOVAU
Oil pump component
(See 01-118-9 OIL PUMP REMOVAU
01-118-1

ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
id011139800500

Warm up the engine.
Stop the engine and allow at least 5 min before continuing.
Remove the dipstick, wipe it cleanly, and reinstall it fully.
Remove the dipstick and verify that the oil level is
r------------------------,
between the MIN and MAX marks on the dipstick.
If the oil level is below the MIN mark, add
engine oil.
MM
Gii
MIN MARK
III IIII III
MAX MARK
am3uuw0000608
ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TCl
id011139800400
Warning
Caution
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove the oil filler cap.
Remove the oil pan drain plug.
Drain the engine oil into a container.
Install the oil pan drain plug with a new gasket.
Oil pan drain plug tightening torque
30-41 Nm {3.1-4.1 kgf.m, 23-30 ftlbf}
Note
The amount of residual oil in the engine can vary according to factors such as the replacement method
and oil temperature. Verify the oil level after engine oil replacement.
01-118-2

6. Refill with the following type and amount of the engine oil.
Item
U.S.A. and CANADA
Engine oil grade
(I LSAC)
(I LSAC)
API 8M or IL8AC
5W-30
Engine oil capacity (approx. quantity)

Oil and oil filter replacement: 5.7 L {6.0 US qt, 5.0 Imp qt}
7. Install the oil filler cap.
9. Inspect the oil level. (See 01-118-2 ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
OIL FILTER REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TCl
id011139800700
Warning
Caution
1. Remove the oil filter using a commercially
available, cup-type oil filter wrench (76 mm {3.0
in} diameter, 15 sided).
2. Use a clean rag to wipe off the mounting surface.
3. Apply clean engine oil to the O-ring of a new oil
filter.
4. Tighten the oil filter according to the instructions
on the package or side of the oil filter.
Tightening torque (reference value)
15-20 Nm {1.6-2.0 kgfm, 12-14 ft.lbf}
5. Start the engine and confirm that there is no oil
leakage.
If there is oil leakage, repair or replace the
applicable part.
6. Inspect the oil level. (See 01-118-2 ENGINE OIL
LEVEL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)

am3uuw0000520
01-118-3

OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011139800300
Warning
Continuous exposure to USEO engine oil has caused skin cancer in laboratory mice. Protect your
4. Remove the oil pressure switch.
Note
This inspection can be performed using a
combination of SSTs 49 0187 280A (oil
pressure gauge), 49 E019 001 (adapter) and
49 H019 002 (adapter), or using the
following combination of the SSTs.
am3uuw0000520
49 0019908 (gauge), 49 0019909 (hose),

49 0019910 (adapter), 49 0019911
(adapter), 49 0019913 (adapter), and 49
0019914 (adapter)
am3uuw0000520
5. Install the SSTs to the oil pressure switch installation hole using the following procedure.
Using SSTs 49 0187 280A, 49 E019 001 and 49 H019 002
a. Assemble SSTs 49 0187 280A and 49 H019 002 outside of the engine compartment beforehand.
b. Install SST 49 E019 001 to the oil pressure switch installation hole.
c. Install SST 49 H019 002 to the SST 49 E019 001.
Using SSTs 490019908,490019909,490019910,490019911,490019913, and 490019914
a. Assemble SSTs 49 0019 910, 49 0019 913 and 49 0019 914 outside of the engine compartment beforehand.
b. Assemble SSTs 490019908,49 0019909 and 490019911 outside of the engine compartment beforehand.
c. Install SST 49 0019914 to the oil pressure switch installation hole.
d. Install SST 49 0019911 to the SST 49 0019910.
8. Run the engine at the specified speed, and note the gauge readings .
If not within the specification, inspect for the cause and repair or replace if necessary.
Note
The oil pressure can vary with oil viscosity and temperature.
Oil pressure (reference value) [oil temperature: 100C {212 OF}]
297-551 kPa {3.03-5.61 kgf/cm 2 , 43.1-79.9 psi} [3,000 rpm]
9. Stop the engine and wait until it is cools.
01-118-4

11. Remove the SSTs.
Caution
Be sure there is no sealant between 1.0-2.0 mm {0.040-0.078 in} from the end of the oil pressure
switch to prevent a possible operation malfunction.
12. Apply silicone sealant to the oil pressure switch

threads as shown in the figure.
1.0 2.0 mm {0.040-0.078 in}
Caution
Install the oil pressure switch before the
applied sealant starts to harden.
13. Install the oil pressure switch.
Tightening torque
12-18 Nm {123-183 kgfcm, 107-159 in.lbf}
am3uuw0000520

15. Start the engine and confirm that there is no oil leakage .
16. Install the aerodynamic under cover No.2. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2 REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
17. Install the battery cover. (See 01-178-2 8ATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl)
OIL COOLER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]

idO 11139800800
Warning
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-178-2 8ATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
4. Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-128-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TCl)
6. Use a clean rag to wipe off the mounting surface on the oil filter adapter and the oil cooler.
7. Install in the reverse order of the removal.
8. Refill the engine coolant. (See 01-128-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TCl)
10. Inspect the oil level. (See 01-118-2 ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
11. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See 01-128-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Water hose
Oil cooler
34-40 {3.5-4.0, --~

26-29}
/oJ
921-------+
------1CD
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000608
01-118-5

OIL PAN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl
id011139800200
Warning
3. Remove the charge air cooler. (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
6. Disconnect the ventilation hose from the cylinder head cover. (See 01-168-12 au ICK RELEASE
COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
INSTALLATION.)
10. Drain the engine oil. (See 01-118-2 ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TC].)
r-----------P-O-W-E-R-S-T-EE-R-IN-G-----,
PIPE COMPONENT
13. Remove the drive belt. (See 01-108-4 DRIVE
8ELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
WITH TC].)
15. Remove the engine front cover. (See 01-108-23
Nm {kgf.cm, in.lbf}
TIMING CHAIN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
am3uuw0000280
WITH TC].)
18. Refill with the specified type and amount of the engine oil. (See 01-118-2 ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [L3
WITH TC].)
21. Inspect for the ignition timing and idle speed. (See 01-108-3 ENGINE TUNE-UP [L3 WITH TC].)
01-118-6
LUBRICATION [L3 WITH TCl

37-52 {3.8-5.3,
28-38}
'r----/
lIrA"!
8-11 Nm
{82-112 kgf.cm,
71-97 inlbf}
17-23 {1.8-2.3, 13-16}

Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000607
O-nng
Oil pan
(See 01-118-7 Oil Pan Removal Note.)
(See 01-118-7 Oil Pan Installation Note.)
Oil Pan Removal Note

1. Remove the oil pan using a separator tool.
acxuuw00001992
Oil Pan Installation Note

Caution
Apply the silicon sealant in a single, unbroken line.
Install the oil pan before the applied sealant starts to harden.
Using bolts with the old seal adhering
r---------------------,
could cause cracks in the cylinder block.
1. Completely clean and remove any oil, dirt, sealant
or other foreign material that may be adhering to
the cylinder block and oil pan.
2. When reusing the oil pan installation bolts, clean
any old sealant from the bolts.
(0'
IT@=j:E
,J:--OLD SEALANT
acxuuw00001993
01-118-7

3. Apply silicone sealant to the oil pan along the
inside of the bolt holes as shown in the figure.
Thickness
2.2-3.2 mm {O.09-0.'12 in}
ca:m.mll
2.2-3.2mm
{O.09-0.12 in}
4. Install the oil pan to the cylinder block.
am3uuw0000607
5. Use a square ruler to align the oil pan and the

cylinder block junction side on the engine front
cover side.
acxuuw00001994
Tightening torque
17-23 Nm {1.8-2.3 kgfm, 13-16 ft.lbf}
7. Tighten the oil pan-transaxle installation bolts.
Tightening torque
37-52 Nm {3.8-5.3 kgf.m, 28-38 ft.lbf}
L:J
am3uuw0000608
01-118-8
LUBRICATION [L3 WITH TCl

OIL PUMP REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl
idO 11139800600
Warning
TC].)
6. Disconnect the ventilation hose from the cylinder head cover. (See 01-168-12 QUICK RELEASE
COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
INSTALLATION.)
10. Drain the engine oil. (See 01-118-2 ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TC].)
.------------P-O-W-E-R-S-T-EE-R-IN-G-----,
PIPE COMPONENT
13. Remove the drive belt. (See 01-108-4 DRIVE
8ELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
WITH TC].)
15. Remove the engine front cover. (See 01-108-23
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
TIMING CHAIN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
am3uuw0000280
WITH TC].)
16. Remove the oil pan. (See 01-118-6 OIL PAN
19. Refill with the specified type and amount of the engine oil. (See 01-118-2 ENGINE OIL REPLACEMENT [L3
WITH TC].)
22. Inspect for the ignition timing and idle speed. (See 01-108-3 ENGINE TUNE-UP [L3 WITH TC].)
23. Inspect the oil pressure. (See 01-118-4 OIL PRESSURE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
01-118-9
Nm {kgf.cm, in.lbf}
am3uuw0000624
Oil strainer
Oil pump chain guide
3
4
Oil pump chain
Oil pump driven sprocket

(See 01-118-10 Oil Pump Driven Sprocket
Removal/l nstallation Note.)
Oil pump
(See 01-118-10 Oil Pump Installation Note.)
Oil Pump Driven Sprocket Removal/Installation Note

figure.
2. Remove/install the oil pump driven sprocket, and
then remove the crankshaft pulley and crankshaft
pulley lock bolt.
Tightening torque
20-30 Nm {2.1-3.0 kgf.m, 15-22 ftlbf}
Oil Pump Installation Note

1. Tighten the oil pump bolts in two steps in the
Tightening torque
Step 1: 8-12 Nm {82-122 kgfcm, 71-106
in.lbf}
Step 2: 17-23 Nm {1.8-2.3 kgf.m, 13-16
ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000608
01-118-10
COOLING SYSTEM [LF, LS]
01-12A COOLING SYSTEM [LF, LS]

COOLING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
[LF, LS] ........................
COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE
WARNINGS [LF, LS] ...............
ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
INSPECTION [LF, LS] ..............
ENGINE COOLANT PROTECTION
ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT
[LF, LS] ........................
RADIATOR DRAIN PLUG
REPLACEMENT [LF, LS] ..........
ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE
INSPECTION [LF, LS] .............
COOLING SYSTEM CAP INSPECTION
[LF, LS] ........................
COOLANT RESERVE TANK
REMOVALJINSTALLATION [LF, LS] ...
01-12A-1
01-12A-2
01-12A-2
01-12A-3
01-12A-4
01-12A-6
01-12A-6
01-12A-7
RADIATOR REMOVALJINSTALLATION
[LF, LS] ......................... 01-12A-8
Radiator Mount Removal Note ....... 01-12A-10
Radiator Removal Note ............. 01-12A-10
Radiator Mount Installation Note ..... 01-12A-11
THERMOSTAT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS] ... 01-12A-11
THERMOSTAT INSPECTION [LF, LS] ... 01-12A-12
WATER PUMP
O-ring Installation Note ............. 01-12A-13
COOLING FAN COMPONENT
Cooling Fan Component
Removal Note ................. 01-12A-1S
INSPECTION [LF, LS] .............. 01-12A-1S
01-12A-7
COOLING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF, LS]
id0112g3800100
am3uuw0000520
01-12A-1
_,
COOLING SYSTEM [LF, L5]

1
Cooling system cap

(See 01-12A-7 COOLING SYSTEM CAP
Coolant reserve tank

(See 01-12A-2 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
(See 01-12A-7 COOLANT RESERVE TANK
Cooling fan component

(See 01-12A-13 COOLING FAN COMPONENT
(See 01-12A-15 COOLING FAN COMPONENT
COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [LF, LS]
Radiator
(See 01-12A-3 ENGINE COOLANT PROTECTION
(See 01-12A-8 RADIATOR REMOVAU
Water pump
(See 01-12A-13 WATER PUMP REMOVAU
Thermostat
(See 01-12A-12 THERMOSTAT INSPECTION [LF,
L5].)
id0112g3800200
Warning
Never remove the cooling system cap or loosen the radiator drain plug while the engine is
running, or when the engine and radiator are hot. Scalding engine coolant and steam may shoot
out and cause serious injury. It may also damage the engine and cooling system.
Turn off the engine and wait until it is cool. Even then, be very careful when removing the cap.
Wrap a thick cloth around it and slowly turn it counterclockwise 2.S turns. Step back while the
pressure escapes.
When you are sure all the pressure is gone, turn the cap using the cloth, and remove it.
Depending on the vehicle, the cooling fan may operate suddenly even when the ignition is off.
Therefore, keep hands and tools away from the cooling fan even if the cooling fan is not operating
to prevent injury to personnel or damage to the cooling fan. Always disconnect the negative
battery cable when servicing the cooling fan or parts near the cooling fan.
ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0112g3800300
Warning
pressure escapes.
Note
If the "FL22" mark is shown on or near the
cooling system cap, use FL22 type engine
coolant.
FL22 type engine coolant is shipped as a
diluted solution. Use the solution as is when
replacing coolant.
acxuuw00002056
01-12A-2

1. Verify that the engine coolant level in the coolant
reserve tank is between the MAX and MIN marks.
If the engine coolant level is below the MIN
mark, add engine coolant.
LF
L5
am3uuw0000521
ENGINE COOLANT PROTECTION INSPECTION [LF, LS]

idO 11293800400
1. Measure the engine coolant temperature and specific gravity using a thermometer and a hydrometer.
Caution
Use engine coolant at a concentration that meets the environmental conditions in which the
vehicle is driven, otherwise engine damage could occur.
The engine has aluminum parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol-based coolant to
prevent corrosion and freezing.
Do not use coolants containing Alcohol, Methanol, Borate or Silicate. These coolants could
damage the cooling system.
Use only soft (demineralized) water in the coolant mixture. Water that contains minerals will cut
down on the coolant's effectiveness.
Engine coolant damages paint. If engine coolant does get on a painted surface, rinse it off quickly.
Note
coolant.
replacing coolant.
IFL22dJDJi
am2zzw0000169
01-12A-3

2. Determine the engine coolant protection level by
referring to the graph shown in the figure.
If the engine coolant protection level is not
correct, add water or engine coolant.
SPECIFIC
GRAVITY
COOLANT PROTECTION
(EXCEPT FL22 TYPE ENGINE COOLANT)
1.10
I'---..
1.09
1.08
"...............
..........
-..... ...............
1.07
I-1.06
..............
...............
...............
..........
............... I-..
- r-
...............
..............
..............
1.05
...............
.........
1.04
~ ...............
~ ....
-.... ..............
55%
t-- 45%
r-- 35%
1.03
1.02
1.01
1.00
(32)
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
(41)
(50)
(59)
(68)
(77)
(86)
(95) (104) {113} (122)
COOLANT TEMPERATURE C {OF}

am2zzw0000169
ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF, L5]

id0112g3800600
Warning
Wrap a thick cloth around it and slowly turn it counterclockwise 2.5 turns. Step back while the
pressure escapes.
Caution
Note
coolant.
replacing coolant.
IFL221bIDJ1
Engine coolant capacity (approx. quantity)

7.5 L {7.9 US qt, 6.6 Imp qt}
acxuuw00002061
01-12A-4
COOLING SYSTEM [LF, L5]

1. Remove the cooling system cap.

am3uuw0000521
2. Loosen the radiator drain plug and drain the

engine coolant into a container.
3. Flush the cooling system with water until all traces
of color are gone.
4. Let the system drain completely.
5. Tighten the radiator drain plug.
Tightening torque
1.2-1.5 Nm {13-15 kgf.cm, 11-13 inlbf}
6. Referring to the following chart, select the correct
volume percentage of the water and engine
coolant.
Antifreeze solution mixture percentage (Except FL22 type engine coolant)
Engine coolant protection
Above -16C {3 OF}
Above -26C {-15 OF}
I Above -40C {-40 OF}
Volume percentage (%)

Water
Coolant
65
35
55
45
45
55
am3uuw0000521
Gravity at 20C {58 OF}

1.057
1.072
1.086
7. Refill the engine coolant into the coolant reserve tank up to the MAX mark on the tank.
8. Install the cooling system cap.
Caution
If the high engine coolant temperature warning light flashes, stop the engine to lower the engine
coolant temperature and prevent overheating. Then, verify the malfunctioning part and repair or
replace it.
If the engine coolant level in the coolant reserve tank is below the MIN mark during engine coolant
air bleeding operation, stop the engine, and after the engine coolant temperature decreases, add
engine coolant. Then, resume the engine coolant air bleeding operation.
9. Start the engine and warm up the engine by idling.
10. Bleed the air by following the procedures below. At this time, be careful of the coolant temperature to prevent
overheating.
Note
the idle speed. This is due to the PCM control operation, which prevents overheating, and it does not
(1) Run the engine at 2,500 rpm for 2-3 min, 2 times.
(2) Run the engine at 3,000 rpm for 5 s, then idle.
(3) Repeat steps (1), (2) twice.
11. Stop the engine, and inspect the engine coolant level after the engine coolant temperature decreases.
12. Check the coolant level.
If it is low, refill the coolant into the coolant reserve tank up to the MAX mark on the tank.
13. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See 01-12A-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
01-12A-5

RADIATOR DRAIN PLUG REPLACEMENT [LF, L5]
id0112g3802100
Warning
running, or when the engine and radiator a"re hot. Scalding engine coolant and steam may shoot
pressure escapes.
3. Loosen the radiator drain plug completely.
4. Using a flathead screwdriver or equivalent, pry
out the radiator drain plug.
SECTIONAL VIEW
Caution
Do not apply excessive force to the
flathead screwdriver or equivalent as
doing so can damage the drain bore.
Slowly and carefully pry out the radiator
drain plug when removing it.
S. Install a new radiator drain plug with a new O-ring.
Tightening torque
1.2-1.5 Nm {13-15 kgfcm, 11-13 inlbf}
am3uuw0000522
ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [LF, L5]

id0112g3800500
Warning
pressure escapes.
1. Inspect the engine coolant level. (See 01-12A-2 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
3. Install the SST or aftermarket equivalent and a
radiator cap tester to the coolant reserve tank
filler port.
4. Apply pressure using the radiator cap tester.
Caution
Applying more than 155 kPa {1.58 kgfl
cm 2 , 22.5 psi} can damage the hoses,
fittings, and other components, and
cause leakage.
Engine coolant leakage inspection pressure
155 kPa {1.58 kgf/cm 2 , 22.5 psi} [1 min]
S. When pressurizing the cooling system, verify that
the pressure is maintained.
If the gauge needle drops, it may indicate
water leakage. Repair or replace the
applicable part.
01-12A-6
am3uuw0000521

COOLING SYSTEM CAP INSPECTION [LF, L5]
id0112g3801500
Warning
pressure escapes.
1. Clean the cooling system cap and the sealed part.
2. Inspect the cooling system cap for cracks or everted seal.
If there is any malfunction, replace the cooling system cap.
3. Attach the cooling system cap to the SST or
r--------------.,jij~ii!i.,~:Jjii!ijj,'jiijji,....
i!iiiiii!iijiim~II..-----,
aftermarket equivalent and a radiator cap tester.
OR AFTERMARKET
4. Hold the cooling system cap downward and apply
EQUIVALENT
pressure gradually. Verify that the pressure is held
stable for 10 s .
If the pressure is not held stable, replace the
cooling system cap.
Cooling system cap valve opening pressure

135-155 kPa {1.38-1.58 kgf/cm 2 , 19.622.4 psi}
am3uuw0000522
COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5]
id0112g3801000
Warning
pressure escapes.
1. Drain the engine coolant until the coolant reserve tank becomes empty. (See 01-12A-4 ENGINE COOLANT
01-12A-7
. '

S. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See 01-12A-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
CD------------=
am3uuw0000521
IHose
ICoolant reserve tank
RADIATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5]

id0112g3801400
Warning
pressure escapes.
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Remove the air cleaner component and fresh air duct (No.1, No.2). (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
Remove the aerodynamic under cover No.2. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2
Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF, LS].)
Remove the cooling fan component. (See 01-12A-13 COOLING FAN COMPONENT REMOVAU
Refill the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF, LS].)
01-12A-8

@r-------
~~--------~
\\
~~
\ _ --------~~
I
I
I
I
~)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I----g
1)
am3uuw0000521
1
2
3
4
Connector
Coolant reserve tank hose
Lower radiator hose
Upper radiator hose
Radiator mount
(See 01-12A-10 Radiator Mount Removal Note.)
(See 01-12A-11 Radiator Mount Installation Note.)
Radiator
(See 01-12A-10 Radiator Removal Note.)
01-12A-9

Radiator Mount Removal Note
1. While pressing the radiator mount tab in the
direction of the arrow shown in the figure, lift the
radiator mount.
2. Remove the radiator mou'nt.
...-----,--TAB
RADIATOR
MOUNT
FRONT
am3uuw0000521
Radiator Removal Note

1. Lift the radiator and remove it from the radiator installation holes on the shroud panel.
2. Move the radiator and condenser to the engine side.
3. Release the left and right tabs on the lower side
TAB
of the radiator by pressing them in the direction
RADIATOR
am3uuw0000521
4. Lift the condenser to remove it from the left and

right insertion areas on the upper side of the
radiator.
5. Set the condenser apart from the radiator.
6. Remove the radiator from below the engine
compartment.
RADIATOR
am3uuw0000521
01-12A-10

Radiator Mount Installation Note
1. Install the radiator mount so that the arrow on it is
pointed toward the front of the vehicle.
ARROW
am3uuw0000521
THERMOSTAT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0112g3801200
Warning
pressure escapes.
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
INSTALLATION.)
Remove the generator drive belt with the AlC drive belt still installed and set it out of the way. (LF) (See 01-1 OA6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Remove the drive belt. (LS) (See 01-10A-6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Remove the drive belt auto tensioner. (LF) (See 01-1 OA-4S ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF, LS].)
Remove the idler pulley. (LS) (See 01-1 OA-4S ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF, LS].)
Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See 01-12A-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
01-12A-11

1
2
3
4
Water hose
Lower radiator hose
Thermostat component
Gasket
8-10
{82-101,
71
"/
t~~~'/"'
' .....' \
\
\
\
\
\
\
8-10
{82-101,
71-88}
~~
Nm {kgfcm, inlbf}
am6xuw0000230
THERMOSTAT INSPECTION [LF, LS]

id0112g3801300
1. Remove the thermostat. (See 01-12A-11 THERMOSTAT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)

2. Visually check that the thermostat valve is closed.
3. Place the thermostat in water.
Warning
During inspection, the thermostat and water are extremely hot and can cause severe burns. Do not
touch the thermostat and water.
4. Heat the water and check the following .

Opening temperature and valve lift
If there is a malfunction, replace the thermostat. (See 01-12A-11 THERMOSTAT REMOVAU
Thermostat initial-opening temperature
80-84 C {176-183 OF}

Thermostat full-open temperature
97C {207 OF}

Thermostat full-open lift
More than 8.0 mm {0.31 in}
01-12A-12

WATER PUMP REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0112g3800700
Warning
pressure escapes.
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
1
2
3
INSTALLATION.)
Loosen the water pump pulley bolts before removing the drive belt.
Remove the generator drive belt with the AlC drive belt still installed and set it out of the way. (LF) (See 01-1 OA6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Remove the drive belt. (LS) (See 01-10A-6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Remove the drive belt auto tensioner. (LF) (See 01-1 OA-4S ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF, LS].)
Remove the idler pulley. (LS) (See 01-1 OA-4S ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF, LS].)
Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See 01-12A-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Water pump pulley
Water pump
O-ring
(See 01-12A-13 O-ring Installation Note.)
17-23
{1.8-2.3,
13-16}
8-11 Nm
{82-112 kgf.cm,
71-97 inlbf}
iii
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am6xuw0000230
O-ring Installation Note

1. Apply engine coolant to a new O-ring.
2. Install the O-ring.
COOLING FAN COMPONENT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]

id0112g3801600
Warning
pressure escapes.
01-12A-13
. '
.

1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the air cleaner component and fresh air duct (No.1, No.2). (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
S. Remove the aerodynamic under cover No.2. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2
1 1 - - - - - - - S - 1 0 {S2-101,
71-SS}
I
I
I
1f1'Vll1--------(4
I
I
I
I
I
~//"I'~~----,
~
~ ~
~~f/~---'-------{
~~
d:~
./
5}------I
~' . . . ."'h\..--------
--------@
Nm {kgf.cm, in.lbf}
am3uuw0000522
2
3
Connector
Connector
01-12A-14
4
5
Air cleaner component bracket

(See 01-12A-15 Cooling Fan Component Removal
Note.)

Cooling Fan Component Removal Note
am3uuw0000522
2. Lift the cooling fan component to remove it from

the left and right insertion areas on the upper side
of the radiator.
3. Remove the cooling fan component from below
the engine compartment.
am3uuw0000522
COOLING FAN COMPONENT INSPECTION [LF, LS]

id0112g3050100
1. Perform the cooling fan control system inspection. (See 01-03A-86 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION
01-12A-15
COOLING SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
01-128 COOLING SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]

COOLING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
[L3 WITH Te] ...................
COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE
WARNINGS [L3 WITH TC] ..........
ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] .........
ENGINE COOLANT PROTECTION
ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
RADIATOR DRAIN PLUG
REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TC] ......
ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE
COOLING SYSTEM CAP INSPECTION
[L3 WITH Te] ....................
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L3 WITH Te] ..................
01-128-1
01-128-2
01-128-2
01-128-3
01-128-4
01-128-5
01-128-6
01-128-7
01-128-7
RADIATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] ................... 01-128-8
Radiator Mount Removal Note ...... 01-128-10
Radiator Removal Note ............ 01-128-10
Radiator Mount Installation Note ...... 01-128-11
THERMOSTAT
[L3 WITH TC] .................... 01-128-11
THERMOSTAT INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] ..................... 01-128-12
WATER PUMP
[L3 WITH TC] .................... 01-128-13
O-ring Installation Note ............. 01-128-13
[L3 WITH TC] ..................... 01-128-14
Cooling Fan Component
Removal Note .................. 01-128-15
INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] .......... 01-128-15
COOLING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [L3 WITH TC]

id011239800100
am3uuw0000608
01-128-1

1
Cooling system cap

(See 01-128-7 COOLING SYSTEM CAP
Coolant reserve tank

(See 01-128-2 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL
(See 01-128-7 COOLANT RESERVE TANK

(See 01-128-14 COOLING FAN COMPONENT
(See 01-128-15 COOLING FAN COMPONENT
COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [L3 WITH TC]
Radiator
(See 01-128-3 ENGINE COOLANT PROTECTION
(See 01-128-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE
(See 01-128-8 RADIATOR REMOVAU
(See 01-128-5 RADIATOR DRAIN PLUG
Water pump
(See 01-128-13 WATER PUMP REMOVAU
Thermostat
(See 01-128-11 THERMOSTAT REMOVAU
(See 01-128-12 THERMOSTAT INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC].)
id011239800200
Warning
pressure escapes.
Depending on the vehicle, the cooling fan may operate suddenly even when the ignition is off.
Therefore, keep hands and tools away from the cooling fan even if the cooling fan is not operating
to prevent injury to personnel or damage to the cooling fan. Always disconnect the negative
battery cable when servicing the cooling fan or parts near the cooling fan.
ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011239800300
Warning
pressure escapes.
Note

coolant.
replacing coolant.
acxuuw00002056
01-128-2

1. Verify that the engine coolant level in the coolant
reserve tank is between the MAX and MIN marks .
If the engine coolant level is below the MIN
mark, add engine coolant.
am3uuw0000608
ENGINE COOLANT PROTECTION INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl
id011239800400
1. Measure the engine coolant temperature and specific gravity using a thermometer and a hydrometer.
Caution
Note
coolant.
replacing coolant.
am2zzw0000169
2. Determine the engine coolant protection level by

referring to the graph shown in the figure.
If the engine coolant protection level is not
correct, add water or engine coolant.
SPECIFIC
GRAVITY
COOLANT PROTECTION
(EXCEPT FL22 TYPE ENGINE COOLANT)
1.10
f'...
1.09
............... r-...
1.08 .........
-...... r-----...
1.07
1.06
...............
r-- ............... """
r--...... r-----...
............... t--.,
...............
1.05
........
r-- ...............
r-- r--
...............
.......................
55%
...............
...............
........
--.. ...............
1.04
1.03
--
45%
35%
1.02
1.01
1.00
{32}
5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50
{41}
{50}
{59}
{68}
{77}
{86}
{95} {104} {113} {122}
COOLANT TEMPERATURE
c {OF}
am2zzw0000169
01-128-3

ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TCl
id011239800600
Warning
pressure escapes.
Caution
The engine hasaluminum parts and must be protected by an ethylene-glycol-based coolant to
Note
coolant.
replacing coolant.
IFL22ml

7.5 L {7.9 US qt, 6.6 Imp qt}
acxuuw00002061

2. Remove the aerodynamic under cover No.2. (See
09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2

am3uuw0000521
3. Loosen the radiator drain plug and drain the

engine coolant into a container.
4. Flush the cooling system with water until all traces
of color are gone.
5. Let the system drain completely.
6. Tighten the radiator drain plug.
Tightening torque
1.2-1.5 Nm {13-15 kgf.cm, 11-13 inlbf}
am3uuw0000521
01-128-4

7. Referring to the following chart, select the correct volume percentage of the water and engine coolant.
Antifreeze solution mixture percentage (Except FL22 type engine coolant)
Engine coolant protection
Above -16C {3 OF}

Above -26C {-15 OF}
Above -40C {-40 F}
Volume percentage (0/0)

Water
Coolant
65
35
45
55
45
55
Gravity at 20C {68 OF}

1.057
1.072
1.086
8. Refill the engine coolant into the coolant reserve tank up to the MAX mark on the tank.
9. Install the cooling system cap.
Caution
If the high engine coolant temperature warning light flashes, stop the engine to lower the engine
coolant temperature and prevent overheating. Then, verify the malfunctioning part and repair or
replace it.
If the engine coolant level in the coolant reserve tank is below the MIN mark during engine coolant
air bleeding operation, stop the engine, and after the engine coolant temperature decreases, add
engine coolant. Then, resume the engine coolant air bleeding operation.
10. Start the engine and warm up the engine by idling.
11. Bleed the air by following the procedures below. At this time, be careful of the coolant temperature to prevent
overheating.
Note
12.
13.
14.
15.
(1) Run the engine at 2,500 rpm for 2-3 min, 2 times.
(2) Run the engine at 3,000 rpm for 5 s, then idle.
(3) Repeat steps (1), (2) twice.
Stop the engine, and inspect the engine coolant level after the engine coolant temperature decreases.
Check the coolant level.
If it is low, refill the coolant into the coolant reserve tank up to the MAX mark on the tank.
Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See 01-12B-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
Install the aerodynamic under cover No.2. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2 REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
RADIATOR DRAIN PLUG REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TCl

id011239802100
Warning
pressure escapes.
3. Loosen the radiator drain plug completely.
01-128-5

4. Using a flathead screwdriver or equivalent, pry
out the radiator drain plug.
SECTIONAL VIEW
Caution
Do not apply excessive force to the
flathead screwdriver or equivalent as
doing so can damage the drain bore.
Slowly and carefully pry out the radiator
drain plug when removing it.
5. Install a new radiator drain plug with a new O-ring.
Tightening torque
1.2-1.5 Nm {13-15 kgfcm, 11-13 in.lbf}
am3uuw0000522
6. Refill the engine coolant. (See 01-128-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TCl.)
7. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See 01-128-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TCl)
INSTALLATION.)
ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011239800500
Warning
pressure escapes.
1. Inspect the engine coolant level. (See 01-128-2 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
3. Install the SST or aftermarket equivalent and a
radiator cap tester to the coolant reserve tank
filler port.
4. Apply pressure using the radiator cap tester.
Caution
Applying more than 155 kPa {1.58 kgfl
cm 2 , 22.5 psi} can damage the hoses,
fittings, and other components, and
cause leakage.
Engine coolant leakage inspection pressure
155 kPa {1.58 kgf/cm 2 , 22.5 psi} [1 min]
5. When pressurizing the cooling system, verify that
the pressure is maintained.
If the gauge needle drops, it may indicate
water leakage. Repair or replace the
applicable part.
01-128-6
am3uuw0000521

COOLING SYSTEM CAP INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl
id011239801500
Warning
pressure escapes.
1. Clean the cooling system cap and the sealed part.
2. Inspect the cooling system cap for cracks or everted seal.
If there is any malfunction, replace the cooling system cap.
3. Attach the cooling system cap to the SST or
r---------------.,jjiij~iji!i.,~:Jji!iI.ljiiji,....
!iiiiiiii!iim~II.-----,
aftermarket equivalent and a radiator cap tester.
OR AFTERMARKET
4. Hold the cooling system cap downward and apply
EQUIVALENT
pressure gradually. Verify that the pressure is held
stable for 10 s .
If the pressure is not held stable, replace the
c"l)ling system cap.

135-155 kPa {1.38-1.58 kgf/cm 2, 19.622.4 psi}
am3uuw0000522
COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl

id011239801000
Warning
pressure escapes.
2. Drain the engine coolant until the coolant reserve tank becomes empty. (See 01-128-4 ENGINE COOLANT
REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TCl.)
5. Refill the engine coolant. (See 01-128-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TCl.)
01-128-7

6. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See 01-12B-2 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
am3uuw0000608
IHose
ICoolant reserve tank
RADIATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]

id011239801400
Warning
pressure escapes.
3. Remove the air cleaner component, air cleaner bracket and fresh air duct (No.1, No.2). (See 01-13B-4 INTAKEAIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
5. Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-12B-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TCl.)
6. Remove the cooling fan component. (See 01-12B-14 COOLING FAN COMPONENT REMOVAU
9. Refill the engine coolant. (See 01-12B-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TCl.)
01-128-8

10. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See 01-128-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
@------
~o--------~
~
~~
~-
---------
c7
I
I
I
I
::!>
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
I
I
I
I
I
,
,,
,
,
,,
,
1f
,----- 2
I
I
I
@
am3uuw0000608
2
3

Lower radiator hose
Upper radiator hose
Radiator mount
(See 01-128-10 Radiator Mount Removal Note.)
(See 01-128-11 Radiator Mount Installation Note.)
Radiator
(See 01-128-10 Radiator Removal Note.)
01-128-9
COOLING SYSTEM [L3 WITH TCl

Radiator Mount Removal Note
1. While pressing the radiator mount tab in the
direction of the arrow shown in the figure, lift the
radiator mount.
2. Remove the radiator mount.
.-----,--TAB
RADIATOR
MOUNT
FRONT
am3uuw0000521
Radiator Removal Note

1. Lift the radiator and remove it from the radiator installation holes on the shroud panel.
2. Move the radiator and condenser to the engine side.
TAB
RADIATOR
am3uuw0000521
4. Lift the condenser to remove it from the left and

right insertion areas on the upper side of the
radiator.
5. Set the condenser apart from the radiator.
6. Remove the radiator from below the engine
compartment.
RADIATOR
am3uuw0000521
01-128-10
COOLING SYSTEM [L3 WITH TCl

Radiator Mount Installation Note
1. Install the radiator mount so that the arrow on it is
pointed toward the front of the vehicle.
ARROW
am3uuw0000521
THERMOSTAT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Tel
id011239801200
Warning
pressure escapes.
INSTALLATION. )
4. Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-12B-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TCl.)
6. Remove the drive belt idler pulley. (See 01-10B-48 ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [L3 WITH TCl.)
10. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See 01-12B-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
01-128-11

1
2
Water hose
Lower radiator hose
3
4
Thermostat component
Gasket
8-10
{82-101,
71
_/
H~~~O, ../1'1
,""-
........ /
"
\
\
\
\
\
8-10
{82-101,
71-88}
~~
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am6xuw0000230
THERMOSTAT INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011239801300
1. Remove the thermostat. (See 01-128-11 THERMOSTAT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl)
2. Visually check that the thermostat valve is closed.
3. Place the thermostat in water.
Warning
During inspection, the thermostat and water are extremely hot and can cause severe burns. Do not
touch the thermostat and water.
4. Heat the water and check the following .
Opening temperature and valve lift
If there is a malfunction, replace the thermostat. (See 01-128-11 THERMOSTAT REMOVAU
80-84 C {176-183 OF}
97C {207 OF}
01-128-12

WATER PUMP REMOVALJINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id011239800700
Warning
pressure escapes.
INSTALLATION.)
4. Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-12B-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TCl)
5. Loosen the water pump pulley bolts before removing the drive belt.
7. Remove the drive belt idler pulley. (See 01-1 OB-48 ENGINE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [L3 WITH TCl)
11. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See 01-12B-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TCl)
1
2
3
Water pump pulley

Water pump
O-ring
(See 01-12B-13 O-ring Installation Note.)
17-23
{1.8-2.3,
13-16}
8-11 Nm
{82-112 kgf.cm,
71-97 in.lbf}
iii
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am6xuw0000230
O-ring Installation Note

1. Apply engine coolant to a new O-ring.
2. Install the O-ring.
01-128-13

COOLING FAN COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id011239801600
Warning
pressure escapes.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Remove the dipstick.
Remove the air cleaner component, air cleaner bracket and fresh air duct (No.1, NO.2). (See 01-13B-4 INTAKEAIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
~--'----ICD
2)-----11
--------@
am3uuw0000609
01-128-14
IConnector

(See 01-128-15 Cooling Fan Component Removal
Note.)
Cooling Fan Component Removal Note

2. Lift the cooling fan component to remove it from

the left and right insertion areas on the upper side
of the radiator.
3. Remove the cooling fan component from below
the engine compartment.
COOLING FAN COMPONENT INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

id011239050100
1. Perform the cooling fan control system inspection. (See 01-038-91 ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION
01-128-15
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM [LF, LS]
01-13A INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM [LF, LS]

INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
[LF, LS] ...................... 01-13A-1
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM VACUUM HOSE
ROUTING DIAGRAM [LF, LS] ........ 01-13A-2
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM DIAGRAM
[LF, LS] ....................... 01-13A-3
INTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
Air Cleaner Cover Removal Note ..... 01-13A-S
Fresh-Air Duct (No.1)
Removal Note ................. 01-13A-S
Water Hose Removal Note .......... 01-13A-S
Intake Manifold Removal Note ...... 01-13A-6
Throttle Body Installation Note ....... 01-13A-6
Air Hose Installation Note ........ 01-13A-6
AIR CLEANER ELEMENT
THROTTLE BODY INSPECTION

[LF, LS] ........................ 01-13A-6
Resistance Inspection .............. 01-13A-6
VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID
VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS] ...... 01-13A-7
Airflow Inspection ................. 01-13A-7
Airflow Inspection ................ 01-13A-7
VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SHUTTER
VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION
[LF, LS] ........................ 01-13A-7
Operation Inspection .............. 01-13A-7
VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE
ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF, LS] .... 01-13A-8
Operation Inspection ............... 01-13A-8
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF, LS]

id0113a4801700
am3uuw0000277
01-13A-1

1
Intake manifold
(See 01-13A-3 INTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM
INSPECTION [LF, L5].) ,
Air cleaner
(See 01-13A-6 AIR CLEANER ELEMENT

(See 01-13A-7 VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID
VALVE INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
Resonance chamber
Fresh-air duct
Throttle body
(See 01-13A-6 THROTTLE BODY INSPECTION
[LF, L5].)
Variable tumble shutter valve actuator

(See 01-13A-8 VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER
VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
10
Variable intake air shutter valve actuator

(See 01-13A-7 VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SHUTTER
VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF, L5].)

(See 01-13A-7 VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID
VALVE INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
Accelerator pedal
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM VACUUM HOSE ROUTING DIAGRAM [LF, L5]
id0113a4804100
VARIABLE INTAKE
AIR SOLENOID
VALVE
PCV VALVE
VENTILATION HOSE
VARIABLE INTAKE AIR

SHUTTER VALVE
ACTUATOR
VARIABLE TUMBLE
SOLENOID VALVE

VARIABLE TUMBLE
SHUTTER VALVE
ACTUATOR
am3uuw0000248
01-13A-2

INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM DIAGRAM [LF, L5]
id0113a4801600
THROTTLE BODY
__ L_,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
FRESH-AIR DUCT
VARIABLE TUMBLE
SOLENOID VALVE
VARIABLE TUMBLE
SHUTTER VALVE
ACTUATOR
RESONANCE CHAMBER
VARIABLE INTAKE AIR
SOLENOID VALVE
VARIABLE INTAKE AIR

SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR
*:TO PCM
am3uuw0000456
INTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM INSPECTION [LF, L5]

id0113a4801500
1. Verify that the intake air hoses are installed securely.

3. Disconnect the vacuum hose connecting the intake manifold and the purge solenoid valve (purge solenoid
valve side) and install the vacuum gauge. (See 01-16A-8 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
4. Measure the intake manifold vacuum while idling (no load) using the vacuum gauge.
If not within the specification, perform the following inspections.
Compression pressure (See 01-10A-17 COMPRESSION INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Air suction
Installation areas of each vacuum hose
Installation area of throttle body
Installation area of fuel injector
Installation area of PCV valve
Installation area of intake manifold
Standard
LF: -68.0 kPa {-51 0 mmHg, -20.1 inHg}
L5: -70.0 kPa {-525 mmHg, -20.7 inHg}
01-13A-3

INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0113a4801900
Warning
A hot engine and intake air system can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they
are cool before removing the intake air system.
Fuel line spills and leakage from the pressurized fuel system are dangerous. Fuel can ignite and
cause serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this,
always complete the "Fuel Line Safety Procedure".
1. Complete the "BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION". (See 01-14A-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF,
LS].)
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
4. Remove the plug hole plate. (See 01-1 OA-S PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
7. Complete the "AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION". (See 01-14A-S AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF, LS].)
Step 1
4
FASTENER~
i' . . . . . . . .
"']
N m {kgf em, in Ibf}

am3uuw0000456
1
2
MAF/IAT sensor connector

MAF/IAT sensor
7
8
Ventilation hose
Air cleaner cover
(See 01-13A-5 Air Cleaner Cover Removal Note.)
Resonance chamber
Air hose
(See 01-13A-6 Air Hose Installation Note)
4
5
6
01-13A-4
10
11
Air cleaner element

Air cleaner case
Fresh-air duct (No.1)
(See 01-13A-5 Fresh-Air Duct (No.1) Removal Note)

Step 2
N m {kgf em, in' Ibt}

am3uuw0000222
1
2
3
4
Water hose
(See01-13A-5 Water Hose Removal Note.)
Throttle body connector
Throttle body
(See 01-13A-6 Throttle Body Installation Note.)
5
6
Variable intake air solenoid valve connector

Vacuum hose
Variable tumble solenoid valve connector
8
9
Vacuum hose
10
11
Vacuum hose
Quick release connector
(See 01-14A-15 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
Vacuum cap (L5)
Intake manifold
(See 01-13A-6 Intake Manifold Removal Note.)
12
13
Air Cleaner Cover Removal Note

1. Remove the air cleaner cover and resonance chamber and air hose a as single unit.
2. Remove the air cleaner cover.
Fresh-Air Duct (No.1) Removal Note
1. Remove the fresh-air duct (No.1) and fresh-air duct (No.2) a as single unit.
2. Remove the fresh-air duct (No.1).
Water Hose Removal Note
2. Disconnect the water hose.
01-13A-5

Intake Manifold Removal Note
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove all clips for securing wiring harnesses from the intake manifold.
3. Disconnect the vacuum hoses connecting the intake manifold.
4. Remove the fuel distributor and fuel injector a as single unit. (See 01-14A-19 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAU
S. Remove the intake manifold.
Throttle Body Installation Note
1. Tighten the installation bolts in the order shown in
the figure.
Throttle body tightening torque
8-11 Nm {82-112 kgfcm, 71-97 in.lbf}
am6xuw0000143
Air Hose Installation Note

1. Adjust the convex of the throttle body to the
recess of the air hose.
r.++---i----
RECESS OF THE
AIR HOSE
am3uuw0000248
AIR CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0113a4800800
1. Remove the air cleaner element. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
2. Inspect the following items:
Has the replacement interval come?
Is the air cleaner element soiled, damaged, or bent?
Are the air cleaner case and the air cleaner element correctly sealed?
Is the correct air cleaner element installed?
If there is any abnormality, clean or replace the air cleaner element. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR
SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
THROTTLE BODY INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0113a4802600
Resistance Inspection
3. Disconnect the throttle body connector.
4. Measure the resistance between throttle body
terminals E and F.
Throttle body resistance
0.3-100 ohms [20C {68 OF}]
If not as specified, replace the throttle body.
(See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
THROTTLE BODY
am6xuw0000045
01-13A-6
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM [LF, L5]

VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS]
idO 113a4802800
Airflow Inspection
3. Remove the variable intake air solenoid valve. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAU
4. Inspect airilow between the ports under the
following conditions.
0-0 : Continuity 0==0 : Airflow

Port
Terminal
Step
-0
B+
GND
0
0
C
C
0
am6xuw0000045
If not as specified, replace the variable intake

air solenoid valve. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKEAIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
LS].)
am6xuw0000045
VARIABLE TUMBLE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS]

idO 113a4802900
Airflow Inspection
3. Remove the variable tumble solenoid valve. (See 01-13A-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS].)
4. Inspect airilow between the ports under the
0-0 : Continuity 0==0 : Airflow
Port
Terminal
Step
-0
B+
GND
0
0
0
am6xuw0000045
If not as specified, replace the variable tumble

solenoid valve. (See 01-13A-4INTAKE-AIR
SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
LS].)
am6xuw0000045
VARIABLE INTAKE AIR SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF, LS]

idO 113a4803000
Operation Inspection
1. Remove the air hose. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the variable
intake air shutter valve actuator.
3. Connect a vacuum pump to the variable intake air
U
shutter valve actuator.
Note
Covered with a hood, the rod of the variable
intake air shutter valve actuator cannot be
seen from above. Use a mirror from under it
to check the operation of the variable intake
air shutter valve.
am6zzw0000021
01-13A-7

4. Check if the rod operates correctly as stated in the table when a gradual negative pressure is applied to the
variable intake air shutter valve actuator.
When it is not possible to confirm it, replace the intake manifold. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
When the variable intake air shutter valve actuator cannot be activated even though the operation of the rod
can be confirmed, check for any incorrect connections or breakage of the vacuum hose.
Vacuum
kPa {mmHg, inHg}
Below -2.7 {-20, -O.8}
Above -33.4 {-251 , -9.86}
Rod movement
Not operate
Fully pulled
VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0113a4803100
1. Remove the air hose. (See 01-13A-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the variable
tumble shutter valve actuator.
3. Connect a vacuum pump to the variable tumble
shutter valve actuator.
Note
Covered with a hood, the rod of the variable
tumble shutter valve actuator cannot be
seen from above. Use a mirror from under it
to check the operation of the variable tumble
shutter valve.
~,---;:-_VARIABLE
TUMBLE
SHUTTER VALVE
ACTUATOR
am6zzw0000022
4. Check if the rod operates correctly as stated in

the table when a gradual negative pressure is
applied to the variable tumble shutter valve actuator.
When it is not possible to confirm it, replace the intake manifold. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
When the variable tumble shutter valve actuator cannot be activated even though the operation of the rod
can be confirmed, check for any incorrect connections or breakage of the vacuum hose.
Vacuum
kPa {mmHg, inHg}
Below -2.7 {-20, -O.8}
Above -33.4 {-251 , -9.86}
Rod movement
No operate
Fully pulled
ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0113a4801400
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
APP sensor connector
Accelerator pedal

am3uuw0000222
01-13A-8
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM [L3 WITH Tel
01-138 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM [L3 WITH Tel

INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM DIAGRAM
[L3 WITH TC] .................... 01-138-1
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
[L3 WITH TC] .................... 01-138-2
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM VACUUM HOSE
ROUTING DIAGRAM [L3 WITH TC] ... 01-138-3
INTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM
INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-138-4
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] .................... 01-138-4
Air Cleaner Cover Removal Note .... . 01-138-6
Air Hose Removal Note .......... . 01-138-6
Fresh-Air Duct (No.1 )
Removal Note ................. . 01-138-6
Air Duct Removal Note ............ . 01-138-6
Throttle Body Removal Note ....... . 01-138-6
Intake Manifold Removal Note ..... 01-138-7
Turbocharger Insulator
Removal Note .................. 01-138-7
Oil Outlet Pipe Removal Note ...... . 01-138-7
Turbocharger Removal Note ....... . 01-138-7
Turbocharger Installation Note ...... . 01-138-8
Wastegate Control Solenoid Valve
Throttle Body Installation Note ...... . 01-138-10
AIR CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] .................... 01-138-10
CHARGE AIR COOLER INSPECTION

[L3 WITH TC] ..................... 01-138-11
AIR 8YPASS VALVE INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] .................... . 01-138-11
T~~~~~ET~~~:.I.~~~~~~I~~ ....... 01-138-12
Resistance Inspection ............. . 01-138-12

VARIA8LE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE
Airflow Inspection ............... . 01-138-12
VARIA8LE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE
ACTUATOR INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] ..................... 01-138-12
Operation Inspection ............. . 01-138-12
WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID
VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] ... 01-138-13
Airflow Inspection .............. .. 01-138-13
TUR80CHARGER INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] . .................... 01-138-13
Compressor Wheel Inspection ...... . 01-138-13
Turbine wheel inspection .......... .. 01-138-13
WASTEGATE ACTUATOR INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] . .................... 01-138-14
ACCELERATOR PEDAL
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] ..................... 01-138-14
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM DIAGRAM [L3 WITH TC]
id011339800200
VARIABLE SWIRL------..
SOLENOID VALVE
VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER---------VALVE ACTUATOR
THROTTLE BODY
;----AIR BYPASS VALVE
WASTEGATE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE
CHARGE AIR COOLER
WASTEGATE ACTUATO
AIR CLEANER
*:TO PCM
am3uuw0000575
01-138-1
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]

INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [L3 WITH TC]
id011339800100
am3uuw0000575
Charge air cooler

(See 01-13B-11 CHARGE AIR COOLER
Accelerator pedal
Air cleaner
(See 01-13B-10 AIR CLEANER ELEMENT
01-138-2
Air bypass valve

(See 01-13B-11 AIR BYPASS VALVE INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
Fresh-air duct
Intake manifold
(See 01-13B-4 INTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM

7

SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Wastegate actuator
(See 01-13B-14 WASTEGATE ACTUATOR
Turbocharger
(See 01-13B-13 TURBOCHARGER INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
10
11
12

(See 01-13B-12 VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID
Variable swirl shutter valve actuator
VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Throttle body
(See 01-13B-12 THROTTLE BODY INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM VACUUM HOSE ROUTING DIAGRAM [L3 WITH TC]

id011339800300
VARIABLE SWI RL
SOLENOID VALVE
CHECK VALVE
--------
am3uuw0000575
01-138-3

INTAKE MANIFOLD VACUUM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011339801500
1. Verify that the intake air hoses are installed securely.

3. Disconnect the vacuum hose connected between the check valve and the intake manifold from the intake
manifold and install the vacuum gauge. (See 01-16B-12 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION
SYSTEM) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCD
4. Measure the intake manifold vacuum while idling (no load) using the vacuum gauge.
If not within the specification, perform the following inspections.
Compression pressure (See 01-10B-12 COMPRESSION INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Air suction
Installation areas of each vacuum hose
Installation areas of throttle body
Installation areas of fuel injector
Installation areas of PCV valve
Installation areas of intake manifold
Note
If any air suction exists, the change in engine speed can be made apparent by spraying the penetrant
lubricating spray on the applicable part.
Standard
Approx. -71 kPa {-533 mmHg, -21 inHg}
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]

id011339800400
Warning
A hot engine and intake air system can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they
are cool before removing the intake air system.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Remove the splash shield (RH) and aerodynamic under cover No.2 as a single unit. (See 09-16-29
AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2 REMOVAUINSTALLATION.) (See 09-16-30 SPLASH SHIELD
REMOVAUINSTALLATION .)
5. Disconnect the wiring harness.
01-138-4
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM [L3 WITH Te]

24-36 N m
8-10
{82-101,
71-88}
11
@
I
I
3.9-5.9
{40-60,
35-52}
8-11
{82-112,
71-97}
.&i~~ j""'i ~
{
19
-:
SCREW
00
(' 4!a:
r/
(eG, rc
r
~~
<'
17-23 N m
{1.8-2.3 kgf m,
13-16 ft Ibf}
FASTENER~
8-10
{82-101, - - - . - - - - - - 71-88}
N m {kgf em, in' Ibf}

am3uuw0000615
01-138-5

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
MAF/IAT sensor
Ventilation hose
Air cleaner cover
(See01-13B-6 Air Cleaner Cover Removal Note.)
Air hose
(See01-13B-6 Air Hose Removal Note.)
Air cleaner element
Air cleaner case
(See01-13B-6 Fresh-Air Duct (No.1) Removal
Note.}
8
9
10
11
12
13

Charge air cooler cover
Charge air cooler
Charge air cooler bracket
Air bypass hose
14
15
Air bypass valve

Air duct
(See 01-13B-6 Air Duct Removal Note)
16
17
Charge air cooler air outlet hose

Throttle body
(See01-13B-6 Throttle Body Removal Note.)
(See01-13B-10 Throttle Body Installation Note.)
Vacuum chamber
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
Vacuum hose
Intake manifold
(See01-13B-7 Intake Manifold Removal Note.)
Vacuum hose
(See01-13B-10 Wastegate Control Solenoid Valve
Installation Note.)
Charge air cooler air inlet hose
Turbocharger insulator
(See 01-13B-7 Turbocharger Insulator Removal
Note.)
Oil outlet pipe
(See 01-13B-7 Oil Outlet Pipe Removal Note.)
Water outlet pipe
Turbocharger bracket
Water inlet pipe bracket installation bolt
Oil inlet pipe
Water inlet pipe
Vacuum hose
Turbocharger
(See01-13B-7 Turbocharger Removal Note.)
(See01-13B-8 Turbocharger Installation Note.)
Air Cleaner Cover Removal Note

1. Remove the air cleaner cover and air hose a as single unit.
2. Remove the air cleaner cover.
Air
1.
2.
3.
4.
Hose Removal Note

Disconnect the variable swirl shutter valve switch connector.
Disconnect the fuel injector harness connector.
Disconnect the ventilation hose connected to the air hose.
Remove the air hose.
Fresh-Air Duct (No.1) Removal Note

1. Remove the fresh-air duct (No.1) and fresh-air duct (No.2) a as single unit.
2. Remove the fresh-air duct (No.1).
Air
1.
2.
3.
4.
Duct Removal Note

Disconnect the wastegate control solenoid valve connector.
Remove the air duct.
Throttle Body Removal Note

1. Disconnect the throttle body connector.
2. Drain the engine coolant before removing the water hose. (See 01-128-4 ENGINE COOLANT
3. Remove the throttle body.
01-138-6

Intake Manifold Removal Note
1. Remove the fuel delivery pipe cover.
2. Disconnect the quick connector connected to the
intake manifold.
3. Remove the EGR pipe. (See 01-16B-9 EGR PIPE
4. Disconnect the variable swirl solenoid valve
connector.
6. Remove the oil level gauge pipe. (See 01-11 B-6
OIL PAN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
am3uuw0000576
BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
8. Set the electric power steering oil pump out of the
way. (See 06-14-31 ELECTRIC POWER STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
9. Disconnect the fuel pressure sensor connector.
10. Disconnect the vacuum hose connected between the intake manifold and the master cylinder from the intake
manifold.
11. Disconnect the MAP sensor connector.
12. Remove the intake manifold installation bolts.
13. Disconnect the evaporative hose connected between the intake manifold and the PCV valve from the intake
manifold.
14. Remove the intake manifold.
Turbocharger Insulator Removal Note
1. Remove the exhaust manifold upper insulator. (See 01-15B-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC].)
2. Remove the turbocharger insulator.
Oil Outlet Pipe Removal Note
1. Set the generator duct out of the way. (See 01-17B-6 GENERATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Remove the oil outlet pipe.
Turbocharger Removal Note
1. Remove the H02S. (See 01-40B-31 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (H02S) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
2. Remove the AlF sensor. (See 01-40B-29 AIR FUEL RATIO (AlF) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
3. Remove the WU-TWC insulator. (See 01-15B-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
4. Remove the exhaust manifold lower insulator. (See 01-15B-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC].)
5. Remove the TWC. (See 01-15B-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
6. Remove the WU-TWC. (See 01-15B-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
01-138-7

7. Remove the oil outlet pipe, oil inlet pipe, water pipe, and turbocharger insulator.
OIL INLET PIPE
OIL OUTLET PIPE
~
@_ ,_---c:@
am3uuw0000597
8. Remove the turbocharger.
am3uuw0000615
Turbocharger Installation Note

1. Install the turbocharger.
2. Install the WU-TWC. (See 01-158-1 EXHAUST
SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
3. Install the AlF sensor. (See 01-408-29 AIR FUEL
RATIO (AlF) SENSOR REMOVAL/
4. Install the H02S. (See 01-408-31 HEATED
OXYGEN SENSOR (H02S) REMOVAL/
am3uuw0000615
01-138-8

5. Tight the oil inlet pipe installation bolt while the stopper of the water outlet pipe is faced to the installation area,
then install the turbocharger insulator.
24-35 N m
{2.5-3.5 kgf m,
18-25 ft Ibf}
OIL INLET PIPE
24-35 N m
{2.5-3.5 kgf m,
am3uuw0000576
6. Install the oil outlet pipe and water inlet pipe, then
insert the water hose until it reaches the stopper.
~ 8-10
WATER HOSE
{82-101, 71-88}
~_~WA~ER INLET PIPE
~-----------~~~~-~35
--
N m
{2.5-3.5 kgf m,
18-25 ft Ibf}
f~
~~
~
I
r- .... -\
\ --,
~
I
I
~{82-101'
~
0
t~~~~ t
8-10
71-88}
OIL OUTLET PIPE
8-10
~ ~ ~ ~C::P- {82-1 01,
71-88}

am3uuw0000576
01-138-9

Wastegate Control Solenoid Valve Installation Note
1. Install the wastegate control solenoid valve.
VACUUM
HOSE
DETAIL A
WASTEGATE ----:;-~~-+---:
CONTROL
SOLENOID
VALVE
8-10 N m
{82-101 kgf em,
71-88 in Ibf}
Ot~
1-4 mm
{0.04-0.15 in}
DETAIL B
am3uuw0000576
2. Install the vacuum hose as shown in the figure.
Throttle Body Installation Note

1. Tighten the throttle body installation bolts in the
Tightening torque
8-11 Nm {82-112 kgfcm, 71-97 in.lbf}
UPWARD
t
acxaaw00000883
AIR CLEANER ELEMENT INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl

id011339800800
1. Remove the air cleaner element. (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
Has the replacement interval come?
Is the air cleaner element soiled, damaged, or bent?
Are the air cleaner case and the air cleaner element correctly sealed?
Is the correct air cleaner element installed?
If there is any abnormality, clean or replace the air cleaner element. (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR
SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
01-138-10

CHARGE AIR COOLER INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl
id011339800900
1. Remove the charge air cooler cover. (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
TCl)
3. Remove the air bypass valve. (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TCl)
4. Plug ports A and 8.
5. Verify that there is no air leakage when air is sent
from port C.
If there is leakage, replace the charge air
cooler. (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
PORTA
am3uuw0000577
AIR BYPASS VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl
id011339800500
1. Remove the air bypass valve. (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TCl)
2. Connect the vacuum pump to the vacuum ports of
VACUUM PORT
the air bypass valve.
3. Verify that the airflow is as indicated in the table.
Vacuum
(kPa {mmHg, inHg})
-66 {-495, -19}

or more
-49 {-368, -14}

or less
Valve operation
condition
Airflow
between port
A-8
Open
Yes
Closed
No
<!==J PORT A
ROD
PORTS
VACUUM PUMP
am3uuw0000576
Approx. value
If there is any malfunction, replace the air
bypass valve. (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR
SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
VALVE OPERATION CHARACTERISTIC
7.5 {0.30}
ROD STROKE
(mm {in})
0.5 {0.02}
VALVE
OPEN
--j}---- -
-P1
-P2
VACUUM
P1=49.3-65.3 kpa {370-489 mmHg, 14.6-19.2 inHg}
P2=86.1-115.3 kpa {646-864 mmHg, 25.5-34.0 inHg}
am3uuw0000576
01-138-11

THROTTLE BODY INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011339802600
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the battery cover (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Tel.)
Measure the resistance between the throttle body
THROTTLE ACTUATOR
terminals E and F.
WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR
Throttle body resistance

0.3-100 ohms [20C {68 OF}]
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Tel.)
~ft~
I~~I
acxaaw00000884
VARIABLE SWIRL SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011339801100
Airflow Inspection
1. Remove the battery cover (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Tel.)
3. Remove the variable swirl solenoid valve. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH Tel.)
4. Inspect the airflow between the ports under the
0----0 : Continuity 0===0 : Airtlow

Step
1
2
Terminal
A
B+
GND
Port
A
B
"
"
acxaaw00000298
If not as specified, replace the variable swirl

solenoid valve. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR
SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH Tel.)
VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE ACTUATOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
acxaaw00000886
id011339801200
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the air hose. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Disconnect the vacuum hose from the variable swirl control solenoid valve.
Connect a vacuum pump to the variable swirl shutter valve actuator.
Apply vacuum and verify that the rod moves.
Vacuum
kPa {mmHg, inHg}
-2.7 {-20, -O.B} or less
-33.4 {-2S1, -g.g} or more
Rod movement
Not move
Fully pulled
If the rod does not mov~, replace the intake manifold. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAU
01-138-12

WASTEGATE CONTROL SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011339800600
Airflow Inspection
1. Remove the battery cover (See 01-178-2 8ATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH Te].)
3. Remove the wastegate control solenoid valve. (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
4. Inspect the airflow between the ports under the
0----0 : Continuity 0==0 : Airflow

Step
Port
Terminal
8+
GND
()
1
2
{")
acxaaw00000300
If not as specified, replace the wastegate

control solenoid valve. (See 01-138-4
INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
acxaaw00000893
TURBOCHARGER INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011339801000
Compressor Wheel Inspection

1. Remove the turbocharger. (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH Te].)
2. Visually inspect the compressor wheel from view
A for the cracks, damage, or bending on all the
compressor wheel blades.
If there are any cracks or damage, replace the
turbocharger. (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR
SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH Te].)
Note
If there is contact between the compressor
wheel and compressor housing, there may
be cracks, damage, or bending on the blade
end area.
If there are cracks, damage, or bending on
the compressor wheel, verify the following
after replacing the turbocharger.
Intake air/exhaust system related
components
- Oil outlet pipe and oil inlet pipe damage
COMPRESSOR
WHEEL
VIEW FROM A
am3uuw0000577
Turbine wheel inspection

1. Remove the turbocharger. (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH Te].)
2. Visually inspect the turbine wheel from view 8 for
the cracks, damage, or bending on all the turbine
wheel blades.
If there are cracks, damage, or bending on the
turbine wheel, replace the turbocharger. (See
01-13B-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
Note
If there is contact between the turbine wheel
and turbine housing, there may be cracks,
damage, or bending on the blade end area.
If there are cracks, damage, or bending on
the turbine wheel, verify the following after
replacing the turbocharger.
Intake air/exhaust system related
components
- Oil outlet pipe and oil inlet pipe damage
TURBINE WHEEL------1===:::::I
VIEW FROM B
am3uuw0000577
01-138-13

WASTEGATE ACTUATOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl
id011339800700
1. Remove the air hose and air duct. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TCl)
2. Disconnect the hose from the wastegate actuator.
3. Plug the wastegate actuator as shown in the
figure.
4. Connect the vacuum pump to the port
-:--+-+--;::---~-WASTEGATE
ACTUATOR
ROD
"---7--~-PLUG
am3uuw0000576
5. Raise the pressure slowly and take a

measurement of the pressure when the rod stroke
is 1.5 mm {0.06 in}.
Specification (rod stroke: 1.5 mm {O.OS in})

78.0-83.4 kPa {58S-S25 mmHg, 23.1-24.S
inHg}
WASTEGATE ACTUATOR
OPERATION CHARACTERISTIC
110 {S25, 32}
S 100 {750, 30}
~ ~~
a.
90 {675, 27}
SO {600, 24} I---+-:'~
ZE
Q E 70 {525, 21}
If the rod does not move, replace the

turbocharger. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR
SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
1-:::-
~
w
8!.
e.
1---+---I--:~:-0"4---+-----l
I--~...r------t=-=--:.-=t==:....=t':...:.:....:..~
60 {450, 1S} '------'----'----'-----'-----'

0.0
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
5.0
{O.O} {0.039} {0.079} {0.12} {0.16} {0.20}
ROD STROKE (mm {in})
ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl
acxaaw00000898
id011339801400
1. Remove the battery cover (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
3. Remove the dashboard under cover. (See 09-17-39 DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION. )
IConnector

am3uuw0000577
01-138-14
FUEL SYSTEM [LF, LS]
01-14A FUEL SYSTEM [LF, LS]

FUEL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
[LF, LS] .......................
Engine Compartment Side ..........
Fuel Tank Side .................
FUEL SYSTEM FLOW DIAGRAM
[LF, LS] .......................
BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION
[LF, LS] ........................
Fuel Line Safety Procedure .........
AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION
[LF, LS] ........................
Fuel Leakage Inspection ...........
FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION
[LF, LS] ........................
FUEL TANK REMOVALJINSTALLATION
[LF, LS] ........................
Breather Hose Removal Note ......
Fuel-Filler Pipe Removal Note .......
Breather Hose Installation Note ......
Joint Hose Installation Note .........
FUEL TANK INSPECTION [LF, LS] ....
NONRETURN VALVE INSPECTION
[LF, LS] ........................
FUEL PUMP UNIT
REMOVALJINSTALLATION
[LF, LS] .......................
01-14A-2
01-14A-2
01-14A-3
01-14A-4
01-14A-4
01-14A-4
01-14A-S
01-14A-S
01-14A-6
01-14A-8
01-14A-11
01-14A-11
01-14A-11
01-14A-11
01-14A-12
01-14A-13
FUEL PUMP UNIT

DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
[LF, LS] ......................... 01-14A-14
FUEL PUMP UNIT INSPECTION
[L~LS] ....................... 01-14A-14
Continuity Inspection ............ 01-14A-14
QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
REMOVALJINSTALLATION [LF, LS] ... 01-14A-1S
Quick Release Connector Type ...... 01-14A-1S
Type A Removal .............. 01-14A-1S
Type B Removal ................ 01-14A-16
Type C Removal ................ 01-14A-16
Type D Removal .............. 01-14A-17
Type A Installation ................ 01-14A-17
Type B Installation ................ 01-14A-18
Type C Installation .............. 01-14A-18
Type D Installation ................ 01-14A-19
FUEL INJECTOR
REMOVALJINSTALLATION [LF, LS] ... 01-14A-19
Fuel Injector Removal Note ........ 01-14A-20
Fuel Injector Installation Note ....... 01-14A-21
FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION
[LF, LS] ........................ 01-14A-21
Resistance Inspection ............ 01-14A-21
01-14A-13
01-14A-1

FUEL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF, LS]
id0114a7800100
Engine Compartment Side
1~
RELAY AND FUSE BLOCK

FRONT
.. DD
DOD D
OOOOD D DO
D D @] DDDDDD D D
D[9D 00000 D D D
DD
D
DODD ~~~~
am3uuw0000223
Fuel injector
[LF, L5].)
01-14A-2

Fuel pump relay


Fuel Tank Side
am3uuw0000223

(See 01-14A-1S QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
Breather hose
Fuel pump unit

(See 01-14A-14 FUEL PUMP UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY [LF, LS].)
(See 01-14A-14 FUEL PUMP UNIT INSPECTION
[LF, LS].)
Fuel-filler pipe
Joint hose
Fuel tank
(See 01-14A-12 FUEL TANK INSPECTION [LF,
LS].)
Nonreturn valve
(See 01-14A-13 NONRETURN VALVE
01-14A-3

FUEL SYSTEM FLOW DIAGRAM [LF, LS]
id0114a7818400
FUEL FILTER (HIGH-PRESSURE)
FUEL
INJECTOR
FUEL PUMP
*:TO PCM
am3uuw0000224
BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF, LS]

id0114a7802000
Warning
cause serious injury or death and damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this,
always complete the "Fuel Line Safety Procedure".
A person charged with static electricity could cause a fire or explosion, resulting in death or
serious injury. Before performing work on the fuel system, discharge static electricity by touching
the vehicle body.
Fuel Line Safety Procedure
3. Remove the fuel-filler cap to release the pressure inside the fuel tank.
4. Remove the fuel pump relay.
,----------------------,
5. Connect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17ARELAY AND FUSE BLOCK
2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
FUEL PUMP RELAY
7. After the engine stalls, crank the engine 3-4
times.
9. Install the fuel pump relay.
..
FRONT
01-14A-4
am3uuw0000277

AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF, LS]
id0114a7801900
Warning
damage. When installing the fuel hose, perform "Fuel Leakage Inspection" described below.
the vehicle body.
Fuel Leakage Inspection
Caution
Connecting to the wrong check connector terminal may cause a malfunction. Carefully connect
only to the specified terminal.
Using M-MDS
3. Using the simulation function "FP", start the fuel
pump. (See 01-02A-7 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TEST [LF, LS].)
4. Verify that there is no fuel leakage from the
pressurized parts.
Standard
There shall be no leakage after S min.
S. In the case of fuel leakage, replace the following
components and then do the recheck by the fuel
leakage checking procedure.
If there is leakage, replace the fuel hoses and clips.
If there is damage on the seal on the fuel pipe side, replace the fuel pipe.
am3uuw0000277
Without using M-MDS

Caution
Short the specified terminals because
shorting the wrong terminal of the relay
and fuse block may cause malfunctions.
FUEL PUMP RELAY
..
FRONT
3. Using a jumper wire, short fuel pump relay

terminals C and D in the relay and fuse block.
4. Connect the negative battery cable and operate
the fuel pump.
S. Verify that there is no fuel leakage from the
pressurized parts.
am3uuw0000277

(FUEL PUMP RELAY)
Standard
There shall be no leakage after S min.
6. In the case of fuel leakage, replace the following
If there is leakage, replace the fuel hoses and
clips.
am6zzw0000028
01-14A-5
.~.

FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0114a7800500
Warning
cause serious injury or death and damage. To prevent this, complete the following inspection with
the engine stopped.
the vehicle body.
Caution
Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning it may possibly cause
damage to the fuel pipe and quick release connector. Always clean the quick release connector
joint area before disconnecting/connecting using cloth or soft brush, and make sure that it is free
LS].)
4. Disconnect the quick release connector. (See 01./
QUICK RELEASE
14A-1S QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
~~CTOR
S. Turn the lever of the SST parallel to the hose as
-------FROM FUEL
TANK
am3uuw0000225
01-14A-6

6. Insert the SST quick release connector into the fuel pipe until a click is heard.
7. Verify that the quick release connector is firmly connected by pulling it by hand.
8. Start the fuel pump using the following procedure.
Using M-MDS
1. Connect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
3. Using the simulation function "FP", start the
fuel pump. (See 01-02A-7 ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC TEST [LF, L5].)
am3uuw0000278
Without using M-MDS

Caution
FUEL PUMP RELAY
..
FRONT

3. Connect the negative battery cable and
operate the fuel pump.
am3uuw0000278

(FUEL PUMP RELAY)
am6zzw0000028
9. Operate the fuel pump for 10 s.

10. Measure the fuel line pressure .
If not within the specification, inspect the following:
If it less than the specification:
Fuel pump unit
Fuel line for clogging or leakage
If it exceeds the specification:
Fuel line clogging
Fuel pressure
350-430 kPa {3.57-4.38 kgf/cm2 , 50.8-62.3 psi}
11. Stop the fuel pump using the following procedure.
Using M-MDS
1. Using the simulation function "FP", stop the fuel pump. (See 01-02A-7 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST
[LF, L5].)
Without using M-MDS
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable to stop the fuel pump.
01-14A-7

12. Measure the fuel hold pressure after S min.
- Fuel line leakage
Fuel hold pressure

210 kPa {2.14 kgf/cm 2 , 30.S psi} or more
LS].)
14. Disconnect the SST.
1S. Connect the quick release connector. (See 01-14A-1S QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR REMOVAU
16. Complete the "AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION". (See 01-14A-S AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF, LS].)
FUEL TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0114a7801600
Warning
Repairing a fuel tank containing fuel is dangerous. Explosion or fire may cause death or serious
injury. Always properly steam clean a fuel tank before repairing it.
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, do not damage the sealing surface of
the fuel pump unit when removing or installing.
serious injury. Before draining fuel, make sure to discharge static electricity by touching the
veh icle body.
Caution
Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning it may cause damage to
the fuel pipe and quick release connector. Always clean the quick release connector joint area
before disconnecting/connecting using a cloth or soft brush, and make sure that it is free of
foreign material.
1. Level the vehicle.
LS].)
3. Disconnect the quick release connector. (See 01/
QUICK RELEASE
14A-1S QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
~~CTOR
4. Connect a long hose to the disconnected quick
---------FROM FUEL
TANK
release connector and drain the fuel into a
container used for collecting gasoline.
~
/
am3uuw0000225
S. Drain the fuel from the fuel tank using the following procedure:
Using M-MDS
fuel pump. (See 01-02A-7 ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC TEST [LF, LS].)
am3uuw0000278
01-14A-8
FUEL SYSTEM [LF, L5]

Without using M-MDS
Caution
FUEL PUMP RELAY
FRONT
+am3uuw0000278

operate the fuel pump. (See 01-17A-2
BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
L5].)

(FUEL PUMP RELAY)
Caution
The fuel pump could be damaged if it is
operated while there is no fuel in the fuel
tank. Verify the amount of fuel being
discharged from the hose and stop
operation of the fuel pump when
essentially no fuel is being discharged.
am6zzw0000026

Using M-MDS
1. Using the simulation function "FP", stop the fuel pump. (See 01-02A-7 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST
[LF, L5].)
Without using M-MDS
7. To remove the fuel pump unit, remove the following parts:
(1) Rear seat cushion (See 09-13-37 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(2) Service hole cover
SERVICE HOLE COVER
<;?
(3) fuel pump unit connector
~SCREW
8. Remove the TWC. (See 01-15A-1 EXHAUST
SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
9. Remove the under cover. (See 02-14-8 REAR
TRAILING LINK REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
~FRONT
i/
10. Remove the insulator (middle No.1). (See 0115A-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAU
13. Complete the "AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION".
am3uuw0000520
(See 01-14A-5 AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION
[LF, L5].)
i~
01-14A-9
~o
/~
-' fI
9-13
Q;P--- {92-132, 80-115}
22-30 N m
{2.3-3.0 kgf m,
17-22 ft Ibf}
22-30 N m
{2.3-3.0 kgf m,
17-22 ft Ibf}

am3uuw0000328
4
5
6

(EMISSION SYSTEM) REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, L5].)
[LF, L5].)
Fuel tank strap
Joint hose
(See 01-14A-11 Joint Hose Installation Note.)
Breather hose
(See 01-14A-11 Breather Hose Removal Note.)
(See 01-14A-11 Breather Hose Installation Note.)
01-14A-10
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Fuel hose
Set plate
Fuel pump unit
O-ring
Fuel tank
Fuel-filler cap
Protector
Dust cover
Fuel-filler pipe protector
Fuel-filler pipe
(See 01-14A-11 Fuel-Filler Pipe Removal Note.)

Breather Hose Removal Note
1. Disconnect the breather hose of fuel-filler pipe side.
2. Remove the following parts as a single unit.
Fuel tank
Breather hose
Fuel pump unit
Fuel hose
3. Remove the breather hose.
Fuel-Filler Pipe Removal Note

1. Remove the rear tire (LH). (See 02-10-1 GENERAL PROCEDURES (SUSPENSION).)
2. Remove the fuel-filler pipe.
Breather Hose Installation Note
1. Install the breather hose as shown in the figure.
15mm {O.59 in} OR LESS
BREATHER HOSE
20mm {O.79 in}
FUEL TANK SIDE

6mm {O.2 in}
1 mm {O.04 in} OR LESS
BREATHER HOSE
FUEL-FILLER PIPE SIDE
am3uuw0000225
Joint Hose Installation Note

1. Install the joint hose and clamp as shown in the
figure.
5 {O.2} OR LESS
8-12 {O.32-0.47}
VIEW A
mm {in}
am3uuw0000225
01-14A-11

FUEL TANK INSPECTION [LF, L5]
id0114a7803200
Note
The rollover valve and the fuel shut-off valve built into the fuel tank and fuel tank leakage are inspected in
this inspection.
LS].)
2. Remove the fuel tank and the fuel pump unit as a single unit. (See 01-14A-S FUEL TANK REMOVAL/
3. Perform the following procedure to verify the fuel tank airtightness.
(1) Plug the fuel pump unit pipe, ports Band C.
.-------------P-LU-G------------,
(2) Apply a pressure of 3 kPa {23 mmHg, 0.9
FUEL PUMP UNIT
PORT C
inHg} to port A and wait for a while.
(3) Verify that there is no air flow leakage from
PORTB
the fuel tank.
If there is air flow, replace the fuel tank.
(See 01-14A-S FUEL TANK REMOVAU
am3uuw0000249
4. Plug the fuel pump unit pipe and port B.

S. Level the fuel tank.
6. Apply a pressure of 3 kPa {23 mmHg, 0.9 inHg}
to port A and wait for a while.
7. With the pressure still applied, verify that there is
air flow port C and the pressure is 0-3 kPa {o23 mmHg, 0-0.9 inHg}.
If there is no air flow, replace the fuel tank.
S. Apply a pressure of -0.5 kPa {-3.8 mmHg, -0.1
air flow port C and the pressure is -0.5-0 kPa {3.8-0 mmHg, -0.1-0 inHg}.
If there is air flow, place the fuel tank upside down.
10. Apply a pressure to port A and wait for a while.
no air flow from port C.
If there is air flow, replace the fuel tank. (See
01-14A-S FUEL TANK REMOVAU
FUEL PUMP UNIT
PORTC
PORTB
am3uuw0000249
PORTB
PORTA
PORTC
FUEL PUMP UNIT

am3uuw0000249
01-14A-12

NONRETURN VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0114a7803600
Warning
Fuel is very flammable liquid. If fuel spills or leaks from the pressurized fuel system, it will cause
serious injury or death and facility breakage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this,
always complete the "Fuel Line Safety Procedure", while referring to the "BEFORE SERVICE
PRECAUTION" .
LS].)
2. Remove the nonreturn valve. (See 01-14A-S FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
3. Verify that the nonreturn valve is closed.
If malfunction, replace the nonreturn valve. (See 01-14A-S FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF,
LS].)
4. Verify that the non return valve is not stuck open
and does not open even when pulled up by a
finger.
If malfunction, replace the nonreturn valve.
(See 01-14A-S FUEL TANK REMOVAL/
NONRETURN VALVE
am6xuw0000046
FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]

id0114a7800900
Warning
always complete the "Fuel Line Safety Procedure", while referring to "BEFORE SERVICE
PRECAUTION" .
before performing the fuel pump unit removal/installation, always complete the "Fuel Leak
Inspection After Fuel Pump Unit Installation".
LS].)
2. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
4. Remove the rear seat cushion. (See 09-13-37 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
S. Remove the service hole cover.
SERVICE HOLE COVER
~
6. Disconnect the fuel pump unit connector.
~SCREW
7. Disconnect the joint hose of fuel-filler pipe side.
S. Disconnect the breather hose of fuel-filler pipe
side.
.. FRONT
Fuel tank
Joint hose
Breather hose
Fuel pump unit
Fuel hose
1/
i~
am3uuw0000277
01-14A-13

10. Remove the order indicated in the table.
1
2
3
4

REMOVAUINSTALLATIQN [LF, L5].)
Set plate
Fuel pump unit
O-ring
1.5-2.6 N m ~
{16-26 kgf em,
U
14-23 in Ibf}
"'~./~
~/ \\. ...........

(See 01-14A-S AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION
[LF, LS].)
am3uuw0000249
FUEL PUMP UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF, LS]
id0114a7801000
Note
Fuel pump unit cannot disassemble.
FUEL PUMP UNIT INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0114a7801100
Continuity Inspection
4. Inspect for continuity between fuel pump unit
terminals A-E.
If there is no continuity, replace the fuel pump.
F _E'
'B --,A
~'-[
TI3___i
I~
I~~I
am3uuw0000328
01-14A-14

QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0114a7801700
Warning
PRECAUTION" .
Caution
foreign material.
Quick Release Connector Type
Caution
There are four types of quick release connectors. Verify the type and location, and install/remove
properly.
FUEL TANK SIDE
ENGINE COMPARTMENT SIDE
o
FUEL
INJECTOR
--r
FUEL PUMP UNIT
am3uuw0000223
Type A Removal
Caution
Be careful not to damage the pipe when unlocking the retainer.
LS].)
2. Insert the SST into the quick release connector.
3. Pull out the fuel hose straight from the fuel pipe
and disconnect it.
4. Cover the disconnected quick release connector
and fuel pipe with vinyl sheeting or a similar
material to prevent it from scratches or dirt.
FUEL PIPE
am6xuw0000138
01-14A-15

Type 8 Removal
LS].)
2. Move the retainer upward using a small flathead
FLATHEAD SCREWDRIVER
screwdriver or a similar tool.
and disconnect it.
QUICK RELEASE
CONNECTOR
am6xuw0000138
Type C Removal
LS].)
Caution
The quick release connector may be damaged if the release tab is bent excessively. Do not expand
the release tab over the stopper.
Note
The fuel hose can be removed by pushing it to the pipe side to release the lock.
2. Rotate the release tab on the quick release
connector to the stopper position.
(
RELEASE TAB
STOPPER
am3uuw0000223
3. Pull out the evaporative hose straight from the

fuel pipe and disconnect it.
FUEL PIPE
am3uuw0000223

am3uuw0000223
01-14A-16

Type D Removal
L5].)
Caution
Note
2. Release the retainer shown in the figure.

3. Disconnect the quick release connector.
4. Cover the disconnect the quick release connector
and fuel pipe with vinyl sheeting or similar
RETAINER
am3uuw0000277
Type A Installation
Caution
Always replace the retainer with a new one when using SST 49 E042 001, otherwise, fuel leakage
cou Id resu It.
Note
If the quick release connector O-ring is damaged or has slipped, replace the piping component.
A checker tab is integrated with the quick
release connector for new fuel hoses and
fuel hoses. Remove the checker tab from the
~
quick release connector after the connector
is completely engaged with the fuel pipe.
FUEL PIPE
1. Inspect the fuel hose and fuel pipe sealing

surface for damage and deformation.
If there is any malfunction, replace it with a
new one.
2. Apply a small amount of clean engine oil to the
sealing surface of the fuel pipe.
3. Install a new retainer to the quick release
connector.
4. Reconnect the hose straight to the pipe until a
click is heard.
5. Lightly pull and push the quick release connector
a few times by hand, and then verify that it is
connected securely.
(See 01-14A-5 AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION
[LF, L5].)
CHECKER TAB
am3uuw0000519
01-14A-17

Type B Installation
Note
If the quick release connector O-ring is damaged or has slipped, replace the fuel hose.
A checker tab is integrated with the quick release connector for new fuel hoses. Remove the checker tab
from the quick release connector after the connector is completely engaged with the fuel pipe.
1. Inspect the fuel hose and fuel pipe sealing surface for damage and deformation.
If there is any malfunction, replace it with a new one.
2. Apply a small amount of clean engine oil to the sealing surface of the fuel pipe.
3. Install the quick release connector.
...--------(2)=2--------------,
In~ert the fuel pipe straight to the end of the
CHECKER TAB
qUick release connector.
Push down the retainer using a finger.
RETAINER
If the retainer ,cannot be pushed down,
~ ,
push the fuel pipe further to the quick
~
release connector.
/
FUEL PIPE.
connected securely.
S. Complete the "AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION".
_ _
24 CD
[LF, LS].)
Ir
8
A
Src:
t
am3uuw0000456
Type C Installation
Note
release connector for new fuel hoses.
~
Remove the checker tab from the quick
release connector after the connector is
completely engaged with the fuel pipe.
NEW FUEL HOSE

surface for damaged and deformation .
new one.
3. Reconnect the fuel hose straight to the fuel pipe
until a click is heard.
Note
If the quick release connector does not move
at all, disconnect it, verify that the O-ring is
not damaged or has not slipped, and then
reconnect the quick release connector.
t-CHECKER TAB
t _ ~,
am3uuw0000519
4. Lightly pull and push the quick release connector a few times by hand, and then verify that it can move 2.0-3.0
mm {0.08-0.12 in} and is connected securely.
S. Complete the "AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION". (See 01-14A-S AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [LF, LS].)
01-14A-18

Type D Installation
new one.
Insert the fuel pipe straight to the end of the
quick release connector.
- If the retainer cannot be pushed down,
release connector.
connected securely.
[LF, LS].)
RETAINER
am3uuw0000519
FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS]

id0114a7800600
LS].)
4. Remove the plug hole plate. (See 01-1 OA-S PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
5. Disconnect the fuel injector connector.
20-26------<~
1
3
4

Fuel distributor
Injector clip
(See 01-14A-20 Fuel Injector Removal Note.)
Fuel injector
(See 01-14A-21 Fuel Injector Installation Note.)

[LF, LS].)
{2.1-2.6,
15-19)
m~
iii
I/~!
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am6zzw0000025
01-14A-19

Fuel Injector Removal Note
Caution
Use of a deformed fuel injector clip will cause the fuel injector to be connected incorrectly and
could result in fuel' leakage. It will also cause the fuel injector to rotate. Therefore, always replace
the clip when the fuel injector is removed.
1. Insert a flathead screwdriver between the fuel
injector cup and clip finger.
INSERT FLATHEAD
SCREWDRIVER
--l~
"4
CLlP-----"~=~~
ROTATE AND
SPREAD
CLIP FINGER
am3uuw0000250
Note
When pushing the clip finger outward,
deform the finger until it is removed
completely from the cup notch.
----CLiP FINGER
NOTCH
am6zzw0000025
2. Push the clip finger outward using a flathead screwdriver.

3. Remove the fuel injector with the clip.
4. Remove the clip from the fuel injector using the following procedure:
Caution
The clip will not be reused.
(1) Hold the clip using pliers.
(2) Pull the clip parallel to the fuel injector groove
and remove it from the fuel injector.
PULL OUT PARALLEL
FUEL INJECTOR GROOVE

am3uuw0000250
01-14A-20

Fuel Injector Installation Note
1. Apply a small amount of clean oil to the fuel injector groove and the new O-ring, and assemble them.
2. Temporarily attach a new clip to the fuel injector groove.
Note
When the clip is attached correctly, the central area of the fuel injector and the clip finger positions are
aligned.
3. Hold the fuel injector firmly and push the clip into
the fuel injector until the clip stops sliding.
4. Verify that the fuel injector connector position is
correct.
5. Press the fuel injector into the fuel injector cup.
Continue pressing until the clip contacts the lower
surface of the fuel injector cup.
6. Verify that the fuel injector and clip are correctly
installed with the clip locked onto the fuel injector
cup notch.
PRESS IN ~ 'iIfiIW~~
am6zzw0000025
FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION [LF, LS]

id0114a7800700
4. Disconnect the fuel injector connector.
5. Inspect the resistance between fuel injector
terminals A and B.
Fuel injector resistance
11.4-12.6 ohms [20C {68 OF}]
If not within the specification, replace the fuel
injector. (See 01-14A-19 FUEL INJECTOR
am6xuw0000137
01-14A-21
FUEL SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
01-148 FUEL SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]

FUEL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
Engine Room Side ...............
Fuel Tank Side .................
FUEL SYSTEM DIAGRAM
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
8EFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
Fuel Line Safety Procedure ........
AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
Fuel Leakage Inspection ...........
FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
FUEL TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
Breather Hose Removal Note .......
Fuel-Filler Pipe Removal Note .......
Breather Hose Installation Note ......
Joint Hose Installation Note .........
FUEL TANK INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
NONRETURN VALVE INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
FUEL PUMP UNIT
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
FUEL PUMP UNIT
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEM8LY
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
FUEL PUMP UNIT INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
Continuity Inspection .............
FUEL PUMP RESISTOR
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
01-148-2
01-148-2
01-148-3
01-148-4
01-148-4
01-148-4
01-148-5
01-148-5
01-148-6
01-148-8
01-148-11
01-148-11
01-148-11
01-148-11
01-148-12
01-148-13
01-148-13
01-148-15
01-148-16
01-148-16
FUEL PUMP RESISTOR INSPECTION

[L3 WITH TC] ..................... 01-148-17
Resistance Inspection .............. 01-148-17
~~~~~~~]~~~~~~:~~~........... 01-148-17 .~:
Fuel Leakage Inspection After High

Pressure Fuel Pump Installation ..... 01-148-20
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] ..................... 01-148-21
Quick Release Connector Type ....... 01-148-21
Type A Removal ................. 01-148-21
Type B Removal ................ 01-148-22
Type C Removal ................. 01-148-22
Type D Removal ................. 01-148-22
Type A Installation ............... 01-148-23
Type B Installation ................ 01-148-23
Type C Installation ................ 01-148-24
Type D Installation ................. 01-148-24
FUEL INJECTOR
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] ..................... 01-148-25
High Pressure Line Pipe
Removal Note ................... 01-148-26
Fuel Injector Removal Note ......... 01-148-26
Fuel Delivery Pipe Installation Note ... 01-148-27
High Pressure Line Pipe
FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] ..................... 01-148-29
Resistance Inspection ............. 01-148-29
01-148-16
01-148-1

FUEL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [L3 WITH TC]
id011439800100
Engine Room Side
FRONT
DODD
o0
ID
DDDDD D DO
00 @] DDDDDD D D
D~~ DDDDDD D D
DD
D
DODD ~~~~
am3uuw0000577
Fuel injector
(See 01-148-29 FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-148-21 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
High pressure fuel pump
(See 01-148-17 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
(See 01-148-20 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
01-148-2
6
7
Fuel pump resistor

(See 01-148-16 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR
(See 01-148-17 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR
Fuel delivery pipe
Fuel pump relay
FUEL SYSTEM [L3 WITH Te]

Fuel Tank Side
am3uuw0000577

(See 01-14B-21 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
Fuel pump unit
(See 01-14B-16 FUEL PUMP UNIT INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
Nonreturn valve
(See 01-14B-8 FUEL TANK REMOVAU
(See 01-14B-13 NONRETURN VALVE
Breather hose
Fuel-filler pipe
joint hose
Fuel tank
(See 01-14B-12 FUEL TANK INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC].)
01-148-3

FUEL SYSTEM DIAGRAM [L3 WITH TCl
id011439800200
FUEL TANK
FUEL PUMP
*:TO PCM
am3uuw0000577
BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TCl

id011439802000
Warning
Fuel vapor is hazardous. It can easily ignite, causing serious injury and damage. Always keep
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete the following "Fuel
Line Safety Procedure".
the vehicle body.
Fuel Line Safety Procedure
Note
Fuel in the fuel system is under high pressure even when the engine is not running.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the fuel-filler cap and release the pressure in the fuel tank.
Remove the fuel pump relay.
..-----------------------,
Start the engine.
After the engine stalls, crank the engine several
FUEL PUMP RELAY
times.
6. Install the fuel pump relay.
..
FRONT
01-148-4
am3uuw0000579

AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TCl
id011439801900
Warning
damage. When installing the fuel hose, perform "Fuel Leakage Inspection" described below.
the veh icle body.
Fuel Leakage Inspection
Caution
Connecting to the wrong check connector terminal may cause a malfunction. Carefully connect
only to the specified terminal.
Using M-MDS
3. Using the simulation function "FP", start the fuel
pump. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
pressurized parts.
Standard
There shall be no leakage after 5 min.
am3uuw0000578
Without using M-MDS

1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl)
Caution
FUEL PUMP RELAY
..
FRONT

5. Connect the negative battery cable and operate
the fuel pump. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY
6. Install battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY
pressurized parts.

(FUEL PUMP RELAY)
Standard
There shall be no leakage after 5 min.
am3uuw0000579

components and then do the recheck by the fuel leakage checking procedure.
01-148-5

FUEL LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011439800500
Warning
cause serious injury or death and damage. To prevent this, complete the following inspection with
the engine stopped.
Fuel is very flammable liquid. If fuel spills or leaks from the pressurized fuel system, it will cause serious
injury or death and facility breakage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, always complete
the "Fuel Line Safety Procedure", while referring to the "BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION".
the vehicle body.
Caution
Disconnecting/connecting the quick release connector without cleaning it may possibly cause
damage to the fuel pipe and quick release connector. Always clean the quick release connector
joint area before disconnecting/connecting using cloth or soft brush, and make sure that it is free
1. Complete the "BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION". (See 01-14B-4 BEFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3
WITH TC].)
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
4. Disconnect the quick release connector. (See 01/
QUICK RELEASE
14B-21 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
~CONNECTOR
___
5. Turn the lever of the SST parallel to the hose as
/~
___________
~ ________ ---___________
~
am3uuw0000582
49 N013 1AOD
am3uuw0000582
01-148-6

6. Insert the SST quick release connector into the fuel pipe until a click is heard.
7. Verify that the quick release connector is firmly connected by pulling it by hand.
8. Start the fuel pump using the following procedure.
Using M-MDS
1. Connect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl)
fuel pump. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TCl.)
am3uuw0000582
Without using M-MDS

Caution
FUEL PUMP RELAY
FRONT

operate the fuel pump.
am3uuw0000583

(FUEL PUMP RELAY)
am3uuw0000583
9. Operate the fuel pump for 10 s.

10. Measure the fuel line pressure.
If it less than the specification:
Fuel pump unit
Fuel line for clogging or leakage
If it exceeds the specification:
Fuel line clogging
Fuel pressure
350-430 kPa {3.57-4.38 kgf/cm 2 , 50.8-62.3 psi}
Using M-MDS
1. Using the simulation function "FP", stop the fuel pump. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3
WITH TCl.)
Without using M-MDS
01-148-7
~ :

12. Measure the fuel hold pressure after 5 min.
- Fuel line leakage
Fuel hold pressure

210 kPa {2.14 kgf/cm 2 , 30.5 psi} or more
WITH TCl.)
14. Disconnect the SST.
15. Connect the quick release connector. (See 01-14B-21 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR REMOVAU
16. Complete the "AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION". (See 01-14B-5 AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH
TCl)
FUEL TANK REMOVALJINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]

id011439801600
Warning
Repairing a fuel tank containing fuel is dangerous. Explosion or fire may cause death or serious
injury. Always properly steam clean a fuel tank before repairing it.
damage. Fuel can also irritate skin and eyes. To prevent this, do not damage the sealing surface of
the fuel pump unit when removing or installing.
serious injury. Before draining fuel, make sure to discharge static electricity by touching the
vehicle body.
Caution
foreign material.
1. Level the vehicle.
WITH TCl.)
3. Disconnect the quick release connector. (See 0114B-21 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
4. Connect a long hose to the disconnected quick
release connector and drain the fuel into a
container used for collecting gasoline.
am3uuw0000583
5. Drain the fuel from the fuel tank using the following procedure:
Using M-MDS
fuel pump. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3 WITH TCl.)
am3uuw0000584
01-148-8
FUEL SYSTEM [L3 WITH Tel

Without using M-MDS
Caution
FUEL PUMP RELAY
FRONT
+-
am3uuw0000584

operate the fuel pump. (See 01-17B-2
BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)

(FUEL PUMP RELAY)
Caution
The fuel pump could be damaged if it is
operated while there is no fuel in the fuel
tank. Verify the amount of fuel being
discharged from the hose and stop
operation of the fuel pump when
essentially no fuel is being discharged.
am3uuw0000584
Using M-MDS
1. Using the simulation function "FP", stop the fuel pump. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3
WITH TC].)
Without using M-MDS

7. To remove the fuel pump unit, remove the following parts:
(2) Service hole cover
SERVICE HOLE COVER
(3) fuel pump unit connector
~SCREW
8. Remove the middle pipe. (See 01-15B-1
:
EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
l
[L3 WITH TC].)
9. Remove the under cover. (See 02-14-8 REAR
~ FRONT
TRAILING LINK REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
10. Remove the insulator (middle No.1). (See 0115B-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/
(See 01-14B-5 AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
am3uuw0000584
01-148-9
SCREW~
1.5-2.6
{16-26,
FASTENER
I~ ~
14-23) ~
~o
,,'i
"fI
9-13
~ {92-132, 80-115}
22-30 N m
{2.3-3.0 kgf m,
17-22 ft Ibf}
22-30 N m
{2.3-3.0 kgf m,
17-22 ft Ibf}

am3uuw0000584
4
5
6

[L3 WITH TC].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
Fuel tank strap
Joint hose
(See 01-14B-11 Joint Hose Installation Note.)
Breather hose
(See 01-14B-11 Breather Hose Removal Note.)
(See 01-14B-11 Breather Hose Installation Note.)
01-148-10
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
Fuel hose
Set plate
Fuel pump unit
O-ring
Fuel tank
Fuel-filler cap
Protector
Dust cover
Fuel-filler pipe protector
Fuel-filler pipe
(See 01-14B-11 Fuel-Filler Pipe Removal Note.)

Breather Hose Removal Note
1. Disconnect the breather hose of fuel tank side.
Fuel tank
Breather hose
Fuel pump unit
Fuel hose
3. Remove the breather hose.
Fuel-Filler Pipe Removal Note

1. Remove the rear tire (RH). (See 02-10-1 GENERAL PROCEDURES (SUSPENSION).)
2. Remove the fuel-filler pipe.
Breather Hose Installation Note
1. Install the breather hose as shown in the figure.
15 {0.59} OR LESS
BREATHER HOSE
20 {0.79}
FUEL TANK SIDE
1 {0.04} OR LESS
BREATHER HOSE
FUEL-FILLER PIPE SIDE
mm {in}
am3uuw0000597
Joint Hose Installation Note

1. Install the joint hose and clamp as shown in the
figure.
5 {0.2} OR LESS
8-12 {O.32-0.47}
VIEW A
mm {in}
am3uuw0000225
01-148-11

FUEL TANK INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011439803200
Note
The rollover valve and the fuel shut-off valve built into the fuel tank and fuel tank leakage are inspected in
this inspection.
1. Complete the "8EFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION". (See 01-148-4 8EFORE SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3
WITH TC].)
2. Remove the fuel tank and the fuel pump unit as a single unit. (See 01-148-8 FUEL TANK REMOVAL/
3. Perform the following procedure to verify the fuel tank airtightness.
.----F-U-E-L-PU-M-P-U-N-IT---P-L-UG----P-O-R-T-C-----,
(1) Plug the fuel pump unit pipe, ports 8 and C.
(2) Apply a pressure of 3 kPa {23 mmHg, 0.9
(3) Verify that there is no air flow leakage from
PORTB
the fuel tank.
If there is air flow, replace the fuel tank.
(See 01-148-8 FUEL TANK REMOVAU
am3uuw0000579
4. Plug the fuel pump unit pipe and port 8.

FUEL PUMP UNIT
PORTC
5. Level the fuel tank.
6. Apply a pressure of 3 kPa {23 mmHg, 0.9 inHg}
to port A and wait for a while.
PORTB
air flow port C and the pressure is 0-3 kPa {o23 mmHg, 0-0.9 inHg}.
8. Apply a pressure of -0.5 kPa {-3.8 mmHg, -0.1
air flow port C and the pressure is -0.5-0 kPa {3.8-0 mmHg, -0.1-0 inHg}.
am3uuw0000579
If there is air flow, place the fuel tank upside down.
10. Apply a pressure to port A and wait for a while.
,-----------------------,
no air flow from port C.
If there is air flow, replace the fuel tank. (See
01-148-8 FUEL TANK REMOVAU
PORTB
PORTC
FUEL PUMP UNIT

am3uuw0000579
01-148-12

NONRETURN VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl
id011439803600
Warning
PRECAUTION" .
LS].)
2. Remove the nonreturn valve. (See 01-14A-S FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
3. Verify that the nonreturn valve is closed.
If malfunction, replace the nonreturn valve. (See 01-14A-S FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF,
LS].)
4. Verify that the nonreturn valve is not stuck open
and does not open even when pulled up by a
finger.
If malfunction, replace the nonreturn valve.
(See 01-14A-S FUEL TANK REMOVAL/
NONRETURN VALVE
am6xuw0000046
FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl

id011439800900
Warning
always complete the "Fuel Line Safety Procedure", while referring to "BEFORE SERVICE
PRECAUTION" .
before performing the fuel pump unit removal/installation, always complete the "Fuel Leak
Inspection After Fuel Pump Unit Installation".
WITH TC]+.)
2. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
4. Remove the rear seat cushion. (See 09-13-37 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
S. Remove the service hole cover.
SERVICE HOLE COVER
~
~SCREW
7. Disconnect the joint hose of fuel tank side.
S. Disconnect the breather hose of fuel-filler pipe
side.
~FRONT
Fuel tank
Breather hose
Fuel pump unit
Fuel hose
1/
i~
am3uuw0000577
01-148-13

10. Remove the order indicated in the table.
1
2
3
4

Set plate
Fuel pump unit
O-ring
1.5-2.6 N m ~
{16-26 kgf em,
14-23 in Ibf}
i
"'~./~
~" \\. ..............

(See 01-148-5 AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
am3uuw0000577
01-148-14

FUEL PUMP UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [L3 WITH TC]
id011439801000
1. Remove the fuel pump unit. (See 01-148-13 FUEL PUMP UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Te].)
1
2
3
Fuel filter (high-pressure)

Pressure regulator
am3uuw0000614
Fuel pump
Fuel filter (low-pressure)
01-148-15

FUEL PUMP UNIT INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011439801100
Continuity Inspection
4. Inspect for continuity between fuel pump unit
terminals A-E.
If there is no continuity, replace the fuel pump.
E'iffii'B
I~~I
am3uuw0000577
FUEL PUMP RESISTOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]

id011439801200
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Remove the air cleaner. (See 01-13B-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Disconnect the fuel pump resistor connector.
Remove the fuel pump resistor.
6. Install in the order as shown in the figure.

7. Connect the fuel pump resistor connector.
FUELPUMPLRESISTOR
~ ~
~~i
~~---- ~
8-11 N m {82-112 kgf em, 71-97 in Ibf}
am3uuw0000578
01-148-16

FUEL PUMP RESISTOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011439801300
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
3. Remove the fuel pump resister. (See 01-14B-16 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TCl.)
4. Verify that the continuity between the fuel pump
resister terminal A and B is within the
specification.
Fuel pump resistor continuity
0.304-0.336 ohms [20C {68 OF}]
If not within the specification, replace the fuel
pump resistor. (See 01-14B-16 FUEL PUMP
RESISTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3
WITH TCl.)
roAm
I~~I
acxuuw00002331
HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id011439801400
Caution
Do not disassemble the high pressure fuel pump.
Do not scratch or damage the fuel sealing surface of the high and low fuel ports.
When removing the high pressure fuel pipe, secure the joint (pump side) so that it dose not rotate,
and loosen the screw (pipe side).
Note
If the high pressure fuel pump is removed, replace the O-ring with a new one.
WITH TCl.)
2. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
4. Disconnect the spill valve control solenoid valve connector.
5. Disconnect the quick release connector on the high pressure fuel pump. (See 01-14B-21 au ICK RELEASE
CONNECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
6. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
7. Remove the air duct. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TeD
Warning
If the high pressure fuel pump joint nut is loosened, fuel leakage may occur resulting in death or
serious injury, or damage to the equipment or the vehicle. Fuel can also irritate the skin and eyes.
When removing the high pressure line pipe, always tighten the high pressure line pipe installation
nut while fixing the high pressure fuel pump joint nut with a wrench. If the high pressure fuel pump
joint nut has rotated, replace the high pressure fuel pump with a new one.
01-148-17

8. Disconnect the high pressure line pipe of the high pressure fuel pump.
SPILL VALVE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE
DO NOT ALLOW JOINT

NUT TO ROTATE
~JOINTNUT
~
HIGH PRESSURE LINE

PIPE INSTALLATION NUT
WATER OUTLET CASE

INSTALLATION BOLT
HIGH PRESSURE
LINE PIPE
am3uuw0000578
(1) Fix the joint nut with a wrench on the high pressure fuel pump side as shown in the figure.
(2) Loosen the high pressure line pipe installation nut.
9. Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-128-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TCl.)
10. Loosen the water outlet case installation bolts securing the high pressure line pipe.
11. Remove the following part:
r---------------9-_-11-N.-m-----..
{92-112 kgf em,
Tension collar
80-97 in Ibf}
O-RINGEI
am3uuw0000578
12. Perform the following procedure when removing the high pressure fuel pump cover.
(1) Remove the drain plug and drain the engine
oil accumulated in the high-pressure fuel
pump cover.
.---------------::-:::--:--:-::-:-::::-:-:-:-=---,
Note
20-30 ml {20-30
CC, 1.3-1.8 cu in} of

engine oil will drain out when the plug is
removed so put a cloth under the drain plug
beforehand.
-';---CLOTH
am3uuw0000578
01-148-18

(2) Remove the high pressure fuel pump cover.
am3uuw0000578
(3) Install the high pressure fuel pump cover.

1) Apply the silicone sealant to the contact
surfaces of the camshaft cap and cylinder
head.
Diameter
5 mm {0.2 in}
.r---+------,.-Glmil
j-~~_.l
29 mm {1.1 in}
2) Tighten the high pressure fuel pump cover

bolts.
Tightening torque
17-23 Nm {1.8-2.3 kgf.m, 13-16 ft.lbf}
3) Apply the silicone sealant to the drain
plug.
4) Tighten the drain plug.
Tightening torque
12-17 Nm {123-173 kgf.cm, 107-150
in.lbf}
am3uuw0000578
Caution
If the high pressure fuel pump installation bolts are tightened with the high pressure fuel pump
tilted, the high pressure fuel pump may not operate correctly. Tighten the high pressure fuel pump
installation bolts in a few passes with equal torque.
13. Tighten the bolts on the high pressure fuel pump.
Tightening torque
9-11 Nm {92-112 kgfcm, 80-97 in.lbf}
Warning
If the high pressure fuel pump joint nut is loosened, fuel leakage may occur resulting in death or
serious injury, or damage to the equipment or the vehicle. Fuel can also irritate the skin and eyes.
When installing the high pressure line pipe, always tighten the high pressure line pipe installation
nut while fixing the high pressure fuel pump joint nut with a wrench. If the high pressure fuel pump
joint nut has rotated, replace the high pressure fuel pump with a new one.
01-148-19

14. Assemble the high pressure line pipe.
SPILL VALVE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE
DO NOT ALLOW JOINT

NUT TO ROTATE
JOINT NUT
HIGH PRESSURE LINE

WATER OUTLET CASE

INSTALLATION BOLT
HIGH PRESSURE
LINE PIPE
am3uuw0000578
(2) Tighten the high pressure line pipe installation nut.
Tightening torque
24-35 Nm {2.5-3.5 kgf.m, 18-25 ft.lbf}
15. Tighten the water outlet case installation bolts.
Tightening torque
8-11 Nm {82-112 kgfcm, 71-97 inlbf}
16. Install the quick release connector. (See 01-148-21 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR REMOVAL/
Fuel Leakage Inspection After High Pressure Fuel Pump Installation

1. Verify that the high pressure fuel pump is assembled securely.
2. Drive the vehicle starting from a standstill and brake suddenly five to six times at a low speed.
3. Stop the vehicle and verify from outside the vehicle that there is no fuel leakage around the high pressure fuel
pump.
HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

id011439801500
Note
The following vacuum values are indicated by relative pressure from the fuel pressure sensor.
1. Verify that the fuel pressure sensor is normal. (See 01-408-29 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC].)
3. Turn the ignition switch to the ON position (Engine
off).
4. Select the FUEL_PRES, and LOAD, RPM PIDs
on the M-MDS.
Caution
If the engine is run at a high speed, it
could be damaged. When racing the
engine, do not race it up to 6,700 rpm or
more.
am3uuw0000578
5. After the LOAD PID is 600/0 or more while the

engine is raced with the accelerator pedal fully
depressed, verify that the FUEL_PRES PID is approx. 11.5Mpa.
If not as verified, replace the high pressure fuel pump. (See 01-148-17 HIGH PRESSURE FUEL PUMP
01-148-20

QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id011439801700
Warning
PRECAUTION" .
Caution
There are four types of quick release connectors. Verify the type and location, and install/remove
properly.
FUEL TANK SIDE
am3uuw0000584
Type A Removal
Caution
WITH TCl.)
and disconnect it.
am3uuw0000584
01-148-21

Type B Removal
WITH TCl)
screwdriver or a similar tdol.
and disconnect it.
QUICK RELEASE
CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000584
Type C Removal
WITH TC].)
Caution
Note

fuel pipe and disconnect it.
RELEASE TAB
STOPPER
am3uuw0000584
Type D Removal
WITH TC].)
Caution
Note
2. Release the retainer shown in the figure.

3. Disconnect the quick release connector.
4. Cover the disconnect the quick release connector
and fuel pipe with vinyl sheeting or similar
RETAINER
am3uuw0000585
01-148-22

Type A Installation
Caution
Always replace the retainer with a new one when using SST 49 E042 001, otherwise, fuel leakage
could result.
Note
release connector for new fuel hoses and
--....."..
fuel hoses. Remove the checker tab from the
FUEL PIPE
is completely engaged with the fuel pipe.

surface for damage and deformation .
new one.
connector.
click is heard.
connected securely.
[L3 WITH TCl.)
CHECKER TAB
am3uuw0000585
Type B Installation
Note
A checker tab is integrated with the quick release connector for new fuel hoses. Remove the checker tab
from the quick release connector after the connector is completely engaged with the fuel pipe.
1. Inspect the fuel hose and fuel pipe sealing surface for damage and deformation.
2. Apply a small amount of clean engine oil to the sealing surface of the fuel pipe.
3. Install the quick rel~ase co~nector.
r--------~-::::2:-----------------,
In~ert the fuel pipe straight to the end of the
CHECKER TAB
qUick release connector.
RETAINER
If the retainer cannot be pushed down,
~ ,
release connector.
connected securely.
[L3 WITH TCl.)
Ir
8
A
t
am3uuw0000585
01-148-23

Type C Installation
Note
release connector for new fuel hoses.
completely engaged with the fuel pipe.
surface for damaged and deformation.
new one.
3. Reconnect the fuel hose straight to the fuel pipe
until a click is heard.
Note
FUEL HOSE
~CHECKER TAB
t:..__~\

a few times by hand, and then verify that it can
move 2.0-3.0 mm {0.08-0.12 in} and is
connected securely.
(See 01-148-5 AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Type D Installation
new one.
Insert the fuel pipe straight to the end of the
release connector.
connected securely.
[L3 WITH TC].)
am3uuw0000613
RETAINER
~
FUEL PIPE
u-----~G)
am3uuw0000585
01-148-24

FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl
id011439800600
Caution
foreign material.
Note
When the fuel pressure sensor replaces, replace a new fuel delivery pipe with a new fuel pressure sensor.
WITH TCl.)
3. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
4. Remove the intake manifold. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
7. Complete the "AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION". (See 01-14B-5 AFTER SERVICE PRECAUTION [L3 WITH
TCl.)
17-23
{1.8-2.3,
11
6l
22-25
{2.3-2.5,
17-18}
24-35
{2.5-3.5, 18-25}
17-23
{1.8-2.3, 13-16}
16-24
{1.7-2.4, 12-17}
N m {kgf m, ft Ibf}
am3uuw0000583
High pressure line pipe

(8ee01-14B-26 High Pressure Line Pipe Removal
Note.)
(8ee01-14B-28 High Pressure Line Pipe Installation
Note.)
Fuel delivery pipe

(8ee01-14B-27 Fuel Delivery Pipe Installation
Note.)
Fuel injector bracket

Fuel injector
(8ee01-14B-26 Fuel Injector Removal Note.)
Relief valve
01-148-25

High Pressure Line Pipe Removal Note
1. Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-128-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Disconnect the high pressure line pipe of the high pressure fuel pump. (See 01-148-17 HIGH PRESSURE
FUEL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
SPILL VALVE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE
DO NOT ALLOW JOINT

NUT TO ROTATE
~JOINTNUT
~
HIGH PRESSURE LINE

HIGH PRESSURE
WATER OUTLET CASE
INSTALLATION BOLT
LINE PIPE
am3uuw0000583
(2) Loosen the high pressure line pipe installation nut.
3. Remove the high pressure line pipe.
Fuel Injector Removal Note
Note
Depending on the driving conditions, carbon may accumulate on the inserted part of the fuel injector,
causing the fuel injector to stick. Remove the fuel injector using the following procedure.
1. Install the SST to the fuel injector confirming that
the SST faces the correct direction as shown in
the figure.
Caution
If the SST slips while ratcheting up the
fuel injector, the fuel injector or
surrounding parts could be damaged.
Press fit the SST to the fuel injector firmly
and operate carefully.
When ratcheting up the fuel injector, the
fuel injector connector may contact the
cylinder head and damage the fuel
injector. Ratchet up the fuel injector so
that the fuel injector connector does not
contact the cylinder head.
DEEP OPENING
SIDE
am3uuw0000583
01-148-26

Note
If fuel injector No.3 contacts the oil
separator, cut the tab on the oil separator as
shown in the figure. Carefully cut the tab so
that the oil separator is not deformed or
damaged, with no clearance on the mating
surfaces of the oil separator and engine.
-H---PCV VALVE
am3uuw0000583
2. Keep ratcheting the SST so that the fuel injector becomes free enough to ratchet up without using the SST.
Caution
Do not apply excessive force to the fuel injector connector because the fuel injector could be
damaged.
3. Pull out the fuel injector by ratcheting it upright.
4. Verify that there are no gasket in the cylinder heads after removing the fuel injectors.
Warning
If foreign material such as metal shavings penetrates the fuel injector installation hole on the
cylinder block, the engine could be damaged. Remove all foreign material and cap the fuel injector
installation hole after removing the fuel injector.
5. Clean the fuel injector and around the insertion hole using a vacuum cleaner.
Fuel Delivery Pipe Installation Note

Tightening torque
17-23 Nm {1.8-2.3 kgfm, 13-16 ft.lbf}
n n
A~
FUEL DELIVERY PIPE
am3uuw0000583
01-148-27

High Pressure Line Pipe Installation Note
1. Temporarily tighten the bolts in the order shown in the figure.
am3uuw0000583
2. Tighten bolts of No.1 shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
17-23 Nm {1.8-2.3 kgfm, 13-16 ft.lbf}
3. Tighten high pressure line pipe installation nut of No.2 shown in the figure.
SPILL VALVE CONTROL
SOLENOID VALVE
DO NOT ALLOW JOINT

NUT TO ROTATE
JOINT NUT
\i
HIGH PRESSURE LINE

HIGH PRESSURE
WATER OUTLET CASE
INSTALLATION BOLT
LINE PIPE
am3uuw0000583
(2) Tighten the high pressure line pipe installation nut.
Tightening torque
24-35 Nm {2.5-3.5 kgfm, 18-25 ftlbf}
01-148-28
FUEL SYSTEM [L3 WITH Tel

4. Tighten bolts of No.3, No.4 shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
8-11 Nm {82-112 kgf.cm, 71-97 inlbf}
FUEL INJECTOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl
id011439800700
3. Remove the fuel delivery pipe. (See 01-14B-25 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
4. Disconnect the fuel injector connectors.
5. Measure the resistance of the fuel injector.
1.0-1.2 ohms [20C {68 OF}]
If not as specified, replace the fuel injector.
acxuuw00000038
01-148-29
EXHAUST SYSTEM [LF, LS]
01-1SA EXHAUST SYSTEM [LF, LS]

EXHAUST SYSTEM INSPECTION
[LF, LS] ......................... 01-1SA-1
EXHAUST SYSTEM
REMOVALJINSTALLATION [LF, LS] ... 01-1SA-1
Exhaust System Insulator
Removal/installation Note ...... . 01-1SA-3
Remove the Exhaust Manifold

Removal Note ............... .. 01-1SA-4
Exhaust Manifold Installation Note ... . 01-1SA-4
Exhaust Manifold Insulator
Installation Note ............... .. 01-1SA-S
EXHAUST SYSTEM INSPECTION [LF, LS]

id0115a6800100
1. Start the engine and inspect each exhaust system component for exhaust gas leakage.
If there is leakage, repair or replace the appropriate component. (See 01-1SA-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM
EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVALJINSTALLATION [LF, LS]

id0115a6800200
Warning
A hot engine and exhaust system can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they
are cool before removing the exhaust system.
S. Remove the insulator. (See 01-1SA-3 Exhaust System Insulator Removal/installation Note.)
LF (California emission regulation applicable model)
8-10 N m
{82-101 kgf em,
71-88 in Ibf}
: ~L.1mJ
ii~-4I
~
dbT
'"
",,:~I
18-27 {1.9-2.6, 14-19}
~~~:~;;~
::
38-51
r9-~2.
29-49 {3. 0-4. 9, 22-36}
18-27 {1.9-2.7, 14-19}

N m {kgf' m, ft Ibf}
am3uuw0000456
01-15A-1

LF (Except for california emission regulation applicable model)
I
I
I
I
i!,4I
.. ~j:~:;;
::
:;
38-51
{3.9-5.2,
2
9-37}
29-49 {3.0-4.9, 22-36}
18-27 {1.9-2.7, 14-19}
N m {kgf m, ft Ibf}
am3uuw0000456
1
2
3
4
Main silencer
Tunnel member (rear)
TWC
H02S
(H02S) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
8
9
AlF sensor
10
Exhaust manifold insulator

(See 01-15A-4 Exhaust Manifold Installation Note.)
insulator
Exhaust manifold bracket
Exhaust manifold
(See 01-15A-4 Remove the Exhaust Manifold
Removal Note.)
Exhaust manifold gasket
L5
8-10 N m
{82-101 kgf em,
71-88 in Ibf}
18-26 {1.9-2.6, 14-19}

29-49 {3.0-4.9, 22-36}
I
29-49 {3.0-4.9, 22-36}
N m {kgf m, ft Ibf}
am3uuw0000456
01-15A-2

6
7
insulator
Main silencer
Tunnel member (rear)
TWC
H02S
(H02S) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Exhaust manifold bracket
AlF sensor
Exhaust manifold
(See 01-1SA-4 Remove the Exhaust Manifold
Removal Note.)
10
Exhaust manifold insulator

(See 01-1SA-4 Exhaust Manifold Installation Note.)
Exhaust System Insulator Removal/installation Note

1. Remove the exhaust system insulator in the order shown in the figure.
RIVET
"l 1
~
FRONT
RIVET
I
I
CAP~
CAP
RIVET
CAP
FASTENER
SCREW
am3uuw0000328
Insulator (rear No.1)

(See 01-1SA-4 Insulator (Rear No.1, No.2, No.3)
Removal Note.)

Removal Note.)

Removal Note.)
Insulator (middle No.1)
Insulator (front)
(See 01-1SA-4 Insulator (Front) Removal Note.)
01-15A-3

Insulator (Rear No.1, No.2, No.3) Removal Note
Note
The insulator (rear No.1, No.2, No.3) are installed using rivets.
1. Push out the mandrel using a hammer and punch
(2-2.8 mm {0.08-0.11 in} diameter).
2. Remove the flange using a drill (5 mm {0.20 in}
drill bit).
DRILL
t
FLANGE
ar8uuw00001479
Insulator (Front) Removal Note

1. Remove the tunnel member (front).
2. Remove the insulator (front).
Remove the Exhaust Manifold Removal Note
1. Windshield wiper arm and blade. (See 09-19-3 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the cowl grille. (See 09-16-4 COWL GRILLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the windshield wiper motor. (See 09-19-5 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the cowl panel. (See 09-10-45 COWL PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the exhaust manifold.
Exhaust Manifold Installation Note
1. Temporarily tighten the exhaust manifold installation nuts.
,..-----------------------,
2. Tighten the exhaust manifold new installation nuts
in the order shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
43-64 Nm {4.4-6.5 kgf.m, 32----47 ft.lbf}
am6xuw0000140
01-15A-4

Exhaust Manifold Insulator Installation Note
1. Temporarily tighten the exhaust manifold insulator.
2. Tighten the exhaust manifold insulator in the order shown in the figure.
am3uuw0000249

~------------------~~------------~
am3uuw0000249
L5
Tightening torque
8-10 Nm {82-101 kgf.cm, 71-88 in.lbf}
am3uuw0000249
01-15A-5
EXHAUST SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
01-158 EXHAUST SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]

EXHAUST SYSTEM INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl ....................
EXHAUST SYSTEM
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH Tel ....................
Exhaust System Insulator
Removal/installation Note ........
Seal Ring Removal Note ...........
Exhaust Manifold Upper Insulator
Removal Note .................
01-158-1
01-158-1
01-158-3
01-158-4
WU-TWC Insulator Removal Note ...

Exhaust Manifold Installation Note ...
WU-TWC Installation Note ........
Seal Ring (WU-TWC Side)
Installation Note ..............
TWC Installation Note .............
Seal Ring (TWC Side)
Installation Note ................
Presilencer Installation Note .......
. 01-158-4
. 01-158-5
01-158-5
. 01-158-5
. 01-158-6
. 01-158-6
. 01-158-7
01-158-4
EXHAUST SYSTEM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl

id011539800100
1. Start the engine and inspect each exhaust system component for exhaust gas leakage .
If there is leakage, repair or replace if necessary. (See 01-15B-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAU
EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl

id011539800200
Warning
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the exhaust system insulator. (See 01-15B-3 Exhaust System Insulator Removal/installation Note.)
01-158-1
r,;J
~
1
,1
cm,\
.4'\ it
8-10 N m
{82-101 kgf
71-88 in- ibf}
mJ
.d)
-----1t: ,r
:'~-?J'
29-54
I
I
{3.0-5.5, 22-39} ,- ~
;, ....
~ '
r::.,
~O
::
38-51
{3.9-5.2, raw
29-37}....
@"
'
'-
?J
:
:
r'>'\,:
38-51~ ,~J
{3.9-5.2,
','
29-37} ~ ~l_
E-,C,
lEi
38-51
F""
{3.9-5.2,~
mJ
29-37}
1
1
1
71
'I
""0
~:
- "@
l~
38-51~ mJ
{3.9-5.2,
29-37}
29-54
{3.0-5.5, 22-39}
~
,
,
1
1
1
f"
18-26
{1.9-2.6,
14-19}
N m {kgf m, ft Ibf}
am3uuw0000615
1
2
3
4
Main silencer
Tunnel member
Presilencer
(See 01-158-7 Presilencer Installation Note.)
Seal ring (TWC side)
(See 01-158-4 Seal Ring Removal Note.)
(See 01-158-6 Seal Ring (TWC Side) Installation
Note.}
TWC
(See 01-158-6 TWC Installation Note.)
01-158-2
Seal ring (WU-TWC side)

(See 01-158-4 Seal Ring Removal Note.)
(See 01-158-5 Seal Ring (WU-TWC Side)
Installation Note.}
H02S
(H02S) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCn
AlF sensor
(See 01-408-29 AIR FUEL RATIO (AlF) SENSOR
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl)

9
Exhaust manifold upper insulator

(See 01-15B-4 Exhaust Manifold Upper Insulator
Removal Note.)
10
11
WU-TWC insulator
(See 01-15B-4 WU-TWC Insulator Removal Note.)
Exhaust manifold lower insulator
16
12
13
WU-TWC bracket
Insulator
17
14
15
WU-TWC
(See 01-15B-5 WU-TWC Installation Note.)
Turbocharger
Exhaust manifold
(See 01-15B-5 Exhaust Manifold Installation Note.)
Exhaust System Insulator Removal/installation Note

1. Remove the exhaust system insulator in the order shown in the figure.
RIVET
..
RIVET
"
FRONT
CAP
RIVET
CAP
FASTENER
SCREW
am3uuw0000328

(See 01-15B-4 Insulator (Rear No.1, No.2, No.3)
Removal Note.)

(See 01-15B-4Insulator (Rear No.1, No.2, No.3)
Removal Note.)

(See 01-15B-4Insulator (Rear No.1, No.2, No.3)
Removal Note.)

Insulator (front)
(See 01-15B-4 Insulator (Front) Removal Note.)
5
6
01-158-3

Insulator (Rear No.1, No.2, No.3) Removal Note
Note
The insulator (rear No.1, No.2, No.3) are installed using rivets.
(2-2.8 mm {0.08-0.11 in} diameter).
drill bit).
am3uuw0000277
DRILL
LJ
r-----~
~I----~
I
FLANGE
ar8uuw00001479
Insulator (Front) Removal Note

1. Remove the tunnel member (front).
2. Remove the insulator (front).
Seal Ring Removal Note
1. Remove the seal ring using a flathead screwdriver
being careful not to damage the pipe.
am3uuw0000579
Exhaust Manifold Upper Insulator Removal Note

WITH TCl.)
TCl.)
3. Remove the charge air cooler bracket. (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TCl.)
4. Remove the exhaust manifold upper insulator.
WU-TWC Insulator Removal Note
1. Remove the turbocharger insulator. (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TCl.)
2. Remove the WU-TWC insulator.
01-158-4
EXHAUST SYSTEM [L3 WITH Te]

Exhaust Manifold Installation Note
1. Tighten the exhaust manifold installation nuts in
the order shown.
Tightening torque
43-64 Nm {4.4-6.5 kgf.m, 32-47 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000579
WU-TWC Installation Note

1. Temporarily tighten No.1 shown in the figure.
4. Completely tighten No.1 shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
38-51 Nm {3.9-5.2 kgf.m, 29-37 ft.lbf}
5. Completely tighten No.2 shown in the figure.
It
"':i
~~~
-~'':.,
Tightening torque
38-51 Nm {3.9-5.2 kgfm, 29-37 ft.lbf}
6. Completely tighten NO.3 shown in the figure.
38-51 N m
{3.9-5.2 kgf m,
29-37 ft Ibf}
38-51 N m
{3.9-5.2 kgf m,
29-37 ft Ibf}
am3uuw0000579
Tightening torque
38-51 Nm {3.9-5.2 kgfm, 29-37 ft.lbf}
Seal Ring (WU-TWC Side) Installation Note
Caution
If installation is performed without using the SST, the seal ring will be damaged and deformed,
resulting in an incorrect installation. Always use the SST to install the seal ring.
1. Temporarily install the seal ring to the pipe so that
the seal ring is even with the flange.
SEAL
RING--7.-f~
am3uuw0000580
2. Install the SST to the seal ring so that the SST is

even with the flange.
IPA'I,lml.
am3uuw0000580
01-158-5

3. Press in the seal ring by tapping the SST using a
plastic hammer until the seal ring contacts the
flange.
~I~
~
.
-Y
FLANGE
am3uuw0000580
TWC Installation Note

1. Spray carbon remover (T86601 or equivalent) on
the flared section of the exhaust pipe.
2. Remove the carbon adhering to the flared section
shown in the figure using a nylon brush or
sandpaper (No. 400 or equivalent).
FLARED SECTION
am3uuw0000580
Seal Ring (TWC Side) Installation Note

Caution
If installation is performed without using the SST, the seal ring will be damaged and deformed,
resulting in an incorrect installation. Always use the SST to install the seal ring.
1. Temporarily install the seal ring to the pipe so that
the seal ring is even with the flange.
SEAL RING---::---7:7-
am3uuw0000580
2. Install the SST to the seal ring so that the SST is

even with the flange.
am3uuw0000580
01-158-6

3. Press in the seal ring by tapping the SST using a
plastic hammer until the seal ring contacts the
flange.
am3uuw0000580
Presilencer Installation Note

1. Spray carbon remover (TB6601 or equivalent) on
the flared section of the exhaust pipe.
2. Remove the carbon adhering to the flared section
shown in the figure using a nylon brush or
sandpaper (No. 400 or equivalent).
FLARED SECTION
am3uuw0000580
01-158-7
EMISSION SYSTEM [LF, LS]
01-16A EMISSION SYSTEM [LF, L5]

EMISSION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
[LF, LS] ...................... 01-16A-2
Engine Compartment Side ......... 01-16A-2
Exhaust System Side ............. 01-16A-2
Fuel Tank Side .................. 01-16A-3
EMISSION SYSTEM DIAGRAM
[LF, LS] ........................ 01-16A-4
FUEL-FILLER CAP INSPECTION
[LF, LS] ......................... 01-16A-S
Leakage Inspection .............. 01-16A-S
AIR FILTER INSPECTION [LF, LS] ..... 01-16A-6
Airflow Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-16A-6
CHARCOAL CANISTER
Charcoal Canister Removal Note ..... 01-16A-6
Charcoal Canister Bracket
Removal Note ................. 01-16A-6
CHARCOAL CANISTER INSPECTION
[LF, LS] ................... 01-16A-7
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS] .. 01-16A-8
Evaporative Hose Installation Note .. 01-16A-8
INSPECTION [LF, LS] ........... 01-16A-8
Airflow inspection ................. 01-16A-8
EGR VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS] ...................... 01-16A-9
EGR VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS] .... 01-16A-9
Resistance inspection ............. 01-16A-9
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION
(PCV) VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS] ....................... 01-16A-9
Retainer Removal Note ............ 01-16A-10

Retainer Installation Note .......... 01-16A-10
(PCV) VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS] ... 01-16A-10
Airflow Inspection ................ 01-16A-10
ROLLOVER VALVE
ROLLOVER VALVE INSPECTION
[LF, LS] ........................ 01-16A-11
FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE
FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE INSPECTION
[LF, LS] ........................ 01-16A-11
(EMISSION SYSTEM)
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS] .. 01-16A-11
Quick Release Connector Type ....... 01-16A-11
Type A Removal ................. 01-16A-12
Type B Removal ................ 01-16A-13
Type C Removal ................ 01-16A-13
Type A Installation ................. 01-16A-14
Type B Installation ................. 01-16A-14
Type C Installation ............... 01-16A-1S
CANISTER VENT (CV) SOLENOID
VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS] ......................... 01-16A-1S
Evaporative Hose Removal Note ..... 01-16A-1S
VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS] ....... 01-16A-16
AIR FILTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS] ......................... 01-16A-16
01-16A-1

EMISSION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF, LS]
id0116a7803700
am3uuw0000249
PCV valve
LS].)
EGR valve
(See 01-16A-9 EGR VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS].)

[LF, LS].)
Exhaust System Side

am3uuw0000456
01-16A-2

~----------------------------------~
am3uuw0000456
L5
WU-TWC
TWC
am3uuw0000457
Fuel Tank Side
am3uuw0000278
01-16A-3

1

(EM ISSION SYSTEM) REMOVAUI NSTALLATION
[LF, LS].)
Air filter
(See 01-16A-16 AIR FILTER REMOVAU
(See 01-16A-6 AIR FILTER INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Rollover valve
(See 01-16A-11 ROLLOVER VALVE REMOVAU
(See 01-16A-11 ROLLOVER VALVE INSPECTION
[LF, LS].)
Charcoal canister
CV solenoid valve
(See 01-16A-1S CANISTER VENT (CV) SOLENOID
VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
(See 01-16A-16 CANISTER VENT (CV) SOLENOID
VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Fuel shut-off valve

Fuel-filler cap
(See 01-16A-S FUEL-FILLER CAP INSPECTION
[LF, LS].)
EMISSION SYSTEM DIAGRAM [LF, LS]

id0116a 7803600
*
CV SOLENOID VALVE
AIR FILTER
VENTILATION HOSE
CHARCOAL CANISTER
FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE
EGR VALVE
ROLLOVER VALVE
FUEL-FILLER CAP
LF
FUEL SHUTOFF VALVE

ROLLOVER VALVE
PCV VALVE
*:TO PCM
TWC
am3uuw0000225
01-16A-4

FUEL-FILLER CAP INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0116a7801300
Leakage Inspection
1. Perform the following SST (Evaporative Emission System Tester 134-01 049A) self-test:
Note
If the tester does not work correctly during self-test, refer to the tester operators manual for more detailed
procedures.
2.
3.
4.
6.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
(1) Verify that the gas cylinder valve is closed and the control valve located on the tester is in the TEST
position. All tester displays should be off at this time.
(2) Connect the long hose (part of SST) to the
,--------------------,
tester.
(3) Connect the manifold assembly (part of SST)
to the long hose as shown.
(4) Open the gas cylinder valve and verify the gas
cylinder regulator left gauge reads 69-82
kPa {0.71-0.83 kgf/cm 2 , 10-12 psi}
(preset at factory).
If not, refer to the tester operators manual
LONG HOSE
to contact tester manufacturer.
TO TESTER
(6) Press the ON/OFF switch to turn on the SST
and make sure the left display reads 0.0.
ac9uuw00000195
(6) Turn the control valve on the tester to the FILL
position.
(7) Verify the left display reading is within 13.9 to 14.0 in of water.
If not, adjust the pressure using the regulator knob located on the right side of the tester.
(8) Turn the control valve to TEST position and press the START switch.
(9) After the 2-min countdown (left display) is completed, the right display shows the total pressure loss for that
period. A O.S in of water loss is acceptable on the self-test.
If the loss is more than O.S in of water, do one or more self-test. If the failed test repeats, check for leak
using the ultrasonic leak detector (part of SST).
Press the RESET switch to set the left display reading to 0.0.
Connect the fuel cap receiver assembly (part of SST) to the manifold assembly and fuel-filler cap from the
vehicle.
If the fuel-filler cap is not a genuine part, replace it.
Turn the control valve to the FILL position.
.--------~-~-~--:::---=----=-----------,
Wait (maximum 20 s) until the left display reads
13.9 to 14.0 in of water.
If the reading is slightly below the
specification, adjust it using the regulator
knob.
If the reading is far below, the fuel-filler cap
has leak. Replace it.
press the START switch.
After the 2-min countdown (left display) is
completed, check the test result (the failed/
ac9uuw00000196
passed light on the tester).
If the green light turns on, the fuel-filler cap is
normal.
If the red light turns on, the fuel-filler cap has leakage. Replace it.
Close the gas cylinder valve.
Turn the control valve to the FILL position.
Press the ON/OFF switch to turn off the tester.
01-16A-5

AIR FILTER INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0116a7736400
Airflow Inspection
1. Remove the air filter. (See 01-16A-16 AIR FILTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
2. Blow from port A and verify that there is airflow
from port B .
If specified, replace the air filter. (See 01-16A16 AIR FILTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS].)
B
3. Blow from port B and verify that there is airflow
from port A .
If specified, replace the air filter. (See 01-16A16 AIR FILTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[LF, LS].)
am3uuw0000226
CHARCOAL CANISTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]

id0116a7096400

1
8-10 N m
~ {82-101 kgf em,
_,,/
71-88 in Ibf}
Evaporative hose
[LF, LS].)
Charcoal canister
(See 01-16A-6 Charcoal Canister Removal Note.)
,""'
~(h
Charcoal canister bracket

(See 01-16A-6 Charcoal Canister Bracket Removal
Note.)
I
I
I
I
I
I
' "",,~RIVET
~
4
//
~,'
l<I
am3uuw0000277
Charcoal Canister Removal Note

1. Remove the rear stabilizer. (See 02-14-13 REAR STABILIZER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the rear coil spring. (See 02-14-4 REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the rear lower arm. (See 02-14-6 REAR LOWER ARM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the rear crossmember component. (See 02-14-14 REAR CROSSMEMBER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
S. Remove the charcoal canister.
Charcoal Canister Bracket Removal Note
Note
The charcoal canister bracket is installed using rivets.

(2-2.8 mm {0.08-0.11 in} diameter).
I
I
MANDREL
J)
am3uuw0000278
01-16A-6

2. Remove the flange using a drill (5 mm {O.20 in} drill bit).
DRILL
t
FLANGE
ar8uuw00001479
CHARCOAL CANISTER INSPECTION [LF, L5]

id0116a7800500
Airflow Inspection
1. Perform the following procedures:
Note
The ports should not be damaged.
Assemble the hose used for inspection (bore: approx. 14.8 mm {0.58 in}) to port A.
Cover ports Band C with the caps.
Caution
Do not apply a pressure 20 kPa {150
mmHg, 5.91 inHg} or more to the charcoal
canister for 1 min. or more. Doing so will
damage the charcoal canister.
PORTC
(PURGE SOLENOID VALVE SIDE)
PORTA
(FUEL TANK SIDE)
PORTB
(CV SOLENOID
VALVE SIDE)
am3uuw0000250
2. Apply pressure (19.6 kPa {147 mmHg, 5.79

inHg}) through the hose, and verify that air does
not leak from the charcoal canister.
Ifthere is airflow, replace the charcoal
canister. (See 01-16A-6 CHARCOAL
CANISTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
L5].)
PRESSURE
~
HOSE
PLUG
am3uuw0000250
01-16A-7
EMISSION SYSTEM [LF, L5]

PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0116a7804300
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17 A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
BRACKET
cp
Purge solenoid valve connector
Evaporative hose
(See 01-16A-8 Evaporative Hose Installation Note.)
1.5
{46-66,
40-57}
--------8
---~-~~
~
Evaporative Hose Installation Note
1. Install the evaporative hose and clip as shown in
the figure.
0-3 {0-0.12}
N m {kg!' em. in ibfj

am3uuw0000457
ALLOWABLE ANGLE INSTALLED

MARKING OF HOSE
SKYWARD
VIEW FROM A
0-1 {0-0.04}
ALLOWABLE ANGLE
INSTALLED ASPECT OF HOSE
ALLOWABLE ANGLE
INSTALLED HOSE CLIP
VIEW FROM B
mm {in}
am3uuw0000457
PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS]

id0116a7800900
Airflow inspection
3. Remove the purge solenoid valve. (See 01-16A-8 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF,
LS].)
4. Inspect airflow between the ports under the
Measured condition
Continuity between
A-8
When voltage is not applied
between terminals A and 8
When voltage is applied between
terminals A and 8
No airilow
Airilow detected
If not as specified, replace the purge solenoid

valve. (See 01-16A-8 PURGE SOLENOID
VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
01-16A-8
am6xuw0000046

EGR VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0116a7801000
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Drain the engine coolant from the radiator. (See 01-12A-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF, L5].)
Remove the air cleaner and the air hose as a single unit. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/
5. Remove the radiator hose (upper, engine side). (See 01-12A-S RADIATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF,
L5].)
6. Disconnect the EGR valve connector.
1
2
Water hose
EGR valve
Gasket
S. Install in the reverse order of removal.
V-23
(1.8-2.3, 13-1S)
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
atraaw00002991
EGR VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0116a7801100
Resistance inspection
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Measure the resistance between the EGR valve
terminals.
EGR valve terminal
Resistance inspection
(ohm)
C-A
D-B
C-E
D-F
12-16
If not within the specification, replace the

EGR valve. (See 01-16A-9 EGR VALVE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
am6xuw0000047
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS]

id0116a7819800
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5])
3. Remove the intake manifold and the fuel distributor component as a single unit. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR
SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
1
2
Oil separator
Retainer
(See 01-16A-10 Retainer Removal Note.)
(See 01-16A-1 0 Retainer Installation Note.)
PCVvalve
m {kgf em, in Ibf}

am6xuw0000047
01-16A-9

Retainer Removal Note
Caution
Be sure to follow the removal procedures below to prevent the leakage of blow-by gas caused by
the damage to the tab of the oil separator or the oil separator itself.
1. Insert a flat blade screwdriver with its tip wrapped
in a waste cloth into the gap between the retainer
and the oil separator as shown in the figure.
2. Spread the side surface of the retainer outward to
dismount it with attention to the tab.
A WASTE-COVERED
FLAT BLADE
SCREWDRIVER - - - t - - - - - T r . . ' \ .
am3uuw0000225
Retainer Installation Note

Caution
Be sure to replace the old retainer with a new one to prevent the escape of blow-by gas.
Reinstalling the old retainer will reduce airtightness.
1. Make sure that the retainer alignment mark is
directed as shown in the left diagram before install
the retainer to the oil separator.
OIL SEPARATOR UPPER CHART
RETAINER ALIGNMENT MARK

am6xuw0000047
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0116a7800400
Airflow Inspection
3. Remove the intake manifold and the fuel distributor component as a single unit. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR
4. Remove the PCV valve and the oil separator as a single unit. (See 01-16A-9 POSITIVE CRANKCASE
VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
S. Verify that there is no airflow when pressure is
r---------------------,
applied to port A.
If there is airflow, replace the PCV valve. (See
01-16A-9 POSITIVE CRANKCASE
6. Verify that there is airflow when vacuum is applied
to port A.
If there is no airflow, replace the PCV valve.
am3uuw0000225
01-16A-10

ROLLOVER VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0116a7804600
Note
The rollover valve cannot be removed as it is built into the fuel tank.
ROLLOVER VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0116a7804500
Note
The rollover valve cannot be disassembled and inspected as it is built into the fuel tank.
1. Perform the fuel tank inspection. (See 01-14A-12 FUEL TANK INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
If malfunction, replace the fuel tank. (See 01-14A-8 FUEL TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0116a7809600
Note
The fuel shut-off valve cannot be removed as it is built into the fuel tank.
FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0116a7809700
Note
The fuel shut-off valve cannot be removed and inspected as it is built into the fuel tank.
1. Perform the fuel tank inspection. (See 01-14A-12 FUEL TANK INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
If malfunction, replace the fuel tank (See 01-14A-8 FUEL TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0116a7805500

Caution
There are Three types of quick release connectors. Verify the type and location, and install/remove
properly. (LF)
There are two types of quick release connectors. Verify the type and location, and install/remove
properly. (LS)
FUEL TANK SIDE

" , , ' ______________ ..1
/,,/"/'/r,::/'="
==I~===========;.
""
,///'/"
""",'"
LF
am3uuw0000250
01-16A-11
'

Type A Removal
Caution
Note
When removing the quick release connector, either SST 49 E042 001 or 49 N013 103A (Part of 49 N013
1AOD) can be used.
When using SST 49 E042 001
Note
If the quick release connector is removed, replace the retainer with a new one.
1. Set the SST parallel to the quick release
connector.
Note
The quick release connector can be
removed by pushing the center of the
retainer tabs.
The retainer is attached to the pipe even
after the connector is disconnected.
2. Hold the center of the retainer tabs with the SST
ends and press the retainer.
3. Pull the connector side and disconnect the quick
release connector.
4. Raise a retainer tab using the SST and remove
the retainer.
and evaporative pipe with vinyl sheeting or a
similar material to prevent it from scratches or dirt.
am6xuw0000191
am6xuw0000139
When using SST 49 N013 103A (Part of 49 N013 1AOD)

evaporative pipe and disconnect it.
[]
EVAPORATIVE
PIPE
am6xuw0000191
01-16A-12

Type B Removal
QUICK RELEASE
CONNECTOR
am6xuwOOOO 137
Type C Removal
Caution
Note
The evaporative hose can be removed by pushing it to the pipe side to release the lock.

RELEASE TAB
STOPPER
am3uuw0000224
2. Pull out the evaportive hose straight from the

f~~
EVAPORATIVE PIPE
am3uuw0000224

am3uuw0000224
01-16A-13

Type A Installation
Caution
Always replace the retainer with a new one when using SST 49 E042 001, otherwise, evaporative
leakage could result.
Note
release connector for new evaporative hoses
~
and evaporative hoses. Remove the checker
EVAPORATIVE PIPE.
tab from the quick release connector after
the connector is completely engaged with
the evaporative pipe.
1. Inspect the evaporative hose and evaporative
pipe sealing surface for damage and deformation.
new one.
sealing surface of the evaporative pipe.
connector.
click is heard.
connected securely.
CHECKER TAB
am3uuw0000519
Type B Installation
Note
If the quick release connector O-ring is damaged or has slipped, replace the evaporative hose.
A checker tab is integrated with the quick release connector for new evaporative hoses. Remove the
checker tab from the quick release connector after the connector is completely engaged with the
evaporative pipe.
1. Inspect the evaporative hose and evaporative pipe sealing surface for damage and deformation.
.---------=--------------,
Insert the evaporative pipe straight to the end
of the quick release connector.
push the evaporative pipe further to the
connected securely.
t
am3uuw0000457
01-16A-14

Type C Installation
Note
release connector for new evaporative
hoses. Remove the checker tab from the
is completely engaged with the evaporative
NEW EVAPORATIVE HOSE
pipe.

pipe sealing surface for damaged and
deformation .
If there is any mulfunction, replace it with a
new one.
3. Reconnect the evaporative hose straight to the
evaporative pipe until a click is heard.
t-CHECKERTAB
Note
not damaged or has not slipped, and then reconnect the quick release connector.
am3uuw0000519
4. Lightly pull and push the quick release connector a few times by hand, and then verify that it can move 2.0-3.0
mm {0.08-0.12 in} and is connected securely.
CANISTER VENT (CV) SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0116a7832100
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
~
1
2
3
4
~"'"
CV solenoid valve connector

Evaporative hose
Evaporative hose
(See 01-16A-15 Evaporative Hose Removal Note.)
CV solenoid valve
BJ--am3uuw0000225
Evaporative Hose Removal Note

1. Disconnect the evaporative hose of fuel tank side.
2. Remove the evaporative hose and CV solenoid valve as a single unit.
3. Remove the evaporative hose.
01-16A-15
EMISSION SYSTEM [LF, L5]

CANISTER VENT (CV) SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0116a7819200
Airflow Inspection
1. Remove the CV solenoid valve. (See 01-16A-1S CANISTER VENT (CV) SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
Measured condition
Continuity between
A-B
between terminals A and B
terminals A and B
Airflow detected
No airflow
If not specified, replace the CV solenoid

valve. (See 01-16A-1S CANISTER VENT
(CV) SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
am3uuw0000224
AIR FILTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]

id0116a7832300
1. Remove the fuel-filler pipe protector. (See 01-14A-8 FUEL TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
1
2
FUEL-FILLER PIPE
Evaporative hose
Air filter
8-10 N m
{82-101 kgf cm,------..
71-88 in Ibf}
am3uuw0000225
01-16A-16
EMISSION SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
01-168 EMISSION SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]

EMISSION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
[L3 WITH Tel ................. 01-168-2
Engine Compartment Side .......... 01-168-2
Exhaust System Side ............ 01-168-2
Fuel Tank Side ................... 01-168-3
EMISSION SYSTEM DIAGRAM
[L3 WITH Tel ................... 01-168-4
FUEL-FILLER CAP INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl ................... 01-168-4
Leakage Inspection ............... 01-168-4
AIR FILTER INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl ................... 01-168-5
Ai rflow Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 01-168-5
CHARCOAL CANISTER
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH Tel .................... 01-168-5
Charcoal Canister Removal Note ..... 01-168-5
Charcoal Canister Bracket
Removal Note ................. 01-168-6
CHARCOAL CANISTER INSPECTION
[L3 WITH Tel ................... 01-168-6
Airflow Inspection ................. 01-168-6
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH Tel .................. 01-168-7
Evaporative Hose Installation Note ... 01-168-7
INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl ........ 01-168-8
Airflow inspection ................. 01-168-8
CHECK VALVE INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl .................... 01-168-8
EGR VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH Tel .................... 01-168-8
EGR VALVE INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl .................... 01-168-9
Resistance Inspection .......... 01-168-9
EGR PIPE REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH Tel ................. 01-168-9
(PCV) VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCl .................... 01-168-9
Retainer Removal Note ........... 01-168-10

Retainer Installation Note .......... 01-168-10
(PCV) VALVE INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl ..................... 01-168-10
Airflow Inspection ................. 01-168-10
WARM-UP THREE-WAY CATALYTIC
CONVERTER (WU-TWC) INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl .................. 01-168-11
ROLLOVER VALVE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCl ..................... 01-168-11
ROLLOVER VALVE INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl .................... 01-168-11
FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCl .................. 01-168-11
FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl .................... 01-168-11
(EMISSION SYSTEM)
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCl ................... 01-168-12
Quick Release Connector Type ....... 01-168-12
Type A Removal ................. 01-168-12
Type B Removal .................. 01-168-13
Type C Removal .................. 01-168-13
Type A Installation ................ 01-168-14
Type B Installation ................. 01-168-14
Type C Installation ................. 01-168-15
VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCl ..................... 01-168-15
Evaporative Hose Removal Note ..... 01-168-15
VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl ... 01-168-16
Airflow Inspection ................ 01-168-16
[L3 WITH TCl ................... 01-168-16
01-168-1

EMISSION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [L3 WITH TCl
id011639803700
Check valve
(See 01-168-8 CHECK VALVE INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC].)
INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCD
EGR valve
(See 01-168-8 EGR VALVE REMOVAU
(See 01-168-9 EGR VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)

[L3 WITH TC].)
PCVvalve
WITH TCl.)
Exhaust System Side
WU-TWC
(See 01-158-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAU
(See 01-168-11 WARM-UP THREE-WAY
CATALYTIC CONVERTER (WU-TWC)
TWC
(See 01-158-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAU
am3uuw0000581
01-168-2

Fuel Tank Side

[L3 WITH TC].)
Rollover valve
(See 01-168-11 ROLLOVER VALVE REMOVAU
(See 01-168-11 ROLLOVER VALVE INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
CV solenoid valve
(See 01-168-15 CANISTER VENT (CV) SOLENOID
VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(See 01-168-16 CANISTER VENT (CV) SOLENOID
Fuel-filler cap
(See 01-168-4 FUEL-FILLER CAP INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
Air filter
(See 01-168-16 AIR FILTER REMOVAU
(See 01-168-5 AIR FILTER INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
Charcoal canister
(See 01-168-5 CHARCOAL CANISTER REMOVAU
(See 01-168-6 CHARCOAL CANISTER
Fuel shut-off valve
(See 01-168-11 FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE
(See 01-168-11 FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE
01-168-3
EMISSION SYSTEM [L3 WITH Te]

EMISSION SYSTEM DIAGRAM [L3 WITH TCl
id011639800200

FUEL-FILLER
CAP
~V
SOLENOID-VALVE
--CHARCOAL CANISTER
CHECK VALVE
AIR FILTER
EGR
VALVE
PCVVALVE
*:TO PCM
am3uuw0000580
FUEL-FILLER CAP INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl

id011639801300
Leakage Inspection
1. Periorm the following SST (Evaporative Emission System Tester 134-01 049A) self-test:
Note
If the tester does not work correctly during self-test, refer to the tester operators manual for more detailed
procedures.
(1) Verify that the gas cylinder valve is closed and the control valve located on the tester is in the TEST
position. All tester displays should be off at this time.
,---------------------,
(2) Connect the long hose (part of SST) to the
tester.
(3) Connect the manifold assembly (part of SST)
to the long hose as shown.
(4) Open the gas cylinder valve and verify the gas
cylinder regulator left gauge reads 69-82
kPa {0.71-0.83 kgf/cm 2 , 10-12 psi}
(preset at factory).
If not, refer to the tester operators manual
to contact tester manufacturer.
TO TESTER
(5) Press the ON/OFF switch to turn on the SST
and make sure the left display reads 0.0.
ac9uuwOOOOO 195
(6) Turn the control valve on the tester to the FILL
position.
(7) Verify the left display reading is within 13.9 to 14.0 in of water.
If not, adjust the pressure using the regulator knob located on the right side of the tester.
(8) Turn the control valve to TEST position and press the START switch.
(9) After the 2-min countdown (left display) is completed, the right display shows the total pressure loss for that
period. A 0.5 in of water loss is acceptable on the self-test.
If the loss is more than 0.5 in of water, do one or more self-test. If the failed test repeats, check for leak
using the ultrasonic leak detector (part of SST).
2. Press the RESET switch to set the left display reading to 0.0.
3. Connect the fuel cap receiver assembly (part of SST) to the manifold assembly and fuel-filler cap from the
vehicle.
If the fuel-filler cap is not a genuine part, replace it.
01-168-4

4. Turn the control valve to the FILL position.
~
5. Wait (maximum 20 s) until the left display reads
13.9 to 14.0 in of water.
If the reading is slightly below the
specification, adjust it using the regulator
knob.
If the reading is far below, the fuel-filler cap
has leak. Replace it.
6. Turn the control valve to the TEST position and
press the START switch.
7. After the 2-min countdown (left display) is
completed, check the test result (the failed/
passed light on the tester).
If the green light turns on, the fuel-filler cap is
normal.
If the red light turns on, the fuel-filler cap has leakage. Replace it.
8. Close the gas cylinder valve.
9. Turn the control valve to the FILL position.
10. Press the ON/OFF switch to turn off the tester.
/.
/
ac9uuw00000196
AIR FILTER INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

id011639736400
Airflow Inspection
1. Remove the air filter. (See 01-16B-16 AIR FILTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Blow from port A and verify that there is airflow
from port B.
If malfunction, replace the air filter. (See 0116B-16 AIR FILTER REMOVAL/
B
3. Blow from port B and verify that there is airflow
from port A.
If malfunction, replace the air filter. (See 0116B-16 AIR FILTER REMOVAL/
am3uuw0000226
CHARCOAL CANISTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]

id011639096400

1
2
Evaporative hose
[L3 WITH TC].)
Charcoal canister
(See 01-16B-5 Charcoal Canister Removal Note.)
Charcoal canister bracket
(See 01-16B-6 Charcoal Canister Bracket Removal
Note.)
/,.<
8-10 N m
~ {82-101 kgf em,
71-88 in Ibf}
"'~"'>
00
am3uuw0000277
Charcoal Canister Removal Note

1. Remove the rear stabilizer. (See 02-14-13 REAR STABILIZER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the rear coil spring. (See 02-14-4 REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the rear lower arm. (See 02-14-6 REAR LOWER ARM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the rear crossmember component. (See 02-14-14 REAR CROSSMEMBER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the charcoal canister.
01-168-5

Charcoal Canister Bracket Removal Note
Note
The charcoal canister bracket is installed using rivets.
(2-2.8 mm {0.08-0.11 in} diameter).
drill bit).
I
I
MANDREL
J)
am3uuw0000278
DRILL
FLANGE
ar8uuw00001479
CHARCOAL CANISTER INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011639800500
Airflow Inspection
Note
The ports should not be damaged.
Assemble the hose used for inspection (bore:
approx. 14.8 mm {0.58 in}) to port A.
Cover ports 8 and C with the caps.
Caution
Do not apply a pressure 20 kPa {150
mmHg, 5.91 inHg} or more to the charcoal
canister for 1 min. or more. Doing so will
damage the charcoal canister.
PORTC
(PURGE SOLENOID VALVE SIDE)
PORTA
(FUEL TANK SIDE)
PORTB
(CV SOLENOID
VALVE SIDE)
am3uuw0000250
2. Apply pressure (19.6 kPa {147 mmHg, 5.79

inHg}) through the hose, and verify that air does
not leak from the charcoal canister.
If there is airflow, replace the charcoal
canister. (See 01-168-5 CHARCOAL
CANISTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
PRESSURE
~
HOSE
PLUG
am3uuw0000250
01-168-6

PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id011639804300
1
Purge solenoid valve connector
Evaporative hose
(See 01-16B-7 Evaporative Hose Installation Note.)
am3uuw0000581
Evaporative Hose Installation Note

1. Install the evaporative hose and clip as shown in the figure.
MARKING WHITE.
HOSE CLANP MUST FIT UP TO --~

MARKING AREA.
HOSE INSERT TILL TOUCHING IT
OR SPOOL POSITION.
ATTACH THE DIRECTION AND MARKING OF

THE PIPE OF PURGE SOLENOID VALVE
WITHIN THIS RANGE.
ALLOWABLE ANGLE
INSTALLED HOSE CLIP.
CLIP MUST BE INSTALLED ON
THE PAINT MARK.
MARKING WHITE.
MUST BE BOTTOMED.
HOWEVER, THE PLACE WOTHOUT
THE RIB IS ASSUMED TO BE 3 mm MAX.
ALLOWABLE ANGLE INSTALLED

HOSE CLIP TAB CENTER.
MATCH MARKING AND ATTACH IT.

THING OF MARKING CENTER COMES TO
THIS RANGE.
am3uuw0000614
01-168-7

PURGE SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011639800900
Airflow inspection
3. Remove the purge solenoid valve. (See 01-16B-7 PURGE SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
Measured condition
terminals A and B
Continuity between
A-8
No airllow
Airllow detected
If not as specified, replace the purge solenoid

valve. (See 01-16B-7 PURGE SOLENOID
VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
am3uuw0000580
CHECK VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

id011639801400
1. Disconnect the vacuum hose connected between the check valve and the purge solenoid valve from the purge
solenoid valve.
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose connected between the check valve and the intake manifold from the intake
manifold.
3. Blow through the check valve and verify that air
flows as specified.
PORTA
Specification
Condition
Air applied from port A to B
Air applied from port B to A
Airflow
Yes
No*
: The check valve is normal if the aeration to port A

is 3.5 kPaimin {0.03 kgf/cm2 min, 0.5 psi/min}
or less when 130 kPa {1.32 kgf/cm2, 18.9 psi}
is applied to port B.
PORTB
acxuuw00003219
If not as specified, replace the check valve.

EGR VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id011639801000
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the air hose and air duct. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TCl)
1
2
IWater hose
EGR valve
am3uuw0000580
01-168-8

EGR VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011639801100
3. Disconnect the EGR valve connector.
4. Measure the resistance between the EGR valve
EGRVALVE
terminals.
WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR
EGR valve terminals

C-A
O-B
C-E
O-F
Resistance (ohms)
8-9 [20C {68 OF}]
If not as specified, replace the EGR valve.

acxuuw00000051
EGR PIPE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]

id011639810000
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Remove the following parts. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Fresh-air duct
Air cleaner
Charge air cooler
Air hose
Air duct
5. Set the throttle body out of the way. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
6. Remove the EGR pipe.
50-60
{5.1-6.1,
37-44}
EGR PIPE
N m {kgf m, ft Ibf}
am3uuw0000582
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]

id011639819800
1.
2.
3.
4.
Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCD
Remove the intake manifold. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Oil separator
Retainer
(See 01-16B-1 0 Retainer Removal Note.)
(See 01-16B-1 0 Retainer Installation Note.)
PCV valve

am3uuw0000614
01-168-9

Retainer Removal Note
Caution
Be sure to follow the removal procedures below to prevent the leakage of blow-by gas caused by
the damage to the tab of the oil separator or the oil separator itself.
1. Insert a flat blade screwdriver with its tip wrapped
in a waste cloth into the gap between the retainer
and the oil separator as shown in the figure.
2. Spread the side surface of the retainer outward to
dismount it with attention to the tab.
A WASTE-COVERED
FLAT BLADE
SCREWDRIVER---t----";"
am3uuw0000225
Retainer Installation Note

Caution
Be sure to replace the old retainer with a new one to prevent the escape of blow-by gas.
Reinstalling the old retainer will reduce airtightness.
1. Make sure that the retainer alignment mark is
directed as shown in the left diagram before install
the retainer to the oil separator.
OIL SEPARATOR UPPER CHART
RETAINER
RETAINER ALIGNMENT MARK
am6xuw0000047
POSITIVE CRANKCASE VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl

id011639800400
Airflow Inspection
3. Remove the intake manifold. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
4. Remove the PCV valve and the oil separator as a single unit. (See 01-16B-9 POSITIVE CRANKCASE
VENTILATION (PCV) VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
,...---------------------,
5. Verify that there is no airflow when pressure is
applied to port A.
If there is airflow, replace the PCV valve. (See
01-16B-9 POSITIVE CRANKCASE
6. Verify that there is airflow when vacuum is applied
to port A.
If there is no airflow, replace the PCV valve.
am3uuw0000580
01-168-10

WARM-UP THREE-WAY CATALYTIC CONVERTER (WU-TWC) INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011639801200
Caution
Perform the following procedures, OTC P0421 is indicated only.
2. Start the engine and warm it up to normal
3. Turn off the engine.
4. Verify that the engine compression is within the
specification. (See 01-108-12 COMPRESSION
If the compression pressure is not within the
specification, repair or replace the
malfunction part.
5. Drive the vehicle for 10 min at 65-96 km/h
{40-60 mph} to allow the WU-TWC to reach
operating
6. Stop the vehicle and leave it in a safe space.
7. Access Test 10 10:21 :80 on the "Diagnostic Monitoring Test Result" function.
8. Verify that the test result is within the specified indicated on the M-MDS.
If it is not as specified, replace the WU-TWC. (See01-158-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/
am3uuw0000597
ROLLOVER VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]

id011639804600
Note
The rollover valve cannot be removed as it is built into the fuel tank.
ROLLOVER VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

id011639804500
Note
The rollover valve cannot be disassembled and inspected as it is built into the fuel tank.
1. Perform the fuel tank inspection. (See 01-148-12 FUEL TANK INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
If malfunction, replace the fuel tank. (See 01-148-8 FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id011639809600
Note
The fuel shut-off valve cannot be removed as it is built into the fuel tank.
FUEL SHUT-OFF VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

id011639809700
Note
The fuel shut-off valve cannot be removed and inspected as it is built into the fuel tank.
1. Perform the fuel tank inspection. (See 01-148-12 FUEL TANK INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
If malfunction, replace the fuel tank (See 01-148-8 FUEL TANK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
01-168-11

QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR (EMISSION SYSTEM) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id011639805500

Caution
There are three types of quick release connectors. Verify the type and location, and install/remove
properly.
FUEL TANK SIDE
~B
CHACOAL CANISTER
C
am3uuw0000581
Type A Removal
Caution
Note
When removing the quick release connector, either SST 49 E042 001 or 49 N013 103A (Part of 49 N013
1AOD) can be used.
When using SST 49 E042 001
Note
1. Set the SST parallel to the quick release
connector.
Note
retainer tabs.
2. Hold the center of the retainer tabs with the SST
ends and press the retainer.
release connector.
01-168-12

4. Raise a retainer tab using the SST and remove
the retainer.
am3uuw0000581
When using SST 49 N013 103A (Part of 49 N013 1AOO)

..
am3uuw0000581
Type B Removal
QUICK RELEASE
CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000581
Type C Removal
Note
1. Push the retainer.

Note
retainer tabs.

release connector.
am3uuw0000615
01-168-13

Type A Installation
Caution
Always replace the retainer with a new one when using SST 49 E042 001, otherwise, evaporative
leakage could result.
Note
release connector for new evaporative hoses
-"".,.......
and evaporative hoses. Remove the checker
EVAPORATIVE PIPE.
tab from the quick release connector after
the connector is completely engaged with
the evaporative pipe.
pipe sealing surface for damage and deformation.
new one.
connector.
click is heard.
connected securely.
CHECKER TAB
am3uuw0000615
Type B Installation
Note
A checker tab is integrated with the quick release connector for new evaporative hoses. Remove the
checker tab from the quick release connector after the connector is completely engaged with the
evaporative pipe.
1. Inspect the evaporative hose and evaporative pipe sealing surface for damage and deformation.
2. Apply a small amount of clean engine oil to the sealing surface of the evaporative pipe.
Insert the evaporative pipe straight to the end
of the quick release connector.
push the evaporative pipe further to the
connected securely.
t
am3uuw0000582
01-168-14

Type C Installation
Note
If the quick release connector O-ring is damaged or has slipped, replace the ventilation hose.
release connector for new ventilation hose.
completely engaged with the pipe.
1. Inspect the ventilation hose and pipe sealing
surface for damaged and deformation .
new one.
sealing su rface of the pipe.
3. Reconnect the ventilation hose straight to the
pipe until a click is heard.
VENTILATION HOSE
t-CHECKER TAB
Note
t:..~,

a few times by hand, and then verify that it can
move 2.0-3.0 mm {0.08-0.12 in} and is
connected securely.
am3uuw0000615
CANISTER VENT (CV) SOLENOID VALVE REMOVALJINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl

id011639832100
~
1
2
3
~\\\"
CV solenoid valve connector

Evaporative hose
Evaporative hose
(See 01-168-15 Evaporative Hose Removal Note.)
CV solenoid valve
eD---
(1
,0,
,, ,,
,,'
\,"
8-10 N m {82-101 kgf em, 71-88 in Ibf}

am3uuw0000613
Evaporative Hose Removal Note

1. Disconnect the evaporative hose of fuel tank side.
2. Remove the evaporative hose and CV solenoid valve as a single unit.
3. Remove the evaporative hose.
01-168-15

CANISTER VENT (CV) SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011639819200
Airflow Inspection
1. Remove the CV solenoid valve. (See 01-168-15 CANISTER VENT (CV) SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
Measured condition
Continuity between
A-8
terminals A and B
Airflow detected
No airflow
If not specified, replace the CV solenoid

valve. (See 01-168-15 CANISTER VENT
(CV) SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
am3uuw0000224
AIR FILTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]

id011639832300
1. Remove the fuel-filler pipe protector. (See 01-148-8 FUEL TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
I I
1
2
FUEL-FILLER PIPE
Evaporative hose
Air filter
8-10 N m
{82-101 kgf em, ------...
71-88 in Ibf}
am3uuw0000225
01-168-16
CHARGING SYSTEM [LF, LS]
01-17A CHARGING SYSTEM [LF, LS]

CHARGING SYSTEM
LOCATION INDEX [LF, LS] ..........
BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS] .........................
PCM Cover No.1 Installation Note .. .
Battery Clamp Installation Note ..... .
Battery Box Installation Note ....... .
Battery Cover Installation Note ..... .
BATTERY INSPECTION [LF, LS] ......
Electrolyte Specific Gravity ....... .
Battery Voltage ............... .
Back-up Current. .............. .
BATTERY RECHARGING [LF, LS] .....
01-17A-1
01-17A-2
01-17A-2
01-17A-3
01-17A-3
01-17A-3
01-17A-4
01-17A-4
01-17A-4
01-17A-S
01-17A-S
GENERATOR
Generator Installation Note (LF) .... .. 01-17A-7
Generator Duct Removal Note (LS) .. . 01-17A-7
Generator Removal Note (LS) ........ 01-17A-7
Generator Installation Note (LS) ... 01-17A-8
Generator Duct Installation Note
(LS) ............... . 01-17A-8
GENERATOR INSPECTION [LF, LS] .... 01-17A-8
Generator Warning Light. ........ .. 01-17A-8
Generator .................... .. 01-17A-8
Generator Inner Parts ............ . 01-17A-11
GENERATOR
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF, LS] ... 01-17A-14
CHARGING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF, LS]

id0117a8800100
o
LF
am3uuw0000485
Generator
(See 01-17A-6 GENERATOR REMOVAU
(See 01-17A-8 GENERATOR INSPECTION [LF,
LS].)
(See 01-17A-14 GENERATOR DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY [LF, LS].)
Battery
(See 01-17A-2 BATIERY REMOVAU
(See 01-17A-4 BATTERY INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
(See 01-17A-S BATTERY RECHARGING [LF, LS].)
01-17A-1
'

BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0117a8800500

1
Battery cover
(See 01-17A-3 Battery Cover Installation Note.)
Negative battery cable
Positive battery cable
Battery box
(See 01-17A-3 Battery Box Installation Note.)
Battery clamp
(See 01-17A-3 Battery Clamp Installation Note.)
Battery
PCM cover No.1

(See 01-17A-2 PCM'Cover No.1 Installation Note.)
PCM connectors
(See 01-40A-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS].)
Battery tray and PCM component
~~
3.9-S.9
{40-70,
32.9-4.9
{30-49,
2S-43}
~ ~~~~~I
1~:--",
I~L-'
~ i ~e ---J
361}
2.9-4.9
{30-49,
2S-43}
:
:
:
#&
-II---------{
1r------..,.--9-15
{92-152,
80-132}
i,'
,,--'f ~1t----'
,
/ , "" - _ ,
, ',~~ ~~'EI'r'r" --,
@I---C::::====
'.......... ,
~~,
..............
I.....
11 11 ___
1111
I
I
"11
'III
I
I
,
,
91----------111 ~_l.Vl
L""""'i,
,
"
'
~i~
1) C<i@)
0
.:;::=~~
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000485
PCM Cover No.1 Installation Note

1. Install with peM cover No.1 hooks B aligned with
the peM cover No.2 holes at two points.
---~~==-l~::f"----:tl:
FRONT
::
'\,'
) () (/:(C;
(I
>
C'j! :
PCM COVER
NO.1
~J ,./\, 'S'lJ::
_ __..1_::_- __ ____ J
I
;'~
PCM COVER
PCM COVER
NO.2
SEC. E-E
NO.2
@:HOOK
am3uuw0000485
2. Install the peM cover No.1 to the peM cover No.2

hook.
o~'
r
I
I
---1:::==~.:;r----1t1:
...... ,
'\,'
::
, , ' : , ......... , ... I
! : '-' \-';f-' \_, :~: !
FRONT
>
'S4Ji :
lL\--....,,-_.----- ~
Ie
4'
. . . . / \,
PCMCOVER]
NO.1
~o
7 -1
F~F
PCM COVER
NO.2
BATTERY
TRAY
PCM COVER
NO.2
SEC. F-F
am3uuw0000485
01-17A-2

Battery Clamp Installation Note
1. Assemble the battery clamp so that the arrow on
it is pointed toward the front of the vehicle.
FRONT
dpe117aw1003
Battery Box Installation Note

1. Assemble with battery box hooks E aligned with
the battery tray holes at two points.
@:HOOK
am3uuw0000485
Battery Cover Installation Note

1. Install with battery cover hooks A aligned with the
battery tray holes at two points.
FRONT
c>
BATTERY
COVER
BATTERY
TRAY
am3uuw0000485
2. Install with battery cover hooks 0 aligned with the

battery tray flange at four points.
FRONT
c>
BATTERY
TRAY
ATTERY
COVER
:ATTERY
TRAY
SEC. B-B
@:HOOK
am3uuw0000485
3. Set the battery cover to battery tray hooks C at

two points.
FRONT
c>
BATTERY
TRAY
BATTERY
COVER
1:TTERY
TRAY
SEC. A-A
:HOOK
am3uuw0000485
01-17A-3
CHARGING SYSTEM [LF, L5]

BATTERY INSPECTION [LF, L5]
id0117a8800600
Warning
Since battery acid is toxic, be careful when handling the battery.
Since battery acid is highly corrosive, be careful not to allow it to contact clothing or the vehicle.
In case battery acid contacts skin, eyes, or clothing, flush it immediately with running water.
Especially if the acid gets in the eyes, flush with water for more than 15 min and get prompt
medical attention.
Electrolyte Specific Gravity
1. Measure the electrolyte specific gravity using a hydrometer.
If it is less than the specification, recharge the battery. (See 01-17A-S BATTERY RECHARGING [LF, LS].)
Battery electrolyte specific gravity [20C {68 OF}]
1.22-1.29
Battery Voltage
1. Inspect the battery as follows:
Step
Inspection
Measure the battery

positive Voltage.
Quick charge for 30

min and recheck
Voltage.
Using the battery load

tester, apply load
current (see battery
load test current) and
record battery voltage
after 15 s. Is voltage
more than the
specification?
Action
12.4 Vor Go to Step
more
3.
Less
Go to the
than
next step.
12.4 V
12.4 Vor Go to the
more
next step.
Less
than
12.4 V
Replace the
battery.
Yes
No
Normal
Replace the
battery.
Battery load test current

50D20L (40): 150 A
55D23L (48): 180 A
75D23L (52): 195 A
Standard specification
Battery temp. (OC eF})
4 {39}
10 {50}
16 {61}
21 {70}
01-17A-4
Minimum voltage (V)

9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6

Back-up Current
1. Verify that the ignition is off (key has been removed) and that all doors are closed.
Caution
Operating electrical loads while the back-up current is being measured can damage the tester.
Note
If the battery is not left undisturbed for 10 min or more, but less than 2.5 hours, the tester will indicate a
high value (approx. 200 mA).
If the ignition or any electrical accessory is operated after the tester is connected, the battery must be left
undisturbed for 10 min or more, but less than 2.5 hours from that point.
For vehicles with the immobilizer system, the system periodically shifts synchronization of the security
light flashing. Therefore, 65 mA (0.1 s) current is supplied when the security light is illuminated, and 40
mA (2 s) current is supplied when the security light is not illuminated. In addition, the measuring
instrument, which shows the average value, indicates around 55 mAo
4. Connect the tester between the negative battery terminal and negative battery cable, leave the battery
undisturbed for 10 min or more, but less than 2.5 hours, and then measure the back-up current.
If not within the specification, measure the back-up current while removing the fuses one by one from the
inside of the main fuse block and the inside of the fuse block.
Inspect and repair wiring harnesses and connectors of the fuse where the current has decreased.
Battery back-up current (When the ignition is off (key is removed) and all doors are closed.)
40-65 rnA
Note
If the battery is left for 2.5 hours or more, a battery back-up current value of 25-45 mA is indicated.
BATTERY RECHARGING [LF, L5]
id0117a8800700
Warning
Keep all flames away from the battery, otherwise evaporated gas from the battery fluid may catch
fire, and cause serious injury.
Remove the battery filler caps when recharging to prevent battery deformation or damage.
Caution
Do not quick charge for more than 30 min. It will damage the battery.
1. Remove the battery and then place it in a pan of
water.
2. Remove the battery filler caps.
3. Connect a battery charger to the battery and
adjust the charging current as follows.
BATTERY
CHARGER
Battery slow charge current

50D20L (40): 4.0-5.0 A
55D23L (48): 4.5-5.5 A
75D23L (52): 5.0-6.0 A
Battery quick charge current [30 min]
50D20L (40): 25 A
55D23L (48): 30 A
75D23L (52): 35 A
am3uuw0000485
4. After the battery is recharged, verify that the voltage is within the specification and remains at the same value
for 1 h or more after the recharging has been completed.
If not within the specification, replace the battery.
Standard voltage
12.4 V or more
01-17A-5

GENERATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0117a8800200
Warning
Remove and install all parts when the engine is cold, otherwise they can cause severe burns or
serious injury.
When the battery cables are connected, touching the vehicle body with generator terminal B will
generate sparks. This can cause personal injury, fire, and damage to the electrical components.
Always disconnect the negative battery cable before performing the following operation.
Caution
The generator can be damaged by the heat from the exhaust manifold. Make sure the generator
duct is installed securely (LS).
INSTALLATION)
4. Remove the generator drive belt with the AlC drive belt still installed and set it out of the way. (LF) (See 01-1 OA6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
S. Remove the drive belt. (LS) (See 01-1 OA-6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
LF
1
Terminal B cable
2
3
Generator connector
Generator
(See 01-17A-7 Generator Installation Note (LF).)
10-14 Nm
{102-142 kgf.cm,
89-123 inlbf}
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000326
01-17A-6

lS
9-12 Nm
{92-122 kgf.cm,
80-106 in.lbf}
1<-----1
~/'~ V
"::,,,///,/~'@
@)
@-----------------41-60 - - - - - - - - - {4.2-6.1,31-44}
3r-------~
10-14 Nm
{102-142 kgf.cm,
89-123 inlbf}
~???
9-12 Nm
{92-122 kgf.cm,
80-106 inlbf}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am6xuw0000231
Generator duct
(See 01-17A-7 Generator Duct Removal Note (L5}.)
(See 01-17A-8 Generator Duct Installation Note
(L5}.)
Generator duct bracket
3
4
5
Terminal B cable
Generator connector
Generator
(See 01-17A-7 Generator Removal Note (L5}.)
(See 01-17A-8 Generator Installation Note (L5}.)
Generator Installation Note (IF)

1. Align the generator fixing hole with the engine side hole, then temporarily tighten the generator installation bolts
in the order of A, B, C, and D.
2. Securely tighten the generator installation bolts in the order of A, B, C, and D.
Generator Duct Removal Note (lS)
1. Remove the generator duct from above the engine compartment.
Generator Removal Note (lS)
1. Set the cooler pipe out of the way. (See 07-11-24
REFRIGERANT LINE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
/
COOLER
PIPE
am3uuw0000326
01-17A-7

2. Remove the generator from above the engine
compartment.
am3uuw0000326
Generator Installation N.ote (LS)

1. Tighten bolt A temporarily.
2. Tighten bolt B, C to the specified tightening torque.
3. Tighten bolt A to the specified tightening torque.
Generator Duct Installation Note (LS)
1. Install the generator duct to the generator duct bracket and tighten nuts temporarily.
2. Tighten nuts to the specified tightening torque.
GENERATOR INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0117 a8800300
Caution
Do not apply direct battery positive voltage to generator terminal 0, otherwise it could cause
damage to the internal parts (power transistor) of the generator.
Generator Warning Light
1. Verify that the battery is fully charged.
2. Verify that the drive belt is correct. (See 01-1 OA-S DRIVE BELT INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
3. Switch the ignition to ON, verify that the generator warning light illuminates.
If it does not illuminate, inspect the generator warning light and the wiring harness.
If the generator warning light and the wiring harness are normal, inspect the PCM.
4. Verify that the generator warning light goes out after the engine is started.
If the generator warning light does not go out, perform the DTC inspection, then perform troubleshooting
according to the corresponding diagnostic procedure. (See 01-02A-7 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [LF,
LS].) (See 01-02A-17 DTC TABLE [LF, LS].)
Generator
Voltage
2. Verify that the drive belt is correct. (See 01-1 OA-S DRIVE BELT INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
S. Verify that the generator rotates smoothly without any noise while the engine is running.
If there is any noise, find the cause and repair or replace the generator.
6. Measure the voltage at each terminal using a
r----------------------,
tester.
If it is not as specified, find the cause and
repair or replace the applicable part.
Generator standard voltage [IG-ON]
Terminal B: B+
Terminal P: Approx. 1 V or less
Terminal 0: Approx. 0 V
Generator standard voltage [Idle, 20C {68
OF}]
am6zzw0000234
Terminal B: 13-1S V
Terminal P: Approx. 3-8 V
Terminal 0: Turn the electrical loads (headlights, blower motor, rear window defroster, brake lights,
etc.) on and verify that the voltage reading increases.
01-17A-8

Current
Note
Since the charging current decreases rapidly after starting the engine, carry out the following procedure
quickly, and read the maximum current value.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
Verify that the battery is fully charged.

Verify that the drive belt is correct. (See 01-1 OA-S DRIVE BELT INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
Connect a tester, which can read 120 A or more, between generator terminal B and the wiring harness.
Turn off all electrical loads.
9. Increase engine speed to 2,500 rpm.
Note
When the electrical load on the vehicle is low, the specified current cannot be verified although the
generator is normal. In this case, increase the electrical load (Leave the headlights turned on for a while,
then discharge the battery, or use a similar method.) and recheck.
When the generator itself or the ambient temperature are too high, the specified current also cannot be
verified. In this case, cool down the generator and recheck.
10. Turn the electrical loads (headlights, blower motor, rear window defroster, brake lights, etc.) on and verify that
the current reading increases more than the minimum value indicated below.
If it is not as specified, go to the PCM and generator shearing inspection. (See 01-17A-9 PCM and
generator shearing inspection.)
Generator generated current minimum value

700/0 of the nominal output current (nominal output current: 100 A)
[Ambient temp. 20C {68 OF}, voltage 13.0-15.0 V, both engine and generator are hot]
PCM and generator shearing inspection
am3uuw0000326
01-17A-9

2. Inspect as follows:
Step
Inspection
Measure the generator terminal B voltage when the electricalloads*1 are on and off.
13 V or
less
Monitor the ALTT V PID using the M-MDS, (See 01-02A-7 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC Yes
TEST [LF, L5].) or measure the PCM 2AF terminal waveform using an oscilloscope.
No
Is the value normal?
Action
Go to Step 2.
15 Vor
more
13-15 V Norma(2
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Inspect followings,
then repair or
replace as
necessary.
If there is no
malfunction,
replace the
PCM.
1. Wiring harness
between PCM
terminal 2AFgenerator
terminal P.
2. Wiring harness
between PCM
terminal 2AAgenerator
terminal D.
3. Generator inner
parts.
Monitor the ALTT V PID using the M-MDS, (See 01-02A-7 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC Yes
Go to Step 5.
TEST [LF, L5].) or measure the PCM 2AF terminal waveform using an oscilloscope. I-N-o---I-I-ns-p-e-c-t-fo':;'-II-ow-in-g-s,---I
then repair or
replace as
necessary.
If there is no
malfunction,
replace the
PCM.
1. Wiring harness
between PCM
terminal 2AFgenerator
terminal P.
2. Wiring harness
between PCM
terminal D.
3. Generator inner
parts.
Monitor the ALTF PID using
Yes
Replace PCM.
the M-MDS, or calculate the
No
Inspect followings,
duty value of the PCM
then repair or
terminal 2AA using an
--~---A--~---~-- --- -- ---~--~---~--~---~-replace as
I I I I I
oscilloscope. Is the duty value
necessary.
100%?
If there is no
~~ ~~~[~~1~~~[~~ ~~~~~~J-~~[~~ ~~~~]-~~[~~
malfunction,
replace the
OV -- ---:--:\--:-- ---:--: \--:-PCM.
---~--~~I---~--~-~I---r---:~
1. Wiring harness
: : : t: : : : : : : :
-- ---~--Hr--~--~---r--~---r--i---r--i---r-between PCM
~ x 100 (%) = DUTY (%)
terminal D.
2. Generator inner
parts.
I
I
I
I
I
~II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
---:--:t--r---
+r---
01-17A-10

Step
5
Monitor the ALTF PIO using
the M-MOS, or calculate the
terminal 2AA using an
O%?
Inspection
Yes
No
*1
*2
x 100 (%) =
DUTY (%)
Action
Replace PCM.
Inspect followings,
then repair or
replace as
necessary.
If there is no
malfunction,
replace the
PCM.
1. Wiring harness
between PCM
terminalO.
2. Generator inner
parts.
: Headlights, blower motor, rear window defroster, brake lights, etc.

: If the generator field coil duty value does not change when electrical loads (such as headlights, blower motor,
rear window defroster, brake lights) are on or off, inspection with discharged battery is needed.
Generator Inner Parts

Rotor
1. Measure the resistance between the slip rings
using a tester.
rotor.
Generator rotor resistance (between slip
rings) [20C {68 OF}]
1.9-2.2 ohms
2. Verify that there is no continuity between the slip

ring and core using a tester.
If there is continuity, replace the rotor.
3. Inspect the slip ring surface condition.
If the slip ring surface is rough, use a lathe or
fine sandpaper to smooth it.
01-17A-11

Stator coil
1. Verify that the continuity is as indicated in the
table.
0--0 : Continuity
Terminal
0- -0
0
0- --0
0- ~
0
0
0- -0
am6zzw0000235
am6zzw0000235
If there is any malfunction, replace the stator.

2. Verify that there is no continuity between the
stator coil leads and core using a tester.
If there is continuity, replace the stator coil.
am3uuw0000326
Brush
1. Inspect brushes for wear.
If any brush is worn almost to or beyond the
limit, replace all of the brushes.
M'i'MUM
Generator brush length

Standard: 22.5 mm {0.88S in}
Minimum: 5.0 mm {0.20 in}
81ANDARD
am6zzw0000235
Brush spring
1. Measure the force of the brush spring using a spring pressure gauge.
2. Read the spring pressure gauge at the brush tip
,-----------------------,
projection of 2 mm {0.08 in}.
brush spring.
Generator brush spring force
Standard: 4.1-5.3 N {0.42-0.54 kgf, 1.01.1 Ibf}
Minimum: 1.7 N {0.17 kgf, 0.38 Ibf}
2mm
{O.OB in}
am3uuw0000326
01-17A-12

Rectifier (Using an analog circuit tester)
1. Inspect for continuity of the diodes using an
analog circuit tester.
If not as specified, replace the rectifier.
Specification
Negative
Positive
Continuity
P1, P2, P3, P4,

P5,P6
Yes
B
P1, P2, P3, P4,
P5, P6
No
No
Yes
P4
P5
P6
P3-~~
P2-+-~
P1--'k-~
"-IfIII'.'U'"''''
E
am6zzw0000235
Rectifier (Using a digital circuit tester)

1. Inspect for continuity of the diodes using a digital circuit tester.
Specification
Negative
Positive
Continuity
P1, P2, P3, P4,

P5,P6
No
B
P1, P2, P3, P4,
P5, P6
Yes
Yes
No
Bearing
1. Inspect for abnormal noise, looseness, and
sticking.
Replace the bearing if necessary.
am6zzw0000235
01-17A-13

GENERATOR DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF, LS]
id0117 a8800400
Caution
Melt the solder quickly, otherwise the diodes (rectifier) and regulator will be damaged by excessive
heat.

LF
3.4-5.4
{35-55,31-47}
7-10
{72-101,
62-SS}
~~
,/~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~~
I~
2.9-4.9
{30-49,26-43}
Nm {kgf.cm, in.lbf}
am3uuw0000327
1
2
3
4
5
Rotor component
Stator coil component
Pulley
Rotor
Front bearing
01-17A-14
Front cover
7
8
Stator coil
Rectifier
Regulator component
Rear cover
10

L5
2.9-4.9
{30-49,
26-43}
Nm {kgf.cm, in.lbf}
am3uuw0000327
2
3
4
5
6
Rotor component
Pulley
Rotor
Front bearing
Front cover
7
8
9
10
11
Heat insulator
Stator coil
Rectifier
Regulator component
Rear cover
01-17A-15
CHARGING SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
01-178 CHARGING SYSTEM [L3 WITH TCl

CHARGING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
[L3 WITH TC] .................... 01-178-1
8ATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] .................... 01-178-2
Battery Cover Removal Note ........ 01-178-2
PCM Cover No.1 Installation Note .... 01-178-3
Battery Installation Note ............ 01-178-3
Battery Clamp Installation Note ...... 01-178-3
Battery Box Installation Note ........ 01-178-4
Battery Cover Installation Note ...... 01-178-4
8ATTERY INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl .................... 01-178-4
Electrolyte Specific Gravity ........ 01-178-4
Battery Voltage ................... 01-178-5
Back-up Current. ............... 01-178-5
8ATTERY RECHARGING
[L3 WITH TC] .................... . 01-178-6
GENERATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] .................... . 01-178-6
Generator Duct Removal Note ..... . 01-178-7
Generator Removal Note ......... . 01-178-7
Generator Installation Note ......... . 01-178-7
GENERATOR INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] .................... . 01-178-8
Generator Warning Light. ........ . 01-178-8
Generator ..................... . 01-178-8
Generator Inner Parts ............ . 01-178-11
GENERATOR DISASSEM8LY/ASSEM8LY
[L3 WITH TC] .................... . 01-178-13
Pulley Disassembly/Assembly Note .. . 01-178-13
CHARGING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [L3 WITH TCl

id011739800100
am3uuw0000609
Battery
(See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAU
(See 01-17B-4 BATTERY INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
(See 01-17B-6 BATTERY RECHARGING [L3 WITH
TC].)
Generator
(See 01-17B-6 GENERATOR REMOVAU
(See 01-17B-8 GENERATOR INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 01-17B-13 GENERATOR DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY [L3 WITH TCl)
01-178-1

BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id011739800500

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
9
10
Battery cover
(See 01-17B-2 Battery Cover Removal Note.)
(See 01-17B-4 Battery Cover Installation Note.)
Negative battery cable
Positive battery cable
Battery box
(See 01-17B-4 Battery Box Installation Note.)
Battery clamp
(See 01-17B-3 Battery Clamp Installation Note.)
Battery
(See 01-17B-3 Battery Installation Note.)
PCM cover No.1
(See 01-17B-3 PCM Cover No.1 Installation Note.)
PCM connectors
WITH TCl)
Wiring harness bracket
Battery tray and PCM component
'lJJJ
3.9-6.9
{40-70,
35-61} ---------,$ftllu
r/
2.9-4.9
{30-49,
26-43}
~~
~~--------------~3
,------- 9-15
{92-152,
80-132}
-b~----------~6
o~~
_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ 9-12
{92-122,
80-106}
----------------{ 9
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000616
Battery Cover Removal Note

Caution
To prevent component damage, stand at the front of the vehicle and remove the battery cover one
side at a time.
When pulling the clips, do not apply
excessive force to a clip using the
screwdriver or pair of pliers.
If excessive force is applied to the clips,
they could be damaged. When removing
the battery cover, use the following
procedure to prevent damaging the clips.
CLIP
am3uuw0000562
1. Remove the battery cover using the following

procedure.
(1) Pull the clip (LH) in the outward direction
approx.4 mm {O.2 in} and disengage the
battery cover tabs.
(2) Pull the clip (RH) in the outward direction
approx.4 mm {O.2 in} and disengage the
battery cover tabs.
(3) Remove the battery cover.
am3uuw0000617
01-178-2
CHARGING SYSTEM [L3 WITH TCl

PCM Cover No.1 Installation Note
1. Install the peM cover No.1 hook to the peM
cover No.2 holes.
PCM COVER NO.1
FRONT
r:::>
HOOK ----+-1+---
PCM COVER--+--+--INO.2
L.---L~~--:::---~
am3uuw0000609
2. Install with peM cover No.1 hooks A aligned with

the peM cover No.2 and peM bracket holes.
FRONT
r:::>
PCMCOVER
~
~
NO.1
PCM
PCM COVER
NO.1
SEC. C-C
PCM COVER
NO.2
@:HOOK
am3uuw0000609
3. Install the peM cover No.1 to the peM cover No.2

hook.
FRONT
r:::>
PCM COVER
NO.1
3l
PCM COVER
NO.2
D
PCM COVER
NO.1
SEC. D-D
am3uuw0000609
Battery Installation Note

Caution
To prevent damaging the clips on the battery tray, install the battery carefully so that it does not
contact the clips.
Battery Clamp Installation Note
1. Assemble the battery clamp so that the arrow on
it is pointed toward the front of the vehicle.
FRONT
Y
am3uuw0000097
01-178-3

Battery Box Installation Note
1. Assemble with battery box hooks B aligned with
the battery tray holes at two points.
BATTERY
BOX
It;
ATTERY
TRAY
B
FRONT
c:>
SEC. H-H
@:HOOK
am3uuw0000610
Battery Cover Installation Note

1. Install with battery cover hooks C aligned with the
battery tray holes at two points.
ATTERY
COVER
Jl-BATTERY
TRAY
FRONT
c:>
SEC. B-B
:HOOK
am3uuw0000610
2. Set the battery cover to battery tray clips D at two

points.
D
BATTERY
TRAY
BATTERY
COVER
FRONT
c>
o
SEC. A-A
@:CLlP
am3uuw0000610
BATTERY INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

id011739800600
Warning
Since battery acid is toxic, be careful when handling the battery.
Since battery acid is highly corrosive, be careful not to allow it to contact clothing or the vehicle.
In case battery acid contacts skin, eyes, or clothing, flush it immediately with running water.
Especially if the acid gets in the eyes, flush with water for more than 15 min and get prompt
medical attention.
Electrolyte Specific Gravity
1. Measure the electrolyte specific gravity using a hydrometer.
If it is less than the specification, recharge the battery. (See 01-17B-6 BATTERY RECHARGING [L3 WITH
TCl)
1.22-1.29
01-178-4

Battery Voltage
1. Inspect the battery as follows:
Step
1
Inspection
Measure the battery
positive voltage.
Quick charge for 30

min and recheck
voltage.
Using the battery load

tester, apply load
current (see battery
load test current) and
record battery voltage
after 15 s. Is voltage
more than the
specification?
Action
12.4 Vor
more
Less
than
12.4 V
12.4 Vor
more
Less
than
12.4 V
Yes
No
Go to Step
3.
Go to the
next step.
Go to the
next step.
Replace the
battery.
Normal
Replace the
battery.

55D23L (48): 180 A
75D23L (52): 195 A
Standard specification
Battery temp. (OC eF})
4 {39}
10 {50}
16 {61}
21 {70}
Minimum voltage (V)

9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
Back-up Current
1. Verify that the ignition is off (key has been removed) and that all doors are closed.
Caution
Operating electrical loads while the back-up current is being measured can damage the tester.
Note
If the battery is not left undisturbed for 10 min or more, but less than 2.5 hours, the tester will indicate a
high value (approx. 200 mA).
If the ignition or any electrical accessory is operated after the tester is connected, the battery must be left
undisturbed for 10 min or more, but less than 2.5 hours from that point.
For vehicles with the immobilizer system, the system periodically shifts synchronization of the security
light flashing. Therefore, 65 mA (0.1 s) current is supplied when the security light is illuminated, and 40
mA (2 s) current is supplied when the security light is not illuminated. In addition, the measuring
instrument, which shows the average vall!e, indicates around 55 mAo
4. Connect the tester between the negative battery terminal and negative battery cable, leave the battery
undisturbed for 10 min or more, but less than 2.5 hours, and then measure the back-up current.
If not within the specification, measure the back-up current while removing the fuses one by one from the
inside of the main fuse block and the inside of the fuse block.
Inspect and repair wiring harnesses and connectors of the fuse where the current has decreased.
Battery back-up current (When the ignition is off (key is removed) and all doors are closed.)
40-65 mA
Note
If the battery is left for 2.5 hours or more, a battery back-up current value of 25-45 mA is indicated.
01-178-5

BATTERY RECHARGING [L3 WITH TC]
id011739800700
Warning
Keep all flames aw~y from the battery, otherwise evaporated gas from the battery fluid may catch
fire, and cause serious injury.
Remove the battery filler caps when recharging to prevent battery deformation or damage.
Caution
Do not quick charge for more than 30 min. It will damage the battery.
1. Remove the battery and then place it in a pan of
water.
2. Remove the battery filler caps.
3. Connect a battery charger to the battery and
adjust the charging current as follows.
BATTERY
CHARGER

55D23L (48): 4.5-5.5 A
75D23L (52): 5.0-6.0 A
55D23L (48): 30 A
75D23L (52): 35 A
am3uuw0000485
4. After the battery is recharged, verify that the voltage is within the specification and remains at the same value
for 1 h or more after the recharging has been completed.
If not within the specification, replace the battery.
Standard voltage
12.4 V or more
GENERATOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id011739800200
Warning
serious injury.
When the battery cables are connected, touching the vehicle body with generator terminal B will
Caution
The generator can be damaged by the heat from the exhaust manifold. Make sure the generator
duct is installed securely.
3. Remove the charge air cooler and charge air cooler bracket. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAU
4. Remove the insulator (body side) and exhaust manifold upper insulator. (See 01-15B-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM
INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the drive belt. (See 01-10B-4 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
01-178-6
10-14 Nm
{102-142 kgf.cm, - - - - - _
89-123 in.lbf}
@--------------~
4r------------~
~-------------8-10 Nm _ _ _ _ _----'
{82-101 kgf.cm,
71-88 in.lbf}
38-51 - - - - - - - - - - - . , .
{3.9-5.2,
29-37}
8-10 Nm
{82-101 kgf.cm,
71-88 in.lbf}
38-51
{3.9-5.2, 29-37}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000609
2
3
Generator duct
(See 01-17B-7 Generator Duct Removal Note.)
Terminal B cable
4
5
Generator connector
Generator
(See 01-17B-7 Generator Removal Note.)
(See 01-17B-7 Generator Installation Note.)
Generator Duct Removal Note

1. Remove the generator duct fitting nuts, and position it in the engine compartment in a location where no part
can be damaged.
Generator Removal Note
1. Remove the cooler hose bracket bolt and set the
cooler hose out of the way before performing the
generator removal/installation.
2. Remove the generator from above the engine
compartment.
COOLER HOSE
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000609
Generator Installation Note

1. Tighten bolt A temporarily.
2. Tighten bolt B, C to the specified tightening torque.
3. Tighten bolt A to the specified tightening torque.
01-178-7

GENERATOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011739800300
Caution
Do not apply direct battery positive voltage to generator terminal 0, otherwise it could cause
damage to the internal parts (power transistor) of the generator.
Generator Warning Light
2. Verify that the drive belt is correct. (See 01-1 OB-4 DRIVE BELT INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
3. Switch the ignition to ON, verify that the generator warning light illuminates.
If it does not illuminate, inspect the generator warning light and the wiring harness.
If the generator warning light and the wiring harness are normal, inspect the PCM.
4. Verify that the generator warning light goes out after the engine is started.
If the generator warning light does not go out, perform the DTC inspection, then perform troubleshooting
according to the corresponding diagnostic procedure. (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [L3
WITH TCl.) (See 01-02B-18 DTC TABLE [L3 WITH TCl.)
Generator
Voltage
2. Verify that the drive belt is correct. (See 01-1 OB-4 DRIVE BELT INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
5. Verify that the generator rotates smoothly without any noise while the engine is running.
If there is any noise, find the cause and repair or replace the generator.
6. Measure the voltage at each terminal using a
,----------------------,
tester.
If it is not as specified, find the cause and
repair or replace the applicable part.
Terminal B: B+
Terminal 0: Approx. 0 V
Generator standard voltage [Idle, 20C {68
OF}]
am6zzw0000234
Terminal B: 13-15 V
Terminal 0: Turn the electrical loads (headlights, blower motor, rear window defroster, brake lights,
etc.) on and verify that the voltage reading increases.
Current
Note
Since the charging current decreases rapidly after starting the engine, carry out the following procedure
quickly, and read the maximum current value.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Verify that the battery is fully charged.

Verify that the drive belt is correct. (See 01-1 OB-4 DRIVE BELT INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
'
Connect a tester, which can read 120 A or more, between generator terminal B and the wiring harness.
Turn off all electrical loads.
Start the engine.
Increase engine speed to 2,500 rpm.
Note
When the electrical load on the vehicle is low, the specified current cannot be verified although the
generator is normal. In this case, increase the electrical load (Leave the headlights turned on for a while,
then discharge the battery, or use a similar method.) and recheck.
When the generator itself or the ambient temperature are too high, the specified current also cannot be
verified. In this case, cool down the generator and recheck.
01-178-8

10. Turn the electrical loads (headlights, blower motor, rear window defroster, brake lights, etc.) on and verify that
the current reading increases more than the minimum value indicated below.
If it is not as specified, go to the PCM and generator shearing inspection. (See 01-178-9 PCM and
generator shearing inspection.)

70% of the nominal output current (nominal output current: 110 A)
[Ambient temp. 20C {68 of}, voltage 13.0-15.0 V, both engine and generator are hot]
PCM and generator shearing inspection

2. Inspect as follows:
am3uuw0000326
Step
Inspection
1
Measure the generator terminal B voltage when the electrical loads *1 are on and off.
Action
15 Vor
Go to Step 2.
more
13-15 V Norma(2
13 Vor
less
Monitor the ALTT V PID using the M-MDS, (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC Yes
TEST [L3 WITH TC].) or measure the PCM 1AX terminal waveform using an
No
oscilloscope. (See 01-40B-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Go to Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
Inspect followings,
then repair or
replace as
necessary.
If there is no
malfunction,
replace the
PCM.
1. Wiring harness
between PCM
terminal 1AXgenerator
terminal P.
2. Wiring harness
between PCM
terminal 1AWgenerator
terminal D.
3. Generator inner
parts.
01-178-9

Step
Inspection
Action
3 Monitor the ALTT V PID using the M-MDS, (See 01-02B-8 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC Yes
Go to Step 5.
TEST [L3 WITH TC].) or measure the PCM 1AX terminal waveform using an
I-N-o------1i-I-ns-p-e-c-tf-=-o-==-=-II-ow--=-in-g-s,--I
oscilloscope. (See 01-40B-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
then repair or
replace as
necessary.
If there is no
malfunction,
replace the
PCM.
1. Wiring harness
between PCM
terminal 1AXgenerator
terminal P.
2. Wiring harness
between PCM
terminal D.
3. Generator inner
parts.
4 Monitor the ALTF PID using
Yes
Replace PCM.
No
Inspect followings,
then repair or
terminal 1AW using an
replace as
necessary.
100%?
If there is no
malfunction,
replace the
PCM.
1. Wiring harness
between PCM
~ x 100 (%) = DUTY (%)
terminal D.
2. Generator inner
parts.
Yes
Replace PCM.
5 Monitor the ALTF PID using
Inspect followings,
No
then repair or
terminal 1AW using an
replace as
necessary.
O%?
If there is no
malfunction,
replace the
PCM.
1. Wiring harness
between PCM
~ x 100 (%) = DUTY (%)
terminal D.
2. Generator inner
parts.
*1 : Headlights, blower motor, rear window defroster, brake lights, etc.
*2 : If the generator field coil duty value does not change when electrical loads (such as headlights, blower motor,
rear window defroster, brake lights) are on or off, inspection with discharged battery is needed.
01-178-10

Generator Inner Parts
Rotor
1. Measure the resistance between the slip rings
using a tester.
rotor.
Generator rotor resistance (between slip

rings) [20C {68 OF}]
1.8-2.2 ohms
am6zzw0000235
2. Verify that there is no continuity between the slip

ring and core using a tester.
If there is continuity, replace the rotor.
3. Inspect the slip ring surface condition.
If the slip ring surface is rough, use a lathe or
fine sandpaper to smooth it.
am6zzw0000235
Stator coil
table.
0--0 : Continuity
Terminal
1
00
ro
-0
0- :0
0- -0
0
-0
0- -0
am6zzw0000235
If there is any malfunction, replace the stator.

stator coil leads and core using a tester.
If there is continuity, replace the stator coil.
am3uuw0000326
01-178-11

Brush
1. Inspect brushes for wear.
limit, replace all of the brushes.
IE

Standard: 22.S mm {0.886 in}
Minimum: S.O mm {0.20 in}
81:ANDARD
am6zzw0000235
Brush spring
1. Measure the force of the brush spring using a spring pressure gauge.
2. Read the spring pressure gauge at the brush tip
,----------------------,
projection of 2 mm {0.08 in}.
brush spring.
Standard: 4.1-S.3 N {0.42-0.S4 kgf, 1.01.1 Ibf}
2mm
{O.OS in}
am3uuw0000326
Rectifier (Using an analog circuit tester)

1. Inspect for continuity of the diodes using an
analog circuit tester.
Specification
Negative
E
Positive
P1, P2, P3, P4,

P5,P6
P1, P2, P3, P4,

P5, P6
Continuity
Yes
No
No
Yes
P4
P5
P6
P3---,<:::,~
P2-+---=-:l
P1-~~
E
am6zzw0000235
Rectifier (Using a digital circuit tester)

1. Inspect for continuity of the diodes using a digital circuit tester.
Specification
Negative
E
Positive
P1, P2, P3, P4,

P5,P6
P1, P2, P3, P4,

P5,P6
Continuity
No
Yes
Yes
No
Bearing
1. Inspect for abnormal noise, looseness, and
sticking.
Replace the bearing if necessary.
am6zzw0000235
01-178-12

GENERATOR DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [L3 WITH TCl
id011739800400
Caution
Melt the solder quickly, otherwise the diodes (rectifier) and regulator will be damaged by excessive
heat.

r----<7
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000616
1
2
3
4
5
Rotor component
Pulley
(See 01-17B-13 Pulley Disassembly/Assembly
Note.)
Rotor
Bearing
6
7
8
9
10
11
Front cover
Generator heat insulator
Stator coil
Rectifier
Regulator component
Rear bracket
Pulley Disassembly/Assembly Note

1. Disassemble/assemble the pulley using the SST.
Tightening torque
SO-85 Nm {S.2-8.S kgf.m, 45-S2 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000609
01-178-13
IGNITION SYSTEM [LF, LS]
01-18A IGNITION SYSTEM [LF, LS]

IGNITION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
[LF, LS] .........................
IGNITION COIL
REMOVALJINSTALLATION [LF, LS] .. .
IGNITION COIL INSPECTION
[LF, LS] .........................
Ignition Coil Inspection .............
Ignition Coil with Built-in Igniter
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
01-18A-1
01-18A-2
01-18A-2
01-18A-2
SPARK PLUG
REMOVALJINSTALLATION [LF, LS] ... 01-18A-3
SPARK PLUG INSPECTION [LF, LS] .. . 01-18A-3
Specification .................. . 01-18A-3
Plug Gap Inspection .............. 01-18A-3
Cleaning ...................... . 01-18A-3
Visual Inspection ................ . 01-18A-4
Resistance Inspection ............. . 01-18A-4
01-18A-2
IGNITION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF, LS]

id0118a8800100
am6xuw0000233
Ignition coil
(See 01-18A-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAU
(See 01-18A-2 IGNITION COIL INSPECTION [LF,
LS].)
Spark plug
L5].)
01-18A-1

IGNITION COIL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0118a8800200
6.0-9.5
1 Plug hole plate bracket
2
3
{62-96,
54-84}
Connector
Ignition coil
(1)1
ljl-----
Y
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Nm {kgf.cm, in.lbf}
am6zzw0000376
IGNITION COIL INSPECTION [LF, LS]

id0118a8800300
Ignition Coil Inspection

1. Perform the spark test and identify the malfunctioning cylinder.
2. Replace the ignition coil of the malfunctioning cylinder with that of a normal cylinder, and reperform the spark test.
If the spark is not normal due to a malfunctioning ignition coil, replace that ignition coil.
It is unlikely that all four ignition coils fail to operate properly. To prevent replacing a normal component,
perform the above procedure, identify the malfunctioning ignition coil, and replace it.
Ignition Coil with Built-in Igniter Inspection

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Disconnect the ignition coil connector.
Measure the resistance between each terminal on the ignition coil connector using an analog circuit tester.
If the measurement corresponds to the table, replace the ignition coil.
Item
Terminal
Tester Connection Position

Positive
Negative
C
A
B
A
C
B
Condition
o ohm is not normal (00 ohm is normal)

00 or 0 ohm is not normal (several kilohms is normal)
CSA
am6xuw0000233
01-18A-2

SPARK PLUG REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5]
id0118a8800400
Caution
If a spark plug that is not as specified is installed, engine performance will be deteriorated. Install
only the specified spark plug when replacing.
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
Remove the spark plugs using a plug-wrench.
Tightening torque
10-14 Nm {102-142 kgf.cm, 89-123 inlbf}
SPARK PLUG INSPECTION [LF, L5]
id0118a8800500
Specification
Spark plug type
LFG1 18 110 (ILTR5A-13G), L3Y2 18 110
Plug Gap Inspection
Caution
To avoid possible damage to the tip, do not adjust the plug gap.
To prevent damaging the tip, use a wire type plug gap gauge when inspecting the plug gap.
1. Measure the spark plug gap using a wire type plug gap gauge.
If not within the standard specification, replace the spark plug.
Spark plug gap

Standard: 1.25-1.45 mm {0.0493-0.0570 in}
New spark plug (reference): 1.25-1.35 mm {0.0493-0.0531 in}
Cleaning
Caution
Carbon may adhere to the tip of the spark plug during vehicle delivery or repeated short distance
driving during the winter time. If there is any malfunction such as rough idling or start difficulty
due to carbon adhesion causing plug fouling, burn off the carbon by performing no-load racing of
the engine.
When performing the no-load racing, apply the side brake and foot brake, move the shift lever to
neutral (MTX), or the selector lever to P position (ATX) to prevent an accident and serious injury.
To avoid possible damage to the spark plug tip, do not use a wire brush for cleaning.
Note
To avoid possible damage to the tip, use gasoline to clean the spark plugs after removing dirt.
Do not perform no-load racing at high engine speed continuously for 10 s or more.
1. If there is carbon adhering to the spark plug, perform no-load racing at 4,000 rpm for 2 min, 2 times.
01-18A-3

Visual Inspection
If any of the following malfunctions are
indicated, replace the spark plug.
Insulator breakage
Worn electrode
Damaged gasket
Badly burned insulator (sparking side)
-t----BREAKAGE
BURNS
}::::=:~---
WEAR AND
CARBON
DEPOSITS
DAMAGE
-t--\-'~
am3uuw0000624
1. Measure the resistance of the spark plug using a
tester as shown in the figure.
spark plug.
Spark plug resistance [25C {77 OF}]
3.0-7.5 kilohms
am3uuw0000624
01-18A-4
IGNITION SYSTEM [L3 WITH Te]
01-188 IGNITION SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]

IGNITION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
IGNITION COIL
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
IGNITION COIL INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC] ....................
Ignition Coil Inspection ............ .
Ignition Coil with Built-in Igniter
Inspection ...................
01-188-1
01-188-2
01-188-2
01-188-2
01-188-2
SPARK PLUG
[L3 WITH TC] ..................... 01-188-3
SPARK PLUG INSPECTION
[L3WITHTC] ..................... 01-188-3
Specification ................ .. 01-188-3
Plug Gap Inspection ............ .. 01-188-3
Cleaning ..................... .. 01-188-3
Visual Inspection ................ .. 01-188-4
Resistance Inspection ............ .. 01-188-4
IGNITION SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [L3 WITH TC]
id011839800100
am3uuw0000610
Ignition coil
(See 01-18B-2IGNITION COIL REMOVAU
(See 01-18B-2IGNITION COIL INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC].)
Spark plug
(See 01-18B-3 SPARK PLUG INSPECTION [L3
WITH TCl.)
01-188-1
::
IGNITION SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]

IGNITION COIL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id011839800200
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Tel.)
Remove the charge air cooler. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Tel.)
IConnector
Nm {kgf.cm, in.lbf}
am3uuw0000610
IGNITION COIL INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

id011839800300
Ignition Coil Inspection

1. Perform the spark test and identify the malfunctioning cylinder.
2. Replace the ignition coil of the malfunctioning cylinder with that of a normal cylinder, and reperform the spark
test.
If the spark is not normal due to a malfunctioning ignition coil, replace that ignition coil.
It is unlikely that all four ignition coils fail to operate properly. To prevent replacing a normal component,
perform the above procedure, identify the malfunctioning ignition coil, and replace it.
Ignition Coil with Built-in Igniter Inspection

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the charge air cooler. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Tel.)
Disconnect the ignition coil connector.
Measure the resistance between each terminal on the ignition coil connector using an analog circuit tester.
If the measurement corresponds to the table, replace the ignition coil.
Item
Terminal
Tester Connection Position
Condition
Positive
Negative
C
B
C
A
A
o ohm is not normal (00 ohm is normal)
00 or 0 ohm is not normal (several kilohm is normal)

C B A
am3uuw0000610
01-188-2

SPARK PLUG REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id011839800400
Caution
If a spark plug that is not as specified is installed, engine performance will be deteriorated. Install
only the specified spark plug when replacing.
TCl)
4. Remove the ignition coils. (See 01-18B-2 IGNITION COIL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl)
5. Remove the spark plugs using a plug-wrench.
Tightening torque
10-14 Nm {102-142 kgf.cm, 89-123 inlbf}
SPARK PLUG INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id011839800500
Specification
Spark plug type
L3BD 18110, L3YD 18110
Plug Gap Inspection
Caution
To avoid possible damage to the tip, do not adjust the plug gap.
To prevent damaging the tip, use a wire type plug gap gauge when inspecting the plug gap.
1. Measure the spark plug gap using a wire type plug gap gauge .
If not within the standard specification, replace the spark plug.
Spark plug gap

Standard: 0.60-0.80 mm {0.024-0.031 in}
Cleaning
Caution
Carbon may adhere to the tip of the spark plug during vehicle delivery or repeated short distance
driving during the winter time. If there is any malfunction such as rough idling or start difficulty
due to carbon adhesion causing plug fouling, burn off the carbon by performing no-load racing of
the engine.
When performing the no-load racing, apply the side brake and foot brake, move the shift lever to
neutral to prevent an accident and serious injury.
To avoid possible damage to the spark plug tip, do not use a wire brush for cleaning.
Note
To avoid possible damage to the tip, use gasoline to clean the spark plugs after removing dirt.
Do not perform no-load racing at high engine speed continuously for 10 s or more.
1. If there is carbon adhering to the spark plug, perform no-load racing at 4,000 rpm for 2 min, 2 times.
01-188-3

Visual Inspection
If any of the following malfunctions are
indicated, replace the spark plug.
Insulator breakage
Worn electrode
Damaged gasket
Badly burned insulator (sparking side)
4----
BREAKAGE
BURNS
'=~---DAMAGE
WEAR AND
CARBON
DEPOSITS
--I-+l~
am3uuw0000624
1. Measure the resistance of the spark plug using a
tester as shown in the figure .
spark plug.
3.0-7.5 kilohms
am3uuw0000624
01-188-4
STARTING SYSTEM [LF, LS]
01-19A STARTING SYSTEM [LF, LS]

STARTING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
[LF, L5] .........................
STARTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, L5] .........................
Starter Installation Note ............
STARTER INSPECTION [LF, L5] ......
On-vehicle Inspection .............
No-load Test .................
01-19A-1
01-19A-2
01-19A-3
01-19A-4
01-19A-4
01-19A-4
Magnetic Switch Operation

Inspection ................. . 01-19A-4
Pinion Gap Inspection ............ . 01-19A-5
Starter Inner Parts Inspection ...... . 01-19A-5
S~~~~~]~ ~.I~~.~~~~.~~~/~~~~~~~: ..01-19A-8

INSPECTION [LF, L5] . ............. . 01-19A-8
STARTING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF, L5]
id0119a7103700
2>-----------'
am6xuw0000233
Starter interlock switch (MTX)

(See 01-19A-8 STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH
Starter
(See 01-19A-2 STARTER REMOVAU
(See 01-19A-4 STARTER INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
(See 01-19A-8 STARTER DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY [LF, LS].)
01-19A-1

STARTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0119a7800200
Warning
serious injury.
When the battery cables are connected, touching the vehicle body with starter terminal B will
10-11 Nm
{102-112 kgf.cm,
89-97 in.lbf}
38-51 {3.9-5.2, 29-37}
~ _---c-A.--~O
@---20-30 - - - . . , - - - - t
{2.1-3.0,
15-22}
FRONT
38-51
{3.9-5.2, 29-37}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000486

Terminal B cable
01-19A-2
3
4
Terminal S connector
Starter
(See 01-19A-3 Starter Installation Note.)

Starter Installation Note
Note
If there is peeling on or damage to the
insulator, attach a new insulator using the
following procedure:
PEELING
1. Peel off the insulator from the starter completely

using a scraper.
INSULATOR
STARTER
am6zzw0000237
2. Degrease the insulator attachment area.
INSULATOR
ATTACHMENT AREA
am6zzw0000237
3. Attach a new insulator to the starter.
INSULATOR
STARTER
am6zzw0000237
01-19A-3

STARTER INSPECTION [LF, L5]
id0119a7800300
On-vehicle Inspection
2. The starter is normal if it rotates smoothly and without any noise when the engine is cranked.
If the starter does not operate, inspect the following:
Remove the starter, and inspect the starter unit.
Inspect the related wiring harnesses, the ignition switch, and the transaxle range switch (ATX).
No-load Test
2. Connect the starter, battery, and a tester as
3. Operate the starter and verify that it rotates
smoothly.
If the starter does not rotate smoothly, inspect
the starter unit.
4. Measure the voltage and current while the starter
is operating.
starter.
TESTER
IGNITION
SWITCH
STERMINAL
Starter no-load test voltage
BATTERY
am6xuw0000234
11 V
Starter no-load test current
LF : 95 A or less
L5 : 90 A or less
Magnetic Switch Operation Inspection
PUll-out test
Note
Depending on the battery charge condition, the starter motor pinion may rotate while in an extended state.
This is due to current flowing to the starter motor through the pull-in coil to turn the starter motor, and does
not indicate an abnormality.
1. Verify that the starter motor pinion is extended
while battery positive voltage is connected to
terminal S and the starter body is grounded.
If the starter motor pinion is not extended,
repair or replace the starter.
~--TERMINAL
am6xuw0000234
Return test
1. Disconnect the motor wire from terminal M.
2. Connect battery positive voltage to terminal M
and ground the starter body.
3. Pull out the drive pinion with a screwdriver. Verify
that it returns to its original position when
released.
If it does not return, repair or replace the
starter.
01-19A-4
TERMINAL M - -.......

Pinion Gap Inspection
1. Pull out the drive pinion with the battery positive
voltage connected to terminal S and the starter
body grounded.
~--TERMINAL
Caution
Applying power for more than 10 scan
damage the starter. Do not apply power
for more than 10 s.
am6xuw0000234
2. Measure the pinion gap while the drive pinion is

extended.
If not as specified, adjust with an adjustment
washer (between drive housing front cover
and magnetic switch).
Starter pinion gap
0.5-2.0 mm {0.02-0.07 in}
PINION GAP
am6zzw0000237
Starter Inner Parts Inspection

Armature
commutator and the core at each segment using
a tester.
If there is continuity, replace the armature.

commutator and the shaft using a tester.
3. Place the armature on V-blocks, and measure the

runout using a dial indicator.
armature.
Starter armature runout
0.1 mm {0.004 in} max.
01-19A-5
STARTING SYSTEM [LF, L5]

4. Measure the commutator diameter.
If not within the minimum specification,
replace the armature.
Starter commutator diameter
Standard: 29.4 mm {1.16 in}
am6zzw0000238
5. Measure the segment groove depth of the

commutator.
.
undercut the grooves to the standard depth.
Segment groove depth of starter commutator
am6zzw0000238
Magnetic switch
1. Inspect for continuity between terminals Sand M
using a tester.
If there is no continuity, replace the magnetic
switch.
TERMINAL S
TERMINAL M
am6xuw0000234
2. Inspect for continuity between terminal S and the

body using a tester.
switch.
am6xuw0000234
3. Verify that there is no continuity between

terminals M and B using a tester.
If there is continuity, replace the magnetic
switch.
TERMINALM
TERMINAL B
am6xuw0000234
01-19A-6

Brush and brush holder
1. Verify that there is no continuity between each
insulated brush and plate using a tester.
If there is continuity, replace the brush holder.
am6zzw0000238
2. Measure the brush length.

minimum specification, replace all of the
brushes.
Starter brush length

MINIMUM
BRUSH
LENGTH
CONTACT FACE WITH COMMUTATOR
am6zzw0000238
3. Measure the brush spring force using a spring

balance.
replace the brush and brush holder
component.
Starter brush spring force

Standard: 15.1-20.4 N {1.54-2.08 kgf,
3.40-4.58 Ibf}
Minimum: 2.75 N {0.280 kgf, 0.618Ibf}
am6zzw0000238
01-19A-7

STARTER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF, LS]
id0119a7104500

5.0-7.1
{51-72,
45-62}
/
1
2.4-4.4
{25-44,
22-38}
N.m {kgf.cm, in.lbf}

am3uuw0000485
Magnetic switch
Adjustment washer
3
4
5
Rear housing
Armature
Yoke
7
8
9
10
11
12
Planetary gear
Front cover
Lever
Drive pinion
Internal gear
Gear shaft
STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH INSPECTION [LF, LS]

id0119a7104200
Caution
Do not reuse the starter interlock switch if it is removed from the vehicle even once. Replace with
a new starter interlock switch when installing.
2. Disconnect the starter interlock switch connector.
table using a tester.
0--0 : Continuity
Condition
Clutch pedal is depressed
Terminal
Clutch pedal is not depressed

am6zzw0000236
If the continuity is not as indicated in the table,

replace the starter interlock switch.
(See 05-10-6 CLUTCH PEDAL REMOVAL!
INSTALLATION.)
01-19A-8
am6xuw0000234
STARTING SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
01-198 STARTING SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]

STARTING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
[L3 WITH TCl ....................
STARTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCl ....................
Heater Pipe Removal Note ........ .
Starter Removal Note ............
Starter Installation Note ........... .
STARTER INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl ....................
On-vehicle Inspection ........... .
01-19B-1
01-19B-2
01-19B-3
01-19B-3
01-19B-3
01-19B-4
01-19B-4
No-load Test ................... . 01-19B-4

Magnetic Switch Operation
Inspection .................... .. 01-19B-4
Pinion Gap Inspection ............ . 01-19B-5
Starter Inner Parts Inspection ........ 01-19B-5
STARTER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
[L3 WITH TCl ..................... 01-19B-8
INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl .......... 01-19B-8
STARTING SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [L3 WITH TCl

id011939800100
(2)'---/
am3uuw0000610
Starter interlock switch

Starter
(See 01-19B-2 STARTER REMOVAU
(See 01-19B-4 STARTER INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
(See 01-19B-8 STARTER DISASSEMBLY/
01-198-1

STARTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH Tel
id011939800200
Warning
serious injury.
When the battery cables are connected, touching the vehicle body with starter terminal 8 will
1. Remove the battery, battery tray and PCM component. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCl)
2. Remove the air cleaner, charge air cooler cover, and air hose and air duct component. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKEAIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
10-11 Nm
{102-112 kgf.cm,
38-51 {3.9-5.2,29-37}
l~~-I~~~-~-
17-23
{1.8-2.3,
13-16}
TURBOCHARGER---+-
,,-- ---
! --~-
,~-
,,,"".,/
-~-
-~-
17-23 ~-~-~~
{1.8-2.3,
13-16}
~~-~-~
~~~
8-10 Nm {82-101 kgf.cm, 71-88 inlbf}
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000610
IWiring harness and wiring harness bracket

01-198-2
Heater pipe
(See 01-198-3 Heater Pipe Removal Note.)

Terminal B cable
Terminal S connector
Starter
(See 01-19B-3 Starter Removal Note.)
(See 01-19B-3 Starter Installation Note.)
Heater Pipe Removal Note
1. Remove the heater pipe with the water hoses still connected. Position the heater pipe so that it is out of the way. I
Starter Removal Note
1. Remove the starter from below the engine compartment.
Starter Installation Note
Note
If there is peeling on or damage to the
insulator, attach a new insulator using the
following procedure:
PEELING
1. Peel off the insulator from the starter completely

using a scraper.
STARTER
acxaaw00000762
2. Degrease the insulator attachment area.
INSULATOR
ATTACHMENT AREA
acxaaw00000763
3. Attach a new insulator to the starter.
STARTER
acxaaw00000764
01-198-3
STARTING SYSTEM [L3 WITH Te]

STARTER INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl
id011939800300
On-vehicle Inspection
2. The starter is normal if it rotates smoothly and without any noise when the engine is cranked.
If the starter does not operate, inspect the following:
Remove the starter, and inspect the starter unit.
Inspect the related wiring harnesses and the ignition switch.
. No-load Test
2. Connect the starter, battery, and a tester as
3. Operate the starter and verify that it rotates
smoothly.
If the starter does 'not rotate smoothly, inspect
the starter unit.
4. Measure the voltage and current while the starter
is operating.
starter.
TESTER
IGNITION
SWITCH
STERMINAL
BATTERY
am6xuw0000234
11 V
90 A or less
Magnetic Switch Operation Inspection
Pull-out test
Note
Depending on the battery charge condition, the starter motor pinion may rotate while in an extended state.
This is due to current flowing to the starter motor through the pull-in coil to turn the starter motor, and does
not indicate an abnormality.
1. Verify that the starter motor pinion is extended
while battery positive voltage is connected to
terminal S and the starter body is grounded.
If the starter motor pinion is not extended,
repair or replace the starter.
.r----
TERMINAL S
am6xuw0000234
Return test
1. Disconnect the motor wire from terminal M.
2. Connect battery positive voltage to terminal M
and ground the starter body.
3. Pull out the drive pinion with a screwdriver. Verify
that it returns to its original position when
released.
If it does not return, repair or replace the
starter.
01-198-4
TERMINAL M - -......

Pinion Gap Inspection
1. Pull out the drive pinion with the battery positive
voltage connected to terminal S and the starter
body grounded.
..-----TERMINAL S
Caution
Applying power for more than 10 scan
damage the starter. Do not apply power
for more than 10 s.
am6xuw0000234
2. Measure the pinion gap while the drive pinion is

extended.
If not as specified, adjust with an adjustment
washer (between drive housing front cover
and magnetic switch).
Starter pinion gap
0.5-2.0 mm {0.02-0.07 in}
PINION GAP
am6zzw0000237
Starter Inner Parts Inspection

Armature
commutator and the core at each segment using
a tester.

commutator and the shaft using a tester.
am6zzw0000237
01-198-5

3. Place the armature on V-blocks, and measure the
runout using a dial indicator.
armature.
0.1 mm {0.004 in} max.
4. Measure the commutator diameter.

replace the armatu reo
5. Measure the segment groove depth of the

commutator.
undercut the grooves to the standard depth.
am6zzw0000238
Magnetic switch
1. Inspect for continuity between terminals Sand M
using a tester.
switch.
TERMINALS
TERMINAL M
am6xuw0000234
2. Inspect for continuity between terminal S and the

body using a tester.
switch.
am6xuw0000234
01-198-6

3. Verify that there is no continuity between
terminals M and B using a tester.
If there is continuity, replace the magnetic
switch.
TERMINAL M
TERMINAL B
am6xuw0000234

1. Verify that there is no continuity between each
insulated brush and plate using a tester.
If there is continuity, replace the brush holder.
2. Measure the brush length.

minimum specification, replace all of the
brushes.

MINIMUM
BRUSH
LENGTH
CONTACT FACE WITH COMMUTATOR
am6zzw0000238
3. Measure the brush spring force using a spring

balance.
replace the brush and brush holder
component.

Standard: 15.1-20.4 N {1.54-2.08 kgf,
3.40-4.58Ibf}
Minimum: 2.75 N {0.280 kgf, 0.618 Ibf}
01-198-7

STARTER DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [L3 WITH TC]
id011939104500

4.4-7.1
{45-72,
39-62}
4.1-7.6
{42-77,37-67}
5.0-7.1
{51-72,
45-62}
2.4-4.4
{25-44,
22-38}
N.m {kgf.cm, in.lbf}

am3uuw0000610
Magnetic switch
Adjustment washer
3
4
5
6
Yoke
Rear housing
7
8
9
Lever
10
Drive pinion
Armature
11
12
Internal gear
Gear shaft
Planetary gear
Front cover
STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

id011939104200
Caution
Do not reuse the starter interlock switch if it is removed from the vehicle even once. Replace with
a new starter interlock switch when installing.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl)
Disconnect the starter interlock switch connector.
Verify that the continuity is as indicated in the
table using a tester.
0-0 : Continuity
Condition
Clutch pedal is depressed
Terminal
Clutch pedal is not depressed

am6zzw0000236
If the continuity is not as indicated in the table,

replace the starter interlock switch.
INSTALLATION.)
01-198-8
am6xuw0000234
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM [LF, LS]
01-20A CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM [LF, LS]

INSPECTION [LF, LS] ... ........... 01-20A-1
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH INSPECTION [LF, LS]

;d0120b5800100
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17 A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more.
3. Remove the driver-side air bag module. (See 08-10-7 DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION. )
4. Disconnect the cruise control switch connector.
5. Inspect for resistance and continuity between cruise control switch terminals K and M (part wiring harnessside) using a tester.
If not as specified, replace the steering switch. (See 09-20-43 STEERING SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Switch Condition
Cruise OFF switch held at on
CANCEL switch held at on
Resistance (ohm)
SET (-) switch held at on

SET (+) switch held at on
RESUME switch held at on
Cruise ON switch held at on
Neutral
Approx.300
Approx.600
App rox. 1,11 0
Approx. 2,110
Approx. 4,310
Continuity
Approx. 120
(VEHICLES WITHOUT MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY)

CRUISE OFF SWITCH
----LCANCEL SWITCH
(VEHICLES WITH MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY)

CRUISE OFF
SWITCH
----L-
----L-
.__--0
o--~
SET (-) SWITCH
----LSET (+) FWITCH

RESUME SWITCH
----LCRUISE ON SWITCH
----L-
*: PART WIRING HARNESS-SIDE

am3uuw0000267
01-20A-1
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM [LF, LS]

6. Apply battery positive voltage to cruise control
switch connector terminal 0 (part wiring harnessside), and terminal E (part wiring harness-side) to
ground.
7. Verify that the LED illuminates.
If the LED does not illuminate, replace the
steering switch. (See 09-20-43 STEERING
SWITCH REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
am3uuw0000333
01-20A-2
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
01-208 CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]

INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC] ......... 01-208-1
CRUISE CONTROL SWITCH INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

;dO 12039800 100
INSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect the clock spring connector (part wiring harness-side).
5. Inspect for resistance and continuity between clock spring terminals K and M (part wiring harness-side) using a
tester.
If not as specified, replace the steering switch. (See 09-20-43 STEERING SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Switch Condition
Cruise OFF switch held at on
CANCEL switch held at on
SET (-) switch held at on
SET (+) switch held at on
RESUME switch held at on
Cruise ON switch held at on
Neutral
Resistance (ohm)
Continuity
Approx.120
Approx.300
Approx.600
Approx.1,110
Approx. 2,110
Approx. 4,310
(VEHICLES WITHOUT MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY)

CRUISE OFF SWITCH
r.0.
-L~
CLOCK SPRING
CANCEL SWITCH
-L-
>
(VEHICLES WITH MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY)

CLOCK SPRING
CRUISE OFF
SWITCH
-L-
SET (0) fWITCH
"
'-'
,....
'-'
SET (+) pWITCH
,....
,....
RESU~ITCH
~
>
~
>
CRUISE ON SWITCH
-L~
~
<
<
AA
'Y
t<
~
~
I~I~I~I~I~I~I~I~I
IGt~'1
*: PART WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
am3uuw0000586
01-208-1
CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]

6. Apply battery positive voltage to clock spring
connector terminal 0 (part wiring harness-side),
and terminal E (part wiring harness-side) to
ground.
If the LED does not illuminate, replace the
steering switch. (See 09-20-43 STEERING
SWITCH REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
01-208-2
CONTROL SYSTEM [LF, L5]
01-40A CONTROL SYSTEM [LF, L5]

CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
[LF, LS] ........................
CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM
[LF, LS] ........................
CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
[LF, LS] .......................
PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS] ........................
PCM INSPECTION [LF, LS] ...........
Using M-MDS ...................
Without Using the M-MDS .......
Inspection Using An Oscilloscope
(Reference) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PCM CONFIGURATION [LF, LS] ......
Wheel And Tire Size change ........
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION (CPP)
SWITCH INSPECTION [LF, LS] .....
NEUTRAL SWITCH INSPECTION
[LF, LS] ........................
VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE
SWITCH INSPECTION [LF, LS] ......
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
(ECT) SENSOR
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS] ...
ECT Sensor No.1 .................
ECT Sensor No.2 .................
(ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION
[LF, LS] ........................
ECT Sensor No.1 Inspection ........
MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR
Visual Inspection .................
Voltage Inspection ................
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT)
SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS] ......
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE
(MAP) SENSOR
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS] ...
(MAP) SENSOR INSPECTION
[LF, LS] .........................
01-40A-2
01-40A-4
01-40A-S
01-40A-7
01-40A-8
01-40A-8
01-40A-13
01-40A-18
01-40A-22
01-40A-22
01-40A-22
01-40A-23
01-40A-23
01-40A-23
01-40A-23
01-40A-24
01-40A-24
01-40A-24
01-40A-24
01-40A-2S
01-40A-2S
01-40A-2S
01-40A-2S
01-40A-2S
01-40A-26
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE (BARO)

SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS] ...... 01-40A-26
THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
(APP) SENSOR INSPECTION
[LF, LS] ......................... 01-40A-26
AIR FUEL RATIO (AIF) SENSOR
AIR FUEL RATIO (A1F) SENSOR
INSPECTION [LF, LS] ............... 01-40A-28
AlF Sensor Inspection .............. 01-40A-28
AlF Sensor Heater Inspection ....... 01-40A-28
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (H02S)
H02S Inspection ................. 01-40A-29
H02S Heater Inspection ............ 01-40A-30
CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP)
SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS] ........................ 01-40A-30
Removal ........................ 01-40A-30
Installation ....................... 01-40A-30
SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS] ..... 01-40A-32
Visual inspection ................ 01-40A-32
Air Gap Inspection ................ 01-40A-32
Voltage Inspection ................. 01-40A-32
CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR
INSPECTION [LF, LS] ............... 01-40A-33
Visual Inspection .................. 01-40A-33
Voltage Inspection ................. 01-40A-33
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
KNOCK SENSOR (KS) INSPECTION
[LF, LS] ......................... 01-40A-33
Resistance Inspection .............. 01-40A-33
Voltage Inspection ................ 01-40A-33
01-40A-1
.~
!
CONTROL SYSTEM [LF, LS]

CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [LF, LS]
idO 140i88041 00
am3uuw0000240
PCM
L5].)
(See 01-40A-22 PCM CONFIGURATION [LF, L5].)
01-40A-2
APP sensor

3
TP sensor
CMP sensor
MAF/IAT sensor
(See 01-40A-25 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (lAT)
(See 01-40A-25 MASS AI R FLOW (MAF) SENSOR
10
KS
MAP sensor
PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR REMOVAU
PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF,
L5].)
11

(See 01-40A-33 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR
12
AlF sensor
13
H02S
(H02S) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
14
Variable tumble shutter valve switch

(See 01-40A-23 VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER
VALVE SWITCH INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
15
Clutch pedal position (CPP) switch (MTX)

(See 01-40A-22 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION (CPP)
SWITCH INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
16
Neutral switch (MTX)

[LF, L5].)
ECT sensor No.1

TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF,
L5].)
ECT sensor No.2
TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF,
L5].)
CKP sensor
01-40A-3

CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM [LF, LS]
id0140i8800300
FUEL TANK
PRESSURE SENSOR
PURGE SOLENOID
VALVE
L5
1 ____________________________________ _
LF
______________________________ ~_ __ ___
CMP
SENSOR
OCV
THROTTLE
BQQy___ _
I
IGNITION COIL
EGR
VALVE
THROTTLE VALVE
ACTUATOR
MAFIIAT
SENSOR
ECT SENSOR NO.1

MAP
SENSOR
....,.,...------::;:::...u.-~-VARIABLE
TUMBLE
SOLENOID VALVE
CKPSENSOR
VARIABLE INTAKE AIR
SOLENOID VALVE
AlF SENSOR
*: TO PCM
ECT SENSOR NO.2
APP SENSOR
GENERATOR
PCM
BARO SENSOR
am3uuw0000237
01-40A-4

CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [LF, LS]
id0140i8800400
I----l FAN CONTROL MODULE

FUEL INJECTOR NO.1
FUEL INJECTOR NO.2

FUEL INJECTOR NO.3
FUEL INJECTOR NO.4

H02S HEATER
AlC RELAY
I
H02S
:, I,
:I,
I
FUEL PUMP
MAP SENSOR
~----lVARIABLE
TUMBLE
SHUTTER VALVE
~---lSWITCH
'---------'
ECT SENSOR NO.1

ECT SENSOR NO.2
TP SENSOR NO.1 NO.2
----------
--
---
-----------------~
AlF SENSOR
;:::=~r.~-..::..;--~-;,,:;.-~-..,~
II
I'
"
I I
::
::
I
I'
I I
,I
II
I
1.1.---
,I
I I
I
___ .I
KEYLESS
CONTROL
MODULE
MAF SENSOR
T
I
BATTERY
....L

A~9. f'_~?.H ~l}TJ.qtJ_ ?J.~~T_ ~~(~T~M ~
Jr
am3uun0000036
01-40A-5
b
EGRVALVE
KS

CKPSENSOR
CMPSENSOR
GENERATOR
OCV

r---------~M~----------~
APP SENSOR
NO.1, NO.2
IGNITION COIL NO.1
IGNITION COIL NO.2
FUEL TANK
PRESSURE
SENSOR
IGNITION COIL NO.3
IGNITION COIL NO.4
-- ---------------------------------------,
I
I
CRUISE CONTROL
SWITCH
WITH CRUISE CONTROL SYSTEM
MTX
am3uun0000045
01-40A-6
C.ONTROL SYSTEM [LF, LS]

PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0140i8802400
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Remove the following items: (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Battery
PCM cover No.1
S. Disconnect the PCM connector.
6. Remove the battery tray and PCM component. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
1
2
IpeM cover No.2

PCM
SCREW ----'---:"--~
SCREW
am3uuw0000237
Caution
If the PCM connector is connected
incorrectly it could be damaged. When
connecting the PCM connector, connect
it using the following procedure.
If the PCM connector is inserted at an
angle and the lever is moved, the
connector could be damaged. Verify that
the PCM connector is inserted straight.
9. Verify that the PCM connector lever is tilted
towards the wiring harness side as shown in the
figure.
10. Insert the PCM connector straight until it contacts
the PCM and verify that the lever reverts upward
naturally.
.
I
)(
acxaaw00000768
LEVER
PCM CONNECTOR
acxaaw00000766
11. Push the lever until a click is heard.

12. When replacing the PCM on the vehicles, perform
the following:
PCM configuration (See 01-40A-22 PCM
CONFIGURATION [LF, LS].)
Immobilizer system component replacement!
key addition and clearing (See 09-14-88
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS
PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)(See 09-14-97 IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS
PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS
ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START
acxaaw00000767
01-40A-7
~,.

SYSTEM].)
PCM INSPECTION [LF, LS]
idO 140i8802500
Using M-MDS
Note
PIDs for the following parts are not available on this model. Go to the appropriate part inspection page.
- CMP sensor
- Main relay
3. Measure the PID value .
If PID value is not within the specification,
follow the instructions in Action column.
Note
The PID/DATA MONITOR function monitors
the calculated value of the input/output
signals in the PCM. Therefore, an output
device malfunction is not directly indicated
as a malfunction of the monitored value for
the output device. If a monitored value of an
am3uuw0000238
output device is out of specification, inspect
the monitored value of the input device
related to the output control.
For input/output signals except those of the monitoring items, use a voltmeter to measure the PCM
terminal voltage.
The simulation items that are used in the ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION are
as follows.
- ACCS, ALTF, ARPMDES, EVAPCp, EVAPCV, FAN_DUTY, FP, IMRC, IMTV, INJ_1-4, SEGRp, TEST,
VT Duty1 wt
PID/DATA monitor table (reference)
Monitor item
(Definition)
AAT
(Ambient air
temperature)
AC_REQ
(AiC request signal)
ACCS
(AiC relay)
Unit!
Condition
of
Condition/Specification
(Reference)
Inspection item
PCM
terminal
Indicates the ambient air temperature IAT sensor
1AT
OFF/ON
AlC switch OFF: OFF

AlC switch ON: ON
OFF/ON
AlC relay OFF: OFF

AlC relay ON: ON
Perform applicable
DTC troubleshooting
AlC relay
Inspect following PIDs: RPM, TP
REL, ECT.
11
2Z
2AC
2AD
2Z
2AC
2AD
AFR
(Target air fuel ratio)
Target air fuel ratio is displayed
AlF sensor
AFR_ACT
(Actual air fuel ratio)
Actual air fuel ratio is displayed
AlF sensor
ALTF
(Generator field coil
control duty value)
Just after AlC switch ON and fan

switch ON at idle: Duty value rises
Generator
Inspect following PIDs: IAT, ECT,
RPM, VPWR, ALTT V.
2M
ALTTV
(Generator output
voltage)
Generator
2AF
APP
(APP sensor)
APP sensor
1X
1AP
01-40A-8
Switch the ignition to ON: 0 V

Idle: approx. 14 V*1 (E/L not
operating)
Accelerator pedal released:
approx. 0 %
Accelerator pedal depressed:
approx. 100 %

Monitor item
(Definition)
Unit!
Condition
%
APP 1
(APP sensor No.1)
V

approx. 0.4 V
approx. 3.3 V

approx. 7.5 %
approx. 42 %

approx. 0.4 V
approx. 2.0 V
APP2
(APP sensor No.2)
ARPMDES
(Target engine speed)
BARO
(Barometric pressure)
BOO
(Brake switch)
(Reference)
Accelerator
pedal released:
approx. 15 %
approx. 80 %
RPM
Indicate the target engine speed
kPa, psi, Bar Indicate the BARO

Switch the ignition to ON (at sea
V
level): approx. 4.1 V
PCM
terminal
Inspection item
APP sensor
1AP
APP sensor
1X
Inspect following PIDs: IAT, RPM,

MAP, ECT, MAF, TP REL, INGEAR,
ALTTV.
BARO sensor
OFF/ON
Brake pedal depressed: ON

Brake pedal released: OFF
Brake switch
OFF/ON

Brake switch
Indicate the estimated catalytic

converter temperature
Perform applicable DTC

troubleshooting.
OFF/ON
Switch the ignition to ON: ON

Idle: OFF

troubleshooting.
OFF/ON
Refrigerant pressure is above 1.96

Mpa {20.0kgf/cm 2, 284 psi}: ON
Refrigerant pressure sensor
CPP*2
(Clutch pedal position)
OFF/ON
Clutch pedal depressed: ON

Clutch pedal released: OFF
CPP switch
1BD
CPP/PNP*2
(Shift lever position)
OFF/ON
Neutral position: ON
Others: OFF
Neutral switch
1BC
Indicate the ECT No.1

ECT 20C {68 OF}: 3.04-3.14 V
ECT 80C {176 OF}: 0.76-0.83 V
ECT sensor No.1
2AH
Indicate the ECT No.2

ECT 20C {68 OF}: 3.04-3.14 V
ECT 80C {176 OF}: 0.76-0.83 V
ECT sensor No.2
2AO
Idling after warm-up: approx. 1

troubleshooting.
2Z
2AC
2AD
Idling after warm-up: approx. 1

troubleshooting.
Indicate the desired TP by angle

troubleshooting.
2BE,
2BF
Indicate the desired TP by percent
Indicate the desired TP by angle
Switch the ignition to ON: 0%

Idle: 0%
BPA*3
(Brake pressure
applied switch)
CATT11_DSD
(Desired catalyst
temperature bank one,
sensor one)
CHRGLP
(Generator warning
light)
COLP
(Refrigerant pressure
sensor)
ECT
(Engine coolant
temperature No.1)
ECT2
(Engine coolant
temperature No.2)
EQ_RAT11
(Equivalence ratio
(lambda))
EQ_RAT11_DSD
(Desired equivalence
ratio (lambda))
ETC_ACT
(Electronic throttle
control actual)
ETC_DSD
control desired)
EVAPCP
(Purge solenoid valve
duty value)
of
I
V
of
1AB
TP sensor
Inspect following PIDs:APP1, APP2,
ETC_ACT.
Inspect following PIDs: IAT, RPM,
ECT, MAF, 02S11, INGEAR,
VPWR.
1BA
01-40A-9

Monitor item
(Definition)
EVAPCV
(Evaporative emission
canister vent valve)
Unit!
Condition
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
FLI
(Fuel level)
FP
(Fuel pump relay)
FTP
(Fuel tank pressure
sensor)
%
OFF/ON
Inspection item
Simulation item (EVAPCV) is ON: ON CV solenoid valve
FAN_DUTY
(Fan control module)
FCL
(Fuel cap warning light)
(Reference)
When all of following condition

are met: 50%
- Test mode ON
-WOT
Fan control module
Fuel cap warning light not

illuminated: OFF
Fuel cap warning light illuminated: troubleshooting.
ON
Fuel gauge level F: approx. 1000/0 Perform applicable DTC
troubleshooting.
Fuel gauge level E: approx. 00/0
Switch the ignition to ON: OFF

Idle: ON
Cranking: ON
PCM
terminal
1M
1R
Fuel pump relay

Inspect following PIDs: RPM.
1BG
1AH
Idle (after warm up): approx. 2.2 ms
Fuel injector
Inspect following PIDs: IAT, MAF, TP
REL, MAp, ECT, RPM, 02S11 ,
02S12, INGEAR, VPWR, ALTT V.
2AZ
2BB
2BC
2BD
Idle (after warm up): CL
Fuel injector
REL, MAP, ECT, RPM, 02S11,
02S12, INGEAR, VPWR, ALTT V.
kPa, psi, Bar Indicate the fuel tank pressure

Fuel tank pressure is equal to
barometric pressure: approx. 2.625 V
FUELPW
(Fuel injector duration)
sec
FUELSYS
(Fuel system status)
OUCUCLFaultlOLFaultlOLDrive
HTR11
(AIF sensor heater)
OFF/ON
Idle (after warm up): ON<=>OFF
AlF sensor
REL, ECT, RPM.
2A
HTR12
(H02S heater)
OFF/ON
H02S heater
Inspect following PIDs: IAT, MAF,
ECT, RPM.
2B
Indicate the IAT

IAT 20C {68 OF}: approx. 2.38 V
IAT 60C {140 OF}: approx. 0.89 V
IAT sensor
1AC
IAT
(Intake air temperature)
OF
IMRC
(Variable tumble
solenoid valve)
OFF/ON
IMRC_POS
(Variable tumble
shutter valve switch)
IMTV
(Variable Intake air
control solenoid valve)
OFF/ON
ECT below 60C {140 OF} (LF) I

63C {145 OF} (L5) and engine
speed below 3,750 rpm: On
ECT above 60C {140 OF} (LF) I
63C {145 OF} (L5) while idling.:
Off
ECT below 60C {140 OF} (LF) I
speed below 3,750 rpm : 3.4084.432 V
ECT above 60C {140 OF} (LF) I
63C {145 OF} (L5) while idling.:
0.808-1.832 V
Engine speed is below approx. 4,400

rpm (LF) I 4,600rpm (L5): On
Others: Off

Inspect following PIDs: TP REL,
ECT, RPM.
21
Variable tumble shutter valve switch
2R
Variable intake air control solenoid

valve
Inspect following PIDs: RPM.
2J
MTX
INGEAR
(Load/no load
condition)
OFF/ON
When the following conditions are

satisfied: On
- Other than neutral
- Clutch pedal released
Except above: Off
ATX
Driving range: On
Except above: Off
IVS
(CTP condition)
01-40A-10
Idle/OfCldle
CTP: Idle
Others: Off Idle
CPP switch
Neutral switch
1BC
IBD
TR switch

troubleshooting.

Monitor item
(Definition)
KNOCKR
(Knocking retard)
LOAD
(Engine load)
LONGFT1
(long term fuel trim)
Unit!
Condition
(Reference)
Switch the ignition to ON: 0
Idle: 0
Idle (after warm up): approx.15%
Idle (after warm up): -15-20%
PCM
terminal
2U
2V
Inspection item
KS
Inspect following PIDs: MAP, IAT,
MAF, RPM.

troubleshooting.
g/sec
MAF
(Mass airflow)
MAP
(Manifold absolute
pressure)
MIL
(Malfunction indicator
lamp)
MIL_DIS
(Travelled distance
since the MIL
illuminated)
02S11
(AiF sensor)
02S12
(H02S)
R02FT1
(H02S fuel trim)
RPM
(Engine speed)
Indicate the MAF

Switch the ignition to ON: approx. 0.7
V
V
Idle (after warm up): approx. 1.2 V
kPa, psi, Bar Indicate the MAP
Switch the ignition to ON (at sea
V
level): approx. 4.1 V
Idle: approx. 1.2 V
OFF/ON
km
miles
DTC stored: On
DTC not stored: Off
MAF sensor
1AK
MAP sensor
2AG

troubleshooting.
Indicate the travelled distance since the MIL illuminated

2Z
2AC
2AD
Idle (After warm up): approx. 0 mA
AlF sensor
Idle (After warm up): 0-1.0 V
H02S
Idle (after warm up): approx. -0.03- Perform applicable DTC

0.03
troubleshooting.
Indicate the engine speed
CKP sensor
2W
CANCEL switch pressed in: Active

Except above: Inactive
1AQ
1AQ
1AQ
RPM
2Q
SC_CANCEL*3
(CANCEL switch)
Inactive/
Active
SC_OFF*3
(ON/OFF switch)
Inactive/
Active
SC_ON*3
(ON/OFF switch)
Inactive/
Active
SC_RES*3
(RESUME switch)
Inactive/
Active
RESUME switch pressed in: Active

1AQ
sc_sEr*3
(SET(-) switch)
Inactive/
Active
SET(-) switch pressed in: Active

1AQ
SC_SET+*3
(SET(+) switch)
Inactive/
Active
SET(+) switch pressed in: Active

1AQ
1AQ
2AT,
2AX,
2AW,
2BA
ON/OFF switch pressed in (OFF):

Active
ON/OFF switch pressed in (ON):
Active
SCCS*3
(Cruise control switch)
ON/OFF switch pressed in (OFF):

approx. 0 V
CANCEL switch pressed in: approx.
1.3 V
SET( -) switch pressed in: approx. 2.4
V
SET(+) switch pressed in: approx. 3.2
V
RESUME switch pressed in: approx.
3.9 V
ON/OFF switch pressed in (ON):
approx. 4.3 V
SEGRP
(EGR valve (stepping
motor) position)

Idle: 0 step
Cranking: 0-52
EGR valve
Inspect following PIDs: MAF, TP
REL, ECT, RPM, VSS.
01-40A-11

Monitor item
(Definition)
SEGRP DSD
(Desired EGR valve
position)
SHRTFT1
(Short term fuel trim)
Unit!
Condition
SPARKADV
(Ignition timing)
TEST
(Test mode)
THM_1 (Thermostat
monitor engine coolant
temperature No.1)
THM_2 (Thermostat
monitor engine coolant
temperature No.2)
THM_MAX_2
(Thermostat monitor
engine coolant
temperature No.2 max
limit)
THM_MIN_1
(Thermostat monitor
engine coolant
temperature No.1 min
limit)
THM_MIN_2
(Thermostat monitor
engine coolant
temperature No.2 min
limit)
TP REL
(Relative throttle
position)
PCM
terminal
Indicate the desired EGR valve

position

REL, ECT, RPM, VSS.
Idle (after warm up): approx.-2525%

troubleshooting.
Indicate the ignition timing

REL, ECT, RPM, INGEAR, VPWR.
2G,
2H,
2K,
2L
OFF/ON
Test mode ON: On

Test mode OFF: Off
Indicates engine coolant temperature
No.1 when thermostat monitoring is
Thermostat
finished
Indicates engine coolant temperature
No.2 when thermostat monitoring is
Thermostat
finished
of
of
of
Indicates upper limit of engine coolant

temperature No.2 for thermostat
Thermostat
monitoring execution
of
Indicates lower limit of engine coolant

Thermostat
of
Indicates lower limit of engine coolant

Thermostat
TP 1
(TP sensor No.1)
V
%
TP2
(TP sensor No.2)
V
01-40A-12
Inspection item
TPCT
(TP sensor voltage at
CTP)
VPWR
(Battery positive
voltage)
VSS
(Vehicle speed)
VT ACT1
(Actual valve timing)
(Reference)
Accelerator pedal released: approx.

3%
TP sensor
Accelerator pedal depressed: approx.
75%
12%
84%
TP sensor
0.7V
4.4 V
12%
84%
TP sensor
4.3V
0.6V
2AK
2AL
2AK
2AL
2AK
2AL
approx. 0.5 V
TP sensor
Switch the ignition to ON: B+
Battery
1C
Indicate the vehicle speed

troubleshooting.
Idle: approx. 0
Racing after warm up: 0-25
CMP sensor
2S
KPH

Monitor item
(Definition)
VT DIFF1
(Difference between
target and actual valve
timing)
VT DUTY1
(Oil control valve duty
value)
(Reference)
Unit!
Condition
0
Idle: approx. 0
PCM
terminal
Inspection item
CMP sensor
OCV
ECT, RPM.
OCV
ECT, RPM.
Idle: approx. 11.5%
2E
2S
2E
*1 : Calculated value; differs from terminal voltage

*2 : MTX
*3 :
With cruise control switch
Following PIDs are for the ATX models. If inspects for following PIDs, (See 05-02-5 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
SYSTEM PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
Without Using the M-MDS

Caution
The PCM terminal voltages vary with change in measuring conditions and vehicle conditions.
Always carry out a total inspection of the input systems, output systems, and PCM to determine
the cause of trouble. Otherwise, a wrong diagnosis will be made.
1. Measure the voltage at each terminal.
If any incorrect voltage is detected, inspect the related system(s), wiring harnesses and connector(s)
referring to the Action column in the terminal voltage table.
Terminal voltage table (Reference)

PCM
1BE ~1BA~A~1A811AO 1AK!1AGI1ACI1Y Iw 10 11M I 11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AXl1ATI1AP 1ALI1AHI1ADI1Z 11V 1R 11N 11J
1F 1B
I[
1BG1BCt 1AyI1AUl1AO AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1W 1811011K
1G 1C
1BH1BDI 1AZ81Avl1AR 1ANI1AJ/1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11 P ~ 1L 1H 10
am6zzw0000012
Terminal
Signal
Connected to
1A
Power supply
Main relay
1B
Power supply
Main relay
1C
Back-up power
supply
Battery
(positive terminal)
1D
Test condition
Switch
Switch
Switch
Switch
the
the
the
the
ignition to off
ignition to ON
ignition to off
ignition to ON
Switch the ignition to ON
Voltage
(V)
Below 1.0
B+
Below 1.0
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
Battery
Related wiring
harness
inspection item
B+
B+
1E
GND
Ground
Under any condition
Below 1.0
1F
GND
Ground
Under any condition
Below 1.0
1G
GND
Ground
Under any condition
Below 1.0
1H
AlC operating
11
AlC
AlC relay
AlC not operating
Below 1.0
B+
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
AlC relay
Related wiring
harness
01-40A-13

Terminal
Signal
1J
1K
1L
1M
Connected to
1N
10
1P
MAF sensor GND
MAF/IAT sensor
1Q
Main relay control
Main relay
1R
Cooling fan control
Fan control
module
1S
1X
APP sensor 2
1Y
1Z
1AA

Idle (CV solenoid valve not
operating)
Idle (CV solenoid valve
operating)
1AC
1AD
1AE
Brake
Inspect using the wave profile.

(See 01-40A-18 Inspection Using An
Oscilloscope (Reference).)

Brake pedal released

IAT 20C
{68 OF}
IAT
MAF/IAT sensor
Constant voltage
(Vref)
Constant voltage
(V ref)
Fuel tank pressure

sensor
1AF
1AG
APP sensor
IAT 60C
{140 OF}
1AH
Fuel tank pressure
1AI
CAN (-)
1AJ
APP sensor GND
APP sensor
Under any condition
MAF
MAF/IAT sensor
Idle (after warm up)
01-40A-14
CV solenoid valve
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
Main relay
Related wiring
harness
Fan control module
Related wiring
harness
APP sensor No.2

Related wiring
harness
B+
Below 1.0
Approx.
2.38
Approx.
0.89
Approx.
5.0
Approx.
5.0
Brake switch
Related wiring
harness
IAT sensor
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
Fuel tank pressure is 10 kPa

Approx.
{0.10 kgf/cm2, 1.5 psi} lower than
1.2
barometric pressure
Approx.
Fuel tank pressure Fuel tank pressure is equal to
2.6
barometric pressure
sensor
Fuel tank pressure is 6 kPa {0.06
Approx.
kgf/cm2, 0.9 psi} higher than
3.7
barometric pressure
Because this terminal is for CAN, good/no
CAN system
good judgment by terminal voltage is not
related modules
possible.

1AK
Below 1.0
Below 1.0
IGSWON
Below 1.0
Brake switch
B+
B+
Brake pedal depressed

1AB
B+
Switch the ignition to off
Under any condition
inspection item
APP sensor
Voltage
(V)
CV solenoid control CV solenoid valve
1T
1U
1V
1W
Test condition
Fuel tank pressure

sensor
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
Below 1.0
Related wiring
harness
Approx.
0.7
Approx.
1.2
MAF sensor
Related wiring
harness

Terminal
Signal
1AL
1AM
1AN*1
Connected to
Test condition
CAN (+)
CAN system
related modules
Cruise control
switch ground
Cruise control
switch
Under any condition
Accelerator
Approx.
pedal released
0.4
Accelerator
Approx.
pedal
3.3
depressed
ON/OFF switch
pressed in
Approx.O
(OFF)
CANCEL switch Approx.
1.3
pressed in
SET (-) switch
Approx.
2.4
pressed in
SET (+) switch
Approx.
3.2
pressed in
RESUME
Approx.
switch pressed
3.9
in
ON/OFF switch
Approx.
pressed in (ON)
4.3
APP sensor 1
APP sensor
IGSWON
1AQ*1
Cruise control
switch
Cruise control
switch
IGSWON
IAT sensor GNO
MAF/IAT sensor
Under any condition
1AU
1AV
1AW
1AX
1AY
Ignition switch *2,

Ignition switch (IG1) Ignition relay
No.1*3
1AZ
Purge solenoid
valve
Purge control
1BB
Starter relay control Starter relay
1BC*4
Neutral position
Neutral switch
1BO*4
Clutch operation
CPP switch
GND
Ground
1BE
1BF
1BG
Fuel pump control
Fuel pump relay
1BH
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
Below 1.0
APP sensor No.1

Related wiring
harness

Related wiring
harnesses
Related wiring
harness
Below 1.0
B+
Cranking
B+
Shift lever is at neutral position

Shift lever is not at neutral
position
Below 1.0
Clutch pedal depressed
Below 1.0
Clutch pedal released

Cranking
Idle
B+
Neutral switch
Related wiring
harness
CPP switch
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
B+
Below 1.0

Related wiring
harness
Starter relay
Related wiring
harness
B+
Below 1.0
Below 1.0
Ignition sWitch*2,
Ignition relay No.1 *3
Related wiring
harness

Under any condition
1BA
Below 1.0
1AP
1AS
1AT
inspection item
Because this terminal is for CAN, good/no

good judgment by terminal voltage is not
possible.
1AO
1AR
Voltage
(V)
Fuel pump relay

Related wiring
harness
01-40A-15

Terminal
Signal
Connected to
2A
AlF sensor heater

control
AlF sensor heater
2B
H02S heater
control
H02S heater
2C
2D
2E

AlF sensor heater

Related wiring
harness
H02S heater
Related wiring
harness
OCV
IGT1
Ignition coil No.1
2H
IGT4
Ignition coil No.4
21
Variable tumble
control
Variable tumble
solenoid valve
2J
Variable intake air

control
Variable intake air

solenoid valve
2K
IGT2
Ignition coil No.2
2L
IGT3
Ignition coil NO.3

2G

2P
H02S
H02S
2R
Variable tumble
shutter valve
monitor
Variable tumble
shutter valve
switch
2S
CMP signal
CMP sensor
2U
Knocking (+)
KS
2V
Knocking (-)
KS

Ignition coil No.1
Related wiring
harness
Ignition coil No.4
Related wiring
harness
ECT above 60C {140 OF} (LF) /
B+
Variable tumble
63C {145 OF} (L5) while idling.
solenoid valve
ECT below 60C {140 OF} (LF) /
Related wiring

Below 1.0
harness
speed below 3,750 rpm
Engine speed: above 4,400 rpm
Variable intake air
B+
(LF) / 4,600 rpm (L5)
solenoid valve
Related wiring
Below 1.0
harness
(LF) /4,600 rpm (L5)
2Q
OCV
Related wiring
harness
2M
2N
20
01-40A-16
inspection item
2T
Voltage
(V)
OCV control
2F
Test condition
0<=>1.0
Ignition coil No.2

Related wiring
harness
Ignition coil No.3
Related wiring
harness
0.808ECT above 60C {140 OF} while

idling.
1.832
ECT below 60C {140 OF} and
3.408engine speed below 3,750 rpm
4.432
Switch the ignition to ON (Use
digital type voltmeter, because
measurement voltage will be
detected less than true voltage
when using analog type
voltmeter)
voltmeter)
H02S
Related wiring
harness
Variable tumble
shutter valve switch
Related wiring
harness
CMP sensor
Related wiring
harness
Approx.
4.0
KS
Related wiring
harness
Below 1.0
KS
Related wiring
harness

Terminal
Signal
2W
CKP signal
CKP sensor
2X
GND
Sensor shield
2Y
2Z
A1F sensor
2AA
Generator field coil

control
Generator
(terminal D)
2AB
A1F sensor
A1F sensor
2AD
A1F sensor
A1F sensor
2AF
Generator output
voltage
Generator
(terminal P)
2AG
MAP
MAP sensor
2AI
2AJ
ECT sensor No.1
Idle (after warm up): Approx. 0 mA

Verify that the voltage increases when
the engine speed increases.

Approx.
4.1
Approx.
Idle
1.2
ECT 20C
{68 OF}
ECT 80C
{176 OF}
Accelerator
Approx.
0.7
pedal released
Switch the
Accelerator
ignition to ON
Approx.
pedal
4.4
depressed
Approx.
Accelerator
pedal released
4.3
Switch the
Accelerator
ignition to ON
Approx.
pedal
0.6
depressed
B+
Switch the ignition to off (after 10
Below 1.0
s)
TP sensor
2AL
TP sensor No.2
TP sensor
2AM
CMP power
CMP sensor
2AN
TP sensor GND
TP sensor
Under any condition
ECT sensor No.2
Switch the
ignition to ON
2AP
3.043.14
0.760.83
ECT 20C
{68 OF}
ECT 80C
{176 OF}
2AQ
CKP power
CKP sensor

2AR
Constant voltage
(Vref)
TP sensor
2AS
H02S GND
H02S
Under any condition
CKP sensor
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
A1F sensor
Related wiring
harness
Generator
Related wiring
harness
A1F sensor
Related wiring
harness
A1F
sensor
Related wiring
harness
Generator
Related wiring
harness
MAP sensor
Related wiring
harness
ECT sensor No.1

Related wiring
harness
TP sensor No.1
ECT (No.2)
Switch the
ignition to ON
2AK
2AO
Approx.
5.1

Below 1.0
inspection item
ECT (No.1)
Under any condition
Voltage
(V)

2AC
2AH
A1F sensor
2AE
Test condition
Connected to
TP sensor No.1
Related wiring
harness
TP sensor No.2
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
Below 1.0
Related wiring
harness
3.043.14
0.760.83
ECT sensor No.2

Related wiring
harness
B+
Below 1.0
Approx.
5.0
Below 1.0
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
01-40A-17

Terminal
Signal
EGR valve control
EGR valve
Idle
2AU
Constant voltage
(V ref)
MAP sensor
2AV
MAP sensor GND
MAP sensor
2AW
EGR valve control
2AX
EGR valve control
2AY
inspection item
B+
Approx.
5.0
Under any condition
Below 1.0
EGR valve
Idle
Below 1.0
EGR valve
Idle
Below 1.0
2AZ
Fuel injection (#4)
Fuel injector No.4
2BA
EGR valve control
EGR valve
2BB
Fuel injection (#1)
Fuel injector No.1
2BC
Fuel injection (#2)
Fuel injector No.2
2BD
Fuel injection (#3)
Fuel injector No.3
2BE
Th rottle valve
actuator control (+)
2BF
Th rottle valve
actuator control (-)
2BG
OCV control
Voltage
(V)
Test condition
2AT
2BH
*1
*2
*3
*4
Connected to
Throttle body
(throttle valve
actuator)
Throttle body
(throttle valve
actuator)



Related wiring
harness
B+
3.5-5.5
B+
Fuel injector No.4

Related wiring
harness
EGR valve
Related wiring
harness
Fuel injector No.1
Related wiring
harness
Fuel injector No.2
Related wiring
harness
Fuel injector No.3
Related wiring
harness
B+
OCV

Idle
EGR valve
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
EGR valve
Related wiring
harness
EGR valve
Related wiring
harness

Related wiring
harness
OCV
Related wiring
harness

: MTX
Inspection Using An Oscilloscope (Reference)

Cooling fan control
PCM terminals
1R(+)-body ground(-)
Oscilloscope setting
5 V/DIV (Y), 20 ms/DIV (X), DC range
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--- -- --r--r--- --,---,---,---,--1--1--T--,-- -- -- --,---,----r-~--'--'--'--~--T--T--
I
I
~~,
,I
I
I
OV
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~,~,~,~,~,~,~,~
,-
,- -
"'r -, -,
L
I
I
,_
I
I
t
t
I
_ I
I
I
J
I
_ I
~,~,~
::::::::
,_
-~-~-~-~-~-ar_~.---.J~ ...L..I-
__
__ I
I __
- -
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
- -1- - -1- - -1- - ~ - - ~ - - ~ - - .. - I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~_~
,--
I __
1__ I __ I __ I __ LI __
_ _ _ _ _ _ IL __ IL __
I
I
.j.. -
I
I
I
I
-
- ~ -
I
I
I
I
-1- - I
I
am3uuw0000238
01-40A-18

APP sensor No.2 signal
Accelerator pedal released
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--r--r--T--T--'--1--~--~--'--~---~--
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--~--~--T--T--~--4--1--'--'--4--4---
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
- i - - i - i -- i - - i - i - - i - i - - i - - -: - -:- - I
- t- - -
+- - +- -
-t
- .... - - -t -
I
-I
I
I
- t- - -
+- - - + - -
- .... - - -4 -
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-4 - - -t - I
I
-i--t- t--t-- -i--i-
OV
...............
I
I
I
- -1- - I
I
--:---
~--i---:
I
I
- -1- - -
.... - - -t - - -I
-r.~~,~,~,-,~,~,~,~~,~,~,~,~
I
I
I
I
I
I
__ L. __ .L. __ J.. __ J. __ ..1 __ -l __
I
~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
__ .J __ -l ___ 1___ 1__ _
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
__ L __ L __ L __
__
__
__
__
1
1
I
I
__
_l _ _
I
I
I
I
___
I
I
__
I
I
aaxjjw00002881
Accelerator pedal depressed

PCM terminals
1X(+)-body ground(-)
2.5 V/DIV (Y), 2 ms/DIV (X), DC range
Vehicle condition
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
__ -'I ___ 1
___ J.
___ 1
___ IL. __ I ___ I
~
I
1
1
I
I
__ J.I ___ 1
___ .L
__
r+ 1 r+--+ lr+ 1 r+--+ lr- - 1 - - -,- - - T - -
..
ov
I
I
I
I
I
1
-I
I
I
- - 1 - I
I
-- I
--~---~--+--~
T- -
1- I
I
I
I
--~--
1
1
~-
- - -t - - -:- - +- - -:
1- -
t ---:
- - I -I
I
~--~
--~ --~ --
-I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
1
1
I
I
1
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
t-I
1
--,---r -T--' -- --,-- r--7--'
-t---: ----; --~--~-~---: '-,--
--~--T
I
I
--,---r--T--~---r--l---r--l--~---r--
-+- --1-- -
- - ; - - -1-I
I
I
1
-~--
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
-t----t- --I---t- --
I
I
1
1
I
I
1
1
1
1
aaxjjw00002882
Purge control
PCM terminals
1BA(+)-body ground(-)
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
--r-~--'--'--'--~--T--T--r--r--r--r--I--
...
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-r--r--r--r-
--r-~--~--'--l--'--T--T--r
I( --,---,---,---,
1
I
1\'--'--'--'--' (,--,---,---,---
-~---i--1--+--t -r--~--:---:--
ov __-~--:---:---:--_tL_J __ J__ J__ ~-l--l--L--L--~ _~ __ ~ __ ~_J __
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
__ ..... __ 1___ 1___1__ ...J __ .J __ -l __ .J. __ 1. __ L __ L __ L __ L- __ ' - __
__
~-_~--~-~--~--~--~--~
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
__
1
I
~--~--~
I
I
I
I
__ L __
I
I
1
I
L_--~
1
1
__
I
I
am3uuw0000238
AlF sensor heater control

PCM terminals
2A(+)-body ground(-)
Vehicle condition
Idle (immediately after starting the engine)
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
--r--r-,--,--,--,--'--T--T--r--r--r--r--r-,-I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--r--r-'--'--'--'--'--T--T--r--r--r--r-,--,-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
,,
--r--r-~--'--'--1--'--1--T--r--r--r--r--r-~-
OV
. . .I-..........
, w ....,.... ~,.........
, .......
, .........
, C"''',_... ".........
, -W.I,......L.,....._~I"'- ..., ~,.. w'....,.....L..J
__ I __ I
~
I
-
I
-~
I
I
-
-~
I
I
I__
~_~
I __ ...J1__ 1 __ -l1 __ .J.I __ 1.1 __ LI __ L

1 __ L __ I __ I
1__
I
I
I
I
__ 1___ 1___1_ - -l- _
I
I
1
I
- -1- - -1- - -1- - -i- I
1
1
I
1
1
I
I
1
I
~
1
I
~
I
I
I
__
I
~
I
I
__ 4 - -
I
I
- - -i - I
I
I
I
~
I
- _
I
~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
__ I- __ L -
-+ - - + - - + -
-I- - - ... - -t- -
I
I
1
I
L_~
I
-a__ 11___ 1I __
I
I
1
I
-1- - - I - I
I
I
I
ampjjw00001866
01-40A-19

H02S heater control
PCM terminals
2B(+)-body ground(-)
5 VIDIV (Y), 1 s/DIV (X), DC range
Vehicle condition
Idle (immediately after starting the engine)
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
--r--r-'--'--'--'--~--T--T--r--r--r--r--I--'--
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
--r--r-~--'--'--'--'--T--T--r--r--r--r--I--~--
~'-:;'-r;'-r.;\;.....!~.;.-\:;..!-;..:..!.-~.!.r.;..!.r,;.' ~' ~'-~'-~'-r--
...
ov
--,---,---,--
__ I __ 1 __ 1I__
~
I
I
-~-
I
I
- - t- I
I
I __
I __ I
__
I
~
__
I
~
--,---,--
I __ IL __ IL __ IL __ I
__ LI __ L
I __
L_~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-1-- -1---1- - ~- -~- - ~ - - .... - - ..... - - +- - - I I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-1- - -1- - -1- - -t- - -t - - ... - - of - - + - - .. - - ~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--~ - -~ - -1- - _I __
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
- -l- - - .... - -1- - - I - I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ampjjw00001524
OCV control signal

PCM terminals
2E(+)-body ground(-)
2 V/DIV (Y), 0.8 ms/DIV (X), DC range
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up
--r--~-~--'--'--'--'--T--T--r--r--r--r-~---
I
-
1-
-t
I
I
,
,
ov
... k ~__:. . _~_~~
,-
_~
T _, _ It
I
I
I
+-
, : ,_ ~ ,
~_k:k
,
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I,
1
I
__ I- __ 1___ 1___1__ ..J __ ...I __ .J __ .1 __ 1. __ L __ 1.. __ L __ L.. __ 1__ _
I
__
I
~
1
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
__ 1___ 1__ -1- - -I - - -I __ -' __
__ +
~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
__
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.&- __ I- __
I
I
__ I- __ 1_ - 1
I
I
1
am3uuw0000238
CMP signal
PCM terminals
2S(+)-body ground(-)
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up
I
I
I
I
,
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
1
1
I
I
1
I
I
--r--r-~--'--'--'--'--T--T--r--r--r--r--r-~--'--
...
,
-
-:-;.:, -;::.: -,- -~'- -;.:!-;..:: - -: - - T - - T - - r - - r - -r - -:- - -; -;::: -rl-I
I
-
-,
_: -
ov
I
-
- +
,--,
:__:
,-:
I
- I
I
I I
I
- I 1
:-:
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
__ 1- __ 1___ 1___1__ ..J __ ...I __ .J _ _ .1 __ 1. __ L __ L __ L __ L __ L __ L __ , __
I
1
I
1
1
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
__ 1- __ 1__ -1---1- _ -1 __
1
I
~
I
I
I
1
I
1
__ ... __
~
I
I
1
1
1
1
-+ I
I
1
I
-~
I
I
__
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I- __
__
I
I
I
I
I
,
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
t- __ 1___ 1_ - - I - -
am3uuw0000238
CKP signal
PCM terminals
2W(+)-body ground(-)
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up
I
I
1
1
I
1
I
I
I
1
- -,-I --1-1 --1-I -,-I -..,--,I - -,- TI -- T-r -- r--r --r--'- --,--,-I
1
1
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
1
1
1
I
I
- -,- - -,- - -:- - -: -~- - 1 - - 1 - - T - - T - - r - - r - -;- -
...
H-II-HI-HI-H'-IHI*::-I--:
I
I
__I
I
1
ov
: :
I
I
I
-~
I
I
I
I
-:-,:.1.- --,- -
: - - : - --:
I
'-_
I
I
I L..
~-
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
__ I
I
I
It- --:
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
__ I- __ 1___ 1___ 1__ ...J __ ...1 __ J __ .1 __ 1. __ L __ L __ L __ L __ '- __ 1___ I __
I
1
-~
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
1
--1- __ 1___ 1__ -1 __
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
1
I
I
-f--'" __ - -+ ~
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-.&- __ I- I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
_~ __ '- -1- - _1 ___ I __
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
am3uuw0000238
01-40A-20

IGT1, IGT2, IGT3, IGT4 control
PCM terminals
IGT1 (ignition coil No.1): 2G( +)-body ground(-)
IGT2(ignition coil No.2): 2K(+)-body ground(-)
IGT3(ignition coil No.3): 2L(+)-body ground(-)
IGT4(ignition coil No.4): 2H(+)-body ground(-)
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--T--T--r--r--r--r--I--~--'--
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--r--r--r
~--
I
I
I
I
r - - r - - r - -,- - -,- - -,- - -,- -
- - T- - T- I
I
I
I
I
-f--r--~-
--~--
i-__ l __ L __ L _L __ L __ L ___ J __
~~~L~~~~~~~'~,~~,~~,~_~_~:~__~:_~_~:~_~_~:~_~_~:~_~_~:_~_~_Ib,_~_~_~,_~_~
I
__
I
~
__
I
__ I __
I
~
__
I
~
I
I
__ J __
__ I __ I __ LI __ IL __ IL __ IL __ II __
~
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
- - J - - -1_ - -1---1- _-1 __ ~ I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
-~ __ -," __
I
I
I
I
I
~
__
__
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J
I
.;._ - ~ __ l.. --J- --J- --1- --1- - - I - I
I
I
1
I
J
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
am3uuwOO00238
Generator field coil control

PCM terminals
2AA(+)-body ground(-)
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up
...
ov
--~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
__ ....
__ 1I___ 1I___1I __ -II __ .JI __ .JI __ .1I __ J..I __ LI __ 1..
__ L __ L __ 1___ 1__
I
I
--~
I
I
-~
I
I
__
I
I
~
__
I
I
I
I
~_~
__
I
I
~
__
I
I
~
__
I
I
~
I
I
__ 4 __
I
I
I
I
I
,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
- -1- - -1- - -1- - -1- -..; - - -f - - 4 - I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~
__
I
I
~
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
__
+ - - +- -
__
I
I
~
__ I __ I
~
I
I
1
I
-l- - -I- I
I
I
I
I
I
-~ -
I
I
I
I
~_~
__
I
I
I
,
-1- - - , - I
I
I
I
ampjjw00001520
Generator output voltage

PCM terminals
2AF(+)-body ground(-)
Veh icle condition
Idle after warm up
..
ov
am3uuw0000238
,,____ ,,
,,
,, ,,
,
, ,
---1----,----,-
ov
I
I
,
,
,,
,,
,,
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
___ .1 ___ ..J ____ L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I ___ J I ____ IL ___ I ___ J I ____ IL ___ LI
__
,,
---+--,
----1-
---_~I
--~---~----~---~---~----~---~
I
I
--+---~----~---+---~----~---t---~----
---T----t----r
---1---
I
I
--~---~----~---~---~----~---~---~----
..
,
,
1-
- - - -,-- --
,,
,,
- - - -1- - - -
I
I
--4---I
__ I ___ _
~
,,
__ -4 ___
Fuel injection (#1, #2, #3, #4) control

PCM terminals
Fuel Injection No.1: 2BB(+)-body ground(-)
Fuel Injection No.2: 2BC(+)-body ground(-)
Fuel Injection No.3: 2BD(+)-body ground(-)
Fuel Injection No.4: 2AZ(+)-body ground(-)
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up
---~,----:--~ 1- --~ ---,

I
'
- - - ~ - - - -:- - - - j - - - ~ - - -I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
am3zzw0000002
01-40A-21

PCM CONFIGURATION [LF, LS]
id0140i8802600
Note
Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the PCM CONFIGURATION.
1. Connect the M-M DS to the DLC-2.
items from the initial screen of the M-MDS.
1. Select the "Module Programming".
3. Then, select items from the screen menu in the
following order.
1. Select "Programmable Module Installation".
2. Select "PCM".
4. Perform the configuration according to the
directions on the screen.
S. Retrieve DTCs by the M-MDS, then verify that
am3uuw0000239
there is no DTC present.
If a DTC(s) is detected, perform the applicable DTC inspection. (See 01-02A-17 DTC TABLE [LF, LS].)
Wheel And Tire Size change

Note
Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the PCM CONFIGURATION.
1. Connect the M-MDS to DLC-2.
following order.
1. Select "Programmable Parameters".
2. Select "Tire Size" or "Tire Size I Axle Ratio".
4. Select an item name, and then select option.
Caution
The same parameter should be set in Tire
dimension, Tire Circumference and Tire
Size.
am3uuw0000239
Items of "Tire Size"

Tire dimension (19S/70R15, 195/6SR15, 20S/55R16 20S/SOR17, 225/40R18)
Tire Circumference (195/70R15, 19S/6SR15, 20S/S5R16 205/S0R17, 22S/40R18)
Items of "Tire Size I Axle Ratio"
Tire Size (195/70R1S, 19S/65R1S, 20S/SSR16 20S/SOR17, 225/40R18)
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION (CPP) SWITCH INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0140i8801600
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
Verify that the CPP switch is installed properly.

Disconnect the CPP switch connector. (See OS-10-6 CLUTCH PEDAL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Inspect for continuity between the CPP switch
terminals using an ohmmeter.
If not as specified, replace the CPP switch.
~
(See OS-10-6 CLUTCH PEDAL REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
B
A
Specification
Measured
condition
Rod pushed
Except above
01-40A-22
CI utch pedal
position
Clutch pedal
released
Clutch pedal
depressed
Continuity
Continuity
detected
No continuity
Cpp SWITCH
am3uuw0000279

NEUTRAL SWITCH INSPECTION [LF, L5]
id0140i8800800
3. Remove the neutral switch. (See OS-1SA-1 NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G3SM-R].) (See
OS-1SB-2 NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G66M-R].) (See OS-1SC-2 NEUTRAL SWITCH
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
4. Inspect for continuity between the neutral switch
NEUTRAL SWITCH
If not as specified, replace the neutral switch.
(See OS-1SA-1 NEUTRAL SWITCH
ROD
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G3SM-R].) (See
OS-1S8-2 NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [G66M-R].) (See OS-1SC-2
NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAU
PUSH
Specification
Measured condition
Rod pushed
Except above
Continuity
am6xuw0000134
Continuity detected
No continuity
VARIABLE TUMBLE SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH INSPECTION [LF, L5]
id0140i8808200

3. Verify that the voltage (M-MDS PID: IMRC_POS)
within the specification. (See 01-40A-8 PCM
If not as specified, replace the intake
manifold.
am3uuw0000239
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5]
id0140i8801900
Warning
When the engine is hot, it can badly burn. Turn off the engine and wait until it is cool before
removing the ECT sensor.
ECT Sensor No.1
3. Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-2 COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [LF, LS].)
4. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
S. Disconnect the ECT sensor No.1 connector.
IIIIIC
6. Remove the ECT sensor No.1 using the SST.
,.
8. Refill the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-2
COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [LF,
VEHICLE FRONT
LS].)
i'
i
ECT SENSOR NO.1
,,~t 10-14 [102-142, 89-123}
'<::o--tIilIIl"1j'I.
Nm {kgfcm, in.lbf}
am3uuw0000248
01-40A-23

ECT Sensor No.2
4. Disconnect the ECT sensor No.2 connector.
S. Remove the ECT sensor No.2 using the SST.
Note
Wipe off any oil or engine coolant if it gets on
the ECT sensor No.2 installation area.
7. Refill the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-2
COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [LF,
LS].)
am3uuw0000239
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS]

idO 140i8802000
ECT Sensor No.1 Inspection

4. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
S. Disconnect the ECT sensor No.1 connector.
6. Remove the ECT sensor No.1. (See 01-40A-23 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
7. Place the ECT sensor No.1 in water with a thermometer, and heat the water gradually.
8. Measure the resistance between the ECT sensor
No.1 terminals A and B using an ohmmeter.
If not as specified, replace the ECT sensor
No.1.
ECT sensor No.1 Specification
ECl (OC eF})
20{68}
80{176}
Resistance (kilohms)
Approx.37.3
Approx. 3.84
am5ezw0000155

S. Remove the ECT sensor No.2. (See 01-40A-23 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
No.2 terminals A and B using an ohmmeter.
No.2.
ECl (OC eF})
20{68}
80{176}
Approx. 2.45
Approx. 0.318
am3uuw0000256
01-40A-24

MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0140i8800700
Visual Inspection
3. Disconnect the MAF/IAT sensor connector.
4. Remove the MAF/IAT sensor. (See 01-13A-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
S. Visually inspect the MAF/IAT sensor for the following:
Damage, cracks, soiling
Rusted sensor terminal
Bent sensor terminal
- If there is any malfunction, repair or replace the MAF/IAT sensor.
(See 01-13A-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
Voltage Inspection
1. Remove the MAF/IAT sensor without disconnect the MAF/IAT sensor connector.
.-----------------------,
4. As the air gradually approaches the MAF
detection part of the MAF/IAT sensor, verify that
the voltage (M-MDS PID: MAF) varies.
If not as verified, replace the MAF/IAT sensor.
am3uuw0000239
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0140i8802200
1.
2.
3.
4.
Measure the resistance between the MAF/IAT
sensor terminals D and E using an ohmmeter.
If not as specified, replace the MAF/IAT
sensor.
IAT sensor Specification
Ambient temperature (OC eF})
Resistance (kilohm)
2.21-2.69
20{68}
0.493-0.667
60{140}
am6zzw0000081
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
id0140i8804300
Remove the MAP sensor.
am5ezw0000155
01-40A-25

MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0140i8800900

3. Verify that the voltage (M-MDS PID: MAP) within
the specification. (See 01-40A-8 PCM
If not as specified, replace the MAP sensor.
(See 01-40A-2S MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE
PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR REMOVAU
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE (BARO) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS]
am3uuw0000239
id0140i8801100

3. Verify that the voltage (M-MDS PID: BARO) within
the specification. (See 01-40A-8 PCM
INSPECTION [LF, LS])
Note
Because the PCM is integrated in the BARO
sensor, replacing the BARO sensor includes
replacement of the PCM.
If not as specified, replace the PCM. (See01-40A7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS]
am3uuw0000261
idO 140i8802700
Caution
The inspection cannot be performed with this method correctly if there is a malfunction of the APP
sensor or throttle valve actuator. Verify that no DTCs related to the APP sensor or throttle valve
actuator are stored before the inspection.
3. Verify that the TP sensor output voltage (M-MDS
PID: TP1, TP2) is within the specification. (See
01-40A-8 PCM INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS]

id0140i8803200

3. Verify that the APP sensor output voltage (PID:
APP1, APP2) increases according to the increase
in the accelerator opening angle when the
accelerator opening angle is gradually increased.
If verified, go to the next step.
If not as verified, replace the accelerator
pedal. (See 01-13A-8 ACCELERATOR
PEDAL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
APP1 , APP2) is within the specification when the
accelerator pedal is depressed and not depressed.
If not as specified, replace the accelerator
pedal. (See 01-13A-8 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
01-40A-26
am3uuw0000239

AIR FUEL RATIO (A1F) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0140i8899700
Warning
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the air cleaner assembly. (LS) (See 01-13A-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
LS].)
S. Disconnect the A/F sensor connector.
6. Remove the AlF sensor using the SST.
LF
CALIFORNIA EMISSION REGULATION

APPLICABLE MODEL
29-54
~U~~\\
JJ~j~i]J11
{3.0-5.5,22-39}
AlF SENSOR
~
I_~_- o.
)~~~----~
1:11
v __
~~
'".:11
_Q~: ,Ii;
//
\
~
/Z-
,/
/\'J'~
n "'~~'
~
'/
AlF SENSOR
29-54
{3.0-5.5, 22-39}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000239
LS
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000239
01-40A-27
.~,
!

AIR FUEL RATIO (AlF) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0140i8899600
AlF Sensor Inspection

2. Using the M-MDS, monitor the following:
- Vehicle speed (PID: VSS)
- Engine speed (PID: RPM)
- A/F sensor current (PID: 02S11)
3. Drive the vehicle and decelerate the engine speed by releasing the accelerator pedal fully when the engine
speed is 3,000 rpm or more.
4. Verify that the AlF sensor current (PID: 02S11) is 0.25 mA or more while decelerating as shown in the figure .
. V88
OKPH~--------------~------------
3,000 RPM
RPM 2,000 RPM
1,000 RPM
ORPM~-----------------------------
02811
OmA~--~~~------4AA~~~------
acxuuw00000099
If not as specified, replace the AlF sensor. (See 01-40A-27 AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F) SENSOR REMOVAU
AlF Sensor Heater Inspection

3. Disconnect the AlF sensor connector.
4. Measure the resistance between AlF sensor
terminals A and E.
If not as specified, replace the AlF sensor.
(See 01-40A-27 AIR FUEL RATIO (A/F)
SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
L5].)
~
~

1-10 ohms [normal temperature]
am3uuw0000257
01-40A-28

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (H02S) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0140i8804000
Warning
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
Remove the H02S using the SST.
am3uuw0000240
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (H02S) INSPECTION [LF, LS]
id0140i8802300
H02S Inspection
- H02S voltage (PID: 02S12)
4. Verify that the H02S outputs a voltage of 0.6 V or more, one time or more, then verify that the H02S voltage
(PID: 02812) is 0.3 V or less while decelerating as shown in the figure.
V88
OKPH~--------------~----~~-----
3000 RPM
RPM 2000 RPM
1000 RPM
ORPM~-----------------------------
1V
02812
0.5V
(~A~A
~(
'VYVLJ~0.3VORLE88
OV~-----------------------------
am6zzw0000016
If not as specified, replace the H02S.

(See 01-40A-29 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (H02S) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
01-40A-29

H02S Heater Inspection
3. Disconnect the H02S connector.
4. Measure the H02S resistance between terminals
G and D.
(H02S) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
2-S0 ohms [normal temperature]
am3uuw0000256
CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
idO 140i8800600
Removal
3. Perform the following procedure for easier access.
(1) Remove the under cover.
(2) Remove the splash shield.
4. Disconnect the GKP sensor connector.
5. Remove the GKP sensor.
\ ---~
rr; -~~~
(0 V~_//~
1
~) )~a~1t~/&i
----I~,---
am6xuwOOOO 136
Installation
Caution
When foreign material such as an iron chip is on the CKP sensor, it can cause abnormal output
from the sensor because of flux turbulence and adversely affect the engine control. Be sure there
is no foreign material on the CKP sensor when replacing.
1. Perform the following procedure so that cylinder No.1 is at TDG.
(1) Remove the wheel and tire (front right side).
(2) Disconnect the drive shaft (RH) from joint shaft, set the drive shaft (RH) out of the way.(MTX)
(3) Remove the cylinder block lower blind plug
and install the SST.
(4) Rotate the crankshaft pulley clockwise until
the crank weight contacts the SST so that
cylinder No.1 is at TDG.
am3uuw0000217
01-40A-30

ith the fifth
ter of the CKP sensi~~ ~rom the empty
2. Fit the cen r 9 counterclockw ) of the pulse
tooth (coun In
in the figure
space A as s hown
wheel.
EMPTY
SPAC~
MARK LINE AT
CENTER OF
5TH TOOTH
~
EMPTY
SPACEC
3. Install the CKP sensor f'tt'

I In g bolts.
55-7.5
{57-76, 49-66}
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000296
. de r block
. taII the cylln
4 Remove the SST then Ins
. lower blind plug.
01-40A-31

CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, LS]
idO 140i8800500
Visual inspection
3. Remove the under cover.
4. Remove the splash shield (RH).
5. Disconnect the CKP sensor connector.
6. Remove the CKP sensor. (See 01-40A-30 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR REMOVAU
7. Verify that there are no metal shavings on the sensor.
Remove any metal shavings that are adhering.
Air Gap Inspection
1. Verify that the CKP sensor is securely installed.
2. Using a thickness gauge, measure the air gap
between the plate projections at the back of
crankshaft pulley and the CKP sensor.
If not within the specification, inspect the plate
projections for cracks or bending.
If there is any malfunction, replace the
crankshaft pulley. (See 01-1 OA-34
FRONT OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT [LF,
L5].)
CKP sensor air gap
0.S-1.S mm {0.02-0.0S in}
am8rrw00002301
Voltage Inspection
1. Idle the engine.
2. Measure the CKP sensor output wave pattern using an oscilloscope. (See 01-40A-8 PCM INSPECTION [LF,
L5])
If not within the specification, replace the CKP sensor. (See 01-40A-30 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP)
CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0140i8801500
Caution
When replacing the CMP sensor, make sure there is no foreign material on it such as metal
shavings. If it is installed with foreign material, the sensor output signal will malfunction resulting
from fluctuation in magnetic flux and cause a deterioration in engine control.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the plug hole plate. (See 01-1 OA-5 PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Remove the CMP sensor.
Nm {kgf.cm, in.lbf}
am5ezw0000155
01-40A-32

CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, L5]
id0140i8801400
Visual Inspection
3. Remove the plug hole plate.(See 01-10A-5 PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
4. Disconnect the CMP sensor connector.
5. Remove the CMP sensor. (See 01-40A-32 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR REMOVAU
6. Verify that there are no metal shavings on the CMP sensor.
Remove any metal shavings that are adhering.
Voltage Inspection
1. Idle the engine.
2. Measure the CMP sensor output wave pattern using an oscilloscope. (See 01-40A-8 PCM INSPECTION [LF,
L5])
If not within the specification, replace the CMP sensor. (See 01-40A-32 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP)
KNOCK SENSOR (KS) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5]
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
id0140i8802900
Remove the plug hole plate. (See 01-1 OA-S PLUG HOLE PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Remove the intake manifold. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Remove the KS.
{1.7-2.4,12-17}
am5ezw0000154
KNOCK SENSOR (KS) INSPECTION [LF, L5]

id0140i8802800
3. Disconnect the KS connector.
4. Measure the resistance between the KS terminals
A and B using an ohmmeter.
If not as specified, replace the KS. (See 0140A-33 KNOCK SENSOR (KS) INSPECTION
~
[LF,L5].)
~
Specification
Approx. 4.63-5.11 megohms [ECT: 25C
{77 OF}]
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION [LF, L5]
am3uuw0000256
id0140i8857400
Voltage Inspection
1. Remove the evaporative hose component. (See 01-14A-8 FUEL TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
3. Plug one end of the evaporative hose component and verify that the output voltage from the fuel tank pressure
sensor changes when pressure is applied from the other hose end.
If not as verified, replace the evaporative hose component.(See 01-14A-8 FUEL TANK REMOVAU
01-40A-33
CONTROL SYSTEM [L3 WITH TC]
01-408 CONTROL SYSTEM [L3 WITH TCl

CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENT
LOCATION INDEX [L3 WITH TCl .....
CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM
[L3 WITH Tel ....................
CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
[L3 WITH Tel ....................
PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L3 WITH Tel ....................
PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl ......
Without Using the M-MDS .........
Inspection Using An Oscilloscope
(Reference) .................
Using the M-MDS ...............
PCM CONFIGURATION
[L3 WITH Tel ....................
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION (CPP)
SWITCH INSPECTION
[L3 WITH Tel ....................
NEUTRAL SWITCH INSPECTION
[L3 WITH Tel ....................
VARIA8LE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE
SWITCH INSPECTION
[L3 WITH Tel ....................
Voltage Inspection ...............
(ECT) SENSOR
[L3 WITH Tel ....................
ECT Sensor No.1 .................
ECT Sensor No.2 .................
(ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION
[L3 WITH Tel ....................
ECT Sensor No.1 Inspection .......
MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR
INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl .........
Visual Inspection .................
Voltage Inspection ................
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT)
SENSOR INSPECTION
[L3 WITH Tel ....................
Resistance Inspection .............
(MAP) SENSOR/800ST AIR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
[L3 WITH Tel ....................
(MAP) SENSOR INSPECTION
[L3 WITH Tel ....................
8AROMETRIC PRESSURE (8ARO)
SENSOR INSPECTION
[L3 WITH Tel ....................
01-408-2
01-408-4
01-408-5
01-408-7
01-408-8
01-408-8
01-408-14
01-408-18
01-408-23
01-408-23
01-408-23
01-408-24
01-408-24
01-408-24
01-408-24
01-408-25
01-408-25
01-408-25
01-408-25
01-408-26
01-408-26
01-408-26
01-408-26
01-408-26
01-408-27
01-408-27
01-408-27
800ST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR

INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl .......... 01-408-28
Resistance Inspection ........... 01-408-28
THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
(APP) SENSOR INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl ..................... 01-408-28
[L3 WITH TCl ..................... 01-408-29
[L3 WITH TCl ..................... 01-408-29
A/F Sensor Inspection ............ 01-408-30
A/F Sensor Heater Inspection ........ 01-408-30
[L3 WITH TCl ..................... 01-408-31
H02S Inspection .................. 01-408-31
H02S Heater Inspection ........... 01-408-32
SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCl ..................... 01-408-32
Removal ........................ 01-408-32
Installation ...................... 01-408-32
SENSOR INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl ..................... 01-408-33
Air Gap Inspection ................. 01-408-33
Visual Inspection ................. 01-408-33
Voltage Inspection ................ 01-408-33
[L3 WITH TCl ..................... 01-408-34
Visual Inspection .................. 01-408-34
Voltage Inspection ................. 01-408-34
KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
[L3 WITH TCl ..................... 01-408-34
KNOCK SENSOR (KS) INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl ..................... 01-408-35
Resistance Inspection ............. 01-408-35
Voltage Inspection ................ 01-408-35
01-408-1
.~._.

CONTROL SYSTEM COMPONENT LOCATION INDEX [L3 WITH TC]
idO 14039800200
am3uuw0000574
01-408-2
CONTROL SYSTEM [L3 WITH TCl

1
PCM (Built-in BARO sensor)

(See01-40B-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-40B-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
(See01-40B-23 PCM CONFIGURATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
(See01-40B-27 BAROMETRIC PRESSURE
(BARO) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
APP sensor
(See01-40B-28 ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION
(APP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
TP sensor
(See01-40B-28 THROTTLE POSITION (TP)
ECT sensor No.1
(See01-40B-24 ENGINE COOLANT
TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC].)
ECT sensor No.2
TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC].)
MAF/IAT sensor
(See01-40B-26 MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR
(See01-40B-26 INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT)
AlF sensor
(See01-40B-29 AIR FUEL RATIO (AI F) SENSOR
(See01-40B-30 AIR FUEL RATIO (AlF) SENSOR
H02S
(See01-40B-29 AIR FUEL RATIO (AI F) SENSOR
(See01-40B-30 AIR FUEL RATIO (AlF) SENSOR
MAP/boost air temperature sensor

(See01-40B-27 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE
PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR/BOOST AIR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAU
(See01-408-27 MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE
PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3
WITH TC].)
(See01-408-28 BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE
10
CMP sensor
(See01-40B-34 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP)
TC].)
(See01-40B-34 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP)
11
KS
(See01-40B-34 KNOCK SENSOR (KS) REMOVAU
(See01-40B-35 KNOCK SENSOR (KS)
CKP sensor
(See01-40B-32 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP)
TC].)
(See01-408-33 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP)
(See01-40B-29 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
(See01-40B-29 FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR
12
13
14
Variable swirl shutter valve switch

(See01-40B-24 VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER
15

(See01-40B-35 FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR
16
Neutral switch
(See01-40B-23 NEUTRAL SWITCH INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
17
CPP switch
(See01-40B-23 CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION (CPP)
SWITCH INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
01-408-3

CONTROL SYSTEM DIAGRAM [L3 WITH TC]
id014039800300
BAROSENSOR
FUEL TANK
PRESSURE SENSOR
MAP/BOOST AIR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
ECT SENSOR NO.2

APPSENSOR
CPPSWITCH
NEUTRAL SWITCH
PCM
MAF/IAT SENSOR
H02S
* :TO PCM
am3uuw0000593
01-408-4

CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [L3 WITH TC]
id014039800400
c
FUEL INJECTOR
NO.1
FUEL INJECTOR
NO.4
FUEL INJECTOR
NO.3
FUEL INJECTOR
NO.2
APP
__- - - - I SENSOR
ECT SENSOR NO.1
:,........1.--1---1..-,
I
I
I
I
I
H02S
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
NF
SENSOR
I
I
I
\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
\
\
I
I
I
I
I
I
\
\
\
\
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
\
\
I
I
I
I
I
I
: KEYLESS
: CONTROL
: MODULE
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
:WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
:~~!?!_l!.S_f-!. ~~!"Ic?'f'! ~!~~~ ~'!~~~~ _
I BATIERY
-I-
;t.,.
am3uuw0000593
01-408-5

EGRVALVE
KS
TP SENSOR
I
I
I
I
I
,
I,
I
BRAKE SWITCH
THROTTLE VALVE
ACTUATOR
SPILL VALVE CONTROL

SOLENOID VALVE
1 - - - - - - 1 IGNITION COIL NO.3
1 - - - - - - 1 IGNITION COIL NO.4
GENERATOR
am3uuw0000594
01-408-6

PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl
id014039802400
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl)
Remove the following items: (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl)
Battery
PCM cover No.1
5. Disconnect the PCM connector.
6. Remove the battery tray and PCM component. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TCl.)
1
2
PCM cover No.2

PCM
PCM bracket
8-10
{82-101,71-88}
SCREW
SCREW
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000594

Caution
If the PCM connector is connected
incorrectly it could be damaged. When
connecting the PCM connector, connect
it using the following procedure.
If the PCM connector is inserted at an
angle and the lever is moved, the
connector could be damaged. Verify that
the PCM connector is inserted straight.
9. Verify that the PCM connector lever is tilted
towards the wiring harness side as shown in the
figure.
10. Insert the PCM connector straight until it contacts
the PCM and verify that the lever reverts upward
naturally.
.
I
)(
acxaaw00000768
LEVER
PCM CONNECTOR
acxaaw00000766
01-408-7

11. Push the lever until a click is heard.
12. When replacing the PCM on the vehicles, perform
the following:
PCM configuration (See 01-40B-23 PCM
CONFIGURATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Immobilizer system component replacement!
key addition and clearing (See 09-14-88
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS
PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)(See 09-14-97 IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS
PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS
SYSTEM].)
acxaaw00000767
PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

id014039802500
Without Using the M-MDS

Note
The PCM terminal voltage can vary with the conditions when measuring and changes due to aged
deterioration on the vehicle, causing false diagnosis. Therefore determine comprehensiv.ely where the
malfunction occurs among the input systems, output systems, and the PCM.
PCM terminal voltage table (Reference)

PCM
21
2E 2A
1BE 1BA~A~1ASI1AO 1AK!1AG!1Ac!1Y 11U 1Q 11M I 11
1E 1A
2J
2F
1BF 1BBH1AXI1ATI1AP 1Ad1AHbAOl1Z Iw 1RI1NI1J
iF 1B
2B
I[
2K 2G 2C
1BG1BC~1AYI1AUhAQ AMI1AII1AEI1AAI1W is 110 11K 1G 1C ~
2L 2H 20
1BH1Bol1AZH1AVI1AR1ANI1AJ!1AFI1ABI1X 1T liP NiL 1H 10 ~
am6zzw0000012
Terminal
Signal
1A
1B
Starter relay control Starter relay
1C
1D
Connected to
Clutch operation
CPP switch
Test condition
Below 1.0
Below 1.0
Clutch pedal depressed
1H
Fuel pump control
Fuel pump relay
11
AlC
AlC relay
1J
1K
1L
01-408-8
Inspection item
Clutch pedal released

1E
iF
1G
Voltage
(V)
Approx.
1.5
Starter relay
Related wiring
harness
B+
CPP switch
Related wiring
harness

Cranking
Idle
AlC operating
Idle
AlC not
operating
B+
B+
Below 1.0
Below 1.0
B+
Fuel pump relay

Related wiring
harness
AlC relay
Related wiring
harness

Terminal
1M
1N
Signal
IAT
MAF/IAT sensor
Constant voltage
(V ref)
10
Connected to
Test condition
Switch the
ignition to ON
IAT 20C
{68 OF}
2.4-2.6
IAT 30C
{86 OF}
1.7-1.9
Fuel tank pressure

sensor
MAF sensor ground MAF/IAT sensor
Under any condition
1Q
APP sensor voltage APP sensor
Neutral position
1T
1U
Cruise control
switch ground
1X
1Y
APP sensor (No.1)
1Z
APP sensor No.1
Under any condition
Fuel pump speed

control relay
1AB
Brake
Brake switch
1AC
APP sensor (No.2)
APP sensor No.2
1AD
Fan control module
1AF
1AG
Fuel tank pressure
1AH
1AI
CAN (L)
Fan control
module
Below 1.0
Related wiring
harness
Approx.
5.0
Approx.
1.5
Below 1.0
Below 1.0
Approx.
0.4
Approx.
3.4
B+
Below 1.0

(See01-40B-14 Inspection Using An
Neutral switch
Related wiring
harness
APP sensor
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
APP sensor
Related wiring
harness
APP sensor
Related wiring
harness
Approx.
1.2
Approx.
2.6
Fan control module

Related wiring
harness
Approx.
3.7
Fuel tank pressure

sensor
Related wiring
harness
Because this terminal is for CAN, no valid

determination of terminal voltage is possible
Fuel pump speed

control relay
Related wiring
harness
Brake switch
Related wiring
harness

Below 1.0
APP sensor
Related wiring
harness
Idle
B+
B+
Below 1.0
Fuel tank pressure is 10 kPa

{0.10 kgf/cm2, 1.5 psi} lower than
barometric pressure
Fuel tank pressure Fuel tank pressure is equal to
sensor
barometric pressure
Fuel tank pressure is 6 kPa {0.06
kgf/cm2, 0.9 psi} higher than
barometric pressure
CAN system
related modules
Related wiring
harness

Cranking
1AE
Approx.
5.0
When the
accelerator
pedal is
released
When the
accelerator
pedal is
depressed
Switch the
ignition to ON
MAF/IAT sensor
Related wiring
harness
Under any condition
Cruise control
switch
Fuel pump speed

control
1AA
Shift lever is not at neutral

position
APP sensor ground APP sensor
1V
1W
Neutral switch
Shift lever is at neutral position

1S
Inspection item
1P
1R
Voltage
(V)
Related wiring
harness
01-408-9

Terminal
Signal
Connected to
1AJ
Constant voltage
APP sensor
1AK
MAF
MAF/IAT sensor
Test condition
Idle
1AM
CAN system
related modules
CAN (H)
1AN
1AO
1AP
1AQ
1AL
Cruise control
switch
Except above
1AR
1AS
IAT sensor ground
MAF/IAT sensor,
fuel tank pressure
sensor, ECT
sensor No.2
CV solenoid control CV solenoid valve
1AT
Main relay control
1AU
Main relay
1AV
APP sensor ground APP sensor
1AW
Generator field coil

control
Generator
(terminal D)
1AX
Generator output
voltage
Generator
(terminal P)
1AY
Ignition switch
Ignition switch *1,

Ignition relay
No.(2
1AZ
Ground
Ground
1BA
Back-up power
supply
1BB
Ground
1BD
Ground
01-408-10

Idle (CV solenoid valve not
operating)
Idle (CV solenoid valve
operating)
Under any condition
Related wiring
harness
MAF/IAT sensor
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
Approx.O
Approx.
1.4
Approx.
2.4
Approx.
3.9
Approx.
4.3
Approx.
4.7
Below 1.0

Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
CV solenoid valve
Related wiring
harness
Main relay
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
Generator
Related wiring
harness
Generator
Related wiring
harness
B+
B+
Below 1.0
B+
Below 1.0
Below 1.0


Below 1.0
B+
Under any condition
Below 1.0
Battery (positive
terminal)
Under any condition
B+
Ground
Under any condition
Below 1.0
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
1BC
Under any condition
OFF switch
pressed in
CANCEL switch
pressed in
SET/- switch
pressed in
RES/+ switch
pressed in
ON switch
pressed in
Switch the
ignition to ON
Inspection item
Because this terminal is for CAN, no valid

determination of terminal voltage is possible
Cruise control
switch
Voltage
(V)
Approx.
5.0
Approx.
0.7
Approx.
1.3
Ground
Under any condition
Below 1.0
Ignition switch *1,

Ignition relay No.1 *2
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
Battery
Related wiring
harness

Terminal
Signal
Connected to
Test condition
Switch
Switch
Switch
Switch
the
the
the
the
ignition to
ignition to
ignition to
ignition to
off
ON
off
ON
Voltage
(V)
Inspection item
Below 1.0
B+
Below 1.0
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
Below 1.0
Below 1.0
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
1BE
Power supply
Main relay
1BF
Power supply
Main relay
1BG
Ground
Ground
Under any condition
1BH
Ground
Ground
Under any condition
2A
Throttle valve
actuator control (+)
Throttle body
(throttle valve
actuator)
2B
Throttle valve
actuator control (-)
Throttle body
(throttle valve
actuator)
2C
AlF sensor heater

control
AlF sensor heater
20
H02S heater
control
H02S heater
2E
Power supply
Main relay
High pressure fuel
pump (Spill valve
control solenoid
valve)
2F
High pressure fuel

pump control (+)
High pressure fuel

pump control (-)
High pressure fuel

pump (Spill valve
control solenoid
valve)
2H
Ground
Body ground
Under any condition
Below 1.0
Related wiring
harness

21
Sensor ground
H02S
Below 1.0
Approx.
1.5
H02S
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
Below 1.0
Related wiring
harness
IAT 20C
{68 OF}
2.4-2.6
IAT 30C
{86 OF}
1.7-1.9

sensor
Related wiring
harness
2G
2J
2K
Constant voltage
(V ref)
B+
Throttle valve
actuator
Related wiring
harness
B+
Th rottle valve
actuator
Related wiring
harness
Inspect using the wave profile .

B+
Below 1.0
B+
Idle
Idle
Fuel pressure
sensor
2L
B+
Approx.
5.0
2M
Sensor ground
AlF sensor
Under any condition
2N
Boost air
temperature
MAP/boost air
temperature
sensor
Switch the
ignition to ON
20
OCV control
OCV
2P
Sensor ground
Fuel pressure
sensor
Under any condition
2Q
H02S
H02S
Idle
B+
Below 1.0
0-1
Spill valve control

solenoid valve
Related wiring
harness
Spill valve control
solenoid valve
Related wiring
harness
Approx.
9.2
Approx.
9.5
Approx.
9.5
Approx.
9.0
AlF sensor
Related wiring
harness
H02S heater
Related wiring
harness
Main relay
Related wiring
harness
OCV
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
H02S
Related wiring
harness
01-408-11

Terminal
Signal
Connected to
Test condition
2R
Fuel pressure
sensor
' Fuel pressure

sensor

Idle
2S
CMP
CMP sensor
2T
Voltage
(V)
Below 1.0
Approx.
1.4
Approx.
1.4

Inspection item

Related wiring
harness
CMP sensor
Related wiring
harness

Approx.
4.3
voltmeter)
Below 1.0
voltmeter)
KS
Related wiring
harness
KS
Related wiring
harness
CKP sensor
Related wiring
harness
Below 1.0
Related wiring
harness
Approx.
1.5
Approx.
4.0
2U
Knocking (+)
KS
2V
Knocking (-)
KS
2W
CKP
CKP sensor
2X
Internal ground
KS, CMP sensor,

CKP sensor, AlF
Under any condition
sensor, TP sensor
2Y
AlF sensor
calibration resistor
AlF sensor
2Z
AlF sensor power

supply
AlF sensor
2AA
Wastegate control
solenoid valve
Wastegate control
solenoid valve
2AB
Purge solenoid
valve
Purge solenoid
valve
2AC
AlF sensor VSIP
AlF sensor
Approx.
3.6
2AD
AlF sensor IP+
AlF sensor
Approx.
3.5
2AE
Variable swirl
shutter valve
monitor
Variable swirl
shutter valve
switch
2AF
OCV control
OCV
2AG
Manifold absolute
pressure
MAP sensor
ECT (No.1)
Switch the
ECT sensor (No.1)
ignition to ON
2AH
2AI
01-408-12


variable swirl shutter valve close
Below 1.0
variable swirl shutter valve open
B+

Approx.
1.9
Below 1.0
ECT 20C
{68 OF}
ECT 60C
{140 OF}
3.043.14
1.291.39
AlF sensor
Related wiring
harness
AlF sensor
Related wiring
harness
Wastegate control
solenoid valve
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
AlF sensor
Related wiring
harness
AlF sensor
Related wiring
harness

valve switch
Related wiring
harness
OCVvalve
Related wiring
harness
MAP sensor
Related wiring
harness
ECT sensor No.1

Related wiring
harness

Terminal
2AJ
Signal
TP sensor ground
Connected to
TP sensor
Test condition
Under any condition
TP sensor (No.1)
TP sensor (No.1)
2AL
TP sensor (No.2)
TP sensor (No.2)
2AM
EGR valve #2 coil

control
EGR valve
2AN
EGR valve #4 coil

control
EGR valve
2AO
Constant voltage
(Vref)
TP sensor
Switch the
ignition to ON
ECT (No.2)
ECT sensor No.2
2AQ
EG R valve #1 coil
control
EGR valve
2AR
EG R valve #3 coil
control
EGR valve
Idle
B+
B+
Idle
B+
ECT 20C
{68 OF}
Approx.
5.0
3.043.14
1.291.39
Below 1.0
Idle
Below 1.0
ECT 60C
{140 OF}
B+
Idle
B+
ECT 0 C {32 OF} or more or

engine speed 3,250 rpm or more
ECT less than 0 C {32 OF} and
engine speed less than 3,250
rpm
Variable swirl
control
Variable swirl
solenoid valve
2AT
IGT4
Ignition coil (No.4

cylinders)
2AU
Constant voltage
(V ref)
MAP sensor
2AV
Sensor ground
MAP sensor
Under any condition
2AW
IGT2
Ignition coil (No.2

cylinders)
2AX
IGT3
Ignition coil (No.3

cylinders)
2AY
Sensor ground
ECT sensor
2AS
Below 1.0
Note
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position (engine is off), the throttle
valve is fully closed regardless of the
accelerator pedal opening angle.
Approx.
APP is released
Switch the
0.85
ignition to ON
is
APP
Approx.
(after warm up)
0.85
depressed
Note
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position (engine is off), the throttle
valve is fully closed regardless of the
accelerator pedal opening angle.
Approx.
APP is released
Switch the
4.15
ignition to ON
APP
is
Approx.
(after warm up)
depressed
4.15
B+
2AK
2AP
Voltage
(V)
B+
Below 1.0

TP sensor
Related wiring
harness
TP sensor
Related wiring
harness
TP sensor
Related wiring
harness
TP sensor
Related wiring
harness
ECT sensor No.2

Related wiring
harness
EGR valve
Related wiring
harness
EGR valve
Related wiring
harness
Variable swirl
solenoid valve
Related wiring
harness
Below 1.0
Below 1.0
EGR valve
Related wiring
harness
EGR valve
Related wiring
harness
Approx.
5.0

Under any condition
Inspection item
Ignition coil No.4

Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
Related wiring
harness
Ignition coil No.2
Related wiring
harness
Ignition coil No.3
Related wiring
harness
ECT sensor
Related wiring
harness
01-408-13

Terminal
Signal
Connected to
2AZ
Fuel injection
(-)(#4)
Fuel injector
(No.4)
2BA
IGT1
Ignition coil (No.1

cylinders)
2BB
Fuel injection
(-)(#1)
Fuel injector
(No.1 )
2BC
Fuel injection
(-)(#2)
Fuel injector
(No.2)
2BD
Fuel injection
(-)(#3)
Fuel injector
(No.3)
2BE
Fuel injector power

supply 1
Fuel Injector relay
2BF
Fuel injector power

supply 2
Fuel Injector relay
2BG
Fuel injection
(+)(#1, #4)
Fuel injector
(No.1 ,No.4)
2BH
Fuel injection
(+)(#2, #3)
Fuel injector
(No.2, No.3)
Voltage
(V)
Test condition
Inspection item

(8ee01-40B-14 Inspection Using An
Below 1.0
8witch the ignition to off
8witch the ignition to ON
B+
8witch the ignition to off
Below 1.0
8witch the ignition to ON
B+
Fuel injector No.4

Related wiring
harness
Ignition coil No.1
Related wiring
harness
Fuel injector No.1
Related wiring
harness
Fuel injector No.2
Related wiring
harness
Fuel injector No.3
Related wiring
harness
Fuel Injector relay
Related wiring
harness
Fuel Injector relay
Related wiring
harness
Fuel injector No.1,
No.4
Related wiring
harness
Fuel injector No.2,
No.3
Related wiring
harness


*1 : Without advanced keyless entry and push button start system

*2 : With advanced keyless entry and push button start system
Inspection Using An Oscilloscope (Reference)

APP sensor (No.2) signal
Accelerator pedal released
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
- t- - - t- -
I
I
I
I
-~ --~ -
I
I
+- I
I
I
I
T - -
-- i - -
-~ --~ - f--f-ov
I
- I- - -
......
~-
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~ - - -i -
I
I
I
I
... -
- -
~
~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
- -1- -
I
I
- - i- - -: --:- --
- -
~-
I
I
~ - - -1- - -I
-~ --~ -
i --t-I
I
I
--'--~--4--4--4---~--
I
I
I
I
--'--4--'--'--~---~--
I
I
--~--r--~--~--
I
I
--~--r--T--T--
~-
-l --:- --
i - - -: --:- - -
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I __ .II __ I __ J.I __ J.I __ .JI __ ..J1 __ -1I __ -1I ___ 1I ___ 1I__ _
__ I~
__ L __ L __ 1. __ .L __ .J. __ .l __ .J __ ...J __ ..J ___ L
I
I
__ 1__ _
aaxjjw00002881
Accelerator pedal depressed

PCM terminals
1AC (+)-body ground (-)
5 VIDIV (Y), 5 ms/DIV (X), DC range
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up
I __ ..JI ___ IL- __ ..1.I ___ I1___ l..

I __
__ .JI ___ 1I___ J.I ___1
1___ L
I
r--; : r-:--T
--l---~--T--'
--~---~--+--~
I
I
I
I
__ I ___ IL
~
OV
I
I
I
I
--i---:-
:- : - : r,----t
-- --,-- r- 1---,
I
--
I
I
I
--~-I
1
_LI __ J I ____
J 1 __
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-i--~
--I
:r-
--I--
~I
+---1 --
LI __ J I _ _ _ _
L_
--
1
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
--i-- i--i---: -- --
1'1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
__ -1 __ '-'-- _.1. ___ ' - - - ' __ -, __
..
L.o...._.! ___ I _ _ _
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--l---~--T--~---r--'---r--l--~---T--
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
--~---~--+--~---~--~---~--~--~---~-1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
aaxjjw00002882
01-408-14

Fan control module signal
PCM terminals
1AE (+)-body ground (-)
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--r--r-~--~--'--'--'--T--T--r--r--r--r--I--
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
: : : :
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
;..-:-;.:-:-;.,.-:-;.,.-:-,:.-:-,:.i -,: i -':: -,.::; i -- i - -i ;:..-:- ;:..-:-;..

~
ov
:-:I
I
__
~_~
__
I
~
__
I
~
,-
I
I-
:-:I
I
~-,-a;--a;--a;--,:"-a;--a;--a;-+
I
I
__ L __
a;--':'"-
I
I
__ J __
__ LI __ LI __ LI __ IL __ IL __ IL __
~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
- -I- - -1- - -1- - -1- - -1_ - -t - - ~ - - -'- - I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I- - - ~ - -I- - -1- - I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
+ - - "" - I
I
I
I
am3uuw0000238
Generator field coil control signal

PCM terminals
1AW (+)-body ground (-)
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up
.
ov
__ I.:
I
I
I
I
I ___ II__
I __ 1
I ___ 1
I ___1
I __ ..JI __ .JI __ .JI __ .J.I __ .LI __ 1.
I __ IL __ 1L __ IL... __ 1
__ II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
- -I- __ 1___ 1_ - -1- - -t- _ -1 __ -I __ -+
I
1
- -I- -
1
I
1
I
I
1
-1- - -1- - -1- -
1
1
1
I
1
,
I
1
~
- -
1
,
1
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
1
_ - .... - _ + __ t- -
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
-I- __ I- _ -1- - - I - -
1
I
_t - - _t - - _+ - - + - - .... - - ... - 1
I
,
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
,
I
I
f_ - -I_ -
I
I
I
I
1
1
1
1
-1- - -1- -
1
1
1
1
ampjjw00001528
Generator output voltage signal

PCM terminals
1AX (+)-body ground (-)
2 V/DIV (Y),1 ms/DIV (X), DC range
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up
ov+
ampjjw00001529
AlF sensor heater control signal

PCM terminals
2C (+)-body ground (-)
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up
I
,
I
,
I
I
- - r - -,- - -,- - . - -.., - - , - -,. - I

I
I
I
I
I
1
1
1
1
I
I
I
I
T - - T - -
1
I
1
1
r - - r - - r - -,- I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
-1- - - , - -
1
,
1
1
--r--r-~--'--'--'--'--T--T--r--r--r--r--r-'--
--r--~-~--~--'--l--l--T--T--r--r--r--r--~-~-
ov
__ I __ I
I
I
~_~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
,
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
__ __ __ __
--I---~-~--~--~--_t--_t--_+--+--
I
I
--~--~-~--~--~--~--~--4--~
I
I
I
I
__ I __ I __ I __ I __ I __ I __ L
__ L
__ 1L __ , __ I
I
I
.... - - ...
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~_~
I
I
__
I
I
~--~-~--
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--f_--I_--~-~--
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ampjjw00001866
01-408-15

CMP sensor signal
PCM terminals
28 (+)-body ground (-)
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up
CKP sensor signal
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--r--r-'--'--'--T--r--r--r-'--'--'--'--T--r--r-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
"",....1-
: r-l-..-:
I
f-
rj-r-;-I
I
-I
I
1I
-:
~ -
-,I
-,I -
I- rt-
-,""''''':-
:- -:- -
~ -
I
-I
I
ov
-:
:- -:-
r -,-
I
I
- - rI
I
-I-_
I
I
I
=:---:---:~-j~'--T--t--~--:---:-~,-":"~--,--t=-t--~-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
__ '- __ ,___, __ J __ .1 __ 1. __ 1. __ L __ '- __ ,___, __ .J __ 1 __ 1. __ 1. __ L __

1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
__ t... __ 1__ -1 __ ...JI __ I __ .LI __ 1..
__ L. __ 1___ 1__ -' __ .J __ .J. __ .1 __ L __ L __
~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
acxuuw00000127
PCM terminals
2W (+)-body ground (-)
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
- -,-- -,- - - , - - , - - , - - T- -
ov
r- - r--,- --,- --,- -, - -,- -T - - r --r-
__ L __ 1___1__ .J __ ..1 __ i __ L __ L __ ,___ , ___, __
I
~
__ 1 __ 1. __ L __ L __
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
__ I- __ 1__ -1 __ -I __ .l __ .1. __ 1. __ L __ 1___ 1__ ..J __ .J __ .J. __ .1. __ L __ L __
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
1
I
I
I
I
,
I
,
I
I
I
I
I
acxuuw00000128
Wastegate control solenoid valve signal

PCM terminals
2AA (+)-body ground (-)
Vehicle condition
.
ov
I
I
1
I
1
1
I
I
,
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
--r --,- -
-1- - , - - - , - - , - - i - - T - - T -
- -r - -,- --,-- -,- -.,--, - -, - - T -
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
-r - -r - -.- -r- -,-- -,--
- T - - rI
I
1
1
-r- -r--,- - -,---,--
--r--~-~--~--'--1--1--T--T--r--r--r--r--~-~--
- -:-&- -:- --:- -t-:- -~- -l~ -1-- +- i +--1- -- fl- -t --:--1-:- --:--_:1 __ :___:_J_:_ -~- -~l_ ~ __ +_l +--t - _~ __ ~ - -:-1_:___ :__
,
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
__ L __ L __ L __1__ J __ J _ _ ..1 __ .1 __ .l __ L __ L __ L __ L __ , ___ I __
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
1
__ '- __ 1___ 1___ 1__ ..J __ ..J __ .J __ .J. __ .1. __ 1. __ L __ L __ L.. __ 1___ I__
I
1
I
I
- - 1- - -1- - -1- - -1- I
1
I
I
I
~
- - -I - - -l - - .... - - +. - - .J.. - - I- - - I-. - - I- - _1 ___ 1_ -
I
1
I
I
- -l- --1- --1- --1- - .... - --1- - 4 - - 40 - - +

I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
- - *- -- ...
1
1
I
I
--1-- -1-- -1-- - I - I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
acxuuw00002325
Purge control signal

PCM terminals
2AB (+)-body ground (-)
Vehicle condition
Racing
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
1
1
I
1
I
I
--.--,--,--,--.--.--,--,--.--.--,--,--,--,-I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
1
1
I
I
--,--,--,--7--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--.--,--,-I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
- ,--,--,--,--,- ,--,--,--,--,- ,--,--,--,--
- ti--r---i --r-- -i - '~--i- -r---r-- -i - I~ -~- -i --i --
f1-. f- -~-- ~ -- ~--~~- f--~ --~ --~- -~~t i-- ~ --~ --~ --
OV~U- ~--~--~--~--~ ~--~--~--~--~ ~--~--~--~-I

I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
1
--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--.--,--,--,--,-I
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
1
--.--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,-I
1
I
1
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
,
,
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,-I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
am2zzw0000358
01-408-16

OCV signal
PCM terminals
2AF (+)-body ground (-)
Vehicle condition
Racing
IGT1, IGT2, IGT3, IGT4 control signals
am2zzw0000359
PCM terminals
IGT1 (No.1): 2BA (+)-body ground (-)
IGT2 (No.2): 2AW (+)-body ground (-)
IGT3 (No.3): 2AX (+)-body ground (-)
IGT4 (No.4): 2AT (+)-body ground (-)
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
- - l - __ 1_ - -1-- .... - _
- - " - - - J.. __ ~_ -~- _1_ - -1- _ -1 __ ""
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--1---1---,--"1--T--t---t---t---I---t---t---t
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
1- __
I
I
--r-'--'--'--'--T--r--r--r--r-'--'--'--T--r--r-- -,- - -,- - -,- - ,- - I - - T - -.- -, - -,- - -,- - -,- - 1- -1 - - T - -
r - -,- -
__ L __ 1__ ...1 __ J __ ..1 __ .1 __ L __ L __ L __ L _ J __ J __ .1 __ 1. __ L __ L __
OV
+ __ .... __
+--1"'--1--I
--r--,-- --'--'--T--r--r--r--'---'--'--'--T--r- r-I

I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-,--1--1-- T-- r - -. --
--,---,- - -,-- ,--1- -T-- , - - , - -,-- -,- -
__ I'- __ I,___I, __ JI __ JI __ 1I __ LI __ IL __ I'- __ ,I ___,I __ JI __ .!I __ 1I __ LI __ IL __

I
I
1
I
__ I- __ 1__
I
I
I
I
~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
__ -1 __ ..1 __ ..L __ 1. __
__ I- __ I __ ...J __ ..J __ .l __ .1. __ 1. __ L __
~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
am pjjw00000781
Fuel injection control (-)

PCM terminals
Fuel injection No.1: 2BB (+ )-body ground (-)
Fuel injection No.2: 2BC (+)-body ground (-)
Fuel injection No.3: 2BD (+)-body ground (-)
Fuel injection No.4: 2AZ (+)-body ground (-)
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up
,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--i --:---:--~--~I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
- -, - -,- - -,- - -,- -.., --I
--,---,---,---,-
OV
....
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
i--~--~--~-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--~--~--:---:
,- -,- - T - - T - -
- -
l--1--1--T--
--:--
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
r - - r - -,- - -, - -,--
--,--,---,---, --,--
-- --~-~--~--~--: --:---:---:--~-
~--~--+--+-- --~--~--~--: -~--
- - ~ - -:- - -:- - -:- - ~ -
--~ --:---:---:--~-
~
I
I
I
1
1
1
1
1
I
~--1--+--+-- --~--~--:---:
I
- - ~ - - t - - t --
I
1
I
1
1
I
I
--:-I
-- ~ -- ~ - -~ --: --:--
i--i--~--~--
- - t- - -1- - -1- - -1- - -1- - --i - - --i - - ... - -
1
I
--~--~--i--:
--:--
+I
+ - - ... - -
I- - - ... - - .... - -1- - -1- -
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
1
I
acxuuw00002326
Fuel injection control (+)

PCM terminals
Fuel injection No.1, No.4: 2BG (+)-body ground
(-)
Fuel injection No.2, No.3: 2BH (+ )-body ground
(-)
20 V/DIV (Y), 400 ~s/DIV (X), DC range
Vehicle condition
Idle after warm up
1
--I--
1
I
1
1
1
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
,
1
1
1
I
I
I
I
- - r - -1-- -1-- -,- --,- - , - - I - - T - - T - - r - - r - - r --,- --1-
--r--~-~--~--'--'--'--T--T--r--r--r--r--r-'-I
I
I
I
I
I
J
1
1
I
1
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
1
1
: .....
_1
--r--~-~--~--'--1--1--T--T--r--r--r--r--~-~--
__ L __
L_~
__ J __
J_~I
,
I
I
I
1
1
1
1
I
I
__.1 __ 1 __ !. __ L __ L __ L __ C __ 1___ I __
__ L __ ,___ 1___, __ -'_

__ L __ L __ L __1__ J_
OV
__ J __ 1 __ ! __ L __ L __ L __ L __ ~_~ __
_ _.1 __ .1 __ 1. __ L __ L __ L __ L __ 1___ 1__

I
....1-.......
, --',_...., _...., _....
, .L~_
: : : : : :
7--~-
I
I
I
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
__ I- _ -1_ - -1- - -1 __ -' __ -' - - -I __ '"'" __ "'" __
__ 1- __ I- __ I- __ 1___ I __
~
1
1
I
I
,
1
I
I
I
I
1
I
1
I
1
I
1
,
- -t- - -1- - -1- - -1- - -t- - --i - - --i - - ... - - + I
I
I
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
1
1
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
~
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
-I- - - ... - - ..... - -1- - - I - I

I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
acxuuw00000277
01-408-17

Using the M-MDS
Note
PIDs for the following parts are not available on this model. Perform the specific inspections for the
following parts:
- CMP sensor (See01-408-34 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
- Main relay
3. Measure the PID value.
If PID value is not within the specification,
follow the instructions in the "Inspection item"
column.
Note
The PID/DATA MONITOR function monitors
the calculated value of the input/output
signals in the PCM. Therefore, an output
device malfunction is not directly indicated
am3uuw0000239
as a malfunction of the monitored value for
the output device. If a monitored value of an
output device is out of specification, inspect the monitored value of the input device related to the output
control.
For input/output signals except those of the monitoring items, use a voltmeter to measure the PCM
terminal voltage.
The simulation items that are used in the ENGINE CONTROL SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION are
as follows.
- ACCS, ALTF, ARPMDES, EVAPCP, EVAPCV, FAN_DUTY, FP, IMRC, INJ_1, INJ_2, INJ_3, INJ_4,
SEGRP, TEST, VT DUTY1 wt, WGC
PID/DATA monitor table (reference)
Monitor item
(Definition)
AAT
(Ambient air
temperature)
AC_REQ
(AiC request signal)
ACCS (AiC relay)
Unit!
Condition
of
(Reference)
Switch the ignition to ON: Indicates
the ambient air temperature
Inspection item
IAT sensor
PCM
terminal
1M
OFF/ON
AlC switch OFF: OFF

AlC switch ON: ON
Perform applicable
DTC troubleshooting
OFF/ON
AlC relay OFF: OFF

AlC relay ON: ON
The following PIDs:

- RPM, TP REL, ECT
AlC relay
11
AFR
(Air/fuel ratio)
Target air-fuel ratio is displayed
AlF sensor
2Z
2AC
2AD
AFR_ACT
(Actual air/fuel ratio)
Actual air-fuel ratio is displayed
AlF sensor
2Z
2AC
2AD
ALTF
(Generator field coil
control duty value)
The following PIDs:

- IAT, ECT, RPM, VPWR, ALTT V
Generator
1AW
ALTTV
(Generator output
voltage)
Generator
1AX
APP sensor
1Y
%
APP1
(APP sensor No.1)
V
01-408-18

Idle: 0-100%
Just after AlC switch ON and fan
switch ON at idle: Duty value rises
Idle (no E/L): Approx. 14 V (This is
an internal calculation value and
differs from the terminal voltage.)
Accelerator pedal is released:
Approx.8%
Accelerator pedal is depressed:
Approx.68%
Approx. 0.4 V
Approx. 3.4 V

Monitor item
(Definition)
Unit!
Condition
%
APP2
(APP sensor No.2)
V
ARPMDES
(Target engine speed)
RPM
of
C
BAT
(Boost air temperature)
BOO
(Brake switch)
BPA
(Brake pressure
applied switch)
CATT11_DSD
(Estimated catalytic
converter temperature)
CHRGLP
(Generator warning
light)
Indicate the target engine speed
Pa
BARO
(Barometric pressure)
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
of
OFF/ON
COLP
(Refrigerant pressure
sensor)
OFF/ON
CPP
(Clutch pedal position)
OFF/ON
CPP/PNP
(Shift lever position)
OFF/ON
ECT
(Engine coolant
temperature)
EQ_RAT11
(Equivalence ratio
(lambda))
EQ_RAT11_DSD
(Desired equivalence
ratio (lambda))
ETC_ACT
control actual)
ETC_DSD
control desired)
OF
(Reference)
Approx.8%
Approx.68%
Approx. 0.4 V
Approx. 3.4 V
PCM
terminal
Inspection item
1AC
APP sensor
The following PIDs:

-IAT, RPM, MAP, ECT, MAF, TP
REL, INGEAR, ALTT V
BARO sensor
Indicate the BARO

Switch the ignition to ON at sea
level: Approx. 4.0 V
Indicate the boost air temperature
Boost air temperature 20C {68 OF}:
2.4-2.6 V
Boost air temperature 30C {86 OF}:
1.7-1.9 V
MAP/boost air temperature

sensor
2N
Brake switch No.1
1AB

Brake switch No.2
Indicates the estimated catalytic

converter temperature

troubleshooting.

Idle: OFF

troubleshooting.
Clutch switch
1D
Neutral switch
1S
ECT sensor
Refrigerant pressure is more than

the specification: ON
Refrigerant pressure is less than the
specification: OFF
Clutch pedal depressed: ON
Clutch pedal released: OFF
Neutral position: ON
Others: OFF
Indicate the ECT
ECT 20C {68 OF}: 3.04-3.14 V
ECT 60C {140 OF}: 1.29-1.39 V
2AH
Idling after warm-up: Approx. 1

troubleshooting.
Idling after warm-up: Approx. 1

troubleshooting.
Indicates the desired TP by angle

troubleshooting.
2A
2B
Indicates the desired TP by percent
Indicates the desired TP by angle
EVAPCP
(Purge solenoid valve
duty value)

Idle: 0%
EVAPCV
(Evaporative emission
canister vent valve)
OFF/ON
Simulation item (EVAPCV) is ON:

ON
The following PIDs:

-APP1, APP2, ETC_ACT
TP sensor
The following PIDs:
- IAT, RPM, ECT, MAF,
02S11,BARO, INGEAR,
VPWR
CV solenoid valve
2AB
1AS
01-408-19

Monitor item
(Definition)
Unit!
Condition
FAN_DUTY
(Fan duty cycle)
FCL
(Fuel cap warning light)
OFF/ON
FIA
(Fuel injection amount)
FLI
(Fuel level)
FP
(Fuel pump relay)
FP_HLPRES
(High pressure fuel
pump)
Indicates the fuel injection amount.
Fuel gauge level F:Approx. 1000/0

Fuel gauge level E: Approx. 0%
OFF/ON
Off/On
Pa
FTP
(Fuel tank pressure
sensor)
(Reference)
ECT less than 98C {208 OF}: 0%
ECT more than 110C {230 OF}:
90%
Fuel cap warning light not
illuminated: OFF
Fuel cap warning light
illuminated: ON
Idle: ON
Cranking: ON
Spill valve control solenoid valve
work: On
Spill valve control solenoid valve
don't work: Off
Indicate the fuel tank pressure
Fuel tank pressure is equal to
barometric pressure: approx. 2.6 V
Inspection item
PCM
terminal
Fan control module

troubleshooting .
Fuel injector
Fuel Injector relay
troubleshooting.
1AE
The following PIDs:

-RPM
Fuel pump relay
1H
2F
2G
1AG
Indicate the target fuel pressure.
The following PIDs:

- ECT, FUEL_PRES, MAF, RPM,
VPWR,
Idle: Approx. 3 MPa

Load 60% or more: Approx. 11.5
MPa
Idle: Approx. 1.4 V
2R
Idle: Approx. 2.0 ms
The following PIDs:

- ECT, IAT, RPM, TP REL, MAF,
02S11, 02S12, MAP, VSS,
BOO, AC_REQ, VPWR
OL-Drive/
OL-Faultl
CL-Fault
Switch the ignition to ON: OL_Drive

Idle (after warm up): CL
The following PIDs:

- IAT, MAF, TP REL, MAp, ECT,
RPM, 02S11, 02S12,
INGEAR, VPWR, ALTT V
Fuel injector
HTR11
(AiF sensor heater)
OFF/ON
HTR12
(H02S heater)
OFF/ON
FUEL_P_DSD
(Fuel pressure desired)
Pa
Pa
FUEL_PRES
(Fuel pressure sensor)
V
FUELPW
(Fuel injector duration)
sec
OUCU
FUELSYS
(Fuel system status)
IAT
(Intake air temperature)
IMRC
(Variable swirl solenoid
valve)
INGEAR
(Load/no load
condition)
IVS
(CTP condition)
KNOCKR
(Knocking retard)
LOAD
(Engine load)
01-408-20
of
OFF/ON
OFF/ON
Idle/
Off Idle
Idle: ON
Engine speed is above 4,000 rpm:
OFF
Indicate the IAT
IAT 20C {68 OF}: 2.4-2.6V
IAT 30C {86 OF}: 1.7-1.9V
Engine speed is below Approx.
3,250 rpm and ECT is below 0 C
{32 OF}: ON
Others: OFF
Driving range: ON
Except above: OFF
Others: ON
APP closed: Idle
Others: Off Idle
Idle: 0
Idle (after warm up): 17.1-18.5%
Engine speed is 2,500 rpm: 14.215.2
The following PIDs:

- IAT, MAF, TP REL, ECT, RPM
AlF sensor heater
The following PIDs:
- IAT, MAF, ECT, RPM
H02S heater
MAF/IAT sensor
The following PIDs:

- TP REL, ECT, RPM
2AZ
2BB
2BC
2BD
2C
2D
1M
2AS

troubleshooting.

troubleshooting.
KS
2U
2V
MAF/IAT sensor

Monitor item
(Definition)
LONGFT1
(long term fuel trim)
Unit!
Condition

troubleshooting.
MAF/IAT sensor
1AK
MAP sensor
2AG

Idle: OFF

troubleshooting.
No DTC: 0 km {O mile}
DTC detected: Not 0 km {O mile}

troubleshooting.
Idle (after warm up): -1.0-1.0 A

Deceleration (after warm up):
0.25 A or more
AlF sensor
Idle: 0-1 V
The following PID

-02S12
2Q
Indicates the engine speed
CKP sensor
2W
OFF switch pressed in: Approx. 0 V

CANCEL switch pressed in:
Approx. 1.4 V
SET/- switch pressed in: Approx.
2.4 V
RES/+ switch pressed in: Approx.
3.9V
ON switch pressed in: Approx. 4.3
V
Except above: Approx. 4.7 V
1AQ
g/sec
V
Pa
MAP
(Manifold absolute
pressure)
MIL
(Malfunction indicator
lamp)
MIL_DIS
(Traveled distance
since the MIL
illuminated)
OFF/ON
km
02S11
(AiF sensor)
02S12
(H02S)
R02FT1
(H02S fuel trim)
RPM
(Engine speed)
PCM
terminal
Inspection item
Idle (after warm up):-14-14%
MAF
(Mass airflow)
(Reference)
mile
RPM
Indicate the MAF

Switch the ignition to ON: Approx.
0.7V
Idle (after warm up): Approx. 1.3 V
Indicate the MAP
Switch the ignition to ON: Approx.
1.9V
Idle (after warm up): Below 1.0 V
Idle after warm-up: Approx. 0.2
2Z
2AC
2AD
2Q
H02S
SCCS
(Speed control
command switch)
SEGRP
(EGR valve (stepping
motor) position)
Idle: 0
Engine speed is 1,187-4200 rpm:
0-57
The following PIDs:

- MAF, TP REL, ECT, RPM, VSS
EGR valve
2AM
2AN
2AQ
2AR
Indicate the desired EGR valve

position
The following PIDs:

- MAF, TP REL, ECT, RPM, VSS
Idle (after warm up): Approx.-3025%
Indicate the ignition timing
The following PIDs:

- MAF, TP REL, ECT, RPM,
INGEAR, VPWR
Ignition coil
SEGRP DSD
(Desired EGR valve
(stepping motor)
position)
SHRTFT1
(Short term fuel trim [AI
F sensor])
SPARKADV
(Ignition timing)
TEST
OFF/ON
TH_M
(Thermostat monitor)
C
OF
Indicates heat radiation ratio (heat

radiation when thermostat is
malfunctioning/heat radiation when
thermostat is normal) when
thermostat monitoring is finished
Indicates engine coolant
temperature when thermostat
monitoring is finished

troubleshooting.
2AT
2AW
2AX
2BA
Thermostat
01-408-21

Monitor item
(Definition)
Unit!
Condition
TH_M_MAX
(Thermostat monitor
max)
OF
TH_M_MIN
(Thermostat monitor
min)
OF
TP REL
(Relative TP)
(Reference)
Indicates upper limit of heat
radiation ratio (heat radiation when
thermostat is malfunctioning/heat
normal) for thermostat monitoring
execution
Indicates upper limit of engine
coolant temperature for thermostat
Indicates lower limit of heat radiation
ratio (heat radiation when
thermostat is malfunctioning/heat
normal) for thermostat monitoring
execution
Indicates lower limit of engine
coolant temperature for thermostat
Inspection item
TP1
(TP sensor NO.1)
V
%
TP2
(TP sensor NO.2)
V
TPCT
(Lowest closed throttle
voltage)
VPWR
(Battery positive
voltage)
VSS
(Vehicle speed)
VT ACT1
(Actual valve timing)
VT DIFF1
(Difference between
actual valve timing and
target valve timing)
VT DUTY1
(Camshaft position
commanded duty
cycle)
WGC
(Wastegate control
solenoid valve)
01-408-22
Thermostat
Note
When the ignition switch is in
the ON position (engine is off),
the throttle valve is fully closed
regardless of the accelerator
pedal opening angle.
Thermostat
Switch the ignition to ON (after

warm up)
APP is released: Approx. 5%
APP is depressed: Approx. 5 %

warm up)
APP is released: Approx. 15 %
warm up)
APP is released: Approx. 0.85 V
APP is depressed: Approx. 0.85 V
warm up)
APP is released: Approx. 15 %
warm up)
APP is released: Approx. 4.15 V
APP is depressed: Approx. 4.15 V
PCM
terminal
2AK
2AL
TP sensor
Note
2AK
TP sensor
Note
TP sensor
2AL
Switch the ignition to ON: Approx

0.5V
TP sensor
2AK
2AL
Indicates the battery voltage
Battery
1BA

troubleshooting.
CMP sensor
CKP sensor
KPH
MPH Indicates the vehicle speed
Idle: Approx. 0
Idle: Approx. 0
Idle: Approx. 11.5%
Racing with the accelerator pedal

fully depressed: 10-100 %
Fully closed: 0 %
The following PIDs:

- RPM, LOAD, VT ACT1
CMP sensor
2S
2W
2AF
The following PIDs:

- TP REL, ECT, RPM
OCV
2AA

PCM CONFIGURATION [L3 WITH TC]
idO 14039802600

following order.
2. Select "PCM".
5. Retrieve DTCs by the M-MDS, then verify that
If a DTe (s) is detected, perform the
applicable DTC inspection. (See 01-02B-18 DTC TABLE [L3 WITH TC].)
am3uuw0000239
CLUTCH PEDAL POSITION (CPP) SWITCH INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

idO 14039801600
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Verify that the CPP switch is installed properly.

Disconnect the CPP switch connector. (See 05-10-6 CLUTCH PEDAL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Inspect for continuity between the CPP switch
If not as specified, replace the CPP switch.
INSTALLATION.)
B
@
A
Specification
Measured
condition
Rod pushed
Except above
Clutch pedal
position
Clutch pedal
released
Clutch pedal
depressed
Continuity
Continuity
detected
CPPSWITCH
No continuity
am3uuw0000279
NEUTRAL SWITCH INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

id014039800800
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the neutral switch. (See 05-15B-2 NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G66M-R].)
Inspect for continuity between the neutral switch
NEUTRAL SWITCH
If not as specified, replace the neutral switch.
ROD
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G66M-R].)
Specification
Measured condition
Rod pushed
Except above
Continuity
Continuity detected
No continuity
PUSH
am6xuw0000134
01-408-23

VARIABLE SWIRL SHUTTER VALVE SWITCH INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
Voltage Inspection
1. Switch the ignition to ON (Engine off).
2. Verify that the PCM terminal 2AE voltage is as
shown in the following table when the variable
swirl shutter valve actuator rod is depressed and
released by hand.
id014039803000
VARIABLE SWIRL
SHUTTER VALVE - - - - - 7 7 ACTUATOR ROD
OPEN POSITION
(RELEASED)
I
CLOSED POSITION
(DEPRESSED)
am3uuw0000621
PCM
1BE 1BA~Awl1ASI1AO 1AK\1AGI1ACI1Y 11U 10 11M I 11
1E 1A
1BF lBB 1AXI1ATI1AP 1ALI1AHI1ADI1Z 11V 1R 11N 11J
1F 1B
1BG1BC 1AVl1AUI1AO AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1W 18 110 11K
1G 1C
1BH1BD 1AZH1AVI1AR1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P" 1L 1H 10
am6zzw0000012
If not as specified, replace the intake manifold. (See01-13B-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAU

Variable swirl shutter valve switch output voltage
Condition
Released (Open position)
Depressed (Closed position)
PCM terminal2AE
B+
Below 1.0 V
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id014039801900
Warning
When the engine is hot, it can badly burn. Turn off the engine and wait until it is cool before
removing the ECT sensor.
ECT Sensor No.1
3. Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-12B-2 COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [L3 WITH TC].)
4. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl)
5. Remove the air cleaner. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl)
6. Remove the air duct. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl)
8. Remove the ECT sensor No.1.
10. Refill the engine coolant. (See 01-12B-2
COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [L3
WITH TC].)
01-408-24

ECT Sensor No.2
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-178-2 8ATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
3. Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-128-2 COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [L3 WITH TCl.)
5. Remove the ECT sensor No.2 using the SST.
Note
Wipe off any oil or engine coolant if it gets on
the ECT sensor No.2 installation area.
7. Refill the engine coolant. (See 01-128-2
COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [L3
WITH TCl.)
am3uuw0000623
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id014039802000

3. Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-128-2 COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [L3 WITH TCl.)
4. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 01-178-2 8ATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
6. Remove the ECT sensor No.1. (See 01-408-24 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
No.1 terminals A and 8 using an ohmmeter.
No.1.
ECT (DC eF})
20{68}
80{176}
Approx.37.3
Approx. 3.84
am5ezw0000155

1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-178-2 8ATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
3. Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-128-2 COOLING SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS [L3 WITH TCl)
5. Remove the ECT sensor No.2. (See 01-408-24 ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE (ECT) SENSOR
No.2 terminals A and 8 using an ohmmeter.
No.2.
ECT (DC eF})
20{68}
80{176}
Approx.2.45
Approx.0.318
am3uuw0000256
01-408-25

MASS AIR FLOW (MAF) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
idO 14039800700
Visual Inspection
3. Disconnect the MAF/IAT sensor connector.
4. Remove the MAF/IAT sensor. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TCl.)
5. Visually inspect the MAF/IAT sensor for the following:
Damage, cracks, soiling
Rusted sensor terminal
Bent sensor terminal
If there is any malfunction, repair or replace the MAF/IAT sensor.
(See 01-13B-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
Voltage Inspection
1. Remove the MAF/IAT sensor without disconnect the MAF/IAT sensor connector.
.------------------------,
4. As the air gradually approaches the MAF
detection part of the MAF/IAT sensor, verify that
the voltage (M-MDS PID: MAF) varies.
If not as verified, replace the MAF/IAT sensor.
am3uuw0000239
INTAKE AIR TEMPERATURE (IAT) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

id014039802200
3. Disconnect the MAF/IAT sensor.
4. Measure the resistance between the MAF/IAT
sensor terminals D and E using a tester.
If not as specified, replace the MAF/IAT
sensor. (See01-13B-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM
~
Specification
-
JE!DiC\B!A!

20 {68}
60 {140}
Resistance (kilohm)
2.21-2.69
0.493-0.667
I~~I
acxuuw00000096
01-408-26

MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR/BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl
id014039801000
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the oil level gauge pipe. (See01-11 B-6 OIL PAN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Disconnect the MAP/boost air temperature sensor connector.
Remove the MAP/boost air temperature sensor.
,--------------------,
5.0-7.0
{51-71,45-61}
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000619
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl

id014039800900

3. Verify that the voltage (M-MDS PID: MAP) within
the specification. (See 01-40B-8 PCM
If not as specified, replace the MAP sensor.
PRESSURE (MAP) SENSOR/BOOST AIR
am3uuw0000239
BAROMETRIC PRESSURE (BARO) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl

id014039801100

3. Verify that the voltage (M-MDS PID: BARO) within
the specification. (See 01-40B-8 PCM
INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCD
Note
Because the PCM is integrated in the BARO
sensor, replacing the BARO sensor includes
replacement of the PCM.
If not as specified, replace the PCM. (See0140B-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
am3uuw0000261
01-408-27

BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id014039802100
3. Disconnect MAP/boost air temperature sensor.
4. Measure the resistance between the MAP/boost
air temperature sensor terminals A and B using a
tester.
If not as specified, replace the MAP/boost air
~I
D I 8?R
I B I A Ih
c
temperature sensor. (See 01-40B-27
~
MANIFOLD ABSOLUTE PRESSURE (MAP)
SENSOR/BOOST AIR TEMPERATURE
~
/21
SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
~~
Specification
20 {68}
60 {140}
Resistance (kilohm)
2.4-2.7
0.59-0.64
acxuuw00000094
THROTTLE POSITION (TP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

id014039802700
Caution
The inspection cannot be performed with this method correctly if there is a malfunction of the APP
sensor or throttle valve actuator. Verify that no DTCs related to the APP sensor or throttle valve
actuator are stored before the inspection.
3. Verify that the TP sensor output voltage (M-MDS
PID: TP1, TP2) is within the specification. (See
01-40B-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
ACCELERATOR PEDAL POSITION (APP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

id014039803200

APP1, APP2) increases according to the increase
in the accelerator opening angle when the
accelerator opening angle is gradually increased.
If verified, go to the next step.
If not as verified, replace the accelerator
pedal. (See 01-13B-14 ACCELERATOR
PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
am3uuw0000239
APP1, APP2) is within the specification when the
accelerator pedal is depressed and not
depressed.
If not as specified, replace the accelerator pedal. (See 01-13B-14 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAU
01-408-28

FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR REMOVAIJINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl
idO 14039801200
Note
If the fuel pressure sensor is removed, do not reuse the fuel pressure sensor and the fuel delivery pipe.
When you replace the fuel pressure sensor, replace a new fuel delivery pipe with a new fuel pressure
sensor. (SEE 01-14B-25 FUEL INJECTOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
FUEL PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl
id014039801300
1.
2.
3.
4.

Switch the ignition to ON (Engine off).
Select the FUEL_PRES PID on the M-MDS.
After warming up the engine, verify that the
FUEL_PRES PID is at the standard value under
the following conditions.
If not as verified, replace the fuel delivery
pipe.
Step
1
Condition
FUEL_PRES PIO
Idle
90 s after engine is
started
Approx. 3 MPa
Idle
Spill valve solenoid
valve connector is
disconnected
Approx. 530 kPa
am3uuw0000239
5. After connecting the spill valve control solenoid valve connector, clear the DTC.
AIR FUEL RATIO (AlF) SENSOR REMOVAIJINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl
id014039899700
Warning
TC].)
4. Remove the charge air cooler bracket. (See 01-13B-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
6. Remove the AlF sensor using the SST.
Nm {kgfm, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000596
01-408-29

AIR FUEL RATIO (AlF) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id014039899600
AlF Sensor Inspection

- AlF sensor current (PID: 02S11)
4. Verify that the AlF sensor current (PID: 02S11) is 0.25 mA or more while decelerating as shown in the figure.
V88
OKPH~--------------~-------------
3,000 RPM
RPM 2,000 RPM
1,000 RPM
ORPM~-----------------------------
02811
OmA~----~~------~ffi*~~-------
acxu uw00000099
If not as specified, replace the A/F sensor. (See 01-40B-29 AIR FUEL RATIO (AlF) SENSOR REMOVAU
AlF Sensor Heater Inspection
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Te].)
4. Measure the resistance between AlF sensor
terminals 2B and 2D.
If not as specified, replace the A/F sensor.
SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH Te].)
am3uuw0000623
01-408-30

HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (H02S) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id014039804000
Warning
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Remove the H02S using the SST.
am3uuw0000594
HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (H02S) INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]

id014039802300
H02S Inspection
Engine speed (PID: RPM)
H02S voltage (PID: 02S12)
4. Verify that the H02S outputs a voltage of 0.6 V or more, one time or more, then verify that the H02S voltage
(PID: 02S12) is 0.3 V or less while decelerating as shown in the figure.
VSS
OKPH~--------------~----~~-----
3000 RPM
RPM 2000 RPM
1000 RPM
ORPM~-----------------------------
1V
02S12
0.5V
~~A~A
~~
'V ~V U~ 0.3V OR LESS
OV~----------------------------am 6zzw0000016

(See 01-40B-31 HEATED OXYGEN SENSOR (H02S) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Tel.)
01-408-31

H02S Heater Inspection
3. Disconnect the H02S connector.
4. Measure the H02S resistance between terminals
C and D.
(H02S) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
am3uuw0000623
CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id014039800600
Removal
5. Disconnect the CKP sensor connector.
6. Remove the installation bolts to remove the CKP sensor.
Installation
Caution
When foreign material, such as an iron chips, gets on the CKP sensor, it can cause abnormal
output from the sensor because of flux turbulence and adversely affect engine control. Be sure
there is no foreign material on the CKP sensor when replacing.
1. Perform the following procedure so that piston No.1 is at the top dead center.
,..-------r-.:::-:-----:-___, . . . . . - ; - : - - - - - - - - - - - - ,
(1) Rotate the crankshaft in the direction of the
engine rotation and remove the cylinder block
lower blind plug when the No.1 cylinder is at
the point prior to top dead center (TDC) of
compression, then install the SST.
(2) Rotate the crankshaft in the direction of the
engine rotation so that the No.1 piston is at
TDC of the compression stroke. (Until the
crank weight contacts SST and stops.)
acxuuw00001899
2. Using a straight edge, draw a straight line directly

in the center of the twentieth tooth of the
crankshaft pulley pulse wheel (counting
counterclockwise from the empty space).
EMPTY SPACE
Caution
If the line is not accurately drawn,
ignition timing, fuel injection and other
engine control systems will be adversely
effected. Draw the straight line carefully
using a straight edge.
3. Align the center line of the crankshaft position
sensor and the line drawn in Step 2, then install
the sensor.
acxuuw00000075
01-408-32

4. Install the CKP sensor fitting bolts.
5.5-7.5
{57-76, 49-66}
Nm {kgf.cm, in.lbf}
am3uuw0000296
5. Remove the SST then install the cylinder block

lower blind plug.
am3uuw0000596
CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl

id014039800500
Air Gap Inspection

1. Verify that the CKP sensor is securely installed.
2. Using a thickness gauge, measure the air gap
between the plate projections at the back of
crankshaft pulley and the CKP sensor.
If not within the specification, inspect the plate
projections for cracks or bending.
plate.
If the monitor item condition/specification
(reference) is not within the specification,
even though there is no malfunction, carry
out the "Circuit Open/Short Inspection".
Air gap
0.S-1.S mm {0.02-0.0S in}
CKPSENSOR
acxuuw00000070
Visual Inspection
3. Remove the CKP sensor. (See01-40B-32 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP) SENSOR REMOVAU
If the monitor item condition/specification (reference) is without the specification even though there is no
malfunction, carry out the "Circuit Open/Short Inspection".
Voltage Inspection
1. Idle the engine.
2. Measure the CKP sensor output wave pattern using an oscilloscope. (See 01-40B-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3
WITH TCn
If not within the specification, replace the CKP sensor. (See 01-40B-32 CRANKSHAFT POSITION (CKP)
01-408-33

CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR REMOVALJINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id014039801500
Caution
When replacing the CMP sensor, make sure there is no foreign material on it such as metal
shavings. If it is installed with foreign material, the sensor output signal will malfunction resulting
from fluctuation in magnetic flux and cause a deterioration in engine control.
3. Remove the charge air cooler cover. (See01-13B-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TCl.)
4. Disconnect the CMP sensor connector.
5. Remove the CMP sensor.
am3uuw0000619
CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC]
id014039801400
Visual Inspection
3. Remove the CMP sensor. (See01-40B-34 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP) SENSOR REMOVAU
If the monitor item condition/specification (reference) is not within the specification even though there is no
malfunction, carry out the "Circuit Open/Short Inspection".
Voltage Inspection
1. Idle the engine.
2. Measure the CMP sensor output wave pattern using an oscilloscope. (See 01-40B-8 PCM INSPECTION [L3
WITH TCD
If not within the specification, replace the CMP sensor. (See 01-40B-34 CAMSHAFT POSITION (CMP)
SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
KNOCK SENSOR (KS) REMOVALJINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id014039802900
Caution
Be careful not to impact the sensor.
Verify that there is no debris between the sensor and the cylinder block before installing.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the intake manifold. (See01-13B-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCD
Remove the KS.
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000616
01-408-34

KNOCK SENSOR (KS) INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl
id014039802800
2. Disconnect the KS connector.
3. Measure the resistance between KS terminals A and B using a tester.
If not as specified, replace the KS. (See01-40B-34 KNOCK SENSOR (KS) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
Specification
Approx. 4.87 megohms
FUEL TANK PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl
id014039857400
Voltage Inspection
3. Remove the evaporative hose component. (See 01-14B-8 FUEL TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
5. Plug one end of the evaporative hose component and verify that the output voltage from the fuel tank pressure
sensor changes when pressure is applied from the other hose end.
If it cannot be verified even though the related harnesses have no malfunction, replace the evaporative
hose component.(See 01-14B-8 FUEL TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
01-408-35
TECHNICAL DATA [LF, LS]
01-S0A TECHNICAL DATA [LF, LS]

ENGINE TECHNICAL DATA [LF, LS] ... 01-S0A-1
ENGINE TECHNICAL DATA [LF, LS]

id0150c7800100
Item
Idle speed (MTX: Neutral position, ATX: P, N position)
Ignition timing
CO concentration
HC concentration
Idle-up speed (MTX: Neutral position, ATX: P, N
position)
Compression [LF]
Compression [L5]
OCV coil resistance

Cylinder Head Bolt Length L
Cylinder Head Bolt Maximum
Engine oil capacity [LF] (approx. quantity)
Engine oil capacity [L5] (approx. quantity)

Oil pressure (reference value) [oil temperature: 100C
{212 OF}]
Fuel pressure
Fuel hold pressure
Battery back-up current (When the ignition is off (key
is removed) and all doors are closed.)
Specification
600-700 rpm (MTX), 650-750 (ATX)
LF: Approx. BTDC 8

L5: Approx. BTDC 12
AlC on: 700-800 rpm (MTX), 650-770 (ATX)
IN: 0.22-0.28 mm {0.009-0.011 in}
EX: 0.27-0.33 mm {0.011-0.012 in}
Standard: 1,400 kPa {14.28 kgf/cm 2 , 203.1 psi}[300 rpm]
Minimum: 980 kPa {10.0 kgf/cm 2 , 142.2 psi}[300 rpm]
Maximum difference between cylinders: 196.1 kPa {2.0 kgf/cm 2 , 28.5
psi}
Minimum: 927 kPa {9.45 kgf/cm 2 , 134 psi}[300 rpm]
Maximum difference between cylinders: 196.1 kPa {2.0 kgf/cm 2 , 28.5
psi}
6.9-7.9 ohms [20C {68F}]
145.2-145.8 mm {5.717-5.740 in}
146.5 mm {5.767 in}
LF: 234-521 kPa {2.39-5.31 kgf/cm 2 , 34.0-75.5 psi} [3,000 rpm]
L5: 395-649 kPa {4.03-6.61 kgf/cm 2 , 57.3-94.1 psi} [3,000 rpm]
7.5 L {7.9 US qt, 6.6 Imp qt}
135-155 kPa {1.38-1.58 kgf/cm 2 , 19.6-22.4 psi}
80-84 C {176-183 OF}
97C {207 OF}
350-430 kPa {3.57--4.38 kgf/cm 2 , 50.8-62.3 psi}
11.4-12.6 ohms [20C {68 OF}]
1.22-1.29
50D20L (40): 150 A
55D23L (48): 180 A
75D23L (52): 195 A
40-60 mA
50D20L (40): 4.0-5.0 A
55D23L (48): 4.5-5.5 A
75D23L (52): 5.0-6.0 A
50D20L (40): 25 A
55D23L (48): 30 A
75D23L (52): 35 A
Terminal B: B+
Terminal 0: Approx. V
01-50A-1
TECHNICAL DATA [LF, LS]

Specification
Terminal B: 13-15 V
Terminal D: Turn the electrical loads (headlights, blower motor, rear
window defroster, brake lights, etc.) on and verify that the voltage
reading increases.
[Ambient temp. 20C {68 OF}, voltage 13.0-15.0 V, both engine and
generator are hot]
Item
Generator standard voltage [Idle, 20C {68 OF}]

Generator rotor resistance (between slip rings) [20C
{68 OF}]
1.9-2.2 ohms
Standard: 4.1-5.3 N {0.42-0.54 kgf, 1.0-1.1 Ibf}
1-3-4-2 (all cylinders independent firing)

CYLINDER No.
CRANKSHAFT
PULLEY ~ ENGINE
G)'
Firing order
CD
LFG1 18110 (ILTR5A-13G), L3Y2 18 110

Standard: 1.25-1.45 mm {0.0493-0.0570 in}
3.0-7.5 kilohms
11 V
LF: 95 A or less
L5: 90 A or less
0.5-2.0 mm {0.02-0.07 in}
0.1 mm {0.004 in} max.
Minimum: 2.75 N {0.280 kgf, 0.618Ibf}
Spark plug type

Spark plug gap
Starter pinion gap

Item
U.S.A. and CANADA
Engine oil grade
(I LSAC)
01-50A-2
5W-20
(I LSAC)
API SM or ILSAC
5W-20 (If SAE 5W-20 engine oil is not available
in your market, use SAE 5W-30 engine oil.)
TECHNICAL DATA [L3 WITH TC]
01-508 TECHNICAL DATA [L3 WITH TC]

ENGINE TECHNICAL DATA
[L3 WITH TC] .................... 01-508-1
ENGINE TECHNICAL DATA [L3 WITH TC]

1d015039800100
Item
Ignition timing
Idle speed
Idle mixture
Compression
OCV coil resistance

Cylinder head bolt stem length
Engine oil capacity (approx. quantity)
Oil pressure (reference value) [oil temperature: 100C
{212 OF}]
Specification
Approx. BTDC 10
No load: 650-750 rpm
Electrical load on *1: 650-750 rpm
AlC on: 700-800 rpm
HC concentration: Within the regulation
CO concentration: Within the regulation
IN: 0.22-0.28 mm {0.009-0.011 in}
EX: 0.27-0.33 mm {0.011-0.012 in}

Minimum: 896 kPa {9.14 kgf/cm 2 , 130 psi}[250 rpm]
Maximum difference between cylinders: 196.1 kPa {2.000 kgf/cm 2 ,
28.44 psi}
6.9-7.9 ohms [20C {68F}]
Standard: 144.7-145.3 mm {5.697-5.720 in}
Maximum: 146 mm {5. 74 in}
0-0.5 mm {0-0.019 in}
297-551 kPa {3.03-5.61 kgf/cm 2 , 43.1-79.9 psi} [3,000 rpm]
7.5 L {7.9 US qt, 6.6 Imp qt}

135-155 kPa {1.38-1.58 kgf/cm 2 , 19.6-22.4 psi}

80-84 C {176-183 OF}
97C {207 OF}
Fuel pressure
350-430 kPa {3.57-4.38 kgf/cm 2 , 50.8-62.3 psi}
Fuel hold pressure

Battery back-up current (When the ignition is off (key
is removed) and all doors are closed.)
Generator standard voltage [Idle, 20C {68 OF}]

1.0-1.2 ohms [20C {68 OF}]
1.22-1.29
55D23L (48): 180 A
75D23L (52): 195 A
40-60 mA
55D23L (48): 4.5-5.5 A
75D23L (52): 5.0-6.0 A
55D23L (48): 30 A
75D23L (52): 35 A
Terminal B: B+
Terminal D: Approx. 0 V
Terminal B: 13-15 V
Terminal D: Turn the electrical loads (headlights, blower motor, rear
window defroster, brake lights, etc.) on and verify that the voltage
reading increases.
[Ambient temp. 20C {68 OF}, voltage 13.0-15.0 V, both engine and
generator are hot]
01-508-1
TECHNICAL DATA [L3 WITH TC]

Item
Generator rotor resistance (between slip rings) [20C
{68 OF}]
Specification
1.8-2.2 ohms
1-3-4-2 (all cylinders independent firing)

CYLINDER No.
CRANKSHAFT
ENGINE
PULLEY J::::::r=:;::::
CD
Firing order
0
Spark plug type
L3BD 18110, L3YD 18 110

Standard: 0.60-0.80 mm {0.024-0.031 in}
3.0-7.5 kilohms
11 V
90 A or less
0.5-2.0 mm {0.02-0.07 in}
0.1 mm {0.004 in} max.
Minimum: 2.75 N {0.280 kgf, 0.618 Ibf}
Spark plug gap

Starter pinion gap
* 1: When the following electrical loads are on: Headlights, rear defroster, cooling fan No.1, cooling fan No.2, and the
blower motor (2-step or more.)

Item
U.S.A. and CANADA
Engine oil grade
(I LSAC)
(I LSAC)
API SM or ILSAC
01-508-2
5W-30
SERVICE TOOLS [LF, LS]
01-60A SERVICE TOOLS [LF, LS]

ENGINE SST [LF, LS] ............... 01-60A-1
ENGINE SST [LF, LS]

id0160g2800100
1:49 UN01 052

2:310-0005
Spring lock
coupler tool
(green)
1: 49 C017 5AO
1:498011 105
2:-
1:49 UN20 5072

2:205-072
Engine support
set
Adapter
Holder
1:-
1:49 UN30 3465

2:303-465
2:-
2:-
2:303-507
CrankshaftTOC
timing pin
1:49 UN30 3328

2:303-328
Rear oil seal
replacer
1:49 0032 316
Protractor
Camshaft
alignment
timing tool
1:49 H010 401
1: -
2:-
2: 134-01049A
Oil seal installer
Evaporative
emission
system tester
1:49 N013
1AOO
1:49 8015 001
1:498015002
2:-
2:-
Adapter
(Part of 49 8015
OAO)
Adapter
(Part of 49 8015
OAO)
2:Fuel pressure
gauge set
1 :49 N013103A
1:49 E042 001
1:49 T018 001
2:-
2:-
2:-
Remover
(Part of 49
N0131AOO)
Remover
02 sensor
wrench
1: -
1:490187
280A
2: AKS042808
Adapter
[]])
1: Mazda SST number

Example
2:Oil pressure
gauge
1:49 E019 001
2:-
Adapter
01-60A-1
SERVICE TOOLS [LF, LS]

1:49 0019 908
2:-
1:490019909
1:490019910
2:-
2:-
Gauge
(Part of 49
00199A2)
Hose
(Part of 49
00199A2)
Adapter
(Part of 49
00199A2)
1:49 0019 911

2:-
1:490019914
1:49 H019 002
2:-
2:-
Adapter
(Part of 49
00199A2)
Adapter
(Part of 49
00199A2)
Adapter
1:490019913
2:-
1:49 B015102
1:49 B015 103
2:-
2:-
Adapter
(Part of 49
00199A2)
Remover
(Part of 49 B015
1AO)
Installer
(Part of 49 B015
1AO)
1:49 B015104
2:-
1:49 0015 001
1:49 L018 001
2:-
2:-
Box wrench
Hook
(Part of 49 B015
1AO)
01-60A-2
AlF sensor,
H02S wrench
SERVICE TOOLS [L3 WITH TC]
01-608 SERVICE TOOLS [L3 WITH TC]

ENGINE SST [L3 WITH TC] .......... 01-608-1
ENGINE SST [L3 WITH TC]

id016039800100
1: Mazda SST number

Example
1:49 UN30 3328
2:303-328
Rear oil seal
replacer
1:2:303-507
1: 49 N013
103A
2:CrankshaftTDC
timing peg
Remover (Part
of 49 N013
1AOD)
1:49 UN20
507202
2:205-07202
1:49 UN30
310610
2:303-1061
Crankshaft
holding tool pins
Camshaft
alignment
timing tool
1:49 T018 001

2:-
O2 sensor
~ wrench
1:49 H010 401
2:Oil seal installer
1:49 G013 101
1:49 C017 5AO
1:49 E019 001
2:-
2:-
2:-
Engine support
set
Adapter
Remover
1:49 N013
1AOD
1:49 0187 280A

2:-
1:49 H080 740A
2:-
2:Fuel pressure
gauge set
1 :49 E042 001
2:Remover
Oil pressure
gauge
Pressure tester
1: 2:134-01049A
1:49 UN20 5072

2:205-072
Evaporative
emission
system tester
Holder
01-608-1
. ..:
SERVICE TOOLS [L3 WITH TC]

1:49 L018 001
2:-
1:2:AKS042808
02 sensor
wrench
Adapter
1:49 UN30 3328

2:303-328
Rear oil seal
replacer
1:49 G040 002

2:-
1:49 L018 002
2:-
0)]))))
Serrated bit
1:49 0032316
1:49 G040 001
2:-
2:-
Protractor
Handle
1:49 0019 909
1:490019910
2:-
2:-
Installer
Hose
(Part of 49
00199A2)
Adapter
(Part of 49
00199A2)
1:490019911
2:-
1:490019914
2:-
2:-
Adapter
(Part of 49
00199A2)
Adapter
(Part of 49
00199A2)
1:49 H019 002

Adapter
1:490019913
1:49 0019 908
1:49 8015 001
2:-
2:-
2:-
Adapter
(Part of 49
00199A2)
Gauge
(Part of 49
00199A2)
Adapter
(Part of 49 8015
1:49 8015 002

2:Adapter
(Part of 498015
OAO)
01-608-2
OAO)
SUSPENSION
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC .... 02-02
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING ...... 02-03
GENERAL PROCEDURES .... 02-10
WHEEL ALIGNMENT ........ 02-11
02-02
WHEEL AND TIRES .........

FRONT SUSPENSION .......
REAR SUSPENSION ........
TECHNICAL DATA ..........
SERVICE TOOLS ...........
02-12
02-13
02-14
02-50
02-60
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM

(TPMS) WIRING DIAGRAM . ........ . 02-02-2
Vehicles Without Advanced
Keyless Entry And Push Button
Start System .................... 02-02-2
Vehicles With Advanced Keyless Entry
And Push Button Start System ..... . 02-02-2
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
(TPMS) ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS .... . 02-02-3
On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Test
Description .................... 02-02-3
Reading DTCs Procedure ......... . 02-02-3
Clearing DTCs Procedures ........ . 02-02-3
PID/Data Monitor And
Record Procedure .............. . 02-02-4
DTC Table ..................... 02-02-4
PID/Data Monitor Table ........... . 02-02-5
Snapshot data table ..............

MALFUNCTIONING WHEEL UNIT
IDENTIFICATION . .................
DTC C0077:00 .....................
DTC C2011 :49/C2012:49/C2013:491
C2014:49 ........................
DTC C2011 :87/C2012:87/C2013:871
C2014:87 ........................
DTC U0127:00 .....................
Start System ..................
And Push Button Start System ......
DTC U0300:00 . ................... .
DTC U3000:42 . ................... .
02-02-5
02-02-6
02-02-6
02-02-7
02-02-8
02-02-9
02-02-9
02-02-12
02-02-14
02-02-15
02-02-1
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) WIRING DIAGRAM
id020200a00100
Vehicles Without Advanced Keyless Entry And Push Button Start System
WHEEL UNIT
IN'G.1lIND.2lrND.3lrNOAl
~~~~
~\!CF
SIGNAL
BCM
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
PCM
TANTENNA
ROOM
15A
DLC-2
KEYLESS RECEIVER
am3uuw0000472
Vehicles With Advanced Keyless Entry And Push Button Start System
WHEEL UNIT
IN'G.1lIND.2lrND.3lrNOAl
~~~~
~\!~F
SIGNAL
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULEr--_B_C_M_-..
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
PCM
ANTENNA
KEYLESS RECEIVER
DLC-2
am3uuw0000472
02-02-2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS
id020200800200
On-Board Diagnostic (OBD) Test Description

The aBO test inspects the integrity and function of the TPMS and outputs the results when requested by the
specific tests.
On-board diagnostic test also:
Provides a quick inspection of the TPMS usually performed at the start of each diagnostic procedure.
Provides verification after repairs to ensure that no other faults occurred during service.
The aBO test is divided into 2 tests:
Read/clear diagnostic results, and PIO monitor.
Read/Clear Diagnostic Results
This function allows you to read or clear OTCs in the instrument cluster memory.
PID/Data Monitor And Record
This function allows you to access certain data values, input signals, calculated values, and system status
information.
Reading DTCs Procedure
3. Select "IC".
2. Select "IC".
3. Verify the OTC according to the directions on the
am3uuw0000267
screen.
If any OTCs are displayed, perform
troubleshooting according to the corresponding OTC inspection after recording the snapshot data. (See 0202-5 Snapshot data table.)
4. After completion of repairs, clear all OTCs stored in the instrument cluster. (See 02-02-3 Clearing OTCs
Procedures.)
Clearing DTCs Procedures
3. Select "IC".
2. Select "IC".
screen.
4. Press the clear button on the OTC screen to clear
the OTC.
6. Switch the ignition to ON and wait for 5 s or more.
7. Perform OTC inspection. (See 02-02-3 Reading OTCs Procedure.)
am3uuw0000267
02-02-3
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
PID/Data Monitor And Record Procedure
items from the initialization screen of the M-MOS .
3. Select "IC".
2. Select "IC".
3. Select the applicable PIO from the PIO table. (See
02-02-5 PIO/Oata Monitor Table.)
4. Verify the PIO data according to the directions on
the screen.
am3uuw0000267
Note
module.Therefore, if the monitored value of the output parts is not within the specification, it is necessary
DTC Table
DTC No.
M-MDS
C0077:00
C2011:49
C2012:49
C2013:49
C2014:49
C2011:87
C2012:87
C2013:87
Description
Low tire pressure
Wheel
Wheel
Wheel
Wheel
Wheel
Wheel
unit
unit
unit
unit
unit
unit
No.1
No.2
No.3
No.4
No.1
No.2
internal malfunction
(No response)
(No response)
C2014:87
U0100:00
Wheel unit No.3 (No response)

Communication error with PCM
U0127:00
U0300:00
U0401:68
Communication error with keyless receiver

Incomplete configuration
Erratic signal from PCM
U2100:00
U3000:42
Instrument cluster general memory failure
02-02-4
Reference
(See 02-02-6 DTC C0077:00.)
(See 02-02-7 DTC C2011 :49/C2012:491
C2013:49/C2014:49.)
(See 02-02-8 DTC C2011 :87/C2012:871

C2013:87/C2014:87.)
(See 02-02-9 DTC U0127:00.)
(See 02-02-14 DTC U0300:00.)
(See 09-02E-9 DTC U0401 :68
(See 09-02E-8 DTC B1A84:51/U21 00:00
(See 02-02-15 DTC U3000:42.)
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
PID/Data Monitor Table
Note
When the wheel unit is in sleep mode, the data logger displays a value different from the actual value.
(Such as, WU1_P: 0 KPa, WU1_T: -50C)
PID Name (Definition)
WU1_ID
WU2_ID
WU3_ID
WU4_ID
(Wheel unit ID code)
WU1_P
WU2_P
WU3_P
WU4_P
(Tire pressure)
WU1_T
WU2_T
WU3_T
WU4_T
(Tire temperature)
WU1_VPWR
WU2_VPWR
WU3_VPWR
WU4_VPWR
(Supply voltage)
WU1_ERR_T
WU2_ERR_T
WU3_ERR_T
WU4_ERR_T
(Tire temperature)
WU1_ERR_P
WU2_ERR_P
WU3_ERR_P
WU4_ERR_P
(Tire pressure)
Unit!
Condition
Action
Replace the wheel unit.

(See 02-12-6 WHEEL UNIT
Perform the wheel unit ID
registration.
(See 02-12-5 WHEEL UNIT ID
REGISTRATION.)
Indicates the registered ID that is

transmitted from the wheel unit.
Pa, psi
Indicates the tire pressure.

(See 02-12-1 WHEEL AND TIRE
SPECIFICATION.)
Adjust tire pressure.

(See 02-12-5 TIRE
PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT
(WITH TPMS).)
REMOVAUINSTALLATION. )
Perform the wheel unit ID
registration.
REGISTRATION.)
C, of
Indicates the internal tire air

temperature.
Adjust tire pressure.

(See 02-12-5 TIRE PRESSURE
ADJUSTMENT (WITH TPMS).)
Normal/
Error
Signal is normal: Normal

Signal is abnormal: Error

Normal/
Error


Normal/
Error


Snapshot data table

Note
The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) does not identify the location of the malfunctioning wheel
unit on the vehicle (RF, LF, LR, RR). The TPMS identifies each wheel unit as No.1, No.2, No.3 and No.4. In
order to identify the location of the wheel unit, perform the MALFUNCTIONING WHEEL UNIT
IDENTIFICATION procedure. (See.02-02-6 MALFUNCTIONING WHEEL UNIT IDENTIFICATION.)
Snapshot data item
TOTAL_DIST
VSS
WU1 P
WU2_P
WU3_P
WU4_P
Unit
km
Definition
Displays distance of odometer when a
DTC is detected.
KPH, MPH Vehicle speed
Pa, psi
Tire pressure
Description
Displays distance of odometer
when a DTC is detected. (display
four last digits)
Vehicle speed signal is input from
the speed sensor.
Tire pressure signal is input from
the wheel unit.
02-02-5
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Snapshot data item
WU1_T
WU2_T
WU3_T
WU4_T
Unit
oe, of
Definition
Tire internal air temperature
Description
Tire internal air temperature signal
is input from the wheel unit.
MALFUNCTIONING WHEEL UNIT IDENTIFICATION

id020200800300
Note
The tire pressure monitoring system (TPMS) does not identify the location of the malfunctioning wheel
unit on the vehicle (RF, LF, LR, RR). The TPMS identifies each wheel unit as No.1, No.2, NO.3 and No.4. In
order to identify the location of the wheel unit, perform the following procedure.
1. Adjust the air pressure as follows:
RF: 220 kPa {2.2 kgf/cm 2 , 32 psi}
LF: 240 kPa {2.4 kgf/cm 2 , 35 psi}
LR: 260 kPa {2.6 kgf/cm 2 , 38 psi}
RR: 280 kPa {2.8 kgf/cm 2 , 40 psi}
5. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 25 km/h {15.5 mph} or more for 2 min or more.
6. Select the following PIDs using the M-MDS, and monitor them.
WU1_P
- WU2_P
- WU3_P
- WU4_P
7. Determine which wheel unit identification code
AIR PRESSURE
matches which wheel and tire by comparing the
PID MONITOR VALUE
VALUE SET IN STEP.1
PI D monitor values with the air pressure values
set in Step 1.
RF 220 KPA ~ WU1_P 240 KPA
LF 240 KPA
WU2_P 220 KPA
LR 260 KPA ~ WU3_P 280 KPA
RR 280 KPA
WU4_P 260 KPA
RF:WU2_P
LF: WU1_P
LR:WU4_P
RR:WU3_P
am6zzw0000241
DTC C0077:00
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id020200801200
Low tire pressure
Instrument cluster detects that the tire pressure is low.
Scratch or foreign object of tires

Low tire pressure
Wheel unit malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
VISUALLY INSPECT TIRE
1
Visually inspect the tires.
Is there any scratch or foreign object?
02-02-6
Yes
No
ACTION
Remove any foreign object or replace the tire if necessary,
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
INSPECTION
2
INSPECT TIRE PRESSURE
Measure the tire pressure when the tires are
cold.
Is the tire pressure correct?
3
VERIFY TROUBLESHOOTING COMPLETED

Clear the DTC from the instrument cluster
memory using the M-MDS.
MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS) ONBOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
Drive the vehicle at speed of 25 km/h {15.5
mph} or more for 10 min or more.
Retrieve the TPMS DTC using the M-MDS.
VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Adjust the tire pressure to the specification, then go to the
next step.
(See 02-12-5 TIRE PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT (WITH
TPMS).)
Confirm the snapshot data.
If the tire pressure displayed on the snapshot is not correct,
replace and register the wheel unit, then go to the next step.
(See 02-12-6 WHEEL UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(See 02-12-5 WHEEL UNIT ID REGISTRATION.)

(See 02-02-3 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
(TPMS) ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
DTC C2011 :49/C2012:49/C2013:49/C2014:49

id020200801000
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
C2011:49
C2012:49
C2013:49
C2014:49
Keyless
more.
Wheel unit No.1 internal malfunction

receiver receives the erratic signal from each wheel unit at speed of 25 km/h {15.5 mph} or
Wheel unit internal malfunction
INSPECTION
STEP
IDENTIFY MALFUNCTIONING WHEEL UNIT
1
Identify the malfunctioning wheel unit.
(See 02-02-6 MALFUNCTIONING WHEEL
UNIT IDENTIFICATION.)
2

PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace and register the malfunctioning wheel unit, then go
to the next step.
Repeat the inspection from Step 1.

02-02-7
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC C2011 :87/C2012:87/C2013:87/C2014:87
id020200801100
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
C2011:87
C2012:87
C2013:87
C2014:87
Wheel
Wheel
Wheel
Wheel
unit
unit
unit
unit
No.1 (No
No.2 (No
No.3 (No
No.4 (No
response)
response)
response)
response)
Keyless receiver has continuously not received a signal from each wheel unit at speed of 25 km/h {15.5
mph} or more.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Mis-installation of wheel unit

Keyless receiver malfunction
- Keyless receiver do not receive the signal from the wheel unit.
- Wheel unit identification code is not registered in the instrument cluster.
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT INSTALLATION OF WHEEL UNIT
Inspect the wheel unit is installed correctly to
each wheel.
Are all four wheels equipped with each wheel
units?
2
Yes
No
IDENTIFY MALFUNCTIONING WHEEL UNIT

Yes
CONFIRM ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND

PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM DTC
Retrieve the advanced keyless entry and
push button start system DTC using the MMDS.
INSPECT KEYLESS RECEIVER
Inspect the keyless receiver.
(See 09-14-81 KEYLESS RECEIVER
INSPECTION [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)
INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS
SYSTEM].)
Yes
02-02-8
No
ACTION
Install the wheel unit correctly and register the wheel unit ID,
then go to Step 5.
Replace and register the malfunctioning wheel unit, then go
to Step 5.
Vehicles without advanced keyless entry and push button
start system:
Go to Step 4.
Vehicles with advanced keyless entry and push button start
system:
(See 09-02A-7 DTC TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM].)
No
Yes
Replace the keyless receiver, then go to the next step.

(See 09-14-80 KEYLESS RECEIVER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
INSPECTION
6
PRESENT
Yes
No
ACTION
Note
If the wheel unit has been newly replaced, the TPMS warning light may flashes before the 10 registration
is complete, and OTC C2011 :87, C2012:87, C2013:87 and C2014:87 may be stored in the memory. In this
case, reimplement the wheel unit 10 registration, and after confirming that the TPMS warning light is no
longer flashing, erase the OTC. If the TPMS warning light does not go out, a malfunction on anyone of the
wheel units may have occurred and the 10 registration will not have been correctly performed. Repeat the
diagnostic procedure from Step 1 and perform and inspection.
DTC U0127:00
id020200801300
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION

Communication error between instrument cluster and keyless receiver.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Keyless receiver connector or terminals malfunction

BCM connector or terminals malfunction
- Keyless receiver terminal D-BCM terminal 4K-lnstrument cluster terminal 2G
BCM malfunction
KEYLESS RECEIVER
SCM
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
(4K)
@:~~
KEYLESS RECEIVER
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
~ ttE 1*1 B11 ~

I~~I
2A
2S
SCM
02-02-9
_.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT KEYLESS RECEIVER CONNECTOR
AND TERMINALS
Disconnect the keyless receiver connector.
Inspect the connector and terminals
(corrosion, damage, pin disconnection).
2
INSPECT BCM CONNECTOR AND
TERMINALS
Disconnect the SCM connector.
3
CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS
4
INSPECT WHEEL UNIT SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Keyless receiver, SCM and instrument
cluster connectors are disconnected.
terminal (wiring harness-side) and body
ground:
- Keyless receiver terminal D
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Repair or replace the connector or terminals, then go to
Step 9.

Step 9.

Step 9.


Measure the voltage at the following terminal
- Keyless receiver terminal D
Yes

No

FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Inspect for continuity between following
- Keyless receiver terminal D-SCM
terminal4K
- Keyless receiver terminal D-Instrument
cluster terminal 2G
Reconnect the keyless receiver, SCM and
instrument cluster connectors.
SYSTEM].)
CONFIRM BCM DTC
Retrieve the SCM DTC using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02F-7 DTC INSPECTION [SCM].)
Are any DTCs display?
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the keyless receiver, then go to Step 9.

INSTALLATION. )
02-02-10
No
Yes

(See 09-02F-8 DTC TASLE [SCM].)
No
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
9
10
INSPECTION
connectors.
Switch the ignition to ON and wait for 30 s or
more.
PRESENT
Yes
No
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No

02-02-11
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
Communication error between instrument cluster and keyless receiver.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Keyless control module connector or terminals malfunction

- Keyless control module terminal 3X-BCM terminal 4K-lnstrument cluster terminal 2G
BCM malfunction
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BCM
~~,~~----------~T~------------~2G
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER

,.,
r-"
><
-:::p=-
rr
r-
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J 3G 3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H 3E 3B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L 31 3F 3C
BCM
)~
~~
14014MI4KI4114G 4EI
02-02-12
><
2wI2U 12S 20 20 2MI2K 2112G 2EI2CI2A

2X 12VI2T 2R 2P 2N 12L 2J 12H 2FI2DI2B
14LI4JI
~(
~~\
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
connector.
TERMINALS
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Keyless control module, SCM and instrument
ground:
- Keyless control module terminal 3X
- Keyless control module terminal3X
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Inspect for continuity between following
- Keyless control module terminal 3XSCM terminal 4K
- Keyless control module terminal 3XInstrument cluster terminal 2G
INSPECT BCM
Reconnect the keyless control module, SCM
and instrument cluster connectors.
Retrieve the SCM DTC using the M-MDS.
Are any DTCs display?
Measure the voltage at the following
(See 09-14-68 KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE INSPECTION.)
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 9.

Step 9.

Step 9.
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes

No

Yes
No
Replace the keyless control module, then go to the next

step.
(See 09-14-66 KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
02-02-13
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
INSPECTION
9
connectors.
more.
10
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)

DTC U0300:00
id020200801600
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
TPMS tire identifier is a repetition error.
- ID registration procedure has not been performed properly.
STEP
1
INSPECTION
VERIFY PROGRAMMED ID OF WHEEL UNIT
Select the following PIDs using the M-MDS:
-WU1_ID
-WU2_ID
-WU3_ID
-WU4_ID
Is the same code in the output ID?
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
02-02-14
Configure the instrument cluster, then go to the next step.

CONFIGURATION.)

INSTALLATION.)

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTe U3000:42
id020200801500
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Instrument cluster detects internal malfunction .
Instrument cluster internal malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
CONFIRM TPMS DTC
PRESENT
Yes
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No
02-02-15
02-03
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM . ........

Start System .................
And Push Button Start System .....
FOREWORD ......................
PRECAUTION . ....................
Intermittent Concern
Troubleshooting ...............
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING .....
02-03-1
02-03-1
02-03-1
02-03-2
02-03-2
02-03-2
02-03-3
NO.1 TPMS WARNING LIGHT

ILLUMINATES CONTINUOUSLY . .... . 02-03-3
NO.2 TPMS WARNING LIGHT
(LOW PRESSURE WARNING)
ILLUMINATES AFTER ENGINE START
AND TURNS OFF AFTER DRIVING
FOR PERIOD OF TIME ............ . 02-03-4
NO.3 WHEEL UNIT ID REGISTRATION
CANNOT BE PERFORMED
(TPMS WARNING LIGHT
FLASHES) ...................... . 02-03-5
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM

id020300801100
WHEEL UNIT
1NG.1l1N"Q2l1NG.3l1NOAl
~~~~
~\ J~F
SIGNAL
BCM
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
PCM
TANTENNA
ROOM
15 A
KEYLESS RECEIVER
DLC-2
am3uuw0000477
WHEEL UNIT
rND.1l1N"Q2l1NG.3l1NOAl
~~~~
~\ J~F
SIGNAL
KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE__-B-CM----.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
peM
ANTENNA
KEYLESS RECEIVER
DLC-2
am3uuw0000472
02-03-1
FOREWORD
id020300800200
Before performing the steps in Symptom Troubleshooting, perform the On-board Diagnostic Inspection. To
check the DTC, follow the DTC Inspection steps. (See 02-02-3 TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM
PRECAUTION
id020300800300
Intermittent Concern Troubleshooting

Vibration method
If malfunction occurs or becomes worse while driving on a rough road or when the engine is vibrating, perform
the steps below.
Note
There are several reasons why vehicle or engine vibration could cause an electrical malfunction. Some of
the things to check for are:
Connectors not fully seated
- Wire harnesses not having full play
- Wires laying across brackets or moving parts
- Wires routed too close to hot parts
An improperly routed, improperly clamped, or loose harness can cause wiring to become pinched
between parts.
The connector joints, points of vibration, and places where wire harnesses pass through the firewall, body
panels and other panels are the major areas to be checked.
Inspection method for switch and/or sensor connectors or wires
Note
If engine starts and runs, perform the following steps at idle.
4. Turn switch on manually.
5. Shake each connector or wire harness a bit
PID.
If the PID value is unstable, check for poor
connection.
ac9uuw00002493
Inspection method for sensors

Note
If the PID value is unstable or malfunction occurs, check for poor connection and/or poorly mounted sensor.
02-03-2
Connector terminal check method
1. Check the connection condition of each female terminal.
2. Insert male terminal; fit the female terminal side
,-------------------------,
to female terminal and check to see whether the
malfunction is in the female terminal or not.
acxuuw00000962
id020300800400
No.
1
Symptom
TPMS warning light illuminates continuously
TPMS warning light (low pressure warning) illuminates after engine start and turns off after driving for period
of time
Wheel unit 10 registration cannot be performed (TPMS warning light flashes)
NO.1 TPMS WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES CONTINUOUSLY

id020300800500
Caution
The tire pressure cannot be measured accurately after driving for a long period due to the internal
temperature and pressure. Stop the vehicle for approx. 1 hour and then perform the tire pressure
measurement and adjustment.
Use a high accuracy digital gauge for measurement of the tire pressure.
Note
If the DTC clearing procedure is implement, the TPMS warning light turns off.
1
TPMS warning light illuminates continuously
Tire pressure is lower than the specification. (Such as loss of air pressure due to puncture.)
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT TIRE
Inspect the tires.
Is there any foreign object adhering to the
tire?
MEASURE TIRE PRESSURE
cold.
Is the tire pressure lower than the
specification?
VERIFY TPMS WARNING LIGHT

Does the TPMS warning light turn off?
VERIFY TPMS WARNING LIGHT AFTER

DRIVE VEHICLE
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Remove the any foreign object.
Replace the tire if necessary, then go to the next step.
Adjust the tire pressure to the specification when the tires
are cold, then go to the next step.
TPMS).)
Explain to the customer what has been repaired.
Explain to the customer what has been repaired.
are cold, then return to Step 1.
TPMS).)
Note
If the TPMS warning light does not turn off after
repeating this step, the tire may be flat.
02-03-3
NO.2 TPMS WARNING LIGHT (LOW PRESSURE WARNING) ILLUMINATES AFTER ENGINE START AND
TURNS OFF AFTER DRIVING FOR PERIOD OF TIME
id020300800600
Caution
The tire pressure cannot be measured accurately after driving for a long period due to increased
internal temperature and pressure. Stop the vehicle for approx. 1 hour and then perform the tire
pressure measurement and adjustment.
Use a high accuracy digital gauge for measurement of the tire pressure.
Note
The tire pressure normally decreases by approx. 7 kPa {0.07 kgf/cm 2 , 1.02 psi} per month even if the
tire is normal.
The Snapshot (temperature and pressure) stored when the TPMS warning light is turned on and off can
be verified by operating the M-MDS.
2
ITPMS warning light (low pressure warning) illuminates after engine start and turns off after driving
for period of time

The tire pressure decreases (approaches value to illuminate TPMS warning light) when the internal temperature of
the tire is low.
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT TIRE
Inspect the tires.
Is there any foreign object adhering to the
tire?
MEASURE TIRE PRESSURE
cold.
Has the tire pressure decreased
(approaches value to illuminate TPMS
warning light)?
VERIFY TPMS WARNING LIGHT
02-03-4
Yes
No
ACTION
Remove any foreign object.
Replace the tire if necessary, then go to the next step.
Yes

are cold, then go to the next step.
TPMS).)
No
Yes
No

Verify the symptom troubleshooting again and return to Step
1 if the malfunction recurs.
NO.3 WHEEL UNIT ID REGISTRATION CANNOT BE PERFORMED (TPMS WARNING LIGHT FLASHES)
id020300800900
Caution
Activate the wheel unit ID registration mode using the M-MDS, and perform the following steps if
the TPMS warning light does not turn off after driving at 25 km/h {15.5 mph} or more for 10 min or
more.
3
Wheel unit 10 registration cannot be performed (TPMS warning light flashes)
New wheel unit malfunction (caused when install to the wheel).
Any malfunction on an old wheel unit which has not been replaced.
STEP
INSPECTION
1
VERIFY REGISTRATION OF WHEEL UNIT
Display the wheel unit ID registration
condition (ID and tire pressure table) using
the M-MDS.
REGISTRATION.)
Temporarily remove the battery and reinstall
it immediately.
Yes
No
ACTION
Adjust the tire pressure on four wheels, then return the
vehicle to the customer.
TPMS).)
Note
If the battery is removed, the tire

pressure data for WU1_P to WU4_P
stored in the instrument cluster is
reset.
Tire pressure is 0 kPa {O kgf/cm 2 , 0
psi} when it is displayed again using
the M-MDS.
Set the tire pressure for the four wheels

separately.
Perform the "WHEEL UNIT ID
REGISTRATION" using the M-MDS again.
REGISTRATION.)
Can the ID be registered?
IDENTIFY UNREGISTERED WHEEL UNIT
Yes Replace with a new wheel unit, then go to Step 4.
Is the wheel unit for which the ID could not
be registered a new wheel unit?
Replace the old wheel unit, then go to the next step (any malfunction on an old wheel unit which has not been
replaced).
VERIFY REGISTRATION OF WHEEL UNIT
Yes Symptom troubleshooting completed.
Perform the "WHEEL UNIT ID
No Verify the symptom troubleshooting again and return to Step
REGISTRATION" using the M-MDS.
1 if the malfunction recurs.
REGISTRATION.)
Can the wheel unit ID be registered?
02-03-5
GENERAL PROCEDURES
02-10
GENERAL PROCEDURES
GENERAL PROCEDURES
(SUSPENSION) ...................
Wheel and Tire Installation ........
Suspension Links
Removal/Installation ..............
Connector Disconnection ...........
02-10-1
02-10-1
02-10-1
02-10-1
Power Steering Related Parts

Installation ..................... 02-10-1
Electro Hydraulic Power Assist
Steering (EHPAS) Related Parts ..... 02-10-1
Auto Leveling System Initialization
(Vehicle with Adaptive Front
Lighting System (AFS)) ............ 02-1 0-1
GENERAL PROCEDURES (SUSPENSION)

id021 000800300
Wheel and Tire Installation

1. When installing the wheels and tires, tighten the
wheel nuts in a criss-cross pattern to the following
tightening torque.
Tightening torque
88-118 Nm {9.0-12 kgfm, 65-87 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000256
Suspension Links Removal/Installation

1. For the joint sections with rubber bushings, raise the vehicle using a lift, and then temporarily tighten the
installation bolts and nuts. Lower the vehicle to the ground and tighten them completely with the specified
torque.
Connector Disconnection
1. Disconnect the negative battery cable before performing any work that requires handling of connectors. (See
01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].) (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCD
Power Steering Related Parts Installation
1. If any power steering fluid line has been disconnected, perform the following after installation of the power
steering components. (See 06-14-6 POWER STEERING FLUID INSPECTION.)
Power steering fluid amount inspection
Power steering fluid leakage inspection
- Air bleeding
Electro Hydraulic Power Assist Steering (EHPAS) Related Parts
Caution
If the configuration procedure is not completed, the EHPAS will not operate properly and it might
cause an unexpected accident. Therefore, when replacing or removing the electric power steering
oil pump, make sure to perform the configuration procedure to ensure the proper EHPAS
operation.
1. Make sure that there are no DTCs in the EHPAS memory after working on EHPAS related parts. If there are
any codes in the memory, clear them.
2. When replacing or removing the electric power steering oil pump, perform the configuration procedures. (See
06-14-32 ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER ASSIST STEERING (EHPAS) CONTROL MODULE
CONFIGURATION.)
Auto Leveling System Initialization (Vehicle with Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS
1. Initialize the auto leveling sensor, when performing the following services. (See 09-18-S1 AUTO LEVELING
SYSTEM INITIALIZATION.)
Removing the auto leveling sensor
Disconnecting the auto leveling sensor link
Removing the suspension parts related the vehicle height
02-10-1
WHEEL ALIGNMENT
02-11
WHEEL ALIGNMENT
Total Toe-in Adjustment. ........... 02-11-2
REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT ....... 02-11-3
Total Toe-in Adjustment. ............ 02-11-3
WHEEL ALIGNMENT
PRE-INSPECTION ................ 02-11-1
FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT ........ 02-11-1
Steering Angle Adjustment ......... 02-11-2
WHEEL ALIGNMENT PRE-INSPECTION

id0211 008001 00
1. Park the vehicle on a level ground, in an unloaded condition*, and with the wheels straight forward.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
*: Unloaded condition ..... Fuel tank is full. Engine coolant and engine oil are at specified level. Spare tire, jack
and tools are in designated position.
Inspect the tire pressure.
Adjust to the recommended pressure if necessary. (See 02-50-1 SUSPENSION TECHNICAL DATA.)
Inspect the wheel bearing play.
Correct if necessary. (See 03-11-2 WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE INSPECTION.) (See 03-12-1
WHEEL HUB COMPONENT INSPECTION.)
Inspect the wheel runout.
Correct if necessary. (See 02-50-1 SUSPENSION TECHNICAL DATA.)
Rock the vehicle, and verify that there is no looseness in the steering wheel joint and suspension ball joint.
Rock the vehicle, and verify that the shock absorber operates properly.
Measure height H from the center of the wheel to
.---------F-E-NO-E-R-SR-I-M-----------.
the fender brim.
MEASUREMENT POINT
Verify that the difference between the left and
right dimension H is within the specification.
If it exceeds the specification, repeat the Step
2-7.
Standard
10 mm {0.39 in} or less
c3u02ii wOOi
FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT

id021100800200
Front wheel alignment (Unloaded)*1 [LF, LS]

Fuel gauge indication
Item
Maximum steering angle
[Tolerance 3]
Total toe-in
Tire
[Tolerance 4 {0.2}]
Rim inner
[Tolerance 3 {0.1}]
Empty
1/4
Inner
1/2
3/4
Full
4100'
3400'
Outer
2 {0.08}
(mm {in})
Vehicle equipped with 16 inch wheel: 1.3 {0.051}

011 '0022'
(degree)
Caster angle*2 (Reference value)
[Tolerance 1 0]
259'
Camber angle*2 (Reference value)

[Tolerance 1 0]
Steering axis inclination (Reference value)
301'
303'
-037'
1354'
305'
307'
-038'
1355'
1356'
*1 : Engine coolant and engine oil are at specified level. Spare tire, jack and tools are in designated position.
*2 : Difference between left and right must not exceed 1 30'.
02-11-1
WHEEL ALIGNMENT
Front wheel alignment (Unloaded)*1 [L3 WITH Tel
Item
[Tolerance 3]
Tire
[Tolerance 4 {0.2}]
Total toe-in
Rim inner
[Tolerance 3 {0.1}]
Empty
1/4
1/2
3/4
Full
311'
312'
1420'
3600'
3000'
Inner
Outer
2 {0.08}
(mm {in})
1.5 {0.059}
011 '0022'
(degree)
[Tolerance 1 0]
306'
Camber angle*2 (Reference, value)

[Tolerance 1 0]
-053'
1418'
308'
309'
-054'
1419'
*2 : Difference between left and right must not exceed 130'.
Steering Angle Adjustment

1. Loosen the tie-rod end locknuts.
2. Remove the steering gear boot clamp.
3. Turn the tie rods.
Standard length L
13-31 mm {0.6-1.2 in}
4. Turn the tie rods equally to provide the correct

maximum steering angle.
5. Tighten the tie-rod end locknuts.
Tightening torque
79-108 Nm {8.1-11 kgf.m, 59-79 ftlbf}
6. Verify that the boot is not twisted, and install the

boot clamp.
7. Adjust the toe-in after adjusting the steering angle.
Total Toe-in Adjustment
1. Loosen the locknut of the tie-rod end.
2. Remove the rack boot clamp.
3. Adjust the total toe-in by rotating each tie rod (left and right) in the opposite directions by the same amount
respectively.
Note
Toe angle changes by approx. 6 mm {0.2 in} per one rotation of the tie rod for one wheel.
Each tie rod has a right-hand thread. When increasing the toe-in angle, rotate the right tie rod toward the
front of the vehicle and rotate the left tie rod toward the rear of the vehicle by the same amount.
4. Tighten the locknut of the tie-rod end.

Tightening torque
79-108 Nm {8.1-11 kgf.m, 59-79 ft.lbf}
5. Verify that the rack boot does not have any twisting and install the rack boot clamp.
02-11-2
WHEEL ALIGNMENT
REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT
id021100a00300
Rear wheel alignment (Unloaded)*1 [LF, LS]

Item
Total toe-in
Tire
[Tolerance 4 {0.2}]
Rim inner
[Tolerance 3 {0.1}]
Empty
1/4
1/2
3/4
Full
3 {0.1}
(mm {in})

0016'0021'
(degree)
[Tolerance 1]
Thrust angle [Tolerance 0048']
-123'
-125'
-1 27'
-1 28'
-1 30'
Rear wheel alignment (Unloaded)*1 [L3 WITH TC]

Item
Tire
[Tolerance 4 {0.2}]
Total toe-in
Rim inner
[Tolerance 3 {0.1}]
Empty
1/4
1/2
3/4
Full
-139'
-1 41'
3 {0.1}
(mm {in})
2.2 {0.087}
0016'0021'
(degree)
[Tolerance 1 0]
-135'
-136'
-1 38'
0
Total Toe-in Adjustment

1. Loosen the installation nut of the adjusting cam bolt.
2. Rotate the adjusting cam bolt in either direction to
adjust the camber.
Toe-out direction
Toe-in direction
Left wheel
Clockwise
Counterclockwise
Right wheel
Counterclockwise
Clockwise
3. Tighten the nut.
Tightening torque
80-100 Nm {8.2-10 kgf.m, 60-73 ftlbf}
ADJUSTING CAM
BOLT
am3uuw0000351
02-11-3
WHEEL AND TIRES
02-12
WHEEL AND TIRES
WHEEL AND TIRE SPECIFICATION . ..

PARAMETER SETTING PROCEDURE
WHEN TIRE SIZE IS CHANGED . ....
WHEEL BALANCE ADJUSTMENT . ...
Adhesive-type Balance Weight
(Outer) .......................
Knock-type Balance Weight (Inner) ...
Remaining Amount of
Unbalance Confirmation ..........
02-12-1
02-12-3
02-12-3
02-12-3
02-12-4
02-12-4
TIRE PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT

(WITH TPMS) .................... . 02-12-5
WHEEL UNIT ID REGISTRATION . .... . 02-12-5
Using M-MDS .................. . 02-12-5
Without Using M-MDS. ,............ . 02-12-6
WHEEL UNIT
REMOVAUINSTALLATION ......... . 02-12-6
Wheel Unit Component
Removal Note .................. . 02-12-8
Wheel Unit Component
WHEEL AND TIRE SPECIFICATION

id021200800100
Standard tire and wheel [LF, L5]

Item
Specification
Size
Offset
Wheel Pitch circle
diameter
(mm {in})
Front
Rear
Remaining tread
(mm {in})
Lug nut tightening
(Nm {kgfm, ftlbf})
torque
Wheel and tire
Radial direction
runout
Wheel
and
tire
(mm {in}) Lateral direction
Wheel imbalance
114.3 {4.50}
Steel or
Aluminum alloy
P205/55R16 89H
240 {35}
240 {35}
Size
Tire
17 x7J
52.5 {2.07}
(mm {in})
Material
Air pressure
(kPa {psi})
16 x 6 1/2J
50 {2.0}
(g {oz})
Aluminum alloy
P205/50R 17 88V
220 {32}
220 {32}
1.6 {0.063} min.
88-118 {9.0-12, 65-87}

1.5 {0.059} max.
Steel: 2.5 {0.1 O} max.
Aluminum alloy: 2.0 {0.078} max.
2.0 {0.078} max.
Adhesive-type *1:
14 {0.49} max.
Knock-type *2:
9 {0.3} max.
Adhesive-type *1 :
13 {0.46} max.
Knock-type *2:
8 {0.28} max.
Total weight exceeds 160 g {5.64 OZ}.

: One balance weight: 60 g {2.1 oz} max. If the total weight exceeds 100 g {3.53 oz} on one side,
rebalance after moving the tire around on the rim. Do not use three or more balance weights.
*1 :
*2
02-12-1
WHEEL AND TIRES

Standard tire and wheel [L3 WITH Tel
Item
Specification
18 x71/2J
Size
Offset
Wheel Pitch circle
diameter
Material
Size
Tire
(mm {in})
52.5 {2.07}
(mm {in})
114.3 {4.50}
Aluminum alloy
P225/40R1888Y
240 {35}
230 {34}
1.6 {0.063} min.
Front
Rear
Air pressure
(kPa {psi})
Remaining tread
(mm {in})
Lug nut tightening
(N.m {kgfm, ftlbf})
torque
Wheel and tire
Radial direction
Wheel runout
and
tire
Wheel imbalance
*1
*2
88-118 {9.0-12, 65-87}

1.5 {0.059} max.
2.0 {0.078} max.
Adhesive-type *1 :
12 {0.42} max.
Knock-type *2:
8 {0.28} max.
(g {oz})
: Total weight exceeds 160 g {5.64 OZ}.

: One balance weight: 60 g {2.1 oz} max. If the total weight exceeds 100 g {3.53 oz} on one side,
Temporary spare tire and wheel

Item
Wheel
Tire
Wheel
and tire
Size
Offset
Pitch circle diameter
Material
Size
Air pressure
Remaining tread
Lug nut tightening
torque
02-12-2
15x4T
T115/70D1590M
(kPa {psi})
(mm {in})
Iftlbf})
(Nm {kgfm,
17x4T
40 {1.6}
T125/70D1798M
45 {1.8}
(mm {in})
(mm {in})
Specification
16x4T
114.3 {4.50}
Steel
T125/70D16 96M
420 {60}
1.6 {0.063} min.
88-118 {9.0-12, 65-87}
WHEEL AND TIRES

PARAMETER SETTING PROCEDURE WHEN TIRE SIZE IS CHANGED
id021200809900
Caution
If the wheel and tire sizes are changed, a discrepancy with the speedometer needle whereby it
exceeds the allowable range could result in a malfunction. If the wheel and tire sizes are changed,
perform the following procedure to change the tire size parameter setting.
The same parameters should be set in "Tire dimension", "Tire Circumference", and "Tire Size".
Note
Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support these functions.

1. Select "Module Programming".
3. Select the items from the screen menu.
2. Select "Tire Size".
4. Select an item name, and then select the option.
1. Select "Tire Size".
Tire dimension (195/70R15, 205/50R17,
195/65R15, 205/55R16, 225/40R18)
Tire Circumference (195/70R15, 2051
50R17, 195/65R15, 205/55R16, 225/40R18)
5. Select the items from the screen menu.
2. Select "Tire Size/Axle Ratio".
6. Select an item name, and then select the option.
1. Select "Tire Size/Axle Ratio".
- Tire Size (195/70R15, 225/40R18, 195/65R15, 205/50R17, 205/55R16)
am3uuw0000340
WHEEL BALANCE ADJUSTMENT

id021200800200
Caution
Adjust the outer wheel balance first, then the inner wheel balance.
Be careful not to scratch the wheels.
Adhesive-type Balance Weight (Outer)
1. Remove the old balance weight from the wheel.
2. Remove the double-sided adhesive tape remaining on the wheel, then clean and degrease the bonding area.
3. Set the wheel on a wheel balancer, measure the amount of unbalance and the position with the mode set for
knock-type balance weight.
4. Multiply the amount of unbalance by 1.6 to obtain the balance weight value.
5. Select a balance weight closest to the weight
,-----------------------,
value and attach the balance weight on the
ATTACH ALONG GAP
WHEEL
i
position (outer) indicated by the wheel balancer.
Example calculation of balance weight value
Indicated amount of unbalance: 23 g {0.81
oz}
23 g {0.81 oz}x1.6 36.8 g {1.30 oz}
Selected balance weight value: 35 g {1.24
oz}
TIRE
Note
When selecting a balance weight, select one
closest to the calculated value.
Example: 32.4 g {1.14 oz} 30 g {1.06 oz}
INNER
...
OUTER
CENTER OF
BALANCE WEIGHT
I
I
---~
POSITION INDICATED
BY WHEEL BALANCER
am6uuw0000146
Caution
Use a genuine balance weight or equivalent (steel).
When attaching the weight, press the weight with a force of 25 N {2.5 kgf, 5.5Ibf} per 5 9 for 2 s or
more.
02-12-3
WHEEL AND TIRES

6. If attaching two balance weights, position them so
that each is on either side of the position indicated
by the wheel balancer.
Caution
Do not attach weight balances in a row.
Do not overlap the balance weights.
Total weight must not exceed 160g {5.65
oz}.
ATTACH ON EITHER SIDE
---r
POSITION INDICATED BY WHEEL BALANCER
NO GOOD
NO GOOD
(DO NOT ATTACH

IN A ROW)
(DO NOT OVERLAP)
am6uuw0000146
Knock-type Balance Weight (Inner)

1. Measure the amount of unbalance with a wheel balancer.
2. Attach a weight corresponding to the measured
r-----------------------,
weight value on the position (inner) indicated by
the wheel balancer.
WHEEL CENTER OF
BALANCE WEIGHT
Caution
Do not attach three or more balance
weights.
One balance weight must not exceed 60g
{2.12 oz}, and a total of tow balance
weights must not exceed 100g {3.53 oz}.
TIRE
+-
INNER SIDE
-+
POSITION INDICATED
BY WHEEL BALANCE
OUTER SIDE
am6uuw0000146
Remaining Amount of Unbalance Confirmation

1. After installing the outer and inner balance weights, operate the wheel balancer again.
2. Confirm that the remaining unbalance does not exceed the following on either side .
If the remaining unbalance exceeds the specifications, adjust the wheel balance again.
Specifications
16 inch wheel
17 inch wheel
18 inch wheel
02-12-4
Outer
(Adhesive-type)
14 9 {0.49 oz}
13 9 {0.46 oz}
12 9 {0.42 oz}
Inner
(Knock-type)
9 9 {O.3 oz}
8 9 {O.28 oz}
8 9 {O.28 oz}
WHEEL AND TIRES

TIRE PRESSURE ADJUSTMENT (WITH TPMS)
id021200800300
1. Use of a digital gauge is recommended for accurate measurement of the air pressure.
2. Tire pressure lowers gradually as time passes. Due to this, monthly air pressure inspection is recommended.
3. Perform tire pressure adjustment before driving. (When tires are cold.)
Tire pressure will increase after driving because the internal temperature of the tire is high. If tire pressure
is adjusted to specifications when the internal temperature of the tire is high, tire pressure will decrease
when the internal temperature of the tire decreases to the same level as ambient temperature. If the tire
pressure is lower than the lower-limit pressure, the TPMS warning light may illuminate.
Even though the air pressure is adjusted to specifications, the indicated air pressure may be higher than the
specified value when the internal temperature of the tire is higher than ambient temperature. (Example: Air
pressure changes approx.10 kPa {0.1 kgf/cm 2 , 1.5 psi} when the temperature changes 10 degrees)
Caution
In an area or a season with varying temperatures, tire pressure will change due to ambient
temperature change. If the tire pressure is lower than the lower-limit pressure due to low ambient
temperature, the TPMS warning light may illuminate. Adjust the pressure when the TPMS warning
light illuminates.
Do not tilt or use excessive side force when checking air pressure or inflating the tire with air.
Which can provide enough leverage to easily bend or break the wheel unit.
To prevent damage to the valve area of
the wheel unit or pressure loss during air
pressure adjustment, use a type 8 tool
TYPE A
TYPE B
with a round end as shown in the figure,
not a type A tool.
am6zzw0000366
WHEEL UNIT ID REGISTRATION

id021200800400
Note
After the wheel unit replacement, registration of the wheel unit identification codes must be performed.
10 registration can be done using the M-MOS, or not using the M-MOS.
Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the POS (Pocket PC) does not support the wheel unit 10 registration
and monitoring wheel unit 10.
Using M-MDS
1. Connect the M-MOS to OLC-2.
This function is available for only the IDS
(laptop PC).
1. Select the "Body".
2. Select the "TPMS Functions".
3. Select the "Wheel Unit 10 Registration".
3. Select an item from the screen menu.
Wheel unit 10 registration: WU 10 Registration
Monitoring wheel unit 10: Monitor WU 10
Registration
4. Leave the vehicle with the ignition to off for 15
am3uuw0000340
min or more.
5. Switch the ignition to ON (engine ON).
6. Verify that the TPMS warning light turns on and off in 0.5 s cycles repeatedly.
02-12-5
WHEEL AND TIRES

7. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 25 km/h {15.5 mph} or more for 10 min to implement the wheel unit ID
registration.
Note
If the ID registration 'is not completed even after driving the vehicle for 10 min or more at a speed of 25
kmlh {15.5 mph} or more, the TPMS warning light flashes.
8. Verify that the TPMS warning light turns off.
Note
If the wheel unit ID registration cannot be performed after driving 10 min or more, refer to the symptom
Without Using M-MDS
1. Switch the ignition to the ON, then switch it to off.
2. Leave the vehicle with the engine off for 15 min or more.
3. Drive the vehicle at a speed of 25 km/h {15.5 mph} or more for 10 min or more.
4. After driving for 10 min, verify that the TPMS warning light does not flash and is not illuminated.
WHEEL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
id021200800600
Remove the valve core and valve core, and bleed the air out of the tire.
Install the valve core and valve cap, put air into the tire.
Caution
A TPMS wheel unit has an exclusive valve core. If a valve core other than the exclusive one is
installed, the wheel unit could be damaged due to the generation of rust. Always install the
exclusive valve core for TPMS.
To prevent damage to the valve area of
the wheel unit or charging loss during air
pressure adjustment, use a type 8 tool
TYPE A
TYPE B
with a round end as shown in the figure,
not a type A tool.
5. When replacing wheel unit (s), register the new
wheel unit ID (s). (See 02-12-5 WHEEL UNIT ID
REGISTRATION.)
Note
If the wheel unit is replaced with a new one,
the ID registration must be performed. When
the ID registration is finished, the data for the
new wheel unit is displayed on the M-MDS.
ar8uuw00000281
02-12-6
WHEEL AND TIRES

7.5-8.5
{77-86,67-75}
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am6xuw0000123
1
2
Valve nut
Wheel unit component
(See 02-12-8 Wheel Unit Component Removal
Note.)
(See 02-12-9 Wheel Unit Component Installation
Note.)
Seal washer
ISeal
02-12-7
WHEEL AND TIRES

Wheel Unit Component Removal Note
1. Set the bead breaker at the position laterally
opposed to the valve.
2. Break the bead loose.
Caution
Do not break the bead loose within the
range of 45 on each side of the valve.
Otherwise, the wheel unit could be
damaged.
VALVE
BEAD BREAKER
am6xuw0000238
3. Break the bead loose on the other side of the

wheel.
Caution
Set the bead breaker at the position
laterally opposed to the valve.
Do not break the bead loose within the
range of 45 on each side of the valve.
Otherwise, the wheel unit could be
damaged.
VALVE
BEAD BREAKER
am6xuw0000238
4. Insert the tire lever at the point 40 mm {1.6 in}

from the wheel unit in the direction that the tire
changer turntable rotates.
VALVE
LEVER
40 mm {1.6 in}
TIRE
ROTATION
DIRECTION
am6xuw0000238
5. Remove the bead from the wheel.

Note
Using the tire lever as a support will aid in
preventing the tire changer arm from
deviating from the point at which the bead is
first broken.
6. For the other side, insert the tire lever at the point
of 40 mm {1.6 in} from the wheel unit in the
direction that the tire changer turntable rotates,
and remove the bead from the wheel.
7. Remove the wheel unit.
02-12-8
t----THE ARM OF
TIRE CHANGER
am6xuw0000238
WHEEL AND TIRES

Wheel Unit Component Installation Note
1. Insert the wheel unit valve into the valve hole so
that the polyurethane foam side faces the rim.
WHEEL UNIT
Note
Maintain the wheel unit in contact with the
rim, then start manually to screw the valve
nut for a few turns.
2. Install the nut from the outer side of the wheel.
3. Tighten the valve nut slowly (15 rpm max.) to 8.0
Nm {82 kgf.cm, 71 in.lbf} in one rotation.
VALVE HOLE
am6xuw0000244
Caution
Do not retighten the valve nut after the
initial operation.
4. Set the tire at the point A (45 0 away from the valve
hole), and install the tire.
TI RE ROTATION
DIRECTION
VALVE
am6xuw0000248
5. Set the tire at the point A (45 away from the valve
hole).
0
VALVE
Note
Using the tire lever as a support will aid in
preventing the tire from deviating from the
point A.
6. Install the tire.
TIRE LEVER
TIRE ROTATION DIRECTION

am6xuw0000248
02-12-9
FRONT SUSPENSION
02-13
FRONT SUSPENSION
FRONT SUSPENSION
LOCATION INDEX ................. 02-13-2
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND

COIL SPRING
REMOVAUINSTALLATION .......... 02-13-3
Shock Absorber and Coil Spring
Removal Note .................. 02-13-4
Shock Absorber and Coil Spring
Installation Note ............... 02-13-4
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND
COIL SPRING
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY . ........
Piston Rod Nut Removal Note ......
Coil Spring Installation Note .......
Dust Boot Installation Note ........
Bearing Installation Note ...........
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER
INSPECTION .....................
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER
DISPOSAL . ......................
FRONT LOWER ARM
REMOVAUINSTALLATION ..........
Front Lower Arm Removal Note
[LF (RH)] .....................
Front Lower Arm Installation Note
[LF (RH)] ......................
02-13-5
02-13-6
02-13-6
02-13-6
02-13-7
02-13-7
02-13-7
02-13-8
02-13-9
02-13-9
Front Lower Arm Ball Joint

Installation Note ............. . 02-13-9
FRONT LOWER ARM INSPECTION . .. . 02-13-9
FRONT STABILIZER
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5] .. . 02-13-10
Stabilizer Bracket Removal Note .... . 02-13-11
Front Stabilizer, Stabilizer Bushing and
Stabilizer Bracket Installation Note .. . 02-13-11
FRONT STABILIZER
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TC] .................... . 02-13-12
Front Stabilizer, Stabilizer Bushing and
FRONT STABILIZER CONTROL LINK
INSPECTION . ................... . 02-13-13
FRONT CROSSMEMBER
Tie-rod End Ball Joint
Removal Note .................. . 02-13-15
Removal Note .................. . 02-13-15
No.1 Engine Mount Rubber and
Front Cross member Component
02-13-1
FRONT SUSPENSION
FRONT SUSPENSION LOCATION INDEX
id021300800100
Front cross member

Front lower arm

(See 02-13-8 FRONT LOWER ARM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Front stabilizer
(See 02-13-10 FRONT STABILIZER REMOVAU
Front shock absorber and coil spring

(See 02-13-3 FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND
COIL SPRING REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(See 02-13-5 FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND
COIL SPRING DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
Stabilizer control link

(See 02-13-13 FRONT STABILIZER CONTROL
LINK INSPECTION.)
Front shock absorber

(See 02-13-7 FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER
INSPECTION.)
(See 02-13-7 FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER
DISPOSAL.)
02-13-2
FRONT SUSPENSION
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND COIL SPRING REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id021300801400
Caution
Performing the following procedures without first removing the ABS wheel-speed sensor may
possibly cause an open circuit in the wiring harness if it is pulled by mistake. Before performing
the following procedures, disconnect the ABS wheel-speed sensor wiring harness connector (axle
side) and fix the wiring harness to an appropriate place where it will not be pulled by mistake while
servicing the vehicle.
1. Remove the windshield wiper arm and blade. (See 09-19-3 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE
2. Remove the cowl grille. (See 09-16-4 COWL GRILLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
5. Inspect the wheel alignment. (See 02-11-1 FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT.)
LH
31-39 - - - - - - - - - - - - ' I ' l '
{3.2-3.9,
23-28}
~~~------------------~5
RH
6~---------1~~~
Il--------~
c_~
--ftlJl-------------'@
43-60
{4.4-6.1,
32-44}
{6.6-7.S,
48-S4}
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000549
1
2
3
4
ABS wheel-speed sensor wiring harness connector

Brake hose clip
Stabilizer control link upper nut
Tie-rod end ball joint
Stiffener
Shock absorber and coil spring

(See 02-13-4 Shock Absorber and Coil Spring
Removal Note.)
(See 02-13-4 Shock Absorber and Coil Spring
Installation Note.)
02-13-3
FRONT SUSPENSION
Shock Absorber and Coil Spring Removal Note
1. Loosen the front lower arm inner bolt.
2. Separate the front lower arm ball joint.
3. Separate the shock absorber from the wheel hub,
steering knuckle component by tapping the upper
part of the steering knuckle with a hammer.
am3uuw0000041
Shock Absorber and Coil Spring Installation Note

1. Raise the front lower arm using a jack and install
the shock absorber and coil spring.
PROJECTION A
NOTCH
am3uuw0000041
02-13-4
FRONT SUSPENSION
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND COIL SPRING DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id021300801300
Warning
Removing/installing the shock absorber and coil spring is dangerous. The shock absorber and
coil spring could fly off and cause serious injury or death, and damage the vehicle.
1. Remove the front shock absorber and coil spring. (See 02-13-3 FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER AND COIL
SPRING REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
:-----I
--
------,
I
I
I
I
I
I
mil iii
lm---------<CD 57-76
{5.9-7.7,43-56}
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
RUBBER
GREASE
I
I
-s
~~
I~ f-------f~~-~~
I
I
I
. ~
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
~~----{4
I
I
I
I
I
I
....
_-
---- -------1
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000257
1
2
3
Piston rod nut

(See 02-13-6 Piston Rod Nut Removal Note.)
Mounting rubber
Bearing
(See 02-13-7 Bearing Installation Note.)
6
7
Dust boot
(See 02-13-6 Dust Boot Installation Note.)
Bound stopper
Front shock absorber
Coil spring
(See 02-13-6 Coil Spring Installation Note.)
02-13-5
FRONT SUSPENSION
Piston Rod Nut Removal Note
Warning
Before removing the piston rod nut, secure the shock absorber and coil spring in the SST.
Otherwise, the coil spring could fly off under tremendous pressure and cause serious injury or
death, or damage to vehicle parts.
1. Install the shock absorber and coil spring to the SST according to the following procedures.
Note
Install the SST using a piece of clean rag to prevent the coil spring from being scratched.
(1) Set the SST attachments (tabs) to the
positions shown in the figure.
(2) Install the front shock absorber and coil spring

to the SST so that the coil spring is set to the
position shown in the figure.
2. Compress the coil spring using the SST.
3. Remove the piston rod nut.
am3uuw0000257
Coil Spring Installation Note

1. Compress the coil spring using the SSTs.
2. Install the shock absorber so that the lower end of
the coil spring is seated on the step of the lower
spring seat.
am3uuw0000275
Dust Boot Installation Note

1. Install the dust boot by hooking the bottom edge
over the shock absorber lip.
FRONT SHOCK
ABSORBER LI P
DUST BOOT
02-13-6
FRONT SUSPENSION
Bearing Installation Note
1. Install the bearing by hooking the upper end of
the dust boot to the bearing lip.
BEARING LIP
DUST BOOT
2. Align the projection A on the lower part of the

shock absorber with the bearing projection B.
~~~g~ PROJECTION B
PROJECTION A
am3uuw0000088
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER INSPECTION
id021300800800
1. Remove the front shock absorber.

2. Inspect for damage and oil leakage.
3. Compress and extend the shock absorber piston rod at least three times at a steady rate. From the fourth
compression stroke, verify that the operational force does not change and that there is no unusual noise.
If there is any malfunction, replace the shock absorber.
FRONT SHOCK ABSORBER DISPOSAL
id021300800900
1. Place the shock absorber on a level surface or with the piston pointing downwards.
...----------------------,
2. Drill a 2-3 mm {O.08-0.11 in} hole at the point
A shown in the figure so that the gas can escape.
A
Warning
Whenever drilling into a shock absorber,
wear protective eye wear. The gas in the
shock absorber is pressurized and could
spray metal chips into the eyes and face.
3. Drill a 2-3 mm {O.08-0.11 in} hole at the point
B shown in the figure to drain the oil.
4. Turn the hole made in Step 3 downwards and
drain the oil by pumping the piston rod up and
down several times.
5. Cut off the end of the shock absorber.
6. Dispose of waste oil according to local waste disposal laws.
250 mm {9.84 in}
70mm
{2.76 in}
B3E0213W008
02-13-7
FRONT SUSPENSION
FRONT LOWER ARM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id021300a00600
1. Disconnect the front auto leveling sensor link lower side. (Vehicles with AFS) (See 09-18-50 AUTO LEVELING
SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
4. Inspect the wheel alignment and adjust it if necessary. (See 02-11-1 FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT.)
4------61
-----38-50
{3.9-5.0,
29-36}
I~
I
I
130-150
{14-15,
96-110}
41mB
120-163
{13-16,
89-120}
t'
7~~----------~3
44-58
{4.5-5.9,33-42}
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000573
1
2
3
Front ABS wheel-speed sensor wiring harness

connector
Brake hose clip
Front lower arm ball joint

(See 02-13-9 Front Lower Arm Ball Joint Installation
Note.)
02-13-8

Front lower arm
(See 02-13-9 Front Lower Arm Removal Note [LF
(RH)].)
(See 02-13-9 Front Lower Arm Installation Note [LF
(RH)].)
FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Lower Arm Removal Note [LF (RH)]
Note
When working on the right side of vehicles with LF, move the Ale compressor protector so that the Ale
compressor protector does not interfere with the removal of the front lower arm front side bolt.
1. Remove the Ale compressor protector.
2. Remove the front lower arm.
AlC COMPRESSOR PROTECTOR

am3uuw0000322
Front Lower Arm Installation Note [LF (RH)]

1. Install the front lower arm.
2. Install the Ale compressor protector.
18-26 Nm
--{1.9-2.6 kgf.m,
am3uuw0000322
Front Lower Arm Ball Joint Installation Note

Note
The bolt insertion direction can be either front or rear of the vehicle, however, keep the insertion direction
the same on both the left and right sides of the vehicle.
FRONT LOWER ARM INSPECTION
id021300B00700
1. Remove the lower arm from the vehicle.

2. Inspect the arm for bending or damage, and the ball joint for excessive looseness .
If there is any malfunction, replace the lower arm.
3. Rotate the ball joint stud 5 times. Install the SST
to the ball joint stud, measure the rotational
torque using a pull scale.
lower arm.
Front lower arm ball joint rotational torque

1.0-4.9 Nm {11-49 kgf.cm, 9-43 in.lbf}
Pull scale reading [10-49 N {1.1-4.9 kgf,
3-10Ibf}]
am3uuw0000450
02-13-9
FRONT SUSPENSION
FRONT STABILIZER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0213008004c3
1. Remove the joint cover. (See 06-14-8 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM].) (See 06-14-11
STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
2. Disconnect the steering shaft from the steering gear and linkage. (See 06-14-8 STEERING WHEEL AND
COLUMN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON
START SYSTEM].) (See 06-14-11 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [WITH
ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM].)
3. Remove the front auto leveling sensor. (Vehicles with AFS) (See 09-18-50 AUTO LEVELING SENSOR
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION. )
4. Remove the front crossmember component. (See 02-13-13 FRONT CROSSMEMBER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
4
~
I
I
I
~
o
120-163
{13-16,
89-120}
I
I
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000558
1
2

Stabilizer bracket
(See02-13-11 Stabilizer Bracket Removal Note.)
(See 02-13-11 Front Stabilizer, Stabilizer Bushing
and Stabilizer Bracket Installation Note.)
02-13-10
Stabilizer bushing
Front stabilizer
FRONT SUSPENSION
Stabilizer Bracket Removal Note
1. Secure the stabilizer bracket flange using a vise.
2. Remove the front stabilizer.
FRONT STABILIZER
am3uuw0000087
Front Stabilizer, Stabilizer Bushing and Stabilizer Bracket Installation Note

1. Install the stabilizer bushing so that the projection
...---------------------,
FRONT
points to the right side of the vehicle.
2. Apply grease to the stabilizer bushing.
~
l
PROJECTI~
am3uuw0000322
3. Point the direction indicator on the stabilizer

bracket inward and install stabilizer bracket using
a vise.
4. Temporarily install the front stabilizer component.
INNER SIDE OF
. . THE VEHICLE
i>tH---'---
DIRECTION
INDICATOR
am3uuw0000322
5. Tighten the bolts following order.

-
A~B~A
A)---------
am3uuw0000282
02-13-11
FRONT SUSPENSION
FRONT STABILIZER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id0213008004b6
INSTALLATION.)
~----------------
-~
--------I~
RUBBER
. GREASE
120-163
{13-16,
89-120}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000574
1
2

Stabilizer bracket
02-13-12
Stabilizer bushing
Front stabilizer
FRONT SUSPENSION
Front Stabilizer, Stabilizer Bushing and Stabilizer Bracket Installation Note
Caution
Verify that the stabilizer bushings are not caught between the stabilizer bracket and the front
cross member, and install the stabilizer bracket using the following procedure.
1. Temporarily tighten bolts A and B shown in the
figure.
2. Tighten bolt A.
3. Tighten bolt B.
4. Tighten bolt A.
am3uuw0000586
FRONT STABILIZER CONTROL LINK INSPECTION

id021300800500
1. Remove the stabilizer control link from the vehicle.

2. Inspect for bending or damage. If there is any malfunction, replace the stabilizer control link.
3. Rotate the ball joint stud 10 times and shake it side to side 10 times.
4. Measure the ball-joint rotational torque using an
,...---------------------,
Allen wrench and a torque wrench.
Front stabilizer control link ball joint rotational

torque
0.2-0.9 Nm {3-9 kgfcm, 2-7 inlbf}
stabilizer control link.
am3uuw0000451
FRONT CROSSMEMBER REMOVAl/INSTALLATION

id021300801000
Caution
damaged.
02-13-13
FRONT SUSPENSION
LF, L5 ~
I
I
~---~-
7S-104
{7.7-10,-------_@>~
~1
5;_76_}_ _ _
L3 WITH TC
I------{
mil
tf &
11\[----______
II
I
------_ - -
~------
--------_
---------..,
-~
I
I
I
.tS----EI
mil
3
d5!r---38-S0
{3.9-S.0,
~=+---+------{
{14-1S,
96-110}
{4.S-S.9,
32-42}
I
I
8-10
{82-101,
71-88 }
~L
{3.8-S.4,
27-39}
2
8-10 Nm
{82-101 kgf.cm,
71-88 inlbf}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000534
Front ABS wheel-speed sensor wiring harness

connector
(See 04-13-7 FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED
2
3
Brake hose clip

(See 02-13-15 Tie-rod End Ball Joint Removal
Note.)
(See 02-13-16 Front Lower Arm Ball Joint
Installation Note.)
Power steering pipe component
4
5
6
7
8
Crossmember bracket
Front crossmember component
(See 02-13-15 Front Crossmember Component
Removal Note.)
(See 02-13-16 No. 1 Engine Mount Rubber and
Front Crossmember Component Installation Note.)
02-13-14
10
11
12
13

(See 02-13-16 No.1 Engine Mount Rubber and
Front Crossmember Component Installation Note.)
Front stabilizer
Steering gear and linkage
(See 06-14-16 STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
Front lower arm
(See 02-13-8 FRONT LOWER ARM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Front crossmember
FRONT SUSPENSION
Tie-rod End Ball Joint Removal Note
1. Detach the tie-rod end from the steering knuckle
using the SST.
am3uuw0000042
Front Crossmember Component Removal Note

Warning
Removing the crossmember is dangerous. The crossmember component could fall and cause
serious injury or death. Verify that the jack securely supports the crossmember component.
1. Support the front crossmember component using

a jack.
am3uuw0000042
2. Detach the rubber hangers from the front

cross member.
3. Remove the front crossmember, front stabilizer,
front lower arm, and steering gear and linkage as
a single unit.
02-13-15
FRONT SUSPENSION
No.1 Engine Mount Rubber and Front Crossmember Component Installation Note
1. Verify the left and right identification marks and
install the positioning SST to the front
crossmember.
lij.:u&llmtJ
lij.:n&lleltll
Note
Verify the identification marks before
installation because the left and right parts
of the SST have different shapes.
MARK

to the front crossmember.
RIGHT
LEFT
am3uuw0000282
3. Raise the transmission jack gradually and install

the front crossmember to the vehicle. At this point
verify that the SST is securely inserted in the
positioning holes on the body.
Warning
The crossmember component could fall
and cause serious injury or death. Verify
that the jack securely supports the
crossmember component.
4. Tighten the front cross member installation bolts
and nuts.
lij.:n&llmkJ
BODY
CLlP:r~
MARK~ll
CROSSMEMBER
BODY
'ij,:u&lleltl.
NL
cLiP
IR~MARK
(
CROSSMEMBER
am3uuw0000344
Caution
Tighten the bolts while being careful of
their length to prevent interference
between the steering gear housing and
bolt.
Tightening torque
73-90 Nm {7.5-9.2 kgfm, 54-67 ft.lbf}
ATX
MTX
..
FRONT
FRONT
am3uuw0000303
Bolt stem length

Front crossmember side: 62 mm {2.4 in}
No.1 engine mount bracket side: 65 mm {2.6 in}
Note
02-13-16
REAR SUSPENSION
02-14
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR SUSPENSION
LOCATION INDEX. ................
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER
REMOVAUINSTALLATION . .........
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER
INSPECTION . ....................
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER
DISPOSAL . ......................
REAR COIL SPRING
Rear Lower Arm Outer Bolt
Removal Note ...............
Rear Coil Spring Installation Note ....
REAR LOWER ARM
Rear Lower Arm Removal Note
[RH] .......................
Rear Lower Arm Installation Note
[RH] ......................
REAR UPPER ARM
Rear Upper Arm Removal Note ......
Rear Upper Arm Installation Note ...
02-14-2
02-14-3
02-14-3
02-14-4
02-14-4
02-14-5
02-14-5
02-14-6
02-14-6
02-14-7
02-14-7
02-14-8
02-14-8
REAR TRAILING LINK

Brake Caliper Component
Removal Note .................. . 02-14-9
Rear Trailing Link Component
Removal Note .................. . 02-14-10
Rear Trailing Link Component
Rear ABS Wheel-speed Sensor
Wiring Harness Installation Note .... . 02-14-10
REAR LATERAL LINK
Rear Lateral Link Removal Note ..... . 02-14-12
Rear Lateral Link Installation Note ... . 02-14-12
REAR STABILIZER
Rear Stabilizer, Stabilizer Bushing and
REAR STABILIZER CONTROL LINK
INSPECTION . ................... . 02-14-14
REAR CROSSMEMBER
Rear Cross member Component
Removal Note .................. . 02-14-16
Rear Cross member Component
Wiring Harness Installation Note .... . 02-14-16
02-14-1
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR SUSPENSION LOCATION INDEX
id021400800400
am3uuw0000257
Rear trailing link

(See 02-14-8 REAR TRAILING LINK REMOVAU
INSTALLATION. )
Rear shock absorber

(See 02-14-3 REAR SHOCK ABSORBER
INSPECTION.)
DISPOSAL.)
Rear upper arm
(See 02-14-7 REAR UPPER ARM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Rear cross member

(See 02-14-14 REAR CROSSMEMBER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION. )
02-14-2
Rear lateral link

(See 02-14-11 REAR LATERAL LINK REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(See 02-14-14 REAR STABILIZER CONTROL LINK
INSPECTION.)
Rear stabilizer
(See 02-14-13 REAR STABILIZER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Rear coil spring
(See 02-14-4 REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Rear lower arm
(See 02-14-6 REAR LOWER ARM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id021400801300
1. Support the rear axle using a jack.

2. Remove the rear shock absorber
am3uuw0000283
w-------------22-28
{2.3-2.8,17-20}
REAR
SHOCKABSORBER---------~
---------79-105
{8.1-10, 59-77}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000283
3. Install the rear shock absorber.

REAR SHOCK ABSORBER INSPECTION
id021400801400
1. Remove the rear shock absorber. (See 02-14-3 REAR SHOCK ABSORBER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
2. Inspect for damage and oil leakage.
3. Compress and extend the shock piston at least three times. Verify that the operational force does not change
and that there is no unusual noise.
If not as specified, replace the rear shock absorber.
02-14-3
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR SHOCK ABSORBER DISPOSAL
id021400801500
1. Clamp a shock absorber on a flat surface or with the piston pointing downwards.
,..--------------------,
2. Drill a 2-3 mm {0.08-0.11 in} hole at a point
50-60 mm {1.6-1.9 in} from the bottom of the
tube, so that the gas can escape.
40-50mm
{1.S-1.9 in}
Warning
Whenever drilling into a shock absorber,
wear protective eye wear. The gas in the
shock absorber is pressurized, and could
spray metal chips into the eyes and face
when drilling.
3. Turn the hole downwards.
4. The oil can be collected by moving the piston rod
several times up and down and cutting the tube at
the end.
5. Dispose of waste oil according to the waste disposal law.
am3uuw0000323
REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAUINSTALLATION

id021400800700
1. Disconnect the rear auto leveling sensor lower side. (Vehicles with AFS) (See 09-18-50 AUTO LEVELING
4. Inspect the wheel alignment and adjust it if necessary. (See 02-11-3 REAR WHEEL ALIGNMENT.)
l~l1
44-60
{4.4-S.1,
33-44}
{~s;::.. } - - - - - - - {
7S-102
{7.8-10,
57-75}
'--+----~
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000283
1
2
Rear stabilizer control link upper nut

Rear lower arm outer bolt
(See 02-14-5 Rear Lower Arm Outer Bolt Removal
Note.)
02-14-4
Rear coil spring

(See 02-14-5 Rear Coil Spring Installation Note.)
Upper spring seat rubber
REAR SUSPENSION
Rear Lower Arm Outer Bolt Removal Note
1. Rotate the rear stabilizer component downwards
as shown in the figure.
am3uuw0000307
2. Support the rear lower arm using a jack.

3. Loosen the rear lower arm inner bolt.
4. Remove the rear lower arm outer bolt.
am3uuw0000283
Rear Coil Spring Installation Note

1. Position the jack under the rear lower arm and
jack up slowly.
Warning
Installing the coil spring is dangerous.
The coil spring could fly off and cause
serious injure or death, and damage the
vehicle.
2. Align the upper end of the rear coil spring with the
step of the upper spring seat rubber.
3. Align the lower end of the rear coil spring with the
step of the lower spring seat rubber.
4. Install the lower arm outer bolt.
am3uuw0000283
02-14-5
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR LOWER ARM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id021400800900
1. Disconnect the rear auto leveling sensor link lower side. (Vehicles with AFS) (See 09-18-50 AUTO LEVELING
""'@,
80-100
~{8.2-10,
60-73}
76-102
{7.8-10,
57-75}
@~r-----T-+---------------
44-60
{4.4-6.1,
33-44}
I
I
I
f-----------I-t-1
3r-------------~~~,
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000307
Rear coil spring component

(See 02-14-4 REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAU
INSTALLATION. )
Bound stopper
Rear lower arm

(See 02-14-6 Rear Lower Arm Removal Note [RH].)
(See 02-14-7 Rear Lower Arm Installation Note
[RH].)
Rear Lower Arm Removal Note [RH]

1. Remove the charcoal canister installation bolts
(rear side), and push the charcoal canister up
slightly.
2. Remove the rear lower arm inner bolt.
3. Remove the rear lower arm.
am3uuw0000307
02-14-6
REAR SUSPENSION
Rear Lower Arm Installation Note [RH]
1. Push the charcoal canister up slightly.
2. Install the rear lower arm inner bolt.
3. Tighten the charcoal canister installation bolts
(rear side).
8-10 Nm
{82-101 kgf.cm,
71-88 inlbf}
am3uuw0000549
REAR UPPER ARM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id021400800800
1. When working on the right side of the vehicle,

disconnect the canister vent (CV) solenoid valve
from the rear cross member.
4. Inspect the wheel alignment and adjust it if
necessary. (See 02-11-3 REAR WHEEL
ALIGNMENT.)
8-10 Nm
{82-101 kgf.m, ~
71-88 ftlbf}
\
t,
\
"
am3uuw0000308
44-60
{4.4-6.1,
33-44}
.!!dr-~CD
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000308
IRear stabilizer control link upper side nut
Rear upper arm

(See 02-14-8 Rear Upper Arm Removal Note.)
(See 02-14-8 Rear Upper Arm Installation Note.)
02-14-7
REAR SUSPENSION
Rear Upper Arm Removal Note
am3uuw0000308
2. Jack up the vehicle to the unloaded condition, and

support the trailing link using a jack.
3. Remove the rear upper arm.
am3uuw0000288
Rear Upper Arm Installation Note

1. Install the rear upper arm so that IN mark is facing
toward the inside of the vehicle.
. . . INSIDE OF THE VEHICLE
am3uuw0000089
REAR TRAILING LINK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id021400802000
Caution
1. Disconnect the rear auto leveling sensor link lower side. (Vehicles with AFS) (See 09-18-50 AUTO LEVELING
2. Remove the rear coil spring. (See 02-14-4 REAR COIL SPRING REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
02-14-8
REAR SUSPENSION
60-76
{6.2-7.7,
45-56}
49-65
{5.0-6.6,
37-47}
33-44
{3.4-4.4,
25-32}
79-105
{8.1-10,----------4~ ___ _
59-77}
---_
~_'i7b-------,-"
\
I--------{
.Q- ..... =.....""'''>-----'---4.0-7.0

/
{41-71,36-61}
<i!J ..... _//
I
I
I
I
h
1
I .......... J
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
1....-_ _ 1_ _ _ _----,
~---.
--------1
~'
':x
.r
"-
'ft- 8-
10 Nm
{82-101 kgf.cm,
71-88 inlbf}
120-163
{13-16,89-120}
76-102
{7.6-10, 57-75}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3zzw0000787
3
4
Rear ABS wheel-speed sensor wiring harness

(See 02-14-10 Rear ABS Wheel-speed Sensor
Wiring Harness Installation Note.)
Rear parking brake cable
Under cover
Brake caliper component
(See 02-14-9 Brake Caliper Component Removal
Note.)
Disc plate
Rear trailing link component

(See 02-14-10 Rear Trailing Link Component
Removal Note.)
(See 02-14-10 Rear Trailing Link Component
Installation Note.)
7
8
9
Rear wheel hub component

Dust cover
Rear trailing link
Brake Caliper Component Removal Note

1. Remove the brake caliper component and suspend it out of the way using a cable.
02-14-9
REAR SUSPENSION
Rear Trailing Link Component Removal Note
Warning
Removing the rear trailing link component is dangerous. The rear trailing link component could
fall and cause serious injury or death. Verify that the jack securely supports the rear trailing link
component.
1. Support the rear trailing link component using a

jack.
2. Remove the rear trailing link front side bolts.
3. Remove the rear shock absorber lower side bolt.
4. Remove the rear lateral link outer side bolt.
5. Remove the rear upper arm outer side bolt.
6. Remove the rear trailing link component.
Rear Trailing Link Component Installation Note

Warning
Installing the rear trailing link component is dangerous. The rear trailing link component could fall
and cause serious injury or death. Verify that the jack securely supports the rear trailing link
component.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Support the trailing link component using a jack.

Install the rear upper arm outer side bolt.
Install the rear lateral link outer side bolt.
Install the rear shock absorber lower side bolt.
Tighten the trailing link front side bolts.
am3uuw0000288
Rear ABS Wheel-speed Sensor Wiring Harness Installation Note

1. Pass the rear ASS wheel-speed sensor wiring
,...----------------------,
harness outside the rear parking brake cable as
2. Install the rear ASS wheel-speed sensor wiring
harness.
am3uuw0000314
02-14-10
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR LATERAL LINK REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id021400801200

c;a----(D 44-60
:
:
{4.4-6.1,
33-44}
I
I
I
I
I
76-102
{7.8-10,
57-75}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000302
IRear stabilizer control link upper nut
Rear lateral link

(See 02-14-12 Rear Lateral Link Removal Note.)
(See 02-14-12 Rear Lateral Link Installation Note.)
02-14-11
REAR SUSPENSION
Rear Lateral Link Removal Note
am3uuw0000308
2. Jack up the vehicle to ~he unloaded condition, and

3. Remove the rear lateral link.
am3uuw0000288
Rear Lateral Link Installation Note

1. Jack up the vehicle to the unloaded condition, and
am3uuw0000288
2. Install the rear lateral link so that the rib is facing

toward the front of the vehicle.
SEC. A-A
am3uuw0000253
02-14-12
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR STABILIZER REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id021400800500

44-60
{4.4-6.1,
3l4
1
1
1
c,
:~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~!~~~
',I
~"
: "
: :
: :
: :
1---- -----JI:
CD-----l~~
1--01--_ _ _ _ _ _ _ 44-60 {4.4-6.1, 33-44} [LF, L5]
~
80-105 {8.2-10, 60-77}[L3 WITH TC]
--------.,! _I
1
1 1
1
1
~J--------(4
~--------------'-',~,~
"",/)'-------------1(2)
41-54
{4.2-5.5,31-39}
"'<e
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000617
Stabilizer bracket
(See 02-14-13 Rear Stabilizer, Stabilizer Bushing
Stabilizer bushing
Rear stabilizer
Rear Stabilizer, Stabilizer Bushing and Stabilizer Bracket Installation Note

1. Install the stabilizer bushing so that the projection
r---------;:=================:::::;-----,
FRONTOFTHE
points to the left side of the vehicle.
~ PROJECTION
VEHICLE
2. Install the stabilizer bracket.
3. Install the rear stabilizer component to the
vehicle.
am3uuw0000358
02-14-13
REAR SUSPENSION
REAR STABILIZER CONTROL LINK INSPECTION
1.
2.
3.
4.
id021400800300
Remove the stabilizer control link from the vehicle.

Inspect for bending or damage. If there is any malfunction, replace the stabilizer control link.
Rotate the ball joint stud 10 times and shake it side to side 10 times.
Measure the ball-joint rotational torque using an
,-----------------------,
Allen wrench and a torque wrench.
Rear stabilizer control link ball joint rotational
torque
0.5-2.0 Nm {6-20 kgfcm, 5-17 in.lbf}
stabilizer control link.
am3uuw0000451
REAR CROSSMEMBER REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id021400801000
Caution
1. Disconnect the evaporative hose.
ti
EVAPORATIVE
HOSE
8
CHARCOAL
CANISTER
am3uuw0000280
2. Disconnect the quick release connectors. (See

01-16A-11 QUICK RELEASE CONNECTOR
(EMISSION SYSTEM) REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [LF, L5].) (See 01-168-5
CHARCOAL CANISTER REMOVAU
QUICK RELEASE
CONNECTORS
"'~
""LlI~{,'~
/'
am3uuw0000284
3. Remove the CV solenoid valve from the rear

crossmember.
8-10 Nm
{82-101 kgf.m, ~
71-88 ftlbf}
\
~
x
am3uuw0000308
02-14-14
REAR SUSPENSION
4. Disconnect the wiring harness connecting to the
rear crossmember.
6. Remove the rear auto leveling sensor. (Vehicles
with AFS) (See 09-18-60 AUTO LEVELING
6. Remove the rear stabilizer. (See 02-14-13 REAR
STABILIZER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
7. Remove the rear coil spring. (See 02-14-4 REAR
COIL SPRING REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
8. Remove the rear lower arm. (See 02-14-6 REAR
LOWER ARM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
11. Inspect the wheel alignment and adjust it if
necessary. (See 02-11-3 REAR WHEEL
ALIGNMENT.)
am3uuw0000487
8-10 Nm
------,,--- {82-101 kgf.cm,
71-88 inlbf}
I
I
44-60
{4.5-6.1,33-44}
1-------(3
76-102
___~~----- {7.8-10,
,,'
57-75}
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I------------------~--------~----------------------~
I
I
I
I
98-132
{1 0-13, 73-97}
76-102
{7.8-10, 57-75}
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000544
02-14-15
REAR SUSPENSION
1
2
3

Dynamic damper
Rear cross member component
(See 02-14-16 Rear Crossmember Component
Removal Note.)
Installation Note.)
Rear lateral link
(See 02-14-11 REAR LATERAL LINK REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Rear upper arm

(See 02-14-7 REAR UPPER ARM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Charcoal canister
(See 01-16B-5 CHARCOAL CANISTER REMOVAU
Rear crossmember
Removal Note.)
Rear Cross member Component Removal Note

Warning
Verify that the cross member is securely supported by a jack. If the rear crossmember falls off, it
can cause serious injury or death, and damage to the vehicle.
1. Support the rear cross member with the jack and
remove the bolt.
2. Remove the rear cross member component.
am3uuw0000308
Rear Crossmember Component Installation Note

Warning
Verify that the crossmember is securely supported by a jack. If the rear crossmember falls off, it
can cause serious injury or death, and damage to the vehicle.
1. Support the rear crossmember component and
install the rear cross member.
Rear ASS Wheel-speed Sensor Wiring Harness Installation Note

r----------------------,
1. Pass the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor wiring
2. Install the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor wiring
harness.
am3uuw0000314
02-14-16
TECHNICAL DATA
02-50
TECHNICAL DATA
SUSPENSION TECHNICAL DATA ..... 02-50-1

WHEELAND
TIRE SPECiFiCATION ............ 02-50-2
SUSPENSION .................... 02-50-3
SUSPENSION TECHNICAL DATA

id025000800100
Front wheel alignment {Unloaded)*1 [LF, L5]

Item
[Tolerance 3]
Total toe-in
Tire
[Tolerance 4 {0.2}]
Rim inner
[Tolerance 3 {0.1}]
Empty
1/4
-I
Inner
1/2
3/4
Full
4100'
3400'
Outer
2 {0.08}
(mm {in})
Vehicle equipped with 16 inch wheel: 1.3 {0.OS1}

Vehicle equipped with 17 inch wheel: 1.4 {O.OSS}
0011'0022'
(degree)
Caster angle *2 (Reference value)
[Tolerance 1 0]
2S9'

[Tolerance 1 0]
301'
303'
30S'
-037'
13S4'
307'
-038'
1
13SS'
13S6'
*1 : Engine coolant and engine oil are at specified level. Spare tire, jack and tools are in designated
position.
Front wheel alignment {Unloaded)*1 [L3 WITH TC]
Item
[Tolerance 3]
Total toe-in
Tire
[Tolerance 4 {0.2}]
Rim inner
[Tolerance 3 {O. 1}]
Empty
1/4
Inner
1/2
3/4
Full
311'
312'
3600'
3000'
Outer
2 {0.08}
(mm {in})
1.S {0.OS9}
0011'0022'
(degree)
[Tolerance 1]
306'

[Tolerance 1 0]
-00S3'
1418'
308'
309'
-00S4'
1419'
1420'
position.
02-50-1
' ,
TECHNICAL DATA
Rear wheel alignment (Unloaded)*1 [LF, LS]
Item
Empty
Tire
[Tolerance 4 {0.2}]
Total toe-in
1/4
1/2
3/4
Full
3 {0.1}
(mm {in})
Rim inner
[Tolerance 3 {0.1}]

0016'0021 '
(degree)
[Tolerance 1 0]
-1 23'
-1 25'
-1 27'
-1 28'
-1 30'
position.
Rear wheel alignment (Unloaded)*1 [L3 WITH TC]
Item
Total toe-in
Empty
Tire
[Tolerance 4 {0.2}]
Rim inner
[Tolerance 3 {0.1)]
1/4
1/2
3/4
Full
-1 39'
-1 41'
3 {0.1}
(mm {in})
2.2 {0.087}
0016'0021 '
(degree)
[Tolerance 1 0]
-1 35'
-1 36'
-1 38'
0
position.
WHEEL AND TIRE SPECIFICATION
Standard tire and wheel [LF, LS]
Specification
Item
Size
Offset
Wheel Pitch circle
diameter
(mm {in})
Remaining tread
Lug nut tightening
torque
Wheel and tire
runout
Wheel
and
tire
Front
Rear
Aluminum alloy
P205/50R1788V
220 {32}
220 {32}
240 {35}
1.6 {0.063} min.
(mm {in})
(N.m {kgfm, ftlbf})
88-118 {9.0-12, 65-87}

1.5 {0.059} max.
Radial direction
Wheel imbalance
114.3 {4.50}
Steel or
Aluminum alloy
P205/55R16 89H
240 {35}
Size
Tire
17 x7J
52.5 {2.07}
(mm {in})
Material
Air pressure
(kPa {psi})
16 x 6 1/2J
50 {2.0}
(g {oz})
Steel:2.5 {0.1 O} max.

Aluminum alloy:2.0 {0.078} max.
2.0 {0.078} max.
Adhesive-type*1 :
14 {0.49} max.
Knock-type *2:
9 {0.3} max.
Adhesive-type *1:
13 {0.46} max.
Knock-type *2:
8 {0.28} max.
*1 : Total weight exceeds 160 g {S.64 OZ}.

*2 : One balance weight: 60 g {2.1 oz} max. If the total weight exceeds 100 g {3.S3 oz} on one side,
02-50-2
TECHNICAL DATA
Standard tire and wheel [L3 WITH TC]
Item
Size
Offset
Wheel Pitch circle
diameter
Material
Size
Tire
(mm {in})
Specification
18 x7 1/2J
52.5 {2.07}
(mm {in})
114.3 {4.50}
Aluminum alloy
P225/40R18 88Y
240 {35}
230 {34}
1.6 {0.063} min.
Front
Rear
Air pressure
(kPa {psi})
Remaining tread
(mm {in})
Lug nut tightening
(Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf})
torque
Wheel and tire
Radial direction
Wheel runout
and
tire
Wheel imbalance
88-118 {9.0-12, 65-87}

1.5 {0.059} max.
2.0 {0.078} max.
Adhesive-type *1:
12 {0.42} max.
Knock-type *2:
8 {0.28} max.
(g {oz})
Total weight exceeds 160 g {5.64 OZ}.

: One balance weight: 60 g {2.1 oz} max. If the total weight exceeds 100 9 {3.53 oz} on one side,
*1 :
*2
Temporary spare tire and wheel

Item
Wheel
Tire
Wheel
and tire
Size
Offset
Pitch circle diameter
Material
Size
Air pressure
Remaining tread
Lug nut tightening
torque
15x4T
45 {1.8}
(mm {in})
(mm {in})
T115/70D15 90M
(kPa {psi})
(mm {in})
I(Nm {kgfm,
ftlbf})
Specification
16x4T
114.3 {4.50}
Steel
T125/70D1696M
420 {60}
1.6 {0.063} min.
I
I
17x4T
40 {1.6}
T125/70D17 98M
88-118 {9.0-12, 65-87}
SUSPENSION
Item
Front lower arm ball joint rotational torque

Front stabilizer control link ball jOint rotational torque
Rear stabilizer control link ball joint rotational torque
Specification
1.0-4.9 Nm {11-49 kgf.cm, 9-43 inlbf}
Pull scale reading [10-49 N {1.1-4.9 kgf, 3-10 Ibf}]
0.2-0.9 Nm {3-9 kgfcm, 2-7 inlbf}
0.5-2.0 Nm {6-20 kgf.cm, 5-17 inlbf}
02-50-3
SERVICE TOOLS
02-60
SERVICE TOOLS
SUSPENSION SST ................. 02-60-1
SUSPENSION SST
id026000B00100
49 T0341AO
4901805108
Coil spring
compressor set
Preload
measuring
attachment
498034002
49 T028 3AO
Guide
8all joint puller

set
498034001
~GUide
02-60-1
DRIVELINE/AXLE
FRONT AXLE .............. 03-11
REAR AXLE ............... 03-12
DRIVE SHAFT ............. 03-13

TECHNICAL DATA .......... 03-50
SERVICE TOOLS ........... 03-60
----------------_ ..
03-10
GENERAL PROCEDURES
GENERAL PROCEDURES (FRONT AND

REAR AXLES) .................... 03-10-1
Wheel and Tire Installation .......... 03-10-1
Connector Disconnection .......... 03-10-1
Suspension Links Removal/Installation 03-10-1

Auto Leveling System Initialization
(Vehicle with Adaptive Front Lighting
System (AFS)) ................ 03-10-1
GENERAL PROCEDURES (FRONT AND REAR AXLES)

id031 0008001 00

1. When installing the wheels and tires, tighten the
wheel nuts in a criss-cross pattern to the following
tightening torque.
Tightening torque
88-118 Nm {9.0-12 kgfm, 65-87 ft.lbf}
e3u310zw6001
[L3 WITH TCl.)
torque.
Auto Leveling System Initialization (Vehicle with Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS
1. Initialize the auto leveling sensor, when performing the following services. (See 09-18-S1 AUTO LEVELING
SYSTEM INITIALIZATION.)
Removing the auto leveling sensor
Disconnecting the auto leveling sensor link
Removing the suspension parts related the vehicle height
03-10-1
FRONT AXLE
03-11
FRONT AXLE
FRONT AXLE LOCATION INDEX . .....

WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE
INSPECTION ....................
Wheel Bearing Excessive Play
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Caliper Component Removal
Note ..........................
Wheel Hub, Steering Knuckle
Component Removal Note .........
Wheel Hub, Steering Knuckle
Component Installation Note ......
03-11-1
03-11-2
03-11-2
03-11-2
03-11-3
03-11-3
03-11-3
Front Lower Arm Ball Joint Installation

Note.......................... . 03-11-4
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ........ . 03-11-4
Wheel Hub Component Removal
Note.......................... . 03-11-4
Wheel Bearing Removal Note ...... . 03-11-6
Wheel Hub Bolt Removal Note ...... . 03-11-6
Wheel Hub Bolt Installation Note .... . 03-11-6
Wheel Bearing Installation Note ..... . 03-11-7
Wheel Hub Component Installation
Note......................... . 03-11-7
FRONT WHEEL HUB BOLT
REPLACEMENT . ................. . 03-11-8
FRONT AXLE LOCATION INDEX
id031100800100
am3uuw0000537
Wheel hub, steering knuckle

(See 03-11-2 WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE
INSPECTION.)
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
Wheel hub bolt

(See 03-11-8 FRONT WHEEL HUB BOLT
REPLACEMENT.)
03-11-1
FRONT AXLE
WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE INSPECTION
id031100800300
Wheel Bearing Excessive Play Inspection

1. Install the magnetic base and dial gauge as
shown in the figure and measure the wheel
bearing axial excessive play.
If it exceeds the maximum specification,
replace the wheel hub bearing.
Maximum front wheel bearing play
0.05 mm {0.002 in}
WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION

id031100800400
Caution
the following procedures, disconnect the ABS wheel-speed sensor connector (axle side) and fix
the wiring harness to an appropriate place where it will not be pulled by mistake while servicing
the vehicle.
1. When working on the left side of the vehicle, disconnect the front auto leveling sensor link. (Vehicle with
Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS)) (See 09-18-50 AUTO LEVELING SENSOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
4. After installation, inspect the front wheel alignment and adjust it if necessary. (See 02-11-1 FRONT WHEEL
ALIGNMENT.)
:10
VIEWA
38-50
{3.9-5.0,
29-36}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000616
03-11-2
FRONT AXLE
1
2
3
4
ABS wheel-speed sensor connector

ABS wheel-speed sensor
Locknut
Note.)
(See 04-11-22 FRONT BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAU
Disc plate


Note.)

Dynamic damper
9
10
Wheel hub, steering knuckle component

(See 03-11-3 Wheel Hub, Steering Knuckle
Component Removal Note.)
(See 03-11-3 Wheel Hub, Steering Knuckle
Component Installation Note.)

1. Remove the retaining clip, mounting support
installing bolt and suspend it out of the way using
a cable.
am3uuw0000469
Wheel Hub, Steering Knuckle Component Removal Note

1. Separate the shock absorber from the wheel hub,
....----------:--------::--------------,
steering knuckle component by tapping the upper
part of the steering knuckle with a hammer.
am3uuw0000469
Wheel Hub, Steering Knuckle Component Installation Note

1. Apply grease (L2Y1 33247) to the wheel bearing
.--------------------,
inner race and drive shaft contact surface (Area A
in figure).
2. Install the wheel hub, steering knuckle
component.
-.J-.-+-+---+- A
03-11-3
FRONT AXLE
Note
WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id0311 001521 00

1
Dust Cover
Wheel hub component

(See 03-11-4 Wheel Hub Component Removal
Note.)
(See 03-11-7 Wheel Hub Component Installation
Note.)
3
4
Retaining clip
Wheel bearing
(See 03-11-6 Wheel
(See 03-11-7 Wheel
Steering knuckle
Hub bolt
(See 03-11-6 Wheel
(See 03-11-6 Wheel
5
6
m43m
mil
Bearing Removal Note.)

Bearing Installation Note.)
Hub Bolt Removal Note.)

Hub Bolt Installation Note.)
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000536
Wheel Hub Component Removal Note

1. Remove the wheel hub component using the
SSTs.
2. If the bearing inner race remains on the front
wheel hub component, perform the following
procedure:
am3uuw0000617
Without using SST

1. Grind a section of the bearing inner race until
approx. 0.5 mm {0.02 in} remains.
2. Remove the bearing inner race using a chisel.
am3uuw0000120
03-11-4
FRONT AXLE
With using SST
1. Remove the part as shown in the figure.
a_m_3u_uw_O_OO_01~m
r -______________________________
2. Position the SSTs and a spare bolt (M1 0 length

90 mm {3.5 in} or less) as shown in the figure.
Caution
When tightening section A, tighten
section B securely because the
engagement of the SST tab is shallow
and it can come off easily.
am3uuw0000536
3. Tighten SST section A until the space between

the bearing inner race and wheel hub component
is 1-2 mm {0.04-0.07 in}.
4. Temporarily loosen SST section A and position
the SST again.
5. Tighten SST section A and remove the bearing
inner race.
am3uuw0000536
03-11-5
liliiii
FRONT AXLE
Wheel Bearing Removal Note
1. Remove the wheel bearing using the SSTs.
am3uuw0000618
Wheel Hub Bolt Removal Note

Note
The hub bolts do not need to be removed unless they are being replaced.
1. Remove the hub bolt using a press.
am3uuw0000090
Wheel Hub Bolt Installation Note

1. Install the new hub bolt using a press.
acxjjw00001128
03-11-6
FRONT AXLE
Wheel Bearing Installation Note
Note
Install the wheel bearing with the ASS
encoder facing inside of the vehicle.
..
OUTSIDE
OFTHE
VEHICLE
INSIDE
OFTHE
VEHICLE
ASS ENCODER
am3uuw0000536
1. Install the new wheel bearing using the SSTs.
INSIDE
OFTHE
VEHICLE
am3uuw0000536
Wheel Hub Component Installation Note

1. Install the wheel hub component using the SSTs.
am3uuw0000536
03-11-7
FRONT AXLE
FRONT WHEEL HUB BOLT REPLACEMENT
id031100800200
1. Remove the brake calliper component and disc plate. (See 03-11-2 WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE
2. Remove the wheel hub bolt using the SST as
Note
When removing the wheel hub bolts,
perform the work between range A shown in
the figure to assure a space for the bolt
removal.
3. Place a new wheel hub bolt in the wheel hub.
am3uuw0000618
4. Install the wheel hub by placing a proper sized

washer on the hub, and tightening the nut as
HUB BOLT
WHEEL NUT
BRASS BAR WHEEL NUT
WASHER
am3uuw0000618
03-11-8
REAR AXLE
03-12
REAR AXLE
REAR AXLE LOCATION INDEX ....... 03-12-1

WHEEL HUB COMPONENT
INSPECTION . .................... 03-12-1
Wheel Bearing Excessive Play
Inspection .................... 03-12-1
WHEEL HUB COMPONENT

Brake Caliper Component Removal
Note........................ . 03-12-2
Wheel Hub Bolt Removal Note ...... . 03-12-3
Wheel Hub Bolt Installation Note .... . 03-12-3
WHEEL HUB BOLT REPLACEMENT . . . 03-12-3
REAR AXLE LOCATION INDEX
~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ idO_31_20_08_00-,100
_
I
am3uuw0000459
Wheel hub component

(See 03-12-1 WHEEL HUB COMPONENT
INSPECTION.)
Wheel hub bolt

(See 03-12-3 WHEEL HUB BOLT
REPLACEMENT.)
WHEEL HUB COMPONENT INSPECTION

id031200800300
Wheel Bearing Excessive Play Inspection

1. Remove the brake caliper component and disc plate. (See 03-12-2 WHEEL HUB COMPONENT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
03-12-1
REAR AXLE
2. Install the magnetic base and dial gauge as
shown in the figure and measure the wheel
bearing axial excessive play.
replace the wheel hub component.
Maximum rear wheel bearing play
0.05 mm {0.002 in}
WHEEL HUB COMPONENT REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id031200800400
Caution
the vehicle.
33-44
{3.4-4.4,
25-32}
49-S5
{5.0-S.S,
37-47}
1 2
{41-S1 kgf.cm,
'l.1I1\\1~3S.x-;\[J
~ ~
4.0-S.0 Nm
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000545
1
2

Rear parking brake cable

(See 04-12-3 PARKING BRAKE LEVER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Note.)
(See 04-11-35 REAR BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
6
7
8
Disc plate
Wheel hub component
Dust cover
Wheel hub bolt
(See 03-12-3 Wheel Hub Bolt Removal Note.)
(See 03-12-3 Wheel Hub Bolt Installation Note.)

1. Remove the retaining clip and mounting support installing bolt.
2. Remove the brake caliper component from the trailing link and suspend it out of the way using a cable.
03-12-2
REAR AXLE
Wheel Hub Bolt Removal Note
Note
The hub bolts do not need to be removed unless they are being replaced.
1. Remove the hub bolt using a press.
am3uuw0000092
Wheel Hub Bolt Installation Note

1. Install the new hub bolt using a press.
acxjjw00001128
WHEEL HUB BOLT REPLACEMENT

id031200800800
1. Remove the brake calliper component and disc plate. (See 03-12-2 WHEEL HUB COMPONENT REMOVAL!
INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the wheel hub bolt using the SST as
WHEEL HUB BOLT
3. Place a new wheel hub bolt in the wheel hub.
am3uuw0000459
4. Install the wheel hub by placing a proper sized

washer on the hub, and tightening the nut as
HUB BOLT
WHEEL NUT
BRASS BAR WHEEL NUT
WASHER
am3uuw0000618
03-12-3
DRIVE SHAFT
03-13
DRIVE SHAFT
DRIVE SHAFT LOCATION INDEX .....

DRIVE SHAFT INSPECTION .........
DRIVE SHAFT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ..........
Drive Shaft Removal Note ........ .
Drive Shaft Clip Installation Note .... .
Drive Shaft Installation Note ........
Installation Note ................ .
DRIVE SHAFT (TRIPOD JOINT)
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .........
Boot Band (Wheel Side, Transaxle
Side Smaller Diameter)
Disassembly Note ............. .
Boot Band (Transaxle Side Larger
Diameter) Disassembly Note ..... .
Outer Ring Disassembly Note ...... .
Snap Ring, Tripod Joint Disassembly
Note ..................... ..
Boot Disassembly Note .......... .
Dynamic Damper Assembly Note ... .
Boot Assembly Note............ .
Tripod Joint, Snap Ring Assembly
Note ........................ .
Outer Ring Assembly Note ......... .
Boot Band (Transaxle Side Larger
Diameter) Assembly Note ....... .
Boot Band (Wheel Side, Transaxle
Side Smaller Diameter) Assembly
Note ......................... .
DRIVE SHAFT (DOUBLE OFFSET
JOINT) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY ..
Inner Ring Disassembly Note...... ..
Dynamic Damper Assembly Note ... .
Boot Assembly Note............. .
Cage, Inner Ring, Balls, Snap Ring
Assembly Note .............. .
Outer Ring, Clip Assembly Note .... .
03-13-2
03-13-2
03-13-3
03-13-4
03-13-4
03-13-4
03-13-5
03-13-6
03-13-6
03-13-7
03-13-7
03-13-7
03-13-7
03-13-8
03-13-8
03-13-8
03-13-9
03-13-10
03-13-10
03-13-10
03-13-11
03-13-12
03-13-12
03-13-12
03-13-13
JOINT SHAFT INSPECTION .......... 03-13-13

JOINT SHAFT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION .......... 03-13-13
Joint Shaft Removal Note ........ .. 03-13-15
Joint Shaft Clip Installation Note .... . 03-13-15
Joint Shaft Bracket (LF) Installation
Note ...................... .. 03-13-15
Joint Shaft (L3 WITH TC, LS)
Front Lower Arm Ball Joint Installation
JOI~~t~i-iAFT'DISASSE'MBi.Y' ...... . 03-13-16

[LF, L5] .......................... 03-13-16
Joint Shaft Component Disassembly
Note........................ . 03-13-17
Bearing Disassembly Note ......... . 03-13-17
JOINT SHAFT DISASSEMBLY
[L3 WITH TC] ..................... 03-13-17
Joint Shaft Component Disassembly
Note ...................... . 03-13-18
Bearing Disassembly Note ....... .. 03-13-18
JOINT SHAFT ASSEMBLY
[LF, L5 (MTX)] ..................... 03-13-19
Dust Seal (RH) Assembly Note ..... .. 03-13-19
Bearing Assembly Note ............ . 03-13-20
Dust Seal (LH) Assembly Note .... .. 03-13-20
Joint Shaft Assembly Note ....... .. 03-13-21
JOINT SHAFT ASSEMBLY
[L3 WITH TC] ..................... 03-13-21
Bearing Assembly Note ........... .. 03-13-22
Dust Seal (LH) Assembly Note ..... .. 03-13-22
Joint Shaft Assembly Note ........ .. 03-13-22
JOINT SHAFT ASSEMBLY [L5 (ATX)] .. 03-13-23
Bearing Assembly Note ......... .. 03-13-23
Dust Seal (LH) Assembly Note ..... .. 03-13-24
Joint Shaft Assembly Note ....... .. 03-13-24
03-13-1
DRIVE SHAFT
DRIVE SHAFT LOCATION INDEX
id031300800100
am3uuw0000616
Joint shaft
(See 03-13-13 JOINT SHAFT INSPECTION.)
(See 03-13-13 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(See 03-13-16 JOINT SHAFT DISASSEMBLY [LF,
L5].)
(See 03-13-17 JOINT SHAFT DISASSEMBLY [L3
WITH TC].)
(See 03-13-19 JOINT SHAFT ASSEMBLY [LF, L5
(MTX)].)
(See 03-13-21 JOINT SHAFT ASSEMBLY [L3 WITH
TC].)
(See 03-13-23 JOINT SHAFT ASSEMBLY [L5
(ATX)].)
Drive shaft
(See 03-13-2 DRIVE SHAFT INSPECTION.)
INSTALLATION.)
(See 03-13-6 DRIVE SHAFT (TRIPOD JOINT)
(See 03-13-10 DRIVE SHAFT (DOUBLE OFFSET
JOINT) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
DRIVE SHAFT INSPECTION

id031300801800
1. Inspect the connections for any looseness.

If there is any malfunction, tighten or replace
the applicable part.
2. Inspect the dust boot for damage and cracks.
applicable part.
3. Move the spline and joint up and down, left and
right by hand and verify that there is no excessive
play.
applicable part.
am3uuw0000461
03-13-2
DRIVE SHAFT
DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id031300801900
Caution
the vehicle.
Note
The right-side drive shaft of L3 WITH TC equipped vehicles cannot be disassembled. Therefore, replace
the front drive shaft as a single unit if there is any malfunction of the boots, boot bands, or constant
velocity joints.
1. Remove the aerodynamic under cover No.2 and splash shield as a unit. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC
INSTALLATION.)
2. Drain the transaxle oil or ATF. (See 05-15A-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G35M-R].) (See 05-15C-3
TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [A26M-R].) (See 05-158-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G66M-R].)
(See 05-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
3. When working on the left side of the vehicle, disconnect the front auto leveling sensor link. (Vehicle with
Adaptive Front Lighting System (AFS)) (See 09-18-50 AUTO LEVELING SENSOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
8
4.0-S.0 Nm
{41-S1 kgfcm,
3S-53 inlbf}
'~:
&--IiI
~38-50
j
~//
{3.9-S.0,
29-36}
,/<:>:>//
@---------.
iii
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000552
1
2

Locknut

4
5

Dynamic damper
Brake hose clip
10
Front lower arm ball jOint

Note.)
Drive shaft
(See 03-13-4 Drive Shaft Removal Note.)
(See 03-13-4 Drive Shaft Installation Note.)
Drive shaft clip
(See 03-13-4 Drive Shaft Clip Installation Note.)
Joint shaft clip
INSTALLATION.)
03-13-3
DRIVE SHAFT
Drive Shaft Removal Note
1. Install a spare nut onto the drive shaft.
2. Tap the nut with a copper hammer and separate
the drive shaft from the axle.
3. Separate the drive shaft from the wheel hub.
am3uuw0000042
4. Separate the drive shaft (LH) from the transaxle

using the SSTs.
I ij.:utfi.1f'
OR
Caution
Be careful not to damage the transaxle oil
seal with the bar.
am3uuw0000470
5. Disconnect the drive shaft (RH) from the joint

shaft by tapping the transaxle side outer ring with
a brass bar and hammer.
Drive Shaft Clip Installation Note

1. Install a new drive shaft clip to the clip groove at
the end of the drive shaft with the clip opening
facing upward and the clip width within the
specification.
~CLlP
Standard
LF, L5: 31.2 mm {1.23 in}
L3 WITH TC: 33.2 mm {1.31 in}
2. After installation, measure the outer diameter.
If it exceeds the specification, repeat
installation using a new clip.
OUTER
DIAMETER
am3uuw0000618
Drive Shaft Installation Note

Left side
Caution
The sharp edges of the drive shaft can slice or puncture the oil seal. Be careful when installing the
drive shaft to the transaxle.
03-13-4
DRIVE SHAFT
1. Apply transaxle oil to the oil seal lip.
in figure).
3. Insert the drive shaft into the wheel hub.
~+-+--+-A
4. Install the drive shaft to the transaxle.

5. After installation, pull the transaxle side outer ring
forward to confirm that the drive shaft is securely
held by the clip.
am3uuw0000042
Right side
1. Install a new clip onto the joint shaft. (See 03-13-13 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
in figure).
3. Insert the drive shaft to the wheel hub.
4. Insert the drive shaft to the joint shaft.
5. After installation, pull the transaxle side outer ring
forward to confirm that the drive shaft is securely
held by the clip.
am3uuw0000617

Note
03-13-5
DRIVE SHAFT
DRIVE SHAFT (TRIPOD JOINT) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id031300801700

am3uuw0000530
Boot band (wheel side, transaxle side smaller

diameter)
(See 03-13-6 Boot Band (Wheel Side, Transaxle
Side Smaller Diameter) Disassembly Note.}
(See 03-13-10 Boot Band (Wheel Side, Transaxle
Side Smaller Diameter) Assembly Note.}
Boot band (transaxle side larger diameter)
(See 03-13-7 Boot Band (Transaxle Side Larger
Diameter) Disassembly Note.}
(See 03-13-10 Boot Band (Transaxle Side Larger
Diameter) Assembly Note.}
Outer ring
(See 03-13-7 Outer Ring Disassembly Note.)
(See 03-13-9 Outer Ring Assembly Note)
Snap ring
(See 03-13-7 Snap Ring, Tripod Joint Disassembly
Note.)
(See 03-13-8 Tripod Joint, Snap Ring Assembly
Note.)
Tripod joint
(See 03-13-7 Snap Ring, Tripod Joint Disassembly
Note.)
(See 03-13-8 Tripod Joint, Snap Ring Assembly
Note.)
Boot
(See 03-13-7 Boot Disassembly Note.)
(See 03-13-8 Boot Assembly Note.)
Dynamic damper
(See 03-13-8 Dynamic Damper Assembly Note.)
7
8
Shaft and ball joint component
Boot Band (Wheel Side, Transaxle Side Smaller Diameter) Disassembly Note
Note
Remove the boot band only if there is a malfunction.
1. Remove the boot band using end clamp pliers.
am3uuw0000127
03-13-6
DRIVE SHAFT
Boot Band (Transaxle Side Larger Diameter) Disassembly Note
1. Pry up the boot band at the points indicated in the
r-------------------------,
figure using pliers and remove the band.
~-----------------------------am-3u-u-WO~OO~01=V
Outer Ring Disassembly Note
1. Secure the drive shaft using a vise.
am3uuw0000530
2. Tap the outer ring slightly by using a hummer and

urethan bar or equivalent, and remove the outer
ring from the drive shaft.
URETHAN BAR
OR EQUIVALENT
Caution
Lightly tap the outer ring carefully,
otherwise the tripod joint rollers could be
damaged.
am3uuw0000530
Snap Ring, Tripod Joint Disassembly Note

1. Place an alignment mark on the shaft and tripod joint.
2. Remove the snap ring using snap ring pliers.
3. Remove the tripod joint from the shaft.
Caution
Do not try to remove the tripod joint by
hitting it with a hammer. The tripod joint
could be damaged.
am3uuw0000618
Boot Disassembly Note

Note
Remove the wheel side boot only if there is any malfunction.
03-13-7
liliiii
DRIVE SHAFT
1. Wrap the shaft splines with tape.
2. Remove the boot.
VINYL TAPE
am3uuw0000618
Dynamic Damper Assembly Note

1. Install the dynamic damper as shown in the
figure.
DYNAMIC DAMPER
Standard length
289.7-301.7 mm {11.41-11.87 in}
2. Install the new boot band onto the dynamic
damper.
STANDARD LENGTH
am3uuw0000530
Boot Assembly Note

Note
The boot shapes on the wheel side and the differential side are different. Do not install the wrong boot by
mistake.
1. Fill the inside of the new dust boot (wheel side) with grease.
Note
Do not touch the grease with your hand. Apply it from the tube to prevent foreign matter from entering the
boot.
Grease amount
96-106 g {3.4-3.7 oz}
2. Install the boot with the drive shaft spline still wrapped with vinyl tape.
3. Remove the vinyl tape.
Tripod Joint, Snap Ring Assembly Note

1. While aligning the marks on the shaft and the
tripod joint, insert the tripod joint using a bar and
a hammer.
Caution
Do not hit the rollers, otherwise the tripod
joint rollers could be damaged.
2. Insert a new snap ring using snap ring pliers.
3. Verify that the snap ring is engaged correctly in
the groove of the shaft.
am3uuw0000618
03-13-8
DRIVE SHAFT
Outer Ring Assembly Note
1. Fill the outer ring and boot (transaxle side) with the specified grease.
Note
Do not touch the grease with your hand. Apply it from the tube to prevent foreign matter from entering the
boot.
Grease amount
89-99 g {3.2-3.4 oz}
2. Secure the outer ring using a vise.
Caution
Carefully perform the work when
securing the outer ring to the vise,
otherwise other wise the oil seal could be
deformed.
am3uuw0000530
3. Align the roller with the outer ring, tap the roller
slightly using a hummer and urethan bar or
equivalent, and install the drive shaft to the outer
ring with keeping the drive shaft verticality.
Caution
Be careful that no foreign matter such as
dust or dirt gets into the outer ring,
otherwise the drive shaft could be
damaged.
URETHAN BAR
OR EQUIVALENT
am3uuw0000530
4. Set the drive shaft to the standard length.
LH
Front drive shaft standard length

LH: 654.31-663.31 mm {25.761-26.114 in}
RH: 572.73-581.73 mm {22.549-22.902 in}
STANDARD LENGTH
STANDARD LENGTH
am3uuw0000530
5. Release any trapped air from the boots by

carefully lifting up the small end of each boot with
a cloth wrapped screwdriver.
Note
Verify that there is no grease leak while
being careful not to damage the boot.
If the boot is damaged, it may not be
possible to perform the full-length
adjustment of the drive shaft.
6. Verify that the drive shaft length is within the
specification under atmospheric pressure inside
the boot.
If not within the specification, repeat from Step 3.
am3uuw0000128
03-13-9
DRIVE SHAFT
Boot Band (Transaxle Side Larger Diameter) Assembly Note
1. Pry up the boot band at the points indicated in the
,----------------------,
figure using pliers and tighten the boot band.
2. Verify that the boot band is installed to the boot
slot securely.
am3uuw0000128
Boot Band (Wheel Side, Transaxle Side Smaller Diameter) Assembly Note
1. Adjust opening width A by turning the adjusting
,------------------------,
bolt of the SST.
ADJUSTING BOLT
Standard A
1.6 mm {0.063 in}
am3uuw0000618
2. Crimp the wheel side small boot band completely

closed so there is no gap using the SST.
3. Verify that the boot band does not protrude from
the boot band installation area.
If the boot band protrudes from the boot band
installation area, replace the boot band and
repeat Step 2.
4. Fill the boot with the repair kit grease.
5. Adjust opening width A of the SST to the
specification.
Standard A
2.0 mm {0.079 in}
am3uuw0000618
6. Crimp the wheel side large boot band completely closed so there is no gap using the SST.
7. Verify that the boot band does not protrude from the boot band installation area.
If the boot band protrudes from the boot band installation area, replace the boot band and repeat Step 6.
DRIVE SHAFT (DOUBLE OFFSET JOINT) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id031300801600
Note
The right-side drive shaft of L3 WITH TC equipped vehicles cannot be disassembled. Therefore, replace
the front drive shaft as a single unit if there is any malfunction of the boots, boot bands, or constant
velocity joints.

03-13-10
DRIVE SHAFT
1m
1m
mil
mil
3)----/
6 )--------/
4 )--------/
am3uuw0000529
Boot band (wheel side, transaxle side: smaller

diameter)
Boot band (transaxle side larger diameter)
Outer ring
(See 03-13-13 Outer Ring, Clip Assembly Note.)
Balls
(See 03-13-12 Cage, Inner Ring, Balls, Snap Ring
Assembly Note.)
Inner Ring
(See 03-13-11 Inner Ring Disassembly Note.)
Assembly Note.)
Snap ring
Assembly Note.)
Cage
Boot
7
8
9
10
Dynamic damper
(See 03-13-12 Dynamic Damper Assembly Note.)
Shaft and ball joint component
Inner Ring Disassembly Note

1. Move the dynamic damper to the wheel side of the drive shaft.
2. Move the boot and cage to the wheel side of the drive shaft.
3. Tap the inner ring using a plastic hammer while
rr--------....,----""""'7""':"I------,
spreading the snap ring, and disassemble the
inner ring from the drive shaft.
SNAP RIN~
lfi
am3uuw0000618
03-13-11
DRIVE SHAFT
Dynamic Damper Assembly Note
1. Install the dynamic damper as shown in the
figure.
DYNAMIC DAMPER
Standard length
LH: 289.7-301.7 mm {11.41-11.87 in}
RH: 304.7-316.7 mm {12.00-12.46 in}
2. Install a new boot band onto the dynamic damper.
STANDARD LENGTH
am3uuw0000530
Boot Assembly Note

Note
The wheel-side and transaxle-side boots are different.
1. Fill the boot (wheel side) with the specified grease.
Note
Do not touch grease with your hand. Apply it from the tube to prevent foreign matter from entering the
boot.
Grease amount
LF, L5: 96-106 g {3.4-3.7 oz}
L3 WITH TC (LH): 106-116 g {3.74-4.09 oz}
2. Install the boot with the splines of the shaft still wrapped in tape from disassembly.
3. Remove the tape.
Cage, Inner Ring, Balls, Snap Ring Assembly Note

1. Tap the inner ring using a plastic hammer while
spreading the snap ring, and assemble the inner
ring to the drive shaft.
SNAPRING~
am3uuw0000619
2. Align the marks and install the balls and cage to

the inner ring as shown in the figure.
CAGE
MARK
SNAP RING
GROOVE
INNER
RING
am3uuw0000619
03-13-12
DRIVE SHAFT
Outer Ring, Clip Assembly Note
1. Fill the outer ring and boot (transaxle side) with the specified grease.
Note
Do not touch grease with your hand. Apply it from the tube to prevent foreign matter from entering the
boot.
Grease amount
LF, L5: 139-149 g {4.91-5.25 oz}
L3 WITH TC (LH): 155-165 g {5.47-5.82 oz}
2. Install the outer ring on to the shaft.
3. Install the boot.
4. Set the drive shaft to the standard length.

LF, L5
LH: 656.56-665.56 mm {25.84926.203 in}
- RH: 607.54-616.54 mm {23.91924.273 in}
L3 WITH TC
LH: 619.07-628.07 mm {24.37324.727 in}
LH
STANDARD LENGTH
STANDARD LENGTH
am3uuw0000530
5. Release any trapped air from the boots by

carefully lifting up the small end of each boot with
a cloth wrapped screwdriver.
Caution
Be careful not to allow the grease to leak.
Do not damage the boot.
6. Verify that the drive shaft length is within the
specification.
am3zzw0000440
JOINT SHAFT INSPECTION
id031300801500
1. Verify that there is no torsion or cracks on the joint shaft.

If there is any malfunction, replace the joint shaft.
2. Turn the joint shaft by hand and verify that the
bearing rotates smoothly.
If there is any malfunction, replace the joint
shaft.
am3uuw0000460
JOINT SHAFT REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id031300800900
Caution
the following procedures, remove the ABS wheel-speed sensor connector (axle side) and fix it to
an appropriate place where the sensor wiring harness will not be pulled by mistake while servicing
the vehicle.
03-13-13
DRIVE SHAFT
1. Remove the aerodynamic under cover No.2 and splash shield as a unit. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC
INSTALLATION.)
2. Drain the transaxle oil or ATF. (See OS-1SA-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G3SM-R].) (See 05-1SC-3
TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [A26M-R].) (See OS-1S8-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G66M-R].)
(See OS-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FSSA-EL].)
L5
L3 WITH TC
iii
@f----I
42-62 {4.3-6.3, 31-45} - - - - - - - - - - . ; ; : - - - - - - - , ; > ,
\~
f4'
C'/?J/'
~~'
~//
43-60 {4.4-6.1, 32-44}
,,
,,:
,
,,,
,,
I......
'n"""_______'"
"
{4.5-5.9,33-42}
5r-------~
lila
42-62
{4.3-6.3,31-45}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000616
1
2
3
4
5

Dynamic damper
(See 03-13-16 Front Lower Arm Ball Joint
Installation Note.)
03-13-14
Joint shaft
(See 03-13-15 Joint Shaft Removal Note.)
(See 03-13-16 Joint Shaft (L3 WITH TC, L5)
Installation Note.)
Joint shaft bracket (LF)
(See 03-13-15 Joint Shaft Bracket (LF) Installation
Note.)
Joint shaft clip
(See 03-13-15 Joint Shaft Clip Installation Note.)
DRIVE SHAFT
Joint Shaft Removal Note
1. Disconnect the drive shaft (RH) from the joint
shaft by tapping the transaxle side outer ring with
a brass bar and hammer.
~
2. Disconnect the clips to set the CKP sensor wiring
harness out of the way to prevent interference
with the joint shaft. (LS)
3. Remove the joint shaft installation bolts.
4. Remove the joint shaft.
Caution
The sharp edges of the joint shaft can
slice or puncture the oil seal. Be careful
when removing the joint shaft from the
transaxle.
.m3uWOO0020'
CKPSENSOR
WIRING HARNESS
JOINT SHAFT
am3uuw0000459
Joint Shaft Clip Installation Note

1. Install a new joint shaft clip to the clip groove at the end of the joint shaft with the clip opening facing upward
and the clip width within the specification.
2. After installation, measure the outer diameter.
If it exceeds the specification, repeat installation using a new clip.
~------~--------------------------~
Standard
31.2 mm {1.23 in} or less
~CLlP
OUTER
DIAMETER
am3uuw0000618
Joint Shaft Bracket (LF) Installation Note

1. Temporarily tighten the bolts A and B.
2. Tighten the bolts A, then tighten the bolt B to the
specified torque.
Tightening torque
42-62 Nm {4.3-6.3 kgfm, 31-45 ft.lbf}
abatjw00003329
03-13-15
DRIVE SHAFT
Joint Shaft (L3 WITH TC, LS) Installation Note
1. Insert the joint shaft into the transaxle.
2. Temporarily tighten the bolts A and B.
3. Tighten the bolts A, then tighten the bolt B to the
specified torque.
L5
Tightening torque
42-62 Nm {4.3-6.3 kgf.m, 31-4S ftlbf}
am3uuw0000616

Note
The bolt insertion direction can be either front or rear of the vehicle,however, keep the insertion direction
JOINT SHAFT DISASSEMBLY [LF, LS]
id0313008010i9

2
L5 (MTX)
mil
L5 (ATX)
Joint shaft component

(See 03-13-17 Joint Shaft Component Disassembly
Note.)
Bearing
(See 03-13-17 Bearing Disassembly Note.)
03-13-16
3
4
5
6
Dust seal (LH)

Joint shaft
Dust seal (RH)
Bracket
DRIVE SHAFT
Joint Shaft Component Disassembly Note
1. Secure the bracket to the vise at the position
shown in the figure and remove the joint shaft
component using the plastic hammer.
Caution
Do not drop the joint shaft because it
could be damaged.
am3uuw0000155
Bearing Disassembly Note

1. Set the SST and joint shaft to the press.
JOINT SHAFT DISASSEMBLY [L3 WITH TCl

id031300801039
am3uuw0000619
03-13-17
DRIVE SHAFT
1
Joint shaft component

(See 03-13-18 Joint Shaft Component Disassembly
Note.)
Bearing
(See 03-13-18 Bearing Disassembly Note.)
3
4
5
6
Dust seal (LH)

Joint shaft
Dust seal (RH)
Bracket
Joint Shaft Component Disassembly Note

1. Secure the bracket to the vise at the position
shown in the figure and remove the joint shaft
component using the plastic hammer.
Caution
Do not drop the joint shaft because it
could be damaged.
Bearing Disassembly Note

1. Set the SST and joint shaft to the press.
am3uuw0000619
03-13-18
DRIVE SHAFT
JOINT SHAFT ASSEMBLY [LF, L5 (MTX)]
id0313008011i2
1. Assemble in the order indicated in the table.
mil
am3uuw0000502
1
2
3
Bracket
Dust seal (RH)
(See 03-13-19 Dust Seal (RH) Assembly Note.)
Bearing
(See 03-13-20 Bearing Assembly Note.)
Dust Seal (RH) Assembly Note

1. Apply grease to a new dust seal lip.
2. Install the dust seal (RH) using the SSTs.
4
5
Dust seal (LH)

(See 03-13-20 Dust Seal (LH) Assembly Note.)
Joint shaft
(See 03-13-21 Joint Shaft Assembly Note.)
LF
am3uuw0000502
L5 (MTX)
am3uuw0000620
03-13-19
DRIVE SHAFT
Bearing Assembly Note
1. Install a new bearing using the SSTs.
LF
am3uuw0000502
L5 (MTX)
Dust Seal (LH) Assembly Note

2. Install a new dust seal (LH) using the steel plate
and the SSTs.
LF
L5 (MTX)
-\---STEEL PLATE
am3uuw0000620
03-13-20
DRIVE SHAFT
Joint Shaft Assembly Note
1. Press fit the joint shaft using the SST and a press.
LF
-i----JOINT SHAFT
am3uuw0000503
L5 (MTX)
- t - - - - JOINT SHAFT
am3uuw0000620
JOINT SHAFT ASSEMBLY [L3 WITH TC]

id031300801139

5
am3uuw0000617
1
2
3
Bracket
Dust seal (RH)
Bearing
Dust seal (LH)

Joint shaft
03-13-21
DRIVE SHAFT
2. Install the dust seal (RH) using the SST.
am3uuw0000617

lijli'*i,mg.
am3uuw0000617

and the SSTs.
STEEL PLATE
am3uuw0000617

-+---- JOINT SHAFT
am3uuw0000617
03-13-22
DRIVE SHAFT
JOINT SHAFT ASSEMBLY [L5 (ATX)]
id0313008011 i4
am3uuw0000620
1
2
3
Bracket
Bearing
Dust seal (RH)
Dust seal (LH)

Joint shaft

am3uuw0000620
03-13-23
DRIVE SHAFT
2. Install the dust seal (RH) using the SSTs.

and the SSTs.
am3uuw0000620

- / - - - - JOINT SHAFT
am3uuw0000620
03-13-24
TECHNICAL DATA
03-50
TECHNICAL DATA
DRIVELINEIAXLE TECHNICAL
DATA ........................... 03-50-1
DRIVELINEIAXLE TECHNICAL DATA

id035000800100
Item
Maximum front wheel bearing play
Maximum rear wheel bearing play
ATX
LF, L5
MTX
L3WITH
TC
Specification
0.05 mm {0.002 in}
0.05 mm {0.002 in}
LH: 654.31-663.31 mm {25.761-26.114 in}
RH: 572.73-581.73 mm {22.549-22.902 in}
LH: 656.56-665.56 mm {25.849-26.203 in}
RH: 607.54-616.54 mm {23.919-24.273 in}
LH: 619.07-628.07 mm {24.373-24.727 in}
03-50-1
SERVICE TOOLS
03-60
SERVICE TOOLS
DRIVELINE/AXLE SST . ............. 03-60-1
DRIVELINEIAXLE SST
49 F027 004
Attachment 080
49 H034 201
Support block
~
G)
49 F027 003
id036000800200
49 U027 005
49 H027 002
Bearing installer
Bearing
remover
49 H028 203
49 B025 004
Block S
49 T025 001
Handle
Boot clamp
crimper
49W027 003
49 F027 005
Bearing installer
49 G033 105
Attachment
~
@)
Attachment 062
49 G033 106
Attachment
490223630B
49 B025 010
Rear shaft
puller body
Attachment
49 B025 016
49 G034 202
Extension
49 B034212
Rubber bush
replacer
/
8
Support block
R~
Dust seal
installer
J)
@)
~
g ]
49 G030 797
Handle
(Part of 49
G030 795)
49 S231 626
49 G033102
Handle
49 T028 3AO
Ball Joint Puller
set
~
~~
~ IJ
..e
49 B025 017
Sliding hammer
49 T028 301
Dust boot
installer
490710520
dfIV
Support block
Co
Universal
Bearing Puller
03-60-1
BRAKES
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[ABS] .................... 04-02A
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)] .......... 04-02B
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[ABS] .................... 04-03A
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)] .......... 04-03B
GENERAL PROCEDURES ...

CONVENTIONAL BRAKE
SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PARKING BRAKE
SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ANTI LOCK BRAKE
SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
04-10
04-11
04-12
04-13
04-15
04-50
04-60
04-02A ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ABS]

ABS SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
[ABS] ......................... 04-02A-2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS] ........ 04-02A-2
Description ..................... 04-02A-2
Reading DTCs Procedure ........... 04-02A-3
Clearing DTCs Procedures .......... 04-02A-3
PID/Data Monitor and Record
Procedure ..................... 04-02A-3
Active Command Modes Procedure ... 04-02A-4
DTC Table ...................... 04-02A-4
PID/DATA Monitor Table ............ 04-02A-5
Active Command Modes Table ....... 04-02A-S
DTC C0010:01/C0011 :01/C0014:011
C0015:01/C0018:01/C0019:011
C001 C:01/C001 D:01 [ABS] .......... 04-02A-S
DTC C0020:01/C0020:1 C/C0020:71

[ABS] ...........................
DTC C0030:07/C0031 :07/C0033:071
C0034:07/C003S:07/C0037:071
C0039:07/C003A:07 [ABS] .........
DTC C0031 :01/C0034:01/C0037:011
C003A:01 [ABS] ..................
DTC C0040:S4 [ABS] ..............
DTC C0082:47/C0082:48/C0082:49
[ABS] ...........................
DTC U0001 :88/U01 00:00/U0155:00
[ABS] .........................
Diagnostic procedure ..............
DTC U21 00:00/U21 01 :00 [ABS] .......
DTC U3003:1S/U3003:17 [ABS] .......
04-02A-7
04-02A-9
04-02A-11
04-02A-13
04-02A-14
04-02A-15
04-02A-15
04-02A-15
04-02A-1S
04-02A-1
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ABS]

ABS SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [ABS]
id0402a7160900
ABS40A
ABS HUlCM
BRAKE SYSTEM
WARNING LIGHT
IGSWOR
IG1 RELAY
ABS WARNING LIGHT
ABSWHEEL
SPEED
SENSOR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BATTERY
PCM
DLC-2
am3zzn0000245
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS]
id0402a7805500

The OBO test inspects the integrity and function of the ABS and outputs the results when requested by the
specific tests.
Provides a quick inspection of the ABS usually performed at the start of each diagnostic procedure.
The OBO test is divided into 3 tests:
- Read/clear diagnostic results, PIO monitor and record and active command modes.
Read/clear diagnostic results
This function allows you to read or clear OTCs in the ABS HU/CM memory.
PID/Data monitor and record
information.
Active command modes
This function allows you to control devices through the M-MOS.
04-02A-2

3. Select "ABS".
2. Select "ABS".
am3zzn0000236
screen.
If any OTCs are displayed, perform
troubleshooting according to the corresponding OTC inspection.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all OTCs stored in the ABS. (See 04-02A-3 Clearing OTCs Procedures.)
3. Select "ABS".
DLC-2 ----'~---/"_'_,..,--J~'_--a"~_.-<----2. Select "ABS".
screen.
4. Press the clear button on the OTC screen to clear
the OTC.
7. Perform OTC inspection. (See 04-02A-3 Reading OTCs Procedure.)
PID/Data Monitor and Record Procedure
3. Select "ABS".
2. Select "ABS".
the screen.
am3zzn0000236
am3zzn0000236
Note
04-02A-3

3. Select "ABS".
2. Select "ABS".
3. Select the active command modes from the PID
am3zzn0000236
table.
4. Perform the active command modes, inspect the
parts.
OTC Table
OTe
M-MOS
C0010:01
C0011 :01
C0014:01
C0015:01
C0018:01
C0019:01
C001C:01
C0010:01
System malfunction location

ABS HU/CM
solenoid)
ABS HU/CM
solenoid)
ABS HU/CM
solenoid)
ABS HU/CM
solenoid)
ABS HU/CM
solenoid)
ABS HU/CM
solenoid)
ABS HU/CM
solenoid)
ABS HU/CM
solenoid)
internal malfunction (LF inlet

internal malfunction (LF outlet
internal malfunction (RF inlet
internal malfunction (RF outlet
internal malfunction (LR inlet
(See 04-02A-6 OTC C001 0:01 IC0011 :01 IC0014:01 I

C0015:01 IC0018:01 IC0019:01 IC001 C:01 IC001 0:01
[ABS].)
internal malfunction (LR outlet

internal malfunction (RR inlet
internal malfunction (RR outlet
C0020:01
C0020:1C
C0020:71
Pump motor, motor relay

C0030:07
LF ABS sensor rotor
C0031 :01
LF ABS wheel-speed sensor
C0031 :07
LF ABS wheel-speed sensorlABS sensor rotor
C0033:07
RF ABS sensor rotor
C0034:01
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor
C0034:07
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor
C0036:07
LR ABS sensor rotor
C0037:01
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor
C0037:07
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor
C0039:07
RR ABS sensor rotor
C003A:01
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor
04-02A-4
Page
(See 04-02A-7 OTC C0020:01 IC0020: 1C/COO20:71

[ABS].)
(See 04-02A-9 OTC C0030:07/C0031 :07/C0033:071
C0034:07/C0036:07/C0037:07/C0039:07/COO3A:07
[ABS].)
(See 04-02A-11 OTC C0031 :01 IC0034:01 IC0037:011
C003A:01 [ABS].)
(See 04-02A-9 OTC C0030:07/C0031 :07/C0033:071
C0034:07/C0036:07/C0037:07/C0039:07/C003A:07
[ABS].)
(See 04-02A-11 OTC C0031 :01/C0034:01/C0037:011
C003A:01 [ABS].)
(See 04-02A-9 OTC C0030:07/C0031 :07/C0033:071
C0034:07/C0036:07/C0037:07/C0039:07/COO3A:07
[ABS].)
(See 04-02A-11 OTC C0031 :01/C0034:01/C0037:011
C003A:01 [ABS].)
(See 04-02A-9 OTC C0030:07/C0031 :07/C0033:071
C0034:07/C0036:07/C0037:07/C0039:07/COO3A:07
[ABS].)
(See 04-02A-11 OTC C0031 :01/C0034:01/C0037:011
C003A:01 [ABS].)

DTC
M-MDS
C003A:07
RR ASS wheel-speed sensor/ASS sensor rotor
C0040:64
Srake switch
C0082:47
C0082:48
C0082:49
UOO01:88
ASS HU/CM (internal malfunction)

CAN line
CAN line
CAN line
U0100:00
U0155:00
U2100:00
U2101:00
U3003:16
U3003:17
ASS HU/CM configuration

ASS HU/CM configuration
Power supply system
Power supply system
Page
(See 04-02A-9 DTC C0030:07/C0031 :07/COO33:071
C0034:07IC0036:07IC0037:07IC0039:07/COO3A:07
[ASS].)
(See 04-02A-13 DTC C0040:64 [ASS].)
(See 04-02A-14 DTC C0082:47/C0082:48/C0082:49
[ASS].)
(See 04-02A-15 DTC U0001 :88/U01 00:00/U0155:00
[ASS].)
(See 04-02A-15 DTC U21 00:00/U21 01 :00 [ASS].)
(See 04-02A-16 DTC U3003:16/U3003:17 [ASS].)
PID/DATA Monitor Table

PID name
(definition)
Unit!
Condition
SRAKE_SW
Off/On
EX_TEMP
C, of
PMP_MTR
Off/On
VSPD
KPH,MPH
VPWR
Operation condition (reference)

Srake pedal released: Off
Srake pedal depressed: On
Action
Inspect the brake switch.
(See 04-11-10 SRAKE SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
Ambient temperature
Pump motor not activated: Off Inspect the ASS HU/CM.
(See 04-13-5 ASS HU/CM INSPECTION.)
Pump motor activated: On
Inspect the ASS HU/CM.
Vehicle stopped: 0 KPH, 0
Inspect the ASS wheel-speed sensor.
MPH
(See 04-13-7 FRONT ASS WHEEL Vehicle running: Vehicle
SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION.)
speed
(See 04-13-10 REAR ASS WHEELSPEED SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Switch the ignition to ON:
Approx. 12.2 V
Idling: Approx. 14.1 V
ASS HU/CM
terminal
Inspect power supply circuit.

Inspect the ASS HU/CM.

V_LF_INL
V_LF_OTL
V_LR_INL
V_LR_OTL
V_RF_INL
V_RF_OTL
Off/On
Solenoid valve not activated:

Off
Solenoid valve activated: On
V_RR_INL
V_RR_OTL
WSPD_LF
WSPD_LR

KPH,MPH
WSPD_RF
WSPD_RR
MPH
Vehicle running: Vehicle
speed
Inspect the front ASS wheel-speed

sensor.
(See 04-13-7 FRONT ASS WHEELSPEED SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Inspect the rear ASS wheel-speed sensor.
Inspect the front ASS wheel-speed
sensor.
(See 04-13-7 FRONT ASS WHEELSPEED SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Inspect the rear ASS wheel-speed sensor.
I,K
U,W
0,0
C,E
04-02A-5

Active Command Modes Table
Command name
PMP_MTR
V_LF_INL
V_LF_OTL
V_LR_INL
V_LR_OTL
V_RF_INL
V_RF_OTL
V_RR_INL
V_RR_OTL
Output part
Pump motor
LF inlet solenoid valve
LF outlet solenoid valve
LR inlet solenoid valve
LR outlet solenoid valve
RF inlet solenoid valve
RF outlet solenoid valve
RR inlet solenoid valve
RR outlet solenoid valve
Operation
Operating
condition
Off/On
Switch the ignition

to ON
DTC C001 0:01/C0011 :01/C0014:01/C0015:01/C0018:01/C0019:01/C001 C:01/C001 0:01 [ABS]

C0010:01
C0011 :01
C0014:01
C0015:01
DTC
C0018:01
C0019:01
C001C:01
C001D:01
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0402a7877200
LF inlet solenoid valve system

LF outlet solenoid valve system
RF inlet solenoid valve system
RF outlet solenoid valve system
LR inlet solenoid valve system
LR outlet solenoid valve system
RR inlet solenoid valve system
RR outlet solenoid valve system
Malfunction detected in the ABS HU/CM solenoid valve or internal circuit by the ABS HU/CM on-board
diagnostic function
Open or short circuit in the ABS HU/CM internal solenoid valves
Solenoid valve malfunction
Poor connection at connectors (female terminal)
STEP
INSPECTION
1
VERIFY SOLENOID VALVE OPERATION
Access the active command mode for the
solenoid valve using the M-MDS.
[ABS].)
Does the solenoid valve operate?
2
COMPLETED
Clear the DTC from the memory.
[ABS].)
Start the engine and drive the vehicle at 10
km/h {6.2 mph} or more.
Gradually slow down and stop vehicle.
Are the same DTCs present?
3
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
04-02A-6
ACTION
Replace the ABS HU/CM, then go to the next step.
(See 04-13-2 ABS HU/CM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)

If the malfunction recurs, replace the ABS HU/CM, then go
to the next step.


DTC C0020:01/C0020:1 C/C0020:71 [ABS]
C0020:01, C0020:1 C, C0020:71
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0402a7877000
C0020:01
- ABS motor relay signal does not correspond to ABS HU/CM ON signal.
C0020:1C
- ABS motor monitor signal does not correspond to ABS HU/CM OFF signal.
- ABS motor monitor signal does not correspond to ABS HU/CM ON signal.
C0020:71
- ABS HU/CM motor monitor ON signal is not input within specified time limit or more when motor
signal is switched from ON to OFF by ABS HU/CM.
ABS 40A fuse malfunction

Open or short circuit in ABS HU/CM internal motor relay, or stuck motor relay
Open or short circuit in ABS HU/CM internal pump motor, or frozen pump motor
Open circuit or short to ground in the wiring harness between the battery and ABS HU/CM terminal Y
Open circuit in the wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal B and body ground
ABS 40A
ABS HU/CM
BATTERY
ABS HU/CM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
04-02A-7
.~
I
i

STEP
1
2
INSPECTION
INSPECT ABS FUSE CONDITION
Is the ABS fuse (ABS 40A) normal?
VERIFY PUMP MOTOR OPERATION
Access PMP _MTR active command modes using
the M-MDS.
Does the pump motor operate?
INSPECT MOTOR RELAY POWER SUPPLY FOR
OPEN CIRCUIT
Disconnect the ABS HU/CM connector.
Inspect for continuity between ABS HU/CM terminal
Y and the positive battery terminal.
SHORT CIRCUIT
Y and body ground.
INSPECT PUMP MOTOR GROUND FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
B and body ground.
VERIFY THAT THE SAME DTC IS NOT PRESENT
Clear the DTCs from the memory.
Start the engine and drive the vehicle at 10 km/h
{6.2 mph} or more.
VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCS ARE PRESENT
Are any other DTCs output?
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step
6.
Yes

6.
No
Yes
No

Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the
next step.
Yes

If the malfunction recurs, replace the ABS CM, then
(See 04-13-2 ABS HU/CM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
No
04-02A-8

Replace the fuse, then go to Step 6.
Replace the ABS HU/CM, then go to Step 6.
INSTALLATION.)


DTC C0030:07/C0031 :07/C0033:07/C0034:07/C0036:07/C0037:07/C0039:07/C003A :07 [ABS]
id0402a7877400
Note
When only the driving wheels are rotated while the vehicle is jacked up, OTCs C0037:07 and C003A:07
are input to the memory.
C0030:07
C0031:07
C0033:07
DTC
LF ABS sensor rotor

LF ABS wheel-speed sensor!ABS sensor rotor
RF ABS sensor rotor
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor!ABS sensor rotor
LR ABS sensor rotor
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor!ABS sensor rotor
RR ABS sensor rotor
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor!ABS sensor rotor
C0034:07
C0036:07
C0037:07
C0039:07
C003A:07
DETECTION
CONDITION
C0030:07, C0033:07, C0036:07, C0039:07

- Periodic abnormality is detected in the signal wave pattern from the ASS wheel-speed sensors.
C0031 :07, C0034:07, C0037:07, C003A:07
- (1) The wheel-speed signal is not input or an extremely low wheel-speed signal is detected from any
of the four wheels when driving at a vehicle speed of 10 km!h {6.2 mph} or more
- (2) A large, sudden change in the wheel speed-signal is detected.
- (3) ASS control continues to operate for 28 s or more.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
C0030:07, C0033:07, C0036:07, C0039:07

- ASS sensor rotor malfunction (missing ASS sensor rotor teeth due to foreign material obstruction)
- ASS sensor rotor installation malfunction (If the ASS sensor rotor is installed at an angle, it may
cause output of abnormal wave pattern at high speeds.)
C0031 :07, C0034:07, C0037:07, C003A:07
- Conditions (1) and (2) are detected:
Excessive clearance between the ASS wheel-speed sensor and sensor rotor
ASS sensor rotor malfunction (foreign material adhering)
ASS sensor rotor installation malfunction (If the sensor rotor is installed at an angle, it may cause
output of abnormal wave pattern at high speeds.)
ASS wheel-speed sensor malfunction
- When condition (3) is detected:
Continuous ASS operation
ABS HUlCM
RF ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
LF ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
RR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
LR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR WIRING

HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
ABS HUlCM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
04-02A-9

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
INSPECT PID FOR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR

OUTPUT ERROR USI~G M-MDS
WSPD_LF
WSPD_LR
WSPD_RF
WSPD_RR
Drive the vehicle.
Verify that the vehicle speeds detected by the four
ABS wheel-speed sensors are approximately the
same.
Are the vehicle speeds approximately the same?
Yes
Go to Step 3.
No
INSPECT FOR SHORT TO GROUND BETWEEN ABS

WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR CONNECTORS AND
GROUND
Disconnect the ABS wheel-speed sensor
connectors.
Inspect for no continuity between the following ABS
wheel-speed sensor connector terminals (vehicle
harness-side) and body ground:
- ABS wheel-speed sensor (RF):
B-Body ground
- ABS wheel-speed sensor (LF):
B-Body ground
- ABS wheel-speed sensor (RR):
B-Body ground
- ABS wheel-speed sensor (LR):
B-Body ground
Is the continuity normal?
INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION OCCURRED DUE TO
IMPROPER SENSOR CLEARANCE.
Inspect the clearance between the ABS wheelspeed sensor and the ABS sensor rotor.
SENSOR INSPECTION.)
(See 04-13-10 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED
SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Is the clearance normal?
VISUALLY INSPECT ABS SENSOR ROTOR FOR
FOREIGN MATERIAL ADHERING OR IMPROPER
INSTALLATION
Is the result normal?
Yes
No

5.
Yes
No

Replace the ABS wheel-speed sensor, then go to
Step 5.
(See 04-13-9 REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
Yes
No

{6.2 mph} or more.
04-02A-10
Yes
Replace the front wheel bearing or the rear wheel

hub component, then go to the next step.
Front wheel bearing
(See 03-11-2 WHEEL HUB, STEERING
KNUCKLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
KNUCKLE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No

DTC C0031 :01/C0034:01/C0037:01/C003A:01 [ABS]
id0402a7877300
C0031:01

C0034:01
C0037:01
C003A:01
DETECTION
Open circuit or short to ground has been detected in the ABS wheel-speed sensor wiring harness on
CONDITION
any of the four vehicle wheels.
Open circuit or short to ground in the wiring harness between the following ABS HU/CM terminals and
ABS wheel-speed sensor terminals:
- ABS HU/CM terminal Q-RF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
- ABS HU/CM terminal O-RF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
- ABS HU/CM terminal I-LF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
POSSIBLE
- ABS HU/CM terminal K-LF ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
- ABS HU/CM terminal E-RR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
CAUSE
- ABS HU/CM terminal C-RR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
- ABS HU/CM terminal U-LR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
- ABS HU/CM terminal W-LR ABS wheel-speed sensor terminal B
Malfunction in the ABS wheel-speed sensor
DTC
ABS HUlCM

04-02A-11

STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR FOR
SHORT TO GROUND
Disconnect the ABS HU/CM connectors.
Inspect for continuity between the following ABS
HU/CM connector terminals (vehicle harness-side)
and body ground:
- RF ABS wheel-speed sensor(+): a
- RF ABS wheel-speed sensor( -): 0
- LF ABS wheel-speed sensor(+): I
- LF ABS wheel-speed sensor( -): K
- RR ABS wheel-speed sensor(+): E
- RR ABS wheel-speed sensor(-): C
- LR ABS wheel-speed sensor(+): U
- LR ABS wheel-speed sensor(-): W
2
INSPECT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR WIRING
HARNESS FOR SHORT TO GROUND
connectors.
Inspect for continuity between the following ABS
and body ground:
- RF ABS wheel-speed sensor(+): a
- RF ABS wheel-speed sensor(-): 0
- LF ABS wheel-speed sensor(+): I
- LF ABS wheel-speed sensor( -): K
- RR ABS wheel-speed sensor(+): E
- RR ABS wheel-speed sensor(-): C
- LR ABS wheel-speed sensor(+): U
- LR ABS wheel-speed sensor(-): W
3
INSPECT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT IN ABS WHEELSPEED SENSOR WIRING HARNESS
Inspect for continuity between the ABS HU/CM
connectors (vehicle harness-side) and the following
vehicle harness-side connector terminals of the
ABS wheel-speed sensors:
- RF ABS wheel-speed sensor( +): a-A
- RF ABS wheel-speed sensor( -): O-B
- LF ABS wheel-speed sensor( +): I-A
- LF ABS wheel-speed sensor(-): K-B
- RR ABS wheel-speed sensor( +): E-A
- RR ABS wheel-speed sensor(-): C-B
- LR ABS wheel-speed sensor(+): U-A
- LR ABS wheel-speed sensor(-): W-B
4
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 3.
Yes

4.
Step 4.
No
Yes
No

Replace the ABS wheel-speed sensor, then go to the
next step.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No

Yes
No
04-02A-12

DTC C0040:64 [ABS]
id0402a7877500
DTC
Brake switch
C0040:64
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Brake switch ON signal is input for 6 min or more when driving at a vehicle speed of 20 km/h {12 mph}
or more.
Brake switch ON signal is not input even though the control module determines vehicle deceleration.
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between the brake switch and PCM terminal 1AB
PCM
1----e--------{1AB
BRAKE LIGHT
BRAKE SWITCH WIRING

2BE ~2BA~AV\j2A812AO 2AKl2A~2Acl2Y 12U 2012MI21
2E 2A
r1
2BF 2BB 2AXI2ATI2AP 2ALI 2A 2 Aq 2Z I 2V 2R 12N 12J

i
2F 2B
i
2B( 2BC ~2AYI2AUI2Aq2Arv12AI12AEI2AA/ 2W 28 I 20 2K I 2G 2C

it12BH 2BO 2AZ~2AVI2AR2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P H2L 2H 20
1 J 1BE ~1 BA 1A~1 A811 AO 1AKI1AGI1ACl1Y 11U
1011MI11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AXI1ATI1AP 1ALI1AHI1AOl1Z 11V 1RI1N11J
1F 1B
1BG1Bcl 1AYj1AUI1AQ1AMI1AI11AEI1AA!1W 18110 11K [ 1G 1C

1BH1BOI 1AZH1AVl1AR1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P ~1L
1H 10
04-02A-13

STEP
INSPECTION
1
VERIFY OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT IN BRAKE
SWITCH SIGNAL
Measure the voltage between the PCM terminal
1AB (vehicle harness-side) and body ground when
the brake pedal is depressed and released:
Voltage
Brake pedal depressed: B+
Brake pedal released: 1 V or less
2
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL FOR SHORT TO
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Measure voltag~ between the brake switch
connector terminal D (vehicle harness-side) and
body ground.
Is the voltage 1 V or less?
3
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Disconnect the PCM connectors.
Inspect continuity between the PCM connector
terminal1AB (vehicle harness-side) and brake
switch terminal D (vehicle harness-side).
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH
4
(See 04-11-10 BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION.)
Is the brake switch normal?
5

{12 mph} or more.
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 5.
If it is B+ under any condition, then go to the next
step.
If it is 1 V or less under any condition, then go to
Step 3.
Yes
No
Go to Step 4.
Repair or replace the wiring harness between the
PCM and brake switch, then go to Step 5.
Yes
No

Yes
No

(See 04-11-8 BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No
Yes
No

DTC C0082:47/C0082:48/C0082:49 [ABS]

id0402a7884200
DTC C0082:47, C0082:48, C0082:49

lABS HU/CM (internal malfunction)
DETECTION
The ABS CM on-board diagnostic function detects control module internal malfunction.
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
ABS HU/CM internal malfunction
CAUSE
STEP
INSPECTION
VERIFY NO ABS HU/CM MALFUNCTION
1
Start the engine and drive the vehicle at 10km/h
{6.2 mph} or more.
2
Yes
No
Yes
No
04-02A-14
ACTION
Replace the ABS CM, then go to the next step.
INSTALLATION.)


DTC U0001 :88/U01 00:00/U0155:00 [ABS]
DTC
IU0001 :88, U0100:00, U0155:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0402a7884800
CAN line
UOO01:88
- Open or short circuit in CAN system wiring harness is detected.
U0100:00
- Communication error with PCM is detected in CAN communication.
U0155:00
- Communication error with instrument cluster is detected in CAN communication.
CAN system wiring harness open or short circuit
CAN system wiring harness open or short circuit with PCM
CAN system wiring harness open or short circuit with instrument cluster
instrument cluster malfunction
Inspect according to diagnostic procedure in BODY & ACCESSORIES. (See 09-02D-1 FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].)
DTC U21 00:00/U21 01 :00 [ABS]
id0402a7887800
DTC U2100:00, U21 01 :00

Configuration data not recorded
DETECTION
ABS CM detects configuration data not record or data error
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Module configuration procedure is not done properly

Correct data cannot be received from instrument cluster
ABS CM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORD THE CAR CONFIGURATION DATA
Switch the ignition to ON, and maintain this condition for
approx. 30 s.
Yes
No
INSPECT FOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Yes
MALFUNCTION
Using the M-MDS, perform the DTC inspection for
the instrument cluster.
(See 09-02E-4 DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
Are any DTCs detected?
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

If the malfunction recurs, go to the next step.
Go to Step 5.
Go to applicable DTC inspection.
CLUSTER].)
After repairing the instrument cluster, perform the
"INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION", then
CONFIGURATION.)
Replace the ASS CM, then go to the next step.
INSTALLATION.)
04-02A-15

DTC U3003:16/U3003:17 [ABS]
id0402a7877800
DTC
U3003:16, U3003:17
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Power supply system
U3003:16
- When'driving the vehicle at 20 km/h {12 mph} or more, low ignition voltage (10 V or less) is
detected at the voltage monitor of the solenoid valve or motor monitor.
U3003:17
- High ignition voltage (18 V or more) is detected at the voltage monitor of the solenoid valve or motor
monitor.
Battery deterioration
SAS 15A1ABS IG 7.5A1ABS 40A fuse malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal N and battery
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal Y and battery
Open circuit in wiring harness between ABS HU/CM terminal B and body ground
ABS HU/CM malfunction
ABS HU/CM
IGSWOR
IG1 RELAY
SAS 15A
ABS IG 7.5A
ABS 40A
BATTERY
-- ICIEIGlllKIMlolalslulwl
]
.------,
.~
JL
JL
r---_
IDIFIHIJILINlplRITIVlxl
II
-~
'------J
04-02A-16
.------,
'------J

STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT BATTERY VOLTAGE
Is the battery positive terminal voltage normal?
ACTION
Yes
No
Inspect for normal connection of the battery

terminals.
Charge or replace the battery, then go to Step 7.
(See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAU
Replace the battery, then go to Step 7.
INSPECT BATTERY GRAVITY

Is battery specific gravity as specified?
Yes
No
INSPECT CHARGING SYSTEM

Are the generator and the drive belt tensions
normal?
Yes
No

Is the ABS fuse (SAS 1SAlABS IG 7.SAlABS 40A)
normal?
INSPECT ABS HU/CM POWER SUPPLY FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Disconnect the ABS HU/CM connectors.
Measure the voltage between following connector
terminals of the ABS HU/CM (vehicle harness-side)
and body ground:
- ABS HU/CM: N-Body ground
- ABS HU/CM: Y-Body ground
Is the voltage 10 V or more?
INSPECT ABS HU/CM GROUND FOR POOR
Measure the resistance between following
connector terminal of ABS HU/CM (vehicle harnessside) and body ground:
- ABS HU/CM: B-Body ground
Is the resistance within 0-1 ohm?
{12 mph} or more.
Yes

Replace the generator and/or drive belt if necessary.
Go to Step 7.
No
Yes
No

7.
Yes
No

If there is open circuit:
Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to
the next step.
If resistance is not within specification:
Repair or replace the poor ground part, then go
to the next step.
Yes

INSTALLATION)
No
Yes

No
04-02A-17
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
04-02B ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [DYNAMIC STABILITY

CONTROL (DSC)]
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM
WIRING DIAGRAM [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-02B-2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC
STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)] ....... 04-02B-2
Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-02B-2
Reading DTCs Procedure ......... 04-02B-3
Clearing DTCs Procedures ......... 04-02B-3
PID/Data Monitor and Record
Procedure .................... 04-02B-3
Procedure .................... 04-02B-4
DTC Table ..................... 04-02B-4
PID/DATA Monitor Table ........... 04-02B-6
Active Command Modes Table .... 04-02B-8
DTC B10DF:46/C0082:47/C0082:481
C0082:49/U2007:46 [DYNAMIC
DTC C0001 :01/C0002:01/C0003:011
C0004:01/C001 0:01/C0011 :011
C0014:01/C0015:01/C0018:011
C0019:01/C001 C:01/C001 D:01
[DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
(DSC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-02B-9
DTC C0020:01/C0020:1 C/C0020:71
(DSC)] .......................... 04-02B-10
DTC C0030:07/C0031 :07/C0033:071
C0034:07/C0036:07/C0037:071
C0039:07/C003A:07 [DYNAMIC
DTC C0031 :01/C0034:01/C0037:011
C003A:01 [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)] ................. 04-02B-14
DTC C0040:64 [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)] ................. 04-02B-16
DTC C0044:01/C0044:28/C0044:541
C0044:64 [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)] ................ 04-02B-17
DTC C0051 :28 [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)] ................ 04-02B-18
DTC C0061 :01/C0061 :28/C0061 :641
C0063:01/C0063:28/C0063:64/C006A:011
C006A: 16/C006A: 17 [DYNAMIC
STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)] ........ 04-02B-19
DTC C0061 :54/C0063:54 [DYNAMIC
DTC C006A:95 [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)] ............... 04-02B-20
DTC C006A:04/C006A:47 [DYNAMIC
DTC C006B:00/C0072:68 [DYNAMIC
STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)] ...... 04-02B-22
DTC C11 09:64 [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)] ............... 04-02B-22
DTC U0001 :88/U01 00:00/U01 01 :001
U0140:00/U0155:00 [DYNAMIC
Diagnostic procedure ............. 04-02B-23
DTC U0125:00/U0125:88 [DYNAMIC
DTC U0401 :00 [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)] ................. 04-02B-25
DTC U0402:00 [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)] ........... ~ .... 04-02B-26
DTC U0422:00/U0428:62/U0428:64
(DSC)] .......................... 04-02B-26
DTC U21 00:00/U21 01 :00 [DYNAMIC
DTC U3003: 16/U3003: 17 [DYNAMIC
04-028-1
.~.
:

DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)l
ido4'o'~b2804700
ABS 40A
BRAKE SYSTEM
WARNING LIGHT
DSC20A
ABSWARNING
LIGHT
DSC HU/CM
SAS 15A
ABS IG 7.5A
IGSWOR
IG1 RELAY
DSC
INDICATOR -f--+--+------.
LIGHT
DSC OFF --+-f----t----..
LIGHT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BATTERY
PCM
BCM
STEERING
ANGLE
SENSOR
ABSWHEEL
SPEED
SENSOR
DLC-2
DSC OFF SWITCH
am3zzn0000245
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]

id0402b2800200

The aBO test inspects the integrity and function of the OSC and outputs the results when requested by the
specific tests.
Provides a quick inspection of the OSC usually performed at the start of each diagnostic procedure.
Read/clear diagnostic results, PIO monitor and record and active command modes.
This function allows you to read or clear DTCs in the DSC HU/CM memory.
information.
04-028-2

Active command modes
This function allows you to control devices through the M-MDS.
3. Select "ABS".
2. Select "ABS".
am3zzn0000236
screen.
If any DTCs are displayed, perform
troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the DSC. (See 04-02B-3 Clearing DTCs Procedures.)
3. Select "ABS".
DLC-2 ----':--':'-,-'----/f'-'-~.-,.t----I~'__---2. Select "ABS".
screen.
4. Press the clear button on the DTC screen to clear
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 04-02B-3 Reading DTCs Procedure.)
PID/Data Monitor and Record Procedure
3. Select "ABS".
2. Select "ABS".
3. Select the applicable PID from the PID table.
4. Verify the PID data according to the directions on
the screen.
am3zzn0000236
am3zzn0000236
Note
The PID data screen function is used for monitoring the calculated value of input/output signals in the
04-028-3
~.

3. Select "ABS".
DL c- 2 ----':--'::'7'---'
2. Select "ABS".
am3zzn0000236
table.
parts.
DTCTable
DTC
M-MDS
B10DF:46
DSC HU/CM (internal malfunction)
C0001 :01
COO02:01
COO03:01
DSC HU/CM internal malfunction (traction control

solenoid valve system)
COO04:01
DSC HU/CM internal malfunction (stability control

solenoid valve system)
C0020:71
DSC HU/CM
solenoid)
DSC HU/CM
solenoid)
DSC HU/CM
solenoid)
DSC HU/CM
solenoid)
DSC HU/CM
solenoid)
DSC HU/CM
solenoid)
DSC HU/CM
solenoid)
DSC HU/CM
solenoid)
Pump motor,
Pump motor,
Pump motor,
C0030:07
LF ABS sensor rotor
C0031:01
C0031 :07
LF ABS wheel-speed sensorlABS sensor rotor
C0033:07
RF ABS sensor rotor
C0034:01
C0034:07
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor
C0036:07
LR ABS sensor rotor
C0010:01
C0011:01
C0014:01
C0015:01
C0018:01
C0019:01
C001C:01
C001D:01
C0020:01
C0020:1C
04-028-4
Page
(See 04-02B-8 DTC B10DF:46/C0082:47/C0082:481
C0082:49/U2007:46 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
(DSC)].)
(See 04-02B-9 DTC C0001 :01/COO02:01/COOO3:011
C0004:01/C0010:01/C0011 :01/C0014:01/C0015:011
C0018:01/C0019:01/C001 C:01/C001 D:01 [DYNAMIC
internal malfunction (LF inlet

internal malfunction (LF outlet
internal malfunction (RF inlet
internal malfunction (RF outlet
internal malfunction (LR inlet
(See 04-02B-9 DTC C0001 :01/C0002:01 IC0003:01 I

C0004:01/C0010:01/C0011 :01/C0014:01/C0015:011
C0018:01 IC0019:01/C001 C:01/C001 D:01 [DYNAMIC
internal malfunction (LR outlet

internal malfunction (RR inlet
internal malfunction (RR outlet
motor relay
motor relay
motor relay
(See 04-02B-1 0 DTC C0020:01/C0020:1 C/C0020:71

(See 04-02B-12 DTC C0030:07/C0031 :07/C0033:071
C0034:07/C0036:07/C0037:07/C0039:07/C003A:07
(See 04-02B-14 DTC C0031 :01/C0034:01/C0037:011
C003A:01 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
(See 04-02B-12 DTC C0030:07/C0031 :07/COO33:071
C0034:07IC0036:07IC0037:07IC0039:07IC003A:07
(See 04-02B-14 DTC C0031 :01 IC0034:01 IC0037:01 I
(See 04-02B-12 DTC C0030:07/C0031 :07/C0033:071
C0034:07/C0036:07/C0037 :07/C0039:07IC003A:07

DTC
M-MDS
Page
(See 04-02B-14 DTC C0031 :01/C0034:01/C0037:011
(See 04-02B-12 DTC C0030:07/C0031 :07/C0033:071
C0034:07/C0036:07/C0037:07IC0039:07/COO3A:07
(See 04-02B-14 DTC C0031 :01/C0034:01/C0037:011
C0037:01
C0037:07
LR ABS wheel-speed sensorlABS sensor rotor
C0039:07
RR ABS sensor rotor
C003A:01
C003A:07
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor/ABS sensor rotor
(See 04-02B-12 DTC C0030:07/C0031 :07/C0033:071

C0034:07/C0036:07/C0037:07/C0039:07/COO3A:07
C0040:64
Brake switch
(See 04-02B-16 DTC C0040:64 [DYNAMIC STABILITY

CONTROL (DSC)].)
C0044:01
C0044:28
Brake fluid pressure sensor
C0044:54
C0044:64

C0051:28
C0061:01
Combined sensor system
C0061:28
C0061:54
C0061 :64
C0063:01
Combined sensor system (unperformed

initialization procedure)
(See 04-02B-17 DTC C0044:01/C0044:28/C0044:541

C0044:64 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
(See 04-02B-18 DTC C0051:28 [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)].)
(See 04-02B-19 DTC C0061 :01/C0061 :28/C0061 :641
C0063:01 IC0063:28/C0063:64/C006A:01 IC006A: 161
(See 04-02B-20 DTC C0061 :54/C0063:54 [DYNAMIC
(See 04-02B-19 DTC C0061 :01/C0061 :28/C0061 :641
C0063:01 IC0063:28/C0063:64/C006A:01 IC006A: 161
C0063:64

Combined sensor system (unperformed
initialization procedu re)
C006A:01
C006A:04
Combined sensor (internal malfunction)
C006A:16
C006A:17
C006A:47
C006A:95
Combined sensor mismatched installation
C006B:00
C0072:68
TCS/DSC control system
(See 04-02B-22 DTC C006B:00/C0072:68 [DYNAMIC

C0082:49

(See 04-02B-8 DTC B10DF:46/C0082:47/C0082:481

(DSC)].)
C1109:64
DSC OFF switch
(See 04-02B-22 DTC C11 09:64 [DYNAMIC STABILITY

CONTROL (DSC)].)
UOO01:88
CAN line
CAN line
C0063:28
C0063:54
C0082:47
C0082:48
U0100:00
U0101 :00*
U0125:00
U0125:88
U0140:00
U0155:00
U0401:00
CAN line
(See 04-02B-20 DTC C0061 :54/C0063:54 [DYNAMIC

(See 04-02B-19 DTC C0061 :01/C0061 :28/C0061 :641
C0063:01 IC0063:28/C0063:64/C006A:01 IC006A: 161
(See 04-02B-21 DTC C006A:04/C006A:47 [DYNAMIC
(See 04-02B-19 DTC C0061 :01/C0061 :28/C0061 :641
C0063:01 IC0063:28/C0063:64/C006A:01 IC006A: 161
(See 04-02B-21 DTC C006A:04/C006A:47 [DYNAMIC
(See 04-02B-20 DTC C006A:95 [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)].)
(See 04-02B-23 DTC U0001 :88/U01 00:00/U01 01 :001

U0140:00/U0155:00 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
(DSC)].)
Combined sensor system (CAN21ine malfunction) (See 04-02B-24 DTC U0125:00/U0125:88 [DYNAMIC
Combined sensor system (CAN2 line malfunction) STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)].)
CAN line
(See 04-02B-23 DTC U0001 :88/U01 00:00/U01 01 :001
U0140:00/U0155:00 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
CAN line
(DSC)].)
(See 04-02B-25 DTC U0401 :00 [DYNAMIC STABILITY
Abnormal message from PCM
CONTROL (DSC)].)
04-028-5

OlC
M-MOS
U0402:00*
Abnormal message from TCM
U0422:00
U0428:62
U0428:64
Abnormal message from BCM

U2007:46
U2100:00
DSC HU/CM configuration

DSC HU/CM configuration
Power supply system
Power supply system
U2101:00
U3003:16
U3003:17
Page
(See 04-02B-26 DTC U0402:00 [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)].)
(See 04-02B-26 DTC U0422:00/U0428:62/U0428:64
(See 04-02B-8 DTC B10DF:46/C0082:47/C0082:481
(DSC)].)
(See 04-02B-27 DTC U21 00:00/U21 01 :00 [DYNAMIC
(See 04-02B-28 DTC U3003:16/U3003:17 [DYNAMIC
:ATX
PIO name (definition)
Unit/Condition
BRAKE_SW
Off/On
DSC_ST
Off/On
DSC_SW
Off/On
EX_TEMP
C, of
LAT_ACCL
Pa, psi
PMP_MTR
Off/On
STEER_ANGL
VSPD
04-028-6
KPH, MPH
DSC not operating: Off

DSC operating: On
DSC OFF switch is
released: Off
DSC OFF switch is
depressed: On
Action
(See 04-11-10 BRAKE SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
Inspect the DSC HU/CM.
(See 04-15-5 DSC HU/CM
INSPECTION.)
Inspect the DSC OFF switch.
(See 04-15-10 DSC OFF
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
Ambient temperature
Vehicle stopped or driving
at constant speed: 0 G
Inspect the combined sensor.
Cornering to right:
(See 04-15-8 COMBINED
Changes 0 G-positive
SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Cornering to left: Changes
o G-negative
MCYLLP
Operation condition
(reference)
Brake pedal released: Off
Brake pedal depressed:
On
OSC HU/CM
terminal
AK
Brake pedal released: 0

Pa,O psi
Brake pedal depressed:
Changes according to the
brake fluid pressure
Inspect the brake fluid pressure

sensor.
(See 04-15-9 BRAKE FLUID
PRESSURE SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
Pump motor not activated:

Off
Pump motor activated: On

INSPECTION.)
Inspect the steering angle sensor.

(See 09-18-19 STEERING
ANGLE SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Steering wheel in neutral

position (not turned): 0
Steering wheel turned to
left: Changes 0_
negative
Steering wheel turned to
right: Changes 0_
positive

INSPECTION.)
Inspect the ABS wheel-speed
sensor.
MPH
(See 04-15-6 FRONT ABS
WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
speed
INSPECTION.)
(See 04-15-7 REAR ABS
WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
INSPECTION.)

VPWR
Unit/Condition
Operation condition
(reference)
Switch the ignition to ON:
Approx. 12.2 V
Idling: Approx. 14.1 V
Action
OSC HU/CM
terminal
Inspect power supply circuit.

INSPECTION.)
OfflOn
Solenoid valve not

activated: Off
Solenoid valve activated:
On

INSPECTION.)
OfflOn

On
Solenoid valve not
activated: Off

INSPECTION.)
OfflOn

On
Solenoid valve not
activated: Off

INSPECTION.)
Inspect the front ABS wheelspeed sensor.

WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
F, I
V_LF_INL
V_LF_OTL
V_LR_INL
V_LR_OTL
V_RF_INL
V_RF_OTL
V_RR_INL
V_RR_OTL
V_STB_L
V_STB_R
V_TRC_L
V_TRC_R
WSPD_LF
WSPD_LR
KPH,MPH

MPH
speed
WSPD_RF
Inspect the rear ABS wheel-speed

sensor.
WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
WSPD_RR
YAW_RATE
Inspect the rear ABS wheel-speed

sensor.
WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
Inspect the front ABS wheelspeed sensor.
WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
ls
Vehicle stopped or driving

straight: 0 ls
Cornering to left: Changes
o /s-negative
Cornering to right:
Changes 0 /s-positive

(See 04-15-8 COMBINED
SENSOR INSPECTION.)
AG,AJ
Ap, AS
O,R
04-028-7

Active Command Modes Table
Command name
PMP_MTR
V_LF_INL
V_LF_OTL
V_LR_INL
V_LR_OTL
V_RF_INL
V_RF_OTL
V_RR_INL
V_RR_OTL
V_STB_L
V_STB_R
V_TRC_L
V_TRC_R
Output part
Pump motor
LF inlet solenoid valve
LF outlet solenoid valve
LR inlet solenoid valve
LR outlet solenoid valve
RF inlet solenoid valve
RF outlet solenoid valve
RR inlet solenoid valve
RR outlet solenoid valve
Left stability control solenoid valve
Right stability control solenoid valve
Left traction control solenoid valve
Right traction control solenoid valve
Operation
Operating
condition
Off/On
Switch the ignition

to ON
DTC B10DF:46/C0082:47/C0082:48/C0082:49/U2007:46 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]

DTC
IB10DF:46, C0082:47, COO82:48,
id0402b2888200

C0082:49, U2007:46
DETECTION
The DSC CM on-board diagnostic function detects control module internal malfunction.
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
DSC HU/CM internal malfunction
CAUSE
STEP
INSPECTION
1
VERIFY NO DSC HU/CM MALFUNCTION
Start the engine and drive the vehicle at 10km/h
{6.2 mph} or more.
2
Yes
No
Yes
No
04-028-8
ACTION
Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to the next step.
(See 04-15-2 DSC HU/CM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)


DTC C0001 :01/C0002:01/C0003:01/C0004:01/C001 0:01/C0011 :01/C0014:01/C0015:01/C0018:01/C0019:011
C001 C:01/C001 D:01 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
id0402b2878200
COOO1:01
COOO2:01
COOO3:01
DTC
Traction control solenoid valve

Traction control solenoid valve
Stability control solenoid valve
Stability control solenoid valve
LF inlet solenoid valve system
COOO4:01
COO10:01
COO11:01
LF outlet solenoid valve system

RF inlet solenoid valve system
COO14:01
COO15:01
COO18:01
COO19:01
COO1C:01
COO1D:01
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
system
system
system
system
RF outlet solenoid valve system

LR inlet solenoid valve system
LR outlet solenoid valve system
RR inlet solenoid valve system
RR outlet solenoid valve system
Malfunction detected in the DSC HU/CM solenoid valve or internal circuit by the DSC HU/CM on-board
diagnostic function
Open or short circuit in the DSC HU/CM internal solenoid valves

STEP
1
INSPECTION
Does the solenoid valve operate?
COMPLETED
Gradually slow down and stop vehicle.
ACTION
Yes
No

(See 04-15-2 DSC HU/CM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Yes

If the malfunction recurs, replace the DSC HU/CM, then go
to the next step.
No
Yes

(See 04-028-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC
No
04-028-9

DTC C0020:01/C0020:1C/C0020:71 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
DTC
C0020:01, C0020:1 C, C0020:71
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0402b2877000
C0020:01
- DSC motor relay signal does not correspond to DSC HU/CM ON signal.
C0020:1C
- DSC motor monitor signal does not correspond to DSC HU/CM OFF signal.
- DSC motor monitor signal does not correspond to DSC HU/CM ON signal.
C0020:71
- DSC HU/CM motor monitor ON signal is not input within specified time limit or more when motor
signal is switched from ON to OFF by DSC HU/CM.
ABS 40A fuse malfunction

Open circuit or short to ground in the wiring harness between the battery and DSC HU/CM terminal AT
Open circuit in the wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal B and body ground
Open or short circuit in DSC HU/CM internal motor relay, or stuck motor relay
Open or short circuit in DSC HU/CM internal pump motor, or frozen pump motor
ASS 40A
DSCHU/CM
SATIERY
DSC HU/CM WIRING HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
~~~~~~~~~~~~~
STEP
1
2
INSPECTION
INSPECT DSC FUSE CONDITION
Is the DSC fuse (ABS 40A) normal?
VERIFY PUMP MOTOR OPERATION
Access PMP_MTR active command modes using
the M-MDS.
Does the pump motor operate?
OPEN CIRCUIT
Disconnect the DSC HU/CM connector.
Inspect for continuity between DSC HU/CM terminal
AT (vehicle harness-side) and the positive battery
terminal.
04-028-10
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Replace the DSC HU/CM, then go to Step 6.
INSTALLATION.)

6.

STEP
INSPECTION
SHORT CIRCUIT
AT (vehicle harness-side) and body ground.
Yes
ACTION
No
INSPECT PUMP MOTOR GROUND FOR OPEN

CIRCUIT
B (vehicle harness-side) and body ground.
Yes
No

{6.2 mph} or more.
Yes

If the malfunction recurs, replace the DSC HU/CM,
INSTALLATION.)
No

Yes

6.
No
Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to the

next step.
04-028-11

DTC C0030:07/C0031 :07/C0033:07/C0034:07/C0036:07/C0037:07/C0039:07/C003A :07 [DYNAMIC STABI LlTY
CONTROL (DSC)]
id0402b2877400
Note
When only the driving wheels are rotated while the vehicle is jacked up, DTCs C0037:07 and C003A:07
are input to the memory.
DTC
COO30:07
COO31:07
COO33:07
COO34:07
COO36:07
COO37:07
COO39:07
COO3A:07
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
LF ABS sensor rotor

LF ABS wheel-speed sensor!ABS sensor rotor
RF ABS sensor rotor
RF ABS wheel-speed sensor!ABS sensor rotor
LR ABS sensor rotor
LR ABS wheel-speed sensor!ABS sensor rotor
RR ABS sensor rotor
RR ABS wheel-speed sensor!ABS sensor rotor
C0030:07, C0033:07, C0036:07, C0039:07
- Periodic abnormality is detected in the signal wave pattern from the ABS wheel-speed sensors.
C0031 :07, C0034:07, C0037:07, C003A:07
- (1) The wheel-speed signal is not input or an extremely low wheel-speed signal is detected from any
of the four wheels when driving at a vehicle speed of 10 km!h {6.2 mph} or more
- (2) A large, sudden change in the wheel speed-signal is detected.
- (3) ABS control continues to operate for 28 s or more.
C0030:07, C0033:07, C0036:07, C0039:07
- ABS sensor rotor malfunction (missing ABS sensor rotor teeth due to foreign material obstruction)
- ABS sensor rotor installation malfunction (If the ABS sensor rotor is installed at an angle, it may
cause output of abnormal wave pattern at high speeds.)
C0031 :07, C0034:07, C0037:07, C003A:07
- Conditions (1) and (2) are detected:
Excessive clearance between the ABS wheel-speed sensor and sensor rotor
ABS sensor rotor malfunction (foreign material adhering)
ABS sensor rotor installation malfunction (If the sensor rotor is installed at an angle, it may cause
output of abnormal wave pattern at high speeds.)
ABS wheel-speed sensor malfunction
- When condition (3) is detected:
Continuous ABS operation
DSC HU/CM

04-028-12

STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT PID FOR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
OUTPUT ERROR USING M-MDS
WSPD_LF
WSPD_LR
WSPD_RF
WSPD_RR
Drive the vehicle.
Verify that the vehicle speeds detected by the four
ABS wheel-speed sensors are approximately the
same.
Are the vehicle speeds approximately the same?
INSPECT FOR SHORT TO GROUND BETWEEN ABS
WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR CONNECTORS AND
GROUND
connectors.
Inspect for no continuity between the following ABS
wheel-speed sensor connector terminals (vehicle
harness-side) and body ground:
- ABS wheel-speed sensor (RF):
B-Body ground
- ABS wheel-speed sensor (LF):
B-Body ground
- ABS wheel-speed sensor (RR):
B-Body ground
- ABS wheel-speed sensor (LR):
B-Body ground
INSPECT IF MALFUNCTION OCCURRED DUE TO
IMPROPER SENSOR CLEARANCE.
Inspect the clearance between the ABS wheelspeed sensor and the ABS sensor rotor.
SENSOR INSPECTION.)
SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Is the clearance normal?
VISUALLY INSPECT ABS SENSOR ROTOR FOR
FOREIGN MATERIAL ADHERING OR IMPROPER
INSTALLATION
Is the result normal?

{6.2 mph} or more.
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 3.

5.
Yes
No
Yes
No

Replace the front wheel bearing or the rear wheel
hub component, then go to the next step.
Front wheel bearing
KNUCKLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
KNUCKLE DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
Yes

INSTALLATION. )
No
Yes

No

Step 5.
04-028-13

DTC C0031 :01/C0034:01/C0037:01/C003A:01 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
C0031:01
DTC

id0402b2877300
C0034:01
C0037:01
C003A:01
DETECTION
Open circuit or short to ground has been detected in the ASS wheel-speed sensor wiring harness on
CONDITION
any of the four vehicle wheels.
Open circuit or short to ground in the wiring harness between the following DSC HU/CM terminals and
ASS wheel-speed sensor terminals:
- DSC HU/CM terminal AP-RF ASS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
- DSC HU/CM terminal AS-RF ASS wheel-speed sensor terminal S
- DSC HU/CM terminal I-LF ASS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
POSSIBLE
- DSC HU/CM terminal F-LF ASS wheel-speed sensor terminal S
CAUSE
- DSC HU/CM terminal O-RR ASS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
- DSC HU/CM terminal R-RR ASS wheel-speed sensor terminal S
- DSC HU/CM terminal AJ-LR ASS wheel-speed sensor terminal A
- DSC HU/CM terminal AG-LR ASS wheel-speed sensor terminal S
Malfunction in the ASS wheel-speed sensor
DSC HUlCM

04-028-14

STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR FOR
SHORT TO GROUND
Disconnect the DSC HU/CM connectors.
Inspect for continuity between the following DSC
and body ground:
- RF ABS wheel-speed sensor( +): AP
- RF ABS wheel-speed sensor(-): AS
- LF ABS wheel-speed sensor( +): I
- LF ABS wheel-speed sensor(-): F
- RR ABS wheel-speed sensor( +): 0
- RR ABS wheel-speed sensor(-): R
- LR ABS wheel-speed sensor( +): AJ
- LR ABS wheel-speed sensor(-): AG
2
INSPECT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR WIRING
HARNESS FOR SHORT TO GROUND
connectors.
and body ground:
- RF ABS wheel-speed sensor(+): AP
- RF ABS wheel-speed sensor(-): AS
- LF ABS wheel-speed sensor.(+): I
- LF ABS wheel-speed sensor( -): F
- RR ABS wheel-speed sensor(+): 0
- RR ABS wheel-speed sensor(-): R
- LR ABS wheel-speed sensor( +): AJ
- LR ABS wheel-speed sensor( -): AG
INSPECT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT IN ABS WHEEL3
SPEED SENSOR WIRING HARNESS
Inspect for continuity between the DSC HU/CM
vehicle harness-side connector terminals of the
ABS wheel-speed sensors:
- RF ABS wheel-speed sensor( +): AP-A
- RF ABS wheel-speed sensor(-): AS-B
- LF ABS wheel-speed sensor(+): I-A
- LF ABS wheel-speed sensor( -): F-B
- RR ABS wheel-speed sensor( +): O-A
- RR ABS wheel-speed sensor(-): R-B
- LR ABS wheel-speed sensor(+): AJ-A
- LR ABS wheel-speed sensor(-): AG-B
4
5

ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 3.
Yes

4.
Step 4.
No
Yes
No

Replace the ABS wheel-speed sensor, then go to the
next step.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
No

04-028-15

DTC C0040:64 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
DTC
C0040:64
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0402b2877500
Brake switch
Brake s\l'{itch ON signal is input for 6 min or more when driving at a vehicle speed of 20 km/h {12 mph}
or more.
Brake switch ON signal is not input even though the control module determines vehicle deceleration.
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between the brake switch and PCM terminal 1AB
PCM
1-----.--------f1AB
BRAKE LIGHT
BRAKE SWITCH WIRING

I[
2BE 2BA~A~2A812AO 2AKj2A~2Acl2V 12U 2Q 12M I 21
2E 2A
1BE 1BA A~1 A811 AO 1AKI1 AGI1 Acl1Y 11 U 1QI1MI11
1E 1A
2BF 2BB 2AXI2ATI2AP 2AL\2A~2Aq 2Z 12V 2R 12N I 2J
2F 2B
1BF 1BB 1AXI1ATI1AP 1ALI1AHI1AOl1Z 11V 1R 11N 11J
1F 1B
P I[
2BQ2BC~2AVI2AuI2Aq2A~ 2AI12A~2AA\ 2W 28 120 I 2K 2G 2C
t12BH2B02AZ~2AVI2AR2ANI2AJI2AFI2ABI2X 2T 12P B2L 2H 20
1BG1Bct 1AVl1AUI1AQ1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1W 18110 11K 1G 1G~

1BH 1BOI 1AZH1AVl1AR1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P ~1L
1 H 10 ~
STEP
INSPECTION
1
VERIFY OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT IN BRAKE
SWITCH SIGNAL
Measure the voltage between the PCM terminal
1AB (vehicle harness-side) and body ground when
the brake pedal is depressed and released.
Voltage
Brake pedal depressed: B+
Brake pedal released: 1 V or less
2
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL FOR SHORT TO
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Measure voltage between the brake switch
connector terminal D (vehicle harness-side) and
body ground.
Is the voltage 1 V or less?
04-028-16
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Go to Step 5.
If it is B+ under any condition, then go to the next
step.
If it is 1 V or less under any condition, then go to
Step 3.
Go to Step 4.
PCM and brake switch, then go to Step 5

STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH SIGNAL FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Disconnect the PCM connectors.
Inspect continuity between the PCM connector
terminal1AB (vehicle harness-side) and brake
switch terminal D (vehicle harness-side).
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH
Is the brake switch normal?
{12 mph} or more.
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No
DTC C0044:01/C0044:28/C0044:54/C0044:64 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]

id0402b2888500
DTC
IC0044:01, C0044:28, COO44:54,

COO44:64
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
IBrake fluid pressure sensor
C0044:01
- The voltage value from the brake fluid pressure sensor is not within specification.
C0044:28, C0044:64
- The pressure from the brake fluid pressure sensor is not within specification.
C0044:54
- The brake fluid pressure sensor detects the initialization procedure has not been perform.
The initialization procedure for the brake fluid pressure sensor has not been performed.
Brake fluid pressure sensor malfunction
Open or short circuit in the brake fluid pressure sensor circuit in DSC HU/CM
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION
VERIFY INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE

Has the brake fluid pressure sensor initialization
procedure been performed?
Yes
No
VERIFY NO ABNORMALITY ON BRAKE FLUID

PRESSURE SENSOR
{6.2 mph} or more.
Yes
No
Yes
No

Perform the brake fluid pressure sensor initialization
procedure, then go to the next step.
(See 04-15-4 DSC SENSOR INITIALIZATION
PROCEDURE.)
INSTALLATION.)

04-028-17

DTC C0051 :28 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
id0402b2884500
DTC C0051 :28

DETECTION
The steering angle sensor detects signal modulation or steering angle that exceeds specification.
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Improper installation or positioning of the steering angle sensor

Steering angle sensor malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
PERFORM BCM DTC INSPECTION
Perform the BCM DTC inspection.
(See 09-02F-7 DTC INSPECTION [BCM].)
{6.2 mph} or more.
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No
04-028-18

(See 09-02F-8 DTC TABLE [BCM].)

DTC C0061 :01/C0061 :28/C0061 :64/C0063:01/C0063:28/C0063:64/C006A:01/C006A:16/C006A :17 [DYNAMIC
STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
id0402b2888400
DTC
C0061 :01, C0061 :28, C0061 :64,

C0063:01, C0063:28, C0063:64,
C006A:01, C006A:16, C006A:17
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
C0061 :01, C0063:01

- The voltage value from the combined sensor is not within specification.
C0061 :28, C0061 :64
- Out-of-specification signal modulation or lateral-G value is detected from the combined sensor
(Iateral-G part).
C0063:28, C0063:64
- Out-of-specification Signal modulation or yaw rate value is detected from the combined sensor (yaw
rate part).
C006A:01, C006A:16, C006A:17
- An error is detected for the voltage to the combined sensor.
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal AC and combined sensor
terminal A
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal H and combined sensor
terminal D
Combined sensor malfunction
COMBINED SENSOR
COMBINED SENSOR WIRING

DSC HU/CM
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR POWER SUPPLY
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage between the combined sensor
terminal A and body ground.
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR GROUND FOR
OPEN CIRCUIT
Inspect for continuity between the combined sensor
terminal D and body ground.
INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR
(See 04-15-8 COMBINED SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Is the combined sensor normal?
ACTION
Yes
No

4.
Yes

4.
No
Yes
No

Replace the combined sensor, then go to the next
step.
(See 04-15-7 COMBINED SENSOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
04-028-19

STEP
INSPECTION
4
{6.2 mph} or more.
5
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)
DTC C0061 :54/C0063:54 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
id0402b2888100
Combined sensor system (unperformed initialization procedure)

DTC C0061 :54, COO63:54
DETECTION
DSC detects that the initialization procedure for combined sensor has not been performed.
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
Initialization procedure for the combined sensor not performed
CAUSE
STEP
INSPECTION
1
VERIFY INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE
Was the combined sensor initialization procedure
performed?

Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

No
ACTION
Perform the combined sensor initialization
procedure, then go to the next step.
PROCEDURE.)
INSTALLATION.)
DTC C006A:95 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
ICombined sensor mismatched installation
DTC COO6A:95
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0402b2884900
Communication error with combined sensor is detected in CAN communication (CAN2 line).
Mismatched installation of combined sensor
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR FOR
MISMATCHED INSTALLATION
Verify combined sensor part number.
Has a combined sensor with the correct part
number been installed?
2
VERIFY THAT THE SAME DTC IS NOT

PRESENT
04-028-20
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace with correct combined sensor part number, then go
to the next step.
INSTALLATION.)
If the malfunction recurs, replace the DSC HU/CM, then go
to the next step.

STEP
INSPECTION
VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCS ARE
PRESENT
Yes
No
ACTION
DTC C006A:04/C006A:47 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]

id0402b2879300
DTC C006A:04, C006A:47

DETECTION
Combined sensor internal malfunction is detected.
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Combined sensor internal malfunction

COMBINED SENSOR

DSC HU/CM
STEP
1
INSPECTION
VERIFY COMBINED SENSOR MALFUNCTION
{6.2 mph} or more.
{6.2 mph} or more.
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

step.
INSTALLATION.)

INSTALLATION.)
04-028-21

DTC C006B:00/C0072:68 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
DTC I C006B:OO, COO72:68

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0402b2884600

C006B:00
- DSC control continues for a specified period of time or more
C0072:68
- Due to excessive braking, TCS control using braking is temporarily inhibited.
This does not indicate a malfunction since constant TCS or DSC control over an extended period of
time is inhibited to protect the DSC solenoid valve inside the DSC HU or the engine.
STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No
DTC C11 09:64 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
id0402b2878700
DTC C1109:64
DSC OFF switch
DETECTION
Continuous ON signal from the DSC OFF switch for 10 s or more is detected.
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
The driver pressed and held the DSC OFF switch for 10 s or more.
Short to ground in the wiring harness between DSC OFF switch and DSC HU/CM terminal AK
DSC OFF switch malfunction
DSC HUlCM
DSC OFF SWITCH
STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
INSPECT DSC OFF SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO GROUND
Inspect for continuity between DSC HU/CM
connector (vehicle harness-side) terminal AK and
body ground.
04-028-22
Yes
3.
No

STEP
INSPECTION
2
INSPECT DSC OFF SWITCH
Inspect the DSC OFF switch.
(See 04-15-10 DSC OFF SWITCH INSPECTION.)
Is the DSC OFF switch normal?

ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Replace the DSC OFF switch, then go to the next
step.
(See 04-15-10 DSC OFF SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
DTC U0001 :88/U01 00:00/U01 01 :00/U0140:00/U0155:00 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]

id0402b2888000
DTC
IU0001 :88, U0100:00, U01 01 :00,

U0140:00, U0155:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
ICAN line
U0001 :88
U0100:00
- Communication error with PCM is detected in CAN communication.
U0101 :00
- Communication error with TCM is detected in CAN communication.
U0140:00
- Communication error with BCM is detected in CAN communication.
U0155:00
- Communication error with instrument cluster is detected in CAN communication.
CAN system wiring harness open or short circuit
CAN system wiring harness open or short circuit with TCM
CAN system wiring harness open or short circuit with BCM
instrument cluster malfunction
Inspect according to diagnostic procedure in BODY & ACCESSORIES. (See 09-020-1 FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].)
04-028-23

DTC U0125:00/U0125:88 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
DTC
U0125:00, U0125:88
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0402b2879000
Combined sensor system (CAN2 line malfunction)
U0125:00
- The signal from the combined sensor is not within specification.
U0125:88
Open or short circuit in the CAN2_L wiring harness between combined sensor terminal Band DSC HU/
CM terminal AL
Open or short circuit in the CAN2_H wiring harness between combined sensor terminal C and DSC
HU/CM terminal AO
DSC HU/CM malfunction
COMBINED SENSOR

DSC HU/CM
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR SIGNAL (CAN2
LINE) FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Disconnect the combined sensor connectors.
Inspect for continuity between the DSC HU/CM
combined sensor connector terminals (vehicle
harness-side):
- Combined sensor (CAN2_L): AL-B
- Combined sensor (CAN2_H): AO-C
INSPECT COMBINED SENSOR SIGNAL (CAN2
2
LINE) FOR SHORT CIRCUIT
and body ground:
- Combined sensor (CAN2_L): B
- Combined sensor (CAN2_H): C
INSPECT THE COMBINED SENSOR
3
(See 04-15-8 COMBINED SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
Is the combined sensor normal?
04-028-24
ACTION
Yes
No

4.
Yes

4.
No
Yes
No

step.
INSTALLATION.)

STEP
INSPECTION
4
Yes
No
5

Yes
No
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)
DTC U0401 :00 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]

id0402b2887900
IAbnormal message from PCM
DTC U0401 :00

DETECTION
Correct data cannot be received from PCM
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
PCM malfunction
CAUSE
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT FOR PCM MALFUNCTION
the PCM.
[LF, L5].)
WITH TC].)

Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

If the malfunction recurs, replace the PCM, then go
to the next step.
L5].)
WITH TC].)
No
Yes
No

04-028-25

DTC U0402:00 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
id0402b2881800
DTC I U0402:00
Abnormal message from TCM
DETECTION
Correct data cannot be received from TCM
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
TCM malfunction
CAUSE
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT FOR TCM MALFUNCTION
the TCM.
(See OS-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM
DTC INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
ACTION
Yes

(See OS-02-4 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM
DTC TABLE [FSSA-EL].)
No
Yes

If the malfunction recurs, replace the TCM, then go
to the next step.
(See OS-17-39 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[FSSA-EL].)
No
Yes
No

DTC U0422:00/U0428:62/U0428:64 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSe)]

id0402b2884300
DTC I U0422:00,
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
U0428:62, U0428:64
IAbnormal message from BCM
Correct data cannot be received from BCM

BCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT FOR BCM MALFUNCTION
the BCM.
2
3

Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

If the malfunction recurs, replace the BCM, then go
to the next step.
(See 09-40-2 BODY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
No
Yes
No
04-028-26

DTC U21 00:00/U21 01 :00 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
id0402b2887800
DTC I U2100:00, U21 01 :00

Configuration data not recorded
DETECTION
DSC CM detects configuration data not record or data error
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Module configuration procedure is not done properly

Correct data cannot be received from instrument cluster
DSC CM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORD THE CAR CONFIGURATION DATA
Switch the ignition to ON, and maintain this condition for
approx. 30 s.
Yes
No
INSPECT FOR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Yes
MALFUNCTION
the instrument cluster.
(See 09-02E-4 DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
No
Yes
No
VERIFY THAT NO OTHER OTCS ARE PRESENT
Yes
No
ACTION

If the malfunction recurs, go to the next step.
Go to Step 5.

CLUSTER].)
After repairing the instrument cluster, perform the
"INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION", then
CONFIGURATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
04-028-27

DTC U3003:16/U3003:17 [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
id0402b2877800
DTC
U3003:16, U3003:17
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Power supply system
U3003:16
- When driving the vehicle at 20 km/h {12 mph} or more, low ignition voltage (10 V or less) is
detected at the voltage monitor of the solenoid valve or motor monitor.
U3003:17
- High ignition voltage (18 V or more) is detected at the voltage monitor of the solenoid valve or motor
monitor.
Battery deterioration
ABS 40AlDSC 20AlSAS 15A1ABS IG 7.5A fuse malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal Y and battery
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal AU and battery
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal AT and battery
Open circuit in wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal B and body ground
IGSWOR
IG1 RELAY
DSC HU/CM
SAS 15A
ABS IG 7.5A
DSC 20A
ABS40A
BATTERY
~~~~~~~~~~~
STEP
INSPECTION
1
Is the battery positive terminal voltage normal?

Is battery specific gravity as specified?
04-028-28
ACTION
Yes
Inspect for normal connection of the battery

terminals.
No

(See 01-17B-6 BATIERY RECHARGING [L3 WITH
TC].)
Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
3
Are the generator and the drive belt tensions
normal?
Yes
No
ACTION
(See 01-17B-6 GENERATOR REMOVAU
Go to Step 7.

Is the ABS fuse (ABS 40AlDSC 20AlSAS 15A1ABS
IG 7.5A) normal?
Yes
No
INSPECT DSC HU/CM POWER SUPPLY FOR OPEN

CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage between following connector
terminals of the DSC HU/CM (vehicle harness-side)
and body ground:
- DSC HU/CM: Y-Body ground
- DSC HU/CM: AU-Body ground
- DSC HU/CM: AT-Body ground
INSPECT DSC HU/CM GROUND FOR POOR
Measure the resistance between the DSC HU/CM
terminal B (vehicle harness-side) and body ground.
Yes
No

7.
Yes

{12 mph} or more.
Yes

If there is open circuit:
Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to
the next step.
If resistance is not within specification:
Repair or replace the poor ground part, then go
to the next step.
INSTALLATION)
No
No
Yes

No
04-028-29
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [ABS]
04-03A SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [ABS]

SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [ABS] .... 04-03A-1
FOREWORD [ABS] ................. 04-03A-1
PRECAUTION [ABS] ................ 04-03A-2
Troubleshooting ............... . 04-03A-3
[ABS] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 04-03A-4
NO.1 NEITHER ABS WARNING LIGHT
NOR BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT
ILLUMINATE WITH SWITCH THE
IGNITION TO ON [ABS] ............ 04-03A-6
NO.2 ABS WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT
ILLUMINATE WITH SWITCH THE
IGNITION TO ON [ABS] ............ 04-03A-7
NO.3 BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT
DOES NOT ILLUMINATE WITH SWITCH
THE IGNITION TO ON [ABS] ........ 04-03A-7
NO.4 BOTH ABS WARNING LIGHT AND

BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT
STAY ON 4 S OR MORE WITH SWITCH
THE IGNITION TO ON [ABS] ......... 04-03A-8
NO.5 ABS WARNING LIGHT STAYS
ON 4 S OR MORE WITH SWITCH THE
IGNITION TO ON [ABS] ............. 04-03A-9
NO.6 BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT
STAYS ON 4 S OR MORE WITH SWITCH
THE IGNITION TO ON (PARKING
BRAKE IS RELEASED) [ABS] ....... 04-03A-11
NO.7 THERE IS MALFUNCTION IN THE
SYSTEM EVEN THOUGH ABS
WARNING LIGHT, BRAKE SYSTEM
WARNING LIGHT, DO NOT ILLUMINATE
[ABS] ........................... 04-03A-12
SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [ABS]
id0403a5806400
ABS 40A
ABS HU/CM
BRAKE SYSTEM
WARNING LIGHT
IGSWOR
IG1 RELAY
ABS WARNING LIGHT
ABSWHEEL
SPEED
SENSOR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BATTERY
PCM
DLC-2
am3zzn0000245
FOREWORD [ABS]
id0403a5804000
Before performing the steps in Symptom Troubleshooting, perform the On-board Diagnostic inspection. To
inspect the DTC, follow the DTG Inspection steps. (See 04-02A-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS].)
04-03A-1

PRECAUTION [ABS]
id0403a5804100
1. Anyone or a combination of the ASS warning and brake system warning lights illuminates even when the
system is normal.
Warning lights that may
illuminate and/or flash
Either or both of the following
lights illuminate:
ABS warning light
Brake system warning
Iigh(1
Both of the following lights

illuminate:
ABS warning light
light
*1
*2
Cases in which the light may

illuminate
When the front wheels are
jacked up, stuck, or placed on
a chassis roller, and only the
front wheel ABS wheel-speed
sensors are spun.
Parking brake is not fully
released while driving.
Brake drag.
Sudden acceleration/
deceleration.
Left/right or front/rear tires are
different. (Size, radius, tire
pressure, or wear is other than
that listed on tire label.)
Battery voltage at ABS HU/CM
ignition terminal N drops
below approx. 8 V. *2
Conditions in which the

ABS, EBD control
light will go out
After switching the ignition to
ABS: Cuts control
off, vehicle is driven at speed EBD:
greater than 10 km/h {6.2
1. Cuts control, in cases
mph} and normal operation is
where the light may
confirmed.
illuminate, only when ABS
CM detects that a wheelspeed sensor determines
that more than two wheels
are malfunctioning.
2. Operates control, if wheelspeed sensor determines
that more than three
wheels are functioning
correctly.
Battery voltage rises above
approx. 8 V.
ABS: Cuts control

EBD: Cuts control
: In cases where the light may illuminate, only when ASS HU/CM detects that a wheel-speed sensor determines
that more than two wheels are malfunctioning.
: If battery voltage drops below 8 V while vehicle speed is greater than 20 km/h {12.4 mph}, ASS HU/CM
records DTC U3003: 16.
2. Precautions during servicing of ASS

The ASS is composed of electrical and mechanical parts. It is necessary to categorize malfunctions as being
either electrical or hydraulic when performing troubleshooting.
(1) Malfunctions in electrical system
The ASS hydraulic unit and control module (ASS HU/CM) has an on-board diagnostic function. With
this function, the ASS warning light and/or brake system warning light will illuminate when there is a
problem in the electrical system. Also, past and present malfunctions are recorded in the ASS HU/CM.
This function can find malfunctions that do not occur during periodic inspections. Connect the M-MDS
to the DLC-2. The stored malfunctions will be displayed in the order of occurrence. To find out the
causes of ASS malfunctions, use these on-board diagnostic results.
If a malfunction occurred in the past but is now normal, the cause is likely a temporary poor connection
of the wiring harness. The ASS HU/CM usually operates normally. Se careful when searching for the
cause of malfunction.
After repair, it is necessary to clear the DTC from the ASS HU/CM memory. Also, if the ASS related
parts have been replaced, verify that the no DTC has been displayed after repairs.
After repairing the ASS wheel-speed sensor or ASS sensor rotor, or after replacing the ASS CM (ASS
motor or ASS motor relay or solenoid valve), the ASS warning light may not go ou( even when the
ignition is switched to ON. In this case, drive the vehicle at a speed of 10 km/h {6.2 mph} or more,
make sure that ASS warning light goes out, and then clear the DTC.
* The brake system warning light also illuminates when any two wheels malfunction, or battery voltage
drops below 8 V.
When repairing, if the ASS related connectors are disconnected and the ignition is switched to ON, the
ASS CM will mistakenly detect a fault and record it as a malfunction.
To protect the ASS HU/CM, make sure the ignition is switched to off before connecting or disconnecting
the ASS CM connector.
(2) Malfunctions in hydraulic system
Symptoms in a hydraulic system malfunction are similar to those in a conventional brake malfunction.
However, it is necessary to determine if the malfunction is in an ASS component or the conventional
brake system.
The ASS hydraulic unit contains delicate mechanical parts. If foreign material enters into the
component, the ASS may fail to operate. Also, it will likely become extremely difficult to find the location
of the malfunction in the event that the brakes operate but the ASS does not. Make sure foreign
material does not enter when servicing the ASS (e.g. brake fluid replacement, pipe removal).
04-03A-2

Vibration method
If malfunction occurs or becomes worse while driving on a rough road or when engine is vibrating, perform the
steps below.
Note
the things to inspect are:
Connectors not fully seated.
- Wiring harness not having full play.
An improperly routed, improperly clamped, or loose wiring harness can cause wiring to become pinched
between parts.
The connector joints, points of vibration, and places where wiring harness pass through the firewall, body
panels, etc. are the major areas to be inspected.
Inspection method for switch connectors or wiring harnesses
Note

PID.
If the PID value is unstable, inspect poor
connection.
/;j /
/
-I
/
/ _I
I /1
I //
I
am3zzw0000169
Inspection method for sensor connectors or wiring harnesses

Note

PID.
If the PID value is unstable, inspect poor
connection.
am3zzw0000169
04-03A-3
,~

Note
If the PID value is unstable or malfunction occurs, inspect the sensor for poor connection and/or poor
mounting.
Malfunction data monitor method

1. Perform malfunction reappearance test according to malfunction reappearance mode and malfunction data
monitor. The malfunction cause is found in the malfunction data.
Connector terminal inspection method
1. Inspect the connection condition of each female terminal.
2. Insert the male terminal to the female terminal
,...------------------------,
and Inspect the female terminal for looseness.
am3zzw0000170
id0403a5804200
Verify the symptoms, and perform troubleshooting according to the appropriate number.
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
Symptom
Neither ABS warning light nor brake system warning light illuminate with switch the ignition to ON
ABS warning light does not illuminate with switch the ignition to ON
Brake system warning light does not illuminate with switch the ignition to ON
Both ABS warning light and brake system warning light stay on 4 s or more with switch the ignition to ON
ABS warning light stays on 4 s or more with switch the ignition to ON
Brake system warning light stays on 4 s or more with switch the ignition to ON
(Parking brake is released)
There is a malfunction in the system even through ABS warning light, brake system warning light, do not illuminate
04-03A-4

x: Applicable
E
Q)
Possible factor
....til
>>is.
til
E
S
til
c.
C.
...
S
til
:::J
:E
~
:::)
....c:
Q)
c:
0
':t:l
C'O
E
Q)
"2
:::J
E
E
"C
;g
C'O
.Q
0)
....til
Q;
3:
0
c.
>- :E
til
0)
c:
:::)
:::J
til
....til ...
Q)
>- 03:
til
"C
c:
>-
til
"C
c:
:::J
...0
...C. ...
Q)
Q)
..lII:::
0)
Q)
Q)
':t:l
c:
Q)
>
c:
"0~
iii
0)
:::)
Q)
.5
<C
0
X X
.......til:::J
Neither ABS warning light nor brake system

warning light illuminate with switch the ignition
to ON
ABS warning light does not illuminate with

switch the ignition to ON
Brake system warning light does not illuminate

with switch the ignition to ON
Both ABS warning light and brake system

warning light stay on 4 s or more with switch
the ignition to ON
ABS warning light stays on 4 s or more with

switch the ignition to ON
Brake system warning light stays on 4 s or

more with switch the ignition to ON
There is a malfunction in the system even

through ABS warning light, brake system
warning light, do not illuminate
Q)
0)
<C
en
m
til
.... .... C'O c:

e til:::J :::Jtil .c... ':t:l:::J
0
U U (ij ...
c:
:E .... ....
c: c: 0
:::J
~
c: "0, J: J: :::J :::J
Q)
... ...
en ....
::::C'O ~...C'O :s2...C'O .c...C'O en
m m til '0
m m a. 0 <C <C .5 .5
J:
:::J
til
C.
E
Q)
E
Q)
....til
C.
C'O
am3uuw0000268
04-03A-5

NO.1 NEITHER ABS WARNING LIGHT NOR BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATE WITH SWITCH
THE IGNITION TO ON [ABS]
id0403a5950300
1
Neither ABS warning light nor brake system warning light illuminate with switch the ignition to ON
ABS DTC is stored
CAN communication malfunction
Instrument cluster power supply malfunction
- Short to ground in instrument cluster power supply circuit
- Instrument cluster power supply fuse malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster power supply circuit
Open circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and body ground
ABS CM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
CONFIRM ABS DTC
Retrieve the ABS DTC using the M-MDS.
[ABS].)
Yes
No
VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN

WARNING LIGHTS AND INDICATOR LIGHT'S
COMMON POWER SUPPLY, OR IN OTHER
WARNING LIGHTS AND INDICATOR LIGHTS
Do other warning and indicator lights
illuminate when the ignition is switched to
ON?
INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER POWER
SUPPLY FUSE
Inspect the instrument cluster ignition power
supply fuse.
Is the fuse normal?
Measure the voltage at instrument cluster
terminal2S (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage approx. 12 V?
Yes
No
ACTION
If the instrument cluster is normal:
Inspect CAN communication.
If the instrument cluster has a malfunction:
Replace the instrument cluster (open circuit in instrument
cluster).
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No

Inspect for short to ground in ignition power supply circuit.
Install appropriate amperage fuse.
Yes

cluster).
INSTALLATION.)
Inspect for open circuit in wiring harness between
instrument cluster and body ground.
If the wiring harness has a malfunction:
Repair or replace the wiring harness.
If the wiring harness is normal:
Replace the ABS CM.
No
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
rr
>-<
I"
2wI2U 12S 2QI20 2MI2K 2112G 2EI2CI2A

2X 12V 12T 2RI2P 2N 12L 2J 12H 2FI2DI2B
I~~I
When performing an asterisked () troubleshooting inspection, slightly shake the wiring harness and connectors
while performing the inspection to discover whether poor contact points are the cause of any intermittent
malfunction. If there is a problem, verify that the connectors, terminals and wiring harness are connected
correctly and undamaged.
04-03A-6

NO.2 ABS WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE WITH SWITCH THE IGNITION TO ON [ABS]
id0403a5950400
2
ABS warning light does not illuminate with switch the ignition to ON
ABS CM internal malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
CONFIRM ABS DTC
[ABS].)
CONFIRM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DTC
2
Retrieve the instrument cluster DTC using
the M-MDS.
3
ABS HU/CM OR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Turn on all the warning light and indicator
light using the M-MDS simulation function
WL+IL.
(See 09-02E-24 ACTIVE COMMAND
MODES INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
Does the ABS warning light illuminate?
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No
Yes
Replace the ABS CM (ABS CM internal malfunction).

No
Replace the instrument cluster.

INSTALLATION.)
NO.3 BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE WITH SWITCH THE IGNITION TO ON
[ABS]
id0403a5950500
3
Brake system warning light does not illuminate with switch the ignition to ON
Communication error between ABS HU/CM and instrument cluster
STEP
INSPECTION
1
CONFIRM ABS DTC
[ABS].)
CONFIRM
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DTC
2
the M-MDS.
3
ABS HU/CM OR INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
WL+IL.
CLUSTER].)
Does the ABS warning light illuminate?
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No
Yes

No

INSTALLATION.)
04-03A-7

NO.4 BOTH ABS WARNING LIGHT AND BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT STAY ON 4 S OR MORE WITH
SWITCH THE IGNITION TO ON [ABS]
id0403a5950600
Both ABS warning light and brake system warning light stay on 4 s or more with switch the ignition
.
ItoON
ABS HU/CM power supply fuse malfunction
Short to ground in ABS HU/CM power supply circuit
ABS CM malfunction
- ABS HU/CM power supply malfunction (ABS HU/CM ignition terminal N voltage is below about 8 V)
ABS HU/CM connector is not connected securely
Battery malfunction
Open circuit in ABS HU/CM ground
Communication network malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT ABS HU/CM POWER SUPPLY FUSE
Inspect the ABS HU/CM ignition power
supply fuse.
Is the fuse normal?
2
INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN ABS
HU/CM AND DLC-2 FOR OPEN CIRCUIT AND
SHORT CIRCUIT
[ABS].)
Is any error message displayed regarding
communication between ABS HU/CM and MMDS?
3
CONARM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER DTC
the M-MDS.
Is the DTC U0415:92 present?
INSPECT ABS HU/CM POWER SUPPLY
*4
VOLTAGE
[ABS].)
Is the VPWR PID value above 10 V?
5
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OR ELSEWHERE
Release the parking brake.
WL+IL.
CLUSTER].)
Does the ABS warning light turn off?
6
INSPECT FOR CONNECTION OF ABS HU/CM
CONNECTOR
Is the ABS HU/CM connector connected
securely?
7
VERIFY ABS WARNING LIGHT OPERATION
Does the ABS warning light turn off 4 s after
the ignition is switched to ON.
04-03A-8
Yes
No
Yes
ACTION
Inspect for short to ground in power supply circuit.
No
If the communication error message is displayed even after

inspecting according to the procedure displayed on the MMDS:
Go to Step 6.
Yes
No

Go to Step 6.
Yes

No
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No
Go to Step 7.
Connect the ABS HU/CM connector securely, then go to the
next step.
Yes
Symptom troubleshooting is completed (ABS HU/CM

connector is not connected securely).
No

STEP
10
INSPECTION
INSPECT BATTERY
Measure the battery voltage.
LS].)
Is the battery voltage normal?
LS].)
Is the battery voltage normal with electrical
load (such as AlC, headlight) on and engine
idling?
INSPECT BATTERY VOLTAGE WHILE
ELECTRICAL LOAD IS OPERATING
Inspect the battery voltage while electrical
load (AlC, headlight etc.) is operating.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Inspect the battery and charging system.
(See 01-17A-8 GENERATOR INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
inspection results.
Inspect the charging system (such as drive belt tension and
generator).
inspection results.
Inspect the wiring harness in ABS HU/CM terminal Nand
terminal B related circuit.
generator).
inspection results.
NO.5 ABS WARNING LIGHT STAYS ON 4 S OR MORE WITH SWITCH THE IGNITION TO ON [ABS]
id0403a5950700
5
ABS warning light stays on 4 s or more with switch the ignition to ON
ABS DTC is stored
ABS HU/CM connector is not connected securely
Battery malfunction
Communication network malfunction
ABS CM detects power supply voltage low
ABS CM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN ABS
HU/CM AND DLC-2 FOR OPEN CIRCUIT AND
SHORT CIRCUIT
[ABS].)
Is any error message displayed regarding
communication between ABS HU/CM and MMDS?
2
CONFIRM ABS DTC
[ABS].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
If the communication error message is displayed even after
inspecting according to the procedure displayed on the MMDS:
Go to Step 6.

If the instrument cluster is normal:
If the instrument cluster has a malfunction:
INSTALLATION.)
04-03A-9

STEP
INSPECTION
3
the M-MDS.
Is the DTC U041S:92 present?
*
INSPECT
ABS HU/CM POWER SUPPLY
4
VOLTAGE
[ABS].)
Is the VPWR PID value above 10 V?
S
WL+IL.
CLUSTER].)
6
INSPECT FOR CONNECTION OF ABS HU/CM
CONNECTOR
Is the ABS HU/CM connector connected
securely?
VERIFY ABS WARNING LIGHT OPERATION
7
Does the ABS warning light turn off 4 s after
the ignition is switched to ON.
8
INSPECT BATTERY
LS].)
9
INSPECT BATTERY VOLTAGE WHILE

ELECTRICAL LOAD IS OPERATING
Inspect the battery voltage while electrical
load (AlC, headlight etc.) is operating.
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 6.
Yes

No
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No
Go to Step 7.
Connect the ABS HU/CM connector securely, then go to the
next step.
Yes
Symptom troubleshooting is completed (ABS HU/CM

connector is not connected securely).
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Inspect the battery and charging system.
inspection results.
Inspect the wiring harness in ABS HU/CM terminal Nand
terminal B related circuit.
generator).
inspection results.
04-03A-10

NO.6 BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT STAYS ON 4 S OR MORE WITH SWITCH THE IGNITION TO ON
(PARKING BRAKE IS RELEASED) [ABS]
-,
id0403a5950800
IBrake system warning light stays on 4 s or more with switch the ignition to ON

Brake fluid level is low
ABS CM malfunction
- ABS DTC is stored
Parking brake switch circuit malfunction
- Parking brake switch malfunction
- Short to ground in wiring harness between parking brake switch and BCM
- BCM malfunction
Brake fluid level sensor circuit malfunction
- Brake fluid level sensor malfunction
- Short to ground in wiring harness between brake fluid level sensor and BCM
- BCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
Inspect the brake fluid level.
Is the brake fluid level normal?
2
the M-MDS.
Is the DTC U041S:92 present?
CONFIRM ABS DTC
3
[ABS].)
4
WL+IL.
CLUSTER].)
S
BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT RELATED
SWITCHES OR ELSE WHERE
Inspect the following parts for continuity:
- Parking brake switch
(See 04-12-S PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
- Brake fluid level sensor
(See 04-11-13 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Is the continuity condition normal?
*
INSPECT FOR SHORT TO GROUND IN
6
WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN BCM AND
SWITCHES
ground:
- Parking switch terminal A
- Brake fluid level sensor terminal B
ACTION
Yes
No

Add the brake fluid.
Yes
No

Go to Step 4.
Yes

No
Yes
No

INSTALLATION. )
Yes
No

inspection results.
INSTALLATION.)
Yes

ground.
Replace the BCM.
No
04-03A-11

STEP
INSPECTION
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
ACTION
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR

NO.7 THERE IS MALFUNCTION IN THE SYSTEM EVEN THOUGH ABS WARNING LIGHT, BRAKE SYSTEM
WARNING LIGHT, DO NOT ILLUMINATE [ABS]
id0403a5802300
IThere
is a malfunction in the system even through ABS warning light, brake system warning light, do
not illuminate
There is a difference in size or air pressure between the front and rear tires
ABS DTC is stored
Conventional brake system malfunction
ABS system malfunction
Brake pipe passage malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
CONFIRM ABS DTC
[ABS].)
INSPECT ABS HU
2
Perform the ABS HU system inspection.
Is the system normal?
04-03A-12
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Inspect the conventional brake system.

If the wheels do not rotate:
Replace the ABS HU/CM.
If the wheels rotate but order in which wheels rotate is
incorrect:
Inspect the brake pipe passage to the ABS HU/CM.
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
04-03B SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [DYNAMIC

(DSC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FOREWORD [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
PRECAUTION [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Troubleshooting ................
(DSC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NO.1 ANY OF THE FOLLOWING
LIGHTS DO NOT ILLUMINATE WITH
SWITCH THE IGNITION TO ON:
(ABS WARNING LIGHT,
BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT,
DSC INDICATOR LIGHT ANDIOR
DSC OFF LIGHT)
(DSC)] ........................
NO.2 ANY OF THE FOLLOWING
LIGHTS STAY ON: (ABS WARNING
LIGHT, BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING
LIGHT, DSC INDICATOR LIGHT
ANDIOR DSC OFF LIGHT)
(DSC)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
04-03B-2
04-03B-2
04-03B-3
04-03B-4
04-03B-5
04-03B-7
NO.3 THERE IS A MALFUNCTION

IN THE SYSTEM EVEN THOUGH
ABS WARNING LIGHT,
BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT,
DSC INDICATOR LIGHT AND
DSC OFF LIGHT DO NOT ILLUMINATE
(DSC)] ....................... 04-03B-12
NO.4 ABS OR TCS*1 OPERATES
FREQUENTLYITCS DOES NOT
WORK CORRECTLY *1:
DSC SYSTEM FUNCTION CONTAINS
TRACTION CONTROL FUNCTION,
DSC INDICATOR LIGHT GOES ON
AND OFF WHILE DSC OPERATES
(DSC)] ....................... 04-03B-12
NO.5 DSC*2 OPERATES FREQUENTLYI
DSC DOES NOT WORK CORRECTLY *2:
DSC INDICATOR LIGHT GOES ON
AND OFF WHILE DSC OPERATES
(DSC)] ........................... 04-03B-13
04-03B-9
04-038-1
I ~ I

SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
id0403b2806400
ABS 40A
BRAKE SYSTEM
WARNING LIGHT
DSC 20A
ABSWARNING
LIGHT
DSC HU/CM
SAS 15A
ABS IG 7.5A
IGSWOR
IG1 RELAY
DSC
INDICATOR -+-+-+----,.
LIGHT
DSC OFF
LIGHT
--f-I--t---,.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BATTERY
PCM
BCM
STEERING
ANGLE
SENSOR
ABSWHEEL
SPEED
SENSOR
DLC-2
DSC OFF SWITCH
am3zzn0000245
FOREWORD [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
id0403b2804000
check the DTC, follow the DTC Inspection steps. (See 04-02B-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC
04-038-2

PRECAUTION [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
id0403b2804100
1. The ASS warning light and/or brake system warning light and/or DSC indicator light and/or DSC OFF light
illuminate even when the system is normal.
Warning lights that may
illuminate and/or flash
ABS warning light
Iight*1
DSC indicator light
DSC OFF light

light
DSC indicator light
DSC OFF light
Cases in which the light may

illuminate
Only the front wheels rotate
under the following condition
while jacked up, stuck or on
the chassis dynamometer:
Detected 8 times for a
continuous 20 s while at a
vehicle speed of 20 km/h
{12.4 mph} or more (one
detection period is when
ignition is switched from
ON to off).
Parking brake is not fully
released while driving.
Brake drag.
Sudden acceleration/
deceleration.
Left/right or front/rear tires are
different. (Size, radius, tire
pressure or wear is other than
that listed on tire label.)
Battery voltage at DSC HU/
CM ignition terminal Y drops
below about 9.5 V*2.
Conditions in which the

ABS, EBD, TCS and DSC
light will go out
control
After switching ignition to off,
ABS: Cuts control
vehicle is driven at speed
EBD: Cuts control
greater than 10 km/h {6.2
TCS: Cuts control
mph} and normal operation is DSC: Cuts control
confirmed.
Brake fluid amount is low.
Brake fluid level lower than

recommended amount.
Battery voltage rises above

about 9.5 V.
ABS: Operates control

EBD: Operates control
TCS: Operates control
DSC: Operates control
ABS: Operates control
EBD: Operates control
TCS: Cuts control
DSC: Cuts control
*1
: In case where the light may illuminate, only when DSC HU/CM detects that a wheel-speed sensor determines
that more than two wheels are malfunctioning.
*2
: If battery voltage drops below 10 V while vehicle speed is greater than 3 km/h {2 mph}, DSC HU/CM detects
DTC U3003:16.
2. Precautions during servicing of DSC. The DSC is composed of electrical and mechanical parts. It is necessary
to categorize malfunctions as being either electrical or hydraulic when performing troubleshooting.
(1) Malfunction in electrical system
The control module has an on-board diagnostic function. With this function, the ASS warning light and/
or brake system warning light and/or DSC indicator light and/or DSC OFF light will come on when there
is a problem in the electrical system.
Also, past and present malfunctions are recorded in the control module. This function can find
malfunction that do not occur during periodic inspections. Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2. The
stored malfunctions will be displayed in the order of occurrence. To fine out the causes of DSC
malfunction, use these on-board diagnostic results.
If a malfunction occurred in the past but is now normal, the cause is likely a temporary poor connection
of the harness.
The control module usually operates normally. Se careful when searching for the cause of malfunction.
After repair, it is necessary to clear the DTC from the control module memory.
Also, if the DSC related parts have been replaced, verify that the no DTC has been displayed after
repairs.
After repairing the ASS wheel-speed sensor or ASS sensor rotor, or after replacing the control module,
the ASS warning light may not go off even when the ignition is switched ON. In this case, drive the
vehicle at a speed of 10 km/h {6.2 mph} or more, make sure the ASS warning light goes off, then clear
the DTC.
When repairing, if the DSC related connectors are disconnected and the ignition is switched ON, the
control module will mistakenly detect a fault and record it as a malfunction.
04-038-3

Caution
In DSC vehicles, when any DSC HU/CM, steering angle sensor and combined sensor are replaced,
perform the sensor standard point installation of each sensor.
To protect the control module, make sure the ignition is off before connecting or disconnecting the
control module connector.
(2) Malfunctions in hydraulic system
Symptoms in a hydraulic system malfunction are similar to those in a conventional brake malfunction.
However, it is necessary to determine if the malfunction is in a DSC component or the conventional
brake system.
The hydraulic unit contains delicate mechanical parts. If foreign materials get into the component, the
DSC may fail to operate. Also, it will likely become extremely difficult to find the location of the
malfunction in the event that the brakes operate but the DSC does not. Make sure foreign materials do
not get inside when servicing the DSC (e.g.brake fluid replacement, pipe removal).
Vibration method
If malfunction occurs or becomes worse while driving on a rough road or when engine is vibrating, perform the
steps below.
Note
the things to check for are:
- Wire harnesses not having full play.
An improperly routed, improperly clamped, or loose harness can cause wiring to become pinched
between parts.
The connector joints, points of vibration, and places where wire harnesses pass through the firewall, body
panels, etc. are the major areas to be checked.
Inspection method for switch connectors or wires
Note
PID.
connection.
//
II;
/
0
-I
/ -I
/1
I //
am6zzw0000002
Inspection method for sensor connectors or wires

Note
04-038-4

PID.
connection.
am6zzw0000002

Note
If the PID value is unstable or malfunction occurs, check for poor connection and/or poorly mounted sensor.
Malfunction data monitor method

1. Perform malfunction reappearance test according to malfunction reappearance mode and malfunction data
monitor. The malfunction cause is found in the malfunction data.
Connector terminal check method

1. Check the connection condition of each female terminal.
2. Insert male terminal; fit female terminal size to
.----------------------,
female terminal and check to see whether
malfunction is in female terminal or not.
am6zzw0000002
id0403b2804200
Verify the symptoms and perform troubleshooting according to the appropriate number.
No.
Symptom
Any of the following lights do not illuminate with switch the ignition to ON:
ABS warning light
DSC indicator light
DSC OFF light
Any of the following lights stay on:

ABS warning light
DSC indicator light
DSC OFF light
There is a malfunction in the system even though ABS warning light, brake system warning light, DSC indicator light
and DSC OFF light do not illuminate
3
4
ABS or TCS*1 operates frequentlyfTCS does not work correctly
DSC*2 operates frequently/DSC does not work correctly
04-038-5

*1
DSC system function contains traction control function, DSC indicator light goes on and off while DSC
operates,
*2
: DSC indicator light goes on and off while DSC operates,
x: Applicable
E
Q)
...
Possible factor
':;
(.)
':; ~
C)
(.)
...
...
::s
...c
::J
:::t:
Q)
C/)
:2E
en
"(j
Q)
...2
t/)
c .5
X X
c
0
:;::;
~
c
'c::s
::s
ca
:t:
ca
(.)
E
E
0
E (.)
:2E z
0 <C
III
C/)
...
':;
(.)
c
0
'0 ,1::: :;::;
E
(I)
>- C/)
>1i C/)
>C/)
Co
::s
Q)
>- E
C/)
c
Q. C/)
::s
Q. >- i
0
::s C/)
C/)
~Co C)
c
Q)
i
...::sQ) ~ ...0::s '0i :::st/)
Q. C) ::s
t/)
"(j
t/)
:2E :2E "(j
~ Q Q 1: c
(I)
::J Q) E
...Q. ::J
E
J:
:::t:
'm
::s :::s
C/)
Q)
-... ...
- ... ... ... co...
...
... - ...
1:
...E
...
'0
...
"
...
c
0
::s ..!!!
...
~ :;::;
.c
~
ca
ca
.c
...ca ...::s
E
'0 C/)
Q)
.c C)
~ 3: ~
,5
(I)
E
.c
C)
0
~
coc It:c
~
c (I) ca ~ 0
ca
t/)
'C ...
t/)
0
(.)
0
'c C/)>(.)
C) ':; .c
u.
c
:;::;
c ;;:: C)
ca t/) :0 u. Q)
cQ) Q)
>t/)
'0,
c
3: Q) ,5 0
:;
en ~ca 0 0 .c(.) ;::(I) ...ca ~ca 32... ~ ~ 0 0 ~ ...t/) >C 'C0
0
III ... en en ca ca .c
en
en
ca
<C III C C W III 0 OJ a. j:: j:: C c .5 .5 0 :2E
'0
'c
Any of the following lights do not illuminate

with switch the ignition to ON:
ABS warning light
DSe indicator light
DSe OFF light

ABS warning light
DSe indicator light
DSe OFF light
There is a malfunction in the system even

though ABS warning light, brake system
warning light, DSe indicator light and DSe
OFF light do not illuminate
ABS or TeS*1 operates frequently!

TeS does not work correctly*1
Dse*2 operates frequently!

DSe does not work correctly*2
"
X X
X X X X X X X X X X X X X
X X
X X
*1: DSe system function contains traction control function, DSe indicator light goes on and off while DSe
*2: DSe indicator light goes on and off while DSe operates
am3uuw0000501
04-038-6

NO.1 ANY OF THE FOLLOWING LIGHTS DO NOT ILLUMINATE WITH SWITCH THE IGNITION TO ON: (ABS
WARNING LIGHT, BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT, DSC INDICATOR LIGHT ANDIOR DSC OFF LIGHT)
[DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
id0403b2891900
Any of the following lights do not illuminate with switch the ignition to ON:
ABS warning light
1
DSC indicator light
DSC OFF light
Instrument cluster power supply malfunction
Short to ground in ignition power supply circuit
- Instrument cluster power supply fuse malfunction
Open circuit in instrument cluster power supply circuit
Open circuit in instrument cluster ground circuit
DSC DTC is stored
DSC HU/CM power supply malfunction
- Short to ground in ignition power supply circuit
- DSC HU/CM power supply fuse malfunction
Open circuit in DSC HU/CM power supply circuit
Open circuit in DSC HU/CM ground circuit
Instrument cluster DTC is stored
DSC CM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
WARNING LIGHT AND INDICATOR LIGHT'S
COMMON POWER SUPPLY OR IN OTHER
WARNING LIGHTS AND INDICATOR LIGHT
Turn on all warning lights and indicator lights
using the instrument cluster PID WL+IL of
active command modes.
Do the other warning and indicator lights
illuminate?
2
SUPPLY FUSE
Inspect the instrument cluster ignition power
supply fuse.
Is the fuse normal?
*3
Measure the voltage at instrument cluster
terminal2S (wiring harness-side).
*4
INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER GROUND
Inspect for continuity between instrument
cluster terminal2K (wiring harness-side) and
body ground.
Yes
No
ACTION
Go to Step 5.
If the communication error message is displayed on M-MDS
screen:
If the communication error message is not displayed:
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No

Inspect for short to ground in ignition power supply circuit.
Install the appropriate amperage fuse.
Yes
No

circuit.
Yes

Cluster).
INSTALLATION.)
circuit.
No
04-038-7

STEP
INSPECTION
5
CONFIRM DSC DTC
Retrieve the DSC DTC using the M-MDS.
(See 04-02B-2 ON-,BOARD DIAGNOSIS
*7
*8
Yes
No
INSPECT DSC HU/CM POWER SUPPLY FUSE

Inspect the DSC HU/CM ignition power
supply fuse.
Is the fuse normal?
INSPECT DSC HU/CM POWER SUPPLY
Measure the voltage at DSC HU/CM terminal
Y (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT DSC HU/CM GROUND CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
ground.
the M-MDS.
Yes
No
ACTION
If the communication error message is displayed in M-MDS
screen:
If the communication error message is not displayed:
Go to Step 9.
Inspect for a short to ground in ignition power supply circuit.
Yes
No

circuit.
Yes
Replace the DSC HU/CM (open circuit in DSC CM).

No

circuit.
Yes
Go to the applicable DTC troubleshooting.

No

INSTALLATION.)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
><
2wI2U 12S 2QI20 2MI2K 2112G 2EI2CI2A

2X 12V 12T 2RI2P 2N 12L 2J 12H 2FI2DI2B
Gt~
1><1
m i D G I JIM pis V I Y ABIAE AHIAKIAN AQI
I C I E I H I KIN I Q I T I W I z I AC I AF I AI I AL I AO I AR I
milF
IILlo
Rlu
XlAAADIAGAJIAMIAPASI1B
IZQ
./
I~~I
When performing an asterisked (*) troubleshooting inspection, shake the wiring harness and connectors while
doing the inspection to discover whether poor contact points are the cause of any intermittent malfunctions. If
there is a problem, check to make sure connectors, terminals and wiring harness are connected correctly and
undamaged.
04-038-8

NO.2 ANY OF THE FOLLOWING LIGHTS STAY ON: (ABS WARNING LIGHT, BRAKE SYSTEM WARNING
LIGHT, DSC INDICATOR LIGHT ANDIOR DSC OFF LIGHT) [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
Id0403b2880000

ABS warning light
2
DSC indicator light
DSC OFF light
Brake fluid level is low
Parking brake lever malfunction
Brake system warning light related switches malfunction
Parking brake switch malfunction
- Brake fluid level sensor malfunction
Brake system warning light related wiring harness malfunction
- Short to ground in wiring harness between parking brake switch circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between brake fluid level sensor circuit
BCM DTC is stored
BCM malfunction
DSC DTC is stored
DSC HU/CM connector or terminals malfunction
DSC HU/CM power supply malfunction
- DSC HU/CM power supply fuse malfunction
- DSC HU/CM power supply circuit malfunction
Open circuit in DSC HU/CM power supply circuit
Open circuit in DSC HU/CM ground circuit
DSC CM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL
1
Inspect the brake fluid level.
Is the brake fluid level normal?
2
VERIFY PARKING BRAKE

Verify the parking brake.
Is the parking brake lever released?
CONFIRM SYMPTOM
Confirm the brake system warning light.
Is it only brake system warning light remains
on?
SWITCHES OR ELSEWHERE
Inspect for following part:
- Parking brake switch
(See 04-12-5 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
- Brake fluid level sensor
SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Add the brake fluid.
If the brake fluid refilled:
Inspect and repair brake line for leakage .
Release the parking brake lever.
Yes
No
Yes
Replace the malfunctioning part according to the inspection

results.
INSTALLATION.)
No
Go to Step 6.
04-038-9
~ I

STEP
INSPECTION
*5
INSPECT FOR SHORT TO GROUND IN
WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN BCM AND
SWITCHES
Disconnect the parking brake switch and
brake fluid level sensor connectors.
ground:
- Parking brake switch terminal A
- Brake fluid level sensor terminal A
6
CONFIRM DSC DTC
*9
*10
11
INSPECT DSC HU/CM CONNECTOR AND

TERMINALS
Inspect for poor connection (such as
damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion).
INSPECT DSC HU/CM POWER SUPPLY FUSE
Inspect the DSC HU/CM ignition power
supply fuse.
Is the fuse normal?
INSPECT DSC HU/CM POWER SUPPLY
DSC HU/CM connector is disconnected.
Measure the voltage at DSC HU/CM terminal
Y (wiring harness-side).
INSPECT DSC HU/CM GROUND CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
DSC HU/CM connector is disconnected.
ground.
the M-MDS.
04-038-10
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
ground.
Retrieve the BCM DTC using the M-MDS.
If the DTC present:
If the DTC does not present:
Replace the BCM.
REMOVAL/I NSTALLATION.)

If the communication error message is displayed on the MMDS screen:
If the communication error is not displayed:
Go to Step 11.
Repair or replace the connector and/or terminaJs, then go to
Step 11.

Inspect for open circuit in DSC HU/CM ignition power supply
circuit.
circuit.
Replace the DSC HU/CM (open circuit in DSC CM).

(See 04-15-2 DSC HU/CM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
circuit.


STEP
INSPECTION
12
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OR BCM
Turn off and on all warning light and indicator
lights using the instrument cluster PID WL+IL
of active command modes using the M-MDS.
Do the ASS warning light, brake system
warning light, DSC indicator light and DSC
OFF light turn on and off according to active
command modes?
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace the DSC HU/CM (internal fault).
INSTALLATION.)


undamaged.
04-038-11

NO.3 THERE IS A MALFUNCTION IN THE SYSTEM EVEN THOUGH ABS WARNING LIGHT, BRAKE SYSTEM
WARNING LIGHT, DSC INDICATOR LIGHT AND DSC OFF LIGHT DO NOT ILLUMINATE [DYNAMIC
id0403b2805500
IThere is a malfunction in the system even though ABS warning light, brake system warning light,
DSC indicator light and DSC OFF light do not illuminate

There is a mechanical malfunction in system
- DSC DTC is stored
- Conventional brake system malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM DSC DTC

Does the solenoid valve operate properly?
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

Inspect the conventional brake system.
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part.
NO.4 ABS OR TCS*1 OPERATES FREQUENTLyrrCS DOES NOT WORK CORRECTLY *1: DSC SYSTEM
FUNCTION CONTAINS TRACTION CONTROL FUNCTION, DSC INDICATOR LIGHT GOES ON AND OFF
WHILE DSC OPERATES [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
id0403b2880100
lABS or TCS*1 operates frequently/TCS does not work correctly*1: DSC system function contains
traction control function, DSC indicator light goes on and off while DSC operates
DSC DTC is stored
Engine control system malfunction
Tire and air pressure malfunction
- The difference of size or air pressure between the front tires and rear tires
ABS wheel-speed sensor malfunction
- Incorrect ABS wheel-speed signal is inputted to DSC HU/CM
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM DSC AND/OR PCM DTC
Periorm the PCM DTC using the M-MDS, if
the traction control function has a problem.
TEST [LF, L5].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC).)
INSPECT TIRE SIZE AND AIR PRESSURE

Inspect the tire size and air pressure.
Are size and air pressure as specified?
04-038-12
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No


Replace with the specified tires and adjust the tire air
pressure.

STEP
*
INSPECTION
INSPECT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
OUTPUT PULSE
Perform the Voltage Pattern Inspection for
each ABS wheel-speed sensor.
SENSOR INSPECTION.)
SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Is the output voltage pattern normal?
ACTION
Yes
Found the malfunctioning part according to Intermittent

Concern Troubleshooting.
(See 04-03B-3 PRECAUTION [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)].)
No
Inspect the ABS wheel-speed sensor and ABS sensor rotor

for poor installation.
When performing an asterisked () troubleshooting inspection, shake the wiring harness and connectors while
undamaged.
NO.5 DSC*2 OPERATES FREQUENTLY/DSC DOES NOT WORK CORRECTLY *2: DSC INDICATOR LIGHT
GOES ON AND OFF WHILE DSC OPERATES [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL (DSC)]
id0403b2880200
IDSC*2 operates frequently/DSC does not work correctly*2: DSC indicator light goes on and off while
DSC operates
DSC DTC is stored
Poor installation with combined sensor and/or steering angle sensor
- If any of the above sensors are poorly installed, DSC may operate intermittently
Initialization is not performed after replacing DSC HU/CM or steering angle sensor
-If initialization is not performed correctly, DSC may not work correctly
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM DSC DTC
INSPECT INSTALLATION OF COMBINED
SENSOR AND STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
Inspect the installation of combined sensor
and steering angle sensor.
Are the sensors securely installed?
INSPECT INITIALIZATION OF COMBINED
SENSOR AND STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
Inspect the initialization of combined sensor
and steering angle sensor.
Did the sensors initialize after replacement of
DSC HU/CM or steering angle sensor?
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes
No
Install the malfunctioning sensor securely.

INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-19 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
Found the malfunctioning part according to Intermittent

Concern Troubleshooting.
(See 04-03B-3 PRECAUTION [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)].)
No
Perform the initialization procedure.

PROCEDURE,)
04-038-13
GENERAL PROCEDURES
04-10
GENERAL PROCEDURES
GENERAL PROCEDURES (BRAKE) ...

Wheel and Tire Installation ........ .
Brake Lines Disconnection ......... .
Brake Pipe Flare Nut Tightening ... ..
04-10-1
04-10-1
04-10-1
04-10-1
Connector Disconnection ......... 04-10-1

ABS/DSC Related Parts .......... .. 04-10-1
DSC Related Parts Sensor
Initialization Procedure .......... . 04-10-1
GENERAL PROCEDURES (BRAKE)
id041 0008001 00

1. When installing the wheels and tires, tighten the wheel nuts in a criss-cross pattern to the following tightening
torque.
Tightening torque
88-118 Nm {9.0-12 Kgf.m, 65-87 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000033
Brake Lines Disconnection

1. If any brake line has been disconnected during the procedures, add brake fluid, bleed the brakes, and inspect
for leakage after the procedure has been completed.
Caution
Brake fluid will damage painted surfaces. Be careful not to spill any on painted surfaces. If it is
spilled, wipe it off immediately.
Brake Pipe Flare Nut Tightening
1. Tighten the brake pipe flare nut using the commercially available flare nut wrench.
[L3 WITH TC].)
ABS/DSC Related Parts
1. Make sure that there are no DTCs in the ABS/DSC memory after working on ABS/DSC related parts. If there
are any DTCs in the memory, clear them.
DSC Related Parts Sensor Initialization Procedure
Warning
If the initialization procedure is not completed, the DSC will not operate properly and it might
cause an unexpected accident. Therefore, when replacing or removing the following parts, make
sure to perform the initialization procedure to ensure proper DSC operation.
1. When replacing or removing the following parts, perform the initialization procedure. (See 04-1S-4 DSC
SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE.)
DSC HU/CM
Combined sensor
04-10-1
CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM
04-11

LOCATION INDEX . ................
AIR BLEEDING . ...................
VACUUM LINE INSPECTION . ........
VACUUM HOSE REMOVALI
INSTALLATION [LF, L5] ............
VACUUM HOSE REMOVALI
INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] .......
BRAKE PEDAL INSPECTION ........
Pedal Height Inspection .........
Pedal Play Inspection ...........
Pedal-to-floor Clearance Inspection ...
BRAKE PEDAL
REMOVALIINSTALLATION . .........
Brake Pedal Removal Note .........
Joint Pin Installation Note .........
Brake Switch Installation Note .......
BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION .......
MASTER CYLINDER REMOVALI
Reserve Hose (MTX) Removal
Note ........................
Reserve Hose (MTX) Installation
Note ..........................
MASTER CYLINDER REMOVALI
Reserve Hose Removal Note ........
Insulator Bracket, Master Cylinder
Removal Note ..................
Master Cylinder, Insulator Bracket
Installation Note .................
Reserve Hose Installation Note ......
INSPECTION . ....................
POWER BRAKE UNIT INSPECTION . ..
Without Using SST .............
Using SST ....................
POWER BRAKE UNIT REMOVALI
Vacuum Hose Removal Note .......
Vacuum Hose Installation Note ......
POWER BRAKE UNIT REMOVALI
FRONT BRAKE (DISC) INSPECTION ..
Brake Judder Repair Hints ..........
Disc Plate Thickness Inspection .....
Disc Pad Thickness Inspection .....
FRONT BRAKE (DISC) REMOVALI
Disc Pad Installation Note .........
Retaining Clip Installation Note .....
Brake Hose Installation Note ......
FRONT BRAKE (DISC) REMOVALI
Retaining Clip Removal Note ........
04-11-2
04-11-3
04-11-4
04-11-4
04-11-6
04-11-7
04-11-7
04-11-7
04-11-8
04-11-8
04-11-9
04-11-10
04-11-10
04-11-10
04-11-11
04-11-11
04-11-11
04-11-12
04-11-13
04-11-13
04-11-13
04-11-13
04-11-13
04-11-13
04-11-13
04-11-14
04-11-15
04-11-17
04-11-17
04-11-18
04-11-19
04-11-19
04-11-21
04-11-21
04-11-22
04-11-22
04-11-23
04-11-23
04-11-24
04-11-24
Disc Pad Installation Note ........ . 04-11-25

Brake Hose Installation Note ........ . 04-11-25
DISC PAD (FRONT) REPLACEMENT
[LF, L5] .......................... 04-11-26
DISC PAD (FRONT) REPLACEMENT
[L3 WITH TC] .................... . 04-11-26
CALIPER (FRONT) DISASSEMBLY!
ASSEMBLY [LF, L5] . .............. . 04-11-27
Piston Disassembly Note .......... . 04-11-28
Dust Seal Assembly Note ......... . 04-11-28
Piston Assembly Note ............ . 04-11-28
CALIPER (FRONT) DISASSEMBLY!
ASSEMBLY [L3 WITH TC] .......... . 04-11-29
Piston Disassembly Note ........... 04-11-29
Dust Seal Assembly Note .......... . 04-11-30
Piston Assembly Note .......... . 04-11-30
BRAKE HOSE (FRONT) REMOVALI
INSTALLATION [LF, L5] . ........... . 04-11-31
Brake Hose Installation Note ....... . 04-11-31
BRAKE HOSE (FRONT) REMOVALI
INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC] . ...... . 04-11-32
REAR BRAKE (DISC) INSPECTION .... 04-11-32
Brake Judder Repair Hints ........ . 04-11-32
Disc Plate Thickness Inspection ..... . 04-11-34
Disc Pad Thickness Inspection ..... . 04-11-34
REAR BRAKE (DISC) REMOVALI
INSTALLATION . .................. . 04-11-35
Caliper and Brake Hose Removal
Note........................ . 04-11-36
Brake Hose Installation Note ........ . 04-11-36
Caliper and Brake Hose Installation
Note ......................... . 04-11-36
Retaining Clip Installation Note ...... . 04-11-37
Clip and Brake Pipe Installation
Note....................... . 04-11-38
DISC PAD (REAR) REPLACEMENT . .. . 04-11-38
Caliper Installation Note .......... . 04-11-39
CALIPER (REAR) DISASSEMBLY!
ASSEMBLY ...................... . 04-11-40
Dust Seal Assembly Note .......... . 04-11-40
BRAKE HOSE (REAR) REMOVALI
INSTALLATION [LF] . .............. . 04-11-42
Caliper and Brake Hose Removal
Note ...................... . 04-11-42
Caliper and Brake Hose Installation
Note .......................... . 04-11-43
Note....................... 04-11-43
BRAKE HOSE (REAR) REMOVALI
INSTALLATION [L5, L3 WITH TC] . ... . 04-11-44
Note......................... . 04-11-44
04-11-1

CONVENTIONAL BRAKE SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
id0411 008001 00
L3WITHTC
am3uuw0000567
Vacuum line
(See 04-11-4 VACUUM LINE INSPECTION.)
(See 04-11-4 VACUUM HOSE REMOVAU
(See 04-11-6 VACUUM HOSE REMOVAU
Brake fluid
Master cylinder
(See 04-11-13 BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
Power brake unit

(See 04-11-13 POWER BRAKE UNIT
INSPECTION.)
(See 04-11-15 POWER BRAKE UNIT REMOVAU
(See 04-11-18 POWER BRAKE UNIT REMOVAU
04-11-2
Brake pedal
(See 04-11-7 BRAKE PEDAL INSPECTION.)
INSTALLATION.)
Brake switch
Rear brake (disc)
(See 04-11-32 REAR BRAKE (DISC)
INSPECTION.)
INSTALLATION.)
(See 04-11-38 DISC PAD (REAR)
REPLACEMENT.)
(See 04-11-40 CALIPER (REAR) DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
(See 04-11-42 BRAKE HOSE (REAR) REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [LF].)
(See 04-11-44 BRAKE HOSE (REAR) REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [L5, L3 WITH TC].)

8
Front brake (disc)

(See 04-11-19 FRONT BRAKE (DISC)
INSPECTION.)
(See 04-11-26 DISC PAD (FRONT)
(See 04-11-26 DISC PAD (FRONT)
(See 04-11-27 CALIPER (FRONT) DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY [LF, L5].)
(See 04-11-29 CALIPER (FRONT) DISASSEMBLY/
(See 04-11-31 BRAKE HOSE (FRONT) REMOVAU
(See 04-11-32 BRAKE HOSE (FRONT) REMOVAU
AIR BLEEDING
id0411 00800200
Caution
Brake fluid will damage painted surfaces. Be careful not to spill any on painted surfaces. If it is
spilled, wipe it off immediately.
Note
Keep the fluid level in the reserve tank at 3/4 full or more during the air bleeding.
Begin air bleeding with the brake caliper that is furthest from the master cylinder.
Brake fluid type
SAE J1703, FMVSS 116 DOT-3
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the cap from the brake fluid reserved tank and add brake fluid.
Remove the bleeder cap on the brake caliper, and attach a vinyl tube to the bleeder screw.
Place the other end of the vinyl tube in a clear container and fill the container with fluid during air bleeding.
Working with two people, one should pump the brake pedal several times and depress and hold the pedal
down.
5. While the brake pedal is depressed, the other
~
should loosen the bleeder screw using a
..~ .
commercially available flare nut wrench, drain out
~ ~
any fluid containing air bubbles, and tighten the
~~
bleeder screw.
Tightening torque
Front (LF, L5): 7.0-9.0 Nm {72-91 kgf.cm,
62-79 in.lbf}
Front (L3 WITH TC): 12-16 Nm {123-163
Rear: 12-16 Nm {123-163 kgf.cm, 107141 inlbf}
am3uuw0000132
6. Repeat Steps 3 and 4 until no air bubbles are seen.

7. Perform air bleeding as described in the above procedures for all brake calipers.
8. After air bleeding, inspect the following:
Brake operation
Fluid leakage
Fluid level
04-11-3

VACUUM LINE INSPECTION
id041100801500
1. Remove the vacuum hose. (See 04-11-4 VACUUM HOSE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].) (See 04-11-6
VACUUM HOSE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Verify that air can be blown from the power brake
...--L-F,-L-5-------------------.
unit side of the vacuum hose towards the intake
manifold side, and that air cannot be blown in the
opposite direction.
If there is any malfunction of the inner check
valve, replace it together with the vacuum
CHECK VALVE
hose as a single unit.
.. TO INTAKE MANIFOLD
L3WITHTC
.. TO INTAKE MANIFOLD
am3uuw0000567
VACUUM HOSE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]

id0411008016i2
1. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 0117A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
L5].)
2. Remove the vacuum hose from the vacuum hose
clip.
3. Insert a thin flathead screwdriver at the point

indicated by the arrow in the figure, push the ring
down and disconnect the vacuum hose from the
intake manifold.
POWER BRAKE UNIT
JOINT
RING--l
INTAKE MANIFOLD
am3uuw0000179
04-11-4

4. Move the vacuum hose as shown in the figure.
VACUUM HOSE
am3uuw0000204
5. Disconnect the vacuum hose connector from the

power brake unit while pressing the tabs of the
vacuum hose connector.
6. Remove the vacuum hose.
8. Insert the vacuum hose connector to the power
brake unit.
~
~
TAB
VACUUM HOSE
CONNECTOR
"~1~
am3uuw0000179
9. Verify that the vacuum hose is inserted so that the

connector contacts the power brake unit flange.
POWER BRAKE UNIT
VACUUM HOSE CONNECTOR

FLANGE
am3uuw0000180

joint contacts the intake manifold ring.
POWER BRAKE UNIT
JOINT
RING----J
INTAKE MANIFOLD
am3uuw0000180
04-11-5

VACUUM HOSE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl
id041100801639
WITH TCl.)
TC].)
3. Insert a thin flathead screwdriver at the point
indicated by the arrow in the figure, push the ring
POWER BRAKE UNIT
down and disconnect the vacuum hose from the
intake manifold.
JOINT
RING---E:l
INTAKE MANIFOLD
am3uuw0000179

clip.
-+---:-.<..-....:+--:-:+i----
VACUUM
HOSE
--11--":;~7.---';--++~ VACUUM
HOSE CLIP
am3uuw0000615
5. Pinch open the clip using pliers and disconnect

the vacuum hose from the insulator bracket as
the vacuum hose from the power brake unit.
7. Remove the vacuum hose.
CLlPJ~y'~
VACUUM
HOSE
D~JJ
CLIP
am3uuw0000575

joint contacts the intake manifold ring.
POWER BRAKE UNIT
JOINT
RING-~~~
INTAKE MANIFOLD
am3uuw0000180
04-11-6

BRAKE PEDAL INSPECTION
id041100801100
Pedal Height Inspection

1. Measure the distance from the center of the
upper surface of the pedal pad to the floor
covering and verify that it is as specified.
brake pedal.
Brake pedal height (reference value)
LF, L5: 125.0 mm {4.921 in}
L3 WITH TC: 128.9 mm {5.075 in}
FLOOR COVERING
am3uuw0000611
Pedal Play Inspection

1. Pump the pedal several times to release the vacuum in the power brake unit.
2. Gently depress the pedal by hand and measure the pedal play.
If not within the specification, inspect the wear of the joint pin. Replace it if there is any malfunction.
Brake pedal play
4.0-8.4 mm {0.16-0.33 in}
Note
If there is no malfunction in the joint pin, there is a possibility that the power brake unit has some
malfunction. Verify that there are no malfunctions, and replace it if necessary.
04-11-7

Pedal-to-floor Clearance Inspection
1. Start the engine and depress the brake pedal with a force of 147 N {15.0 kgf, 33.0 Ibf}.
covering and verify that it is as specified .
If it is less than the specification, inspect for
air in the brake line.
Brake pedal-to-floor clearance (Brake pedal
when depressed at 147 N {15.0 kgf, 33.0
Ibf})
LF, L5: 83.5 mm {3.29 in} or more
L3 WITH TC: 88.6 mm {3.49 in} or more
,I
I
\
\
\
\
\
\
FLOOR COVERING
\
\
\
\
\~~,
"
',,-)
..... _ l ..... \
am3uuw0000611
BRAKE PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id0411 00801200
Caution
The clearance between the brake switch and the brake pedal is automatically adjusted to the
correct amount when the brake switch is inserted into the installation hole on the brake pedal and
rotated to fix in place. If the brake switch is not properly installed, the clearance may be incorrect,
causing a brake light malfunction. Therefore, always verify that the brake pedal is properly
installed and fully released before installing the brake switch to the pedal.
Once the brake switch clearance has automatically been adjusted, it cannot be adjusted again.
Therefore, replace the switch with a new one when replacing the power brake unit or the pedal, or
performing any procedure that changes the pedal stroke.
damaged.
1. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].) (See 0117B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Te].)
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose from the insulator
.------------~-----:~
~----::--S2)--:~~-~~
~~,-/----,-,
~~,-I----,
bracket as shown in the figure. (L3 WITH Te)
~~
CLlP------
VACUUM
HOSE~~
am3uuw0000575
04-11-8

3. Remove the wiring harness from the air duct. (L3
WITH TC)
4. Remove the side wall (driver side). (See 09-17-37
SIDE WALL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
S. Disconnect the steering shaft from the steering
gear and linkage. (See 06-14-8 STEERING
WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [WITHOUT ADVANCED
SYSTEM].) (See 06-14-11 STEERING WHEEL
AIR DUCT - _ . - /
AND COLUMN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [WITH
ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH
am3uuw0000611
6. Remove the accelerator pedal. (See 01-13A-8
ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].) (See 01-13B-14 ACCELERATOR PEDAL
_~--------
iii
1 - - - - - - - - - - 19-25 {2.0-2.5, 15-18}
iii
.......... ..........
..........
....................
19-25 {2.0-2.5, 15-18}
~------- 19-25 {2.0-2.5, 15-18}
4
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000179
Brake switch connector, wiring harness
Brake switch
(See 04-11-10 Brake Switch Installation Note.)
Brake pedal
(See 04-11-9 Brake Pedal Removal Note.)
Pedal pad
Joint pin
(See 04-11-10 Joint Pin Installation Note.)
Brake Pedal Removal Note

1. Remove the brake pedal installation bolt and nuts.
2. Move the power brake unit to the vehicle front where the power brake unit fork does not interfere with the brake
pedal arm.
3. Remove the brake pedal.
04-11-9

Joint Pin Installation Note
1. Install the new joint pin by aligning the pin holes of the brake pedal and power brake unit fork.
2. Verify that the joint pin touches the power brake
unit fork completely.
POWER BRAKE
UNIT FORK
----+Irll
JOINT PIN
BRAKE PEDAL
am3uuw0000179
Brake Switch Installation Note

1. Inspect the brake pedal. (See 04-11-7 BRAKE PEDAL INSPECTION.)
2. With the brake pedal fully released, insert a new brake switch into the installation hole on the brake pedal.
3. Secure the brake switch by turning it
counterclockwise 45.
BRAKE SWITCH
am3uuw0000179
BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION
id041100801900
Caution
with a new one.
1. Disconnect the brake switch connector.
table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the
brake switch.
0--0 : Continuity
Condition
Terminal
A
When the brake pedal is

depressed
When the brake pedal is
not depressed (With
cruise control system)
0-
ro
am3uuw0000180
04-11-10
am3uuw0000180

MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0411008013i2
1. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
3.5-4.5 Nm
{36-45 kgf.cm,
31-39 in.lbf}
"'
""
"
r,
.....
1
1
1
1
1
"
"
'
',I
17-21
{1.8-2.1,
13-15}
21-29
{2.2-2.9,
16-21}
@1--------1
iii
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000621
1
2
Brake fluid level sensor connector

Reserve hose (MTX)
(See 04-11-11 Reserve Hose (MTX) Removal
Note.)
(See 04-11-11 Reserve Hose (MTX) Installation
Note.)
Brake pipe
4
5
Nut
Master cylinder
6
7
8
Cap
Reserve tank
Cylinder component
Reserve Hose (MTX) Removal Note

1. Remove the reserve hose from the reserve tank
while pressing the point indicated by the arrow in
the figure.
am3uuw0000195
Reserve Hose (MTX) Installation Note

1. Insert the reserve hose to the reserve tank until a click is heard.
2. Verify that the reserve hose is firmly installed by pulling it, and push it into the reserve tank again.
04-11-11

MASTER CYLINDER REMOVALJINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id041100801339
1. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Te].)
the vacuum hose from the insulator bracket as
CLlPJ~y/~
VACUUM
HOSE
UL-
CLIP
am3uuw0000575
4
21-29
{2.2-2.9,
16-21}
~\
8-10 Nm
{82-101 kgf.cm,
71-88 in.lbf}
11
8-10 Nm
{82-101 kgf.cm,
71-88 inlbf}
2.5-4.5 Nm
{26-45 kgf.cm,
23-39 in.lbf}
17-21
{1.8-2.1,
13-15}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000575
2
3
4
5
6
Nut
Insulator
Brake fluid level sensor connector
Reserve hose
(See 04-11-13 Reserve Hose Removal Note.)
(See 04-11-13 Reserve Hose Installation Note.)
Brake pipe
Nut
9
10
11
04-11-12
Insulator bracket
(See 04-11-13 Insulator Bracket, Master Cylinder
Removal Note.)
(See 04-11-13 Master Cylinder, Insulator Bracket
Installation Note.)
Master cylinder
(See 04-11-13 Insulator Bracket, Master Cylinder
Removal Note.)
(See 04-11-13 Master Cylinder, Insulator Bracket
Installation Note.)
Cap
Reserve tank
Cylinder component

Reserve Hose Removal Note
1. Remove the reserve hose from the reserve tank
while pressing the point indicated by the arrow in
the figure.
am3uuw0000195
Insulator Bracket, Master Cylinder Removal Note

1. Remove the insulator bracket and master cylinder from the power brake unit as a single unit.
2. Remove the insulator bracket from the master cylinder.
Master Cylinder, Insulator Bracket Installation Note
1. Temporarily install the insulator bracket to the master cylinder.
2. Install the insulator bracket and master cylinder to the power brake unit as a single unit.
Reserve Hose Installation Note
1. Insert the reserve hose to the reserve tank until a click is heard.
2. Verify that the reserve hose is firmly installed by pulling it, and push it into the reserve tank again.
BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR INSPECTION
id041100801400
1. Disconnect the brake fluid level sensor connector from the master cylinder.
2. Inspect for continuity according to fluid level
,----------------------,
between the brake fluid level sensor terminals.
reserve tank.
0--0 : Continuity
Condition
Terminal
Above MIN
Below MIN
am3uuw0000256
am3uuw0000256
POWER BRAKE UNIT INSPECTION

id041100801700
Note
The following inspection methods are simple inspection methods to judge the function of the power brake
unit.
If there is any malfunction in the power brake unit, replace the power brake unit as a single unit.
Without Using SST
Operation inspection
1. With the engine stopped, pump the pedal a few times.
2. With the pedal depressed, start the engine.
3. If the pedal moves down slightly immediately after starting the engine, the unit is normal.
Vacuum function inspection
2. Stop the engine after driving the vehicle for 1-2 min.
3. Depress the pedal with normal force.
4. If the first pedal stroke is long and becomes shorter with subsequent strokes, the unit is normal.
If a problem is found, inspect for damage to or improper installation of the check valve and vacuum hose.
After repairing, inspect again.
04-11-13

Vacuum loss function inspection
2. Depress the pedal with normal force.
3. With the pedal depressed, stop the engine.
4. Hold the pedal depressed for approx. 30 s.
5. If the pedal height does not change during this time, the unit is normal.
Using SST
Pre-inspection preparation
1. Install the SST (49 0043 OAO) to the master
cylinder (secondary side) in the orientation shown
in the figure.
Note
When installing the SST (49 0043 OAO) to
the master cylinder, use a commercially
available flare nut wrench.
- Flare nut across flat: 12 mm {0.47 in}
TO MASTER CYLI NDER
TO SST
am3uuw0000180
2. Connect the SSTs, a vacuum gauge, and a pedal

force gauge to the master cylinder, and bleed the
air from the SSTs and the brake line. (Bleed the
air from the SSTs using air bleed valve A.)
VACUUM GAUGE
am3uuw0000350
Checking for vacuum loss (loaded condition)

2. Depress the brake pedal with a force of 200 N {20.4 kgf, 45.0 Ibf}.
3. Stop the engine when the vacuum gauge reading reaches 68 kPa {510 mmHg, 20 inHg} with the brake pedal
depressed.
4. Measure the amount of vacuum decrease for 15 s immediately after stopping the engine.
5. If the amount of vacuum decrease is 3.3 kPa {25 mmHg, 0.97 inHg} or less, the power brake unit is normal.
Lack of hydraulic pressure inspection
1. If the pedal force and fluid pressure correlation is within the specification with the engine stopped and a vacuum
amount of 0 kPa {O mmHg, 0 inHg}, the system is normal.
Master cylinder fluid pressure
Vacuum amount at 0 kPa {O mmHg, 0 inHg}
Pedal force
200 N {20A kgf, 45.0 Ibt}
04-11-14
Fluid pressure
500 kPa {5.1 0 kgf/cm 2 , 72.5 psi} or more

Hydraulic pressure inspection
1. Start the engine. Depress the brake pedal when the vacuum reaches 66.7 kPa {SOO mmHg, 19.7 inHg}.
2. At this time, apply the indicated pedal force and if the fluid pressure is within the specification, the unit is
normal.
Master cylinder fluid pressure (LF, LS)
Vacuum amount at 66.7 kPa {SOO mmHg, 19.7 inHg}
Pedal force
200 N {20.4 kgf, 45.0 Ibt}
Fluid pressure
6,500 kPa {66.28 kgf/cm 2 , 942.7 psi} or more
Master cylinder fluid pressure (L3 WITH TC)

Vacuum amount at 66.7 kPa {SOO mmHg, 19.7 inHg}
Pedal force
200 N {20.4 kgf, 45.0 Ibt}
Fluid pressure
7,000 kPa {71.38 kgf/cm 2 , 1,015 psi} or more
POWER BRAKE UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS]

id0411008018i2
Caution
damaged.
1. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
2. Remove the master cylinder. (See 04-11-11 MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
3. Disconnect the brake pipes from the brake pipe
joint.
BRAKE PIPE JOINT
---f-:".~~
BRAKE PIPE --~

17-21 Nm
{1.8-2.1 kgfm,
13-15 ft.lbf}
4. Loosen the brake pipe flare nuts as shown in the

figure.
\~---"""",,,,,,,",,,,,
ABS
17-21 Nm
{1.8-2.1 kgf.m,
13-15 ft.lbf}
DSC
17-21 Nm
{1.8-2.1 kgfm,
13-15 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000271
04-11-15

5. Move the brake pipes as shown in the figure.
6. Disconnect the steering shaft from the steering
9. After installation, inspect the brake pedal. (See
04-11-7 BRAKE PEDAL INSPECTION.)
ABS
DSC
am3uuw0000434
4\------\
El5l-------------J
Nm {kgf.m, fNbf}
am3uuw0000255
Vacuum hose
(See 04-11-17 Vacuum Hose Removal Note.)
(See 04-11-17 Vacuum Hose Installation Note.)
Joint pin
INSTALLATION.)
04-11-16
3
4
5
Nut
Power brake unit
Gasket

Vacuum Hose Removal Note
clip.
2. Disconnect the vacuum hose connector from the

power brake unit while pressing the tabs of the
vacuum hose connector.
TAB
"
VACUUM HOSE
CONNECTOR
.. ~1\J
am3uuw0000179
Vacuum Hose Installation Note

1. Insert the vacuum hose connector to the power brake unit.
...-------------------------,
connector contacts the power brake unit flange.
POWER BRAKE UNIT
VACUUM HOSE CONNECTOR

FLANGE
am3uuw0000180
3. Install the vacuum hose to the vacuum hose clip.
04-11-17

POWER BRAKE UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id0411 00801839
Caution
damaged.
1. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Remove the master cylinder. (See 04-11-12 MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
3. Loosen the brake pipe flare nuts as shown in the
figure.
17-21 Nm
{1.8-2.1 kgf.m,
13-15 ftlbf}
am3uuw0000593
4. Move the brake pipes as shown in the figure.

5. Disconnect the steering shaft from the steering
7. Insta" in the reverse order of removal.
8. After installation, inspect the brake pedal. (See
04-11-7 BRAKE PEDAL INSPECTION.)
am3uuw0000593
----~19-25
{2.0-2.5,
15-18}
iii
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000611
1
2
Vacuum hose
Joint pin
INSTALLATION.)
04-11-18
3
4
5
Nut
Power brake unit
Gasket

FRONT BRAKE (DISC) INSPECTION
id041100800800
Brake Judder Repair Hints

Description
1. Brake judder concern has the following 3 characteristics:
Steering wheel vibration
1. The steering wheel vibrates in the rotation direction. This characteristic is most noticeable when applying
brakes at a vehicle speed of 100-140 km/h {62.2-86.9 mph}.
Floor vibration
1. When applying the brakes, the vehicle body shakes back and forth. The seriousness of the shaking is not
influenced by vehicle speed.
Brake pedal vibration
1. When applying the brakes, a pulsating force tries to push the brake pad back. The pulsation is transmitted to
the brake pedal.
2. The following are the main possible causes of brake judder:
Due to an excessive runout (side-to-side wobble) of the disc plate, the thickness of the disc plate is
uneven.
1. If the runout is more than 0.05 mm {0.002 in} at the position 10 mm {0.39 in} from the disc plate edge, uneven
wear occurs on the disc plate because the pad contacts the plate unevenly.
2. If the runout is less than 0.05 mm {0.002 in}, uneven wear does not occur.
The disc plate is deformed by heat.
1. Repeated panic braking may raise the temperature in some portions of the disc plate byapprox. 1,000 C
{1,832 OF}. This results in a deformed disc plate.
Due to corrosion, the thickness and friction coefficient of the disc plate change.
1. If the vehicle is parked in damp conditions for a long time, corrosion occurs on the friction surface of the disc
plate.
2. The thickness of corrosion is uneven and sometimes appears like a wave pattern, which changes the friction
coefficient and causes a reaction force.
04-11-19
,~

Inspection and repair procedure
Confirm customer's complaint
Perform lateral runout inspection.

(Refer to Lateral Runout Inspection.)
11--- More than 0.05 mm {0.002 in}
Less than
0.05 mm
...--___{_0._0_02_in_}-t--_D_oe_s_n_o_t_o_cc_u_r---il Verify whether brake
Occurs
Perform thickness variation inspection

(Refer to the following.)
Less than
0.05 mm
{0.002 in}
I judder occurs or not./
Remove the disc plate and

reinstall in other phase.
Perform lateral runout
inspection again.
More than 0.015 mm {0.00059 in}-
Less than 0.015 mm {0.00059 in}
More than
0.05 mm
{0.002 in}
Confirm customer's complaint again. 1

Work is completed.
Machine the disc plate using

on-the-car type lathe.
Secure the disc plate by

tightening all hub nuts to the
same torque, and measure lateral
runout.
On-the-car type lathe

(less than 0.015 mm {0.00059 in}).
Work is completed.
1
am3uuw0000178
Lateral runout inspection

1. To secure the disc plate and the hub, insert the washer (thickness 10 mm {0.39 in}, inner diameter more than
12 mm {0.47 in}) between each hub bolt and the hub nut, then tighten all the hub nuts.
Note
The component parts of the SST (49 8017 001 or 49 G019 003) can be used as a suitable washer.
2. After tightening all the hub nuts to the same
torque, put the dial gauge on the friction surface
of the disc plate 10 mm {0.39 in} from the disc
plate edge.
3. Rotate the disc plate one time and measure the
runout.
Front disc plate runout limit
0.05 mm {0.002 in}
abatjw00000018
04-11-20

Thickness variation inspection
1. Clean the disc plate-to-pad friction surface using a brake cleaner.
2. Measure the points indicated in the illustration
.-----------------------,
using a caliper (micrometer).
3. Subtract the minimum value from the maximum,
and if the result is not within the specification,
machine the disc plate using a lathe.
Thickness variation limit
0.015 mm {0.00059 in}
Warning
Do not exceed minimum disc plate
thickness.
am3uuw0000178
Disc Plate Thickness Inspection

Caution
Excessive runout may result if the disc plate is removed from the vehicle then machined. Machine
the disc plate while installed on the vehicle.
1. Measure the thickness of the disc plate.

If the thickness is not within the specification, replace the disc plate.
Minimum front disc plate thickness
23 mm {0.91 in}
Minimum front disc plate thickness after machining using a brake lathe on-vehicle
23.8 mm {0.937 in}
Disc Pad Thickness Inspection
1. Jack up the front of the vehicle and support it with safety stands.
2. Remove the wheels and tires.
3. Verify the remaining thickness of the pads.
Minimum front disc pad thickness
2.0 mm {0.079 in} min.
4. Replace the pads as a set (right and left wheels) if

either one is at or less than the minimum
thickness.
LF, L5
L3WITHTC
am3uuw0000564
04-11-21

FRONT BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0411008009i2

3. After installation, pump the brake pedal a few times and verify that the brakes do not drag.
82-101
{8.4-10, @ f - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - i
61-74}
20-27
{2.1-2.7,
15-19}
25-30
{2.6-3.0,
19-22}
4 )----'
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000313
Brake hose
(See 04-11-23 Brake Hose Installation Note.)
Retaining clip
(See 04-11-23 Retaining Clip Installation Note.)
3
4
Cap
Bolt
Caliper
Boot
Disc pad
(See 04-11-22 Disc Pad Installation Note.)
Bolt
Mounting support
Disc plate
8
9
10
Disc Pad Installation Note

1. Clean the exposed area of the piston.
2. Push the piston in using the SST.
3. Install the disc pad (outer side) to the mounting
support.
4. Install the disc pad (inner side) to the caliper.
am3uuw0000465
04-11-22

Retaining Clip Installation Note
1. Temporarily install the retaining clip to the caliper
and mounting support as shown in the figure.
am3uuw0000471
2. Secure the retaining clip so that part A does not

slip off from the caliper while installing part B to
the mounting support.
3. Verify that the retaining clip is securely installed to
the caliper and the mounting support.
am3uuw0000472
Brake Hose Installation Note

1. Install the brake hose to the caliper.
2. Tighten the flare nut while holding the brake hose
at point A with a spanner or equivalent.
3. Verify that the brake hose is not twisted.
A--f----'EZl
FLARE NUT
am3uuw0000178
04-11-23

FRONT BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id041100800939

82-101
{8.4-10,
61-74}
@I-------------
20-27
{2.1-2.7,
15-19}
CD-
(~,
___
\\
\
~-.
25-30
{2.6-3.0,
19-22}
>
0,1'" -./:
I
I
>
6D
10
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000575
Disc pad
(See 04-11-25 Disc Pad Installation Note.)
Boot
Bolt
Mounting support
Disc plate
Brake hose
Retaining clip
(See 04-11-24 Retaining Clip Removal Note.)
Cap
Bolt
9
10
Caliper
Retaining Clip Removal Note

1. Move the retaining clip in the direction shown by
the arrow using a flathead screwdriver and
remove it from the caliper.
04-11-24

Disc Pad Installation Note
2. Push the piston in using the SST.
3. Install the disc pad to the caliper.
am3uuw0000565
'~

A
FLARE NUT
am3uuw0000565
04-11-25

DISC PAD (FRONT) REPLACEMENT [LF, LS]
id0411008007i2

Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000313
1
2
Clip
Retaining clip
Cap
Bolt
Caliper
Disc pad
DISC PAD (FRONT) REPLACEMENT [L3 WITH TC]

04-11-26
id0411 00800739
.....
;::-
...... ....- .......
...... ~....- .......
25-30
{2.6-3.0,
19-22}
.:::........
.,>
.......
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000575
Clip
Retaining clip
5
6
Cap
Bolt
Caliper
Disc pad
CALIPER (FRONT) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [LF, LS]
id0411 00801 Oi2

1
2
3
5
6
/.-----w
Bleeder cap
Bleeder screw
Piston
(See 04-11-28 Piston Disassembly Note.)
(See 04-11-28 Piston Assembly Note.)
Dust seal
(See 04-11-28 Dust Seal Assembly Note.)
/ /...
/
7.0-9.0
~{72-91,
62-79}
J--------.1
Piston seal
Caliper body
-i!
II
6
RUBBER GREASE
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000313
04-11-27

Piston Disassembly Note
1. Insert a piece of wood in the caliper as shown in
the figure and blow compressed air through the
bleeder screw installation hole to remove the
piston from the caliper body.
Warning
When compressed air is blown into the
caliper body, injury to a finger or other
part from pinching could result from the
piston springing up. When blowing in
compressed air, do not place your fingers
between the piston and caliper body
when performing the work.
abatjw00000077
Caution
The piston could be damaged if blown out with great force. Blow the compressed air slowly to
prevent the piston from suddenly popping out.
Dust Seal Assembly Note
1. Assemble a new dust seal to the caliper using the
SSTs and a press with a press-in force of 834 N
{8S kgf, 187 inlbf}.
2. Verify that there is no gap between the dust seal
and caliper body.
""''----- DUST SEAL

am3uuw0000179
Piston Assembly Note

1. Press the piston into the dust seal opening as
r----
DUST SEAL
PISTON
am3uuw0000179
2. Insert a piece of wood between the caliper body

and the piston, and while supporting the piston by
hand, blow compressed air through the brake
hose installation hole.
Warning
When blowing compressed air into the
caliper body, the piston may pop out and
cause injury if not supported at the
correct point. Securely support the
piston friction surface by hand when
blowing compressed air.
am3uuw0000179
Note
By blowing compressed air, the dust seal expands due to air pressure and covers the piston end.
04-11-28

3. Verify that the dust seal lip covers the piston end
4. Press the piston into the caliper body completely.
am3uuw0000179
CALIPER (FRONT) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [L3 WITH TCl

id0411 00801 039

1
2
Bleeder cap
Bleeder screw
Piston
(See 04-11-29 Piston Disassembly Note.)
(See 04-11-30 Piston Assembly Note.)
Dust seal
5
6
-<.~
J~___
---~
12-16
{123-163,
11 ------ ~~~~-=--;:c-~07-141}
Piston seal
Caliper body
-------
-t::
6r_4 i
~----
II...
-!P.
.. ,
RUBBER GREASE
1~1mII
. iii
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000567
Piston Disassembly Note

1. Insert a piece of wood in the caliper as shown in
the figure and blow compressed air through the
bleeder screw installation hole to remove the
piston from the caliper body.
Warning
When compressed air is blown into the
caliper body, injury to a finger or other
part from pinching could result from the
piston springing up. When blowing in
compressed air, do not place your fingers
between the piston and caliper body
when performing the work.
am3uuw0000565
Caution
The piston could be damaged if blown out with great force. Blow the compressed air slowly to
prevent the piston from suddenly popping out.
04-11-29

1. Assemble a new dust seal to the caliper using the
SSTs and a press with a press-in force of 834 N
{8S kgf, 187 in-Ibf}.
and caliper body.
Piston Assembly Note

1. Press the piston into the dust seal opening as
,.---~--
'-!-!i+--ii----
DUST SEAL
PISTON
am3uuw0000565
2. Insert a piece of wood between the caliper body

and the piston, and while supporting the piston by
hand, blow compressed air through the brake
hose installation hole.
Warning
When blowing compressed air into the
caliper body, the piston may pop out and
cause injury if not supported at the
correct point. Securely support the
piston friction surface by hand when
blowing compressed air.
am3uuw0000565
Note
By blowing compressed air, the dust seal expands due to air pressure and covers the piston end.
3. Verify that the dust seal lip covers the piston end
4. Press the piston into the caliper body completely.
-+!---L1P
am3uuw0000565
04-11-30

BRAKE HOSE (FRONT) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS]
id0411001903i2

3. Add brake fluid, bleed the brakes, and inspect for leakage after the installation has been completed. (See 0411-3 AIR BLEEDING.)
17-21
{1.8-2.1,
13-15}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000313
IBrake pipe
Brake hose

am3uuw0000313
04-11-31

BRAKE HOSE (FRONT) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC]
id041100190339

17-21
{1.8-2.1, W l - - - - - - - - - - - - - , - + 13-15}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
Brake pipe
am3uuw0000574
Brake hose

A
FLARE NUT
am3uuw0000566
REAR BRAKE (DISC) INSPECTION

id0411 00800400
Brake Judder Repair Hints

Description
1. Brake judder concern has the following 3 characteristics:
Steering wheel vibration
1. The steering wheel vibrates in the rotation direction. This characteristic is most noticeable when applying
brakes at a vehicle speed of 100-140 km/h {62.2-86.9 mph}.
Floor vibration
1. When applying the brakes, the vehicle body shakes back and forth. The seriousness of the shaking is not
influenced by vehicle speed.
04-11-32

Brake pedal vibration
1. When applying the brakes, a pulsating force tries to push the brake pad back. The pulsation is transmitted to
the brake pedal.
2. The following are the main possible causes of brake judder:
Due to an excessive runout (side-to-side wobble) of the disc plate, the thickness of the disc plate is
uneven.
1. If the runout is more than 0.05 mm {0.002 in} at the position 10 mm {0.39 in} from the disc plate edge, uneven
wear occurs on the disc plate because the pad contacts the plate unevenly.
2. If the runout is less than 0.05 mm {0.002 in}, uneven wear does not occur.
The disc plate is deformed by heat.
1. Repeated panic braking may raise the temperature in some portions of the disc plate byapprox. 1,000 C
{1,832 OF}. This results in a deformed disc plate.
Due to corrosion, the thickness and friction coefficient of the disc plate change.
1. If the vehicle is parked in damp conditions for a long time, corrosion occurs on the friction surface of the disc
plate.
2. The thickness of corrosion is uneven and sometimes appears like a wave pattern, which changes the friction
coefficient and causes a reaction force.
Inspection and repair procedure
Confirm customer's complaint
Perform lateral runout inspection.

(Refer to Lateral Runout Inspection.)
'1-----
Less than
0.05 mm
{0.002 in}
Verify whether brake
I judder occurs or not.
r--_ _ _ _ _ _+--_ _
D_o_e_s_n_o_t_oc_c_u_r-ll
Occurs

Less than
0.05 mm
{0.002 in}
r-----~-----.
Remove the disc plate and

reinstall in other phase.
Perform lateral runout
inspection again.
r-------~--~-----~
Perform thickness variation inspection

(Refer to the following.)
More than 0.015 mm {0.00059 in} More than

0.05 mm
{0.002 in}
Less than 0.015 mm {0.00059 in}

Confirm customer's complaint again.
Work is completed.
I
Machine the disc plate using
on-the-car type lathe.
Secure the disc plate by

tightening all hub nuts to the
same torque, and measure lateral
runout.
On-the-car type lathe

(less than 0.015 mm {0.00059 in}).
I Work is completed. I
am3uuw0000176
04-11-33
.~

Lateral runout inspection
1. To secure the disc plate and the hub, insert the washer (thickness 10 mm {0.39 in}, inner diameter more than
12 mm {0.47 in}) between each hub bolt and the hub nut, then tighten all the hub nuts.
Note
The component parts of the SST (49 8017 001 or 49 G019 003) can be used as a suitable washer.
2. After tightening all the hub nuts to the same

torque, put the dial gauge on the friction surface
of the disc plate 10 mm {0.39 in} from the disc
plate edge.
3. Rotate the disc plate one time and measure the
runout.
Rear disc plate runout limit
0.05 mm {0.002 in}
am3uuw0000195
Thickness variation inspection

1. Clean the disc plate-to-pad friction surface using a brake cleaner.
2. Measure the points indicated in the illustration
,----------------------,
using a caliper (micrometer).
3. Subtract the minimum value from the maximum,
and if the result is not within the specification,
machine the disc plate using a lathe.
Thickness variation limit
0.015 mm {0.00059 in}
Warning
Do not exceed minimum disc plate
thickness.
am3uuw0000176
Disc Plate Thickness Inspection

Caution
Excessive runout may result if the disc plate is removed from the vehicle then machined. Machine
the disc plate while installed on the vehicle.
1. Measure the thickness of the disc plate .

If the thickness is not within the specification, replace the disc plate.
Minimum read disc plate thickness
9 mm {0.35 in}
Minimum rear disc plate thickness after machining using a brake lathe on-vehicle
9.8 mm {0.39 in}
Disc Pad Thickness Inspection
1. Jack up the front of the vehicle and support it with safety stands.
2. Remove the wheels and tires.
3. Verify the remaining thickness of the pads.
Minimum rear disc pat thickness
2.0 mm {O.079 in} min.
04-11-34

4. Replace the pads as a set (right and left wheels) if
either one is at or less than the minimum
thickness.
am3uuw0000176
REAR BRAKE (DISC) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id0411 00800500
Caution
If the brake hose is installed to the caliper on the vehicle, the tool cannot be installed correctly
resulting in brake fluid leakage due to improper installation. Therefore, remove the caliper and
brake hose as a single unit when removing the caliper or brake hose, and tighten the brake hose
to the caliper to the specified torque, then install the caliper and brake hose as a single unit when
installing to the vehicle.

3. After installation, pump the brake pedal a few times and inspect the following:
Parking brake lever stroke
Brake drag
60-76
{6.2-7.7,
45-56}
25-30
{2.6-3.0,
19-22}
13
26-30
{2.7-3.0,
20-22}
liD
7
iii
OUTER SIDE
14
17-21
{1.8-2.1,
13-15}
Nm {kgfm, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000313
Parking brake cable

INSTALLATION.)
Brake pipe
(See 04-11-38 Clip and Brake Pipe Installation
Note.)
04-11-35

3
Clip
Note.)
8
9
Boot
Brake hose
Retaining clip
(See 04-11-37 Retaining Clip Installation Note.)
Cap
Bolt
10
11
12
13
14
Caliper
Disc pad
5
6
7
Caliper, brake hose

(See 04-11-36 Caliper and Brake Hose Removal
Note.)
(See 04-11-36 Caliper and Brake Hose Installation
Note.)
Bolt
Mounting support
Disc plate
Caliper and Brake Hose Removal Note

1. Remove the caliper and brake hose from the vehicle as a single unit.
1. Secure the caliper to the vise and install the brake
hose to it.
Caution
Insert a protective plate into the vise
opening so as not to damage the caliper.
am3uuw0000176
2. Tighten the brake hose to the specified torque.
Tightening torque
26-30 Nm {2.7-3.0 kgf.m, 20-22 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000177
Caliper and Brake Hose Installation Note

2. Install the SST (49 F043 002) to the SST (49
8043005).
3. Align the SST projection to the piston groove.
am3uuw0000177
04-11-36

4. Rotate part A on the SST in the direction of the
arrow and secure the SST to the caliper.
am3uuw0000177
5. Rotate the SST in the direction of the arrow and

push the piston completely into the caliper.
Note
Even with the piston completely pushed in,
the top of the piston projects from the dust
seal by approximately 2 mm {O.09 in}.
am3uuw0000177

arrow using the tool and remove the SST from the
caliper.
7. Install the caliper and brake hose to the vehicle as
a single unit.
am3uuw0000177
Retaining Clip Installation Note

1. Temporarily install the retaining clip to the caliper
and mounting support as shown in the figure.
am3uuw0000472
04-11-37

2. Secure the retaining clip so that part A does not
slip off from the caliper while installing part B to
the mounting support.
3. Verify that the retaining clip is securely installed to
the caliper and the mounting support.
am3uuw0000472
Clip and Brake Pipe Installation Note

1. Install the brake hose to the vehicle-side bracket and secure it using a clip.
3. Tighten the brake pipe to the specified torque using a commercially available flare nut wrench.
DISC PAD (REAR) REPLACEMENT
id0411 00800300

3. After installation, pump the brake pedal a few times and inspect the following:
Parking brake lever stroke
Brake drag
25-30 {2.6-3.0, 19-22}
INNER SIDE
OUTER SIDE
o
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000313
Parking brake cable

INSTALLATION.)
Retaining clip
INSTALLATION.)
04-11-38
3
4
5
Cap
Bolt
Caliper
(See 04-11-39 Caliper Installation Note.)
Disc pad

Caliper Installation Note
8043005).
am3uuw0000176

~----------------------------------~
am3uuw0000176
5. Rotate the SST in the direction of the arrow and

push the piston completely into the caliper.
Note
am3uuw0000176

arrow using the tool and remove the SST from the
caliper.
7. Install the caliper to the vehicle.
am3uuw0000176
04-11-39
.~

CALIPER (REAR) DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id041100800600

1
2
3
4
Dust seal
Bleeder cap
Bleeder screw
Caliper body
12-16 Nm
r - - - - t - - - - { 3 {123-163 kgf.cm,
107-141 inlbf}
'-I-----{2
..
-!P.
II
RUBBER GREASE
am3uuw0000313

1. While rotating the piston counterclockwise using
the SST, pull it out to the position shown in the
figure.
2. As shown in the figure, assemble a new dust seal

to the piston.
PISTON
DUST SEAL
am3uuw0000177
04-11-40

8043005).

am3uuw0000177
6. Rotate the SST (49 8043005) in the direction of

the arrow and push the piston completely into the
caliper.
Note
am3uuw0000178
7. Rotate part A on the SST (49 8043 005) in the

direction of the arrow using the tool and remove
the SST from the caliper.
am3uuw0000178
8. Assemble the dust seal to the caliper body using

the SSTs and a press with a press-in force of 834
N {85 kgf, 187 Ibf}.
and caliper body.
04-11-41

BRAKE HOSE (REAR) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF]
id0411001904b6
Caution
If the brake hose is installed to the caliper on the vehicle, the tool cannot be installed correctly
resulting in brake fluid leakage due to improper installation. Therefore, remove the caliper and
brake hose as a single unit when removing the brake hose, and tighten the brake hose to the
caliper to the specified torque, then install the caliper and brake hose as a single unit when
installing to the vehicle.
25-30 {2.6-3.0, 19-22}
.r----7
8
26-30
{2.7-3.0, 20-22}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000465
Brake pipe
Note.)
Clip
Note.)
Parking brake cable
INSTALLATION.)
5
6
7
Cap
Bolt
Caliper, brake hose
(See 04-11-42 Caliper and Brake Hose Removal
Note.)
(See 04-11-43 Caliper and Brake Hose Installation
Note.)
Brake hose
Retaining clip
Caliper and Brake Hose Removal Note

1. Remove the caliper and brake hose from the vehicle as a single unit.
04-11-42

1. Secure the caliper to the vise and install the brake
hose to it.
Caution
Insert a protective plate into the vise
opening so as not to damage the caliper.
am3uuw0000176
2. Tighten the brake hose to the specified torque.
Tightening torque
26-30 Nm {2.7-3.0 kgf.m, 20-22 ftlbf}
am3uuw0000177
Caliper and Brake Hose Installation Note

1. Install the caliper and brake hose to the vehicle as a single unit.
04-11-43

BRAKE HOSE (REAR) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L5, L3 WITH TC]
id0411001904j1

26-30
{2.7-3.0,
20-22}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000313
Brake pipe
Note.)
Clip
Note.)
Brake hose

04-11-44
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM
04-12

LOCATION INDEX . ................
PARKING BRAKE LEVER
INSPECTION ...................
Stroke Inspection ...............
PARKING BRAKE LEVER
ADJUSTMENT ...................
04-12-1
04-12-2
04-12-2
04-12-2
PARKING BRAKE LEVER

REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . ........ . 04-12-3
PARKING BRAKE CABLE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ......... . 04-12-4
Parking Brake Cable
INSPECTION .................... . 04-12-5
PARKING BRAKE SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
id041200800100
am3uuw0000180
Parking brake lever

(See 04-12-2 PARKING BRAKE LEVER
INSPECTION.)
ADJUSTMENT.)
Parking brake switch

(See 04-12-5 PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
Parking brake cable

(See 04-12-4 PARKING BRAKE CABLE
04-12-1

PARKING BRAKE LEVER INSPECTION
id041200800900
Stroke Inspection
1. Pump the brake pedal a few times.
2. Pull the parking brake lever two to three times.
3. Inspect the parking brake stroke by slowly pulling
at point A 50 mm {1.97 in} from the end of the
parking brake lever with a force of 98 N {10 kgf,
22 Ibf} and counting the number of notches
(clicking sound).
If not within the specification, adjust the
parking brake lever.
Parking brake lever stroke when pulled at 98 N

{10 kgf, 22 Ibf}
2-6 notches
am3uuw0000195
PARKING BRAKE LEVER ADJUSTMENT

id041200801500
1. Pump the brake pedal a few times.

2. Remove the upper panel. (See 09-17-40 UPPER PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
3. Turn the adjusting nut and adjust the parking
brake lever.
4. After adjustment, pull the parking brake lever one
notch and verify that the parking brake warning
light illuminates.
5. Verify that the rear brakes do not drag.
~::----
ADJUSTING NUT
am3uuw0000413
04-12-2

PARKING BRAKE LEVER REMOVAUINSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
id041200801600
Remove the upper panel. (See 09-17-40 UPPER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

After installation, inspect the parking brake lever stroke. (See 04-12-2 PARKING BRAKE LEVER
INSPECTION.)
4 }--------I
0.8-1.1 Nm
{8.2-11 kgf.cm,
7.1-9.7 inlbf}
------~
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000516
1
2
3
Parking brake switch connector
Parking brake lever
Adjusting nut
Bolt
04-12-3

PARKING BRAKE CABLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id041200801700

2. Remove the under cover. (See 02-14-8 REAR TRAILING LINK REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the tunnel member (rear). (LF, LS) (See 01-1SA-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[LF, LS].)
4. Remove the tunnel member. (L3 WITH TC) (See 01-1SB-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
S. Remove the TWC. (LF, LS) (See 01-1SA-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
6. Remove the presilencer. (L3 WITH TC) (See 01-1SB-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
7. Remove the insulator (middle No.1) and the insulator (middle No.2). (See 01-1SA-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].) (See 01-1SB-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
10. After installation, inspect the parking brake stroke and adjust if necessary. (See 04-12-2 PARKING BRAKE
LEVER INSPECTION.)
19-25
{2.0-2.5,
15-18}
19-25
3 {2.0-2.5,
15-18}
8-10 Nm
{82-101 kgf.cm,
71-88 inlbf}
@
CLlP~
~--~
L
f--~
CLIP
..
~--~
-!f.
CLIP
SILICON GREASE
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000204
Parking brake switch connector
Adjusting nut
Bolt
Parking brake lever
3
4
04-12-4
5
6
Nut
Parking brake cable
(See 04-12-5 Parking Brake Cable Installation
Note.)

Parking Brake Cable Installation Note
1. Pass the parking brake cable inside the rear ASS
wheel-speed sensor wiring harness as shown in
the figure.
2. Install the rear parking brake cable.
am3uuw0000314
3. Verify that the end of the parking brake cable

outer end is out of the caliper as shown in the
figure.
PARKING BRAKE CABLE

OUTER END
~=======:I:::::-
PARKING BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION

id041200800700
1. Remove the upper panel. (See 09-17-40 UPPER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

2. Disconnect the parking brake switch connector.
table.
parking brake lever.
0--0: Continuity
Terminal
Condition
Body
ground
Parking brake lever pulled

am3uuw0000184
Parking brake lever released

am3uuw0000184
04-12-5
ANTI LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
04-13
ANTILOCK BRAKE SYSTEM
ABS LOCATION INDEX .............

ABS SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM .....
ABS HU/CM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION ...................
Connector Removal Note .......... .
Brake Pipe Removal Note ......... .
ABS HU/CM Component, Bracket
Removal Note ................ .
Brake Pipe Installation Note ........ .
Connector Installation Note ....... .
ABS HU/CM INSPECTION ...........
Standard (reference) . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED
SENSOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION ...................
Connector Removal Note .......... .
04-13-1
04-13-2
04-13-2
04-13-3
04-13-4
04-13-4
04-13-4
04-13-5
04-13-5
04-13-5
04-13-7
04-13-7
FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR

INSPECTION ..................... 04-13-7
Sensor Output Value Inspection .... .. 04-13-7
Installation Visual Inspection ....... . 04-13-8
Clearance Inspection ............. 04-13-8
REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR
ABS Hole Cover Removal Note... .... 04-13-9
Wiring Harness Installation Note ... . 04-13-10
ABS Hole Cover Installation Note ... .. 04-13-10
INSPECTION ..................... 04-13-10
Installation Visual Inspection ....... . 04-13-10
Clearance Inspection ............ . 04-13-10
Sensor Output Value Inspection .... .. 04-13-10
ABS LOCATION INDEX
id041300801100
am3uuw0000232
ABS HU/CM
(See 04-13-2 ABS SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM.)
INSTALLATION.)
(See 04-13-5 ABS HU/CM INSPECTION.)
Rear ABS wheel-speed sensor
SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Front ABS wheel-speed sensor

SENSOR INSPECTION.)
04-13-1

ABS SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
id041300805000
ABS 40A
ABS HU/CM
BRAKE SYSTEM
WARNING LIGHT
IGSWOR
IG1 RELAY
ABS WARNING LIGHT
ABSWHEEL
SPEED
SENSOR
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BATTERY
PCM
DLC-2
am3zzn0000245
ABS HU/CM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id041300801400
Caution
The internal parts of the ABS HU/CM could be damaged if dropped. Be careful not to drop the ABS
HU/CM. Replace the ABS HU/CM if it is subjected to an impact.
Do not separate the ABS HU and ABS CM unless replacing them, otherwise the ABS HU/CM may
not function properly. When replacing them with new ones, always perform procedures according
to the instructions included with the new parts.
If the ABS HU/CM configuration is not completed, it could result in an unexpected accident due to
the ABS being inoperative. If the ABS HU/CM or ABS CM is replaced, always use the automatic
configuration function so that the ABS operation conditions are correct.
Note
When the ignition is switched to ON or the engine is started after the ABS HU/CM or ABS CM has been
replaced, the ABS CM reads data from the instrument cluster via CAN communication to perform
automatic configuration.
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
Switch the ignition to ON or start the engine, and maintain this condition for approx. 30 s to allow the ABS HU/
CM automatic configuration to be performed.
5. Clear the DTCs from the memory. (See 04-02A-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [ABS].)
04-13-2

2.0-2.8 Nm
{21-28 kgf.cm,
18-24 inlbf}
l.
8-10 Nm
{82-101 kgf.cm,
71-88 in.lbf}
17-21
{1.8-2.1,
13-15}
8-10 Nm
{82-101 kgf.cm,
71-88 inlbf}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000272
Connector
(See 04-13-3
(See 04-13-5
Brake pipe
(See 04-13-4
(See 04-13-4
Bolt
4
Connector Removal Note.)
Connector Installation Note.)
5
Brake Pipe Removal Note.)
Brake Pipe Installation Note.)
Connector Removal Note

1. Pull the connector cover up in the direction of the
arrow while pressing the tab of the connector
cover.
2. Pull the connector toward the vehicle front and
remove it.
6
7
ABS HU/CM component, bracket

(See 04-13-4 ABS HU/CM Component, Bracket
Removal Note.)
Bracket
ABSCM
ABSHU
TAB
am3uuw0000272
04-13-3

Brake Pipe Removal Note
1. Place an alignment mark on the brake pipe and
ABS HU/CM.
2. Apply protective tape to the connector to prevent
brake fluid from entering.
3. Disconnect the brake pipe.
MARK
am3uuw0000272
ABS HU/CM Component, Bracket Removal Note

1. As shown in the figure, move the bracket in the
direction of the arrow and remove the ABS HU/
CM component and bracket from the body.
am3uuw0000272
Brake Pipe Installation Note

1. Align the marks made before removal and install
the brake pipe to the ABS HU/CM referring to the
figure.
am3uuw0000272
04-13-4

Connector Installation Note
1. After connecting the connector, verify that the
connector cover is completely pushed in.
TAB
ABS HU/CM INSPECTION

id041300198300
1. Disconnect the ABS HU/CM connector. (See 04-13-2 ABS HU/CM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
2. Connect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
3. Attach the tester lead to the ABS HU/CM wiring harness-side connector and inspect the voltage, continuity, or
resistance according to the standard (reference value) in the table below.
Standard (reference)
ICIEIGlllKIMlolalslulwl
-
::-===-
-.l"I-.-JL
IDIFIHIJILINlplRITlvlxl
'-----'
'-----'
~'\
am3uuw0000272
Termi
nal
Signal name
Con nected to
Measure
d item
Measured terminal
(measurement
condition)
Standard
-
Ground
Ground point
Continuity B-ground point
Continuity
detected
RR wheelspeed (-)
RR ABS wheelspeed sensor
C-RR ABS wheelContinuity speed sensor connector

terminal B
Continuity
detected
D
E
RR wheelspeed (+)
F
G
E-RR ABS wheelContinuity speed sensor connector

terminal A
Continuity
detected
Wiring harness (E-RR

ABS wheel-speed
sensor connector
terminal A)
CAN_H
LF wheel-speed LF ABS wheel

speed sensor
(+)
Wiring harness (Bground point)

Wiring harness (G-RR
ABS wheel-speed
sensor connector
terminal B)
Inspection item(s)
DLC-2 (CAN_H)
ABS wheelLF wheel-speed

speed sensor
(- )
(LF)
This terminal is used for communication and cannot be used for malfunction
determination during terminal voltage inspection. Perform a DTC inspection.
Wiring harness (I-LF
I-LF ABS wheel-speed
Continuity
ABS wheel-speed
Continuity sensor connector
detected
sensor connector
terminal A
terminal A)
K-LF ABS wheel-speed

terminal B
Continuity
detected
Wiring harness (K-LF

ABS wheel-speed
sensor connector
terminal B)
04-13-5

Termi
nal
L
Signal name
CAN_L
M
N
DLC-2 (CAN_L)
Power supply
(System)
Ignition switch
or IG1 relay
RF wheel-speed RF ABS wheel(-)

speed sensor
P
Q
Connected to
RF wheel-speed RF ABS wheel(+)

speed sensor
Measure
d item
Measured terminal
(measurement
condition)
Standard
Inspection item(s)
-
Voltage
Switch the ignition to

ON
B+
1 V or less
O-RF ABS wheelContinuity

speed sensor terminal B
Continuity
detected
Continuity
Q-RF ABS wheelspeed sensor terminal A
Continuity
detected
Wiring harness (Nignition switch or IG1

relay)
Wiring harness (O-RF

ABS wheel-speed
sensor connector
terminal B)
-
Wiring harness (Q-RF

ABS wheel-speed
sensor connector
terminal A)
LR wheel-speed LR ABS wheelspeed sensor

(+)
V
W
LR wheel-speed LR ABS wheel(- )

speed sensor
Power supply
(Solenoid
Battery
operation, ABS
motor operation)
04-13-6
U-LR ABS wheel-speed

terminal A
-
W-LR ABS wheelContinuity speed sensor connector

terminal B
Continuity
detected
Wiring harness (U-LR

ABS wheel-speed
sensor connector
terminal A)
Wiring harness (W-LR

ABS wheel-speed
sensor connector
terminal B)
Continuity
detected
Voltage
Under any condition
B+
Wiring harness (Ybattery)

-

FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id041300800700

3. After installation, verify that there is no twisting in the front ABS wheel-speed sensor.
4.0-6.0 Nm
{41-61 kgf.cm,
36-53 inlbf}
4
am3uuw0000314
Connector
Front ASS wheel-speed sensor

4
Connector
(See 04-13-7 Connector Removal Note.)
Front ASS wheel-speed sensor wiring harness
Connector Removal Note

1. Pull aside the mudguard and disconnect the connector.
FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION
id041300801300
Sensor Output Value Inspection

Caution
Resistance inspection using other testers may cause damage to the ABS wheel-speed sensor
internal circuit. Be sure to use the M-MDS to inspect the ABS wheel-speed sensor.

3. Select the following PIDs using the M-MDS:
WSPD_LF
(LF wheel-speed sensor)
WSPD_RF
(RF wheel-speed sensor)
4. Start the engine and drive the vehicle.
5. Verify that the display of the M-MDS shows the
same value as the speedometer.
If there is any malfunction, replace the front
ABS wheel-speed sensor.
DLC-2 ---';--\:-f-~
am3zzn0000236
04-13-7

Installation Visual Inspection
1. Inspect for the following:
If there is any malfunction, replace the part.
(1) Excessive play of the front ABS wheel-speed sensor
(2) Deformation of the front ABS wheel-speed sensor
Clearance Inspection
Preparation prior to inspection
1. Remove the front ABS wheel-speed sensor. (See 04-13-7 FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION. )
2. Remove the wheel hub, steering knuckle component. (See 03-11-2 WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE
3. Install the front ABS wheel-speed sensor to the
removed the wheel hub, steering knuckle
component, and tighten to the specified torque.
Tightening torque
4.0-6.0 Nm {41-61 kgf.cm, 36-53 in.lbf}
4.0-S.0 Nm
{41-S1 kgfcm, _ _7-=~::;;:;;;;;:;;~;;;:::::::r:=~
3S-53 in.lbf}
am3uuw0000436
1. Measure the gap between the front ABS sensor
rotor and the front ABS wheel-speed sensor using
a feeler gauge.
If not within the specification, verify the
following items and repair or replace if
necessary.
Is there deformation or damage to the
front ABS sensor rotor?
Is there deformation or damage to the
front ABS wheel speed sensor?
Is there foreign material adhering?
FRONT ABS WHEELSPEED SENSOR
FRONT ABS
SENSOR ROTOR
Clearance
2.1 mm {0.082 in} or less
am3uuw0000436
Servicing after inspection

1. Remove the front ABS wheel-speed sensor from the wheel hub, steering knuckle component.
2. Install the wheel hub, steering knuckle component. (See 03-11-2 WHEEL HUB, STEERING KNUCKLE
3. Install the front ABS wheel-speed sensor. (See 04-13-7 FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
4. Inspect the front wheel alignment. (See 02-11-1 FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT.)
04-13-8

REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id041300800500
1. Remove the under cover. (See 02-14-8 REAR TRAILING LINK REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
CD~-~"o-i-~
~--=~+-+---"
(g)f-------'>---7{-'
4.0-6.0 Nm
{41-61 kgf.cm,
36-53 inlbf}
///
4
am3zzw0000752
1
2
Connector
Bolt
3
4
Rear ABS wheel-speed sensor

ABS hole cover
(See 04-13-9 ABS Hole Cover Removal Note.)
(See 04-13-10 ABS Hole Cover Installation Note.)
5
6
Connector
ABS Hole Cover Removal Note

1. Press the tab of the ASS hole cover to separate
the ASS hole cover from the body.
2. Remove the ASS hole cover from the body.
TAB
am3uuw0000545
04-13-9

Rear ABS Wheel-speed Sensor Wiring Harness Installation Note
1. Pass the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor wiring
r-----------------------,
2. Install the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor wiring
harness.
am3uuw0000314
ABS Hole Cover Installation Note

1. Install the ABS hole cover into the body so that
the arrow on it is facing toward the outer side of
the vehicle.
OUTWARD OF
THE VEHICLE
am3uuw0000545
REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION
id041300801200
Installation Visual Inspection

1. Inspect for the following:
If there is any malfunction, replace the part.
(1) Excessive looseness or play of the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor
(2) Deformation of the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor
(3) Deformation or damage of the rear ABS sensor rotor
1. Remove the rear ABS wheel-speed sensor.
2. Measure the distance between the rear ABS
wheel-speed sensor installation surface and the
rear ABS sensor rotor. This is dimension A.
3. Calculate the clearance between the rear ABS
wheel-speed sensor and the rear ABS sensor
rotor using the following formula:
Clearance (mm {in}) = A -13.9 {O.54?}
4. Verify that the clearance between the rear ABS
sensor rotor and the rear ABS wheel-speed
sensor is as indicated below.
If there is any malfunction, replace it.
Clearance
1.46 mm {O.057 in} or less
REARABS
WHEEL-SPEED
SENSOR
~\_________ ,,_
:
CLEARANCE
-:: ::
i-----------i: :'
II
I
"
,I
"i
I-
"
.'
"
REARABS
SENSOR ROTOR
--------------
13.9 mm {O.547 in}
am3uuw0000254
Sensor Output Value Inspection

Caution
Resistance inspection using other testers may cause damage to the ABS wheel-speed sensor
internal circuit. Be sure to use the M-MDS to inspect the ABS wheel-speed sensor.
04-13-10

3. Select the following PIDs using the M-MDS:
WSPD_LR
(LR wheel-speed sensor)
WSPD_RR
(RR wheel-speed sensor)
4. Start the engine and drive the vehicle.
5. Verify that the display of the M-MDS shows the
same value as the speedometer.
If there is any malfunction, replace the rear
ASS wheel-speed sensor.
am3zzn0000236
04-13-11
DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
04-15
DSC LOCATION INDEX . ............

DSC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM . ....
DSC HU/CM REMOVALI
INSTALLATION . ..................
Brake Pipe Removal Note ..........
DSC HU/CM, Bracket Removal
Note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brake Pipe Installation Note ........
DSC SENSOR INITIALIZATION
PROCEDURE . ...................
DSC HU/CM INSPECTION ...........
Standard (Reference) .............
FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED
SENSOR REMOVALI
INSTALLATION ...................
04-15-1
04-15-2
04-15-2
04-15-3
04-15-4
04-15-4
04-15-4
04-15-5
04-15-5
FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR

INSPECTION ..................... 04-15-6
REMOVALIINSTALLATION ......... . 04-15-7
INSPECTION . ................... . 04-15-7
COMBINED SENSOR REMOVALI
INSTALLATION . .................. . 04-15-7
COMBINED SENSOR INSPECTION . .. . 04-15-8
BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR
INSPECTION ..................... 04-15-9
DSC OFF SWITCH REMOVALI
INSTALLATION . .................. . 04-15-10
DSC OFF SWITCH INSPECTION ...... 04-15-10
04-15-6
DSC LOCATION INDEX
id041500802100
am3uuw0000273
Combined sensor
INSTALLATION.)
(See 04-15-8 COMBINED SENSOR INSPECTION.)
PROCEDURE.)
DSC OFF switch
(See 04-15-10 DSC OFF SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(See 04-15-10 DSC OFF SWITCH INSPECTION.)
Rear ASS wheel-speed sensor
SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Front ABS wheel-speed sensor

SENSOR INSPECTION.)
DSC HU/CM
(See 04-15-2 DSC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM.)
INSTALLATION.)
(See 04-15-5 DSC HU/CM INSPECTION.)
Brake fluid pressure sensor (Built into DSC HU/CM)
(See 04-15-9 BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
PROCEDURE.)
04-15-1

DSC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
id041500800600
ABS40A
BRAKE SYSTEM
WARNING LIGHT
DSC20A
ABSWARNING
LIGHT
DSC HU/CM
SAS 15A
ABS IG 7.5A
IGSWOR
IG1 RELAY
DSC
INDICATOR --+-+--1----.
LIGHT
DSC OFF
LIGHT
--1-1--+-----..
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BATTERY
PCM
BCM
STEERING
ANGLE
SENSOR
ABSWHEEL
SPEED
SENSOR
DLC-2
DSC OFF SWITCH
am3zzn0000245
DSC HU/CM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id041500801000
Caution
The internal parts of the DSC HU/CM could be damaged if dropped. Be careful not to drop the DSC
HU/CM. Replace the DSC HU/CM if it is subjected to an impact.
If the DSC HU/CM configuration is not completed, it could result in an unexpected accident due to
the DSC being inoperative. If the DSC HU/CM is replaced, always use the automatic configuration
function so that the DSC operation conditions are correct.
The DSC may not function normally immediately after the DSC HU/CM is replaced. After
installation, always perform the initialization procedures for the combined sensor, brake fluid
pressure sensor.
Note
When the ignition is switched to ON or the engine is started after the DSC HU/CM have been replaced,
the DSC CM reads data from the iristrument cluster via CAN communication to perform automatic
configuration.
04-15-2

1. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].) (See 0117B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
4. Switch the ignition to ON or start the engine, and maintain this condition for approx. 30 s to allow the DSC HU/
CM automatic configuration to be performed.
S. Perform the initialization procedures for the combined sensor, brake fluid pressure sensor. (See 04-1S-4 DSC
6. Clear the DTCs from the memory. (See 04-02B-2 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY CONTROL
(DSC)].)
8-10 Nm
{82-101 kgf.cm,
71-88 in.lbf}
17-21
{1.8-2.1,
13-1S}
8-10 Nm
{82-101 kgf.cm,
71-88 in.lbf}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3zzw0000723
Connector
INSTALLATION.)
Brake pipe
(See 04-15-3 Brake Pipe Removal Note.)
(See 04-15-4 Brake Pipe Installation Note.)
Bolt
4
5
DSC HU/CM, bracket

(See 04-15-4 DSC HU/CM, Bracket Removal Note.)
Bracket
DSC HU/CM
Brake Pipe Removal Note

1. Place an alignment mark on the brake pipe and
DSC HU/CM.
2. Apply protective tape to the connector to prevent
brake fluid from entering.
3. Remove the brake pipe.
MARK
MARK
am3uuw0000272
04-15-3

DSC HU/CM, Bracket Removal Note
1. As shown in the figure, move the bracket in the
direction of the arrow and remove the DSC HUI
CM and bracket from the body.
am3uuw0000272
Brake Pipe Installation Note

1. Align the marks made before removal and install
the brake pipe into the DSC HU/CM referring to
the figure.
MASTER CYLINDER
(SECONDARY SIDE)
LF
RF
am3uuw0000273
DSC SENSOR INITIALIZATION PROCEDURE

id041500870000
Warning
If the initialization procedure is not completed, the DSC will not operate properly and it might
cause an unexpected accident. Therefore, after replacing or removing the combined sensor or
DSC HU/CM, make sure to perform the initialization procedure to insure proper DSC operation.
1. Inspect the wheel alignment and the tire pressure.

If there is any malfunction, adjust the applicable part.
2. Position the vehicle on level ground.
1. Select "Chassis".
2. Select "ABS/DSC".
3. Select "Sensor Initialization".
1. Select "All Tests and Calibrations".
2. Select "Sensor Initialization".
6. Perform the procedure according to the directions
on the screen.
7. Drive the vehicle.
8. After 5 min or more of driving, verify that the
DSC system is normal.
04-15-4
DLC-2
-~-/_...---,
am3zzn0000236

DSC HU/CM INSPECTION
id041500801100
1. Disconnectthe DSC HU/CM connector. (See 04-15-2 DSC HU/CM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)

2. Connect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].) (See 0117B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
3. Attach the tester lead to the DSC HU/CM wiring harness-side connector and inspect voltage, continuity, or
resistance according to the standard (reference) on the table.
Standard (Reference)
am3uuw0000273
Termi
nal
Signal name
Ground
Connected to
Ground point
LF wheel-speed
sensor (-)
LF wheel-speed
sensor
Measured
item
Measured terminal
(measurement
condition)
Continuity B-ground point
Inspection item(s)
Standard
Continuity
detected
Wiring harness
(B-ground point)
Continuity
F-LF ABS wheelspeed sensor terminal B
Continuity
detected
Wiring harness (F-LF

ABS wheel-speed
sensor terminal B)
Wiring harness (Hcombined sensor

terminal D)
Wiring harness (I-LF

ABS wheel-speed
sensor terminal A)
Sensor ground
Combined
sensor
Continuity
H--combined sensor
terminal D
Continuity
detected
LF wheel-speed
sensor (+)
LF ABS wheelspeed sensor
Continuity
I-LF ABS wheel-speed

sensor terminal A
Continuity
detected
CAN_L
DLC-2 (CAN_L)
CAN_H
RR wheel-speed
(+)
RR wheel-speed
T
V
(- )
DLC-2 (CAN_H)
P
Q
Continuity
Continuity
O-RR ABS wheelspeed sensor terminal A
R-RR ABS wheelspeed sensor terminal B
Continuity
detected
Continuity
detected
Wiring harness (O-RR

ABS wheel-speed
sensor terminal A)
Wiring harness (R-RR

ABS wheel-speed
sensor terminal B)
04-15-5

Termi
nal
Signal name
X
Y
Power supply
(system)
AA
AB
AC
Connected to
Measured
item
Measured terminal
(measurement
condition}
Ignition switch
or IG1 relay
Voltage

ON.
Standard
Inspection item(s)
B+
1 V or less
Wiring harness (Yignition switch or IG1

relay)
Continuity
AC-combined sensor
terminal A
Sensor power
supply
Combined
sensor
Continuity
detected
Wiring harness (ACcombined sensor

terminal A)
AD
AE
AF
AG
LR wheel-speed
(- )
LR wheel-speed
sensor
AH
AI
Continuity
AG-LR ABS wheelspeed sensor terminal B
Continuity
detected
LR wheel-speed
(+)
LR ABS wheelspeed sensor
Continuity
AJ-LR ABS wheelspeed sensor terminal A
Continuity
detected
AK
DSC OFF switch
DSCOFF
switch
Continuity
AK-DSC OFF switch

terminal B
Continuity
detected
AL
CAN2_L
Combined
sensor
Continuity
AL-combined sensor
terminal B
Continuity
detected
AM
AN
AO
CAN2_H
Combined
sensor
Continuity
AO-combined sensor
terminal C
Continuity
detected
AP
RF wheel-speed
(+)
RF ABS wheelspeed sensor
Continuity
AP-RF ABS wheelspeed sensor terminal A
Continuity
detected
AS
RF wheel-speed
(-)
RF ABS wheelspeed sensor
AT
Power supply
(ABS motor
operation)
Battery
Voltage
Under any condition
AU
Power supply
(solenoid
operation)
Battery
Voltage
Under any condition
AQ
AR
AS-RF ABS wheelspeed sensor terminal B
FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
Wiring harness (AG-LR

ABS wheel-speed
sensor terminal B)
Wiring harness (AJ-LR

ABS wheel-speed
sensor terminal A)
Wiring harness (AKDSC OFF switch

terminal B)
Wiring harness (ALcombined sensor

terminal B)
Continuity
AJ
Wiring harness (AOcombined sensor

terminal C)
Wiring harness (AP-RF

ABS wheel-speed
sensor terminal A)
Wiring harness (AS-RF

ABS wheel-speed
sensor terminal B)
B+
Wiring harness
(AT-battery)
B+
Wiring harness
(AU-battery)
Continuity
detected
id041500800300
1. Remove or install the front ASS wheel-speed sensor in the same order of vehicles with ASS. (See 04-13-7
FRONT ASS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
FRONT ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION
id041500800400
1. Inspect the front ASS wheel-speed sensor in the same order of vehicles with ASS. (See 04-13-7 FRONT ASS
WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION.)
04-15-6

REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id041500800100
1. Remove or install the rear ASS wheel-speed sensor in the same order of vehicles with ASS. (See 04-13-9
REAR ASS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
REAR ABS WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION
id041500800200
1. Inspect the rear ASS wheel-speed sensor in the same order of vehicles with ASS. (See 04-13-10 REAR ASS
WHEEL-SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION.)
COMBINED SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id041500801200
Caution
The DSC may not function normally immediately after the combined sensor is replaced. After
installation, always perform the initialization procedures for the combined sensor.
The internal parts of the combined sensor could be damaged if dropped. Be careful not to drop the
combined sensor. Replace the combined sensor if it is subjected to an impact. Also, do not use an
impact wrench or other similar air tools when removing/installing the sensor.
(1) Remove the front seat (RH). (See 09-13-3 FRONT SEAT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(2) Remove the audio amplifier. (With Sose) (See 09-20-7 AUDIO AMPLIFIER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(3) Remove the front scuff plate (RH). (See 09-17-67 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(4) Remove the front side trim (RH). (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(5) Remove the rear scuff plate (RH). (See 09-17-68 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(6) Remove the S-pillar lower trim (RH). (See 09-17-59 S-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(7) Remove the fastener A and fastener S.
2. Partially peel back the floor covering.
FASTENER B
5. After installation, perform the combined sensor
FASTENER A
initialization procedure. (See 04-15-4 DSC
am3uuw0000506
04-15-7
'
8-10 Nm
{82-101 kgf.cm, - - - - - - 71-88 in.lbf}
9-12 Nm
{92-122 kgf.cm,
80-106 inlbf}
---~
am3uuw0000273
Combined sensor connector

Combined sensor, bracket
3
4
ICombined sensor
Bracket
COMBINED SENSOR INSPECTION
id041500801300

2. Connect the M-MDS to the DlC-2.
3. Select the following PIDs and inspect the lateral
acceleration and yaw rate. (See 04-02B-2 ONBOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)].)
- lAT_ACCl (lateral acceleration)
- YAW_RATE (yaw rate)
(1) lateral acceleration inspection
am3zzn0000236
1) Verify the lAT_ACCl change when the

combined sensor is tilted to the left and
right.
combined sensor.(See 04-15-7
COMBINED SENSOR REMOVAU
INSTAllATION.)
Standard
When the sensor is tilted to the right (A):
LAT_ACCL changes positively.
When the sensor is tilted to the left (B):
LAT_ACCL changes negatively.
04-15-8
VEHICLE FRONT
am3uuw0000273

(2) Yaw rate inspection
1) Verify the YAW_RATE change when the
combined sensor is rotated to the left and
right.
combined sensor. (See 04-15-7
COMBINED SENSOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
A
Standard
When the sensor is rotated to the right (A):
YAW_RATE changes negatively.
When the sensor is rotated to the left (B):
YAW_RATE changes positively.
am3uuw0000255
BRAKE FLUID PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION
id041500801500

2. Install the SSTs to the master cylinder
(secondary side) as shown in the figure.
Note
When installing the SST (49 0043 OAO) to
the master cylinder, use a commercially
available flare nut wrench (flare nut across
flat 12 mm {O.47 in}).
3. Bleed the brake line and the SSTs of air. (Bleed
the SSTs of air using air bleed valve A.)
+TOSST
am3uuw0000180

5. Select the "MCYLLP" PID. (See 04-02B-2 ONBOARD DIAGNOSIS [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)].)
7. Depress the brake pedal, and verify that the fluid
pressure value of the SST (gauge) and the value
shown on the M-MDS are equal.
If the fluid pressure values are different,
replace the DSC HU/CM. (See 04-15-2 DSC
HU/CM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
am3zzn0000236
04-15-9

DSC OFF SWITCH REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id041500801900
1. Remove the switch panel in the direction of the

arrow shown in the figure.
2. Disconnect the connector.
CONNECTOR
TABS
SWITCH PANEL
am3uuw0000545
3. Remove the DSC OFF switch in the direction of

the arrow (2) shown in the figure while pressing
the tabs in the direction of the arrow (1).
4. Remove the DSC OFF switch.
TAB
am3uuw0000545
DSC OFF SWITCH INSPECTION
id041500802000
1. Remove the DSC OFF switch. (See 04-15-10 DSC OFF SWITCH REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
2. Verify that the continuity between the DSC OFF switch terminals is as indicated in the table.
If not as indicated in the table, replace the DSC OFF switch.
~----------------------------------~
------------- ..
I
0-0: Continuity
Condition
...------{ E
Terminal
Switch pressed
Switch released
am6xuw0000014
L_____________ J
3. Apply battery voltage to DSC OFF switch terminal

E, and connect terminal A to ground.
If there is any malfunction, replace the DSC
OFF switch.
am3uuw0000574
04-15-10
TECHNICAL DATA
04-50
TECHNICAL DATA
BRAKES TECHNICAL DATA ......... 04-50-1
BRAKES TECHNICAL DATA

id045000800100
Item
Specification
SAE J 1703, FMVSS 116 DOT-3
LF, L5: 125.0 mm {4.921 in}
L3 WITH TC: 128.9 mm {5.075 in}
4.0-8.4 mm {0.16-O.33 in}
LF, L5: 83.5 mm {3.29 in} or more
L3 WITH TC: 88.6 mm {3.49 in} or more
0.05 mm {0.002 in}
Brake fluid type

Brake pedal height (reference value)
Brake pedal play
Brake pedal-to-floor clearance (Brake pedal when
depressed at 147 N {15.0 kgf, 33.0 Ibf})
Front disc plate runout limit
Minimum front disc plate thickness
23 mm {0.91 in}
Minimum front disc plate thickness after machining

using a brake lathe on-vehicle
Minimum front disc pad thickness
23.8 mm {0.937 in}

2.0 mm {0.079 in} min.
0.05 mm {0.002 in}
Rear disc plate runout limit

Minimum read disc plate thickness
9 mm {0.35 in}
Minimum rear disc plate thickness after machining

using a brake lathe on-vehicle
Minimum rear disc pat thickness
9.8 mm {0.39 in}

2.0 mm {0.079 in} min.
Parking brake lever stroke when pulled at 98 N {1 0 kgf,

221bf}
2-6 notches
Master cylinder fluid pressure

Vacuum amount at 0 kPa {O mmHg, 0 inHg}
Pedal force
200 N {20.4 kgf, 45.0 Ibt}
Fluid pressure
500 kPa {5.1 0 kgf/cm 2, 72.5 psi} or more
Master cylinder fluid pressure (IF, l5)

Vacuum amount at 66.7 kPa {500 mmHg, 19.7 inHg}
Pedal force
200 N {20.4 kgf, 45.0 Ibt}
I
I
Fluid pressure
6,500 kPa {66.28 kgf/cm2, 942.7 psi} or more
Master cylinder fluid pressure (l3 WITH TC)

Vacuum amount at 66.7 kPa {500 mmHg, 19.7 inHg}
Pedal force
200 N {20.4 kgf, 45.0 Ibt}
I
I
Fluid pressure
7,000 kPa {71.38 kgf/cm2, 1,015 psi} or more
04-50-1
SERVICE TOOLS
04-60
SERVICE TOOLS
BRAKES SST ..................... 04-60-1
BRAKES SST
id046000800100
49D0430AO
Adapter set
49 B033 001
Installer
~~
49 U043 OAOA
490221600C
Oil pressure
gauge set
II
~~
Disc brake
expand tool
,g
49 G033 102
Handle
49 B043 005
49 B026 301
Compressor
Installer
49 F043 002
Wrench
04-60-1
TRANSMISSION/I RANSAXLE
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[FSSA-EL] ................ OS-02
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[FSSA-EL] ................ OS-03
CLUTCH .................. OS-10
MANUAL TRANSAXLE
[G3SM-R] ................. OS-1SA
MANUAL TRANSAXLE
[G66M-R] ................. OS-1SB
OS-02
MANUAL TRANSAXLE
[A26M-R] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT
MECHANISM .............
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
[FSSA-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AUTOMATIC
TRANSAXLE SHIFT
MECHANISM .............
OS-1SC
OS-16
OS-17

OS-18
OS-SO
OS-60
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [FSSA-EL]
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM

WIRING DIAGRAM [FSSA-EL] ....... OS-02-2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DTC
INSPECTION [FSSA-EL] ............ OS-02-3
Reading DTCs Procedure ........... OS-02-3
Clearing DTCs Procedure .......... OS-02-4
DTC TABLE [FSSA-EL] ............ OS-02-4
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION
[FSSA-EL] ....................... OS-02-S
SIMULATION INSPECTION
[FSSA-EL] ........................ OS-02-8
DTC P06B8:00 [FSSA-EL] ........... OS-02-9
DTC P0706:00 [FSSA-EL] ............ OS-02-9
DTC P0707:00 [FSSA-EL] .......... OS-02-11
DTC P0708:00 [FSSA-EL] ........... OS-02-13
DTC P0711 :00 [FSSA-EL] ............ OS-02-1S
DTC P0712:00 [FSSA-EL] ........... OS-02-17
DTC P0713:00 [FSSA-EL] ........... OS-02-19
DTC P071S:00 [FSSA-EL] ............ OS-02-21
DTC P0720:00 [FSSA-EL] ......... OS-02-23
DTC P0731 :00 [FSSA-EL] ........... OS-02-26
DTC P0732:00 [FSSA-EL] ............ OS-02-27
DTC P0733:00 [FSSA-EL] ............ OS-02-29
DTC P0734:00 [FSSA-EL] ........... OS-02-31
DTC P073S:00 [FSSA-EL] ........... OS-02-33
DTC P0741 :00 [FSSA-EL] ........... OS-02-3S
DTC P0742:00 [FSSA-EL] ............ OS-02-37
DTC P0744:00 [FSSA-EL] ..........

DTC P074S:00 [FSSA-EL] ...........
DTC P07S1 :00 [FSSA-EL] ............
DTC P07S2:00 [FSSA-EL] ............
DTC P07S3:00 [FSSA-EL] ...........
DTC P07S6:00 [FSSA-EL] ............
DTC P07S7:00 [FSSA-EL] ...........
DTC P07S8:00 [FSSA-EL] ............
DTC P0761 :00 [FSSA-EL] ...........
DTC P0762:00 [FSSA-EL] ............
DTC P0763:00 [FSSA-EL] ...........
DTC P0766:00 [FSSA-EL] ...........
DTC P0767:00 [FSSA-EL] ...........
DTC P0768:00 [FSSA-EL] ............
DTC P0771 :00 [FSSA-EL] ..........
DTC P0772:00 [FSSA-EL] ............
DTC P0773:00 [FSSA-EL] ..........
DTC P0777:00 [FSSA-EL] ...........
DTC P0778:00 [FSSA-EL] ...........
DTC P0791 :00 [FSSA-EL] ............
DTC P0841 :00 [FSSA-EL] ...........
DTC P0882:00 [FSSA-EL] ...........
DTC P0883:00 [FSSA-EL] ...........
DTC P0884:00 [FSSA-EL] ............
DTC P0894:00 [FSSA-EL] ............
DTC P1783:00 [FSSA-EL] ............
DTC P2707:00 [FSSA-EL] ............
DTC P2708:00 [FSSA-EL] ............
DTC P2709:00 [FSSA-EL] ............
OS-02-38
OS-02-39
OS-02-42
05-02-43
05-02-4S
OS-02-47
OS-02-48
OS-02-S0
05-02-S2
05-02-S3
05-02-SS
05-02-S7
OS-02-S8
OS-02-60
05-02-62
05-02-63
05-02-6S
OS-02-67
OS-02-68
OS-02-70
OS-02-72
05-02-74
05-02-76
05-02-77
05-02-79
05-02-80
OS-02-81
OS-02-83
05-02-84
05-02-1

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [FSSA-EL]
id050221290000
B+
TCM
1..---1-_ _----.
1 . - -_ _ _--1
PRESSURE
CONTROL
SOLENOID A
AT MAIN
RELAY
1..---+_ _- ,
1 . - -_ _ _--1
PRESSURE
CONTROL
SOLENOID B
SHIFT
I..---+----e SOLENOID A
1 . - -_ _ _---1
TR SWITCH
r-------~J\I)(f'\.,-----+---___1
1..---1-_ _--41
SHI FT
SOLENOID B
M RANGE
SWITCH
I..---+----e SHIFT
SOLENOIDC
UP
SWITCH
DOWN
SWITCH
L----l-------4
SH 1FT
SOLENOID D
I..---+----e SHI FT
SOLENOID E
TFT ~---~I-1\I\I\r+-------l
SENSOR
L----l-------4
SH 1FT
SOLENOID F
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
INPUTrrURBINE
SPEED SENSOR
OTHER MODULES
INTERMEDIATE ~_ _- - I
SENSOR
VSS
L - -_ __
am3uun0000034
05-02-2

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DTC INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]
id050221290100

3. Select "TCM".
2. Select ITCM".
am3uuw0000261
Note
Freeze frame data/snapshot data appears at
the top of the help screen when the displayed DTC is selected.
Freeze frame data
The freeze frame data consists of data for vehicle and transaxle control system operation conditions
when malfunctions in the transaxle control system are detected and stored in the TCM.
Freeze frame data is stored at the instant the malfunction indicator lamp illuminates, and only a part of
the DTC data is stored.
For the freeze frame data, if there are several malfunctions in the transaxle control system, the data for
the malfunction which occurred initially is stored. Thereafter, if a misfire or fuel injection control
malfunction occurs, data from the misfire or fuel injection control malfunction is written over the initially
stored data. However, if the initially stored freeze frame data is a misfire or fuel injection control
malfunction, it is not overwritten.
Snapshot data
The snap shot data stores the currently detected DTC data.
The recording timing for the freeze frame data/snap shot data differs depending on the number of DTC
drive cycles.
For a DTC with a drive cycle number 1, only the malfunction determination data is recorded.
For a DTC with a drive cycle number 2, both the malfunction determination and undetermined
data is recorded.

Note
Refer to PID monitor table for confirm the transaxle control system operation status while the TCM does
not store the DTC. (See 05-02-5 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION
[FS5A-ELD
Freeze frame data items are not displayed, according to detected DTC.
Freeze frame data
item
LOAD
ECT
RPM
VS
SPARKADV
IAT
TP
RUNTM
Unit
%
C {OF}
RPM
KPH {MPH}
C {OF}
%
hh:mm:ss
WARMUPS
CLRDIST,
Km {mile}
VPWR
APP_D
V
%
Description
Corresponding PID data

monitor item

Engine speed
ECT
RPM
Vehicle speed
Ignition timing
VSS

THOP
VPWR
05-02-3

Snapshot data table
Note
Refer to PID monitor table for confirm the transaxle control system operation status while the TeM does
not store the DTC. (See 05-02-5 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION
[FS5A-EL])
Snapshot data
item
Unit
LOAD
ECT
C {OF}
Corresponding PID data

monitor item
Definition

ECT
RPM
RPM
Engine speed
RPM
VSS
KPH {MPH}
Vehicle speed
VSS
SPARKADV
C {OF}
Ignition timing
IAT
TP1
EG_RUN_TIME
CLR_CNT
CLR_DIST
Km {mile}
VPWR
APP1
THOP
VPWR
Clearing DTCs Procedure

3. Select 'TCM".
2. Select "TCM".
M-MDS screen.
the DTC.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DTC TABLE [FSSA-EL]
id050221290200
DTC No.
P06B8:00
P0706:00
Definition
NVRAM malfunction
Page
(See OS-02-9 DTC P06B8:00 [FSSA-EL].)
TR switch circuit range/performance
(See OS-02-9 DTC P0706:00 [FSSA-EL].)
P0707:00
TR switch circuit low input
P0708:00
TR switch circuit high input
P0711:00
TFT sensor circuit range/performance
(See OS-02-1S DTC P0711:00 [FSSA-EL].)

P0712:00
TFT sensor circuit low input
P0713:00
TFT sensor circuit high input
P071S:00
Input/turbine speed sensor circuit malfunction
(See OS-02-21 DTC P071S:00 [FSSA-EL].)
P0720:00
VSS circuit malfunction
P0731:00
Gear 1 incorrect ratio
(See OS-02-26 DTC P0731 :00 [FSSA-EL].)
P0732:00
P0733:00
P0734:00
P073S:00
P0741:00
Gear S incorrect ratio

TCC stuck off
(See OS-02-33 DTC P073S:00 [FSSA-EL].)

(See OS-02-3S DTC P0741 :00 [FSSA-EL].)
P0742:00
TCC stuck on
05-02-4

DTe No.
P0744:00
P0745:00
P0751:00
P0752:00
P0753:00
P0756:00
P0757:00
P0758:00
P0761:00
P0762:00
P0763:00
P0766:00
P0767:00
P0768:00
P0771:00
P0772:00
P0773:00
P0777:00
P0778:00
P0791:00
P0841:00
P0882:00
P0883:00
P0884:00
P0894:00
P1783:00
P2707:00
P2708:00
P2709:00
U0073:00
U0100:00
U0121 :00
Definition
TCC slip control malfunction
Pressure control solenoid A malfunction
Shift solenoid A stuck off
Shift solenoid A stuck on
Shift solenoid A electrical malfunction
Shift solenoid
Shift solenoid
Shift solenoid
Shift solenoid
B stuck off
B stuck on
B electrical malfunction
C stuck off
Shift solenoid C stuck on

Shift solenoid C electrical malfunction
Shift solenoid D stuck off
Shift solenoid
Shift solenoid
Shift solenoid
Shift solenoid
D stuck on
D electrical malfunction
E stuck off
E stuck on
Shift solenoid E electrical malfunction

Pressure control solenoid B stuck on
Pressure control solenoid B electrical malfunction
Intermediate sensor circuit malfunction
Oil pressure switch circuit malfunction
Battery back-up voltage low
Battery voltage high
Battery voltage low
Transaxle component slipping
ATF high oil temperature malfunction
Shift solenoid F stuck off
Shift solenoid F stuck on
Shift solenoid F electrical malfunction
Module communication error (CAN bus)
PCM communication error
Lost communication with ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM
Page
(See 05-02-38 DTC P0744:00 [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02-39 DTC P0745:00 [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02-42 DTC P0751:00 [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02-43 DTC P0752:00 [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02-45 DTC P0753:00 [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02-47 DTC P0756:00 [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02-48 DTC P0757:00 [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02-50 DTC P0758:00 [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02-52 DTC P0761 :00 [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02-53 DTC P0762:00 [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02-55 DTC P0763:00 [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-02-S7 DTC P0766:00 [FSSA-EL].)
(See OS-02-S8 DTC P0767:00 [FSSA-EL].)
(See 05-02-60 DTC P0768:00 [FSSA-EL].)
(See 05-02-6S DTC P0773:00 [FSSA-EL].)
(See 05-02-79 DTC P0894:00 [FSSA-EL].)
(See OS-02-81 DTC P2707:00 [FS5A-EL].)
(See 09-02D-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]
id050221290300
Note
1. Select IOataLogger".
3. Select ITCM".
2. Select "TCM".
the screen.
05-02-5

PID/DATA Monitor Table (Reference)
Monitor item
DWNSW
ECT
GEAR_RA
GEAR_SEL
HTM_CNT
HTM_DIS
ISS
LlNEDES
LPS
LPSB
MNLSW
OP_SW_B
OSS
05-02-6
Unit!
Condition
Test condition
On/Off
Selector lever at shift down

position
Except selector lever at shift down
position
C {OF}
Specification
On
Off
Inspection item
Down switch
(See 05-17-19 DOWN SWITCH
Related harness
ECT 20C {68F}
Approx.20C
{68F}
PCM
(See 01-40A-8 PCM
1GR
2GR
3GR
4GR
Approx.3.620
Approx.1.925
Approx.1.285
Approx.0.933
5GR
Approx.0.692
Following PIDs:
-SSA/SS1
-SSB/SS2
-SSC/SS3
-SSD/SS4
-SSE_SS5
-SSF_SS6
1GR
2GR
1st/2nd/3rd/ 3GR
4th/5th
4GR
1st
2nd
3rd
4th
Following PIDs:
-SSA/SS1
-SSB/SS2
-SSC/SS3
-SSD/SS4
-SSE_SS5
5GR
5th
-SSF_SS6
This PID indicates number of high oil temperature mode operations.
High oil temperature mode is switched when ATF reaches approx.130 C {266 OF} or more.
This PID indicates travel distance after operation of high oil temperature mode.
km {mile}
High oil temperature mode is switched when ATF reaches approx.130 C {266 OF} or more.
Vehicle stopped
ORPM
Intermediate sensor
(See 05-17-25 INTERMEDIATE
RPM
SENSOR INSPECTION [FS5AVehicle speed 30 km/h {19 mph}
Approx.1 ,300
EL].)
in3GR
RPM
Related harness
Approx.400
Following PIDs:
kPa {4.08 kgf/
-SSA/SS1
Idle at P position after warm-up
2 , 58.0 psi}
-SSB/SS2
2
cm
Pa {kgf/cm ,
-SSC/SS3
psi}
Approx.560
-SSD/SS4
Engine speed 2,000 rpm at P
kPa {5.71 kgf/
-SSE_SS5
position
cm 2 , 81.2 psi}
-SSF_SS6
Approx.950
Pressure control solenoid A
mA
(See 05-17-29 SOLENOID VALVE
A
Approx.830
Related harness
position
mA
Gear shifting from 4GR to 5GR
Approx.100 % Pressure control solenoid B
Gear shifting from 5GR to 4GR
Approx.50 %
%
Other conditions
0%
Related harness
Selector lever at P position
Off
M range switch
Selector lever at R position
Off
(See 05-17-18 M RANGE
On/Off
Off
Selector lever at N position
SWITCH INSPECTION [FS5AEL].)
Off
Selector lever at D range
Related harness
Selector lever at M range
On
1GR
On
Oil pressure switch
2GR
On
(See 05-17-22 OIL PRESSURE
On/Off
3GR
On
4GR
Off
Related harness
5GR
Off
Vehicle stopped
ORPM
VSS
(See 05-17-27 VEHICLE SPEED
RPM
SENSOR (VSS) INSPECTION
Vehicle speed 30 km/h {19 mph}
Approx.250
[FS5A-EL].)
in3GR
RPM
Related harness

Monitor item
RPM
Unit!
Condition
RPM
Test condition
Specification
Engine speed 1,000 rpm
Approx,1,000
RPM
1GR at D range
SSA/SS1
SSB/SS2
2G R at D
3GR at D
4G R at D
5G R at D
range
range
range
range
1GR at D range
2G R at D range
3GR at D range
4GR at D range
5GR at D range
1GR at D range
2G R at D range
SSC/SS3
3GR at D range
4G R at D range
5G R at D range
1GR at D range
2GR at D range
SSD/SS4
On/Off
3G R at D range
4GR at D range
5GR at D range
TCC released
SSE_SS5
SSF_SS6
On/Off
On/Off
THOP
TR
TR_SENS
P/R/N/D
0%
0%
Approx,100 %
0%
0%
0%
Off
range
range
range
range
PCM
(See 01-40A-8 PCM
INSPECTION [LF, L5],)
Shift solenoid A
INSPECTION [FS5A-EL],)
Related harness
Shift solenoid B
Related harness
Shift solenoid C
Related harness
Off
Off
On
On
Shift solenoid D
Related harness
Off
Shift solenoid E
Related harness
Off
Off
D
D
D
D
0%
Approx,100 %
1GR at
2GR at
3G R at
4G R at
C {OF}
0%
On
ATF 20C {68F}
TFTV
0%
Approx,100 %
Approx,100 %
Approx,100 %
TCC engaged
5G R at D range
TFT
0%
0%
Inspection item
Off
Off
On
Approx,20 C
{68F}
ATF 65C {149F}
Approx,65C
{149F}
ATF 20C {68F}
Approx,3,3 V
ATF 65C {149F}
Approx,1 ,3 V
Accelerator pedal fully released
Approx,13 %
Accelerator pedal fully depressed
Approx,84 %

P
R
N
D

D
4,3-4,8

3,8-4,2
3,0-3,5
2,2-2,7
2,2-2,7
Shift solenoid E
Related harness
TFT sensor
(See 05-17-20 TRANSAXLE
FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT)
SENSOR INSPECTION [FS5AEL],)
Related harness
TFT sensor
SENSOR INSPECTION [FS5AEL],)
Related harness
PCM
(See 01-40A-8 PCM
INSPECTION [LF, L5],)
TR switch
RANGE (TR) SWITCH
Related harness
TR switch
RANGE (TR) SWITCH
Related harness
05-02-7

Monitor item
Unit/
Condition
Test condition
position
TSS
Specification
Inspection item
Approx.950
RPM
Input/turbine speed sensor

(See 05-17-24 INPUTrrURBINE
SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION
[FS5A-EL].)
Related harness
Up switch
(See 05-17-18 UP SWITCH
Related harness
RPM
ORPM
Vehicle stopped at D range
UPSW
On/Off
VPWR
VSS
Selector lever at shift up position
On
Except selector lever at shift up

position
Off
Under any condition
B+
Vehicle stopped
Approx.O KPH
{O MPH}
Vehicle speed 30 km/h {19 MPH}
Approx.30
KPH {19 MPH}
KPH {MPH}
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM SIMULATION INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]
Battery
(See 01-17A-4 BATTERY
Related harness
VSS
[FS5A-EL].)
Related harness
id050221290400

1. Select IDataLogger".
3. Select "TCM".
2. Select "TCM".
3. Select the simulation items from the PID table.
am3uuw0000261
parts.
Simulation table
Item
LPS
LPSB
SSA/SS1
SSB/SS2
SSC/SS3
SSD/SS4
SSE_SS5
SSF_SS6
05-02-8
Related to
Pressure control solenoid B
Shift solenoid A
Shift solenoid 8
Shift solenoid C
Shift solenoid D
Shift solenoid E
Shift solenoid F
Unit/Condition
A
%
%
%
%
On/Off
On/Off
On/Off
Test condition
Idling at P or N position

DTC P0688:00 [FSSA-EL]
DTC
P06B8:00
id050221325000
NVRAM malfunction
The TCM detects NVRAM error.
Diagnostic support note:

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive cycle.
The AT warning light illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition during the first drive
cycle.
PENDING CODE is available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is available.
The DTC is stored in the TCM memory.
NVRAM in TCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION

RECORDED
Has the FREEZE FRAME DATA been recorded
on the repair order?
Yes

AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No

P06B8:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
Clear the DTC using the M-MDS.
Perform the following procedure to ensure that
the DTC has been resolved:
2. Idle the engine.
VERIFY NO DTC HAS BEEN PRESENTED
Perform the "Reading DTCs Procedure".
SYSTEM DTC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
Yes
Replace the TCM, then go to the next step.

(See 05-17-39 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5AEL].)
No

Record the FREEZE FRAME DATA on the repair order,
No
Yes

(See 05-02-4 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DTC
TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No

DTC
P0706:00
id050221817000

The TCM detects no position/range signal for 100 s when the following conditions are met.
- Vehicle speed: more than 20 km/h {12 mph}
- Engine speed: more than 530 rpm
-Input voltage from the TR switch: more than 0.49 V

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive drive cycles or
in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM.
The AT warning light illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction condition in two consecutive
drive cycles or in one drive cycle while the DTC for the same malfunction has been stored in the TCM.
TR switch maladjustment
TR switch malfunction
TCM malfunction
05-02-9

DTC
P0706:00

TCM
TRSWITCH
TRSWITCH
~ffiJ
:m: tt5~l
TCM
--
--
~ AL IAJ 1 AG ~ AD AA
AI
I[ nAM nAK AH AE AB
QI N
I~~I
AI
AF AC
INSPECTION
STEP
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT TR SWITCH
3
4

P0706:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
1. Drive the vehicle at more than 20 km/h {12
mph} for 100 s or more.
Is the PENDING CODE same as the DTC
present?
05-02-10
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
Adjust or replace the TR switch, then go to the next step.

(See 05-17-15 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
ADJUSTMENT [FS5A-EL].)
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
No
Yes

No
Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No

id050221817100
DTC
P0707:00
TR switch circuit low input

The TCM detects that input voltage from the TR switch is less than 0.49 V for 100 s when the following
conditions are met.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
TR switch connector or terminal malfunction
Short to GND in wiring harness between TR switch terminal C and TCM terminal U
TCM connector or terminal malfunction
TCM malfunction
TCM
TRSWITCH
),
""
~t
1~
Hr--------------------~H
T
TRSWITCH
[~ffii iilli :=m~

I
Gt~
TCM
~~~~~~=---~~~~~---~~~~~~==~~
AL AJ I AG
AD AA
R] 0
AM AK AH AE AB
P r M
GOB
Q INK
AI
AF AC
A I
I]
E
L
05-02-11

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
INSPECT TR SWITCH CONNECTOR FOR POOR
CONNECTION
Switch the ignition off.
Disconnect the TR switch connector.
pulled-out pins, corrosion)
4
INSPECT TR SWITCH SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO GND
Inspect for continuity between TR switch
GND.
INSPECT TR SWITCH
5
6
INSPECT TCM CONNECTOR FOR POOR
CONNECTION
Disconnect the TCM connector.
7
P0707:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
8
05-02-12
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
Repair or replace the terminal, then go to Step 7.
No
Yes

GND, then go to Step 7.
No
Yes
Replace the TR switch, then go to Step 7.

No
Yes
Repair or replace the terminal, then go to the next step.
No
Yes

No
Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No

DTe P0708:00 [FSSA-EL]
id050221817200
DTC
P0708:00
TR switch circuit high input
The TCM detects that input voltage from the TR switch is more than 4.78 V for 100 s when the following
conditions are met.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
TR switch connector or terminal malfunction

Short to power supply in wiring harness between TR switch terminal C and TCM terminal U
Open circuit in wiring harness between TR switch terminal C and TCM terminal U
Open circuit in wiring harness between TR switch terminal Band TCM terminal V
TCM malfunction
TR SWITCH
TCM
~~
1;;-
"
~--------------------~~~
T
TRSWITCH
TCM
e:::ill: ?ffi~
I~,I
--
--
AL IAJ AGt AD AA
AMn AK AH AE AB
~ M
AI
01
AF AC
GOBI
05-02-13

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
INSPECT TR SWITCH CONNECTOR FOR POOR
CONNECTION
4
INSPECT TR SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO
POWER SUPPLY
Measure the voltage between TR switch
GND.
Is the voltage B+?
S
INSPECT TR SWITCH
SWITCH INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
6
CONNECTION
INSPECT TR SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
7
CIRCUIT
circuits:
- TR switch terminal C (wiring harness-side)
and TCM terminal U (wiring harness-side)
- TR switch terminal B (wiring harness-side)
and TCM terminal V (wiring harness-side)
8
P0708:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
Perlorm the following procedure to ensure that
9
Perlorm the "Reading DTCs Procedure".
(See OS-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
SYSTEM DTC INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
05-02-14
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
Yes

No
Yes

(See OS-17-16 TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FSSA-EL].)
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Yes

(See OS-17-39 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FSSAEL].)
No
Yes

(See OS-02-4 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DTC
TABLE [FSSA-EL].)
No

DTC P0711 :00 [FSSA-EL]
DTC
P0711:00
id050221817300
TFT sensor circuit range/performance
The TCM detects that input voltage from the TFT sensor is less than 0.03 V when the following conditions
are met.
- Time since engine start: more than 180 s
- Vehicle is driven for 90 s or more at vehicle speed between 25-59 km/h {15-36 mph}, and then 60 kml
h {37 mph} or more for 60 s or more
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The AT warning light does not illuminate.
Coupler component connector or terminal malfunction
TFT sensor malfunction
TCM malfunction
TFT SENSOR
COUPLER COMPONENT
Ir='\
r------f---------f
TCM
AA
1-77----~~
1"--/
~~--~-----~I~I-77----~~
@
1"--/
COUPLER COMPONENT
TCM
AD AA
AI
AM ~AK IAH AE AB
BI
AL AJ AG
I[
- --
I AI
AF AC
c5t~
05-02-15

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
INSPECT COUPLER COMPONENT
CONNECTOR FOR POOR CONNECTION
Disconnect the coupler component connector.
4
INSPECT TFT SENSOR
Inspect the TFT sensor.
(See 05-17-20 TRANSAXLE FLUID
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR
5
P0711 :00 COMPLETED
connectors.
2. Idle the engine for 180 s or more.
3. Drive the vehicle at within 25-59 km/h
{16-36 mph} for 90 s or more.
6
05-02-16
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

repair information.
Yes
No
Yes
Replace the coupler component, then go to next step.

(See 05-17-21 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT)
SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)

id050221817400
DTC
P0712:00
TFT sensor circuit low input
The TCM detects that input voltage from the TFT sensor is less than 0.12 V for 150 s at vehicle speed 20
km/h {12 mph} or more.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
cycle.
Short to GND in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal AA
TCM malfunction
TFT SENSOR
COUPLER COMPONENT
1tC'\
~----~----------~
TCM
" M
I~
~-----+----------~I~~------~~
I~
COUPLER COMPONENT
~ij~~
TCM
GOA
\1
H
I
E
F
B?
C
..J
AM ~ AK AH AE AB
P ~ M
Q INK
I AI
AF AC
GOB
H
E
L
05-02-17

STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT TFT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO GND
Inspect for continuity between coupler
component terminal E (wiring harness-side)
and body GND.
INSPECT TFT SENSOR
CONNECTION
P0712:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
. Are any DTCs present?
05-02-18
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
Yes

No
Yes
Replace the coupler component, then go to Step 7.

(See 05-17-21 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT)
SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
No
Yes
No
Repair or replace the terminal, then go to the next step.

Yes

(See 05-17-39 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5AELl)
No
Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No

DTC
P0713:00
id050221817500
TFT sensor circuit high input
The TCM detects that input voltage from the TFT sensor is more than 4.66 V for 150 s at vehicle speed 20
km/h {12 mph} or more.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
cycle.
Short to power supply in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal AA
Open circuit in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal AA
Open circuit in wiring harness between TFT sensor and TCM terminal V
TCM malfunction
TFT SENSOR
COUPLER COMPONENT
-
/'. @
TCM
@CD
~----~----------~~~
AA
/'.@CD
L -_ _ _ _~--_ _- -_ _--~~
COUPLER COMPONENT
/GOA
(
\
TCM
/~~~~~~=--~~~~~--~~~~~~==~\
AL AJ lAG t AD AA
I[
t AM
AK AH AE AS
R ~ 0
I]
.L..<....<-
AI
AF AC
05-02-19

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
4
INSPECT TFT SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR
Measure the voltage between coupler
component terminal E (wiring harness-side)
and body GND.
Is the voltage B+?
S
INSPECT TFT SENSOR
(See OS-17-20 TRANSAXLE FLUID
6
CONNECTION
7
INSPECT TFT SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
circuits:
- Coupler component terminal E (wiring
harness-side) and TCM terminal AA (wiring
harness-side)
- Coupler component terminal H (wiring
harness-side) and TCM terminal V (wiring
harness-side)
8
P0713:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
mph} for 1S0 s or more.
9
05-02-20
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.

No
Replace the coupler component, then go to Step 8.

(See OS-17-21 TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT)
SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FSSA-EL].)
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

Yes
No
Yes
No

TABLE [FSSA-EL].)

DTe P0715:00 [FS5A-EL]
id050221817600
DTC
P0715:00
Input/turbine speed sensor circuit malfunction

The TCM detects no signal from the input/turbine speed sensor at vehicle speed 41 km/h {25 mph} or
more.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
cycle.
Input/turbine speed sensor connector or terminal malfunction
Short to GND in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal Sand TCM terminal AS
Short to GND in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal Y
Short to power supply in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal Sand TCM terminal
AS
Short to power supply in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal
Y
Input/turbine speed sensor malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal Sand TCM terminal AS
Open circuit in wiring harness between input/turbine speed sensor terminal A and TCM terminal Y
TCM malfunction
INPUTffURBINE SPEED SENSOR
TeM
~
B
@@
@@
(])
AB
(])
y
T
INPUTfTURBINE SPEED SENSOR
(tI)
I~~I
TCM
I'
--
AL AJ IAGr AD AA
AI
AM ~AKIAH AE AB
P r M
BI~
QI
I AI
AF AC
I~~I
05-02-21

STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT INPUTITURBINE SPEED SENSOR
Disconnect the input/turbine speed sensor
connector.
CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GND
circuits:
- Input/turbine speed sensor terminal B
(wiring harness-side) and body GND
-Input/turbine speed sensor terminal A
circuits:
- Input/turbine speed sensor terminal B
- Input/turbine speed sensor terminal A
Is the voltage B+?
Inspect the input/turbine speed sensor.
(See 05-17-24INPUTITURBINE SPEED
SENSOR INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
CONNECTION
circuits:
-Input/turbine speed sensor terminal B
(wiring harness-side) and TCM terminal AB
- Input/turbine speed sensor terminal A
(wiring harness-side) and TCM terminal Y
05-02-22
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

repair information.
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
Replace the input/turbine speed sensor, then go to Step 9.

(See 05-17-25 INPUTITURBINE SPEED SENSOR
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


STEP
INSPECTION
9
P0715:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
Periorm the following procedure to ensure that
10
Periorm the "Reading DTCs Procedure".
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No

Id050221817700
DTC
P0720:00

The TCM detects no signal from the VSS when the following conditions are met.
- Engine coolant temperature: more than 60C {140 OF}
- D or M range
- Intermediate speed: more than 1,500 rpm
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
VSS connector or terminal malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between VSS terminal A and AT main relay terminal C
Short to GND in wiring harness between VSS terminal A and AT main relay terminal C
Short to GND in wiring harness between VSS terminal Band TCM terminal Z
Short to power supply in wiring harness between VSS terminal Band TCM terminal Z
Open circuit in wiring harness between VSS terminal C and body GND
VSS malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between VSS terminal Band TCM terminal Z
TCM malfunction
05-02-23

DTC
P0720:00
vss
BATTERY
TeM
AT MAIN RELAY
AT MAIN RELAY
TCM
VSS
mJ!l)
16t~
AL AJ IAG
- --
AD AA
AI
AM AK IAH AE AB
P f
BI
01
1AI
AF AC
STEP
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
INSPECT VSS CONNECTOR FOR POOR

Yes
CONNECTION
No
Disconnect the VSS connector.
INSPECT VSS POWER CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
Yes
CIRCUIT
No
Measure the voltage between VSS terminal A
(wiring harness-side) and body GND.
Is the voltage B+?
Yes
INSPECT VSS CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GND
No
circuits:
- VSS terminal A (wiring harness-side) and
body GND
- VSS terminal B (wiring harness-side) and
bodyGND
05-02-24




STEP
INSPECTION
6
INSPECT VSS SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
TO POWER SUPPLY
Measure the voltage between VSS terminal B
(wiring harness-side) and body GND.
Is the voltage B+?
7
INSPECT VSS GND CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Inspect for continuity between VSS terminal C
8
INSPECTVSS
Inspect the VSS.
(See 05-17-27 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
(VSS) INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
9
CONNECTION
10
INSPECT VSS CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Inspect for continuity between the VSS
terminal B (wiring harness-side) and TCM
terminal Z (wiring harness-side).
11
P0720:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
2. Warm-up the engine until the engine coolant
temperature reaches 60C {140C} or
more.
3. Select the selector lever to D or M range.
4. Drive the vehicle with turbine speed at more
than 1,500 rpm for 5 s or more.
12
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

Yes
Replace the VSS, then go to Step 11.

No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No
05-02-25

DTe P0731 :00 [FSSA-EL]
DTC
P0731:00
id050221817800

The TCM detects that revolution ratio of the input revolution to output revolution is less than 2.1S7 four
times when the following conditions are met.
-1GR
- Accelerator opening angle: 3.17% or more (LF) /3.68% or more (LS)
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
PENDING CODE is not available.
FREEZE FRAME DATA is not available.
Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
- Pressure control solenoid A
- Shift solenoid A
Line pressure malfunction
Stall speed malfunction
Forward clutch slipping
One-way clutch No.1 slipping
Primary control valve body malfunction
TCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT ATF CONDITION
Inspect the ATF condition.
(See OS-17-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
Is it normal?
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
Inspect the ATF level.
Is it normal?
INSPECT SOLENOID VALVE
Inspect the following solenoid valves:
(See OS-17-29 SOLENOID VALVE
- Shift solenoid A
INSPECT LINE PRESSURE
Perform the "Line Pressures Test".
(See OS-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST
[FSSA-EL].)
INSPECT STALL SPEED
Perform the "Stall Test".
[FSSA-EL].)
05-02-26
ACTION
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
Replace the ATF, then go to Step 9.

(See OS-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
REPLACEMENT [FSSA-EL])
Yes
No
Add ATF to the specified level, then go to Step 9.

Yes
Replace the solenoid valve, then go to Step 9.

(See OS-17-33 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [FSSA-EL].)
No
Yes
Repair or replace malfunctioning part according to test

result, then go to Step 9.
No
Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
7
INSPECT TURBINE SPEED WHILE DRIVING
VEHICLE
Connect the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
Measure the PID "TSS" while driving vehicle
under the following conditions:
- Selector lever position: D range
- Gear position: 1GR
- Vehicle speed: 20 km/h {12 mph}
Is the PID "TSS" approx.2,200 RPM (LF) I
approx.2,300 RPM (LS)?
8
INSPECT PRIMARY CONTROL VALVE BODY
Remove the primary control valve body.
(See OS-17-S2 CONTROL VALVE BODY
Disassemble the primary control valve body.
- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
9
P0731 :00 COMPLETED
connectors.
1. Drive the vehicle under the following
conditions for 1 s or more.
-1GR
- Accelerator opening angle: 3.17% or
more (LF) 13.68% or more (LS)
2. Stop the vehicle.
3. Repeat Step 1-2 three times.
10
VERIFY NO OTC HAS BEEN PRESENTED
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 9.
Yes
Repair or replace malfunctioning part according to

inspection result, then go to next step.
No
Replace the transaxle, then go to the next step.

(See OS-17-40 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Yes

No
Yes

TABLE [FSSA-EL].)
No

id050221817900
DTC
P0732:00

The TCM detects that revolution ratio of the input revolution to output revolution in 2GR is more than 2.1S7
or less than 1.249 three times.

DETECTION
CONDITION

cycle.
05-02-27

DTC
P0732:00
Gear 2incorrect ratio
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
- Shift solenoid A
- Shift solenoid B
- Shift solenoid C
2-4 brake band slipping
TCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
Is it normal?
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
Is it normal?
- Shift solenoid A
- Shift solenoid B
- Shift solenoid C
(See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST
[FS5A-EL].)
INSPECT STALL SPEED
[FS5A-EL].)
VEHICLE
Connect the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
Measure the PIO "TSS" while driving vehicle
Is the PID "TSS" approx.2,300 RPM (LF) /
approx.2,450 RPM (L5)?
05-02-28
Yes
ACTION
repair information.
No
Yes

(See 05-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL])
No
Yes
No

Yes

(See 05-17-33 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
No
Yes

No
No

Yes
No
Go to Step 9.
Yes

STEP
INSPECTION
8
(See 05-17-52 CONTROL VALVE BODY
- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
9
P0732:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
1. Drive the vehicle in 2GR for 1 s or more.
3. Repeat Step 1-2 two times.
10
Yes
No
ACTION
(See 05-17-40 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Yes

No
Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No

id050221818000
DTC
P0733:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
The TCM detects that revolution ratio of the input revolution to output revolution in 3GR is more than 2.157.
The TCM detects that revolution ratio of the input revolution to output revolution is between 1.345-1.644
when the following conditions are met.
-3GR
- Vehicle speed: more than 28 km/h {17 mph} (LF) I more than 27 km/h {17 mph} (L5)
- TCC operation: Off
The TCM detects that revolution ratio of the input revolution to output revolution is less than 0.863 when the
following conditions are met.
-3GR
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
- Shift solenoid A
- Shift solenoid C
3-4 clutch slipping
TCM malfunction
05-02-29

STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
Is it normal?
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
Is it normal?
ACTION
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No

Yes
No


- Shift solenoid A
- Shift solenoid C
Yes

No

[FSSA-EL].)
Yes

INSPECT STALL SPEED

[FSSA-EL].)
Yes

No

VEHICLE
Connect the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
Is the PID "TSS" approx.2,300 RPM (LF) /
approx.2,4S0 RPM (LS)?
Yes
Go to Step 9.
No

- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
Yes

No

05-02-30
No
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
INSPECTION
9
P0733:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
-3GR
- Vehicle speed: more than 28 km/h {17
mph} (LF) I more than 27 km/h {17 mph}
(LS)
conditions for S s or more.
-3GR
mph} (LF) I more than 41 km/h {2S mph}
(LS)
10

DTC
P0734:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
Yes
No
[FS5A~EL]
ACTION
Yes

TABLE [FSSA-EL].)
No
id050221818100

The TCM detects that revolution ratio of the input revolution to output revolution is more than 1.249 or less
than 0.6 when the following conditions are met.
-4GR
- Vehicle speed: more than 31 km/h {19 mph} (LF) I more than 28 km/h {17 mph} (LS)
-4GR
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
- Shift solenoid A
- Shift solenoid B
- Shift solenoid C
3-4 clutch slipping
TCM malfunction
05-02-31

STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
Is it normal?
ACTION
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No

INSPECT ATF LEVEL

Is it normal?
Yes
No


- Shift solenoid A
- Shift solenoid B
- Shift solenoid C
[FSSA-EL].)
INSPECT STALL SPEED
[FSSA-EL].)
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No

VEHICLE
Connect the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
- Vehicle speed: 80 km/h {SO mph}
Is the PID "TSS" approx.2,2S0 RPM (LF) /
approx.2,3S0 RPM (LS)?
Yes
Go to Step 9.
No

- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
Yes

No

05-02-32

STEP
9
10
INSPECTION
P0734:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
-4GR
(L5)
-4GR
mph}
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No
DTC P073S:00 [FSSA-EL]

id050221825100
DTC
P0735:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

The TCM detects that revolution ratio of the intermediate revolution
-3GR or4GR
- Accelerator opening angle: 3.17% or more (LF) 13.67% or more
-5GR
- Accelerator opening angle: 3.17% or more (LF) 13.67% or more
to output revolution is less than 1.11
(L5)
to output revolution is more than 1.11
(L5)

cycle.
Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
- Pressure control solenoid B
- Shift solenoid F
Direct clutch slipping
Reduction brake slipping
Secondary control valve body malfunction
TCM malfunction
05-02-33

STEP
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
Is it normal?
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
Is it normal?
- Pressure control solenoid B
- Shift solenoid F
ACTION
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No

REPLACEMENT [FS5A-ELD
Yes
No

Yes

No

[FS5A-EL].)
Yes
INSPECT STALL SPEED

[FS5A-EL].)
Yes
No

INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SPEED WHILE

DRIVING VEHICLE
Connect the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
Measure the PID "ISS" while driving vehicle
Is the PID "ISS" approx.3,250 RPM (LF) /
Yes
No
Go to Step 10.
INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SPEED WHILE

DRIVING VEHICLE
Connect the M-MDS.
Start the engine.
Measure the PID "ISS" while driving vehicle
Is the PID "ISS" approx.2,700 RPM (LF) /
Yes
No
Go to Step 10.
INSPECT SECONDARY CONTROL VALVE

BODY
Remove the secondary control valve body.
Disassemble the secondary control valve body.
- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
Yes

05-02-34
No
No


STEP
INSPECTION
10
P0735:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
-3GR or4GR
more (LF) 13.67% or more (L5)
-5GR
more (LF) I 3.67% or more (L5)
11
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)

id050221818200
DTC
P0741:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
TeC stuck off

The TCM detects that difference between the input revolution and output revolution is more than 100 rpm
-4GR
- Vehicle speed: 60-100 km/h {38.0-62.1 mph}
- TCC operation: On
- Shift solenoid A duty ratio: more than 99.2%

cycle.
Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
- Shift solenoid A
- Shift solenoid B
- Shift solenoid C
- Shift solenoid D
- Shift solenoid E
TCM malfunction
05-02-35

STEP
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
Is it normal?
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
Is it normal?
- Shift solenoid A
- Shift solenoid B
- Shift solenoid C
- Shift solenoid D
- Shift solenoid E
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

No

[FSSA-EL].)
Yes

No

- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
Yes


P0741 :00 COMPLETED
connectors.
-4GR
- Vehicle speed: 60-100 km/h {38.062.1 mph}
- TCC operation: On
Yes

Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No
05-02-36
No
No


DTC
P0742:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
id050221818300
TCC stuck on
The TCM detects that difference between the input revolution and output revolution is less than 50 rpm
-4GR
- Accelerator opening angle: 6.25-3.125%, more than 6.25% or less than 0.78%

cycle.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
- Shift solenoid A
- Shift solenoid B
- Shift solenoid C
- Shift solenoid D
- Shift solenoid E
TCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
AVAILABILITY
2
Is it normal?
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
3
Is it normal?
4
- Shift solenoid A
- Shift solenoid B
- Shift solenoid C
- Shift solenoid D
- Shift solenoid E
5
[FS5A-EL].)
Yes
ACTION
repair information.
No
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
05-02-37

STEP
6
INSPECTION
- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
P0742:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
the DTG has been resolved:
-4GR
- Accelerator opening angle: 6.253.125%
mph}
-4GR
- Accelerator opening angle: more than
6.25%
mph}
-4GR
- Accelerator opening angle: less than
0.78%
mph}
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

(See 05-17-39 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FSSAEL].)
No
Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No

id050221818400
DTC
P0744:00

The TCM detects that revolution ratio of the input revolution to output revolution in 3GR is more than 1.09 or
less than 0.91.
The TCM detects that revolution ratio of the input revolution to output revolution in 4GR is more than 0.817
or less than 0.636.
DETECTION
CONDITION
05-02-38


DTC
P0744:00
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- Shift solenoid A
- Shift solenoid D
- Shift solenoid E
Forward clutch not engaged or slipped
TCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
VERIFY DTC HAVE BEEN PRESENTED
Are the following DTCs output?
- P07S2:00 (Shift solenoid A stuck on)
- P07S3:00 (Shift solenoid A electrical
malfunction)
- P0767:00 (Shift solenoid D stuck on)
- P0768:00 (Shift solenoid D electrical
malfunction)
- P0771 :00 (Shift solenoid E stuck off)
- P0773:00 (Shift solenoid E electrical
malfunction)
P0744:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
Yes
ACTION
repair information.
No
Yes

TABLE [FSSA-EL].)
No
Replace the forward clutch, then go to the next step.
Yes

No
Yes

TABLE [FSSA-EL].)
No
DTC P074S:00 [FSSA-EL]

id050221818500
DTC
P0745:00

The TCM detects that output voltage to the pressure control solenoid A is stuck at 0 V or B+ when the
solenoid valve operates according to TCM calculation.

DETECTION
CONDITION

cycle.
05-02-39

DTC
P0745:00

Short to power supply in wiring harness between pressure control solenoid A terminal A and TCM terminal
AD
'
Short to power supply in wiring harness between pressure control solenoid A terminal Band TCM terminal
AE
Short to GND in wiring harness between pressure control solenoid A terminal A and TCM terminal AD
Short to GND in wiring harness between pressure control solenoid A terminal Band TCM terminal AE
Open circuit in wiring harness between pressure control solenoid A terminal A and TCM terminal AD
Open circuit in wiring harness between pressure control solenoid A terminal Band TCM terminal AE
TCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
COUPLER COMPONENT
TCM
@@cv

COUPLER COMPONENT
TCM
--
I[
-~ 0
AI
vIS
BI
wi
AL AJ I AGf AD AA
U I R
AM AK AH AE AB
Y
Z
AI
AF AC
STEP
INSPECTION
1
Yes
AVAILABILITY
No
2
Yes
No
3
INSPECT PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID A
Yes
No
circuits:
- Coupler component terminal D (wiring
harness-side) and body GND
- Coupler component terminal I (wiring
Is the voltage B+?
05-02-40
ACTION
repair information.
If the vehicle is not repaired, go to the next step .


STEP
INSPECTION
4
circuits:
5
Inspect pressure control solenoid A.
6
CONNECTION
7
circuits:
harness-side) and TCM terminal AD (wiring
harness-side)
harness-side) and TCM terminal AE (wiring
harness-side)
8
P0745:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
1. Make sure that the gears shift smoothly from
1GR to 5GR.
2. Make sure that TCC operates smoothly.
9
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes
Replace the pressure control solenoid A, then go to Step 8.

No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No
05-02-41

DTC P0751 :00 [FS5A-EL]
id050221818600
DTC
P0751:00
Shift solenoid A stuck off

-4GR
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
Shift solenoid A malfunction
TCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
Is it normal?
4
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
Is it normal?
5
INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID A
Inspect the shift solenoid A.
6
[FS5A-EL].)
7
- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
05-02-42
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Replace the shift solenoid A, then go to Step 8.
Yes

No
Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
8
P0751 :00 COMPLETED
connectors.
-4GR
mph}
present?
9

Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No
DTC P0752:00 [FS5A-EL]

id050221818700
DTC
P0752:00
Shift solenoid A stuck on

The TCM detects that turbine revolution is more than 187.5 rpm with the vehicle stopped in D range.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
TCM malfunction
05-02-43

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
FLUID (ATF) IN~PECTION [FS5A-EL].)
Is it normal?
4
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
Is it normal?
5
6
[FS5A-EL].)
7
- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
8
P0752:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
2. Select the selector lever to D range.
3. Stop the vehicle for 3 s or more.
present?
9
05-02-44
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
Yes
No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No



TABLE [FS5A-EL].)

id050221818800
DTC
P0753:00
Shift solenoid A electrical malfunction

The TCM detects that output voltage to the shift solenoid A is stuck at 0 V or B+ when the solenoid valve
operates according to TCM calculation.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
cycle.
Short to power supply in wiring harness between shift solenoid A terminal Band TCM terminal AG
Short to GND in wiring harness between shift solenoid A terminal Band TCM terminal AG
Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid A terminal Band TCM terminal AG
TCM malfunction
COUPLER COMPONENT
-
SHIFT SOLENOID A
,------1
TCM
.~ @
l---*-------/
(j)~
"
"-./
AG
@@
1
SHIFT SOLENOID A
COUPLER COMPONENT
~ij~~
I~~I
TCM
I~~I
AM
-----=
~ 0
AD AA
AK IAH AE AB
P~ M
AF AC
QI N
K H E
AL AJ AG
BI ]
I AI
.J
I~~I
05-02-45

STEP
1
10
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID A CONTROL
Measure the voltage between the coupler
component terminal A (wiring harness-side)
and body GND.
Is the voltage B+?
Inspect for continuity between the coupler
and body GND.
CONNECTION
and TCM terminal AG (wiring harness-side).
P0753:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
1GR to 5GR.
05-02-46
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

repair information.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


No

Yes
No

Yes

Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


TABLE [FS5A-EL].)

~
DTC
P0756:00
id050221818900
Shift solenoid B stuck off

The TCM detects that revolution ratio of the input revolution to output revolution is less than 2.157 four
times when the following conditions are met.
-D range
-1GR
- Accelerator opening angle: 3.17% or more (LF) / 3.68% or more (LS)
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
Shift solenoid B malfunction
TCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
(See OS-17 -12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE
Is it normal?
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
Is it normal?
INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID B
Inspect the shift solenoid B.
[FSSA-EL].)
- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No

(See OS-17 -14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLU I D (ATF)
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the shift solenoid B, then go to Step 8.

No
Yes

No
Yes

No

05-02-47

STEP
INSPECTION
8
P0756:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
-D range
-1GR
more (LF) I 3.68% or more (LS)
3. Repeat Step 1-2 three times.
present?
9
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

TABLE [FSSA-EL].)
No

id050221819000
DTC
P0757:00
Shift solenoid B stuck on

The TCM detects that revolution ratio of the input revolution to output revolution in 2GR is more than 2.1S7
or less than 1.249 three times.
-4GR
- Vehicle speed: more than 31 km/h {19 mph} (LF) I more than 28km/h {17 mph} (LS)
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
05-02-48

Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
TCM malfunction

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
Is it normal?
4
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
Is it normal?
5
6
[FS5A-EL].)
7
- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
8
P0757:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
3. Repeat Step 1-2 two times.
-4GR
mph} (LF) / more than 28 km/h {17 mph}
(L5)
present?
9
Petiorm the "Reading DTCs Procedure".
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

Petiorm repair or diagnosis according to the available
repair information.
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

No

Yes

No
Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No
05-02-49

DTC
id050221819100
Shift solenoid B electrical malfunction
P0758:00
The TCM detects that output voltage to the shift solenoid B is stuck at 0 V or B+ when the solenoid valve

cycle.
Short to power supply in wiring harness between shift solenoid B terminal Band TCM terminal AJ
Short to 'GND in wiring harness between shift solenoid B terminal Band TCM terminal AJ
Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid B terminal Band TCM terminal AJ
TCM malfunction
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
SHIFT SOLENOID B
COUPLER COMPONENT
TCM
1
SHIFT SOLENOID B
COUPLER COMPONENT
C!lD
I~~I
H
I
E
F
AM
--
AD AA
R ~ 0
AI
P~ M
BJ
AF AC
QI
AI
--
AK ,AH AE AB
AL AJ AG
GOA
I~~I
05-02-50
TCM
.J
I~~I

STEP
1
J
10
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID B CONTROL
component terminal C (wiring harness-side)
and body GND.
Is the voltage B+?
and body GND.
CONNECTION
and TCM terminal AJ (wiring harness-side).
P0758:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
1GR to 5GR.
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes

No

Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No
05-02-51

DTC
P0761:00
id050221819200
Shift solenoid C stuck off

-1GR
- Accelerator opening angle: 3.17% or more (LF) /3.67% or more (L5)
The TCM detects that revolution ratio of the input revolution to output revolution in 2GR is more than 2.157
or less than 1.249.
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
Shift solenoid C malfunction
TCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
Is it normal?
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
Is it normal?
INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID C
Inspect the shift solenoid C.
[FS5A-EL].)
- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
05-02-52
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the shift solenoid C, then go to Step 8.

No
Yes

No
Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
8
P0761 :00 COMPLETED
connectors.
Peliorm the following procedure to ensure that
-1GR
more (LF) 13.67% or more (L5)
present?
9
Peliorm the "Reading DTCs Procedure".
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No

id050221819300
DTC
P0762:00
Shift solenoid C stuck on

The TCM detects that revolution ratio of the input revolution to output revolution is between 1.345?1.644
-3GR
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
TCM malfunction
05-02-53

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
Is it normal?
4
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
Is it normal?
5
6
[FS5A-EL].)
7
- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
8
P0762:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
-3GR
(L5)
- TCC operation Off
present?
9
05-02-54
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No



TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
,(

DTC
id050221819400
Shift solenoid C electrical malfunction
P0763:00
The TCM detects that output voltage to the shift solenoid C is stuck at 0 V or B+ when the solenoid valve

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
cycle.
Short to power supply in wiring harness between shift solenoid C terminal Band TCM terminal AL
Short to GND in wiring harness between shift solenoid C terminal Band TCM terminal AL
Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid C terminal Band TCM terminal AL
TCM malfunction
SHIFT SOLENOID C
COUPLER COMPONENT
TCM
(J)~
@@@
" AL
SHIFT SOLENOID C
C!ID
I~,I
COUPLER COMPONENT
TCM
GOA
H
I
E
F
8
C
AM
=
- X
RHo
AI
AK AH AE AB
P ~ M
BIJ
AF AC
01
K H E
AL AJ IAG ~
I AI
AD~
05-02-55

STEP
1
10
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID C CONTROL
component terminal G (wiring harness-side)
and body GND.
Is the voltage B+?
and body GND.
CONNECTION
Inspect for continuity b(3tween the coupler
and TCM terminal AL (wiring harness-side).
P0763:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
1GR to 5GR.
05-02-56
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.


Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

(See OS-17-39 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5AEL].)
No
Yes

TABLE [FSSA-EL].)
No

id050221819500
DTC
P0766:00
Shift solenoid 0 stuck off

-4GR
- Vehicle speed: more than 31 km/h {19 mph} (LF) / more than 28 km/h {17mph} (L5)

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
Shift solenoid D malfunction
TCM malfunction
/
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
Is it normal?
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
Is it normal?
INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID 0
Inspect the shift solenoid D.
[FS5A-EL].)
REMOVAUI NSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
Replace the shift solenoid D, then go to Step 8.

No
Yes

No
Yes
No

05-02-57

STEP
INSPECTION
8
P0766:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
-4GR
(LS)
present?
9

DTC
P0767:00
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

TABLE [FSSA-EL].)
id050221819600
Shift solenoid D stuck off

-3GR
- Vehicle speed: more than 43 km/h {27 mph} (LF) / more than 41 km/h {2S mph} (LS)
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
05-02-58

Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
TCM malfunction

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
Is it normal?
4
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
Is it normal?
INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID 0
5
6
[FS5A-EL].)
7
- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
8
P0767:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
-3GR
(L5)
present?
9
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No



TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
05-02-59

DTC
P0768:00
id050221819700
Shift solenoid D electrical malfunction

The TCM detects that output voltage to the shift solenoid D is stuck at 0 V or B+ when the solenoid valve

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
cycle.
Short to power supply in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal A and TCM terminal AH
Short to GND in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal A and TCM terminal AH
Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid D terminal A and TCM terminal AH
TCM malfunction
SHIFT SOLENOID D
COUPLER COMPONENT
TCM
SHIFT SOLENOID D
COUPLER COMPONENT
(
\
05-02-60
TCM
--
AD AA
R ~ 0
AI
~ AM ~ AK AH AE AB
P ~ M
BI
i AI
IN
~ AL AJ AG
p
-AF AC

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
4
INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID D CONTROL
component terminal B (wiring harness-side)
and body GND.
Is the voltage B+?
5
and body GND.
6
INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID D
7
CONNECTION
8
and PCM terminal AH (wiring harness-side).
9
10
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

repair information.
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

No

P0768:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
1GR to 5GR.
Yes

Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No
No

05-02-61

id050221819800
DTC
P0771:00
Shift solenoid E stuck off

The TCM detects that difference between the engine revolution and turbine revolution is more than 100 rpm
- D range
-4GR
- Vehicle speed: 60-100 km/h {38.0-62.1 mph}
- TCC operation: On
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

FREEZE FRAM E DATA is available.
Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
Shift solenoid E malfunction
TCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
Has the FREEZE FRAM E DATA been recorded
2
AVAILABILITY
3
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [FS5A-EL).)
Is it normal?
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
4
FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [FS5A-EL).)
Is it normal?
INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID E
5
Inspect the shift solenoid E.
INSPECTION [FS5A-EL).)
6
[FS5A-EL).)
7
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL).)
- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
05-02-62
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.
REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL))
REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL))
Yes
Replace the shift solenoid E, then go to Step 8.

INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL).)
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL).)

STEP
INSPECTION
8
P0771 :00 COMPLETED
connectors.
Perlorm the following procedure to ensure that
-D range
-4GR
- Vehicle speed: 60-100 km/h {38.a62.1 mph}
- TCC operation: On
present?
9
Perlorm the "Reading DTCs Procedure".
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No

id050221819900
DTC
P0772:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Shift solenoid E stuck on

The TCM detects that difference between the engine revolution and turbine revolution is less than 50 rpm
-D range
-4GR
-Accelerator opening angle: 6.25-3.125%, more than 6.25% or less than 0.78%

Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
TCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
Is it normal?
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
05-02-63

STEP
INSPECTION
4
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
(See 05-17-12 AUT9MATIC TRANSAXLE
Is it normal?
5
6
[FS5A-EL].)
7
- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
8
P0772:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
- 0 range
-4GR
- Accelerator opening angle: 6.253.125%
mph}
- TCC operation Off
- 0 range
-4GR
- Accelerator opening angle: more than
6.25%
mph}
- TCC operation Off
-D range
-4GR
- Accelerator opening angle: less than
0.78%
mph}
- TCC operation Off
present?
9
05-02-64
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No


TABLE [FS5A-EL].)

DTC
P0773:00
id050221820000
Shift solenoid E electrical malfunction

The TCM detects that output voltage to the shift solenoid E is stuck at 0 V or B+ when the solenoid valve

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
cycle.
Short to power supply in wiring harness between shift solenoid E terminal A and TCM terminal AK
Short to GND in wiring harness between shift solenoid E terminal A and TCM terminal AK
Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid E terminal A and TCM terminal AK
TCM malfunction
COUPLER COMPONENT
SHIFT SOLENOID E
TCM
,----
I~ @
1"---./
@@@
cv~
AK
'---
SHIFT SOLENOID E
COUPLER COMPONENT
~~~
I~~I
GOA
H
I
E
F
B
C
TCM
- --
I[
AL AJ I AG ~ AD AA
R ~ 0
AI
AM
BI
AK AH AE AB
AI
AF AC
I~~I
I~~I
05-02-65

STEP
1
10
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID E CONTROL
component terminal F (wiring harness-side)
and body GND.
Is the voltage B+?
and body GND.
CONNECTION
and TCM terminal AK (wiring harness-side).
P0773:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
1GR to 5GR.
05-02-66
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No

id050221825200
DTC
P0777:00
Pressure control solenoid B stuck on
The TCM detects that revolution ratio of the intermediate revolution to output revolution is more than 1.11
-SGR
- Accelerator opening angle: 3.67% or more (LF) / 3.17% or more (LS)

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
Pressure control solenoid B malfunction
TCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
Is it normal?
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
Is it normal?
INSPECT PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
Inspect the pressure control solenoid B.
[FSSA-EL].)
BODY
- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

repair information.
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
Replace the pressure control solenoid B, then go to Step 8.

No
Yes

No
Yes

No

05-02-67

STEP
INSPECTION
P0777:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
-5GR
Accelerator opening angle: 3.67% or
more (LF) / 3.17% or more (L5)
present?
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)

id050221825300
DTC
P0778:00

The TCM detects that output voltage to the pressure control solenoid B is stuck at 0 V or B+ when the
solenoid valve operates according to TCM calculation.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
05-02-68
cycle.
Short to power supply in wiring harness between pressure control solenoid B terminal Band TCM terminal
AM
Short to GND in wiring harness between pressure control solenoid B terminal Band TCM terminal AM
TeM connector or terminal malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between pressure control solenoid B terminal Band TCM terminal AM
TCM malfunction

DTC
P0778:00

PRESSURE CONTROL SOLENOID B
COUPLER COMPONENT
TCM
~--------~
~--------~
@@

HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTO
TCM
COUPLER COMPONENT
--
'\
~AL AJ AG AD AA X
AI
ijAM ~AK JAH AE AB
P ~ M
QI N
IJ
I AI
AF AC
_l:
'"'
STEP
1
ACTION
INSPECTION
RECORDED
Yes

AVAILABILITY
Yes
No
No

Yes
No

repair information.

CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER
SUPPLY
and body GND.
Is the voltage B+?
Yes

No

CONTROL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GND
and body GND.
Yes

No
05-02-69

STEP
10
INSPECTION
Inspect the pressure control solenoid B.
(See 05-17-29 SOLl~NOID VALVE
CONNECTION
and TCM terminal AM (wiring harness-side).
P0778:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
1GR to 5GR.

DTC
P0791:00
Yes
ACTION
Replace the pressure control solenoid B, then go to Step 9.
No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
id050221825400
The TCM detects no signal from the intermediate sensor at vehicle speed 40 km/h {25 mph} or more.
cycle.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
05-02-70
Intermediate sensor connector or terminal malfunction

Open circuit in wiring harness between intermediate sensor terminal A and AT main relay terminal C
Short to GND in wiring harness between intermediate sensor terminal A and AT main relay terminal C
Short to GND in wiring harness between intermediate sensor terminal Band TCM terminal AC
Short to power supply in wiring harness between intermediate sensor terminal Band TCM terminal AC
Open circuit in wiring harness between intermediate sensor terminal C and body GND
Intermediate sensor malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between intermediate sensor terminal Band TCM terminal AC
TCM malfunction

DTC
P0791:00

TCM
INTERMEDIATE SENSOR
BATTERY
AT MAIN RELAY
AT MAIN RELAY
TCM
INTERMEDIATE SENSOR
@]![ill
- --
!'
------=-
I I
~ AL AJ AGI AD AA
I[ UAM UAK IAH AE AB
AI
Gt~
AF AC
X
Y
R ~ 0
S P
AI
IJ
L
STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
RECORDED
Yes

AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No
No

Yes
INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SENSOR
No
Disconnect the intermediate sensor connector.
INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SENSOR POWER

Measure the voltage between intermediate
sensor terminal A (wiring harness-side) and
body GND.
Is the voltage B+?
Yes
No

INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SENSOR CIRCUIT

FOR SHORT TO GND
circuits:
-Intermediate sensor terminal A (wiring
- Intermediate sensor terminal B (wiring
Yes

No

05-02-71

STEP
INSPECTION
6
INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SENSOR SIGNAL
Measure the voltage between intermediate
sensor terminal B (wiring harness-side) and
body GND.
Is the voltage B+?
7
INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SENSOR GND
Inspect for continuity between intermediate
sensor terminal C (wiring harness-side) and
body GND
8
INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SENSOR
Inspect the intermediate sensor.
(See 05-17-25 INTERMEDIATE SENSOR
INSPECTION [FS5A-EL])
9
CONNECTION
Inspect for poor connection (such as damagedl
10
INSPECT INTERMEDIATE SENSOR CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Inspect for continuity between the intermediate
sensor terminal B (wiring harness-side) and
TCM terminal AC (wiring harness-side).
11
P0791 :00 COMPLETED
connectors.
12

DTC
P0841:00
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the intermediate sensor, then go to Step 11.

(See 05-17-26 INTERMEDIATE SENSOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL])
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes
No

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
id050221822500
The TCM detects no signal from the oil pressure switch when the following conditions are met.
- 1GR, 2GR or 3GR
- Revolution ratio of the input revolution to output revolution: 0.91-3.07
The TCM detects input signal from the oil pressure switch when the following conditions are met.
-4GR or5GR
- Revolution ratio of the input revolution to output revolution: 0.64-0.81
05-02-72
No
ACTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
Yes


DTC
P0841:00
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
Oil pressure switch connector or terminal malfunction
Short to GND in wiring harness between oil pressure switch terminal A and TCM terminal S
Oil pressure switch malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between oil pressure switch terminal A and TCM terminal S
TCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION

AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No

Is it normal?
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
Is it normal?
Yes
No

Yes
No


Yes
No
[FSSA-EL].)
INSPECT OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Yes
No
Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector.


05-02-73

STEP
10
11
INSPECTION
INSPECT OIL PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT
FOR SHORT TO GND
Inspect for continuity between oil pressure
switch terminal A (wiring harness-side) and
bodyGNO.
INSPECT OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Inspect the oil pressure switch.
(See OS-17-22 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
CONNECTION
INSPECT OIL PRESSURE SWITCH CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Inspect for continuity between oil pressure
switch terminal A (wiring harness-side) and
TCM terminal S (wiring harness-side).
P0841 :00 COMPLETED
connectors.
the OTC has been resolved:
S. Drive the vehicle in SGR for 1 s or more.
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes
No
Replace the oil pressure switch, then go to Step 10.

(See OS-17-24 OIL PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAU
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes
No

TABLE [FSSA-EL].)

DTC
P0882:00
id050221823100

The TCM detects that battery back-up voltage is less than 2.S V.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
05-02-74
Melt down ENG +B 10A fuse
ENG +B 10A fuse connector or terminal malfunction
Battery positive terminal malfunction
Battery malfunction
Short to GND in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and TCM terminal J
Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and TCM terminal J
TCM malfunction

DTC
P0882:00

TCM
@@
r,
~
7.7"
(J)
ENG +B 10A
@@
BATTERY
TCM
r AL
I[
--
AD AA
t AM nAK IAH
AE AS
I AI
AF AC
AJ AG
-0
AI
PI M
sl
01
I~,I
STEP
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT ENG +B 10A FUSE
Inspect the ENG +B 10A fuse for proper
installation and failure.
Is it normal?
INSPECT ENG +B 10A FUSE TERMINAL FOR
POOR CONNECTION
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged,
corrosion)
INSPECT BATTERY POSITIVE TERMINAL FOR
POOR CONNECTION
Inspect for poor connection (such as damaged,
corrosion)
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

repair information.
No
Yes
No
If the fuse is not installed correctly, install it correctly,

then go to Step 9.
If fuse has been melted, replace it, then go to Step 9.
Yes
No
Yes
No
05-02-75

STEP
INSPECTION
6
INSPECT BATTERY POSITIVE CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO GND
Switch the ignition o!f.
Disconnect the battery positive terminal.
Inspect for continuity between the battery
positive terminal (wiring harness-side) and
body GND.
7
CONNECTION
8
INSPECT BATTERY POSITIVE CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN CIRCUIT
Disconnect the battery positive terminal.
Inspect for continuity between battery positive
terminal (wiring harness-side) and TCM
terminal J (wiring harness-side).
9
P0882:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
10
SYSTEM DTC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].}
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No

id050221820100
DTC
P0883:00
Battery voltage high

The TCM detects that battery voltage is more than 16.02 V.

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
05-02-76
cycle.
TCM malfunction

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
Read the DTC in the PCM.
Is the DTC P2S04:00 output?
4
P0883:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
2. Idle the engine for S s or more.
S
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
Yes
Perform the "DTC P2S04:00 Troubleshooting".

(See 01-02A-27S DTC P2S04:00 [LF, LS].)
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

TABLE [FSSA-EL].)

DTC
P0884:00
id050221824700
Battery voltage low
Battery voltage is less than 9.78 V when ATF temperature is 90C {194 OF} or less at engine speed SOO
rpm or more.
Diagnostic support note:

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
The MIL illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive cycle.
The AT warning light illuminates if the TCM detects the above malfunction conditions during the first drive
cycle.
Melt down TCM 1SA fuse

AT main relay malfunction
AT main relay connector or terminal malfunction
Short to GND in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and TCM terminal I
Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and TCM terminal I
TCM malfunction
05-02-77

DTC
P0884:00
Battery voltage low

AT MAIN RELAY
TCM
TCM 15A FUSE
(J)
BATTERY
TCM
AT MAIN RELAY
--
I[
--
x I u
I I F I C
AI
AM nAK AH AEIAB I y I v
pi
1 Gl 0
B-1
QI N
AL IAJ AGI ADIAAI
AI
AFIACI
zIw
K I HIE
STEP
1
INSPECTION
RECORDED
AVAILABILITY
INSPECT TCM 15A FUSE
Disconnect the battery negative cable.
Inspect the TCM 15A fuse for proper
installation and failure.
Is the TCM 15A fuse normal?
INSPECT AT MAIN RELAY
Remove the AT main relay.
Inspect the AT main relay.
Is the AT main relay normal?
INSPECT AT MAIN RELAY CONNECTOR FOR
POOR CONNECTION
05-02-78
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
Yes
No

If the TCM 15A fuse is not installed correctly, install it
correctly. Then go to Step 10.
If the TCM 15A fuse has melted down, replace it. Then
go to Step 10.
Yes
No
Yes
No

Replace the AT main relay, then go to Step 10.

STEP
INSPECTION
6
INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR
SHORTTOGND
Disconnect the battery positive cable.
circuits:
- AT main relay terminal D (wiring harnessside) and body GND
- AT main relay terminal C (wiring harnessside) and body GND
7
INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Inspect for continuity between AT main relay
terminal D (wiring harness-side) and battery
positive terminal (wiring harness-side).
8
CONNECTION
9
INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Inspect for continuity between AT main relay
terminal C (wiring harness-side) and TCM
terminal I (wiring harness-side).
10
P0884:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
Clear the DTC from the TCM memory using
the M-MDS.
11
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

circuit, then go to next step.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


TABLE [FS5A-EL].)

id050221820200
DTC
P0894:00
Transaxle component slipping

The TCM detects that turbine revolution is more than 187 rpm when the following conditions are met.
- Vehicle stopped (brake pedal is depressed)
- Accelerator pedal is fully released
- Engine running at idle
- Selector lever position moved to D range from N position
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

cycle.
Forward clutch not engaged or slipped
TCM malfunction
05-02-79

STEP
1
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
Are the following DTCs output?
- P0720:00 (VSS circuit malfunction)
- P07S2:00 (Shift solenoid A stuck on)
- P07S3:00 (Shift solenoid A electrical
malfunction)
P0894:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
2. Release the accelerator pedal and depress
the brake pedal.
3. Select the selector lever from N position to D
range.
ACTION
Yes

repair information.
No
Yes

TABLE [FSSA-EL].)
No
Replace the forward clutch, then go to the next step.
Yes

No
Yes

TABLE [FSSA-EL].)
No

id050221820700
DTC
P1783:00
ATF high oil temperature malfunction

The TCM detects that ATF temperature is more than 149.5 C {301.1 OF} when the following conditions are
met.
- TFT sensor circuit malfunction: not stored
- Input voltage from the TFT sensor is more than 0.12 V
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
05-02-80

cycle.
High engine load drive (Driving a steep gradient at a low speed.)
Deteriorated ATF
Insufficient or excess level of ATF
TCM malfunction

STEP
INSPECTION
AVAILABILITY
VERIFY VEHICLE DRIVING CONDITIONS
Verify each PID of "HTM_CNT" and
"HTM_DIS".
Verify vehicle driving conditions when a DTC
P1783:00 is output.
Has the vehicle been driven at a high engine
load?
Is it normal?
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
Is it normal?
P1783:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
Yes
ACTION
repair information.
No
Yes
Go to Step 5.
Inform the customer that the transaxle temperature is high
due to high engine load driving.
No
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No

DTC
P2707:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id050221825600

-3GR
- Accelerator opening angle: 3.67% or more (LF) / 3.17% or more
-4GR
- Accelerator opening angle: 3.67% or more (LF) / 3.17% or more
(L5)
(L5)

Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
TCM malfunction
05-02-81

STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
Is it normal?
4
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
Is it normal?
5
INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID F
Inspect the shift solenoid F.
6
[FS5A-EL].)
7
BODY
- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
8
P2707:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
-3GR
-4GR
present?
VERIFY
NO DTC HAS BEEN PRESENTED
9
Perform
the "Reading DTCs Procedure".

05-02-82
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
repair information.
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
Replace the shift solenoid F, then go to Step 8.

No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No



TABLE [FS5A-EL].)

id050221825700
DTC
P2708:00
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Shift solenoid F stuck on

The TCM detects that revolution ratio of the intermediate revolution to output revolution is more than 1.11
-5GR
- Accelerator opening angle: 3.67% or more (LF) /3.17% or more (L5)
Deteriorated ATF
ATF level low
TCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
RECORDED
2
AVAILABILITY
3
Is it normal?
4
INSPECT ATF LEVEL
Is it normal?
5
6
[FS5A-EL].)
7
BODY
- Shift valve
- Return spring
- Hydraulic passage
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

repair information.
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No

05-02-83

STEP
INSPECTION
P2708:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
-5GR
present?

DTC
P2709:00
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
id050221825800
Shift solenoid F electrical malfunction
The TCM detects that output voltage to the shift solenoid F is stuck at 0 V or B+ when the solenoid valve

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
05-02-84
cycle.
Short to power supply in wiring harness between shift solenoid F terminal A and TCM terminal AI
Short to GND in wiring harness between shift solenoid F terminal A and TCM terminal AI
Shift solenoid F malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between shift solenoid F terminal A and TCM terminal AI
TCM malfunction
p2~ci~oo
IShift solenoid F electrical malfunction

SHIFT SOLENOID F
COUPLER COMPONENT
TCM
SHIFT SOLENOID F
TCM
COUPLER COMPONENT
/~~~~~~====~~~~~~~---~--~~~~~~==~
AL IAJ IAG I AD AA X
U R ~ 0
L
I
F C A I
I[
AM AK AH AE AB
AI
K H E
AF AC
GOB
STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION

RECORDED
Yes
No


AVAILABILITY
Yes

repair information.
No

Yes
No

INSPECT SHIFT SOLENOID F CONTROL

and body GND.
Is the voltage B+?
Yes

No

and body GND.
Yes

No

Yes

No
05-02-85

STEP
INSPECTION
7
CONNECTION
8
and TCM terminal AI (wiring harness-side).
9
P2709:00 COMPLETED
connectors.
1GR to 5GR.
10
05-02-86
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FSSA-EL]
05-03
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL

[FSSA-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
FOREWORD [FSSA-EL] . . . . . . . . . . . .
BASIC INSPECTION [FSSA-EL] .......
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM
TABLE [FSSA-EL] .................
QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART
[FSSA-EL] .......................
NO.1 VEHICLE DOES NOT MOVE IN 0,
M RANGES, OR IN R POSITION
[FSSA-EL] ......................
NO.2 VEHICLE MOVES IN N POSITION
[FSSA-EL] .....................
NO.3 VEHICLE MOVES IN P POSITION,
OR PARKING GEAR DOES NOT
DISENGAGE WHEN P IS
DISENGAGED [FSSA-EL] ...........
NO.4 EXCESSIVE CREEP [FSSA-EL] ..
NO.S NO CREEP AT ALL [FSSA-EL] ...
NO.6 LOW MAXIMUM SPEED AND
POOR ACCELERATION [FSSA-EL] ...
NO.7 NO SHIFTING [FSSA-EL] .......
NO.8 DOES NOT SHIFT TO SGR
[FSSA-EL] ......................
NO.9 ABNORMAL SHIFTING
[FSSA-EL] .......................
NO.10 FREQUENT SHIFTING
[FSSA-EL] .....................
NO.11 SHIFT POINT IS HIGH OR LOW
[FSSA-EL] ......................
NO.12 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
(TCC) NON-OPERATION [FSSA-EL] ..
NO.13 NO KICKDOWN [FSSA-EL] .....
NO.14 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS
WHEN UPSHIFTING OR
DOWNSHIFTING [FSSA-EL] ........
NO.1S ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS
WHEN ACCELERATING VEHICLE
[FSSA-EL] .......................
NO.16 JUDDER UPON TORQUE
CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC)
OPERATION [FSSA-EL] ............
OS-03-2
OS-03-3
OS-03-3
OS-03-4
OS-03-7
OS-03-10
OS-03-11
NO.17 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK

FROM N TO 0 OR N TO R
POSITION/RANGE [FSSA-EL] ........ OS-03-24
NO.18 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK IS
FELT WHEN UPSHIFTING AND
DOWNSHIFTING [FSSA-EL] ......... OS-03-2S
NO.19 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK ON
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH
(TCC) [FSSA-EL] .................. OS-03-26
NO.20 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE
WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN
ALL POSITIONS/RANGES
[FSSA-EL] ........................ OS-03-26
NO.21 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE
WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN 0,
~:~~~~~'. ~.~ ~~ .~ :.~~~~I~~
OS-03-11
OS-03-11
OS-03-12
OS-03-13
OS-03-1S
OS-03-16
OS-03-17
OS-03-18
OS-03-18
OS-03-19
OS-03-20
OS-03-21
OS-03-22
OS-03-22
..... OS-03-27
NO.22 NO ENGINE BRAKING IN 1GR
POSITION OF M RANGE [FSSA-EL] ... OS-03-28
NO.23 TRANSAXLE OVERHEATS
[FSSA-EL] ...................... OS-03-29
NO.24 ENGINE STALLS WHEN
SHIFTED TO 0, M RANGES, OR IN R
POSITION [FSSA-EL] ............... OS-03-30
NO.2S ENGINE STALLS WHEN
DRIVING AT SLOW SPEEDS OR
STOPPING [FSSA-EL] ............. OS-03-30
NO.26 STARTER DOES NOT WORK
[FSSA-EL] ........................ OS-03-30
NO.27 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN M
RANGE [FSSA-EL] ................ OS-03-31
NO.28 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR
LIGHT ILLUMINATE IN P, R, N
POSITION AND 0 RANGE
[FSSA-EL] ........................ OS-03-31
NO.29 DOES NOT UPSHIFT IN M
RANGE [FSSA-EL] ................. OS-03-32
NO.30 DOES NOT DOWNSHIFT IN M
RANGE [FSSA-EL] ............. OS-03-33
NO.31 M RANGE POSITION
INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT
ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE/M RANGE
POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT
ILLUMINATES IN 0 RANGE
[FSSA-EL] ...................... OS-03-33
05-03-1

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE CONTROL SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [FSSA-EL]
id050308800100
B+
TCM
'-----!---------.
L - -_ _ _--'
PRESSURE
CONTROL
SOLENOID A
AT MAIN
RELAY
PRESSURE
'-----+-------, CONTROL
SOLENOID B
'-----!------e
L - -_ _ _--'
TR SWITCH
...------l----1\/)(f\i---+-----i
SHIFT
SOlENOI D A
'----+_____ SHI FT
SOLENOID B
M RANGE
SWITCH
'----+_ _ _ _ _ SHI FT
UP
SWITCH
SOLENOIDC
DOWN
SWITCH
L----+-_____ SHI FT
SOLENOID D
L----+-_____ SHI FT
SOLENOID E
TFT ___- - - - ! ! \ f \ l \ , - ) - - - - - - - - i
SENSOR
SHIFT
"=--=-~-I----e SOLENOID F
L - -_ _
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
I
INPUTITURBINE
SPEED SENSOR
OTHER MODULES
I
L _ _ _ _ _'
rh-
INTERMEDIATE ~-----i
SENSOR
VSS
L - -_ _--I
am3uun0000034
05-03-2

FOREWORD [FSSA-EL]
id050308800200
When the customer reports a vehicle malfunction, inspect the malfunction indicator lamp (MIL) indication, AT
warning indicator light flash, and diagnostic trouble code (DTC), then diagnose the malfunction according to
following flowchart.
If a DTC exists, diagnose the applicable DTC inspection. (See 05-02-4 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
SYSTEM DTC TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
If a DTC does not exist, the MIL does not illuminate and the AT warning indicator light illuminate, diagnose
the applicable symptom troubleshooting. (See 05-03-4 SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE
[FS5A-EL].)
CUSTOMER ARRIVES
~--------0~------~0
WARNING LlGHT*
ON/FLASHING
NO WARNING LlGHT*
WITH SYMPTOM
CHECK FOR
PRIORITIZED DTC
-CHECK DTC
DTC
}-------------------------------------i}
WITHOUTDTC
DIAGNOSE BY SYMPTOM
1. DIAGNOSTIC INDEX
DIAGNOSE BY DTC
-DTCTABLE
-DTC
TROUBLESHOOTING FLOW
am3uuw0000231
*: Malfunction Indicator Lamp (MIL), AT warning light.

BASIC INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]
id050308800300
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION
Perform the mechanical system test.

[FS5A-EL].)
Is the mechanical system normal?
Yes
No
Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts according to the

inspection result.

When the selector lever is moved, does the gear
position indicator light indication correspond to
the selector lever position?
Also, when other ranges are selected from N or
P during idling, does the vehicle move within
1-2s?
Yes
No
Inspect the selector lever and TR switch.

If the selector lever and TR switch have a malfunction:
Repair or replace malfunctioning parts .
If the selector lever and TR switch are normal:
Inspect the ATF color and condition.

Are the ATF color and odor normal?
Yes
No

inspection result.
Flush the ATX and cooler line if necessary.
Perform the line pressure test.

[FSSA-EL].)
Is the line pressure normal?
Yes
No

inspection result.
05-03-3

STEP
INSPECTION
S
[FSSA-EL].)
6
Inspect the following PCM and TCM PID values
using the M-MDS:
[LF, LS].)
(See OS-02-S ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
SYSTEM PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION
[FSSA-EL].)
ACTION
Yes
No

inspection result.
Yes
Perform the symptom troubleshooting and follow the

procedures.
No

inspection result.
PCM PIOs:
APP
TP REL
ECT
RPM
VPWR
TeM PIOs:
TFT
TFTV
TR
TR_SENS
MNLSW
DWN SW
UPSW
THOP
TSS
OSS
VPWR
Are the PID values normal?
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING ITEM TABLE [FSSA-EL]

id050308800400
Use the chart below to verify the symptoms of the trouble in order to diagnose the appropriate area.
No.
1
Troubleshooting Item
Vehicle does not move in D, M ranges,
or in R position
Description
Reference
Vehicle does not move when accelerator (See OS-03-10 NO.1 VEHICLE
pedal is depressed.
DOES NOT MOVE IN D, M
RANGES, OR IN R POSITION
[FSSA-EL].)
(See OS-03-11 NO.2 VEHICLE
Vehicle creeps in N position.
MOVES IN N POSITION
Vehicle creeps if brake pedal is not
[FSSA-EL].)
depressed in N position.
Vehicle rolls when on a downward slope (See OS-03-11 NO.3 VEHICLE
and tires do not lock in P position.
MOVES IN P POSITION, OR
PARKING GEAR DOES NOT
Tires locked when P position is
disengaged, vehicle does not move in D, DISENGAGE WHEN P IS
M ranges, and R position when
DISENGAGED [FSSA-EL].)
accelerator pedal is depressed, and
engine remains in stalled condition.
(See OS-03-11 NO.4
Vehicle accelerates in D, M ranges and
R position when accelerator pedal is not EXCESSIVE CREEP [FSSAdepressed.
EL].)
Vehicle moves in N position
Vehicle moves in P position, or parking

gear does not disengage when P
position is disengaged
Excessive creep
No creep at all
Vehicle does not move in D, M ranges,

or R position when idling on flat paved
road.
(See OS-03-12 NO.S NO

CREEP AT ALL [FS5A-EL].)
Low maximum speed and poor

acceleration
Vehicle acceleration is poor at start.

Delayed acceleration when accelerator
pedal is depressed while driving.
(See OS-03-13 NO.6 LOW

MAXIMUM SPEED AND
POOR ACCELERATION
[FSSA-EL].)
No shifting
(See OS-03-1S NO.7 NO

SHIFTING [FSSA-EL].)
05-03-4
Single shift range only.

Sometimes shifts correctly.

No.
8
Does not shift to 5GR
Abnormal shifting
10
Frequent shifting
11
Shift point is high or low
12
Torque converter clutch (TCC) nonoperation
13
No kickdown
14
Engine flares up or slips when

upshifting or downshifting
15
Engine flares up or slips when

accelerating vehicle
16
Judder upon torque converter clutch

(TCC) operation
17
Excessive shift shock from N to 0 or N

to R position/range
18
Excessive shift shock is felt when

upshifting and downshifting
19
Excessive shift shock on torque

converter clutch (TCC)
20
Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is

stopped in all positions/ranges
21
Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is

stopped in 0, M ranges, or in R
position
Description
Vehicle does not upshift from 4GR to
5GR even though vehicle speed is
increased.
Vehicle does not shift to 5GR even
though accelerator pedal is released in
o range at 60 km/h {37 mph}.
Reference
(See 05-03-16 NO.8 DOES
NOT SHIFT TO 5GR [FS5AEL].)
Shifts incorrectly (incorrect shift pattern). (See 05-03-17 NO.9

ABNORMAL SHIFTING
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-03-18 NO.1 0
Downshifting occurs suddenly even
FREQUENT SHIFTING [FS5Awhen accelerator pedal is depressed
EL].)
slightly in 0 range.
(See 05-03-18 NO.11 SHIFT
Shift point considerably different from
POINT IS HIGH OR LOW
automatic shift diagram.
[FS5A-EL].)
Shift
delays
when
accelerating.
Shift occurs suddenly when accelerating

and engine speed does not increase.
(See 05-03-19 NO.12
TCC does not operate when vehicle
TORQUE CONVERTER
reaches TCC operation range.
CLUTCH (TCC) NONOPERATION [FS5A-EL].)
Does not downshift when accelerator

(See 05-03-20 NO.13 NO
pedal is fully depressed within kickdown KICKDOWN [FS5A-EL].)
range.
(See 05-03-21 NO.14 ENGINE
When accelerator pedal is depressed,
FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN
engine speed increases normally but
UPSHIFTING OR
vehicle speed increases slowly.
DOWNSHIFTING [FS5A-EL].)
When accelerator pedal is depressed
while driving, engine speed increases
but vehicle speed does not.
Engine flares up when accelerator pedal (See 05-03-22 NO.15 ENGINE
FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN
is depressed for upshifting.
ACCELERATING VEHICLE
Engine flares up suddenly when
accelerator pedal is depressed for
[FS5A-EL].)
downshifting.
(See 05-03-22 NO.16 JUDDER
Vehicle jolts when TCC is engaged.
UPON TORQUE
CONVERTER CLUTCH (TeC)
OPERATION [FS5A-EL].)
Strong shock is felt when shifting from N (See 05-03-24 NO.17
EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK
to 0 or N to R pOSition/range at idle.
FROM N TO 0 OR N TO R
POSITION/RANGE [FS5AEL].)
(See 05-03-25 NO.18
Excessive shift shock is felt when
EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK IS
depressing accelerator pedal to
FELT WHEN UPSHIFTING
accelerate at upshifting.
During cruising, excessive shift shock is AND DOWNSHIFTING [FS5AEL].)
felt when depressing accelerator pedal
at downshifting.
(See 05-03-26 NO.19
Strong shock is felt when TCC is
EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK
engaged.
ON TORQUE CONVERTER
CLUTCH (TCC) [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-03-26 NO.20 NOISE
Transaxle is noisy in all positions and
ranges when vehicle idling.
OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN
VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN ALL
POSITIONS/RANGES [FS5AEL].)
(See 05-03-27 NO.21 NOISE
Transaxle is noisy in driving ranges
when vehicle is idling.
OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN
VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN 0,
M RANGES, OR IN R
POSITION [FS5A-EL].)
05-03-5

No.
22
No engine braking in 1GR position of
M range
23
Transaxle overheats
24
Engine stalls when shifted to D, M

ranges, or in R position
25
Engine stalls when driving at slow

speeds or stopping
26
Starter does not work
27
Gear position indicator light does not

illuminate in M range
Gear position indicator light illuminates

in P, R,N position and D range
28
Does not upshift in M range

29
Does not downshift in M range
30
31
M range position indicator light dose

not illuminate in M rangel
M range position indicator light
illuminates in D range
05-03-6
Reference
(See 05-03-28 NO.22 NO
ENGINE BRAKING IN 1GR
POSITION OF M RANGE
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-03-29 NO.23
TRANSAXLE OVERHEATS
[FS5A-EL].)
Engine stalls when shifting from N or P (See 05-03-30 NO.24 ENGINE
position to D, M ranges or R position at STALLS WHEN SHIFTED TO
D, M RANGES, OR IN R
idle.
POSITION [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-03-30 NO.25 ENGINE
Engine stalls when brake pedal is
depressed while driving at low speed or STALLS WHEN DRIVING AT
SLOW SPEEDS OR
stopping.
STOPPING [FS5A-EL].)
Starter does not work even when in P or (See 05-03-30 NO.26
STARTER DOES NOT WORK
N position.
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-03-31 NO.27 GEAR
Gear
position
indicator
light
in
instrument cluster does not illuminate in POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT

DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN M
M range with the ignition is ON.
RANGE [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-03-31 NO.28 GEAR
Gear position indicator light in
instrument cluster illuminates in P, Rand POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT
N position and D range with the ignition ILLUMINATE IN P, R, N
POSITION AND D RANGE
isON.
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-03-32 NO.29 DOES
instrument cluster illuminates but vehicle NOT UPSHIFT IN M RANGE
[FS5A-EL].)
does not upshift when selector lever is
pushed to "+" side.
(See 05-03-33 NO.30 DOES
instrument cluster illuminates but vehicle NOT DOWNSHIFT IN M
RANGE [FS5A-EL].)
does not downshift when selector lever
is pushed to "-" side.
(See 05-03-33 NO.31 M
M range pOSition indicator light in
instrument cluster dose not illuminate in RANGE POSITION
INDICATOR LIGHT DOES
M range or M range position indicator
light in instrument cluster in D range with NOT ILLUMINATE IN M
RANGE/M RANGE POSITION
the ignition is ON.
INDICATOR LIGHT
ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE
[FS5A-EL].)
Description
Engine
speed
drops to idle but vehicle
coasts when accelerator pedal is

released when in M range (1 GR) at low
vehicle speed.
Burnt smell emitted from the transaxle.
Smoke is emitted from the transaxle.

QUICK DIAGNOSIS CHART [FSSA-EL]
id050308800500
X: Applied
Vehicle does not move in 0, M ranges, or in R position
X X X
X
Vehicle moves in P position,

or parking gear does not disengage when P is disengaged
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
Excessive creep
X
X
X
X
X
X
No creep at all
Low maximum speed and poor acceleration
No shifting
X
X

Abnormal shifting
Frequent shifting
Torque converter clutch (Tee) non-operation
No kickdown
Engine flares up or slips when upshifting or downshifting
Engine flares up or slips when accelerating vehicle
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Judder upon torque converter clutch (Tee) operation

Excessive shift shock from N to 0 or N to R positionlrange
Excessive shift shock is felt when upshifting and downshifting

Excessive shift shock on torque converter clutch (Tee)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X X
X
X
X
X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in all positions/ranges

Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in 0, M ranges, or in R position
X X X X X X X X
X
X
No engine braking in 1GR position of M range

Transaxle overheats
X
X X
X
X
Engine stalls when shifted to 0, M ranges, or in R position

Engine stalls when driving at slow speeds or stopping
X
X
Gear position indicator light does not illuminate in M range

Gear position indicator light illuminates in P, R, N position and 0 range
M range position indicator light dose not illuminate in M range/
M range position indicator light illuminates in 0 range
X
Electrical system components
No.
Item
-- ------------------------------------------------------ ---
C
::J
ATX outer parts
E
t)
::J
CIS
..c:
~
"C
~
E
E
C/)
E
Q)
2
CIS
..c:
'5'
<p
C/)
....
~Q)
(ii
(/)
e'2
:;::
::J~
::J
*
::J
Cause of trouble
'E
u'E
t5e 0Q) e
0
Q)E
Cl
:s2
a.
C/)
~
::J
C/)
C/)
a.
Q)
,
e
:
o:
~ 0
a... z
'0 t5
CIS Q)
e
Eo. e .2 lJ..
E C/) 0 (ij t:(
~
E '0
.mas
C/) Q)
0 ....
0
C/)
eQ)
C/)
Q)
o.Q)
e a.
C/)
::J
I-
e
06>
eQ) e0
C/)
'S"C
a...
a...
a...
E
Q)
::J
C/)
C/)
e
e
eQ)
Q)
:e
e eC/)
Q)
C/)
eQ)
C/)
E
::J
Symptom
l-
(/)
(/)
()
>
UJ
~5
0.
C/)
C/)
e
0
g~
5O..c:
05
~ o~
06>e 0
UJ.s
* ::J
::J
C3
C
t) Q)
05 E
(ij
0 t)2
&.
"5
::J
C
0
a.
05
(ij
a.
05
(ij
(ij
z .0
z
::J
a.
05
a.
.5
(ij
(ij
e "5 e "5 e S e
::J
E a.
Cl a.
Cl 0Cl
Cl
a. Ow
Ow
Ow
Ow
CIS
Q) 05 (ij 05 (ij 05 (ij 05 (ij
(ij
(ij
(ij
(ij
>
Ow e E e E e E c E
C/)
Cl
Cl
Q)
Ow
0 OwCl 0 OwCl 0 Ow
0
UJ
"5
::J
a.
05
e
"5 Cl
a.
05 Ow
(ij
(ij
e E
Cl
Ow
0
e
0
0
.0
.0
.0
z z z
.0
am3uuw0000231
05-03-7

X: Applied
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
Vehicle does not move in D, M ranges, or in R position

Vehicle moves in P position, or parking gear does not disengage when P is disengaged
Excessive creep
X
X
X X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X X X
No creep at all
X X X X
X X
X X X X
X X

No shifting
Abnormal shifting
Frequent shifting
No kickdown
X X
X X

Excessive shift shock from N to D or N to R positionlrange
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X
X
X

Noise occurs at idle when vehicle is stopped in D, M ranges, or in R position
X X
X X
Transaxle overheats
Engine stalls when shifted to D, M ranges, or in R position
X X
Gear position indicator light illuminates in P, R, N position and D range
X
X
30
31

M range position indicator light illuminates in D range
X X
X X
Item
No.
X X
Electrical system components
- - ---------------------------------------------------------------
ATX outer parts

.c
.~
.~
=>
B
en
Symptom
OJ
a:
f-
cQ)
en
Q)
s:
.:>t!
Co
0en
.g
~
.c
Q)
.~
.c
.c
.~
.c
a:l
fu..
f-,---
c
0
>.
Cause of trouble
eCo
-c
Q)
"li)
:::l
'0
!
.22
~
OJ
Co
N (ij.5c
Q)
Co
0
(5
Z
.5
.5
.5
(ij
(ij
(ij
Co
Co
OJ
'iii
0
Co
"5
Co
.5
Co
c S c S c
OJ Co
OJ
OJ Co
'iii .5 'iii .5 'iii
(ij
0c
(ij
(ij
c
OJ
'iii
.0
0c
(ij
c
OJ
'iii
0
Co
z 0 .5
(ij
0 z
c
E en <!:l
0c ~ 0 'iiiOJ
(ij
s:
.0
.0
z z
z
<c &. z
~
c
.2
(ij
(ij
(f)
c 0
OJ
'iii -c
c '0
cQ)
0
~ (5
c en
.2 it:
(ij .c
am3uuw0000231
05-03-8

X: Applied
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
X X X
X
X X

X X X
X
Excessive creep
X
X X
X X
X X
X X X
No creep at all
No shifting
Abnormal shifting
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X X X X
X
X
X X X
X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X X X
X
X
X
Frequent shifting
X X
X
X
X X
No kickdown
Excessive shift shock from N to D or N to R position/range
X X X
X X X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X X
X
X X
X X X X X
X X X X X X X X
X
X X
X
X X
X X

X X
X X
X
X
Transaxle overheats
X X
X X
X X

Gear position indicator light illuminates in P, R, N position and D range
No.
Electrical system
components
Item
------------------------------------------------------------------
Hydraulic
system
components
ATX inner parts
Powertrain
system
>-
>;::
Q)
c..
Symptom
c:
0
c:
c:
0f5
nc:
Cause of trouble
c:
c:
c:
~
c:
nc:
c:
0
>-
uc:
.2 .2
til
E
til
E
e
c..
"C
:g
c:
cc <
'0
c:
Q)
c..
0>
c:
'';::;
ec..
0>
c:
c..
ec..
c..
ec..
c..
c..
"0c:
"0
c:
,!!l
Q)
~
Q)
>-
0>
c:
>-
c:
0
~
c:
(5 .2
~ til
0>
c:
c..
ec..
"C
Q)
c.. ..c:
Q)
0
0>
c:
Q)
0
c:
c:
c: c.. .!!l
:2
"0 E
Q)
.2 :E .2 .2 .2
0
(5 "5 E ~
$:2 :2 c: c:
Q)
0
til CIS til til til "6
"6
:J
..c:
.!!l
c..
~ E
E E E E E If) If) "0
.... .~
c: "5 :J .8 0 (3 .8
:J
Q)
0
ill LL
a) (3
< cc 0
c..
.!!l E 0 .~ "0 ..lo:
~
If)
CIS
c:
"C
"C
"C
Q)
"C
"C
E E Q) :J
0
.
~
0
'0 '0 '0 '0 '0 00
>
> 0 >- l!? .!!l
i
c:
0
c: c:
c: c: c:
0.
:J
CIS
Ee.
0
E
Q)
~
Q)
Q)
Q)
Q)
~
c.. If) li;
0
e e
"6
If)
"6
If)
"6
If)
.t::
:E
.t::
:E
.t::
:E
(J)
(J)
(J)
"6
If)
"6
If)
:t:
.t::
:E
..c:
(J)
(J)
l!?
l!?
If)
If)
If)
If)
:J
l!?
a..
:J
l!?
a..
eE
0
"E
CIS
CIS
0
LL
Q)
(J)
C>
c::
l!? "6
0
c.. 0 '0.
If)
(5
(5
.9-
E9-
Q)
:J
E
e:J
U5 cc ~
::;
.0
O
0
I-
am3uuw0000231
05-03-9

NO.1 VEHICLE DOES NOT MOVE IN D, M RANGES, OR IN R POSITION [FSSA-EL]
1
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id050308808500
Vehicle does not move when the accelerator pedal is depressed .

If the vehicle does not move in 0, M ranges or R position, basically, the malfunction is in the ATX .
(Vehicle will move even with a malfunction in the TCM.) Since a malfunction is in the sensor circuit or
output circuit is the cause of the malfunction in the ATX, inspect the sensors, output circuit, and the
related wiring harnesses.
1. Clutch slippage, worn (0, M ranges-Forward clutch, R position-Reverse clutch, Low and reverse
brake)
Line pressure low
Shift solenoid 0 malfunction
. Pressure control solenoid B malfunction
Body ground malfunction
Control valve body malfunction
2. Selector lever malfunction
3. Improper operation of parking mechanism
4. Torque converter malfunction
Note
Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle ON-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See 05-02-3 ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DTC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-03-3 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5AEL].)
STEP
INSPECTION
1
When the vehicle is stopped on a flat, level road
and the engine is off, does the vehicle move
when pushed (in 0 range or N, R positions with
the brake pedal released)?
2
Measure the resistance between ground
terminal at the TCM connector and body ground.
Is the resistance less than 5.0 ohms?
3
Verify the LPS PID value using the M-MDS.
[FS5A-EL].)
Is the PID value normal?
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

Inspect for parking mechanism.
(See Automatic Transaxle Workshop Manual FS5A-EL.)
circuit.
Overhaul the control valve body and repair or replace any
malfunctioning parts.
If any problem remains:
Overhaul the transaxle and repair or replace any
No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts.

If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM. (See 0517-39 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
05-03-10

NO.2 VEHICLE MOVES IN N POSITION [FSSA-EL]
2
~
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id050308800700
Vehicle creeps in N position.

Vehicle creeps if brake pedal is not depressed in N position.
If the vehicle moves in N position, basically, the malfunction is in the ATX. Since a malfunction in the
sensor circuit or output circuit is the cause of the malfunction in the ATX, inspect the sensors, output
circuit, and the related wiring harnesses.
1. Clutch burnt (Forward clutch)
2. Selector lever pOSition disparity (Although the selector indicator shows N position, the hydraulic
circuit shows D range or R position)
Note
Before following the troubleshooting steps, make sure that the Automatic Transaxle On-Board
Diagnostic and Automatic Transaxle Basic Inspection are conducted. (See OS-02-3 ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DTC INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].) (See OS-03-3 BASIC INSPECTION [FSSAEL].)
STEP
1
INSPECTION
Does the vehicle creep when the selector lever is
moved slightly in N position?

Inspect the LPS PID value using the M-MDS.
[FSSA-EL].)
ACTION
Yes
No

Adjust the selector cable.
(See OS-18-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT
MECHANISM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Yes

circuit.
No
Yes

(See Automatic Transaxle Workshop Manual FSSA-EL.)

If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM. (See OS17-39 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FSSA-EL].)
NO.3 VEHICLE MOVES IN P POSITION, OR PARKING GEAR DOES NOT DISENGAGE WHEN P IS
DISENGAGED [FSSA-EL]
3
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Vehicle rolls when on a downward slope and tires do not lock in P position.
Tires locked when P position is disengaged, vehicle does not move in D, M ranges, and R position when
accelerator pedal is depressed, and engine remains in stalled condition.
1. Parking mechanism malfunction (May have effect on noise or shock from transaxle)
2. Improper adjustment of selector lever
3. If vehicle moves in N pOSition, perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.2 VEHICLE MOVES IN N
POSITION" (See OS-03-11 NO.2 VEHICLE MOVES IN N POSITION [FSSA-EL].)
NO.4 EXCESSIVE CREEP [FSSA-EL]

4
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id050308800800
id050308800900
Excessive creep
Vehicle accelerates in D, M ranges and R position when accelerator pedal is not depressed.
1. Engine idle speed is high (Transaxle system is not cause of problem)
2. Perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.9 FAST IDLE/RUNS ON" (See 01-03A-47 NO.9 FAST IDLE/
RUNS ON [LF, LS].)
05-03-11

NO.5 NO CREEP AT ALL [FS5A-EL]
id050308801000
5
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
No creep at all
Vehicle does not move in D, M ranges, or R position when idling on flat paved road.
Either transaxle is stuck in 3GR or 4GR position, or there is clutch circuit slippage due to a stuck 3-4
clutch.
1. Clutch burnt
Line pressure low
2. Transaxle fixed in 3GR (Operation of fail-safe function)
Short or open circuit in wiring harness
Poor connection of connector
Malfunction of electronic parts of output and input system
3. There is no engine torque
Torque converter malfunction
Note
STEP
INSPECTION
1
Does the vehicle creep in any range/position?
Inspect the THOP PID value using the M-MDS.

[FSSA-EL].)
[FSSA-EL].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Inspect or adjust the selector lever.
(See OS-18-11 SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION.)
(See OS-18-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT
Yes
No

circuit.
Yes

No
05-03-12

NO.6 LOW MAXIMUM SPEED AND POOR ACCELERATION [FSSA-EL]
6
~
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id050308801100
Vehicle acceleration is poor at start.

Delayed acceleration when accelerator pedal is depressed while driving.
If the clutch is stuck or does not stay in 3GR, the malfunction is in the engine circuit.
1. Clutch slippage, burnt
Line pressure low
2. Signal malfunction
VSS malfunction
Sensor ground malfunction
Malfunction of electronic parts of output and input system
Forward clutch slippage
VSS malfunction
Shift solenoid A malfunction (Stuck on)
S. Insufficient starting torque (Suspected when in-gear condition, shift control and engine circuit are
normal)
Torque converter malfunction (Poor operation, stUCk)
6. Engagement of TCC operation range (Operation of fail-safe function)
TFT sensor malfunction (Short or open circuit)
7. Transaxle fixed in M range
M range switch (built-in selector lever component) malfunction
8. TR switch adjustment incorrect
Note
STEP
INSPECTION
Does the gear position indicator light indication

correspond to the selector lever position with the
ignition at the ON?
Yes
No

LACK/LOSS OF POWER-ACCELERATION/
CRUISE".
(See 01-03A-SS NO.12 LACK/LOSS OF
POWER-ACCELERATION/CRUISE [LF, LS].)
Is the CIS system normal?
Yes
No
ACTION
Perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.27 GEAR
POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN
M RANGE" or "NO.28 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT
ILLUMINATE IN P, R, N POSITION AND D RANGE".
(See OS-03-31 NO.27 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT
DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE [FSSA-EL].)
ILLUMINATE IN P, R, N POSITION AND D RANGE [FSSAEL].)
05-03-13

STEP
INSPECTION
Disconnect the solenoid connector.
Does the vehicle operate as follows?
0 range: 3GR (fixed)
R position: Reverse
Yes
No
Drive the vehicle in 0 range.

Does the vehicle start from stop in first gear?
Yes
No
ACTION
Inspect the following PCM and TCM PID values using the
M-MDS:
(See 01-02A-7 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST [LF, L5].)
(See 05-02-5 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM PID/
DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
PCM PIDs:
APP
TP REL
rCM PIDs:
Inspect the following TCM PID values using the

M-MDS:
[FS5A-EL].)
SSA/SS1
SSB/SS2
SSC/SS3
SSF_SS6

[FS5A-EL].)
Yes
No
THOP
OSS
TSS
TR
M-MDS:
PCM PIDs:
APP
TP REL
rCM PIDs:
Yes
No
THOP
OSS
TSS
Reverify symptoms of malfunction.

05-03-14

NO.7 NO SHIFTING [FSSA-EL]
7
DESCRIPTION
No shifting
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id050308801200
Single shift range only.

Sometimes it shifts correctly.
When the gear position is fixed in 3GR due to the fail-safe operation, the malfunction is in the ATX.
Perform the malfunction diagnosis according to the symptom troubleshooting "NO.6 LOW MAXIMUM
SPEED AND POOR ACCELERATION". (See OS-03-13 NO.6 LOW MAXIMUM SPEED AND POOR
ACCELERATION [FSSA-EL].)
Line pressure low
VSS malfunction
Disconnected shift solenoid connector
Poor ground of shift solenoid
Forward clutch slippage
VSS malfunction
Shift solenoid A malfunction (Stuck on)
S. Transaxle fixed in M range
M range switch (built-in selector lever component) malfunction
05-03-15

NO.8 DOES NOT SHIFT TO 5GR [FS5A-EL]
id050308809300
8
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Vehicle does not upshift from 4GR to 5GR even though vehicle speed is increased.
Vehicle does not shift to 5GR even though accelerator pedal is released in D range at 60 km/h {37
mph}.
Basically, TCC does not operate when the fail-safe is operating. Verify the DTCs first. If the TCC
operates when driving at high speeds only, the malfunction (improper adjustment) is in the TR switch
circuit.
Caution
If the TCC is stuck, inspect it. In addition, inspect the oil cooler for foreign particles which
may have mixed in with the ATF.
1. TCC piston slippage, burned

Line pressure low
ECT sensor malfunction
VSS malfunction
2. TFT sensor malfunction
Sensor malfunction
3. TR switch malfunction
Sensor malfunction
TR switch adjustment incorrect
4. Shift solenoid A, shift solenoid B, shift solenoid D, Shift solenoid F valve malfunction
Solenoid valve stuck
5. M range switch (built-in selector lever component) malfunction
6. Control valve body malfunction
Note
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ignition at the ON?

M-MDS:
[FS5A-EL].)
TFT
TFTV
05-03-16
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

Perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.27 GEAR
(See 05-03-31 NO.27 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT
DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-03-31 NO.28 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT
ILLUMINATE IN P, R, N POSITION AND D RANGE [FS5AEL].)

STEP
INSPECTION
M-MDS:
[FSSA-EL].)
SSAlSS1
SSB/SS2
SSD/SS4
SSF_SS6
Yes
No
Yes
No
S
ACTION
Inspect the following TCM PID values using the M-MDS:

(See OS-02-S ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM PID/
DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
TR
TSS
OSS
circuit.

NO.9 ABNORMAL SHIFTING [FSSA-EL]

9
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id050308801400
Abnormal shifting
Shifts incorrectly (incorrect shift pattern).
There is a malfunction in the signal circuit which controls shifting (TP sensor, input/turbine speed
sensor, VSS), the control valve is stuck, the accumulator (forward or servo apply) is stuck, or the clutch
circuit is stuck.
Line pressure low
VSS malfunction
3. TR switch malfunction
Selector lever adjustment incorrect
TR switch adjustment incorrect
Note
05-03-17

STEP
INSPECTION
1
Measure the resistanc~ between ground
2
using the M-MDS:
[LF, LS].)
[FSSA-EL].)
PCM PIDs:
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
circuit.
APP
TP REL
TCM PIDs:
THOP
TSS
OSS
VSS
NO.10 FREQUENT SHIFTING [FSSA-EL]

id050308801500
10
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Frequent shifting
Downshifting occurs suddenly even when accelerator pedal is depressed slightly in D range.
The malfunctioning circuit is basically the same as the symptom troubleshooting "NO.9 ABNORMAL
SHIFTING [FSSA-EL]". (See OS-03-17 NO.9 ABNORMAL SHIFTING [FSSA-EL].) However, a
malfunction of the input signal to the TP sensor, APP sensor, input/turbine speed sensor, VSS
(including the sensor ground, sensor wiring harness and connector), or clutch slippage (clutch stuck,
low pressure in line) may also be the cause.
NO.11 SHIFT POINT IS HIGH OR LOW [FSSA-EL]

id050308801600
11
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
05-03-18

Shift point considerably different from automatic shift diagram.
Shift delays when accelerating.
Shift occurs quickly when accelerating and engine speed does not increase.
If the transaxle does not shift abnormally, there is a malfunction of the input signal to the TP sensor,
APP sensor, input/turbine speed sensor, or VSS (including sensor ground).
If the engine speed is high or low, regardless of normal shifting, inspect the tachometer.
Verify that the output signal of the TP sensor and APP sensor changes linearly.
Clutch or brake slippage.

NO.12 TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC) NON-OPERATION [FSSA-EL]
12
I
DESCRIPTION
id050308801700
Torque converter clutch (TCC) non-operation

TCC does not operate when vehicle reaches TCC operation range.
Basically, the TCC does not operate when the fail-safe is operating. Verify the DTC first.
Caution
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
1. TCC burnt
(1) Input sensor system malfunction
TFT sensor
VSS
Sensor ground
(2) Output solenoid valve system malfunction (Sticking)
(3) Control valve body malfunction system (Poor operation, stuck)
TCC hydraulic pressure system
2. TP sensor malfunction (Not operating linear)
3. APP sensor malfunction (Not operating linear)
4. Input/turbine speed sensor or VSS malfunction
S. Brake switch malfunction (Always ON)
6. ECT sensor malfunction
Note
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ignition at the ON?

using the M-MDS:
(See 01-02A-? ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC TEST
[LF, LS].)
[FSSA-EL].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.2? GEAR
(See OS-03-31 NO.2? GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT
DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE [FSSA-EL].)
ILLUMINATE IN P, R, N POSITION AND D RANGE [FSSAEL].)
PCM PIDs:
APP
TP REL
TCM PIDs:
THOP
OSS
TSS
Yes
No

circuit.
05-03-19

STEP
INSPECTION
Measure the resistance between shift solenoid A
and E control circuit at the TCM connector and
control valve body connector.
and E circuit at the TCM connector and control
valve body connector.
Are the resistances less than 5.0 ohms?
Inspect the shift solenoid A and E.
(See OS-17-29 SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION
[FSSA-EL).)
Are the shift solenoids operating properly?
ACTION
Yes
No

Repair or replace the shift solenoid A or E control circuit.
Yes
Replace the TCM.

(See OS-17-39 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FSSA-EL).)
No


If the vehicle is not repaired or additional diagnostic information is not available, replace the TCM. (See OS17-39 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FSSA-EL).)
NO.13 NO KICKDOWN [FSSA-EL]

13
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
05-03-20
id050308801800
No kickdown
Does not downshift when accelerator pedal is fully depressed within kickdown range.
If transaxle does not downshift though shifting is normal, the malfunction is in the TP sensor and APP
sensor circuit (including sensor ground, sensor wiring harness and connector).

NO.14 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN UPSHIFTING OR DOWNSHIFTING [FSSA-EL]
14
id050308801900
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
When accelerator pedal is depressed, engine speed increases normally but vehicle speed increases
slowly.
When accelerator pedal is depressed while driving, engine speed increases but vehicle speed does
not.
There is clutch slippage because the clutch is stuck or the line pressure is low.
1. Clutch stuck, slippage (Forward clutch, 3-4 clutch, 2-4 brake band, one-way clutch)
Line pressure low
VSS malfunction
3. Poor operation of mechanical pressure
TR switch position disparity
Note
STEP
1
INSPECTION
Is the shift point normal?
ACTION
Yes
No
Perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.9 ABNORMAL

SHIFTING".
(See OS-03-17 NO.9 ABNORMAL SHIFTING [FSSA-EL].)

[FSSA-EL].)
Yes
No

[FSSA-EL].)
Yes
Yes
No
No
5

circuit.

- I f normal, return to the diagnostic index to service any additional symptoms.
05-03-21

NO.1S ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN ACCELERATING VEHICLE [FSSA-EL]
15
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Engine flares up when the accelerator pedal is depressed for upshifting.
Engine flares up suddenly when the accelerator pedal is depressed for downshifting.
The malfunction is basically the same as the symptom troubleshooting "NO.14 ENGINE FLARES UP
OR SLIPS WHEN UPSHIFTING OR DOWNSHIFTING". (See 05-03-21 NO.14 ENGINE FLARES UP
OR SLIPS WHEN UPSHIFTING OR DOWNSHIFTING [FS5A-EL].) If conditions for No.14 worsen, the
malfunction will develop to No.15.
NO.16 JUDDER UPON TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC) OPERATION [FSSA-EL]

16
DESCRIPTION
id050308802000
id050308802100
Judder upon torque converter clutch (TCC) operation

Vehicle jolts when TCC is engaged.
Poor TCC engagement due to either slippage because the TCC is stuck or the line pressure is low.
Caution
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
1. TCC piston slippage, burnt

Line pressure high
VSS malfunction
3. Torque converter malfunction
Note
05-03-22

STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION
Inspect the TSS PID value using the M-MDS.

[FS5A-EL].)
Yes
No


and E control circuit at the TCM connector and
control valve body connector.
Measure the resistance between shift solenoid
AlE circuit at the TCM connector and control
valve body connector.
Are the resistances less than 5.0 ohms?
Yes
No

circuit.
Yes

Repair or replace the shift solenoid A and/or E circuit.
Inspect the shift solenoid.

(See 05-17-29 SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION
[FS5A-EL].)
Is the solenoid valve operating properly?
Yes
No


[FS5A-EL].)
Yes

No
Replace the TCM.

(See 05-17-39 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
No

05-03-23

NO.17 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK FROM N TO D OR N TO R POSITION/RANGE [FSSA-EL]
17
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id050308802200
Excessive shift shock from N to D or N to R position/range
Strong s~ock felt when shifting from N to D or N to R position/range at idle .

Shift shock may worsen when the fail-safe is operating. If no DTC is output, the shift shock may worsen
due to poor operation of the control valve body or sticking of the clutch.
1. Clutch burnt (N~D: Forward clutch, N~R: Reverse clutch or low and reverse brake)
Line pressure low, high
VSS malfunction
2. Poor hydraulic operation (Malfunction in range change)
Forward accumulator malfunction
Servo apply accumulator malfunction
3. Idle speed high
4. Poor tightening torque of engine mount, exhaust mount
5. Poor operation of mechanical pressure
Note
STEP
1
2
INSPECTION
Does the shift shock occur only when the engine
is cold?
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes

Go to Step 3.
M-MDS:
PCM PIDs:
APP
TP REL
TCM PIDs:
No
3

[FS5A-EL].)
Inspect the TR PID value using the M-MDS.
[FS5A-EL].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
05-03-24
THOP
TFT
TFTV
circuit.
Go to Step 5.


STEP
5
INSPECTION
[FS5A-EL].)
[FS5A-EL].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

circuit.
Yes

No

NO.18 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK IS FELT WHEN UPSHIFTING AND DOWNSHIFTING [FSSA-EL]
id050308804600
18
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Excessive shift shock is felt when depressing the accelerator pedal at upshifting.
During cruising, excessive shift shock is felt when depressing the accelerator pedal at downshifting.
Shift shock may worsen when the fail-safe is operating. The shift shock has worsened if the TP sensor,
input/turbine speed sensor, or VSS signal malfunctions.
1. Clutch slippage, burnt (Forward clutch, 2-4 brake band, 3-4 clutch)
Line pressure low, high
VSS malfunction
3. Poor hydraulic operation (Malfunction in range change)
4. Engine mounts installation
Loose attaching bolts
Worn parts
Note
05-03-25

STEP
1
INSPECTION
Inspect the engine mounts for loose tightening
bolts or worn parts.
Are all engine mounts normal?
[FSSA-EL].)
Inspect the following PCM PID values using the
M-MDS:
[LF, LS].)
APP
TP REL
[FSSA-EL].)
ACTION
Yes
No

Readjust, retighten or replace the engine mounts.
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
No

circuit.
Yes

No

NO.19 EXCESSIVE SHIFT SHOCK ON TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC) [FSSA-EL]

19
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id050308802400
Excessive shift shock on torque converter clutch (TCC)

Strong shock is felt when TCC is engaged.
The troubleshooting flow is the same as the symptom troubleshooting "NO.16 JUDDER UPON
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC) OPERATION". (See OS-03-22 NO.16 JUDDER UPON
TORQUE CONVERTER CLUTCH (TCC) OPERATION [FSSA-EL].)
NO.20 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN ALL POSITIONS/RANGES [FSSA-ELl
id050jb8802500
20
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
05-03-26

Transaxle is noisy in all positions and ranges when vehicle is idling.
The malfunction is in the oil pump which causes a high-pitched noise to be emitted from the transaxle at
idle.
Note
If a noise is emitted during shifting only, the malfunction is in shift solenoid D, E or shift solenoid A, B,
C. If a noise is emitted during shifting at certain gears only or during deceleration only, it is gear
noise.
DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DTC INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].) (See OS-03-3 BASIC INSPECTION [FSSAELl)

STEP
INSPECTION
Inspect the engine condition.
Is there any engine concern (i. e. rough idle)?
Yes
Does the noise stop when the solenoid

connector is disconnected?
Yes
No
ACTION
No
2
Go to the appropriate symptom troubleshooting.


using the M-MDS:
I-N-o--li-R-e-p-a-ir-o-r-re-p-Ia-c-e-=-a-n-y-m-a-If-u-nc-ti-o-ni-n-g-p-a-rt-s.------;
[LF, LS].)
[FSSA-EL].)
PCM PIDs:
APP
TP REL
TCM PIDs:
THOP
OSS
TSS
[FSSA-EL].)
Yes
No

circuit.
Yes

No
NO.21 NOISE OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN D, M RANGES, OR IN R POSITION [FS5AEL]
id050308808600
21
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Transaxle is noisy in driving ranges when vehicle is idling.
Although the malfunction is basically the same as the symptom troubleshooting "NO.20 NOISE
OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN ALL POSITIONS/RANGES", other causes may
include selector lever position disparity or TR switch position disparity. (See OS-03-26 NO.20 NOISE
OCCURS AT IDLE WHEN VEHICLE IS STOPPED IN ALL POSITIONS/RANGES [FSSA-EL].)
05-03-27
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FS5A-EL]

NO.22 NO ENGINE BRAKING IN 1GR POSITION OF M RANGE [FS5A-EL]
id050308802700
22
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Engine speed drops to idle but the vehicle coasts when accelerator pedal is released when in M range
(1 GR) at low vehicle speed.
1. Clutch slippage, burnt (low and reverse brake)
Line pressure low
VSS malfunction
3. TCM does not determine that the M range switch is ON (short, or open circuit, poor operation)
M range switch (built-in selector lever component) signal malfunction
Note
STEP
1
INSPECTION
Do the following symptoms occur concurrently?
Engine flares up or slips during acceleration.
Engine flares up or slips when shifting.s
Yes
No
ACTION
Perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.14 ENGINE
FLARES UP OR SLIPS WHEN UPSHIFTING OR
DOWNSHIFTING" or"NO.15 ENGINE FLARES UP OR
SLIPS WHEN ACCELERATING VEHICLE".
(See 05-03-21 NO.14 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS
WHEN UPSHIFTING OR DOWNSHIFTING [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-03-22 NO.15 ENGINE FLARES UP OR SLIPS
WHEN ACCELERATING VEHICLE [FS5A-EL].)
Repeat the basic inspection and repair or replace any
malfunctioning parts according to the inspection result.
(See 05-03-3 BASIC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)

05-03-28

NO.23 TRANSAXLE OVERHEATS [FSSA-EL]
23
id050308802800
Transaxle overheats
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Burnt smell emitted from the transaxle.

Smoke emitted from the transaxle.
The malfunction is restricted to the hindrance of coolant at the oil cooler. In addition, overheating of the
transaxle may be caused by a malfunction of the TFT sensor.
1. Burnt (TCC)
Line pressure low
2. Oil cooler malfunction (Foreign material mixed in ATF)
3. TFT sensor malfunction
4. Excessive amount of ATF
S. Torque converter malfunction
Note
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION
Inspect for bending, damage, corrosion or kinks

of the oil cooler pipes.
Are the oil cooler pipes normal?
[FSSA-EL].)
Yes
No

Yes
No

Inspect the following PCM PID values using the

M-MDS:
[LF, LS].)
APP
TP REL
(See 05-02-S ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[FSSA-EL].)
Yes
No

Yes
No

circuit.
Yes

No

05-03-29
_.

NO.24 ENGINE STALLS WHEN SHIFTED TO D, M RANGES, OR IN R POSITION [FSSA-EL]
24
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id050308808700

Engine s~alls when shifting from N or P position to D, M ranges or R position at idle.
The malfunction is on the engine control side (Le. electronic throttle control system). Otherwise, the
malfunction is in the input/turbine speed sensor (engine sometimes starts) or the TCC circuit (engine
always stalls).
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION
Perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.1 0
Yes Repeat the basic inspection and repair or replace any
LOW IDLE/STALLS DURING DECELERATION".
(See 01-03A-49 NO.1 0 LOW IDLE/STALLS
DURING DECELERATION [LF, L5].)
Is the engine control system normal?
NO.2S ENGINE STALLS WHEN DRIVING AT SLOW SPEEDS OR STOPPING [FSSA-EL]

25
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id050308805800
Engine stalls when the brake pedal is depressed while driving at low speed or stopping.
Malfunction is in engine control system (e.g. Fuel injection control, electronic throttle control system).
Otherwise, the malfunction is in the control valve body, shift solenoid E or TCC.
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION
Perform the symptom troubleshooting "NO.1 0
LOW IDLE/STALLS DURING DECELERATION". No Repair or replace any malfunctioning parts.
(See 01-03A-49 NO.10 LOW IDLE/STALLS
DURING DECELERATION [LF, L5].)
Yes Repeat the basic inspection and repair or replace any
ENGINE STALLS-AFTER START/AT IDLE".
(See 01-03A-33 NO.5 ENGINE STALLS-AFTER
START/AT IDLE [LF, L5].)
NO.26 STARTER DOES NOT WORK [FSSA-EL]

26
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
05-03-30
Starter does not work even when in P or N position.

Selector lever mis-adjustment
TR switch mis-adjustment
Open or short circuit in TR switch terminal
id050308803100

NO.27 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE [FSSA-EL]
27
~
DESCRIPTION
id050308803200

Gear position indicator light in instrument cluster does not illuminate in M range with the ignition is ON.
M range switch (built-in selector lever component), instrument cluster, or related wiring harness
malfunction
Note
If the ATF temperature reaches 130C {266 oF} or more while driving in manual shift mode, the
gear position indicator light turns off and the TCM switches to automatic shift mode to reduce load on
the ATX. After the ATF temperature decreases to 120C {248 OF} or less and a period of time has
passed, the gear position indicator light turns back on and driving in manual shift mode is restored.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
STEP
3
4
INSPECTION
Inspect the MNL SW PID value using the MMDS.
[FS5A-EL].)
Inspect the M range switch.
(See 05-17-18 M RANGE SWITCH
INSPECTION [FS5A-EL]05-18-11 SELECTOR
LEVER INSPECTION.)
Is the M range switch normal?
INSPECTION.)
Is the instrument cluster normal?
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 3.
Inspect the wiring harness between TCM terminal K and

selector lever component terminal A.
Repair or replace the any malfunctioning parts.
Replace the M range switch.
(See 05-17-18 M RANGE SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)

NO.28 GEAR POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATE IN P, R, N POSITION AND D RANGE [FSSA-ELl
id05030~815700
28
DESCRIPTION
Gear position indicator light illuminate in P, R, N position and D range

Gear position indicator light in instrument cluster illuminates in P, Rand N position and D range with the
ignition is ON.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
M range switch (built-in selector lever component), instrument cluster, or related wiring harness
malfunction
Note
05-03-31

STEP
INSPECTION
Inspect the MNL SW PID value using the MMOS.
[FS5A-EL].)

INSPECTION.)
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 3.
Yes

No

Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No

NO.29 DOES NOT UPSHIFT IN M RANGE [FSSA-EL]
29
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id050308803400

Gear position indicator light in instrument cluster illuminates but vehicle does not upshift when selector
lever is pushed to "+" side.
Up switch or related wiring harness malfunction
Note
DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DTC INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].) (See 05-03-3 BASIC INSPECTION
[FS5A-EL].)
STEP
INSPECTION
1
Inspect the UP SW PID value using the M-MDS.
[FS5A-EL].)
Yes
No
ACTION
Inspect the up switch.
(See 05-17-18 UP SWITCH INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
If the up switch is normal:
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal G and
selector lever component terminal B.

05-03-32

NO.30 DOES NOT DOWNSHIFT IN M RANGE [FSSA-EL]
30
I
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id050308803500

Gear position indicator light in instrument cluster illuminates but vehicle does not downshift when
selector lever is pushed to "-" side.
Down switch or related wiring harness malfunction
Note
[FS5A-EL].)
STEP
1
INSPECTION
Inspect the DWN SW PID value using the MMDS.
[FS5A-EL].)
Yes
No
ACTION
Inspect the down switch.
(See 05-17-19 DOWN SWITCH INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
If the down switch is normal:
Inspect for continuity between TCM terminal F and
selector lever component terminal C.

NO.31 M RANGE POSITION INDICATOR LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE IN M RANGE/M RANGE POSITION
INDICATOR LIGHT ILLUMINATES IN D RANGE [FSSA-EL]
id050308932000
31
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
M range position indicator light dose not illuminate in M rangel

M range position indicator light in instrument cluster dose not illuminate in M range or M range position
indicator light in instrument cluster in D range with the ignition is ON.
M range switch (built-in selector lever component) or related wiring harness malfunction
Note
[FS5A-EL].)
05-03-33

STEP
INSPECTION
1
Inspect the MNL SW PID value using the MMOS.
[FS5A-EL].)
2
Inspect the instrum~nt cluster.

INSPECTION.)
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 3.
Yes

No

Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)

05-03-34
CLUTCH
05-10
CLUTCH
CLUTCH LOCATION INDEX ..........

CLUTCH FLUID INSPECTION ........
CLUTCH FLUID AIR BLEEDINGI
REPLACEMENT . .................
CLUTCH PEDAL INSPECTION!
ADJUSTMENT ...................
Clutch Pedal Height Inspection ......
Clutch Pedal Free Play Inspection ....
Clutch Pedal Disengagement Point ...
CLUTCH PEDAL REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION . ..................
Clutch Master Cylinder Removal
Note ........................
Clutch Master Cylinder Installation
Note ........................
Starter Interlock Switch Installation
Note ........................
Clutch Pedal Position Switch
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION . .........
Clutch Pipe and Clutch Reserve Hose
Removal Note ..................
Clutch Master Cylinder Removal
Note .........................
Clutch Master Cylinder Installation
Note .......................
Clutch Pipe and Clutch Reserve Hose
CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER
[G35M-R, G66M-R] ................
Clutch Pipe Removal Note ..........
Clutch Pipe Installation Note ........
CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER
[A26M-R] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Clutch Pipe Removal Note ..........
Clutch Pipe Installation Note ........
05-10-2
05-10-4
05-10-4
05-10-5
05-10-5
05-10-5
05-10-5
05-10-6
05-10-7
05-10-8
05-10-9
05-10-10
05-10-10
05-10-11
05-10-12
05-10-12
05-10-13
05-10-13
05-10-14
05-10-14
05-10-14
05-10-15
05-10-15
CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAL/

INSTALLATION [G35M-R, G66M-R] .. . 05-10-16
Clutch Release Fork Removal Note .. . 05-10-18
Clutch Cover and Disc Removal
Note ....................... . 05-10-18
Pilot Bearing Removal Note ....... . 05-10-18
Flywheel Removal Note ........... 05-10-18
Flywheel Installation Note .......... . 05-10-19
Pilot Bearing Installation Note ..... . 05-10-19
Clutch Disc Installation Note ....... . 05-10-20
Clutch Cover Installation Note ....... . 05-10-20
CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION [A26M-R] .......... . 05-10-20
Note ......................... . 05-10-22
Pilot Bearing Removal Note ....... . 05-10-22
Flywheel Removal Note ........... 05-10-22
Flywheel Installation Note ......... 05-1 0-22
Pilot Bearing Installation Note ....... . 05-10-23
Clutch Disc Installation Note ....... . 05-10-23
Clutch Cover Installation Note ....... . 05-10-24
CLUTCH COVER INSPECTION
[G35M-R, G66M-R] . ............... . 05-10-24
CLUTCH COVER INSPECTION
[A26M-R] ........................ 05-10-25
CLUTCH DISC INSPECTION
[G35M-R, G66M-R] . ............... . 05-10-26
CLUTCH DISC INSPECTION
[A26M-R] ........................ 05-10-27
CLUTCH RELEASE COLLAR
INSPECTION [G35M-R, G66M-R] .... . 05-10-28
CLUTCH RELEASE COLLAR
INSPECTION [A26M-R] ............ . 05-10-29
PILOT BEARING INSPECTION
[G35M-R, G66M-R] . ............... . 05-10-29
PILOT BEARING INSPECTION
[A26M-R] ........................ 05-10-30
FLYWHEEL INSPECTION
[G35M-R, G66M-R] . ............... . 05-10-31
FLYWHEEL INSPECTION [A26M-R] . .. . 05-10-32
05-10-1
CLUTCH
CLUTCH LOCATION INDEX
id051000800400
am3uuw0000597
G3SM-R, G66M-R
765
4
am3uuw0000598
05-10-2
CLUTCH
A26M-R
am3uuw0000598
Reserve tank
(See 05-10-4 CLUTCH FLUID INSPECTION.)
(See 05-10-4 CLUTCH FLUID AIR BLEEDING/
REPLACEMENT.)
Clutch master cylinder
(See 05-10-10 CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER
Clutch pedal
(See 05-10-5 CLUTCH PEDAL INSPECTION/
ADJUSTMENT.)
INSTALLATION.)
Flywheel
(See 05-10-31 FLYWHEEL INSPECTION [G35M-R,
G66M-R].)
(See 05-10-32 FLYWHEEL INSPECTION [A26MR].)
Pilot bearing
(See 05-10-29 PILOT BEARING INSPECTION
[G35M-R, G66M-R].)
(See 05-10-30 PILOT BEARING INSPECTION
[A26M-R].)
Clutch disc
(See 05-10-26 CLUTCH DISC INSPECTION
[G35M-R, G66M-R].)
(See 05-10-27 CLUTCH DISC INSPECTION
[A26M-R].)
10
11
Clutch cover
(See 05-10-24 CLUTCH COVER INSPECTION
[G35M-R, G66M-R].)
(See 05-10-25 CLUTCH COVER INSPECTION
[A26M-R].)
Clutch release collar
(See 05-10-28 CLUTCH RELEASE COLLAR
INSPECTION [G35M-R, G66M-R].)
(See 05-10-29 CLUTCH RELEASE COLLAR
INSPECTION [A26M-R].)
Clutch release fork
(See 05-10-16 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [G35M-R, G66M-R].)
Clutch release cylinder
(See 05-10-13 CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G35M-R, G66M-R].)
Clutch unit
INSTALLATION [G35M-R, G66M-R].)
05-10-3
CLUTCH
CLUTCH FLUID INSPECTION
id051 000800600
Note
A common reservoir is used for the clutch and brake system fluid.
1. The fluid in the reservoir must be maintained
between the MINIMAX level during replacement.
am3uuw0000209
CLUTCH FLUID AIR BLEEDING/REPLACEMENT
id051 000800700
Caution
Fluid will damage painted surfaces. Be careful not to spill any on painted surfaces. If it is spilled,
wipe it off immediately.
Keep the fluid level in the reserve tank at 3/4 full or more during the air bleeding.
Do not mix different types of fluid, otherwise the clutch may not operate normally.
Do not reuse old fluid, otherwise the clutch may not operate normally.
Clutch fluid
SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT-3
2. Draw the fluid from the reserve tank with a suction pump.
3. Remove the bleeder cap from the bleeder plug and attach a vinyl hose to the bleeder plug.
4. Place the other end of the vinyl hose into a container.
5. Slowly pump the clutch pedal several times.
6. With the clutch pedal depressed, loosen the bleeder screw to let fluid escape.
.---------------------,
7. Tighten the bleeder screw to stop the fluid.
8. Repeat Steps 5, 6 and 7 until only clean fluid
without air is seen.
9. Tighten the bleeder screw.
Tightening torque
5-10 Nm {51-101 kgf.cm, 45-88 in.lbf}
10. Add fluid to the MAX mark.
11. After air bleeding, inspect the following:
- Clutch operation
Fluid leakage
Fluid level
12. Install the aerodynamic under cover No.2. (See
09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2 REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
05-10-4
am3uuw0000209
CLUTCH
CLUTCH PEDAL INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT
id051 0008021 00
Clutch Pedal Height Inspection

covering .
If the clutch pedal height is not with the
specification, replace the clutch pedal.
Clutch pedal height (Reference value)
142.8 mm {5.622 in}
FLOOR COVERING
am3uuw0000330
Clutch Pedal Free Play Inspection

1. Depress the clutch pedal by hand until clutch
resistance is felt.
If the clutch pedal free play is not within the
specification, replace the clutch pedal.
Clutch pedal free play (Reference value)
15 mm {O.59 in} or less
\
\
\
"\ ,
\
\
~~~.>
,
,,
'<".... - .... \ \
\
\"
, I ...
... "-'" ,
,, \'"
,........... _-,',
" \:
\
\
\
\ .. !~
am3uuw0000330
Clutch Pedal Disengagement Point

Caution
When performing inspections, always set the wheel blocks, set the parking brake, depress the
brake pedal, and then perform the inspection with the brakes in operation. Otherwise, the vehicle
could lurch and cause an accident.
1. Apply the parking brake and fix the front and rear of the wheels with the wheel chocks.
3. With the clutch pedal depressed, move the shift lever to the position just before engaging the reverse gear. (Do
not shift completely to reverse position)
4. Gradually release the clutch pedal and then hold it at the point where the sound of gear-grinding begins (clutch
disengagement point).
05-10-5
CLUTCH
5. Measure the distances indicated as follows from
the clutch disengagement point and verify that
they are within the specification.
If the measurement is not within the
specification, inspect the clutch fluid level and
the fluid lines for air infiltration.
Distance A, from clutch disengagement point

to full stroke
23 mm {O.91 in} or more (Reference value)
Distance B, from clutch disengagement point
to floor mat
64.9 mm {2.56 in} or more (Reference value)
~---
FLOOR COVERING
am3uuw0000330
Clutch pedal stroke

LF, L3 WITH TC: 135 mm {5.31 in} (Reference value)
L5: 126.1 mm {4.965 in} (Reference value)
CLUTCH PEDAL REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id051 000801200
Caution
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17 A-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)(See 01-17B-2
BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)(See 0117B-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
3. Remove the battery component. (ex: battery, battery tray and PCM component)(See 01-17A-2 BATTERY
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)(See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
4. Separate the steering shaft. (See 06-14-8 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM].)(See 06-14-11
STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
5. Separate the clutch pipe and reserve hose. (See 05-10-10 CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
8. Bleed the air from the system. (See 05-10-4 CLUTCH FLUID AIR BLEEDING/REPLACEMENT.)
9. After installation, inspect the clutch pedal. (See 05-10-5 CLUTCH PEDAL INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT.)
05-10-6
CLUTCH
~-----
~-----------
6)-----
am3uuw0000209
3
4
Clutch pedal position switch connector

Clutch pedal position switch
(See 05-10-10 Clutch Pedal Position Switch
Installation Note.)
Starter interlock switch connector
(See 05-10-9 Starter Interlock Switch Installation
Note.)
Nuts
Clutch pedal component

(See 05-10-7 Clutch Master Cylinder Removal
Note.)
(See 05-10-8 Clutch Master Cylinder Installation
Note.)
Pedal pad
Clutch Master Cylinder Removal Note

1. Rotate the clutch master cylinder in the direction
shown and remove.
am3uuw0000210
05-10-7
CLUTCH
2. Press on the tabs on the left and right sides of the
push rod using a flathead screwdriver and remove
the rod.
am3uuw0000210
Clutch Master Cylinder Installation Note

1. Push the push rod in until the tabs lock.
TAB
am3uuw0000210

shown until it stops.
am3uuw0000210
05-10-8
CLUTCH
Starter Interlock Switch Installation Note
1. Insert the new starter interlock switch into the
pedal bracket hole in the direction indicated by
arrow A.
am3uuw0000474
2. Slide the starter interlock switch pressing it in the

direction indicated by arrow B until it is locked.
3. Press the clutch pedal fully in the direction
indicated by arrow C and adjust the starter
interlock switch terminal.
PEDAL
BRACKET
--l-+-lI~--
STARTER
INTERLOCK
SWITCH
am3uuw0000474
05-10-9
CLUTCH
Clutch Pedal Position Switch Installation Note
1. Insert the new clutch pedal position switch into
the pedal bracket hole until the switch stops.
CLUTCH PEDAL
POSITION SWITCH
am3uuw0000474
2. Rotate the clutch pedal position switch 45

clockwise.
3. Verify that the clutch pedal position switch is
locked securely.
am3uuw0000018
CLUTCH MASTER CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id051000801400
Caution
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)(See 01-17B-2
BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
2. Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)(See 0117B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)(See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
4. Separate the steering shaft. (See 06-14-8 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAUINSTALLATION
6. Plug the clutch pipe after removing it to avoid leakage.
8. Bleed the air from the system. (See OS-10-4 CLUTCH FLUID AIR BLEEDING/REPLACEMENT.)
9. After installation, inspect the clutch pedal. (See OS-1 O-S CLUTCH PEDAL INSPECTION/ADJUSTMENT.)
05-10-10
CLUTCH
19-25 Nm {2.~5 kgf.m,15-18 ft.lbij
,L_ _ _ _ _ _(g/
+---@
am3uuw0000533
Reserve hose
(See 05-10-11 Clutch Pipe and
Hose Removal Note.)
Hose Installation Note.)
Clutch pipe
Hose Removal Note.)
Hose Installation Note.)
Nuts
Clutch pedal component

INSTALLATION.)

(See 05-10-12 Clutch Master Cylinder Removal
Note.)
(See 05-10-12 Clutch Master Cylinder Installation
Note.)
Clutch Reserve
Clutch Reserve
Clutch Reserve
Clutch Reserve
Clutch Pipe and Clutch Reserve Hose Removal Note

1. Remove the reserve hose from the master
cylinder while pressing the point indicated by the
arrow in the figure.
am3uuw0000210
05-10-11
CLUTCH
2. Pull the clutch master cylinder clip to the position
shown in the figure and pull out the clutch pipe
connector straight to detach it.
am3uuw0000210
Clutch Master Cylinder Removal Note

shown and remove.
am3uuw0000210
2. Press on the tabs on the left and right sides of the

push rod using a flathead screwdriver and remove
the rod.
Clutch Master Cylinder Installation Note

1. Push the push rod in until the tabs lock.
TAB
am3uuw0000210
05-10-12
CLUTCH
shown until it stops.
am3uuw0000210
Clutch Pipe and Clutch Reserve Hose Installation Note

1. Return the clutch master cylinder clip to the position shown in the figure.
Caution
Verify that there is no chipping, damage, or falling off of the seal ring in the clutch pipe connector.
2. Insert the clutch pipe connector straight.
3. Pull the clutch pipe to verify that it does not come
off, and reinsert it completely.
4. Insert the reserve hose connector straight until a
click is heard.
5. Pull the reserve hose to verify that it does not
come off, and reinsert it completely.
am3uuw0000211
CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G35M-R, G66M-R]

id0510008013j1
Caution
19-25
{2.0-2.5,
15-18}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000623
05-10-13
CLUTCH
Clutch pipe
(See 05-10-14 Clutch Pipe Removal Note.)
(See 05-10-14 Clutch Pipe Installation Note.)
IBoll
Clutch Pipe Removal Note

1. Pull out the clip and, then pull out the clutch pipe
connector straight to detach it.
am3uuw0000330
Clutch Pipe Installation Note

1. Return the clip to the position shown in the figure.
Caution

\0
-~~SEAL RING
CLIP
am3uuw0000330
CLUTCH RELEASE CYLINDER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [A26M-R]
id0510008013m8
Caution
Note
If clutch system-related hydraulic parts are removed, supply brake fluid, bleed air, and inspect for fluid
leakage after the installation.
05-10-14
CLUTCH
3
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000622
IClutch pipe
2
IClutch release cylinder
Bolt
Clutch Pipe Removal Note

1. Pull out the clip and, then pull out the clutch pipe connector straight to detach it.
~----------------------------------~
am3uuw0000623
Clutch Pipe Installation Note

1. Return the clip to the position shown in the figure.
Caution

CLIP
am3uuw0000623
05-10-15
CLUTCH
CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G3SM-R, G66M-R]
id0510008003j1
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 8ATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
3. Remove the battery component. (ex: battery, battery tray and PCM component) (See 01-17A-2 8ATTERY
4. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
5. Remove the exhaust manifold insulator installation bolts and set the exhaust manifold insulator aside.
6. Remove the following parts:
(1) Exhaust manifold bracket (See 01-15A-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
(2) Front splash shield (See 09-16-30 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(3) Aerodynamic under cover No.2 (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2 REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(4) Starter (See 01-19A-2 STARTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
7. Drain the transaxle oil into a suitable container. (See 05-15A-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G35MR].)(See 05-158-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G66M-R].)
8. Remove the manual transaxle. (See 05-15A-4 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G35MR].)(See 05-158-4 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G66M-R].)
11. Add the specified amount of specified transaxle oil. (See 05-15A-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G35MR].)(See 05-158-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G66M-R].)
Note
If the transaxle is overhauled and installed to the vehicle, perform the 'INSPECTION AFTER TRANSAXLE
INSTALLATION' and verify that there is no abnormality. (See 05-15A-10 INSPECTION AFTER
TRANSAXLE INSTALLATION [G35M-R].)(See 05-158-10 INSPECTION AFTER TRANSAXLE
05-10-16
CLUTCH
'1
TRANSAXLE SIDE
ENGINE SIDE
\\-""---~ 7
liD
iii
108-116
{11.1-11.8,
80-85}
-!P.
(MOLYBDENUM GREASE)
Nm {kgf.m, ft-lbf}
am3uuw0000463
2
3

REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G35M-R, G66M-R].)
Boot
Clutch release fork
(See 05-10-18 Clutch Release Fork Removal Note.)
Clutch cover
(See 05-10-18 Clutch Cover and Disc Removal
Note.)
(See 05-10-20 Clutch Cover Installation Note.)
Clutch disc
(See 05-10-18
Note.)
(See 05-10-20
Pilot bearing
(See 05-10-18
(See 05-10-19
Flywheel
(See 05-10-18
(See 05-10-19

Clutch Disc Installation Note.)
Pilot Bearing Removal Note.)
Pilot Bearing Installation Note.)
Flywheel Removal Note.)
Flywheel Installation Note.)
05-10-17
CLUTCH
Clutch Release Fork Removal Note
1. Remove the fork supporter before disassembling
the release fork.
~i'I-~.----
FORK
SUPPORTER
am3uuw000020B
Clutch Cover and Disc Removal Note

1. Install the SSTs.
2. Loosen each bolt one turn at a time in a
crisscross pattern until spring tension is released.
3. Remove the clutch cover and disc.
am3uuw000020B
Pilot Bearing Removal Note

Note
The pilot bearing does not need to be removed unless you are replacing it.
1. Use the SST to remove the pilot bearing.
am3uuw000020B
Flywheel Removal Note

1. Hold the flywheel using the SST.
2. Remove the bolts evenly and gradually in a
crisscross pattern.
am3uuw0000463
05-10-18
CLUTCH
3. Remove the flywheel.
4. Inspect for oil leakage from the crankshaft rear oil
seal.
crankshaft rear oil seal. (See 01-1 OA-38
REAR OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT [LF, L5].)
am3uuw0000208
Flywheel Installation Note

1. Install the flywheel to the crankshaft.
2. Clean the crankshaft thread holes before installing the new lock bolts.
3. Hand-tighten the flywheel lock bolts.
4. Install the SST to the flywheel.
5. Gradually tighten the flywheel lock bolts in a
crisscross pattern.
Tightening torque
10S-116 Nm {11.1-11.S kgfm, SO-S5
ft Ibf}
am3uuw0000208
Pilot Bearing Installation Note

1. Install the pilot bearing using the Snap-on brand
millimeter size bushing driver set (A 160M)
adapter A160M7 (20-22 mm).
Caution
Use the adapter with the 20 mm side of
the A160M7 (20-22 mm) facing the pilot
bearing side.
Substitution tool
Outer diameter: 21 mm {O.S3 in}
Inner diameter: 19 mm {O.75 in}
am3uuw0000208
2. As shown in the figure, press-fit the pilot bearing

to the position which is 4.0-5.0 mm {0.16-0.19
in} from the crankshaft end.
PILOT BEARING
4.0-5.0 mm {0.16-O.19 in}
am3uuw0000208
05-10-19
CLUTCH
Clutch Disc Installation Note
1. Hold the clutch disc position using the SST.
am3uuw000020B
Clutch Cover Installation Note

2. Tighten the bolts in Min. 2 stages.
(1) Tighten partially with a crisscross pattern.
(2) Fully tighten to specified torque with a
crisscross pattern.
Tightening torque
25-33 Nm {2.6-3.3 kgfm, 19-24 ft.lbf}
am3uuw000020B
CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26M-R]

id051000B003mB
Caution
damaged.
When newly replacing the clutch cover or the clutch disc, replace the clutch cover and the clutch
disc as a set.
Due to the automatic adjustment function of clutch cover, if the old cover assembly is reused, if
must be reinstalled together with its original clutch disc.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Remove the PCM cover No.1. (See 01-40B-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Disconnect the PCM connector. (See 01-40B-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Remove the following parts:
(1) Battery tray and PCM component (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(2) Air cleaner component (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(3) Charge air cooler cover (See 01-13B-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(4) Charge air cooler (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(5) Fuel pump resistor (See 01-14B-16 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(6) Front tires (See 02-10-1 GENERAL PROCEDURES (SUSPENSION).)
(7) Splash shield (See 09-16-30 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
(9) WU-TWC bracket (See 01-15B-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(10)Starter (See 01-19B-2 STARTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(11)Front auto leveling sensor (See 09-18-50 AUTO LEVELING SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Drain the transaxle oil into a suitable container. (See 05-15C-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [A26M-R].)
Remove the manual transaxle. (See 05-15C-5 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
Perform the auto leveling system initialization. (See 09-18-51 AUTO LEVELING SYSTEM INITIALIZATION.)
05-10-20
CLUTCH
11. Add the specified amount of specified transaxle oil. (See 05-15C-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [A26MRJ.)
12. Warm up the engine and transaxle, inspect for oil leakage, and inspect the transaxle operation.
Warning
Improperly jacking a transaxle is dangerous. It can slip off the jack and may cause serious injury.
Note
OVERHAUL' and verify that there is no abnormality. (See 05-15C-13 INSPECTION AFTER TRANSAXLE
INSTALLATION [A26M-RJ.)
(
TRANSAXLE SIDE
ENGINE SIDE
I..
1mB
A~-I~
-!t
t~
(MOLYBDENUM GREASE)
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000621
1
2
3
4
Boot
Clutch release fork
Clutch cover
Note.)
(See 05-10-24 Clutch Cover Installation Note.)
Clutch disc
Note.)
(See 05-10-23 Clutch Disc Installation Note.)
Pilot bearing
(See 05-10-22 Pilot Bearing Removal Note.)
(See 05-10-23 Pilot Bearing Installation Note.)
Flywheel
(See 05-10-22 Flywheel Removal Note.)
(See 05-10-22 Flywheel Installation Note.)
05-10-21
CLUTCH
Clutch Cover and Disc Removal Note
2. Loosen each bolt one turn at a time in a
crisscross pattern until spring tension is released.
3. Remove the clutch cover and disc.
Pilot Bearing Removal Note

Note
The pilot bearing does not need to be removed unless you are replacing it.
1. Use the SST to remove the pilot bearing.
am3uuw0000622
Flywheel Removal Note

1. Hold the flywheel using the SST.
2. Remove the bolts evenly and gradually in a
crisscross pattern.
3. Remove the flywheel.
Flywheel Installation Note

1. Clean the crankshaft thread holes.
2. Install the flywheel to the crankshaft.
3. Hand-tighten the new flywheel lock bolts.
05-10-22
CLUTCH
4. Install the SST to the flywheel.
5. Gradually tighten the flywheel lock bolts in a
crisscross pattern.
Tightening torque
152-161 Nm {15.5-16.4 kgf.m, 113-118
ft.lbf}
Pilot Bearing Installation Note

1. Use the SSTs to install the pilot bearing.
am3uuw0000622
2. As shown in the figure, press-fit the pilot bearing

to the position which is 4.0-5.0 mm {0.16-0.19
in} from the crankshaft end.
PILOT BEARING
4.0-5.0 mm {0.16-D.19 in}
am3uuw0000622
Clutch Disc Installation Note

1. Clean the splines of the clutch disc and the main drive gear with a brush.
2. Spread a thin layer of clutch grease on the splines.
3. Hold the clutch disc position using the SST.
1
am3uuw0000622
05-10-23
CLUTCH
Clutch Cover Installation Note
2. Tighten the bolts in Min. 2 stages.
3. Tighten partially with a crisscross pattern.
4. Fully tighten to specified torque with a crisscross
pattern.
Tightening torque
25-33 Nm {2.6-3.3 kgf.m, 19-24 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000622
CLUTCH COVER INSPE~TION [G35M-R, G66M-R]
id0510008008j1
3. Remove the battery component. (ex: battery, battery tray and PCM component) (See 01-17 A-2 BATTERY
4. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13A-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
S. Remove the exhaust manifold insulator installation bolts and set the exhaust manifold insulator aside.
(1) Exhaust manifold bracket (See 01-1SA-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
INSTALLATION.)
(4) Starter (See 01-19A-2 STARTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
7. Drain the transaxle oil into a suitable container. (See OS-1SA-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G3SMR].)(See OS-1SB-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G66M-R].)
8. Remove the manual transaxle. (See OS-1SA-4 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G3SMR].)(See OS-1SB-4 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G66M-R].)
9. Remove the clutch cover. (See OS-10-16 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G3SM-R, G66M-R].)
10. Measure the wear of the diaphragm spring
fingers .
replace the clutch cover.
Clutch cover diaphragm spring fingers
maximum depth
0.6 mm {0.02 in}
am3uuw0000209
11. Measure the flatness of the pressure plate with a

straight edge and a feeler gauge .
replace the clutch cover. (See OS-1 0-16
CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[G3SM-R, G66M-R].)
Maximum clearance of flatness of the
pressure plate
0.5 mm {0.02 in}
05-10-24
CLUTCH
12. When checking the diaphragm spring fingers,
mount a dial gauge on the cylinder block.
13. Rotate the flywheel and check for misaligned
diaphragm spring fingers.
replace the clutch cover. (See OS-10-16
CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[G3SM-R, G66M-R].)

maximum height difference
1.0 mm {0.039 in}
am3uuw0000209
CLUTCH COVER INSPECTION [A26M-R]

id051000BOOBmB
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
8.
9.
Remove the battery cover. (See 01-178-2 8ATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-178-2 8ATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Remove the PCM cover No.1. (See 01-408-7 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Disconnect the PCM connector. (See 01-408-7 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(1) 8atterytray and PCM component (See 01-178-2 8ATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(2) Air cleaner component (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(3) Charge air cooler cover (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(4) Charge air cooler (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(S) Fuel pump resistor (See 01-148-16 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(7) Splash shield (See 09-16-30 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Aerodynamic under cover No.2 (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2 REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(9) WU-TWC bracket (See 01-1S8-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(1 O)Starter (See 01-198-2 STARTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(11 )Front auto leveling sensor (See 09-18-S0 AUTO LEVELING SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Drain the transaxle oil into a suitable container. (See OS-1SC-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [A26M-R].)
Remove the manual transaxle. (See OS-1SC-S MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
Remove the clutch cover. (See OS-10-20 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
Measure the wear of the diaphragm spring
fingers.
[A26M-R].)

maximum depth
0.6 mm {0.02 in} max.
am3zzw0000621
10. Measure the flatness of the pressure plate with a

straight edge and a feeler gauge.
[A26M-R].)
Maximum clearance of flatness of the

pressure plate
0.3 mm {0.01 in} max.
am3zzw0000622
05-10-25
CLUTCH
11. When checking the diaphragm spring fingers,
mount a dial gauge on the cylinder block.
12. Rotate the flywheel and check for misaligned
diaphragm spring fingers.
[A26M-R].)

maximum misalignment
1.0 mm {0.039 in} max.
14. Perform the auto leveling system initialization. (See 09-18-S1 AUTO LEVELING SYSTEM INITIALIZATION.)
1S. Add the specified amount of specified transaxle oil. (See OS-1SC-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [A26MR].)
Warning
Note
OVERHAUL' and verify that there is no abnormality. (See OS-1SC-13 INSPECTION AFTER TRANSAXLE
CLUTCH DISC INSPECTION [G3SM-R, G66M-R]
id0510008009j1
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 8ATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
4. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
INSTALLATION.)
7. Drain the transaxle oil into a suitable container. (See OS-1SA-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G3SMR].)(See OS-1S8-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G66M-R].)
8. Remove the manual transaxle. (See OS-1SA-4 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G3SMR].)(See OS-1S8-4 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G66M-R].)
9. Remove the clutch disc. (See OS-10-16 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G3SM-R, G66M-R].)
10. Inspect the lining surface for discoloration and grease adhesion.
11. Inspect the torsion spring for weakness and the rivet for looseness.
.-----------------------,
12. Using a vernier caliper, measure the depth
between the lining surface and the rivet head.
If it is less than the minimum specification,
replace the clutch disc.
Clutch disc minimum depth

0.3 mm {0.01 in}
am3uuw0000209
05-10-26
CLUTCH
13. Measure the clutch disc runout using a dial
gauge.
replace the clutch disc.
Clutch disc maximum runout

0.7 mm {0.03 in}
14. Install the clutch disc.
am3uuw0000209
CLUTCH DISC INSPECTION [A26M-R]
id051000B009mB
Caution
damaged.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Remove the battery cover. (See 01-178-2 8ATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-178-2 8ATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Remove the PCM cover No.1. (See 01-408-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Disconnect the PCM connector. (See 01-408-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(1) 8attery tray and PCM component (See 01-178-2 8ATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(2) Air cleaner component (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(3) Charge air cooler cover (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(4) Charge air cooler (See 01-138-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(5) Fuel pump resistor (See 01-148-16 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
INSTALLATION.)
(9) WU-TWC bracket (See 01-158-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(10)Starter (See 01-198-2 STARTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(11 ) Front auto leveling sensor (See 09-18-50 AUTO LEVELING SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Remove the manual transaxle. (See 05-15C-5 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
Remove the clutch cover. (See 05-10-20 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
Remove the clutch disk. (See 05-10-20 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
Using vernier calipers, measure the thickness of
the lining at a rivet head on both sides.
If it less than the minimum specification,
replace the clutch disc. (See 05-10-20
[A26M-R].)
Minimum clutch disc thickness

0.3 mm {0.01 in}
am3uuw0000622
05-10-27
CLUTCH
11. Measure the clutch disc runout using a dial
gauge.
replace the clutch disc. (See OS-1 0-20
[A26M-R].)
Maximum clutch disc runout

0.7 mm {O.03 in}
13. Perform the auto leveling system initialization.
am3uuw0000622
(See 09-18-S1 AUTO LEVELING SYSTEM
INITIALIZATION.)
14. Add the specified amount of specified transaxle oil. (See OS-1SC-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [A26MR].)
1S. Warm up the engine and transaxle, inspect for oil leakage, and inspect the transaxle operation.
Warning
Note
OVERHAUL' and verify that there is no abnormality. (See OS-1SC-13 INSPECTION AFTER TRANSAXLE
CLUTCH RELEASE COLLAR INSPECTION [G3SM-R, G66M-R]
id0510008010j1
Caution
Do not clean the clutch release collar with cleaning fluids or a steam cleaner because it is filled
with grease.
INSTALLATION.)
9. Remove the clutch release collar. (See OS-10-16 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G3SM-R, G66MR].)
10. Turn the collar while applying force in the axial
direction, and inspect for sticking, excessive
resistance, and an abnormal noise.
If there is any malfunction, replace the clutch
release collar.
11. Install the clutch release collar. (See OS-1 0-16
[G3SM-R, G66M-R].)
am3uuw0000209
05-10-28
CLUTCH
CLUTCH RELEASE COLLAR INSPECTION [A26M-R]
id051000B010mB
Caution
damaged.
Cleaning the clutch release collar with cleaning fluids or a steam cleaner can
wash the grease out of the sealed bearing.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Disconnect the negative battery cable. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Remove the PCM cover NO.1. (See 01-40B-7 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Disconnect the PCM connector. (See 01-40B-7 PCM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(1) Battery tray and PCM component (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(2) Air cleaner component (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(3) Charge air cooler cover (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(4) Charge air cooler (See 01-13B-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(5) Fuel pump resistor (See 01-14B-16 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(7) Splash shield (See 09-16-30 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Aerodynamic under cover No.2 (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2 REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(9) WU-TWC bracket (See 01-15B-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(1 O)Starter (See 01-19B-2 STARTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(11 )Front auto leveling sensor (See 09-18-50 AUTO LEVELING SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the manual transaxle. (See 05-15C-5 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
Remove the clutch release coller. (See 05-10-20 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
Turn the collar while applying force in the axial
direction.
If the collar sticks or has excessive resistance,
replace the clutch release collar. (See 05-1020 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
[A26M-R].)
Install the clutch release collar.
Perform the auto leveling system initialization.
(See 09-18-51 AUTO LEVELING SYSTEM
INITIALIZATION. )
Add the specified amount of specified transaxle
adejjw00001005
oil. (See 05-15C-3 TRANSAXLE OIL
REPLACEMENT [A26M-R].)
Warm up the engine and transaxle, inspect for oil leakage, and inspect the transaxle operation.
Warning
Note
If the transaxle is overhauled and installed to the vehicle, perform the IINSPECTION AFTER TRANSAXLE
OVERHAUL and verify that there is no abnormality. (See 05-15C-13 INSPECTION AFTER TRANSAXLE
1
PILOT BEARING INSPECTION [G3SM-R, G66M-R]

id051000B002j1
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
3. Remove the battery component. (ex: battery, battery tray and PCM component) (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY
4. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
05-10-29
CLUTCH
INSTALLATION.)
7. Drain the transaxle oil into a suitable container. (See OS-1SA-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G3SMR].)(See OS-1SB-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G66M-R].)
8. Remove the manual transaxle. (See OS-1SA-4 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G3SMR].)(See OS-1SB-4 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G66M-R].)
9. Without removing the pilot bearing, turn the
r--------------------,
bearing while applying force in the axial direction.
If there is any malfunction, replace the pilot
bearing. (See OS-10-16 CLUTCH UNIT
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G3SM-R, G66M-
R].)
am3uuw0000207
PILOT BEARING INSPECTION [A26M-R]

id0510008002m8
Caution
damaged.
Note
Perform the pilot bearing inspection with the crankshaft or flywheel installed.
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
8.
9.
(3) Charge air cooler cover (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(4) Charge air cooler (See 01-13B-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH Te].)
(S) Fuel pump resistor (See 01-14B-16 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
INSTALLATION.)
(9) WU-TWC bracket (See 01-1SB-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(11 )Front auto leveling sensor (See 09-18-S0 AUTO LEVELING SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Remove the manual transaxle. (See OS-1SC-S MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
Remove the clutch cover. (See OS-10-20 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
Remove the clutch disk. (See OS-1 0-20 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
05-10-30
CLUTCH
10. Inspect the rotation condition of the pilot bearing
for damage or wear.
If there is any malfunction, replace the pilot
bearing. (See OS-10-20 CLUTCH UNIT
REMOVALIINSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
12. Perform the auto leveling system initialization.
(See 09-18-S1 AUTO LEVELING SYSTEM
INITIALIZATION.)
13. Add the specified amount of specified transaxle
oil. (See OS-1SC-3 TRANSAXLE OIL
REPLACEMENT [A26M-R].)
14. Warm up the engine and transaxle, inspect for oil
leakage, and inspect the transaxle operation.
Warning
Note
1
OVERHAUL and verify that there is no abnormality. (See OS-1SC-13 INSPECTION AFTER TRANSAXLE
FLYWHEEL INSPECTION [G3SM-R, G66M-R]

id0510008001j1
INSTALLATION.)
9. Remove the flywheel. (See OS-10-16 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G3SM-R, G66M-R].)
Note
Correct slight scratches and discoloration
using sandpaper.
Inspect the runout of the surface that
contacts the clutch disc with the flywheel
installed to the crankshaft.
10. Inspect the surface that contacts the clutch disc

for scratches, nicks, and discoloration.
11. Inspect the ring gear teeth for damage and wear.
am3uuw0000207
05-10-31
CLUTCH
12. Measure the flatness of the flywheel with a
straight edge and a feeler gauge.
flywheel. (See OS-10-16 CLUTCH UNIT
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G3SM-R, G66MR].)
Maximum clearance of flatness of the flywheel

0.06 mm {0.002 in}
13. Install the flywheel. (See OS-1 0-16 CLUTCH UNIT
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G3SM-R, G66M-R].)
am3uuw0000525
14. Measure the runout of the surface that contacts

the clutch disc using a dial gauge .
replace the flywheel. (See OS-1 0-16 CLUTCH
UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G3SM-R,
G66M-R].)
Flywheel maximum runout

0.1 mm {0.004 in}
am3uuw0000207
FLYWHEEL INSPECTION [A26M-R]

id0510008001 m8
Caution
damaged.
Do not rework the dual-mass flywheel if it is distorted.
Do not clean the dual-mass flywheel with any kind of fluid. Clean the dual-mass flywheel with a dry
cloth only.
Do not clean the gap between the primary and secondary mass. Only clean the bolt connection
surface and the clutch surface.
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
8.
9.
(2) Air cleaner component (See 01-13B-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(4) Charge air cooler (See 01-13B-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(S) Fuel pump resistor (See 01-14B-16 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
INSTALLATION.)
(9) WU-TWC bracket (See 01-1SB-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(11 ) Front auto leveling sensor (See 09-18-S0 AUTO LEVELING SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Remove the manual transaxle. (See OS-1SC-S MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
Remove the clutch cover. (See OS-1 0-20 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
Remove the clutch disk. (See OS-10-20 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
05-10-32
CLUTCH
10. Remove the dual-mass flywheel. (See 05-10-20 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
Note
Correct slight scratches and discoloration
using sandpaper.
Inspect the runout of the surface that
contacts the clutch disc with the dual-mass
flywheel installed to the crankshaft.
11. Inspect the dual-mass flywheel.
Cracks
Worn ring gear teeth
Chipped or cracked ring gear teeth
Surface that contacts the clutch disc for
scratches, nicks, and discoloration.
am3zzw0000839
If there is any malfunction, replace the dualmass flywheel. (See 05-10-20 CLUTCH UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
12. Verify that the center of the dual-mass flywheel does not move.
(1) Rotate the dual-mass flywheel or attempt to
r---------------------,
move it up and down, and left and right to
verify that the center of the dual-mass
flywheel does not move.
If there is any movement as indicated by
the arrows in the figure, replace the dualmass flywheel with a new one. (See 0510-20 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAL/
am3zzw0000839
13. Verify that the secondary mass rotates by 15

teeth or more.
If it rotates by 15 teeth or more, replace the
dual-mass flywheel. (See 05-10-20 CLUTCH
UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
14. Inspect for locating dowels touching the primary

mass of the dual-mass flywheel.
Caution
Make sure that the three locating dowels
are installed.
If the locating dowels are touching the primary
mass of the dual-mass flywheel, replace the
dual-mass flywheel with a new one.
15. Visually inspect the secondary mass.
If there is any damage, replace the dual-mass
flywheel. (See 05-10-20 CLUTCH UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
am3zzw0000839
05-10-33
CLUTCH
16. Visually inspect the ring gear on the dual-mass
flywheel.
If there is any damage, replace the dual-mass
RING GEAR
am3uuw0000621
17. Inspect the welded area of the dual-mass

flywheel for grease leakage.
If there is grease leakage, replace the dualmass flywheel. (See 05-10-20 CLUTCH UNIT
18. Inspect the dual-mass flywheel runout.

If it is more than the maximum specification,
replace the dual-mass flywheel. (See 05-1020 CLUTCH UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[A26M-R].)
Flywheel maximum runout [A26M-R]
1.5 mm {O.059 in}
am 3zzwOOOOB40
19. Inspect the dual-mass flywheel for the amount of

guide pin projection.
dual-mass flywheel. (See 05-10-20 CLUTCH
UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
11 mm {O.43 in}
am3uuw0000621
20. Rotate the secondary mass left and right and

verify that it rotates within a range of three teeth
without resistance.
If there is any malfunction, replace the dualmass flywheel. (See 05-10-20 CLUTCH UNIT
21. Inspect the dual-mass flywheel for cracks.
If there are cracks, replace the dual-mass
am3zzwOOOOB40
05-10-34
CLUTCH
23. Perform the auto leveling system initialization. (See 09-18-51 AUTO LEVELING SYSTEM INITIALIZATION.)
24. Add the specified amount of specified transaxle oil. (See 05-15C-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [A26MR].)
Warning
Note
OVERHAUL' and verify that there is no abnormality. (See 05-15C-13 INSPECTION AFTER TRANSAXLE
05-10-35
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [G35M-R]
OS-1SA MANUAL TRANSAXLE [G3SM-R]

MANUAL TRANSAXLE LOCATION
INDEX [G3SM-R] ..................
INSTALLATION [G3SM-R] ..........
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAU
TRANSAXLE OIL INSPECTION
[G3SM-R] . .......................
TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT
[G3SM-R] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL)
REPLACEMENT [G3SM-R] ... .......
OS-1SA-1
OS-1SA-1
OS-1SA-2
OS-1SA-2
OS-1SA-3
MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAU

Shift Cable And Select Cable
Removal Note .................
No.4 Engine Mount Removal Note ...
Manual Transaxle Removal Note ....
Manual Transaxle Installation Note ...
No.1 Engine Mount and No.4 Engine
Mount Installation Note ...........
INSPECTION AFTER TRANSAXLE
. OS-1SA-4
. OS-1SA-6
. OS-1SA-6
. OS-1SA-7
. OS-1SA-8
. OS-1SA-8
. OS-1SA-10
OS-1SA-3
MANUAL TRANSAXLE LOCATION INDEX [G3SM-R]
~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _id_05_15b_18_00-.500'
am3uuw0000211
Back-up light switch

(See 05-15A-2 BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G3SM-R].)
(See 09-18-55 BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
Neutral switch
(See 05-15A-1 NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [G3SM-R].)
[LF, L5].)
Oil seal (differential)

(See OS-15A-3 OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL)
REPLACEMENT [G35M-R])
Manual transaxle
(See 05-15A-4 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [G3SM-R])
Transaxle oil
(See 05-1SA-2 TRANSAXLE OIL INSPECTION
[G3SM-R])
(See 05-15A-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT
[G3SM-R])
NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G3SM-R]

id0515b1800700
S. Drain the oil from the transaxle. (See OS-1SA-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G3SM-R].)
05-1SA-1
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [G3SM-R]

6. Disconnect the neutral switch connector and
remove the neutral switch.
7. Install the neutral switch (with a new gasket) to
the transaxle case.
Tightening torque
20-29 Nm {2.1-2.9 kgf.m, 15-21 ft.lbf}
8. Install the battery component. (ex: battery, battery
tray and PCM component)(See 01-17A-2
BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
9. Install the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY
am3uuw0000212
10. Add the specified amount and type of oil. (See 0515A-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G35M-R].)
INSTALLATION.)
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G35M-R]
id0515b1800800
5. Drain the oil from the transaxle. (See 05-15A-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G35M-R].)
6. Disconnect the back-up light switch connector
and remove the back-up light switch.
7. Install the back-up light switch (with a new gasket)
to the transaxle case.
Tightening torque
20-29 Nm {2.1-2.9 kgf.m, 15-21 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000212
10. Add the specified amount and type of oil. (See 0515A-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G35M-R].)
INSTALLATION.)
TRANSAXLE OIL INSPECTION [G35M-R]
id0515b1800000
1. Park the vehicle on level ground.

3. Remove the oil level plug and washer.
4. Verify that the oil is near the brim of the plug port.
If the oil level is lower than the low level, add
the specified amount and type of oil through
the oil level plug hole.
Manual transaxle oil Grade

API GL-4
Manual transaxle oil Viscosity

SAE 75W-80
-+--'~F\----- HIGH
LEVEL
- - 1 - - - \ , - - " - - - LOW
LEVEL
am3uuw0000072
OS-1SA-2

5. Install a new washer and the oil level plug.
Tightening torque
39-59 Nm {4.0-S.0 kgf.m, 29-43 ftlbf}
6. Install the aerodynamic under cover NO.2. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2 REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G35M-R]

id0515b1800100

3. Remove the drain plug with the washer.
4. Drain the oil into a suitable container.
5. Install a new washer and the drain plug.
Tightening torque
39-59 Nm {4.0-S.0 kgf.m, 29---43 ft.lbf}
6. Remove the oil level plug with washer and add the
specified amount and type of oil through the oil
level plug hole until the level reaches the bottom
of the oil level plug hole.
OIL LEVEL PLUG --4;=--14
am6zzw0000052

API GL-4
SAE 75W-80
Manual transaxle oil capacity (approx. quantity)
2.77 L {2.93 US qt, 2.44 Imp qt}
Tightening torque
39-59 Nm {4.0-S.0 kgf.m, 29-43 ftlbf}
INSTALLATION.)
OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL) REPLACEMENT [G35M-R]

id0515b1800200
1. On level ground, jack up the vehicle and support it evenly on safety stands.
2. Remove the aerodynamic under cover NO.2. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2
3. Drain the oil from the transaxle. (See OS-1SA-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G3SM-R].)
4. Remove the front splash shield. (See 09-16-30 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
5. Separate the drive shaft and joint shaft from the transaxle. (See 03-13-3 DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.) (See 03-13-13 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the oil seals using a screwdriver.
.-----------------------,
--am3uuw0000072
05-1SA-3

7. Using the SST and a hammer, tap each new oil
seal in evenly until the SST contacts the transaxle
case.
8. Coat the lip of each oil seal with transaxle oil.
9. Insert the drive shaft and joint shaft to the
transaxle. (See 03-13-3 DRIVE SHAFT
JOINT SHAFT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
10. Install the front splash shield. (See 09-16-30
11. Add the specified amount and type of oil. (See OS1SA-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT
[G3SM-R].)
am3uuw0000211
MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [G3SM-R]

id0515b 1800600
Caution
damaged.
INSTALLATION.)
7. Drain the transaxle oil into a suitable container.
10. Add the specified amount of specified transaxle oil.
Note
INSTALLATION 1 and verify that there is no abnormality. (See OS-1SA-10 INSPECTION AFTER
TRANSAXLE INSTALLATION [G3SM-R].)
OS-1SA-4
,tt'I1\-+:!-+--:--:-".,.,,---=----
38-50
{3.9-5.0,
29-36}
94-152
{9.6-15,
70-112}
---1f
I
I
I
16-22
~---r- {1.7-2.2,
12-16}
61-76
{6.3-7.7, - $
45-S6}
t,
r-'::"'O
19-25
{2.0-2.5,
1S-18}
Nm {kgf.m, ft-lbf}
am3uuw0000211
Ground
Back-up light switch connector
Neutral switch connector
S
6
Select cable
(See OS-1SA-6 Shift Cable And Select Cable
Removal Note.)
Shift cable
(See OS-1SA-6 Shift Cable And Select Cable
Removal Note.)
Cable bracket
7
8
9
Ground
Harness bracket
10
Transaxle mounting bolt (upper side)
11

12
13
Lower arm ball jOint
OS-1SA-5

14
Drive shaft
INSTALLATION.)
15
Joint shaft
INSTALLATION.)
16
No.1 engine mount bracket

(See 05-15A-8 No.1 Engine Mount and No.4 Engine
Mount Installation Note.)
17
Battery bracket
18

19

20
Transaxle mounting bolt (lower side)
21
Manual transaxle
(See 05-15A-7 Manual Transaxle Removal Note.)
(See 05-15A-8 Manual Transaxle Installation Note.)
Shift Cable And Select Cable Removal Note

1. Remove the shift and selector cable outer ends
am3uuw0000211
2. Remove the both shift cable end and select cable

end using a fastener remover.
+ - - - SHIFT CABLE
END
am3uuw0000330

1. Install the SST using the following procedure.
Caution
Refer to the SST instruction manual for the basic handing procedure.
~-----------------------~
---------......... ,'--- REAR SHAFT

SIDE BAR
FRONT FOOT No.2
FRONT SHAFT
am6xuwOOOO 151
OS-1SA-6

(1) Align the bolt of the shock absorber (right
side) shown in the figure with the rear shaft
, bolt for the right side of the SST.
(2) Align the bolt of the shock absorber (left side)
shown in the figure with the rear shaft bolt for
the left side of the SST.
(3) Install one front foot No.2 to each of the left

and right front shafts of the SST, and then
align the holes of the SST front shafts with the
bolt on the left and right side of each front
side frame.
(4) Adjust the height of the left and right side bars
so that they are leveled, then tighten each
part of the SST.
(5) Make sure each joint is securely tightened.
am_3U_UW_O_OO_02~'1
_____________________________
am3uuw0000211
2. Suspend the engine using the SST.

3. Remove the battery bracket, No.4 engine mount
rubber and No.4 engine mount bracket.
Manual Transaxle Removal Note

Warning
Remove the transaxle carefully, holding it steady. If the transaxle falls it could be damaged or
cause injury.
05-1SA-7
liliiii

1. Lean the engine toward the transaxle.
am3uuw0000212
2. Support the transaxle on a jack.

3. Remove the transaxle mounting bolts.
4. Remove the transaxle.
Manual Transaxle Installation Note

Warning
Install the transaxle carefully, holding it steady. If the transaxle falls it could be damaged or cause
injury.
1. Set the transaxle on a jack and lift into place.
2. Install the transaxle mounting bolts.
3. Adjust the SST (49 C017 SAO) so that the engine
is located at the specified position.
am3uuw0000071
No.1 Engine Mount and No.4 Engine Mount Installation Note

1. Install the No.4 engine mount bracket on the
,-------------------------,
transaxle case and tighten bolt and nuts.
Tightening torque
61-76 Nm {6.3-7.7 kgfm, 45-56 ft.lbf}
NUT -------'~
BOLT----fi
FRONT
am3uuw0000525
OS-1SA-8

2. Install the No.1 engine mount bracket to the
transaxle case, and then tighten the bolts.
Tightening torque
94-116 Nm {9.6-11 kgf.m, 70-85 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000525
3. Install the No.1 engine mount rubber to the front

crossmember, and then temporarily tighten the
bolts.
am3uuw0000525
4. Place the No.4 engine mount rubber with the

body stud bolts passing through the holes and
tighten the bolt in the figure.
NO.4 ENGINE
MOUNT RUBBER
Tightening torque
94-152 Nm {9.6-15 kgf.m, 70-112 ft.lbf}
FRONT
am3uuw0000525
5. Fully tighten the bolts.
Tightening torque
73-90 Nm {7.5-9.1 kgfm, 54-66 ftlbf}
am3uuw0000212
6. Place the battery bracket on the No.4 Engine

mount rubber with the body stud bolts passing
through the holes and tighten bolts and nuts in the
NUT
BATTERY
BRACKET
---+::::::>-''7-
Tightening torque
73-90 Nm {7.5-9.1 kgfm, 54-66 ft.lbf}
7. Remove the SST (49 C017 5AO).
FRONT
NUT
am3uuw0000525
OS-1SA-9

INSPECTION AFTER TRANSAXLE INSTALLATION [G3SM-R]
id0515b 1800300
Note
Perform the following inspection only when the transaxle has been overhauled.
1. Perform a road test and inspect the following items:

(1) No abnormal noise in each shift position.
(2) Smooth shift operation when shifting gears.
(3) No gear slipout after shifting gears.
(4) Back-up light switch operates correctly.
05-1SA-10
05-158 MANUAL TRANSAXLE [G66M-R]

INDEX [G66M-R] . .................
INSTALLATION [G66M-R] ..........
8ACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [G66M-R] ..........
[G66M-R] . .......................
[G66M-R] . .......................
REPLACEMENT [G66M-R] . .........
05-158-1
05-158-2
05-158-2
05-158-2
05-158-3
MANUALTRANSAXLEREMOVAU
INSTALLATION [G66M-R] .......... . 05-158-4
Shift Cable And Select Cable
Removal Note .................. . 05-158-6
No.4 Engine Mount Removal Note ... . 05-158-6
Manual Transaxle Removal Note ..... 05-158-7
Manual Transaxle Installation Note ... . 05-158-8
Mount Installation Note ........... . 05-158-8
INSTALLATION [G66M-R] .......... . 05-158-10
05-158-3
MANUAL TRANSAXLE LOCATION INDEX [G66M-R]
~________________________________________________________________
id_05_15k_18_00-.500'
II--t--H---+------i
am3u uw0000463
Manual transaxle
(See 05-15B-4 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Neutral switch
(See 05-15B-2 NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAU
[LF, L5].)
Back-up light switch switch
(See 05-15B-2 BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G66M-R].)
INSPECTION.)
Transaxle oil
(See 05-15B-2 TRANSAXLE OIL INSPECTION
[G66M-R].)
(See 05-15B-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT
[G66M-R].)
(See 05-15B-3 OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL)
REPLACEMENT [G66M-R].)
05-158-1

NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVALJINSTALLATION [G66M-R]
id0515k1800700
5. Drain the oil from the transaxle. (See 05-15B-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G66M-R].)
6. Remove the neutral switch.
~ J \V
!/' ~
7. Install the neutral switch (with a new gasket) to
'~~)
/
the transaxle case.
NEUTRAL SWITCH ~ /
_/ ' ) \
CONNECTOR
& '"
~
Tightening torque
20-29 Nm {2.1-2.9 kgf.m, 15-21 ft.lbf}
-0...
I ~~
YIl/~
r",
,,""
d~ ~
I ,//
~ GASKETEI
J,'\:

~ ,,~
,
NEUT';flf\
'\ ~---. 0
SWIT2~L j}
am3uuw0000213
10. Add the specified amount and type of oil. (See 0515B-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT
[G66M-R].)
INSTALLATION. )
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH REMOVALJINSTALLATION [G66M-R]
id0515k1800800
5. Drain the oil from the transaxle .. (See 05-15B-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G66M-R].)
6. Disconnect the back-up light switch connector
and remove the back-up light switch.
7. Install the back-up light switch (with a new gasket)
to the transaxle case.
Tightening torque
20-29 Nm {2.1-2.9 kgf.m, 15-21 ft.lbf}
8. Install thebattery component. (ex: battery, battery
am3uuw0000214
10. Add the specified amount and type of oil. (See 0515B-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G66M-R].)
INSTALLATION.)
TRANSAXLE OIL INSPECTION [G66M-R]
05-158-2
id0515k1800000

If the oil level is lower than the low level, add
the specified amount and type of oil through
the oil level plug hole.

API GL-4
SAE 75W-SO
-\---r~r\------ HIGH
LEVEL
--t----->,,.--';,....---
LOW
LEVEL
am3uuw0000212
Tightening torque
39-59 Nm {4.0-S.0 kgf.m, 29-43 ft.lbf}
INSTALLATION.)
TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [GSSM-R]
id0515k1800100

HIGH LEVEL
Tightening torque
39-59 Nm {4.0-S.0 kgf.m, 29-43 ft.lbf}
am6xuw0000151

API GL-4
SAE 75W-SO
Manual transaxle oil Capacity (approx. quantity)
2.S5 L {3.01 US qt, 2.51 Imp qt}
Tightening torque
39-59 Nm {4.0-S.0 kgf.m, 29-43 ftlbf}
INSTALLATION.)
OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL) REPLACEMENT [GSSM-R]

id0515k1800200
1. On level ground, jack up the vehicle and support it evenly on safety stands.
3. Drain the oil from the transaxle. (See 05-158-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G66M-R].)
4. Remove the front splash shield. (See 09-16-30 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.) (See 03-13-13 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
05-158-3

7. Using the SST and a hammer, tap each new oil

seal in evenly until the SST contacts the transaxle
case.
JOINT SHAFT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
10. Install the front splash shield. (See 09-16-30
11. Add the specified amount and type of oil. (See 05158-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT
[G66M-R].)
lijIMm~*kt
(RIGHT SIDE)
am6xuw0000151
MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [G66M-R]

id0515k1800600
Caution
damaged.
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 8ATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
3. Remove the battery component. (ex: battery, battery tray and PCM component)(See 01-17A-2 8ATTERY
4. Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
(1) Exhaust manifold bracket
(2) Front splash shields (See 09-16-30 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
(4) Starter (See 01-19A-2 STARTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
7. Drain the transaxle oil into a suitable container.
10. Add the specified amount of specified transaxle oil. (See 05-158-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [G66MR].)
Note
INSTALLATION ' and verify that there is no abnormality. (See 05-158-10 INSPECTION AFTER
TRANSAXLE INSTALLATION [G66M-R].)
05-158-4

8-11 Nm
{82-112 kgf.cm,
o~-97 i"l'b
fl
(3)
@-<."-PS,~-~
o (''1r,-t?~-:....~---J '
______-:::___ ___ _
~---
,.....g..~~-;---
38-50
{3.9-5.0,
29-36}
94-116
{9.6-11,
70-85}
I
I
n 73-90
<Jb-- {7.5-9.1,
54-66}
94-152~
{9.6-15,
70-112}
~--r-
U
1
16-22
{1.7-2.2,
12-16}
19-25
{2.0-2.5,
15-18}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000212
1
2
3
5
6
Ground
8ack-up light switch connector
Select cable
(See 05-158-6 Shift Cable And Select Cable
Removal Note.)
Shift cable
(See 05-158-6 Shift Cable And Select Cable
Removal Note.)
Cable bracket
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
Ground
Harness bracket
(See 02-13-13 FRONT CROSSMEM8ER
Lower arm ball joint
05-158-5

14
15
Drive shaft
INSTALLATION.)
Joint shaft
INSTALLATION.)
16

(See 05-158-8 No.1 Engine Mount and No.4 Engine
17
8attery tray bracket
18
19
20
21

(See 05-158-6 No.4 Engine Mount Removal Note.)
(See 05-158-8 No.1 Engine Mount and No.4
Engine Mount Installation Note.)
(See 05-158-6 No.4 Engine Mount Removal Note.)
(See 05-158-8 No.1 Engine Mount and No.4
Manual transaxle
(See 05-158-7 Manual Transaxle Removal Note.)
(See 05-158-8 Manual Transaxle Installation Note.)
Shift Cable And Select Cable Removal Note

am3uuw0000213

+ - - - SHIFT CABLE
END
am3uuw0000330

Caution
-----.,..-:;....,.'L--REAR SHAFT
SIDE BAR
FRONT FOOT No.2
FRONT SHAFT
am6xuw0000151
05-158-6

(1) Align the bolt of the shock absorber (right
side) shown in the figure with the rear shaft
hole for the right side of the SST.
(2) Align the bolt of the shock absorber (left side)
shown in the figure with the rear shaft hole for
the left side of the SST.
(3) Install one front foot No.2 to each of the left

and right front shafts of the SST, and then
align the holes of the SST front shafts with the
bolt on the left and right side of each front
side frame.
(4) Adjust the height of the left and right side bars
so that they are leveled, then tighten each
part of the SST.
am_3_UU_WO_OO_02~'3
_____________________________
am3uuw0000213
2. Support the engine using the SST.

3. Remove the No.4 engine mount rubber and
bracket.
am3uuw0000213
Manual Transaxle Removal Note

Warning
cause injury.
05-158-7
liliiii

1. Adjust the SST and lean the engine toward the
transaxle.
am3uuw0000213

3. Remove the transaxl~ mounting bolts.
am6xuwOOOO 150

Warning
injury.
am6xuw0000150

1. Install the No.4 engine mount bracket on the
,------------------------,
transaxle case and tighten bolt and nuts.
Tightening torque
61-76 Nm {6.3-7.7 kgf.m, 45-56 ft.lbf}
NUT -------'----+
BOLT------.!.
FRONT
am3uuw0000525
05-158-8

transaxle case, and then tighten the bolts.
Tightening torque
94-116 Nm {9.6-11 kgf.m, 70-85 ftlbf}

bolts.
4. Place the No.4 engine mount rubber with the

body stud bolts passing through the holes and
tighten the bolt in the figure.
NO.4 ENGINE
MOUNT RUBBER
Tightening torque
94-152 Nm {9.6-15 kgf.m, 70-112 ft.lbf}
FRONT
5. Fully tighten the bolts.

Tightening torque
73-90 Nm {7.5-9.1 kgfm, 54-66 ft.lbf}
6. Place the battery bracket on the No.4 Engine

mount rubber with the body stud bolts passing
through the holes and tighten bolts and nuts in the
NUT
BATTERY
BRACKET
---+--"...<'-;f-
Tightening torque
73-90 Nm {7.5-9.1 kgfm, 54-66 ftlbf}

7. Remove the SST (49 C017 SAO).
FRONT
NUT
am3uuw0000526
05-158-9

INSPECTION AFTER TRANSAXLE INSTALLATION [G66M-R]
id0515k1800300
Note
Peliorm the following inspection only when the transaxle has been overhauled.
1. Peliorm a road test and inspect the following items:

05-158-10
MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A26M-R]
OS-1SC MANUAL TRANSAXLE [A26M-R]

INDEX [A26M-R] ..................
INSTALLATION [A26M-R] .. .........
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [A26M-R] .. .........
[A26M-R] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
[A26M-R] ........................
REPLACEMENT [A26M-R] .. ........
OS-1SC-1
OS-1SC-2
OS-1SC-2
OS-1SC-2
OS-1SC-3
OS-1SC-3
MANUALTRANSAXLEREMOVAU
INSTALLATION [A26M-R] .......... . OS-1SC-S
Shift Cable and Select Cable
Removal Note ................. . OS-1SC-7
No.1 Engine Mount Rubber Removal
Note ...................... . OS-1SC-8
No.4 Engine Mount Removal Note ... . OS-1SC-8
Manual Transaxle Removal Note ..... OS-1 SC-1 0
Manual Transaxle Installation Note ... . OS-1SC-11
Mount Installation Note ......... . OS-1SC-11
INSTALLATION [A26M-R] .......... . OS-1SC-13
MANUAL TRANSAXLE LOCATION INDEX [A26M-R]

;d051511800500
~~~~c+~~~~~
'-W:+-+-+-'-d-~-@
am3zzw0000593
Manual transaxle
(See 05-15C-5 MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [A26M-R])
(See 05-15C-3 OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL)
REPLACEMENT [A26M-R])
Back-up light switch
(See 05-15C-2 BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH
REMOVAUI NSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
INSPECTION.)
Neutral switch
(See 05-15C-2 NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [A26M-R])
(See 01-40B-23 NEUTRAL SWITCH INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TCl)
Transaxle oil
(See 05-15C-2 TRANSAXLE OIL INSPECTION
[A26M-R])
(See 05-15C-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT
[A26M-R])
OS-1SC-1

NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26M-R]
id051511800700

2. Disconnect the neutral switch connector.
4. Remove the neutral switch.
NEUTRAL SWITCH CONNECTOR
5. Install the neutral switch to the transaxle case.
Tightening torque
29-S2 Nm {2.9-S.3 kgfm, 21-38 ft.lbf}
~~l?'
m~~;,-NEUTRAL
SWITCH
am3zzw0000593
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26M-R]

id051511800800

2. Disconnect the back-up light switch connector.
4. Remove the back-up light switch.
5. Install the back-up light switch to the transaxle
case.
Tightening torque
29-S2 Nm {2.9-S.3 kgf.m, 21-38 ft.lbf}
am3zzw0000593
TRANSAXLE OIL INSPECTION [A26M-R]

id051511800000

If the oil level is low, add the specified amount
and type of oil through the filler plug hole.
Manual transaxle oil grade

API service GL-4
Manual transaxle oil viscosity
SAE 7SW-80
5. Tighten the oil level plug with a new washer.
am3zzw0000545
Tightening torque
28-S0 Nm {2.9-S.1 kgf.m, 21-37 ft.lbf}
6. Install the aerodynamic under cover No.2. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2 REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
OS-1SC-2

TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [A26M-R]
id051511800100

Tightening torque
28-S0 Nm {2.9-S.1 kgfm, 21-37 ft.lbf}
DRAIN PLUG
,m6"WOO00325
Manual transaxle oil grade

API service GL-4
Manual transaxle oil viscosity
SAE 7SW-80
Manual transaxle oil capacity (approx.
quantity)
2.4-2.6 L {2.6-2.7 US qt, 2.12-2.28 Imp qt}
am3zzw0000545
Tightening torque
28-S0 Nm {2.9-S.1 kgfm, 21-37 ftlbf}
INSTALLATION.)
OIL SEAL (DIFFERENTIAL) REPLACEMENT [A26M-R]

id051511800200
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
On level ground, jack up the vehicle and support it evenly on safety stands.
Drain the oil from the transaxle. (See 05-15C-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [A26M-R].)
Remove the front tires. (See 02-10-1 GENERAL PROCEDURES (SUSPENSION).)
Remove the splash shield. (See 09-16-30 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Remove the aerodynamic under cover No.2. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2
INSTALLATION.) (See 03-13-13 JOINT SHAFT REMOVALIINSTALLATION.)
r---~----\--~-\QJ-"--!J-----------,
~/e~
0~
~
]~-)))~~~l)
~r(!/~
~~
'If,
am6zzw0000325
05-1SC-3

8. Using the SSTs and a hammer, tap each new oil
seal in evenly until the SSTs contact the transaxle
case.
-0.5-0.5 mm {-0.01-0.01 in}
TRANSAXLE CASE
am3zzw0000820

REMOVAUINSTALLATION) (See 03-13-13
JOINT SHAFT REMOVAUINSTALLATION)
12. Install the splash shield. (See 09-16-30 SPLASH
SHIELD REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
13. Install the front tires. (See 02-10-1 GENERAL
PROCEDURES (SUSPENSION).)
14. Add the specified amount and type of oil. (See 0515C-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT
[A26M-R].)
OIL SEAL
-0.5-0.5 mm
{-0.01-0.01 in}
CLUTCH HOUSING
am3zzw0000545
OS-1SC-4

MANUAL TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [A26M-R]
id051511800600
Caution
damaged.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
(4) Charge air cooler (See 01-13B-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(5) Fuel pump resistor (See 01-14B-16 FUEL PUMP RESISTOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
,
INSTALLATION.)
(9) WU-TWC bracket (See 01-15B-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
(11 )Front auto leveling sensor (See 09-18-50 AUTO LEVELING SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Perform the auto leveling system initialization. (See 09-18-51 AUTO LEVELING SYSTEM INITIALIZATION.)
Add the specified amount of specified transaxle oil. (See 05-15C-3 TRANSAXLE OIL REPLACEMENT [A26MR].)
Warm up the engine and transaxle, inspect for oil leakage, and inspect the transaxle operation.
Warning
Note
INSTALLATION 1 and verify that there is no abnormality. (See 05-15C-13 INSPECTION AFTER
TRANSAXLE INSTALLATION [A26M-R].)
05-1SC-S
L-------'--..L.---'--'-'---o4 37-52
{3.8-5.3,
28-38}
6.9-9.8Nm
{71-99 kgfcm,
.----.----'---.-- 61-76
{6.3-7.7,
45-56}
.~42-62
__ ,
:i>'
"
{4.3-6.3,
31-45}
lt1Ir--+"q....,.~+-38-50
{3.9-5.0,
29-36}
Nm {kgfm, ftlbf}
f~r! i~,
134-176
{3.8-5.4,
{14-17,
27-39}
99-129} 22-30
{2.3-3.0,
17-22}
{3.8-5.4,
27-39}
8-10Nm
{82-101 kgfcm,
71-88 inlbf}
am3uuw0000623
OS-1SC-6

1
Back-up light switch connector
16
Selector cable
(See OS-1SC-7 Shift Cable and Select Cable
Removal Note.)
Crossmember component
17
Shift cable
(See OS-1SC-7 Shift Cable and Select Cable
Removal Note.)
Drive shaft (LH)

INSTALLATION)
18
Cable rubber bracket
Drive shaft (RH)

INSTALLATION.)
6
7
GND wiring harness
19
Joint shaft
INSTALLATION.)
Cable bracket
GND wiring harness
20
21
22

(See OS-1SC-8 No.4 Engine Mount Removal Note.)
(See OS-1SC-11 No.1 Engine Mount and No.4
23

(See OS-1SC-8 No.4 Engine Mount Removal Note.)
24
2S
Manual transaxle
(See OS-1SC-10 Manual Transaxle Removal Note.)
(See OS-1SC-11 Manual Transaxle Installation
Note.)
10
11

12
13
Lower arm ball joint
14
No.1 engine mount

(See OS-1SC-8 No.1 Engine Mount Rubber Removal
Note.)
1S
Cross member bracket
Shift Cable and Select Cable Removal Note

am3uuw0000213

SHIFT CABLE
END
am6zzw0000326
OS-1SC-7

No.1 Engine Mount Rubber Removal Note
1. Loosen the No.1 engine mount rubber installation
bolt (front crossmember side) shown in the figure.

INSTALLATION BOLT
FRONT
am3uuw0000598
2. Remove the No.1 engine mount rubber

installation bolt (No.1 engine mount bracket side)
3. Remove the No.1 engine mount rubber and the
front crossmember component as a single unit.

INSTALLATION BOLT
FRONT
am3uuw0000598

1. Detach the hose clip shown in the figure.
am3zzw0000545
2. Remove the bracket bolt shown in the figure and

set the bracket aside to prevent interference with
the SST.
OS-1SC-8

Caution
~~_""""L_
FRONT FOOT No.2

REAR SHAFT
FRONT SHAFT
am2zzw0000019

installation nut.
am3zzw0000847

and horizontal.
am3zzw0000840
OS-1SC-9

4. Support the engine using the SST.
5. Remove the battery tray bracket, No.4 engine
mount rubber and bracket.
Manual Transaxle Remo.val Note

Warning
cause injury.
1. Adjust the SST and lean the engine toward the

transaxle.
2. To prevent interference when removing the

transaxle, remove the brake pipe from the clip as
shown in the figure and set it in a place out of the
way.
am3zzw0000546
3. Remove the clip and suspend the brake hose as

shown in the figure using a cable or similar item.
am3zzw0000601
OS-1SC-10

5. Remove the transaxle mounting bolts.
am6zzw0000326

Warning
injury.
am3uuw0000623
4. Install the brake hose to the bracket as shown in

the figure and install the clip.

1. Install the front cross member component. (See 02-13-13 FRONT CROSSMEMBER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
installation bolts.

INSTALLATION BOLT
..
FRONT
am3uuw0000598
OS-1SC-11

3. Tighten the bolt shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
61-76 Nm {6.3-7.7 kgf.m, 45-56 ftlbf}
\T-T---7--
BOLT
NO.4 ENGINE
MOUNT
BRACKET---+~~~-7
~---""=4---+-
BOLT
\'t+---+--
BOLT
am3uuw0000598

bolt.
Tightening torque
94-152 Nm {9.6-15 kgf.m, 70-112 ft.lbf}
NO.4 ENGINE
MOUNT RUBBER
ff---HH----BOLT

bolts in the order shown.
Caution
FRONT
Tighten the bolts while being careful of
their length to prevent interference between the steering gear housing and bolt.
am3uuw0000304
Bolt stem length

Tightening torque
73-90 Nm {7.5-9.1 kgf.m, 54-66 ftlbf}
FRONT
am3uuw0000623

battery tray bracket installation nuts as shown in
the figure.
Tightening torque
44-61 Nm {4.5-6.2 kgf.m, 33-44 ft.lbf}
NUT
BATTERY ---r--,,-r+
BRACKET
FRONT
am3uuw0000598
05-1SC-12

INSPECTION AFTER TRANSAXLE INSTALLATION [A26M-R]
id051511800300
Note
Perform the following inspection only when the transaxle has been overhauled.
1. Perform a road test and inspect the following items:

OS-1SC-13
MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
05-16

MECHANISM LOCATION INDEX ..... 05-16-1
MECHANISM REMOVAL!
INSTALLATION ................... 05-16-2
G35M-R, G66M-R ............ .. 05-16-2

A26M-R ....................... . 05-16-3
MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM LOCATION INDEX
id051600800100
G35M-R, G66M-R
am3uuw0000331
A26M-R
Shift mechanism
(See 05-16-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT
05-16-1

MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id051600B00200
G3SM-R, G66M-R
S. Remove the aerodynamic under cover NO.2. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2
6. Remove the tunnel member. (rear) (See 01-1SA-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
8. Remove the shift lever knob.
~
(t
)) la~~
9. Remove the shift panel. (See 09-17-42 SHIFT
~O~
~
PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
,---n
10. Remove the side wall. (See 09-17-37 SIDE WALL
@j~;f;
~ SHIFT L~ER KNOB
@~~:~ @
11. Remove the console. (See 09-17 -4S CONSOLE
~i
,/
/f-
am3uuw0000331
12. Detach the clip as shown in the figure.
13. Disconnect the drain hose connected to AlC unit.

(See 07-11-4 A/C UNIT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
AlC
UNIT----~
DRAIN HOSE - - - - t r - _ = : _
am3uuw000043B
14. Remove the cap and fastener securing the

insulator (front) and set the insulator (front) aside.
1S. Remove in the order indicated in the table.
17. After installation, verify that the shift lever can be
shifted smoothly into each position.
CAP
FASTENER
am3uuw0000331
05-16-2
I
I
I
I
I
~,/
I
f //
I
I
I
19-25 Nm
,/
{2.0-2.5 kgf.m, "
15-18 ft-lbf} /
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
am3uuw0000214
Clip
Grommet
Main shift cable

(See 05-16-3 Main shift cable and main select cable
removal note.)
Main select cable

removal note.)
Shift lever component
Main shift cable and main select cable removal note

-"r---SELECT CABLE
END
FASTNER - - - '
REMOVER
am3uuw0000214
A26M-R
3. Remove the battery and battery tray. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TCl.)
4. Remove the air cleaner and air inlet hose. (See 01-13B-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[L3 WITH TCl.)
05-16-3
11. Detach the clip as shown in the figure.
am3uuw0000331
12. Disconnect the drain hose connected to A/C unit.

(See 07-11-4 A/C UNIT REMOVAL!
INSTALLATION.)
AlCUNIT-------c.7:/:.
DRAIN HOSE -----+(~"""'__==-: -
___ I
am3uuw0000438
13. Remove the cap and fastener securing the

insulator (front) and set the insulator (front) aside.
16. After installation, verify that the shift lever can be
shifted smoothly into each position.
CAP
FASTENER
am3uuw0000331
05-16-4
Clip
2
3
Grommet
Main shift cable
removal note.)
Main select cable

removal note.)
Shift lever component
Main shift cable and main select cable removal note

-"'I---SELECT CABLE
END
FASTNER - - - "
REMOVER
am3uuw0000214
05-16-5
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FSSA-EL]
05-17
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE [FS5A-EL]
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE LOCATION

INDEX [FSSA-EL] .................
MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST
[FSSA-EL] .......................
Mechanical System Test
Preparation ....................
Line Pressure Test. ...............
Stall Test .......................
Time Lag Test ..................
ROAD TEST [FSSA-EL] .............
Road Test Preparation ............
Shift Diagram (Normal Mode at D
Range) ......................
D Range Test. ...............
M Range Test ....................
P Position Test ..................
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
INSPECTION [FSSA-EL] . ...........
Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF)
Condition Inspection ............
Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level
Inspection .....................
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF)
REPLACEMENT [FSSA-EL] .........
TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
INSPECTION [FSSA-EL] . ...........
Operation Inspection .............
On-Vehicle Inspection ............
ADJUSTMENT [FSSA-EL] ..........
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[FSSA-EL] .......................
Manual Shaft Nut Removal Note .....
TR switch Installation Note ..........
Manual Shaft Nut Installation Note ...
M RANGE SWITCH INSPECTION
[FSSA-EL] .......................
M RANGE SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [FSSA-EL] . .........
UP SWITCH INSPECTION [FSSA-EL] ..
UP SWITCH REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[FSSA-EL] .......................
DOWN SWITCH INSPECTION
[FSSA-EL] .......................
DOWN SWITCH REMOVAU
TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE
(TFT) SENSOR INSPECTION
[FSSA-EL] .......................
On-Vehicle Inspection ...........
Off-Vehicle Inspection ............
TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE
(TFT) SENSOR REMOVAU
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH INSPECTION
[FSSA-EL] .......................
On-Vehicle Inspection ............
Off-Vehicle Inspection ............
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAU
OS-17-2
OS-17-3
OS-17-3
OS-17-3
OS-17-6
OS-17-7
OS-17-7
OS-17-7
OS-17-8
OS-17-9
OS-17-11
OS-17-12
OS-17-12
OS-17-12
OS-17-13
OS-17-14
OS-17-14
OS-17-14
OS-17-14
OS-17-1S
OS-17-16
OS-17-17
OS-17-17
OS-17-18
OS-17-18
OS-17-18
OS-17-18
OS-17-19
OS-17-19
OS-17-20
OS-17-20
OS-17-20
OS-17-21
OS-17-21
OS-17-22
OS-17-22
OS-17-23
OS-17-24
INPUTITURBINE SPEED SENSOR

INSPECTION [FSSA-EL] ........... . OS-17-24
On-Vehicle Inspection ........... . OS-17-24
Off-Vehicle Inspection ............. . OS-17-2S
INPUTITURBINE SPEED SENSOR
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[FSSA-EL] . ...................... . OS-17-2S
INTERMEDIATE SENSOR INSPECTION
[FSSA-EL] . ...................... . OS-17-2S
On-Vehicle Inspection ........... . OS-17-2S
INTERMEDIATE SENSOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [FSSA-EL] ......... . OS-17-26
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
INSPECTION [FSSA-EL] ........... . OS-17-27
On-Vehicle Inspection .......... . OS-17-27
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[FSSA-EL] . ...................... . OS-17-28
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION
[FSSA-EL] . ...................... . OS-17-29
Primary Control Valve Body ....... . OS-17-29
Secondary Control Valve Body ...... . OS-17-31
SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
Primary Control Valve Body ........ . OS-17-33
Secondary Control Valve Body ..... . OS-17-34
TCM INSPECTION [FSSA-EL] .. ...... . OS-17-34
TCM Terminal Voltage (Reference) .. OS-17-3S
Input/0utput Wave From (Reference) . . OS-17-37
TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[FSSA-EL] . ...................... . OS-17-39
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAU
Torque Converter Installation Nuts
Removal Note ................ . OS-17-44
Transaxle Mounting Bolts (Lower Side)
Removal Note ................ . OS-17-44
Mount Installation Note .......... . OS-17-4S
DRIVE PLATE REMOVAU
Drive Plate Installation Bolts Removal
Note....................... . OS-17-47
Drive Plate Installation Bolts
Installation Note ............... . OS-17-47
OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT
[FSSA-EL] . ...................... . OS-17-47
OIL COOLER REMOVAU
Type A ....................... . OS-17-47
Type B ....................... . OS-17-49
OIL COOLER FLUSHING [FSSA-EL] .. . OS-17-S1
CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [FSSA-EL] ......... . OS-17-S2
Primary Control Valve Body
On-Vehicle Removal ............. . OS-17-S2
On-Vehicle Installation ........... OS-17-S3
Secondary Control Valve Body
On-Vehicle Removal .......... . OS-17-SS
On-Vehicle Installation .......... . OS-17-S6
05-17-1

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE LOCATION INDEX [FSSA-EL]
id051721290500
1)
1)
1)
11
TYPE A
@I--~
am3uuw0000304
Oil pressure switch

VSS
(See OS-17-27 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
(See OS-17-28 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS)
Drive plate
(See OS-17-46 DRIVE PLATE REMOVAU
(See OS-17-24INPUTfTURBINE SPEED SENSOR
(See OS-17-2S INPUTfTURBINE SPEED SENSOR
REMOVAUI NSTALLATION [FSSA-EL].)
Intermediate sensor
(See OS-17-2S INTERMEDIATE SENSOR
(See OS-17-26 INTERMEDIATE SENSOR
TCM
(See OS-17-34 TCM INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
(See OS-17-39 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[FSSA-EL].)
05-17-2

7
10
11
12
Secondary control valve body

Shift solenoid F
[FS5A-EL].)
Shift solenoid A
Shift solenoid B
Shift solenoid C
Shift solenoid D
Shift solenoid E
[FS5A-EL].)
TFT sensor
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR INSPECTION
[FS5A-EL].)
TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAU
Oil seal
(See 05-17-47 OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT [FS5AEL].)
13
TR switch
ADJUSTMENT [FS5A-EL].)
REMOVAUI NSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
14
Automatic transaxle
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17-7 ROAD TEST [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
(ATF) INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
(ATF) REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
15
Oil cooler
(See 05-17-47 OIL COOLER REMOVAU
(See 05-17-51 OIL COOLER FLUSHING [FS5AEL].)
16
M range switch
(See 05-17-18 M RANGE SWITCH INSPECTION
[FS5A-EL].)
17
Up switch
(See 05-17-18 UP SWITCH INSPECTION [FS5AEL].)
(See 05-17-19 UP SWITCH REMOVAU
18
Down switch
(See 05-17-19 DOWN SWITCH INSPECTION
[FS5A-EL].)
(See 05-17-20 DOWN SWITCH REMOVAU
Primary control valve body

MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [FSSA-EL]

id051721290600
Mechanical System Test Preparation

1. Engage the parking brake and use wheel chocks at the front and rear of the wheels.
2. Inspect the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-2 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
3. Inspect the engine oil. (See 01-11A-3 ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [LF, LS].)
4. Inspect the ATF. (See OS-17-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
S. Inspect the idle speed. (See 01-1 OA-3 ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF, LS].)
6. Inspect the ignition timing. (See 01-1 OA-3 ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF, LS].)
7. Verify that no DTCs recorded. (See OS-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DTC INSPECTION [FSSAEL].)
Line Pressure Test
1. Perform "Mechanical System Test Preparation". (See OS-17-3 Mechanical System Test Preparation.)
Warning
Removing the square-head plug when the ATF is hot can be dangerous. Hot ATF can come out of
the opening and badly burn you. Before removing the square-head plug, allow the ATF to cool.
Note
Use a suitable oil pressure gauge that corresponds to the line pressure because the maximum scale value
differs depending on the oil pressure gauge.
2. Perform the line pressure test with the engine idle at D range.
05-17-3

(1) Remove the square-head plug from the line
pressure inspection port.
(2) Connect the SSTs as following:
When using the oil pressure gauge set
(49 0378 400C), connect the SSTs (49
H019 002, 49 0378 400C, 49 8019 9018)
to the line pressure inspection port as
When using the oil pressure gauge set
(49 D019 9A2), connect the SSTs (49
D019 910, 49 D019 911, 49 D019 913, 49
D019 909, 49 D019 908) to the line
pressure inspection port as shown in the
figure.
USING OIL PRESSURE GAUGE SET (49 0378 400C)
LINE PRESSURE INSPECTION PORT

am3uuw0000229
USING OIL PRESSURE GAUGE SET (490019 9A2)
. 49 0378 400C
-
4980199018 (LOW Pressure Gauge): 0-1,000 kPa {0.00-10.19 kgf/cm2, 0.0-145.0 psi}
498019 902A (HIGH Pressure Gauge): 0-2,500 kPa {0.00-25.49 kgf/cm2, 0.0-362.5 psi}
4900199A2
- 490019908 (LOW Pressure Gauge): 0-1,000 kPa {0.00-10.19 kgf/cm2, 0.0-145.0 psi}
- 490019907 (HIGH Pressure Gauge): 0-3,000 kPa {0.00-30.59 kgf/cm 2, 0.0-435.1 psi}
am6xuw0000280
(3) Start the engine.

(4) Warm-up the transaxle until the ATF temperature reaches at 60-70 C {140-158 OF}.
(5) Select the selector lever to 0 range.
(6) Read the line pressure with the engine idle.
3. Perform the line pressure test at the engine idle at each position/range in the same manner.
4. Stop the engine.
5. Perform the line pressure test with the engine stall at D range.
(1) Replace the oil pressure gauge as following:
When using the oil pressure gauge set (49 0378 400C), replace the SST (49 8019 9018) with SST (49
8019902A) .
When using the oil pressure gauge set (49 D019 9A2), replace the SST (49 0019908) with SST (49
0019907).
05-17-4

USING OIL PRESSURE GAUGE SET (490378 400C)
USING OIL PRESSURE GAUGE SET (490019 9A2)
. 49 0378 400C
-
498019 902A (HIGH Pressure Gauge): 0-2,500 kPa {0.00-25.49 kgf/cm2, 0.0-362.5 psi}
.4900199A2
-
490019907 (HIGH Pressure Gauge): 0-3,000 kPa {0.00-30.59 kgf/cm2, 0.0-435.1 psi}
am6xuw0000280

(3) Firmly depress the brake pedal with the left foot.
(4) Select the selector lever to D range.
Caution
If the accelerator pedal is pressed for longer than 5 s while the brake pedal is pressed, the
transaxle could be damaged. Therefore, perform Steps (5)-(6) within 5 s.
(5) Gradually depress the accelerator pedal with the right foot.
(6) When the engine speed no longer increases, quickly read the line pressure and release the accelerator
pedal.
(7) Select the selector lever to N position and let the engine idle for 1 min or more to cool the ATF.
6. Perform the line pressure test with the engine stall at each position/range in the same manner.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the following "possible cause" according to the condition.
Condition
In all ranges
Low pressure
In 0 range and M range (1 GR, 2GR)

In M range (2GR)
In M range (1 GR), R pOSition
In R position
High pressure
In all ranges
Possible Cause
Worn oil pump
Oil leakage from oil pump, control valve body, and/or transaxle
case
Pressure regulator valve sticking
Oil leakage from forward clutch hydraulic circuit
Oil leakage from 2-4 brake band hydraulic circuit

Oil leakage from low and reverse brake hydraulic circuit
Oil leakage from reverse clutch hydraulic circuit
Pressure regulator valve stuck
05-17-5

Line Pressure
Test Condition
D range
M range (1GR, 2GR)
R position
D range
M range (1 GR, 2GR)
R position
Idle
Stall
Specification (kPa {kgf/cm 2 , psi})

L5
I
330-470 {3.37-4.79, 47.9-68.1}
330-470 {3.37-4.79, 47.9-68.1}
490-710 {5.00-7.23, 71.1-102.0}
1,200-1,320 {12.24-13.46, 174.1-191.4}
1,200-1,320 {12.24-13.46, 174.1-191.4}
1,820-2,090 {18.56-21.31 , 264.01,630-1,950 {16.63-19.88, 236.5303.1}
282.8}
LF
7. Stop the engine.
Warning
Removing the square-head plug when the ATF is hot can be dangerous. Hot ATF can come out of
the opening and badly burn you. Before removing the square-head plug, allow the ATF to cool.
8. Remove the SSTs.
Note
Do not reuse the square-head plug because it is coated.
9. Install a new square-head plug in the inspection port.
Tightening torque
4.8-9.8 Nm {49-99 kgfcm, 43-86 in.lbf}
Stall Test
1. Perform "Mechanical System Test Preparation". (See 05-17-3 Mechanical System Test Preparation.)
3. Perform the stall test at 0 range.
(1) Firmly depress the brake pedal with the left foot.
(2) Select the selector lever to 0 range.
Caution
If the accelerator pedal is pressed for longer than 5 s while the brake pedal is pressed, the
transaxle could be damaged. Therefore, perform Steps (3)-(4) within 5 s.
(3) Gently depress the accelerator pedal with the right foot.
(4) When the engine speed no longer increases, quickly read the speed and release the accelerator pedal.
(5) Select the selector lever to N position and let the engine idle for 1 min or more to cool the ATF.
4. Perform the stall test at each position/range in the same manner.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the following "possible cause" according to the condition.
Condition
Possible Cause
Worn
oil pump
Oil leakage from oil pump, control valve

body, and/or transaxle case
Pressure regulator valve sticking
Converter relief valve sticking
Low and reverse brake slipping
Perform "ROAD TEST" to determine whether problem is in
reverse clutch or low and reverse brake
- Engine braking felt in M range (1 GR): Reverse clutch is
defective
- Engine braking not felt in M range (1 GR): Low and reverse
brake is defective
Engine lack of power
Insufficient line
pressure
In all ranges
Above
specification
Below specification
05-17-6
In
In
In
In
D range and M range (1GR, 2GR)

M range (2GR)
M range (1 GR), R position
R position

Stall Speed
Specification (rpm)
LF
L5
Test Condition
D range
M range
R position
2,200-2,800
2,200-2,800
2,200-2,800
2,400-3,000
2,400-3,000
2,400-3,000
Time Lag Test

1. Perform "Mechanical System Test Preparation". (See 05-17-3 Mechanical System Test Preparation.)
3. Perform the time lag test when selecting the selector lever from N position to D range.
(1) Select the selector lever from N position to D range while the brake pedal is depressed.
(2) Measure the time it takes from selecting until shock is felt when shifting the selector lever from N position to
D range.
4. Perform the time lag test when selecting the selector lever from N position to R position in the same manner.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the following "possible cause" according to the condition .
Condition
More than
specification
From N position to D range

Less than
specification
More than
specification
From N position to R position
Less than
specification
Possible Cause
Low line pressure
Oil leakage from forward clutch hydraulic circuit
High line pressure
Low line pressure
Low and reverse brake slipping
Reverse clutch slipping
High line pressure
Time Lag
Test Condition
From N position to D
range
From N position to R
position
Specification (s)
L5
LF
0.4-0.7
0.4-0.7
ROAD TEST [FSSA-EL]

id051721290700
Warning
When performing a road test, be aware of other vehicles, people, impediments, etc. to avoid an
accident.
Note
When the legal speed limit must be exceeded, use a chassis dynamometer instead of performing a road
test.
Road Test Preparation
1. Inspect the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-2 ENGINE COOLANT LEVEL INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
2. Inspect the engine oil. (See 01-11A-3 ENGINE OIL LEVEL INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
3. Inspect the ATF. (See 05-17-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [FS5A-EL].)
4. Inspect the idle speed. (See 01-1 OA-3 ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF, L5].)
5. Inspect the ignition timing. (See 01-1 OA-3 ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF, L5].)
6. Verify that no DTCs recorded. (See 05-02-3 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC SYSTEM DTC INSPECTION [FS5AEL].)
05-17-7

Shift Diagram (Normal Mode at D Range)
LF
V2~-------~--~-----------~---
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
<!J
UJ
0..
UJ 1/2---+----L------I--,L--1-------:,t,.------+--s.L--
....J
II
:r:
I-
50
{31}
{O}
100
150
{93}
{62}
200
{124}
230
{143}
VEHICLE SPEED (km/h {mph})
- - - SHIFT UP
- - - -
lIi~iiliI TCC OPERATION AVAILABLE
SHIFT DOWN
CD
1GR~2GR
2GR~3GR
1GR--2GR
2GR --3GR
4GR TCC OPERATION ON
(J)
@)
4GR TCC OPERATION OFF
(j])
3GR
~ 4GR
3GR --4GR
@
@
4GR
~5GR
4GR --5GR
am3uuw0000303
05-17-8

L5
~,,------------~~------------.-~---,
I
I
I
/
(!J
a...
z
Z
1/2--+----J-------I-----r-+------'~--------_7"SI_-"-
...J
f-
100
{62}
50
{31}
{OJ
150
{93}
200
{124}
230
{143}
~--------------~
VEHICLE SPEED (km/h {mph})
- - - - - SHIFT UP
CD
- - - -
1GR~2GR
1GR ---2GR
~~El TCC OPERATION AVAILABLE
SHIFT DOWN
2GR~3GR
4GR~5GR
4GR ---5GR
3GR~4GR
(j)
@

am3uuw0000303
D Range Test
1. Perform "Road Test Preparation". (See 05-17-7 Road Test Preparation.)
2. Warm-up the transaxle until the ATF temperature reaches at 60-70 C.
3. Select the selector lever to D range.
4. Perform the road test at D range .
If there is any malfunction, perform the "Symptom Troubleshooting".
(1) Accelerate the vehicle with half and WOT, then verify that 1GR-2GR, 2GR-3GR, 3GR-4GR, and
4GR-5GR upshifts can be obtained. The shift points must be as shown in the table below.
(2) Decelerate the vehicle in 5GR, then verify that 5-4,4-3,3-2 and 2-1 downshifts can be obtained. The
shift points must be as shown in the table below.
(3) Drive the vehicle in 5GR, 4GR, 3GR, and 2GR and verify that kickdown occurs for 5GR-4GR, 4GR-3GR,
3GR-2GR, 2GR-1 GR downshifts, and that the shift points are as shown in the table below.
(4) Decelerate the vehicle and verify that engine braking effect is felt in 5GR, 4GR, 3GR and 2GR.
(5) Drive the vehicle and verify that TCC operation is obtained. The operation points must be as shown in the
table below.
05-17-9

Shift point (IF)
Range/Mode
Throttle cindition
Shift
D1~D2
WOT
48--54 {30-33}
5,250-5,850
98--106 {61-65}
5,700-6,100
D3~D4
150-160 {93-99}
5,850-6,150
Tee ON (D4)
114-124 {71-76}
3,250-3,450
210-220 {131-136}
5,900-6,150
114-124 {71-76}
2,400-2,550
D1~D2
29--38 {18--23}
3,150-4,150
D2~D3
59-76 {37-47}
3,400-4,400
D3~D4
87-115 {54-71}
3,400-4,450
Tee ON (D5)
Tee ON (D4)
D4~D5
NORMAL
Tee ON (D5)
eTP
Kickdown (WOT)
WOT
Half throttle
AAS
eTP
Kickdown (WOT)
05-17-10
Turbine speed (rpm)
D2~D3
D4~D5
Half throttle
Vehicle speed (km/h {mph})
108--126 {67-78}
3,050-3,500
134-179 {84-110}
3,750-5,000
108--126 {67-78}
2,250-2,600
D5~D4
56-62 {35--38}
1,200-1 ,250
D4~D3
28--34 {18--21}
800-950
D3~D2
7-13 {5--8}
300-500
D2~D1
7-13 {5--8}
450-750
D3~D1
7-13 {5--8}
300-500
D5~D4
194-204 {121-126}
4,050-4,200
D4~D3
141-151 {88--93}
4,000-4,200
D3~D2
87-95 {54-58}
3,400-3,650
D2~D1
37-43 {23-26}
2,150-2,450
D1~D2
48--54 {30-33}
5,250-5,850
D2~D3
98--106 {61-65}
5,700-6,100
D3~D4
150-160 {93-99}
5,850-6,150
D4~D5
210-220 {131-136}
5,900-6,150
D1~D2
29--38 {18--23}
3,150-4,150
D2~D3
59-76 {37-47}
3,400-4,400
D3~D4
87-115 {54-71}
3,400-4,450
D4~D5
134-179 {84-110}
3,750-5,000
D5~D4
56-62 {35--38}
1,200-1 ,250
D4~D3
28--34 {18--21}
800-950
D3~D2
7-13 {5--8}
300-500
D2~D1
7-13 {5--8}
450-750
D3~D1
7-13 {5--8}
300-500
D5~D4
194-204 {121-126}
4,050-4,200
D4~D3
141-151 {88--93}
4,000-4,200
D3~D2
87-95 {54-58}
3,400-3,650
D2~D1
37-43 {23-26}
2,150-2,450

Shift point (LS)
Range/Mode
Throttle cindition
WOT
Turbine speed (rpm)
D1-+D2
45-50 {28-31}
5,150-5,800
D2-+D3
88-96 {55-59}
5,400-5,850
D3-+ D 4
132--142 {82--88}
5,400-5,750
Shift
TCC ON (D4)
D4-+ D5
TCC ON (D5)
Half throttle
NORMAL
CTP
Kickdown (WOT)
WOT
Half throttle
AAS
CTP
Kickdown (WOT)
114-124 {71--76}
3,400-3,650
193--203 {120-125}
5,750-6,000
114-124 {71--76}
2,550-2,700
D1-+D2
26-34 {17--21}
3,000-3,900
D2-+D3
54-71 {34-44}
3,300-4,350
D3-+ D 4
83--109 {52--67}
3,400-4,450
TCC ON (D4)
108-126 {67--78}
3,250-3,700
D4-+ D5
127--159 {79-98}
3,800-4,700
TCC ON (D5)
108-126 {67--78}
2,400-2,750
D5-+ D 4
45-51 {28-31}
1,000-1,100
D4-+ D3
24-30 {15-18}
750--850
D3-+ D2
6-12 {4-7}
250-450
D2-+D1
6-12 {4-7}
400-700
D3-+ D 1
6-12 {4-7}
250-450
D5-+ D 4
178-188 {111--116}
3,950-4,100
D4-+ D3
121--131 {76--81}
3,600-3,850
D3-+ D2
77--85 {48-52}
3,150-3,450
D2-+D1
34-40 {22--24}
2,100-2,400
D1-+D2
45-50 {28-31}
5,150-5,800
D2-+D3
88-96 {55-59}
5,400-5,850
D3-+ D4
132--142 {82--88}
5,400-5,750
D4-+ D5
193--203 {120-125}
5,750-6,000
D1-+D2
26-34 {17--21}
3,000-3,900
D2-+D3
54-71 {34-44}
3,300-4,350
D3-+ D 4
83--109 {52--67}
3,400-4,450
D4-+ D5
127--159 {79-98}
3,800-4,700
D5-+ D 4
45-51 {28-31}
1,000-1,100
D4-+ D3
25-31 {16-19}
750-900
D3-+ D 2
6-12 {4-7}
250-450
D2-+D1
6-12 {4-7}
400-700
D3-+ D 1
6-12 {4-7}
250-450
D5-+ D4
178-188 {111--116}
3,950-4,100
D4-+ D3
121--131 {76--81}
3,600-3,850
D3-+ D 2
77--85 {48-52}
3,150-3,450
D2-+D1
34-40 {22--24}
2,100-2,400
M Range Test
1.
2.
3.
4.
Perform "Road Test Preparation". (See 05-17-7 Road Test Preparation.)

Warm-up the transaxle until the ATF temperature reaches at 60-70 e.
Select the selector lever to M range.
Perform the road test at M range .
If there is any malfunction, perform the "Symptom Troubleshooting".
(1) Verify that upshifts and downshifts are obtained by manual shifting of the selector lever forward and back.
(2) Decelerate the vehicle in 5GR, then verify that 5-4,4-3,3-2 and 2-1 downshifts can be obtained. The
shift points must be as shown in the table below.
(3) Decelerate the vehicle and verify that engine braking effect is felt in all geat position.
(4) Drive the vehicle and verify that Tee operation is obtained in 4GR and 5GR.
05-17-11

Shift point (LF)
Range/Mode
WOT
Half throttle
M
Turbine speed (rpm)
TCC ON (M4)
114-124 {71-76}
3,250-3,450
TCC ON (M5)
114-124 {71-76}
2,400-2,550
TCC ON (M4)
108--126 {67-78}
3,050-3,500
TCC ON (M5)
Throttle cindition
MANUAL
CTP
Shift
108--126 {67-78}
2,250-2,600
M5--+ M4
28-34 {18--21}
600-700
M4--+ M3
28-34 {18--21}
800-950
M3--+ M2
7-13 {5-8}
300-500
M2--+M1
7-13 {5-8}
450-750
M3--+ M 1
7-13 {5-8}
300-500
Turbine speed (rpm)
TCC ON (M4)
114-124 {71-76}
3,400-3,650
TCC ON (M5)
114-124 {71-76}
2,550-2,700
TCC ON (M4)
108--126 {67-78}
3,250-3,700
TCC ON (M5)
Shift point (LS)

Range/Mode
Throttle cindition
WOT
Half throttle
MANUAL
CTP
Shift
108--126 {67-78}
2,400-2,750
M5--+ M4
28-34 {18--21}
650-700
M4--+ M3
28-34 {18--21}
850-1,000
M3--+ M2
7-13 {5-8}
300-500
M2--+M1
7-13 {5-8}
450-750
M3--+ M1
7-13 {5-8}
300-500
P Position Test
1. Select the selector lever to P position on a gentle slope.
2. Release the brake and verify that the vehicle does not roll.
If the vehicle rolls, inspect the parking mechanism in the transaxle.
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]
id051721290800
Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Condition Inspection

1. One way of determining whether the transaxle should be disassembled is by noting:
If the ATF is muddy or varnished.
If the ATF smells strange or unusual.
Possible cause
ATF Condition
Clear red
Normal
Light red: pink
Contaminated with water
Reddish
brown
Has burnt smell and

metal specks are found
Deteriorated ATF
Has no burnt smell
Normal
05-17-12
Broken oil cooler inside of radiator

Poor filler tube installation:
- Problem could be occurring to parts inside the
transaxle by water contamination. It is necessary
to overhaul transaxle and detect defected parts. If
necessary, exchange transaxle.
Defect powertrain components inside of transaxle:
Specks cause wide range of problems by plugging
up in oil pipe, control valve body and oil cooler in
radiator.
- When large amount of metal specks are found,
overhaul transaxle and detect defected parts. If
necessary, exchange transaxle.
Implement flushing operation as there is a
possibility to have specks plugging up oil pipe
and/or oil cooler inside of radiator.
Discoloration by oxidation

Automatic Transaxle Fluid (ATF) Level Inspection
Caution
If there is no ATF adhering to the dipstick after warming-up the engine, there is insufficient ATF.
Therefore do not drive the vehicle as it could damage the transaxle.
If a final inspection of the ATF level is performed without driving the vehicle, or the ATF amount is
inspected while the ATF temperature is not at about 60-70 C {140-158 OF}, the transaxle could
be damaged because the ATF level inspection would be incorrect.
If too much ATF is added, the ATF temperature will increase and ATF could leak from the breather
hose.
Note
The dipstick of the FS5A-EL type measures the ATF level on the differential side and, under the condition
that the ATF temperature on the differential side does not rise even after warming up the engine, ATF
adhering to the end of the dipstick is normal.
1. Inspect the ATF level before driving the vehicle.
(1) Park the vehicle on level ground, and then engage the parking brake and use wheel chocks at the front and
rear of the wheels.
(2) Verify visually that there is no ATF leakage from the oil hose or housing.
(3) Start the engine and warm it up in the P position.
Caution
If the oil level decreases dramatically while warming-up the engine, do not select the selector lever
as it could damage the transaxle.
(4) Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean while the engine is idling.
(5) Install the dipstick and remove it again.
(6) Verify that the ATF level is in the range as
If the ATF level is out of the range, adjust
the ATF to the specification.
ATFtype
ATF M-V
2. Inspect the ATF level after driving the vehicle.
(1) Select the selector lever and pause
momentarily in each position/range (from P
position to D range) while depressing the
brake pedal.
(2) Drive on city roads at a minimum of 5 km {3
mile}.
(3) Connect the M-MDS to the DLC-2.
(4) Verify that the ATF temperature is 60-70 C
{140-158 OF} using the M-MDS.
(5) Remove the dipstick and wipe it clean while
the engine is idling.
am8rrw00002326
am3uuw0000261
05-17-13

(6) Verify that the ATF level is in the range as
If the ATF level is out of the range, adjust
the ATF to the specification.
ATFtype
ATF M-V
ATF TEMPERATURE
60-70C {140-15SF}
26SC!=x
0
am8rrw00002327
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FSSA-EL]
id051721290900
Warning
A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they are cool
before changing the ATF.
1. Drain the ATF.
(1) Remove the oil dipstick.
(2) Remove the aerodynamic under cover NO.2. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2
(3) Remove the drain plug and washer to drain
OIL PAN
the ATF into a container.
2. Add the ATF.
(1) Install a new washer and the drain plug.
Tightening torque
30-41 Nm {3.1-4.1 kgf.m, 23-30 ftlbf}
(2) Add the specified ATF through the oil filler
tube.
ATFType
ATF M-V
ATF Capacity (Reference)
Draining ATF from drain plug: 3.0 L {3.2 US qt, 2.6 Imp qt}
Overhauling transaxle: S.O L {S.3 US qt, 4.4 Imp qt}
DRAIN PLUG
am6xuw0000194
INSTALLATION. )
4. Install the oil dipstick.
S. Inspect the ATF level. (See OS-17-12 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) INSPECTION [FSSA-EL].)
TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]
id051721291800
Caution
Water or foreign objects entering the connector can cause a poor connection or corrosion. Be
sure not to drop water or foreign objects on the connector when disconnecting it.
1. Perform the following procedures to inspect the TR switch .
If there is any malfunction, adjust the TR switch. (See OS-17-1S TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH
ADJUSTMENT [FSSA-EL].)
(1) Verify that the starter operates only when the ignition is switched to START with the selector lever in P or N
position.
(2) Verify that the back-up lights illuminate when selected to R position with the ignition at ON.
(3) Verify that the positions of the selector lever and the selector indicator light are aligned.
On-Vehicle Inspection
1. Perform the following procedures.
(1) Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
(2) Disconnect the negative battery cable.
05-17-14

(3) Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF,
L5].)
(4) Disconnect the TR switch connector.
TR SWITCH
-~,---
am8rrw00002329
2. Inspect continuity as indicated in the table.

TRSWITCH
0-0 : Continuity
Position!
Range
p
Terminal
0--0
0- ---0
R
N
D
0--0
8-C
Resistance (0)
4,085-4,515
1 ,425-1 ,575
713-788
371-410
am3uuw0000240
am3uuw0000240
If there is any malfunction, adjust the TR

switch. (See 05-17-15 TRANSAXLE RANGE
(TR) SWITCH ADJUSTMENT [FS5A-EL].)
TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH ADJUSTMENT [FSSA-EL]
id051721291900
Caution
1. Select the selector lever to N position.
(1) Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
L5].)
(4) Disconnect the TR switch connector.
3. Loosen the TR switch.
(1) Remove the clip from the selector cable.
TR SWITCH
-~-
am8rrw00002332
05-17-15

(2) Disconnect the selector cable from manual
shaft lever.
LJ
~~r-- MANUAL SHAFT

_u_---==-- u
LEVER
~
am3uuw0000240
(3) Loosen the TR switch installation bolts.

4. Adjust the TR switch.
ampjjw00005635
(1) Verify that the manual shaft is aligned with N

position.
+I-J-M-\:'-'7\1----
MANUAL SHAFT
N POSITION
am3uuw0000240
(2) Adjust the TR switch between terminals Band

C until the resistance becomes specification.
TRSWITCH
TR switch specification
713-788 ohms
(3) Tighten the TR switch installation bolts.
Tightening torque
8-11 Nm {82-112 kgfcm, 71-97 in.lbf}
am3uuw0000240
TRANSAXLE RANGE (TR) SWITCH REMOVALJINSTALLATION [FSSA-EL]

id051721292000
Caution
1. Select the selector lever to N position.
(3) Remove the air cleaner component. (See 01-13A-4 INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
LS].)
05-17-16

1
Connector
2
3
4
Clip
Selector cable
Manual shaft nut
(See 05-17-17 Manual Shaft Nut Removal Note.)
(See 05-17-18 Manual Shaft Nut Installation Note.)
Washer
Manual shaft lever

TR switch
(See 05-17-17 TR switch Installation Note.)

5. Inspect the TR switch. (See 05-17-14
~
@ \.
/~~
/1/~/~
1
~
8-11 Nm {82-112 kgf.cm, 71-97 inlbf}
~/
32-46 {3.3-4.6, 24-33}
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am8rrw00002452
Manual Shaft Nut Removal Note

1. Set the adjustable wrench as shown to hold the
manual shaft lever and loosen the manual shaft
nut.
Caution
Do not use an impact wrench. Hold the
manual shaft lever when removing the
manual shaft nut, or the transaxle may be
damaged.
MANUAL SHAFT --~,.f-H-~4

LEVER
ADJUSTABLE
WRENCH
--......:>.;.,:::--H
am6xuw0000194
TR switch Installation Note

1. Verify that the manual shaft is aligned with N
position.
-l-++-i~-+\l--
MANUAL SHAFT
N POSITION
am3uuw0000241
2. Adjust the TR switch between terminals Band C

until the resistance becomes specification.
TR switch specification
713-788 ohms
3. Tighten the TR switch installation bolts.
Tightening torque
8-11 Nm {82-112 kgfcm, 71-97 inlbf}
TRSWITCH
[~ffi? rrrr: ~~
I~~I
am3uuw0000241
05-17-17

Manual Shaft Nut Installation Note
1. Set the adjustable wrench as shown to hold the
manual shaft lever and tighten the manual shaft
nut.
Caution
Do not use an impact wrench. Hold the
manual shaft lever when installing the
manual shaft nut, or the transaxle may be
damaged
MANUAL-+~~~~
SHAFT LEVER
T----"~~-
ADJUSTABLE
WRENCH
-~-,.dI
Tightening torque
32-46 Nm {3.3-4.6 kgf.m, 24-33 ft.lbf}
TORQUE
WRENCH
am6xuw0000195
M RANGE SWITCH INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]

id051721291400

(1) Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
(3) Remove the console. (See 09-17-45 CONSOLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(4) Disconnect the selector lever component
r------------:::----------------,
connector.
-!-'---::::r-- CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000299
2. Inspect the continuity between the selector lever

component terminals A and H.
selector lever component. (See 05-18-2
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT
MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
M range switch specification

Test condition
M range
Except M range
Continuity
Continuity
No continuity
am3uuw0000243
M RANGE SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FSSA-EL]

id051721291500
Note
The M range switch is built into the selector lever component.
1. Replace the selector lever component. (See 05-18-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
UP SWITCH INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]

id051721310000

05-17-18

connector.
am3uuw0000299

component terminals Band H.
Up switch specification
Test condition
Selector lever is in the M range (+)
side position
Selector lever is not in the M
range (+) side position
Continuity
Continuity
am3uuw0000243
No continuity
UP SWITCH REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FSSA-EL]

id051721310100
Note
The up switch is built into the selector lever component.
1. Replace the selector lever component. (See 05-18-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
DOWN SWITCH INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]
id051721310200

,..-------------::--------------,
connector.
~--==L _J
-I-J.----='----CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000299
05-17-19

component terminals C and H.
selector lever component. (See OS-18-2
Up switch specification
Test condition
Selector lever is in the M range (-)
side position
Selector lever is not in the M
range (-) side position
Continuity
Continuity
am3uuw0000243
No continuity
DOWN SWITCH REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FSSA-EL]
id051721310300
Note
The down switch is built into the selector lever component.
1. Replace the selector lever component. (See OS-18-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]
id051721292100
Caution
LS].)
(4) Disconnect the coupler component connector.
COUPLER
COMPONENT
2. Measure the resistance between the coupler

component terminals E and H .
If there is any malfunction, replace the TFT
sensor. (See OS-17-21 TRANSAXLE FLUID
------'-"'f------:::'
COUPLER COMPONENT
am3uuw0000241
05-17-20

TFT sensor specification
ATF temperature eCeF})
Resistance (kilohm)
-20 {-4}
o {32}
20 {68}
40 {1 04}
60 {140}
80 {176}
100 {212}
120 {248}
130 {266}
236-324
84.3-110
33.5-42.0
14.7-17.9
7.08-8.17
3.61-4.15
1.96-2.24
1.13-1.28
0.87-0.98
Off-Vehicle Inspection
1. Place the TFT sensor and a thermometer in ATF
as shown, and heat the ATF gradually.
Warning
A hot ATF and beaker can cause severe
burns. Do not touch them.
ampjjw00005643

component terminals E and H.
If there is any malfunction, replace the TFT
sensor. (See 05-17-21 TRANSAXLE FLUID
COUPLER COMPONENT
TFT sensor specification

ATF temperature (OCeF})
Resistance (kilohm)
-20 {-4}
o {32}
20 {68}
40 {1 04}
60 {140}
80 {176}
100 {212}
120 {248}
130 {266}
236-324
84.3-110
33.5-42.0
14.7-17.9
7.08-8.17
3.61-4.15
1.96-2.24
1.13-1.28
0.87-0.98
am3uuw0000241
TRANSAXLE FLUID TEMPERATURE (TFT) SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL]

id051721292200
Warning
A hot transaxle and ATF can cause severe burns. Turn off the engine and wait until they are cool.
1. Remove the primary control valve body.
(4) Clean the transaxle exterior throughout with a steam cleaner or cleaning solvents.
(5) Drain the ATF. (See 05-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
(6) Remove the oil pan.
(7) Remove the primary control valve body. (See 05-17-52 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
05-17-21

COUPLER
COMPONENT
----'-"+----:-'
am8rrw00002342
2. Remove the coupler component from transaxle

case.
3. Remove the O-ring from the coupler component.
4. Install the primary control valve body.
(1) Apply ATF to a new O-ring and install it on the
coupler component.
(2) Install the coupler component to transaxle
case.
(3) Connect the coupler component connector.
(4) Install the primary control valve body. (See
05-17-52 CONTROL VALVE BODY
-I--++-f-+-
COUPLER
COMPONENT
am6xuw0000195
5. Apply a light coat of silicon sealant (TB1217E) to

the contact surfaces of the oil pan and transaxle
case.
Caution
If any old sealant gets into the transaxle
during installation of the oil pan, trouble
may occur in the transaxle case and oil
pan, and clean with cleaning fluids.
6. Install the oil pan before the applied sealant starts
to harden.
am6xuw0000195
Tightening torque
6-8 Nm {62-81 kgfcm, 54-70 in.lbf}
7. Add ATF. (See 05-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
INSTALLATION.)
10. Install the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
11. Perform the "Mechanical System Test". (See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [FS5A-EL].)
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH INSPECTION [FS5A-EL]
id051721292300
Caution
05-17-22

(2) Disconnect the oil pressure switch connector.
OIL PRESSURE
SWITCH
------:>~
am8rrw00002344
3. Inspect the continuity between the oil pressure

switch terminal A and body GND.
If there is any malfunction, replace the oil
pressure switch. (See 05-17-24 OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAU
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Oil pressure switch specification

Test Condition
In P position
In R position
In N position
In 0 range
Continuity
No continuity
No continuity
No continuity
Continuity
am3uuw0000241
1. Apply air pressure at 400-440 kPa {4.08-4.48
kgf/cm 2 ,58.1-63.8 psi} as shown in the figure.
. . AIR PRESSURE
[2J
@
am8rrw00002346
2. Inspect continuity between the oil pressure switch

terminal A and screw part.
If there is any malfunction, replace the oil
pressure switch. (See 05-17-24 OIL
PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAU
OIL PRESSURE SWITCH
Oil pressure switch specification

Test Condition
Applying air pressure
Applying no air pressure
Continuity
No continuity
Continuity
am3uuw0000241
05-17-23

OIL PRESSURE SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FSSA-EL]
id051721292400
Warning
1
2
Connector
Oil pressure switch
Washer
am8rrw00002453
INPUTITURBINE SPEED SENSOR INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]
id051721292500
Caution
L5].)
(4) Disconnect the input/turbine speed sensor
connector.
INPUTfTURBINE
SPEED SENSOR
am8rrw00002347
2. Measure the resistance between the input/turbine

speed sensor terminals A and B.
If there is any malfunction, replace the input/
turbine speed sensor. (See 05-17-25 INPUT/
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR REMOVAU
Input/turbine speed sensor specification

2S0-600 ohms
~I~
I~~I
am3uuw0000241
05-17-24

1. Measure the resistance between the input/turbine
speed sensor terminals A and B.
If there is any malfunction, replace the input/
turbine speed sensor. (See 05-17-25 INPUT/
TURBINE SPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/
~!~
Input/turbine speed sensor specification

2S0-600 ohms
I~~I
am3uuw0000241
INPUTITURBINE SPEED SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FSSA-EL]
id051721292600
Caution
Always use a new bolt. If the removed input/turbine speed sensor installation bolt is reused, it may
cause oil leakage.
A sealant coating is applied to the input/turbine speed sensor installation bolt to prevent oil
leakage from the installation bolt hole which passes through the component.
(1) Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
L5].)
1
2
3
Connector
O-ring
INTERMEDIATE SENSOR INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]
am3uuw0000563
id051721292700
1. Inspect the power supply circuit for the intermediate sensor.
(1) Set the battery component (ex: battery, battery tray and peM component) out of the way.
(2) Disconnect the intermediate sensor
~---INTERMEDIATE SENSOR
connector.
am8rrw00002349
05-17-25

(4) Measure the voltage at intermediate sensor
connector terminal A (harness-side).
If there is any malfunction, repair wiring
harness between intermediate sensor
and TCM.
INTERMEDIATE SENSOR
Intermediate sensor specification

4.S-S.S V
I~~I
(S) Switch the ignition to off.

(6) Connect the intermediate sensor connector.
2. Inspect the GND circuit for the intermediate
sensor.
(1) Switch the ignition to off.
connector terminal C (harness-side).
and TCM.
am3uuw0000241
INTERMEDIATE SENSOR

Below 1.0V
I~~I
3. Inspect the signal circuit for the intermediate

sensor.
(1) Connect the oscilloscope to the following
am3uuw0000241
TCM connector terminals and set it as below.
(+) lead: TCM terminal AC
(-) lead: battery negative terminal
Oscilloscope setting: 1 V/DIV (Y), 2 ms/DIV (X), DC range
(3) Measure the wave form when vehicle speed
at 30 km/h {19 mph}.
--,--;--;--,--,--;--;--;--,--,--,--;--;--,-intermediate sensor. (See OS-17 -26
--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,-INTERMEDIATE SENSOR REMOVAU
r--v- --~ --~ --~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ r
-- --;--;- ;--,--;--;--;- ;--,--; -'--'--r-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--~--I--I--r--I--r--i--I--r--r--I--r--r--r--
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I - -
-- --r---r-I
--
...........
ov ~
i--i--~
I
- -
- -
--r---r-I
- -
i--i--~
- -
- -
--;--;- i--
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
i-I
I
r---r---' --r---r--
--r---r--
r---r---' --r---r--
-- --,--,- ,--,-- --,--,- r--r--t--r--r-
r---
i i
i--i--i--i i i- i--i--i i i -i--
am3uuw0000241
INTERMEDIATE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FSSA-EL]

id051721292800
Caution
If foreign materials are stuck to the sensor, disturbance by magnetic flux can cause sensor output
to be abnormal and thereby negatively affect control. Make sure that foreign materials such as iron
filings are not stuck to the sensor during installation.
(3) Remove the battery component (ex: battery, battery tray and PCM component). (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY
05-17-26

1
2
3
Connector
Intermediate sensor
O-ring
8-11 {82-112, 71-97}
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am8rrw00002455
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]
id051721292900
1. Inspect the power supply circuit for the VSS.
(1) Remove the insulator from the transaxle.
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000304
(2) Disconnect the VSS connector.

am8rrw00002351
(4) Measure the voltage at VSS connector

terminal A (harness-side).
harness between VSS and TCM.
VSS specification
4.S-S.SV
(6) Connect the VSS connector.
VSS
IG(~
I
am3uuw0000241
05-17-27

2. Inspect the GND circuit for the VSS.
connector terminal C (harness-side).
and TCM.
VSS
~}]

Below 1.0 V
Gt~
3. Inspect the signal circuit for the VSS.

(1) Connect the oscilloscope to the following
I
I
TCM connector terminals and set it as below.
am3uuw0000241
(+) lead: TCM terminal Z
(-) lead: battery negative terminal
Oscilloscope setting: 1 V/DIV (Y), 2 ms/DIV (X), DC range
(3) Measure the wave form when vehicle speed
at 30 km/h {19 mph}.
--,--.--,--.--.--,--.--r--,--'--'--'--'--'- If there is any malfunction, replace the
--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,-VSS. (See OS-17-28 VEHICLE SPEED
--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--,--.--,--.--,--,--,-SENSOR(VSS)REMOVAU
--v- ---:---:--~ ---:---:--"':"---:---i---: ---:--r
-- --,--,- ,--,--,--;--,- ;--,--,
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.......
ov .~
I
I
I
-;--;--~--
-- --:---:-- i--i--, --:---i- i--i--~ --i--:-- i--- --:---i- i--i--, --i--i- i--:---r --i--:-- i--- --i--i- i--i--, --i--i- i--i--r--i--r-- i-I
~--~--~
~--~--~--~--r
~--
am3uuw0000241
VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR (VSS) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FSSA-EL]
id051721293000
Caution
If foreign materials are stuck to the sensor, disturbance by magnetic flux can cause sensor output
to be abnormal and thereby negatively affect control. Make sure that foreign materials such as iron
filings are not stuck to the sensor during installation.
8-10
{82-101,
71-88}
FORWARD
Nm {kgf.cm, in.lbf}
am3uuw0000304
05-17-28

! :~
3
I~~~nector
O-nng
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am8rrw00002456
SOLENOID VALVE INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]

id051721293100
Caution
On-vehicle inspection
LS].)
COUPLER
COMPONENT
am8rrw00002353

component terminals.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the coupler
component for continuity.
If coupler component has no malfunction,
perform the "Off-vehicle inspection". (See OS17-30 Off-Vehicle inspection.)
COUPLER COMPONENT
Solenoid valve specification

Solenoid valve

Shift solenoid A
Shift solenoid B
Shift solenoid C
Shift solenoid 0
Shift solenoid E
Terminal
Resistance
(ohm)
DI
AGND
CGND
GGND
BGND
FGND
2.4-7.3
1.0-4.2
1.0-4.2
1.0-4.2
10.9-26.2
10.9-26.2
am3uuw0000241
05-17-29

Operating inspection
Caution
Do not apply battery position voltage to terminals for more than 3 s.
Note
Because the operation sound of the solenoid valve is small, perform inspection in a quiet place.
L5].)
COUPLER
COMPONENT
am8rrw00002353
2. Apply battery positive voltage to the coupler

component terminals A, B, C, F or G and battery
negative voltage to GND, and verify that operating
sound is heard from solenoid valve.
If the operation sound is not heard, inspect
the coupler component for continuity.
perform the "Off-vehicle inspection". (See 0517-30 Off-Vehicle inspection.)
COUPLER COMPONENT
am3uuw0000241

component terminal D and battery negative
voltage to terminal I, and verify that operating
sound is heard from solenoid valve.
COUPLER COMPONENT
am3uuw0000241
Off-Vehicle inspection
1. Measure the resistance between the solenoid valve terminals.
If there is any malfunction, replace the solenoid valve. (See 05-17-33 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
05-17-30

Pressure control solenoid A specification
2.4-7.3 ohms
am3uuw0000242
Shift solenoid A, B, C specification

1.0-4.2 ohms
SHIFT SOLENOID A, B, C
am3uuw0000242
Shift solenoid D, E specification

10.9-26.2 ohms
SHIFT SOLENOID D, E
am3uuw0000242

On-vehicle inspection
(3) Remove the battery component (ex: battery, battery tray and peM component). (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY
~"-"'-:---
COUPLER
COMPONENT
am8rrw00002358
05-17-31

component terminals A and B.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the coupler
component for continuity.
If coupler.component'has no malfunction,
Solenoid valve specification
Solenoid valve
Shift solenoid F
Terminal
Resistance
(ohm)
A:}GND
B:}GND
1.0-4.2
8.4-21.8
COUPLER COMPONENT
[rnJ
I~~I
am3uuw0000242
Operating inspection
Caution
Do not apply battery position voltage to terminals for more than 3 s.
Note
Because the operation sound of the solenoid valve is small, perform inspection in a quiet place.
(3) Remove the battery component (ex: battery, battery tray and peM component). (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY
~"----;----
COUPLER
COMPONENT
am8rrw00002358

component terminals A, B and battery negative
voltage to GND, and verify that operating sound is
heard from solenoid valve.
COUPLER COMPONENT
T~
A
I~~I
am3uuw0000242
05-17-32

Off-Vehicle inspection
1. Measure the resistance between the solenoid valve terminals .
If there is any malfunction, replace the solenoid valve. (See 05-17-33 SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAU
Pressure control solenoid B specification
1.0-4.2 ohms
am3uuw0000242
Shift solenoid F specification

8.4-21.8 ohms
SHIFT SOLENOID F
am3uuw0000242
SOLENOID VALVE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FSSA-EL]
id051721293200
Warning
1. Remove the primary control valve body.
(4) Clean the transaxle exterior throughout with a steam cleaner or cleaning solvents.
(5) Drain the ATF. (See 05-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
(6) Remove the oil pan. (See 05-17-52 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
(7) Remove the primary control valve body. (See 05-17-52 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
05-17-33

1
2
3
4
8-10 {82-101, 71-88}
Bracket
Shift solenoid A
Shift solenoid C
5
6
Shift solenoid B
Shift solenoid E
Shift solenoid D
7
8

O-ring

4. Add ATF. (See OS-17 -14 AUTOMATIC
TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT
[FSSA-EL].)
S. Perform the "Mechanical System Test". (See OS17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [FSSA-EL].)
6. Perform the "Road Test". (See OS-17-7 ROAD
TEST [FSSA-EL].)
8-10
{82-101,71-88}
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am8rrw00002457

1. Remove the secondary control valve body.
(S) Clean the transaxle exterior throughout with a steam cleaner or cleaning solvents.
(6) Drain the ATF. (See OS-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FSSA-EL].)
(7) Remove the oil cover. (See OS-17-S2 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FSSA-EL].)
(8) Remove the secondary control valve body. (See OS-17-S2 CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVAU
1
2
3
4
Bracket
Shift solenoid F
O-ring

4. Add ATF. (See OS-17-14 AUTOMATIC
[FSSA-EL].)
S. Perform the "Mechanical System Test". (See OS17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [FSSA-EL].)
6. Perform the "Road Test". (See OS-17-7 ROAD
TEST [FSSA-EL].)
TCM INSPECTION [FSSA-EL]
iii @I---'--'--"'"
Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am8rrw00002458
id051721293800
Note
The TCM terminal voltage can vary with conditions when measuring and changes due to age deterioration
on the vehicle, causing false diagnosis. Therefore a comprehensive inspection of the input and output
systems, and the TCM is necessary to determine where the malfunction occurs.
1. Connect the voltmeter (-) lead to body GND.
2. Measure the voltage at each terminal.
If any incorrect voltage is detected, inspect the related system(s), wiring harnesses and connector(s)
referring to the "Inspection Item" column in the "TCM Terminal Voltage".
05-17-34

TCM Terminal Voltage (Reference)
TCM
-- --
I[
AL AJ AGt AD AAJ X
AM AK IAH AE ABI y
v
W
"""--'<--L-
l AI
AF ACJ
~ 0
'\
F I C
AI
p ~ M
GID
Blp
01
HJE
Terminal
A
B
Connected to
Test Condition
Voltage (V)
Inspection Item
CAN module
Because this terminal is for CAN, no valid determination of terminal voltage is possible.
C
D
E
CAN module
Down switch
Up switch
AT main relay
Because this terminal is for CAN, no valid determination of terminal voltage is possible.
Selector lever down-shift position
Below 1.0
Down switch
(See 05-17-19 DOWN SWITCH
Except selector lever down-shift
B+
position
Related harness
Below 1.0
Selector lever up-shift position
Up switch
(See 05-17-18 UP SWITCH
Except selector lever up-shift
B+
position
Related harness
Ignition switch off
Below 1.0
Ignition switch ON
B+
AT main relay
(See 09-21-17 RELAY
INSPECTION.)
Related harness
Under any condition
Battery
Below 1.0
M range
M range switch
L
M
N
GND
GND
B+
Except M range
B+
Q
R
Under any condition

Under any condition
AT main relay
AT main relay
Below 1.0
Below 1.0
Ignition switch off
Below 1.0
Ignition switch ON
B+
Ignition switch off
Below 1.0
Ignition switch ON
B+
Battery
(See 01-17B-4 BATTERY
Related harness
M range switch
(See 05-17-18 M RANGE
Related harness
Related harness
Related harness
AT main relay
(See 09-21-17 RELAY
INSPECTION.)
Related harness
AT main relay
(See 09-21-17 RELAY
INSPECTION.)
Related harness
05-17-35

Terminal
Connected to
Test Condition
1GR
S
Oil pressure switch
TR switch
TR switch, TFT
sensor
Below 1.0
B+
B+
P position
R position
N position
Input/turbine speed
sensor (-)
VSS
4.3-4.8
3.8-4.2
3.0-3.5
2.2-2.7
D range
M range
2.2-2.7
Under any condition
Below 1.0
X
y
Below 1.0
2GR
3GR
4GR
5GR
Voltage (V)
Below 1.0
ATF temperature 20C
Approx.3.3
ATF temperature 65C
Approx.1.3
AB
Input/turbine speed
sensor (+)
(See 05-17-39 Input/turbine speed sensor.)
AC
Intermediate
sensor
(See 05-17-39 Intermediate sensor.)
AD
Pressure control
solenoid A (+)
(See 05-17-38 Pressure control solenoid A (+).)
AE
Pressure control
solenoid A (-)
(See 05-17-38 Pressure control solenoid A (-).)
AH
Shift solenoid A
(See 05-17-37 Shift solenoid A.)
Shift solenoid D
D
D
D
D
D
05-17-36
range
range
range
range
range
1GR
2GR
3GR
4GR
5GR
Related harness
TFT sensor
AG
TR switch
RANGE (TR) SWITCH
Related harness
(See 05-17-39 VSS.)
(See 05-17-39 Input/turbine speed sensor.)
Oil pressure switch

(See 05-17-22 OIL PRESSURE
Related harness
AA
AF
Inspection Item

[FS5A-EL].)
Related harness
VSS
[FS5A-EL].)
Related harness
TFT sensor
SENSOR INSPECTION [FS5AEL].)
Related harness
[FS5A-EL].)
Related harness
Intermediate sensor
(See 05-17-25 INTERMEDIATE
SENSOR INSPECTION [FS5AEL].)
Related harness
Related harness
Related harness
Shift solenoid A
Related harness
Below 1.0
Below 1.0
Below 1.0
B+
B+
Shift solenoid D
Related harness

Terminal
AI
Connected to
Shift solenoid F
Inspection Item
Voltage (V)
Test Condition
D range 1GR
D range 2GR
D range 3GR
B+
B+
B+
D range 4GR
D range 5GR
B+
Below 1.0
(See 05-17-37 Shift solenoid 8.)
AJ
Shift solenoid B
AK
Shift solenoid E
AL
Shift solenoid C
(See 05-17-38 Shift solenoid C.)
AM
Pressure control
solenoid B
(See 05-17-38 Pressure control solenoid B.)
TCC released
Below 1.0
TCC engaged
B+
Shift solenoid F
Related harness
Shift solenoid B
Related harness
Shift solenoid E
Related harness
Shift solenoid C
Related harness
Related harness
Input/Output Wave From (Reference)

Shift solenoid A
TCM terminals
AG (+)-body GND (-)
Test Condition
D range 4GR
ov
t'"
t .
::::r::I::::t::::r::L:T::r::T::::t:::::t::::J
aaxjjw00001 01 0
Shift solenoid B
TCM terminals
AJ (+)-body GND (-)
Test Condition
D range 1GR
-----"I'-----t"-----r-----r----'-----'-----T-----T-----r-----r----'
I
I
---t-_:
t
,
,
,
,
,
t
: :-----1-----t-----r----t----i-----l-----1-----f-----t----t----1
I
--i------!----+---l-----t-----r----l----j------(--(--t-----t-----r----t-----!
----r---r----T----r--y----r---1-----r-----r---T----!
ov
::::t:::1:::
::::[:::::t::::r:::j
aaxjjw00001011
05-17-37

Shift solenoid C
TCM terminals
AL (+)-body GND (-)
Test Condition
D range 1GR
..
..
'-----l----.. -----r-----,..----,

,
I
,,
,,,
,,
,,
,
,
1
~"""""~""""~:.""""~"""""i"""""i""""i"""""~""""+""""~"""""~"" ""i"" .. "+" . ""f"""+""-l
.
ov
,
,
I
I
I
I
--_ ..... _-_ ..... _-_.",-----,,--,
aaxjjw00001012
Pressure control solenoid 8

TCM terminals
AM (+)-body GND (-)
Test Condition
Shifting from 4GR to 5GR or from 5GR to 4GR
I
I
I
1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--,--,--,--,--,--- --,-- --,--,--,--,--,-I
--
--;--;--;--;--;--
ov+
I
I
--;--;--;--;--;--
--;--
I
I
I
I
--,--,--,--,--I
I
I
I
--,--,--,--r--I
I
I
I
--,-- --,--,--,--,--,--
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--,---,--,--.--,--.-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--;--
--;
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--,--,--,--,--,--,-I
I
I
I
I
I
-,--,--,--.--,--,--,-I
I
I
I
I
I
I
--r--r--r--r--r--r--
-r--r--r--r--r--r--r--
--r--r--r--r--r--r-- --r--r--r--r--r--r--r---r--r--r--r--r--r-- --r--r--r--r--r--r--r-I
aaxjjw00001013
Pressure control solenoid A (+)

TCM terminals
AD (+)-body GND (-)
Test Condition
Ignition switch ON (engine off)
P position
-----;------:------:-----1-----r-----r-----r-----i-----:-----1------:-----r-----r-----r-----:
""" ""~""" "~""" ""~"""""~""""-l--""" f"""" -~"""""~""""~""""" j""""";""" ""I""""" f"""""~"""" ~
... --~ -----1- -----l-----~ -----i -----~ ---- -~-- -- -i ----~- ----~ . ----4- ----~- -.. -- ~- . ---i- --~
a_
i ! !
ill
! !
-----r----l-----r----l-----I-----r-----r-----l----l-----r----1-----r-----r-----r----1l
_____ :.. ____ J _____ J _____ J _____ ! _____ :. _____ :.. _____:... ____ ...: _____ J _____ i _____ _____ :. _____ :... ____ ...:
~
1
:
:
l
1 1
::,:
:
:
1 :
i :
I::'::
"""T "T""" """r "r""f"""!" "T"""' "-"r "r"""i""T""T"""l
ov+ :::T
::r:: "::::r ::1::::: ::::r ::r::: ::::r :r::::::::r :r::]
-----~: -----l----~-- -- -~-----i -----i-----~- --- -!-----~- ---- ~-- ---~ -----i-----i . ----~- . . -~
:
:
:
: :
: :
:
:
:
:
:
: :
:
:
: : : :
:
:
:
:
: :
:
:
.
. ---:_-.
. --_::
-----:------:-----~ ----i----t-----~-----r-a-.-:_----~-----i----i-----t-----~
____ .l ___ .J. ____ J.. ____ l_____ l. ____ l_. ___l_____L____ J____ t____ l.... __ l_____ t_____ L___ .l
aaxjjw00001014
Pressure control solenoid A (-)

TCM terminals
AE (+)-body GND (-)
200 mV/DIV (Y), 1 ms/DIV (X), DC range
Test Condition
Ignition switch ON (engine off)
P position
aaxjjw00001015
05-17-38

TCM terminals
AB (+)-Y (-)
Test Condition
ampjjw00005641
Intermediate sensor
TCM terminals
AC (+)-body GND (-)
Test Condition
Vehicle speed at 30 km/h {19 mph}.
ampjjw00005642
VSS
TCM terminals
Z (+)-body GND (-)
Test Condition
Vehicle speed at 30 km/h {19 mph}.
ampjjw00005642
TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FSSA-EL]

id051721294000

8-10 {82-1 01, 71-88}
-,---H
Nm {kgf.cm, in.lbf}
am3uuw0000245
05-17-39

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FSSA-EL]
id051721294100
Caution
damaged.
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
4. Remove the front splash shield. (See 09-16-30 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Drain the ATF. (See 05-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
6. Disconnect and/or remove the following parts in the engine compartment.
L5].)
(3) Disconnect the selector cable from the transaxle.
(5) Disconnect the connectors and GND wiring
harness from the transaxle.
(6) Remove the bracket from the transaxle.
(7) Disconnect the oil hoses from the transaxle.
(8) Remove the water-cooled oil cooler from the
transaxle with the hose connected. (See 0517-47 OIL COOLER REMOVAL/
(9) Remove the filler tube from the transaxle.
(1 O)Remove the starter. (See 01-19B-2
Nm {kgf.cm, in.lbf}
STARTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF,
am3uuw0000304
L5].)
7. Disconnect and/or remove the following parts
related to the suspension and axle.
(1) Remove the front tires. (See 03-10-1 GENERAL PROCEDURES (FRONT AND REAR AXLES).)
(2) Disconnect the ABS wheel-speed sensors from the steering knuckles. (See 04-13-7 FRONT ABS WHEELSPEED SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Disconnect the clip securing the brake hose (LH) from the shock absorber. (See 04-11-31 BRAKE HOSE
(FRONT) REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
(4) Disconnect the brake hose (LH) from the shock absorber. (See 04-11-31 BRAKE HOSE (FRONT)
(5) Disconnect the tie-rod end ball joints from the steering knuckles. (See 02-13-13 FRONT CROSSMEMBER
(6) Disconnect the front lower arms from the steering knuckles. (See 02-13-8 FRONT LOWER ARM
(7) Disconnect the stabilizer control links from the shock absorbers. (See 02-13-3 FRONT SHOCK
ABSORBER AND COIL SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Disconnect the drive shaft (LH) from the transaxle. (See 03-13-3 DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(9) Disconnect the drive shaft (RH) from the joint shaft. (See 03-13-3 DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
05-17-40

(1 O)Disconnect the clips to set the CKP sensor
harness out of the way to prevent interference
with the joint shaft. (LS).
(11 ) Remove the joint shaft. (See 03-13-13 JOINT
SHAFT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
JOINT SHAFT
am3uuw0000348

Caution
_____
~....."IL.._
REAR SHAFT
SIDE BAR
FRONT FOOT No.2
FRONT SHAFT
am6xuw0000068

Nm {kgf.cm, inlbf}
am3uuw0000508

bolts.
am3uuw0000528
05-17-41

VIEW (1)
am3uuw0000529

securely tightened.
am3uuw0000529
05-17-42

;---------44-61
{4.5-6.2,33-44}
\
l:::
11;- - + - - - - ; - - - - - - - - 9 4 - 1 5 2
{9.6-15,70-112}
D-------14
~-=---~-~5
@
8
@ : 38-52 {3.9-5.3, 29-38}
~-::I---------{
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000519
Torque converter installation nuts

(See 05-17-44 Torque Converter Installation Nuts
Removal Note.)

Transaxle mounting bolts (upper side)


Transaxle mounting bolts (lower side)

(See 05-17-44 Transaxle Mounting Bolts (Lower
Side) Removal Note.)
Transaxle
(See 05-17-44 Transaxle Mounting Bolts (Lower
Side) Removal Note.)
Warning
Caution
To prevent the torque converter and transaxle from separating, remove the transaxle without
tilting it toward the torque converter.
05-17-43

11. Add ATF to the specified level. (See 05-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT
[FS5A-EL].)
12. Perform the following test according to the service item. (See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [FS5AEL].)(See 05-17-7 ROADTEST [FS5A-EL].)
Service item
ATX replacement
ATX overhaul
Torque converter replacement
Oil pump replacement
Clutch system replacement
Line pressure test
Stall test
Test item
Time lag test
Road test
x
x
x
x
x : Test to be performed after the service work
Torque Converter Installation Nuts Removal Note

1. Hold the crankshaft pulley to prevent drive plate
from rotating.
am3uuw0000258
2. Remove the torque converter nuts from the

starter installation hole.
am3uuw0000258
Transaxle Mounting Bolts (Lower Side) Removal Note

1. Adjust the SST (49 C017 5AO) and lean the
engine toward the transaxle.
3. Remove the transaxle mounting bolts (lower
side).
am3uuw0000529
05-17-44

am3uuw0000258

r-------::::---------------,
- 7 ' - - - NO.4 ENGINE
transaxle case, and then tighten the nuts.
MOUNT
BRACKET
Tightening torque
61-76 Nm {6.3-7.7 kgf.m, 45-56 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000261

converter housing, and then tighten the bolts.
Tightening torque
44-61 Nm {4.5-6.2 kgfm, 33-44 ft.lbf}
NO.1 ENGINE
MOUNT
----#
BRACKET
am3uuw0000262

bolts.
NO.1 ENGINE
MOUNT
RUBBER
am3uuw0000262
05-17-45

4. Align the No.4 engine mount rubber installation
hole to the stud bolts on the body.
5. Install the No.4 engine mount rubber to the No.4
engine mount bracket, and then tighten the bolt.
Tightening torque
94-152 Nm {9.6-15 kgf.m, 70-112 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000262

bolts in the order shown.
Tightening torque
73-90 Nm {7.5-9.1 kgf.m, 54-66 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000262
7. Align the battery tray bracket installation hole to

the stud bolts on the body.
8. Install the battery tray bracket to the No.4 engine
mount rubber, and then tighten the nuts.
BATTERY
TRAY
BRACKET
Tightening torque
44-61 Nm {4.5-6.2 kgfm, 33-44 ft.lbf}

9. Remove the SST (49 C017 SAO).
am3uuw0000262
DRIVE PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL]
id051721294200
1. Remove the transaxle. (See 05-17-40 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)

1
Drive plate installation bolts

(See 05-17-47 Drive Plate Installation Bolts
Removal Note.)
(See 05-17-47 Drive Plate Installation Bolts
Installation Note.)
Backing plate
Drive plate
3. Install in the reverse order of removal
mil
---t~')
')\:)~
1iI~
108-116 {11.1-11.8, 80-8S}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000237
05-17-46

Drive Plate Installation Bolts Removal Note
1. Set the SST against the drive plate.
2. Loosen the drive plate installation bolts in two or
three steps in the order as shown in the figure,
then remove the bolts and the drive plate.
am3uuw0000245
Drive Plate Installation Bolts Installation Note

1. Set the SST against the drive plate.
2. Tighten the drive plate mounting bolts in two or
three steps in the order as shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
108-116 Nm {11.1-11.8 kgfm, 80-85
ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000245
OIL SEAL REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL]
id051721294300
2. Remove the oil seal.
(1) Drain the ATF. (See OS-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FSSA-EL].)
(2) Remove the drive shaft and/or joint shaft. (See 03-13-3 DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)(See
03-13-13 JOINT SHAFT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Caution
The oil seal is easily damaged by the sharp edges of the drive shaft splines. Do not let the splines
contact the oil seal.
(3) Remove the oil seal using a flathead screwdriver.
3. Using the SSTs and a hammer, tap a new oil seal
in evenly until the SST (body) contacts the
transaxle case.
4. Coat the lip of the oil seal with ATF.
S. Install the drive shaft and/or joint shaft. (See 0313-3 DRIVE SHAFT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)(See 03-13-13 JOINT SHAFT
6. Add the ATF. (See OS-17-14 AUTOMATIC
[FSSA-EL].)
8. Perform the "Mechanical System Test". (See OS-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [FSSA-EL].)
am3uuw0000358
OIL COOLER REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL]

id051721294400
Type A
1. Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
05-17-47

S. Drain the ATF. (See OS-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FSSA-EL].)
iii
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000448
2
3
8.
9.
10.
11.
Water hose (connected to the outlet)

Water hose (connected to the thermostat)
Oil hose
(See 05-17-48 Oil Hose Installation Note.)
Hose clamp
5
6
7
Connector bolt
Packing
Water-cooled oil cooler

Add the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF, LS].)
Add the ATF. (See OS-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FSSA-EL].)
Perform the "Mechanical System Test". (See OS-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [FSSA-EL].)
Oil Hose Installation Note

Note
If reusing the hose, install the new hose clamp exactly on the mark left by the previous hose clamp. Then
apply force to the hose clamp in the direction of the arrow in order to fit the clamp in place.
05-17-48

1. Align the marks, and slide the oil hose onto the oil
pipe until it is fully seated as shown.
2. Install the hose clamp.
MARK
OIL PIPE
OIL HOSE
am6xuw0000195
3. Install the hose clamp onto the hose.

4. Verify that the hose clamp does not interfere with
any other components.
ampjjw00005653
Type 8
S. Remove the front splash shield (LH). (See 09-16-30 SPLASH SHIELD REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the front mudguard (LH). (See 09-16-17 FRONT MUDGUARD REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
7. Drain the ATF. (See OS-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FSSA-EL].)
05-17-49

II---(J)
-------@
9-12 Nm
{92-122 kgf.cm,
80-106 inlbf}
1------<9
8-10 Nm
{82-101 kgf.cm,
71-88 in.lbf}
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000262
1
2
3
4
5
6
Water hose (connected to the outlet)

Water hose (connected to the thermostat)
Oil hose
Hose clamp
Fastener
Bracket installation bolt
10
11
12
Bracket
Bracket
Air-cooled oil cooler
Oil cooler duct
Connector bolt
Packing
13
Water-cooled oil cooler

11. Add the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF, LS].)
05-17-50

12. Add the ATF. (See 05-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FS5A-EL].)
13. Perform the "Mechanical System Test". (See 05-17-3 MECHANICAL SYSTEM TEST [FS5A-EL].)
Oil Hose Installation Note
Note
If reusing the hose, install the new hose clamp exactly on the mark left by the previous hose clamp. Then
apply force to the hose clamp in the direction of the arrow in order to fit the clamp in place.
1. Align the marks, and slide the oil hose onto the oil
pipe until it is fully seated as shown.
2. Install the hose clamp.
MARK
OIL PIPE
OIL HOSE
am6xuw0000195
3. Install the hose clamp onto the hose.

4. Verify that the hose clamp does not interfere with
any other components.
ampjjw00005653
OIL COOLER FLUSHING [FSSA-EL]

id051721294500
Note
If the automatic transaxle is replaced, flush and inspect the oil cooler.
When replacing the automatic transaxle, inspect the oil cooler together with flushing it using the following
procedures, and with the oil cooler hose removed.
1. Disconnect the oil hose.

2. Set a clean oil pan up to the oil hose inlet.
3. Blow 491-882 kPa {5-9 kgf/cm2, 72-127 psi}
of compressed air from the oil hose outlet to drain
remaining oil.
OIL COOLER
OIL PAN
COMPRESSED
AIR
am3uuw0000245
05-17-51

Type A
TYPE A
COMPRESSED
Al
am3uuw0000245
TypeB
4. Add new ATF from the oil cooler hose outlet and
blow 491-882 kPa {S-9 kgf/cm2, 72-127 psi}
of compressed air to flush. (Repeat 2 or 3 times)
S. Verify that none of the following foreign material is
mixed in with the drained ATF:
Large metal fragments of <I> o.s mm {0.02 mm}
or more that cannot pass through the oil
strainer
Fibrous clutch facing
6. Repeat the procedures from Step 3 to 4 and flush
the inside of the oil cooler.
If foreign material such as metal fragments or
clutch facing remains even after the oil cooler
is flushed repeatedly, replace the oil cooler.
TYPE B
CONTROL VALVE BODY REMOVALJINSTALLATION [FSSA-EL]

id051721294600
Primary Control Valve Body On-Vehicle Removal

Warning
,
Using compressed air can cause dirt and other particles to fly out, causing injury to the eyes.
Wear protective eyeglasses whenever using compressed air.
4. Clean the transaxle exterior throughout with a steam cleaner or cleaning solvents.
S. Drain the ATF. (See OS-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FSSA-EL].)
6. Remove the oil pan.
7. Remove the oil strainer.
8. Disconnect each solenoid valve connector and
SHIFT SOLENOID E SHIFT SOLENOID D
GND.
TFT
SENSOR
PRESSURE
CONTROL
.L.+---!l-+- SOLENOI D A
1,J=III~""t'==:Dof='--{
\.~n--i-++-+--GND
SHIFT
SOLENOID A
SHIFT SOLENOID C
SHIFT SOLENOID B
am3uuw0000242
05-17-52

9. Remove the bolts as shown, then remove the
primary control valve body.
~~~~------BOIT
@+-!----1--BOLT
I&i-+----l.-- BOLT
BOLT
am3uuw0000246
10. Remove the accumulators and accumulator

springs.
ACCUMULATOR - - B B - - ACCUMULATOR
BB
SPRING
i':=::;t i':=::;t
SPRING
ACCUMULATOR
-i====-- ACCUMULATOR
am6xuw0000195
Primary Control Valve Body On-Vehicle Installation

Caution
Be sure to align the parking rod and the
manual valve.
PARKING
ASSIST LEVER
COMPONENT
MANUAL VALVE
am6xuw0000195
05-17-53

1. Install the accumulator springs, accumulators and
primary control valve body.
Accumulator spring specification
SERVO APPLY
ACCUMULATOR
JJt+--
FORWARD
ACCUMULATOR
FORWARD
::+--- ACCUMULATOR
SERVO APPLY
ACCUMULATOR
am3uuw0000246
Spring
Servo apply accumulator large spring
Servo apply accumulator small spring
Forward accumulator large spring
Forward accumulator small spring
Outer diameter
(mm {in})
Free Length (mm

{in})
21.0 {0.827}
67.8 {2.669}
67.8 {2.669}
75.0 {2.953}
13.0 {0.512}
21.0 {0.827}
15.6 {0.614}
No. of coils
Wire diameter
(mm {in})
10.3
17.1
10.7
7.7
3.5 {0.138}
2.2 {0.OB7}
2.3 {0.091}
2.4 {0.094}
49.0 {1.929}
2. Tighten the bolts as shown to install the primary

control valve body.
Tightening torque
8-10 Nm {82-101 kgf.cm, 71-88 inlbf}
CGJHI-----'---B
Bolt length measured from below the head

Mark
B
(eH-+-----'---
Length measured from below the head
No mark
NO MARK
40mm {1 .575 in}

70mm {2.756 in}
B
am3uuw0000246
05-17-54

3. Match the harness colors, then connect each solenoid valves connector.
Connector color (harness-side)

Solenoid valve
Shift solenoid A
Shift solenoid B
Shift solenoid C
Shift solenoid 0
Shift solenoid E
Connector color
Black
White
Blue
Green
White
Black
4. Install the GND.
SHIFT SOLENOID E SHIFT SOLENOID D
Tightening torque
8-10 Nm {82-101 kgf.cm, 71-88 in.lbf}
S. Install the TFT sensor to the oil strainer.
6. Install the oil strainer.
TFT
SENSOR
PRESSURE
CONTROL
.L~-IH-SOLENOID A
1...J='>~~'I='-{
'\~n---t--r-+-+--GND
SHIFT
SOLENOID A
SHIFT SOLENOID C
SHIFT SOLENOID B
am3uuw0000242
7. Apply a light coat of silicon sealant (TB1217E) to

the contact surfaces of the oil pan and transaxle
case.
Caution
If any old sealant gets into the transaxle
during installation of the oil pan, trouble
may occur in the transaxle case and oil
pan, and clean with cleaning fluids.
8. Install the oil pan before the applied sealant starts
to harden.
am3uuw0000242
Tightening torque
6-8 Nm {62-81 kgfcm, 54-70 inlbf}
9. Add ATF. (See OS-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FSSA-EL].)
INSTALLATION.)
12. Install the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
14. Perform the "Road Test". (See OS-17-7 ROAD TEST [FSSA-EL].)
Secondary Control Valve Body On-Vehicle Removal

Warning
Using compressed air can cause dirt and other particles to fly out, causing injury to the eyes.
Wear protective eyeglasses whenever using compressed air.
3. Remove the battery component (ex: battery, battery tray and PCM component). (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY
S. Clean the transaxle exterior throughout with a steam cleaner or cleaning solvents.
6. Drain the ATF. (See OS-17-14 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID (ATF) REPLACEMENT [FSSA-EL].)
05-17-55

7. Disconnect each solenoid valve connector.
Irr=tl--Jd.~~-
PRESSURE ----\-\-~~'f-----J
CONTROL
SOLENOID B
SHI FT
SOLENOID F
am3uuw0000242
8. Remove the bolts and GND as shown, then

remove the secondary control valve body.
'l{~.lct-f--.I--
BOLT
am3uuw0000242
9. Remove the tubular pin and O-ring.
am3uuw0000243
Secondary Control Valve Body On-Vehicle Installation

1. Install the tubular pin and new O-rings to the
transaxle case.
2. Install the secondary control valve body.
am3uuw0000243
05-17-56

3. Tighten the bolts and GND as shown to install the
secondary control valve body.
Tightening torque
8-10 Nm {82-101 kgf.cm, 71-88 in.lbf}
Bolt length measured from below the head
Mark
B
C
Length measured from below the head

40mm {1.575 in}
50mm {1.967 in}
~++--C
am3uuw0000243
4. Connect each solenoid valve connector.
Connector color (harness-side)

Solenoid valve
Shift solenoid F
Connector color
White
Black
~~~f--- SHIFT
PRESSURE ---'M-~;;;S=~.J
CONTROL
SOLENOID B
SOLENOID F
am3uuw0000243
S. Apply a light coat of silicon sealant (TB1217E) to

the contact surfaces of the oil cover and transaxle
case.
6. Install the oil cover.
Tightening torque
8-10 Nm {82-101 kgf.cm, 71-88 in.lbf}
7. Add ATF. (See OS-17-14 AUTOMATIC
[FSSA-EL].)
8. Install the aerodynamic under cover NO.2. (See
am3uuw0000243
9. Install the battery component (ex: battery, battery tray and PCM component). (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY
11. Install the battery cover. (See 01-17B-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
13. Perform the "Road Test". (See OS-17-7 ROAD TEST [FSSA-EL].)
05-17-57
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
05-18

MECHANISM LOCATION INDEX . ....
MECHANISM REMOVAL!
INSTALLATION . ..................
Selector Lever Removal/Installation ..
Selector Cable Removal/Installation ..
Bulb Removal/Installation ...........
Selector Cable Adjustment..........
SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION .....
SHIFT-LOCK SYSTEM INSPECTION ...
05-18-1
05-18-2
05-18-2
05-18-5
05-18-9
05-18-10
05-18-11
05-18-11
Shift-Lock System Inspection ...... . 05-18-11

Shift-Lock Solenoid and P Position
Switch Inspection ............... . 05-18-11
Emergency Override Button
Inspection .................. . 05-18-12
KEY INTERLOCK SYSTEM
INSPECTION .................... . 05-18-12
Key Interlock System Inspection ..... . 05-18-12
Key Interlock Solenoid Inspection .... . 05-18-12
NOT P Position Switch Inspection ... . 05-18-13
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM LOCATION INDEX

id051800296800
~--------------------------------------------------------------------~
+---------------w
;;----;------
3
am3uuw0000314
Selector cable
(See 05-18-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT
Selector lever component

(See 05-18-11 SHIFT-LOCK SYSTEM
INSPECTION.)
Steering lock
(See 05-18-12 KEY INTERLOCK SYSTEM
INSPECTION.)
05-18-1

AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id051800296900
Selector Lever Removal/Installation

2;-------\
31-----1
8-10 {82-101, 71-88}
I--------I@
I---------{
CD---I
Upper panel
(See 09-17-40 UPPER PANEL REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Knob
05-18-2
Nm {kgf.cm, in.lbf}
am3uuw0000304
Shift panel
(See 05-18-3 Shift panel and indicator panel
removal note.)
(See 05-18-5 Indicator panel and shift panel
installation note.)
Indicator panel
(See 05-18-3 Shift panel and indicator panel
removal note.)
(See 05-18-5 Indicator panel and shift panel
installation note.)
Connector
Selector cable (selector lever side)

(See 05-18-4 Selector cable (selector lever side)
installation note.)
Selector lever
(See 05-18-4 Selector lever installation note.)
Shift panel and indicator panel removal note

1. Remove the shift panel and indicator panel as a single unit.
(1) Release the hooks securing the shift panel and console, and then release the hooks securing the shift
panel and ashtray panel. (See 09-17-42 SHIFT PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(2) Lift up the shift panel and indicator panel and
disconnect the bulb socket from the indicator
panel.
am3uuw0000304
(3) Remove the shift panel and indicator panel

from the selector lever as a single unit.
am3uuw0000305
2. Detach the hooks as shown in the figure and

remove the indicator panel from the shift panel.
am3uuw0000305
05-18-3

Selector lever installation note
1. Align the locator pin with the hole in the floor as
shown in the figure and install the selector lever.
SELECTOR LEVER
LOCATOR PIN
HOLE
-----I$''''
---=:::;::;i!n:
LOCATOR PIN
/:::---....
/G:~-
-<::::J
16::J= I ~
J~'-../~:~~
~~I
I\.
"-------j::::
HOLE
am3uuw0000305
2. Tighten the selector lever installation bolts.
Tightening torque
8-10 Nm {82-101 kgfcm, 71-88 inlbf}
am3uuw0000305
Selector cable (selector lever side) installation note

1. Install the selector cable end (selector lever side)
,-~.']-.ofj:,,~--
SELECTOR
CABLE END
am3uuw0000306
2. Install the cable outer end (selector lever side) to

the selector cable bracket as shown in the figure.
3. Adjust the selector cable. (See 05-18-10 Selector
Cable Adjustment.)
CABLE OUTER END
am3uuw0000306
05-18-4

Indicator panel and shift panel installation note
1. Install the shift panel to the indicator panel.
am3uuw0000305
2. Install the shift panel and indicator panel to the

selector lever as a single unit.
,///
~~~//,//'
:
:
~/
",,,
",'
am3uuw0000305
3. Connect the bulb socket to the indicator panel.

4. Install the shift panel and indicator panel to the
console and ashtray panel as a single unit. (See
09-17-42 SHIFT PANEL REMOVAU
INSTALLATION)
am3uuw0000305
Selector Cable Removal/Installation

3. Remove the battery component (ex: battery, battery tray and PCM component). (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY
S. Remove the Aerodynamic under cover NO.2. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2
6. Remove the tunnel member (rear). (See 01-1SA-1 EXHAUST SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].)
7. Remove the insulator (front) installation nuts and set the insulator (front) aside. (See 01-1SA-1 EXHAUST
9. Remove the knob. (See OS-18-2 Selector Lever Removal/Installation.)
05-18-5

panel.
am3uuw0000305

11. Remove the console. (See 09-17-45 CONSOLE
am3uuw0000305
12. Disconnect the drain hose connected to AlC unit.

(See 07-11-4 AlC UNIT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
14. Install in reverse of removal.
AlCUNIT--~
DRAIN HOSE ---~.(--===o----
am3uuw0000438
@..------...
4.0-9.8 Nm
{41-99 kgf.cm,
36-86 in.lbf}
(D--.JI11L
19-25
{2.0-2.5, 15-18}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000519
Selector cable end (transaxle side)

{See 05-18-7 Selector cable end (transaxle side)
removal note.)
05-18-6
2
3
4
Cable outer end (transaxle side)

Clip
Cable outer end (selector lever side)

Selector cable end (selector lever side)
Grommet
Selector cable
(See05-18-7 Selector cable installation note.)
Selector cable end (transaxle side) removal note

1. Remove the clip, and then disconnect the selector
cable end from the manual shaft lever.
SELECTOR
CABLE END
MANUAL SHAFT
LEVER
am3uuw0000306
Selector cable installation note

1. Install the grommet as shown in the figure.
Tightening torque
4.0-9.8 Nm {41-99 kgfcm, 36-86 in.lbf}
GROMMET-~~
am3uuw0000306
2. Install the selector cable end (selector lever side)

f ~~~'1--1f:7/.f---
SELECTOR
CABLE END
am3uuw0000306
3. Install the cable outer end (selector lever side) to

the selector cable bracket as shown in the figure.
CABLE OUTER END
am3uuw0000306
05-18-7

4. Install the clip as shown in the figure and tighten
the nut.
Tightening torque
19-25 Nm {2.0-2.5 kgf.m, 15-18 ftlbf}
5. Install the selector cable end (transaxle side) and
the cable outer end (transaxle side).
Caution
When installing selector cable, make
sure the boot is not twisted.
NUT~
am3uuw0000306
Bending the selector cable in the manner

shown in the figure will damage the cable
and it may become loose when shifted.
When installing the selector cable, hold it
straight.
am3uuw0000306
(1) Install the cable outer end (transaxle side) to

the selector cable bracket as shown in the
figure.
CABLE OUTER END
am3uuw0000306
(2) Install the clip to the selector cable end

(transaxle side) as shown in the figure.
I-----CLIP
am3uuw0000306
05-18-8

(3) Install the selector cable end (transaxle side)
to the manual shaft lever as shown in the
figure.
6. Verify that the selector cable is securely installed.
7. Adjust the selector cable. (See 05-18-10 Selector
Cable Adjustment.)
SELECTOR CABLE END
C::-~--j-CLIP
MANUAL SHAFT
LEVER
FORWARD . .
am3uuw0000306
Bulb Removal/Installation
4. Remove the knob. (See 05-18-2 Selector Lever Removal/Installation.)
panel and ashtray panel. (See 09-17-42 SHIFT PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION)
panel.
am3uuw0000305
(3) Remove the shift panel and indicator pane

,/,,/,/
~~~1.!::!l/'///// I~~~
:
t. . . ,.. .
",'"
am3uuw0000305
6. Remove the bulb from the bulb socket.

'---h~'---------';- BULB
am3uuw0000528
05-18-9

Selector Cable Adjustment
4. Remove the knob. (See 0'5-18-2 Selector Lever Removal/Installation.)
panel.
am3uuw0000305

6. Shift the selector lever to the P position.
am3uuw0000305
7. Unlock the lock piece of the selector cable end

(selector lever side) in the order as shown in the
figure.
8. Verify that the manual shaft is in the P position.
/-1>.i.~i---HII'--:'-I--
----7::3~--
LOCK PIECE
SAFETY LOCK
am3uuw0000307
9. Lock the lock piece and safety lock of the selector

cable end (selector lever side) in the order as
~'\-fH'fIf-rf-----h<i!o;::--7---
LOCK PI ECE
SAFETY LOCK
am3uuw0000307
05-18-10

SELECTOR LEVER INSPECTION
id051800297000

2. Perform the following procedures to inspect the selector lever.
If there is any malfunction, adjust the selector cable. (See 05-18-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT
(1) Verify that the selector lever can be operated
(2) Verify that the selector lever can be operated
. . OPERATION WHEN
BRAKE PEDAL IS
smoothly and moderately.
+I
:SI
~
DEPRESSED
OPERATION WHEN
BRAKE PEDAL ARE
DEPRESSED OR
RELEASED
am3uuw0000230
SHIFT-LOCK SYSTEM INSPECTION
id051800297100
Shift-Lock System Inspection

2. Shift the selector lever to the P position.
3. Perform the following procedures to inspect the shift-lock system.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the shift-lock solenoid and P position switch. (See 05-18-11 Shift-Lock
Solenoid and P Position Switch Inspection.)
(1) Verify that the selector lever cannot be shifted from P to R position when the brake pedal is released.
(2) Verify that the selector lever can be shifted from P to R position when the brake pedal is depressed.
Shift-Lock Solenoid and P Position Switch Inspection
(1) Remove the battery cover. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
r-----------::---------------,
connector.
~-~~ +.:J------:-:d--- CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000299
2. Measure the voltage between the selector lever

component terminals.
If there is any malfunction, repair or replace
the related wiring harness.
If there is no malfunction even though the
shift-lock system has any malfunction, replace
the selector lever component. (See 05-18-2
am3uuw0000243
05-18-11

Shift-lock solenoid specification
Terminals
E-GND
Connected to
Brake switch
I-GND
Ignition switch
K-GND
GND
Test condition
Switch the ignition to ACC or ON
Under any condition
Voltage (V)
Below 1.0
B+
Below 1.0
B+
Below 1.0
Emergency Override Button Inspection

2. Verify that the selector lever is in the P position.
3. Without the brake pedal depressed, verify that the selector lever cannot be shifted from the P position.
4. Remove the cover using a tape-wrapped flathead
screwdriver.
5. Insert the flathead screwdriver into the
emergency override hole and push it down.
6. Verify that the selector lever can be shifted from
the P position.
am3uuw0000230
KEY INTERLOCK SYSTEM INSPECTION
id051800297200
Key Interlock System Inspection

2. Perform the following procedures to inspect the key interlock system .
If there is any malfunction, inspect the key interlock solenoid and NOT P position switch. (See 05-18-12 Key
Interlock Solenoid Inspection.)(See 05-18-13 NOT P Position Switch Inspection.)
(1) Verify that the ignition cannot be switched to off when the selector lever is not in the P position.
(2) Verify that the ignition can be switched to off when the selector lever is in the P position.
Key Interlock Solenoid Inspection
(3) Remove the column cover. (See 09-17-22 COLUMN COVER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(4) Disconnect the key interlock solenoid
connector.
CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000300
05-18-12

2. Measure the resistance between the key interlock
solenoid terminals A and B.
steering lock. (See 06-14-8 STEERING
START SYSTEM].)
KEY INTERLOCK SOLENOID
Key interlock solenoid specification

Approx.36 ohms
am3uuw0000243
NOT P Position Switch Inspection

,..-----------:::--------------,
connector.
-I-l-------+-- CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000300

component terminals G and K.
NOT P position switch specification

Test condition
P position
Except P position
Continuity
No continuity
Continuity
am3uuw0000243
05-18-13
TECHNICAL DATA
05-50
TECHNICAL DATA
TRANSMISSIONrrRANSAXLE
TECHNICAL DATA . ............... 05-50-1
Clutch ......................... 05-50-1
Manual Transaxle [G3SM-R] ....... 05-50-1
Manual Transaxle [G66M-R] ...... . 05-50-1

Manual Transaxle [A26M-R] ........ . 05-50-1
Automatic Transaxle [FSSA-EL] ..... 05-50-2
TRANSMISSIONrrRANSAXLE TECHNICAL DATA
id055000800100
Clutch
Item
Clutch fluid
Clutch pedal height (Reference value)
Distance A, from clutch disengagement point to full
stroke (Reference value)
Distance B, from clutch disengagement point to floor
mat (Reference value)
Clutch pedal stroke (Reference value)
Clutch cover diaphragm spring fingers maximum
depth
Maximum clearance of flatness of the pressure plate
[G35M-R, G66M-R]
Maximum clearance of flatness of the pressure plate
[A26M-R]
Specification
SAE J 1703 or FMVSS 116 DOT-3
142.8 mm {5.622 in}
23 mm {0.906 in} or more
64.9 mm {2.56 in} or more

LF, L3 WITH TC: 135 mm {5.31 in}
L5: 126.1 mm {4.965 in}
0.6 mm {0.024 in}
0.5 mm {0.020 in}
0.3 mm {0.01 in}
Clutch cover diaphragm spring fingers maximum

height difference
1.0 mm {0.039 in}
Clutch disc minimum depth

Clutch disc maximum runout
Flywheel maximum runout [G35M-R, G66M-R]
Flywheel maximum runout [A26M-R]
0.3 mm {0.012 in}

0.7 mm {0.03 in}
0.1 mm {0.004 in}
1.5 mm {0.059 in}
Manual Transaxle [G35M-R]

Item
Manual transaxle oil capacity (approx. quantity)
Specification
API service GL-4
SAE 75W-80
2.77 L {2.93 US qt, 2.44 Imp qt}

Item
Specification
API service GL-4
SAE 75W-80
2.85 L {3.01 US qt, 2.51 Imp qt}
Manual Transaxle [A26M-R]

Item
Specification
API service GL-4
SAE 75W-80
2.4-2.6 L {2.6-2.7 US qt, 2.12-2.28 Imp qt}
05-50-1
TECHNICAL DATA
Automatic Transaxle [FSSA-EL]
Specification
ATF M-V
Draining ATF from drain plug: 3.0 L {3.2 US qt, 2.6 Imp qt}
Overhauling transaxle: 5.0 L {5.3 US qt, 4.4 Imp qt}
Item
ATFType
Line Pressure
Specification (kPa {kgf/cm 2 , psi})
Test Condition
LF
Idle
D range
M range (1GR, 2GR)
R position
Stall
Stall Speed
Test Condition
D range
M range
R position
Specification (rpm)
LF
L5
2,200-2,800
2,200-2,800
2,200-2,800
2,400-3,000
2,400-3,000
2,400-3,000
Time Lag
Test Condition
Specification (s)
LF
From N position to D
range
0.4-0.7
From N position to R
position
0.4-0.7
05-50-2
L5
330-470 {3.37-4.79, 47.9-68.1}

330-470 {3.37-4.79, 47.9-68.1}
490-710 {5.00-7.23, 71.1-102.0}
1,200-1,320 {12.24-13.46, 174.1-191.4}
1,200-1,320 {12.24-13.46, 174.1-191.4}
1,630-1,950 {16.63-19.88, 236.5- I 1,630-1,950 {16.63-19.88, 236.5282.8}
282.8}
D range
M range (1GR, 2GR)
R position
L5
SERVICE TOOLS
05-60
SERVICE TOOLS
TRANSMISSIONITRANSAXLE SST .... 05-60-1

Clutch ....................... . 05-60-1
Manual Transaxle [G3SM-R] ....... . 05-60-1
Manual Transaxle [G66M-R] ....... .. 05-60-1

Manual Transaxle [A26M-R] ........ . 05-60-1
Automatic Transaxle [FSSA-EL] ...... 05-60-2
TRANSMISSIONITRANSAXLE SST
id056000804200
Clutch
49 E011 1AO
49 SE01 310A
49 1285071
Ring gear brake

set
Clutch disc
centering tool
Bearing puller
49 G030 796
49 G030 797
49 C017 5AO
Body
Handle
Engine support
49 G030 796
49 G030 797
49 C017 5AO
Body
Handle
Engine support
49 W027 001
49 F027 003
49 U027 003
Body
Handle
Oil Seal Installer
49 M005 797
Handle
49 M005 797
Handle
Manual Transaxle [A26M-R]
49 C017 5AO
Engine support
05-60-1
SERVICE TOOLS
Automatic Transaxle [FSSA-EL]
49 H019 002
490378400C
49 B019 901B
Adapter
Oil pressure
gauge set
Oil pressure
gauge
49 B019 902A
490019910
490019911
Oil pressure
gauge
Adapter
(Part of 49
00199A2)
Adapter
(Part of 49
00199A2)
490019913
490019909
490019908
Adapter
(Part of 49
00199A2)
Hose
(Part of 49
00199A2)
Oil pressure
gauge
(Part of 49
00199A2)
490019907
49 C017 5AO
49 E011 1AO
Oil pressure
gauge
(Part of 49
00199A2)
Engine support
Ring gear brake

set
49 G030 796
49 G030 797
Body
(Part of 49
G030 795)
Handle
(Part of 49
G030 795)
05-60-2
STEERING
SYMPTOM
06-02
POWER STEERING ......... 06-14

TECHNICAL DATA .......... 06-50
SERVICE TOOLS ........... 06-60
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER

ASSIST STEERING (EHPAS) SYSTEM
WIRING DIAGRAM ................ 06-02-2
ASSIST STEERING (EHPAS)
ON-80ARD DIAGNOSIS ........... 06-02-2
Description ................... 06-02-2
Reading DTCs Procedure ........... 06-02-3
Clearing DTCs Procedures .......... 06-02-3
PID/Data Monitor and
Record Procedure ................ 06-02-3
DTC Table ...................

PID/DATA Monitor Table ............
DTC 81238 .......................
DTC 81317/81318 . .................
DTC 81342 .......................
DTC 81352 ....................
DTC 82477 .....................
DTC C1099 ....................
DTC U0073 ....................
DTC U0100/U0140/U0155 . ...........
DTCU1938 ......................
DTC U2023 .......................
06-02-4
06-02-4
06-02-5
06-02-5
06-02-7
06-02-7
06-02-9
06-02-9
06-02-9
06-02-10
06-02-10
06-02-11
06-02-1
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER ASSIST STEERING (EHPAS) SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
id060200814000
EHPAS CONTROL MODULE

EHPAS
BOA
,....,.... ,..,.
~
...,
IGSWOR
IG1 RELAY
BATTERY
I
I
~f).
ABS IG 7.5A
"-
1-";-
~~
~
~
8"-...0-----
....L.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
...7 =0
-"
CAN
_rDRIVER
.'"'
CAN_H
CAN
DRIVER
CAN_L
PCM
EHPAS WARNING
LIGHT
CAN
DRIVER
~>-
~ ~>-
BCM
STEERING
ANGLE
SENSOR
;::
;::
;::
;:::
;:::
CAN
DRIVER
;:::
DLC-2
L ~Ii:>-
ccam3uuw0000455
ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER ASSIST STEERING (EHPAS) ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS

id060200814100

The aBO test inspects the integrity and function of the EHPAS and outputs the results when requested by the
specific tests.
Provides a quick inspection of the EHPAS usually performed at the start of each diagnostic procedure.
Read/clear diagnostic results, PIO monitor and record.
This function allows reading or clearing of OTCs in the EHPAS CM memory.
This function allows access of certain data values, input signals, calculated values, and system status
information.
06-02-2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Reading orcs Procedure
3. Select "EPS".
2. Select "EPS".
am3zzn0000236
screen.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the EHPAS. (See 06-02-3 Clearing DTCs Procedures.)
Clearing orcs Procedures
3. Select "EPS".
DLC-2 ----:,......;'-;-'-----/~.-,
2. Select "EPS".
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 06-02-3 Reading DTCs Procedure.)
PIO/Oata Monitor and Record Procedure
3. Select "EPS".
2. Select "EPS".
the screen.
am3zzn0000236
DLC-2 ------',......;'-;-'---/~.-,
am3zzn0000236
Note
06-02-3
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC Table
DTC
M-MDS
81238
81317
81318
81342
81352
82477
C1099
U0073
U0100
U0140
U0155
U1938
U2023
Diagnosis system component

EHPAS CM
8attery power supply
8attery power supply
EHPAS CM
Ignition power supply
EHPAS CM configuration
Electric power steering oil pump (motor)
Communication error to PCM
Communication error to 8CM
Signal error from 8CM
Signal error from PCM
Page
(See 06-02-5 DTC 81238.)
(See 06-02-5 DTC 81317/81318.)
(See
(See
(See
(See
(See
06-02-7
06-02-7
06-02-9
06-02-9
06-02-9
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
DTC
81342.)
81352.)
82477.)
C1099.)
U0073.)
(See 06-02-10 DTC U0100/U0140/U0155.)

(See 06-02-10 DTC U1938.)
(See 06-02-11 DTC U2023.)

PID Name
(Definition)
DTC_CNT
(Number of continuous
codes)
ENG RPM
(Engine speed signal)
Unit!
Condition
RPM
MTR_AMP
(Pump Motor Operation
Current)
RPM_ACT
(Actual pump motor
revolution per minutes)
RPM
RPM_TGT
(Target pump motor
revolution per minutes)
RPM
STEER_RATE
(Steering wheel rotation
rate)
ls
80ARD_T
(Printed circuit board
temperature)
VPWR
(Module supply voltage)
06-02-4
F,oC
DTCs are detected: 1-255

No DTCs are detected: 0
Action
Perform inspection using
appropriate DTC.
Inspect the PCM.

(See 01-40A-8 PCM
. Engine speed 1,000 rpm:
1000 RPM
(See 01-408-8 PCM
INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
Replace the EHPAS CM.
(See 06-14-31 ELECTRIC
Indicates pump motor
POWER STEERING OIL
operation current.
PUMP REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Indicates pump motor
POWER STEERING OIL
revolution per minutes.
PUMP REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Indicates pump motor target
POWER STEERING OIL
revolution per minutes.
PUMP REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Inspect steering angle
sensor.
Indicates steering wheel
(See 09-18-19 STEERING
rotation rate.
ANGLE SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
Indicates circuit temperature. POWER STEERING OIL
PUMP REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(See 01-17A-4 8ATTERY
(See 01-178-4 8ATTERY
INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
EHPAS CM
terminal
18,2F
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
PID Name
(Definition)
Unit!
Condition
VSS
(Vehicle speed)
KPH, MPH
Action
EHPASCM
terminal
Vehicle is stopped: 0 KPH/O

MPH
Vehicle speed 20 km/h {12
mph}: 20 KPH/12 MPH
Inspect the PCM.

(See 01-40A-8 PCM
(See 01-40B-8 PGM
INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
(See 09-22-8 INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER INSPECTION.)
DTC 81238
id060200808000
DTC B1238
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
IEHPASCM
Excessive load to electric power steering oil pump
Due to the continuously static steering, being turned to the lock end, or other causes, the internal
temperature of the electric power steering oil pump is more than the specified value .
STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
1
SWITCH IGNITION TO OFF AND ALLOW ELECTRIC POWER STEERING OIL PUMP TO COOL DOWN.
2
Yes Replace the electric power steering oil pump, then go to the
next step.
PRESENT
(See 06-14-31 ELECTRIC POWER STEERING OIL PUMP
(See 06-02-2 ELECTRO HYDRAULIC
POWER ASSIST STEERING (EHPAS) ONBOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
Is the same DTG present?
3
Yes Go to the applicable DTG inspection.
(See 06-02-2 ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER ASSIST
PRESENT
STEERING (EHPAS) ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
DTC 81317/81318
id060200808100
DTC B1317,B1318
Battery power supply
DETECTION
Low voltage or high voltage are detected at the voltage monitor.
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
Battery and/or generator malfunction
CAUSE
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between EHPAS GM terminal 1B and battery positive terminal
06-02-5
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
EHPAS aOA
t
I
I
//
""
@
EHPAS CONTROL
MODULE
BATTERY
...L..
TiT
EHPAS CONTROL MODULE HARNESS-SIDE CONNECTOR
----
/1><1"
2E 2C 2A
2F 20 2B
I~
I~~I
STEP
INSPECTION
1
Is the battery terminal voltage normal?
2

Is the battery specific gravity as specified?

Are the generator and drive belt tension
normal?
INSPECT EHPAS CM POWER SUPPLY

CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT
Start the engine.
Measure the voltage between following
EHPAS CM terminal (wiring harness-side)
and ground.
- EHPAS CM: 1B-ground
INSPECT EHPAS CM GROUND CIRCUIT FOR
POOR GROUND OR OPEN CIRCUIT
Measure the resistance between the
following EHPAS CM terminal (wiring
harness-side) and ground.
- EHPAS CM: 1A-ground

PRESENT
connectors.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to step 6.
Yes
No
Go to the next Step.

Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit
between the EHPAS CM and ground, then go to Step 6.
Yes
No

If there is no continuity:
Repair or replace the wiring harness for open circuit
between the EHPAS CM and ground, then go to the next
step.
If the resistance is not within 0-1 ohm:
Repair or replace the wiring harness for poor ground,
Replace the electric power steering oil pump, then go to the
next step.
Yes
No
Yes

No
06-02-6
ACTION
Make sure that battery terminal connection is okay.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 81342
id060200808200
DTC
B1342
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
IEHPASCM
EHPAS CM on-board diagnostic function detects system malfunction.
EHPAS CM internal malfunction
Poor connection at connectors
STEP
1
INSPECTION
PRESENT
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

next step.

DTC 81352
id060200808300
DTC B1352
DETECTION
CONDITION
I Ignition power supply

Less than 2.5 V detected at the voltage monitor of the EHPAS CM
Short to ground in wiring harness between EHPAS CM terminal2F and ignition switch or ignition relay
Open circuit in wiring harness between EHPAS CM terminal 2F and ignition switch or ignition relay
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
~--------~~y o------~~~~~~K---l~
BATTERY
IG SW OR
IG1 RELAY
EHPAS CONTROL
MODULE
ABS IG 7.5A
@J--------.
-L..
TIT
~ill~
1B 1A
~ l><:1"'"
112E 2C 2A
112F 2D 2B
Il\
IDl
I~~I
06-02-7
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT FUSES
Are the fuses normal?
2
INSPECT EHPAS CM POWER SUPPLY

CIRCUIT FOR OPEN OR SHORT CIRCUIT
Start the engine.
Measure the voltage between following
EHPAS CM terminal (wiring harness-side)
and ground.
- EH PAS CM: 2F-ground
Is voltage 10 V or more?
VERIFY THAT THE SAME OTC IS NOT
PRESENT
connectors.
Is same DTC present?
VERIFY THAT NO OTHER OTCs ARE
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

Replace the fuses, then go to the step 3.
Repair or replace the harness for open circuit between
EHPAS CM and ground, then go to next step.
Yes

next step.
No
Yes
No
06-02-8

Troubleshooting completed.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 82477
id060200808400
DTC
B2477
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
IEHPAS CM configuration
Configuration setting failure is detected.
Module configuration procedure was not completed properly.
STEP
1
INSPECTION
VERIFY CONFIGURATION
Has the EHPAS CM configuration been
performed?

PRESENT
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
No

Perform configuration using the M-MDS.
STEERING (EHPAS) CONTROL MODULE
CONFIGURATION.)
Yes

If the malfunction recurs, replace the EHPAS CM.
No
Yes
No

DTC C1099
id060200808500
DTC C1099
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
IElectric power steering oil pump (motor)

The EHPAS CM detects that the motor speed is less than the specified value.
Motor internal malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION
REPLACE ELECTRIC POWER STEERING OIL PUMP
Replace the electric power steering oil pump, then go to the next step.
(See 06-14-31 ELECTRIC POWER STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
PRESENT
DTC U0073
id060200808600
DTC
UOO73
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
ICAN system communication error
Error detected in line between CAN connection module and CAN bus communication line
Malfunction in CAN communication line

Malfunction in each control module connecting to CAN communication line
EHPAS CM malfunction.
Perform inspection according to the diagnostic procedure in BODY & ACCESSORIES. (See 09-020-1
FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].)
06-02-9
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC U0100/U0140/U0155
id060200808700
DTC
U0100
U0140
U0155
Communication error to BCM

DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
U0100
- Communication error to PCM is detected in CAN communication
U0140
- Communication error to BCM is detected in CAN communication
U0155
- Communication error to instrument cluster is detected in CAN communication
CAN system wiring harness open or short circuit with BCM
Perform inspection according to the diagnostic procedure in BODY & ACCESSORIES. (See 09-020-1
FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].)
DTC U1938
id060200808900
DTC
U1938
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
ISignal error from BCM

Error detected in signal from BCM via CAN communication
BCM malfunction
EHPAS CM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT FOR BCM MALFUNCTION
Using the M-MDS, perform the DTC
inspection for the BCM.
2
VERIFY THAT SAME DTe IS NOT PRESENT
3
PRESENT
06-02-10
Yes
No
ACTION
DTC troubleshooting completed, then go to the next step.
Yes

No
Yes

No
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTe U2023
id060200809000
ISignal error from PCM
DTC
U2023
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Error detected in signal from PCM via CAN communication
PCM malfunction
EHPAS CM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT FOR PCM MALFUNCTION
Using the M-MDS, perform the DTC
inspection for the PCM.
TEST [LF, LS].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
2
VERIFY THAT SAME DTC IS NOT PRESENT
3
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes

DTC troubleshooting completed, then go to the next step.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
06-02-11
06-03
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING . .... . 06-03-3

NO.1 POOR POWER STEERING
ASSIST . ........................ . 06-03-3
NO.2 EXCESSIVE NOISE FROM
ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
OIL PUMP . ...................... . 06-03-3
ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER ASSIST

STEERING (EHPAS) SYSTEM
WIRING DIAGRAM . ............... 06-03-1
FOREWORD ...................... 06-03-1
PRECAUTION . .................... 06-03-2
Troubleshooting ................. 06-03-2

id060300800000

EHPAS 80A
,..."....
~
ASS IG 7.SA
- 0
IGSWOR
~
1
IG1 RELAY
BATTERY
r.
...,
"-
1-,;-
"
~~
tffi'
~
2F
';;:,/
~ --0------.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
AAA
~;:
CAN
DRIVER
7
PCM
EHPAS WARNING
LIGHT
CAN
DRIVER
r-
L[} CAN- H
CAN_L
CAN
DRIVER
r-r-- ---.
BCM
STEERING
ANGLE
SENSOR
>:
>:
>:
><
r-CAN
I
DRIVER!= I-- ---4
DLC-2
~>--
;:f--am3uuw0000455
FOREWORD
id060300800100
inspect the DTC, follow the DTC Inspection steps. (See 06-02-2 ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER ASSIST
06-03-1
PRECAUTION
id060300800300

Vibration method
perform the following steps.
Note
There are several reasons why vehicle or engine vibration could cause an electrical malfunction. Inspect
the following:
- Wiring harnesses not having full play.
An improperly routed, improperly clamped, or loose wiring harness can cause wiring to become pinched
between parts. .
The connector joints, points of vibration, and places where wiring harness pass through the firewall, body
panels and other panels are the major areas to be inspected.
Inspection method for switch and/or sensor connectors or wires
Note
PID.
If the PID value is unstable, inspect for poor
connection.
::::.
'0/ / \~
/;j /
/
-I
/
/ _I
I /1
I //
I
~-\
~-\
~
"
\
~
~
am3uuw0000268

Note
If the PID value is unstable or a malfunction occurs, inspect for poor connection and/or poorly mounted sensor.
Connector terminal inspection method

1. Inspect the connection of each female terminal.
2. Insert the male terminal to the female terminal
and inspect the female terminal for looseness.
am3uuw0000269
06-03-2
id060300800400
Verify the symptom, and perform troubleshooting according to the appropriate number.
No.
1
2
Symptom
Poor power steering assist
Excessive noise from electric power steering oil pump
NO.1 POOR POWER STEERING ASSIST
id060300800200
1
Poor power steering assist
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
EHPAS DTC is stored
Steering gear and linkage malfunction
Power steering fluid leakage from electro hydraulic power assist steering (EHPAS) fluid line
EHPAS control module malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM EHPAS DTC
Retrieve the EHPAS DTC using the M-MDS.
INSPECT STEERING WHEEL ASSIST
FUNCTION
Disconnect the EHPAS control module
connector (2-pin).
Is the power steering assist function
changed?
INSPECT IF THERE IS ANY FLUID LEAK
FROM THE EHPAS FLUID LINE
Visually inspect the EHPAS fluid line.
Is there any fluid leakage?
ACTION
Yes
No
Record all DTC and go to the applicable DTC inspection.

Yes
No

Visually inspect the steering gear and linkage.
Replace the steering gear and linkage if the malfunction is
found.
Yes

inspection result.
Replace the EHPAS control module.
No
NO.2 EXCESSIVE NOISE FROM ELECTRIC POWER STEERING OIL PUMP

id060300800600
2
IExcessive noise from electric power steering oil pump
TROUBLESHOOTING HINTS
Power steering fluid level is low
Air in EHPAS fluid line
Electric power steering oil pump is poor installation
Mount rubber (on bracket) is deterioration
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT POWER STEERING FLUID LEVEL
Inspect the power steering fluid level when
engine is cold.
Is the power steering fluid level between
MAX and MIN of the reserve tank?
INSPECT AIR IN EHPAS FLUID LINE
Perform the air bleed.
Is the symptom solved?
INSPECT ELECTRIC POWER STEERING OIL
PUMP INSTALLATION
Inspect the electric power steering oil pump
installation condition.
Is the electric power steering oil pump
installed properly?
ACTION
Yes
No

Perform the Fluid Leakage Inspection and add the fluid.
(See 06-14-6 POWER STEERING FLUID INSPECTION.)
Yes

No
Yes
Inspect the mount rubber condition.

If the mount rubber is deterioration, replace the bracket.
No
Install the electric power steering oil pump properly.

06-03-3
GENERAL PROCEDURES
06-10
GENERAL PROCEDURES
GENERAL PROCEDURES
(STEERING) .....................
Wheel and Tire Installation ........ .
Connector Disconnection .......... .
Suspension Links
Removal/Installation ............ .
06-10-1
06-10-1
06-10-1
Power Steering Related Parts

Installation .................... . 06-10-1
Electro Hydraulic Power Assist Steering
(EHPAS) Related Parts ........... . 06-10-1
06-10-1
GENERAL PROCEDURES (STEERING)

id061 0008001 00

1. When installing the wheels and tires, tighten the wheel nuts in a criss-cross pattern to the following tightening
torque.
Tightening torque
88-118 Nm {9.0-12 kgfm, 65-87 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000199
[L3 WITH TC].)
torque.
Power Steering Related Parts Installation
1. If any power steering fluid line has been disconnected, perform the following after installation of the power
steering components. (See 04-11-3 AIR BLEEDING.) (See 06-14-6 POWER STEERING FLUID
INSPECTION.)
Power steering fluid amount inspection
Power steering fluid leakage inspection
- Air bleeding
Electro Hydraulic Power Assist Steering (EHPAS) Related Parts
Caution
If the configuration procedure is not completed, the EHPAS will not operate properly and it might
cause an unexpected accident. Therefore, when replacing or removing the electric power steering
oil pump, make sure to perform the configuration procedure to ensure the proper EHPAS
operation.
1. Make sure that there are no DTCs in the EHPAS memory after working on EHPAS related parts. If there are
any codes in the memory, clear them.
2. When replacing or removing the electric power steering oil pump, perform the configuration procedures. (See
06-14-32 ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER ASSIST STEERING (EHPAS) CONTROL MODULE
CONFIGURATION.)
06-10-1
POWER STEERING
06-14
POWER STEERING
STEERING LOCATION INDEX ........

ASSIST STEERING (EHPAS) SYSTEM
WIRING DIAGRAM ................
AIR BLEEDING ....................
Air bleeding
(vehicles without strainer) ........
Air bleeding
(vehicles with strainer) ......... .
POWER STEERING FLUID
INSPECTION .................
Fluid Level Inspection ..........
Fluid Leakage Inspection ..........
STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
INSPECTION .....................
Play Inspection .................. .
Looseness, Excessive Play
Inspection ..................... .
Steering Force Inspection ........ .
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS
ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON
START SYSTEM] .................
Steering Wheel Removal Note ...... .
Key Cylinder Removal Note ....... .
Steering Lock Mounting Bolt,
Steering Lock Removal Note ...... .
Steering Lock, Steering Lock
Mounting Bolt Installation Note .... .
Steering Shaft Component
Installation Note ................ .
Joint Bolt Installation Note .........
Key Cylinder Installation Note ..... .
Steering Wheel Installation Note .... .
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
AND PUSH BUTTON
START SYSTEM] .................
Steering Wheel Removal Note .....
Key Slot Removal Note ........... .
Coil Attachment Mounting Bolt,
Coil Attachment Removal Note .... .
Steering Lock Mounting Bolt,
Steering Lock Removal Note ..... .
Steering Lock, Steering Lock
Mounting Bolt Installation Note .... .
Coil Attachment, Coil Attachment
Mounting Bolt Installation Note ... .
Steering Shaft Component
Installation Note ............... .
Joint Bolt Installation Note ........ .
06-14-2
06-14-3
06-14-3
06-14-4
06-14-4
06-14-6
06-14-6
06-14-6
06-14-7
06-14-7
06-14-7
06-14-7
06-14-8
06-14-10
06-14-10
06-14-10
06-14-10
06-14-11
06-14-11
06-14-11
06-14-11
06-14-11
06-14-13
06-14-13
06-14-14
06-14-14
06-14-14
06-14-15
06-14-15
06-14-15
Key Slot Installation Note ......... . 06-14-16

Steering Wheel Installation Note ..... . 06-14-16
STEERING SHAFT INSPECTION ...... 06-14-16
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE
Steering Gear and Linkage
Removal Note ................. .. 06-14-17
DISASSEMBLY .................... 06-14-18
Tie-rod End Disassembly Note .... .. 06-14-19
Tie Rod Disassembly Note ...... .. 06-14-19
Locknut (on Adjusting Cover),
Adjusting Cover Disassembly Note ... 06-14-19
Oil Seal Disassembly Note ........ .. 06-14-20
Mounting Rubber Disassembly Note . . 06-14-20
INSPECTION ..................... 06-14-21
Steering Rack Inspection ........... 06-14-21
Tie-rod End Inspection ........ .. 06-14-21
Tie rod Inspection ................ . 06-14-21
ASSEMBLY ....................... 06-14-22
Mounting Rubber Assembly Note ... . 06-14-23
Oil Seal Assembly Note ........... . 06-14-24
Steering Rack Assembly Note....... . 06-14-25
Rack Bushing, Stopper and Clip
Assembly Note ................ . 06-14-25
Pinion Shaft and Valve Housing
Component Assembly Note ....... 06-14-26
Housing Cover Assembly Note ...... . 06-14-26
Adjusting Cover, Locknut
(on Adjusting Cover)
Assembly Note .............. . 06-14-27
Boot Assembly Note ............ . 06-14-28
Tie-rod End Assembly Note ...... .. 06-14-28
Floor Seal Assembly Note .......... . 06-14-28
POWER STEERING FLUID LINE
COMPONENT
Power Steering Pipe Component
Removal/l nstallation ............. . 06-14-29
ELECTRIC POWER STEERING
OIL PUMP
Power Steering Pipe Component
Removal Note ................... 06-14-32
STEERING (EHPAS) CONTROL
MODULE CONFIGURATION ......... 06-14-32
STEERING (EHPAS) CONTROL
MODULE INSPECTION ............. 06-14-32
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference) ... 06-14-32
06-14-1
POWER STEERING
STEERING LOCATION INDEX
id061400800100
~------------------~2
7\ - - - - - - - 1 1 1
am3uuw0000321
2
3
Steering wheel and column

(See 06-14-7 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN
INSPECTION.)
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [WITHOUT ADVANCED
SYSTEM].)
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [WITH ADVANCED
SYSTEM].)
Steering shaft
(See 06-14-16 STEERING SHAFT INSPECTION.)
DISASSEMBLY.)
INSPECTION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
06-14-2
Power steering fluid line component

(See 06-14-29 POWER STEERING FLUID LINE
COMPONENT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
EHPAS CM
(See 06-14-32 ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER
ASSIST STEERING (EHPAS) CONTROL MODULE
CONFIGURATION.)
(See 06-14-32 ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER
ASSIST STEERING (EHPAS) CONTROL MODULE
INSPECTION.)
Electric power steering oil pump
(See 06-14-31 ELECTRIC POWER STEERING OIL
PUMP REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Sub tank
(See 06-14-6 POWER STEERING FLUID
INSPECTION.)
POWER STEERING
id061400803100

EHPAS BOA
~-----'----------------~~1~~---4~
..... .....,..."
P
ABS IG 7.SA
~--~~~o~--~I~--~~r~~~D'~----~~
IGSWOR
IG 1 RELAY
1-",
BATTERY
-(J' .....0-----.
...L.
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
AAA
tC'l\
YYY
r-
rJ--+----I~2D
CAN_H
re::.
CAN
r'-'
DRIVER r~
CAN
~l------I DRIVER
P
CAN_L '--____-'
PCM
CAN
DRIVER
EHPAS WARNING
LIGHT
<-~--"'"'~~----'----~--'"
BCM
STEERING
ANGLE
SENSOR
>=l------l;::1
>=l-----l;::l
CAN
L~e
DRIVER r~~r--<
DLC-2
p~am3uuw0000455
AIR BLEEDING
id061400800200
Note
Verify that the strainer is installed to the sub
tank of the vehicle being serviced because
the air bleeding procedure differs depending
on whether it has a strainer or not.
06-14-3
POWER STEERING
Air bleeding (vehicles without strainer)
Caution
Do not maintain the steering wheel fully turned for 5 s or more. The oil temperature could rise and
negatively affect the oil pump.
1. Inspect the fluid level. (See 06-14-6 POWER STEERING FLUID INSPECTION.)
2. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left and right several times.
3. Reinspect the fluid level.
If the fluid level has dropped, add fluid.
4. Repeat Steps 2-3 until the fluid level stabilizes.
6. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left and right several times.
7. Repeat Step 6 until the fluid is no longer foamy and the fluid level has not dropped.
8. Inspect the fluid level and, if the fluid level has dropped, add fluid to a level between MAX and MIN on the sub
tank.
Air bleeding (vehicles with strainer)

Caution
If the strainer is removed, impurities may penetrate the power steering system and damage it. To
prevent this, always bleed air with the strainer installed.
Do not maintain the steering wheel fully turned for 5 s or more. The oil temperature could rise and
damage the oil pump.
Note
Add fluid and bleed air using the following procedure. Otherwise, additional time will be required to add
fluid because of mesh resistance.
Fluid level adjustment
Note
The following procedure is for adding (adjusting) fluid if the lack of fluid level has dropped as a result of
fluid leakage.
1. Working with two people, one person protects the area around the sub tank using a cloth and adds fluid to the
sub tank.
Caution
Do not spread a cloth near the drive belt, otherwise the cloth could get caught in the drive belt
when starting the engine causing damage to parts in the engine compartment.
2. The other person starts the engine and idles it.
3. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left and right slowly several times.
If the steering wheel operation speed is too fast, the fluid may spatter from the filler port. Do not exceed the
steering wheel operation speed reference value.
Steering wheel operation speed (reference value)

90 0 /s
4. Inspect the fluid level and, if the fluid level has dropped, repeat Step 1-3 until the level is between MAX and
MIN on the sub tank while idling the engine.
06-14-4
POWER STEERING
Power steering component parts replacement
Note
The following procedure is for adding fluid to the tank (full amount) after replacing the electric power
steering oil pump component or steering gear and linkage.
1. Remove the aerodynamic undercover No.2. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC UNDER COVER NO.2 REMOVAU
INSTALLATION .)
2. Disconnect the return hose from the power
steering pipe component.
VIEW FROM A
am3uuw0000613
3. Add fluid until fluid escapes from the return hose.

4. Assemble the return hose to the power steering
pipe component.
5. Working with two people, one person protects the
area around the sub tank using a cloth and adds
fluid to the sub tank.
Caution
Do not spread a cloth near the drive belt,
otherwise the cloth could get caught in
the drive belt when starting the engine
causing damage to parts in the engine
compartment.
aaxjjw00006037
6. The other person starts the engine and idles it.

7. Turn the steering wheel fully to the left and right slowly several times.
If the steering wheel operation speed is too fast, the fluid may spatter from the filler port. Do not exceed the
steering wheel operation speed reference value.
Steering wheel operation speed (reference value)
90 0 /s
8. Inspect the fluid level and, if the fluid level has dropped, repeat Step 5-7 until the level is between MAX and
MIN on the sub tank while idling the engine.
06-14-5
POWER STEERING
POWER STEERING FLUID INSPECTION
id061400800500
Fluid Level Inspection

1. Verify that the fluid level is between MAX and MIN of the sub tank when the engine is cold.
If the fluid is not at the specified level, adjust the fluid level (MIN-MAX on sub tank) by adding/draining the
fluid.
Power steering fluid type
ATF M-III, M-V or equivalent (e.g. Dexron II)
Power steering fluid capacity (approx. quantity)
1.0 L {1.1 US qt, 0.88 Imp qt}
Fluid Leakage Inspection
2. Turn the steering wheel fully to left or right, to generate the fluid pressure.
Caution
Do not maintain the steering wheel fully turned for 5 s or more. It is possible that oil temperature
can rise and this will negatively affect the oil pump.
3. Inspect for the fluid leakage at the points indicated in the figure.
am3uuw0000452
If fluid leakage is found, repair or replace the related parts. (See 06-14-29 POWER STEERING FLUID
LINE COMPONENT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
06-14-6
POWER STEERING
STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN INSPECTION
id061400800300
Play Inspection
1. With the wheels in the straight-ahead position, start the engine.
2. Turn the steering wheel to the left and right gently, then verify that the steering wheel play is within the
specification.
Steering wheel play
0-30 mm {0-1.1S in} (When hydraulic operating)
Looseness, Excessive Play Inspection
1. Inspect the steering wheel for looseness or
excessive play in the axial direction of the shaft
and four locations around the steering wheel.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the
following, and repair or replace the applicable
part.
Column bearing wear
Looseness of the steering wheel
installation part
Looseness of the column installation area
Excessive play of the steering shaft joint
Excessive play of the steering gear
adejjw00000816
Steering Force Inspection

1. Verify that the equipped tire size and tire air pressure is as specified.
2. With the vehicle on a hard, level surface, put the wheels in the straight-ahead position.
Warning
Handling the air bag module improperly can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag module,
which may seriously injure you. Read the service warnings before handling the air bag module.
(See OS-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.) (See OS-10-5 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
CAUTIONS.)
3.
4.
5.
6.
Remove the air bag module. (See 08-10-7 DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Verify that the EHPAS warning light does not illuminate.
Inspect the steering force using a torque wrench.
.------------------------,
If not within the specification, verify the
following:
No air in steering system
No fluid leakage at hose or connectors
Function of oil pump and steering gear
Steering wheel force (reference value)
7.S Nm {SO kgf.cm, 69 in.lbf} or less
Note
Comparing another vehicle of the same
model under the same conditions is an
acceptable inspection method.
The steering force varies with conditions indicated below.
Road conditions: Such as dry, wet, asphalt, or concrete
- Tire condition: such as brand, wear, and tire pressure
am3uuw0000214
06-14-7
POWER STEERING
STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
id0614008004h1
Warning
.
(See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.) (See 08-10-5 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
CAUTIONS.)
1. Remove the driver-side front scuff plate. (See 09-17-67 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the driver-side front side trim. (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the hood release lever. (See 09-14-15 HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the shift knob (MTX). (See 05-16-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the selector lever knob (ATX). (See 05-18-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
7. Remove the shift panel. (See 09-17-42 SHIFT PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
8. Remove the side wall. (See 09-17-37 SIDE WALL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
9. Remove the console. (See 09-17-45 CONSOLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
10. Remove the lower panel. (See 09-17-27 LOWER PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
06-14-8
POWER STEERING
16-22
{1.7-2.2,
12-16}
r.:'II
...
9-12 Nm
{92-122 kgf.cm,
80-106 in.lbf}
>-------EI
41-S4
{4.2-S.S,
31-39}
r-------~3
~-----
9-12 Nm
{92-122 kgf.cm,
80-106 in.lbf}
"""'-----------\5
~--------~4
11)-----1
16-22
{1.7-2.2,---f-----.--~
12-16}
El10
19-26
{2.0-2.6,
1S-19}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000456
2
3
Driver-side air bag module

(See 08-10-7 DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
Lockbolt
Steering wheel
(See 06-14-10 Steering Wheel Removal Note.)
(See 06-14-11 Steering Wheel Installation Note.)
Ignition switch
(See 09-21-6 IGNITION SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [WITHOUT ADVANCED KEYLESS
ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM].)
Joint cover
Joint bolt
(See 06-14-11 Joint Bolt Installation Note.)
Steering shaft component
(See 06-14-11 Steering Shaft Component
Installation Note.)
Steering lock mounting bolt
(See 06-14-10 Steering Lock Mounting Bolt,
Steering Lock Removal Note.)
(See 06-14-10 Steering Lock, Steering Lock
Mounting Bolt Installation Note.)
Steering lock
10
Column cover
(See 09-17-22 COLUMN COVER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
11
Clock spring, combination switch

INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-56 COMBINATION SWITCH
Key cylinder
(See 06-14-10 Key Cylinder Removal Note.)
(See 06-14-11 Key Cylinder Installation Note.)
Coil antenna
(See 09-14-88 COIL ANTENNA REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
12
13
14
Steering shaft
06-14-9
POWER STEERING
Steering Wheel Removal Note
Caution
Do not try to remove the steering wheel by hitting the shaft with a hammer. The column will be
damaged.
1. Set the wheels in the straight-ahead position.
2. Remove the steering wheel using any commercially available puller.
Key Cylinder Removal Note
1. Insert the key into the key cylinder and turn it to the ACC position.
2. Insert a pin from the position indicated by the
r------------------:----:;-;-----,
arrow in the figure, and while pressing the lock
bar with the pin, remove the key cylinder from the
steering lock component.
am3uuw0000463
Steering Lock Mounting Bolt, Steering Lock Removal Note

1. Make a groove in the heads of the steering lock
r----------~------------,
mounting bolts using a chisel and hammer.
2. Remove the steering lock.
0
am3uuw0000463
Steering Lock, Steering Lock Mounting Bolt Installation Note

.-----------------------,
1. Assemble section A of the steering lock to the
section B of the steering shaft.
2. Temporarily install the steering lock to the
steering shaft using a new steering lock mounting
bolt.
am3uuw0000464
06-14-10
POWER STEERING
3. Tighten the steering lock mounting bolt until the
head breaks off.
Steering Shaft Component Installation Note

1. Verify that the adjusting lever is in the LOCK position.
2. Tighten the bolts in alphabetical order.
;L----B
16-22
{1.7-2.2,
12-16}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000236
Joint Bolt Installation Note

1. Install the steering shaft component to the steering gear.
2. After temporarily install the joint bolt to the
I-----=----~::===========:::::~I
intermediate shaft joint, verify that the joint bolt is
iii
installed to the groove of the steering gear.
19-26
3. Tighten the joint bolt to the specified torque.
JOINT
BOLT
STEERING GEAR
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000215
Key Cylinder Installation Note

1. Insert the key into the key cylinder and turn it to the ACC position.
2. Install the key cylinder to the steering lock.
Steering Wheel Installation Note
1. Set the wheels in the straight-ahead position and install the steering wheel.
PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
id0614008004h2
Warning
(See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.) (See 08-10-5 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
CAUTIONS.)
1. Remove the driver-side front scuff plate. (See 09-17-67 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the driver-side front side trim. (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
06-14-11
POWER STEERING
3. Remove the hood release lever. (See 09-14-15 HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the shift knob (MTX). (See 05-16-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
6. Remove the selector lever knob (ATX). (See 05-18-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM
7. Remove the shift panel. (See 09-17-42 SHIFT PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
8. Remove the side wall. (See 09-17-37 SIDE WALL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
9. Remove the console. (See 09-17-45 CONSOLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
10. Remove the lower panel. (See 09-17-27 LOWER PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
13. If the steering lock component is replaced, perform programming for the immobilizer system related parts. (See
09-14-97 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
r.:'II
...
15
16-22
{1.7-2.2,
12-16}
13
9-12 Nm
{92-122 kgfcm,
80-106 in.lbf}
r.:'II
...
-----------i(2)
iii
41-S4
{4.2-S.S,
31-39}
l-----------{
YfJr-----
9-12 Nm
{92-122 kgf.cm,
80-106 inlbf}
"'--------{ 5
~------------------{4
16-22
{1.7-2.2, --+---r--~
12-16}
"""---------------{13
~--~---------------~15
iii 11
// @
'
/..,. /"
. . . .@
iii
iii
......
19-26
{2.0-2.6,
1S-19}
~+--------------------------------414
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000464

Lockbolt
06-14-12
Steering wheel
(See 06-14-13 Steering Wheel Removal Note.)
(See 06-14-16 Steering Wheel Installation Note.)
Column cover
(See 09-17-22 COLUMN COVER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
POWER STEERING
5
6
7
Clock spring, combination switch

INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-18-56 COMBINATION SWITCH
Hole cover
Coil antenna
INSTALLATION.)
Key reminder switch

(See 09-21-12 KEY REMINDER SWITCH
Joint cover
10
12
13
14
15
17
Steering lock
Steering shaft
Key slot
(See 06-14-13 Key Slot Removal Note.)
(See 06-14-16 Key Slot Installation Note.)
11
16
Joint bolt
(See 06-14-15 Joint Bolt Installation Note.)
Steering shaft component
(See 06-14-15 Steering Shaft Component
Installation Note.)
Coil attachment mounting bolt
(See 06-14-14 Coil Attachment Mounting Bolt, Coil
Attachment Removal Note.)
(See 06-14-15 Coil Attachment, Coil Attachment
Coil attachment
(See 06-14-14 Coil Attachment Mounting Bolt, Coil
Attachment Removal Note.)
(See 06-14-15 Coil Attachment, Coil Attachment
Steering lock mounting bolt
Steering Wheel Removal Note

Caution
Do not try to remove the steering wheel by hitting the shaft with a hammer. The column will be
damaged.
1. Set the wheels in the straight-ahead position.
2. Remove the steering wheel using any commercially available puller.
Key Slot Removal Note
1. Insert the key into the key slot.
2. Insert a pin from the position indicated by the
arrow in the figure, and while pressing the lock
lever with the pin, remove the key slot from the
steering lock component.
LOCK LEVER
am3uuw0000464
06-14-13
POWER STEERING
Coil Attachment Mounting Bolt, Coil Attachment Removal Note
1. Make a groove in the heads of the coil attachment
.---------------------------,
\~~
2. Remove the coil attachment.
~
am3uuw0000464
Steering Lock Mounting Bolt, Steering Lock Removal Note

1. Make a groove in the heads of the steering lock
.---------------------------,
\~~
2. Remove the steering lock.
~
t::J
am3uuw0000215
Steering Lock, Steering Lock Mounting Bolt Installation Note

1. Temporarily install the steering lock to the steering shaft using a new steering lock mounting bolt.
2. Tighten the steering lock mounting bolt until the
head breaks off.
am3uuw0000215
06-14-14
POWER STEERING
Coil Attachment, Coil Attachment Mounting Bolt Installation Note
1. Assemble section A of the coil attachment to the
r-----------------------,
section B of the steering shaft.
2. Temporarily install the coil attachment to the
steering shaft using a new coil attachment
mounting bolt.
am3uuw0000464
3. Tighten the coil attachment mounting bolt until the

head breaks off.
am3uuw0000464
Steering Shaft Component Installation Note

1. Verify that the adjusting lever is in the LOCK position.
2. Tighten the bolts in alphabetical order.
L.----B
16-22
{1.7-2.2,
12-16}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000236
Joint Bolt Installation Note

1. Install the steering shaft component to the steering gear.
2. After temporarily install the joint bolt to the
r---------=------;;:=======~___,
intermediate shaft joint, verify that the joint bolt is
iii
installed to the groove of the steering gear.
19-26
JOINT
3. Tighten the joint bolt to the specified torque.
~~~~:}6,
JOI~~I'
BOLT
STEERING GEAR
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000215
06-14-15
POWER STEERING
Key Slot Installation Note
1. Insert the key into the key slot.
2. Install the key slot to the steering lock.
Steering Wheel Installation Note
1. Set the wheels in the straight-ahead position and install the steering wheel.
STEERING SHAFT INSPECTION
id061400800600
1. Inspect the column bearing for excessive play and damage.

2. Verify that the measurement of the steering shaft
.------------------------,
indicated in the figure is as specified.
If not within the specification replace the
steering shaft component.
Steering shaft length
315-320 mm {12.41-12.59 in}
3. Inspect the tilt/telescope mechanism operation for

the following.
(1) Verify that the adjusting lever moves smoothly
from the lock to the unlock position.
(2) Verify that the steering shaft is fixed firmly
when the adjusting lever is locked.
steering shaft.
ADJUSTING LEVER
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE REMOVAUINSTALLATION
am3uuw0000205
id061400800900
Caution
the vehicle.
damaged.
INSTALLATION.)
06-14-16
POWER STEERING
7. After installation, inspect the front wheel alignment and adjust it if necessary. (See 02-11-1 FRONT WHEEL
ALIGNMENT.)
8-10 Nm
{82-101 kgf.cm,
71-88 in.lbf}
75-104
{7.7-10,
56-76}
75-104
{7.7-10,
56-76}
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
.,)0
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000229
IInsulator

(See 06-14-17 Steering Gear and Linkage Removal
Note.)
Steering Gear and Linkage Removal Note

1. Remove the steering gear and linkage installation
bolts, move the steering gear and linkage in the
direction and order of the arrows shown in the
figure, and then remove it.
am3uuw0000229
06-14-17
POWER STEERING
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE DISASSEMBLY
id061400801000
Caution
To prevent damage to the steering gear, secure it to the vise using a copper plate or clean cloth.
mD21
23)
19)----------~
mD
@)
@
mD
I
~~--------------~--~a
W
@
@
""
mD
51~
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
Floor seal
Oil pipe
Tie-rod end
(See 06-14-19 Tie-rod End Disassembly Note.)
Locknut
Boot clamp
Boot band
Boot
Tie rod
(See 06-14-19 Tie Rod Disassembly Note.)
Locknut (on adjusting cover)
(See 06-14-19 Locknut (on Adjusting Cover),
Adjusting Cover Disassembly Note.)
Adjusting cover
(See 06-14-19 Locknut (on Adjusting Cover),
Adjusting Cover Disassembly Note.)
06-14-18
am3uuw0000470
11
12
Yoke spring
Support yoke
13
14
15
16
17
Housing cover
Locknut (on pinion shaft)
Return pipe
Pinion shaft and valve housing component
18
19
20
21
Clip
Stopper
Steering rack
Rack bushing
Oil seal
(See 06-14-20 Oil Seal Disassembly Note.)
22
Mounting rubber
(See 06-14-20 Mounting Rubber Disassembly
Note.)
23
Gear housing
POWER STEERING
Tie-rod End Disassembly Note
1. Place alignment marks as shown in the figure for
proper installation.
2. Remove the tie-rod end.
ALIGNMENT MARK
am3uuw0000316
Tie Rod Disassembly Note

Caution
If the steering rack is secured to a vise without using a cloth, the sliding surface of the steering
rack could be damaged. Always use a clean cloth when securing the steering rack to the vise.
If the steering rack is secured to a vise in the incorrect position, the steering gear could fall off the
vise and be damaged during the operation. Always secure the steering rack to the vise in the
proper position.
1. Protect the steering rack tooth surface using a

clean cloth and secure it using a vise.
VICE FIXING POSITION
am3uuw0000316
2. Remove the tie rod using the SST.
am3uuw0000316
Locknut (on Adjusting Cover), Adjusting Cover Disassembly Note

1. Remove the locknut using the SST.
.------:---;---------------~--,
2. Remove the adjusting cover.
Ik'i"f",'"
am3uuw0000316
06-14-19
POWER STEERING
Oil Seal Disassembly Note
1. Install the SST (49 N032 319A) to the gear
housing as shown in the figure.
2. Insert the SSTs (49 F032 303, 49 8032 323) into
the valve housing side. .
49 N032 319A
am3uuw0000467
3. Remove the oil seal using the SSTs and a press.
am3uuw0000317
Mounting Rubber Disassembly Note

1. Remove the mounting rubber from the gear
housing using the SSTs and a press.
lij.iukfi...tl
am3uuw0000317
06-14-20
POWER STEERING
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE INSPECTION
id061400801100
Steering Rack Inspection

1. Inspect for cracking, damage, and tooth wear.
If there is any malfunction, replace the steering rack.
2. Measure the steering rack warp.
r-----------------------,
replace the steering rack.
Steering rack runout
Large diameter portion (near point A): 0.15
mm {0.006 in} max.
Small diameter portion (near point B): 0.20
mm {0.008 in} max.
aprjjw00001284
Tie-rod End Inspection

1. Inspect the tie-rod end for damage and the boot for cracks.
If there is any malfunction, replace the tie-rod end.
2. Inspect for excessive play.
If there is any malfunction, replace the tie-rod end.
3. Rotate the ball joint 5 times.
4. Install two nuts to the ball joint and measure the
tie-rod end rotational torque using a torque
wrench.
If not within the specification, replace the tierod end.
Tie-rod end rotational torque

0.5-3.0 Nm {5.1-30 kgfcm, 4.5-26 inlbf}
am3u uw0000317
Tie rod Inspection

1. Inspect for bending and damage.
If there is any malfunction, replace the tie rod.
2. Inspect for excessive play.
If there is any malfunction, replace the tie rod.
3. Swing the ball joint 10 times.
4. Measure the ball joint swing torque using a pull
scale.
If it exceeds the specification, replace the tie
rod.
Tie rod swing torque
0.4-4.0 Nm {4.1-40 kgf.cm, 3.6-35 in.lbf}
[Pull scale reading 0.6-29.3 N {0.06-2.98
kgf, 0.14-6.58 Ibf}]
138 mm
{5.43 in}
100mm
{3.93 in}
,"", ,
am3uuw0000229
06-14-21
POWER STEERING
STEERING GEAR AND LINKAGE ASSEMBLY
id061400801200
Caution
To prevent damage to the steering gear, secure it to the vise using a copper plate or clean cloth.

10-16 Nm
{102-163 kgf.cm,
89-141 inlbf}
24-29
{2.5-2.9,
18-:::21}
4~------------~
{2.1-2.9,
15-21}
"'--------{1
~I
j~l~
1)
69-98
{7.1-9.9,
51-72}
79-108
{8.1-11,
59-79}
49-69
{5.0-7.0,
37-50}
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3zzw0000866
1
2
3
4
5
Gear housing
Mounting rubber
(See 06-14-23 Mounting Rubber Assembly Note.)
Oil seal
(See 06-14-24 Oil Seal Assembly Note.)
Steering rack
(See 06-14-25 Steering Rack Assembly Note.)
Rack bushing
(See 06-14-25 Rack Bushing, Stopper and Clip
Assembly Note.)
Stopper
Assembly Note.)
06-14-22
9
10
11
12
13
Clip
Assembly Note.)
Pinion shaft and valve housing component
(See 06-14-26 Pinion Shaft and Valve Housing
Component Assembly Note.)
Locknut
Housing cover
(See 06-14-26 Housing Cover Assembly Note.)
Support yoke
Yoke spring
Adjusting cover
(See 06-14-27 Adjusting Cover, Locknut (on
Adjusting Cover) Assembly Note.}
POWER STEERING
14
15
16
17
18
Locknut (on adjusting cover)

(See 06-14-27 Adjusting Cover, Locknut (on
Adjusting Cover) Assembly Note.}
Tie rod
Boot
Boot band
Boot clamp
19
20
Locknut
Tie-rod end
(See 06-14-28 Tie-rod End Assembly Note.)
21
22
Oil pipe
Return pipe
23
Floor seal
(See 06-14-28 Floor Seal Assembly Note.)
Mounting Rubber Assembly Note

1. Apply soapy water to the rubber part of the mounting rubber.
2. Install the mounting rubber so that two projections
,----------------------,
of the mounting rubber are parallel to the steering
rack as shown in the figure.
am3uuw0000317
3. Press fit the ear portion of the mounting rubber

(lower side) using the SSTs until it projects from
the gear housing as shown in the figure.
Note
Press fit the ear portion of the mounting
rubber (upper side) until it partially enters
the gear housing.
am3uuw0000318
06-14-23
POWER STEERING
4. Reverse the gear housing, then Press fit the
mounting rubber using the SSTs and the press
until the mounting rubber ear portion (upper side)
contacts the gear housing.
IQ'eu&g'''k'
am3uuw0000466
5. Verify that both mounting rubber ears are

correctly assembled with no gaps between them
and the gear housing as shown in the figure.
If there are gaps, readjust their positions
using the SSTs and the press.
MOUNTING
RUBBER
'-----GEAR
HOUSING
am3uuw0000318
Oil Seal Assembly Note

1. Apply ATF to the lip of a new oil seal.
2. Install the SST (49 N032 319A) to the gear
housing as shown in the figure.
49 N032 319A
am3uuw0000323
3. Set the gear housing into the press and insert the
oil seal in the gear housing so that groove area is
facing up as shown in the figure.
am3uuw0000470
06-14-24
POWER STEERING
4. Set the stopper into the gear housing to hold the
SSTs as shown in the figure.
5. Install the oil seal using the SSTs (49 F032 303,
49 F032 304) and a press.
STOPPER
am3uuw0000318
Steering Rack Assembly Note

1. Apply multipurpose grease to the rack teeth.
2. Install a plastic bag to the rack teeth and insert
the steering rack in the gear housing.
PLASTIC BAG
am3uuw0000320
Rack Bushing, Stopper and Clip Assembly Note

1. Apply ATF to the rack bushing.
2. After installing the SST to the steering rack end,
assemble the rack bushing to the rack housing.
Note
Assemble the rack bushing so that the taper
side faces the piston side of the steering
rack.
3. Insert the stopper together with the rack bushing

to the rack housing so that the stopper extends
past the installation groove on the rack housing.
Note
Assemble the stopper so that the side with
the groove is facing outward.
RACK BUSHING - - - - - - - - am3uuw0000318
06-14-25
POWER STEERING
4. Assemble the clip to the installation groove on the
rack housing.
INSTALLATION GROOVE
CLIP - - - - + + - 1 1
STOPPER
am3uuw0000318
5. Perform the cylinder air tightness inspection

using the following procedure.
6. Install the SST to the power cylinder section of
the gear housing.
7. Apply 53.3 kPa {400 mmHg, 15.7 inHg} of
vacuum with a vacuum pump and verify that it
holds for 30 s.
If there is a malfunction, inspect the gear
housing inner surface and the oil seal, and the
rack bushing for damage, and repair or
replace if necessary.
am3uuw0000318
Pinion Shaft and Valve Housing Component Assembly Note

1. Set the rack in the center with the measurement
...---------------------,
between rack housing end and rack end as shown
in the figure.
43.2 mm {1.70 in}
43.5 mm {1.71 in}
am3uuw0000470
2. When the pinion shaft position is as shown in the

figure with the rack in the center, insert the pinion
shaft and valve housing component.
]
PINION SHAFT
GROOVE
---f---#
40_50
PINION SHAFT
GROOVE
am3zzw0000542
Housing Cover Assembly Note

1. Apply silicone sealant to the threads of the housing cover.
2. Assemble the housing cover.
06-14-26
POWER STEERING
Adjusting Cover, Locknut (on Adjusting Cover) Assembly Note
1. Apply sealant to the threads of the adjusting cover.
2. Tighten the adjusting cover with a tightening torque of 20-29 N-m {2.1-2.9 kgf-m, 15-21 n-Ibf}.
3. Using the SST, loosen the adjusting cover to 25~/ Y"'c'" I
35.
V. ~JL.. . ~
am3uuw0000319
4. Fix the adjusting cover and tighten the locknut

using the SST.
5. Measure the rotation torque of the pinion shaft

using a crescent wrench and pull scale.
(1) Install the crescent wrench to the steering
gear.
(2) Measure the length from the pinion shaft

center to the crescent wrench end
(application point of pull scale) as shown in
the figure. This is dimension A.
(3) The rotation torque of the pinion shaft can be
calculated using the following formula:
Measured value using pull scale (N {kgf, Ibf})
= rotation torque of the pinion shaft (Nm
{kgf-cm, inlbf})/length A (m {cm, in})
Pinion shaft rotation torque (center of rack 90)

LF, L5: 0.93-1.53 N-m {9.49-15.7 kgf-cm,
8.24-13.5 in-Ibf}
[Pull scale reading: 0.93-1.53 N-m
{9.49-15.7 kgf-cm, 8.24-13.5 in-lbf}/A (m {cm, in})]
L3 WITH TC: 1.45-2.05 N-m {14.8-20.9 kgf-cm, 12.9-18.1 in-Ibf}
[Pull scale reading: 1.45-2.05 N-m {14.8-20.9 kgf-cm, 12.9-18.1 in-lbf}/A (m {cm, in})]
am3uuw0000319
6. If not as specified, remove the locknut and adjust the adjust cover.
06-14-27
POWER STEERING
Boot Assembly Note
1. Apply silicone grease to the rubber lip groove.
2. Assemble the boot.
Tie-rod End Assembly Note
1. Align the alignment marks made before removing
the tie-rod end, and then assemble it to the tierod.
If there are no alignment marks, go to the
following procedure.
ALIGNMENT MARK
am3uuw0000316
2. Adjust dimension A shown in the figure to the

standard, and assemble.
Standard Dimension A
13-31 mm {O.6-1.2 in}
A
am3uuw0000319
Floor Seal Assembly Note

1. Assemble the floor seal using the SST and a
press, steel plate.
Note
Set the steering gear and linkage to the
press with the housing cover facing down as
~----STEEL
PLATE
HOUSING COVER
am3uuw0000319
06-14-28
POWER STEERING
POWER STEERING FLUID LINE COMPONENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id061400807000
Note
The following procedure is for replacement of the parts shown in the figure. Regarding replacement of the
suction hose and return hose, refer to the electric power steering oil pump removal/installation. (See 0614-31 ELECTRIC POWER STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
POWER STEERING PIPE COMPONENT

am3uuw0000482
Power Steering Pipe Component Removal/Installation

Note
The pressure pipe and return pipe are integrated with the power steering pipe component. Therefore, if
anyone of the pipes has a malfunction, replace the power steering pipe component.
1. Remove the front mudguard (RH). (See 09-16-17 FRONT MUDGUARD REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the splash shield and aerodynamic under cover NO.2 as a single unit. (See 09-16-29 AERODYNAMIC
UNDER COVER NO.2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the connecting bolt (pump side) from the
RETURN HOSE
electric power steering oil pump and disconnect
the return hose from the power steering pipe
component (return pipe).
Note
Drain the power steering fluid.
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000263
06-14-29
POWER STEERING
4. Remove the nut shown in the figure.
L5, L3 WITH TC
NUT
8-10
{82-1 01, 71-88}
POWER STEERING
PIPE COMPONENT
Nm {kgf.cm, in.lbf}
am3uuw0000569
r~1::-~
{82-101 kgf.m,
91-88 in.lbf}
Nm {kgf.m, ftlbf}
am3uuw0000268
Bolt
Connecting bolt (steering gear side)
06-14-30
Hose clips
POWER STEERING
ELECTRIC POWER STEERING OIL PUMP REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id061400803200
Caution
Be careful not to drop the electric power steering oil pump as the internal parts of the EHPAS CM
could be damaged. Replace the electric power steering oil pump if it is subjected to an impact.
1. Remove the front mudguard (RH). (See 09-16-17 FRONT MUDGUARD REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
6. After installation, perform the EHPAS CM configuration procedure. (See 06-14-32 ELECTRO HYDRAULIC
POWER ASSIST STEERING (EHPAS) CONTROL MODULE CONFIGURATION.)
9-11 Nm
{92-112 kgf.cm,
80-97 in.lbf}
19-25
{2.0-2.5,
15-18}
19-25
{2.0-2.5,
15-18}
I
I
oI
2 )-----r--------"o:"
30-44
{3.1-4.4,
23-32}
9-11 Nm
{92-112 kgf.cm,
80-97 inlbf}
4
Nm {kgf.m, ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000470
1
2
Connector
(See 06-14-32 Power Steering Pipe Component
Removal Note.)
Sub tank
4
5
Electric power steering oil pump component

Brackets
6
7
8
Suction hose
Return hose
Electric power steering oil pump
06-14-31
POWER STEERING
Power Steering Pipe Component Removal Note
1. Disconnect the power steering pipe component and then drain the power steering fluid.
ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER ASSIST STEERING (EHPAS) CONTROL MODULE CONFIGURATION
.
id061400802400
Caution
If the EHPAS CM configuration is not completed, the EHPAS will not operate properly. If the EHPAS
CM is replaced, always carry out the EHPAS CM configuration so that the EHPAS operates
properly.
Note
Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the EHPAS CM configuration.
following order.
2. Select "EPS".
am3uuw0000250
If a DTC (s) is detected, perform the
applicable DTC inspection. (See 06-02-2 ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER ASSIST STEERING (EHPAS)
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSIS.)
ELECTRO HYDRAULIC POWER ASSIST STEERING (EHPAS) CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION
id061400802500
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference)

...----
WmM
1B 1A
~I><I"""""
,12E 2C
112F 20
2AI~\
2B~~
I~~I
am3uuw0000273
Terminal
Signal name
Connected to
1A
Ground
Ground point
1B
Battery power
supply
Battery
2A
2B
2C
20
2E
2F
CAN_L
CAN_H
Ignition power
supply
06-14-32
Measured
item
Measured terminal
(measured condition)
Standard
' Voltage
Under any condition
1 V or less
Voltage
Under any condition
B+
Inspection item(s)
Inspect under OTC inspection.
Inspect under OTC inspection.
Ignition switch
or IG1 relay
Voltage

ON
B+

off
1 V or less
Wiring harness
(1 A-ground point)
Wiring harness
(1 B-battery)
Fuse (EHPAS aDA)
Wiring harness
(2F-ignition switch
or IG1 relaybattery)
Fuse (ABS IG 7.5A)
TECHNICAL DATA
06-50
TECHNICAL DATA
STEERING TECHNICAL DATA ........ 06-50-1
STEERING TECHNICAL DATA

id065000800200
Item
Power steering fluid type
Power steering fluid capacity (approx. quantity)
Steering wheel play
Steering wheel force (reference value)
Steering shaft length
Steering rack runout

Tie-rod end rotational torque
Tie rod swing torque
Pinion shaft rotation torque (center of rack 90)
Specification
ATF M-III, M-V or equivalent (e.g. Dexron II)
1.0 L {1.1 US qt, 0.88 Imp qt}
0-30 mm {0-1.18 in} (When hydraulic operating)
7.8 Nm {80 kgfcm, 69 inlbf} or less
315-320 mm {12.41-12.59 in}
Large diameter portion (near point A): 0.15 mm {0.006 in} max.
Small diameter portion (near point 8): 0.20 mm {0.008 in} max.
0.5-3.0 Nm {5.1-30 kgfcm, 4.5-26 inlbf}
0.4-4.0 Nm {4.1-40 kgfcm, 3.6-35 inlbf}
[Pull scale reading 0.6-29.3 N {0.06-2.98 kgf, 0.14-6.58 Ibf}]
LF, L5: 0.93-1.53 Nm {9.49-15.7 kgfcm, 8.24-13.5 inlbf}
[Pull scale reading: 0.93-1.53 Nm {9.49-15.7 kgfcm, 8.24-13.5
inlbf}/A (m {cm, in})]
L3 WITH TC: 1.45-2.05 Nm {14.8-20.9 kgfcm, 12.9-18.1 inlbf}
[Pull scale reading: 1.45-2.05 Nm {14.8-20.9 kgfcm, 12.9-18.1
inlbf}/A (m {cm, in})]
A: Length from the pinion shaft center to application point of pull scale
06-50-1
SERVICE TOOLS
06-60
SERVICE TOOLS
STEERING SST .................... 06-60-1
STEERING SST
id066000800100
49 H032 301
49 F0171AO
Wrench
Universal
wrench
49 B032 323
49 N032 319A
49 F032304
Support plate
Body
49 G033 102
49 F401 336B
49 F015 002
Handle
Attachment
(Part of 49 F401
330B)
Water seal
installer
49 F032 310
49 D032 316
Rod seal
remover body
49 G032 3A1
Joint hose set
49 B034202A
cQ])
Protector
49 F032303
Handle
0 D
Protractor
/
~
Support block
06-60-1
HEATER, VENTILATION &

AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC)
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[FULL-AUTO
AIR CONDITIONER] ........ 07-03A
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER] ........... 07-03B
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM ..... 07-10
07-02
07
SECTION
BASIC SYSTEM. . . . . . . . . . . .
CONTROL SYSTEM
[FULL-AUTO
AIR CONDITIONER] .......
CONTROL SYSTEM
[MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER] ...........
07-11
07-40A
07-40B
07-50
07-60
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
HVAC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM .... 07-02-2

FOREWORD ...................... 07-02-2
Outline ....................... 07-02-2
FLOWCHART ...................... 07-02-2
DTC DISPLAY ..................... 07-02-4
CLEARING DTC .................... 07-02-4
DTC TABLE ...................... 07-02-5
DTC B1081:71, B1082:71 ........... 07-02-6
DTC B1086:71 .................... 07-02-8
DTC B1A61:11, B1A61:13 ............ 07-02-9
DTC B1A63:12, B1A63:13, B1A64:12,
B1A64:13 ....................... 07-02-11
DTC B1B71:11, B1B71:13 ............ 07-02-13
DTC B1C1A:11, B1C1A:13, B1C1B:11,
B1C1B:13 ...................... 07-02-15
DTC B1C1C:11, B1C1C:13 ..........

DTC P0530:12, P0530:13 ............
DTC U0423:68 .....................
DTC U3003:16, U3003:17 ............
PID/DATA MONITOR DISPLAY ........
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE .........
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES
DISPLAY ......................
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE ...
AlC OPERATION CHECK MODE
DISPLAY ......................
AlC OPERATION CHECK MODE
TABLE .......................
07-02-17
07-02-18
07-02-20
07-02-20
07-02-22
07-02-22
07-02-22
07-02-23
07-02-23
07-02-23
07-02-1
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
HVAC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM
PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT
TEMpERATURE
SENSOR
B+ IG2
id070200800100
B+
IG2
5V
DRIVER-SIDE
AIR MIX ACTUATOR
PASSENGER-SIDE
AIR MIX ACTUATOR
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
CPU
AIRFLOW MODE
ACTUATOR
AIR INTAKE
ACTUATOR
REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE
SENSOR
0-----011. .
TNS RELAY
BLOWER
RELAY
~----r
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
(PANEL LIGHT CONTROL)
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
am3uuw0000418
FOREWORD
id070200820100
Outline
The aBD (on-board diagnostic) system has the following functions:
- Malfunction detection function: Detects malfunctions in the climate control unit and outputs DTCs
(Diagnostic Trouble Codes).
PID/data monitor function: Reads out specific input/output signals and the system status.
DTCs can be read/cleared using the M-MDS.
FLOWCHART
id070200820200
Use the following flowchart to verify the cause of the trouble.

Note
When inspecting past malfunction codes, inspect only the DTCs that were indicated before beginning the
inspection. A mis-diagnosis could occur as a result of new DTCs being added while performing an
inspection by disconnecting related parts or connectors .
When DTCs of the present malfunction are no longer output after present or past malfunctions or both
have been repaired, be sure to clear the past malfunction from memory to prevent repair of malfunctions
that have already been repaired.
07-02-2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Shine a fluorescent light or expose the soler

radiation sensor to natural sunlight.
Using M-MDS, verify if DTCs are present.
No
IPast malfunction I
Using M-MDS, verify if a DTC has been
stored in climate control unit.
IPresent malfunction
Inspect DTCs one by one starting from
the smallest code, referring to DTC TABLE.
No
Yes
Inspect for DTCs while shaking the wiring harness related to the
applicable past malfunction.
If a DTC is displayed, go to Yes.
If a DTC is not displayed, go to No and inspect for displayed past
malfunction DTCs.
Yes
No
IPast malfunction I
No
Inspect all DTCs starting from the smallest code.

However, if inspection item for part that has already been repaired
appears during inspection, finish inspection for that DTC at that
point in time.
Using M-MDS, clear any stored DTCs

in climate control unit.
Using M-MDS, verify if a DTC has been stored

in climate control unit.
Yes
am6xuw0000244
07-02-3
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC DISPLAY
id070200801500

2. Expose the solar radiation sensor to natural
sunlight.
Note
If natural sunlight is not shone on the solar
radiation sensor, the climate control unit
determines a malfunction and indicates DTC
"B1A63:12, B1A63:13, B1A64:12,
B1A64:13".
am3uuw0000396
3. Select "EATC".
2. Select "EATC".
4. Verify the DTC according to the directions on the screen.
5. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the climate control unit. (See 07-02-4 CLEARING DTC.)
CLEARING DTC
id070200801600

3. Select "EATC".
2. Select "EATC".
screen.
the DTC.
7. Press the retest button on the DTC screen.
07-02-4
am3uuw0000396
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
OTe TABLE
Dle
B1081:71
id070200801700
Malfunction location
Driver-side air mix actuator
B1086:71
Passenger-side air mix

actuator
Airflow mode actuator
B1A61 :11
B1A61:13
Passenger compartment
temperature sensor
B1082:71
B1B71:11
B1B71:13
B1C1A:11
B1C1A:13
B1C1B:11
B1C1B:13
B1C1C:11
B1C1C:13
P0530:12
P0530:13
U0010:88
U0155:00
U0156:00
U0423:68
U3003:16
U3003:17
Motor lock
X
X
Page
(See 07-02-6 DTC B1 081 :71,
B1082:71.)
(See 07-02-6 DTC B1 081 :71,
B1082:71.)
(See 07-02-8 DTC B1086:71.)
X
X
X
Solar radiation sensor (RH)
Circuit open
Circuit short to power supply
Circuit open
Circuit open
Solar radiation sensor (LH)

Evaporator temperature
sensor
Circuit short to ground

Circuit open

(potentiometer)

Circuit open
Passenger-side air mix

actuator (potentiometer)

Circuit open
X
X
(See 07-02-15 DTC B1C1A:11,

B1 C1A:13, B1 C1 B:11,
B1C1B:13.)
(See 07-02-15 DTC B1C1A:11,
B1C1A:13, B1C1B:11,
B1C1B:13.)
X
X
(See 07-02-17 DTC 81 C1 C:11,

B1C1C:13.)
X
X
X
(See 07-02-18 DTC P0530:12,

P0530:13.)
(See 09-020-1 FOREWORD

[MULTIPLEX
B1A64:12
B1A64:13
Motor lock
Memory
function
Motor lock
B1A63:12
B1A63:13
Detected condition

(potentiometer)
CAN communication system
Lost communication with
instrument cluster
Lost communication with
information display
Invalid date received from
Instrument cluster
Climate control unit power
supply voltage (B+)
Climate control unit power
supply voltage (B+, IG2, TNS)
Circuit open
Circuit open
Bus off
No sub type information
X
X
X
No sub type information
Event information
Power supply voltage decreases

(9.7 V or less)
Power supply voltage increases

(16.4 V or more (B+))
(16.8 V or more (IG2, TNS))
(See 07-02-9 DTC B1A61:11,

B1A61 :13.)
(See 07-02-11 DTC B1A63:12,
B1A63:13, B1A64:12,
B1A64:13.)
(See 07-02-11 DTC B1A63:12,
B1A63:13, B1A64:12,
B1A64:13.)
(See 07-02-13 DTC B1 B71 :11,
B1B71:13.)
(See 07-02-20 DTC U0423:68.)
(See 07-02-20 DTC U3003: 16,

U3003:17.)
07-02-5
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 81081 :71, 81082:71
id070200816500
Note
DTC 81081 :71, 81082:71 will be detected when switch the ignition to ON and approx. 30 s have passed
since the air mix actuator is operated.
DTC B1 081 :71
Driver-side air mix actuator motor lock
DTC B1082:71
Passenger-side air mix actuator motor lock

Air mix actuator malfunction
AlC unit (air mix link and air mix crank) malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1U and 1W (Driver-side)
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1Sand 1Q
(Passenger-side)
Short to ground in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1U and 1W (Driverside)
Short to ground in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1Sand 1Q
(Passenger-side)
DRIVER-SIDE
AIR MIX ACTUATOR

WIRING HARNESS SIDE
CONNECTOR
1A
1B
PASSENGER-SIDE
AIR MIX ACTUATOR
AIR MIX ACTUATOR WIRING

07-02-6
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT AIR MIX ACTUATOR CONNECTOR
Disconnect the air mix actuator connector.
Inspect the connector and terminals (corrosion,
damage, pin disconnection).
Are the connector and terminals normal?
INSPECT AIR MIX ACTUATOR OPERATION
Apply battery positive voltage and connect the
ground to the air mix actuator terminals Band C,
and then inspect the air mix actuator.
Does the air mix actuator operate?
INSPECT AIR MIX LINK OPERATION
Remove the air mix actuator.
Operate the air mix link manually.
Does the air mix link operate smoothly?
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
4

Repair/replace the connector or terminal.
After repair procedure, go to the next step.
Connect the connector, then go to Step 4.

Replace the air mix actuator.

(See 07-40A-4 AIR MIX ACTUATOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
Replace the air mix link and the air mix crank.
INSPECT AIR MIX ACTUATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

Disconnect the climate control unit connector.
ground to the climate control unit terminal 1Wand
1U, and then inspect the air mix actuator. (Driverside)
ground to the climate control unit terminal 1Sand
1Q, and then inspect the air mix actuator.
(Passenger-side)
Does the air mix actuator operate?
VERIFY CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT CONNECTOR
CONDITION
VERIFY THAT SAME DTC IS NOT OUTPUT AGAIN
Clear the past malfunction from memory.
Verify DTCs.
Is DTC B1081:71 or B1082:71 output?
Yes
No

Repair/replace the malfunctioning vehicle wiring
harness.
Yes

harness, connector, or terminal.
VERIFY THAT NO OTHER DTCs ARE PRESENT

Verify other DTCs displayed.
Yes
No
No
Yes

If the malfunction does not recur, go to the next step.
If the malfunction recurs, replace the climate control
unit (See 07-40A-26 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
CONDITIONER].) then go to the next step.
No

Perform the corresponding DTC inspection.
07-02-7
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 81086:71
id070200816700
Note
DTe 81086:71 will be detected when switch the ignition to ON and approx. 30 s have passed since the
airflow mode actuator is operated.
DTC B1086:71
Airflow mode actuator motor lock

Airflow mode actuator malfunction
AlC unit (airflow mode link and airflow mode crank) malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE

Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1V and 1X
Short to ground in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1V and 1X
AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR
VENT
DEFROSTER

WIRING HARNESS SIDE
CONNECTOR

WIRING HARNESS SIDE
CONNECTOR
1A
1B
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR
CONNECTOR
Disconnect the airflow mode actuator connector.
2
OPERATION
Disconnect the airflow mode actuator connector.
ground to the airflow mode actuator terminals F
and D, and then inspect the airflow mode actuator.
Does the airflow mode actuator operate?
INSPECT AIRFLOW MODE MAIN LINK OPERATION
3
Remove the airflow mode actuator.
Operate the airflow mode main link manually.
Does the airflow mode main link operate
smoothly?
07-02-8
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No
Connect the connector, then go to Step 4.

Yes
Replace the airflow mode actuator.

(See 07-40A-8 AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR
INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
Replace the airflow mode main link, airflow mode sub
link, and the airflow mode crank.
No
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
INSPECTION
4
INSPECT AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO GROUND
ground to the climate control unit connector
terminals 1V and 1X, and then inspect the airflow
mode actuator.
Does the airflow mode actuator operate?
5
CONDITION
6
Verify DTCs.
Is DTC 81086:71 output?

Yes
No
ACTION
harness.
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes
No
DTC 81A61:11, 81A61:13

DTC B1 A61 :11
DTC B1A61 :13
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id070200816800
Passenger compartment temperature sensor circuit short to ground

Passenger compartment temperature sensor circuit open
Passenger compartment temperature sensor malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 2M and
passenger compartment temperature sensor connector terminal D
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 2N and
passenger compartment temperature sensor connector terminal 8
Short to ground in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 2M and passenger
compartment temperature sensor connector terminal 0
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR WIRING

WIRING HARNESS SIDE
CONNECTOR
6ICIB'~
I~~I
07-02-9
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
Disconnect the passenger compartment
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Inspect the passenger compartment temperature
sensor.
(See 07-40A-23 PASSENGER COMPARTMENT
TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [FULLAUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
Is it normal?
TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Disconnect the climate control unit connector and
the passenger compartment temperature sensor
connector.
Is there an open circuit in the wiring harness
between the following terminals of the climate
control unit and the passenger compartment
temperature sensor?
-2M-D
-2N-B
TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
TO GROUND
Is there a short circuit to ground in the wiring
harness between climate control unit terminal 2M
and passenger compartment temperature sensor
terminal D?
CONDITION
TEMPERATURE SENSOR CIRCUIT
Connect the climate control unit connector.
Inspect the voltage at the following climate control
unit terminal (wiring harness-side).
- Terminal 2M (passenger compartment
temperature sensor input signal)
Is the voltage normal? (Approx. 5 V)
Verify DTCs.
Is DTC B1A61 :11 or B1A61 :13 output?

07-02-10
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No


Replace the passenger compartment temperature
sensor.
TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
Yes
Repair the wiring harness.

No
Yes

Connect the climate control unit connector, then go to
the next step.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

The system is normal at present.
Yes

No
Yes
No

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
OTe 81A63:12, 81A63:13, 81A64:12, 81A64:13
id070200730000
OTC B1A63:12
Solar radiation sensor (RH) circuit short to power supply
OTC B1A63:13
OTC B1A64:12
Solar radiation sensor (RH) circuit open

Solar radiation sensor (LH) circuit s~ort to power supply
OTC B1A64:13
Solar radiation sensor (LH) circuit open

Light amount shone on the solar radiation sensor is insufficient (Circuit is normal)
Solar radiation sensor malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1H and solar
radiation sensor connector terminal C
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1F and solar
radiation sensor connector terminal B
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1C and solar
radiation sensor connector terminal A
Short to power supply in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1H
and solar radiation sensor connector terminal C
Short to power supply in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1F
and solar radiation sensor connector terminal B
POSSIBLE CAUSE

SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR
~
"" 0
././
~LH
1 .....
I~
4E
8- ~I"'"
1""11
RH

WIRING HARNESS SIDE
CONNECTOR
~~Dlc
f- 'T'BIA~
:3 ~
I~~I
fC'
\J
I"
1//
././
t;'
[~
//
\..J [ / /
'" V
"" ~
t
t

WIRING HARNESS SIDE
CONNECTOR
><
1wI1UI1S 10110 1M 11K 11 11G 1EI1CI1A

1X 11V 11T 1R 11P 1N 11L 1J 11H 1FJ1DI1B
I~~I
07-02-11
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR
CONNECTOR
Disconnect the solar radiation sensor connector.
2
INSPECT SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR
Inspect the solar radiation sensor.
(See 07-40A-22 SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR
Is it normal?
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
INSPECT SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR CIRCUIT

FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
the solar radiation sensor connector.
Is there continuity between the following terminals
of the climate control unit and the solar radiation
sensor?
-1H-C
-1F-8
-1C-A
Yes
No
INSPECT SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR CIRCUIT

Is there a short circuit to power supply in the wiring
harness between the following terminals of the
climate control unit terminal and solar radiation
sensor?
-1H-C
-1F-8
Yes

CONDITION
Verify DTCs.
Is DTC 81A63:12, 81A63:13, 81A64:12 or
81A64:13 output?
Yes

07-02-12
No
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


Replace the solar radiation sensor.
(See 07 -40A-20 SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR
CONDITION ER].}


ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTe 81871:11,81871:13
DTC 81871 :11
DTC 81871:13
POSSI8LE
CAUSE
id070200817100
Evaporator temperature sensor circuit short to ground

Evaporator temperature sensor circuit open
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1L and evaporator
temperature sensor connector terminal B
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1E and evaporator
temperature sensor connector terminal A
Short to ground in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1L and evaporator
temperature sensor connector terminal B
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
SENSOR WIRING HARNESS SIDE
CONNECTOR

WIRING HARNESS SIDE
CONNECTOR
1A
1B
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CONNECTOR
Disconnect the evaporator temperature sensor
connector.
CONDITIONER].)
Is it normal?
the evaporator temperature sensor connector.
control unit and the evaporator temperature
sensor?
-1E-A
-1L-B
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No

(See 07-11-10 AlC UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
Yes

No
07-02-13
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
INSPECTION
harness between climate control unit terminal 1L
and evaporator temperature sensor terminal 8?
Yes
No
ACTION
Connect the climate control unit connector, then go to
the next step.


CONDITION
CIRCUIT
Connect the climate control unit connector.
Inspect the voltage at the following climate control
unit terminal (wiring harness-side).
- Terminal 1L (evaporator temperature sensor
input signal)
Is the voltage normal? (Approx. 5 V)
Yes
No

Verify DTCs.
Is DTC 81871 :11 or 81871 :13 output?
Yes

No

Yes
No

07-02-14
Yes The system is normal at present.

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 81C1A:11, 81C1A:13, 81C18:11, 81C18:13
DlC
DlC
DlC
DlC
B1C1A:11
B1C1A:13
B1C1B:11
B1C1B:13
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id070200817500
Driver-side air mix actuator (potentiometer) circuit short to ground

Driver-side air mix actuator (potentiometer) circuit open
Passenger-side air mix actuator (potentiometer) circuit short to ground
Passenger-side air mix actuator (potentiometer) circuit open
Air mix actuator malfunction
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1C and air mix
actuator connector terminal G (Driver-side)
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1G and air mix
actuator connector terminal F (Driver-side)
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1E and air mix
actuator connector terminal E (Driver-side)
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1C and air mix
actuator connector terminal E (Passenger-side)
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 11 and air mix
actuator connector terminal F (Passenger-side)
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1 E and air mix
actuator connector terminal G (Passenger-side)
Short to ground in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1G and air mix
actuator connector terminal F (Driver-side)
Short to ground in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 11 and air mix
actuator connector terminal F (Passenger-side)
DRIVER-SIDE
AIR MIX ACTUATOR

WIRING HARNESS SIDE
CONNECTOR
1A
1B
PASSENGER-SIDE
AIR MIX ACTUATOR
AIR MIX ACTUATOR WIRING

07-02-15
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
INSPECT AIR MIX ACTUATOR CONNECTOR
INSPECT AIR MIX ACTUATOR
Inspect the air mix actuator.
(See 07-40A-5 AIR MIX ACTUATOR INSPECTION
Is it normal?
Yes
INSPECT AIR MIX ACTUATOR (POTENTIOMETER)

CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
the air mix actuator connector.
control unit and the air mix actuator?
Yes
No
Yes
No
No


Replace the air mix actuator.
INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].}
Driver-side
-1C-G
-1G-F
-1E-E
Passenger-side
-1C-E
-11-F
-1E-G
INSPECT AIR MIX ACTUATOR (POTENTIOMETER)
SHORT TO GROUND
climate control unit terminal and air mix actuator
terminal?
Yes
No

harness.
The system is normal at present.
Driver-side
-1G-F
Passenger-side
-11-F
5

CONDITION
Verify DTCs.
Is DTC B1C1A:11, B1C1A:13, B1C1B:11,
B1C1B:13 output?
07-02-16
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes
No
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 81C1C:11, 81C1C:13
id070200817200
DTC B1 C1 C:11
Airflow mode actuator (potentiometer) circuit short to ground
DTC B1C1C:13
Airflow mode actuator (potentiometer) circuit open
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Aililow mode actuator malfunction

Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1C and aililow mode
actuator connector terminal B
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1K and aililow mode
actuator connector terminal C
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1 E and aililow mode
actuator connector terminal A
Short to ground in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1K and aililow mode
actuator connector terminal C
AI RFLOW MODE ACTUATOR

WIRING HARNESS SIDE
CONNECTOR

WIRING HARNESS SIDE
CONNECTOR
1A
18
STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
INSPECT AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR CONNECTOR
Disconnect the aililow mode actuator connector.
Inspect the aililow mode actuator.
Is it normal?
Yes
No

Yes

Replace the aililow mode actuator.
CONDITIONER].)

(POTENTIOMETER) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
the aililow mode actuator connector.
control unit and the aililow mode actuator?
-1C-B
-1K-C
-1E-A
Yes
No
No

07-02-17
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
INSPECTION
4
(POTENTIOMETER) SHORT TO GROUND
harness between climate control unit terminal 1K
and airflow mode actuator terminal C?

CONDITION
Verify DTCs.
Is DTC B1C1C:i1, B1C1C:13 output?
ACTION
Yes Repair/replace the malfunctioning vehicle wiring
harness.
No The system is normal at present.
Yes
No

Yes

No
7

Yes
No
OTe P0530:12, P0530:13

DTC P0530:12
DTC P0530:13
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id070200073500
Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit short to power supply

Refrigerant pressure sensor circuit open
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1C and
refrigerant pressure sensor connector terminal A
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 1E and
refrigerant pressure sensor connector terminal C
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 2J and
refrigerant pressure sensor connector terminal B
Short to power supply in wiring harness between climate control unit connector terminal 2J
and refrigerant pressure sensor connector terminal B
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
SENSOR WIRING HARNESS
SIDE CONNECTOR
(I[t)
I~~I
07-02-18
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT WIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR
1A
1B
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
CONNECTOR
Disconnect the refrigerant pressure sensor
connector.
Inspect the connector and terminals (corrOSion,
2
CONDITIONER].)
Is it normal?
3
the refrigerant pressure sensor connector.
Is there continuity between the following terminals
of the climate control unit and the refrigerant
pressure sensor?
-1C-A
-1E-C
-2J-8
4
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

After repair procedure, go to Step 5.

SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].}
Yes
No


Is there a short circuit to power supply in the wiring
climate control unit terminal and refrigerant
pressure sensor?
-2J-8
Yes
No

CONDITION
VERIFY THAT SAME OTC IS NOT OUTPUT AGAIN
Verify DTCs.
Is DTC P0530: 12 or P0530: 13 output?
Yes

VERIFY THAT NO OTHER OTCs ARE PRESENT

No
Yes
No
Yes
No

unit.
CONDITIONER].)
07-02-19
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC U0423:68
id070200730600
DTC U0423:68
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Invalid data received from instrument cluster

Diagnostic Procedure
Step
1
Inspection
PERFORMINSTRUMENTCLUSTERDTC
INSPECTION
Perform the instrument cluster DTC
PERFORM CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT DTC
INSPECTION
Clear the DTC from the climate control unit
(See 07-02-4 CLEARING DTC.)
Perform the climate control unit DTC
Clear the DTC from the climate control unit
Perform the climate control unit DTC
PRESENT
Yes
Action
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
No

If the malfunction recurs, replace the climate control unit.
(See 07-40A-26 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAU
Yes
No

Yes
DTC U3003:16, U3003:17

DTC U3003:16
DTC U3003:17
id070200731 000
Power supply circuit voltage below threshold (9.7 V or less (B+))

Power supply circuit voltage above threshold (16.4 V or more (B+)), (16.8 V or more (IG2, TNS))
Generator system malfunction

ROOM 15 A fuse malfunction
Battery malfunction
Open or short circuit to ground in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and climate control
unit terminal 2B.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
-....
IGNITION SWITCH/ IG2 RELAY
ROOM15A
FUSE
.-J,
e
rL,
" .......
-..
""
././
"" @
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT WIRING

-;;
20 2M 12K 121 12G 12E 12C 2A
..............
BATTERY
07-02-20
2P 2N 12L 12J 12H 12F 20 2B
EB
7),
Inl I :::::=-<: J Inl
././
TNS RELAY
-......
//
""
I.::~
I~,I
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT PCM DTC (INSPECT GENERATOR
CIRCUIT)
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT FUSE
Remove the ROOM 15 A fuse.
Is the fuse normal?
INSPECT BATTERY
L5].)
WITH TC].)
Is the battery normal?
INSPECT CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT POWER
SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT CIRCUIT TO
GROUND
unit terminal 2B and body ground.
unit terminal 2B and battery positive terminal.
INSPECT CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
Clear DTCs using the M-MDS.
Perform the climate control unit DTC inspection
using the M-MDS.
Are DTCs U3003: 16 or U3003: 17 displayed?

ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
No
Install the ROOM 15 A fuse, then go to the next step.

Replace the ROOM 15 A fuse, then go to Step 6.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Repair the wiring harness, then go to Step 6.

Yes
No

Repair the wiring harness, then go to the next step.
Yes

unit.
CONDITIONER].)
No
Yes
No
Replace/charge the battery, then go to Step 6.

07-02-21
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
PID/DATA MONITOR DISPLAY
id070200801800

3. Select "EATC".
2. Select "EATC".
the screen.
am3uuw0000396
Note
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE

id070200801900

AC_PRES
CABIN_TEMP
EVAP_TEMP
SOLAR_SSR_L
SOLAR_SSR_R
Input part
Passenger compartment temperature sensor
Evaporator temperature sensor
Solar radiation sensor (LH)
Solar radiation sensor (RH)
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES DISPLAY
Unit/Condition
Pa
C
C
W
W
Terminal
2J
2M
1L
1H
1F
id070200809400

3. Select "EATC".
2. Select "EATC".
3. Select the active command modes from the PIO
am3uuw0000396
table.
parts.
07-02-22
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE
id070200809500
Command name
MIX_ACT
Output part
Operation
Air mix actuator

REC switch
REC/FRESH
DISPLAY
BLOWER
MODE_ACT
Information display
Blower motor
Off/On
AlC OPERATION CHECK MODE DISPLAY

id070200801400

items from the initial screen of the M-MDS .
1. Select the "Body".
2. Select the "EATC Operation Check".
1. Select the "All Tests and Calibrations".
2. Select the "EATC Operation Check".
3. Select the "EATC Operation Check" from the
screen menu.
4. Verify the AlC operation check mode according to
the directions on the screen.
am3uuw0000396
AlC OPERATION CHECK MODE TABLE

id070200801300
M-MDS display
Target part
Illumination of All Indicator
Climate control unit
Lights
Blower Motor Speed
Blower motor
Air Mix Actuator
Air mix door
Air Flow Mode Actuator
Airflow mode door
Air Intake Actuator / Air

Conditioning Compressor
AlC compressor
Air intake door
Operation condition
All AlC indicator lights illuminated
OFF
1ST
3RD
5TH
7TH
I
o %-750 %-7100 %-750 %
VENT .. BI-LEVEL" HEAT .. DEF/HEAT .. DEFROSTER
I
FRESH :> REC
ON :> OFF
: Shown on the information display (at the set temperature display) according to each M-MDS display.
07-02-23
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
07-03A SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [FULL-AUTO AIR

CONDITIONER]
[FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER] ....
FOREWORD
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX
NO.1 INSUFFICIENT AIR (OR NO AIR)
BLOWN FROM VENTS
NO.2 AMOUNT OF AIR BLOWN FROM
VENTS DOES NOT CHANGE
NO.3 AIR INTAKE MODE FROM VENT
DOES NOT CHANGE
07-03A-2
07-03A-2
07-03A-3
07-03A-3
07-03A-7
07-03A-9
NO.4 NO TEMPERATURE CONTROL

WITH CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
[FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER] .... 07-03A-11
NO.5 WINDSHIELD FOGGED
NO.6 AIR FROM VENTS NOT
COLD ENOUGH
NO.7 NO COOL AIR
[FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER] ... 07-03A-20
NO.8 NOISE WHILE OPERATING
AlC SYSTEM
[FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER] .. 07-03A-22
NO.9 DUAL AlC CONTROL
DOES NOT OPERATE
07-03A-1

HVAC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
PASSENGER
COMPARTMENT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
B+ IG2
IG2
id0703c1800100
B+
5V
DRIVER-SIDE
AIR MIX ACTUATOR
PASSENGER-SIDE
AIR MIX ACTUATOR
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
CPU
AIRFLOW MODE
ACTUATOR
REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE
SENSOR
n----..01111... BLOWER
RELAY
TNS RELAY
.-.----r
POWER MOS FET
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
(PANEL LIGHT CONTROL)
.-------110
am3uuw0000418
FOREWORD [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
id0703c1800200
The areas for inspection (steps) are given according to various circuit malfunctions. Use the following chart to
verify the symptoms of the trouble in order to diagnose the appropriate area.
07-03A-2

TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
id0703c1800300
No.
DESCRIPTION
Problem with each vent and/or duct

Airflow mode does not change
Malfunction in blower system
Insufficient air (or no air) blown from vents
Amount of air blown from vents does not change

Air intake mode from front vent does not change
No temperature control with climate control unit
Temperature does not change when operating

temperature dial.
Malfunction in AlC unit and/or climate control unit
air mix system
Windshield fogged
AlC compressor does not operate while airflow
Air intake mode does not change when switching

REC/FRESH mode
mode is in DEFROSTER or HEAT/DEF modes

Air intake mode does not change to FRESH while
airflow mode is in DEFROSTER or HEAT/DEF
modes
6
Air from vents not cold enough
Magnetic clutch operates but AlC system

malfunctions
7
8
No cool air
Magnetic clutch does not operate
Noise while operating AlC system
Dual AlC control function does not operate
Noise from magnetic clutch, AlC compressor, hose

or refrigerant line
Driver or passenger side temperature control dial
does not operate individually
Temperature control operates normally expect for
dual AlC control function
NO.1 INSUFFICIENT AIR (OR NO AIR) BLOWN FROM VENTS [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
id0703c1800400
1
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Problem with each vent and/or duct.

Airflow mode does not change.
Malfunction in airflow mode actuator
Malfunction in VENT mode system
Malfunction in HEAT mode system
Malfunction in DEFROSTER mode system
performing the inspection to discover whether poor contact points are the cause of any intermittent
malfu nctions.
If there is a problem, check to make sure connectors, terminals and wiring harnesses are connected correctly
and undamaged.
STEP
1*
2*
INSPECTION
SUPPLY FUSE FOR B+ SIGNAL
Is the climate control unit power supply fuse
for B+ signal normal?
INSPECT TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION
(OPEN CIRCUIT) IS IN B+ SIGNAL WIRING
HARNESS (BETWEEN FUSE BLOCK AND
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT) OR ELSEWHERE
Disconnect the climate control unit connector
(16-pin).
Measure the voltage at climate control unit
harness-side connector (16-pin) terminal 2B
(B+ signal).
Is the voltage approx. 12V?
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

Inspect for short to GND in blown fuse circuit
Repair or replace as necessary.
Repair wiring harness between fuse block and climate
control unit, then go to Step 20.
07-03A-3

STEP
INSPECTION
3*
(LACK OF CONTINUITY) IS IN WIRING
HARNESS (BETWEEN CLIMATE CONTROL
UNIT AND GND) OR ELSE ELSEWHERE
Climate control unit connector (24-pin)
disconnected.
Verify that continuity between climate control
unit harness-side connector (24-pin) terminal
1D and GND.
4*
IS IN AlC UNIT OR AIRFLOW MODE
ACTUATOR
Measure voltage at climate control unit
terminal 1K (24-pin) when temperature
controls dial at VENT and DEFROSTER.
INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
Is voltage normal?
5*
IS IN POSITION OR ELSEWHERE
terminal 11 and 1G (24-pin) when airflow
mode charge to MAX HOT and MAX COLD.
CONDITIONER].)
Are voltages normal?
6*
(LACK OF CONTINUITY OR SHORT TO
BATTERY POWER OR GND) IS IN POSITION
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY (CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT TERMINAL 1C) OR
ELSEWHERE
terminal 1C (24-pin).
Is voltage approx. 5V?
7*
INSPECT TO SE WHETHER MAL FUNCTION
(LACK OF CONTINUITY OR OPEN) IS IN
POSITION SENSOR GND (CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT TERMINAL 1 E) OR
ELSEWHERE
terminal 1E (24-pin).
Is voltage below 1.0V?
8*
(SHORT TO POWER) IS IN WIRING HARNESS
(AIRFLOW MODE POSITION SIGNAL) OR
ELSEWHERE
Is climate control unit terminal 1K voltage
approx. 12V, at Step 4?
9*
HARNESS (AIRFLOW MODE POSITION
SIGNAL) OR ELSEWHERE
Disconnect climate control unit and airflow
mode actuator connectors.
Verify continuity between climate control unit
terminal 1K (24-pin) and airflow mode
actuator terminal C at harness-side
connector.
07-03A-4
Yes
No
ACTION
Go to the next step
Repair wiring harness between climate control unit and
GND.
Inspect GND point condition.
Then go to Step 20.
Go to Step 16.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 8.
Yes
No

Repair wiring harness between climate control unit terminal
1C and follows:
Airflow mode actuator terminal B
Driver side air mix actuator terminal G
Passenger side air mix actuator terminal E
Then go to Step 20.
Yes
Go to Step 11.
1E and follows:
Airflow mode actuator terminal A
Driver side air mix actuator terminal E
Passenger side air mix actuator terminal G
Then go to Step 20.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

1K and airflow mode actuator terminal C.
Then go to Step 20.
Go to next step.
Then go to Step 20.

STEP
INSPECTION
10*
(SHORT TO GND) IS IN WIRING HARNESS
(AIRFLOW MODE POSITION SIGNAL) OR
POSITION SENSOR COMMON (POWER
SUPPLY OR GND) HARNESS
harness-side connector terminal 1K (24-pin)
and GND.
11*
12*
13*

(LACK OF CONTINUITY) IS IN AIRFLOW
MODE ACTUATOR WIRING HARNESS
(BETWEEN CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND
AIR FLOW MODE ACTUATOR) OR
ELSEWHERE
Measure voltage at the following terminals of
climate control unit.
CONDITION ER].)
- Terminal1V (24-pin, DEFROSTER mode
motor drive signal)
- Terminal1X (24-pin, VENT mode motor
drive signal)
Are voltages okay?
(LACK OF CONTINUITY) IS IN AIR FLOW
MODE ACTUATOR OR WIRING HARNESS
AIR FLOW MODE ACTUATOR)
Airflow mode actuator connector
disconnected.
Disconnect the airflow mode actuator.
Verify continuity at following terminals
between airflow mode actuator and climate
control unit.
- Climate control unit terminal 1V - airflow
mode actuator terminal F (DEFROSTER
mode motor drive signal)
- Climate control unit terminal 1X - airflow
mode actuator terminal D (24-pin, VENT
mode motor drive signal)
IS IN AIR FLOW MODE ACTUATOR OR
ELSEWHERE
Airflow mode actuator and climate control
unit connectors disconnected.
CONDITIONER].)
- Terminal1V (24-pin, DEFROSTER mode
motor drive signal)
- Terminal1X (24-pin, VENT mode motor
drive signal)
Are voltage okay?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Then go to Step 20.
Inspection and repair for open circuit following:
Between airflow mode actuator terminal B and junction
point to each air mix actuator (position sensor power
supply).
Between airflow mode actuator terminal A and junction
point to each air mix actuator (position sensor GND).
Then go to Step 20.
Go to Step 13.
Go to Step 17.
airflow mode actuator.
Then go to Step 20.
Yes
Go to Step 16.
No
07-03A-5

STEP
INSPECTION
14*
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (SHORT TO B+
BETWEEN CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND
FLOW MODE ACTUATOR) OR ELSEWHERE
Airflow mode actuator and climate control
unit connectors disconnected.
Measure voltage at the following terminal of
the climate control unit harness-side
connector.
- Terminal 1V (24-pin, DEFROSTER mode
motor drive signal)
- Terminal 1X (24-pin, VENT mode motor
drive signal)
Are voltages approx. OV?
15*
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (SHORT TO GND
AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR) OR
ELSEWHERE
Verify that continuity at the following harnessside connector terminals between climate
control unit and GND.
- Terminal 1V (24-pin, DEFROSTER mode
motor drive signal)
- Terminal 1X (24-pin, VENT mode motor
drive signal)
16
Inspect airflow mode actuator.
(See 07-40A-8 AIRFLOW MODE
ACTUATOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
Is airflow mode actuator normal?
17
INSPECT AIRFLOW MODE LINK
Inspect airflow mode links.
- Is grease on link?
- Are links securely and properly installed?
- Are links free of obstructions and
hindrances?
Are above items okay?
18
IS IN CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT OR AIRFLOW
MODE DOOR
Inspect blower unit airflow mode door.
- Is door free of obstructions, cracks and
damage?
- Are door securely and properly installed?
19
VERIFY THAT DUCTS INSTALLATION
CONDITION
Are following ducts installed properly?
- Dashboard ducts
- Defroster ducts
20
CONFIRM THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM

DOES NOT RECUR AFTER REPAIR
Does air blowout?
07-03A-6
ACTION
Yes
No

Repair wiring between climate control unit and airflow mode
actuator.
Then go to the Step 20.
Yes

airflow mode actuator.
No
Yes
No

Replace the airflow mode actuator. (See 07-40A-7
AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
Yes
No

Apply grease to links.
If any links are damaged, replace malfunctioning part.
Yes
No
Remove the obstruction, or install door in proper position.

If any doors are cracked or damaged, replace them.
Yes
Inspect ducts for clogging, deformity, and air leakage, then

Install the suspected ducts properly, then go to the next
step.
No
Yes
No
Explain repairs to customer.
Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from Step 1 if
the malfunction recurs.

NO.2 AMOUNT OF AIR BLOWN FROM VENTS DOES NOT CHANGE [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONERl
idOlo3c1800500
2
DESCRIPTION
Amount of air blown from vents does not change.

AlC unit malfunction

POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Blower motor malfunction

Malfunction in power MOS FET system
malfunctions. If there is a problem, inspect make sure connectors, terminals and wiring harnesses are
connected correctly and undamaged.
STEP
1
4*
5*
6*
7*
INSPECTION
INSPECT HEATER 40 A FUSE
Inspect the HEATER 40 A fuse.
Is it normal?
IS IN AlC UNIT OR ELSEWHERE
Turn the fan dial clockwise.
Recirculate air inside the vehicle.
Does the blower motor rotate smoothly?
INSPECT AlC UNIT INTAKE VENT
Is Ale unit intake vent clogged?
IS IN BLOWER RELAY SYSTEM OR POWER
MOS FET SYSTEM
Push OFF switch.
Measure the voltage at the following blower
motor terminal.
- Terminal B (blower motor operation
signal)
Is voltage approx. 12 V?
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (LACK OF
CONTINUITY BETWEEN FUSE BLOCK AND
BLOWER RELAY) OR ELSEWHERE
relay terminals.
- Terminal D (IG2 signal)
- Terminal C (B+ signal)
CONTINUITY BETWEEN BLOWER RELAY
AND GROUND) OR ELSEWHERE
relay terminal.
- Terminal B (GND signal)
CONTINUITY BETWEEN BLOWER RELAY
AND BLOWER MOTOR) OR BLOWER RELAY
relay terminal.
- Terminal A (blower motor operation
Signal)
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

Replace the fuse, then go to Step 15. If the fuse burns out
immediately, go to the next step.
Go to Step 4.
Remove obstruction, then go to Step 15.

Inspect if there are any obstruction in the AlC unit passage,
then go to Step 15.
Go to Step 8.
No

Repair the wiring harness between the blower relay and
HEATER 40 A fuse / HEATER 10 A fuse, then go to Step 15.
Yes
No

Yes

blower motor, then go to Step 15.
No
Replace the blower relay, then go to Step 15.
07-03A-7

STEP
8*
9*
10*
11
12*
13*
14*
INSPECTION
IS IN BLOWER MOTOR OR ELSEWHERE
'
motor terminal.
signal)
CONTINUITY BETWEEN BLOWER MOTOR
AND POWER MOS FET) OR ELSEWHERE
of power MOS FET.
signal)
CONTINUITY BETWEEN POWER MOS FET
AND GROUND) OR ELSEWHERE
Measure the voltage at the following power
MOS FET terminal.
- Terminal A (GND)
INSPECT AlC UNIT
Inspect the fan in AlC unit.
- Is the fan free of interference with the AlC
unit case?
- Is the fan free of foreign material and
obstruction?
Is the fan normal?
Yes
No
ACTION
Inspect the blower motor, then go to Step 15.
(See 07-40A-15 BLOWER MOTOR INSPECTION [FULLAUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
Yes
No

Repair the wiring harness between the blower motor and
power MOS FET, then go to Step 15.
Yes
No

Repair the wiring harness between the power MOS FET
and ground, then go to Step 15.
Yes
No

Remove obstruction, repair or replace the fan and AlC unit
case, then go to Step 15.

IS IN POWER MOS FET OR ELSEWHERE
Disconnect power MOS FET connector.
Turn the fun switch to 1st position from off.
Measure the voltage at the following power
MOS FET terminal.
- Terminal C (blower motor speed control
signal)
Yes
Replace the power MOS FET, then go to Step 15.

(See 07-40A-16 POWER METAL OXIDE
SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR
(POWER MOS FET) REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FULLAUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)

CONTINUITY BETWEEN POWER MOS FET
AND CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT) OR
ELSEWHERE
Disconnect climate control unit connector.
Inspect for continuity at the following
terminals between the power MOS FET and
- Terminal C-1M(blower motor speed
control signal)
- Terminal B-1N(blower motor speed
feedback signal)
IS IN CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT OR WIRING
HARNESS (SHORT TO GROUND IN WIRING
HARNESS BETWEEN POWER MOS FET AND
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT)
Inspect for continuity at the following terminal
between the power MOS FET and ground.
- Terminal C (blower motor control signal)ground
- Terminal B (blower motor feedback
signal)-ground
Yes
07-03A-8
No
No

and climate control unit, then go to Step 15.
Yes

and ground, then go to the next step.
No
Replace the climate control unit, then go to the next step.

STEP
INSPECTION
15
Is air discharged from vent?
Yes
No
ACTION
NO.3 AIR INTAKE MODE FROM VENT DOES NOT CHANGE [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
id0703c1803000
3
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Air intake mode from vent does not change.

Air intake mode does not change when switching REC/FRESH mode.
Air intake actuator malfunction
Air intake door malfunction
malfunctions. If there is a problem, inspect to make sure connectors, terminals and wiring harnesses are
STEP
1
2*
3*
INSPECTION
INSPECT AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR
Inspect the air intake actuator.
Is the air intake actuator normal?
(LACK OF CONTINUITY) IS IN AIR INTAKE
ACTUATOR, WIRING HARNESS (BETWEEN
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND AIR INTAKE
ACTUATOR) OR ELSEWHERE
Measure the voltages at the following climate
control unit terminals.
- Terminal 1R (24-pin, FRESH motor drive
signal)
- Terminal1T (24-pin, RECIRCULATE
motor drive signal)
(See 07-40A-26 CLIMATE CONTROL
UNIT INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
(LACK OF CONTINUITY) IS IN AIR INTAKE
ACTUATOR OR WIRING HARNESS
AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR)
Measure the voltages at the following air
intake actuator terminals.
- Terminal C (FRESH motor drive signal)
- Terminal B (RECIRCULATE motor drive
signal)
Are voltages as shown below?
- Terminal C: approx. 0.5 V during
RECIRCULATE and approx. 10 V during
FRESH
- Terminal B: approx. 10 V during
RECIRCULATE and approx. 0.5 V during
FRESH
ACTION
Yes
No

Replace the air intake actuator, then go to Step 9.
Yes
No

Go to Step 4.
Yes
Go to Step 7.
No
Repair the wiring harness between the climate control unit

and air intake actuator, then go to Step 9.
07-03A-9

STEP
INSPECTION
4*
IS IN AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR OR
ELSEWHERE
Disconnect the air intake actuator connector.
- Terminal 1R (FRESH motor drive signal)
- Terminal1T (RECIRCULATE motor drive
signal)
CONDITIONER].)
5*
AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR) OR ELSEWHERE
Disconnect the climate control unit
connector.
signal)
Are voltages approx. 0 V?
6*
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (SHORT TO
GROUND BETWEEN CLIMATE CONTROL
UNIT AND AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR) OR
ELSEWHERE
terminals between the climate control unit
and ground.
signal)
7
INSPECT AIR INTAKE LINK
Inspect the air intake links.
- Is there grease on link?
- Are the links securely and properly
installed?
- Are the links free of obstructions and
hindrances?
Are the above items normal?
8
IS IN CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT OR AIR
INTAKE DOOR
Inspect the blower unit air intake door.
- Is the door free of obstructions, cracks,
and damage?
- Are the doors securely and properly
installed?
9
CONFIRM THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOMS
DO NOT RECUR AFTER REPAIR
Does the air intake mode change smoothly?
07-03A-10
Yes
No
ACTION
Inspect the air intake actuator, then go to Step 9.
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes
No

Apply grease to the links. If any the links are damaged,
replace the air intake actuator, then go to Step 9.
Yes
No
Remove obstruction, or install the doors in the proper

position. If any doors are cracked or damaged, replace
them, then go to the next step.
Yes
Troubleshooting completed. Explain repairs to customer.

No

NO.4 NO TEMPERATURE CONTROL WITH CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
id0702c1812400
4
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Temperature does not change when operating temperature dial

Malfunction in AlC unit and/or climate control unit air mix system
Malfunction in driver and/or passenger side air mix actuator or related wiring harness
AlC unit air mix link, air mix crank, air mix rod, malfunction
Climate control unit rack-and-pinion, malfunction
AlC unit air mix door malfunction

Heater piping malfunction
there is a problem, inspect to make sure connectors, terminals and wiring harness are connected correctly and
undamaged.
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT COOLANT TEMPERATURE
Is the coolant sufficiently warmed up?
2*

3*

(OPEN CIRCUIT) IS IN B+ SIGNAL WIRING
HARNESS (BETWEEN FUSE BLOCK AND
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT) OR ELSEWHERE.
(16-pin).
harness-side connector (16-pin) terminal 28
(8+ signal).
Is the voltage approx. 12V?
(LACK OF CONTINUITY) WIRING HARNESS
GND) OR ELSEWHERE
Climate control unit connector (24-pin)
disconnected.
Verify that continuity between climate control
unit harness-side connector (24-pin) terminal
1D and GND.
Is the continuity?
IS IN BLOWER UNIT OR AIR MIX ACTUATOR
terminal 1G (drive-side) and 11 (passengerside) (24-pin) when temperature control dial
at MAX HOT and MAX COLD.
CONDITIONER].)
Is voltage normal?
IS IN POSITION SENSOR OR ELSEWHERE
terminal 1K (24-pin) when airflow mode
change to DEF and VENT
CONDITIONER].)
Is voltage normal?
*4
*5
*6
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

Warm up the engine, then go to Step 9.
Inspect for short to GND in blown fuse circuit.
Repair or replace as necessary.
Install appropriate amperage fuse then go to Step 21.
No
Repair wiring harness between fuse block and climate

control unit, then go to Step 21.
Yes
No

GND.
Inspect GND point condition.
Then go to Step 21.
Yes
No
Go to Step 17.
Yes
Go to Step 9.
No
07-03A-11

STEP
INSPECTION
*7
(LACK OF CONTINUITY OR SHORT TO
BATTERY POWER OR GND) IS IN POSITION
SENSOR POWER SUPPLY (CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT TERMINAL 1C) OR
ELSEWHERE
terminal 1C (24-pin).
Is voltage approx. 5V?
*8
(LACK OF CONTINUITY OR OPEN) IS IN
POSITION SENSOR GND (CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT TERMINAL 1 E) OR
ELSEWHERE
terminal 1 E (24-pin).
Is the voltage below. 1.0V?
*9
(SHORT TO POWER) IS IN WIRING HARNESS
(AIR MIX POSITION SIGNAL) OR
ELSEWHERE
Is climate unit terminal 1G (driver-side) and
11 (passenger-side) voltage approx. 12V, at
Step 5?
*10
HARNESS (AIR MIX POSITION SIGNAL) OR
ELSEWHERE
Disconnect the climate control and air mix
actuator connectors.
terminal 1G (driver-side) and 11 (passengerside) (24-pin) and each side air mix actuator
terminal F at harness-side connector.
*11
(SHORT TO GND) IS IN WIRING HARNESS
(AIR MIX POSITION SIGNAL) OR POSITION
SENSOR COMMON (POWER SUPPLY OR
GND) HARNESS
harness-side connector terminal 1G (driverside) and 11 (passenger-side) (24-pin) and
GND.
07-03A-12
ACTION
Yes
No

1C and follows:
Driver side air mix actuator terminal G
Passenger side air mix actuator terminal E
Airflow mode actuator terminal B
Then go to Step 21.
Yes
No
Go to Step 12.
1E and follows:
Driver side air mix actuator terminal E
Passenger side air mix actuator terminal G
Airflow mode actuator terminal A
Then go to Step 21.
Yes

1G (driver-side) and 11 (passenger-side) and each side air
mix actuator terminal F.
Then go to Step 21.
No
Yes
No

Then go to Step 21.
Yes

Then go to Step 21.
Inspect and repair for open circuit following:
Between driver side air mix actuator terminal G and
junction pOint to airflow mode actuator (position sensor
power supply).
Between passenger side air mix actuator terminal E and
junction point to airflow mode actuator (position sensor
power supply).
Between driver side air mix actuator terminal E and
junction pOint to airflow mode actuator (position sensor
GND).
Between passenger side air mix actuator terminal G and
junction point to airflow mode actuator (position sensor
GND).
Then go to Step 21.
No

STEP
INSPECTION
*12
(LACK OF CONTINUITY) IS IN AIR MIX
ACTUATOR WIRING HARNESS (BETWEEN
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND AIR MIX
ACTUATOR) OR ELSEWHERE
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 14.
Yes
No
Go to Step 14.
Repair wiring harness between climate control unit and air
mix actuator.
Then go to Step 21.
Yes
No
Driver-side:
-
Terminal 1U (24-pin, COLD motor drive

signal)
Terminal 1W (24-pin, HOT motor drive
signal)
Passenger-side
-
*13
*14
Terminal 1Q (24-pin, COLD motor drive

signal)
- Terminal 1S (24-pin, HOT motor drive
signal)
CONDITIONER].)
Are voltages okay?
(LACK OF CONTINUITY) IS IN AIR MIX
ACTUATOR OR WIRING HARNESS
AIR MIX ACTUATOR)
air mix actuator.
- Terminal C (driver-side)/B (passengerside) (COLD motor drive signal)
- Terminal B (driver-side)/C (passengerside) (HOT motor drive signal)
Are voltage s as shown below?
- COLD motor drive signal: approx. 10V
during COLD and approx. O.SV during
HOT
- HOT motor drive signal: approx. O.SV
during HOT and approx. 10V during HOT
IS IN AIR MIX ACTUATOR OR ELSEWHERE
Disconnect the air mix actuator.
Repair wiring between climate control unit and air mix

actuator.
Then go to Step 21.
Driver-side:
-

signal)
Terminal1W (24-pin, HOT motor drive
signal)
Passenger-side
-

signal)
signal)
CONDITIONER].)
Are voltages okay?
07-03A-13

STEP
INSPECTION
*15
AIR MIX ACTUATOR) OR ELSEWHERE
connector.
the climate control unit harness-side
connector.
ACTION
Yes
No

mix actuator.
Then go to Step 21.
Yes

mix actuator.
Then go to Step 21.
No
Yes
No
Replace the suspected side air mix actuator.

Then go to 21.
Driver-side:
-

signal)
signal)
Passenger-side
-
*16

signal)
signal)
Are voltages approx. OV?
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (SHORT TO GND
AIR MIX ACTUATOR) OR ELSEWHERE
Verify that continuity at the following harnessaide connector terminals between climate
control unit and GND.
Driver-side:
-
Terminal 1 U (24-pin, COLD motor drive

signal)
signal)
Passenger-side:
-
17
18
19

signal)
signal)

Inspect the air mix actuator.
(See 07-40A-5 AIR MIX ACTUATOR
CONDITIONER].)
Is air mix actuator normal?
INSPECT AIR MIX LINK
Inspect air mix links for each-side.
- Is grease on link?
- Are links securely and properly installed?
- Are links free of obstructions and
hindrances?
IS IN CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT OR AIR MIX
DOOR ELSEWHERE
Inspect blower unit and each-side air mix
door.
-Is door free of unit and obstruction, and
damage?
- Are doors securely and properly installed?
07-03A-14
Yes
No
Apply grease to links.

If any links are damaged. replace malfunctioning part.
Then go to Step 21.
Yes
No
Remove the obstruction, or install door in proper position.

If any door are cracked, replace them.
Then go to the next step.

STEP
INSPECTION
20
INSPECT HEATER LINES
Inspect heater lines for followings:
- Is heater piping free if damage and
cracks?
- Are heater piping connections free of
engine coolant leakage?
- Are heater piping installation points on AI
C unit free of engine coolant leakage?
21
VERIFY THAT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM
OCCURS AFTER REPAIR
Does the unit operate in every temperature
setting?
Yes
ACTION
Replace the climate control unit.
No
If heater piping connections is loosed, tighten connections

with specified torque.
Repair or replace heater piping.
Yes
Trouble shooting completed.

Explain repairs customer.
Recheck malfunction symptoms, then repeat from Step1 if
No
NO.5 WINDSHIELD FOGGED [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]

id0703c1801900
Windshield fogged.
AlC compressor does not operate while airflow mode is in DEFROSTER or HEAT/DEF modes.
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Air intake mode does not change to FRESH while airflow mode is in DEFROSTER or HEAT/DEF
modes.
Climate control unit (B+ signal) system malfunction

Climate control unit (RECIRCULATE, FRESH signal) system malfunction
AlC unit air intake door malfunction
undamaged.
STEP
INSPECTION
1
COOL AIR BLOW OUT INSPECTION
When both the AlC and fan switch in the
climate control unit are on, does cool air blow
out from the front vent?
2
*4
*5

- Is there grease on the link?
- Is the link securely and properly
positioned?
- Is the link free of obstructions?
INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN
FUSE BLOCK AND CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
FOR CONTINUITY
(16-pin).
terminal 28 (8+ signal).
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND GROUND
FOR VOLTAGE
terminal 1D (Ground).
Is the voltage approx. OV?
Yes
No
ACTION
Go to Step 1 of troubleshooting index No.7.
Yes
No

Inspect for a short to ground on blown fuse circuit.
Repair or replace if necessary. Install appropriate
amperage fuse.
Yes
No

Apply grease or install the link properly and securely,
remove obstruction, then go to Step 14.
Yes
No

Repair the wiring harness between the fuse block and
climate control unit, then go to Step 14.
Yes
No

07-03A-15

STEP
*9
*10
*11
12
13
14
INSPECTION
VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN AlC
UNIT AIR INTAKE DOOR OR ELSEWHERE
Switch the ignition to oft.
Connect the climate control unit connector
(24-pin and 16-pin).
Remove the air intake actuator.
Set the fan switch to MAX position.
Does the air intake mode (RECIRCULATE,
FRESH) change smoothly when the air
intake link is operated by hand?
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 12.
Yes
No

Replace the air intake actuator, go to Step 14.
Yes
No
Replace the climate control unit, then go to Step 14.

ACTUATOR FOR CONTINUITY
Is there continuity between the following
climate control unit terminals and air intake
actuator terminals?
- Terminal 1R -Terminal C (FRESH signal)
- Terminal 1T -Terminal B
(RECIRCULATE signal)
Yes


ACTUATOR FOR SHORT TO GROUND
climate control unit terminals and ground?
- Terminal 1R (FRESH signal)
- Terminal1T (RECIRCULATE signal)
Yes

No

ACTUATOR FOR SHORT TO B+
Measure the voltage at the following climate
- Terminal 1R (FRESH signal)
- Terminal1T (RECIRCULATE signal)
INSPECT AlC UNIT AIR INTAKE DOOR
Is there any foreign material or obstruction in
the AlC unit air intake door?
Yes

VERIFY THAT AlC UNIT AIR INTAKE DOOR IS

POSITIONED SECURELY AND PROPERLY
Is the AlC unit air intake door securely and
properly positioned?
Yes

OCCURS AFTER REPAIR
Does the malfunction disappear?
Yes

(See 07-40A-4 AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR
CONDITIONER].)
Is it normal?
INSPECT AIR INTAKE SELECTOR SWITCH
AND DEFROSTER SWITCH IN CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT
connector (24-pin) terminals 1 Rand 1T.
Is it normal?
07-03A-16
No
No
Yes
No
No
No

Inspect the air intake door for cracks or damage, then go to
the next step.
Install the air intake door securely in the proper position,

NO.6 AIR FROM VENTS NOT COLD ENOUGH [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
id0702c1812500
6
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Air from vents not cold enough.
Magnetic clutch operates but AlC system malfunctions.

Drive belt malfunction
AlC pressure sensor malfunction
Malfunction in blower unit or condenser
Condenser or related part malfunction
AlC unit or condenser malfunction
Receiver/drier or expansion valve malfunction (valve closes too mach)
Malfunction in refrigerant lines
AlC compressor system malfunction, insufficient compressor oil
Over filling of compressor oil, malfunction in expansion valve or AlC unit air mix link system
Evaporative temperature sensor malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
PERFORMANCE
Perform refrigerant system performance test.
(See 07-10-7 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
PERFORMANCE TEST.)
Is the operation normal?
INSPECT DRIVE BELT
(See 01-10A-5 DRIVE BELT INSPECTION
[LF, L5].)
(See 01-10B-4 DRIVE BELT INSPECTION
[L3 WITH TC].)
Is it normal?
INSPECT REFRIGERANT PRESSURE
SENSOR
(See 07-40A-25 REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION [FULLAUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
Is it normal?
SENSOR RELATED HARNESS
Inspect following refrigerant pressure sensor
wiring harness (open or short circuit) and
connectors
(corrosion, pulled out pins)
- Climate control unit terminal 1C and
refrigerant pressure sensor terminal A
- Climate control unit terminal 1E and
refrigerant pressure sensor terminal C
- Climate control unit terminal 2J and
refrigerant pressure sensor terminal B
Is it normal?
CHECK TO SEE WHETHER MALFUNCTION
IS IN BLOWER UNIT INTAKE AND
CONDENSER OR ELSEWHERE
Perform refrigerant pressure check.
CHECK.)
Are the refrigerant high-pressure and lowpressure values both high?
INSPECT COOLING FAN OPERATION
(See 01-12B-15 COOLING FAN
COMPONENT INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Is the cooling fan operation normal?
Yes
No
ACTION
Operation is normal. (Recheck malfunction symptoms.)
Yes
No

Adjust or replace the drive belt, then the next step.
(See 01-10A-6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
L5].)
(See 01-10B-4 DRIVE BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
Yes

Replace the refrigerant pressure sensor, then go to Step 24.
No
Yes
No

refrigerant pressure sensor.
Yes
No

After recording the inspection results, go to Step 10.
Yes
No
Repair or replace the malfunctioning location according to

Then go to Step 24.
07-03A-17

STEP
INSPECTION
7
VISUALLY INSPECT CONDENSER
Is the condenser fin clogged or obstructed by
foreign material?
Yes
No
8

IS IN EXPANSION VALVE OR ELSEWHERE
Verify the condition of the low pressure hose
while the AlC is operating.
Is there frost or condensation adhering?
INSPECT AIR MIX DOOR RELATED PART

INSTALLATION
Remove the AlC unit.
. (See 07-11-4 AlC UNIT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION. )
Are the air mix link, air mix crank, and air mix
rod of the AlC unit correctly and securely
installed to their positions?
IS IN BLOWER UNIT AND REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE LINE OR ELSEWHERE
Are the refrigerant high-pressure and lowpressure values low?
INSPECT BLOWER UNIT FOR BLOCKAGE
Is the blower unit intake and air filter
clogged?
10
11
12
13

IS REFRIGERANT LINE LEAKAGE OR
ELSEWHERE
Verify if there is gas leakage from the system
hoses using the gas leak tester.
VISUALLY INSPECT REFRIGERANT LINE
Is a system hose crushed?
Yes
No
Yes

Adjust the compressor oil to the specified amount, then go
to Step 24.
INSTALLATION.)
No
Repair or install the links, cranks and rods securely in the

proper position, then go to Step 24.
Yes
No

Go to Step 17.
Yes
Remove the cause of the clogging. Replace the air filter if it

is clogged.
(See 07-11-3 AIR FILTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Then go to Step 24.
If there is leakage from a system hose connection area, go
to Step 14.lf there is leakage other than from a system hose
connection area, go to Step 16.
No
Yes
No
Yes
Replace the crushed system hose.

(See 07-11-24 REFRIGERANT LINE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
After performing the following servicing, go to Step 24.
Adjust the compressor oil to the specified level.
After discharging, charge with new refrigerant to the
specified level.
Go to Step 23.
Go to Step 16.
No
14
15

IS IN REFRIGERANT LINE JOINT LOOSE OR
O-RING
Tighten the system hose connection area to
the specified torque.
(See 07-11-24 REFRIGERANT LINE
Has the leakage stopped?
Yes
No
Yes
No
07-03A-18
ACTION
Remove the foreign material.
Repair the condenser fin.
Then go to Step 24.
Replace the expansion valve.
specified level.

INSTALLATION.)
specified level.
to Step 24.
INSTALLATION.)

STEP
INSPECTION
16
Yes
No
17
18

IS IN CONDENSER AND EXPANSION VALVE
OR ELSEWHERE
Do the results of the refrigerant pressure
inspection in Step 4 indicate vacuum on the
low pressure side and extremely low
pressure on the high pressure side?
IS IN EXPANSION VALVE AND RECEIVER!
DRIER OR ELSEWHERE
Is there is no refrigerant pressure on the low
pressure side, or is it normal?
19

IS IN CONDENSER OR EXPANSION VALVE
Verify the condition of the outlet hose on the
condenser high pressure side.
Is there condensation in the hose?
20
INSPECT EXPANSION VALVE

Remove the expansion valve and verify its
condition.
Is there refrigerant leakage or valve
clogging?
21

IS IN AlC COMPRESSOR OR ELSEWHERE
inspection in Step 4 indicate low pressure on
the high pressure side and high pressure on
the low pressure side?
INSPECT EVAPORATIVE TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
(See 07-11-10 AlC UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
Is it normal?
22
23

INSTALLATION
(See 07-11-4 AlC UNIT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
rod of the Ale unit correctly and securely
ACTION
Replace the O-ring of the leaking area.
INSTALLATION.)
specified level.
Yes

specified level.
No
Go to Step 21.
Yes
Replace the condenser.

(See 07-11-20 CONDENSER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
specified level.
No

specified level.
Yes
No
Yes

If there is foreign matter clogging the valve, remove the
foreign matter. If there is refrigerant leakage or clogging,
replace the expansion valve. Perform discharge, charge with
new refrigerant, and then go to Step 24.
No
Yes
Install the expansion valve, then go to Step 23.

Replace the AlC compressor, then go to Step 24.
INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
Verify the evaporator temperature sensor position.

Then go to Step 24.
Replace the evaporator temperature sensor, then go to Step
24.
No
Yes
No

proper position, then go to the next step.
07-03A-19

STEP
INSPECTION
24
OCCURS AFTER REPAIR
If the refrigerant discharged during
inspection has not been recharged,
discharge and charge with new refrigerant to
the specified level.
Does cool air blowout? (Are results of
refrigerant system performance test
normal?)
Yes
No
ACTION
malfunction recurs.
NO.7 NO COOL AIR [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]

7
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0702c1812600
No cool air
Magnetic clutch does not operate.
Malfunction in PCM AlC cut control system

Malfunction in climate control unit
Malfunction in refrigerant pressure sensor
Malfunction in PCM (AiC signal)
Malfunction in PCM (IG1 signal)
Malfunction in AlC compressor
Malfunction in AlC relay
Malfunction in evaporator temperature sensor
Malfunction in BCM
Malfunction in instrument cluster
Malfunction in CAN communication
malfunctions. If there is a problem, check to make sure connectors, terminals and wiring harnesses are
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT AIR BLOW OUT
Does air blowout?
2
INSPECT AlC COMPRESSOR OPERATION

Start engine.
Turn AlC switch and fan switch on.
Does AlC compressor operate?
INSPECT FOR DTC IN PCM
Inspect for DTCs related to the PCM onboard diagnostic system.
Are any DTCs displayed?
CONFIRM DTC U0010:88, U0001 :88,
U0100:00 AND U0164:00 USING M-MDS
Retrieve DTC from climate control unit and
Instrument cluster.
Are DTCs (U0010:88, U0001 :88, U0100:00,
U0164:00) retrieved?
DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS AI
C REQUEST SIGNAL OR AlC RELAY
OPERATIONAL MALFUNCTION
Access PCM PID ACCS using the M-MDS.
Turn the PID ACCS to ON from OFF using
07-03A-20
ACTION
Yes

Go to Step 1 of troubleshooting indexes No.1 and 2.
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 1 of troubleshooting index NO.6.

Yes
No
Go to appropriate inspection procedure.

Yes
Network communication, for related system is malfunction.

Go to appropriate DTC inspection procedure.
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 12.

STEP
6
10
11
INSPECTION
C PRESSURE SENSOR SIGNAL OR
ELSEWHERE
Access climate control unit PID AC_PRES.
Monitor the AC_PRES PID while turning on
and off the air conditioner by switching the
control panel.
Is the PID normal?
(See 07-02-22 PID/DATA MONITOR
DISPLAY.)
INSPECT TO SEE MALFUNCTION IS IN
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR OR AlC
SYSTEM
Inspect refrigerant pressure sensor.
(See 07-40A-25 REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION [FULLAUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
Is the refrigerant pressure sensor normal?
DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR
OPERATIONAL SIGNAL OR ELSEWHERE
Access climate control unit PID
EVAP_TEMP.
Monitor the EVAP_TEMP PID while turning
control panel.
Is the PID normal?
(See 07-02-22 PID/DATA MONITOR
DISPLAY.)
INSPECT EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
Is the evaporator temperature sensor
normal?
DETERMINE IF MALFUNCTION CAUSE IS
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER OR CAN
COMMUNICATION SIGNAL
Verify the information display indication of AI
C system while turning on and off the air
Does the information display indicate
properly?
INSPECT THE INFORMATION DISPLAY
Inspect the information display.
Is the information display normal?
(See 09-22-14 INFORMATION DISPLAY
INPUT/OUTPUT CHECK MODE.)
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 8.
Yes
Inspect for following and repair or replace if necessary.

Then go to Step 18.
inspection result.
Then go to Step 18.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
13*

(LACK OF CONTINUITY) IS IN AlC CONTROL
SIGNAL CIRCUIT (BETWEEN AlC RELAY
AND PCM) OR ELSEWHERE
Does cool air blowout when terminal E of AI
C relay connector (AiC control signal) is
grounded?
(LACK OF CONTINUITY) IS IN PCM OR
WIRING HARNESS (BETWEEN AlC RELAY
AND PCM)
Test voltage at the AlC relay control signal
terminal of PCM.
Inspect and repair for open or short circuit between

evaporator temperature sensor and climate control unit.
Then go to Step 18.
Then go to Step 18.
Yes
Replace the instrument cluster.(lnstrument cluster does not

receive AlC request signal from climate control unit or
transmit it to PCM.)
INSTALLATION.)
Then go to Step 18.
No
Yes
Replace the climate control unit.(AlC switch malfunction or

climate control unit does not determine AlC request or
transmit the AlC request signal.)
Then go to Step 18.
inspection result.
No
12
Go to Step 10.
Yes
No
Release short, then go to the next step.

Go to Step 14.
Yes
Inspect PCM, then go to Step 18.

Repair wiring harness between AlC relay and PCM, then go
to Step 18.
No
07-03A-21

STEP
INSPECTION
14*
IS IN MAGNETIC CLUTCH OR ELSEWHERE
Test voltage at the following terminal of
magnetic clutch thermal protector.
- Terminal A (magnetic clutch operation
signal)
15
INSPECT FUSE
Are AlC relay power supply fuses okay?
16*
17
18

FUSE BLOCK AND AlC RELAY FOR LACK OF
CONTINUITY
Test voltages at following terminals of AlC
relay.
- Terminal A (AiC relay control signal)
- Terminal C (AiC control signal)
IS IN AlC RELAY OR WIRING HARNESS
(BETWEEN AlC RELAY AND MAGNETIC
CLUTCH)
Test voltage at the following terminal of AlC
relay.
- Terminal D (magnetic clutch operation
signal)
Does cool air blowout? (Are the results of
refrigerant system performance test okay?)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Inspect magnetic clutch, then go to Step 18.

Replace fuse, then go to Step 18. If fuse burns out
Repair the wiring harness between fuse block and AlC relay,
then go to Step 18.
Yes
Inspect wiring harness between AlC relay and magnetic

clutch.
If above wiring harness is OK, go to the next step.
If above wiring harness malfunctions, repair wiring
harness, then go to the next step.
No
Replace the AlC relay, then go to the next step.
Yes
No

malfunction recurs.
NO.8 NOISE WHILE OPERATING AlC SYSTEM [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]

id0702c1812700
8
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Noise while operating AlC system.
Noise from magnetic clutch, AlC compressor, hose or refrigerant line.

Magnetic clutch operation noise
AlC compressor vane noise
AlC compressor slippage noise
Hose or refrigerant line interference noise
: If there is gas leakage, air enters into the Ale system. The desiccant within the receiver/drier absorbs the
moisture from the air and becomes saturated. If the Ale system is used in this condition, the inside of the Ale
compressor will begin to rust due to this moisture, which may cause lock up or noise to occur. Therefore,
replacement of the receiver/drier is necessary.
STEP
INSPECTION
1
CHECK AlC COMPRESSOR VANE NOISE
Is there a jingling, popping, beeping, or
buzzing sound (AiC compressor vane
noise)?
2
INSPECT AlC COMPRESSOR SLIPPAGE
NOISE
Is there a squeaking or whirling sound (AiC
compressor slippage noise)?
3
INSPECT AlC COMPRESSOR
INTERFERENCE NOISE
Is there a rattling or vibrating sound
(interference noise)?
07-03A-22
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 5.
Yes
No
Go to Step 14.
Yes
No
Go to Step 18.

STEP
INSPECTION
4
INSPECT MAGNETIC CLUTCH OPERATION
NOISE
Is there a clicking sound (magnetic clutch
operation noise)?
S
INSPECT AlC COMPRESSOR NOISE TIME

Is noise heard continuously for more than 3
s after AlC compressor comes on?
INSPECT IDLE SPEED

Inspect idle speed.
(See 01-108-3 ENGINE TUNE-UP [L3 WITH
TC].)
Is it okay?
INSPECT REFRIGERANT AMOUNT
Inspect refrigerant amount.
Is it okay?
INSPECT REFRIGERANT LINES
Inspect refrigerant lines.
- Is piping free of damage and cracks?
- Are piping connections free of oil grime?
(Visual inspection)
- Are piping connections free of gas
leakage?
- Are piping installation points on
condenser free of gas leakage?
- Are piping installation points on receiver/
drier free of gas leakage?
- Are piping installation points on AlC
compressor free of gas leakage?
- Are piping installation points on AlC unit
free of gas leakage?
- Perform gas leak inspection using gas
leak tester.
INSPECT EVAPORATOR PIPING
CONNECTIONS IN AlC UNIT FOR GAS
LEAKAGE
Are piping connections for evaporator in AlC
unit free of gas leakage?
10
11
12
13

IS IN COMPRESSOR OIL OR ELSEWHERE
Add 20 ml {20 CC, 0.8 fl oz} of compressor
oil.
Is noise heard when racing engine?
Drain compressor oil.
Is it contaminated with metal particles?
IS SOMEWHERE IN AlC SYSTEM OR
ELSEWHERE
Is compressor oil whitish and mixed with
water?
INSPECT AlC COMPRESSOR OIL
Is compressor oil darker than normal and
contaminated with aluminum chips?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

Is noise heard immediately after AlC
compressor is stopped?

Condition is normal. (Noise occurs for 2-3 S immediately
after AlC compressor turns on.)
No

Follow the repair instruction described in section 01, then go
to Step 19.
Yes
No
Go to Step 10.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
If piping or AlC component(s) is damaged or cracked,

replace then go to Step 19.
If there is gas leakage, repair or replace connection and
replace condenser*, then go to Step 19.
Adjust refrigerant amount to specified level, then go to Step

19.
If piping is damaged or cracked, replace then go to Step 19.
Explain repair to customer.
Yes
No
Yes
Replace entire AlC system (excluding heater), then go to

Step 19.
No
Yes
No
14
ACTION
Adjust clearance between pressure plate of magnetic clutch
and AlC compressor pulley, then go to Step 19.
(See 07-40A-19 MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT
Condition is normal. (Recheck malfunction symptoms.)
Yes
No
Replace AlC compressor, then go to Step 19.
Replace AlC compressor and condenser, then go to Step

19. (Since AlC compressor may be worn and receiver/drier
may be clogged, replacement of receiver/drier is necessary.)
Condition is normal. Recheck malfunction symptoms.
Replace AlC compressor, then go to Step 19. (AiC
compressor discharge valve left open)
07-03A-23

STEP
INSPECTION
15
INSPECT DRIVE BELT
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
Is it okay?
16
Is drive belt worn?
Does it have foreign material imbedded in it,
or have oil on it?
17
INSPECT MAGNETIC CLUTCH
Inspect magnetic clutch.
(See 07-40A-20 MAGNETIC CLUTCH
CONDITIONER].)
Is it okay?
18
IS IN AlC COMPRESSOR OR REFRIGERANT
LINES
Is noise emitted from AlC compressor?
19

OCCURS AFTER REPAIR
Has AlC compressor noise stopped?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Adjust or replace drive belt, then go to Step 19.
L5].)
WITH TC].)
Remove obstruction, remove oil, or replace drive belt, then
go to Step 19.
Replace AlC compressor (excluding pressure plate, AlC
compressor pulley, and stator), then go to Step 19.
Replace magnetic clutch, then go to Step 19.
Yes
Visually inspect AlC compressor, replace appropriate parts

if necessary, then go to the next step.
No
If noise is due to refrigerant lines, repair detached or

missing clips, tighten loose bolts, then go to the next step.
malfunction recurs.
Yes
No
NO.9 DUAL AlC CONTROL DOES NOT OPERATE [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
id0703c1812300
9
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Dual AlC control function does not operate
Driver or passenger side temperature control does not operate individually. Temperature control
operates normally except for dual AlC control function.
Driver-side air mix door malfunction (stuck)
Passenger-side air mix door malfunction (stuck)
Driver-side air mix actuator malfunction
Passenger-side air mix actuator malfunction
Driver-side air mix actuator position sensor malfunction
Passenger-side air mix actuator position sensor malfunction
Open, short circuit in wiring or poor connection between climate control unit and driver-side air mix
actuator
Open, short circuit in wiring or poor connection between climate control unit and passenger-side air mix
actuator
Open, short circuit in wiring or poor connection between climate control unit and driver-side air mix
actuator position sensor
Open, short circuit in wiring or poor connection between climate control unit and passenger-side air mix
actuator position sensor
undamaged.
07-03A-24

STEP
1
5*
6*
INSPECTION
CHECK SYMPTOM
Turn on the AlC.
Perform the dual AlC control function for
driver and passenger side individually.
Is it either of cannot the temperature control
on driver side or passenger side?
IS IN AIR MIX DOOR OR ELSEWHERE
Turn on the AlC.
Change temperature control for suspect side
seat at the dual mode.
Does the suspect side air mix door move
smoothly?
INSPECT AIR MIX DOOR
Inspect the suspect side air mix door.
- Is the fan free of interfere with the suspect
side AlC unit case?
obstruction?
Is the air mix door normal?
Inspect the suspect side air mix actuator.
Is the air mix actuator normal?
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (OPEN, SHORT OR
POOR CONNECTION OF TERMINALS
BETWEEN AIR MIX ACTUATOR AND
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT) OR ELSEWHERE
Inspect for open, short or poor connection of
terminals between the suspect air mix
actuator and climate control unit.
- Terminal1W (climate control unit) terminal B (driver-side air mix actuator)
- Terminal 1U (climate control unit) terminal C (driver-side air mix actuator)
- Terminal 1S (climate control unit) terminal C (passenger-side air mix
actuator)
- Terminal 1Q (climate control unit) terminal B (passenger-side air mix
actuator)
Is there any open, short or poor connection
of terminals?
INSPECT AIR MIX ACTUATOR POSITION
SENSOR
Inspect the suspect side air mix actuator
position sensor.
Is the air mix actuator position sensor
normal?
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 8.
Yes
No
Go to Step 6.
Yes
No
Remove the obstruction or replace the suspect side AlC unit

Yes
No
Replace the suspect air mix actuator, then go to Step 9.
Yes
Repair or replace malfunction part, then go to Step 9.
No
Yes
No
Replace the suspect air mix actuator, then go to Step 9.
07-03A-2S

STEP
INSPECTION
7*
BETWEEN AIR MIX ACTUATOR POSITION
SENSOR AND CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT) OR
ELSEWHERE
terminals between the suspect air mix
actuator position sensor and climate control
unit.
- Terminal 1G (climate control unit) terminal F (driver-side air mix actuator)
- Terminal 11 (climate control unit) - terminal
F (passenger-side air mix actuator)
- Terminal 1C (climate control unit) terminal G (driver-side air mix actuator)
- Terminal 1C (climate control unit) terminal E (passenger-side air mix
actuator)
- Terminal 1E (climate control unit) terminal E (driver-side air mix actuator)
- Terminal 1E (climate control unit) terminal G (passenger-side air mix
actuator)
of terminals?
8*
AIR MIX ACTUATOR POSITION SENSOR) OR
ELSEWHERE
and air mix actuator pOSition sensor.
- Terminal 1C (climate control unit) terminal G (driver-side air mix actuator)
- Terminal 1C (climate control unit) terminal E (passenger-side air mix
actuator)
- Terminal 1E (climate control unit) terminal E (driver-side air mix actuator)
- Terminal 1E (climate control unit) terminal G (passenger-side air mix
actuator)
of terminals?
9
Does the temperature adjust individually for
driver seat and passenger seat?
07-03A-26
No
ACTION
Repair or replace malfunction part, then go to Step 9.
Yes
Repair or replace malfunction part, then go to the next step.
No
Replace the climate control unit, then go to the step.
Yes
No

malfunction recurs.
Yes
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
07-03B SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [MANUAL AIR

CONDITIONER]
[MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER] ......
FOREWORD
TROU8LESHOOTING INDEX
NO.1 INSUFFICIENT AIR (OR NO AIR)
8LOWN FROM VENTS
NO.2 AMOUNT OF AIR 8LOWN FROM
VENTS DOES NOT CHANGE
[MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER] ....
NO.3 AIR INTAKE MODE
DOES NOT CHANGE
[MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER] .....
NO.4 NO TEMPERATURE CONTROL

WITH CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
[MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER] ...... 07-038-6
NO.5 WINDSHIELD FOGGED
[MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER] ....... 07-038-7
NO.6 AIR FROM VENTS
NOT COLD ENOUGH
NO.7 NO COOL AIR
NO.8 NOISE WHILE OPERATING
AlC SYSTEM
07-038-1
07-038-2
07-038-2
07-038-2
07-038-3
07-038-4
HVAC SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
~_____________________________________________________________
idO_70_3C_28_001~OO
B+
IG2
IG2 B+
B+
MAGNETIC
CLUTCH
EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE
SENSOR
AIR INTAKE
ACTUATOR
IG2
B+
BLOWER RELAY
RESISTOR
FAN
SWITCH
am3uuw0000543
07-038-1

FOREWORD [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id0703c2800200
The areas for inspection (steps) are given according to various circuit malfunctions. Use the following chart to
verify the symptoms of the trouble in order to diagnose the appropriate area.
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id0703c2800300
No.
1
DESCRIPTION
Problem with each vent and/or duct

Airflow mode does not change
Amount of air blown from vents does not change
Air intake mode does not change
Air intake mode does not change when switching

REC/FRESH mode
Temperature does not change when operating

temperature dial
Malfunction in AlC unit and/or climate control unit
air mix system
Windshield fogged
AlC compressor does not operate while airflow
Air from vents not cold enough
7
8
No cool air
Noise while operating AlC system
mode is in DEFROSTER mode

Air intake mode does not change to FRESH while
airflow mode is in DEFROSTER mode
Magnetic clutch operates but AlC system
malfunctions
Magnetic clutch does not operate
Noise from magnetic clutch, AlC compressor, hose
or refrigerant line
NO.1 INSUFFICIENT AIR (OR NO AIR) BLOWN FROM VENTS [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
1
id0703c2800400
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Problem with each vent and/or duct.

Airflow mode does not change.
Malfunction in airflow mode wire
Malfunction in VENT mode system
Malfunction in HEAT mode system
Malfunction in DEFROSTER mode system
Malfunction in next vent or duct (clogging, deformation, air leakage, improper operation)
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT AlC UNIT AIRFLOW MODE SYSTEM
Inspect the AlC unit and/or climate control
unit airflow mode links, air airflow mode
cranks, air airflow mode rods, and wire
clamp.
- Is there grease on links and cranks?
- Are links, cranks, and rods securely
installed in their proper positions?
- Is wire clamp free of deformation?
2
IS IN VENT MODE OR OTHER MODES
Does air blowout when in the VENT mode?
INSPECT
VENT
3
Is the vent clogged?
VERIFY THAT DUCT IN DASHBOARD IS

INSTALLED
Is the duct in the dashboard properly
installed?
IS IN HEAT MODE OR DEFROSTER MODE
Does air blowout when in the HEAT mode?
07-038-2
ACTION
Yes
No

Apply grease or airflow mode the links, cranks, and rods
securely in their proper positions, repair or replace the
airflow mode wire clamp, then go to Step 9.
Yes
No
Go to Step 5.
Yes
No
Yes

Inspect the duct for clogging, deformation and air leakage,
then go to Step 9.
No
Install the duct securely in the proper position, then go to

Step 9.
Inspect the vent for clogging, then go to Step 9.
Yes
No

STEP
INSPECTION
6
INSPECT DEFROSTER MODE
Does air blowout when in the DEFROSTER
mode?
7
INSPECT VENT
Is the vent clogged?
Yes
No
Yes
No
VERIFY THAT DEFROSTER DUCT IS

INSTALLED
Is the defroster duct properly installed?
Yes

Does air blowout?
Yes
No
No
ACTION
Operation is normal. Recheck malfunction symptoms.
Inspect the duct for clogging, deformation, and air leakage,
Install the duct securely in proper position, then go to the
next step.
NO.2 AMOUNT OF AIR BLOWN FROM VENTS DOES NOT CHANGE [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id0703c2800500
2
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Amount of air blown from vents does not change.

AlC unit malfunction
Blower motor malfunction

Clogged in AlC unit passage
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT BLOWER SYSTEM
Inspect the following systems and electrical
parts.
- Blower relay
- Blower motor
- Resistor
- Fan switch
- Related wiring harnesses
Are they normal?
IS IN AlC UNIT OR ELSEWHERE
Turn the fan switch to ON position.
Recirculate air inside the vehicle.
Does the blower motor rotate smoothly?
Inspect blower motor.
- Is the fan free of interference from the AlC
unit case?
obstructions?
Is the fan normal?
ACTION
Yes
No
Repair or replace the malfunctioning part, then go to Step 5.
Yes
No
Go to Step 4.
Yes
No
Remove obstruction, repair or replace the fan and AlC unit


Is the AlC unit intake vent clogged?
Yes
No

OCCURS AFTER REPAIR
Does air blowout?
Yes
Remove obstruction, then go to the next step.

Inspect it there are not any obstructions in the AlC unit
passage, then go to the next step.
No

07-038-3

NO.3 AIR INTAKE MODE DOES NOT CHANGE [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id0703c2802900
3
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Air intake mode does not change.

Air intake mode does not change when switching REC/FRESH mode.
Air intake door malfunction
malfunctions. If there is a problem, inspect to make sure connectors, terminals and wiring harnesses are
Note
The climate control unit controls the air intake mode when the airflow mode is in DEFROSTER or DEFI
HEAT so that it is fixed at FRESH mode. At this time, the airflow mode cannot be changed from FRESH to
REC even if the REC switch is pressed, but this does not indicate a malfunction.
STEP
INSPECTION
1*
IS IN AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR OR
ELSEWHERE
Disconnect the air intake actuator connector.
- Terminal 1F (FRESH motor drive signal)
- Terminal 18 (RECIRCULATE motor drive
signal)
(See 07-408-20 CLIMATE CONTROL
UNIT INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
2
Inspect air intake actuator.
(See 07-408-3 AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR
INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
Is it okay?
3*
Air intake actuator and climate control unit
disconnected.
signal)
4*
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (SHORT TO
GROUND BETWEEN CLIMATE CONTROL
UNIT AND AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR) OR
ELSEWHERE
and ground.
signal)
07-038-4
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 3.
Yes
No
Go to Step 6.
Yes
No

and air intake actuator, then go to Step a.
Yes

and air intake actuator, then go to Step a.
No
Replace the air intake actuator, then go to Step a.

(See 07-408-3 AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)

STEP
INSPECTION
5*
IS IN WIRING HARNESS (OPEN CIRCUIT
Air intake actuator and climate control unit
connectors disconnected.
and air intake actuator.
- Air intake actuator terminal B and climate
control unit terminal 1 F (FRESH motor
drive signal)
- Air intake actuator terminal C and climate
control unit terminal 1B (RECIRCULATE
motor drive signal)
INSPECT AIR INTAKE LINK

Inspect the air intake links.
- Is there grease on link?
- Are the links securely and properly
installed?
- Are the links free of obstructions and
hindrances?
IS IN CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT OR AIR
INTAKE DOOR
Inspect the AlC unit air intake door.
- Is the door free of obstructions, cracks,
and damage?
- Are the doors securely and properly
installed?
Does the air intake mode change smoothly?
ACTION
Yes
No
Repair the wiring harness for open circuit between the

climate control unit and air intake actuator, then go to Step
8.
Yes
No
Apply grease to the links. if any the links are damaged,

replace the air intake actuator, then go to Step 8.
Yes
No
Remove obstruction, or install the doors in the proper

position. If any doors are cracked or damaged, replace
them, then go to the next step.
Yes
No

07-038-5

NO.4 NO TEMPERATURE CONTROL WITH CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONERl
id~702c2812400
4
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Temperature does not change when operating temperature dial
Malfunction in AlC unit and/or climate control unit air mix system
AlC unit air mix link, air mix crank, air mix rod, air mix wire, or wire clamp malfunction
Climate control unit rack-and-pinion, or air mix wire malfunction
AlC unit air mix door malfunction
Heater piping malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT COOLANT TEMPERATURE
Is the coolant sufficiently warmed up?
ACTION
Yes
No

Warm up the engine, then go to Step 8.
Yes
No

Apply grease or install the links, cranks, and rods securely in
their proper positions, repair or replace the wire clamp, then
go to Step 8.
Yes
No

Adjust the air mix wire or install securely in the correct
position, then go to Step 8.
Yes
No

Repair or replace the climate control unit, then go to Step 8.
INSPECT AlC UNIT

the AlC unit air mix doors?
INSPECT AlC UNIT AIR MIX DOOR
Is the AlC unit air mix door securely and
properly installed?
Yes
No
INSPECT HEATER LINE

Inspect the heater lines.
- Is the heater piping free of damage and
cracks?
- Are the heater piping connections free of
engine coolant leakage?
- Are the heater piping connections
securely tightened?
- Are the heater piping installation points on
AlC unit free of engine coolant leakage?
OCCURS AFTER REPAIR
Does the unit operate in every temperature
setting?
Yes
INSPECT AlC UNIT AIR MIX SYSTEM

Inspect the AlC unit air mix links, air mix
cranks, air mix rods, air mix actuator, and
wire clamp.
- Is there grease on links and cranks?
- Are links, cranks, and rods securely
installed in their proper positions?
- Is wire clamp free of deformation?
VERIFY THAT AIR MIX WIRE FROM AlC UNIT
IS POSITIONED SECURELY AND
CORRECTLY (IF AVAILABLE)
Is the air mix wire securely installed in the
correct position in relation to the AlC unit air
mix links?
Inspect the climate control unit.
Is the climate control unit normal?
07-038-6
Yes
No

Inspect the air mix door for cracks or damage, then go to the
next step.
Install the air mix door securely in the proper position, then
Operation is normal. Recheck malfunction symptoms.
No
If heater piping connections are loose, tighten the

connections to the specified torque.
Repair or replace the heater piping, then go to the next step.
Yes
No

NO.5 WINDSHIELD FOGGED [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
5
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0703c2801900
Windshield fogged.
AlC compressor does not operate while airflow mode is in DEFROSTER or HEAT/DEF modes.
Air intake mode does not change to FRESH while airflow mode is in DEFROSTER or HEAT/DEF
modes.
Climate control unit (B+ signal) system malfunction

Climate control unit (RECIRCULATE, FRESH signal) system malfunction
AlC unit air intake door malfunction
undamaged.
STEP
1
*4
*5
ACTION
INSPECTION
COOL AIR BLOW OUT INSPECTION
When both the AlC and fan switch in the
climate control unit are on, does cool air blow
out from the front vent?
- Is there grease on the link?
- Is the link securely and properly
positioned?
- Is the link free of obstructions?
FUSE BLOCK AND CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
FOR CONTINUITY
(16-pin).
terminal 2B (B+ signal).
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND GROUND
FOR VOLTAGE
terminal 11 (Ground).
Is the voltage approx. OV?
VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS IN AlC
UNIT AIR INTAKE DOOR OR ELSEWHERE
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
Connect the climate control unit connector
(16-pin).
Remove the air intake actuator.
Set the fan switch to 4th position.
Does the air intake mode (RECIRCULATE,
FRESH) change smoothly when the air
intake link is operated by hand?
(See 07-40B-3 AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR
CONDITIONER].)
Is it normal?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


Inspect for a short to ground on blown fuse circuit.
Repair or replace if necessary. Install appropriate
amperage fuse.
Apply grease or install the link properly and securely,
remove obstruction, then go to Step 14.
Yes
No

Repair the wiring harness between the fuse block and
climate control unit, then go to Step 14.
Yes
No

Yes
No

Go to Step 12.
Yes
No

Replace the air intake actuator, go to Step 14.
07-038-7

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
INSPECT AIR INTAKE SELECTOR SWITCH

AND DEFROSTER SWITCH IN CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT
connector (12-pin) terminals 1F and 1B.
Is it normal?
Yes
No
*9

ACTUATOR FOR CONTINUITY
Turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position.
climate control unit terminals and air intake
actuator terminals?
- Terminal 1F -Terminal C (FRESH signal)
- Terminal 1B -Terminal B
(RECIRCULATE signal)
Yes
No


ACTUATOR FOR SHORT TO GROUND
climate control unit terminals and ground?
- Terminal 1F (FRESH signal)
- Terminal 1B (RECIRCULATE signal)
Yes


ACTUATOR FOR SHORT TO B+
Turn the ignition switch to the ON position
Measure the voltage at the following climate
- Terminal 1F (FRESH signal)
- Terminal 1B (RECIRCULATE signal)
Yes
No

INSPECT AlC UNIT AIR INTAKE DOOR

the AlC unit air intake door?
Yes
No
VERIFY THAT AlC UNIT AIR INTAKE DOOR IS

POSITIONED SECURELY AND PROPERLY
Is the AlC unit air intake door securely and
properly positioned?
Yes

OCCURS AFTER REPAIR
Does the malfunction disappear?
Yes
*10
*11
12
13
14
07-038-8
No
No
No
Inspect the air intake door for cracks or damage, then go to

the next step.
Install the air intake door securely in the proper position,

NO.6 AIR FROM VENTS NOT COLD ENOUGH [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
6
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0702c2812500
Air from vents not cold enough.
Magnetic clutch operates but AlC system malfunctions.

Drive belt malfunction
AlC pressure sensor malfunction
Malfunction in blower unit or condenser
Condenser or related part malfunction
AlC unit or condenser malfunction
Receiver/drier or expansion valve malfunction (valve closes too mach)
AlC compressor system malfunction, insufficient compressor oil
Over filling of compressor oil, malfunction in expansion valve or AlC unit air mix link system
Evaporative temperature sensor malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
PERFORMANCE
Perform refrigerant system performance test.
PERFORMANCE TEST.)
Is the operation normal?
2
INSPECT DRIVE BELT
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
Is it normal?
3
SENSOR
(See 07-40B-16 REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION
Is it normal?
4*
SENSOR RELATED HARNESS
Inspect following refrigerant pressure sensor
wiring harness (open or short circuit) and
connectors
(corrosion, pulled out pins)
- Climate control unit terminal 1Hand
refrigerant pressure sensor terminal A
- Climate control unit terminal 1G and
refrigerant pressure sensor terminal C
- Climate control unit terminal 2J and
refrigerant pressure sensor terminal B
Is it normal?
5
IS IN BLOWER UNIT INTAKE AND
CONDENSER OR ELSEWHERE
Perform refrigerant pressure check.
CHECK.)
Are the refrigerant high-pressure and lowpressure values both high?
INSPECT COOLING FAN OPERATION
6
(See 01-12B-15 COOLING FAN
COMPONENT INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Is the cooling fan operation normal?
Yes
ACTION
Operation is normal. (Recheck malfunction symptoms.)
No
Yes
No

Adjust or replace the drive belt, then the next step.
L5].)
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
Go to the Step 5.
Yes

(See 07-40B-15 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR
CONDITIONER].)
refrigerant pressure sensor.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

After recording the inspection results, go to Step 10.

Repair or replace the malfunctioning location according to
Then go to Step 24.
07-038-9

STEP
INSPECTION
7
VISUALLY INSPECT CONDENSER
Is the condenser fin clogged or obstructed by
foreign material?
8

IS IN EXPANSION VALVE OR ELSEWHERE
Verify the condition of the low pressure hose
while the AlC is operating.
Is there frost or condensation adhering?

INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION. )
rod of the AlC unit correctly and securely
IS IN BLOWER UNIT AND REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE LINE OR ELSEWHERE
Are the refrigerant high-pressure and lowpressure values low?
INSPECT AlC UNIT FOR BLOCKAGE
Is the AlC unit intake and air filter clogged?
10
11
12
13
14
15

IS REFRIGERANT LINE LEAKAGE OR
ELSEWHERE
Verify if there is gas leakage from the system
hoses using the gas leak tester.

IS IN REFRIGERANT LINE JOINT LOOSE OR
O-RING
Tighten the system hose connection area to
the specified torque.
(See 07-11-24 REFRIGERANT LINE
Has the leakage stopped?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

to Step 23.
INSTALLATION.)
proper position, then go to Step 24.
Yes
No

Go to Step 17.
Yes
Remove the cause of the clogging. Replace the air filter if it

is clogged.
(See 07-11-3 AIR FILTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Then go to Step 24.
No
Yes

If there is leakage from a system hose connection area, go
to Step 14.lf there is leakage other than from a system hose
connection area, go to Step 16.
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
specified level.
Go to Step 23.
Go to Step 16.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
07-038-10
ACTION
Remove the foreign material.
Repair the condenser fin.
Then go to Step 24.
Replace the expansion valve.
specified level.

INSTALLATION.)
specified level.
to Step 24.
INSTALLATION.)

STEP
INSPECTION
16
Yes
No
17
18

IS IN CONDENSER AND EXPANSION VALVE
OR ELSEWHERE
inspection in Step 4 indicate vacuum on the
low pressure side and extremely low
pressure on the high pressure side?
IS IN EXPANSION VALVE AND RECEIVER!
DRIER OR ELSEWHERE
Is there is no refrigerant pressure on the low
pressure side, or is it normal?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
19

IS IN CONDENSER OR EXPANSION VALVE
Verify the condition of the outlet hose on the
condenser high pressure side.
Is there condensation in the hose?
20
INSPECT EXPANSION VALVE

Remove the expansion valve and verify its
condition.
Is there refrigerant leakage or valve
clogging?
Yes
21

IS IN Ale COMPRESSOR OR ELSEWHERE
inspection in Step 4 indicate low pressure on
the high pressure side and high pressure on
the low pressure side?
INSPECT EVAPORATIVE TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
ASSEMBLY.)
Is it normal?
Yes

INSTALLATION
INSTALLATION.)
Are the air mix link, air mix crank, air mix wire
and air mix rod of the AlC unit correctly and
securely installed to their positions?
Yes
No
No
22
23
No
No
Yes
No
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)
specified level.
specified level.
Go to Step 21.

specified level.
specified level.
If there is foreign matter clogging the valve, remove the
foreign matter. If there is refrigerant leakage or clogging,
replace the expansion valve. Perform discharge, charge with
new refrigerant, and then go to Step 24.
Install the expansion valve, then go to Step 23.
Replace the AlC compressor, then go to Step 24.
INSTALLATION.)
Verify the evaporator temperature sensor position.

Then go to Step 24.
Replace the evaporator temperature sensor, then go to Step
24.
Repair or install the links, cranks, wire and rods securely in
the proper position, then go to the next step.
07-038-11

STEP
INSPECTION
24
OCCURS AFTER REPAIR
If the refrigerant dis~harged during
inspection has not been recharged,
discharge and charge with new refrigerant to
the specified level.
Does cool air blowout? (Are results of
refrigerant system performance test
normal?)
Yes
No
ACTION
malfunction recurs.
NO.7 NO COOL AIR [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]

id0702c2812600
7
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
No cool air
Magnetic clutch does not operate.

Malfunction in PCM AlC cut control system
Malfunction in climate control unit
Malfunction in refrigerant pressure sensor
Malfunction in PCM (AiC signal)
Malfunction in PCM (lG1 signal)
Malfunction in AlC compressor
Malfunction in AlC relay
Malfunction in evaporator temperature sensor
Malfunction in instrument cluster
Open circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and climate control unit
Malfunction in CAN communication
malfunctions. If there is a problem, check to make sure connectors, terminals and wiring harnesses are
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT FUSE
Are AlC relay power supply fuses okay?
2
3
6*
INSPECT AIR BLOW OUT

Does air blowout?
INSPECT AlC COMPRESSOR OPERATION
Start engine.
Turn AlC switch and fan switch on.
Does AlC compressor operate?
INSPECT FOR DTC IN PCM
Inspect for DTCs related to the PCM onboard diagnostic system.
Are any DTCs displayed?
C REQUEST SIGNAL OR AlC RELAY
OPERATIONAL MALFUNCTION
Access PCM PID ACCS using the M-MDS.
Turn the PID ACCS to ON from OFF using
Is the Ale magnetic clutch engaged?
Measure the climate control unit terminal 1H
(12-pin) voltage.
Is the voltage within the specified?
CONDITIONER].)
07-038-12
ACTION
Yes
No

Replace fuse, then go to Step 17. If fuse burns out
Yes

Go to Step 1 of troubleshooting indexes No.1 and 2.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Go to appropriate inspection procedure.
Yes
No

Go to Step 13.
Yes
Go to Step 8.
No

STEP
INSPECTION
7
SENSOR
Inspect refrigerant pressure sensor.
(See 07-40B-16 REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION
Is the refrigerant pressure sensor normal?
8*
SIGNAL INSPECTION FROM EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR TO CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT
Measure the climate control unit terminal 1C
(12-pin) voltage.
Is the voltage within the specified?
CONDITIONER].)
INSPECT EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE
9
SENSOR
Is the evaporator temperature sensor
normal?
10*
SIGNAL INSPECTION FROM INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER TO CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
Measure the climate control unit terminal 2P
(16-pin) voltage while turning on and off the
air conditioner by switching the control panel.
Is the voltage change in specified according
to air control panel switching?
CONDITIONER].)
Specification
- Turn on the AlC: Below 1.0 V
11
CONTINUITY INSPECTION BETWEEN
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT AND INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
Inspect for open or short circuit between
climate control unit terminal 2P (16-pin) and
instrument cluster terminal 21.
Is there any open or short circuit detected?
12
(LACK OF CONTINUITY) IS IN AlC CONTROL
SIGNAL CIRCUIT (BETWEEN AlC RELAY
AND PCM) OR ELSEWHERE
Does cool air blowout when terminal E of AI
C relay connector (AiC control signal) is
grounded?
13*
(LACK OF CONTINUITY) IS IN PCM OR
WIRING HARNESS (BETWEEN AlC RELAY
AND PCM)
Test voltage at the AlC relay control signal
terminal of PCM.
Yes
ACTION
Inspect for following and repair or replace if necessary.
No

inspection result.
Yes
No
Go to Step 10.
Yes
Inspect and repair for open or short circuit between

evaporator temperature sensor and climate control unit.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Replace the instrument cluster. (Instrument cluster does not

receive AlC request signal from climate control unit or
transmit it to PCM.)
INSTALLATION.)
Repair for open or short circuit.

Replace the climate control unit.(AlC switch malfunction or
climate control unit does not determine AlC request or
transmit the AlC request signal.)
(See 07-40B-17 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAU
Yes
Release short, then go to the next step.
No
Go to Step 14.
Yes
No
Inspect PCM, then go to Step 17.

Repair wiring harness between AlC relay and PCM, then go
to Step 17.
07-038-13

STEP
INSPECTION
14*
IS IN MAGNETIC CLUTCH OR ELSEWHERE
Test voltage at the following terminal of
magnetic clutch thermal protector.
- Terminal A (magnetic clutch operation
signal)
15
FUSE BLOCK AND AlC RELAY FOR LACK OF
CONTINUITY
Test voltages at following terminals of AlC
relay.
- Terminal A (AiC relay control signal)
- Terminal C (AiC control signal)
16
IS IN AlC RELAY OR WIRING HARNESS
(BETWEEN AlC RELAY AND MAGNETIC
CLUTCH) AND EVAPORATOR
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
Test voltage at the following terminal of AlC
relay.
- Terminal D (magnetic clutch operation
signal)
17
Does cool air blowout? (Are the results of
refrigerant system performance test okay?)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Inspect magnetic clutch, then go to Step 17.

Repair wiring harness between fuse block and AlC relay,
then go to Step 17.
Inspect wiring harness between AlC relay and magnetic

clutch.
If above wiring harness is OK, go to the next step.
If above wiring harness malfunctions, repair wiring
harness, then go to the next step.
Replace AlC relay, then go to the next step.

malfunction recurs.
NO.8 NOISE WHILE OPERATING AlC SYSTEM [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]

8
DESCRIPTION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0702c2812700
Noise while operating AlC system.
Noise from magnetic clutch, AlC compressor, hose or refrigerant line.

Magnetic clutch operation noise
AlC compressor vane noise
AlC compressor slippage noise
Hose or refrigerant line interference noise
STEP
INSPECTION
1
CHECK AlC COMPRESSOR VANE NOISE
Is there a jingling, popping, beeping, or
buzzing sound (AiC compressor vane
noise)?
2
INSPECT AlC COMPRESSOR SLIPPAGE
NOISE
Is there a squeaking or whirling sound (AiC
compressor slippage noise)?
INSPECT AlC COMPRESSOR
3
INTERFERENCE NOISE
Is there a rattling or vibrating sound
(interference noise)?
INSPECT MAGNETIC CLUTCH OPERATION
4
NOISE
Is there a clicking sound (magnetic clutch
operation noise)?
5
INSPECT AlC COMPRESSOR NOISE TIME

Is noise heard continuously for more than 3
s after AlC compressor comes on?
07-038-14
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 5.
Yes
Go to Step 14.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 18.
Adjust clearance between pressure plate of magnetic clutch

and AlC compressor pulley, then go to Step 19.
(See 07-408-13 MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT
Condition is normal. (Recheck malfunction symptoms.)
Condition is normal. (Noise occurs for 2-3 s immediately
after AlC compressor turns on.)

STEP
6
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
INSPECTION
ACTION
INSPECT IDLE SPEED

Inspect idle speed.
(See 01-10A-3 ENGINE TUNE-UP [LF, L5].)
(See 01-10B-3 ENGINE TUNE-UP [L3 WITH
TC].)
Is it okay?
Yes
No
Follow the repair instruction described in section 01, then go

to Step 19.
INSPECT REFRIGERANT AMOUNT

Inspect refrigerant amount.
Is it okay?
Yes
Go to Step 10.
No
INSPECT REFRIGERANT LINES

Inspect refrigerant lines.
- Is piping free of damage and cracks?
- Are piping connections free of oil grime?
(Visual inspection)
- Are piping connections free of gas
leakage?
- Are piping installation points on
condenser free of gas leakage?
- Are piping installation points on receiver/
drier free of gas leakage?
- Are piping installation points on AlC
compressor free of gas leakage?
- Are piping installation points on AlC unit
free of gas leakage?
- Perform gas leak inspection using gas
leak tester.
INSPECT EVAPORATOR PIPING
CONNECTIONS IN AlC UNIT FOR GAS
LEAKAGE
Are piping connections for evaporator in AlC
unit free of gas leakage?
Yes
No
If piping or AlC component(s) is damaged or cracked,

replace then go to Step 19.
Yes
Adjust refrigerant amount to specified level, then go to Step

19.
No
If piping is damaged or cracked, replace then go to Step 19.


IS IN COMPRESSOR OIL OR ELSEWHERE
Add 20 ml {20 CC, 0.8 fl oz} of compressor
oil.
Is noise heard when racing engine?
Yes
No
Explain repair to customer.

Drain compressor oil.
Is it contaminated with metal particles?
Yes
No
Replace AlC compressor, then go to Step 19.

IS SOMEWHERE IN AlC SYSTEM OR
ELSEWHERE
Is compressor oil whitish and mixed with
water?
Yes
Replace entire AlC system (excluding heater), then go to

Step 19.
No
INSPECT AlC COMPRESSOR OIL

Is compressor oil darker than normal and
contaminated with aluminum chips?
Yes
Replace AlC compressor and condenser, then go to Step

19. (Since AlC compressor may be worn and receiver/drier
may be clogged, replacement of receiver/drier is necessary.)
No
Yes
Condition is normal. Recheck malfunction symptoms.

Is noise heard immediately after AlC
compressor is stopped?
INSPECT DRIVE BELT
Inspect drive belt.
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
Is it okay?
Is drive belt worn?
Does it have foreign material imbedded in it,
or have oil on it?
Replace AlC compressor, then go to Step 19. (AiC

compressor discharge valve left open)
No
Yes
No
Replace drive belt, then go to Step 19.

L5].)
WITH TC].)
Yes
Remove obstruction, remove oil, or replace drive belt, then

go to Step 19.
No
07-038-15

STEP
INSPECTION
17
INSPECT MAGNETIC CLUTCH
Inspect magnetic clutch.
(See 07-408-14 M~GNETIC CLUTCH
CONDITIONER].)
Is it okay?
18
IS IN AlC COMPRESSOR OR REFRIGERANT
LINES
Is noise emitted from AlC compressor?
19

OCCURS AFTER REPAIR
Has AlC compressor noise stopped?
Yes
ACTION
Replace AlC compressor (excluding pressure plate, AlC
compressor pulley, and stator), then go to Step 19.
No
Replace magnetic clutch, then go to Step 19.
Yes
Visually inspect AlC compressor, replace appropriate parts

if necessary, then go to the next step.
If noise is due to refrigerant lines, repair detached or
missing clips, tighten loose bolts, then go to the next step.
malfunction recurs.
No
Yes
No
: If there is gas leakage, air enters into the Ale system. The desiccant within the receiver/drier absorbs the
moisture from the air and becomes saturated. If the Ale system is used in this condition, the inside of the Ale
compressor will begin to rust due to this moisture, which may cause lock up or noise to occur. Therefore,
replacement of the receiver/drier is necessary.
07-038-16
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
07-10
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE

WARNINGS ......................
Handling Refrigerant ............
Storing Refrigerant ...............
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE
CAUTIONS ......................
Handling Insufficient
Refrigerant Level ................
Handling Compressor Oil. .........
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
GENERAL PROCEDURES ..........
REFRIGERANT CHARGING ..........
07-10-1
07-10-1
07-10-1
07-10-2
07-10-2
07-10-2
07-10-2
07-10-3
Charging Recycled HFC-134a

Refrigerant ................... 07-10-3
Charging Preparation ............. 07-10-3
Evacuation ....................... 07-10-3
Airtightness Check .............. 07-10-4
Charging New HFC-134a
Refrigerant ..................... 07-10-4
Leak Test ...................... 07-10-5
REFRIGERANT RECOVERY .......... 07-10-6
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE CHECK ... 07-10-6
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
PERFORMANCE TEST ............. 07-10-7
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS

id071 0008001 00
Handling Refrigerant
Avoid breathing air conditioning refrigerant or lubricant vapor. Exposure may irritate eyes, nose and
throat. Also, due to environmental concerns, we urge use of recovery/recycling/recharging equipment
when draining HFC-134a from the air conditioning system. If accidental system discharge occurs,
ventilate work area before resuming service.
Do not perform pressure test or leak test for HFC-134a service equipment and/or vehicle air
conditioning system using compressed air. Some mixtures of air and HFC-134a have been shown to be
combustible at elevated pressures. These mixtures, if ignited, may cause injury or property damage.
Additional health and safety information may be obtained from refrigerant manufacturers.
Do not allow the refrigerant to leak near fire or any kind of heat. A poisonous gas may be generated if
the refrigerant gas contacts fire or heat such as from cigarettes and heaters. When carrying out any
operation that can cause refrigerant leakage, extinguish or remove the above-mentioned heat sources
and maintain adequate ventilation.
Handling liquid refrigerant is dangerous. A drop of it on the skin can result in localized frostbite. When
handling the refrigerant, wear gloves and safety goggles. If refrigerant splashes into the eyes,
immediately wash them with clean water and consult a doctor.
Storing Refrigerant
The refrigerant container is highly pressurized. If it is subjected to high heat, it could explode,
scattering metal fragments and liquid refrigerant that can seriously injure you. Store the refrigerant at
temperatures below 40C {104 OF}.
07-10-1
_.
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS
id071 000800200
Handling Insufficient Refrigerant Level

If an insufficient refrigerant level is detected at troubleshooting, do not charge (add) the refrigerant.
Because an accurate amount of refrigerant cannot be determined from the pressure indicated on the
manifold gauge, never charge the refrigerant. If there is too much or too little refrigerant from the
refilling, there may be secondary problems such as damage to the refrigerant cycle parts, or a decrease
of cooling performance. Therefore, if it is determined that the refrigerant level is insufficient,
completely remove refrigerant from the refrigerant cycle and refill with refrigerant to the specified
amount.
Handling Compressor Oil
Use only FD46XG compressor oil for this vehicle. Using a PAG oil other than FD46XG compressor oil
can damage the AlC compressor.
Do not spill ATMOS GU10 compressor oil on the vehicle. A drop of compressor oil on the vehicle
surface can eat away at the paint. If oil gets on the vehicle, wipe it off immediately.
FD46XG compressor oil (PAG oil) has a higher moisture absorption efficiency than the previously used
mineral oil. If moisture mixes with the compressor oil, the refrigerant system could be damaged.
Therefore, install caps immediately after using the compressor oil or removing refrigerant system parts
to prevent moisture absorption.
If the refrigerant gas is completely discharged
FD46XG COMPRESSOR OIL (PAG OIL)
from the system for reasons such as a
z
malfunction during AlC operation, repair or
o
i=
replace the malfunctioning part, charge the
0..
0::
refrigerant to the specified amount and always
o
U)
add 60 ml {60 cc, 2.03 fI oz} of compressor. If
co
the compressor oil is not adequately

w
replenished, the AlC compressor may quickly
0::
:::>
I
deteriorate, abnormal noise may develop,
~
: MINERAL OIL
cooling performance may be affected or, in the
(5
:
~ O~~~~~~~~~~~~~
worst case, the AlC compressor may seize.
I
- - - - - - - - - TIME
am3uuw0000398
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM GENERAL PROCEDURES

1. Fully close the valves of the manifold gauge.
2. Connect the charging hoses to the high- and
low-pressure side joints of the manifold gauge.
3. Connect the quick couplers to the ends of the
charging hoses.
4. Connect the quick couplers to the charging
valves.
id071 000800300
i t - -_ _
MANIFOLD GAUGE
CAP
/CHARGING
~ALVE OF
HIGH-PRESSURE
SIDE
am3uuw0000398
07-10-2
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
REFRIGERANT CHARGING
id071 000800400
Caution
Do not exceed the specification when charging the system with refrigerant. Doing so will decrease
the efficiency of the air conditioner or damage the refrigeration cycle parts.
Charging Recycled HFC-134a Refrigerant
1. Connect an HFC-134a recovery/recycling/recharging device to the vehicle and follow the device manufacturer's
instructions.
Charging Preparation
1. Install the manifold gauge set.
2. Connect the tap pin side of the charging hose to
the air purge valve of the manifold gauge.
3. Connect the vacuum pump hose to the center
joint of the manifold gauge.
4. Connect the vacuum pump hose to the vacuum
pump.
5. Connect the charging hose to the refrigerant tank.
6. Place the refrigerant tank on the scale.
Regular amount of refrigerant (approx.
quantity)
455-505 g {16.1-17.8 oz}
TAP PIN
SID~ ~IR PU
CHARGE HOSEr
REFRIGERANT
TA~~AL~
8
VACUUM PUMP
am6xuw0000109
Evacuation
1. Open all the valves of the manifold gauge.
Caution
Close the manifold gauge valve immediately after stopping the vacuum pump. If the valve is left
open, the vacuum pump oil will back flow into the refrigeration cycle and cause a decrease in the
efficiency of the air conditioner.
2. Start the vacuum pump and let it operate for 15

min.
MANIFOLD
GAUGE
CLOSE
am6xuw0000109
3. Verify that high- and low-pressure side readings

of the manifold gauge are at -101 kPa {-760
mmHg, -29.9 inHg}. Close each valve of the
manifold gauge.
am6xuw0000109
07-10-3
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
Airtightness Check
1. Stop the vacuum pump and wait for 5 min.
2. Check the high- and low-pressure side readings of the manifold gauge.
If the reading has changed, inspect for leakage and go to Evacuation. (See 07-10-3 Evacuation.)
.
If the reading has not changed, go to Charging New R-134a Refrigerant. (See 07-10-4 Charging New HFC- \
134a Refrigerant.)
Charging New HFC-134a Refrigerant
1. Open the valve of the refrigerant tank.
2. Weigh the refrigerant tank to charge the suitable amount of refrigerant.
Warning
If the refrigerant system is charged with a large amount of refrigerant when inspecting for gas
leakage, and if any leakage should occur, the refrigerant will be released into the atmosphere. In
order to prevent the accidental release of refrigerant which can destroy the ozone layer in the
stratosphere, follow the proper procedures and charge with only a small amount of refrigerant
when inspecting for gas leakage.
If charging the system with refrigerant using service cans, running the engine with the highpressure side valve open is dangerous. Pressure within the service cans will increase and the
cans could explode, scattering metal fragments and liquid refrigerant that can seriously injure
you. Therefore, do not open the high-pressure side valve while the engine is running.
3. Open the low-pressure side valve of the manifold

gauge.
MANIFOLD
GAUGE
OPEN
am6xuwOOOO 109
4. When the high-pressure side reading increases to

0.098 MPa {1.0 kgf/cm 2 , 14 psi}, close the
low-pressure side valve of the manifold gauge.
5. Inspect for leakage from the cooler pipe/hose
connections using the gas leak tester.
If there is no leakage, go to Step 7.
If leakage is found at a loose joint, tighten the
joint, then go to next step.
6. Inspect for leakage again.
If there is no leakage after tightening the joint,
go to next step.
If there is still a leakage at the same joint,
discharge the refrigerant and then repair the
joint. Repeat the charging procedure from
evacuation.
am6xuw0000109
Warning
If charging the system with refrigerant using service cans, running the engine with the
high-pressure side valve open is dangerous. Pressure within the service cans will increase and
the cans could explode, scattering metal fragments and liquid refrigerant that can seriously injure
you. Therefore, do not open the high-pressure side valve while the engine is running.
07-10-4
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
gauge and charge with refrigerant until the weight
of refrigerant tank has decreased 250 g {8.82 oz}
from the amount in Step 2.
MANIFOLD
GAUGE
OPEN
am 6xuwOOOO 109
8. Close the low-pressure side valve of the manifold

gauge.
MANIFOLD
GAUGE
Warning
If charging the system with refrigerant
using service cans, running the engine
with the high-pressure side valve open is
dangerous. Pressure within the service
cans will increase and the cans could
explode, scattering metal fragments and
liquid refrigerant that can seriously injure
you. Therefore, do not open the
high-pressure side valve while the engine
is running.
9. Start the engine and actuate the AlC compressor.

gauge and charge with refrigerant until the weight
of the refrigerant tank has decreased regular
amount from the amount in Step 2.
11. Close the low-pressure side valve of the manifold
gauge and the valve of the refrigerant tank.
12. Stop the engine and AlC compressor.
am6xuw0000109
MANIFOLD
GAUGE
OPEN
am6xuw0000109
Leak Test
1. Inspect for leakage using the gas leak tester.
If there is no leakage, go to Step 3.
If leakage is found at a loose joint, tighten the joint, then go to the next step.
2. Inspect for leakage again.
If there is no leakage after tightening the joint, go to the next step.
If there is still leakage at the same joint, discharge the refrigerant and then repair the joint. Repeat the
charging procedure from evacuation.
3. Disconnect the quick couplers from the charging valves.
4. Install the caps to the charging valves.
r---------:--;---------------,
am6xuw0000109
07-10-5
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
REFRIGERANT RECOVERY
id071 000800500
1. Connect an HFC-134a recovery/recycling/recharging device to the vehicle and follow the device
manufacturer"s instructions.
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE CHECK
id071 000800600
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
Install the manifold gauge. (See 07-10-2 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM GENERAL PROCEDURES.)
Start the engine and after it is warmed up, run it at a constant 1,500 rpm.
Set the fan speed MAX HI.
Turn the AlC switch on.
Set to RECIRCULATE mode.
Set the temperature control to MAX COLD.
Set to VENT mode.
Close all the doors and all the windows.
Measure the ambient temperature and high- and low- pressure side reading of the manifold gauge.
Verify that the intersection of the pressure reading of the manifold gauge and ambient temperature is in the
shaded zone.
4SD
MPa
{kgf/cm 2, psi}
CJ
2.0
{20,284}
CJ
Cl
1.5
{15,218}
....J
o
LL
Z
1.0
{10,145}
~
LL
o
CJ
z
Ci
L1i
a:
~
0.20
{2.0,29}
0.15
{1.5,22}
0.10
~ {1.0,14}
CJ)
~ 0.05
a.. {0.5,7}
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
{50} {59} {68} {77} {86} {95} {1 04}
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE C {OF}

am3uuw0000533
SHB
If there is any malfunction, inspect the
refrigerant system according to the
troubleshooting chart.
MPa
{kgf/cm 2 , psi}
CJ
2.0
{20,284}
Cl
1.5
{15,218}
CJ
....J
~
Z
1.0
{10,145}
~
LL
CJ 0.20
~
Cl
{2.0,29}
L1i 0.15
a: {1.5, 22}
CJ)
CJ)
0.10
{1.0, 14}
~ 0.05
a.. {0.5,7}
10 15 20 25 30 35 40
{50} {59} {68} {77} {86} {95} {1 04}
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE C {OF}

am3uuw0000554
07-10-6
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PERFORMANCE TEST
id071 000800700
1. Inspect the refrigerant pressure. (See 07-10-6 REFRIGERANT PRESSURE CHECK.)

2. Place a dry-bulb thermometer in the driver-side
center ventilator outlet.
3. Start the engine and after it is warmed up, run it at
a constant 1,500 rpm.
4. Set the fan speed to MAX HI.
5. Turn the AIC switch on.
6. Set to RECIRCULATE mode.
7. Set the temperature control to MAX COLD.
8. Set to VENT mode.
9. Close all the doors and windows.
10. Wait until the air conditioner output temperature
stabilizes.
am3uuw0000399
Stabilized condition
The AlC compressor repeatedly turns on and
off at regular intervals.
11. After the blower air is stabilized, read the dry-bulb thermometer.
12. Verify the ambient temperature.
13. Verify that the temperature reading is in the shaded zone.
4SD
C fF}
a:
12 {68}
~ 10 {50}
:::! w 8 {46}
~ 6 {43}
~ t;:( 4 {39}
2 {36}
!z
ffi ffi
J-O-
22
10
{50}
Ww
OJ-
15
{59}
20
{68}
25
{77}
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
30 35
40
{86} {95} {104}
C rF}
am3uuw0000533
5HB
If the there is any malfunction, inspect the
refrigerant system according to the
troubleshooting chart.
c rF}
a:
12 {68}
~ 10 {50}
:::! UJ 8 {46}
~ 6 {43}
~ t;:( 4 {39}
2 {36}
!z
ffi ffi
J-O-
22
Ww
OJ-
10
{50}
15
{59}
20
{68}
25
{77}
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
30 35
40
{86} {95} {104}
C CF}
am3uuw0000554
07-10-7
BASIC SYSTEM
07-11
BASIC SYSTEM
HVAC BASIC SYSTEM

LOCATION INDEX .................
AIR FILTER
Air Filter Installation Note ......... .
AIR FILTER INSPECTION ............
AlC UNIT
AlC Unit Installation Nut
Removal Note .............. .
AIC Unit Installation Note ........ .
Drain Hose Installation Note ....... .
Heater Hose Removal Note ....... .
Heater Hose Installation Note ...... .
AlC UNIT
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY .........
Evaporator Temperature Sensor
Assembly Note .............. .
Adhesive Polyurethane (2)
Assembly Note. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EXPANSION VALVE
EVAPORATOR INSPECTION .........
HEATER CORE INSPECTION ........
AIRFLOW MODE MAIN LINK
07-11-1
07-11-3
07-11-3
07-11-4
07-11-4
07-11-8
07-11-8
07-11-8
07-11-9
07-11-9
07-11-10
07-11-12
07-11-12
07-11-14
07-11-14
07-11-14
Airflow Mode Main Link

Installation Note ................ 07-11-16
REAR HEAT DUCT
AlC COMPRESSOR
AlC Compressor Installation Note .... . 07-11-20
CONDENSER
Condenser Installation Note ........ . 07-11-21
CONDENSER INSPECTION .......... 07-11-22
RECEIVER/DRIER
4SD ......................... .. 07-11-22
5HB ......................... . 07-11-23
REFRIGERANT LINE
L5 ........................... . 07-11-24
LF ............................. 07-11-25
L3 WITH TC ................. .. 07-11-26
Refrigerant Line Removal Note ...... . 07-11-27
Refrigerant Line Installation Note .... . 07-11-28
Cooler Hose (LO) Installation Note .. .. 07-11-28
Cooler Pipe Installation Note ........ . 07-11-28
07-11-15
HVAC BASIC SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
id071100801700
L5
am3uuw0000401
07-11-1
BASIC SYSTEM
LF
L3 WITHTC
am3uuw0000571
Condenser
(See 07-11-20 CONDENSER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(See 07-11-22 CONDENSER INSPECTION.)
AlC compressor
INSTALLATION. )
Refrigerant line
INSTALLATION.)
07-11-2
AlC unit
(See 07-11-4A1C UNIT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
ASSEMBLY.)
(See 07-11-14 EXPANSION VALVE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(See 07-11-14 EVAPORATOR INSPECTION.)
(See 07-11-14 HEATER CORE INSPECTION.)
BASIC SYSTEM
5
Airtlow mode main link

(See 07-11-15 AIRFLOW MODE MAIN LINK
Rear heat duct

(See 07-11-18 REAR HEAT DUCT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Air filter
(See 07-11-3 AIR FILTER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(See 07-11-4 AIR FILTER INSPECTION.)
Receiver/drier
(See 07-11-22 RECEIVER/DRIER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
1
2
3
4
id071100360100

Remove the side wall. (See 09-17-37 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the evaporator temperature sensor connector.
Disconnect the power MOS FET connector. (Full-auto air conditioner)
Disconnect the resistor connector. (Manual air conditioner)
r----------------:::=====::~
AIR FILTER
ATTACHMENT
DIRECTION
Screw
Air filter cover
Air filter (2)
(See 07-11-3 Air Filter Installation Note.)
Air filter (1)
(See 07-11-3 Air Filter Installation Note.)
11o
AIR FILTER
ATTACHMENT
DIRECTION
am3zzw0000820
Air Filter Installation Note

1. Install the air filter (1) as shown in the figure.
L
2. Install the air filter (2) as shown in the figure.
AIR FILTER(2)
AlC UNIT
am3uuw0000399
07-11-3
BASIC SYSTEM
AIR FILTER INSPECTION
id071100360200
1. Verify that there is no damage, excessive dirt, or abnormal odor on the air filter.
If there is any malfunction, replace the air filter.
Note
The air filter cannot be reused by cleaning it with water or compressed air.
AlC UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id0711 00800200
1.
2.
3.
4.
Set the air mix mode to MAX COLD.

Discharge the refrigerant. (See 07-10-3 REFRIGERANT CHARGING.)
Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF, LS].) (See 01-128-4
S. Remove the engine cover. (L3 WITH TC)
6. Remove the insulator. (L3 WITH TC)
INSULATOR---F"""":~---::~
am3uuw0000571
7. Remove the bolt. (LS, L3 WITH TC)
8. Remove the nut. (LF)
am3uuw0000418
07-11-4
BASIC SYSTEM
9. Disconnect the following parts from the AlC unit.
am3uuw0000533
Caution
If moisture or foreign material enters the
refrigeration cycle, cooling ability will be
lowered and abnormal noise or other
malfunction could occur. Always plug
open fittings immediately after removing
any refrigeration cycle parts.
(1) Cooler hose (LO) (See 07-11-24

REFRIGERANT LINE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
am3uuw0000571
(2) Cooler pipe (See 07-11-24 REFRIGERANT
LINE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(3) Heater hose (See 07-11-9 Heater Hose Removal Note.) (See 07-11-9 Heater Hose Installation Note.)
(1) Front doors (See 09-11-3 FRONT DOOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(2) Front scuff plate (See 09-17-67 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(3) Front side trim (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(4) Dashboard under cover (See 09-17-39 DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(5) Glove compartment (See 09-17-33 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(6) Upper panel (See 09-17-40 UPPER PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(7) Shift lever knob (MTX) (See 05-16-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(8) Selector lever knob (ATX) (See 05-18-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(9) Shift panel (See 09-17-42 SHIFT PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(10)Side wall (See 09-17-37 SIDE WALL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(11)Console (See 09-17-45 CONSOLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(12)Shift lever component (MTX) (See 05-16-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(13)Selector lever component (ATX) (See 05-18-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(14)Hood release leverfrom the lower panel (See 09-14-15 HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(15)Lower panel (See 09-17-27 LOWER PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(16)Knee bolster (See 09-17-36 KNEE BOLSTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(17)Driver-side air bag module (See 08-10-7 DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(18)Steering wheel (See 06-14-8 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [WITHOUT
ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM].) (See 06-14-11 STEERING
WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH
(19)Column cover (See 09-17-22 COLUMN COVER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(20)Combination switch (See 09-18-56 COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(21)Joint cover (See 06-14-8 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [WITHOUT
(22)Steering shaft (See 06-14-8 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [WITHOUT
(23)Center panel (See 09-17-24 CENTER PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
07-11-5
BASIC SYSTEM
(24)Audio unit (See 09-20-4 AUDIO UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(25)Climate control unit (See 07-40A-26 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO
AIR CONDITIONER].) (See 07-40B-17 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [MANUAL
AIR CONDITIONER].)
(26)lnstrument cluster (See 09-22-3 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(27)Center cover (See 09-17-19 CENTER COVER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(28)Dashboard upper panel (See 09-17-14 DASHBOARD UPPER PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(29)Hole cover (See 09-17-25 HOLE COVER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(30)lnformation display (See 09-22-13 INFORMATION DISPLAY REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(31 )A-pillar trim (See 09-17-50 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(32)Windshield wiper arm and blade (See 09-19-3 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(33)Front fender molding (See 09-16-4 COWL GRILLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(34)Cowl grille (See 09-16-4 COWL GRILLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(35)Windshield wiper motor (See 09-19-5 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
11. Remove the AlC unit installation nut from the
~
AlC UNIT INSTALLATION
engine compartment, then remove the AlC unit.
~UT 2.8-3.2 Nm
{29-32 kgf.cm,
25-28 in.lbf}
Caution
am3uuw0000419
12. Remove the shower ducts.

13. Remove the rear heat duct (1).
SHOWER DUCT
am3uuw0000419
14. Remove the heater case.

1. Remove the screws.
2. Pull up tab A in the direction shown by the
arrow in the figure and remove it from the AlC
unit.
3. Pull up tabs B in the direction shown by the
arrow in the figure and remove it from the AlC
unit.
15. Disconnect the drain hose connected to the AlC
unit. (See 07-11-8 Drain Hose Installation Note.)
16. Remove the nuts and bolts for installing the
dashboard to the body.
17. Remove the dashboard with AlC unit. (See 09-175 DASHBOARD REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
HEATER
CASE
AlC UNIT
am3uuw0000419
07-11-6
BASIC SYSTEM
18. Disconnect the following connectors:
Blower motor connector
Power MOS FET connector (Full-auto air conditioner)
Resistor connector (Manual air conditioner)
Evaporator temperature sensor connector
Air intake actuator connector
Air mix actuator connector (Full-auto air conditioner)
Airflow mode actuator connector (Full-auto air conditioner)
BLOWER MOTOR
CONNECTOR
~---_.r-,,,~/A.l." AI""
AIRFLOW MODE
ACTUATOR CONNECTOR
r/,
,
;f'-' . .-\._ _
AIR MIX ACTUATOR

CONNECTOR (DRIVER SIDE)
(FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER)
'
(~.,...,.,.,'"
~i'ti
<
"
~"
TEMPERATURE~
EVAPORATOR
SENSOR CONNECTOR
AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR
1,-">--~!i1 :~,,~,
@
I ____
CONNECTOR
AIR MIX ACTUATOR
~ CONNECTOR (PASSENGER SIDE)

~"" ~ (FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER)
rF-
~":
~
'->'
JL
RESISTOR CONNECTOR
(MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER)
am3uuw0000447
19. Remove the nuts for installing the AIC unit to the
dashboard.
20. Install in the reverse order of removal. (See 0711-8 AlC Unit Installation Note.)
21. Inspect for engine coolant leakage. (See 01-12A6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION
[LF, L5].) (See 01-12B-6 ENGINE COOLANT
LEAKAGE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TCl.)
22. Perform the refrigerant system performance test.
PERFORMANCE TEST.)
DASHBOARD
-I
--~~====~~~~
NUT
AlC UNIT
NUT
NUT: 8-10 Nm {82-101 kgf.cm, 71-88 in.lbf}

am3uuw0000447
07-11-7
BASIC SYSTEM
AlC Unit Installation Nut Removal Note
Note
If the adjusting bolt rotates when removing
the Ale unit nut, keep rotating the nut. The
adjusting bolt stops rotating when it contacts
the Ale unit and the nut can be removed.
AlC UNIT
NC UNIT INSTALLATION NUT .. ~
ADJUSTING BOLT
am3zzw0000071
AlC Unit Installation Note

1. When replacing the Ale unit or evaporator, add compressor oil to the refrigerant cycle.
Supplemental oil amount (approx. quantity)
25 ml {25 CC, 0.8 fl oz}
2. Tighten the Ale unit adjusting bolt until it lightly
touches the Ale unit.
FRONT VIEW
TIGHTENING
~CTION
SIDE VIEW
CONTACT SURFACE
(AiC UNIT)
@J
am3zzw0000477
Drain Hose Installation Note

1. Install the clip as shown in the figure.
ASSEMBLE WITH THE CLIP

ATTACHMENT AREA POINTED UP.
ASSEMBLE WITH
THE CLIP
POSITIONED
WITHIN THE
MARKED AREA
ENGAGE THE CLIP TO TWO OR MORE

TEETH AND CLOSE SECURELY.
am3zzw0000071
07-11-8
BASIC SYSTEM
Heater Hose Removal Note
1. While pressing the heater hose into the Ale unit
side (1), pinch the quick connector retainer (2),
then disconnect the heater hose from the Ale unit
(3).
HEATER HOSE
am3uuw0000571
Heater Hose Installation Note

1. Insert the heater hose into the pipe of the Ale unit until a click is heard.
2. While pressing the heater hose quick connector
,..-------------------against the Ale unit side, press in the push tab.
3. Verify that the heater hose cannot be pulled out
from the Ale unit by lightly pulling the heater
hose.
am3uuw0000419
07-11-9
BASIC SYSTEM
AlC UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
id071100800300

Caution
If a non-specified grease is used, it may result in abnormal noise or improper operation of the
links. Apply only the specified grease to each link.
""llllll--@
6.9-9.8 Nm {71-99 kgf.cm,

62-86 inlbf}
am3uuw0000549
Step
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Part name
Adhesive polyurethane (1)
Blower case (1)
Blower case (2)
Air intake door
Air intake link set
Air intake actuator
Blower motor pipe
Blower motor
Power MOS FET (Full-auto air conditioner)
07-11-10
Disassembly/assembly of main parts

Evaporator
Heater core
Evaporator
temperature sensor
-
BASIC SYSTEM
Disassembly/assembly of main parts
Step
Part name
10
11
12
Resistor (Manual air conditioner)

Plate
Air filter
13
Driver-side air mix actuator (Full-auto air

conditioner)
Driver-side air mix link set (Full-auto air
conditioner)
14
Heater core
Evaporator
temperature sensor
Evaporator
X
X
X
X
15
Passenger-side air mix actuator (Full-auto

air conditioner)
16
Passenger-side air mix link set (Full-auto

air conditioner)
17
Airflow mode actuator (Full-auto air

conditioner)
18
19
20
21
Airflow mode link set

Polyu rethane foam (1)
Plate cover
X
X
X
X
X
X
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
Adhesive polyurethane (2)

(See 07-11-12 Adhesive Polyurethane (2)
Assembly Note.)
Evaporator pipe
Cover
Heater core
X
X
-
AlC case (1)
Expansion valve
Evaporator
AlC case (2)
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

(See 07-11-12 Evaporator Temperature
Sensor Assembly Note.)
Clip
Polyurethane foam (2)
Bolt
AlC case (3)
AlC case (4)
Door damper
X
X
07-11-11
BASIC SYSTEM
Evaporator Temperature Sensor Assembly Note
1. Assemble the evaporator temperature sensor as shown in the figure.
ASSEMBLE THE NEW EVAPORATOR WITH
ASSEMBLE THE NEW EVAPORATOR

TEMPERATURE SENSOR ONLY
r-,
)
11 W
109-119 mm
{4.30-4.68 in}
109-119 mm
{4.30-4.68 in}
SENSOR CANNOT BE
ASSENBLED TO PREVIOUSLY
INSTALLED POSITION
k.
'---
13 LINE FROM
LEFT SIDE
12 LINE FROM
LEFT SIDE
FIN
INSERT SENSOR DETECTION

AREA INTO FIN PART SECURELY
PART~\
SENSOR
l~l]DDETECTION
SEC.A-A
AREA
am3uuw0000400
Caution
When installing the evaporator temperature sensor without newly replacing the evaporator,
assemble the evaporator temperature sensor with the installation position slid to the left of the
previous position by 1 line. If the evaporator temperature sensor is assembled to the previously
installed position, it may not function due to poor contact of the fin surface with the sensor
detection area caused by fin deformation.
Note
Newly replace an evaporator in which the evaporator temperature sensor cannot be correctly positioned.
Adhesive Polyurethane (2) Assembly Note
1. Wrap the low-pressure side of the evaporator pipe
with insulator.
INSULATOR
EVAPORATOR PIPE
,~lllJ
INSULATOR
~~-~
A
SEC.A-A
am3uuw0000400
07-11-12
BASIC SYSTEM
2. Assemble the adhesive polyurethane as shown in
the figure.
ALIGN WITHIN AREA OF

ARROWS AND ADHERE
INSTALL THE EXPANSION VALVE

AND EVAPORATOR PIPE AFTER
ADHERE ADHESIVE
POLYURETHANE TO AlC CASE
+
I
ADHERE ADHESIVE POLYURETHANE

AlC CASE BEFORE INSTALL
EXPANSION VALVE
am3uuw0000400
FOLD BACK AND ADHERE IN THE ORDER OF (3), (4)
i--J-/
_ _ _ ALIGN WITHIN AREA OF

ARROWS
1i
~--t-'
1 I
SIDE VIEW
I
I
l--j
____ r----.J
FRONT VIEW
(4)
OVERLAP AND
ADHERE
SEC. A-A
A
PRESS FIRMLY AROUND
ENTIRE CIRCUMFERENCE AND
ADHERE WITHOUT ANY GAPS
am3zzw0000694
07-11-13
BASIC SYSTEM
EXPANSION VALVE REMOVAl/INSTALLATION
id0711 00800400

2. Discharge the refrigerant from the system. (See 07-10-3 REFRIGERANT CHARGING.)
Caution
If moisture or foreign material enters the refrigeration cycle, cooling ability will be lowered and
abnormal noise will occur. Always immediately plug all open fittings after removing any
refrigeration cycle parts to keep moisture or foreign material out of the cycle.
3. Disconnect the cooler hose (LO) and cooler pipe. Do not allow compressor oil to spill. (See 07-11-24
REFRIGERANT LINE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(1) Front side trim (RH) (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(3) Dashboard under'cover (See 09-17-39 DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(5) Lower panel (passenger-side) (See 09-17-27 LOWER PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(6) Side wall (RH) (See 09-17-37 SIDE WALL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(7) Shower duct (RH) (See 07-11-4 AlC UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION)
5. Remove the adhesive polyurethane (2). (See 07-11-10 A/C UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY.)
6. Remove the bolt A.
7. Disconnect the evaporator pipe.
8. Remove the bolt B.
9. Remove the expansion valve. Do not allow
compressor oil to spill.
PERFORMANCE TEST.)
EXPANSION VALVE
BOLTB---3.5-5.5 Nm
{36-56 kgf.cm,
ADHESIVE
POLYURETHANE (2)
31-48 inlbf}
am3uuw0000543
EVAPORATOR INSPECTION
id071100801500
1. Inspect the evaporator for damage, cracks, and oil leakage.

If there is any malfunction, replace the evaporator.
2. Visually inspect the fins for bending.
If there is any bending, use the end of a flathead screwdriver to straighten the fins.
HEATER CORE INSPECTION
id0711 00801600
1. Inspect the heater core for damage, cracks, and water leakage.
If there is any malfunction, replace the heater core.
If there is any bending, use the end of a flathead screwdriver to straighten the fins.
3. Visually inspect the heater hose for deformation.
Repair with pliers if there is deformation. If there is any malfunction, replace the heater core.
07-11-14
BASIC SYSTEM
AIRFLOW MODE MAIN LINK REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id071100801800
1.
2.
3.
4.
Set the air intake mode to FRESH.

(1) Front doors (See 09-11-3 FRONT DOOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
(10)Side wall (See 09-17-37 SIDE WALL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(11 )Console (See 09-17-45 CONSOLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(12)Shift lever component (MTX) (See 05-16-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(13)Selector lever component (ATX) (See 05-18-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(14)Hood release lever from the lower panel (See 09-14-15 HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(16)Knee bolster (See 09-17-36 KNEE BOLSTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(21)Joint cover (See 06-14-8 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [WITHOUT
(22)Steering shaft (See 06-14-8 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAUINSTALLATION [WITHOUT
AIR CONDITIONER].) (See 07-40B-17 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [MANUAL
AIR CONDITIONER].)
(31 )A-pillar trim (See 09-17-50 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(32)Windshield wiper arm and blade (See 09-19-3 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(33)Front fender molding (See 09-16-4 COWL GRILLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(34)Cowl grille (See 09-16-4 COWL GRILLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(35)Windshield wiper motor (See 09-19-5 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(36)Rear heat duct (1) (See 07-11-18 REAR HEAT DUCT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(37)Shower ducts (See 07-11-4 AlC UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION)
(38)Heater case (See 07-11-4 AlC UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION)
5. Remove the nuts and bolts for installing the dashboard to the body.
6. Remove the nuts and bolts for installing the AlC unit to the dashboard.
7. Remove the accelerator pedal. (See 01-13A-8 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
(See 01-13B-14 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
07-11-15
BASIC SYSTEM
8. Disconnect the following connectors:
Power MOS FET connector (Full-auto air conditioner)
Resistor connector (Manual air conditioner)
Air intake actuator connector
Air mix actuator connector (Full-auto air conditioner)
Airflow mode actuator connector (Full-auto air conditioner)
9. Remove the dashboard. (See 09-17-5 DASHBOARD REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
10. Remove the airflow mode actuator (Full-auto air conditioner).
11. Remove the airflow mode rod (Manual air conditioner).
12. Remove the airflow mode main link.
AIRFLOW MODE------\'
MAIN LINK
SCREW
am3uuw0000487
Airflow Mode Main Link Installation Note

Caution
Apply only the specified grease to links. Otherwise abnormal noise or improper operation may
result.
FUll-auto air conditioner
1. Set the airflow mode sub link to the Ale unit as
am3uuw0000487
2. Set the airflow mode main link to the Ale unit as

3. Press the airflow mode main link lightly to the Ale
unit it in the direction shown by the arrow, then set
the projections of each airflow mode sub link into
the grooves of the airflow mode main link.
AIRFLOW MODE
am3uuw0000487
07-11-16
BASIC SYSTEM
4. Rotate airflow mode main link and verify that each
mode is accessed properly.
AIRFLOW MODE
am3uuw0000488
Manual air conditioner

1. Set the airflow mode sub link to the Ale unit as
AIRFLOW MODE
am3uuw0000488
2. Set the airflow mode main link to the Ale unit as

3. Install the airflow mode rod.
4. Press the airflow mode main link lightly to the Ale
unit it in the direction shown by the arrow, then set
the projections of each airflow mode sub link into
the grooves of the airflow mode main link.
AIRFLOW
MODE ROD
am3uuw0000488
5. Rotate airflow mode main link and verify that each

mode is accessed properly.
am3uuw0000488
07-11-17
BASIC SYSTEM
REAR HEAT DUCT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id071100800900

(1) Front scuff plate (See 09-17-67 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Console (See 09-17-45 CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Front side trim (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Fuel-filler lid opener lever cover (See 09-14-19 FUEL-FILLER LID OPENER AND LEVER REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
3. Turn the floor covering over.
1
2
3
4
Fastener
Rear heat duct (1)
Rear heat duct (2)
Rear heat duct (3)
AlC COMPRESSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id071100801000
1.
2.
3.
4.

Remove the front under cover.
Remove the drive belt. (See 01-10A-6 DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].) (See 01-10B-4
DRIVE BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
5. Remove the water hose bracket.
,---------------------,
Caution
-------
~I------
WATER HOSE BRACKET

am6xuw0000099
6. Remove the clip.

-,,-+-~~~~-CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000401
07-11-18
BASIC SYSTEM
L5, L3 WITH TC
LF
BOLT A -~-:-==---;;;---;----=::::::::::-;
COOLER
HOSE (LO)
AlC COMPRESSOR---:-
am3uuw0000401
9.
10.
11.
12.
Remove the cooler hose (LO). (See 07-11-24 REFRIGERANT LINE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Remove the cooler hose (HI). (See 07-11-24 REFRIGERANT LINE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Remove the bolt B.
Remove the AlC compressor. Do not allow compressor oil to spill. (See 07-11-20 AlC Compressor Installation
Note.)
14. Perform the refrigerant system performance test. (See 07-10-7 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PERFORMANCE
TEST.)
07-11-19
BASIC SYSTEM
AlC Compressor Installation Note
Caution
Due to the high moisture-absorption characteristics of the compressor oil, it may absorb moisture
if left over a long period of time thereby negatively affecting AlC operation. Drain the compressor
oil and refill within 10 min. of each other.
1. Rotate new AlC compressor shaft six to eight revolutions while collecting refrigerant oil in a clean measuring
device. Use this refrigerant oil to refill new compressor. Do not allow refrigerant oil to become contaminated.
2. Rotate old AlC compressor shaft six to eight revolutions while collecting refrigerant oil in a separate, clean
measuring device.
3. Compare those oil amounts. The amount of the oil drained from the new AlC compressor should be greater
than the old one.
4. Pour the same amount oil of drained from the old
AlC compressor back. into the new AlC
NEW AlC COMPRESSOR OLD AlC COMPRESSOR
compressor.
AlC compressor oil type

FD46XG
AlC compressor oil sealed volume (approx.
quantity)
120 ml {120 cc, 4.06 fl oz}
SAME
-'---~AMOUNT
am8rrw00000755
CONDENSER REMOVAUINSTALLATION
1.
2.
3.
4.
S.
6.
7.
S.
9.
10.
id0711 00801200

Remove the under cover.
Drain the engine coolant. (See 01-12A-4 ENGINE COOLANT REPLACEMENT [LF, LS].) (See 01-12B-4
Remove the air cleaner. (See 01-13A-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].) (See 0113B-4INTAKE-AIR SYSTEM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Remove the front bumper. (See 09-10-16 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the radiator hose from the radiator.
Remove the cooling fan component. (See 01-12A-13 COOLING FAN COMPONENT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [LF, LS].) (See 01-12B-14 COOLING FAN COMPONENT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
Remove the radiator. (See 01-12A-S RADIATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, LS].) (See 01-12B-S
RADIATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Disconnect the cooler hose (HI) and cooler pipe. Do not allow remaining compressor oil in the refrigerant line to
spill. (See 07-11-24 REFRIGERANT LINE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Caution
abnormal noise or other malfunction could occur. Always plug open fittings immediately after
removing any refrigeration cycle parts.
07-11-20
BASIC SYSTEM
11. Remove the condenser, being careful not to allow remaining compressor oil in the condenser to spill. (See 0711-21 Condenser Installation Note.)
4SD
COOLER HOSE (HI) ---.....
IRI--~..:::..,-BOLT
6.9-9.8 Nm
{71-99 kgf.cm,
62-86 inlbf}
COOLER PIPE
am3uuw0000534
5HB
Caution
COOLER HOSE (HI) ---.....
'W--~""-T-
BOLT
6.9-9.8 Nm
{71-99 kgf.cm,
62-86 inlbf}
CONDENSER
am3uuw0000401

(See 01-128-6 ENGINE COOLANT LEAKAGE INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
TEST.)
Condenser Installation Note

1. After replacing the condenser, add compressor oil to the refrigeration cycle.
35 ml {35 cc, 1.12 fI oz}
07-11-21
BASIC SYSTEM
CONDENSER INSPECTION
id0711 00801300
1. Inspect the condenser for cracks, damage, and oil leakage.

If there is any malfunction, replace the condenser.
2. Visually inspect the fins for clogging of foreign material.
If any fins are clogged, remove the foreign material.
If there is any bending, use the end of a flathead screwdriver to straighten fins.
RECEIVER/DRIER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id0711 00801400
4SD
2. Discharge the refrigerant. (See 07-10-3 REFRIGERANT CHARGING.)
4. Remove the front bumper. (See 09-10-16 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Disconnect the block joint type pipes by grasping
female side of the block with hand holding firmly
then loosen the connection bolt A.
7. Remove the bracket.
8. Remove the receiver/drier. Do not allow
Caution
lowered and abnormal noise will occur.
Always immediately plug all open fittings
after removing any refrigeration cycle
parts to keep moisture or foreign material
out of the cycle.

PERFORMANCE TEST.)
BOLT B----1I----4-J
RECEIVER/DRIER
6.9-9.8 Nm {71-99 kgf.cm,

62-86 in.lbf}
am3uuw0000534
07-11-22
BASIC SYSTEM
SHB
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove the front bumper. (See 09-10-16 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Pei~~~~~?g! ~tt~~og~~o~~iihP~:ni~~~~n~~i~~~g
then loosen the connection bolt A.
tiL
FEMALE SIDE BLO~C~K~I'\I\I\I\\I\I.{
II
MALE SIDE BLOCK
'!I~
~~
BOLTA------;
~!
1-
-=====Y ~&:\
6.9-9.8 Nm
{71-99 kgf.cm,
62-86 inlbf}
L . . - -______
am3uuw0000401

7. Remove the bracket.
8-10 Nm
{82-101 kgf.cm,
~
71-88 in.lbf} -c...-->
am3uuw0000401
8. Remove the receiver/drier. Do not allow

Caution
out of the cycle.
(See 07-10-7 REFRIGERANT SYSTEM PERFORMANCE TEST.)
07-11-23
BASIC SYSTEM
REFRIGERANT LINE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id071100803000
L5
3. Remove the coolant reserve tank. (See 01-12A-7 COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
LS].)
4. Remove the refrigerant pressure sensor connector.
5. Remove in the order indicated in the table. Do not allow compressor oil to spill.
Caution
~~
I
I
I
~
I
I
I
I
---
A: 6.9-9.8 Nm {71-99 kgf.cm, 62-86 inlbf}
am3uuw0000571
Cooler hose (HI)

(See 07-11-27 Refrigerant Line Removal Note.)
(See 07-11-28 Refrigerant Line Installation Note.)
Cooler hose (LO)
(See 07-11-28 Cooler Hose (LO) Installation Note.)
Cooler pipe
(See 07-11-28 Cooler Pipe Installation Note.)

TEST.)
07-11-24
BASIC SYSTEM
LF
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Remove the bolt.
r-----------------------,
Remove the cooler hose (HI) and cooler hose (LO).
Remove the PIS fluid reserve tank.
Remove the coolant reserve tank. (See 01-12A-7
COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAL!
~'-!-l-- COOLER
HOSE (HI)
Remove the splash shield.
Remove the charge air cooler cover.
Remove the insulator.
Remove in the order indicated in the table. Do not
allow compressor oil to spill.
HOSE (LO)
Caution
out of the cycle.
am3uuw0000402
A: 6.9-9.8 Nm {71-99 kgf.cm, 62-86 in.lbf}

am3uuw0000402
Cooler hose (HI)

Cooler hose (LO)
(See 07-11-28 Cooler Hose (LO) Installation Note.}
Cooler pipe
07-11-25
BASIC SYSTEM
TEST.)
L3 WITH TC
3. Remove the engine cover.
4. Remove the insulator.
5. Remove the coolant reserve tank. (See 01-128-7
INSULATOR--~~----:~
COOLANT RESERVE TANK REMOVAL!
6. Remove the refrigerant pressure sensor connector.
7. Remove in the order indicated in the table. Do not
allow compressor oil to spill.
Caution
parts to keep moisture or foreign material out of the cycle.
i/
am3uuw0000571
I
I
I
"
\"
"
,,\
\
,,"
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
I
I
I
I
---
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
A1f
I
A: 6.9-9.8 Nm {71-99 kgf.cm, 62-86 inlbf}
am3uuw0000402
Cooler hose (HI)

Cooler hose (LO)
(See 07-11-28 Cooler Hose (LO) Installation Note.)
07-11-26
Cooler pipe
BASIC SYSTEM
TEST.)
Refrigerant Line Removal Note

Block joint type
1. Disconnect the block joint type pipes by grasping female side of the block with pliers or similar tool and holding
firmly, then remove the connection bolt or nut.
MALE SI DE BLOCK
Spring-lock coupling type

1. Set the SST.
HOLD FIRMLY THE

FEMALE SIDE OF THE
BLOCK BY PLI ERS OR
EQUIVALANT.
a_m_3U_UW_O_OO_OO~61
______________________________
))
am3zzw0000072
2. While looking through the inspection hole of the

SST, insert the protruding part of the SST until it
makes contact with the cage section.
PROTRUDING
CAGE SECTION
INSPECTION HOLE
am3zzw0000072
3. Use the SST to disconnect the male pipe or hose

from the female by pulling the male pipe or hose.
Note
The male pipe or hose can be disconnected
easily from the female pipe by pulling from
the male pipe or hose while maintaining the
pressure of the protruding part of the SST.
07-11-27
liliiii
BASIC SYSTEM
Refrigerant Line Installation Note
1. Apply compressor oil to the O-rings and connect the joints.
2. Tighten the joints.
Block joint type
1. Tighten the bolt of joint by hand.
2. Connect the block joint type pipes by grasping the
female side of the block with pliers or similar tool
and holding firmly, then tighten the connection
bolt or nut with a torque wrench.
FEMALE SIDE BLOCK
HOLD FIRMLY THE

FEMALE SIDE OF THE
BLOCK BY PLIERS OR
EQUIVALANT.
am3uuw0000061
Spring-lock coupling type

1. Connect the male pipe or hose by twisting it onto
female pipe until the garter spring at the male
pipe or hose is over the flared end of female pipe.
Note
When the male pipe or hose is replaced, the
indicator ring comes out after connecting to
indicate that it is locked.
MALE PIPE OR HOSE

SLIGHTLY TWISTING
FLARED END
t:
FEMALE PIPE
GARTER SPRING
GARTER SPRING
WRONG
SPRING IS OVER
THE FLARED END
RIGHT
am3uuw0000062
Cooler Hose (LO) Installation Note

. .
.
1. After replacing the cooler hose (LO), add compressor 011 to the refrigeration cycle.
10 ml {10 cc, 0.32 fl oz}
Cooler Pipe Installation Note
. .
.
1. After replacing the cooler pipe, add compressor 011 to the refrigeration cycle.
5 ml {5 cc, 0.16 fl oz}
07-11-28
CONTROL SYSTEM [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
07-40A CONTROL SYSTEM [FULL-AUTO AIR

CONDITIONER]
HVAC CONTROL SYSTEM
LOCATION INDEX
AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER] ...
AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR INSPECTION
AIR MIX ACTUATOR
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
Driver Side ......................
Passenger Side ................
AIR MIX ACTUATOR INSPECTION
Driver Side .....................
Passenger Side .................
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER] ...
Airflow Mode Actuator
Disassemble Note ...............
INSPECTION
BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL
BLOWER MOTOR INSTALLATION
Blower Case Installation Note .......
BLOWER MOTOR INSPECTION
POWER METAL OXIDE
SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT
TRANSISTOR (POWER MOS FET)
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
POWER METAL OXIDE
SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT
TRANSISTOR (POWER MOS FET)
INSPECTION
MAGNETIC CLUTCH
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY
Bolt Removal/Installation Note ......
A/C Compressor Pulley
Removal Note .................
07-40A-2
07-40A-3
07-40A-4
07-40A-4
07-40A-4
07-40A-5
07-40A-5
07-40A-5
07-40A-6
07-40A-7
07-40A-8
07-40A-8
07-40A-9
07-40A-13
07-40A-15
07-40A-15
07-40A-16
07-40A-16
07-40A-16
07-40A-17
07-40A-18
AlC Compressor Pulley

Installation Note ................. 07-40A-18
Snap Ring Removal/Installation
Note....................... 07-40A-19
Shim Installation Note ............. 07-40A-19
MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT
MAGNETIC CLUTCH INSPECTION
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
INSPECTION
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
INSPECTION
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
INSPECTION
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
INSPECTION
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
Installation Note ............ 07-40A-25
INSPECTION
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference) .. 07-40A-27
07-40A-1
.~
...

HVAC CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a 1803600
10
17J-----~-----=:O"<__-~--~1
16}------~~~1i'I1
11
am3uuw0000405
Rear window defroster relay

(See 09-21-16 RELAY LOCATION.)
Blower relay
AlC relay

Blower motor
(See 07-40A-9 BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL
(See 07-40A-13 BLOWER MOTOR INSTALLATION
(See 07-40A-15 BLOWER MOTOR INSPECTION
PCM
L5].)
(See 01-40A-22 PCM CONFIGURATION [LF, L5].)
WITH TC].)
(See 01-40B-23 PCM CONFIGURATION [L3 WITH
TC].)
Solar radiation sensor
CONDITIONER].)
07-40A-2
10
11
Air intake actuator

(See 07-40A-3 AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR REMOVAU
(See 07-40A-4 AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR
AIR CONDITIONER].)
CONDITIONER].)
Ambient temperature sensor
(See 07-40A-22 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
AIR CONDITIONER].)
CONDITIONER].)
Magnetic clutch
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
ADJUSTMENT [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
Power MOS FET
(POWER MOS FET) REMOVAUINSTALLATION
(POWER MOS FET) INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO
AIR CONDITIONER].)

12
Passenger-side air mix actuator

13

AIR CONDITIONER].)
CONDITIONER].)
14

15

CONDITIONER].)
16
Passenger compartment temperature sensor

TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [FULLAUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
17

CONDITION ER].)
AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]

id0740a1801400
1. Set the air intake mode to FRESH.

(1) Front scuff plate (Passenger side) (See 09-17-67 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Front side trim (Passenger side) (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(3) Dashboard under cover (See 09-17-39 DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Glove compartment (See 09-17-33 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Lower panel (Passenger side) (See 09-17-27 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(6) Shower duct (Passenger side) (See 07-11-4 AlC UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect the harness clip from the blower case.
5. Disconnect the air intake actuator connector.
6. Remove the blower case. (See 07 -40A-9
BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].) (See 07-40A-13 BLOWER
MOTOR INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
7. Remove the screw A.
8. Remove the air intake actuator link.
9. Remove the screw B.
10. Remove the air intake actuator.
am3uuw0000403
07-40A-3

AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a1801500
1. Connect battery positive voltage to air intake actuator terminal B (or C), connect terminal C (or B) to ground,
and then verify that the air intake actuator operates as shown in the table.
If the operation condition is not normal, replace the air intake actuator.
RECIRCULATE
13
FRESH
~--4+H-~~~~~---
~'1.1.1\ crBI'J
I ~~I
am3uuw0000403
Terminal
Air intake actuator operation
8
B+
Ground
FRESH ~ RECIRCULATE
Ground
B+
RECIRCULATE ~ FRESH
AIR MIX ACTUATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]

id0740a 1802400
Driver Side
3. Remove the hook (1), remove the rod (2) from the
air mix actuator link.
am3uuw0000488
4. Remove the screw.

5. Remove the driver side air mix actuator.
07-40A-4

Passenger Side
(1) Front scuff plate (Passenger side) (See 09-17-67 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Front side trim (Passenger side) (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Lower panel (Passenger side) (See 09-17-27 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(6) Shower duct (Passenger side) (See 07-11-4 AlC UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the passenger side air mix actuator.
am3uuw0000404
AIR MIX ACTUATOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]

id0740a1802500
Caution
If the lever position exceeds the operation range shown in the figure, the circuit in the actuator
could be damaged. Always perform an actuator operation inspection with the lever movement
within the range shown in the figure.
Driver Side
1. Connect battery positive voltage to air mix actuator terminal C (or B), connect terminal B (or C) to ground, and
then verify that the air mix actuator operates as shown in the table .
If the operation condition is not normal, replace the air mix actuator.
MAX COLD
MAX HOT
b' I G1 Iffl c rs I J
F
I ~~
I
am3uuw0000404
Terminal
B
B+
C
Ground
Ground
B+
Air mix actuator operation

COLD -t HOT
HOT -t COLD
07-40A-5

2. Verify that the resistance between terminals F
and G, E and F matches the air mix actuator
operation as shown in the graph.
If the operation condition and resistance are
not normal, replace the air mix actuator.
KILOHM
BETWEEN F AND G
TERMINALS WIRE
BETWEEN E AND F
TERMINALS WIRE
I:::r~7C~~~~~
I
MAX
MAX
MAX
HOT
COLD
HOT
AIR MIX ACTUATOR POSITION
MAX
COLD
am3uuw0000404
Passenger Side
1. Connect battery positive voltage to air mix actuator terminal C (or B), connect terminal B (or C) to ground, and
then verify that the air mix actuator operates as shown in the table.
If the operation condition is not normal, replace the air mix actuator.
MAX COLD
MAX HOT
b IGh Ire! dB I J
I ~~I
am3uuw0000404
Terminal
8
B+
Ground
Ground
B+
Air mix actuator operation

HOT ~ COLD
COLD ~ HOT
2. Verify that the resistance between terminals F

and G, E and F matches the air mix actuator
operation as shown in the graph.
not normal, replace the air mix actuator.
KILOHM
BETWEEN F AND G
TERMINALS WIRE
BETWEEN E AND F
TERMINALS WIRE
I:::r~7C~~~~~
I
MAX
MAX
MAX
COLD
HOT
COLD
AIR MIX ACTUATOR POSITION
MAX
HOT
am3uuw0000404
07-40A-6

AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
idO?40a1801600
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
Set the air intake mode to FRESH.

(1) Front doors (See 09-11-3 FRONT DOOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(6) Upper panel (See 09-17-40 UPPER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Shift lever knob (MTX) (See 05-16-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(8) Selector lever knob (ATX) (See 05-18-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(9) Shift panel (See 09-17-42 SHIFT PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(10)Side wall (See 09-17-37 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(11)Console (See 09-17-45 CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(12)Shift lever component (MTX) (See 05-16-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION. )
(13)Selector lever component (ATX) (See 05-18-2 AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(14)Hood release lever (See 09-14-15 HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(15)Lower panel (See 09-17-27 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(16)Knee bolster (See 09-17-36 KNEE BOLSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)

I
(17)Driver-side air bag module (See 08-10-7 DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(18)Steering wheel (See 06-14-8 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [WITHOUT
WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH
(19)Column cover (See 09-17-22 COLUMN COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(20)Combination switch (See 09-18-56 COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(21)Joint cover (See 06-14-8 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [WITHOUT
(22)Steering shaft (See 06-14-8 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [WITHOUT
(23)Center panel (See 09-17-24 CENTER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(24)Audio unit (See 09-20-4 AUDIO UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(25)Climate control unit (See 07-40A-26 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO
AIR CONDITIONER].)
(26)lnstrument cluster (See 09-22-3 INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(27)Centercover (See 09-17-19 CENTER COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(28)Dashboard upper panel (See 09-17-14 DASHBOARD UPPER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(29)Hole cover (See 09-17-25 HOLE COVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(30)lnformation display (See 09-22-13 INFORMATION DISPLAY REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(31 )A-pillar trim (See 09-17-50 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(32)Front fender molding (See 09-16-4 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(33)Windshield wiper arm and blade (See 09-19-3 WINDSHIELD WIPER ARM AND BLADE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(34)Cowl grille (See 09-16-4 COWL GRILLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(35)Windshield wiper motor (See 09-19-5 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(36)Rear heat duct (1) (See 07-11-18 REAR HEAT DUCT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(37)Shower ducts (See 07-11-4 AlC UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
(38)Heater case (See 07-11-4 AlC UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION)
Remove the nuts and bolts for installing the dashboard to the body.
Remove the nuts and bolts for installing the AlC unit to the dashboard.
Remove the accelerator pedal. (See 01-13A-8 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVALIINSTALLATION [LF, L5].)
(See 01-13B-14 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
Disconnect the following connectors:
Power MOS FET connector
- Air intake actuator connector
Air mix actuator connector
07-40A-7

Airflow mode actuator connector
Remove the dashboard. (See 09-17-5 DASHBOARD REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Remove the airflow mode rod from the airflow mode actuator.
.----------------------,
Remove the screw.
Remove the airflow mode actuator. (See 07 -40A8 Airflow Mode Actuator Disassemble Note.)
9.
10.
11.
12.
- J - - - - - - AIRFLOW
MODE
ACTUATOR
am3uuw0000403
Airflow Mode Actuator Disassemble Note

1. Remove the airflow mode actuator bracket as
AIRFLOW MODE
ACTUATOR BRACKET
I--------I,P"\\
AIRFLOW MODE -------1,...,ACTUATOR
am3uuw0000403
AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]

id0740a1801700
Caution
If the lever position exceeds the operation range shown in the figure, the circuit in the actuator
could be damaged. Always perform an actuator operation inspection with the lever movement
within the range shown in the figure.
1. Connect battery positive voltage to airflow mode actuator terminal D (or F), connect terminal F (or D) to ground,
and then verify that the airflow mode actuator operates as shown in the table .
If the operation condition is not normal, replace the airflow mode actuator.
DEFROSTER
DEFROSTER
VENT
am3uuw0000614
07-40A-8

Terminal

operation
B+
Ground
DEFROSTER -+ VENT
Ground
B+
VENT -+ DEFROSTER
2. Verify that the resistance between terminals B

and C, C and A matches the airflow mode
actuator operation as shown in the graph.
not normal, replace the airflow mode actuator.
KILOHM
BETWEEN BAND C
TERMINALS WIRE
BETWEEN A AND C
TERMINALS WIRE
;: : -~zc~~~~~
I
VENT
DEFROSTER
VENT
DEFROSTER
AIRFLOW MODE ACTUATOR POSITION

am3uuw0000403
BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]

id0740a1807300
Note
The blower motor is located on the AlC unit
BLOWER CASE
\ V
am3u uw0000406
Perform the work from the front passenger

side in the posture shown in the figure.
am3uuw0000406
07-40A-9

(3) Upper panel (See 09-17-40 UPPER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Shift lever knob (MTX) (See 05-16-2 MANUAL TRANSAXLE SHIFT MECHANISM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
(6) Shift panel (See 09-17-42 SHIFT PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Side wall (See 09-17-37 SIDE WALL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Console (See 09-17-45 CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(10)Glove compartment (See 09-17-33 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(11)Hood release lever (See 09-14-15 HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(12)Lower panel (See 09-17-27 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(13)Shower duct (See 07-11-4 AIC UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(14)Accelerator pedal (See 01-13A-8 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [LF, L5].) (See 0113B-14 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
4. Disconnect the air intake actuator connector. (See 07-40B-3 AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR REMOVAL/
5. Detach the harness clip from the blower case.
6. Remove the screws shown in the figure and slide
the blower case.
SCREW
7. Remove the blower case.
am3uuw0000406
8. Disconnect the blower motor cooling pipe.
BLOWER MOTOR-~i-------'II
COOLING PIPE
am3uuw0000406
9. Install the SST (49 8061 015A) to the blower

motor.
am3uuw0000556
07-40A-10

(1) Rotate the SST (1) and align the SST hole with the align point (2) and then confirm that the SST tabs into
the three set holes on the blower motor they are inserted as shown in the figure.
TAB
------<---H
~--TAB
OPPOSITE ANGLE
am3uuw0000556
10. Press the tab (1) and rotate the blower motor (2)
and push the blower motor into the Ale case
slightly.
am3uuw0000407
11. Rotate the blower motor and the blower motor

connector position as shown in the figure (3) for
disconnect the blower motor connector eased.
-~(BLOW~RMOTOR
CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000440
07-40A-11

12. Press the tab (4) disconnect the blower motor
connector as shown in the figure (5).
BLOWER MOTOR
CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000440
13. Remove the blower motor in the direction shown

by the arrow.
Caution
To prevent damage to the sirocco fan,
pull the blower motor out being careful
that the blower motor does not interfere
with the AlC unit.
am3uuw0000407
14. Remove the blower motor with SST (498061

015A) by pulling it out.
Caution
with the AlC unit.
07-40A-12

BLOWER MOTOR INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
idO? 40a180?200
1. Install the SST (49 B061 015A) to the blower

motor.
am3uuw0000405
2. Install the blower motor with the SST (49 B061

015A) installed, to the Ale unit.
Caution
install the blower motor being careful
with the AlC unit. Also, another person
must hold the blower motor at the
installation position.
am3uuw0000556
3. Rotate the SST (49 B061 015A) until to the

blower motor tab locked.
am3uuw0000557
07-40A-13

4. Connect the blower motor connector as shown in
the figure.
BLOWER MOTOR
CONNE~:~,
am3uuw0000406
5. Connect the blower motor cooling pipe.
BLOWER MOTOR-~:"""'!"---.JD.
COOLING PIPE
am3uuw0000406
6. Rotate the SST (49 8061 015A) in the direction

shown by the arrow.
am3uuw0000406
7. Remove the SST (498061 015A) from the blower

motor.
8. Install the blower case.
Caution
Install the blower case while pressing the
dashboard insulator, otherwise the
blower case could be damaged.
07-40A-14

9.
10.
11.
12.
Install the screws shown in the figure.

Install the harness clip to the blower case.
,,~~-SCREW
Connect the air intake actuator connector.
Install the following parts:
(1) Accelerator pedal (See 01-13A-8
ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [LF, L5].) (See 01-13B-14
(2) Shower duct (Passenger side) (See 07-11-4
AlC UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(3) Lower panel (See 09-17-27 LOWER PANEL
am3uuw0000406
(4) Hood release lever (See 09-14-15 HOOD
LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Dashboard under cover (Passenger side) (See 09-17-39 DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
(10)Upper panel (See 09-17-40 UPPER PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(11 )Front side trim (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(12)Front scuff plate (See 09-17-67 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Blower Case Installation Note

1. If not replacing the blower case, replace the
adhesive polyurethane on the fresh-air inlet of the
blower case.
Caution
To adhere new polyurethane properly, be
sure to remove the adhesive agent and
adhesive polyurethane completely.
Note
If the blower case is removed or installed,
the adhesive polyurethane can be damaged.
Damaged adhesive polyurethane could
cause abnormal noise or other malfunctions,
therefore replace it.
BLOWER MOTOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
ADHESIVE
POLYURETHANE
~
'0:'"
,'"
'
',':
~:, ',':::
am3uuw0000406
idO? 40a1801 000
1. Connect battery positive voltage to blower motor

terminal A, connect terminal B to ground, and
then verify its operation.
If there is any malfunction, replace the blower
motor.
am3uuw0000403
07-40A-15

POWER METAL OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (POWER MOS FET) REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
idO?40a 1800200

2. Remove the dashboard under cover (See 09-17-39 DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAL!
INSTALLATION.)
5. Remove the power MOS FET.
am3uuw00005?1
POWER METAL OXIDE SEMICONDUCTOR FIELD EFFECT TRANSISTOR (POWER MOS FET) INSPECTION
[FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
idO?40a 1800300
1. Verify that the continuity between the power MOS

FET terminals is as indicated in the table .
If there is any malfunction, replace the power
MOS FET.
If the blower motor operation is not normal
even though no malfunction can be verified,
inspect the climate control unit. (See 07 -40A26 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION
Tester lead
+
A
A
Resistance (kilohm)
B
C
00
II * let B I A II
4.7 KILOHMS
am3zzw0000143
6.9
B
B
A
C
Continuity detected
Continuity detected
C
C
6.9
00
MAGNETIC CLUTCH DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]

idO?40a 1800400

L5, L3 WITH TC
am3uuw0000402
07-40A-16

LF
1
Bolt
(See 07-40A-17 Bolt Removal/Installation Note.)
2
3
Pressure plate
Shim
(See 07-40A-19 Shim Installation Note.)
Snap ring
(See 07 -40A-19 Snap Ring Removal/Installation
Note.)
AlC compressor pulley
(See 07 -40A-18 AlC Compressor Pulley Removal
Note.)
(See 07-40A-18 AlC Compressor Pulley Installation
Note.)
7
8
Snap ring
(See 07-40A-19 Snap Ring Removal/Installation
Note.)
Stator
AlC compressor body
~~
am3uuw0000402

3'. Adjust the magnetic clutch clearance. (See 07-40A-19 MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER].)
Bolt Removal/Installation Note
1. When removing or installing the bolt, lock the AlC compressor pulley against rotation using the following
procedure
Caution
When connecting the positive battery cable to the magnetic clutch connector, use a cable with a
female terminal of the correct size. Otherwise, load will be applied to the terminal, resulting in
deformation or damage, and poor contact. In addition, the positive battery cable could disconnect
from the connector resulting in a short circuit.
(1) Apply battery positive voltage to the magnetic

clutch terminal and connect the AlC
compressor body to the ground.
FEMALE
TERMINAl
acxuuw00002858
(2) Wrap the drive belt, which is no longer of use,

tightly around the AlC compressor pulley.
(3) Hold the drive belt in place with pliers.
(4) Remove/installation the bolt.
Tightening torque
15 Nm {1.5 kgf.m, 11 ft.lbf}
DRIVE BELT (NOT TO

BE REUSED)
acxuuw00002859
07-40A-17

AlC Compressor Pulley Removal Note
1. Remove the AlC compressor pulley using the
SSTs (49 0839 425C, 49 SE01 160).
Caution
Be careful that the SST (490839 425C)
tabs do not hang over the stator.
acxuuw00002994
Note
Taping on the nail to protect damage.
"T-+--TAPE
am3uuw0000572
AlC Compressor Pulley Installation Note

1. Install the inner wheel of the pulley using SST (49
D034 202) to the compressor.
Caution
If the SST is not properly positioned
when the AlC compressor pulley is
press-fit, the AlC compressor axle will
interfere with the SST, possibly damaging
component parts. Verify the SST and axle
are properly positioned and perform the
procedure very carefully.
acxuuw00002995
07-40A-18

Snap Ring Removal/Installation Note
1. Remove/installation the snap ring using a snap ring pliers.
~----------------------------------~
am3uuw0000572
Shim Installation Note

1. First, insert the 1mm (0.039 in) thick shim into the shaft.
~----------------------------------~
am3uuw0000572
MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]

id0740a1800500
1. Measure the clearance around the entire

circumference between the pressure plate and AI
C compressor pulley using a thickness gauge.
2. Verify that the clearance.
If not within the specification, remove the
pressure plate and adjust the clearance by
changing the shim (0.2 mm {0.008 in}, 0.5
mm {0.02 in}) or the number of shims.
AlC COMPRESSOR
PULLEY
Clearance
0.35-0.65 mm {0.014-0.025 in}
PRESSURE PLATE
am3uuw0000402
:>SHIM
lIlIlI~~~ii~~~AlCCOMPRESSOR
am6xuw0000101
07-40A-19

MAGNETIC CLUTCH INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
idOl40a 1800600
1. Connect battery to terminal A of magnetic clutch and ground to AlC compressor body.
e
am3uuw0000403
2. Verify that the magnetic clutch operates.

If there is any malfunction, replace the magnetic clutch.
SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
idOl40a 1802800

INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
(5) Side wall (See 09-17-37 SIDE WALL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(6) Center panel (See 09-17-24 CENTER PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(7) Console (See 09-17-45 CONSOLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(10)Dashboard under cover (See 09-17-39 DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(11)Glove compartment (See 09-17-33 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(12) Lower panel (passenger-side) (See 09-17-27 LOWER PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(13)Hood release lever (See 09-14-15 HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(14)Lower panel (driver-side) (See 09-17-27 LOWER PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(15)Shower duct (See 07-11-4 AlC UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
AIR CONDITIONER].)
(28)A-pillar trim (See 09-17-50 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(29)Ventilator grille (See 09-17-34 VENTILATOR GRILLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(30)SIRIUS satellite radio unit (See 09-20-30 SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
07-40A-20

3. Remove the passenger-side air bag module
installation bolt.
4. Disconnect the passenger-side air bag module
connector.
am3uuw0000550
5. Remove the screws and the panel of the

dashboard.
6. Remove the dashboard wiring harness and clips.
\
\
\
\
\
\
\
,...........
am3uuw0000550
7. Disconnect the solar radiation sensor connector.

8. Remove the solar radiation sensor.
am3uuw0000550
07-40A-21

SOLAR RADIATION SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a1802900
1. Shine a fluorescent light or expose the solar radiation sensor to natural sunlight.
2. Connect the positive (+) lead to terminal B, C and
,-----------------------,
negative (-) lead to terminal A of the solar
radiation, and verify that the voltage value is
output.
If the voltage is 0 V, replace the solar
radiation sensor.
am3uuw0000613
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]

id0740a1803200
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Disconnect the connector.
Remove the ambient temperature sensor.
am3uuw0000405
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]

id0740a 1803300
1. Measure the temperature around the ambient

temperature sensor and measure the resistance
between the ambient temperature sensor
terminal.
If the characteristics of the ambient
temperature sensor are not as shown in the
graph, replace the ambient temperature
sensor.
KILOHM
16
14
12
o
z
~
(f)
10
~\
\~
1,\~
I~ ~
Ci5
w
a:
'\
~~
~ ~~
:::::::
o
-1 0
{14}
0
{32}
10
{50}
20
{68}
TEMPERATURE
30
{86}
40
50
{104} {122}
C {OF}
am3zzw0000076
07-40A-22

PASSENGER COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER]
id0740a1803000

(4) Front side wall (See 09-17-37 SIDE WALL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(6) Hood release lever (See 09-14-15 HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(7) Lower panel (See 09-17-27 LOWER PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
3. Disconnect the passenger compartment temperature sensor connector.
5. Remove the passenger compartment
temperature sensor.
am3uuw0000405
PASSENGER COMPARTMENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONERl
id0740a1 03100
1. Measure the temperature around the passenger

compartment temperature sensor and measure
the resistance between passenger compartment
temperature sensor terminals Band D.
If the characteristics of the passenger
compartment temperature sensor are not as
shown in the graph, replace the passenger
compartment temperature sensor.
KILOHM
20
18
16
14
w 12
()
~ 10
CJ)
en
~
\
\
\ \
\\
\\
1\l\
"~
r'" ~
~~
-f==: ~ ....
-10
{14}
0
{32}
10
20
30
40
50
{50} {68} {86} {104} {122}
TEMPERATURE C eF}
am3uuw0000405
2. Connect battery positive voltage to passenger

compartment temperature sensor terminal A and
connect terminal C to ground to verify fan
operation.
passenger compartment temperature sensor.
am3uuw0000405
07-40A-23

EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
id07 Oa1801100
1. Remove the evaporator temperature sensor from the AIC unit. (See 07-11-10 AIC UNIT DISASSEMBLYI
ASSEMBLY.)
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a 180 1200
Note
Inspect the evaporator temperature sensor when it is installed to the AlC unit.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Set the temperature control at MAX COLD.
Set the RECIRCULATE mode.
Turn the AIC switch off.
Close all doors and windows.
Wait for 5 min.
Measure the temperature at the blower inlet.
Measure the resistance between the evaporator
temperature sensor terminals.
If the resistance is not as shown in the graph,
replace the evaporator temperature sensor.
KILOHM
16
14
12
UJ 10
()
z
~
Cf)
UJ
a:
,,
\~
Ci5
I'
o
-1 0
{14}
0
{32}
10
{50}
20
{68}
TEMPERATURE
"
30
{86}
:"====:: """"=::::
40
{104}
r--=
50
{122}
C {OF}
am3uuw0000403
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]

id0740a 1817300

3. Disconnect the refrigerant pressure sensor connector.
Caution
4. Loosen the refrigerant pressure sensor using two spanners.
5. Remove the refrigerant pressure sensor. (See 07,---------------------,
40A-25 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Installation
Note.)
Tightening torque
9.5-11.5 Nm {102-112 kgf.cm, 89-97
in.lbf}
PERFORMANCE TEST.)
07-40A-24
am3uuw0000407

Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Installation Note
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a1817400
1. Install the manifold gauge.

2. Verify the high-pressure side reading of the manifold gauge.
3. Measure the terminal voltage of the climate control unit.
1C, 1E and 2J
4. Verify that below graph as measure the terminal voltage 2J.
5. Follow the climate control unit inspection when measure the other terminal voltage. (See 07-40A-26 CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
Terminal 1E: 1.0 V or less
Terminal 1C: Approx. 5 V (Ignition switch on)
If the each voltage is not normal, inspect the related wiring harness.
If there is any malfunction, replace the related wiring harness.
If wiring harness is normal, replace the refrigerant pressure sensor.
(REFERENCE)
5
CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT
4.76 ~ --------------------------------------------------AlC OFF
3.88 ~4------------------------------------------
AlCON
GND OUTPUT +5
REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE
SENSOR
AlCO~~~
(I
0.39 ~O+--H-___r---r--------,--_._--_r.__-____,_,~
AlC OFF
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
25,
3.0'"
3.5
{5,73} {10, 145} {15,218} {20,290} {25,'363} {31, 435}1 {36, 508}
0.226 {2.30, 32.8}

0.196 {2.00, 28.4}
3.14 {32.0, 455}

2.55 {26.0, 370}
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE (MPa {kgf/cm 2, psi})

1A
18
am3uuw0000550
07-40A-25

CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a 1807400

INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
r-J- - : - - - - - - - - - - - - - - : - ; - - - - - - - - - ,
1
2
3
Screw
Connector
),---....---.
am3uuw0000419
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a 1802200
1. Remove the climate control unit with the connector connected. (See 07-40A-26 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [FULL-AUTO AIR CONDITIONER].)
3. Connect the negative (-) lead of the tester to body ground.
4. By inserting the positive (+) lead of the tester into each climate control unit terminal, measure the voltage
according to the terminal voltage table .
If there is any malfunction, inspect the parts under "Inspection item (s)".
If the parts under "Inspection item (s)" are found to be normal (except for terminal 1M), replace the
For terminal 1M, first try replacing the power MOS FET. If there is still any malfunction, replace the
07-40A-26

1A
1B
am3uuw0000404
Term
inal
Signal
name
1A
1B
Connected to
1D
1E
1F
1G
1H
11
1J
1K
Driver-side air
mix actuator
Passenger-side
air mix actuator
Air1low mode
+5V
actuator
Solar radiation
sensor
Refrigerant
pressure sensor
GND
Body ground
Driver-side air
mix actuator
Passenger-side
air mix actuator
Air1low mode
Sensor GND
actuator
Evaporator
temperature
sensor
Refrigerant
pressure sensor
Solar
radiation
sensor (RH)
input
Solar radiation
sensor
Potentiomet
er input
Driver-side air mix

actuator
Solar
radiation
sensor (LH)
input
Solar radiation
sensor
Potentiomet
er input
Passenger-side air
mix actuator
Potentiomet
er input
1C
Measurement
condition
Air1low mode
actuator

ON
Inspection item (s)
Voltage (V)

Off
1.0 or less
Under any condition
1.0 or less

Air1low mode actuator
Climate control unit: terminal voltage
(1 E)

(1C)
Under any condition
Sunlight shined directly

on the solar radiation
sensor
Blocking light to solar
radiation sensor
Set temperature at
MAX HOT
Set temperature at
MAX COLD
Sunlight shined directly
on the solar radiation
sensor
Blocking light to solar
radiation sensor
Set temperature at
MAX COLD
Set temperature at
MAX HOT
1.0 or less
4
1.0 or less
4.3 or more
1.0 or less
4
1.0 or less
1.0 or less
4.3 or more
VENT
BI-LEVEL
4.3 or more
3.4
HEAT
HEAT/DEF
2.5
DEFROSTER
1.6

(1C)
(1C)
(1C)
(1C)

Air1low mode actuator
(1C)
0.7 or less
07-40A-27

Term
inal
1L
1M
1N
Measurement
condition
Compared with
Evaporator
Evaporator
temperature detected
temperature
temperature sensor by evaporator
sensor input
temperature sensor
Signal
name
Blower fan
speed
control
Blower
motor
feedback
10
1P
Connected to
Power MOS FET
Blower motor
Power MOS
FET
1Q
Motor
operation
(COLD)
1R
Motor
operation
(FRESH)
Air intake actuator
1S
Motor
operation
(HOT)
Passenger-side air
mix actuator
1T
Motor
operation
Air intake actuator
(RECIRCUL
ATE)
1U
1V
Motor
operation
(COLD)
Motor
operation
(DEFROST
ER)
Passenger-side air
mix actuator
Driver-side air mix

actuator
Airflow mode
actuator
1W
Motor
operation
(HOT)
Driver-side air mix

actuator
1X
Motor
operation
(VENT)
Airflow mode
actuator
2A
2B
2C
20
Illumination
control
Instrument cluster
ROOM 15 A fuse
B+
2E
CAN related
MS_CAN_H
module
2F
TNS signal
07-40A-28
TNS relay
Fan stopped
Fan: manual 1st
Fan: manual 7th
Fan stopped
Fan: manual 1st
Fan: manual 7th
Moving towards HOT

Moving towards COLD
Moving towards
RECIRCULATE
Moving towards
FRESH
Moving towards HOT
Moving towards COLD
Moving towards
RECIRCULATE
Moving towards
FRESH
Moving towards HOT
Voltage (V)
Refer to
graph 1
1.0 or less
Inspection item (s)

(1 L, 1E)

Power MOS FET
Power MOS FET

Blower motor
Blower relay
HEATER 40 A fuse
Power MOS FET replacement
B+

1.0 or less
2.2
9.7
B+
9.8
0.4 or less
1.0 or less

Ai r intake actuator
B+
B+
1.0 or less
B+
1.0 or less
Moving towards COLD
B+
Moving towards
DEFROSTER
B+
1.0 or less
1.0 or less
Moving towards COLD
1.0 or less
Moving towards VENT

Moving towards
DEFROSTER
Headlight switch ON
and panel light control
switch at MAX
Headlight switch ON
and panel light control
switch at MIN
B+
Under any condition
B+
1.0 or less
1.0 or less



Instrument cluster

ROOM 15 A fuse
11.5
B+
Because this terminal is for

communication, good/no good
judgment by terminal voltage is not
possible.
Headlight switch ON
B+
Headlight switch OFF


Moving towards HOT


Air intake actuator
Moving towards VENT
1.0 or less

TNS relay
BCM
Headlight switch

Term
inal
2G
2H
Signal
name
MS_CAN_L
IG2
2J
2N
HEATER 10 A fuse
Compared with
by refrigerant pressure
sensor
(See 0740A-25
REFRIGER
ANT
PRESSURE
SENSOR
INSPECTIO
N [FULLAUTO AIR
CONDITION
ER].)
Passenger
Compared with
compartmen Passenger
t
compartment
by passenger
temperature temperature sensor compartment
sensor input
temperature sensor
Passenger
compartmen Passenger
t
compartment
Under any condition
temperature temperature sensor
sensor GND
20
2P
Voltage (V)

communication, good/no good
judgment by terminal voltage is not
possible.
B+
ON
1.0 or less
Off
Refrigerant
Refrigerant
pressure
pressure sensor
sensor input
2K
2L
2M
CAN related
module
21
Measurement
condition
Connected to

HEATER 10 A fuse

(1C,1E)
Refer to
graph 2

Passenger compartment temperature
sensor
(2N)
(2M)
1.0 or less
GRAPH 1 (EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
(V)
Inspection item (s)
(V)
GRAPH 2 (PASSENGER COMPERTMENT

TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
5r----,----,---,----,----,------,---r----,
r--+--+-~--~--~-+--+-~
.......................
o -20
{-4}
20
40
{32}
{68}
{104}
TEMPERATURE
--
0_
20
{-4}
o
20
40
{32}
{68}
{104}
TEMPERATURE
07-40A-29
CONTROL SYSTEM [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
07-408 CONTROL SYSTEM [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]

HVAC CONTROL SYSTEM
LOCATION INDEX
AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR INSPECTION
8LOWER MOTOR REMOVAL
8LOWER MOTOR INSTALLATION
Blower Case Installation Note ......
8LOWER MOTOR INSPECTION
RESISTOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
RESISTOR INSPECTION
[MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER] ....
MAGNETIC CLUTCH
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEM8LY
Bolt Removal/Installation Note .......
Removal Note ..................
Installation Note .................
Snap Ring
Removal/Installation Note ........
Shim Installation Note ............
MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT
MAGNETIC CLUTCH INSPECTION
07-408-2
07-408-3
07-408-3
07-408-4
07-408-7
07-408-9
07-408-9
07-408-10
07-408-10
07-408-10
07-408-11
07-408-12
07-408-12
07-408-13
07-408-13
07-408-13
07-408-14
AM81ENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

REMOVAUINSTALLATION
AM81ENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
INSPECTION
SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
SENSOR INSPECTION
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
Refrigerant Pressure Sensor
Installation Note ............... 07-408-16
INSPECTION
REMOVAUINSTALLATION
Climate Control Unit Removal Note ... 07-408-17
Climate Control Unit
Installation Note ................ 07-408-18
DISASSEM8LY/ASSEM8LY
Wire Removal Note ............... 07-408-19
Wire Installation Note ............. 07-408-19
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION
Terminal Voltage Table (Reference) ... 07-408-20
FAN SWITCH INSPECTION
07-408-1

HVAC CONTROL SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a2803600
am3uuw0000614
Rear window defroster relay

Blower relay
AlC relay
Ambient temperature sensor

(See 07-40B-14 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
CONDITIONER].)
(See 07-40B-14 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
CONDITIONER].)
Blower motor
(See 07-40B-4 BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL
(See 07-40B-7 BLOWER MOTOR INSTALLATION
(See 07-40B-9 BLOWER MOTOR INSPECTION
Magnetic clutch
(See 07-40B-10 MAGNETIC CLUTCH
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
ADJUSTMENT [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
10
Air intake actuator

(See 07-40B-3 AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR REMOVAU
(See 07-40B-3 AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR
Resistor
(See 07-40B-10 RESISTOR REMOVAU
(See 07-40B-10 RESISTOR INSPECTION
11
BCM
INSPECTION.)
CONFIGURATION.)

CONDITIONER].)
CONDITIONER].)
12

CONDITIONER].)
DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
(See 07-40B-22 FAN SWITCH INSPECTION

CONDITIONER].)
CONDITIONER].)
07-408-2

AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a2801400

(1) Front scuff plate (Passenger side) (See 09-17-67 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(2) Front side trim (Passenger side) (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(5) Lower panel (Passenger side) (See 09-17-27 LOWER PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(6) Shower duct (Passenger side) (See 07-11-4 AlC UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
4. Disconnect the harness clip from the blower case.
5. Disconnect the air intake actuator connector.
- ~
AIR INTAKE
6. Remove the blower case. (See 07 -40B-4
BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL [MANUAL AIR
~
~ONNECTOR
CONDITIONER].) (See 07-40B-7 BLOWER
MOTOR INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR
g
'\ ();;
CONDITIONER].)
7. Remove the screw A.
'J\ 1-:}" ", ,
@
'_1\
' , - "\'\
,"
8. Remove the air intake actuator link.
\\--\~\\
9. Remove the screw B.
BLOWER CASE
~\,
\
'~:' 0 " ' "
10. Remove the air intake actuator.
AIR INTAKE
\ \ ~\
;/
ACTUATOR
\ ~ ~\ ~
------/
:::,.-----L1
___[~?TUATOR
AIR INTAKE
ACTUATOR LINK
'\
\_--_\~-~\
SCREWB
'\
'~SCREWA
am3uuw0000408
AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]

id0740a2801500
1. Connect battery positive voltage to air intake actuator terminal B (or C), connect terminal C (or B) to ground,
and then verify that the air intake actuator operates as shown in the table .
If the operation condition is not normal, replace the air intake actuator.
RECIRCULATE
FRESH
-.-'---+++-+---"'-oo~-Pt-It-++--!:lI---
L I 1 I=::EI r
C
I j
I ~~I
am3uuw0000409
Terminal
B
B+
Ground
Ground
B+
Air intake actuator operation

FRESH ~ RECIRCULATE
RECIRCULATE ~ FRESH
07-408-3

BLOWER MOTOR REMOVAL [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a2807300
Note
The blower motor is located on the AlC unit
\ V
am3uuw0000406
Perform the work from the front passenger

side in the posture shown in the figure.
(1) Front scuff plate (See 09-17-67 FRONT
SCUFF PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(2) Front side trim (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE
TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(3) Upper panel (See 09-17-40 UPPER PANEL
am3uuw0000406
(4) Shift lever knob (MTX) (See 05-16-2
INSTALLATION.)
(13)Sh6wer duct (See 07-11-4 AlC UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(14)Accelerator pedal (See 01-13A-8 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF, L5].) (See 0113B-14 ACCELERATOR PEDAL REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3 WITH TC].)
4. Disconnect the air intake actuator connector. (See 07-40B-3 AIR INTAKE ACTUATOR REMOVAU
5. Detach the harness clip from the blower case.
07-408-4

6. Remove the screws shown in the figure and slide
the blower case.
7. Remove the blower case.
;\-+--l=~-SCREW
am3uuw0000406
8. Disconnect the blower motor cooling pipe.
BLOWER MOTOR ---;:-:;---+----'69

COOLING PIPE
am3uuw0000406
9. Install the SST (49 8061 015A) to the blower

motor.
10. Rotate the SST (1) and align the SST hole with
the align point (2) and then confirm that the SST
tabs into the three set holes on the blower motor
they are inserted as shown in the figure.
am3uuw0000556
TAB
_--L._
\\'rt----TAB
OPPOSITE ANGLE
am3uuw0000556
07-408-5

11. Press the tab (1) and rotate the blower motor (2)
and push the blower motor into the Ale case
slightly.
am3uuw0000407
12. Rotate the blower motor and the blower motor

connector position as shown in the figure (3) for
disconnect the blower motor connector eased.
0"
-~( BLOW~RMOTOR
CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000440
13. Press the tab (4) disconnect the blower motor

connector as shown in the figure (5).
BLOWER MOTOR
CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000440
14. Remove the blower motor in the direction shown

by the arrow.
Caution
with the AlC unit.
am3uuw0000407
15. Remove the blower motor with SST (498061

015A) by pulling it out.
Caution
with the AlC unit.
am3uuw0000407
07-408-6

BLOWER MOTOR INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a2807200
1. Install the SST (49 B061 015A) to the blower

motor.
am3uuw0000409
2. Install the blower motor with the SST (49 B061

015A) installed, to the Ale unit.
Caution
install the blower motor being careful
with the AlC unit. Also, another person
must hold the blower motor at the
installation position.
am3uuw0000556
3. Rotate the SST (49 B061 015A) until to the

blower motor tab locked.
am3uuw0000557
07-408-7

4. Connect the blower motor connector as shown in
the figure.
BLOWER MOTOR
CONNE~~~,
am3uuw0000409
5. Connect the blower motor cooling pipe.
BLOWER MOTOR --;':':::-f--fi

COOLING PIPE
am3uuw0000410
6. Rotate the SST (49 8061 015A) in the direction

shown by the arrow.
GPJ:m"'tet'
am3uuw0000410
7. Remove the SST (498061 015A) from the blower

motor.
8. Install the blower case.
Caution
Install the blower case while pressing the
dashboard insulator, otherwise the
blower case could be damaged.
07-408-8

9.
10.
11.
12.
Install the screws shown in the figure.

Install the harness clip to the blower case.
\~~-SCREW
Connect the air intake actuator connector.
Install the following parts:
(1) Accelerator pedal (See 01-13A-8
INSTALLATION [LF, L5].) (See 01-13B-14
(2) Shower duct (Passenger side) (See 07-11-4
AlC UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(3) Lower panel (See 09-17-27 LOWER PANEL
am3uuw0000410
(4) Hood release lever (See 09-14-15 HOOD
LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(5) Dashboard under cover (Passenger side) (See 09-17-39 DASHBOARD UNDER COVER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION .)
(6) Glove compartment (See 09.;.17-33 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION. )
(1 O)Upper panel (See 09-17-40 UPPER PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(11 )Front side trim (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(12)Front scuff plate (See 09-17-67 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Blower Case Installation Note

1. If not replacing the blower case, replace the
adhesive polyurethane on the fresh-air inlet of the
blower case.
Caution
To adhere new polyurethane properly, be
sure to remove the adhesive agent and
adhesive polyurethane completely.
Note
If the blower case is removed or installed,
the adhesive polyurethane can be damaged.
Damaged adhesive polyurethane could
cause abnormal noise or other malfunctions,
therefore replace it.
ADHESIVE
POLYURETHANE
'
~
,~:'"
8"'"
',':
~~
am3uuw0000410
BLOWER MOTOR INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]

idO?40a2801 000
1. Connect battery positive voltage to blower motor

terminal A, connect terminal B to ground, and
then verify its operation.
If there is any malfunction, replace the blower
motor.
am3uuw0000408
07-408-9

RESISTOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove the screw.
Remove the resistor.
id0740a2800700
"'-I
----<\~
q~1J~~EC~
~1I1,\t;C'~/
~
'-----L---.q}--SCREW
RESISTOR
am3uuw0000408
RESISTOR INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a2800800
1. Verify that the resistance between the resistor

terminals is as shown in the table.
resistor.
Terminal
A-O
A-8
A-C
Resistance (ohm)
0.33-0.39
0.95-1.09
1.88-2.16
am3uuw0000408
MAGNETIC CLUTCH DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a2800400

L5, L3 WITH TC
am3uuw0000407
07-408-10

LF
1
Bolt
(See 07-40B-11 Bolt Removal/Installation Note.)
2
3
Pressure plate
Shim
(See 07-40B-13 Shim Installation Note.)
Snap ring
(See 07 -40B-13 Snap Ring Removal/Installation
Note.)
AlC compressor pulley
(See 07 -40B-12 AlC Compressor Pulley Removal
Note.)
(See 07-40B-12 AlC Compressor Pulley Installation
Note.)
Snap ring
(See 07 -40B-13 Snap Ring Removal/Installation
Note.)
Stator
AlC compressor body
am3uuw0000408

3. Adjust the magnetic clutch clearance. (See 07-408-13 MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
Bolt Removal/Installation Note

1. When removing or installing the bolt, lock the AlC compressor pulley against rotation using the following
procedure.
Caution
When connecting the positive battery cable to the magnetic clutch connector, use a cable with a
female terminal of the correct size. Otherwise, load will be applied to the terminal, resulting in
deformation or damage, and poor contact. In addition, the positive battery cable could disconnect
from the connector resulting in a short circuit.
(1) Apply battery positive voltage to the magnetic
clutch terminal and connect the AlC
compressor body to the ground.
FEMALE
TERMINAl
acxuuw00002858
(2) Wrap the drive belt, which is no longer of use,

tightly around the AlC compressor pulley.
(3) Hold the drive belt in place with pliers.
(4) Remove/installation the bolt.
Tightening torque
15 Nm {1.5 kgf.m, 11 ft.lbf}
DRIVE BELT (NOT TO

BE REUSED)
acxuuw00002859
07-408-11

AlC Compressor Pulley Removal Note
1. Remove the AlC compressor pulley using the
SSTs (49 0839 425C, 49 SE01 160).
Caution
Be careful that the SST (490839 425C)
tabs do not hang over the stator.
000
000
.4,mBU1 t:+i..
acxuuw00002994
Note
Taping on the nail to protect damage.
~--TAPE
am6zzw0000194
AlC Compressor Pulley Installation Note

1. Install the inner wheel of the pulley using SST (49
D034 202) to the compressor.
Caution
If the SST is not properly positioned
when the AlC compressor pu lIey is
press-fit, the AlC compressor axle will
interfere with the SST, possibly damaging
component parts. Verify the SST and axle
are properly positioned and perform the
procedure very carefully.
acxuuw00002995
07-408-12

Snap Ring Removal/Installation Note
1. Remove/installation the snap ring using a snap ring pliers.
~----------------------------------~
am6zzw0000106
Shim Installation Note

1. First, insert the 1mm (0.039 in) thick shim into the shaft.
~----------------------------------~
am6zzw0000106
MAGNETIC CLUTCH ADJUSTMENT [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]

id0740a2800500
1. Measure the clearance around the entire

circumference between the pressure plate and AI
C compressor pulley using a thickness gauge.
AlC COMPRESSOR
PULLEY
PRESSURE PLATE
am3uuw0000408
2. Verify that the clearance.

If not within the specification, remove the
pressure plate and adjust the clearance by
changing the shim (0.2 mm {0.008 in}, 0.5
mm {0.02 in}) or the number of shims.
~SHIM
Clearance
0.35-0.65 mm {0.014-0.025 in}
am6xuw0000101
07-408-13

MAGNETIC CLUTCH INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a2800600
1. Connect battery to terminal A of magnetic clutch and ground to AlC compressor body.
am3uuw0000408
2. Verify that the magnetic clutch operates.

If there is any malfunction, replace the magnetic clutch.
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a2803200
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove the ambient temperature sensor.
am3uuw0000405
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]

id0740a2803300
1. Measure the temperature around the ambient

temperature sensor and measure the resistance
between the ambient temperature sensor
terminal.
If the characteristics of the ambient
temperature sensor are not as shown in the
graph, replace the ambient temperature
sensor.
KILOHM
16
14
12
10
z
~
U)
()
(j)
\\
"
~
I~[\
I~ ~
0:
"~~
~ ~ i'o...
I'" ~ t--.
r--
-1 0
{14}
0
{32}
10
{50}
20
{68}
TEMPERATURE
30
{86}
40
50
{104} {122}
C {OF}
am3zzw0000076
07-408-14

EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
Id0740a28011 00
1. Remove the evaporator temperature sensor from the AlC unit. (See 07-11-10 AlC UNIT DISASSEMBLY/
ASSEMBLY.)
EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a2801200
Note
Inspect the evaporator temperature sensor when it is installed to the AlC unit.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.

Set the temperature control at MAX COLD.
Set the RECIRCULATE mode.
Turn the AlC switch off.
Close all doors and windows.
Wait for 5 min.
Measure the temperature at the blower inlet.
Measure the resistance between the evaporator
temperature sensor terminals.
If the resistance is not as shown in the graph,
replace the evaporator temperature sensor.
KILOHM
16
14
12
10
z
~
CI)
()
",
,~
Ci5
w
a:
6
4
~~
o
-1 0
{14}
0
{32}
10
{50}
20
{68}
TEMPERATURE
'"
30
{86}
F====== =::::::::."
40
{104}
--=
50
{122}
C {OF}
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
am3uuw0000408
id0740a2817300

3. Disconnect the refrigerant pressure sensor connector.
Caution
4. Loosen the refrigerant pressure sensor using two spanners.
5. Remove the refrigerant pressure sensor. (See 07,--------------------,
40B-16 Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Installation
Note.)
Tightening torque
9.5-11.5 Nm {102-112 kgf.cm, 89-97
in.lbf}
PERFORMANCE TEST.)
am3uuw0000407
07-408-15

Refrigerant Pressure Sensor Installation Note
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE SENSOR INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a2817400
1. Install the manifold gauge.

2. Verify the high-pressure side reading of the manifold gauge.
3. Measure the terminal voltage of the climate control unit.
1G,1H and 2J
4. Verify that below graph as measure the terminal voltage 2J.
5. Follow the climate control unit inspection when measure the other terminal voltage. (See 07-408-20 CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
Terminal 1G: 1.0 V or less
Terminal 1H: Approx. 5 V (Ignition switch on)
If the each voltage is not normal, inspect the related wiring harness.
If there is any malfunction, replace the related wiring harness.
If wiring harness is normal, replace the refrigerant pressure sensor.
(REFERENCE)
CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT
5
4.76 ~---------------------------------------------------
AlC OFF
3.88
_________________________________________ _
~4
AlCON
GND OUTPUT +5
REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE
SENSOR
AlCO~~~
0.39 ~O+--H----r----.-------''----.---r.-----,--::
NC OFF
r (5~'~3) (101,'~45) (15~';18) (2~'~90) (25~'3~ (31~'~~
0.226 {2.30, 32.8}
0.196 {2.00, 28.4}
(3:";08)
3.14 {32.0, 455}
2.55 {26.0, 370}
REFRIGERANT PRESSURE (MPa {kgf/cm 2, psi})

am3uuw0000550
07-408-16

CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id07 40a2807 400

INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
.------l-.-J-=-------------:-----------.
1
2
Screw
(See 07-408-17 Climate Control Unit Removal
Note.)
(See 07-408-18 Climate Control Unit Installation
Note.)
Connector
),---.....--.-
am3uuw0000420
Climate Control Unit Removal Note

1. Disconnect each wire to links and remove it to the
wire clamps.
TAB
~
+
LINK
WIRE
am3uuw0000420
07-408-17

2. Pull out the air mix wire and airflow mode from the
dashboard.
am3uuw0000420
Climate Control Unit Installation Note

1. Pass each wire through the hole on the dashboad
2. Route each wire as shown in the figure.
am3uuw0000420
AIR FLOW MODE WIRE
am3uuw0000420
3. Connect the climate control unit connector.
07-408-18

4. Connect each wire to links and install it to the wire
clamps.
5. Verify that the dial is turned fully from one end to
the other.
am3uuw0000420
CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT DISASSEMBLY/ASSEMBLY [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a2802000
1. Disassemble in the order indicated in the figure.

1
Dial
Airflow mode wire

(See 07-40B-19 Wire Removal Note.)
(See 07-40B-19 Wire Installation Note.)
Air mix wire

(See 07-40B-19 Wire Removal Note.)
(See 07-40B-19 Wire Installation Note.)
Bulb
5
6
Fan switch
am3uuw0000409
Wire Removal Note

1. Remove in the order indicated in the figure.
am3uuw0000409
Wire Installation Note

1. Install as shown in the figure.
AIRFLOW
MODE
WIRE
AIR MIX
WIRE
am3uuw0000543
07-408-19

CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
idOl40a2802200
1. Remove the climate control unit with the connector connected. (See 07-408-17 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER].)
3. Connect the negative (-) lead of the tester to the body ground.
4. By inserting the positive (+) lead of the tester into the climate control unit connector, measure the voltage
according to the terminal voltage table.
If there is any malfunction, inspect the parts under "Inspection item(s)".
If the parts under "Inspection item(s)" are normal, replace the climate control unit.
CLIMATE CONTROL UNITWIRING HARNESS SIDE CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000419

Termi
nal
1A
1B
1C
Signal
name
1G
1H
11
1J
1K
Voltage (V)
B+
Refer to graph 1
Sensor
GNO
+5V
Ground
Blower fan
ON/OFF
signal
2A
Illumination
(- )
B+
07-408-20
Air intake actuator
Switched to
RECIRCULATE
Switched to FRESH
Evaporator
temperature
sensor
Under any condition
Refrigerant
pressure sensor
ON
Refrigerant
pressure sensor
Off
Body ground
Under any condition
-
Fan stopped
Fan switch
Instrument cluster
ROOM 15 A fuse
Fan on
Headlight ON and
panel light control MAX
Headlight ON and
panel light control MIN
ON
Off

Air intake actuator

Climate control unit: terminal
voltage (1 G)
1.0 or less
Motor
operation
Inspection item(s)
1L
2B
Measurement
condition
Switched to
Motor
Air intake actuator RECIRCULATE
operation
Switched to FRESH
Compared with
Evaporator
Evaporator
temperature
temperature sensor by evaporator
sensor input
temperature sensor
10
1E
1F
Connected to
1.0 or less

Air intake actuator

voltage (1 H)
voltage (1 G)
B+
1.0 or less
1.0 or less
1.0 or less
B+
Fan switch terminal voltage (0)
Instrument cluster

ROOM 15 A fuse
1.0 or less
2.0
9.65
B+
1.0 or less

Termi
nal
2C
20
Signal
name
LIN
2F
TNS signal
2G
HEATER 10 A fuse
2J
2K
Rear
window
defroster
indicator
Refrigerant
pressure sensor
Compared with
by refrigerant pressure
sensor
BCM
Rear window defroster

switch OFF
switch ON
2P
B+
Refrigerant
pressure
sensor
signal
20
Headlight switch ON
-
1.0 or less
IG SWON
IG SW LOCK
Headlight switch OFF
2L
2M
2N
TNS relay
IG2
21
Inspection item(s)
Voltage (V)

communication, good/no good judgement
by terminal voltage is not possible.
BCM
2E
2H
Measurement
condition
Connected to

BCM

TNS relay
BCM
Headlight switch

HEATER 10 A fuse
(See 07-40B-16
REFRIGERANT
PRESSURE
SENSOR
INSPECTION
[MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].
)

11.12

BCM
B+
1.0 or less
-
1.0 or less
Rear
window
defroster
signal
BCM
AlC signal
Instrument cluster
While pressed rear

window defroster
switch
Released rear window
defroster switch
AlCON
AlC OFF
4.7

Rear window defroster switch
BCM

Instrument cluster
1.0 or less
1.0 or less
4.8
GRAPH 1 (EVAPORATOR TEMPERATURE SENSOR)
(V)
"
'\
""" -..........
o -20
{-4}
r---
o
20
40
{32}
{68}
{104}
TEMPERATURE
07-408-21

FAN SWITCH INSPECTION [MANUAL AIR CONDITIONER]
id0740a2801300

INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
(15)Climate control unit. (See 07-40B-17 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION [MANUAL AIR
CONDITIONER].)
3. Verify that the continuity between the fan switch
terminals as indicated in the table .
If there is any malfunction, replace the fan
switch.
tifilij
0--0: Continuity
Switch
position
Terminal
OFF
1
2
0
0- --D
0 -~
0
0
am3uuw0000544
0
am3uuw0000545
07-408-22
TECHNICAL DATA
07-50
TECHNICAL DATA
HVAC TECHNICAL DATA . ........... 07-50-1
HVAC TECHNICAL DATA

id075000800100
Item
Specification
REFRIGERANT SYSTEM
Refrigerant
Type
Regular amount (approx. quantity)
(g {oz})
HFC-134a
455-505 {16.1-17.8}
BASIC SYSTEM
Type
Sealed volume
(approx.
quantity)
AlC compressor
Lubrication oil
CONTROL SYSTEM
AlC compressor
Magnetic clutch clearance
FD46 XG
(ml {cc, fl oz})
(mm {in})
120 {120, 4.06}
0.35-0.65 {0.014-0.025}
07-50-1
1-
SERVICE TOOLS
07-60
SERVICE TOOLS
HVAC SST . ....................... 07-60-1
HVAC SST
id076000BOO200
49 B061 014
Spring Lock
Coupling
Disconnect Tool
49 G061 001
Spring Lock
Coupling
Disconnect Tool
49 B061 015A
Holder
490839425C
49 SE01 160
490034202
Bearing puller
set
Valve seal
pusher
Support block
( [
ID
07-60-1
r---
RESTRAINTS
SYMPTOM
08-02
~.
AIR BAG SYSTEM .......... 08-10

SEAT BELT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-11
SERVICE TOOLS ........... 08-60
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
ON-80ARD DIAGNOSTIC
WIRING DIAGRAM ................. 08-02-3
FOREWORD ....................... 08-02-4
Outline ........................ 08-02-4
FLOWCHART ..................... 08-02-4
DTC INSPECTION .................. 08-02-6
CLEARING DTC ................. 08-02-6
DTCTA8LE ..................... 08-02-7
DTC 81013 ....................... 08-02-13
System Malfunction Location ........ 08-02-13
Detection Condition .............. 08-02-13
Possible Causes .................. 08-02-13
Diagnostic Procedure .............. 08-02-13
DTC 81046, 82773, 82774,
82775,82776 ..................... 08-02-14
Detection Condition ............... 08-02-14
Possible Causes ................ 08-02-14
System Wiring Diagram ........... 08-02-14
Diagnostic Procedure ............. 08-02-15
DTC 81047, 81992, 81993,
81994,81995 ..................... 08-02-18
System Malfunction Location ....... 08-02-18
Detection Condition ................ 08-02-18
Possible Causes .................. 08-02-18
System Wiring Diagram ............ 08-02-18
DTC 81048, 81925, 81933,
81935,81938 ..................... 08-02-22
Possible Causes ................. 08-02-22
System Wiring Diagram .......... 08-02-22
DTC 81049,81881,81882,
81883, 81886 .................. 08-02-25
Possible Causes .................. 08-02-26
DTC 81048, 8104E, 81051, U2017 ... 08-02-29
Possible Causes .................. 08-02-29
DTC 8104C, 8104F, 81050, U2018 .... 08-02-32

System Malfunction Location ..... 08-02-32
Possible Causes .................. 08-02-32
DTC 81040, 82226, 82227, 82855 .... 08-02-35
Possible Causes .............. 08-02-35
DTC 81054,81877,81878,
81879,81885 ................... 08-02-38
Possible Causes .................. 08-02-38
DTC 81055,81996,81997,
81998,81999 ................... 08-02-42
Detection Condition ............. 08-02-42
Possible Causes .................. 08-02-42
DTC 81056, 82777, 82778,
82779,82780 ................... 08-02-46
Possible Causes ............... 08-02-46
System Wiring Diagram ......... 08-02-46
DTC 81057, 81916, 81932,
81934, 81936 ................... 08-02-50
Possible Causes ................. 08-02-50
DTC 81058, 82228, 82230,
82232, 82234 ................... 08-02-54
Possible Causes ................. 08-02-54
08-02-1
,:,
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 81059, 82229, 82231,
82233, 82235 . .................... 08-02-58
Detection Condition .............. . 08-02-58
Possible Causes .................. 08-02-58
System Wiring Diagram ........... . 08-02-58
Diagnostic Procedure ............ . 08-02-59
DTC 81058, 8110C, 81144, 81145 ... . 08-02-62
Possible Causes ................. 08-02-62
Diagnostic Procedure ............. . 08-02-63
DTC 8105F, 8110D, 81146, 81147 ..... 08-02-66
System Malfunction Location ....... . 08-02-66
Possible Causes ................ 08-02-66
System Wiring Diagram .......... . 08-02-66
DTC 810A6, 810A7, 810A8,
810A9, 810AA .. ................. . 08-02-70
System Malfunction Location ...... . 08-02-70
Detection Condition ............ . 08-02-70
Possible Causes ................ . 08-02-70
System Wiring Diagram ......... . 08-02-70
DTC 8110E, 8110F, 82856,
82886,82887 . ................... . 08-02-74
Detection Condition ............... . 08-02-74
Possible Causes ................. . 08-02-74
DTC 81231 ....................... . 08-02-75
Detection Condition ............... . 08-02-75
Possible Causes ................ . 08-02-75
Diagnostic Procedure ............ . 08-02-75
DTC81317,81318 .................. 08-02-76
Detection Condition .............. . 08-02-76
Possible Causes ............... 08-02-76
System Wiring Diagram ......... . 08-02-76
Diagnostic Procedure .......... . 08-02-77
DTC 81342, 81921 ................. 08-02-80

Possible Causes .................. 08-02-80
DTC 81868 ....................... 08-02-81
Possible Causes ................. 08-02-81
DTC 81884, 81890 ................. 08-02-82
Possible Causes ................ 08-02-82
DTC 82290 ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-02-85
System Malfunction Location ...... 08-02-85
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-02-85
Possible Causes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-02-85
DTC 82477 ....................... 08-02-89
Detection Condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-02-89
Possible Causes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 08-02-89
DTC 82867 ....................... 08-02-90
Possible Causes ................. 08-02-90
DTC C1946, C1947, C1948,
C1981, C1982 .................... 08-02-92
Possible Causes .................. 08-02-92
System Wiring Diagram .......... 08-02-92
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION .... 08-02-96
PID/DATA MONITOR TA8LE . ......... 08-02-96
~-
08-02-2
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM
id080200080200
IG1
B+
DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
--
SAS 15 A
FUSE
IG1
k---+:;;;::~~::;::lINFLATOR
AIR BAG
SYSTEM
WARNING
LIGHT
NO.1
18 1B
INFLATOR
NO.2
LI-
I
I
~-----I
SEAT BELT
WARNING
LIGHT
I
I
I
I
~---------- ______ I
~6.~ATOR}
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
CAN SYSTEM/'---,
RELATED MODULE ~
INFLATOR
NO.2
PASSENGERSIDEAIRBAG
MODULE
MALTIINFORMATION
DISPLAYliN FORMATION
DISPLAY
Ip~t---------l
VE!:ILC_L~~ Y"l"CH_t:Q~~~ ~~~T___________ _
SEAT TRACK
POSITION SENSOR
PASSENGER-SIDE SIDE
AIR BAG MODULE
~E_H!QL_E .Y'{III:!QlJ."C '=Q~~~ ~~~T________ _
SEAT TRACK
POSITION SENSOR
Cr------;
I
: ' - -_ _ _ _ _ _-.1.,;;"'-1
I _________________________________
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
DRIVER-SIDE CURTAIN
AIR BAG MODULE
PASSENGER-SIDE
CURTAIN AIR BAG
MODULE
IG1
:- - -:
SEAT WEIGHT
SENSOR (LH)
1-'------;'-(
SEAT WEIGHT
SENSOR (RH)
1--+--i--i2AJ
LAP PRE-TENSIONER
SEAT BELT
1- __
.!
DRIVER-SIDE PRETENSIONER SEAT BELT

PASSENGER-SIDE PRETENSIONER SEAT BELT
POOR CONNECTION
I DETECTOR BAR
POOR CONNECTION
DETECTOR BAR
POOR CONNECTION
DETECTOR BAR
am3uuw0000494
08-02-3
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
SAS CONTROL MODULE
1b 1a
1K 11 1G 1E
1L
1J 1H 1F
~
2b 2a
21
20 2MI2K
2G 2EI2C 2A
2P 2N 12L 2J 2H 2FI2D 2B
LrLJ
~
3b 3a
30 3M 13K 31 3G 3EI3C 3A
3P 3N 13L 3J 3H 3F 130 3B
am3uuw0000470
FOREWORD
id080200080300
Outline
The aBO (on-board diagnostic) system has the following functions:
- Malfunction detection function: Detects malfunctions in the air bag system and outputs DTCs (Diagnostic
Trouble Codes).
- PID/data monitor function: Reads out specific input/output signals and the system status.
DTCs can be read/cleared using the M-MDS.
Note
Use the M-MDS to verify DTCs because the DTCs displayed by the air bag system warning light are
reference information only.
FLOWCHART
id080200080400
Use the following flowchart to verify the cause of the trouble.

Note
When inspecting past malfunction codes, inspect only the DTCs that were indicated before beginning the
inspection. A mis-diagnosis could occur as a result of new DTCs being added while performing an
inspection by disconnecting related parts or connectors.
When DTCs of the present malfunction are no longer output after present or past malfunctions or both
have been repaired, be sure to clear the past malfunction from memory to prevent repair of malfunctions
that have already been repaired.
r----
08-02-4
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
No
Confirm malfunction symptom, then

troubleshoot warning light circuit of
applicable malfunction, referring to
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX.
No
IPast malfunction I
Using M-MDS, verify if a DTC has been
stored in SAS control module.
IPresent malfunction
Inspect DTCs one by one starting from
the smallest code, referring to DTC TABLE.
No
Yes
Inspect for DTCs while shaking the wiring harness related to the
applicable past malfunction.
- If a DTC is displayed, go to Yes.
- If a DTC is not displayed, go to No and inspect for displayed past
malfunction DTCs.
Yes
No
Note
-If the display code of applicable past malfunctions are DTCs related to
each air bag module, verify whether the resistance value changes when
the related wiring harness is shook or open while checking for anyone
of the following PIDs: RES_AB_D, RES_AB_P. RES_CAB_D,
RES_CAB_P, RES_PT_D, RES_PT_P, RES_SAB_D, or RES_SAB_P.
No
IPast malfunction I
Using M-MDS, clear any stored DTCs
in SAS control module.
Inspect all DTCs starting from the smallest code.

However, if inspection item for part that has already been repaired
appears during inspection, finish inspection for that DTC at that
point in time.
Using M-MDS, verify if a DTC has been stored

in SAS control module.
Yes
am6xuw0000179
08-02-5
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC INSPECTION
id080200080500

3. Select "RCM".
2. Select "RCM".
am3uuw0000364
screen.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the SAS control module. (See 08-02-6 CLEARING DTC.)
CLEARING DTC

3. Select "RCM".
2. Select "RCM".
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 08-02-6 DTC INSPECTION.)
08-02-6
id080200080600
am3uuw0000364
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
OTe TABLE
id080200080700
Ole
Air bag system warning light
M-MOS
display
Flashing pattern
Priority
ranking
81013
16
22
81046
24
21
81047
22
JlJLJULJ
19
81048
21
13
81049
34
16
81048
43
J1JUlJLJ1J1Jl
10
8104C
44
I~
81040
42
JlJUlJLJULJ
B104E
43
IJ1JUlJLJ1J1Jl
10
B104F
44
81050
J1JUlJLJ1J1Jl
81051
43
81054
33
81055
23
18
81056
25
20
10
17
System malfunction
location
Page
Seat weight sensor

calibration error
(See 08-02-13 DTC

B1013.)
Short to the driver-side

curtain air bag module
circuit and other air bag
module circuits
Short to the driver-side side
air bag module circuit and
other air bag module
circuits
Short to the passenger-side
air bag module (inflator
No.1) circuit and other air
bag module circuits
pre-tensioner seat belt
module circuits
air bag sensor No.1 circuit
and other sensor circuits
side air bag sensor No.1
circuit and other sensor
circuits
Short to the crash zone
sensor circuits and other
sensor circuits
Driver-side side air bag
sensor No.1 circuit short to
power supply or body
ground
Passenger-side side air bag
sensor No.1 internal
malfunction
ground
malfunction
Short to the driver-side pretensioner seat belt circuit
and other air bag module
circuits
side air bag module circuit
circuits
curtain air bag module
module circuits
(See 08-02-14 DTC

B1046, 82773,
82774,82775,
B2776.)
(See 08-02-18 DTC
B1047,81992,
B1993,81994,
81995.)
(See 08-02-22 DTC
81048,81925,
81933,81935,
B1938.}
(See 08-02-25 DTC
81049,81881,
81882,81883,
B1886.)
(See 08-02-29 DTC
81048,8104E,
81051, U2017.)
(See 08-02-32 DTC
8104C,B104F,
81050, U2018.)
(See 08-02-35 DTC
81040, B2226,
82227,82855.)
(See 08-02-29 DTC
8104B,8104E,
B1 051, U2017.)
(See 08-02-32 DTC

B104C, B104F,
B1050, U2018.)
(See 08-02-29 DTC

81048, 8104E,
81 051, U2017.)
(See 08-02-38 DTC
81054,81877,
81878,81879,
81885.)
(See 08-02-42 DTC
81055,81996,
81997,81998,
81999.)
(See 08-02-46 DTC
B1056, B2777,
82778, B2779,
82780.)
08-02-7
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC
M-MDS
display
Flashing pattern
Priority
ranking
81057
19
14
81058
81059
21
81058
45
12
8105F
46
11
35
15
8110C
45
12
8110D
46
11
8110E
45
12
8110F
46
11
13
810A6
810A7
810A8
810A9
810AA
81144
45
12
46
11
81145
81146
81147
08-02-8
System malfunction
location
Short to the driver-side air

bag module (inflator No.1)
module circuits
Short to the driver-side air
bag module (inflator No.2)
module circuits
air bag module (inflator
No.2) circuit and other air
bag module circuits
air bag sensor No.2 circuit
and other sensor circuits
side air bag sensor No.2
circuit and other sensor
circuits
Lap pre-tensioner seat belt
circuit open circuit or
resistance high
circuit short to power
supply
circuit short to body ground
circuit resistance low
Short to the lap pretensioner seat belt circuit
circuits
ground
ground
Page
(See 08-02-50 DTC

81057,81916,
81932,81934,
81936.)
(See 08-02-54 DTC
81058, 82228,
82230, 82232,
82234.)
(See 08-02-58 DTC
81059,82229,
82231, 82233,
82235.)
(See 08-02-62 DTC
81058,8110C,
81144,81145.)
(See 08-02-66 DTC
8105F,8110D,
81146,81147.)
(See 08-02-70 DTC

810A6,810A7,
810A8, 810A9,
810AA.)
(See 08-02-62 DTC

81058, 811 OC,
81144,81145.)
(See 08-02-66 DTC
8105F,8110D,
81146,81147.)

sensor No.2 ID mismatch
(See 08-02-74 DTC

8110E,8110F,
82856, 82886,
82887.)
sensor No.2 ID mismatch

malfunction
sensor No.2
(communication error)
malfunction
sensor No.2
(See 08-02-62 DTC

81058,8110C,
81144,81145.)
(See 08-02-66 DTC

8105F, 811 OD,
81146,81147.)
(-
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
OTe
M-MOS
display
81231
Flashing pattern
13
Priority
ranking
3
81317
-
Continuously illuminated
81318
System malfunction
location
SAS control module
activation (deployment)
control freeze
SAS control module power
supply voltage increases
(16 V or more)
SAS control module power
supply voltage decreases
Page
(See 08-02-75 DTC

81231.)
(See 08-02-76 DTC

81317,81318.)
(8 V or less)
81342
12
81868
ULJ
81877
81878
33
IJUULJ
17
81879
81881
81882
34
IJlJlfLJlJUUl
16
18
IUMMfUl
23
81883
81884
81885
33
81886
34
81890
18
81916
19
81921
81925
21
IJUULJ
IJlJlfLJlJUUl
IUMMfUl
IJLJlJ1IU1JUlJlJ
SAS control module

(See 08-02-80 DTC

81342, B1921.)
Air bag system warning

light malfunction
Driver-side pre-tensioner
seat belt circuit open circuit
or resistance high
seat belt circuit short to
power supply
seat belt circuit short to
body ground
Passenger-side pretensioner seat belt circuit
open circuit or resistance
high
short to power supply
short to body ground
Passenger air bag
deactivation (PAD) indicator
circuit open or short to body
ground
(See 08-02-81 DTC

81868.)
17
seat belt circuit resistance
low
16

resistance low
23
14
13
(See 08-02-38 DTC

81054, B1877,
81878, B1879,
81885.)
(See 08-02-25 DTC

81049, B1881,
81882, B1883,
81886.)
(See 08-02-82 DTC

81884, B1890.)
(See 08-02-38 DTC
81054, B1877,
81878, B1879,
81885.)
(See 08-02-25 DTC
81049, B1881,
81882, B1883,
81886.)
Passenger air bag

deactivation (PAD) indicator (See 08-02-82 DTC
81884, B1890.)
supply
(See 08-02-50 DTC
81057, B1916,
(inflator No.1) circuit short
81932, B1934,
to power supply
81936.)
(See 08-02-80 DTC
Air bag diagnostic ground
circuit open
81342, B1921.)
Passenger-side air bag
(See 08-02-22 DTC
81048, B1925,
module (inflator No.1 )
81933, B1935,
81938.)
supply
08-02-9
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
OTe
M-MOS
display
Flashing pattern
B1932
19
B1933
21
B1934
19
B1935
21
B1936
19
B1938
21
Priority
ranking
14
J11lJLj
13
14
J11lJLj
13
14
J11lJLj
13
B1992
B1993
22
B1994
JlJLJlILJ
19
B1995
B1996
B1997
18
23
B1998
B1999
B2226
42
B2227
B2228
B2229
14
19
21
08-02-10
J11lJLj
13
System malfunction
location
Page
(See 08-02-50 DTC

B1057, B1916,
B1932, B1934,
B1936.)
(See 08-02-22 DTC
B1048, B1925,
module (inflator No.1)
B1933, B1935,
B1938.)
resistance high
(See 08-02-50 DTC
B1057, B1916,
(inflator No.1) circuit
B1932, B1934,
resistance low
B1936.)
(See 08-02-22 DTC
B1048, B1925,
module (inflator No.1 )
B1933, B1935,
B1938.)
(See 08-02-50 DTC
B1057, B1916,
B1932, B1934,
to body ground
B1936.)
(See 08-02-22 DTC
B1048, B1925,
B1933, B1935,
B1938.)
(inflator No.1) circuit open
circuit or resistance high

module circuit short to
power supply
module circuit short to body
ground
module circuit open circuit
or resistance high
module circuit resistance
low
power supply
ground
or resistance high
low
Crash zone sensor internal
malfunction
Crash zone sensor
(See 08-02-18 DTC

B1047, B1992,
B1993, B1994,
B1995.)
(See 08-02-42 DTC

B1055, B1996,
B1997, B1998,
B1999.)
(See 08-02-35 DTC

B104D, B2226,
B2227, B2855.)
(See 08-02-54 DTC

B 1058, B2228,
B2230, B2232,
B2234.)
(See 08-02-58 DTC
B1059, B2229,
B2231 , B2233,
B2235.)

to body ground
r--
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTe
M-MDS
display
82230
Flashing pattern
19
82231
21
82232
19
I~
~
Priority
ranking
14

to power supply
13

supply
14

(inflator No.2) circuit open
13

resistance high
14

(inflator No.2) circuit
resistance low
Seat weight sensor control
module 10 mismatch
82233
21
82234
19
82235
21
13
15
JlJUUlflJLJ
82290
I~
16
82477
54
Seat weight sensor control

module communication
error
No configuration
Configuration error
22
Flashing
.uJUUl
82773
82774
24
21
82775
82776
82777
82778
25
82779
82780
1JULJUUUU1
System malfunction
location
20
Driver-side curtain air bag

low
or resistance high
ground
power supply
Passenger-side curtain air
bag module circuit
resistance low
bag module circuit open
bag module circuit short to
body ground
bag module circuit short to
power supply
Page
(See 08-02-54 DTC

81058,82228,
82230, 82232,
82234.)
(See 08-02-58 DTC
81059, B2229,
82231, B2233,
82235.)
(See 08-02-54 DTC
81058, B2228,
82230, B2232,
82234.)
(See 08-02-58 DTC
81059, B2229,
82231, B2233,
82235.)
(See 08-02-54 DTC
81058, B2228,
82230, B2232,
82234.)
(See 08-02-58 DTC
81059, B2229,
82231, B2233,
82235.)
(See 08-02-85 DTC

82290.)
(See 08-02-89 DTC

82477.)
(See 08-02-14 DTC

81046, B2773,
82774, B2775,
82776.)
(See 08-02-46 DTC

81056, B2777,
82778, B2779,
82780.)
08-02-11
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTe
M-MDS
display
Flashing pattern
Priority
ranking
Crash zone sensor circuit

short to power supply or
body ground
82855
42
82856
J1JUULJULJ
8
Crash zone sensor 10
mismatch
82867
58
82886
44
82887
43
10
C1946
C1947
C1948
49
24
C1981
C1982
U0073
U0155
System malfunction
location
U2017
43
10
U2018
44
SAS control module

connectors are poorly
connected
Page
(See 08-02-35 DTC

81040, 82226,
82227,82855.)
(See 08-02-74 DTC
8110E, 811 OF,
82856, 82886,
82887.)
(See 08-02-90 DTC
82867.)

(See 08-02-74 DTC
sensor No.1 10 mismatch
8110E,8110F,
82856, 82886,
82887.)
sensor No.1 10 mismatch
Seat track position sensor
resistance high
circuit resistance not within
specification
malfunction
circuit open or short to
power supply
CAN communication error
(See 08-02-92 DTC

C1946, C1947,
C1948, C1981,
C1982.)
(See 09-020-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
Communication error to
COMMUNICATION
instrument cluster
SYSTEM].)
(See 08-02-29 DTC
sensor No.1
81048, 8104E,
81051, U2017.}
Passenger-side side air bag (See 08-02-32 DTC
sensor No.1
8104C, 8104F,
81050, U2018.}
08-02-12
- -
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 81013
id080200800900
System Malfunction Location

DTC
M-MDS display
B1013

Seat weight sensor calibration error
Detection Condition
Warning
Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before performing an inspection.
Performing an inspection according to only the detection conditions may cause injury due to an
operating error, or damage the system. When performing an inspection, always follow the
inspection procedure.
Calibration set value not within valid range

Possible Causes
Seat weight sensor deformed or malfunction
Load to or deformation of the seat belt rail
Deformed front passenger-side seat under-bracket or frame
Weight acting on front passenger-side seat during calibration
Improperly installed front passenger-side seat part at time of calibration
Deformed floor where attached to front passenger-side seat
Seat weight sensor control module malfunction
SAS control module malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
Properly install the passenger-side front
seat.
Inspect the seat weight sensor. (See 08-1019 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Is the seat weight sensor normal?
INSPECT PASSENGER-SIDE FRONT SEAT
Disconnect the negative battery cable and
wait for 1 min or more.
Remove the passenger-side seat and
visually inspect for the following:
- Seat under-bracket deformation
- Seat frame deformation
- Seat weight sensor deformation
- Foreign objects stuck in seat
Are any of the parts deformed or are any
foreign objects stuck in the seat?
INSPECT FLOOR
Visually inspect the installation parts of the
front passenger-side seat for the following:
- Abnormal floor deformation
-Installation hole of front passenger-side
seat is improperly positioned
Is the floor normal?
INSPECT SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CONTROL
MODULE
Replace the seat weight sensor.
After replacement, perform seat weight
sensor calibration. (See 08-10-18 SEAT
WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION.)
Reperform the DTC inspection.
Yes
ACTION
Replace the SAS control module.
(See 08-10-17 SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
Replace any deformed parts or remove any foreign

objects.
After replacement, perform seat weight sensor
calibration and reperform the DTC inspection. If the
DTC is displayed, go the next step. (See 08-10-18
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION.)
No
Yes
No
Repair floor deformation.

After repair, perform seat weight sensor calibration
and reperform the DTC inspection. If the DTC is
displayed even though the floor has been repaired, go
the next step. (See 08-10-18 SEAT WEIGHT
SENSOR CALIBRATION.)
Yes
Replace the seat weight sensor control module.

(See 08-10-18 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CONTROL
MODULE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
After replacement, perform seat weight sensor
calibration and reperform the DTC inspection. If the
DTC is displayed even though the seat weight sensor
control module has been replaced, replace the SAS
control module. (See 08-10-17 SAS CONTROL
No
08-02-13
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTCB1046,B2773,B2774,B2775,B2776
id080200808900

OTe
M-MOS display
81046
82773
82774
82775
82776
Short to the driver-side curtain air bag module circuit and other air bag module circuits
Driver-side curtain air bag module circuit resistance low
Driver-side curtain air bag module circuits open circuit or resistance high
Driver-side curtain air bag module circuit short to body ground
Driver-side curtain air bag module circuit short to power supply
Detection Condition
Warning
Resistance other than 1.10-9.64 ohms detected in driver-side curtain air bag module circuit
Wiring harness between the driver-side curtain air bag module and SAS control module has a malfunction
Possible Causes
Driver-side curtain air bag module connector malfunction
Open or short circuit or short to ground or short to power supply in the wiring harness between the driver-side
curtain air bag module and SAS control module
Driver-side curtain air bag module malfunction
System Wiring Diagram
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
SAS CONTROL MODULE

~
3b 3a
30 3M 13K 31 3G 3EI3C 3A
3P 3N 13L 3J 3H 3F 130 3B
DRIVER-SIDE CURTAIN
AIR BAG MODULE
DRIVER-SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE

JLj
~lmDll
I~~I
am3uuw0000542
08-02-14
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG
MODULE CONNECTOR
Yes
No
Action
Replace the driver-side curtain air bag module wiring
harness.
Warning
Handling the component parts
improperly can accidentally operate
(deploy) the air bag module, which may
seriously injure you. Read the service
warnings/cautions and the workshop
manual before handling the air bag
system components.
(See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Remove the C-pillar trim (driver-side). (See
09-17-63 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the driver-side curtain air bag
module connector. (See 08-10-11 CURTAIN
AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Inspect the driver-side curtain air bag
module connector. (Corrosion, damage, and
disconnected pins)
Is there any malfunction of the driver-side
curtain air bag module connector?
08-02-15
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
2
Inspection
INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN SAS
CONTROL MODULE AND DRIVER-SIDE
Remove the column cover. (See 09-17-22
COLUMN COVER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Remove the glove compartment. (See 09-1733 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the passenger-side air bag
module connector. (See 08-10-8
PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
Disconnect the driver and passenger-side
front seat connector. (See 09-13-3 FRONT
SEAT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Remove the C-pillar trim. (See 09-17-63 CPILLAR TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the passenger-side curtain air
bag module connector (harness side). (See
08-10-11 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE
Remove the B-pillar lower trim. (See 09-1759 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the lap pre-tensioner seat belt
connector. (See 08-11-3 FRONT SEAT BELT
pre-tensioner seat belt connector. (See 0811-3 FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Remove the console. (See 09-17-45
CONSOLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Disconnect all SAS control module
connectors. (See 08-10-17 SAS CONTROL
Inspect the wiring harnesses between SAS
control module connector terminal 3K and
driver-side curtain air bag module connector
terminal A, and SAS control module
connector terminal 31 and driver-side curtain
air bag module connector terminal B for the
following:
- Short circuit between terminals
- Short to body ground
- Open circuit
Yes
No
Action
Replace the wiring harness between the SAS control
module and the driver-side curtain air bag module.
Note
Inspect for continuity while shaking the
wiring harness between the SAS control
module and driver-side curtain air bag
module.
Is the wiring harness normal?
t-
08-02-16
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
Inspection
INSPECT THE WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN
THE SAS CONTROL MODULE AND DRIVERSIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE FOR A
SHORT CIRCUIT TO THE POWER SUPPLY
Switch the ignition to ON with SAS control
module connector and driver-side curtain air
bag module connector disconnected.
Measure the voltage of SAS control module
connector terminals 3K and 31 of SAS control
module harness side connector.
Yes
Action
module and the driver-side curtain air bag module.
No
Yes

Replace the driver-side curtain air bag module. (See 0810-11 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.))
Note
Measure the voltage while shaking the
module and driver-side curtain air bag
module.
Is the voltage measured?

INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG
MODULE
Connect the SST (Fuel and thermometer
checker) or apply 2 ohms resistance to the
driver-side curtain air bag module connector
terminals A-B.
Set the SST (Fuel and thermometer
checker) to 2 ohms.
Except for the driver-side curtain air bag
module connector, reconnect all
disconnected connectors.
Clear the DTC for the SAS control module
using the M-MDS. (See 08-02-6 CLEARING
DTC.)
Perform the DTC inspection for the SAS
control module using the M-MDS. (See 0802-6 DTC INSPECTION.)
PERFORM SAS CONTROL MODULE DTC
INSPECTION
Disconnect the SST (Fuel and thermometer
checker) or the 2 ohms resistance.
Connect the driver-side curtain air bag
module connector.
DTC.)
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
08-02-17
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTCB1047,B1992,B1993,B1994,B1995
id080200809000

DTC
M-MDS display
81047
81992
81993
81994
81995

Short to the driver-side side air bag module circuit and other air bag module circuits
Driver-side side
Driver-side side
Driver-side side
Driver-side side
air bag
air bag
air bag
air bag
module circuit
module circuit
module circuit
module circuit
short to power supply

short to body ground
open circuit or resistance high
resistance low
Detection Condition
Warning
.
Resistance other than 1.10-9.64 ohms is detected in driver-side side air bag module circuit
Wiring harness between the driver-side side air bag module and SAS control module has a malfunction
Possible Causes
Driver-side side air bag module connector malfunction
side air bag module and SAS control module
Driver-side side air bag module malfunction
VEHICLES WITH POWER SEAT
DRIVER-SIDE SIDE
AIR BAG MODULE
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
VEHICLES WITHOUT POWER SEAT
SASCONTROL
MODULE
SAS CONTROL MODULE

~
3b 3a
31
3G 3EI3C 3A
30 3M 13K
3P 3N 13L 3J 3H 3F 130 3B
WLJ
DRIVER-SIDE SIDE
AIR BAG MODULE
DRIVER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG MODULE

VEHICLES WITH
POWER SEAT
VEHICLES WITHOUT
POWER SEAT
~CB$]ij
I~~I
am3uuw0000542
t----
08-02-18
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG
MODULE CONNECTOR
Action
Yes
Replace the driver-side side air bag module wiring

harness.
No
Warning
system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Disconnect the driver-side side air bag
module connector installed to the lower side
of the seat cushion of the front seat.
Inspect the driver-side side air bag module
connector. (Corrosion, damage, and
disconnected pins)
side air bag module connector?
08-02-19
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
2
Inspection
CONTROL MODULE AND DRIVER-SIDE SIDE
AIR BAG MODULE.
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the passenger-side front seat
connector. (See 09-13-3 FRONT SEAT
curtain air bag module connector (harness
side). (See 08-10-11 CURTAIN AIR BAG
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
CONSOLE REMOVAUI NSTALLATION.)
Vheicles with power seat

control module connector terminal 3A and
driver-side side air bag module connector
terminal B, and SAS control module
connector terminal 3C and driver-side side
air bag module connector terminal A for the
following:
- Open circuit
Vheicles without power seat

connector terminal 3C and driver-side side
following:
- Open circuit
Note
module and driver-side side air bag
module.
08-02-20
Action
Yes
No

module and the driver-side side air bag module.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
3
Inspection
Yes
Action
module and the driver-side side air bag module.
No
Yes
No

Replace the driver-side side air bag module. (See 08-1010 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.))
THESASCONTROLMODULEANDDRNE~
SIDE SIDE AIR BAG MODULE FOR A SHORT

CIRCUIT TO THE POWER SUPPLY
module connector and driver-side side air
connector terminals 3A and 3C of SAS
control module harness side connector.
Note
module.

MODULE
wait for 1min or more.
terminals A-B.
checker) to 2 ohms.
Except for the driver-side side air bag
DTC.)
INSPECTION
Connect the driver-side side air bag module
connector.
DTC.)
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
08-02-21
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTCB1048,B1925,B1933,B1935,B1938
id08020081 0600

DTe
M-MDS display
81048
81925
81933
81935
81938

Short to the passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit and other air bag module circuits
Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit short to power supply
Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit open circuit or resistance high
Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit resistance low
Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit short to body ground
Detection Condition
Warning
Resistance other than 1.10-5.77 ohms detected in passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit
Malfunction in the wiring harness between the passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.1) and SAS control
module
Possible Causes
Passenger-side air bag module connector malfunction
Open or short circuit or short to ground or short to power supply in the wiring harness between the passengerside air bag module (inflator No.1) and the SAS control module
Passenger-side air bag module malfunction
SAS CONTOL
MODULE
SAS CONTROL MODULE

1K
1b 1a
11 1G 1E
1L
1J 1H 1F
INFLATOR} PASSENGERNO.1
SIDE AIR BAG
INFLATOR
MODULE
NO.2

am3uuw0000367
08-02-22
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG
MODULE CONNECTOR
Yes
Action
Replace the passenger-side air bag module wiring
harness.
No
Warning
system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
INSTALLATION.)
Inspect the passenger-side air bag module
disconnected pins)
Is there any malfunction of the passengerside air bag module connector?
08-02-23
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
2
Inspection
CONTROL MODULE AND PASSENGER-SIDE
AIR BAG MODULE
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
control module connector terminal 11 and
passenger-side air bag module connector
connector terminal 1K and passenger-side
following:
- Open circuit
Yes
No
Action
module and the passenger-side air bag module.
Note
module and passenger-side air bag
module.

THE SAS CONTROL MODULE AND
PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE FOR A
module connector and passenger-side air
connector terminals 11 and 1K of SAS control
Note
module.
08-02-24
Yes

No
r----
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
4
Inspection
MODULE
terminals A-B.
checker) to 2 ohms.
Except for the passenger-side air bag
DTC.)
INSPECTION
Connect the passenger-side air bag module
connector.
DTC.)
Action
Yes
No

Replace the passenger-side air bag module. (See 08-10-8
PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.))
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
DTCB1049,B1881,B1882,B1883,B1886
id08020081 0700

DTC
M-MDS display
B1049
B1881
B1882
B1883
B1886

Short to the passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit and other air bag module circuits
Passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit open circuit or resistance high
Passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit short to power supply
Passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit short to body ground
Passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit resistance low
Detection Condition
Warning
Resistance other than 1.10-5.77 ohms detected in passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit
Wiring harness between the passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt and SAS control module has a malfunction
08-02-25
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Possible Causes
Passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt connector malfunction
Open or short circuit or short to ground or short to power supply in the wiring harness between the passengerside pre-tensioner seat belt and SAS control module
Passenger-side pre-tensibner seat belt malfunction
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
SAS CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER-SIDE PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT

~
2b 2a
20 2MI2K 21 2G 2EI2C 2A
2P 2N 12L 2J 2H 2F/2D 2B
am6xuw0000197
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT PASSENGER SIDE PRETENSIONER SEAT BELT CONNECTOR
Yes
No
Warning
system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
Remove the B-pillar lower trim (passengerside). (See 09-17-59 B-PILLAR LOWER
Inspect the passenger-side pre-tensioner
seat belt connector. (Corrosion, damage,
and disconnected pins)
Is there any malfunction of the passengerside pre-tensioner seat belt connector?
08-02-26
Action
Replace the passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt wiring
harness.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
2
Inspection
PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the driver-side pre-tensioner seat
belt connector. (See 08-11-3 FRONT SEAT
BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
control module connector terminal 2G and
passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt
connector terminal A, and SAS control
module connector terminal2E and
connector terminal B for the following:
- Open circuit
Yes
No
Action
module and the passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt.
Note
module and passenger-side pre-tensioner
seat belt.
08-02-27
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
3
Inspection
Yes

PASSENGER-SIDE PRE-TENSIONER SEAT
BELT FOR A SHORT CIRCUIT TO THE
POWER SUPPLY
module connector and passenger-side pretensioner seat belt connector disconnected.
connector terminals 2E and 2G of SAS
No
Action
module and the passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt.
Note
module and passenger-side pre-tensioner
seat belt.

INSPECT PASSENGER-SIDE PRETENSIONER SEAT BELT
connector terminals A-B.
checker) to 2 ohms.
Except for the passenger-side pre-tensioner
seat belt connector, reconnect all
DTC.)
PERFORMSASCONTROLMODULEDTC
INSPECTION
Connect the passenger-side pre-tensioner
seat belt connector.
DTC.)
Yes
No

Replace the passenger-side pre-tensioner seat belt. (See
08-11-3 FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.))
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
1-
08-02-28
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTCB104B,B104E,B1051,U2017
id08020081 0800

DTC
M-MDS display
81048
8104E
81051
Short to the driver-side side air bag sensor No.1 circuit and other sensor circuits
Driver-side side air bag sensor No.1 circuit short to power supply or body ground
Driver-side side air bag sensor No.1 internal mulfunction
U2017
Driver-side side air bag sensor No.1 (communication error)
Detection Condition
Warning
Wiring harness between the driver-side side air bag sensor No.1 and SAS control module has a malfunction.
Driver-side side air bag sensor No.1 has a malfunction
Possible Causes
Driver-side side air bag sensor No.1 connector malfunction
side air bag sensor No.1 and SAS control module
Driver-side side air bag sensor No.1 malfunction
QII--------l,b
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
'.:::::./
SAS CONTROL MODULE

UL-J
303M 3K
3P 3N
DRIVER-SIDE
SIDE AIR BAG
SENSOR NO.1
DRIVER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO.1

3b 3a
~
31 3G 3E 13C 3A
3L 3J 3H 3F 3D 3B
am3uuw0000542
08-02-29
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
1
Inspection
SENSOR NO.1 CONNECTOR
Yes
No
Warning
system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Remove the B-pillar lower trim (driver-side).
(See 09-17-59 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM
sensor No.1 connector.
(See 08-10-19 SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO.
1 REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Inspect the driver-side side air bag sensor
No.1 connector. (Corrosion, damage, and
disconnected pins)
side air bag sensor No.1 connector?
08-02-30
Action
Replace the driver-side side air bag sensor No.1 wiring
harness.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
2
Inspection
AIR BAG SENSOR NO.1
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect
all SAS control module

control module connector terminal 3J and
driver-side side air bag sensor No.1
module connector terminal 3L and driverside side air bag sensor No.1 connector
terminal B for the following:
- Open circuit
Yes
No
Action
module and the driver-side side air bag sensor No.1.
Note
sensor No.1.
08-02-31
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
3
Inspection
Yes
THESASCONTROLMODULEANDDRWE~
SIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO.1 FOR A

bag sensor No.1 connector disconnected.
connector terminals 3J and 3L of SAS
No
Action
Replace the driver-side side air bag sensor No.1, then go
to the next step.
(See 08-10-19 SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO.1
Note
sensor No.1.

INSPECTION
DTC.)
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
DTC 8104C, 8104F, 81050, U2018
id080200810900

DTC
M-MDS display
B104C
B104F
B1050
U2018

Short to the passenger-side side air bag sensor No.1 circuit and other sensor circuits
Passenger-side side air bag sensor No.1 internal malfunction
Passenger-side side air bag sensor No.1 circuit short to power supply or body ground
Passenger-side side air bag sensor No.1 (communication error)
Detection Condition
Warning
inspection procedure
Wiring harness between passenger-side side air bag sensor No.1 and SAS control module has a malfunction
Passenger-side side air bag sensor No.1 has a malfunction
Possible Causes
Passenger-side side air bag sensor No.1 connector malfunction
Open or short circuit or short to ground or short to power supply in the wiring harness between the passengerside side air bag sensor No.1 and SAS control module
Passenger-side side air bag sensor No.1 malfunction
08-02-32
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
1>;<
i~
SAS CONTROL MODULE

PASSENGER-SIDE
SIDE AIR BAG
SENSOR NO.1
PASSENGER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO.1

~
3b 3a
30 3M 13K 31 3G 3EI3c 3A
3P 3N 13L 3J 3H 3F 130 3B
JLJ
am3uuw0000542
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT PASSENGER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG
Yes
No
Action
Replace the passenger-side side air bag sensor No.1
wiring harness.
Warning
system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Remove the B-pillar lower trim (passengerside). (See 09-17-59 B-PILLAR LOWER
Disconnect the passenger-side side air bag
sensor No.1 connector.
(See 08-10-19 SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO.
1 REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Inspect the passenger-side side air bag
sensor No.1 connector. (Corrosion, damage,
Is there any malfunction of the passengerside side air bag sensor No.1 connector?
08-02-33
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
2
Inspection
SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO.1
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
control module connector terminal 3P and
passenger-side side air bag sensor No.1
module connector terminal 3N and
- Open circuit
Action
Yes
No

module and the passenger-side side air bag sensor No.1.
Note
module and passenger-side side air bag
sensor NO.1.
r-- -
08-02-34
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
3
Inspection
PASSENGER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR
NO.1 FOR A SHORT CIRCUIT TO THE
POWER SUPPLY
module connector and passenger-side side
air bag sensor No.1 connector disconnected.
connector terminals 3N and 3P of SAS
Yes
No
Action
module and the passenger-side side air bag sensor NO.1.
Replace the passenger-side side air bag sensor No.1,
Note
sensor No.1.

INSPECTION
DTC.)
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
DTCB104D,B2226,B2227,B2855
id080200811000

DTC
M-MDS display
B104D
B2226
B2227
B2855

Short to the crash zone sensor circuit and other sensor circuits
Crash zone sensor internal malfunction
Crash zone sensor (communication error)
Crash zone sensor circuit short to power supply or body ground
Detection Condition
Warning
Malfunction in the wiring harness between the crash zone sensor and SAS control module
Malfunction in the crash zone sensor circuit
Possible Causes
Crash zone sensor connector malfunction
Open or short circuit or short to ground or short to power supply in the wiring harness between the crash zone
sensor and SAS control module
Crash zone sensor malfunction
08-02-35
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
r--'\
SAS CONTOL
MODULE
~r---~~-~-~--:-~~i-;~CRASHZONESENSOR
\.....J
TWISTED PAl R
SAS CONTROL MODULE WIRING

CRASH ZONE SENSOR WIRING

2b2a
202M 2K 21 2G 2E 12C 2A
2P 2NI2L 2J 2H 2FI2D 2B
am3uuw0000367
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT CRASH ZONE SENSOR
CONNECTOR
Warning
system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Disconnect the crash zone sensor connector.
(See 08-10-16 CRASH ZONE SENSOR
Inspect the crash zone sensor connector.
(Corrosion, damage, and disconnected pins)
Is there any malfunction of the crash zone
sensor connector?
08-02-36
Yes
No
Action
Replace the crash zone sensor wiring harness.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
2
Inspection
CONTROL MODULE AND CRASH ZONE

SENSOR
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
SEAT REMOVAUI NSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
crash zone sensor connector terminal A, and
SAS control module connector terminal 2B
and crash zone sensor connector terminal B
for the following:
- Open circuit
Action
Yes
No

module and the crash zone sensor.
Note
module and crash zone sensor.
08-02-37
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
Inspection
THE SAS CONTROL MODULE AND CRASH
ZONE SENSOR FOR A SHORT CIRCUIT TO
THE POWER SUPPLY
module connector and crash zone sensor
connector disconnected.
connector terminals 28 and 20 of SAS
Yes
No
Action
module and the crash zone sensor.
Replace the crash zone sensor, then go to the next step.
(See 08-10-16 CRASH ZONE SENSOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Note
module and crash zone sensor.

INSPECTION
DTC.)
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
DTC81054, 81877, 81878, 81879, 81885
id080200811200

DTC
M-MDS display
81054
81877
81878
81879
81885

Short to the driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit and other air bag module circuits
Driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit open circuit or resistance high
Driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit short to power supply
Driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit short to body ground
Driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit resistance low
Detection Condition
Warning
Resistance other than 1.10-5.77 ohms detected in driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt circuit
Wiring harness between the driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt and SAS control module has a malfunction
Possible Causes
Driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt connector malfunction
Open or short or short to ground or short to power supply circuit in the wiring harness between the driver-side
pre-tensioner seat belt and SAS control module
Driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt malfunction
08-02-38
1--------
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
SAS CONTROL MODULE

DRIVER-SIDE PRE-TENS lONER SEAT BELT

~
2b 2a
20 2MI2K 21 2G 2E 12C 2A
2P 2N 12L 2J 2H 2FI2D 2B
am3uuw0000367
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE PRE-TENSIONER
SEAT BELT CONNECTOR
Yes
No
Action
Replace the driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt wiring
harness.
Warning
system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
Inspect the driver-side pre-tensioner seat
belt connector. (Corrosion, damage, and
disconnected pins)
pre-tensioner seat belt connector?
08-02-39
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
2
Inspection
CONTROL MODULE AND DRIVER-SIDE PRETENSIONER SEAT BELT
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the passenger-side pre-tensioner
seat belt connector. (See 08-11-3 FRONT
SEAT BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt connector
connector terminal 2C and driver-side pretensioner seat belt connector terminal B for
the following:
- Open circuit
Note
module and driver-side pre-tensioner seat
belt.
08-02-40
Yes
No
Action
module and the driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
3
Inspection
Yes
THESASCONTROLMODULEANDDRWE~
SIDE PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT FOR A

module connector and driver-side pretensioner seat belt connector disconnected.
connector terminals 2A and 2C of SAS
No
Action
module and the driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt.
Note
module and driver-side pre-tensioner seat
belt.

INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE PRE-TENSIONER
SEAT BELT
driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt connector
terminals A-B.
checker) to 2 ohms.
Except for the driver-side pre-tensioner seat
belt connector, reconnect all disconnected
connectors.
DTC.)
INSPECTION
Connect the driver-side pre-tensioner seat
belt connector.
DTC.)
Yes
No

Replace the driver-side pre-tensioner seat belt. (See 0811-3 FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
08-02-41
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTCB1055,B1996,B1997,B1998,B1999
id080200809400

OTe
M-MOS display
81055
81996
81997
81998
81999
Short to the passenger-side side air bag module circuit and other air bag module circuits
Passenger-side side air bag module circuit short to power supply
Passenger-side side air bag module circuit short to body ground
Passenger-side side air bag module circuit open circuit or resistance high
Passenger-side side air bag module circuit resistance low
Detection Condition
Warning
.
Resistance other than 1.10-9.64 ohms detected in passenger-side side air bag module circuit
Wiring harness between the passenger-side side air bag module and SAS control module has a malfunction
Possible Causes
Passenger-side side air bag module connector malfunction
Open or short circuit or short to ground or short to power supply in the wiring harness between the passengerside side air bag module and SAS control module
Passenger-side side air bag module malfunction
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
SAS CONTROL MODULE

~
3b 3a
30 3MI3K 31 3G 3EI3C 3A
3P 3N 13L 3J 3H 3FI3D 3B
WLJ
PASSENGER-SIDE
SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
PASSENGER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG MODULE

~DmAJ~
I~~I
am3uuw0000542
08-02-42
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
1
Inspection
MODULE CONNECTOR
Action
Yes
Replace the passenger-side side air bag module wiring

harness.
No
Warning
system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

module connector installed to the lower side
of the seat cushion of the front seat.
disconnected pins)
Is there any malfunction of the passengerside side air bag module connector?
08-02-43
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
2
Inspection
SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the driver-side front seat
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
control module connector terminal3G and
passenger-side side air bag module
module connector terminal 3E and
- Open circuit
Note
module.
08-02-44
Yes
No
Action
module and the passenger-side side air bag module.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
3
Inspection
PASSENGER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
FOR A SHORT CIRCUIT TO THE POWER
SUPPLY
air bag module connector disconnected.
connector terminals 3E and 3G of SAS
Yes
Action
module and the passenger-side side air bag module.
No
Yes
No

Replace the passenger-side side air bag module. (See
08-10-10 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Note
module.

MODULE
checker) to 2 ohms.
Except for the passenger-side side air bag
DTC.)
INSPECTION
Connect the passenger-side side air bag
module connector.
DTC.)
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
08-02-45
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTCB1056,B2777,B2778,B2779,B2780
id080200809500

OTe
M-MOS display
B1056
B2777
B2778
B2779
B2780

Short to the passenger-side curtain air bag module circuit and other air bag module circuits
Passenger-side curtain
air bag
air bag
air bag
air bag
module
module
module
module

circuit open circuit or resistance high
circuit short to power supply
Detection Condition
Warning
Resistance other than 1.10-9.64 ohms detected in passenger-side curtain air bag module circuit
Wiring harness between the passenger-side curtain air bag module and SAS control module has a malfunction
Possible Causes
Passenger-side curtain air bag module connector malfunction
Open or short circuit or short to ground or short to power supply in the wiring harness between the passengerside curtain air bag module and SAS control module
Passenger-side curtain air bag module malfunction
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
PASSENGER-SIDE CURTAIN
AIR BAG MODULE
SAS CONTROL MODULE

---1LJ
~
3b 3a
30 3M 13K 31 3G 3EI3c 3A
3P 3N 13L 3J 3H 3FI3D 3B
PASSENGER-SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE

~ltlITJ~
I~~I
am3uuw0000543
08-02-46
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT PASSENGER-SIDE CURTAIN AIR
BAG MODULE CONNECTOR
Yes
Action
Replace the passenger-side curtain air bag module wiring
harness.
No
Warning
system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Remove the C-pillar trim (passenger-side).
(See 09-17-63 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the passenger-side curtain air
bag module connector. (See 08-10-11
CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Inspect the passenger-side curtain air bag
disconnected pins)
Is there any malfunction of the passengerside curtain air bag module connector?
08-02-47
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
2
Inspection
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the driver-side curtain air bag
module connector (harness side). (See 0810-11 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
control module connector terminal 3M and
passenger-side curtain air bag module
module connector terminal 30 and
- Open circuit
Note
module and passenger-side curtain air
bag module.
08-02-48
Yes
No
Action
module and the passenger-side curtain air bag module.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
3
Inspection
PASSENGER-SIDE CURTAIN AIR BAG
MODULE FOR A SHORT CIRCUIT TO THE
POWER SUPPLY
module connector and passenger-side
curtain air bag module connector
disconnected.
connector terminals 3M and 30 of SAS
Yes
Action
module and the passenger-side curtain air bag module.
No
Yes
No

Replace the passenger-side curtain air bag module. (See
08-10-11 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Note
module and passenger-side curtain air
bag module.

INSPECT PASSENGER-SIDE CURTAIN AIR
BAG MODULE
checker) to 2 ohms.
Except for the passenger-side curtain air bag
DTC.)
INSPECTION
Connect the passenger-side curtain air bag
module connector.
DTC.)
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
08-02-49
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTCB10S7,B1916,B1932,B1934,B1936
id080200811300

OTe
M-MOS display
81057
81916
81932
Short to the driver-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit and other air bag module circuits
Driver-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit short to power supply
Driver-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit open circuit or resistance high
81934
81936
Driver-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit resistance low

Driver-side air bag module (inflator No.1) circuit short to body ground
Detection Condition
Warning
Resistance other than 1.61-S.77 ohms detected in driver-side air bag module circuit
Wiring harness between driver-side air bag module (inflator No.1) and SAS control module has malfunction
Possible Causes
Clock spring connector malfunction
Open or short circuit or short to ground or short to power supply in the wiring harness between the clock spring
and SAS control module
Driver-side air bag module malfunction
INFLATOR NO.1
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG

MODULE
INFLATOR NO.2
SAS CONTROL MODULE

1b 1a
1K
11
1L
1J 1H 1F
1G 1E
CLOCK SPRING
CLOCK SPRING
111tBlI<2j1D11
lruB83~l
I~~I I~~I
am3uuw0000496
08-02-50
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
CONNECTOR (CLOCK SPRING)
Warning
Handling the air bag system
components improperly can
accidentally deploy the air bag
modules and pre-tensioner seat belts,
which may seriously injure you. Read
the service warnings and cautions
before handling the air bag system
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Remove the driver-side air bag module. (See
08-10-7 DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
Inspect the clock spring connector.
Is there any malfunction of the clock spring
connector?
Remove the steering wheel. (See 06-14-8
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [WITHOUT
BUTTON START SYSTEM].) (See 06-14-11
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [WITH
INSTALLATION.)
Remove the clock spring. (See 08-10-21
CLOCK SPRING REMOVAU
INSTALLATION. )
terminals 1D-3A and 1C-3B.
Action
Yes
Replace clock spring.

INSTALLATION. )
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Note
Inspect the clock spring wiring harness for
continuity while shaking it.
08-02-51
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
3
Inspection
CLOCK SPRING AND SAS CONTROL
MODULE
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
Inspect the wiring harness between SAS
control module connector terminal 1E and
clock spring connector terminal 1C, SAS
control module connector terminal 1G and
clock spring connector terminal 1D for the
following:
- Open circuit
Yes
No
Action
module and clock spring.
Note

THE SAS CONTROL MODULE AND CLOCK
SPRING FOR A SHORT CIRCUIT TO THE
POWER SUPPLY
module connector and clock spring
connector terminals 1 E and 1G.
Note
08-02-52
Yes
No

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
Inspection
Connect the leads of the SST (Fuel and
thermometer checker) or apply 2 ohms
resistance to clock spring connector
terminals 3A-3S.
Set the resistance of the SST (Fuel and
thermometer checker) to the 2 ohms
position.
Except for the driver-side air bag module
connector, reconnect all disconnected
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
control module using the M-MDS.
(See 08-02-6 DTC INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION
Connect the driver-side air bag module
connector.
using the M-MDS.
Action
Yes
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Replace the driver-side air bag module.

(See 08-10-7 DRIVER-SIDE AIR SAG MODULE
08-02-53
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTCB10S8,B2228,B2230,B2232,B2234
id080200809600

DTe
M-MDS display
81058
82228
82230
82232
82234

Short to the driver-side air bag module (inflator No.2) circuit and other air bag module circuits
Driver-side
Driver-side
Driver-side
Driver-side
air bag
air bag
air bag
air bag
module
module
module
module
(inflator
(inflator
(inflator
(inflator
No.2) circuit short to body ground

No.2) circuit short to power supply
No.2) circuit open circuit or resistance high
No.2) circuit resistance low
Detection Condition
Warning
Abnormal resistance (other than 1.61-S.77 ohms) detected in the driver-side air bag module (inflator No.2)
circuit
Malfunction in the wiring harness between the driver-side air bag module (inflator No.2) and SAS control
module
Possible Causes
Clock spring connector malfunction
Open or short circuit or short to ground or short to power supply in the wiring harness between the clock spring
and SAS control module
Driver-side air bag module malfunction
INFLATOR NO.1
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG

MODULE
INFLATOR NO.2
SAS CONTROL MODULE

1K
1b 1a
11 1G 1E
1L
1J 1H 1F
CLOCK SPRING
CLOCK SPRING
111t~C41D11
~~BI14iJl
I~~I I~~I
am3uuw0000367
r----
08-02-54
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
1
Inspection
CONNECTOR (CLOCK SPRING)
Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Remove the driver-side air bag module. (See
08-10-7 DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
Inspect the clock spring connector.
Is there any malfunction of the clock spring
connector?
Remove the steering wheel. (See 06-14-8
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [WITHOUT
BUTTON START SYSTEM].) (See 06-14-11
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [WITH
INSTALLATION.)
Remove the clock spring. (See 08-10-21
CLOCK SPRING REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
terminals 1A-4B and 1B-4A.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
INSTALLATION.)

INSTALLATION.)
Note
Inspect the clock spring wiring harness for
continuity while shaking it.
08-02-55
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
3
Inspection
CLOCK SPRING AND SAS CONTROL
MODULE
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
control module connector terminal 1M and
clock spring connector terminal 1A, SAS
clock spring connector terminal 1B for the
following:
- Open circuit
Yes
No
Action
Note

THE SASCONTROL MODULE AND CLOCK
SPRING FOR A SHORT CIRCUIT TO THE
POWER SUPPLY
module connector and clock spring
connector terminals 1M and 10.
Note
08-02-56
Yes
No

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
Inspection
Connect the leads of the SST (Fuel and
thermometer checker) or apply 2 ohms
resistance to clock spring connector
terminals 4A-4B.
Set the resistance of the SST (Fuel and
thermometer checker) to the 2 ohms
position.
Except for the driver-side air bag module
connectors.
using the M-MOS.
(See 08-02-6 CLEARING OTC.)
Perform the OTC inspection for the SAS
control module using the M-MOS.
(See 08-02-6 OTC INSPECTION.)
Are the same OTCs present?
INSPECTION
Connect the driver-side air bag module
connector.
Clear the OTC for the SAS control module
using the M-MOS.
(See 08-02-6 CLEARING OTC.)
control module using the M-MOS.
Action
Yes
No
Yes
No

Replace the driver-side air bag module.

(See 08-10-17 SAS CONTROL MOOULE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
08-02-57
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTCB1059,B2229,B2231,B2233,B2235
id080200809700

OTe
M-MOS display

Short to the passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.2) circuit and other air bag module circuits
81059
82229
82231
Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.2) circuit short to body ground
Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.2) circuit short to power supply
Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.2) circuit open circuit or resistance high
82233
82235
Passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.2) circuit resistance low
Detection Condition
Warning
Abnormal resistance (other than 1.10-5.77 ohms) detected in the passenger-side air bag module (inflator
No.2) circuit
Malfunction in the wiring harness between the passenger-side air bag module (inflator No.2) and SAS control
module
Possible Causes
Passenger-side air bag module connector malfunction
Open or short circuit or short to ground or short to power supply in the wiring harness between the passengerside air bag module (inflator No.2) and SAS control module
Passenger-side air bag module malfunction
SAS CONTOL
MODULE
SAS CONTOL MODULE WIRING

1K
1b 1a
11 1G 1E
1L
1J 1H 1F
INFLATOR} PASSENGERNO.1
SIDE AIR BAG
INFLATOR
MODULE
NO.2

am3uuw0000367
08-02-58
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
1
Inspection
MODULE CONNECTOR
Yes
No
Action
Replace the passenger-side air bag module wiring
harness.
Warning
system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
INSTALLATION.)
Inspect the passenger-side air bag module
disconnected pins)
Is there any malfunction of the passengerside air bag module connector?
08-02-59
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
2
Inspection
CONTROL MODULE AND PASSENGERSIDE
AIR BAG MODULE
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
control module connector terminal 1 P and
terminal C, and SAS control module
connector terminal 1N and passenger-side
air bag module connector terminal D for the
following:
- Open circuit
Action
Yes
No

Yes

Note
module.

THESASCONTROLMODULEAND
PASSENGERSIDE AIR BAG MODULE FOR A
module connector and passenger-side air
connector terminals 1P and 1N of SAS
Note
module.
08-02-60
No
(-
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
4
Inspection
MODULE
terminals C-D.
checker) to 2 ohms.
Except for the passenger-side air bag
DTC.)
INSPECTION
Connect the passenger-side air bag module
connector.
DTC.)
Action
Yes
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Replace the passenger-side air bag module. (See 08-10-8

PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.))
08-02-61
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 81058, 8110C, 81144,81145
id080200812000

OTe
M-MOS display
81058
8110C
81144
81145
Short to the driver-side side air bag sensor No.2 circuit and other sensor circuits
Driver-side side air bag sensor No.2 circuit short to power supply or body ground
Driver-side side air bag sensor No.2 internal malfunction
Driver-side side air bag sensor No.2 (communication error)
Detection Condition
Warning
Wiring harness between the driver-side side air bag sensor No.2 and SAS control module has a malfunction.
Driver-side side air bag sensor No.2 has a malfunction.
Possible Causes
Driver-side side air bag sensor No.2 connector malfunction
side air bag sensor No.2 and SAS control module
Driver-side side air bag sensor No.2 malfunction
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
>;<
~
SAS CONTROL MODULE

b
'B'
DRIVER-SIDE
SIDE AIR BAG
SENSOR NO.2
DRIVER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO.2

~
3b 3a
30 3M 13K 31 3G 3EI3c 3A
3P 3N 13L 3J 3H 3F 130 3B
---ILl
am3uuw0000543
(---
08-02-62
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
1
Inspection
Yes
Action
Replace the driver-side side air bag sensor No.2 wiring
harness.
No
Warning
system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Remove the tire house trim (driver-side).
(See 09-17-54 TIRE HOUSE TRIM
sensor No.2 connector. (See 08-10-20 SIDE
AIR BAG SENSOR NO.2 REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Inspect the driver-side side air bag sensor
No.2 connector. (Corrosion, damage, and
disconnected pins)
side air bag sensor No.2 connector?
08-02-63
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
2
Inspection
AIR BAG SENSOR NO.2
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
control module connector terminal 3B and
driver-side side air bag sensor No.2
module connector terminal 3D and driverside side air bag sensor No.2 connector
- Open circuit
Note
sensor No.2.
08-02-64
Yes
No
Action
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
3
Inspection
THE SAS CONTROL MODULE AND DRIVERSIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO.2 FOR A
bag sensor No.2 connector disconnected.
connector terminals 3B and 3D of SAS
Yes
Action
No
Replace the driver-side side air bag sensor No.2, then go

to the next step.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
Note
sensor No.2.

INSPECTION
DTC.)
Peliorm the DTC inspection for the SAS
No
08-02-65
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 8105F, 8110D, 81146, 81147
id080200811900

OTe
M-MOS display
B105F
Short to the passenger-side side air bag sensor No.2 circuit and other sensor circuits
B110D
Passenger-side side air bag sensor No.2 circuit short to power supply or body ground
B1146
Passenger-side side air bag sensor No.2 internal malfunction
B1147
Passenger-side side air bag sensor No.2 (communication error)
Detection Condition
Warning
Detection cond~tions are for understanding the DTC outline before performing an inspection.
Wiring harness between passenger-side side air bag sensor No.2 and SAS control module has a malfunction
Passenger-side side air bag sensor No.2 has a malfunction
Possible Causes
Passenger-side side air bag sensor No.2 connector malfunction
Open or short circuit or short to ground or short to power supply in the wiring harness between the passengerside side air bag sensor No.2 and SAS control module
Passenger-side side air bag sensor No.2 malfunction
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
~
~
SAS CONTROL MODULE

r&
~
PASSENGER-SIDE
SIDE AIR BAG
SENSOR NO.2
PASSENGER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO.2

~
3b 3a
30 3MI3K 31 3G 3EI3C 3A
3P 3N 13L 3J 3H 3F 130 3B
ULJ
am3uuw0000543
08-02-66
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
1
Inspection
Yes
No
Action
Replace the passenger-side side air bag sensor No.2
wiring harness.
Warning
system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Remove the tire house trim (driver-side).
(See 09-17-54 TIRE HOUSE TRIM
sensor No.2 connector. (See 08-10-20 SIDE
AIR BAG SENSOR NO.2 REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
sensor No.2 connector. (Corrosion, damage,
Is there any malfunction of the passengerside side air bag sensor No.2 connector?
08-02-67
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
2
Inspection
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION. )
INSTALLATION.)
control module connector terminal 3H and
module connector terminal 3F and
Short circuit between terminals
- Open circuit
Note
sensor No.2.
08-02-68
Yes
No
Action
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
3
Inspection
THESASCONTROLMODULEAND
PASSENGER-SIDE SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR
NO.2 FOR A SHORT CIRCUIT TO THE
POWER SUPPLY
air bag sensor No.2 connector disconnected.
connector terminals 3F and 3H of SAS
Yes
No
Action
Replace the passenger-side side air bag sensor No.2,
Note
sensor No.2.

INSPECTION
DTC.)
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
08-02-69
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 810A6, 810A7, 810A8, 810A9, 810AA
id080200818100

OTe
M-MOS display
B10A6
B10A7
B10A8
B10A9
B10AA
Lap pre-tensioner seat belt circuit open circuit or resistance high

Lap pre-tensioner seat belt circuit short to power supply
Lap pre-tensioner seat belt circuit short to body ground
Lap pre-tensioner seat belt circuit resistance low
Short to the lap pre-tensioner seat belt circuit and other air bag module circuits
Detection Condition
Warning
Resistance other than 1.10-5.77 ohms detected in lap pre-tensioner seat belt circuit
Wiring harness between the lap pre-tensioner seat belt and SAS control module has a malfunction.
Possible Causes
Lap pre-tensioner seat belt connector malfunction
Open or short or short to ground or short to power supply circuit in the wiring harness between the lap pretensioner seat belt and SAS control module
Lap pre-tensioner seat belt malfunction
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
SAS CONTROL MODULE

LAP PRE-TENSIONER
SEAT BELT
LAP PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT

~
2b 2a
20 2MI2K 21 2G 2EI2C 2A
2P 2N 12L 2J 2H 2FI2D 2B
am3uuw0000558
08-02-70
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT LAP PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT
CONNECTOR
Yes
No
Action
Replace the lap pre-tensioner seat belt wiring harness.
Warning
system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
Inspect the lap pre-tensioner seat belt
disconnected pins)
Is there any malfunction of the lap pretensioner seat belt connector?
08-02-71
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
2
Inspection
CONTROLMODULEANDLAPPR&
TENSIONER SEAT BELT
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
control module connector terminal 21 and lap
pre-tensioner seat belt connector terminal A,
and SAS control module connector terminal
2K and lap pre-tensioner seat belt connector
- Open circuit
Note
module and lap pre-tensioner seat belt.
08-02-72
Yes
No
Action
module and the lap pre-tensioner seat belt.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
3
Inspection
Yes
Action
module and the lap pre-tensioner seat belt.
No
Yes
No

Replace the lap pre-tensioner seat belt. (See 08-11-3
FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
THE SASCONTROLMODULEAND LAP PR&

TENSIONER SEAT BELT FOR A SHORT
module connector and lap pre-tensioner seat
belt connector disconnected.
connector terminals 21 and 2K of SAS control
Note
module and lap pre-tensioner seat belt.

INSPECT LAP PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT
lap pre-tensioner seat belt connector
terminals A-B.
checker) to 2 ohms.
Except for the lap pre-tensioner seat belt
connectors.
DTC.)
INSPECTION
Connect the lap pre-tensioner seat belt
connector.
DTC.)
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
08-02-73
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 8110E, 8110F, 82856, 82886, 82887
idOB0200B11BOO

OTC
M-MOS display
B110E
B110F
B2856
B2886
B2887

Driver-side side air bag sensor No.2 ID mismatch
Passenger-side side air bag sensor No.2 ID mismatch
Crash zone sensor ID mismatch
Passenger-side side air bag sensor No.1 ID mismatch
Driver-side side air bag sensor No.1 ID mismatch
Detection Condition
Warning
The SAS control module detects an error of impact magnitude set in the sensor, which occurs due to
installation mismatch of the crash zone sensor or side air bag sensors.
Possible Causes
Crash zone sensor misinstalled with wrong sensor
Driver-side side air bag sensor No.1 misinstalled with wrong sensor
Passenger-side side air bag sensor No.1 misinstalled with wrong sensor
Driver-side side air bag sensor No.2 misinstalled with wrong sensor
Passenger-side side air bag sensor No.2 misinstalled with wrong sensor
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT EACH SENSOR FOR
INSTALLATION POSITION
Yes
No
ACTION
Install the each sensor correctly, then go to the next step.
Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
Verify that the crash zone sensor or side air
bag sensor is installed in the correct position.
Is each sensor installed correctly?
PERFORM OTC INSPECTION
using the M-MDS.
08-02-74
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 81231
id080200801000

SAS control module activation (deployment) control freeze
Detection Condition
Warning
SAS control module determined collision

Possible Causes
STEP
1
INSPECTION
PERFORM OTC INSPECTION
using the M-MDS.
ACTION
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
08-02-75
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 81317, 81318
id080200811500

OTe
M-MOS display
81317
81318

SAS control module power supply voltage increases (16 V or more)
SAS control module power supply voltage decreases (8 V or less)
Detection Condition
Warning
SAS control module power supply voltage is other than 8.1-15.9 V
Possible Causes
Battery malfunction
SAS 15 A fuse malfunction
Open circuit or short to body ground in the wiring harness between the SAS control module and IG1 relay/
ignition switch
Open circuit in the wiring harness between the SAS control module and body ground
VEHICLES WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM
IG1 RELAY
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
VEHICLES WITH KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM

IGNITION SWITCH
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
SAS CONTROL MODULE

1b 1a
1K
11
1L
1J 1H 1F
1G 1E
am3uuw0000495
08-02-76
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
1
Inspection
BATTERY INSPECTION
Refer to the battery inspection and inspect
the battery.
L5].)
WITH TC].)
Is the battery normal?
FUSE INSPECTION
wait 1 min or more.
Remove the SAS 15 A fuse.
Is the fuse normal?
Action
Yes
No
Yes
No

Replace or charge the battery.
L5].)
WITH TC].)
Replace the SAS 15 A fuse.
08-02-77
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
3
Inspection
AIR BAG SENSOR NO.1
Yes
No
Action
module and the IG relay/ignition switch.
Warning
system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
connector terminal 1B.
Note
module and IG relay/ignition switch.
Is the voltage 8.1-15.9 V?
08-02-78
,-
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
4
Inspection
CONTROL MODULE AND BODY GROUND
wait 1 min or more.
body ground.
Action
Yes
No

module and body ground.
Note
module and body ground.

INSPECTION
DTC.)
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
08-02-79
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 81342, 81921
id080200811700

DTC
M-MDS display
81342
81921

SAS control module internal malfunction
Air bag diagnostic ground circuit open
Detection Condition
Warning
Malfunction in the SAS control module internal circuit
Possible Causes
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECTION
using the M-MOS. (See 08-02-6 CLEARING
OTC.)
control module using the M-MOS. (See 0802-6 OTC INSPECTION.)
08-02-80
Yes
No
Action
INSTALLATION.)
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 81868
id080200815000

Air bag system warning light malfunction
Detection Condition
Warning
Air bag system warning light malfunction detected

Possible Causes
Instrument cluster assembly incorrect
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY IF OTHER DTCs ARE DISPLAYED
Clear the DTC from the SAS control module
Is DTC U0073 or U0155 displayed?
Verify that the correct instrument cluster is
assembled.
Instrument cluster assembly incorrect?
Perform the following active command mode
inspection for the instrument cluster using
the M-MDS. (See 09-02E-24 ACTIVE
COMMAND MODES INSPECTION
-WL+IL
MODES TABLE [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
Does the air bag system warning light
illuminate?
INSPECTION
DTC.)
Action
No
Perform a separate inspection of the applicable DTCs.

Yes
No

Install the instrument cluster.
Yes
No

Replace the instrument cluster. (See 09-22-3
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
08-02-81
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 81884,81890
id080200801600

OTe
M-MOS display
81884
81890

Passenger air bag deactivation (PAD) indicator circuit open or short to body ground
Passenger air bag deactivation (PAD) indicator circuit short to power supply
Detection Condition
Warning
Malfunction in PAD indicator circuit
Possible Causes
Multi information display connector malfunction
Open or short circuit or short to ground or short to power supply in wiring harness between multi information
display and SAS control module
MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY/
INFORMATION DISPLAY
IG1
SASCONTROL
MODULE
SAS CONTROL MODULE

1K
1b 1a
11 1G 1E
1L
1J 1H 1F
MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY/INFORMATION DISPLAY

am3uuw0000542
08-02-82
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
1
INSPECTION
PERFORM MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY DTC
INSPECTION
Perlorm the DTC inspection for the multi
information display using the M-MDS.
Is DTC 81318 displayed?
INSPECT MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY
CONNECTOR
Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait
for 1 min or more.
Remove the center panel. (See 09-17-24
CENTER PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the multi information display
connector. (See 09-22-18 MULTI INFORMATION
DISPLAY REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Inspect the multi information display connector.
Is there any malfunction of the multi information
display connector?
INSPECT PAD INDICATOR
Warning
improperly can accidentally deploy the air
bag modules and pre-tensioner seat belts,
which may seriously injure you. Read the
air bag system service warnings and
cautions before handling the air bag
system components.
WARNINGS.)
CAUTIONS.)
ACTION
Yes
Perlorm troubleshooting according to corresponding

DTC inspection. (See 09-02J-6 DTC 81318 [MULTI
No
Yes
No
Repair the multi information display wiring harness.
Yes
No

Remove the console. (See 09-17-45 CONSOLE

Disconnect all SAS control module connectors.
(See 08-10-17 SAS CONTROL MODULE
Connect the multi information display connector.
Ground multi information display connector
terminal 1 H using a jumper wire.
Does the PAD indicator illuminate?
08-02-83
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
INSPECTION
4
INSPECT WIRING HARNESS BETWEEN MULTI
INFORMATION DISPLAY AND SAS CONTROL
MODULE
for 1 min or more.
COLUMN COVER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Remove the glove compartment. (See 09-17-33
GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the passenger-side air bag module
connector. (See 08-10-8 PASSENGER-SIDE
AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
curtain air bag module connector (harness side).
(See 08-10-11 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE
Remove the B-pillar lower trim. (See 09-17-59 BPILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Disconnect the driver and passenger-side pretensioner seat belt connector. (See 08-11-3
FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Inspect the wiring harness between multi
information display connector terminal 1Hand
SAS control module connector terminal 1L for
the following:
- Open circuit
ACTION
Yes
No
Repair the wiring harness between the multi information

display and SAS control module.
Yes
Repair the wiring harness between the multi information

display and SAS control module.
No
Note
Inspect for continuity while shaking the wiring
harness between the SAS control module and
multi information display.

SAS CONTROL MODULE AND MULTI
INFORMATION DISPLAY FOR A SHORT CIRCUIT
TO THE POWER SUPPLY
connector terminal 1L.
Note
Measure the voltage while shaking the wiring
harness between the SAS control module and
multi information display.
08-02-84
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
6
INSPECTION
INSPECTION
for 1min or more.
Clear the DTC for the SAS control module using
the M-MDS.
Perform the DTC inspection for the SAS control
module using the M-MDS.
ACTION
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
DTC 82290
id080200802300

Seat weight sensor 10 mismatch (Air bag system warning light OTC 15 is displayed)
Seat weight sensor communication error (Air bag system warning light OTC 16 is displayed)
Detection Condition
Warning
Error signal is detected between SAS control module and seat weight sensor control module
Seat weight sensor 10 mismatch
Possible Causes
Seat weight sensor control module connector malfunction
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the battery and the seat weight sensor control module
Open or short circuit in the wiring harness between the SAS control module and seat weight sensor control
module
Open circuit in the wiring harness between the seat weight sensor control module and body ground
Seat weight sensor calibration not properly set
Communication error between SAS control module and seat weight sensor control module
Seat weight sensor control module internal malfunction
LH or RH seat weight sensor malfunction
08-02-85
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
IG1
SAS 15 A FUSE
TWISTED PAIR
.....--.----..,...--,
Ll'f--r----'---1
Il---:----'---l
SASCONTOL
MODULE
r?Al-.;..----l
If--+--'''---1

SEAT WEI GHT

SENSOR (LH)
SEAT WEIGHT
SENSOR (RH)
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CONTROL MODULE

~
2b 2a
20 2MI2K 21 2G 2EI2C 2A
2P 2N 12L 2J 2H 2FI2D 2B
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR

CONTROL MODULE
Ii
I~~I
am3uuw0000475
Step
1
Inspection
MODULE CONNECTOR
Warning
system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
Disconnect the seat weight sensor control
module connector. (See 08-10-18 SEAT
WEIGHT SENSOR CONTROL MODULE
Is there any malfunction of the seat weight
sensor control module connector?
08-02-86
Yes
No
Action
Repair or replace the wiring harness.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
2
Inspection
MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Measure the voltage of seat weight sensor
control module connector terminals 3A.
Action
Yes
No

Repair the wiring harness between the seat weight sensor
control module and fuse block.
Note
wiring harness between the seat weight
sensor control module and fuse block.

INSPECTION WIRING HARNESS
Disconnect the SAS control module
connector. (See 08-10-17 SAS CONTROL
Verify continuity in the following wiring
harnesses:
- Between SAS control module terminal 2H
and seat weight sensor control module
terminal 3D
- Between seat weight sensor control module
terminal 3B and body ground
Yes
No

If there is any malfunction in the wiring harnesses, repair
or replace the applicable wiring harness.
After replacement, reperform the DTC inspection and
verify that no DTCs are displayed.
Note
module and seat weight sensor control
module.

INSPECT PASSENGER SENSING SYSTEM
Connect the seat weight sensor control
module connector.
Connect the SAS control module.
Verify the following PIDs using the M-MDS.
- OCSFLT_CAL
-OCSFLT_COM
-OCSFLT_L
- OCSFLT_MDL
-OCSFLT_R
Do all PIDs display "OK"?
Yes
No
Go to the Step 6.
Replace the following parts according to the M-MDS
screen:
If FAULT is displayed for OCSFLT_CAL:
- Perform seat weight sensor calibration (See 08-1018 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION.)
If FAULT is displayed for OCSFLT_COM or
OCSFLT MDL:
- Seat weight sensor control module (See 08-10-18
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CONTROL MODULE
If FAULT is displayed for OCSFLT_L or OCSFLT_R:
- Go to the next step
08-02-87
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
Inspection
MODULE
Disconnect the seat weight sensor connector
from the seat weight sensor control module.
terminals:
Caution
When measuring the voltage at a
terminal of the seat weight sensor
control module, measure it being
careful not to bend or damage the
terminal.
No
Action
Replace the seat weight sensor on the side in which the
PID/data monitor indicates a malfunction.
Replace the seat weight sensor control module, then go to
the next step. (See 08-10-18 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
CONTROL MODULE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Seat weight sensor control module

terminal1A (module side) and body
ground
- Seat weight sensor control module
terminal 2A (module side) and body
ground
Is the voltage approx. 6.5 V?
INSPECTION
DTC.)
Yes
08-02-88
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 82477
id08020081 0500

Configuration error
Detection Condition
Warning
SAS control module configuration setting has not been done correctly
Possible Causes
SAS control module configuration setting not implemented
SAS control module configuration setting invalid
Step
1
Inspection
PERFORM SAS CONTROL MODULE
INSPECTION
Perform the configuration for the SAS control
module using the M-MOS.
(See 08-10-17 SAS CONTROL MOOULE
CONFIGURATION.)
OTC.)
INSPECTION
OTC.)
Yes
No
Action
Perform the SAS control module configuration, then go to
the next step.
(See 08-10-17 SAS CONTROL MOOULE
CONFIGURATION.)
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
08-02-89
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTC 82867
id080200a03100

SAS control module connectors are poorly connected
Detection Condition
Warning
No continuity between poorly connected detector bar terminals of the SAS control module
Possible Causes
SAS control module connectors are poorly connected
SAS control module connector malfunction
POOR CONNECTION
IDETECTOR BAR
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
POOR CONNECTION
IDETECTOR BAR
POOR CONNECTION
IDETECTOR BAR
SAS CONTROL MODULE
1b 1a
1G 1E
1J 1H 1F
~
2b 2a
20 2MI2K 21 2G 2E 12C 2A
2P 2N 12L 2J 2H 2F 12D 2B
~
3b 3a
30 3MI3K 31 3G 3EI3C 3A
3P 3N 13L 3J 3H 3FI3D 3B
WLJ
am6xuw0000196
08-02-90
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT CONTACTS OF SAS CONTROL
MODULE CONNECTORS
Yes
No
Action
Reconnect the SAS control module connectors properly.
Yes
No

Replace the air bag wiring harness.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
Warning
system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
Are all SAS control module connectors
securely connected?
VERIFY POORLY CONNECTED DETECTOR
BARS OF SAS CONTROL MODULE
CONNECTORS
Disconnect the SAS control module
connectors.
Verify the condition of the poorly connected
detector bars of the SAS control module
connectors. (Corrosion, damage, and
disconnected pins)
Are the poorly connected detector bars of the
SAS control module connectors normal?
INSPECTION
Connect the SAS control module connectors.
DTC.)
No
08-02-91
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
DTCC1946,C1947,C1948,C1981,C1982
id080200820200

OTe
M-MOS display
C1946
C1947
C1948
C1981
C1982

Seat track position sensor circuit open or resistance high
Seat track position sensor circuit short to body ground
Seat track position sensor circuit resistance not within specification
Seat track position sensor malfunction
Seat track position sensor circuit open or short to power supply
Detection Condition
Warning
Malfunction in seat track position sensor circuit.
Possible Causes
Seat track position sensor connector malfunction
Open or short circuit or short to ground or short to power supply in wiring harness between seat track position
sensor and SAS control module.
Open circuit in wiring harness between seat track position sensor and body ground.
Seat track position sensor malfunction
VEHICLE WITH POWER SEAT
SAS CONTOL
MODULE
SEAT TRACK
2F 1 - - - - - - f A POSITION
SENSOR
VEHICLE WITHOUT POWER SEAT
SAS CONTOL
MODULE

~
2b 2a
21
2G
20 2MI2K
2EI2C 2A
2P 2N 12L 2J 2H 2FI2D 2B
2F 1 - - - - - - r C
SEAT TRACK
POSITION
SENSOR
SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR WIRING

VEHICLE WITH POWER SEAT
VEHICLE WITHOUT POWER SEAT
lIliJ
~
am3uuw0000368
08-02-92
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR
CONNECTOR
ACTION
Yes
No
Replace the seat track position sensor wiring harness.

Warning
components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

waitfor 1 min or more.
Disconnect the seat track position sensor
connector.
Inspect the seat track position sensor
connection. (Corrosion, damage, and
disconnected pins)
Is there any malfunction of the seat track
position sensor connector?
08-02-93
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
2
INSPECTION
CONTROL MODULE AND SEAT TRACK
POSITION SENSOR
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)
INSTALLATION.)

control module connector terminal 2F and
seat track position sensor connector terminal
A for the following:
- Open circuit

control module connector terminal2F and
seat track position sensor connector terminal
C for the following:
- Open circuit
Note
module and seat track position sensor.
08-02-94
ACTION
Yes
No

module and the seat track position sensor.
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
STEP
INSPECTION
THE SAS CONTROL MODULE AND SEAT
TRACK POSITION SENSOR FOR A SHORT
module connector and seat track position
sensor connector disconnected.
connector terminals 2F of SAS control
Yes
ACTION
module and the seat track position sensor.
No
Yes
Replace the seat track position sensor, then go to the next

step.
(See 08-10-18 SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR
Replace the wiring harness between the seat track position
sensor and body ground.
Note
module and seat track position sensor.

SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR AND BODY
GROUND
wait 1 min or more.
No
Inspect the wiring harness between seat

track position sensor connector terminal B
and body ground.
Inspect the wiring harness between seat

track position sensor connector terminal A
and body ground.
Note
wiring harness between the seat track
position sensor and body ground.

INSPECTION
DTC.)
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
08-02-95
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
id080200080800

3. Select "RCM".
2. Select "RCM".
the screen.
.
am3uuw0000421
Note
id080200081000
Unit/Operation Operation Status (Reference)
BUCKLE_D
(Driver-side buckle switch
status)
Unbuckled/
Buckled
BUCKLE_P
(Passenger-side buckle
switch status)
Unbuckled/
Buckled
CCNT_RCM
(Number of continuous DTCs)
IGN_V
(IG1 voltage)
OCSFLT_CAL
(Seat weight sensor
calibration status)
OCSFLT_COM
(Seat weight sensor control
module communication
status)
OCSFLT_L
(Seat weight sensor (LH)
malfunction status)
OCSFLT_MDL
(Seat weight sensor control
module malfunction status)
OCSFLT_R
(Seat weight sensor (RH)
malfunction status)
PS_WEIGHT
(Seat weight sensor
measured weight of
passenger)
PSAB_DepSt
(Passenger-side air bag
module deployment status)
08-02-96
Terminal
Driver-side front seat belt fastened (Driver-side buckle

switch off): Buckled
Driver-side front seat belt not fastened (Driver-side buckle
switch on): Unbuckled
2M
Passenger-side front seat belt fastened (Passenger-side

buckle switch off): Buckled
Passenger-side front seat belt not fastened (Passengerside buckle switch on): Unbuckled
20
DTCs detected: 1-255

No DTCs detected: 0
1B
OK!
FAULT
Sensor normal: OK
Passenger sensing system error: FAULT
2H
OK!
FAULT
Sensor normal: OK
Passenger sensing system communication error: FAULT
2H
Sensor normal: OK
Passenger sensing system (LH) malfunction: FAULT
2H
OK!
FAULT
Sensor normal: OK
Passenger sensing system control module malfunction:
FAULT
2H
OK!
FAULT
Sensor normal: OK
Passenger sensing system (RH) malfunction: FAULT
2H
OK!
FAULT
kg
Inactive/
Active
Display of load (body weight) on passenger-side seat
Passenger-side air bag module non-operation (nondeployment) status: Inactive

Passenger-side air bag module operation (deployment)
enabled status: Active
2H
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
PID name (definition)
RES_AB_D
(Driver-side air bag module
(inflator No.1) resistance
nominal)
RES_AB_P
resistance nominal)
RES_AB2_D
(Driver-side air bag module
(inflator No.2) resistance
nominal)
RES_AB2_P
resistance nominal)
RES_CAB_D
(Driver-side curtain air bag
module resistance nominal)
RES_CAB_P
(Passenger-side curtain air
bag module resistance
nominal)
RES_LPT_D
(Lap pre-tensioner seat belt
resistance nominal)
RES_PT_D
(Driver-side pre-tensioner
seat belt resistance nominal)
RES_PT_P
(Passenger-side pretensioner seat belt resistance
nominal)
RES_SAB_D
(Driver-side side air bag
RES_SAB_P
(Passenger-side side air bag
TRAK_SW
(Seat track position sensor
state)
Unit/Operation Operation Status (Reference)
Terminal
ohm
Continuous: 1.61-5.77 ohms
1E,1G
ohm
11,1K
ohm
1M,10
ohm
1p,1N
ohm
31,3K
ohm
3M, 30
ohm
21,2K
ohm
2A,2C
ohm
2E,2G
ohm
3A,3C
ohm
3E,3G
Forward/
Rearward
Front seat front position: Forward

Front seat rear position: Rearward
2F
08-02-97
08-03
AIR BAG SYSTEM WIRING

DIAGRAM (SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING) ........... 08-03-2
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX ......... 08-03-3
NO.1 AIR BAG SYSTEM WARNING
LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE ..... 08-03-3

NO.2 AIR BAG SYSTEM
WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES
CONSTANTLY .................... 08-03-4
08-03-1
AIR BAG SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM (SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING)
id080300805300
IG1
B+
SAS 15 A
FUSE
IG1
-e-
k---+:;;;:::I-$ii~:::;::lINFLATOR
AIR BAG
SYSTEM
WARNING
LIGHT
NO.1
"""""""----'
SEAT BELT
WARNING
LIGHT
1B 1B
I
I
I
INFLATOR
NO.2
I
I
I
I
~---------- ______ I
~6.;ATOR}
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
CAN SYSTEM./I---,
RELATED MODULE ~
INFLATOR
NO.2
PASSENGERSIDE AIR BAG

MODULE
MALTI INFORMATION
DISPLAY/INFORMATION
DISPLAY
I p~--------l
V!=!:ILC.!-~
Y'fJ1lt t:Q~~1j ~~T___________ _
SEAT TRACK
POSITION SENSOR
PASSENGER-SIDE SIDE
AIR BAG MODULE
'{..E_H!C2.L_E .Y'{J"!I:!QlJ.l t:Q~~1j ~~T________ _

I
SEAT TRACK
POSITION SENSOR
Il _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
SAS
CONTROL
MODULE
DRIVER-SIDE CURTAIN
AIR BAG MODULE
PASSENGER-SIDE
CURTAIN AIR BAG
MODULE
IG1
,- - -I
SEAT WEIGHT
SENSOR (LH)
SEAT WEIGHT
SENSOR (RH)
LAP PRE-TENSIONER
SEAT BELT
'- - --

POOR CONNECTION
I DETECTOR BAR
POOR CONNECTION
DETECTOR BAR
POOR CONNECTION
3b
I DETECTOR BAR
am3uuw0000494
08-03-2
SAS CONTROL MODULE
1K
1b 1a
11 1G 1E
1L
1J 1H 1F
~
2b 2a
20 2MI2K 21 2G 2E 12C 2A
2P 2N 12L 2J 2H 2FI2D 28
bLJ
~
3b 3a
30 3MI3K 31 3G 3EI3C 3A
3P 3N 13L 3J 3H 3F 130 38
am3uuw0000368
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX
id080300802000
Use the chart below verify the symptoms of the trouble in order to diagnose the appropriate area.
No.
Description
Air bag system warning light does not

illuminate.
Air bag system warning light does not

illuminate while the air bag system is
performing initialization.
Page
(See 08-03-3 NO.1 AIR BAG SYSTEM
WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT
ILLUMINATE)
Air bag system warning light is

illuminated constantly.
Air bag system warning light is

illuminated constantly and remains
illuminated after 6 s have elapsed.
(See 08-03-4 NO.2 AIR BAG SYSTEM

WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES
CONSTANTLY)
NO.1 AIR BAG SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT DOES NOT ILLUMINATE

id080300800200
1
DETECTION
CONDITION
Air bag system warning light does not illuminate.

Air bag system warning light does not illuminate while the air bag system is performing initialization.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Instrument cluster (circuit board) malfunction

Short to ground circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and SAS control module
Air bag system warning light (LED) malfunction
Communication error between SAS control module and instrument cluster
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT OTHER WARNING AND INDICATOR
LIGHTS CIRCUIT IN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
illuminate?
INSPECT DTCS IN SAS CONTROL MODULE
Inspect the DTC for the SAS control module
on-board diagnostic system.
Have DTCs been recorded in memory?
VERIFY WHERE MALFUNCTION IS IN
WARNING LIGHTS INDICATION CIRCUIT OR
ELSEWHERE
simulation function using the M-MDS.
CLUSTER].)
Do other waning and indicator lights
illuminate?
INSPECT DTCS IN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Inspect the DTC for the instrument cluster
ACTION
Yes
Switch the ignition to off, then go to the next step.
No
Inspect the instrument cluster power supply system and

ground system, then go to Step 3.
Yes
Perform the applicable DTC inspection, then go to Step 5.

No
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)
Then go to Step 5.
Yes
Perform the applicable DTC inspection, then go to the next

step.
No
08-03-3
STEP
INSPECTION
5
Connect all disconnected SAS system
connectors.
operate properly?
Yes
No
ACTION
Verify that there are no DTCs in the memory. If there are no
DTCs, the troubleshooting is completed.
malfunction recurs.
NO.2 AIR BAG SYSTEM WARNING LIGHT ILLUMINATES CONSTANTLY

2
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id080300800300
Air bag system warning light illuminates constantly

Air bag system warning light is illuminated constantly and remains illuminated after 6 s have elapsed.
Weak battery
Instrument cluster (circuit board) malfunction
No connection in SAS control module connector
Poor contact in instrument cluster connector (24-pin)
Open or short to power supply circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and SAS control
module
Poor contact at terminals 1J and/or 1B of SAS control module connector
Poor contact in wiring harness between terminal1J of SAS control module connector and ground
Poor contact in wiring harness between battery and terminal 1B of SAS control module
AIR BAG
SEAT BELT SYSTEM
WARNING WARNING
LIGHT
LIGHT
MICRO-COMPUTER
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
am3uuw0000543
08-03-4
STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT BATTERY
Measure the voltage of battery.
VERIFY THAT SAS CONTROL MODULE

CONNECTOR IS CONNECTED
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

Battery is weak.
Inspect charge/discharge system, then go to Step 8.
(See 01-17A-4 BATTERY INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
(See 01-17B-4 BATTERY INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
Reconnect the connector properly, then go to Step 8.
Warning
the air bag system service warnings
and cautions before handling the air
bag system components.
SERVICE WARNINGS.)
SERVICE CAUTIONS.)

Are all SAS control module connectors
securely connected?
INSPECT DTCS IN SAS CONTROL MODULE
Inspect the DTC for the SAS control module
INSPECT DTCS IN INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
Inspect the DTC for the instrument cluster
VERIFY WHERE MALFUNCTION IS IN
WARNING LIGHTS INDICATION CIRCUIT OR
ELSEWHERE
simulation function using the M-MDS.
CLUSTER].)
illuminate?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


Repair the instrument cluster.
INSTALLATION.)
Then go to Step 8.
08-03-5
STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT OF SAS
CONTROL MODULE (TERMINAL 1 B)
Remove the console.
(See 09-17-45 CONSOLE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION. )
connectors.
Measure the voltage at SAS control module
at wiring harness-side connector terminal
Yes
No
ACTION
Repair the wiring harnesses, then go to Step 8.
1B.
Is the voltage 8-16 V?
VERIFY THAT SAS CONTROL MODULE

CONNECTOR TERMINAL 1J IS GROUND
SAS control module connector disconnected.
ground for the following:
- Short to power supply
- Open circuit
Yes

Connect all disconnected SAS control
module connectors during diagnosis.
illuminate for approx. 6 s and turn off?
Yes
No
08-03-6
No
Replace the SAS control module, then go to the next step.

INSTALLATION.)
Replace the wiring harnesses, then go to the next step.
Complete troubleshooting, then explain repairs to customer.

malfunction recurs.
AIR BAG SYSTEM
08-10
AIR BAG SYSTEM
AIR BAG SYSTEM LOCATION

INDEX ..........................
AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
WARNINGS ......................
Air Bag Module Inspection ........ .
Air Bag Module Handling .......... .
Side Air Bag Module Handling ...... .
SAS Control Module Handling ...... .
Side Air Bag Sensor Handling ...... .
Pre-tensioner Seat Belt Inspection ...
Lap Pre-tensioner Seat Belt
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE
CAUTIONS ......................
Air Bag System Component
Disassembly ................. .
Air Bag Module, Pre-tensioner
Seat Belt, Lap Pre-tensioner
Seat Belt Handling ............ .
Seat Weight Sensor Handling ...... .
Air Bag Module, Pre-tensioner
Seat Belt Reuse ................ .
Air Bag Wiring Harness Repair ..... .
PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG
MODULE
SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
4SD ......................... .
5HB ........................ .
Clip Removal Note ............... .
CRASH ZONE SENSOR
SAS CONTROL MODULE
SAS CONTROL MODULE
CONFIGURATION .................
SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
CONTROL MODULE
08-10-2
08-10-3
08-10-3
08-10-3
08-10-4
08-10-4
08-10-4
08-10-5
08-10-5
08-10-5
08-10-5
08-10-5
08-10-6
08-10-6
08-10-6
08-10-7
08-10-8
08-10-10
08-10-11
08-10-11
08-10-13
08-10-15
08-10-16
08-10-17
08-10-17
08-10-18
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR

CALIBRATION .................... 08-10-18
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
INSPECTION ..................... 08-10-19
SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO. 1
CLOCK SPRING
Clock Spring Installation Note ...... . 08-10-21
Steering Angle Sensor
Removal Note .............. .. 08-10-21
CLOCK SPRING ADJUSTMENT ....... 08-10-22
CLOCK SPRING INSPECTION ........ 08-10-23
PASSENGER AIR BAG
DEACTIVATION (PAD) INDICATOR
LIGHT BULB
AIR BAG MODULE AND
DEPLOYMENT PROCEDURES ....... 08-10-26
Deployment Procedure for
Inside of Vehicle ................ . 08-10-26
Driver-side Air Bag Module ......... . 08-10-26
Passenger-side Air Bag Module ..... . 08-10-27
Side Air Bag Module ............. .. 08-10-29
Curtain Air Bag Module .......... .. 08-10-30
Pre-tensioner Seat Belt. ........... 08-10-31
Lap pre-tensioner Seat Belt ......... 08-10-31
Deployment Procedure for
Outside of Vehicle ............... . 08-10-32
Driver-side Air Bag Module ........ . 08-10-32
Passenger-side Air Bag Module ..... . 08-10-34
Side Air Bag Module ........... ... 08-10-36
Curtain Air Bag Module ...... ...... 08-10-38
Pre-tensioner Seat Belt ........... . 08-10-40
Lap Pre-tensioner Seat Belt ....... .. 08-10-41
AIR BAG MODULE AND
DISPOSAL PROCEDURES .......... 08-10-43
INSPECTION OF SST
(DEPLOYMENT TOOL) ............. 08-10-44
Inspection Procedure ........... .. 08-10-44
08-10-18
08-10-1
,:
AIR BAG SYSTEM

AIR BAG SYSTEM LOCATION INDEX
id081 000805300
DRIVER SEAT
14\-------1
am3uuw0000425
Curtain air bag module

(See 08-10-11 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE
(See 08-10-26 AIR BAG MODULE AND PRETENSIONER SEAT BELT DEPLOYMENT
PROCEDU RES.)
SAS control module

CONFIGURATION.)

PROCEDU RES.)
08-10-2
Clock spring
INSTALLATION.)
(See 08-10-23 CLOCK SPRING INSPECTION.)
(See 08-10-22 CLOCK SPRING ADJUSTMENT.)
Passenger air bag deactivation (PAD) indicator light

bulb (See 08-10-25 PASSENGER AIR BAG
DEACTIVATION (PAD) INDICATOR LIGHT BULB
Passenger-side air bag module

(See 08-10-8 PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG
PROCEDURES.)
Crash zone sensor

(See 08-10-16 CRASH ZONE SENSOR
!-- --
AIR BAG SYSTEM

8
Side air bag sensor No.1

Side air bag sensor No.2

10
Pre-tensioner seat belt

PROCEDURES.)
11

PROCEDURES.)
12
Side air bag module

(See 08-10-10 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE
PROCEDURES.)
13

(See 08-10-18 SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR
Seat weight sensor control module
(See 08-10-18 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR
CONTROL MODULE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Seat weight sensor
CALIBRATION.)
INSPECTION.)
14
15
AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS

id081 000800200
Air Bag Module Inspection

Inspecting an air bag module using a tester can operate (deploy) the air bag module, which may cause
serious injury. Do not use a tester to inspect an air bag module. Always use the on-board diagnostic
function to diagnose the air bag module for malfunctions.
~----------------------------------~
NO GOOD
am3uuw0000368
Air Bag Module Handling

Before removing the air bag module or disconnecting the air bag module connector, always switch the
ignition to off, disconnect the negative battery cable, and then wait for 1 min or more to allow the
backup power supply of the SAS control module to deplete its stored power.
Handling a live (undeployed) air bag module
.----------------------------------------,
that is pointed toward your body could result
in serious injury if the air bag module were to
accidentally operate (deploy). When carrying
a live (undeployed) air bag module, point the
deployment surface away from your body to
lessen the chance of injury in case it operates
(deploys).
GOOD
1\
NO GOOD
1\
am3uuw0000368
08-10-3
I :
AIR BAG SYSTEM

A live (undeployed) air bag module placed
with its deployment surface to ground is
dangerous. If the air bag module were to
accidentally operate (deploy), it could cause
serious injury. Always place a live
(undeployed) air bag module with its
deployment surface up.
GOOD
NO GOOD
Side Air Bag Module Handling

Before removing the side air bag module or disconnecting the side air bag module connector, always
switch the ignition to off, disconnect the negative battery cable, and then wait for 1 min or more to
allow the backup power supply of the SAS control module to deplete its stored power.
When a side air bag module operates (deploys) due to a collision, the interior of the seat back (pad,
frame, trim) may become damaged. If a side air bag does not operate (deploy) normally from a seat
back that has been reused, a serious accident may result. After a side air bag has operated (deployed),
always replace both the side air bag module and the seat back (pad, frame, trim) with new parts. After
servicing, verify that the seat operates normally and that the wiring harness is not caught.
SAS Control Module Handling
Removing the SAS control module or disconnecting the SAS control module connector with the switch
the ignition to ON can activate the sensor in the SAS control module and operate (deploy) the air bags
and pre-tensioner seat belts, which may cause serious injury. Before removing the SAS control module
or disconnecting the SAS control module connector, always switch the ignition to off, disconnect the
negative battery cable, and then wait for 1 min or more to allow the backup power supply of the SAS
control module to deplete its stored power.
Connecting the SAS control module connector with the SAS control module not securely fixed to the
vehicle is dangerous. The sensor in the SAS control module could send an electrical signal to the air
bag modules and pre-tensioner seat belts. This will operate (deploy) the air bags and pre-tensioner
seat belts, which may result in serious injury. Therefore, before connecting the connector, securely fix
the SAS control module to the vehicle.
Because a sensor is built into the SAS control module, once the air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts
have operated (deployed) due to a collision or other causes, the SAS control module must be replaced
with a new one even if the used one does not have any visible external damage or deformation. The
used SAS control module may have been damaged internally, which may cause improper operation. If
the SAS control module is reused, the air bags and pre-tensioner seat belts may not operate (deploy)
normally, which could result in a serious accident. Always replace the SAS control module with a new
one. The SAS control module cannot be bench-checked or self-checked.
Side Air Bag Sensor Handling
Removing the side air bag sensor or disconnecting the side air bag sensor connector with the switch
the ignition to ON can activate the side air bag sensor and operate (deploy) the side air bag, which may
cause serious injury. Before removing the side air bag sensor or disconnecting the side air bag sensor
connector, always switch the ignition to off, disconnect the negative battery cable, and then wait for 1
min or more to allow the backup power supply of the SAS control module to deplete its stored power.
If the side air bag sensor is subjected to shock or the sensor is disassembled, the side air bag may
accidentally operate (deploy) and cause injury, or the system may fail to operate normally and cause a
serious accident. Do not subject the side air bag sensor to shock or disassemble the sensor.
Because a sensor is built into the side air bag sensor, once the air bag has operated (deployed) due to
a collision or other causes, the side air bag sensor must be replaced with a new one even if the used
one does not have any visible external damage or deformation. If the side air bag sensor is reused, the
side air bag may not operate (deploy) normally, which could result in a serious accident. Always
replace the side air bag sensor with a new one. The side air bag sensor cannot be bench-checked or
self-checked.
(-
08-10-4
AIR BAG SYSTEM

Pre-tensioner Seat Belt Inspection
Inspecting a pre-tensioner seat belt using a
tester can operate (deploy) the pre-tensioner
seat belt, which may cause serious injury. Do
not use a tester to inspect a pre-tensioner
seat belt. Always use the on-board diagnostic
function to diagnose the pre-tensioner seat
belt for malfunctions.
NO GOOD
am3uuw0000369
Lap Pre-tensioner Seat Belt Inspection

Inspecting a lap pre-tensioner seat belt using
a tester can operate (deploy) the lap pretensioner seat belt, which may cause serious
injury. Do not use a tester to inspect a lap pretensioner seat belt. Always use the on-board
diagnostic function to diagnose the lap pretensioner seat belt for malfunctions.
NO GOOD
am3uuw0000369
AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS

id081 000800300
Air Bag System Component Disassembly

Disassembling the air bag system components could cause it to not operate (deploy) normally. Never
disassemble any air bag system components.
NO GOOD
am3uuw0000368
Air Bag Module, Pre-tensioner Seat Belt, Lap Pre-tensioner Seat Belt Handling
Oil, grease, or water on the air bag modules may cause the air bags, pre-tensioner seat belts and lap
pre-tensioner seat belt to fail to operate (deploy) in an accident. Never allow oil, grease, or water to get
on the air bag modules, pre-tensioner seat belts or lap pre-tensioner seat belt.
08-10-5
AIR BAG SYSTEM

Inserting a screwdriver or similar object into
the connector of an air bag module, pretensioner seat belt or a lap pre-tensioner seat
belt may damage the connector and cause the
air bag module, pre-tensioner seat belt or the
lap pre-tensioner seat belt to operate (deploy)
improperly, which may cause serious injury.
Never insert any foreign objects into the air
bag module, pre-tensioner seat belt or lap pretensioner seat belt connectors.
NO GOOD
am3uuw0000368
Seat Weight Sensor Handling

The seat weight sensor has a built-in strain gauge which may operate improperly if the sensor is
dropped by itself or when installed to the seat. If it is dropped, replace the seat weight sensor with a
new one.
Oil, grease, or water on the seat weight sensor may cause the system to operate (deploy) improperly.
Never allow oil, grease, or water to get on the seat weight sensor.
Foreign material in the seat weight sensor components may cause the system to operate (deploy)
improperly. Always make sure that no foreign material can get into the seat weight sensor.
Disassembling the seat weight sensor, or tightening any of the nuts and bolts installed to the sensor
body may cause it to operate (deploy) improperly. Never disassemble the seat weight sensor or tighten
any of the nuts or bolts installed to the body of the sensor.
Air Bag Module, Pre-tensioner Seat Belt Reuse
Even if an air bag module or a pre-tensioner seat belt does not operate (deploy) in a collision and does
not have any external signs of damage, it may have been damaged internally, which may cause
improper operation. Before reusing a live (undeployed) air bag module and the pre-tensioner seat belts,
always use the on-board diagnostic to diagnose the air bag module and the pre-tensioner seat belts to
verify that they have no malfunction.
Air Bag Wiring Harness Repair
Incorrectly repairing an air bag wiring harness can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag module
and pre-tensioner seat belts. If a problem is found in the air bag wiring harness, always replace the
wiring harness with a new one.
NO GOOD
am6zzw0000094
08-10-6
AIR BAG SYSTEM

DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id081000801300
Warning
Handling the air bag module improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag module, which may
seriously injure you. Read the air bag system service warnings and cautions before handling the
air bag module. (See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.)(See 08-10-5 AIR BAG
SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
Due to the adoption of 2-step deployment control in the driver-side air bag module, depending on
the impact force, it is possible that inflator No.2 might not deploy. In such cases, before disposing
of the air bag module, make sure to follow the inflator deployment procedures and verify complete
deployment of inflators No.1 and 2.
1.
2.
3.
4.

Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1 min or more.
Remove the covers.
r--------------------,
Remove the bolts.
COVER
COVER
am3uuw0000372
08-10-7
AIR BAG SYSTEM

5. Using a flathead screwdriver, lift the locking device carefully, however do not remove it.
VEHICLES WITH STEERING SWITCH
VEHICLES WITHOUT STEERING SWITCH
HORN SWITCH
CONNECTOR
HORN SWITCH
CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000373
6. Disconnect the air bag module connector.

7. Disconnect the horn switch connector.
S. Remove the driver-side air bag module.
11. Verify that the air bag system warning light illuminates for approx. 6 s and goes out.
If the air bag system warning light does not operate normally, refer to the on-board diagnostic system (air
bag system) and perform inspection of the system. (See OS-02-4 FLOWCHART.)
PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id081000801900
Warning
air bag module. (See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.) (See 08-10-5 AIR BAG
Due to the adoption of 2-step deployment control in the passenger-side air bag module,
depending on the impact force, it is possible that inflator No.2 might not deploy. In such cases,
before disposing of the air bag module, make sure to follow the inflator deployment procedures
and verify complete deployment of inflators No.1 and 2.
Note
When replacing the passenger-side air bag module after the deployment, replace it together with the midwiring harness.
When installing the mid-wiring harness, install it along the vehicle wiring harness using bands or tape.
(1) Passenger-side front scuff plate (See 09-17-67 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(2) Passenger-side front side trim (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(5) Passenger-side lower panel (See 09-17-27 LOWER PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(6) SIRIUS satellite radio unit (with SIRIUS satellite radio system) (See 09-20-30 SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO
UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
08-10-8
r-
AIR BAG SYSTEM

6. Remove the bolts.
am3uuw0000373
7. Pull the passenger-side air bag module in the

direction of arrow (1) and detach the hook A from
the instrument panel.
8. Pull the passenger-side air bag module in the

direction of arrow (2) and detach the hook B from
the instrument panel and remove it.
11. Verify that the air bag system warning light
illuminates for approx. 6 s and goes out.
If the air bag system warning light does not
operate, refer to the on-board diagnostic
system (air bag system) and perform
inspection of the system. (See 08-02-4
FLOWCHART.)
FRAME
HOOK
B--Illljm
~---------------~~~--HOOKA
PASSENGERSIDE
AIR BAG MODULE
am3uuw0000373
08-10-9
AIR BAG SYSTEM

SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id081 000800800
Warning
which may seriously injure you. Read the air bag system service warnings and cautions before
handling the air bag module. (See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.) (See 08-10-5
AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
If the side air bag module is installed with debris in the seat back, the foreign material may be
scattered when the side air bag module operates (deploys), causing injury. Verify that there is no
foreign material in the seat back before installing the side air bag module.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.

Remove the front seat. (See 09-13-3 FRONT SEAT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Remove the front seat back trim and front seat back pad. (See 09-13-13 FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM
Remove the bands.
Remove the nuts.
NUT 4.5-8.5 Nm
{46-86 kgf.cm,
Remove the side air bag module.
40-75 in.lbf}
Verify that the air bag system warning light
operate normally, refer to the on-board
diagnostic system (air bag system) and
perform inspection of the system. (See 08-024 FLOWCHART.)
'------'--BAND
iii
am3uuw0000566
08-10-10
AIR BAG SYSTEM

CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id081 000800900
Warning
air bag module. (See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.)(See 08-10-5 AIR BAG
4SD
3. Partially peel back the seaming welt.
4. Remove the rain sensor cover. (Vehicles with auto light/wiper system) (See 09-19-25 RAIN SENSOR
REMOVAUINSTALLATION)
5. Disconnect the rain sensor connector. (Vehicles with auto light/wiper system)
(1) Sunroof seaming welt (vehicles with sunroof system)
(2) A-pillar trim (See 09-17-50 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(4) Rear scuff plate (See 09-17-68 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(5) B-pillar lower trim (See 09-17-59 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(6) Upper anchor of the front seat belt (See 08-11-3 FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(7) B-pillar upper trim (See 09-17-61 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(9) Tire house trim (See 09-17-54 TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(1 O)C-pillar trim (See 09-17-63 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(11 )Map light (See 09-18-67 MAP LIGHT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(12)lnterior light (See 09-18-69 INTERIOR LIGHT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(13)Sunvisor (See 09-17-106 SUNVISOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(14)Assist handle (See 09-17-104 ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(15)Headliner (See 09-17-107 HEADLINER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
7. Disconnect the connector (harness side).
....---------------------,
am3uuw0000421
08-10-11
AIR BAG SYSTEM
FRONT
BOLTA----9-12 Nm {92-122 kgf.cm,
80-106 inlbf}
III
eLi P A
----;L-;L-~~~\'r1/
am3uuw0000495
~FRONT
9-12 Nm {92-122 kgf.cm,

80-106 in.lbf}
B-PILLER - - I
am3uuw0000495
8.
9.
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15.
Disconnect the connector (inflator side).

Remove the clip A. (See 08-10-15 Clip Removal Note.)
Remove the bolt A.
Pull hook A in the direction shown in the figure and remove it from the body.
Remove the clip B. (See 08-10-15 Clip Removal Note.)
Remove the bolt B.
Pull hook B in the direction shown in the figure and remove it from the body.
Remove the clip C. (See 08-10-15 Clip Removal Note.)
08-10-12
AIR BAG SYSTEM

16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
Remove the bolt C.

Pull hook C in the direction shown in the figure and remove it from the body.
Remove the curtain air bag module.
When the switch the ignition to ON verify that the air bag system warning light illuminates for approx. 6 sand
goes out.
bag system) and perform inspection of the system. (See 08-02-4 FLOWCHART.)
SHB
1.
2.
3.
4.

Partially peel back the seaming welt.
Remove the rain sensor cover. (Vehicles with auto light/wiper system) (See 09-19-25 RAIN SENSOR
REMOVAUINSTALLATION)
(2) A-pillar trim (See 09-17-50 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(5) B-pillar lower trim (See 09-17-59 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(6) Upper anchor of the front seat belt (See 08-11-3 FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(7) B-pillar upper trim (See 09-17-61 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(10)Trunk side upper trim (See 09-17-78 TRUNK SIDE UPPER TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(11 )C-pillar trim (See 09-17-63 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(12)Map light (See 09-18-67 MAP LIGHT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(13)lnterior light (See 09-18-69 INTERIOR LIGHT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(14)Sunvisor (See 09-17-106 SUNVISOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(15)Assist handle (See 09-17-104 ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(16)Headliner (See 09-17-107 HEADLINER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
7. Remove the fastener.
....-------C-U-R-TA-IN-A-I-R-S-AG-MO-O-U-L-E------.
)~
am3uuw0000548
08-10-13
AIR BAG SYSTEM

8. Disconnect the connector (harness side).
FRONT
BOLTA----9-12 Nm {92-122 kgf.cm,
80-106 inlbf}
EI
CLIP A
---~~"""",.\ll'r://
am3uuw0000495
EI
BOLT B 9-12 Nm {92-122 kgf.cm,
CLiPC
80-106 inlbf}
CONNECTOR _--=-_~-'-:;-----.
(INFLATOR SIDE)
FRONT
9-12 Nm {92-122 kgf.cm,

80-106 in.lbf}
am3uuw0000495
9. Disconnect the connector (inflator side).

10. Remove the clip A. (See 08-10-15 Clip Removal Note.)
12. Pull hook A in the direction shown in the figure and remove it from the body.
13. Remove the clip B. (See 08-10-15 Clip Removal Note.)
15. Pull hook B in the direction shown in the figure and remove it from the body.
08-10-14
AIR BAG SYSTEM

16.
17.
18.
19.
20.
21.
Remove the clip C. (See 08-10-15 Clip Removal Note.)

Remove the bolt C.
Pull hook C in the direction shown in the figure and remove it from the body.
Remove the curtain air bag module.
When the switch the ignition to ON verify that the air bag system warning light illuminates for approx 6 sand
goes out.
bag system) and perform inspection of the system. (See 08-02-4 FLOWCHART.)
Clip Removal Note

1. Pull out the pin with flathead screwdriver as
CLIP
PIN
CLIP
PIN
PIN
PIN
am3uuw0000495
2. Insert a flathead screwdriver into shown in the

figure.
CLIP
CURTAIN
AIR BAG
MODULE
am3uuw0000495
08-10-15
AIR BAG SYSTEM

3. While pulling the curtain air bag in the direction of
the arrow shown in the figure (1), detach tabs by
prying with a flathead screwdriver in the direction
of the arrow (2) (3).
4. Remove the clip from the'body.
TAB
CLlP---+---+CURTAIN AIR BAG

MODULE
--f-----f\
am3uuw0000495
CRASH ZONE SENSOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id081 000800500
Warning
Handling the crash zone sensor improperly can accidentally deploy the air bags and pre-tensioner
seat belts, which may seriously injure you. Read the air bag system service warnings and cautions
before handling the crash zone sensor. (See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.)
(See 08-10-5 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove the front bumper. (See 09-10-16 FRONT BUMPER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the bolt
I-~:;;;;;;;;;~~:::::-(\==~~~======:::::::=~-I
Remove the cover.
~
l
nrni'f~
\\
Br_~I~Q-
-~
~~~
~Lf
(
COVER
NUT
1-
CONNECTOR
CRASH ZONE
SENSOR
>--
BOLT, NUT:9-12 Nm
{92-122 kgf.cm, 80-106 in.lbf}
am3uuw0000495
6. Disconnect the connecter from the crash zone

sensor by pressing the connector tab in the
direction of the arrow.
7. Remove the nut.
8. Remove the crash zone sensor.
08-10-16
am3uuw0000421
AIR BAG SYSTEM

SAS CONTROL MODULE REMOVALJINSTALLATION
id081000801400
Warning
Handling the SAS control module or air bag module improperly can accidentally deploy the air bag
modules and pre-tensioner seat belt, which may seriously injure you. Read the air bag system
service warnings and cautions before handling the air bag module. (See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM
SERVICE WARNINGS.) (See 08-10-5 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
If the connector is connected and the switch the ignition to ON with the SAS control module not
secured completely using the installation nuts, the SAS control module may detect a degree of
impact even when something contacts it lightly, deploying the air bag module and pre-tensioner
seat belt accidentally.
Caution
When replacing the SAS control module, always perform the configuration procedure before
removing the SAS control module. If the configuration is not performed and the SAS control
module is removed, DTC B2477 will be displayed.
1. Perform SAS control module configuration when replacing it. (See 08-10-17 SAS CONTROL MODULE
CONFIGURATION.)
4. Remove the console. (See 09-17-45 CONSOLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Detach the fastener.
r------:-\------:-~-B-o,-LT------\--~------.
6. Disconnect the connectors.
)
9-12 Nm
,0
v
~
7. Remove the bolts.
{92-122 kgfcm,V
8. Remove the SAS control module.
/
80-106 in'lbf~ \ ~ fl
! \l\~
) G
\~
:\
I~ \.,.." ~\.'iL----Q--+-i_
k
~
CONNECTOR
~ I <:::> '6- 0
:'F~ If the air bag system warning light does not
~
~:~ I __ 1-______: I
I :n--i-----'-~
:
E
\~Jl!-I
perform inspection of the system. (See 08-02~
::
:
1\
If
i11 I
:j:-1J
}_6
1(1j},1/
4 FLOWCHART.)
~\ !OJTi~/oL~--7---\----~::
~\~~I~
r-\-----.J
FASTENER
: :
.:~
CONTROL
MODULE
"\
,------am3uuw0000373
SAS CONTROL MODULE CONFIGURATION

id081000801500
Note
Use the IDS (laptop PC) because the PDS (Pocket PC) does not support the SAS CONTROL MODULE
CONFIGURATION.

1. Select "Module Programming".
following order.
2. Select "RCM".
If a DTC (s) is detected, perform the
applicable DTC inspection. (See 08-02-7 DTC TABLE.)
am3uuw0000373
08-10-17
AIR BAG SYSTEM

SEAT TRACK POSITION SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id081 000803700

2. Disconnect the negative battery cable and wait for 1min or more.
3. Remove the front driver's seat (See 09-13-3
...-----------------------,
FRONT SEAT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
4. Remvoe the screws.
5. Remvoe the seat track position sensor.
SEAT TRACK
POSITION SENSOR
am3uuw0000425
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CONTROL MODULE REMOVAUINSTALLATION

id081000801600
Caution
When the seat weight sensor control module is replaced with a new one, perform the seat weight
sensor calibration using the M-MDS. (See 08-10-18 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION.)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Remove the connector.
r---------=:::====--=====:------,
Remove the screws.
Remove the seat weight sensor control module.
am3uuw0000425
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION

id081000801700
Caution
If any of the following work is performed, perform the seat weight sensor calibration using the MMOS.
Replacement with a new seat weight sensor
- Replacement with a new seat weight sensor control module
- Replacement with new passenger-side seat parts
- Disassembly of the passenger-side seat
If any of the following work is performed, perform the seat weight sensor inspection using the MMOS. (See 08-10-19 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INSPECTION.)
Removal of the passenger-side seat
- Loosening and retightening of passenger's seat fixing bolts
- Or, the vehicle is involved in a collision
1. Have two 20 kg {44 Ib} weights ready to use.
08-10-18
AIR BAG SYSTEM

1. Select "Body".
2. Select "Restraints".
4. Then, select item from the screen menu in the
following order.
1. Select "Passenger Seat Weight Sensor
ReZero".
5. Perform calibration following the procedures on
the M-MDS screen.
SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR INSPECTION
am3uuw0000373
id081000801800
Caution
If any of the following work is performed, perform the seat weight sensor inspection using the MMOS.
- Removal of the passenger-side seat
- Loosening and retightening of passenger's seat fixing bolts
- Or, the vehicle is involved in a collision
If any of the following work is performed, perform the seat weight sensor calibration using the MMOS. (See 08-10-18 SEAT WEIGHT SENSOR CALIBRATION.)
Replacement with a new seat weight sensor
Replacement with a new seat weight sensor control module
- Replacement with new passenger-side seat parts
- Disassembly of the passenger-side seat
1. Select "Body".
2. Select "Restraints".
3. Then, select item from the screen menu in the
following order.
1. Select "Passenger Seat Weight Sensor
ReZero".
4. Perform inspection following the procedures on
the M-MDS screen.
am3uuw0000373
SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO.1 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id081 000800600
Warning
Handling the side air bag sensor improperly can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag module,
handling the side air bag sensor. (See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.) (See 0810-5 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Remove the front scuff plate. (See 09-17-67 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Remove the rear scuff plate. (See 09-17-68 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Remove the B-pillar lower trim. (See 09-17-59 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
08-10-19
,:
AIR BAG SYSTEM

6. Remove the nut.
7. Remove the side air bag sensor No.1.
am3uuw0000496
8. Disconnect the connector from the side air bag

sensor No.1 by pressing the connector tab in the
..
CONNECTOR
~ I 1,-----~
TAB
~+lcC
am3uuw0000421
SIDE AIR BAG SENSOR NO.2 REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id081 000800700
Warning
Handling the side air bag sensor improperly can accidentally operate (deploy) the air bag module,
handling the side air bag sensor. (See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.) (See 0810-5 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
(3) Rear seat back (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
~: =:~~~: :~: ~~t~ air bag sensor No.2.
'?o/
ltd
CONNECTOR,]
c <:::::t___
,:'
SIDE AIR BAG
---L __ I ~ENSOR
No.2
Uf~-~NuT7
9-12Nm
~~""' 0 -
r;:
{92-122 kgf.cm,
!J ~O-}06in.lbf}
am3uuw0000496
08-10-20
AIR BAG SYSTEM

6. Disconnect the connector from the side air bag
sensor No.2 by pressing the connector tab in the
~
TAB
CONNECTOR
I 1
'----
F=9fI-1
am3uuw0000421
CLOCK SPRING REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id081 000802000

INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the steering wheel. (See 06-14-8 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAUINSTALLATION
4. Remove the column cover.
5. Remove the connectors.
6. Remove the tab direction of the arrow shown in
CLOCK SPRING
STEERING
the figure.
ANGLE SENSOR
SCREW--o:...
8. Remove the clock spring.
9. Remove the steering angle sensor (See 08-10-21
Steering Angle Sensor Removal Note.)
operate in the manner described above, there
are malfunctions in the system. Inspect the
system using the on-board diagnostic.
am3uuw0000425
Clock Spring Installation Note

Caution
If the clock spring is not adjusted, the spring wire in the clock spring will break due to overtension
when the steering wheel is turned. Always adjust the clock spring after installing it.
Adjust the clock spring after installing it. (See 08-10-22 CLOCK SPRING ADJUSTMENT.)
Steering Angle Sensor Removal Note
Remove the tab shown in the figure and remove
the steering angle sensor.
am3uuw0000425
08-10-21
AIR BAG SYSTEM

CLOCK SPRING ADJUSTMENT
id081 0008021 00
Note
The adjustment procedure is also specified on the caution label of the clock spring.
1. Set the front wheels straight ahead.

Caution
The clock spring will break if over-wound. Do not forcibly turn the clock spring.
2. Turn the clock spring clockwise until it stops.
am3uuw0000374
3. Turn the clock spring counterclockwise 23/4

turns.
am3uuw0000374
(-
08-10-22
AIR BAG SYSTEM

4. Align the mark on the clock spring with the mark
on the outer housing.
CLOCK - - - i l l
SPRING
ALiGNMENT_..,--;;---i~-:fo::;~
MARKS
am3uuw0000374
CLOCK SPRING INSPECTION

id081 000802200

INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the steering wheel. (See 06-14-8 STEERING WHEEL AND COLUMN REMOVAUINSTALLATION
4. Remove the column cover.
5. Remove the clock spring. (See 08-10-21 CLOCK SPRING REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
6. Verify that the continuity is as indicated in the table .
If not as indicated in the table, replace the clock spring.
Note
When the vehicle-side connector for the clock spring is disconnected, terminals 1A, 1B, 1C and 1 0 are
shorted to prevent unexpected operation (deployment) of the air bag module.
08-10-23
AIR BAG SYSTEM

Vehicles with steering switch
0-0 : Continuity
Terminal
Test
condition
1A 18 1C 10 28 20 2F 2H 2J 2L 2N 2P 3A 38 4A 48 5A 5C 5E 5G 51
0- f-O
5K 5M 50
0- -0
0-k)
0- k>
-0
-0
-0
Under any
condition
-0
-0
-0
-0
0
Test
condition
Terminal
2A 2C 2E
21 2M 20 58 50 5F 5J 5N 5P
0
-0
Under any
condition
0
0
0
0
-0
am3uuw00004967
AlB
AlB
AlB
AlB
No.1
No.1
No.2
No.2
+
SIGNAL SIGNAL
SIGNAL
SHIFT
CONTROL
HORN
+
ILLUMINATION
HORN
AUDIO
AUDIO
CRUISE
CRUISE
CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL
ILLUMINATION
AUDIO
SHIFT
CONTROL CONTROL
+
CONNECTOR 2
CONNECTOR 1
111tBFcj1D11
CONNECTOR 3
I~~I
CONNECTOR 4
CONNECTOR 3
am3uuw0000492
08-10-24
AIR BAG SYSTEM

Vehicles without steering switch
0--0 : Continuity
Test
condition
5K 5M 50
1A 18 1C 10 28 20 2F 2H 2J 2L 2N 2P 3A 38 4A 48 5A 5C 5E 5G 51
0- -0
0-K>
0- k)
0- ~
-0
-0
-0
Under any
condition
-0
-0
-0
-0
am3uuw00003746
AlB
AlB
AlB
AlB
No.1
No;1
No.2
No.2
HORN
HORN
ILLUMINATION
AUDIO
AUDIO
CRUISE
CRUISE
CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL CONTROL
ILLUMINATION
CONNECTOR 1
CONNECTOR 3
~
~
CONNECTOR 4
CONNECTOR 3
am3uuw0000492
PASSENGER AIR BAG DEACTIVATION (PAD) INDICATOR LIGHT BULB REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id081 000806800
Note
The PAD indicator light (LED) is built into the multi information display/information display.
1. Remove the information display. (With information display) (See 09-22-13 INFORMATION DISPLAY
2. Remove the multi information display. (With multi information display) (See 09-22-18 MULTI INFORMATION
DISPLAY REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
08-10-25
AIR BAG SYSTEM

AIR BAG MODULE AND PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT DEPLOYMENT PROCEDURES
id081000801100
Warning
A live (undeployed) air bag module or pre-tensioner seat belt may accidentally operate (deploy)
when it is disposed of and cause serious injury. Do not dispose of a live (undeployed) air bag
module and pre-tensioner seat belt. If the SSTs (Deployment tool and Adapter harness) are not
available, consult the nearest Mazda representative for assistance.
Caution
Deploying the air bag modules and pre-tensioner seat belts inside the vehicle may cause damage
to the vehicle interior. When the vehicle is not to be scrapped, always deploy the air bag modules
and pre-tensioner seat belts outside the vehicle .
If the vehicle is to be scrapped, or when disposing of any air bag modules or pre-tensioner seat belts, operate
(deploy) them inside the vehicle by following the deployment procedure below and using the SST (Deployment
tool) .
When disposing of an operated (deployed) air bag module and pre-tensioner seat belt, refer to "AIR BAG
MODULE AND PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT DISPOSAL PROCEDURES".
Deployment Procedure for Inside of Vehicle

1. Inspect the SST (Deployment tool). (See 08-10-44 INSPECTION OF SST (DEPLOYMENT TOOL).)
2. Move the vehicle to an open space, away from strong winds, and close all of the vehicle doors and windows.
5. Follow the procedure below for operating (deploying) the applicable air bag module or pre-tensioner seat belt.
Driver-side Air Bag Module
Warning
The driver-side air bag module is a dual inflator type. If one inflator is forced to operate (deploy),
the other may operate (deploy) accidentally. To prevent injury while disposing of the air bag
module, make sure to operate (deploy) both driver-side air bag module inflators simultaneously,
following the procedure below.
Note
The SSTs, two types of adapter harnesses (for inflators No.1 and NO.2) and two deployment tools are to
be used to operate (deploy) the driver-side air bag module.
INSTALLATION. )
2. Connect the SST (Adapter harness) to the
driver-side air bag module as shown in the figure.
3. Install the driver-side air bag module. (See 08-107 DRIVER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
am3uuw0000422
08-10-26
AIR BAG SYSTEM

4. Connect the SST (Deployment tool) to the SST (Adapter harness).
e!ilO!I!j!"oIo~
1
IPl"ld"'II~1
am6xuw0000200
5. Connect the SST (Deployment tool) to the battery. Connect the power supply red clip to the positive battery
terminal, and the black clip to the negative battery terminal.
6. Verify that the red lamp on the SST (Deployment tool) is illuminated.
7. Verify that all persons are standing at least 6 m {20 ft} way from the vehicle.
8. Press the activation switch on the SST
.-------------------------,
(Deployment tool) connected with 49 L066 002
(a yellow connector) of the SST (Adapter
harness), and after 3 s, press the activation
- t + - t - t - - - H - - ACTIVATION
switch on the other SST (Deployment tool) to
SWTICH
operate (deploy) the air bag module (both
inflators).
Warning
Verify that air bag module operation
(explosive) sound occurs twice. If no
operation (explosive) sound was heard or
am6zzw0000095
a single operation (explosive) sound was
heard, both inflators would not have
operated (deployed) properly. This may cause serious injury if the air bag module operates
(deploy) unexpectedly. If the two operation (explosive) sounds are not heard, perform Step 8 again.
If a total of two operation (explosive) sounds cannot be verified even though Step 8 is performed
again, leave the air bag module alone for 30 min or more before approaching it again.
The air bag module is very hot immediately after it is operated (deployed). You can get burned. Do
not touch the air bag module for at least 15 min after deployment.
9. Disconnect the SST (Deployment tool) form the SST (Adapter harness).
Passenger-side Air Bag Module
Warning
The passenger-side air bag module is a dual inflator type. If one inflator is forced to operate
(deploy), the other may operate (deploy) accidentally. To prevent injury while disposing of the air
bag module, make sure to operate (deploy) both passenger-side air bag module inflators
simultaneously, following the procedure below.
Note
The SSTs, two types of adapter harnesses (for inflators No.1 and No.2) and two deployment tools are to
be used to operate (deploy) the passenger-side air bag module.
1. Remove the glove compartment. (See 09-17-33 GLOVE COMPARTMENT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
08-10-27
AIR BAG SYSTEM

connector.
passenger-side air bag module as shown in the
figure.
.
4. Connect the SST (Deployment tool) to the SST
(Adapter harness).
am3uuw0000422
am6xuw0000210
5. Connect the SST (Deployment tool) to the battery. Connect the power supply red clip to the positive battery
terminal, and the black clip to the negative battery terminal.
6. Verify that the red lamp on the SST (Deployment tool) is illuminated.
7. Verify that all persons are standing at least 6 m {20 ft} away from the vehicle.
r------------------------,
--+t-++-++-- ACTIVATION
SWTICH
inflators).
Warning
am6zzw0000095
(deploy) unexpectedly. If the two operation (explosive) sounds are not heard, perform Step 8 again.
If a total of two operation (explosive) sounds cannot be verified even though Step 8 is performed
again, leave the air bag module alone for 30 min or more before approaching it again .
The air bag module is very hot immediately after it is operated (deployed). You can get burned. Do
9. Disconnect the SST (Deployment tool) form the SST (Adapter harness).
08-10-28
AIR BAG SYSTEM

Side Air Bag Module
1. Disconnect the side air bag module connector.
2. Connect the SST (Adapter harness) to the side air bag module as shown in the figure.
DRIVER SIDE
WITH POWER SEAT
.......
~
~
DRIVER SIDE
WITHOUT POWER SEAT
PASSENGER SIDE
y SIDEAIRBAG
<if
MODULE
CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000422

(Adapter harness).
4. Connect the SST (Deployment tool) to the
battery. Connect the power supply red clip to the
positive battery terminal, and the black clip to the
negative battery terminal.
5. Verify that the red lamp on the SST (Deployment
tool) is illuminated.
6. Verify that all persons are standing at least 6 m
{20 ft} away from the vehicle.
'1i1.IIMilIII~t
OR
lij:mdimGI
am3uuw0000423

(Deployment tool) to operate (deploy) the side
air bag module.
Warning
The air bag module is very hot
immediately after it is operated
(deployed). You can be burned. Do not
touch the air bag module for at least 15
min after deployment.
8. Disconnect the SST (Deployment tool) from the

SST (Adapter harness).
---J.++-+-+l--
ACTIVATION
SWTICH
am6zzw0000095
08-10-29
AIR BAG SYSTEM

Curtain Air Bag Module
1. Rear seat cushion (4SD) (See 09-13-37 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Rear scuff plate (See 09-17-68 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Tire house trim (See 09-17-54 TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Trunk side upper trim (5HB) (See 09-17-78 TRUNK SIDE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
5. Trunk side trim (5HB) (See 09-17-74 TRUNK SIDE TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the C-pillar trim. (See 09-17-63 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
3. Disconnect the curtain air bag module connector.
am3uuw0000496

(Adapter harness).
am6xuw0000203

(Deployment tool) to operate (deploy) the curtain
air bag module.
Warning

08-10-30
-J++-+--++-- ACTIVATION
SWTICH
am6zzw0000095
AIR BAG SYSTEM

Pre-tensioner Seat Belt
1. Remove the front scuff plate. (See 09-17-67 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the rear scuff plate. (See 09-17-68 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the B-pillar lower trim. (See 09-17-59 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the pre-tensioner seat belt and connect
the SST (Adapter harness) as shown in the
figure. (See 08-11-3 FRONT SEAT BELT
5. Install the pre-tensioner seat belt.
am3uuw0000423

(Adapter harness).
'ijlmimtJ
am6xuw0000203

(Deployment tool) to operate (deploy) the pretensioner seat belt.
Warning
The pre-tensioner seat belt is very hot
touch the pre-tensioner seat belt for at
least 15 min after deployment.
--+++-+--H-- ACTIVATION
SWTICH

Lap pre-tensioner Seat Belt

1. Remove the lap pre-tensioner seat belt and
connect the SST (Adapter harness) as shown in
the figure. (See 08-11-3 FRONT SEAT BELT
2. Install the lap pre-tensioner seat belt.
am6zzw0000095
LAP PRE-TENSIONER
SEAT BELT
~,------Ilmijlletimi.rd~il!D:r.Sgl
am3uuw0000423
08-10-31
AIR BAG SYSTEM

(Adapter harness).
am3uuw0000423

(Deployment tool) to, operate (deploy) the pretensioner seat belt.
Warning
-+++-+--H-- ACTIVATION
SWTICH
am6zzw0000095
Deployment Procedure for Outside of Vehicle

1. Inspect the SST (Deployment tool). (See 08-10-44 INSPECTION OF SST (DEPLOYMENT TOOL).)
4. Follow the procedure below for operating (deploying) the applicable air bag module or lap pre-tensioner seat
belt.
Driver-side Air Bag Module
Warning
The driver-side air bag module is a dual inflator type. If one inflator is forced to operate (deploy),
the other may operate (deploy) accidentally. To prevent injury while disposing of the air bag
module, make sure to operate (deploy) both driver-side air bag module inflators simultaneously,
following the procedure below.
INSTALLATION. )
2. Install the bolts to the driver-side air bag module
as shown in the figure, and connect the SST
(Adapter harness).
am3uuw0000423
08-10-32
AIR BAG SYSTEM

3. Place the driver-side air bag module on the center
of the tire wheel with the padded surface facing
up. To secure the air bag module to the tire wheel,
wrap a wire (cross section 1.25 mm 2 {O.002 in 2}
or more) through the wheel and the bolt
installation holes of the air bag module at least 4
times.
WI RE --f--C::::::II
-7J\.o"1~7'--+-+I-
Warning
If the air bag module is not properly
installed to the tire wheel, serious injury
may occur when the module is operated
(deployed). When installing the air bag
module to the tire wheel, make sure the
padded surface is facing up.
WIRE
am3uuw0000423
4. Stack three tires without wheels on top of the tire

with the driver-side air bag module, and then
stack another tire with a wheel on the very top.
--+---TIRE WITH
WHEEL
TIRE WITHOUT-----r--+
WHEEL
am3uuw0000423
5. Secure the tires with wire.
am6zzw0000096
6. Connect the SSTs (Deployment tool) to the

SSTs (Adapter harness).
{20 tt} away from the vehicle.
08-10-33
AIR BAG SYSTEM

inflators).
-H--f-+----H---
ACTIVATION
SWTICH
Warning
am6zzw0000095
(deploy) unexpectedly. If the two operation (explosive) sounds are not heard, perform Step 10
again. If a total of two operation (explosive) sounds cannot be verified even though Step 10 is
performed again, leave the air bag module alone for 30 min or more before approaching it again.
The air bag module is very hot immediately after it is operated (deployed). You can be burned. Do
11. Disconnect the SST (Deployment tool) from the SST (Adapter harness).
Passenger-side Air Bag Module
Warning
The passenger-side air bag module is a dual inflator type. If one inflator is forced to operate
(deploy), the other may operate (deploy) accidentally. To prevent injury while disposing of the air
bag module, make sure to operate (deploy) both passenger-side air bag module inflators
simultaneously, following the procedure below.
(1) Passenger-side front scuff plate (See 09-17-67 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(2) Passenger-side front side trim (See 09-17-53 FRONT SIDE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) Passenger-side lower panel (See 09-17-27 LOWER PANEL REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(6) SIRIUS satellite radio unit (with SIRIUS satellite radio system) (See 09-20-30 SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO
UNIT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) Passenger-side air bag module (See 08-10-8 PASSENGER-SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
connector.
3. Connect the SSTs (Adapter harness) to the
passenger-side air bag module as shown in the
figure.
PASSENGER SIDE
AIR BAG MODULE
CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000423
08-10-34
AIR BAG SYSTEM

4. Place the padded surface of the passenger-side
air bag module facing the center of the tire as
shown in the figure. To secure the air bag module
to the tire wheel, wrap a wire (cross section 1.25
mm2{O.002 in 2} or more) through the tire and the
bolt installation holes at least 4 times as shown
in the figure.
WIRE
PASSENGER-SIDE
AIR BAG MODULE
-lI--I-I-f--+
TIRE
Warning
secured to the tire, the tires may fall over
by the impact of operation (deployment)
and cause serious injury. To prevent this,
secure the air bag module properly with
the padded surface facing the center of the tire.
5. Stack the tire with the passenger-side air bag

module on top of two tires without wheels. Stack a
tire without a wheel on top of the tire with the
passenger-side air bag module, and then stack
another tire with a wheel on the very top.
TIRE WITH
WHEEL
TIRE WITH - - - - I PASSENGER-SIDE

AIR BAG MODULE
TIRE
WITHOUT
WHEEL
am6xuw0000182
am6zzw0000096
7. Connect the SSTs (Deployment tool) to the

SSTs (Adapter harness).
08-10-35
AIR BAG SYSTEM

inflators).
--+t-+-t--H--
ACTIVATION
SWTICH
Warning
am6zzw0000095
(deploy) unexpectedly. If the two operation (explosive) sounds are not heard, perform Step 11
again. If a total of two operation (explosive) sounds cannot be verified even though Step 11 is
performed again, leave the air bag module alone for 30 min or more before approaching it again.
The air bag module is very hot immediately after it is operated (deployed). You can be burned. Do
12. Disconnect the SST (Deployment tool) from the SST (Adapter harness).
Side Air Bag Module

1. Remove the front seat. (See 09-13-3 FRONT SEAT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the front seat back trim and pad. (See 09-13-13 FRONT SEAT BACK TRIM REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the side air bag module. (See 08-10-10 SIDE AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
4. Connect the SST (Adapter harness) to the side
air bag module as shown in the figure.
SIDE AIR BAG -----\

MODULE
am3uuw0000496
5. Put the side air bag module inside the tire and
secure it to the tire by wrapping a wire (cross
section of 1.25 mm 2 {0.002 in 2} or more)
through the tire and the bolt at least 4 times.
Warning
secured to the tire, the tires may fall over
by the impact of operation (deployment)
and cause serious injury. To prevent this,
secure the air bag module properly with
the padded surface facing the center of
the tire.
08-10-36
WIRE
-f-~::=II
TIRE
SIDEAIR BAG
MODULE
am3u uw0000424
AIR BAG SYSTEM

6. Stack the tire with the side air bag module on top
of two tires without wheels. Stack a tire without a
wheel on top of the tire with the side air bag
module, and then stack another tire with a wheel
on the very top.
TIRE
WITHOUT
WHEEL
TIRE WITH
WHEEL
TIRE WITH
SIDE AIR BAG
MODULE
am2zzw0000037
am6zzw0000096
__________________________________
~

(Adapter harness).
am3uuw0000496

(Deployment tool) to operate (deploy) the side
air bag module.
Warning
-t++--t--t+-- ACTIVATION
SWTICH
am6zzw0000095
08-10-37
I:
AIR BAG SYSTEM

Curtain Air Bag Module
1. Partially peel back the seaming welt.
2. Remove the rain sensor cover. (Vehicles with auto light/wiper system) (See 09-19-25 RAIN SENSOR
(2) A-pillar trim (See 09-17-50 A-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Rear scuff plate (See 09-17-68 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) B-pillar lower trim (See 09-17-59 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(6) Upper anchor of the front seat belt (See 08-11-3 FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(7) B-pillar upper trim (See 09-17-61 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(8) Rear seat cushion (See 09-13-37 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(9) Tire house trim (See 09-17-54 TIRE HOUSE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(1 O)Trunk side upper trim (5HB) (See 09-17-78 TRUNK SIDE UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(11 )C-pillar trim (See 09-17-63 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(12)Map light (See 09-18-67 MAP LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(13)lnterior light (See 09-18-69 INTERIOR LIGHT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(14)Sunvisor (See 09-17-106 SUNVISOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(15)Assist handle (See 09-17-104 ASSIST HANDLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(16)Headliner (See 09-17-107 HEADLINER REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(17)Remove the curtain air bag module. (See 08-10-11 CURTAIN AIR BAG MODULE REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
5. Cut off the air bag part of the curtain air bag
module at the position shown in the figure.
INFLATOR
Warning
Be sure not to crush the pipe on the side
where it is cut. If it is crushed completely,
the interior pressure of the pipe will build
up and can cause it to explode during air
bag module operation (deployment).
am3uuw0000424
6. Disconnect the curtain air bag module connector.

curtain air bag module as shown in the figure.
~~5
CURTAIN AIR BAG
MODULE
CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000424
8. Secure the curtain air bag module to the tire, by

wrapping a wire (cross section 1.25 mm2 {O.002
in 2} or more) through the tire and the bolt
installation holes at least 4 times as shown in the
figure.
Warning
installed to the tire, serious injury may
occur when the module is operated
(deployed). Make sure to install the air
bag module securely.
08-10-38
WIRE
TIRE
am3uuw0000424
AIR BAG SYSTEM

9. Stack the tire with the curtain air bag module on
top of two tires without wheels. Stack a tire
without a wheel on top of the tire with the curtain
air bag module, and then stack another tire with a
wheel on the very top.
TIRE WITH
WHEEL
TIRE WITHOUT
WHEEL
am3uuw0000424
am6zzw0000096

(Adapter harness).
am3uuw0000424

(Deployment tool) to operate (deploy) the curtain
air bag module.
Warning
-+++-+--H-- ACTIVATION
SWTlCH
am6zzw0000095
08-10-39
AIR BAG SYSTEM

Pre-tensioner Seat Belt
1.
2.
3.
4.
Remove the front scuff plate. (See 09-17-67 FRONT SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the rear scuff plate. (See 09-17-68 REAR SCUFF PLATE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the B-pillar lower trim. (See 09-17-59 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
Remove the pre-tensioner seat belt and connect
the SST (Adapter harness) as shown in the
figure. (See 08-11-3 FRONT SEAT BELT
am3uuw0000423
5. Put the pre-tensioner seat belt inside the tire and

secure it to the tire by wrapping a wire (cross
section of 1.25 mm 2 {O.002 in 2} or more)
through the tire and the bolt installation holes at
least 4 times.
TIRE
Warning
If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not
properly installed to the tire, serious
injury may occur when the pre-tensioner
part is operated (deployed). When
installing the pre-tensioner seat belt to
the tire, make sure the pre-tensioner part
is inside the tire.
6. Stack the tire with the pre-tensioner seat belt on

to of two tires without wheels. Stack a tire without
a wheelan top of the tire with the pre-tensioner
seat belt, and then stack another tire with a wheel
on the very top.
WIRE
PRE-TENSIONER
SEAT BELT
am6zzw0000097
TIRE
WITHOUT
WHEEL
TIRE WITH
WHEEL
TIRE WITH PRETENSIONER

SEAT BELT
am2zzw0000037
08-10-40
AIR BAG SYSTEM

(Adapter harness).
am6xuw0000203

(Deployment tool) to operate (deploy) the pretensioner seat belt.
Warning
-t+-t-I--H--

ACTIVATION
SWTICH
am6zzw0000095
Lap Pre-tensioner Seat Belt

4. Cut off the seat belt part of the lap pre-tensioner
seat belt at the position shown in the figure.
CUT OFF POSITION--+--~I
FRONT SEAT BELT
LAP PRE-TENSIONER
SEAT BELT
am3uuw0000424
5. Remove the lap pre-tensioner seat belt and

connect the SST (Adapter harness) as shown in
the figure. (See 08-11-3 FRONT SEAT BELT
LAP PRE-TENSIONER
SEAT BELT
,
~r---Iemijlldilmm~ili~legDI
am3uuw0000423
08-10-41
e:
AIR BAG SYSTEM

6. Secure the lap pre-tensioner seat belt to the vise
as shown in the figure. Set the lap pre-tensioner
piston so that the ejection end is pointed
downward. Place the bottom surface of the
housing so that it contacts the upper surface of
the vise.
HOUSING
Warning
When the lap pre-tensioner seat belt
operates (deploys), the piston ejects from
the end of the cylinder. If an object lies in
the ejection path within 40 mm of the
cylinder end, the piston could hit the
object, rebound and hit the lap pretensioner seat belt. The force of the
piston hitting the lap pre-tensioner seat
belt could dislodge it from the vice and
cause injury. When securing the lap pretensioner in the vice, position it so that
there is no obstruction in the ejection
path within 40 mm of the cylinder end.
7. Put the lap pre-tensioner seat belt secure it to the
vise by hold a wire (cross section of 1.25 mm 2
{0.002 in2} or more) through the shaft of vice and
the lap pre-tensioner seat belt bracket hole at
least 4 times.
Warning
If the lap pre-tensioner seat belt is not
properly installed to the vice, serious
injury may occur when the lap pretensioner part is operated (deployed).
When installing the lap pre-tensioner
seat belt to the vice, make sure the lap
pre-tensioner part is properly installed to
the vise.
~~--VISE
CYLINDER END
am3uuw0000567
LAD PRI-TENSIONER - - - w . .
SEAT BELT
BRACKET HOLE
LAP PRITENSIONER
SEAT BELT
WIRE---H
SHAFT OF--+...;.+-+.;.\
VISE
am3uuw0000424

(Adapter harness).
08-10-42
AIR BAG SYSTEM

(Deployment tool) to operate (deploy) the lap
pre-tensioner seat belt.
Warning
The lap pre-tensioner seat belt is very hot
touch the lap pre-tensioner seat belt for
at least 15 min after deployment.
--t++-t-+t--

AIR BAG MODULE AND PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT DISPOSAL PROCEDURES
ACTIVATION
SWTICH
am6zzw0000095
id081000801200
Warning
A live (undeployed) air bag module or pre-tensioner seat belt may accidentally operate (deploy)
when it is disposed of and cause serious injury. Always refer to the "AIR BAG MODULE AND PRETENSIONER SEAT BELT DEPLOYMENT PROCEDURES" and dispose of air bag modules and pretensioner seat belts in a deployed condition.
The air bag modules and the pre-tensioner seat belts are very hot immediately after they are
deployed. You can be burned. Do not touch an air bag module and pre-tensioner seat belt for at
Pouring water on the deployed air bag module and pre-tensioner seat belt is dangerous. The water
will mix with the residual gases to form a gas that can make breathing difficult. Do not pour water
,:
on the deployed air bag module and pre-tensioner seat belt.
The deployed air bag module or pre-tensioner seat belt may contain deposits of sodium
hydroxide, a caustic byproduct of the gas-generated combustion. If this substance gets into your
eyes or on your hands, it can cause irritation and itching. When handling the deployed air bag
module and pre-tensioner seat belt, wear gloves and safety glasses.
Due to the adoption of 2-step deployment control in both the driver and passenger-side air bag
modules, depending on the impact force, it is possible that inflator No.2 might not operate
(deploy). Before disposing of the air bag module, always follow the inflator deployment
procedures and verify the complete operation (deployment) of inflators No.1 and 2.
1. Remove the deployed air bag module or pre-tensioner seat belt.
2. Put the air bag module or pre-tensioner seat belt
,------------:-------------,
in a plastic bag, seal the bag, and then dispose of
it.
am6xuw0000182
08-10-43
AIR BAG SYSTEM

INSPECTION OF SST (DEPLOYMENT TOOL)
id081 000801 000
1. Before using the SST (49 H066 002), inspect its

operation.
POWER SUPPLY
CLlP-~~
am6xuw0000181
Inspection Procedure
1. Follow the steps below to inspect the SST (49 H066 002).
If not as indicated in the table, replace the SST (49 H066 002) because it has a malfunction.
Warning
Do not use a malfunctioning SST (49 H066 002), otherwise it could cause the air bag module or
pre-tensioner seat belt to accidentally operate (deploy).
Caution
Because the permissible voltage for the SST (49 H066 002) is 12 V, do not connect a 24 V power
source because it will damage the SST. Always connect only a 12 V power source.
Step
Inspection procedure
Connect the power supply

red clip to the positive
battery terminal, and the
black clip to the negative
battery terminal.
Light condition
Green
Red
On
Off
B.
Off
On
Press the activation switch.
On
Off
Connect connectors A and
BLACK CLlP-I----/
~"H--'~"---
ACTIVATION
SWITCH
f----
CONNECTORB
am6xuw0000181
08-10-44
SEAT BELT
08-11
SEAT BELT
SEAT BELT LOCATION INDEX .......

FRONT SEAT BELT
Driver Side .....................
Passenger Side ................
ADJUSTER ANCHOR
REAR SEAT BELT
4SD .........................
5HB ..........................
REAR CENTER SEAT BELT
4SD ...........................
5HB .....................
Rear Center Seat Belt
Installation Note ...............
SEAT BELT INSPECTION . ...........
Belt ..........................
08-11-2
ELR ......................... . 08-11-10

ALR .......................... . 08-11-11
08-11-3
08-11-3
08-11-5
Load Limiter Retractor ............ . 08-11-11

FRONT BUCKLE
REAR BUCKLE
REMOVAL/INSTALLATION ......... . 08-11-12
Rear Buckle (RH) and Rear Buckle
(Center) ....................... . 08-11-12
Rear Buckle (LH) ................ . 08-11-12
Rear Buckle Installation Note ....... . 08-11-12
BUCKLE SWITCH INSPECTION ....... 08-11-13
Driver Side .................. 08-11-13
Passenger Side ................ . 08-11-13
CHILD-RESTRAINT SEAT
ANCHOR
4SD ........................ . 08-11-14
5HB ......................... . 08-11-14
08-11-6
08-11-6
08-11-6
08-11-7
08-11-8
08-11-8
08-11-9
08-11-9
08-11-10
08-11-10
08-11-1
SEAT BELT
SEAT BELT LOCATION INDEX
id0811 00804200
4SD
5HB
am3uuw0000376
Adjuster anchor
(See 08-11-6 ADJUSTER ANCHOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Front seat belt

(See 08-11-3 FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(See 08-11-10 SEAT BELT INSPECTION.)
Front buckle
(See 08-11-12 FRONT BUCKLE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(See 08-11-13 BUCKLE SWITCH INSPECTION.)
Child-restraint seat anchor
(See 08-11-14 CHILD-RESTRAINT SEAT ANCHOR
08-11-2
Rear seat belt

(See 08-11-6 REAR SEAT BELT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(See 08-11-10 SEAT BELT INSPECTION.)
Rear buckle
(See 08-11-12 REAR BUCKLE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(See 08-11-13 BUCKLE SWITCH INSPECTION.)
Rear center seat belt

(See 08-11-8 REAR CENTER SEAT BELT
SEAT BELT
FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id0811 00800600
Warning
Handling the front seat belt (pre-tensioner seat belt) improperly can accidentally deploy the pretensioner seat belt, which may seriously injure you. Read the air bag system service warnings and
cautions before handling the front seat belt. (See 08-10-3 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE WARNINGS.)
(See 08-10-5 AIR BAG SYSTEM SERVICE CAUTIONS.)
Warning
The side air bag sensor is attached to the lower part of the B-pillar. When working around the Bpillar, disconnect the negative battery cable avoiding excessive impact to the lower part of the Bpillar.
Caution
The ELR (emergency locking retractor) has a spring that will unwind if the retractor cover is
removed. The spring cannot be rewound by hand. If this occurs, the ELR will not work properly.
Therefore, do not disassemble the retractor.
Driver Side
6. Remove the fastener.
7. Remove the cover.
COVER----1
~NT SEAT BELT
FASTENER-~~~
am3uuw0000375
08-11-3
SEAT BELT
TAB----<...
..}----TAB
TAB---H---f
FRONT SEAT------,/BELT
COVER
TAB
BOLT
B~
::;;;/
J~
fj
BOLTA~//:::_~/>~
~~~~~~
_~~~~~~~~~
1
~
~;)
COVER-----L---IL_
TAB
SEC. A-A
BOLT A
PRE-TENSIONER
SEAT BELT CONNECTOR
LAP PRE-TENS lONER
SEAT BELT CONNECTOR
BOLT A : 39-78 Nm {4.0-7.9 kgf.m,29-57 inlbf}

BOLT B : 8-10 Nm {80-101 kgf.cm,71-88 inlbf}
am3uuw0000375

10. Remove the front seat belt.
11. Using a flathead screwdriver, lift the locking
device carefully, however do not remove it.
\II~:""f7-----

CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000375
12. Disconnect the pre-tensioner seat belt connector.

13. Disconnect the lap pre-tensioner seat belt
connector.
If the air bag system warning light dose not
FLOWCHART.)
08-11-4
PRE-TENSIONER SEAT
BELT CONNECTOR
~~--LAP
am3uuw0000375
r---
SEAT BELT
Passenger Side
am3uuw0000496
TAB------l
...!----TAB
TAB----tt---{
COVER
TAB
COVER---'----II
TAB
SEC. A-A
BOLT A
BOLT A : 39-78 Nm {4.0-7.9 kgf.m,29-57 in.lbf}
BOLT B : 8-10 Nm {8o-101 kgf.cm,71-88 inlbf}
am3uuw0000375

9. Remove the front seat belt.
08-11-5
SEAT BELT
10. Using a flathead screwdriver, lift the locking
device carefully, however do not remove it.
11. Disconnect the pre-tensioner seat belt connector.
If the air bag system warning light dose not
FLOWCHART.)
- : : . ' - i ' 7 - - - - PRE-TENSIONER SEAT BELT
CONNECTOR
am3uuw0000375
ADJUSTER ANCHOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id0811 00802000
Warning
The side air bag sensor is attached to the lower part of the B-pillar. When working around the Bpillar, disconnect the negative battery cable or work carefully, avoiding excessive impact to the
lower part of the B-pillar.
(3) B-pillar lower trim (See 09-17-59 B-PILLAR LOWER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(4) Front seat belt upper anchor installation bolt (See 08-11-3 FRONT SEAT BELT REMOVAL/
INSTALLATION.)
(5) B-pillar upper trim (See 09-17-61 B-PILLAR UPPER TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
2. Remove bolts.
3. Remove the adjuster anchor.
,!(
39-78 Nm
\IIL~~qlr~BOLT
Io
'~:
II
II-'~
::..... :
{4.0-7.9 kgf.m,
29-57 ftlbf}
lJl-1.,1
III
II
111 I
III--r.--'-
:::n:
It-""I
11-1"'
.. I
"
.:-JJ "
I
am3uuw0000376
REAR SEAT BELT REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id081100800800
Caution
4SD
(3) Rear seat back (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) C-pillar trim. (See 09-17-63 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(6) Rear package trim. (See 09-17-57 REAR PACKAGE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
r-- -
08-11-6
SEAT BELT
2. Remove the bolt.
3. Remove the rear seat belt.
SHB
(3) Rear seat back (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(5) Trunk side upper trim. (See 09-17-63 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
(6) C-pillartrim. (See 09-17-63 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the bolt.
,.--------------------,
3. Remove the rear seat belt.
BOLT--4. Install in the reverse order of removal.
BOLT:
39-78 Nm
{4.0-7.9 kgf.m,
29-57 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000376
08-11-7
SEAT BELT
REAR CENTER SEAT BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION
id081100800900
Caution
4SD
(3) Rear seat back (See 09-13-31 REAR SEAT BACK REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(5) C-pillar trim. (See 09-17-63 C-PILLAR TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
(6) Rear package trim. (See 09-17-57 REAR PACKAGE TRIM REMOVAL/INSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the rear center seat belt.
_<DL-62_
- REAR CENTER SEAT BELT
am3uuw0000425

5. Remove the rear center seat belt.
6. Install in the reverse order of removal. (See 0811-9 Rear Center Seat Belt Installation Note.)
//?////f
~~ REAR CENTER
~==;W
~/SEATBELT
cv
Cd v-
~--BOLTB
am3uuw0000425
08-11-8
SEAT BELT
SHB
2. Remove the bolt.
I t:.-===71
3. Remove the rear center seat belt with the rear
seat back (See 09-13-33 REAR SEAT BACK
FRAME REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
4. Install in the reverse order of removal. (See 0811-9 Rear Center Seat Belt Installation Note.)
REAR CENTER
SEAT BELT
/\~
~\
II
BOLT 38-52 Nm
{3.9-5.3 kgf.m, ~9-38 ft.lbf}
"',.,Ni
~n~ifi;;,REAR
t!l/--'
(1Jf ~ BU7\
rFr
~~
(LH)
am3uuw0000497
Rear Center Seat Belt Installation Note

Rotate the rear center seat belt lower anchor
clockwise 1800 and install it.
..
REAR
CENTER
SEAT BELT
LOWER
ANCHOR
LOWER
ANCHOR
~,
~180
am3uuw0000547
08-11-9
SEAT BELT
SEAT BELT INSPECTION
id0811 00800300
Belt
1. Verify that the belt is installed properly with no twists or kinks.
2. Verify that there is no damage to the seat belt and no deformation of the metal fittings.
If there is any malfunction, replace the seat belt.
ELR
Except 5HB (rear center seat belt)
1. Verify that the belt can be pulled out smoothly,
and that it retracts smoothly.
If there is any malfunction, replace the seat
belt.
2. Verify that the retractor locks when the belt is
pulled quickly.
belt.
3. Remove the retractor.
acxuuw00002083
4. While pulling the seat belt out, make sure that the
seat belt does not lock when the retractor is tilted
slowly up to 15 from the mounted position and
locks when the retractor is tilted 40 or more.
belt.
RETRACTOR
am6zzw0000099
5HB (rear center seat belt)

Caution
The rear center seat belt ELR only becomes operable after a certain amount of belt webbing is
pulled out. For the ELR inspection, fasten the rear center seat belt to the rear buckle (center) and
perform the inspection after pulling out the rear center seat belt 130 mm {5.12 in} (ELR operable
condition). If the inspection is performed while the ELR is not in an operable condition, the
integrity of the system cannot be determined.
1. Fasten the rear center seat belt to the rear buckle
(center) and pull out the rear center seat belt 130
mm {5.12 in}.
2. Verify that the belt can be pulled out smoothly,
and that it retracts smoothly.
belt.
3. Verify that the retractor locks when the belt is
pulled quickly.
belt.
4. Remove the rear center seat belt retractor.
RE1-A-R-C-E-N-T-E-RREAR BUCKLE
(CENTER)
i;
SEAT BELT
am3uuw0000621
08-11-10
SEAT BELT
5. While pulling the seat belt out, make sure that the
seat belt does not lock when the retractor is tilted
slowly up to 15 from the mounted position and
locks when the retractor is tilted 40 or more.
belt.
RETRACTOR
am6zzw0000099
ALR
1. Pull the belt out fully to change the lock mode from ELR to ALR.
2. Verify that retractor makes a clicking sound as the belt slowly retracts. If no sound is heard, the lock mode has
not changed to ALR. If necessary, repeat Step 1.
3. Verify that the retractor locks when pulled.
4. Verify that the lock mode changes to ELR when the belt is fully pulled out.
Load Limiter Retractor
Warning
When the load limiter operates, the belt and anchor rub against each other strongly leaving wear
tracks. If the seat belt is used in this state, the seat belt will not function at its full capability and
there is the possibility of serious injury to passengers. Be sure to replace the seat belt once the
load limiter operates.
1. If the vehicle has been subjected to a shock in an

accident, pull the belt from the retractor and
confirm that there are no wear tracks (the load
limiter has not operated) by visually inspecting
and feeling the belt.
belt.
ANCHOR
TRACE
OF WEAR
acxuuw00002085
08-11-11
SEAT BELT
FRONT BUCKLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
id081100800400
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Remove the front seat. (See 09-13-3 FRONT SEAT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Remove the bolt.
.----------------------,
Remove the front buckle.
FRONT BUCKLE
BOLT
39-78 Nm
{4.0-7.9 kgf.m,
29-57 ft.lbf}
am3uuw0000375
REAR BUCKLE REMOVAL/INSTALLATION

id081100800700
Rear Buckle (RH) and Rear Buckle (Center)

1. Remove the rear seat cushion. (See 09-13-37 REAR SEAT CUSHION REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the bolt.
3. Remove the rear buckle (RH) and rear buckle
39-78 N.n,'" ~/I~
BOLT [4.0-7.9 kgf.m,:
7
(center).
7
29-57 ft.lbf} ~
A/1
ro~"'oo
~! -=--- / /
REAR BUCKLE
(CENTER)
f{
~~
c!
r-----
-!:- 'f-----=---';
4c4L /('A
))~
~rl
LR BUCKLE (RH)
)
am3uuw0000553
Rear Buckle (LH)

1. When removing or installing the rear buckle, refer to the rear center seat belt removal/installation procedure.
(See 08-11-8 REAR CENTER SEAT BELT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Rear Buckle Installation Note
After installing the rear seat cushion, position the
rear buckle (RH) and rear buckle (center) with the
rear buckle (RH) and rear buckle (center) buttons
facing upward as shown in the figure.
REAR BUCKLE (RH)
FRr;?
REAR BUCKLE (CENTER)
PRESS
BUTTON
am3uuw0000547
08-11-12
SEAT BELT
BUCKLE SWITCH INSPECTION
id081100803000
Driver Side
3. Remove the front seat. (See 09-13-3 FRONT SEAT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the front buckle. (See 08-11-12 FRONT BUCKLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
5. Inspect for continuity between the buckle switch
terminals using a tester.
WITH
POWER SEAT
front buckle.
WITHOUT
POWER SEAT
0---0 : Continuity
Terminal
Seat belt
Fastened
Unfastened
-0
am6xuw00001840
am3uuw0000376
Passenger Side
3. Remove the front seat. (See 09-13-3 FRONT SEAT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
4. Remove the front buckle. (See 08-11-12 FRONT BUCKLE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
5. Inspect for continuity between the buckle switch
terminals using a tester.
front buckle.
0---0 : Continuity
Terminal
Seat belt
Fastened
Unfastened
0
am6xuw00001840
am3uuw0000376
08-11-13
SEAT BELT
CHILD-RESTRAINT SEAT ANCHOR REMOVAL/INSTALLATION
4SD
2. Remove the bolt and child-restraint seat anchor.
id0811 008001 00
-,It------;-.f'--\\--
BOLT
27 Nm {2.7 kgf.m,
---\/7
19 ft.lbf}
CHILD---RESTRAINT
SEAT ANCHOR
am3uuw0000496
SHB
1. Remove the trunk end trim. (See 09-17-72
TRUNK END TRIM REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
2. Remove the bolt and child-restraint seat anchor.
am3uuw0000375
08-11-14
SERVICE TOOLS
08-60
SERVICE TOOLS
RESTRAINTS SST ................. 08-60-1
RESTRAINTS SST
id086000800100
49 H066 002
Deployment
tool
~~ ~~~
49 G066 003
Adapter
harness
rc;d!
~-====:j:Q:3r=1
490066002
49 L066 002
Adapter
harness
Adapter
harness
49 NOaa OAO
49 B066 004
Fuel and
Thermometer
checker
Adapter
harness
08-60-1
BODY & ACCESSORIES

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[ADVANCED KEYLESS
ENTRY AND PUSH
BUTTON START SYSTEM] .. 09-02A
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(ADVANCED KEYLESS
ENTRY AND PUSH
BUTTON START SYSTEM)] .. 09-02B
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)] ................ 09-02C
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM] ................. 09-02D
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] ... 09-02E
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[BCM] ................... 09-02F
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[AUDIO] .................. 09-02G
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[Bluetooth SYSTEM
(HANDS-FREE
TELEPHONE (HFITEL)
SYSTEM)] ................ 09-02H
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT
LIGHTING SYSTEM)] ....... 09-021
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[MULTI INFORMATION
DISPLAY] ................ 09-02J
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
[AUTO LIGHTIWIPER
CONTROL MODULE] ....... 09-02K
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM] ................. 09-03A
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM] ................ 09-038
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] .. 09-03C
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM] .. 09-03D
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[RADIO] ................. 09-03E
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[CD PLAYER/CHANGER] ... 09-03F
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM] ... 09-03G
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[Bluetooth SYSTEM
(HANDS-FREE
TELEPHONE (HFITEL)
SYSTEM)] ............... 09-03H
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
LIGHTING SYSTEM)] ...... 09-031
SYMPTOM
TROUBLESHOOTING
[ADVANCED KEYLESS
ENTRY AND PUSH
BUTTON START SYSTEM] .. 09-03J
BODY PANELS ............. 09-10
DOORS AND LIFTGATE ..... 09-11
GLASSIWINDOWS/
MIRRORS ................ 09-12
SEATS ................... 09-13
SECURITY AND LOCKS ..... 09-14
SUNROOF ................ 09-15
EXTERIOR TRIM ........... 09-16
INTERIOR TRIM ............ 09-17
09-02A-1
I' I
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON

START SYSTEM]
LIGHTING SYSTEMS ........ 09-18
WIPERIWASHER SYSTEM ... 09-19
ENTERTAINMENT .......... 09-20
POWER SYSTEMS .......... 09-21
INSTRUMENTATION!
DRIVER INFO.. . . . . . . . . . .. 09-22
CONTROL SYSTEM . . . . . . .. 09-40
TECHNICAL DATA ......... 09-50
09-02A ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [ADVANCED KEYLESS

ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING
DIAGRAM [ADVANCED KEYLESS
START SYSTEM] ................... 09-02A-4
FOREWORD [ADVANCED
KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH
BUTTON START SYSTEM] ........ 09-02A-6
DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED
BUTTON START SYSTEM] ......... 09-02A-6
CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED
BUTTON START SYSTEM] .......... 09-02A-6
DTC TABLE [ADVANCED
DTC B100B:11 [ADVANCED
DTC B100C:11 [ADVANCED
DTC B1026:08 [ADVANCED
09-02A-2

BUTTON START SYSTEM] ........
BUTTON START SYSTEM] .......
DTC B10C6:1F [ADVANCED
BUTTON START SySTEM] ..........
DTC B1 OC7:1 F [ADVANCED
BUTTON START SYSTEM] ..........
DTC B1 OC9:1 F [ADVANCED
DTC B10E7:11 [ADVANCED
DTC B112A:11 [ADVANCED
BUTTON START SYSTEM] .........
DTC B11 FD:1 F [ADVANCED
DTC B1210:1 F [ADVANCED
DTC B1239:1 F [ADVANCED
DTC C0040:29 [ADVANCED
09-02A-30
09-02A-32
09-02A-34
09-02A-36
09-02A-38
09-02A-40
09-02A-41
09-02A-43
09-02A-45
09-02A-47
09-02A-48
09-02A-50
09-02A-52
09-02A-54
09-02A-56
09-02A-58
09-02A-61

START SYSTEM]
DTC P0560:16 [ADVANCED
BUTTON START SySTEM] .......... 09-02A-64
BUTTON START SySTEM] ......... 09-02A-66
ATX ........................... 09-02A-67
MTX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 09-02A-70
ATX ....................... 09-02A-73
MTX ......................... 09-02A-76
DTC P081C:62 [ADVANCED
DTC P081D:62 [ADVANCED
DTC U0028:87 [ADVANCED
DTC U0401 :68 [ADVANCED
DTC U201 F:11 [ADVANCED

BUTTON START SYSTEM] ......... 09-02A-1 01
BUTTON START SYSTEM] ........ 09-02A-1 08
PID/DATA MONITOR
INSPECTION [ADVANCED
[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
AND PUSH BUTTON START
SYSTEM] ...................... 09-02A-114
INSPECTION [ADVANCED
TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS
START SYSTEM] ................ 09-02A-115
09-02A-3
,. ,

START SYSTEM]
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START
SYSTEM]
id09021 c960000
RELAY BLOCK
B+
ACC RELAY
B+
ROOM 15 A FUSE
B+
ENG+B 10 A FUSE
B+
T
B+
IG1 RELAY
STEERING
LOCK UNIT
SWITCH 1
SWI CH2
---
I
I
I
I
--------------------------------~
START/STOP/ENGINE
ILLUMINATION
am3uuw0000535
09-02A-4

START SYSTEM]
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(EXTERIOR, REAR)
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, REAR)
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, FRONT)
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, CENTER)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
-------!a:J
-.JWr-n--~@__
------1@__
---I,M.-"
-.J'Wr-II.--~@__
---@__
-.J',Wr-'1.
PCM
DLC-2
KEYLESS BEEPER
BCM
am3uuw0000535
09-02A-5

START SYSTEM]
FOREWORD [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
id09021 c9601 00
The OBD (on-board diagnostic) system has the following functions:

- Malfunction detection function: Detects malfunctions in the advanced keyless entry and push button start
system and outputs DTCs.
PID/data monitor function: Reads out specific input/output signals and the system status.
Diagnostic DTCs can be read/cleared using the M-MDS.
DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
id09021 c960300

3. Select "RKE".
2. Select "RKE".
am3uuw0000266
screen.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the keyless control module.
(See 09-02A-6 CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM].)
CLEARING DTC [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
id09021 c960400

3. Select "RKE".
2. Select "RKE".
am3uuw0000266
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform the DTC inspection. (See 09-02A-6 DTC INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH
09-02A-6

START SYSTEM]
DTC TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
id09021 c960500
Ole
M-MDS
display
Description
Reference
B100B:11
Short to ground in steering lock unit ground circuit
(See 09-02A-12 DTC B100B:11

[ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
B100B:15
Open circuit or short to power supply in steering lock unit ground

circuit
(See 09-02A-14 DTC B 1OOB: 15

B100C:11
Short to ground in steering lock unit power supply circuit
(See 09-02A-16 DTC B100C:11

B100C:12
Short to power supply in steering lock unit power supply circuit
(See 09-02A-18 DTC B100C:12

B1026:08
Receiving erratic signal from steering lock unit
(See 09-02A-20 DTC B 1026:08

B1026:51
Steering lock unit programming error
(See 09-02A-21 DTC B1026:51

B1026:71
Steering lock unit malfunction
(See 09-02A-22 DTC B1026:71

B1026:87
Communication error between keyless control module and

steering lock unit
(See 09-02A-23 DTC B1026:87

B1026:92
Incorrect operation of steering lock unit
(See 09-02A-25 DTC B1026:92

B1026:96
Steering lock unit internal malfunction
(See 09-02A-27 DTC B1026:96

B102B:51
No programmed transmitter
B108B:23
Short to ground in push button start 1 circuit
B108B:29
Mismatch state of push button start 1 and 2
(See 09-02A-30 DTC B 108B:29

B108C:23
(See 09-02A-32 DTC B108C:23

B10C6:1F
Erratic signal of keyless antenna (exterior, rear)
(See 09-02A-34 DTC B1 OC6:1 F

B10C7:1F
Erratic signal of keyless antenna (interior, rear)
(See 09-02A-36 DTC B10C7:1 F

B10C9:1F
Erratic signal of keyless antenna (interior, front)
(See 09-02A-38 DTC B10C9:1F

B10E7:11
Short to ground in IG1 relay circuit
(See 09-02A-40 DTC B10E7:11

B10E7:12
Short to power supply in IG1 relay circuit
(See 09-02A-41 DTC B10E7:12

B10E7:16
Low voltage in IG1 monitor input circuit
(See 09-02A-43 DTC B10E7:16

(See 09-02A-28 DTC B102B:51

(See 09-02A-29 DTC B 108B:23
09-02A-7

START SYSTEM]
DTC
M-MDS
display
Description
Reference
B10E7:17
High voltage in IG1 monitor input circuit
(See 09-02A-45 DTC B10E7:17

B112A:11
(See 09-02A-47 DTC B112A:11

B112A:12
(See 09-02A-48 DTC B112A:12

B112A:16
(See 09-02A-50 DTC B112A:16

B112A:17
(See 09-02A-52 DTC B112A:17

B11FD:1F
Erratic signal of keyless antenna (exterior, LF)
(See 09-02A-54 DTC B11 FD:1 F

B1210:1 F
Erratic signal of keyless antenna (exterior, RF)
(See 09-02A-56 DTC B1210:1 F

B1239:1 F
Erratic signal of keyless antenna (interior, center)
(See 09-02A-58 DTC B1239:1 F

Erratic signal of brake switch
(See 09-02A-61 DTC C0040:29

P0560:16
Low voltage in power supply circuit (+B3)
(See 09-02A-64 DTC P0560: 16

P0560:17
High voltage in power supply circuit (+B3)
(See 09-02A-66 DTC P0560: 17

P0615:11
Short to ground in starter relay circuit
(See 09-02A-67 DTC P0615:11

P0615:12
Short to power supply in starter relay circuit
(See 09-02A-73 DTC P0615:12

P0615:13
Open circuit in starter relay circuit
(See 09-02A-78 DTC P0615: 13

C0040:29*2
P081C:62*2 Mis-match signal between CAN and P range switch
(See 09-02A-80 DTC P081C:62

P081 0:62*1
Mis-match signal between CAN and neutral switch
(See 09-02A-82 DTC P081 0:62

P0830:23*1
Short to ground in CPP switch circuit
(See 09-02A-84 DTC P0830:23

P0850:29*2
Erratic signal of TR switch
(See 09-02A-86 DTC P0850:29

P1708:29*1
Erratic signal of CPP switch and/or starter interlock switch
(See 09-02A-89 DTC P1708:29

(See 09-02A-92 DTC P1794:16

P1794:16
09-02A-8

START SYSTEM]
Dle
M-MDS
display
*1
Description
Reference
P1794:17
(See 09-02A-94 DTC P1794:17

UOO01:88
Keyless control module communication error (HS-CAN)

U0028:87
Communication error with BCM
(See 09-02A-95 DTC U0028:87

U0100:00
U0101:00*2
Communication error with TCM

U0121 :00
Communication error with ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM
U0401:68
Receiving erratic data from PCM
(See 09-02A-97 DTC U0401 :68

U0415:68
Receiving erratic data from ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM
(See 09-02A-98 DTC U0415:68

U201 F:11
Short to ground in keyless receiver circuit
(See 09-02A-99 DTC U201 F: 11

U2100:00
(See 09-02A-101 DTC U2100:00

U3000:49
Keyless control module internal malfunction
(See 09-02A-1 02 DTC U3000:49

U3000:96
(See 09-02A-1 03 DTC U3000:96

U3003:16
(See 09-02A-1 04 DTC U3003: 16

U3003:17
(See 09-02A-1 06 DTC U3003: 17

U3004:11
Short to ground in ACC relay circuit
(See 09-02A-1 07 DTC U3004: 11

U3004:12
Short to power supply in ACC relay circuit
(See 09-02A-1 08 DTC U3004: 12

U3004:16
Low voltage in ACC monitor input circuit
(See 09-02A-11 0 DTC U3004: 16

U3004:17
High voltage in ACC monitor input circuit
(See 09-02A-112 DTC U3004: 17

MTX
*2 : ATX
09-02A-9

START SYSTEM]
Vehicles With Immobilizer System
DTC
M-MDS
display
B1005:13
B1007:05
B1007:51
B1007:81
B1007:94
B1008:00
B1009:87
B100A:51
B100A:62
Security light flashing pattern
ULJl
ULl
UIlLJl
UILJ
Description
Coil antenna malfunction
Key 10 number error
Unprogrammed key 10 number
Receiving erratic serial data
ULl
Key 10 number error
ruLLJl
Shortage of programmed key
ULl
ULl
ULJl
B10E6:11
09-02A-10
Not illuminated
Communication error with coil antenna
Communication error with PCM (Data

transfer failure)
Communication error with PCM (Data

mis-match)
Short to ground in coil antenna power

supply circuit
Reference
(See 09-02B-11 SECURITY
LIGHT: 12, OTC: B1005:131
P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
LIGHT: 13, OTC: B1007:051
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
LIGHT: 15, OTC: B1007:511
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
LIGHT: 14, OTC: B1007:811
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
LIGHT: 13, OTC: B1007:941
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
LIGHT: 21, OTC: B1008:001
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
LIGHT: 11, OTC: B1009:871
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
LIGHT: 22, OTC: B100A:511
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
LIGHT: 23, OTC: B100A:621
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
LIGHT: NOT ILLUMINATED, OTC
B10E6:11/- [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (ADVANCED

START SYSTEM]
DTe
M-MDS
display
B10E6:12
Not illuminated
U0100:87
'---
Description
Reference
Short to power supply in coil antenna

power supply circuit

LIGHT: NOT ILLUMINATED, DTC
B10E6:12/- [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
Communication error with PCM (No

response)

LIGHT: 16, DTe: U0100:87/
SYSTEM (ADVANCED
09-02A-11

START SYSTEM]
DTC B100B:11 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
id09021 c395500
Warning
If this DTC is detected, the system will enter the fail-safe function to ensure safety. If the vehicle is
left as it is for a specified time limit or more, or the ignition is operated a specified number of times
or more while the fail-safe function is operating, the ignition will remain stuck in off and it is
possible that the engine cannot be started. Therefore, perform the malfunction diagnosis while the
engine can be started. In addition, after having performed the malfunction diagnosis, verify that
this DTC is not detected with the steering wheel locked. If the DTC is not detected, the system
returns to normal from the fail-safe function.
Note
When the system enters the fail-safe function, the keyless warning light and the push button start indicator
light illuminate as follows:
When the clutch pedal (MTX) or the brake pedal (ATX) is depressed while the ignition is switched off,
both lights illuminate (red).
Whe-n the ignition is switched to ACC or ON, both lights illuminate (red) constantly.
KEYLESS WARNING LIGHT
(RED)
PUSH BUTTON START

INDICATOR LIGHT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
am3uuw0000510
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Steering lock unit ground terminal voltage is less than 1.1 V for 3 s when the steering lock unit ground
transistor is not active.
09-02A-12
Steering lock unit connector or terminals malfunction

- Steering lock unit terminal C-Keyless control module terminal 10

START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION

STEERING LOCK UNIT

STEERING LOCK UNIT

rI
><
~
~
'll
2K 121 2GI2E 2C 2A
2L 12J 2HI2F 20 2B
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT STEERING LOCK UNIT
Disconnect the steering lock unit connector.
connector.
INSPECT STEERING LOCK UNIT GROUND
Steering lock unit and keyless control module
ground:
- Steering lock unit terminal C
Reconnect the steering lock unit connector.
Inspect the steering lock unit.
(See 09-21-13 STEERING LOCK UNIT
INSPECTION [WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS
SYSTEM].)
Yes
No
Action
Step 5.
Yes

Step 5.
No
Yes

to ground, then go to Step 5.
No
Yes
No
Replace the steering lock unit and perform the steering

lock unit programming, then go to the next step.
REMOVAUINSTALLATION [WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS
(See 09-14-115 STEERING LOCK UNIT 10 CODE
REGISTRATION.)
09-02A-13

START SYSTEM]
Step
5
Inspection
connectors.
Perform the following procedure within 5 min.
1. Clear the DTC from the keyless control
(See 09-02A-6 CLEARING DTC
2. Switch the ignition to off, then open the
door to lock the steering.
3. Operate the advanced key to activate the
keyless control module.
4. Perform the advanced keyless entry and
push button start system DTC inspection
using the M-M DS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
step.

(See 09-02A-7 DTC TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS
DTC 81008:15 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH 8UTTON START SYSTEM]
id09021 c395600
DESCRIPTION
Open circuit or short to power supply in steering lock unit ground circuit
Steering lock unit ground terminal voltage is 1.7 V or more for 0.2 s when the steering lock unit ground
transistor is active.
Steering lock unit ground terminal voltage is 3.4 V or more for 0.2 s when the steering lock unit ground
transistor is not active.
- Steering lock unit terminal C-Keyless control module terminal 1D
- Steering lock unit terminal C-Keyless control module terminal 1D
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
STEERING LOCK UNIT

STEERING LOCK UNIT

rr
rJXj
11
r 1E 1C 1A
11 F 10 1B 1
09-02A-14
rI ><
2K
21
2G 12E 2C I 2A
2L 2J 2H 2F 20 12B
~
~

START SYSTEM]
Step
1
Inspection
connector.
- Steering lock unit terminal C
- Steering lock unit terminal C-Keyless
control module terminal 1D
SYSTEM].)
connectors.
Operate the advanced key to activate the
Clear the DTC from the keyless control
Switch the ignition to off using the advanced
key, then open the door to lock the steering.
Perform the advanced keyless entry and
using the M-MDS.
Action
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

Step 6.

Step 6.
No

to power supply, then go to Step 6.
Yes
No

Yes

(See 09-14-115 STEERING LOCK UNIT ID CODE
REGISTRATION.)
No
Yes

step.
No
09-02A-1S

START SYSTEM]
Step
7
Inspection
PRESENT
Yes
No
Action
DTC B100C:11 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
id09021 c395700
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
Short to ground in steering lock unit power supply circuit

Steering lock unit power supply monitor is off for 0.2 s when the steering lock unit power supply
transistor is active.
- Steering lock unit terminal B-Keyless control module terminal 1C
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
STEERING LOCK UNIT
@
@
,,~
@~~
7TT
rrrJ><fl
11E 1C 1A
11F 10 1B 1
II
><
STEERING LOCK UNIT

'fl
2K 121 2GI2E 2cI 2A

2L 12J 2H 12F 201 2B
FOB
I~~I
I~~I
Step
Inspection
connector.
09-02A-16
Action
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 5.

Step 5.

START SYSTEM]
Step
3
Inspection
INSPECT STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER
SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
ground:
- Steering lock unit terminal B
SYSTEM].)
connectors.
key, then open the door to lock the steering.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
Action
No
Yes

REGISTRATION.)
No
Yes

step.
No
Yes

ENTRY AND PUSH BUnON START SYSTEM].)
No
09-02A-17

START SYSTEM]
id09021 c395800
Warning
Note
When the ignition is switched to ACC or ON, both lights illuminate (red) constantly.
(RED)
PUSH BUTTON START

INDICATOR LIGHT
..I
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
am3uuw0000510
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Steering lock unit power supply moitor is on for 3 s when the steering lock unit power supply transistor
is not active.

- Steering lock unit terminal B-Keyless control module terminal 1C
09-02A-18

START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION

STEERING LOCK UNIT

STEERING LOCK UNIT

~
~
Step
1
Inspection
connector.
INSPECT STEERING LOCK UNIT POWER
SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER
SUPPLY
- Steering lock unit terminal B
SYSTEM].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Step 5.

Step 5.

Yes

(See 09-14-115 STEERING LOCK UNIT 10 CODE
REGISTRATION.)
No
09-02A-19

START SYSTEM]
Step
5
Inspection
connectors.
Perform the following procedure within 5 min.
3. Operate the advanced key to activate the
4. Perform the advanced keyless entry and
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
Action
step.
No
Yes

No
DTC B1026:08 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
id09021 c395900
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Receiving erratic signal from steering lock unit
Keyless control module receives the corrupt ID or wrong response from the steering lock unit.
Step
1
Inspection
PERFORM STEERING LOCK UNIT
PROGRAMMING
Perform the steering lock unit programming.
(See 09-14-115 STEERING LOCK UNIT ID
CODE REGISTRATION.)
Switch the ignition to off, then open the door
to lock the steering.
using the M-MDS.
09-02A-20
Action
Yes
No

Go to Step 4.

START SYSTEM]
Step
2
Inspection
SYSTEM].)

using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
REGISTRATION.)
step.
Yes

No
id09021 c387000
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Keyless control module receives unprogrammed signal from the steering lock unit.
No steering lock unit programming record in keyless control module.
Step
1
Inspection
PERFORM STEERING LOCK UNIT
PROGRAMMING
Perform the steering lock unit programming.
(See 09-14-115 STEERING LOCK UNIT ID
CODE REGISTRATION.)
using the M-MDS.
Action
Yes
No

Go to Step 4.
09-02A-21

START SYSTEM]
Step
2
Inspection
SYSTEM].)

using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
Action
REGISTRATION.)
step.
No
Yes

No
id09021 c396800
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Keyless control module receives the erratic signal from the steering lock unit after a lock command.
Step
1
Inspection
SYSTEM].)
using the M-MDS.
09-02A-22
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
REGISTRATION.)
step.

START SYSTEM]
Step
Inspection
PRESENT
Yes
Action
No
id09021 c3871 00
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Communication error between keyless control module and steering lock unit
No response from the steering lock unit.
Keyless control module receives the signal of communication error from the steering lock unit.
Keyless control module receives unexpected message from the steering lock unit.
- Steering lock unit terminal G-Keyless control module terminal 21
STEERING LOCK UNIT

If rr><r 11
~ ><
11 E 1C 1A 1 2K 1 21
/1F 10 1B/
STEERING LOCK UNIT

~
~
"11
I
2G 2E 2C 2A
2LI2J 2HI2F 2Dl2B
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY RELATED STORED DTC
using the M-MDS.
Is the DTC B1026:08, B1026:51, B1026:71
or B 1026:96 also present?

Yes
No
Action
(See 09-02A-20 DTC B1026:08 [ADVANCED KEYLESS
Yes

Step 6.
No
09-02A-23

START SYSTEM]
Step
3
Inspection
connector.
COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
- Steering lock unit terminal G-Keyless
control module terminal 21
SYSTEM].)
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No

Yes

REGISTRATION.)
No
Yes

step.
No
Yes

No
09-02A-24
Action
Step 6.

START SYSTEM]
id09021 c396900
Warning
Note
.
(RED)
PUSH BUTTON START

INDICATOR LIGHT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
am3uuw0000510
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Incorrect operation of steering lock unit

Keyless control module receives the position signal indicating a serious malfunction from steering lock
unit.
09-02A-2S

START SYSTEM]
Step
1
Inspection
SYSTEM].)
Per10rm the following procedure within 5
min.
module us!ng the M-MDS.
3. Per10rm the advanced keyless entry and
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

No
09-02A-26
Action
Replace the steering lock unit and per10rm the steering
REGISTRATION.)
step.

START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id09021 c387200
Steering lock unit internal malfunction
Keyless control module receives the signal of the steering lock unit internal malfunction.

Step
1
Inspection
SYSTEM].)
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Action
Yes

REGISTRATION.)
No
Yes

step.
No
Yes

No
09-02A-27

START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
id09021 c387300
No programmed transmitter
There is, no record that an transmitter was programmed (programming is never pertormed in past).
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Note
If the transmitter has never been programmed, DTC B102B:51 cannot be detected even if the
transmitter is cleared.
Transmitter programming error

Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY NUMBER OF PROGRAMMED
TRANSMITTER
Perform the PID/data monitor inspection
using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02A-113 PID/DATA MONITOR
SYSTEM].)
- NUM_TRNSMs
(See 09-02A-114 PID/DATA MONITOR
TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
Is there a programmed transmitter?
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Action
Yes
No

Program a new transmitter, then go to the next step.
(See 09-14-97 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED
PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
Yes

step.
No
Yes
No
09-02A-28


START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id09021 c398800

Keyless control module detects the push button start 1 signal for 120 s or more.
Push button start connector or terminals malfunction
- Push button start terminal A-Keyless control module terminal 2B
Push button start malfunction

PUSH BUTTON START
::~:]-Q>
@
@
TtT
PUSH BUTTON START

rr--
>-<
r-1
><
11
2K 121 2GI2E 2cI 2A

2L 12J 2H 12F 201 2B
--
Gt~
rr-I
r:-
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J 3G 3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H 3E 3B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L 31 3F 3C
IJ
><
Gt~
"Il
ci A
B
o
Step
1
Action
Inspection
INSPECT PUSH BUTTON START
Disconnect the push button start connector.
connector.
INSPECT PUSH BUTTON START CIRCUIT
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Push button start and keyless control module
ground:
- Push button start terminal A
Inspect the push button start.
(See 09-21-9 PUSH BUTTON START
SYSTEM].}
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 5.

Step 5.

Replace the push button start, then go to the next step.

(See 09-21-8 PUSH BUTTON START REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
09-02A-29

START SYSTEM]
Step
Inspection
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Action
step.
Yes
No
Yes

No
DTC B108B:29 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id09021 c398900
Mismatch state of push button start 1 and 2
A combination of the push button start 1 and 2 signals is abnormal.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- Push button start terminal B-Keyless control module terminal 30

PUSH BUTTON START
:~
---L-J--(~>
~-L-
@
@
~~
TtT
PUSH BUTTON START

,......,
II
><
"Il
2K 121 2GI2E 2cI 2A

2L 12J 2H 12F 201 2B
0-
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 3Q 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3AD 3M 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
3F 3C
I~~I
09-02A-30
><
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J 3G
31
rr-
K 1 I
L 1J
>< ~
G
ci A
DI B
I~~I

START SYSTEM]
Step
1
Inspection
connector.
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
ground:
- Push button start terminal B
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
- Push button start terminal A-Keyless
control module terminal 2B
- Push button start terminal B-Keyless
control module terminal 3Q
SYSTEM].)
Yes
Action
Step 7.
No
Yes

Step 7.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

No
09-02A-31

START SYSTEM]
Step
7
Inspection
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Action
step.
Yes
No
Yes

ENTRY AND PUSH BUDON START SYSTEM].)
No
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id09021 c399600
Keyless control module detects the push button start 2 signal for 120 s or more.

- Push button start terminal B-Keyless control module terminal 3Q
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

PUSH BUTTON START
: 8-o----L-J_(~>
~-L-
@
@
(( B
Ttl'
PUSH BUTTON START

,......,
II
2K
21
><
"l1
2GI2E 2cI 2A
2L 2J 2H 12F 201 2B
r-
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3AD 3M 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
3F 3C
I~~I
09-02A-32
>-<
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J 3G
31
rr-
K 1 I
L 1J
>< ~
G
ci A
01 B
I~~I

START SYSTEM]
Step
1
Inspection
connector.
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
ground:
SYSTEM].)
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Action
Yes
No

Step 5.
Yes

Step 5.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

step.
No
Yes

No
09-02A-33

START SYSTEM]
DTC B10C6:1 F [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
id09021 c387700
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
Erratic signal of keyless antenna (exterior, rear)
Keylesscontrol module detects the open circuit in keyless antenna (exterior, rear) circuit.
Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) connector or terminals malfunction

Short to ground in the wiring harness between the following terminals:
- Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) terminal A-Keyless control module terminal4C
- Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) terminal B-Keyless control module terminal4F
Open circuit in the wiring harness between the following terminals:
- Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) terminal A-Keyless control module terminal4C
- Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) terminal B-Keyless control module terminal 4F
Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(EXTERIOR, REAR)
@~:~--------------~~~
~H:~r-----------------------~~
,......,
HI><I~
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(EXTERIOR, REAR)
r-
4Y 4V 4S 4P 4M 4J 4G 40 4A
4Z 4W 4T 4Q 4N 4K 4H 4E 4B
41 4F 4C
4AA 4X 4U 4R 40 4L
I~~I
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR,
REAR) CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS
Disconnect the keyless antenna (exterior,
rear) connector.
connector.
REAR) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) and keyless
control module connectors are disconnected.
ground:
- Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) terminal A
- Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) terminal B
09-02A-34
Action
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

No

START SYSTEM]
Step
4
Inspection
REAR) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) and keyless
- Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) terminal
A-Keyless control module terminal 4C
- Keyless antenna (exterior, rear) terminal
B-Keyless control module terminal 4F
VERIFY KEYLESS ANTENNA (EXTERIOR,
REAR} MALFUNCTION
connectors.
Open any door or trunk/liftgate, then close all
doors or the trunk/liftgate with the ignition
switched off.
switched off.
using the M-MDS.
connectors.
switched off.
switched off.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Replace the keyless antenna (exterior, rear), then go to

the next step.
(See 09-14-76 KEYLESS ANTENNA REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Go to Step 7.
Yes
No
Yes
No

step.

09-02A-35

START SYSTEM]
DTC B1 OC7:1 F [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
id09021 c387800
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
Erratic signal of keyless antenna (interior, rear)
Keyless control module detects the open circuit in keyless antenna (interior, rear) circuit.
Keyless antenna (interior, rear) connector or terminals malfunction

- Keyless antenna (interior, rear) terminal A-Keyless control module
- Keyless antenna (interior, rear) terminal B-Keyless control module
- Keyless antenna (interior, rear) terminal A-Keyless control module
- Keyless antenna (interior, rear) terminal B-Keyless control module
Keyless antenna (interior, rear) malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
terminal 4G
terminal 4J
terminal 4G
terminal 4J
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, REAR)
@I*-------*ll~)t
~Hr-----------------------~~~~
"
K,><,'?I
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, REAR)
r-
4Y 4V 4S 4P 4M 4J 4G 40 4A
4Z 4W 4T 4Q 4N 4K 4H 4E 4B
41 4F 4C
4AA 4X 4U 4R 40 4L
u
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR,
REAR) CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS
Disconnect the keyless antenna (interior,
rear) connector.
connector.
REAR) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Keyless antenna (interior, rear) and keyless
ground:
- Keyless antenna (interior, rear) terminal A
- Keyless antenna (interior, rear) terminal B
09-02A-36
Yes
Action
Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes
No


START SYSTEM]
Step
4
Inspection
REAR) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Keyless antenna (interior, rear) and keyless
- Keyless antenna (interior, rear) terminal
A-Keyless control module terminal 4G
- Keyless antenna (interior, rear) terminal
B-Keyless control module terminal 4J
VERIFY KEYLESS ANTENNA (INTERIOR,
REAR) MALFUNCTION
connectors.
Open any door or trunklliftgate, then close all
doors or the trunklliftgate with the ignition
switched off.
switched off.
using the M-MDS.
connectors.
switched off.
switched off.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Action
Yes
No
Yes
No

Replace the keyless antenna (interior, rear), then go to the

next step.
INSTALLATION.)
Go to Step 7.
Yes
No

step.
Yes

No
09-02A-37

START SYSTEM]
DTC B10C9:1F [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
Erratic signal of keyless antenna (interior, front)
Keyless control module detects the open circuit in keyless antenna (interior, front) circuit.
Keyless antenna (interior, front) connector or terminals malfunction

- Keyless antenna (interior, front) terminal A-Keyless control module terminal
- Keyless antenna (interior, front) terminal B-Keyless control module terminal
- Keyless antenna (interior, front) terminal A-Keyless control module terminal
Keyless antenna (interior, front) terminal B-Keyless control module terminal
Keyless antenna (interior, front) malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id09021 c388000
3Z
3AC
3Z
3AC
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, FRONT)
@'*"-I//-----*ln
~~i~----------------------~~
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, FRONT)

,.,
,. .
><
-..
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J
r-
3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 38
3F 3C
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
31
Step
1
Inspection
FRONT) CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS
front) connector.
connector.
FRONT) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Keyless antenna (interior, front) and keyless
ground:
- Keyless antenna (interior, front) terminal A
- Keyless antenna (interior, front) terminal B
09-02A-38
Action
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

No

START SYSTEM]
Step
4
Inspection
FRONT) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Keyless antenna (interior, front) and keyless
- Keyless antenna (interior, front) terminal
A-Keyless control module terminal 3Z
- Keyless antenna (interior, front) terminal
B-Keyless control module terminal 3AC
FRONT) MALFUNCTION
connectors.
switched off.
switched off.
using the M-MDS.
connectors.
switched off.
switched off.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Action
Yes
No
Yes
No

Replace the keyless antenna (interior, front), then go to

the next step.
INSTALLATION.)
Go to Step 7.
Yes
No
Yes
No

step.

09-02A-39

START SYSTEM]
DTC B10E7:11 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
id09021c401900
DETECTION
CONDITION
IG1 relay output monitor is off for 0.5 s when the ignition switch is ON.
Relay block connector or terminals malfunction

- Relay block terminal 2G-Keyless control module terminal 3D
Relay block malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
RELAY BLOCK
BATTERY
FUSE BLOCK
-0-
IG1 RELAY
METER 15A
- ro;-o- --@
- 0 -@:
TlT
RELAY BLOCK
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
If
rrxr 11
11E 1C 1A
11 F 10 1B
'"'t'-1
12G 2EI2CI2At
[2H
2F12D~
-=:::::::;
11"
><
2K 121
"1l
2GI2E 2cI 2A
2L 12J 2H 12F 201 2B
I~~I
r-1
><
,.-
3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 3Q 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
3F 3C
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J
31
I~~I
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT RELAY BLOCK CONNECTOR AND
TERMINALS
Disconnect the relay block connector.
connector.
INSPECT IG1 RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO GROUND
Relay block and keyless control module
ground:
- Relay block terminal 2G
INSPECT RELAY BLOCK
Inspect the relay block.
(See 09-21-5 RELAY BLOCK INSPECTION
[WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
09-02A-40
Action
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 5.

Step 5.

Replace the relay block, then go to the next step.

(See 09-21-3 RELAY BLOCK REMOVAUINSTALLATION
[WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH

START SYSTEM]
Step
5
Inspection
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
step.

id09021 c399700
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BATTERY
IG1 relay output monitor is on for 0.5 s when the ignition switch is off.
- Relay block terminal 2G-Keyless control module terminal 3D
RELAY BLOCK
FUSE BLOCK
IG1 RELAY
METER 15 A
RELAY BLOCK
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

rI
><
"l1
2K 121 2GI2E 2C 2A
2L 12J 2H 12F 201 2B
,...-,
3AB 3Y 3V 3S
>-<
3P 3M 3J 3G
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 3Q 3N 3K 3H
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
31
.-3D 3A
3E 3B
3F 3C
09-02A-41

START SYSTEM]
Step
1
Inspection
TERMINALS
connector.
- Relay block terminal 2G
INSPECT RELAY BLOCK
connectors.
key.
key.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
09-02A-42
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Step 5.

Step 5.

Yes

No
Yes

step.
No
Yes

No

START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BATTERY
id09021 c388300
IG1 monitor voltage is less than 2.5 V for 1 s when the ignition switch is ON.

Open circuit or short to ground in IG1 monitor input circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between relay block terminal 1B and keyless control module
terminal2A
- METER 15 A fuse malfunction
- Open circuit in wiring harness between relay block terminal 1B and keyless control module terminal
2A
RELAY BLOCK
FUSE BLOCK
IG1 RELAY
METER 15 A

RELAY BLOCK
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
,.,
r-======
>-<
-r
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J
r-
3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3F 3C
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
31
Step
1
Inspection
using the M-MDS.
Is the DTC B1OE7: 11 also present?
TERMINALS
connector.
Yes
Action
(See 09-02A-40 DTC B1OE7: 11 [ADVANCED KEYLESS
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
09-02A-43

START SYSTEM]
Step
4
Inspection
INSPECT IG1 MONITOR INPUT CIRCUIT FOR
Reconnect the relay block connector.
- Keyless control module terminal 2A
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT RELAY BLOCK

connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
09-02A-44
Action
Yes
No
Yes

Inspect the METER 15 A fuse.
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 6.
No
Yes

step.
No
Yes

No

START SYSTEM]
id09021 c401600
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BATTERY

IG1 monitor voltage is 2.5 V or more for 1 s when the ignition switch is off.
- Relay block terminal 1B-Keyless control module terminal 2A
RELAY BLOCK
FUSE BLOCK
IG1 RELAY
METER 15A
RELAY BLOCK
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

r"'"
><
'II
2GI2E 2cI 2A
2L 12J 2H 12F 201 2B
2K 121
rI
3AB 3Y 3V 3S
><
-r
3P 3M 3J 3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 3Q 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
3F 3C
31
Step
1
Inspection
using the M-MDS.
Is the DTC B10E7:12 also present?
TERMINALS
connector.
Action
Yes

(See 09-02A-41 DTC B10E7:12 [ADVANCED KEYLESS
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes
No

Step 6.
09-02A-4S

START SYSTEM]
Step
4
Inspection
INSPECT RELAY BLOCK
connectors.
key.
key.
using the M-MDS.
Is the DTC B10E7:17 present?
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes

No
Yes

step.
No
Yes
No
09-02A-46
Action


START SYSTEM]
DTC B112A:11 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BATTERY
id09021 c404600

IG2 relay output monitor is off for 0.5 s when the ignition switch is ON.
- Relay block terminal 2A-Keyless control module terminal 3G
RELAY BLOCK
FUSE BLOCK
IG2 RELAY
HEATER 10 A

RELAY BLOCK
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
,.....,
r><
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J 3G 3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 3Q 3N 3K 3H 3E 3B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L 31 3F 3C
Step
1
Inspection
TERMINALS
connector.
SHORT TO GROUND
ground:
- Relay block terminal 2A
INSPECT RELAY BLOCK
Action
Yes

Step 5.
No
Yes

Step 5.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No


09-02A-47

START SYSTEM]
Step
Inspection
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Action
step.
Yes

No
id09021 c404700
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION

IG2 relay output monitor is on for 0.5 s when the ignition switch is off.
- Relay block terminal 2A-Keyless control module terminal 3G
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
RELAY BLOCK
BATTERY
FUSE BLOCK
IG2 RELAY
HEATER 10 A
RELAY BLOCK
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

,--,
><
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M
::r=-
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3F 3C
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
09-02A-48
..-
3J 3G
31

START SYSTEM]
Step
1
Inspection
TERMINALS
connector.
- Relay block terminal 2A
INSPECT RELAY BLOCK
connectors.
key.
key.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Action
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 5.

Step 5.


step.

09-02A-49

START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id09021 c404800

IG2 monitor is off for 1 s when the ignition switch is ON.
Open circuit or short to ground in IG2 monitor input circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between relay block terminal 1F and keyless control module
terminal2E
- HEATER 10 A fuse malfunction
- Open circuit in wiring harness between relay block terminal 1F and keyless control module terminal
2E
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
RELAY BLOCK
BATTERY
FUSE BLOCK
IG2 RELAY
HEATER 10 A
RELAY BLOCK
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

,......,
rI
><
2K 121
'11
2GI2E 2cI 2A
2L 12J 2H 12F 201 2B
,.....
><
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M
-r
r-
3J 3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3F 3C
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
31
Step
1
Inspection
using the M-MDS.
Is the DTC B112A: 11 also present?
TERMINALS
connector.
09-02A-50
Yes
Action
(See 09-02A-47 DTC B112A:11 [ADVANCED KEYLESS
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No

START SYSTEM]
Step
4
Inspection
- Keyless control module terminal 2E
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT RELAY BLOCK
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
Is the DTC B112A:16 present?
PRESENT
Action
Yes
No
Yes

Inspect the HEATER 10 A fuse.
short to ground.
Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 6.
No
Yes

step.
No
Yes

No
09-02A-S1

START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id09021 c404900

IG2 monitor is on for 1 s when the ignition switch is off.
- Relay block terminal 1F-Keyless control module terminal 2E
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
RELAY BLOCK
BATTERY
FUSE BLOCK
IG2 RELAY
HEATER 10 A

RELAY BLOCK
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
......
><
2K 21
2GI2E 2cI 2A
2L 2J 2H 12F 201 2B
r--1
><
-r
r-
3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3F 3C
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
31
Step
1
Yes
Action
(See 09-02A-48 DTC B112A:12 [ADVANCED KEYLESS
No
Yes

Step 6.
Inspection
using the M-MDS.
Is the DTC B 112A: 12 also present?
TERMINALS
connector.
09-02A-S2
No
Yes
No

Step 6.

START SYSTEM]
Step
4
Inspection
INSPECT RELAY BLOCK
connectors.
key.
key.
using the M-MDS.
Is the DTC B112A:17 present?
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action

step.
Yes
No

09-02A-53

START SYSTEM]
DTC B11 FD:1 F [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id09021 c388500
Erratic signal of keyless antenna (exterior, LF)

Keyless control module detects the open circuit in keyless antenna (exterior, LF) circuit.
Front outer handle (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
- Front outer handle (LH) terminal E-Keyless control module terminal
- Front outer handle (LH) terminal B-Keyless control module terminal
- Front outer handle (LH) terminal E-Keyless control module terminal
- Front outer handle (LH) terminal B-Keyless control module terminal
Keyless antenna (exterior, LF) malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
4B
4E
4B
4E
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(EXTERIOR, LF)
@1*--))--------Eff::P1
~~I~~----------------------~~~
FRONT OUTER HANDLE (LH)

H'
1>< I
'rI
4Y 4V 4S 4P 4M 4J 4G 40 4A
4Z 4W 4T 4Q 4N 4K 4H 4E 4B
41 4F 4C
4AA 4X 4U 4R 40 4L
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT FRONT OUTER HANDLE (LH)
Disconnect the front outer handle (LH)
connector.
connector.
LF) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Front outer handle (LH) and keyless control
module connectors are disconnected.
ground:
- Front outer handle (LH) terminal E
- Front outer handle (LH) terminal B
09-02A-54
Action
Yes
No

Step 6.
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

No

START SYSTEM]
Step
4
Inspection
LF) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Front outer handle (LH) and keyless control
- Front outer handle (LH) terminal EKeyless control module terminal 4B
- Front outer handle (LH) terminal BKeyless control module terminal 4E
LF) MALFUNCTION
connectors.
switched off.
switched off.
using the M-MDS.
connectors.
switched off.
switched off.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Action
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the keyless antenna (exterior, LF), then go to the

next step.
INSTALLATION.)
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes

step.
No
Yes

No
09-02A-55

START SYSTEM]
DTC B1210:1F [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
id09021 c388600
DESCRIPTION
Erratic signal of keyless antenna (exterior, RF)
DETECTION
CONDITION
Keyless'control module detects the open circuit in keyless antenna (exterior, RF) circuit.
Front outer handle (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
- Front outer handle (RH) terminal E-Keyless control module terminal
- Front outer handle (RH) terminal B-Keyless control module terminal
- Front outer handle (RH) terminal E-Keyless control module terminal
- Front outer handle (RH) terminal B-Keyless control module terminal
Keyless antenna (exterior, RF) malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
4A
4D
4A
4D
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(EXTERIOR, RF)
@'*"-:))-----*'h
~H:~~----------------------~~
FRONT OUTER HANDLE (RH)

,......,
r?
ITlZIl
'?=i
1>< I
.-4Y 4V 4S 4P 4M 4J 4G 40 4A
4AA 4X 4U 4R 40 4L
41
mil
4Z 4W 4T 4Q 4N 4K 4H 4E 4B
4F 4C
\:
L
I~~I
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT FRONT OUTER HANDLE (RH)
Disconnect the front outer handle (RH)
connector.
connector.
RF) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Front outer handle (RH) and keyless control
ground:
- Front outer handle (RH) terminal E
- Front outer handle (RH) terminal B
09-02A-56
Action
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

No

START SYSTEM]
Step
4
Inspection
RF) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Front outer handle (RH) and keyless control
- Front outer handle (RH) terminal EKeyless control module terminal 4A
- Front outer handle (RH) terminal BKeyless control module terminal 4D
RF) MALFUNCTION
connectors.
switched off.
switched off.
using the M-MDS.
connectors.
switched off.
switched off.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Replace the keyless antenna (exterior, RF), then go to the

next step.
INSTALLATION.)
Go to Step 7.
Yes
No

step.
Yes

No
09-02A-S7

START SYSTEM]
DTC B1239:1 F [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
id09021 c930400
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
Erratic signal of keyless antenna (interior, center)

Keyless control module detects the open circuit in keyless antenna (interior, center) circuit.
Keyless antenna (interior, center) connector or terminals malfunction
- Keyless antenna (interior, center) terminal A-Keyless control module terminal
- Keyless antenna (interior, center) terminal B-Keyless control module terminal
- Keyless antenna (interior, center) terminal A-Keyless control module terminal
- Keyless antenna (interior, center) terminal B-Keyless control module terminal
Keyless antenna (interior, center) malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
3Y
3AB
3Y
3AB
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, CENTER)
@:HT--:>>---------(ti((n
~H~----------------------~fi~
~
,....
::::>-<
KEYLESS ANTENNA
(INTERIOR, CENTER)
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J
r-
3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 38
3F 3C
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
31
Step
1
Inspection
CENTER) CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS
center) connector.
connector.
09-02A-58
Action
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 6.

Step 6.

START SYSTEM]
Step
3
Inspection
CENTER) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Keyless antenna (interior, center) and
keyless control module connectors are
disconnected.
ground:
- Keyless antenna (interior, center) terminal
A
B
CENTER) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Keyless antenna (interior, center) and
disconnected.
A-Keyless control module terminal 3Y
B-Keyless control module terminal 3AB
CENTER) MALFUNCTION
connectors.
switched off.
switched off.
using the M-MDS.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action

Replace the keyless antenna (interior, center), then go to

the next step.
INSTALLATION.)
Go to Step 7.
09-02A-59

START SYSTEM]
Step
6
Inspection
connectors.
switched off.
switched off..
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
09-02A-60
Yes
No
Action
step.
Yes

No

START SYSTEM]
DTC C0040:29 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BATTERY
1
8
id09021 c405400
Erratic signal of brake switch
A combination of the brake switch 1 and 2 signals is abnormal.

Open circuit or short to ground in brake switch power supply circuit
Open circuit in wiring harness between the following:
- Brake switch terminal B-Body ground
- Brake switch terminal C-Keyless control module terminal 4W
- Brake switch terminal D-Keyless control module terminal 3R
- Brake switch terminal C-Keyless control module terminal 4W
~I
BRAKE SWITCH
STOP15A
~------~---~~~~
TlT
BRAKE SWITCH
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
TlT
::::><
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M
3J 3G
.3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
3F 3C
31
HI::><I
--,
r-
4Y 4V 4S 4P 4M 4J 4G 40 4A
4Z 4W 4T 40 4N 4K 4H 4E 4B
41 4F 4C
4AA 4X 4U 4R 40 4L
.J
IGt~
L.
09-02A-61

START SYSTEM]
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH CONNECTOR AND
TERMINALS
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR
- Brake switch terminal A
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT BRAKE SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT

FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
ground:
- Brake switch terminal B
connector.
SHORT TO GROUND
Brake switch and keyless control module
ground:
- Brake switch terminal C
- Brake switch terminal D
- Brake switch terminal D
09-02A-62
Action
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

Step 8.

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 8.
No

Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No



START SYSTEM]
Step
7
Inspection
OPEN CIRCUIT
- Brake switch terminal C-Keyless control
module terminal 4W
- Brake switch terminal D-Keyless control
module terminal 3R
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Action
INSTALLATION.)
Yes

step.
No
Yes

No
09-02A-63

START SYSTEM]
DTC P0560:16 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
id09021 c933500
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Keyless control module power supply circuit (+B3) voltage is less than 8.5 V for 5 s.

- PCM DTC is stored
Battery malfunction
Open circuit or short to ground in keyless control module power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and keyless control module
terminal1A
- ESCL 1S A fuse malfunction
- Open circuit in wiring harness between battery positive terminal and keyless control module
terminal1A
BATTERY
FUSE BLOCK
-0-
ESCL 15 A
~-------+--~~~~J---~------~~1A

rfl><rll
11E 1C 1AI
11F 10 1BI
Step
1
Inspection
CONFIRM PCM DTC
Perform the PCM DTC inspection using the
M-MDS.
TEST [LF, LS].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT BATTERY
LS].)
WITH TC].)
INSPECT GENERATOR
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
09-02A-64
Yes
No
Action
Yes

LS].)
WITH TC].)
No
Yes

[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
No

START SYSTEM]
Step
4
Inspection
connector.
INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT (+B3)
Keyless control module connector is
disconnected.
Is the voltage B+?

connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Step 6.

Inspect the ESCL 15 A fuse.
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
step.
Yes
No

09-02A-65

START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
id09021 c405700
DETECTION
CONDITION
Keyless control module power supply circuit (+B3) voltage is 16.5 V or more for 0.5 s.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
PCM DTC is stored

Step
1
Inspection
CONFIRM PCM DTC
M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT GENERATOR
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
09-02A-66
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action

[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
step.
Yes

No

START SYSTEM]
id09021 c500500
ATX
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION

Starter monitor input voltage is less than the specification for 0.075 s when the ignition switch is off.
Starter relay input voltage is less than the specification for 0.050 s during cranking the engine.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BATTERY

TR switch connector or terminals malfunction
Starter relay terminal E-Keyless control module terminal 3B
Starter relay terminal A-Keyless control module terminal 2F
Starter relay terminal A-TR switch terminal F
TR switch terminal A-PCM terminal 1BB
TR switch terminal A-Keyless control module terminal 3T
- ST SIG 10 A fuse malfunction
PCM malfunction
FUSE BLOCK
-0.-
STARTER RELAY
~I
!
~ TO STARTER
STSIG 10A
Er+----------~---OJ~~L~r_--+_--------~~~~
-------
~__________~------------------------------~H~
~
TRSWITCH
~----------~-----------~~~~i-----'----~~
P OR N RANGE: ON
PCM
STARTER RELAY
DC"
E FRONT
TRSWITCH

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
@iI]fI ill ITItl
rf>-<:"'I1
2K
I~,I
J 1BE ~ 1BA 1AW 1AS 11 AO 1AK 11 AG 11 AC 11 Y 11 U
1Q 11 M
21
2G 2E 2C 2A
2L 2J 2H 2F 20 2B
r-1
11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AX 1AT 11 AP 1AL 11 AH 11 AD 11 Z 11 V 1 R 11 N 1J
1F 1B
1BG 1BC 1AY 1AuI1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1w 1S 110 1K
1G 1C
><
r-
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J 3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 3Q 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
3F 3C
31
1BH 1BD 1AZt 1Avl1AR 1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P ~ 1L 1H 10
09-02A-67

START SYSTEM]
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT RELAY
Switch the ignitiot:1 to off.
INSPECT TR SWITCH CONNECTOR AND
TERMINALS
INSPECT TR SWITCH
Reconnect the TR switch connector.
INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR AND
TERMINALS
connector.
INSPECT STARTER RELAY CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO GROUND
PCM and keyless control module connectors
are disconnected.
ground:
- Keyless control module terminal 3B
Keyless control module terminal 2F
- TR switch terminal F
- PCM terminal 1BB
- Keyless control module terminal 3T
INSPECT PCM
Reconnect the TR switch, PCM, and keyless
control module connectors.
- PCM terminal 1BB
09-02A-68
Yes
ACTION
Replace the relay, then go to Step 8.
No
Install the relay, then go to the next step.
Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes

No
Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 8.

to ground.
Inspect the ST SIG 10 A fuse.
Replace the fuse, if necessary.
Go to Step 8.


START SYSTEM]
STEP
INSPECTION
connectors.
Crank the engine.
key.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
ACTION
step.
No
Yes

No
09-02A-69

START SYSTEM]
MTX
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Starter monitor input voltage is less than the specification for 0.075 s when the ignition switch is off.
Starter relay input voltage is less than the specification for 0.050 s during cranking the engine.
Starter cut relay connector or terminals malfunction
Starter relay terminal E-Keyless control module terminal 3B
Starter relay terminal A-Keyless control module terminal 2F
Starter relay terminal A-Starter cut relay terminal A
Starter cut relay terminal D-PCM terminal 1BB (LF, L5)
Starter cut relay terminal D-PCM terminal 1B (L3 WITH TC)
Starter cut relay terminal D-Keyless control module terminal 3T
PCM malfunction
BATTERY
FUSE BLOCK
-H-
STARTER RELAY
~
i,
~TO STARTER
STSIG 10A
Q
E J-t------+--"OJ'"""'C~r--__t-----"*'~
L..__ _ _........
~-----+-----------------~~
~
STARTER CLJT RELAY
~------r------~~~~I~r---~-~~~
PCM
r-
-----
-------1
~
LF, L5
~
I
r------I--------
:
,
:,______________
~
<~~ L3WI~HTC
.J
STARTER RELAY
DC"
E FRONT
STARTER CUT RELAY


WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
I ~ I ~fffi]]
rI
2K
21
><
11
2G 2E 2C 2A
2L 2J 2H 2F 20 2B
,.....,
J 1BE~1BA1AW1AS1A01AKI1AGI1ACI1YI1U
1QI1M
11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AX 1AT 1AP 1AL 11 AH 11 AD 11 Z 11 V 1R 11 N 1J
1F 1B
1BG1BC 1AY 1AU 1AQ1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1W 1s110 1K
1G 1C
Il
J
1BH 1BD 1AZt 1AV 1AR 1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X 1T 11P ~ 1L 1H 10
09-02A-70
><
y-
r-
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J 3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 3Q 3N 3K 3H
3AD 3A A 3X 3U 3R 30 3L 31
3E 3B
3F 3C

START SYSTEM]
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT RELAY
INSPECT STARTER CUT RELAY
Disconnect the starter cut relay connector.
Inspect the starter cut relay.
INSPECTION [MTX].)
TERMINALS
connector.
SHORT TO GROUND
Starter relay is removed.
Starter cut relay, PCM and keyless control
ground:
- Keyless control module terminal 3B
- Keyless control module terminal 2F
- Starter cut relay terminal A
- PCM terminal 1BB (LF, L5)
- PCM terminal 1B (L3 WITH TC)
- Keyless control module terminal 3T
INSPECT PCM
Reconnect the starter cut relay, PCM, and
keyless control module connectors.
TC].)
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes
Replace the starter cut relay, then go to Step 8.

(See 09-21-14 STARTER CUT RELAY REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [MTX].)
No
Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes
No

to ground.
Replace the fuse, if necessary.
Go to Step 8.
Yes
No

WITH TC].)
09-02A-71

START SYSTEM]
STEP
INSPECTION
connectors.
Crank the engine.
key.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
09-02A-72
Yes
ACTION
step.
No
Yes

No

START SYSTEM]
id09021 c405900
ATX
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
Starter relay input voltage is above the specification for 0.075 s when the ignition switch is off.

- Starter relay terminal E-Keyless control module terminal 3B
- Starter relay terminal A-Keyless control module terminal 2F
- Starter relay terminal A-TR switch terminal F
- TR switch terminal A-Keyless control module terminal 3T
PCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
FUSE BLOCK
BATTERY
~.-
STARTER RELAY
~
A
- ( TO STARTER
ST SIG 10 A
,....
rv-..
'-'
TRSWITCH
~~~~:
P OR N RANGE: ON
PCM
9
STARTER RELAY
@111Eill'?rrfj~
DC"
E FRONT
rl
2K
IGt~
I~~I
r-1
1BA 1AW 1ASl1AO 1AKI1AGI1ACI1Y 11 U 1011M
11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AX 1ATI1AP 1AL 11 AH 11 AD 11 Z 11 V 1R 11N
1J
1F 1B
1BG 1BC 1AY 1AU 11AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1MI1W 1S 110 1K
t 1G
1C
1BH 1BD 1AZI 1AVl1AR 1ANI1AJI1AFI1ABI1X 1TJ 1P j 1L 1H 10
IGt~
><
'Il
2G 2E 2C 2A
Il
><
_L
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J 3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
3F 3C
31
21
2L 2J 2H 2F 20 2B
J 1BE

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
TRSWITCH
IGt~ I
09-02A-73

START SYSTEM]
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT RELAY
Switch the ignitio~ to off.
TERMINALS
INSPECT TR SWITCH
TERMINALS
connector.
PCM and keyless control module connectors
are disconnected.
Inspect the wiring harness between the
following terminals (wiring harness-side) for
short to power supply:
- Starter relay terminal E-Keyless control
module terminal 3B
- Starter relay terminal A-Keyless control
module terminal 2F
- Starter relay terminal A-TR switch
terminal F
- TR switch terminal A-Keyless control
module terminal 3T
INSPECT PCM
- PCM terminal 1BB
(See 01-40A-B PCM INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
09-02A-74
Action
Yes
No
Replace the relay, then go to Step B.

Yes

Step B.
No
Yes
Replace the TR switch, then go to Step B.

No
Yes
No

Step B.
Yes

Step B.
No
Yes

to power supply, then go to Step B.
No
Yes
No


START SYSTEM]
Step
Inspection
connectors.
key.
key.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
Action
step.
No
Yes

No
09-02A-7S

START SYSTEM]
MTX
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION

Starter relay input voltage is above the specification for 0.075 s when the ignition switch is off.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

- Starter relay terminal E-Keyless control module terminal 3B
- Starter relay terminal A-Starter cut relay terminal A
- Starter cut relay terminal D-PCM terminal 1BB (LF, LS)
- Starter cut relay terminal D-PCM terminal 1B (L3 WITH TC)
- Starter cut relay terminal D-Keyless control module terminal 3T
PCM malfunction
BATTERY
FUSE BLOCK
~J-
STARTER RELAY
~
!I
~TOSTARTER

~
STSIG 10A
E J-+-------I--OJ~~'C~I--_+-----_{fI~
1...-_-----'
~-------I--------------------~~~
STARTER CUT RELAY
~
~----~--~~~~In~~~~
PCM
... - - - - -
-------1
LF, L5
~.
I
r------I--------
~~ L3WI~HTC
1_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..J
STARTER RELAY
STARTER CUT RELAY


WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
DC'"
E FRONT
rr-
2K
21
><
"11
2G 2E 2C 2A
2L 12J 2H 2F 20 2B
,......,
J 1BE
1BA1AW1AS1A01AKI1AGI1ACI1yI1U 1QI1M
11
1E 1A
1BF 1BB 1AX 1AT 1AP 1AL 11 AH 11 AD 11 Z 11 V 1 R 11 N 1J
1F 1B
1BG 1BC 1AY 1AU 1AQ 1AMI1AI11AEI1AAI1w 1S 110 1K
1G 1C
1BH 1BD 1Azt1AV 1AR 1ANI1AJI1AF!1ABI1X 1T 11P ~ 1L 1H 10
09-02A-76
....::::::::::;
><
r-
...--
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J 3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 3Q 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
3F 3C
31

START SYSTEM]
Step
1
Action
Inspection
INSPECT RELAY
INSPECTION [MTX].)
TERMINALS
connector.
Starter cut relay, PCM and keyless control
Inspect the wiring harness between the
following terminals (wiring harness-side) for
short to power supply:
- Starter relay terminal E-Keyless control
module terminal3B
module terminal 2F
- Starter relay terminal A-Starter cut relay
terminal A
- Starter cut relay terminal D-PCM
terminal 1BB (LF, L5)
- Starter cut relay terminal D-PCM
terminal 1B (L3 WITH TC)
- Starter cut relay terminal D-Keyless
control module terminal 3T
INSPECT PCM
(See 01-40A-B PCM INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
(See 01-40B-B PCM INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
Yes
No
Replace the relay, then go to Step B.

Yes

Step B.
No
Yes
Replace the starter cut relay, then go to Step B.

No
Yes

Step B.
No
Yes

Step B.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

to power supply, then go to Step B.

WITH TC].)
09-02A-77

START SYSTEM]
Step
Inspection
connectors.
key.
key.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Action
step.
Yes

No
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BATTERY
~
.-
id09021 c406000

Starter relay input voltage less than threshold and a starter monitor input voltage which exceeds
threshold is detected for 0.075 s.
- Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 3B and starter relay
terminal E
- Starter relay terminal A-Keyless control module terminal2F
FUSE BLOCK
STARTER RELAY
~
A
~TOSTARTER
ST SIG 10 A
STARTER RELAY
DC"
E FRONT
I~~I
09-02A-78
((
......
""""'
'""~
'""

,......,
~
2K 121
><
2G 2E 2cI 2A
2L 12J 2H 2F 201 2B
><
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M
r-
3J 3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
3F 3C
I~~I
31

START SYSTEM]
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT RELAY
CONNECTOR
connector.
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
- Keyless control module terminal 3BStarter relay terminal E
OPEN CIRCUIT
disconnected.
module terminal 2F
connectors.
key.
key.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

Step 5.
No
Yes
No

- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 5.
Yes

No
Yes

step.
No
Yes

No
09-02A-79

START SYSTEM]
DTC P081C:62 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
id09021 c4061 00
DESCRIPTION
Mis-match signal between CAN and P range switch
DETECTION
CONDITION
CAN and P range switch signals do not correspond when the ignition switch is ON.
Multiplex communication system DTC is stored

Selector lever component connector or terminals malfunction
- Selector lever component terminal G-Keyless control module terminal 3S
Short to power supply in the wiring harness between the following terminals:
Selector lever component malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
(
-<~~
/j
J-r
,......,
....-
><
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M
lr
r-
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3F 3C
31
SWITCH
'\'~

3J 3G
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
Vj(\
=&i-
NOT PRANGE
IGt~ I
.,r
( rTS <'Tl
K I I I G
ElclA
LIJ IH
Flo I B
IGt~
Step
1
Inspection
using the M-MDS.
Is the DTC U0001 :88 or U01 01 :00 also
present?
INSPECT SELECTOR LEVER COMPONENT
CONNECTOR
Disconnect the selector lever component
connector.
CONNECTOR
connector.
09-02A-80
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action

Step 8.

Step 8.

START SYSTEM]
Step
4
Inspection
Selector lever component and keyless
ground:
- Selector lever component terminal G
- Selector lever component terminal G
Inspect the selector lever component.
(See 05-18-11 SELECTOR LEVER
INSPECTION.)
- Selector lever component terminal GKeyless control module terminal 3S
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
Is the DTC P081 C:62 present?
PRESENT
Yes
Action
No
Yes

No
Yes
Replace the selector lever component, then go to Step 8.

No
Yes
No

Yes
No
Yes
No

step.

09-02A-81

START SYSTEM]
DTC P081 0:62 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
id09021 c406200
DESCRIPTION
Mis-match signal between CAN and neutral switch

Neutral switch signal is detected as continuously ON in spite of vehicle speed increasing from a km/h
{a mph} to 1 a km/h {6.2 mph}.
CAN and neutral switch signals do not correspond when the ignition switch is ON.
Multiplex communication system DTC is stored
Neutral switch connector or terminals malfunction
- Neutral switch terminal B-Body ground
- Neutral switch terminal A-Keyless control module terminal 4X
Short to power supply in the wiring harness between the following terminals:
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
TO PCM
rlJ
NEUTRAL SWITCH
~~--------~---------~fi~~~:~--~
r--,
I ><1
NEUTRAL SWITCH
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
r-
4Y 4V 4S 4P 4M 4J 4G 40 4A
4Z 4W 4T 4Q 4N 4K 4H 4E 4B
41 4F 4C
4AA 4X 4U 4R 40 4L
u
Step
1
Inspection
using the M-MDS.
Is the DTC U0001 :88, U01 00:00 or
Ua121 :00 also present?
ground:
- Neutral switch terminal B
09-02A-82
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action

Step 9.


START SYSTEM]
Step
4
Inspection
Yes
No
S

CONNECTOR
connector.
INSPECT NEUTRAL SWITCH POWER
Neutral switch and keyless control module
ground:
- Neutral switch terminal A
SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO POWER
SUPPLY
- Neutral switch terminal A
- Neutral switch terminal A-Keyless
control module terminal 4X
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
Is the DTC P081 0:62 present?
Yes
Action
(See OS-1SA-1 NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION [G3SM-R].)
(See OS-1SB-2 NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAU
(See OS-1SC-2 NEUTRAL SWITCH REMOVAU
Step 9.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No


step.
09-02A-83

START SYSTEM]
Step
10
Inspection
PRESENT
Yes
No
Action
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
Short to ground in CPP switch circuit

Keyless control module detects CPP switch ON signal and starter interlock switch off signal for 10 min
or more.

- CPP switch terminal A-Keyless control module terminal 4V
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
TOPCM
~*
I
H
L:><.1
CPPSWITCH
tE
4Z 4W 4T 4Q 4N 4K 4H 4E 4B
41 4F 4C
4AA 4X 4U 4R 40 4L
Gt~
Fill
r-
4V 4S 4P 4M 4J 4G 40 4A
CPPSWITCH
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

" 4Y
id09021 c406300
Gt~
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT CPP SWITCH CONNECTOR AND
TERMINALS
INSPECT CPP SWITCH
(CPP) SWITCH INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
connector.
09-02A-84
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Step 5.

INSTALLATION.)
Yes

Step 5.
No

START SYSTEM]
Step
4
Inspection
INSPECT CPP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY
CPP switch and keyless control module
ground:
- CPP switch terminal A
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
Action
to ground, then go to the next step.
No
Yes

step.
No
Yes

No
09-02A-85

START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id09021 c406400
Erratic signal of TR switch
CAN and TR switch signals do not correspond.

- Keyless control module detects that the TR switch stuck off for 5 s while the ignition is ON.
Starter monitor input voltage is above the specification when the CAN signal is P or N range.
- Keyless control module detects that the TR switch stuck ON for 5 s while the ignition is ON.
Starter monitor input voltage is less than the specification when the CAN signal is R or D range.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BATTERY

FUSE BLOCK
-H-
STARTER RELAY
~,
A
-2
TO STARTER
STSIG 10A
E~----------~--~.~kr~o-~--~--------~~
'---------'
~----~------------------~~
TRSWITCH
~------------r---------~H~~~:~-------~~
P OR N RANGE: ON
STARTER RELAY
TRSWITCH
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

rf'><:'Il
DC"
E FRONT
2K 21 2G 2E 2C 2A
2L 2J 2H 2F 20 2B
,..,
......
><
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3F 3C
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
I~~I
09-02A-86
-=
3V 3S 3P 3M 3J 3G
3AB 3Y
31

START SYSTEM]
Step
1
I
Inspection
INSPECT STARTER RELAY
TERMINALS
INSPECT TR SWITCH
connector.
INSPECT TR SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
TO GROUND
disconnected.
ground:
- Starter relay terminal A
- TR switch terminal A
TO POWER SUPPLY
disconnected.
- Starter relay terminal A
- TR switch terminal A
Yes
Action
No
Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes

No
Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes
No

Yes

No
09-02A-87

START SYSTEM]
Step
7
Inspection
INSPECT TR SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Starter relay is removed, and TR switch and
disconnected.
module terminal 2F
- Starter relay terminal A-TR switch
terminal F
- TR switch terminal A-Keyless control
module terminal 3T
connectors.
Switch the ignition to ON using the advanced
key.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Action
Yes
No

Yes

step.
No
Yes

No
09-02A-88

START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id09021 c406500
Erratic signal of CPP switch and/or starter interlock switch
CPP switch and starter interlock switch signals do not correspond.

- Starter interlock switch stuck on for 0.2 s when the CPP switch is off.
- CPP switch stuck off when the starter interlock switch on.
- Starter cut relay stuck on for 0.075 s when the starter interlock switch is off.
- Starter cut relay stuck off for 0.075 s when the starter interlock switch is on.
Starter interlock switch connector or terminals malfunction
Starter interlock switch malfunction
- Starter interlock switch terminal A-Keyless control module terminal 30
- CPP switch terminal A-Keyless control module terminal4V
- CPP switch terminal B-Body ground
Short to ground or open circuit in wiring harness between the following terminals:
- Stater relay-Starter cut relay terminal A
- Starter cut relay terminal O-Keyless control module terminal 3T
BATTERY
~,..-.
CPPSWITCH
STARTER CUT RELAY
~H~------~~~i-L-~~:~--~
@~>-------.
-mSTARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH
~--------------~~~~~~----------------------+----~~A~~:~~--~
STARTER CUT RELAY
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
I ~ I~rmrn

,.,
r'"
><
-r
CPPSWITCH
r-
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J 3G 3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H 3E 3B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L 31 3F 3C
"NI>< ~
r-
4Y 4V 4S 4P 4M 4J 4G 40 4A

4Z 4W 4T 40 4N 4K 4H 4E 4B
4AA 4X 4U 4R 40 4L 41 4F 4C
u
09-02A-89

START SYSTEM]
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT STARTER INTERLOCK SWITCH
Disconnect the starter interlock switch
connector.
(See 01-19A-S STARTER INTERLOCK
SWITCH INSPECTION [LF, L5].)
(See 01-19B-'S STARTER INTERLOCK
SWITCH INSPECTION [L3 WITH TC].)
connector.
Starter interlock switch and keyless control
ground:
- Starter interlock switch terminal A
INSPECT CPP SWITCH CONNECTOR AND
TERMINALS
INSPECT CPP SWITCH
(CPP) SWITCH INSPECTION [L3 WITH
TC].)
INSPECT CPP SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Starter interlock switch, CPP switch and
disconnected.
- CPP switch terminal A-Keyless control
module terminal 4V
- CPP switch terminal B-Body ground
09-02A-90
Action
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 12.
Replace the starter interlock switch, then go to Step 12.


Step 12.

Yes

Step 12.
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
No

Yes

Step 12.
No

START SYSTEM]
Step
9
10
11
12
13
Inspection
INSPECTION [MTX].)
INSPECT STARTER CUT RELAY CIRCUIT
FOR SHORT TO GROUND OR OPEN CIRCUIT
Starter interlock switch, CPP switch, starter
cut relay and keyless control module
- Starter cut relay terminal A
INSPECT STARTER CUT RELAY CIRCUIT
Starter interlock switch, CPP switch, starter
cut relay and keyless control module
- Starter cut relay terminal 0
connectors.
key.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
Action
Replace the starter cut relay, then go to Step 12.
No
Yes
No

to ground or open circuit, then go to Step 12.
Yes

to power supply, then go to the next step.
No
Yes

step.
No
Yes
No

09-02A-91

START SYSTEM]
id09021 c9331 00
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Keyless-control module power supply circuit (+B2) voltage is less than 8.5 V for 5 s.

- PCM DTe is stored
Battery malfunction
terminal 1F
terminal 1F
BATTERY
-0-
ENG+B10A
~--------~---~~An~~~-----+---------~,,~

rfl><ll
11E 1C 1AI
11F 10 1BI
Step
1
Inspection
CONFIRM PCM DTC
Perform the PCM DTe inspection using the
M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
TEST [L3 WITH Te].)
INSPECT BATTERY
L5].)
WITH TC].)
INSPECT GENERATOR
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
09-02A-92
Yes
No
Action
(See 01-02A-17 DTe TABLE [LF, L5].)
(See 01-02B-18 DTe TABLE [L3 WITH TC].)
Yes

L5].)
WITH TC].)
No
Yes

[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
No

START SYSTEM]
Step
4
Inspection
connector.
Yes
Action
Step 6.
No

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
step.

disconnected.
- Keyless control module terminal 1F
Is the voltage B+?
Yes
No

connectors.
using the M-MDS.
Yes

PRESENT
Yes

No
No
09-02A-93

START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id09021 c933200
PCM DTC is stored
Step
1
Yes
Action
No
Yes

[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
Inspection
CONFIRM PCM DTC
M-MDS.
TEST [LF, LS].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT GENERATOR
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
09-02A-94
No
Yes
No

step.
Yes

No

START SYSTEM]
DTC U0028:87 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id09021 c399500

Keyless control module receives the erratic signal from SCM.
Keyless control module cannot receive the signal from SCM.
SCM DTC is stored
SCM connector or terminals malfunction
- SCM terminal 4K-Keyless control module terminal 3X
- SCM terminal 4K-Keyless control module terminal 3X
SCM terminal 4K-Keyless control module terminal 3X
SCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BCM
@:
,.,
.....
:::><
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J
BCM
/'
r-
3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
3F 3C
31
"""\
)~ 14014M14K14114G14EI ~(
l 4L j4J I ~ 40 4B
4T 4R ~
I~~I
I~~
Step
1
Inspection
CONFIRM BCM DTC
Perform the SCM DTe inspection using the
M-MDS.
TERMINALS
connector.
Action
Yes

(See 09-02F-B DTC TASLE [SCM].)
No
Yes

Step B.
No
Yes

Step B.
No
09-02A-95

START SYSTEM]
Step
Inspection
INSPECT COMMUNICATION CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO GROUND
BCM and keyless control module connectors
are disconnected.
ground:
- BCM terminal 4K
Yes
Action
No

are disconnected.
Reconnect th~ negative battery cable.
- BCM terminal 4K
Yes


OPEN CIRCUIT
are disconnected.
- BCM terminal 4K-Keyless control
module terminal 3X
VERIFY BCM MALFUNCTION
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
Yes
No
09-02A-96
No
Yes
No

Replace the BCM, then go to the next step.


START SYSTEM]
Step
Inspection
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Action
step.
Yes

No
DTC U0401 :68 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
id09021c399300
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Receiving erratic data from PCM
Keyless control module receives the erratic data from PCM when the ignition switch is ON.
PCM DTC is stored
PCM malfunction
Step
1
Inspection
CONFIRM PCM DTC
M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
VERIFY PCM MALFUNCTION
using the M-MDS.
Action
Yes

No
Yes

No
Go to Step 4.
09-02A-97

START SYSTEM]
Step
3
Inspection
module using the, M-MDS.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
step.

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id09021 c930600
Receiving erratic data from ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM

Keyless control module receives the erratic data from ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM, while the ignition is
ON.
ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM DTC is stored
Step
1
Inspection
CONFIRM ABS HU/CM OR DSC HU/CM DTC
Perform the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM
[ABS].)
VERIFY ABS HU/CM OR DSC HU/CM
MALFUNCTION
using the M-MDS.
09-02A-98
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Replace the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM, then go to the

next step.

START SYSTEM]
Step
3
Inspection
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Action
step.
Yes

No
DTC U201 F:11 [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
id09021 c930500
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Short to ground in keyless receiver circuit

Keyless receiver power supply monitor voltage is less than 7.5 V for 0.5 s.
- Keyless receiver terminal A-Keyless control module terminal 3V
@
,...,
......
3AB 3Y 3V 3S
><
-r
KEYLESS RECEIVER
r-
3P 3M 3J 3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3F 3C
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
I Gt~
31
KEYLESS RECEIVER
~ ttE Iml Btl ~

I
Gt~
09-02A-99

START SYSTEM]
Step
1
Inspection
AND TERMINALS
connector.
INSPECT KEYLESS RECEIVER POWER
Keyless receiver and keyless control module
ground:
- Keyless receiver terminal A
Reconnect the keyless receiver and the
keyless control module connectors.
SYSTEM].)
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02A-6 DTG INSPECTION
PRESENT
Action
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
09-02A-100

Step 5.

Step 5.

I
Replace the keyless receiver, then go to the next step.

INSTALLATION.)

step.


START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id09021 c399000
Configuration was not completed.
Keyless control module configuration error

Step
1
Inspection
PERFORM KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
CONFIGURATION
Perform the keyless control module
configuration using the M-MDS.
MODULE CONFIGURATION.)
using the M-MDS.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Action
Yes
Perform the keyless control module configuration again,

CONFIGURATION.)
No
Go to Step 3.
Yes

step.
No
Yes
No

09-02A-101

START SYSTEM]
id09021 c923000
Warning
Note
PUSH BUTTON START
INDICATOR LIGHT

(RED)
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
am3uuw0000510
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Keyless control module detects the internal malfunction .
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
MALFUNCTION
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
09-02A-102
Action
step.


START SYSTEM]
id09021 c930700
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Keyless control module detects the internal malfunction.
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFY KEYLESS CONTROL MODULE
MALFUNCTION
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
Action
step.
No
Yes

No
09-02A-103

START SYSTEM]
id09021 c930aoo
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Keyless 'control module power supply circuit (+B 1) voltage is 5.0 V-8.5 V for 5 s.

- PCM DTC is stored
Battery malfunction
terminal 1 E
- ROOM 15 A fuse malfunction
terminal 1E
BATTERY
-4~
ROOM 15 A
~------+---~vv~L~~--4-------4u~1E

rrrr><rll
11E 1C 1AI
11F 10 1BI
Step
1
Inspection
CONFIRM PCM DTC
M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT BATTERY
L5].)
WITH TC].)
INSPECT GENERATOR
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
09-02A-104
Action
Yes

No
Yes

L5].)
WITH TC].)
No

[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
Yes
No

START SYSTEM]
Step
4
Inspection
connector.
disconnected.
Is the voltage B+?
Yes
No
Yes
No

connectors.
using the M-MDS.
Yes

PRESENT
Yes
No
Action
Step 6.

Inspect the ROOM 15 A fuse.
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
step.
No

09-02A-105

START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id09021 c933300
PCM DTC is stored
Step
1
Inspection
CONFIRM PCM DTC
M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT GENERATOR
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
Action
No
Yes

[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
No
Yes

step.
No
Yes

No
09-02A-106

START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id09021 c406700
Short to ground in ACC relay circuit

ACC relay output monitor voltage is less than the specification for 0.05 s when the ignition switch is
ACC.
- Relay block terminal 2E-Keyless control module terminal 3J
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
RELAY BLOCK
BATTERY
FUSE BLOCK
-0ACC RELAY
r---
,,8- ~ -@
MIRROR 10A
-<~~
rv-.
~
-<~gr
~ -@
-<~~
T/7
RELAY BLOCK
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
~
II
l><J
11
. r"L
~.
'M
11E 1C 1AI
12G 2EI2CI2Ar
11 F 10 1B 1
a2H ~ 2F 120 ~
IGt~
rr-
><
2K 21
"ll
2GI2E 2cI 2A
2L 2J 2H 12F 201 2B
,.,
...=::::;:
><
-r
r-
3V 3S 3P 3M 3J 3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3F 3C
3AB 3Y
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
IGt~
31
Step
1
Inspection
TERMINALS
connector.
INSPECT ACC RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO GROUND
ground:
- Relay block terminal 2E
INSPECT RELAY BLOCK
PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM].}
Action
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 5.

Step 5.


09-02A-107

START SYSTEM]
Step
Inspection
connectors.
Switch the ignition to ACC.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Action
step.
Yes

No
id09021 c406800
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
Short to power supply in ACC relay circuit

ACC relay output monitor voltage is 2.5 V or more for 0.5 s when the ignition switch is off.
- Relay block terminal 2E-Keyless control module terminal 3J
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
RELAY BLOCK
BATTERY
FUSE BLOCK
ACC RELAY
MIRROR 10A
RELAY BLOCK
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

,......,
rf'
><
11
2K 121 2GI2E 2C 2A
2L 12J 2H 12F 20 2B
09-02A-108
3AB 3Y 3V 3S
><
:::p=-
o-
3P 3M 3J 3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3F 3C
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
31

START SYSTEM]
Step
1
Inspection
TERMINALS
connector.
INSPECT ACC RELAY OUTPUT CIRCUIT FOR
- Relay block terminal 2E
Is there. any Voltage?
INSPECT RELAY BLOCK
PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM].}
connectors.
key.
key.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Action
Step 5.
Yes

Step 5.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

step.
No
Yes

No
09-02A-109

START SYSTEM]
DESCRIPTION
Low voltage in ACC monitor input circuit
DETECTION
CONDITION
ACC monitor is off for 1 s when the ignition switch is ACC.

Open circuit or short to ground in ACC monitor input circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between relay block terminal 2B and keyless control module
terminal2C
- MIRROR 10 A fuse malfunction
- Open circuit in wiring harness between relay block terminal 2B and keyless control module terminal
2C
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
FUSE BLOCK
RELAY BLOCK
BATTERY
~
id09021 c399200
.-
ACC RELAY
MIRROR 10 A
~ -<Y(&- -@>~
,...
~.~~
//~
T/T
RELAY BLOCK
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
If l><J 11
11E 1C 1AI
11F 10 1B I
1'5<'1

,.,..
1"1
12GI2EI2CI2AI
~2F 12D~
II
><
2K 21
'II
2GI2E 2cI 2A
2L 2J 2H 12F 201 2B
r-1
><
'r
r-
3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
3F 3C
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J
31
I~~I
I~~I
Step
1
Inspection
using the M-MDS.
Is the DTC U3004: 11 also present?
TERMINALS
connector.
09-02A-110
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
(See 09-02A-107 DTC U3004:11 [ADVANCED KEYLESS

Step 6.

Step 6.

START SYSTEM]
Step
4
Inspection
INSPECT ACC MONITOR INPUT CIRCUIT
- Keyless control module terminal 2C
Is the voltage B+?
INSPECT RELAY BLOCK

connectors.
using the M-MDS.
Is the DTC U3004: 16 present?
PRESENT
Action
Yes
No
Yes
No

Inspect the MIRROR 10 A fuse.
short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Go to Step 6.
Yes

step.
No
Yes

No
09-02A-111

START SYSTEM]
id09021 c406900
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
High voltage in ACC monitor input circuit

ACC monitor is on for 5 s when the ignition switch is off.
- Relay block terminal 2B-Keyless control module terminal 2C
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
RELAY BLOCK
BATTERY
FUSE BLOCK
ACC RELAY
MIRROR 10 A
RELAY BLOCK
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR

r""
rr--
>-<
2K
II
21 2GI2E 2cI 2A
2L 2J 2H 12F 201 2B
.. r-1
><
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M
r-
3J 3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 3Q 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3F 3C
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
31
Step
1
Inspection
using the M-MDS.
Is the DTC U3004: 12 also present?
TERMINALS
connector.
09-02A-112
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
(See 09-02A-108 DTC U3004:12 [ADVANCED KEYLESS

Step 6.

Step 6.

START SYSTEM]
Step
4
Inspection
INSPECT ACC MONITOR INPUT CIRCUIT
- Keyless control module terminal 2C
INSPECT RELAY BLOCK
connectors.
key.
key.
using the M-MDS.
Is the DTC U3004: 17 present?
PRESENT
Yes
Action
No
Yes

No
Yes

step.
No
Yes
No

PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEMl
id09021 c1l60600

3. Select "RKE".
2. Select "RKE".
the screen.
Note
09-02A-113

START SYSTEM]
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM]
PID Name
Unit/Status
BRAKE_SW_2
OfflOn
CLUTCH_SW*2
Off/On
GND_L_ESCL
IG_KEY_IN
OfflOn
LGATE_L_SW
OfflOn
LOCK_SW_D
Lock/Unlock
NEUTRAL_SW*2
N/Not_N
NUM_KEYs*3
NUM_TRNSMs
P_POS_SW*1
P/NoLP
PUSH_ST1
OfflOn
PUSH_ST2
OfflOn
REQ_SW_L
OfflOn
REQ_SW_R
OfflOn
RLY_ACC
OfflOn
RLY_IG1
OfflOn
RLY_IG2
OfflOn
SMC_MON
START_LC_SW*2
OfflOn
START_MON
START_RLY
V
V
STOP_LT_SW
OfflOn
TR/LG_O_SW
OfflOn
VPWM_ENG
VPWM_ESCL
VPWM_ROOM
*1 : ATX
*2 : MTX
*3
Request switch (liftgate) pressed:

On
Request switch (Iiftgate) released:
Off
Driver-side door Unlocked: Unlocked
Driver-side door Locked: Locked
Shift lever in N range: N

Other than these conditions: NoLN
Brake switch
4W
CPP switch
4V
Steering lock unit
1D
Key reminder switch
3U
Request switch (liftgate)
4T
Door lock-link switch (LF)
4U
Number of registered keys: 0-8
Keyless control module
Number of registered transmitters:

0-6
Selector lever component
3S
Push button start
2B
Push button start
3Q
Push button start pressed: On

Push button start not pressed: Off
Request switch (LF) pressed: On
Request switch (LF) released: Off
Request switch (LF)
Request switch (RF) pressed: On

Request switch (RF)
Request switch (RF) released: Off
Switch the ignition to ACC: On
ACC relay
Switch the ignition to off: Off
Switch the ignition to ON: On
IG1 relay
Switch the ignition to ACC or off: Off
Switch the ignition to ON: On
IG2 relay
Switch the ignition to ACC or off: Off
Starter motor control output voltage
to PCM
Starter interlock switch in on

position: On
Starter interlock switch in off
position: Off
Starter monitor voltage
Starter relay voltage
Terminal
4X
Shift lever in Prange: P

Other than these conditions: Not_P
Push button start pressed: On
Push button start not pressed: Off
Inspection Item
Neutral switch
Brake pedal depressed: On

Brake pedal not depressed: Off
Trunk lid opener switch (4SD)1

Liftgate opener switch (5HB) in on
position: On
Trunk lid opener switch (4SD)1
Liftgate opener switch (5HB) in off
position: Off
Keyless control module power
supply voltage (ENG+B fuse)
supply voltage (ESCL fuse)
supply voltage (ROOM fuse)
: Vehicles with immobilizer system
09-02A-114
Description
Brake pedal depressed: On
Brake pedal not depressed: Off
Clutch pedal pressed: On
Clutch pedal released: Off
Steering lock unit ground voltage
Key not inserted in steering lock: On
Key inserted in steering lock: Off
id09021 c960700
4R
40
3J
3D
3G
TR switch (ATX)/Starter cut

relay (MTX)
3T
30
Starter relay
Starter relay
2F
3B
Brake switch
3R
Trunk lid opener switch

(4SD)/Liftgate opener
switch (5HB)
4S
Battery
ENG+B 10 A fuse
Battery
ESCL 15 A fuse
Battery
ROOM 15 A fuse
1F
1A
1E

START SYSTEM]
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES INSPECTION [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START
SYSTEM]
id09021 c960800

3. Select "RKE".
2. Select "RKE".
am3uuw0000267
table.
parts.
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEMl
id09021 c96d900
Command Name
OUT_BUZZER
Operation Condition
On: Keyless beeper sounds
Output Part Name

Keyless beeper
Unit/Operation
Off/On
09-02A-11S
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY

AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM)]
09-02B ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM

(ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START
SYSTEM)]
FOREWORD [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS
START SYSTEM)] .................
DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER
START SYSTEM)] ................
Security Light .................
M-MDS ........................
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER
START SYSTEM)] .................
DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER
START SYSTEM)] .................
SECURITY LIGHT: 11,
DTC: B10D9:87/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
SECURITY LIGHT: 12,
DTC: B10D5:13/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)] .....................
SECURITY LIGHT: 13,
DTC: B10D7:05/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)] ......................
SECURITY LIGHT: 13,
DTC: B10D7:94/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)] ....................
SECURITY LIGHT: 14,
DTC: B10D7:81/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)] ....................
SECURITY LIGHT: 15,
DTC: B10D7:51/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)] .....................
09-02B-2
09-02B-2
09-02B-2
09-02B-3
09-02B-3
09-02B-4
09-02B-8
09-02B-11
09-02B-13
09-02B-15
SECURITY LIGHT: 16,

DTC: U0100:87/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)] ...................... 09-02B-21
SECURITY LIGHT: 21,
DTC: B10D8:00/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)] ....................... 09-02B-22
SECURITY LIGHT: 22,
DTC: B10DA:51/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)] ........................ 09-02B-24
SECURITY LIGHT: 23,
DTC: B10DA:621P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)] ...................... 09-02B-26
SECURITY LIGHT:
NOT ILLUMINATED,
DTC B10E6:11/- [IMMOBILIZER
START SYSTEM)] ................ 09-02B-27
SECURITY LIGHT:
NOT ILLUMINATED,
DTC B10E6:12/- [IMMOBILIZER
START SYSTEM)] ................. 09-02B-29
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)] ....................... 09-02B-32
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SYSTEM)] .................... 09-02B-32
09-02B-17
09-02B-19
09-028-1
I I

FOREWORD [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM)l
id09021 d96016~
DTCs are recorded in the PCM and keyless control module when a malfunction is detected. The stored DTCs
can be verified using the flashing pattern of the security light and M-MDS. There are some DTCs which cannot
be verified using the security light. Verify the DTCs that were detected using the M-MDS prior to beginning the
servicing. (See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND
If more than one DTC is detected, the security light only displays the DTC with the lowest number. Begin
repairs based on the DTC displayed by the security light. All DTCs can be read by the M-MDS.
It is possible for several DTCs to be displayed for a one malfunction cause. Erase the DTCs after one repair and
then re-inspect the DTCs.
If immobilizer system DTCs are not recorded even if the engine cannot be started, perform symptom
troubleshooting. (See 01-03A-24 NO.3 WILL NOT CRANK [LF, LS].) (See 01-03B-16 NO.3 WILL NOT CRANK
[L3 WITH TC].)
The PID/data monitor function can be used to verify the number of key 10 numbers programmed for a single
vehicle. (See 09-02B-32 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS
ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM)]].)
Note
Due to the possibility that the engine cannot be started because transmission between the key and the
vehicle is obstructed, do not allow the following items to contact the key ring.
Any metallic object
Spare keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system
Any electronic device, or any credit or
other card with magnetic strips
EXAMPLES:
METAL RING LYING ON KEY HEAD
METAL PART OF ANOTHER

KEY TOUCHING KEY HEAD
KEY IS NEAR OR TOUCHING

ANOTHER IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM KEY
am6zzw0000176
DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START
SYSTEM)]
id09021 d960300
Security Light
2. Verify the security light status.
If a malfunction is detected, the DTC pattern begins flashing after the security light flashes or illuminates for
approx. 1 min according to the DTC. However, because there are DTCs which cannot be confirmed using
the security light, verify the DTCs that were detected using the M-MDS prior to beginning the servicing.
DTC 16 or below: Flashes for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern repeats 10 times.
DTC 21 or higher: Illuminate for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern repeats 10 times.
If more than one DTC is detected, only the DTC with the lowest number is displayed .
If there is no malfunction, the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s, and then turns off.
09-028-2

3. If there is a malfunction, verify the DTCs using the M-MDS. When several DTCs are detected, repair the
malfunctioning location based on the DTC displayed by the security light.
Note
Because of the possibility that one malfunction cause could result in several DTCs being detected, erase
the DTCs after the repair is completed, and then re-inspect the DTCs.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the keyless control module and PCM. (See 09-02B-3
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START
SYSTEM)].) (See 01-02A-11 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [LF, LS].) (See 01-02B-12 AFTER REPAIR
M-MDS
Using the IDS (laptop PC)
1. Select "Self test"
2. Select "Modules"
3. Select "RKE"
Using the PDS (Pocket PC):
1. Select "Module tests"
2. Select "RKE"
3. Select "Self test"
am3uuw0000266
screen.
troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection. When several DTCs are detected, repair
the malfunctioning location based on the DTC displayed by the security light. (See 09-02B-4 DTC TABLE
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM)].)
Note
the DTCs after the repair is completed, and then check for DTCs again.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the keyless control module and PCM. (See 09-02B-3
SYSTEM)].) (See 01-02A-11 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [LF, LS].) (See 01-02B-12 AFTER REPAIR
SYSTEM)]
id09021d960400

3. Select "RKE".
2. Select "RKE".
am3uuw0000266
screen.
the DTC.
S. Switch the ignition to off.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02B-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS
ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM)].)
09-028-3

DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM\l
id09021 d96050'b
Note
The security light flashes or illuminates under the following conditions when the ignition is off or ACC.
OTC 16 or below: Flashes for approx. 1 min and the OTC flash pattern indicated in the table
below repeats 10 times.
OTC 21 or higher: Illuminates for approx. 1 min and the OTC flash pattern indicated in the table
below repeats 10 times.
If more than one OTC is detected, only the OTC with the lowest number is displayed.
- The security light illuminates for approx. 3 s and then turns off.
x: Illuminated
-: Not illuminated or not applicable
DTC
Push
Keyless button
start
warning
warning
light
light
M-MDS display*
Keyless
control
module
Description
Reference
PCM
(See 09-02B-8
SECURITY
LIGHT: 11,
DTC:
B10D9:871
11
ULJ
B10D9:87
P1260:00
Communication error
with coil antenna
P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS
ENTRY AND
PUSH BUTTON
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-11
SECURITY
LIGHT: 12,
DTC:
B10D5:131
12
ULJl
09-028-4
B10D5:13
P1260:00
Coil antenna
malfunction
P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS
ENTRY AND
PUSH BUTTON
START
SYSTEM)].)

DTC
Push
Keyless button
warning
start
light
warning
light
M-MDS display*
Keyless
control
module
B10D7:05
13
U1lJLJl
Description
P1260:00
Key 10 number error
B10D7:94
Reference
PCM
P1260:00
14
UILJl
B10D7:81
P1260:00
15
UULJl
B10D7:51
P1260:00
(See 09-02B-13
SECURITY
LIGHT: 13,
DTC:
B10D7:051
P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS
ENTRY AND
PUSHBUTTON
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-15
SECURITY
LIGHT: 13,
DTC:
B1007:941
P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS
ENTRY AND
PUSHBUTTON
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-17
SECURITY
LIGHT: 14,
DTC:
B1007:811
P1260:00
Receiving erratic serial [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
data
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS
ENTRY AND
PUSHBUTTON
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-19
SECURITY
LIGHT: 15,
DTC:
B1007:511
P1260:00
Unprogrammed key 10 [IMMOBILIZER
number
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS
ENTRY AND
PUSHBUTTON
START
SYSTEM)].)
09-028-5

DTC
Security light flashing patt~rn
Push
Keyless button
start
warning
warning
light
light
M-MDS display*
Keyless
control
module
Description
U0100:87
P1260:00
Communication error
with PCM (No
response)
B10D8:00
P1260:00
Shortage of
programmed key
UlJLJl
B10DA:51
P1260:00
Communication error
with PCM (Data
transfer failure)
ULJl
B10DA:62
P1260:00
Communication error
with PCM (Data mismatch)
16
21
22
23
Reference
PCM
(See 09-02B-21
SECURITY
LIGHT: 16,
DTC: U0100:871
P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS
ENTRY AND
PUSH BUTTON
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-22
SECURITY
LIGHT: 21,
DTC:
B10D8:001
P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS
ENTRY AND
PUSH BUTTON
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-24
SECURITY
LIGHT: 22,
DTC:
B10DA:511
P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS
ENTRY AND
PUSH BUTTON
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-26
SECURITY
LIGHT: 23,
DTC:
B10DA:621
P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS
ENTRY AND
PUSH BUTTON
START
SYSTEM)].)
09-028-6
----

DTC
Push
Keyless button
warning
start
light
warning
light
M-MDS display*
Keyless
control
module
Reference
Description
PCM
(See 09-02B-27
SECURITY
LIGHT: NOT
ILLUMINATED,
DTC B10E6:11/
B10E6:11
Short to ground in coil

antenna power supply
circuit
B10E6:12
Short to power supply

in coil antenna power
supply circuit
UOO01:88
U0073:00
Keyless control
module
communication error
(HS-CAN)
U0100:00
Communication error
with PCM
U3000:49
Keyless control
module internal
malfunction
U3000:96
Keyless control
module internal
malfunction
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS
ENTRY AND
PUSHBUTTON
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02B-29
SECURITY
LIGHT: NOT
ILLUMINATED,
DTC B10E6:12/
[IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(ADVANCED
KEYLESS
ENTRY AND
PUSHBUTTON
START
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-020-1
FOREWORD
[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATI
ON SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A1020TC
U3000:49
[ADVANCED
KEYLESS
ENTRY AND
PUSHBUTTON
START
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02A1030TC
U3000:96
[ADVANCED
KEYLESS
ENTRY AND
PUSHBUTTON
START
SYSTEM].)
: The letters at the beginning of each DTC are only displayed when using the M-MDS, and refer to the following:
B= Body system, P= Powertrain system, U= Network communication system.
09-028-7

SECURITY LIGHT: 11, DTC: B10D9:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
id09021 d353000
DTC
Security light flashing

11
pattern
Keyless
B10D9:87
M-MDS
control
display I--_m......o-::-d-::-u::-Ie_+-_ _ _----l
PCM
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
Keyless control module cannot communicate with coil antenna.
- Coil antenna terminal C-Body ground
- Coil antenna terminal D-Keyless control module terminal 3M
- Coil antenna terminal B-Keyless control module terminal 2G
POSSIBLE CAUSE
- Coil antenna terminal A-Keyless control module terminal 2H
- Coil antenna terminal B-Keyless control module terminal 2G
- Coil antenna terminal A-Keyless control module terminal 2H
COIL ANTENNA
,,
@
@"
@
//~
"~
//Vf0
~
TtT
,.....
rT' ><
2K
21
2GI2E 2C 2A
2L 2J 2HI2F 20 2B
r-'1
r-
3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
3F 3C
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J
I~~I
09-028-8
><
COIL ANTENNA
31

INSPECTION
STEP
1
Clear the DTC from the keyless control module
and PCM using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
Is the following DTC present?
- Keyless control module: B10E6:11
2
INSPECT COIL ANTENNA CONNECTOR AND
TERMINALS
INSPECT COIL ANTENNA GROUND CIRCUIT
3
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Coil antenna connector is disconnected.
terminal (wiring harness-side) and body ground:
- Coil antenna terminal C
4
connector.
S
INSPECT COIL ANTENNA COMMUNICATION
Coil antenna and keyless control module
ground:
- Coil antenna terminal D
- Coil antenna terminal B
- Coil antenna terminal A
6
Coil antenna and keyless control module
- Coil antenna terminal D-Instrument cluster
terminal 3M
- Coil antenna terminal B-Instrument cluster
terminal2G
- Coil antenna terminal A-Instrument cluster
terminal2H
ACTION
Yes

(See 09-02B-27 SECURITY LIGHT: NOT
ILLUMINATED, DTC B10E6:11/- [IMMOBILIZER
No
Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes
No

Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes

short to ground, then go to Step 8.
No
Yes

No
09-028-9

STEP
INSPECTION
7
VERIFY COIL ANTENNA MALFUNCTION
connectors.
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- Keyless control module: B10D9:87
- PCM: P1260:00
8
connectors.
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- PCM: P1260:00
9
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
09-028-10
ACTION
Replace the coil antenna, then go to the next step.
INSTALLATION.)
Go to Step 9.

step.

START SYSTEM)].)

SECURITY LIGHT: 12, DTC: B1 OD5:13/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
id09021d353100

pattern
DTC
12
Keyless
control
B10D5:13
module
PCM
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
M-MDS
display
POSSIBLE CAUSE
PCM or keyless control module determines a malfunction in coil antenna.

Coin antenna connector or terminals malfunction
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
TERMINALS
2
connector.
3
connectors.
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
Yes
ACTION
Step 5.
No
Yes

Step 5.
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Go to Step 6.
09-028-11

STEP
INSPECTION
4
and PCM using the ,M-MDS.
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
5
connectors.
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
6
09-028-12
ACTION
Yes
No

L5].)
WITH TGJ.)
Go to Step 6.
Yes

step.
No
Yes

START SYSTEM)].)
No

id09021 d353200
OTC

13
pattern
Keyless
Key 10 number error
B1007:05
M-MDS
control
display I--_m_o_d_ul_e-ll--_ _ _--I
PCM
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
Keyless control module detects the key 10 number programming failure.
Key 10 number error
- Failure during programming the key 10 number
PCM malfunction
If any of the following items are touching or near key head, signal
communication between key and vehicle is negatively affected, resulting
in engine not starting:
Note
Spare
EXAMPLES:
POSSIBLE CAUSE


keys
Keys for other vehicles equipped with immobilizer system
Any metallic object
Any electronic device, or any credit or other card with magnetic strips
09-028-13

STEP
INSPECTION
1
VERIFY KEY MALFUNCTION
Program an additional key referring to the
immobilizer system-related parts programming.
(See 09-14-97 IMMOBILIZER SYSTEMRELATED PARTS PROGRAMMING
Switch the ignition to ON (engine off) using the
programmed key.
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
2
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
3
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
4
09-028-14
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 4.
Yes

L5].)
WITH TC].)
No
Go to Step 4.
Yes

step.
No
Yes

START SYSTEM)].)
No

id09021d356000
DTC

13
pattern
Keyless
Key ID number error
B10D7:94
control
M-MDS
display l--_m_o_d_u_le_I--_ _ _-I
PCM
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
Keyless control module cannot read the key 10 number data.
Key (transponder) malfunction
- Key 10 number is not output.
- There is no transponder in the key.
PCM malfunction
Note
communication between key and vehicle is negatively affected,
resulting in engine not starting
-Spare
EXAMPLES:
POSSIBLE CAUSE

keys
"-
- Keys for other vehicles equipped with immobilizer system

- Any metallic object
- Any electronic device, or any credit or other card with magnetic
strips
STEP
INSPECTION
1
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- PCM: P1260:00
Yes
No
ACTION
Perform the security light: 13, DTC: B 1007:05/
P1260:00 inspection.
(See 09-02B-13 SECURITY LIGHT: 13, DTe:
B10D7:05/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
START SYSTEM)].)
09-028-15

STEP
INSPECTION
2
VERIFY WHETHER THERE IS A VALID KEY
Are there any valid keys which can start the
engine other than the cause of the displayed
DTe?
VERIFY WHETHER MALFUNCTION IS CAUSED

BY KEY OR COIL ANTENNA
Switch the ignition to ON using the valid key
other than the cause of the displayed DTC
(engine off).
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- PCM: P1260:00
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- PCM: P1260:00
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- PCM: P1260:00
09-028-16
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Program an additional key referring to the immobilizer
system-related parts programming, then go to the next
step.
PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS
INSTALLATION.)
Dispose of the malfunctioning key and program a new
key if necessary, then go to Step 6.
Note
To start the engine, two or more programmed
keys are necessary.
Yes

L5].)
WITH TC].)
No
Go to Step 6.
Yes

step.
No

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
Yes
No

START SYSTEM)].)
id09021 d356600

pattern
DTC
14
Keyless
B10D7:81
control
module
P1260:00
PCM
DETECTION CONDITION
M-MDS
display
Keyless control module cannot read the key 10 number data normally.

PCM malfunction
Note
resulting in engine not starting:
-Spare
EXAMPLES:
POSSIBLE CAUSE

keys
\J
- Keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system

strips
09-028-17

STEP
INSPECTION
1
TERMINALS
2
connector.
3
DTC?

connector.
valid key other than the cause of the displayed
DTC.
(See 01-02A-11 AFTER REPAI R PROCEDU RE
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
09-028-18
Yes
ACTION
Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes
No

step.
INSTALLATION. )
Yes
No
Note
keys are necessary.
Yes
No

L5].)
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 7.

STEP
INSPECTION
6
connector.
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
7
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
step.

START SYSTEM)].)
SECURITY LIGHT: 15, OTC: B10D7:51/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
id09021 d356700
DTC

15
pattern
Keyless
control
B10D7:51
M-MDS
module
display
PCM
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
Unprogrammed key ID number
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Keyless control module detects the unprogrammed key ID number.

Key malfunction
- No keys have been programmed after replacing keyless control
module.
- Unprogrammed key is used.
- Programmed a ninth key.
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
VERIFY NUMBER OF PROGRAMMED KEYS
Perform the PID/data monitor inspection using
the M-MDS to verify the number of programmed
keys.
(See 09-02B-32 PID/DATA MONITOR
INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
-NUM_KEYs
(See 09-02B-32 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
START SYSTEM)].)
Are eight keys programmed?
Yes
No
ACTION
Erase the key ID number.
step.
09-028-19

STEP
INSPECTION
2
DTC.
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC).)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
3
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC).)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
4
09-028-20
ACTION
Yes

L5].)
WITH TC).)
No

Note
keys are necessary.
Yes

step.
No
Yes

START SYSTEM)].)
No

SECURITY LIGHT: 16, DTC: U0100:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
id09021 d356800
DTC

pattern
Keyless
control
M-MDS
module
display
PCM
16
U0100:87
Communication error with PCM (No response)
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Communication error between keyless control module and PCM (no

response).
Multiplex communication system DTC is stored (CAN line)
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
ACTION
INSPECTION
CONFIRM MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM DTC
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- Keyless control module: U0001 :88
- PCM: U0073:00
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- Keyless control module: U0100:87
- PCM: 1260:00
Yes

No
Yes

L5].)
WITH TC].)
No
Go to Step 4.
09-028-21

STEP
INSPECTION
3
PUSH BUnON START SYSTEM)].)
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- Keyless control module: U0100:87
- PCM: 1260:00
4
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
step.

START SYSTEM)].)
id09021 d358000

pattern
DTC
M-MDS
display
Keyless
control
module
21
B10D8:00
P1260:00
PCM
DETECTION CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Programmed key is only one.

Key malfunction
- Programmed key is only one.
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
keys.
(See 09-02B-32 PID/DATA MONITOR
-NUM_KEYs
(See 09-02B-32 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
START SYSTEM)].)
Are two or more keys programmed?
ACTION
Yes
No

step.
Note
keys are necessary.
09-028-22
~---

STEP
INSPECTION
2
valid key.
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
3
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
4
ACTION
Yes

LS].)
WITH TC].)
No
Go to Step 4.
Yes

step.
No
Yes

START SYSTEM)].)
No
09-028-23

SECURITY LIGHT: 22, DTC: B10DA:51/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
id09021 d358500
DTC

pattern
Keyless
control
M-MDS
module
display
PCM
22
B10DA:51
Communication error with PCM (Data transfer failure)
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Communication error between keyless control module and PCM (data

transfer failure).
Immobilizer system programming malfunction
-Immobilizer system-related parts have not been programmed after
replacing the keyless control module.
- Immobilizer system-related parts have not been programmed after
replacing the PCM.
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
SYSTEM DTC
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- Keyless control module: U0001 :88
- PCM: U0073:00
2
VERIFY WHETHER PROGRAMMING OF
IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM-RELATED PARTS HAS
BEEN PERFORMED AFTER REPLACE KEYLESS
CONTROL MODULE
After replace the keyless control module, has the
programming of immobilizer system-related
parts been performed?
3
BEEN PERFORMED AFTER REPLACE PCM
After replace the PCM, has the programming of
immobilizer system-related parts been
performed?
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes
No

Perform the programming of immobilizer system-related
parts after replace the keyless control module only, then
Yes
No

parts after replace the PCM only, then go to the next
step.
09-028-24
--

STEP
INSPECTION
4
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- Keyless control module: B 1ODA:S1
- PCM: P1260:00
S
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- Keyless control module: B 1ODA:S1
- PCM: P1260:00
6
ACTION
Yes

LS].)
WITH TC].)
No
Go to Step 6.
Yes

step.
No
Yes

START SYSTEM)].)
No
09-028-25

SECURITY LIGHT: 23, DTC: B10DA:621P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
id09021 d358600
DTC

pattern
Keyless
control
M-MDS
module
display
PCM
23
B10DA:62
Communication error with PCM (Data mis-match)
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Communication error between keyless control module and PCM (data

mis-match).
replacing the PCM.
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
performed?
2

[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TGJ.)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TGJ.)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
09-028-26
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
step.
LS].)
WITH TGJ.)
Go to Step 4.

step.
Yes

START SYSTEM)].)
No

SECURITY LIGHT: NOT ILLUMINATED, DTC B10E6:11/- [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS
ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM)]
id09021d905500
DTC

pattern
Keyless
control
M-MDS
module
display
PCM
B10E6:11
Short to ground in coil antenna power supply circuit
Coil antenna power supply circuit voltage is lower than the specification
when the circuit is active.
DETECTION CONDITION

POSSIBLE CAUSE
COIL ANTENNA
@"
//~
//~
"~
"~
~~~
717
~ >< ~
2K 121 2GI2E 2cI 2A
2L 12J 2H 12F 201 2B
..,
....-
><
COIL ANTENNA
r-
3J 3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
3F 3C
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M
31
6Iffl,~
I~~I
I~~I
STEP
1
INSPECTION
TERMINALS
connector.
ACTION
Yes

Step 5.
No
Yes

Step 5.
No
09-028-27

STEP
3
INSPECTION
INSPECT COIL ANTENNA POWER SUPPLY
Coil antenna and,keyless control module
ground:
connectors.
module and PCM using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02B-3 CLEARING DTC
START SYSTEM)].)
Perform the immobilizer system DTC
START SYSTEM)].)
connectors.
module and PCM using the M-MDS.
START SYSTEM)].)
Perform the immobilizer system DTC
START SYSTEM)].)
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes

INSTALLATION. )
No
Go to Step 6.
Yes

step.
No
Yes
No
09-028-28
ACTION

START SYSTEM)].)

SECURITY LIGHT: NOT ILLUMINATED, DTC B10E6:121- [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS
ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM)]
id09021 d905600

pattern
DTC
Keyless
Short to power supply in coil antenna power supply circuit
B10E6:12
M-MDS
control
display I--_m_o_d_ul_e----l_ _ _ _--l
PCM
Coil antenna power supply circuit voltage is higher than the specification
DETECTION CONDITION
when the circuit is not active.
POSSIBLE CAUSE

Short to power supply in coil antenna power supply circuit
PUSH BUTTON START

IGNITION KEY
ILLUMINATION
1""-----<//Eff--t
@177
J
,,,
""
COIL ANTENNA

..,
iI
><
'"
2K 121 2GI2E 2C 2A
2L 12J 2H 12F 20 2B
><
COIL ANTENNA
r-
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M 3J 3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3F 3C
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
Gt,
31
PUSH BUTTON START

~><"11
KII
GIE
CiA
LIJ
HIF
DIB
09-028-29

STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT COIL ANTENNA CONNECTOR
CONDITION
CONNECTOR CONDITION
connector.
CONNECTOR CONDITION
Coil antenna, keyless control module and
push button start connectors are
disconnected.
module terminal 3M (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage more than 3.0 V?
Reconnect the push button start connector.
module terminal 3M (wiring harness-side).
Is the voltage more than 3.0 V?
connectors.
module and PCM memory using the M-MDS.
START SYSTEM)].)
Note
The keyless control module performs
on-board self-diagnostics while the
negative battery cable is connected.
Perform the immobilizer system (advanced

START SYSTEM)].)
09-028-30
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
the next step.

the next step.

the next step.
Yes

to power supply, then go to the next step.
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
No

STEP
7
INSPECTION
connectors.
module and PCM memory using the M-MDS.
START SYSTEM)].)
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace the keyless control module and program the
immobilizer system-related parts, then go to the next step.
PARTS PROGRAMMING [ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
Note
The keyless control module performs
on-board self-diagnostics while the
negative battery cable is connected.
Perform the immobilizer system (advanced

START SYSTEM)].)
PRESENT
Yes
No

START SYSTEM)].)
09-028-31

PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH
BUTTON START SYSTEM)]
id09021 d960600

3. Select "RKE".
2. Select "RKE".
3. Select the applicable PID from the PID table. (See
09-02B-32 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS
ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM)].)
4. Verify the PID data according to the directions on the screen.
am3uuw0000266
Note
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY AND PUSH BUTTON
START SYSTEM)]
id09021 d960700
PID name
09-028-32
Description
Number of key ID numbers programmed in the keyless control module
Unit/Status
0-8
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
09-02C ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM

(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
- -- FOREWORD [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] .....
DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] .......
Security Light ....................
M-MDS .......................
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] .....
DTC TABLE [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM
SECURITY LIGHT: 11,
DTC: B10D9:87/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] ......
SECURITY LIGHT: 12,
DTC: B10D5:13/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SECURITY LIGHT: 13,
DTC: B10D7:05/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SECURITY LIGHT: 13,
DTC: B10D7:94/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] ......
09-02C-2
09-02C-2
09-02C-2
09-02C-3
09-02C-3
09-02C-4
09-02C-6
09-02C-9
09-02C-10
09-02C-12
SECURITY LIGHT: 14,

DTC: B10D7:81/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] ..... 09-02C-14
SECURITY LIGHT: 15,
DTC: B10D7:51/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] ........ 09-02C-16
SECURITY LIGHT: 16,
DTC: U0100:87/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] ....... 09-02C-17
SECURITY LIGHT: 21,
DTC: B10D8:00/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SECURITY LIGHT: 22,
DTC: B10DA:51/P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
SECURITY LIGHT: 23,
DTC: B10DA:621P1260:00
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)] ....... 09-02C-21
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
09-02C-1

FOREWORD [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5960100
DTCs are recorded in the PCM and instrument cluster when a malfunction is detected. The stored DTCs can
be verified using the flashing pattern of the security light and M-MDS. There are some DTCs which cannot be
verified using the security light. Verify the DTCs that were detected using the M-MDS prior to beginning the
servicing. (See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
If more than one DTC is detected, the security light only displays the DTC with the lowest number. Begin
repairs based on the DTC displayed by the security light. All DTCs can be read by the M-MDS.
It is possible for several DTCs to be displayed for one malfunction cause. Erase the DTCs after one repair and
then re-inspect the DTCs.
If immobilizer system DTCs are not recorded even if the engine cannot be started, perform symptom
troubleshooting. (See 01-03A-24 NO.3 WILL NOT CRANK [LF, LS].) (See 01-03B-16 NO.3 WILL NOT CRANK
[L3 WITH TC].)
The PID/data monitor function can be used to verify the number of key ID numbers programmed for a single
vehicle. (See 09-02C-22 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
Note
Due to the possibility that the engine cannot be started because transmission between the key and the
vehicle is obstructed, do not allow the following items to contact the key ring.
Any metallic object
Spare keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system
Any electronic device, or any credit or
EXAMPLES:
other card with magnetic strips


ac9uuw00001496
DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5960300
Security Light
2. Verify the security light status.
If a malfunction is detected, the DTC pattern begins flashing after the security light flashes or illuminates for
approx. 1 min according to the DTC. However, because there are DTCs which cannot be confirmed using
the security light, verify the DTCs that were detected using the M-MDS prior to beginning the servicing.
DTC 16 or below: Flashes for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern repeats 10 times.
DTC 21 or higher: Illuminates for approx. 1 min and the DTC flash pattern repeats 10 times.
If more than one DTC is detected, only the DTC with the lowest number is displayed.
If there is no malfunction, the security light illuminates for approx. 3 s, and then turns off.
3. If there is a malfunction, verify the DTCs using the M-MDS. When several DTCs are detected, repair the
malfunctioning location based on the DTC displayed by the security light.
Note
the DTCs after the repair is completed, and then re-inspect the DTCs.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the Instrument cluster and PCM. (See 09-02C-3
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) (See 01-02A-11 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [LF, LS].) (See 01-02B-12 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [L3 WITH TC].)
09-02C-2

M-MOS
3. Select "IC".
2. Select "IC".
am3uuw0000266
screen.
troubleshooting according to the corresponding DTC inspection. When several DTCs are detected, repair
the malfunctioning location based on the DTC displayed by the security light. (See 09-02C-4 DTC TABLE
[IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].)
Note
the DTCs after the repair is completed, and then check for DTCs again.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the Instrument cluster and PCM. (See 09-02C-3
CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)].) (See 01-02A-11 AFTER REPAIR
PROCEDURE [LF, LS].) (See 01-02B-12 AFTER REPAIR PROCEDURE [L3 WITH TC].)
CLEARING OTC [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
~____________________________id_o9_o2_e5_96_o4~OO

3. Select "IC".
2. Select "IC".
am3uuw0000266
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02C-2 DTC INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
09-02C-3
.e.

SECURITY LIGHT: 15, DTC: B10D7:51/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEMll
id09&te5356700
DTC

15
pattern
Instrument
B10D7:51
M-MDS
cluster
display
PCM
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Instrument cluster detects the unprogrammed key 10 number.

Key malfunction
- No keys have been programmed after replacing instrument cluster.
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
keys.
(See 09-02C-22 PID/DATA MONITOR
-NUMKEYS
(See 09-02C-22 PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE
SYSTEM)].)

programmed key.
Clear the DTC from the instrument cluster and
PCM using the M-MDS.
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
(See 09-02C-3 CLEARING DTC [IMMOBILIZER
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
09-02C-16
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Erase the key 10 number.

step.
PARTS PROGRAMMING [KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM].)
step.
SYSTEM].)
Note
keys are necessary.
L5].)
WITH TC].)
SYSTEM].)
Note
keys are necessary.
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)

DTC
M-MDS display*
23
Instrument
cluster
Description
Reference
PCM
ULJl
B10DA:62
P1260:00
Not illuminated
UOO01:88
U0073:00
Not illuminated
U0100:00
Not illuminated
U3000:41
Communication error with

PCM (Data mis-match)
(See 09-02C-21 SECURITY

LIGHT: 23, DTC: B10DA:62/
SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM)].)
Module communication error

(HS-CAN)
Communication error with
PCM
(See 09-02D-1 FOREWORD

[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM].)
Instrument cluster internal

malfunction
(See 09-02E-21 DTC

U3000:41 [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
: The letters at the beginning of each DTC are only displayed when using the M-MDS, and refer to the following:
B= Body system, P= Powertrain system, U= Network communication system.
09-02C-5

SECURITY LIGHT: 11, DTC: B10D9:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)l
id0961e5353000

pattern
DTC
M-MDS
display
Instrument
cluster
PCM
11
B10D9:87
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
Instrument cluster cannot communicate with coil antenna.

Open circuit or short to ground in coil antenna power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between ignition switch and coil
antenna terminal D
- Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch and coil antenna
terminal D
- Coil antenna terminal C-Body ground
- Coil antenna terminal B-Instrument cluster terminal 2M
- Coil antenna terminal A-Instrument cluster terminal2Q
- Coil antenna terminal B-Instrument cluster terminal 2M
- Coil antenna terminal A-Instrument cluster terminal 2Q
POSSIBLE CAUSE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
IGNITION SWITCH
(IG1)
FUSE BLOCK
METER
,... ,...,...15A
COIL ANTENNA
~H,~--------------------------------~~#~~--~+--
@ : 8 1 - - -.. . . .
o---------------~~
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
COIL ANTENNA
2WI2UI2S 2QI20 2MI2K 21 12G 2EI2CI2A

2x12vI2T 2R12P 2NJ2L 2J 12H 2F12D[2B
61CTI,h
I
09-02C-6
Gt~

STEP
1
INSPECTION
TERMINALS
CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT OR SHORT TO
GROUND
INSPECT COIL ANTENNA GROUND CIRCUIT

FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
terminal (wiring harness-side) and body ground:
- Coil antenna terminal C
INSPECT INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONNECTOR
AND TERMINALS
Coil antenna and instrument cluster connectors
are disconnected.
ground:
- Coil antenna terminal B
- Coil antenna terminal A
Coil antenna and instrument cluster connectors
are disconnected.
- Coil antenna terminal B-Instrument cluster
terminal 2M
- Coil antenna terminal A-Instrument cluster
terminal2Q
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step B.

- Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
possible short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
- Repair or replace the wiring harness for a
possible open circuit.
Go to Step B.
Yes

Step B.
No
Yes

short to ground, then go to Step B.
No
Yes

No
09-02C-7

STEP
INSPECTION
connectors.
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
connectors.
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
Yes
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)
No
Go to Step 9.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
No
09-02C-8


SECURITY LIGHT: 12, DTC: B10D5:13/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM\l
id096'1e5353100
DTC

pattern
Instrument
M-MDS
cluster
display
PCM
12
B10D5:13
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
PCM or instrument cluster determines a malfunction in coil antenna.

PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
TERMINALS
AND TERMINALS
connectors.
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
ACTION
Yes
No

Step 5.
Yes

Step 5.
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Go to Step 6.
Yes

L5].)
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 6.
No
09-02C-9

STEP
INSPECTION
S
connectors.
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
6
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No
Yes

No
SECURITY LIGHT: 13, OTC: B1 007:05/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM\l
id0962'e5353200
DTC

13
pattern
Instrument
B10D7:05
M-MDS
cluster
display
PCM
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
Key 10 number error
Instrument cluster detects the key 10 number programming failure.

Key 10 number error
- Failure during programming the key 10 number
PCM malfunction
Note
resulting in engine not starting:
-Spare
EXAMPLES:
POSSIBLE CAUSE
@
keys
-
09-02C-10


Keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system

Any metallic object
Any electronic device, or any credit or other card with magnetic
strips

STEP
INSPECTION
1
VERIFY KEY MALFUNCTION
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
2
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
3
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
4
ACTION
Yes
No

step.
SYSTEM].)
Go to Step 4.
Yes

LS].)
WITH TC].)
No
Go to Step 4.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
No

09-02C-11

SECURITY LIGHT: 13, DTC: B10D7:94/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM\l
id09if1e5356000
DTC

13
pattern
Instrument
B10D7:94
M-MDS
cluster
display
PCM
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
Key ID number error
Instrument cluster cannot read the key ID number data.

- Key ID number is not output.
- There is no transponder in the key.
PCM malfunction
Note
resulting in the engine not starting:
-Spare
EXAMPLES:
POSSIBLE CAUSE
keys


- Keys for other vehicles equipped with immobilizer system

strips
STEP
INSPECTION
1
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- Instrument cluster: B10D7:05
- PCM: P1260:00
09-02C-12
Yes
No
ACTION
Perform the security light: 13, DTC: B10D7:051
P1260:00 inspection.
(See 09-02C-10 SECURITY LIGHT: 13, DTC:

STEP
INSPECTION
2
DTC?
Yes
No
ACTION
step.
SYSTEM].)
INSTALLATION.)

Switch the ignition to ON using the valid key
other than the cause of the displayed DTC
(engine off).
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- PCM: P1260:00
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- PCM: P1260:00
Yes

[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- Instrument cluster: B 1007:94
- PCM: P1260:00
Yes

INSTALLATION. )
No
Yes

No
No

SYSTEM].)
Note
keys are necessary.
Yes
No

L5].)
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 6.
09-02C-13

SECURITY LIGHT: 14, DTC: B1 OD7:81/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)1
id09Cf1e5356600
DTC

14
pattern
Instrument
B10D7:81
M-MDS
cluster
display
PCM
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
Instrument cluster cannot read the key ID number data normally.

PCM malfunction
Note
resulting in engine not starting
- Keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system
-Spare
EXAMPLES:
POSSIBLE CAUSE
keys



strips
STEP
INSPECTION
TERMINALS
AND TERMINALS
DTC?
09-02C-14
ACTION
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes
No

step.
SYSTEM].)

STEP
INSPECTION
4
connector.
DTC.
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
5
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
6
connector.
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
7
Yes
No
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)
SYSTEM].)
Note
keys are necessary.
Yes

L5].)
WITH TC].)
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No
09-02C-15

SECURITY LIGHT: 15, DTC: B10D7:51/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEMll
id09&te5356700
DTC

15
pattern
Instrument
B10D7:51
M-MDS
cluster
display
PCM
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Instrument cluster detects the unprogrammed key 10 number.

Key malfunction
- No keys have been programmed after replacing instrument cluster.
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
keys.
-NUMKEYS
SYSTEM)].)

programmed key.
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
09-02C-16
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Erase the key 10 number.

step.
SYSTEM].)
step.
SYSTEM].)
Note
keys are necessary.
L5].)
WITH TC].)
SYSTEM].)
Note
keys are necessary.
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)

STEP
INSPECTION
4
Yes
No
ACTION
SECURITY LIGHT: 16, DTC: U0100:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM\l
id096~e5356800
DTC

pattern
Instrument
M-MDS
cluster
display
PCM
16
U0100:87
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Communication error between instrument cluster and PCM (no

response).
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
SYSTEM DTC
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
Perlorm the "DTC INSPECTION" to confirm the
multiplex communication system DTC.
SYSTEM)].)
- Instrument cluster: U0001 :88
- PCM: U0073:00
2

[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
Perlorm the immobilizer system DTC inspection
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- Instrument cluster: U0100:87
- PCM: 1260:00
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

LS].)
WITH TC].)
No
Go to Step 4.
09-02C-17

STEP
INSPECTION
3
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
Perlorm the immobilizer system DTC inspection
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- Instrument cluster: U0100:87
- PCM: 1260:00
4
Yes
No
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)
Yes

No
SECURITY LIGHT: 21, DTC: B10D8:00/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)l
id09if1e5358000
DTC

21
pattern
Instrument
B10D8:00
M-MDS
cluster
display
PCM
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Programmed key is only one.

Key malfunction
- Programmed key is only one.
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
Perlorm the PID/data monitor inspection using
keys.
-NUMKEYS
SYSTEM)].)
Are two or more keys programmed?
09-02C-18
ACTION
Yes
No

step.
SYSTEM].)
Note
keys are necessary.

STEP
INSPECTION
2
valid key.
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
3
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
4
Yes
ACTION
LS].)
WITH TC].)
No
Go to Step 4.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
No

SECURITY LIGHT: 22, DTC: B10DA:51/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM {KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM\]
id090~e5358500
DTC

pattern
Instrument
M-MDS
cluster
display
PCM
22
B10DA:51
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Communication error between instrument cluster and PCM (data transfer

failure).

Immobilizer system-related parts have not been programmed after
replacing the instrument cluster.
Immobilizer system-related parts have not been programmed after
replacing the PCM.
PCM malfunction
09-02C-19

STEP
INSPECTION
1
SYSTEM DTC
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
Perform the "DTC INSPECTION" to confirm the
multiplex communication system DTC.
SYSTEM)].)
- Instrument cluster: U0001 :88
PCM: U0073:00
2
BEEN PERFORMED AFTER REPLACE
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
After replace the instrument cluster, has the
programming of immobilizer system-related
parts been performed?
3
performed?
4

[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- Instrument cluster: B 1ODA:51
- PCM: P1260:00
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
- Instrument cluster: B 1ODA:51
- PCM: P1260:00
09-02C-20
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes
No

parts after replace the instrument cluster only, then go
to the next step.
SYSTEM].)
Yes
No

step.
SYSTEM].)
L5].)
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 6.
Yes
No
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)

STEP
INSPECTION
6
VERIFY THAT NO OTHER OTCs ARE PRESENT
Yes
No
ACTION
SECURITY LIGHT: 23, DTC: B10DA:621P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id090~e5358600
OTC

pattern
Instrument
M-MOS
cluster
display
PCM
23
B100A:62
P1260:00
DETECTION CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Communication error between instrument cluster and PCM (data mismatch).

replacing the PCM.
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
performed?
2
--

[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
SYSTEM)].)
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

step.
SYSTEM].)
LS].)
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 4.

INSTALLATION.)
Yes

No
09-02C-21

PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]
id0902e5960600

3. Select "IC".
2. Select "IC".
3. Select the applicable PIO from the PIO table. (See
09-02C-22 PIO/OATA MONITOR TABLE
SYSTEM)].)
4. Verify the PIO data according to the directions on the screen.
am3uuw0000266
Note
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM (KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM)]

PID Name
NUMKEYS
Description
Number of key ID registered in the instrument cluster
id0902e5960700
Unit/Status
0-8
09-02C-22
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
09-020 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [MULTIPLEX

COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
--- FOREWORO [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] . .......
Troubleshooting Procedure .........
OTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] . .......
OETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING
PART (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] ........
Diagnostic Table for Determining
Malfunctioning Part .............
A...........................
B..............................
C .............................
D ...........................
E ..............................
F ..............................
G .............................
H ............................
I ..............................
J ..............................
K .............................
L. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
M .............................
N .............................
o .............................
P. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
09-020-1
09-020-2
09-020-3
09-020-7
09-020-7
09-020-11
09-020-12
09-020-13
09-020-14
09-020-15
09-020-16
09-020-17
09-020-18
09-020-19
09-020-20
09-020-21
09-020-22
09-020-23
09-020-24
09-020-25
09-020-26
OETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING
PART (MS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] ....... . 09-020-27
Diagnostic Table for Determining
Malfunctioning Part ............. . 09-020-27
A ......................... . 09-020-28
B ............................. . 09-020-29
C ............................. . 09-020-30
D ............................. . 09-020-31
E ............................. . 09-020-32
F ............................. . 09-020-33
G .......................... . 09-020-34
M-MOS ANO VEHICLE NOT
COMMUNICATING [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] ....... . 09-020-34
Possible Causes .............. 09-020-34
Wiring Diagram ................. . 09-020-35
OTC U0001 :88, U0073, U0073:00
[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM] ....................... . 09-020-38
Diagnostic procedure ............. . 09-020-40
OTC U0010:88, U0498:68, U2516
SYSTEM] ....................... . 09-020-41
Diagnostic procedure ............ . 09-020-42
FOREWORO [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]

id0902e6845700
If the CAN system is considered to be the cause of the malfunction based on the repair order form and the
malfunctioning symptom, follow the 09-02D-2 Troubleshooting Procedure.
DTCs are also output due to a control module or sensor malfunction, or incorrect power supply. Verify the
output DTCs and first inspect the OTCs not shown in 09-02D-3 DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM].
If there is an open circuit in the communication lines, it is possible that signal error DTCs may be output in
addition to communication error DTCs. Perform 09-02D-7 DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (HSCAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM], 09-02D-27 DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART
(MS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] if the communication error and signal error OTCs are
output simultaneously.
09-020-1

When CAN system is thought to be malfunctioning based on repair order form and symptom,
perform on-board diagnosis using the following procedure.
Perform vehicle identification using M-MDS.
No
Yes
Verify communication condition

between M-MDS and vehicle. *5
Are any DTCs

output?
No
>---~I
Perform symptom troubleshooting.
Perform troubleshooting according

to corresponding DTC inspection.
After repair, verify DTCs of all
control modules.
Are DTCs U0001 :88, U0073,

U0073:00, U0010:88, U0498:68,
U2516 displayed?
Yes
Inspect DTCs U0001 :88, U0073, U0073:00. *2

or
Inspect DTCs U0010:88, U0498:68, U2516. *3
No
There could be open circuit in CAN lines.
Determine the open circuit location using DTC output pattern. *4
am3uuw0000315
*1
*2
*3
*4
: 09-020-3 OTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]

: 09-020-38 OTC U0001 :88, U0073, U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
: 09-020-41 OTC U0010:88, U0498:68, U2516 [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
: 09-020-7 OETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] /
09-020-27 OETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (MS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
*5 : 09-020-34 M-MOS ANO VEHICLE NOT COMMUNICATING [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
09-020-2

DTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
id0902e6845800
HS-CAN
OTC output
module
OTC
U0073:00*1
Communication error to TCM
U0121:00
U0155:00
Communication error to DSC HU/CM
U0131:00
Communication error to EHPAS control

module
U0140:00
U0155:00
U0073:00*1
U0100:00
U0121:00
U0073*1
(See 09-020-38 DTC U0001 :88, U0073,

U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
(See 09-020-7 DETERMINING
MALFUNCTIONING PART (HS-CAN)
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-020-38 DTC U0001 :88, U0073,
U0073:00 [MULTI PLEX

Communication error to ABS HU/CM (With MALFUNCTIONING PART (HS-CAN)
ABS)
Communication error to DSC HU/CM (With SYSTEM].)
DSC)
(See 09-020-38 DTC U0001 :88, U0073,

U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
U0100
U0140
U0155

SYSTEM].)
U1938*1
Fault received from BCM
(See 06-02-10 DTC U1938.)
U2023*1
Fault received from PCM
(See 06-02-11 DTC U2023.)
CAN system communication error (BUS

off)
(See 09-020-38 DTC U0001 :88, U0073,

U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
UOOO1:88*1
U0100:00
U0155:00
U0001 :88*1
DSC HU/CM*4
U0121 :00
PCM (L3 WITH TC)
ABS HU/CM*3
(See 09-020-38 DTC U0001 :88, U0073,

U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
Communication error to ABS HU/CM (With (See 09-020-7 DETERMINING

ABS)
Communication error to DSC HU/CM (With [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
DSC)
SYSTEM].)
U0073:00*1
EH PAS control
module
Reference for inspection procedure
U0101:00
PCM (LF, L5)
TCM*2
CAN system communication error (BUS

off)
U0100:00
U0101:00
U0140:00
U0155:00

SYSTEM].)
(See 09-020-38 DTC U0001 :88, U0073,
U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
SYSTEM].)
U0401 :00*1
(See 04-02B-25 DTC U0401 :00 [DYNAMIC

U0402:00*1
Signal error from TCM
(See 04-02B-26 DTC U0402:00 [DYNAMIC

U0422:00*1
Signal error from BCM
U0428:62*1
U0428:64*1
(See 04-02B-26 DTC U0422:00/U0428:621

U0428:64 [DYNAMIC STABILITY
CONTROL (DSC)].)
09-020-3

DTC output
module
DTC
UOO01:~8*1
SCM
U0100:00
U0101:00
U0151 :00
Communication error to SAS control

module
U0214:00
Communication error to keyless control

module
(See 09-02F-77 DTC U0401 :68 [SCM].)
U0073:00*1
(See 09-02D-38 DTC U0001 :88, U0073,

U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
(See 09-02D-7 DETERMINING

SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02D-38 DTC U0001 :88, U0073,

U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
U0001 :88*1
U0100:00
09-020-4

SYSTEM].)
U0155:00
AFS control
module*6
(See 09-02D-38 DTC U0001 :88, U0073,

U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
U0401 :68*1
SAS control module
Keyless control
module*5
U0101:00
U0121 :00
Communication error to ASS HU/CM (With

ASS)
Communication error to DSC HU/CM (With
DSC)

SYSTEM].)
U0401:68*1
(See 09-02A-97 DTC U0401 :68

PUSH SUTTON START SYSTEM].)
U0415:68*1
Signal error from ASS HU/CM (With ASS)

Signal error from DSC HU/CM (With DSC)
(See 09-02A-98 DTC U0415:68

U0001 :88*1
(See 09-02D-38 DTC U0001 :88, U0073,

U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
U0100:00
U0140:00
U0401:00*1
U0422:00*1

SYSTEM].)
(See 09-021-16 DTC U0401 :00 [AFS
(ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-021-16 DTC U0422:00 [AFS
SYSTEM)].)

DTC output
module
DTC
U0001 :88*1
CAN system communication error (HSCAN)
U0100:00
U0100:87
Communication error to PCM (no

response)
U0101 :00
U0121:00
U0131:00
U0140:00
U0151:00
Instrument cluster
Communication error to EHPAS control

module
Communication error to SAS control
module
Communication error to AFS control
module
U0214:00
Communication error to keyless control

module
U0401 :68*1
U0401 :92*1
U0402:68*1
U0402:92*1
U0415:92*1
(See 09-02D-38 DTC U0001 :88, U0073,

U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02B-21 SECURITY LIGHT: 16,
DTC: U0100:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER
SYSTEM (ADVANCED KEYLESS ENTRY
AND PUSH BUTTON START SYSTEM)].)

Communication error to ABS HU/CM (With
ABS)
Communication error to DSC HU/CM (With
DSC)
U0182:00
U0415:68*1
Signal
Signal
Signal
Signal
error from
error from
error from
error from
ABS HU/CM (with ABS)

DSC HU/CM (with DSC)
ABS HU/CM (with ABS)
DSC HU/CM (with DSC)
U0452:92*1
Signal error from SAS control module
U0483:68*1
Signal error from AFS control module
U0483:92*1
Signal error from AFS control module
U0515:68*1
Signal error from keyless control module
U0515:92*1
Signal error from keyless control module

SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02E-9 DTC U0401 :68

(See 09-02E-12 DTC U0402:92
(See 09-02E-11 DTC U0402:68
(See 09-02E-12 DTC U0402:92
(See 09-02E-13 DTC U0415:68
(See 09-02E-14 DTC U0415:92
(See 09-02E-15 DTC U0452:92
(See 09-02E-16 DTC U0483:68
(See 09-02E-17 DTC U0483:92
(See 09-02E-18 DTC U0515:68
(See 09-02E-19 DTC U0515:92
*1 : If only the target DTCs are displayed, perform the corresponding DTC inspection without determining the open
circuit location.
*2 : ATX
*3 : with ABS
*4 : with DSC
*5 : with advanced keyless entry and push button start system
*6 : with AFS (adaptive front lighting system)
09-020-5

MS-CAN
OTC output
module
OTC
U0164 EATC
U0181 HEC
Information
display*2
U0184 ACU
U2516*1
U0155
Multi information
display*3
Audio unit*4
Bluetooth uni(5
Climate control
uni(6
Instrument cluster
U0164
U0184
Communication error to climate control unit (See 09-020-27 DETERMINING

Communication error to instrument cluster MALFUNCTIONING PART (MS-CAN)
Communication error to audio unit
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-020-41 OTC UOO10:88,

U0498:68, U2516 [MULTIPLEX

Communication error to climate control unit MALFUNCTIONING PART (MS-CAN)
Communication error to audio unit
SYSTEM].)
U2516*1
UOO10:88*1
(16:Er12)
U0155:00
(16:Er11/
17:Er12)
U0156:00
Communication error to multi information

display/information display
U0193:00
Communication error to SIRIUS satellite

radio unit
U0197:00
Communication error to Bluetooth unit
U0423:68
Invalid date received from Instrument

cluster
U0498:68*1
(26:Er81)
UOO10:88*1
U0155:00
U0156:00

U0423:68
Invalid date received from Instrument

cluster
UOO10:88*1
Module communication error (MS-CAN)
U0156:00

U0164:00
(See 09-020-41 OTC UOO10:88,


MALFUNCTIONING PART (MS-CAN)
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-020-41 OTC UOO10:88,

SYSTEM].)
(See 09-020-41 OTC UOO10:88,

Communication error to climate control unit SYSTEM].)
*1 : If only the target DTCs are displayed, perform the corresponding DTC inspection without determining the open
circuit location.
*2 : Without maintenance monitor
*3 : With maintenance monitor
*4 : With audio system
*5 : With Bluetooth system (HFffEL system)
*6 : With full-auto air conditioner
09-020-6

DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (HS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
id0902e6846700
Caution
If the malfunctioning part is detected in the communication line, before disconnecting the related
connector for inspection, press the connector in the connection direction to verify that there is no
looseness or disconnection.
When disconnecting the connector, verify that there is no damage, deformation, or corrosion of
the connector terminals.
1. Verify the CAN system-related module OTCs and the failed module using the (M-MOS).
2. Look for a OTC display pattern and failed module display pattern in tandem which match.
Note
A hyphen" - "in the OTC output pattern table indicates that the OTC may be displayed depending on the
malfunction detection conditions. If only an" x " is indicated, it means the OTC will not be displayed.
If any of the following OTCs is displayed alone, perform the applicable OTC inspection. (See 09-020-3
OTC TABLE [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].)
EHPAS control module: U1938, U2023
OSC HU/CM: U0401 :00, U0402: 00, U0422:00, U0428:62, U0428:64
BCM: U0401 :68
Keyless control module: U0401 :68, U0415:68
AFS control module: U0401 :00, U0422:00
Instrument cluster: U0100:87, U0401 :68, U0401 :92, U0402:68, U0402:92, U0415:68, U0415:92,
U0452:92, U0483:68, U0483:92, U0515:68, U0515:92
3. Refer to the matching tandem diagnostic results (A to P) and inspect the possible cause and inspection item.
4. Perform the OTC inspection after the repair procedure.
If any OTC is displayed, return to 09-020-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].
Diagnostic Table for Determining Malfunctioning Part

Cross (x): Displayed
Hyphen (-): Mayor may not be displayed
M-MDS display
DTC
output
DTC
module
PCM
(PCM (LF,
L5))
PCM
(PCM (L3
WITH TC))
TCM*1
(TCM)
EPS
(EHPAS
control
module)
U0101 :
00
U0121 :
00
U0155:
00
U0121 :
00
U0131 :
00
U0140:
00
U0155:
00
U0100:
00
U0121 :
00
U0100
U0140
U0155
U1938
U2023
DTC display pattern
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
09-020-7

ABS*2
(ASS HU/
CM)
U0100:
00
U0155:
00
U0100:
00
x
x
U0101:
00
U0140:
00
ABS*3
(DSC HU/
CM)
U0155:
00
U0401:
00
U0402:
00
U0422:
00
U0428:
62
U0428:
64
U0100:
00
U0101:
00
GEM
(SCM)
U0151:
00
U0214:
00
U0401:
68
ReM
(SAS
control
module)
U0101:
00
U0121:
00
U0401:
68
U0100:
00
U0415:
68
AFS*5
(AFS
control
module)
U0155:
00
U0100:
00
RKE*4
(Keyless
control
module)
U0140:
00
U0401:
00
U0422:
00
09-020-8

U0100:
00
U0100:
87
U0101 :
00
U0121:
00
U0131 :
00
U0140:
00
U0151:
00
U0182:
00
U0214:
00
U0401:
IC
68
(Instrument
U0401:
cluster)
92
U0402:
68
U0402:
92
U0415:
68
U0415:
92
U0452:
92
U0483:
68
U0483:
92
U0515:
68
U0515:
92
M-MDS display
module
PCM (LF, L5)
PCM (L3 WITH TC)
x
x
x
x
"Fail" display pattern

x
x
x
TCM*1
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
EPS
ABS*2
ABS*3
GEM
RCM
RKE*4
AFS*5
x
x
IC
Item
Possible cause and
inspection item
Reference page
Diagnostic result
0909090909- 09- 09- 09- 09- 09- 09- 09- 09- 09- 09- 09020- 020- 020- 020- 020- 020- 020- 020- 020- 020- 020- 020- 020- 020- 020- 02011 A 12 B 13 C 140 15 E 16 F 17 G 18 H 19 I 20 J 21 K 22 L 23M 24N 250 26 P
09-020-9

*1
*2
*3
*4
*5
: ATX
: With
: With
: With
: With
ABS
DSC
advanced keyless and push button start system
AFS (adaptive front' lighting system)
09-020-10

A
Possible cause
Connector terminal disconnection, poor contact, damage, deformation, corrosion
Open circuit in wiring harness between PCM and branch A
PCM malfunction
System wiring diagram
PCM
ATX
TCM
CONNECTOR .---------.
C-02
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
r-----------'r--------~
I
I
I
I
I~
II
II
DSC
HU/CM
::
I I
II
ABS
HUlCM
___________ 2: ________ J
I'
BCM
WITH ADVANCED KEYLESS

START SYSTEM
~------------------~
,
,,
IBR!CH~
C
---
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
I
:-------------------~
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
--
WITH AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT

LIGHTING SYSTEM)
~---------------~
---
~_I:J --- '---__- ...
I
I
AFS CONTROL
MODULE
-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-1_
1 ___ '-_-_-_
'--_ _
D_LC_-2_ _ _
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
-------: ENGINE HARNESS

- - - : FRONT HARNESS
- - - - : DASHBOARD HARNESS
am3uuw0000568
Inspection item
PCM connector
Wiring harness between PCM terminal 1AM and branch A
Wiring harness between PCM terminal 1AI and branch A
PCM
09-020-11

B
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between rCM and branch A
rCM malfunction
PCM
CONNECTOR
C-02
1'-1'"rS-- \..
-
TCM
I
r--------.
20
WITH DSC
EHPAS CONTROL
MODULE
WITH ABS
r-----------'r--------1
II
II
DSC
HUlCM
I
::
I I
II
___________
II
~:
ABS
HU/CM
________ JI
BCM

START SYSTEM
,.. I
I
IBR!CH~
C
---
- - - - -- -- - - - - - - --- -.
I
I
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
.l
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
--

LIGHTING SYSTEM)
I
I
1_ _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
r- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I
I
I
I
I
---
AFS CONTROL
MODULE
I
I
I ______ ----------~
~__':
'--_ _
DL_C_-2_ _ _
I
I
1 - - - 1...-_...._-.....
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
------- : ENGINE HARNESS

- ___ : OASHBOARO HARNESS
am3uuw0000568
Inspection item
rCM connector
Wiring harness between rCM terminal B and branch A
Wiring harness between rCM terminal E and branch A
rCM
09-020-12

C
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between branch A and connector C-02
Open circuit in wiring harness between connector C-02 and branch B
Connector C-02 malfunction
PCM
ATX
1-----------.,
II:
~+H~
A
. -..'
CONNECTOR .--------.
C-02
I,
:~
TCM
.. _---------_.1
EHPAS CONTROL
MODULE
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
r-----------'r--------1
I
I
II
II
DSC
HUlCM
I
::
,
.!
I I
I I
II
ABS
HU/CM
___________ 2: ________ J
BCM

START SYSTEM
I~------------------- I
I
IBRtCH~
C
---
--
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
I
SASCONTROL
MODULE

LIGHTING SYSTEM)
1 ______ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
r---------------~
I
I
~__':J ---
D_LC_-2_ _ _
L . . -_ _
L...-_ _
-~
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
I
I
AFS CONTROL
MODULE
' - -_ _ _ _ _- '
I
I
I _ _ _ _ _ _ ----------~

_ _ _ _ : DASHBOARD HARNESS
am3uuw0000568
Inspection item
Connector C-02
Wiring harness between branch A and connector C-02
Wiring harness between connector C-02 and branch B
09-020-13

D
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between EHPAS control module and branch B
PCM
ATX
1-----------.,
::
1'1 r-----:
CH
I,
I '..
reM
___________
CONNECTOR
C-02
t----t
EHPAS CONTROL
MODULE
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
r-----------'r--------1
II
II
DSC
HU/CM
I
::
II
II
ABS
HU/CM
___________ 2: ________ J
II
BCM

START SYSTEM
~------------------~
I
1
IBR!CH~
C
---
1
I
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
1
1
SASCONTROL
MODULE
__
I
1
1______ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

LIGHTING SYSTEM)
~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I
---
~__I: L...-_~_'"
D_LC_-2_ _ _
L....-_ _
AFS CONTROL
MODULE
1 ___
L-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_...J_ ~
I ---
-----_. : ENGINE HARNESS

_ _ _ _ :DASHBOARDHARNESS
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
am3uuw0000568
Inspection item
EHPAS control module connector
Wiring harness between EHPAS control module terminal2D and branch B
Wiring harness between EHPAS control module terminal 2B and branch B
EHPAS control module
09-020-14

E
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between branch B and connector C-41
PCM
ATX
1------------,
-
IB+H~..-..:I,
TCM
I ' ..
.. ___L-_-_-_-_-_-_-_. . ._!
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
r-----------'r--------,
I
I
I
II
II
DSC
HUlCM
::
II
II
ABS
HU/CM
___________ 2: ________ J
II
BCM

START SYSTEM
~ -
IBRtCH~
C
---
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I
I
I
I
I
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
--
~___I:
J ---

LIGHTING SYSTEM)
:-------------------~
'--_ _D_L_C_-2_ _ _
SASCONTROL
MODULE
---
... - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I
I
I
I
AFSCONTROL
MODULE
' - -_ _ _ _ _- '
I _ _ _ _ _ _ ----------~
1....-_ _-
......
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER

am3uuw0000568
Inspection item
Connector C-41
Wiring harness between branch B and connector C-41
09-020-15

F
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between ASS HU/CM and connector C-41
ASS HU/CM malfunction
PCM
ATX
1-----------.,
Eh
=
BRANCH
:
TCM
_____ '
, ,
:'..
CONNECTOR . - - - . . . . ,
C-02
EHPAS CONTROL
MODULE
ABS
HU/CM
(S)
BCM

START SYSTEM
~
,
,
IBRrCH ~
- - - ---- -- - - - - - --- --:

,
KEYLESS CONTROL
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
---
' __
LIGHTING SYSTEM)
MODULE
,,r- - -
,--------------------
~__':J ---
'--_ _
D_LC_-2
___
---
- - - - - - - - - - - - - -,
AFS CONTROL
MODULE
L - -_ _ _ _----'
,
,
I ______ ----------~
1...-_ _- - 1
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER

- -__ : DASHBOARD HARNESS
am3uuw0000568
Inspection item
ASS HU/CM connector
Connector C-41
Wiring harness between ASS HU/CM terminal H and connector C-41
Wiring harness between ASS HU/CM terminal L and connector C-41
ASS HU/CM
09-020-16

G
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness DSC HU/CM and connector C-41
PCM
ATX
1-----------.,
=:
~+H~
. -...
TCM
AI,
I'..
I-
___________
1
~
2D EHPAS CONTROL
MODULE
DSC
HUlCM
BCM

START SYSTEM
1~------------------- 1
1
1
1
1
1
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
IBR!CH~
C
---
--

LIGHTING SYSTEM)
~---------------~
:-------------------~
~_':
'---_ _
D_LC_-2_ _ _
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
! ---
1
1
---
AFS CONTROL
MODULE
1
'---_ _ _ _- - - ' 1
1- _______________
~
L . -_ _---I
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
-----_.: ENGINE HARNESS

--_-:DASHBOARDHARNESS
am3uuw0000568
Inspection item
DSC HU/CM connector
Connector C-41
Wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal M and connector C-41
Wiring harness between DSC HU/CM terminal J and connector C-41
DSC HU/CM
09-020-17

H
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between connector C-41 and SCM
PCM
ATX
1-----------.,
::
J"!CHI-.._..:
A
TeM
I,
I'___________
..
~
CONNECTOR
C-02
~----4
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
r-----------'r--------~
I
II
II
DSC
HU/CM
I
::
ABS
HU/CM
I I
II
___________
II
~:
________ JI
BCM

START SYSTEM
~ -
-I
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
--
IBR!CH~
C
---
.II
SAS CONTROL
MODULE

LIGHTING SYSTEM)
~ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I
I
1 ______ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
---
~__':i --- '---_._----'
AFS CONTROL
MODULE
' - -_ _ _ _ _...... I
1- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _
~
'---_ _D_L_C_-2_ _ _
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER

- ___ : DASHBOARD HARNESS
am3uuw0000568
Inspection item
Connector C-41
SCM connector
Wiring harness between SCM terminal 1A and connector C-41
Wiring harness between SCM terminal 1S and connector C-41
09-020-18

Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between SCM and branch C
SCM malfunction
PCM
ATX
1-----------.,
1
IBRAh_:
A
I,
I-
I\.
TeM
___________ .
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
r-----------'r--------1
II
II
DSC
HU/CM
I
::
II
II
___________
II
~:
ABS
HU/CM
________ JI

START SYSTEM
~ - -
- - - - - - -
- -
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
- - - - - -
- -I
:
I
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
I

LIGHTING SYSTEM)
:-------------------~
I
I
I
I'" -
---
-I
I
I
AFS CONTROL
MODULE
' -_ _ _ _ _...11
I ______ ----------~
~__':
_ _D_L_C_-2_ _ _
J --- L...-._._----'
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER

am3uuw0000569
Inspection item
SCM connector
Wiring harness between SCM terminal 2A and branch C
Wiring harness between SCM terminal 2S and branch C
SCM
09-020-19

J
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness SAS control module and branch C
PCM
ATX
.------------.
- .
IBR~CH ~ _ :
TCM
I,
I-
1\
I~
CONNECTOR
C-02
1------1
___________ .
2D EHPAS CONTROL
MODULE
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
r-----------'r--------1
II
II
DSC
HUlCM
I
::
ABS
HU/CM
I I
II
___________
II
~:
________ JI
SCM

START SYSTEM
~ -
- - - - - - - - - - -
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
I
- - - - - - -I
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
IBRrCH~-&I
--

LIGHTING SYSTEM)
r - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -.
I
I
I
1______ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
--~_=-_~
DLC-2
~--- ~
___
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
I
I
AFS CONTROL
MODULE
I
I
1 - -_ _ _ _ _--' I
1- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..

- - - - : DASHSOARD HARNESS
am3uuw0000569
Inspection item
SAS control module connector
Wiring harness between SAS control module terminal 1C and branch C
Wiring harness between SAS control module terminal1A and branch C
SAS control module
09-020-20

K
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between branch C and connector C-50
PCM
ATX
1------------,
=:
I"+"r.._.:
CONNECTOR
1\
I'..
r--------,
TCM
.. _---------_.1
C-02
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
r-----------'r--------1
I
I
II
II
DSC
HUlCM
I
::
I I
II
ABS
HU/CM
___________ 2: ________ J
II
BCM

START SYSTEM
~ -
SASCONTROL
MODULE
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I
--
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
:-------------------~
I'" -
---
I
I
-I
I
I
AFSCONTROL
MODULE
'---_ _ _ _ _.....
D_L_C_-2_ _ _.....:
L..-.-_ _

LIGHTING SYSTEM)
I ______ ----------~
! - - - L...-._._---I
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER

_ _ _ _ :DASHBOARDHARNESS
am3uuw0000569
Inspection item
Connector C-50
Wiring harness between branch C and connector C-50
09-020-21

L
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between keyless control module and connector C-50
PCM
ATX
1-----------.,
rR~CHr..- ..:
I,
::
: '.. E
TeM
___________
CONNECTOR
C-02
1----1
WITH DSC
WITH ASS
r-----------'r--------1
I
I
II
II
DSC
HU/CM
::
,
.!
___________
II
II
II
~:
ASS
HUlCM
________ JI
BCM
IBRrCH~
C
---
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
(S)

LIGHTING SYSTEM)
---
~__':
DL_C_-2_ _ _
L - -_ _
J ---
... - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I
I
I
I
I
AFS CONTROL
MODULE
I
I
1- _ _ 1
_ ____
____
-_
-_
-_-_
' ..I
L...-_ _- - - '

_ _ _ _ : DASHBOARD HARNESS
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
am3uuw0000569
Inspection item
Keyless control module connector
Connector C-50
Wiring harness between keyless control module terminal2K and connector C-50
Wiring harness between keyless control module terminal 2L and connector C-50
09-020-22

M
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between connector C-50 and connector C-49
PCM
1----------- . .
ATX
=:
d r.._..'
CH
CONNECTOR
C-02
I'
I-
TeM
'..
r-----..
2D EHPAS CONTROL
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
r-----------'r--------,
I
I
II
II
DSC
HUlCM
I
I
::
___________
II
II
II
~:
MODULE
ABS
HU/CM
________ JI
SCM

START SYSTEM
.. - -
- - - - - - -
IBR!CH~
C
---
- - - - - - - - - -I
--
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
I

LIGHTING SYSTEM)
I ______
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
r" -
-------------~
~_I: '---_~-
'---_ _
D_LC_-2_ _ _
1 ---
I
I
AFS CONTROL
MODULE
-I
I
I
I
I
1- _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ ..I
...
____ :DASHSOARDHARNESS
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
am3uuw0000569
Inspection item
Connector C-50
Connector C-49
Wiring harness between connector C-50 and connector C-49
09-020-23

N
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between AFS control module and connector C-49
AFS control module malfunction
PCM
ATX'
1-----------..,
r+H~..-..:I,
-
::
: '..
~
WITH ABS
r-----------,--------1
I
I
II
II
DSC
HUlCM
I
::
I I
II
II
___________ .
2D
WITH DSC
TeM
EHPAS CONTROL
MODULE
ABS
HUlCM
___________ 2: ________ J

START SYSTEM
~ -
IBRrCH~
c
---
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
I
I
1_ _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - _ .
AFS CONTROL
MODULE
~~: L...-~~--'
'---_ _
DL_C_-2_ _ _
J ---
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER

------:FRONTHARNESS
- ___ : DASHBOARD HARNESS
am3uuw0000569
Inspection item
Connector C-49
AFS control module connector
Wiring harness between AFS control module terminal B and connector C-49
Wiring harness between AFS control module terminal A and connector C-49
AFS control module
09-020-24
o
Possible cause
PCM
ATX
1-----------.,
II:
r+Hfn._.. '
A
1\
I'"
I
TeM
CONNECTOR
C-02
r------..
WITH DSC
WITH ASS
r-----------,--------1
I
I
II
II
DSC
HU/CM
I
::
I I
II
II
ASS
HU/CM
___________ 2: ________ J
BCM

ENTRY AND PUSH SUTTON
START SYSTEM
I~------------------- I
I
I
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
I
I
I
I
IBR!CH~
C
---
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
I
LIGHTING SYSTEM)
,. - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -I
I
I
I
1_ _ _ _ _ _ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
---
AFS CONTROL
MODULE
I
I
I
I ______ ----------~
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER

_ _ _ -:DASHBOARDHARNESS
am3uuw0000569
Inspection item
Connector C-49
Connector C-42
Wiring harness between connector C-49 and Connector C-42
09-020-25

P
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between connector C-42 and Instrument cluster
PCM
= ,,----------- .,
ATX
I'+-"r.._..:' ..
A
TeM
"
'
, ___________ .
CONNECTOR
C-02
1-----1
20
EHPAS CONTROL
MODULE
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
r-----------'r--------1
,
"
,
"
DSC
HUlCM
::
,'
ABS
HU/CM
, ___________ 2:" ________ J,

~
BCM

START SYSTEM
~
- - - -- - -- ---- -- - - - - -,
:,
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
:- - - - - ----- -- -- - - -- - ~
IBRiCH~
C
---
I
LIGHTING SYSTEM)
.. --- ---- ------- - -.
---
AFS CONTROL
MODULE
,____1-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-_-1_
~_I:
1 - -_ _
DL_C_-2_ _ _
SASCONTROL
MODULE
J --- 1--_....--_....
_ _. : ENGINE HARNESS
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
tt::\
- ___ : OASHBOARO HARNESS
\.::)I
am3uuw0000569
Inspection item
Instrument cluster connector
Connector C-42
Wiring harness between instrument cluster terminal 28 and connector C-42
Wiring harness between instrument cluster terminal 2D and connector C-42
Instrument cluster
09-020-26

DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (MS-CAN) [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
id0902e6846800
Caution
If the malfunctioning part is detected in the communication line, before disconnecting the related
connector for inspection, press the connector in the connection direction to verify that there is no
looseness or disconnection.
When disconnecting the connector, verify that there is no damage, deformation, or corrosion of
the connector terminals.
1. Verify the following for the modules related to the CAN system.
Communication error DTCs
Malfunctioning module
Display status of the air conditioner/audio control on the multi information display/information display when
the climate control unit, or either the audio unit is operated.
The operation condition of the SIRIUS satellite radio system and the Bluetooth system.
2. Look for a DTC display pattern and system operation status in tandem which match.
Note
A hyphen (-) in the DTC output pattern cell indicates that the DTC mayor may not be displayed depending
on the malfunction detection conditions. If it is not displayed, the malfunctioning location can be
determined by checking the crosses (x) and asterisks (*).
3. Refer to the matching tandem diagnostic results (A to G) and inspect the possible cause and inspection item.
4. Perform the DTC inspection after the repair procedure.
If any DTC is displayed, return to 09-020-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].
Diagnostic Table for Determining Malfunctioning Part

Cross (x): Displayed
Hyphen (-): Mayor may not be displayed
Asterisk (*): No display or no operation
DTe display
DTe output module
DTe
U0164 EATC
U0181 HEC
Information display*2
U0184 ACU
U0155
MID*1
U0164
(Multi information display)
U0184
U0155:00
U0156:00
ACU*1
U0193:00
(Audio unit)
U0197:00
U0423:68
U0155:00
EATC*1
U0156:00
(Climate control unit)
U0423:68
U0156:00
IC*1
(Instrument cluster)
U0164:00
M-MDS display module
MID
ACU
EATC
IC
Information display display
None ACU*3
DTe display pattern

x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
"Fail" display pattern

x
x
x
x
x
Display pattern on information display
None EATC*4
Audio control display
Air conditioning control display
*
*
09-020-27

System operation
SIRIUS satellite radio system
Bluetooth system
Diagnostic result
E
0
A
B
C
09-02009-020- 09-020- 09-020- 09-02031 0
32 E
28A
29 B
30C
Item
Possible cause and inspection item
Reference page
*1
*2
*3
*4
System operation pattern

*
*
*
F
09-02033 F
G
09-02034G
: The OTC is displayed on M-MOS.

: The OTC is displayed on the information display.
: If "None ACU" is displayed on the multi information display/information display, no OTC is displayed.
: If "None EATC" is displayed on the multi information display/information display, no OTC is displayed.
A
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between multi information display/information display and connector C-11
Multi information display/information display malfunction
WITH Bluetooth SYSTEM
(HFrrEL SYSTEM)
WITH FULL-AUTO AIR
--_._ .. _--_.
Bluetooth UNIT
,CONDITIONER
.... --- ..... __ ...
CLIMATE
AUDIO UNIT
CONTROL
UNIT
- - - : DASHBOARD HARNESS
- - - - : DASHBOARD HARNESS No.2
1
MULTI
INFORMATION
DISPLAY/
INFORMATION
DISPLAY(S)
CONNECTOR
C-11
SIRIUS SATELLITE
RADIO UNIT
WITH SIRIUS
SATELLITE RADIO
SYSTEM
am3uuw0000516
Inspection item
Multi information display/information display connector
Connector C-11
Connector C-49
Wiring harness between multi information display/information display terminal1V and connector C-11
Wiring harness between multi information display/information display terminal1X and connector C-11
Multi information display/information display
09-020-28

B
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between Bluetooth unit and connector C-49
Bluetooth unit malfunction
(HF.0:.E_L_~'(,S.r!=~l _ _
...----------,
WITH FULL-AUTO AIR
AUDIO UNIT
____ ___
CLIMATE
f9..N..oJ"!:19tJI=~
CONTROL
UNIT
CONNECTOR
C-11
MULTI
INFORMATION
DISPLAY/
INFORMATION
DISPLAY
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
SIRIUS SATELLITE
RADIO UNIT
WITH SIRIUS
SATELLITE RADIO
SYSTEM
am3uuw0000516
Inspection item
Bluetooth unit connector
Connector C-49
Wiring harness between Bluetooth unit terminal Y and connector C-49
Wiring harness between Bluetooth unit terminal Z and connector C-49
Bluetooth unit
09-020-29

C
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between SIRIUS satellite radio unit and connector C-49
SIRIUS satellite radio unit malfunction
(HFIJi=kY>r~~t
Bluetooth UNIT
WITH FULL-AUTO AIR

CONDITIONER
,--_
..... _---_ ....
AUDIO UNIT
CLIMATE
CONTROL
UNIT
1 ____ __
CONNECTOR
C-11
MULTI
INFORMATION
DISPLAY/
INFORMATION
DISPLAY
SIRIUS SATELLITE
RADIO UNIT
(S)
WITH SIRIUS
SATELLITE RADIO
SYSTEM
am3uuw0000517
Inspection item
SIRIUS satellite radio unit connector
Connector C-49
Wiring harness between SIRIUS satellite radio unit terminal L and connector C-49
Wiring harness between SIRIUS satellite radio unit terminal K and connector C-49
SIRIUS satellite radio unit
09-020-30

D
Possible cause
(~~cr~~ ~:r~!~~t
WITH FULL-AUTO AIR

CONDITIONER
__ _
r-------..
Bluetooth UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
CLIMATE
CONTROL
UNIT
CONNECTOR
MULTI
INFORMATION
DISPLAY/
INFORMATION
DISPLAY
C-11
SIRIUS SATELLITE
RADIO UNIT
WITH SIRIUS
SATELLITE RADIO
SYSTEM
am3uuw0000517
Inspection item
Connector C-49
Connector C-46
09-020-31

E
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between audio unit and connector C-46
Audio unit malfunction
WITH FULL-AUTO AIR
(HF~~ ~~~!~~)...
AUDIO UNIT
Bluetooth UNIT
CONDITIONER
,-------_
.. _-_._ ..
- - - - - - : DASHBOARD HARNESS
1. ____ -
___ 1
CONNECTOR
MULTI
INFORMATION
DISPLAY/
INFORMATION
DISPLAY
C-11
SIRIUS SATELLITE
RADIO UNIT
=........
=........
~ .r..............
=-=.............
=-=...........J.
WITH SIRIUS
SATELLITE RADIO
SYSTEM
am3uuw0000517
Inspection item
Audio unit connector
Connector C-46
Wiring harness between audio unit terminal 10 and connector C-46
Wiring harness between audio unit terminal 1Q and connector C-46
Audio unit
09-020-32

F
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between climate control unit and connector C-46
WITH FULL-AUTO AIR
CONDITIONER
....
-_.----_ .. -_
(HIYI~~ ~'!:~l~~~) ..
Bluetooth UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
CONNECTOR
MULTI
INFORMATION
DISPLAY/
INFORMATION
DISPLAY
C-11
SIRIUS SATELLITE
RADIO UNIT
WITH SIRIUS
SATELLITE RADIO
SYSTEM
am3uuw0000517
Inspection item
Climate control unit connector
Connector C-46
Wiring harness between climate control unit terminal 2E and connector C-46
Wiring harness between climate control unit terminal 2G and connector C-46
09-020-33

G
Possible cause
Open circuit in wiring harness between instrument cluster and connector C-46

WITH FULL-AUTO AIR
(H~cr~~ ~Y~!~~L _
Bluetooth UNIT
CONDITIONER
r----.-----.
AUDIO UNIT
CLIMATE
CONTROL
UNIT
CONNECTOR
MULTI
INFORMATION
DISPLAY/
INFORMATION
DISPLAY
C-11
2C INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
(S)
SIRIUS SATELLITE
RADIO UNIT
WITH SIRIUS
SATELLITE RADIO
SYSTEM
am3uuw0000517
Inspection item
Instrument cluster connector
Connector C-46
Wiring harness between instrument cluster terminal 2C and connector C-46
Wiring harness between instrument cluster terminal 2E and connector C-46
Instrument cluster
M-MDS AND VEHICLE NOT COMMUNICATING [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
id0902e6037400
Caution
Perform the following on-board diagnosis according to 09-02D-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION SYSTEM] troubleshooting procedure.
Detection Condition
Possible causes of communication errors between the M-MDS and vehicle include communication circuit
interruption due to an open circuit in the CAN communication wiring harness, or poor contact of connector
terminals, or a BUS OFF condition due to a short circuit in the CAN communication wiring harness.
Possible Causes
Open circuit in wiring harness between PCM and DLC-2
Improper insertion, connector terminal damage, deformation, corrosion, or disconnection of PCM, BCM,
connector C-02, connector C-41 , connector C-50, connector C-49, or connector C-42
Short circuit in wiring harness between CAN system-related module CAN_L and CAN_H lines
Short circuit to power supply in wiring harness between CAN system-related module
Short circuit to ground in wiring harness between CAN system-related module
Short circuit to power supply in CAN system-related module internal CAN lines
Short circuit to ground in CAN system-related module internal CAN lines
Damage, deformation, corrosion, or disconnection of DLC-2
09-020-34
PCM power supply is not normal

PCM ground is not normal
PCM internal resistance is not normal
CAN system-related module malfunction
Wiring Diagram
PCM
ATX
1-----------.,
=:
IB+H r.._..'
A
I,
I\.
I~
TCM
___________ !
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
r-----------'r--------,
II
II
DSC
HUlCM
I
::
II
II
ABS
HU/CM
___________ 2: ________ J
II
SCM

START SYSTEM
IBR!CH~
C
---
~-------------------
I
I
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
:
I
I
__
SASCONTROL
MODULE
1 ______ - - - - - - - - - - - - - -

LIGHTING SYSTEM)
r- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - I
---
~...I:
'--_ _D_L_C-_2_ _ _
i ---
-I
I
AFSCONTROL
MODULE
I
I _ _ _ _ _ _ ----------~
'-_"",!",,""_....I
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER

_ _ _ _ : DASHSOARD HARNESS
am3uuw0000573
09-020-35

Caution
When disconnecting the connector, verify that there is no looseness, damage, deformation,
corrosion, or poor connection of the connector terminals.
Step
1
Inspection
VERIFICATION BEFORE SERVICING
Is there communication between the M-MDS
and vehicle?
VERIFY THAT M-MDS AND DLC-2 ARE

CONNECTED
Verify the connection condition between the
M-MDS and DLC-2.
Are the connector terminals normal without
damage, deformation, corrosion, or
disconnection?
VERIFY PCM POWER SUPPLY CONDITION
Refer to the PCM terminal voltage table and
inspect the terminal voltage and fuse
condition.
TC].)
Is the power supply condition normal?
VERIFY PCM BODY GROUND CONDITION
Inspect the PCM body ground wiring harness
and ground point.
Are the ground and ground point normal?
INSPECT PCM CONNECTOR TERMINAL
Are the PCM connector terminal normal
without damage, deformation, corrosion, or
disconnection?
INSPECT PCM
following PCM connector terminals:
- Between terminal 1AM and terminal 1AI
(part side)
Is the resistance 118-130 ohms?
VERIFY THAT THERE IS NO OPEN CIRCUIT
IN CAN COMMUNICATION WIRING HARNESS
Caution
When inspecting the DLC-2, touch it
with a paper clip or similar thin pin
without directly inserting a tester into
the terminals.
Verify the continuity between the following

terminals:
- Between DLC-2 terminal F and PCM
terminal 1AM
- Between DLC-2 terminal E and PCM
terminal 1AI
09-020-36
Yes
No
Action
Go back to FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM.
Yes
No

Correct the connection condition, then go to Step 13.
Yes
No

Repair or replace the fuse or wiring harness, then go to Step
13.
Yes
No

Repair or replace the wiring harness, then go to Step 13.
Yes
No

Repair the connector terminal if necessary, then go to Step
13.
Yes

TC].)
No
Yes
No

There is an open circuit in the CAN communication wiring
harness. Repair or replace it, then go to Step 13.

Step
Inspection
INSPECT CAN COMMUNICATION WIRING
HARNESS IN BCM FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
terminals:
- Between BCM terminal 1A and BCM
terminal2A
- Between BCM terminal 1Band BCM
terminal2B
VERIFY THAT THERE IS NO SHORT CIRCUIT
IN CAN COMMUNICATION WIRING HARNESS
Caution
the terminals.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Replace the BCM which has an open circuit in the CAN
communication wiring harness in the BCM, then go to Step
13.
There is an open circuit in the CAN communication wiring

harness. Repair or replace it, then go to Step 13.
10
11

terminals.
- Between DLC-2 terminal F and DLC-2
terminal E
Is the resistance 60 ohms or less?
VERIFY NO SHORT CIRCUIT TO GROUND IN
CAN COMMUNICATION WIRING HARNESS
Caution
the terminals.
terminals:
- Between DLC-2 terminal F and ground
- Between DLC-2 terminal E and ground
- Between PCM terminal 1AM and ground
- Between PCM terminal 1AI and ground
VERIFY NO SHORT CIRCUIT TO POWER
SUPPLY SYSTEM IN CAN COMMUNICATION
WIRING HARNESS
Caution
the terminals.
Yes
No
There is a short circuit to ground in the CAN communication

wiring harness. Repair or replace it, then go to Step 13.
Yes
No
There is a short circuit to the power supply system in the

CAN communication wiring harness. Repair or replace it,
then go to Step 13.

terminals:
- Between DLC-2 terminal F and DLC-2
terminal A
- Between DLC-2 terminal E and DLC-2
terminal A
- Between PCM terminal 1AM and PCM
terminal 1C (LF, L5)
- Between PCM terminal 1AI and PCM
terminal 1C (LF, L5)
- Between PCM terminal 1AM and PCM
terminal 1BA (L3 WITH TC)
- Between PCM terminal 1AI and PCM
terminal 1BA (L3 WITH TC)
09-020-37

Step
12
13
14
Inspection
INSPECT CAN-RELATED MODULES OTHER
THAN PCM
Remove only one of the CAN-related
modules other than those related to the
PCM.
Does the M-MDS recognize the vehicle?
PERFORM VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION
PERFORM VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION

Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Replace the removed module.
Inspect all of the CAN-related modules other than those
related to the PCM using the same procedure.
After inspecting all of the modules, go to the next step.

TC].)
Replace the BCM.
DTC U0001 :88, U0073, U0073:00 [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
id0902e6847500
UOO01:88 Module communication error

U0073
U0073:00 CAN system communication error
Warning
Perform the following on-board diagnosis according to 09-02D-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
DETECTION
CONDITION
CAN system-related harness malfunction
Open or short circuit in wiring harness
Malfunction of connectors between PCM, TCM, EHPAS control module, ABS HU/CM, DSC HU/CM,
BCM, SAS control module, keyless control module, AFS control module and instrument cluster
PCM malfunction
TCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
ABS HU/CM malfunction
CAUSE
BCM malfunction
DTC
09-020-38

DTC
U0001 :88 Module communication error

U0073
U0073:00 CAN system communication error
PCM
----------1
I
TCM
CONNECTOR
'------'I
,---------ATX
C-02,......."""----.I.I......a
WITH DSC
WITH ABS
~---------i~--------i
I
I
DSC
HU/CM
II
I I
II
II
)-'-_-+.
II
CONNECTOR
)::S===J::J:====-I
I I
:1
1 ______ - - - - 1 ________ _
C-41
BCM

START SYSTEM
j-----------------I
SAS CONTROL
MODULE
)..l.:----a:---Ih
KEYLESS CONTROL
MODULE
CONNECTOR
COSO

L~G_HII~9 .?y~T_E!::'1L ____ _
I
I
~-----------------.
I
I
AFS CONTROL
MODULE
CONNECTOR
C-49
CONNECTOR
DLC-2
C-42
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
09-020-39

Caution
corrosion, or poor 'connection of the connector terminals.
Step
1
Inspection
Are any DTCs, except the following,
displayed?
- UOO01:88
-U0073
-U0073:00
INSPECTION OF CONTROL MODULE
CONNECTOR OUTPUTTING DTCs
Inspect the terminal condition of the control
module connector outputting DTCs and the
mid-connector.
disconnection?
INSPECTION OF POWER SUPPLY OF
CONTROL MODULE OUTPUTTING DTCs
Refer to the terminal voltage table of the
control module outputting DTCs or use the
PIO/data monitoring function to inspect the
terminal voltage and fuse condition.
Is the power supply voltage normal?
INSPECTION OF BODY GROUND CONDITION
OF CONTROL MODULE OUTPUTTING DTCs
Inspect the body ground wires and ground
point of the control module outputting DTCs.
CAN SYSTEM RELATED WIRING HARNESS
INSPECTION
CAN system related wiring harness
inspection:
- Short to ground
- Short between twisted pair wiring harness
- Open circuit
INSPECT PCM
following PCM connector terminals:
- Between terminal 1AM and terminal 1AI
(part side)
following instrument cluster connector
terminals:
- Between terminal 2B and terminal 20
(part side)
CAN RELATED MODULE VERIFICATION
modules.
Inspect the DTCs of all modules using the MMOS.
Are DTCs U0001 :88, U0073, U0073:00
displayed?
09-020-40
No
Action
Determine the open circuit location referring to 09-020-7
DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (HS-CAN)
[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].
Yes
No

Repair or replace the connector, then go to Step 9.
Yes
No

Yes
No

Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Replace the PCM, then go to Step 9.

WITH TC].)

Replace the instrument cluster, then go to Step 9.
INSTALLATION.)
Reinstall the removed module, remove another module

and perform the same inspection. Inspect all of the CANrelated modules using the same procedure. After
inspecting all of the modules, go to the next step.

Step
9
Inspection
AFTER REPAIR VERIFICATION
Connect all of the modules.
Clear OTCs using the M-MOS.
Inspect the OTCs using the M-MOS.
Are OTCs displayed?
Yes
No
Action
Perform the CAN system on-board diagnosis again
according to the troubleshooting procedure
DTC U0010:88, U0498:68, U2516 [MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM]
id0902e6840900
U0010:88
(16:Er12) CAN system communication error
DTC
U0498:68
(26:Er81) CAN system communication error
U2516
DETECTION
CONDITION

Warning
Perform the following on-board diagnosis according to 09-020-1 FOREWORD [MULTIPLEX
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
CAN system-related harness malfunction

Open or short circuit in wiring harness
Malfunction of connectors between instrument cluster, climate control unit, audio unit, Bluetooth unit,
SIRIUS satellite radio unit and multi information display/information display
Multi information display/information display malfunction
(HFffEL SYSTEM)
WITH FULL-AUTO AIR

CONDITIONER
i - - - - - - - - - - - - -.
Bluetooth UNIT
r------.-----.-.
AUDIO UNIT
CONNECTOR
C-11
MULTI
INFORMATION
DISPLAY/
INFORMATION
DISPLAY
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
CONNECTOR
C-49
SIRIUS SATELLITE
RADIO UNIT
DLC-2
,.... -_ ..... _----

WITH SIRIUS
SATELLITE RADIO
SYSTEM
09-020-41

Caution
corrosion, or poor connection of the connector terminals.
Step
1
Inspection
Are any DTCs, except the following,
displayed?
- U0010:88
- U0498:68
- U2516
INSPECTION OF CONTROL MODULE
CONNECTOR OUTPUTTING DTCs
Inspect the terminal condition of the control
module connector outputting DTCs and the
mid-connector.
disconnection?
INSPECTION OF POWER SUPPLY OF
CONTROL MODULE OUTPUTTING DTCs
Refer to the terminal voltage table of the
control module outputting DTCs to inspect
the terminal voltage and fuse condition.
Is the power supply voltage normal?
INSPECTION OF BODY GROUND CONDITION
OF CONTROL MODULE OUTPUTTING DTCs
Inspect the body ground wires and ground
point of the control module outputting DTCs.
CAN SYSTEM RELATED WIRING HARNESS
INSPECTION
CAN system related wiring harness
inspection:
- Short to ground
- Short between twisted pair wiring harness
- Open circuit
following instrument cluster connector
terminals:
- Between terminal 2C and terminal 2E
(part side)
INSPECT MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY/
INFORMATION DISPLAY
Disconnect the multi information display/
information display connector.
following multi information display/
information display connector terminals:
- Between terminal 1V and terminal 1X
(part side)
CAN RELATED MODULE VERIFICATION
modules.
Clear DTCs.
Inspect the DTCs of all modules.
Are DTCs U0010:88, U0498:68, U2516
displayed?
09-020-42
Action
Yes
Determine the open circuit location referring to 09-020-27

DETERMINING MALFUNCTIONING PART (MS-CAN)
[MULTIPLEX COMMUNICATION SYSTEM].
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Replace the multi information display/information display,
then go to Step 9.
(See 09-22-13 INFORMATION DISPLAY REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Yes
Reinstall the removed module, remove another module

and perform the same inspection. Inspect all of the CANrelated modules using the same procedure. After
inspecting all of the modules, go to the next step.
No
Replace the instrument cluster, then go to Step 9.

INSTALLATION.)

Step
9
Inspection
AFTER REPAIR VERIFICATION
Connect all of the modules.
Clear DTCs.
Inspect the DTCs.
Are DTCs displayed?
Yes
No
Action
Perform the CAN system on-board diagnosis again
according to the troubleshooting procedure
09-020-43
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
09-02E ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [INSTRUMENT

CLUSTER]
DTC U0452:92
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] ........ 09-02E-15
DTC U0483:68
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] ........ 09-02E-16
DTC U0483:92
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] .......... 09-02E-17
DTC U0515:68
DTC U0515:92
DTC U2005:86
[INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] ......... 09-02E-20
DTC U3000:41
DTC U3003:16
INSPECTION
TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER] .... 09-02E-24
09-02E-1

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8960000
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ILLUMIN~ION
TACHO SPEEDO
M~ER~TER
JID
JID ~
TO CAN SYSTEMRELATED MODULE

(MS-CAN)
v--,

(HS-CAN)
--
vEHICLE SPEED
S IGNAL OUTPUT
ICLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT
-@--
(t:-
Jr
1~V
REGULATOR
+ ~
'2L
LIGHT
PANEL
LIGHT
CONTROL
'-/
IILLUMINATION
ODOMETER!
TRIPMETER,
FUEL GAUGE,
BOOST
GAUGE
~ MICROLIGHT
CONTROL
SWITCH
r"'.
B+
COMPUTER
<;;.;;/
LA
J.
'2F
lOlL PRESSURE
SWITCH
r5.l
FUE LGAUGE I
SEN DER UNIT
<;;.;;/
r"'.
e;::I
DIMMER
CANCEL
SWITCH
..........,
-'--
~
~
m-
1~1
fs'
---- -----------------------
t:R'
X
g
L-!.!.!.J
,.;- @
~ FUEL-LEVEL
,-
WARNIN~IGHT
--
~ HIGH-BEAM
M
INDICAT~ LIGHT
COIL
ANTENNA
------------------~
WITHOUT ADVANCED
KEYLESS ENTRY AND
PUSH BUTTON START
SYSTEM
~ GENERATOR
M
J
I WASHER FLUID- I
LEVEL SENSOR I
WARNIN~IGHT
WASHER FLUID-LEVEL
WARNING LIGHT
J
J
'0'
DOORAJAR
WARNIN~IGHT
WARNIN~IGHT
J
-- -
SEATBELT
TIRE PREsURE
WARNIN~LlGHT
........ -
J------.-~
ATX
AT WARNING LIGHT
""""
~... --------- . ~ ........

TNS INDICATOR LIGHT
M
Ii:l\
'0'
HIGH ENGINE COOLANT

TEMPERATURE
M WARNING ~GHT
a
@: TO MICROCOMPUTER
'--
c
--'am3uun0000112
09-02E-2
WITH ADVANCED
KEYLESS ENTRY AND
PUSH BUnON START
SYSTEM
OIL PRESSURE
WARNING LIGHT
DSC INDICATOR
LIGHT
WITH DSC
DSC OFF LIGHT

WITHOUT ADVANCED
KEYLESS ENTRY AND
PUSH BUnON START
SYSTEM
------------------._WITH AFS
WITH ADVANCED
KEYLESS ENTRY AND
PUSH BUTTON START
SYSTEM
p
R
SELECTOR t---N-tt<ltwI-....
INDICATOR
M
DRIVE
CIRCUIT
0
ATX
DANDGEAR
POSITION
~~ ~_~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~-~J
WITH ADVANCED
KEYLESS ENTRY AND
PUSH BUTTON START:
SYSTEM
,:
,,,
WITH CRUISE:
CONTROL
'
@: TO MICROCOMPUTER
M STEERING LOCK FAIL
WARNING LIGHT
== =
CRUISE MAIN
INDICATOR LIGHT
.,
:
:
~--------~~~,
CRUISE SET
INDICATOR LIGHT
'
----------------------------
am3uun0000128
09-02E-3

DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8960300

3. Select "IC".
2. Select "IC".
am3uuw0000265
screen.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the instrument cluster. (See 09-02E-4 CLEARING DTC
CLEARING DTC [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8960400

3. Select "IC".
2. Select "IC".
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02E-4 DTC INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
09-02E-4
am3uuw0000265

OTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8960500
DTe No.
Description
B1005:13*1
B1007:05*1
Key 10 number error
B1007:5(1
Unprogrammed key 10 number
B1007:8(1
B10D7:94*1
Key 10 number error
B10D8:00*1
B10D9:87*1
B10DA:51*1
B100A:62*1
B1A84:41
Configuration error
B1A84:51
Configuration error
C0077:00*2
Low tire pressure
Reference
(See 09-02C-9 SECURITY LIGHT: 12, OTC:
B1005:13/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(See 09-02C-16 SECU RITY LIGHT: 15, OTC:
(See 09-02C-12 SECU RITY LIGHT: 13, DTC:
B10DA:51/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
B10DA:62/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
(See 09-02E-7 DTC B1A84:41/U0300:00
(See 09-02E-8 DTC B1A84:51/U2100:00
(See 02-02-6 DTC COO77:00.)
C2011 :49*2 Wheel unit No.1 internal malfunction

C2012:49*2 Wheel unit No.2 internal malfunction
(See 02-02-7 DTC C2011 :49/C2012:491

C2013:49/C2014:49.)

C2011 :87*2 Wheel unit No.1 (No response)
C2012:87*2 Wheel unit No.2 (No response)
C2013:87*2
(See 02-02-8 DTC C2011 :87/C2012:87I

C2013:87IC2014:87.)
C2014:87*2 Wheel unit No.4 (No response)

UOOO1:88
U0010:88
U0100:00
Module communication error (HS-CAN)

Module communication error (MS-CAN)
U0100:87*1
U0101 :00*3
U0121:00
U0127:00*2

U0100:87/P1260:00 [IMMOBILIZER SYSTEM
Communication error with ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM

(See 02-02-9 DTC U0127:00.)
09-02E-5

DTC No.
U0131:00
U0140:00
Description
Communication error with EHPAS control module
U0151:00
U0156:00
Communication error with SAS control module

Communication error with multi information display
U0164:00*4 Communication error with climate control unit

U0182:00*5
Communication error with AFS control module
U0214:00*6
Communication error with keyless control module
U0300:00
Configuration error
U0401:68
U0401:92
Erratic signal 'from PCM
U0402:68*3
Erratic signal from TCM
U0402:92*3
U0415:68
Erratic signal from ASS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM
U0415:92
Erratic signal from ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM
U0452:92
Erratic signal from SAS control module
U0483:68*5
Erratic signal from AFS control module
U0483:92*5
U0515:68*6
Erratic signal from keyless control module
U0515:92*6
U2005:86
U2100:00
Configuration error
U3000:41
U3000:42*2
U3003:16
*1
Reference

(See 09-02E-7 DTC B1A84:41/U0300:00

(See 09-02E-9 DTC U0401 :68 [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02E-10 DTC U0401 :92 [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02E-11 DTC U0402:68 [INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER].)
CLUSTER].)
CLUSTER].)
CLUSTER].)
CLUSTER].)
CLUSTER].)
CLUSTER].)
CLUSTER].)
CLUSTER].)
CLUSTER].)
(See 09-02E-8 DTC B1A84:51/U2100:00
CLUSTER].)
(See 02-02-15 DTC U3000:42.)
Power supply circuit malfunction

CLUSTER].)
Vehicles with immobilizer system
*2
*3 : Vehicles with tire pressure monitoring system
:ATX
Full-auto air conditioner
Vehicles with headlight auto leveling system
*4
:
*5
*6 :
09-02E-6

DTC B1A84:41/U0300:00 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id0902e8999900
Configuration error
Instrument cluster detects the configuration error when the ignition is ON.
Configuration was not done correctly

STEP
1
INSPECTION
PERFORM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
CONFIGURATION
Perform the "INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
CONFIGURATION" using the M-MOS.
CONFIGURATION.)
Clear the OTC from the instrument cluster
using the M-MOS.
(See 09-02E-4 CLEARING OTC
Perform the "OTC INSPECTION".
(See 09-02E-4 OTC INSPECTION
using the M-MOS.
PRESENT
Yes
ACTION
Perform the "INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION"
again, then go to the next step.
CONFIGURATION.)
No
Go to Step 3.
Yes

INSTALLATION)
No
Yes
Go to the applicable OTC inspection.

(See 09-02E-5 OTC TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER].)
No
09-02E-7

DTC 81A84:51/U2100:00 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id0902e8999800
Configuration error
Instrument cluster detects the erratic configuration data.

Instrument cluster configuration not implemented
STEP
1
INSPECTION
PERFORM INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
CONFIGURATION
Perform the "INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
CONFIGURATION" using the M-MOS.
CONFIGURATION.)
using the M-MOS.
using the M-MOS.
PRESENT
09-02E-8
Yes
ACTION
Perform the "INSTRUMENT CLUSTER CONFIGURATION"
again, then go to the next step.
CONFIGURATION.)
No
Go to Step 3.
Yes

INSTALLATION)
No
Yes

No

DTC U0401 :68 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id0902e8988800
Instrument cluster receives the erratic data from PCM when the ignition is ON.
PCM DTC is stored
PCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM PCM DTC
Perform the DTC Reading Procedure to
confirm the PCM DTC.
TEST [LF, L5].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02E-4 CLEARING DTC
more.
Drive the vehicle at speed of 30 km/h {19
mph} or more.
Turn the boost gauge display on. (L3 WITH
TC)
(See SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS, BOOST
GAUGE CONTROL CONSTRUCTIONI
OPERATION.)
Perform the "DTC INSPECTION" to confirm
the instrument cluster DTC.
using the M-MDS.
more.
mph} or more.
Turn the boost gauge display on. (L3 WITH
TC)
(See SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS, BOOST
GAUGE CONTROL CONSTRUCTIONI
OPERATION.)
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

TC].)
Go to Step 4.
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No
09-02E-9

DTC U0401 :92 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8988700
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Illumination command signal from PCM continues for 20 s or more.

PCM DTC is stored
PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
CONFIRM PCM DTC
TEST [LF, L5].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
2
using the M-MDS.
more.
mph} or more with 500 rpm or more.
3
using the M-MDS.
more.
4
PRESENT
09-02E-10
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

TC].)
Go to Step 4.

INSTALLATION.)


DTC U0402:68 [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8988900
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Instrument cluster receives the erratic data from TCM when the ignition is ON.
TCM DTC is stored

TCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM TCM DTC
Perform the Reading DTCs Procedure to
confirm the TCM DTC.
using the M-MDS.
more.
mph} or more.
using the M-MDS.
more.
mph} or more.
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes

TABLE [FS5A-EL].)
No
Yes

(See 05-17-39 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FS5A-EL].)
No
Go to Step 4.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No
09-02E-11

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id0902e8988600
Illumination command signal from TCM continues for 20 s or more.
TCM DTC is stored

TCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
CONFIRM TCM DTC
confirm the TCM DTC.
2
using the M-MDS.
more.
3
using the M-MDS.
more.
4
PRESENT
09-02E-12
ACTION
Yes

TABLE [FSSA-EL].)
No
Yes

(See OS-17-39 TCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [FSSA-EL].)
No
Go to Step 4.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No

id0902e8989000
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE

Instrument cluster receives the erratic data from ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM when the ignition is
ON.
STEP
INSPECTION
1
confirm the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM
DTC.
[ABS].)
2
using the M-MDS.
more.
mph} or more.
3
using the M-MDS.
more.
mph} or more.
4
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No


next step.
Go to Step 4.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No
09-02E-13

id0902e8988400
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE

Illumination command signal from ABSfTCS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM continues for 20 s or more.
STEP
1
INSPECTION
confirm the ABS HU/CM or DSC HU/CM
DTC.
[ABS].)
using the M-MDS.
more.
using the M-MDS.
more.
PRESENT
09-02E-14
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

next step.
Go to Step 4.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id0902e8988200
Erratic signal from SAS control module
Illumination command signal from SAS control module continues for 20 s or more.
SAS control module OTC is stored

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM SAS CONTROL MODULE DTC
Perform the "OTC INSPECTION" to confirm
the SAS control module.
Clear the OTe from the instrument cluster
using the M-MOS.
more.
Orive the vehicle at speed of 30 km/h {19
the instrument cluster OTC.
using the M-MOS.
more.
Orive the vehicle at speed of 30 km/h {19
the instrument cluster OTC.
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes

(See 08-02-7 OTC TABLE.)
No
Yes
Replace the SAS control module, then go to the next step.

INSTALLATION.)
Go to Step 4.
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No
09-02E-1S

id0902e8989100
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Instrument cluster receives the erratic data from AFS control module when the ignition is ON.
AFS DTC is stored

STEP
INSPECTION
1
CONFIRM AFS DTC
the AFS DTC.
(See 09-021-2 DTC INSPECTION [AFS
(ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)].)
2
using the M-MDS.
more.
mph} or more.
3
using the M-MDS.
more.
mph} or more.
4
PRESENT
09-02E-16
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

(See 09-021-3 DTC TABLE [AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT
LIGHTING SYSTEM)].)
Replace the AFS control module, then go to the next step.

(See 09-18-18 AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
SYSTEM) CONTROL MODULE REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Go to Step 4.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id0902e8989200
Illumination command signal from AFS control module continues for 20 s or more.
AFS DTC is stored

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM AFS DTC
the AFS DTC.
using the M-MDS.
more.
using the M-MDS.
more.
PRESENT
Yes
No
ACTION
LIGHTING SYSTEM)].)
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Go to Step 4.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No
09-02E-17

DESCRIPTION
id0902e8988000
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Instrument cluster receives the erratic data from keyless control module when the ignition is ON.
Advanced keyless entry and push button start system DTC is stored
STEP
1
INSPECTION
the advanced keyless entry and push button
start system DTC.
using the M-MDS.
more.
mph} or more.
using the M-MDS.
more.
mph} or more.
PRESENT
09-02E-18
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

step.
INSTALLATION.)
Go to Step 4.
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No

id0902e8989300
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Illumination command signal from keyless control module continues for 20 s or more.
Advanced keyless entry and push button start system DTC is stored
STEP
1
INSPECTION
the advanced keyless entry and push button
start system DTC.
using the M-MDS.
more.
using the M-MDS.
more.
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes

step.
INSTALLATION.)
No
Go to Step 4.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No
09-02E-19

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id0902e8509800
Instrument cluster receives the erratic vehicle speed data from PCM when the ignition is ON.
PCM DTC is stored

PCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
CONFIRM PCM DTC
TEST [LF, LS].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
2
CONARMINSTRUMENTCLUSTERDTC
using the M-MDS.
more.
mph} or more.
3
using the M-MDS.
more.
mph} or more.
4
PRESENT
09-02E-20
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

TC].)
Go to Step 4.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

INSTALLATION.)


id0902e8999500
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Instrument cluster detects the internal malfunction.

STEP
1
INSPECTION
using the M-MDS.
Perform the "DTC INSPECTION".
PRESENT
Yes
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No

id0902e8999400
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION

Instrument cluster power supply circuit voltage is lower than 10 V when the ignition is ON.
PCM DTC is stored
Battery malfunction
Open circuit or short to ground in instrument cluster power supply circuit
- Short to ground in the wiring harness between battery positive terminal and instrument cluster
terminal2U
- Open circuit in the wiring harness between battery positive terminal and instrument cluster
terminal2U
POSSIBLE CAUSE
BATTERY
LGLf@
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
ROOM15A
L...-----f----c~)v 'O~-.-f------ffi.~~
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
2wI2U 2S 2al20 2MI2K 21 12G 2EI2CI2A

2X 12V 2T 2R 12P 2N 1 2L 2J 12H 2F 120 12B
09-02E-21

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM PCM DTC
TEST [LF, LS].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT BATTERY
LS].)
WITH TC].)
INSPECT GENERATOR
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
Inspect the connector for poor connection
(such as damaged/pulled-out pins, and
corrosion).
'INSPECT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR
Instrument cluster connector is
disconnected.
-Instrument cluster terminal2U
Is the voltage B+?

Make sure reconnect the disconnected
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
RECORDED
09-02E-22
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

LS].)
WITH TC].)
No
Yes

[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes
No
Inspect the ROOM 1S A fuse.

to ground.
Replace the fuse.
Replace the fuse.
circuit.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No

PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8960600

3. Select "IC".
2. Select "IC".
the screen.
am3uuw0000265
Note
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
PID Name
ECT_GAUGE
FUEL_GAUGE
FUEL_INPT
NUMKEYS*1
OOOMETER
SPOMTR
TACHOMTR
TOTAL_OIST
id0902e8960700
Description
Unit/Status
Terminal
Indicates the engine coolant temperature.

Indicates the fuel gauge.
Indicates the resistance value of fuel
gauge sender unit.
Indicates the number of key 10 registered
in the instrument cluster.
Indicates the odometer data.
Indicates the vehicle speed.
Indicates the tachometer data.
Indicates the total distance.
C
L
2R,2T
ohm
2R,2T
VPWR
Indicate the battery voltage.
VSS*2
Indicate the VSS data.
0-8
km
KPH
RPM
km
V
KPH
2U
-
WU1_10*2
WU2_10*2
WU3_10*2
Indicates the registered 10 that is

transmitted from the wheel unit.
Indicates the tire pressure.
Pa
Indicates the internal tire air temperature.
Normal/Error
WU4_10*2
WU1_p*2
WU2_p*2
WU3_p*2
WU4_p*2
WU1_T*2
WU2_T*2
WU3_T*2
WU4_T*2
-
WU1_VPWR*2
WU2_VPWR*2
WU3_VPWR*2
Supply voltage
WU4_VPWR*2
09-02E-23

PID Name
Description
Unit/Status
Terminal
WU1 - ERR_T*2
WU2_ERR_T*2
WU3_ERR_T*2
Tire temperature
Normal/Error
Tire pressure
Normal/Error
WU4_ERR_T*2
WU1_ERR_P*2
WU2_ERR_P*2
WU3_ERR_P*2
WU4_ERR_P*2
*1
*2 : Vehicles with keyless entry system
: Vehicles with tire pressure monitoring system
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES INSPECTION [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
id0902e8960800

3. Select "IC".
2. Select "IC".
am3uuw0000266
table.
parts.
ACTIVE COMMAND MODES TABLE [INSTRUMENT CLUSTER]
Command Name
ALARM
LCD_SEG
SPDMTR
TACHOMTR
WL+IL
09-02E-24
Operation Condition
On: Warning alarm sounds.
On: LCD segment displayed.
60 Km/h: Speedometer gauge needle
moves to approx. 60 km/h.
120 Km/h: Speedometer gauge
needle moves to approx. 120 km/h.
Off: Speedometer gauge needle
moves to 0 km/h.
3000 RPM: Tachometer gauge
needle moves to approx. 3,000 rpm.
6000 RPM: Tachometer gauge
needle moves to approx. 6,000 rpm.
Off: Tachometer gauge needle moves
to 0 rpm.
On: Warning/indicator lights illuminate.
Output Part Name

Warning alarm
LCD segment
Speed meter
Tachometer
Warning light, indicator light
id0902e8960900
Unit/Operation
On/Off
Off/On
Off/60 Km/h/
120 Km/h
Off/3000 RPM/
6000 RPM
Off/On
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [BCM]
09-02F ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [BCM]

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
WIRING DIAGRAM [BCM] .........
DTC INSPECTION [BCM] ............
CLEARING DTC [BCM] ............
DTC TABLE [BCM] ................
DTC B1C45:12 [BCM] ..............
DTC B1D35:11 [BCM] ..............
DTC B1D36:11 [BCM] ..............
DTC B10DO:11 [BCM] ..............
DTC B1007:11 [BCM] ..............
DTC B1008:11 [BCM] ............
Vehicles Without Auto
Wiper System ..................
Vehicles With Auto Wiper System ....
DTC B1013:11 [BCM] ............
DTC B1046:11 [BCM] ............
DTC B1048:13 [BCM] ...............
DTC B1051:11 [BCM] ..............
DTC B1052:11 [BCM] .............
DTC B1079:13 [BCM] ...............
DTC B108F:16 [BCM] .............
DTC B109E:83 [BCM] ...............
DTC B109E:87 [BCM] ..............
Start System ................
Vehicles With Advanced Keyless
Entry And Push Button
Start System ...................
DTC B11CO:13 [BCM] ..............
DTC B11C1 :13 [BCM] ..............
DTC B11DA:16 [BCM] ..............
09-02F-2
09-02F-7
09-02F-7
09-02F-8
09-02F-10
09-02F-11
09-02F-13
09-02F-14
09-02F-16
09-02F-17
09-02F-17
09-02F-19
09-02F-21
09-02F-23
09-02F-24
09-02F-26
09-02F-27
09-02F-29
09-02F-31
09-02F-32
09-02F-33
09-02F-33
09-02F-35
09-02F-37
09-02F-39
09-02F-41
DTC B11DC:11 [BCM] ............... 09-02F-43

DTC B1172:11 [BCM] ................ 09-02F-44
DTC B1172:13 [BCM] .............. 09-02F-46
DTC B1174:11 [BCM] ............... 09-02F-48
DTC B1174:13 [BCM] ............... 09-02F-50
DTC B1175:13 [BCM] ................ 09-02F-54
DTC B1176:13 [BCM] ............... 09-02F-56
DTC B1178:11 [BCM] ................ 09-02F-58
4SD ......................... 09-02F-58
5HB ........................... 09-02F-59
DTC B126A:11 [BCM] .............. 09-02F-61
DTC B126A:13 [BCM] .............. 09-02F-62
DTC C0051 :04 [BCM] ................ 09-02F-64
DTC C0051 :2F/C0052:111
C0052: 13/C0053: 11/C0053: 131
C0054: 11/C0054: 13/C0055: 111
C0055: 13 [BCM] .................. 09-02F-65
DTC C1126:13 [BCM] .............. 09-02F-67
DTC C1137:12 [BCM] ................ 09-02F-69
ATX .......................... 09-02F-69
MTX .......................... 09-02F-71
DTC P0070:14 [BCM] ............... 09-02F-72
DTC P1536:13 [BCM] ............. 09-02F-74
DTC U0300:00 [BCM] .............. 09-02F-76
DTC U0401 :68 [BCM] .............. 09-02F-77
DTC U2100:00 [BCM] ................ 09-02F-78
DTC U3000:04 [BCM] ................ 09-02F-79
DTC U3003:16 [BCM] ............... 09-02F-80
DTC U3003:17 [BCM] ............... 09-02F-82
PID/DATA MONITOR
INSPECTION [BCM] ............... 09-02F-83
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [BCM] .... 09-02F-83
09-02F-1

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [BCM]
id0902f5960000
IG2
-IG1
L~FUSE ~--------------------~
B+
L----f4T
n~
L~
:-AZ~tL~~~~;~~=~~Y$I~M-: CONTROL MODULE 1....-----.
ROOM 15 A
~7
~FUSE
-F-
~---------------.------~3J
~--
F.WIPER .n~
25 A FUSE~~
n~ METER 15A
--[rJ
RWIPER
15 A FUSE
5HB
B+
-r-
.~
,,
~7
T-.-_
IpOWER .........--+-
ISUPPLY
I~
-1-
.......
~~
RAIN
SENSOR
ll--,--hr+-TI-y-Tl----I1 L-r,----I
1_-
_ __________________ _
- - iGNl'rioN - - - - - -:
KEY
:
ILLUMINATION
:
(WITH KEYLESS '
_ _ _E_N_T_R_Y_ ~~~~~~~.:
-U-
<
~~
r.
KEY
! ~~REMINDER
~~1~BUTTON
ILLUMINATION
,
I ~ ~ (WITH ADVANCED:
I ~ ~ KEYLESS ENTRY:
AND PUSH
:
BUTTON START ,
~SWITCH
!t
L-----------In
____~~~l~~L _____ J
:- - ---- - - - - --- - -- - -: WITH FOOT LIGHT
,.
~~
,
:
:
,:
------------------,,
:, {lh-
FOOT LIGHT
~~~POWER WINDOW
f.-
SWITCH ILLUMINATION
LIGHT
,,
;
,t_____________________________________'h~
TRUNK
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT (4SD) /
r~
CARGO
COMPARTMENT
LIGHT (5HB)
TRUNK LID
LATCH (4SD) /
LlFTGATE
LATCH SWITCH
(5HB)
T
B
+
Hf':r---:KI~I---4~+
rtl
l!l
WINDSHIELD
WIPER AND
WASHER
SWITCH
L---
r~ INTERIOR ~~~
tdJ LIGHT
h~ LL
r-
MAP LIGHT
~o
abc
h
am3uun0000148
09-02F-2
B+
LIGHT
SWITCH
BTN2 7.5 A
FUSE
HEADLIGHT
RELAY (LO)
HEADLIGHT
BULB (LO)
HEADLIGHT
BULB (LO)
I
I
I
I
I
1-------------
____________________________________ J
I
I
FRONT
FOG LIGHT
SWITCH
I
I
REAR WIPER
MOTOR
B+
I - -_ _~WINDSHIELD
WIPER
AND WASHER
SWITCH
STOP 15 A
FUSE
H/L HIGH
20A FUSE
TNS RELAY
I
I
I
I
I
I
:_ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
~~~
- I
am3uun0000147
09-02F-3

k
B+
B+
FOG 15A
FUSE
FRONT
FOG
LIGHT
RELAY
HAZARD 15A
FUSE
TNS
LIGHT
HAZARD WARNING
SWITCH
FRONT FOG
LIGHT
TURN SWITCH
.- ......... -.
1
1
HEADLIGHT
RELAY (HI)
:REARTURN
: LIGHT (RH)
SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH)

(OUTER MIRROR TYPE):
1
I
1
1
_1
I .........
B+
BNT2
7.5A
FUSE
i'" ---.
3Lr-------------~'~~:--------~
SIDE TURN LIGHT (RH) 1
(FRONT FENDER PANEL:
TYPE)
:
FRONT TURN
l LIGHT (RH)
177
------
.- ......... -.
DRL
RELAY
1
1
SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH) :

(OUTER MIRROR TYPE)
REAR TURN
LIGHT (LH)
l
1
1
1
I
1
1
1
I ............
1
1
l HEADLIGHT
l BULB (HI)
1
1
3~--------------~~--------~
1
SIDE TURN LIGHT (LH) 1
FRONTTURN
(FRONT FENDER PANEL:
LIGHT (LH)
TYPE)
1
- - - - - - - - - - - - - - _I
1_ ......
l
l
1
1
1
_1
am3uun0000122
09-02F-4
TO CAN SYSTEM
RELATED MODULE
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH (RR)
IG1
IG1
BRAKE FLUID-LEVEL
SENSOR
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH (LR)
PARKING BRAKE
SWITCH
DOOR LATCH SWITCH

(PASSENGER-SIDE)
STEERING
ANGLE
SENSOR
IG2
DOOR LATCH SWITCH

(DRIVER-SI DE)
HEATER 10 A
FUSE
POWER WINDOW
MAIN SWITCH
B+
IG1
METER 15 A FUSE
R.DEF30A
FUSE
BACK-UP LIGHT
SWITCH
REAR
WINDOW
DEFROSTER
RELAY
REAR WINDOW
DEFROSTER
SWITCH
BACK-UP LIGHT
AMBIENT
TEMPERATURE
SENSOR
1_-,
am3uun0000148
09-02F-5
D.LOCK2SA
FUSE
DOOR LOCK SWITCH

(PASSENGER SIDE)
DOOR LOCK SWITCH

(DRIVER SIDE)
DOOR KEY CYLINDER

SWITCH (DRIVER-SIDE)
POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM

DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(DRIVERSIDE)
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(PASSENGERSIDE)
DOOR LOCK LINK

------------------ \NirFfpDWE-R-OOOR-COCKSYSTE-r\if---
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(RR)
WITH THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM
____________ j~~J~ 'p"9YY~J~ R9gB_ ~9.Qt<_ 9.x.~T!=_~ ____
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(LR)
~~~6J~--------+---~----~
r-------------------------------------------I
I
I
I
I
I
LI FTGATE LOCK
ACTUATOR
I
I
:SHB
I
I
I
I
I
1______ - - - - - -
TRUNK LID RELEASE

ACTUATOR
DOOR LOCK
LINK SWITCH
(PASSENGERSIDE)
DOOR LOCK
LINK SWITCH
(LR)
DOOR LOCK
LINK SWITCH
HOOD
(RR)
LATCH
SWITCH
____________________________________ _
B+
: 4SD
: (WITH POWER DOOR
LOCK SYSTEM)
STOP
1SA
FUSE
:___________________________________ _______ J
B+
f- -
HORN RELAY
1- ........................... -.
CLIMATE
CONTROL UNIT

START SYSTEM
WITH THEFTDETERRENT
SYSTEM
I
I
I
HORN
I
__
t-I?
I
HORN SWITCH
B+
-KEY-LESS- CON-~~OL --1--;"":--oI~
: MODULE
:
~------------------------~
....
:\----
WITH KEYLESS ENTRY

SYSTEM
KEYLESS RECEIVER 2:
________________________
TRUNK LID OPENER

(4SD)/LlFTGATE
OPENER (SHB) SWITCH
f ---- --------~~~C~~~ --:
1-------------------------,
~
HORN 15 A FUSE
CONTROL:
MODULE :
~-----------------------~

START SYSTEM
am3uun0000122
09-02F-6

DTC INSPECTION [SCM]
id0902f5960300

2. Verify the following vehicle conditions:
All the switches are turned off (except the
ignition switch).
All the doors, hood, and trunk (4SD)/liftgate
(5HS) are closed.
All the doors, and trunk (4SD)/liftgate (5HS)
are unlocked.
All the seat belts are unbuckled.
Parking brake lever is pulled.
am3uuw0000265
3. Select "GEM".
2. Select "GEM".
4. Verify the DTC according to the directions on the screen.
5. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the SCM. (See 09-02F-7 CLEARING DTC [SCM].)
CLEARING DTC [SCM]
id0902f5960400

3. Select "GEM".
2. Select "GEM".
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02F-7 DTC INSPECTION [SCM].)
am3uuw0000265
09-02F-7

DTC TABLE [BCM]
DTC No.
B1C45:12
B1 D35:11
B1 D36:11
B10DO:11
B1007:11
B1008:11
B1013:1 (9
B1046:11
B1048:13
B1051 :11
B1 052:11 *1
B1079:13*2
B108F:16*3
"dO
I 9 02f5960500
Description
Reference
(See 09-02F-1 0 DTC
Windshield wiper park position switch circuit malfunction
B1C45:12 [BCM].)
(See 09-02F-11 DTC
Hazard warning switch circuit malfunction
B1 D35:11 [BCM].)
(See 09-02F-13 DTC
Turn switch circuit malfunction
B1 D36:11 [BCM].)
(See 09-02F-14 DTC
Trunk lid opener switch (4SD)/liftgate opener switch (5HB) circuit malfunction
B10DO:11 [BCM].)
(See 09-02F-16 DTC
Headlight high circuit malfunction
B1007:11 [BCM].)
(See 09-02F-17 DTC
Windshield wiper mode switch circuit malfunction
B1008:11 [BCM].)
(See 09-02F-21 DTC
Rear window defroster switch circuit malfunction
B1013:11 [BCM].)
(See 09-02F-23 DTC
Front fog light switch circuit malfunction
B1046:11 [BCM].)
(See 09-02F-24 DTC
B1048:13 [BCM].)
(See 09-02F-26 DTC
Windshield washer switch circuit malfunction
B1 051 :11 [BCM].)
(See 09-02F-27 DTC
Rear washer switch circuit malfunction
B 1052: 11 [BCM].)
(See 09-02F-29 DTC
Hood latch switch circuit malfunction
B1079:13 [BCM].)
(See 09-02F-31 DTC
Door lock switch circuit malfunction
B108F:16 [BCM].)
B109E:83*4
Keyless receiver circuit malfunction
(See 09-02F-32 DTC

B109E:83 [BCM].)
B109E:8i4
(See 09-02F-33 DTC

B109E:87 [BCM].)
B11CO:13
Rear door latch switch (RH) circuit malfunction
(See 09-02F-37 DTC

B11 CO:13 [BCM].)
B11C1:13
Rear door latch switch (LH) circuit malfunction
(See 09-02F-39 DTC

B11 C1 :13 [BCM].)
B11 DA:16*5
Front door key cylinder switch (LH) circuit malfunction
(See 09-02F-41 DTC

B11DA:16 [BCM].)
B11 DC:1 (1
Rear wiper mode switch circuit malfunction
(See 09-02F-43 DTC

B11 DC:11 [BCM].)
B1172:11*5
Door lock-link switch (LF) circuit malfunction
(See 09-02F-44 DTC

B1172:11 [BCM].)
B1172:13*5
(See 09-02F-46 DTC

B1172:13 [BCM].)
B1174:1(5
Door lock-link switch (RF/LR/RR) circuit malfunction
(See 09-02F-48 DTC

B1174:11 [BCM].)
B1174:13*5
Door lock-link switch (RF/LR/RR) circuit malfunction
(See 09-02F-50 DTC

B1174:13 [BCM].)
B1175:13
Front door latch switch (LH) circuit malfunction
(See 09-02F-54 DTC

B1175:13 [BCM].)
B1176:13
Front door latch switch (RH) circuit malfunction
(See 09-02F-56 DTC

B1176:13 [BCM].)
4SD
B1178:11
Trunk lid latch switch circuit malfunction
SHB
(See 09-02F-58 DTC

B1178:11 [BCM].)
Liftgate latch switch circuit malfunction
B126A:1 (5
(See 09-02F-61 DTC

B 126A: 11 [BCM].)
B126A:13*5
(See 09-02F-62 DTC

B126A:13 [BCM].)
09-02F-8

Dle No.
C0051 :04*6
Steering angle sensor internal malfunction
C0051 :2F*6
Erratic signal of steering angle sensor
C0052:11*6
Steering angle sensor S signal input circuit error
C0053:13*6
C0054:11*6
Steering angle sensor C signal input circuit error
C0054:13*6
C0055:11*6
(See 09-02F-64 DTC

C0051 :04 [SCM].)
Steering angle sensor A signal input circuit error
C0052:13*6
C0053:11*6
Reference
Description
(See 09-02F-65 DTC

C0051 :2F/C0052:11/
C0052:13/C0053:11/
C0053:13/C0054:11/
C0054:13/C0055:11/
C0055:13 [SCM].)
Steering angle sensor Z signal input circuit error
C0055:13*6
C1126:13
TNS switch circuit malfunction
(See 09-02F-67 DTC

C1126:13 [SCM].)
ATX
C1137:12
TR switch circuit malfunction
MTX
(See 09-02F-69 DTC

C1137:12 [SCM].)
Sack-up light switch circuit malfunction
P0070:14
Ambient temperature sensor circuit malfunction
(See 09-02F-72 DTC

P0070:14 [SCM].)
P1536:13
(See 09-02F-74 DTC

P1536:13 [SCM].)
UOO01:88
Unit communication error (HS-CAN)

U0100:00
U0101 :00*7
U0151 :00
U0214:00*8

Communication error with SAS control module

[MULTIPLEX
COMMUNICATION
SYSTEM].)
Communication error with keyless control module
U0300:00
(See 09-02F-76 DTC

U0300:00 [SCM].)
U0401:68
Receive erratic data from PCM
(See 09-02F-77 DTC

U0401 :68 [SCM].)
U2100:00
(See 09-02F-78 DTC

U21 00:00 [SCM].)
U3000:04
SCM internal malfunction
U3003:16
U3003:17
(See 09-02F-79 DTC

U3000:04 [SCM].)
(See 09-02F-80 DTC
U3003:16 [SCM].)
(See 09-02F-82 DTC
U3003:17 [SCM].)
*1 : 5HB
*2 :
Vehicles with theft-deterrent system
*3 : Vehicles with door lock switch
Vehicles with keyless entry system or advanced keyless entry and push button start system
Vehicles with power door lock system
: Vehicles with steering angle sensor
*7 : ATX
*9 : Manual air conditioner
*4 :
*5
:
*6
09-02F-9

DTC B1C45:12 [BCM]
id0902f5390300
DESCRIPTION
Windshield wiper park position switch circuit malfunction
DETECTION
CONDITION
Short to power supply in the windshield wiper park position switch circuit.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Windshield wiper motor connector or terminals malfunction

- Windshield wiper motor terminal D-SCM terminal 3G
Windshield wiper motor malfunction
SCM malfunction
BCM
IG2
BCM
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR

STEP
INSPECTION
ACTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC

(See 09-02F-7 CLEARING DTC [SCM].)
Perform the SCM DTC inspection using the
M-MDS.
Yes
No
INSPECT WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR

Disconnect the windshield wiper motor
connector.
Yes

Step 6.

TERMINALS
(corroSion, damage, pin disconnection).
Yes
09-02F-10
No
No
Go to Step 7.

Step 6.

STEP
4
INSPECTION
INSPECT WINDSHIELD WIPER PARK
POSITION SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO
POWER SUPPLY
Windshield wiper motor and SCM
- Windshield wiper motor terminal D
INSPECT WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
Inspect the windshield wiper motor.
(See 09-19-9 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
INSPECTION.)
connectors.
M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes
Replace the windshield wiper motor, then go to the next

step.
(See 09-19-5 WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
Replace the SCM, then go to the next step.

(See 09-40-2 SODY CONTROL MODULE (SCM)
No
Yes

No
OTC B1035:11 [BCM]

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id0902f5389700
Hazard warning switch circuit malfunction

Short to ground in the hazard warning switch circuit with the hazard warning switch off.
Hazard warning switch connector or terminals malfunction
- Hazard warning switch terminal S-SCM terminal 2M
Hazard warning switch malfunction
SCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BCM
HAZARD WARNING SWITCH
-0-0~
T/7
HAZARD WARNING SWITCH
BCM
2wI2Ul2S 2Q 2012M 12K 121 2GI2E 2cI2A

2X 12V 12T 2R 2P 12N 1 2L 12J 2H 12F 2DI2B
I~~I
P
P
~~EI~IBtl~
I~~I
09-02F-11

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
Clear the DTC uS,ing the M-MDS.
(See 09-02F-7 CLEARING DTC [BCM]. )
Perform the BCM DTC inspection using the
M-MDS with the hazard warning switch off.
INSPECT HAZARD WARNING SWITCH
Disconnect the hazard warning switch
connector.
TERMINALS
Disconnect the BCM connector.
Hazard warning switch and BCM connectors
are disconnected.
ground:
- Hazard warning switch terminal B
Inspect the hazard warning switch.
(See 09-18-61 HAZARD WARNING
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
connectors.
(See 09-02F-7 CLEARING DTC [BCM].)
M-MDS with the hazard warning switch off.
PRESENT
09-02F-12
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 7.

Step 6.

Step 6.

Replace the hazard warning switch, then go to the next

step.
(See 09-18-60 HAZARD WARNING SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)


DTC 81036:11 [8CM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902f5390400
Turn switch circuit malfunction

Short to ground in the turn switch circuit with the turn switch off.
Light switch connector or terminals malfunction
- Light switch terminal L-BCM terminal2P
- Light switch terminal G-BCM terminal 20
Turn switch malfunction
BCM malfunction
TURN SWITCH
BCM
:~~
~:
LIGHT SWITCH
BCM
r
~
- -
rr--
2wI2U 12S 2Q 2012M 12K 121 2GI2E 2cI2A

2X 12V 12T 2R 2P 12N I 2L I 2J 2H 12F 2DI2B
K I I
L I J
><
'11
GIE
H I F
I~,I
I~,I
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS with the turn switch off.
INSPECT LIGHT SWITCH CONNECTOR AND
TERMINALS
Disconnect the light switch connector.
TERMINALS
INSPECT TURN SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO GROUND
Light switch and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
ground:
- Light switch terminal L
- Light switch terminal G
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

No
09-02F-13

STEP
S
INSPECTION
INSPECT TURN SWITCH
Inspect the turn switch.
(See 09-18-S8 LIGHT SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
connectors.
Clear the OTC using the M-MOS.
(See 09-02F-7 CLEARING OTC [SCM].)
Perform the SCM OTC inspection using the
M-MOS with the turn switch off.
(See 09-02F-7 OTC INSPECTION [SCM].)
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace the light switch, then go to the next step.
(See 09-18-S7 LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
(See 09-40-2 BODY CONTROL MOOULE (SCM)

(See 09-02F-8 OTC TASLE [SCM].)
OTC 81000:11 [8CM]

id0902f5414000
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
Trunk lid opener switch (4SD)/liftgate opener switch (SHB) circuit malfunction
Short to ground in the trunk lid opener switch (4S0)/liftgate opener switch (SHS) circuit when the
ignition is ON.
Trunk lid opener switch (4S0)/liftgate opener switch (SHS) connector or terminals malfunction
- Trunk lid opener switch (4S0)/liftgate opener switch (SHS) terminal S-SCM terminal 60
Trunk lid opener switch (4S0)/liftgate opener switch (SHS) malfunction
SCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH (4SD)/

LlFTGATE OPENER SWITCH (5HB)
BCM
>~~
@i
@
TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH (4SD)/
LlFTGATE OPENER SWITCH (5HB)
BCM
- -
6wI6U 16S 60 60 16M I 6K I 61 6G 6EI6CI6A

6X 16V 16T 6R 6P 16N I 6L I 6J 6H 6FI6DI6B
IGt, I
09-02F-14
mB
IGt,

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS when the ignition is ON.
INSPECT TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH
(4SD}/LlFTGATE OPENER SWITCH (SHB)
Disconnect the trunk lid opener switch (4SD)/
liftgate opener switch (5HB) connector.
TERMINALS
Trunk lid opener switch (4SD)/liftgate opener
switch (5HB) and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
ground:
- Trunk lid opener switch (4SD)/liftgate
opener switch (5HB) terminal B
Inspect the trunk lid opener switch (4SD)/
liftgate opener switch (5HB).
(See 09-14-54 TRUNK LID OPENER
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
(See 09-14-65 L1FTGATE OPENER
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
connectors.
M-MDS when the ignition is ON.
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Replace the trunk lid opener switch (4SD)/liftgate opener

switch (5HB), then go to the next step.
(See 09-14-54 TRUNK LID OPENER SWITCH
(See 09-14-64 L1FTGATE OPENER SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Yes

No
Yes

No
09-02F-15

DTC 81007:11 [8CM]
id0902f5940000
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BATTERY
Headlight high circuit malfunction
Short to ground in the headlight high circuit with the headlight switch off.
Headlight (HI) relay malfunction
- Headlight (HI) relay terminal D-SCM terminal1T
SCM malfunction
BCM
HEADLIGHT (HI) RELAY
HEADLIGHT (HI)
BCM
HEADLIGHT (HI) RELAY

[ 1wI1UI1S 1Q 1011MI1KI11 1G 1EI1CI1A

[ 1X 11V 11T 1R 1pl1NI1LI1J 1H 1FI1DI1B
FRONT
STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
Perform the SCM DTG inspection using the
M-MDS with the headlight switch off.
Yes
INSPECT HEADLIGHT (HI) RELAY

Remove the headlight (HI) relay.
Inspect the headlight (HI) relay.
Yes
No

TERMINALS
Yes

Step 5.
No
INSPECT HEADLIGHT HIGH CIRCUIT FOR

SHORT TO GROUND
Headlight (HI) relay is removed and SCM
ground:
- SCM terminal 1T
Yes

09-02F-16
No
No

Go to Step 6.


STEP
INSPECTION
connectors.
M-MDS with the headlight switch off.
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

No
DTC 81008:11 [8CM]

id0902f5340000
Vehicles Without Auto Wiper System

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to ground in the windshield wiper mode switch circuit with the windshield wiper mode switch off.
Wiper and washer switch connector or terminals malfunction
- Wiper and washer switch terminal G-SCM terminal 41
- Wiper and washer switch terminal I-SCM terminal 4J
- Wiper and washer switch terminal E-SCM terminal 4M
Windshield wiper and washer switch malfunction
SCM malfunction
BCM
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
BCM
WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS with the windshield wiper mode
switch off.
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 7.
09-02F-17

STEP
2
INSPECTION
INSPECT WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
Disconnect the wiper and washer switch
connector.
TERMINALS
INSPECT WINDSHIELD WIPER MODE
SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Wiper and washer switch and BCM
ground:
- Wiper and washer switch terminal G
- Wiper and washer switch terminal I
- Wiper and washer switch terminal E
INSPECT WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
WASHER SWITCH
Inspect the windshield wiper and washer
switch.
(See 09-19-22 WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
WASHER SWITCH INSPECTION.)
connectors.
Perform the BCM DTG inspection using the
switch off.
PRESENT
09-02F-18
Yes
ACTION
Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Replace the wiper and washer switch, then go to the next

step.
(See 09-19-21 WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH


DTG troubleshooting completed.

Vehicles With Auto Wiper System
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to ground in the windshield wiper mode switch circuit with the windshield wiper mode switch off.
Auto light/wiper control module connector or terminals malfunction
- Wiper and washer switch terminal G-Auto light/wiper control module terminal V
- Wiper and washer switch terminal I-BCM terminal 4J or auto light/wiper control module terminal K
- Wiper and washer switch terminal E-BCM terminal 4M or auto light/wiper control module terminal
M
- Auto light/wiper control module terminal P-BCM terminal 41
Windshield wiper and washer switch malfunction
Auto light/wiper control module malfunction
BCM malfunction
AUTO LIGHT / WIPER CONTROL MODULE
BCM
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
AUTO LIGHT / WIPER CONTROL MODULE


K
L
A
B
BCM
09-02F-19

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
Perform the BCM DTe inspection using the
switch off.
connector.
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 10.

Step 9.
INSPECT AUTO LlGHTIWIPER CONTROL

MODULE CONNECTOR AND TERMINALS
Disconnect the auto light/wiper control
module connector.
Yes

Step 9.
No
INSPECT WINDSHIELD WIPER AUTO

Wiper and washer switch and auto light/wiper
ground:
- Wiper and washer switch terminal G
TERMINALS
Yes

INSPECT WINDSHIELD WIPER MODE

Wiper and washer switch, auto light/wiper
control module and BCM connectors are
disconnected.
ground:
- Wiper and washer switch terminal I
- Wiper and washer switch terminal E
- Auto light/wiper control module terminal P
INSPECT WINDSHIELD WIPER AND
WASHER SWITCH
switch.
Yes
09-02F-20
No
Yes
No
No
Yes
No

Step 9.

Replace the wiper and washer switch, then go to Step 9.


STEP
8
10
INSPECTION
MODULE
Reconnect the wiper and washer switch,
auto light/wiper control module and SCM
connectors.
- Auto light/wiper control module terminal V
- Auto light/wiper control module terminal M
- Auto light/wiper control module terminal K
- Auto light/wiper control module terminal P
(See 09-18-65 AUTO LlGHTIWIPER
CONTROL MODULE INSPECTION.)
connectors.
switch off.
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

Replace the auto light/wiper control module, then go to
the next step.
(See 09-18-64 AUTO LlGHTIWIPER CONTROL

Yes

No
OTC 81013:11 [BCM]

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902f5930900
Rear window defroster switch circuit malfunction

Short to ground in the rear window defroster switch circuit with the rear window defroster switch off.
Climate control unit connector or terminals malfunction
- Climate control unit terminal 20-SCM terminal 2R
SCM malfunction
BCM
@
BCM
r
~

2wI2U 12S 2Q 20 12M I 2K I 21 2GI2E 2cI2A

2X 12V 12T 2R 2P 12N I 2L I 2J 2H 12F 2012B
:;-
In! I
I In!
20 2M I 2K I 21 12G I 2E 12C 2A
2P 2NI2LI2JI2HI2FI20 2B
~
I~~I
-;:
I.!:~
I~~I
09-02F-21

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
Periorm the SCM DTC inspection using the
M-MDS with the rear window defroster switch
off.
connector.
TERMINALS
INSPECT REAR WINDOW DEFROSTER
Climate control unit and SCM connectors are
disconnected.
ground:
- Climate control unit terminal 20
Reconnect the climate control unit and SCM
connectors.
- Climate control unit terminal 20
(See 07-40S-20 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT
CONDITIONER].)
connectors.
M-MDS with the rear window defroster switch
off.
PRESENT
09-02F-22
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 7.

Step 6.

Step 6.

Yes
No

(See 07-40S-17 CLIMATE CONTROL UNIT REMOVAU
Yes

No
Yes
No


DTC 81046:11 [8CM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902f5940100
Front fog light switch circuit malfunction

Short to ground in the front fog light switch circuit with the front fog light switch off.
Front fog light-switch malfunction
- Light switch terminal H-SCM terminal 2W
SCM malfunction
BCM
FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH
~?- i
@~~
OFF
TtT
LIGHT SWITCH
BCM
r
~
---
2wI2U 12S 2Q 20 12M 12K I 21 2GI2E 2cI2A

El(~
><
K I I
L I J
GIE
H IF
I El(~
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS with the front fog light switch off.
TERMINALS
INSPECT FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH
Inspect the front fog light switch.
(See 09-18-60 FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
TERMINALS
INSPECT FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH
Light switch and SCM connectors are
disconnected.
ground:
- Light switch terminal H
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 7.
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes
Replace the light switch, then go to Step 6.

(See 09-18-57 LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

No
09-02F-23

STEP
INSPECTION
connectors.
Peliorm the BCM DTC inspection using the
M-MDS with the front fog light switch off.
PRESENT
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

No
DTC 81048:13 [8CM]

id0902f5931 000
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Open circuit in the brake fluid level sensor circuit with the brake fluid amount on the upper side of the
minimum.
Brake fluid level sensor connector or terminals malfunction
- Brake fluid level sensor terminal A-Body ground
Brake fluid level sensor malfunction
- Brake fluid level sensor terminal B-BCM terminal 1N
BCM malfunction
BCM
~~~"
@
BCM
r
~

1G 1 E 11C 11A
1X 11V 1T 11R 1pl1NI1LI1J 1H 1FI1DI1B
1wI1U 1S 11Q 1011MI1KI11
Gt~
Gt~
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
Peliorm the BCM DTC inspection using the
M-MDS with the brake fluid amount on the
upper side of the minimum.
INSPECT BRAKE FLUID LEVEL SENSOR
Disconnect the brake fluid level sensor
connector.
09-02F-24
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
Yes

Step 8.
No

STEP
3
INSPECTION
VERIFY MALFUNCTIONING LOCATION
Brake fluid level sensor connector is
disconnected.
- Brake fluid level sensor terminal B
Brake fluid level sensor connector is
disconnected.
ground:
- Brake fluid level sensor terminal A
Inspect the brake fluid level sensor.
SENSOR INSPECTION.)
TERMINALS
Brake fluid level sensor and BCM connectors
are disconnected.
Reconnect the BCM connector.
- BCM terminal 1N
connectors.
(See 09-02F-7 CLEARING OTC [BCM].)
M-MOS with the brake fluid amount on the
upper side of the minimum.
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 6.
Yes

No
Yes
Replace the reserve tank, then go to Step 8.

No
Yes
Go to Step 8.
Step 8.
No
Yes
No

Yes

(See 09-40-2 BOOY CONTROL MODULE (BCM)
No
Yes

(See 09-02F-8 OTC TABLE [BCM].)
No
09-02F-2S

DTC B1051:11 [BCM]
id0902f5414800
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Windshield washer switch circuit malfunction

Short to ground in the windshield washer switch circuit with the windshield washer switch off.
- Wiper and washer switch terminal C-SCM terminal 4P
Windshield washer switch malfunction
SCM malfunction
BCM
WINDSHIELD WASHER SWITCH
4P~----------------------------~~
BCM

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
Perform the SCM DTe inspection using the
M-MDS with the windshield washer switch
off.
connector.
TERMINALS
INSPECT WINDSHIELD WASHER SWITCH
Wiper and washer switch and SCM
ground:
- Wiper and washer switch terminal C
09-02F-26
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 7.
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes
No

Step 6.
Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT WINDSHIELD WASHER SWITCH
switch.
connectors.
M-MDS with the windshield washer switch
off.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
step.
Yes

No
DTC 81052:11 [8CM]

id0902f5414900
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Rear washer switch circuit malfunction

Short to ground in the rear washer switch circuit with the rear washer switch off.

- Wiper and washer switch terminal H-SCM terminal 40
Rear washer switch malfunction
SCM malfunction
BCM
REAR WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH

R.wASH
ON
0--0
40ffi-------------------------~
OFF
R.wASH
BCM

09-02F-27

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS with the rear washer switch off.
connector.
TERMINALS
INSPECT REAR WASHER SWITCH CIRCUIT
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
ground:
- Wiper and washer switch terminal H
INSPECT REAR WASHER SWITCH
Inspect the rear wiper and washer switch.
(See 09-19-24 REAR WIPER AND
connectors.
M-MDS with the rear washer switch off.
PRESENT
09-02F-28
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 7.
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 6.


step.
REMOVAUI NSTALLATION.}

(See 09-02F-8 DTC TASLE [BCM].)

DTC 81079:13 [8CM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id0902f5415000
Hood latch switch circuit malfunction

Open circuit in the hood latch switch circuit with the hood closed (hood latch switch on).
Hood latch switch connector or terminals malfunction
- Hood latch switch terminal B-Body ground
Hood latch switch malfunction
- Hood latch switch terminal A-BCM terminal 1J
BCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BCM
HOOD LATCH SWITCH
Wo~"
717
BCM
r
~
- -
HOOD LATCH SWITCH

1G 1EI1CI1A
1X 11V 1T 11R 1P/1N11L11J 1H 1FI1DI1B
1wI1U 1S 11Q 1011MI1KI11
t!it)
I~~I
I~~I
STEP
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS with the hood closed (hood latch
switch on).
INSPECT HOOD LATCH SWITCH
Disconnect the hood latch switch connector.
Hood latch switch connector is disconnected.
- Hood latch switch terminal A
INSPECT HOOD LATCH SWITCH CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Hood latch switch connector is disconnected.
ground:
- Hood latch switch terminal B
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
Yes
No

Step 8.
Yes
No

Go to Step 6.
Yes
No

09-02F-29

STEP
5
INSPECTION
INSPECT HOOD LATCH SWITCH
Inspect the hood latch switch.
(See 09-14-18 HOOD LATCH SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
TERMINALS
INSPECT HOOD LATCH SWITCH CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Hood latch switch and SCM connectors are
disconnected.
Reconnect the SCM connector.
- SCM terminal 1J
connectors.
M-MDS with the hood closed (hood latch
switch on).
PRESENT
09-02F-30
Yes
ACTION
Replace the hood latch switch, then go to Step 8.
(See 09-14-15 HOOD LATCH AND RELEASE LEVER
No
Go to Step 8.
Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No




DTC B108F:16 [BCM]
id0902f551 0000
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Door lock switch circuit malfunction

Door lock switch circuit voltage is lower than 3.75 V with the door lock switch off.
Door lock switch (LH/RH) connector or terminals malfunction
- Door lock switch (LH) terminal C-BCM terminal 60
- Door lock switch (RH) terminal C-BCM terminal 60
Door lock switch (LH/RH) malfunction
BCM malfunction
DOOR LOCK SWITCH (LH)
BCM
LOCK
6D~------------~
DOOR LOCK SWITCH (RH)

LOCK
DOOR LOCK SWITCH (LH/RH)

BCM
6Iili,~
I~~I
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS with the door lock switch off.
INSPECT DOOR LOCK SWITCH (LH/RH)
Disconnect the door lock switch (LH/RH)
connector.
TERMINALS
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
09-02F-31

STEP
4
INSPECTION
INSPECT DOOR LOCK SWITCH CIRCUIT
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Door lock switch (LH/RH) and BCM
ground:
- Door lock switch (LH) terminal C
- Door lock switch (RH) terminal C
INSPECT DOOR LOCK SWITCH (LH/RH)
Inspect the door lock switch (LH/RH).
(See 09-14-15 DOOR LOCK SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
connectors.
M-MDS with the door lock switch off.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
ACTION
Replace the door lock switch (LH/RH), then go to the next

step.
(See 09-14-14 DOOR LOCK SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No
DTC B109E:83 [BCM]

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902f5345800
BCM receives the erratic signal continuously 12 times.

Keyless control module malfunction (vehicles with advanced keyless entry and push button start
system)
BCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS.
SYSTEM].)
SYSTEM].)
Inspect the keyless control module.
MODULE INSPECTION.)
09-02F-32
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 5.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
Vehicles without advanced keyless entry and push button
start system:
Go to Step 4.
start system:
No
Yes

step.
No

STEP
4
INSPECTION
M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No
DTC B109E:87 [BCM]
id0902f5347600
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

SCM cannot receive the data continuously 12 times.
- Keyless receiver terminal D-SCM terminal 4K
- Keyless receiver terminal D-SCM terminal 4K
SCM malfunction
SCM
TO INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
KEYLESS RECEIVER
rv
~Hi~--------~---------~~~
KEYLESS RECEIVER
SCM
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS.
AND TERMINALS
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 8.

Step 7.
09-02F-33

STEP
INSPECTION
TERMINALS
INSPECT KEYLESS RECEIVER CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO GROUND
Keyless receiver and SCM connectors are
disconnected.
ground:
- Keyless re~eiver terminal 0
SYSTEM].)
INSPECT KEYLESS RECEIVER CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN CIRCUIT
Keyless receiver and SCM connectors are
disconnected.
- Keyless receiver terminal D-SCM
terminal4K
connectors.
Perform the SCM DTG inspection using the
M-MDS.
PRESENT
09-02F-34
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Step 7.

Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

No

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
SCM cannot receive the data continuously 12 times.

- Keyless control module terminal 3W-Keyless receiver terminal C
- Keyless control module terminal 3W-Keyless receiver terminal C
- Keyless control module terminal 3X-SCM terminal 4K
- Keyless control module terminal 3X.,..-SCM terminal 4K
SCM malfunction
BCM
~~Iff~--------'----------~~~
KEYLESS RECEIVER
TO INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
BCM
/~---n~I~~~~=S~--~'
n,-----,
,----,f
~~ 14014MI4KI41
~(
~~~
14GI4EI
14LI4JJ
~~~

,.,
><
3AB 3Y 3V 3S 3P 3M
--
r-
3J 3G
3D 3A
3AC 3Z 3W 3T 30 3N 3K 3H
3E 3B
3AD 3AA 3X 3U 3R 30 3L
3F 3C
31
KEYLESS RECEIVER
~ ttE I~I 933 ~

I~~I
09-02F-35

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM SCM DTC
Clear the DTC w~ing the M-MDS.
Periorm the BCM DTC inspection using the
M-MDS.
AND TERMINALS
connector.
ground:
- Keyless control module terminal 3W
- Keyless control module terminal 3WKeyless receiver terminal C
INSPECT SCM CONNECTOR AND
TERMINALS
Keyless receiver, keyless control module and
BCM connectors are disconnected.
ground:
Keyless receiver, keyless control module and
- Keyless control module terminal 3XBCM terminal 4K
09-02F-36
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 12.
Yes

Step 11.
No
Yes

Step 11.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No

Yes

Step 11.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No


STEP
9
10
11
12
INSPECTION
SYSTEM].)
Reconnect the keyless receiver, keyless
control module and BCM connectors.
- Keyless control module terminal 3W
MODULE INSPECTION.)
connectors.
M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
INSTALLATION. )

step.
Yes

No
Yes

No
DTC B11 CO:13 [BCM]
id0902f5414100
Rear door latch switch (RH) circuit malfunction
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
Open circuit in the rear door latch switch (RH) circuit with the rear door (RH) closed (rear door latch
switch (RH) on).
Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
- Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal D-Body ground
Rear door latch switch (RH) malfunction
- Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal B-BCM terminal 6K
BCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BCM
REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (RH)
DOOR CLOSE ON
((~~:
@
BCM
r
~
IGt~
REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (RH)

lr
6wI6U 16S 60 6016MJ6KI61 6G 6EI6C j6A

6X 16V 16T 6R 6P I 6N I 6L I 6J 6H 6FI6DI6B
J,.
n><n
I
K 1 I 1G 1 E 1C
LIJIHIFID
IGt~
I
09-02F-37

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS with the rear door (RH) closed (rear
door latch switch (RH) on).
INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
ACTUATOR (RH) CONNECTOR AND
TERMINALS
Disconnect the rear door latch and lock
actuator (RH) connector.
Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH)
- Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH)
terminal S
INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (RH)
ground:
terminal D
Inspect the rear door latch switch (RH).
(See 09-14-49 REAR DOOR LATCH
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
TERMINALS
Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) and
SCM connectors are disconnected.
- SCM terminal 6K
09-02F-38
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 9.
Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 6.
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the rear door latch and lock actuator (RH), then
go to Step 8.
(See 09-14-45 REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
ACTUATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
Go to Step 8.
Step 8.
No
Yes
No


STEP
8
INSPECTION
connectors.
M-MDS with the rear door (RH) closed (rear
PRESENT
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes

No
DTC B11C1:13 [BCM]

id0902f5414200
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
Rear door latch switch (LH) circuit malfunction

Open circuit in the rear door latch switch (LH) circuit with the rear door (LH) closed (rear door latch
switch (LH) on).
Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
- Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal J-Body ground
Rear door latch switch (LH) malfunction
- Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal L-BCM terminal 6E
BCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
SCM
REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (LH)
DOOR CLOSE ON
@))
~~))
SCM
r
~
6wI6U 16S 60 60 16M I 6K I 61 6G 6EI6CI6A

6X 16V 16T 6R 6P 16N I 6L I 6J 6H 6FI6016S
Gt~
REAR DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (LH)

Jr
II
I rT5 <T1 I
K I I I G
ElclA
LIJ IH
Fiois
Gt~
09-02F-39

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS with the rear door (LH) closed (rear
door latch switch (LH) on).
ACTUATOR (LH) CONNECTOR AND
TERMINALS
Disconnect t~e negative battery cable.
actuator (LH) connector.
Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH)
- Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH)
terminal L
INSPECT REAR DOOR LATCH SWITCH (LH)
ground:
terminal J
Inspect the rear door latch switch (LH).
(See 09-14-49 REAR DOOR LATCH
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
TERMINALS
Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) and
- BCM terminal 6E
09-02F-40
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 6.
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the rear door latch and lock actuator (LH), then
go to Step 8.
No
Go to Step 8.
Step 8.
Yes
No
Yes
No


STEP
8
INSPECTION
connectors.
M-MDS with the rear door (LH) closed (rear
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

No
DTC B11DA:16 [BCM]

id0902f5931100
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
Front door key cylinder switch (LH) circuit malfunction

Front door key cylinder switch (LH) circuit voltage is lower than 3.75 V with the front door key cylinder
switch off.
Front door latch and lock actuator (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
- Front door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal H-SCM terminal 6S
Front door key cylinder switch (LH) malfunction
SCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BCM
FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER SWITCH (LH)
1------..~17T-----------{t~~~
BCM
FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (LH)

lr 11
~c SW Isu I ss SO SO ISM I SK I SI SG SE I SC I SA ~
KI11GIE1CIA
sxlsvlST SR SplSNISLISJ SH SFISDISB r
LIJIHIFIDIB
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS with the front door key cylinder
switch off.
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
TERMINALS
Disconnect the front door latch and lock
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes

Step 6.
No
09-02F-41

STEP
3
INSPECTION
TERMINALS
INSPECT FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER
SWITCH (LH) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO
GROUND
Front door latch and lock actuator (LH) and
ground:
- Front door latch and lock actuator (LH)
terminal H
INSPECT FRONT DOOR KEY CYLINDER
SWITCH (LH)
Inspect the front door key cylinder switch
(LH).
(See 09-14-32 FRONT DOOR KEY
CYLINDER SWITCH INSPECTION.)
connectors.
M-MDS with the front door key cylinder
switch off.
PRESENT
09-02F-42
Yes
ACTION
Step 6.
No
Yes

No
Yes
Replace the front door latch and lock actuator (LH), then
(See 09-14-33 FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK
No
Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC S11DC:11 [SCM]
id0902f5414400
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Rear wiper mode switch circuit malfunction

Short to ground in the rear wiper mode switch circuit with the rear wiper mode switch off.
- Wiper and washer switch terminal J-SCM terminal 2L
- Wiper and washer switch terminal F-SCM terminal 2K
Rear wiper mode switch malfunction
SCM malfunction
SCM
REAR WIPER AND WASHER SWITCH
SCM

A
S
K
L
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS with the rear wiper mode switch off.
connector.
TERMINALS
INSPECT REAR WIPER MODE SWITCH
ground:
- Wiper and washer switch terminal J
- Wiper and washer switch terminal F
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

No
09-02F-43

STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT REAR WIPER MODE SWITCH
Inspect the rear wiper and washer switch.
(See 09-19-24 REAR WIPER AND
connectors.
M-MDS with the rear wiper mode switch off.
(See 09-02F-7 DTCINSPECTION [BCM].)
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
step.
REMOVAUINSTAllATION. )
REMOVAUINSTAllATION.)

DTC 81172:11 [8CM]

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902f5415100
Door lock-link switch (IF) circuit malfunction

Short to ground in the door lock-link switch (IF) unlock-side circuit with the door lock-link switch (IF)
locked.
Front door latch and lock actuator (lH) connector or terminals malfunction
- Front door latch and lock actuator (lH) terminal B-BCM terminal 6l
Door lock-link switch (IF) malfunction
BCM malfunction
BCM
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (LF)
BCM

K
L
09-02F-44

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS with the door lock-link switch (LF)
locked.
TERMINALS
TERMINALS
INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (LF)
ground:
terminal B
Inspect the door lock-link switch (LF).
(See 09-14-42 DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
connectors.
locked.
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
09-02F-45

DTC B1172:13 [BCM]
id0902f5415200
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Open circuit in the door lock-link switch (LF) unlock-side circuit with the door lock-link switch (LF)
unlocked.
- Front door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal J-Body ground
Door lock-link switch (LF) malfunction
- Front door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal B-BCM terminal 6L
BCM malfunction
SCM
SCM

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
unlocked.
TERMINALS
Front door latch and lock actuator (LH)
terminal B
09-02F-46
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
Yes
No

Step 8.
Yes
No

Go to Step 6.

STEP
4
INSPECTION
ground:
terminal J
INSPECTION. )
TERMINALS
- SCM terminal 6L
connectors.
unlocked.
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
go to Step 8.
No
Yes
Go to Step 8.
Step 8.
No
Yes
No

Yes

(See 09-40-2 BODY CONTROL MODULE (SCM)
No
Yes

No
09-02F-47

DTC 81174:11 [8CM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902f5931200
Door lock-link switch (RF/LRlRR) circuit malfunction

Short to ground in the door lock-link switch (RF/LR/RR) circuit with the door lock-link switch (RF/LRI
RR) unlocked.
Front door latch and lock actuator (RH) connector or terminals malfunction
Door lock-link switch (RF) malfunction
Door lock-link switch (LR) malfunction
Door lock-link switch (RR) malfunction
- Front door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal URear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal SI
Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal L-SCM terminal6J
SCM malfunction
SCM
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RF)
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (LR)
6J~-------------'------------~
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RR)
DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR

SCM
K
L
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS with the door lock-link switch (RFI
LR/RR) unlocked.
TERMINALS
09-02F-48
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 11.
Yes

Step 10.
No

STEP
3
INSPECTION
INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RF)
Inspect the door lock-link switch (RF).
INSPECTION.)

TERMINALS
INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (LR)
Inspect the door lock-link switch (LR).
INSPECTION.)
10
11

TERMINALS
INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RR)
Inspect the door lock-link switch (RR).
INSPECTION.)
TERMINALS
INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RF/LRI
RR) CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Front door latch and lock actuator (RH), rear
door latch and lock actuator (LH), rear door
latch and lock actuator (RH) and SCM
ground:
- Front door latch and lock actuator (RH)
terminal L
connectors.
LR/RR) unlocked.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
ACTION
Replace the front door latch and lock actuator (RH), then
go to Step 10.
Step 10.
No
Yes
go to Step 10.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 10.
go to Step 10.
Step 10.

Yes

No
Yes

No
09-02F-49

DTC 81174:13 [8CM]
id0902f5415300
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
Door lock-link switch (RF/LRlRR) circuit malfunction

Open circuit in the door lock-link switch (RF/LR/RR) circuit with the door lock-link switch (RF/LRfRR)
unlocked.
All door lock-link switches do not operate:

- Front door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal URear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal Sf
Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal L-SCM terminal6J
SCM malfunction
Only the door lock-link switch (RF) does not operate:

- Front door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal D-Sody ground
Door lock-link switch (RF) malfunction
- Front door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal L-SCM terminal 6J
SCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Only the door lock-link switch (LR) does not operate:

- Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal J-Sody ground
Door lock-link switch (LR) malfunction
- Rear door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal S-SCM terminal 6J
SCM malfunction
Only the door lock-link switch (RR) does not operate:

- Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal D-Sody ground
Door lock-link switch (RR) malfunction
- Rear door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal L-SCM terminal 6J
SCM malfunction
BCM
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RF)
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (LR)
6J~------------~~------------~
DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RR)
BCM
09-02F-50
DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR

ON-SOARD DIAGNOSTIC [SCM]

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM SCM DTC
LR/RR) unlocked.
Operate the door lock-link switch lock and
unlock.
Is there a door lock-link switch that does not
operate?

TERMINALS
INSPECT DOOR LOCK-LINK SWITCH (RF/LRI
RR) CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
- SCM terminal 6J
(See 09-40-6 SODY CONTROL MODULE
(SCM) INSPECTION.)
TERMINALS
Front door latch and lock actuator (RH)
terminal L
ground:
terminal D
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
All door lock-link switches do not operate:

Only the door lock-link switch (RF) does not operate:
Go to Step 5.
Only the door lock-link switch (LR) does not operate:
Go to Step 10.
Only the door lock-link switch (RR) does not operate:
Go to Step 15.
Go to Step 20.
Step 20.
No
Yes
Go to Step 21.
No
Yes

Go to Step 20.
No
No

Step 20.
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
Yes
No

Yes
09-02F-51

STEP
10
11
12
13
14
INSPECTION
Inspect the door lock-link switch (RF).
INSPECTION.)
- SCM terminal 6J
Is there any vpltage?
TERMINALS
terminal S
ground:
terminal J
Inspect the door lock-link switch (LR).
INSPECTION.)
- SCM terminal 6J
09-02F-S2
Yes
No
ACTION
go to Step 20.
Yes
Go to Step 20.
Repair or replace the wiring harness between front door
latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal L and SCM terminal
6J, then go to Step 20.
No
Go to Step 20.
Yes
No

Step 20.
Yes
No

Go to Step 14.
Yes
No

Yes
go to Step 20.
Go to Step 20.
Repair or replace the wiring between rear door latch and
lock actuator (LH) terminal S and SCM terminal 6J, then
go to Step 20.
Go to Step 20.
No
Yes
No

STEP
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
INSPECTION
TERMINALS
terminal L
ground:
terminal D
Inspect the door lock-link switch (RR).
INSPECTION.)
- BCM terminal 6J
connectors.
LR/RR) unlocked.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Step 20.

Go to Step 19.

Yes
go to Step 20.
No
Yes
Go to Step 20.
Repair or replace the wiring between rear door latch and
lock actuator (RH) terminal Land BCM terminal 6J, then
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
09-02F-53

DTC 81175:13 [8CM]
id0902f5340700
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Front door latch switch (LH) circuit malfunction

Open circuit in the front door latch switch (LH) circuit with the front door (LH) closed (front door latch
switch (LH) on).
- Front door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal J-Body ground
Front door latch switch (LH) malfunction
- Front door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal L-BCM terminal6G
BCM malfunction
SCM
FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH (LH)
DOOR CLOSE ON
6G~----------------------------~
SCM

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS with the front door (LH) closed (front
TERMINALS
terminal L
09-02F-54
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 6.

STEP
4
INSPECTION
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH (LH)
ground:
terminal J
Inspect the front door latch switch (LH).
(See 09-14-41 FRONT DOOR LATCH
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
TERMINALS
terminal (wiring harness-side):
- SCM terminal 6G
connectors.
M-MDS with the front door (LH) closed (front
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

go to Step 8.
Go to Step 8.
Step 8.


Yes

No
09-02F-55

DTC 81176:13 [8CM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id0902f5340800
Front door latch switch (RH) circuit malfunction

Open circuit in the front door latch switch (RH) circuit with the front door (RH) closed (front door latch
switch (RH) on).
- Front door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal D-Body ground
Front door latch switch (RH) malfunction
- Front door latch and lock actuator (RH) terminal B-BCM terminal 6H
BCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
SCM
FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH (RH)
DOOR CLOSE ON
//-o~"
@
SCM
r
~
- -
FRONT DOOR LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR (RH)

6wI6U 16S 60 60 16M I 6K I 61 6G 6E 16C 16A

6X 16V 16T 6R 6P I 6N I 6L I 6J 6H 6FI6DI6S
Ir
rrs <1l
K I I I G
ElclA
L I J I H
Flo Is
I~~I
I~~I
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS with the front door (RH) closed (front
TERMINALS
terminal B
09-02F-56
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 6.

STEP
4
INSPECTION
INSPECT FRONT DOOR LATCH SWITCH (RH)
ground:
terminal D
Inspect the front door latch switch (RH).
(See 09-14-41 FRONT DOOR LATCH
SWITCH INSPECTION.)
TERMINALS
Front door latch and lock actuator (RH) and
- SCM terminal 6H
connectors.
M-MDS with the front door (RH) closed (front
PRESENT
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes
go to Step B.
No
Yes
Go to Step B.
Step B.
No
Yes
No

Yes

No
Yes

(See 09-02F-B DTC TASLE [SCM].)
No
09-02F-S7

DTC 81178:11 [8CM]
id0902f5340900
4SD
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Trunk lid latch switch circuit malfunction

Short to ground in the trunk lid latch switch circuit with the trunk closed (trunk lid latch switch off).
Trunk lid latch switch connector or terminals malfunction

Trunk lid latch switch malfunction
- Trunk lid latch switch terminal C-SCM terminal 6F
SCM malfunction
SCM
TRUNK COMPARTMENT LIGHT
SCM
TRUNK LID LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS with the trunk closed (trunk lid latch
switch off).
INSPECT TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH
Disconnect the trunk lid latch switch
connector.
TERMINALS
09-02F-58
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 7.
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No

STEP
INSPECTION
Trunk lid latch switch and SCM connectors
are disconnected.
ground:
- Trunk lid latch switch terminal C
Inspect the trunk lid latch switch.
(See 09-14-53 TRUNK LID LATCH SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
connectors.
M-MDS with the trunk closed (trunk lid latch
switch off).
PRESENT
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes
Replace the trunk lid latch switch, then go to the next step.
(See 09-14-50 TRUNK LID LATCH AND RELEASE
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
SHB
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Liftgate latch switch circuit malfunction
Short to ground in the liftgate latch switch circuit with the liftgate closed (littgate latch switch off).
Liftgate latch switch connector or terminals malfunction

Liftgate latch switch malfunction
- Liftgate latch switch terminal C-SCM terminal 6F
SCM malfunction
SCM
CARGO COMPARTMENT LIGHT
SCM
LlFTGATE LATCH AND LOCK MOTOR

WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
rciAl
[ill]
09-02F-59

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
Clear the DTC uS,ing the M-MDS.
M-MDS with the liftgate closed (liftgate latch
switch off).
INSPECT LlFTGATE LATCH SWITCH
Disconnect the liftgate latch switch
connector.
TERMINALS
INSPECT LlFTGATE LATCH SWITCH CIRCUIT
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Liftgate latch switch and SCM connectors
are disconnected.
ground:
- Liftgate latch switch terminal C
INSPECT LlFTGATE LATCH SWITCH
Inspect the liftgate latch switch.
(See 09-14-63 LlFTGATE LATCH SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
connectors.
M-MDS with the liftgate closed (liftgate latch
switch off).
PRESENT
09-02F-60
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 7.

Step 6.

Step 6.

Replace the liftgate latch switch, then go to the next step.

(See 09-14-60 LI FTGATE LATCH AND LOCK ACTUATOR


DTC B126A:11 [BCM]
id0902f5931400
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Short to ground in the door lock-link switch (LF) lock-side circuit with the door lock-link switch (LF)
unlocked.
- Front door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal D-SCM terminal 61
SCM malfunction
BCM
BCM

K
L
A
B
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
unlocked.
TERMINALS
TERMINALS
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
09-02F-61

STEP
4
INSPECTION
ground:
terminal D
INSPECTION.)
connectors.
unlocked.
PRESENT
Yes
No
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
DTC B126A:13 [BCM]

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902f5931500

Open circuit in the door lock-link switch (LF) lock-side circuit with the door lock-link switch (LF) locked.
- Front door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal J-Sody ground
- Front door latch and lock actuator (LH) terminal D-SCM terminal 61
SCM malfunction
BCM
BCM

09-02F-62

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
locked.
TERMINALS
terminal D
ground:
terminal J
INSPECTION.)
TERMINALS
- BCM terminal 61
ACTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 9.
Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 6.
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No
go to Step 8.
Go to Step 8.
Step 8.
Yes

No
09-02F-63

STEP
8
INSPECTION
connectors.
Perform the BCM OTC inspection using the
M-MOS with the door lock-link switch (LF)
locked.
(See 09-02F-7 OTC INSPECTION [BCM].)
PRESENT
Are any OTC~ present?
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No
DTC C0051 :04 [BCM]

id0902f5344600
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Steering angle sensor internal malfunction

Z phase is abnormal.
Steering angle exceeds the specified value.
Steering wheel is off-center
Improper installation or positioning of the steering angle sensor
BCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
1
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MOS when the ignition is ON.
2
INSPECT STEERING WHEEL FOR OFFCENTER
Drive the vehicle and inspect the steering
wheel position while driving in a straight line.
Is the steering wheel off-center?
3
INSPECT FOR IMPROPER INSTALLATION OF
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
Inspect the installation of steering angle
sensor.
4
INSPECT STEERING ANGLE SENSOR

(See 09-18-19 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
connectors.
M-MOS when the ignition is ON.
09-02F-64
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 6.
Yes
Inspect and adjust the front wheel alignment to correct the

steering wheel alignment, then go to Step 5.
(See 02-11-1 FRONT WHEEL ALIGNMENT.)
No
Yes
Repair installation or replace the steering angle sensor, then

go to Step 5.
(See 09-18-56 COMBINATION SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Replace the steering angle sensor, then go to the next step.
INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
No
Yes

No

STEP
INSPECTION
6
PRESENT
"
ACTION
Yes
No
DTC C0051 :2F/C0052:11/C0052: 13/C0053: 11/C0053: 13/C0054: 11/C0054: 13/C0055:11/C0055: 13 [BCMJ
idO 02f5415600
C0051:2F
C0052:11/C0052:13
DESCRIPTION
C0053:11/C0053:13
C0054:11/C0054:13
C0055:11/C0055:13
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Steering angle sensor C signal input circuit error

Steering angle sensor Z signal input circuit error
Detected error in a combination of signals from each sensor (A, B, C, Z).

Steering angle sensor A, B, C, Z signal input circuit voltage is lower than the
specification for 0.1 s.
C0052: 13/C0053: 131 Steering angle sensor A, B, C, Z signal input circuit voltage is higher than the
C0054:13/C0055:13
specification for 0.1 s.
Steering angle sensor connector or terminals malfunction
- Steering angle sensor terminal F-BCM terminal 2G
- Steering angle sensor terminal D-BCM terminal 2F
- Steering angle sensor terminal B-BCM terminal 2H
- Steering angle sensor terminal C-BCM terminal 21
BCM malfunction
C0051:2F
DETECTION
CONDITION
Erratic signal of steering angle sensor

Steering angle sensor A signal input circuit error
Steering angle sensor B signal input circuit error
C0052:11/C0053:111
C0054:11/C0055:11
BCM
(8
@>~
@)~
/0
@>~
SENSOR (B)
@
@
@
SENSOR (C)
<~ ~
SENSOR (Z)

2wI2Ul2S 2Q 20 12M 12K I 21 2GI2E 2cI2A

I~~I
SENSOR (A)
~ SENSOR (GND)
BCM
SENSOR (VCC)
lm E(I'~i~(IJB ~
I~~I
09-02F-65

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
CONFIRM SCM DTC

Clear the DTC u~ing the M-MDS.
M-MDS.
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.

Disconnect the steering angle sensor
connector.
Yes

Step 8.

TERMINALS
Yes

Steering angle sensor and SCM connectors
are disconnected.
ground:
- Steering angle sensor terminal F
- Steering angle sensor terminal 0
- Steering angle sensor terminal S
- Steering angle sensor terminal C
Yes

are disconnected.
- Steering angle sensor terminal F
- Steering angle sensor terminal 0
- Steering angle sensor terminal S
- Steering angle sensor terminal C
Yes

SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
are disconnected.
- Steering angle sensor terminal F-SCM
terminal2G
- Steering angle sensor terminal D-SCM
terminal2F
- Steering angle sensor terminal S-SCM
terminal2H
- Steering angle sensor terminal C-SCM
terminal 21
Yes
No
09-02F-66
No
No
No
No

Step 8.
C0051 :2F/COO52:11/COO53:11/COO54:11/COO55:11:
C0052: 13/C0053: 13/C0054: 13/C0055: 13:
Go to Step 6.
COO51:2F:
C0052:11/C0053:11/C0054:11/C0055:11 :
Go to Step 7.



STEP
7
INSPECTION
Reconnect the steering angle sensor and
BCM connectors.
INSPECTION.)
connectors.
M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
ACTION
Replace the steering angle sensor, then go to the next
step.
(See 09-18-19 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
DTC C1126:13 [BCM]

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902f5940200
TNS switch circuit malfunction

Open circuit in the TNS switch circuit with the TNS switch on.
- Light switch terminal E-Body ground
Light switch malfunction
- Light switch terminal A-BCM terminal 2V
BCM malfunction
LIGHT SWITCH
BCM
H/L
" A
E "
H~~'"
OFF
r
~
- -
2wI2Ul2S 2Q 20 12M 12K I 21
I I
n
2GI2E 2cl2A
2X 12V 12T 2R 2P 12N 2L 2J 2H 12F 2012B
I~~I
TtT
LIGHT SWITCH
BCM
rT' ><
GIE
IF
~
C
01 B
I~~I
09-02F-67

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM SCM DTC
M-MDS with the TNS switch on.
TERMINALS
Light switch connector is disconnected.
- Light switch terminal A
INSPECT TNS SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Light switch connector is disconnected.
ground:
- Light switch terminal E
INSPECT LIGHT SWITCH
Inspect the light switch.
(See 09-18-58 LIGHT SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
TERMINALS
INSPECT TNS SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
Light switch and SCM connectors are
disconnected.
- SCM terminal 2V
09-02F-68
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 9.
No

Step 8.
Yes
No

Go to Step 6.
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the light switch, then go to Step 8.

(See 09-18-57 LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
No
Go to Step 8.
Yes

Step 8.
No
Yes

No
Yes

STEP
8
INSPECTION
connectors.
M-MDS with the TNS switch on.
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes

No
DTC C1137:12 [BCM]

id0902f5415400
ATX
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
TR switch circuit malfunction

Short to power supply in the TR switch circuit with the selector lever in P or N range.
- TR switch terminal D-BCM terminal 1Q
BCM malfunction
IG1
"-...J
BCM
TRSWITCH
@-o~
TRSWITCH
BCM
rnl~'~
@0bm,TI!]~
I~,I
1G 1EI1CI1A
1X 11V 1T 11R 1pl1NI1LI1J 1H 1FI1DI1B
1wI1U 1S 11Q 1011MI1KI11
I~,I
STEP
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS with the selector lever in P or N
range.
TERMINALS
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 7.
Yes

Step 6.
No
09-02F-69

STEP
INSPECTION
TERMINALS
TO POWER SUPPLY
TR switch and SCM connectors are
disconnected.
- TR switch terminal 0
INSPECT TR SWITCH
connectors.
M-MDS with the selector lever in PorN
range.
PRESENT
09-02F-70
Yes
ACTION
Step 6.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Replace the TR switch, then go to the next step.




MTX
II
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Back-up light switch circuit malfunction

Short to power supply in the back-up light switch circuit with the shift lever in P or N range.
Back-up light switch connector or terminals malfunction
- Back-up light switch terminal B-BCM terminal 1Q
Back-up light switch malfunction
BCM malfunction
BCM
IG1
riJ
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH
>0-0~1/
BCM
BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH

{I;i~~
I~,
--=
--=
1G 1E 11C 11A
1X 11V 1T 11R 1pI1NI1LI1J 1H 1FI1DI1B
1wI1U 1S 11Q 1011MI1KI11
I~,I
STEP
1
'I
ACTION
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS with the shift lever in P or N range.
INSPECT BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH
Disconnect the back-up light switch
connector.
TERMINALS
INSPECT BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH CIRCUIT
Back-up light switch and BCM connectors
are disconnected.
- Back-up light switch terminal B
Yes
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

No
09-02F-71

STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT BACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH
Inspect the back-~p light switch.
(See 09-18-55 SACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
connectors.
M-MDS with the shift lever in P or N range.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace the back-up light switch, then go to the next step.
(See 05-15A-2 SACK-UP LIGHT SWITCH REMOVAU

Yes

No
DTC P0070:14 [BCM]

id0902f5931300
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
Ambient temperature sensor circuit malfunction
Ambient temperature sensor circuit voltage is out of range for 3 s or more.

Ambient temperature sensor connector or terminals malfunction
- Ambient temperature sensor terminal A-SCM terminal 1X
- Ambient temperature sensor terminal S-SCM terminal 1H
Ambient temperature sensor malfunction
SCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BCM
@m------{tf~~~~
G3H~~----------------------~H,,~
BCM
~[ 1wI1U 1s11Q 1011MI1KI11 1G 1EI1CI1A

1xl1V 1TI1R 1pI1NI1LI1J 1H 1FI1DI1B ~
t!lD
I~~I
09-02F-72

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
Yes
No
Go to Step 9.
INSPECT AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR

Disconnect the ambient temperature sensor
connector.
Yes

Step 8.

TERMINALS
Yes

Ambient temperature sensor and SCM
ground:
- Ambient temperature sensor terminal A
- Ambient temperature sensor terminal S
Yes

No

- Ambient temperature sensor terminal A
- Ambient temperature sensor terminal S
Yes


- Ambient temperature sensor terminal ASCM terminal 1X
- Ambient temperature sensor terminal SSCM terminal 1H
Yes
No
CONFIRM BCM DTC

(See 09-02F-7 CLEARING OTC [SCM].)
more.

M-MOS.
No
No
No

Step 8.

09-02F-73

STEP
7
INSPECTION
Ambient temperature sensor and BCM
Reconnect the ambient temperature sensor
connector.
Inspect the ambient temperature sensor.
CONDITIONER].)
connectors.
more.
M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace the ambient temperature sensor, then go to the
next step.
(See 07-40A-22 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CONDITIONER].)
Yes

No
Yes

No
DTC P1536:13 [BCM]

id0902f5415500
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION

Open circuit in the parking brake switch circuit with the parking brake lever applied (parking brake
switch on).
Parking brake switch connector or terminals malfunction
Parking brake switch malfunction
- Parking brake switch terminal A-BCM terminal 2Q
BCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BCM
~~
t;}04(\
BCM
r
~
2wI2U 12S 2Q 20 12M 12K I 21 2GI2E 2cI2A

I~~I
09-02F-74

I~~I

STEP
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS with the parking brake lever applied
(parking brake switch on).
INSPECT PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Disconnect the parking brake switch
connector.
TERMINALS
INSPECT PARKING BRAKE SWITCH
Inspect the parking brake switch.
(See 04-12-5 PARKING SRAKE SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
INSPECT PARKING BRAKE SWITCH CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Parking brake switch and SCM connectors
are disconnected.
- Parking brake switch terminal A
connectors.
M-MDS with the parking brake lever applied
(parking brake switch on).
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 7.

Step 6.

Step 6.
Yes
Replace the parking brake switch, then go to Step 6.

(See 04-12-3 PARKING SRAKE LEVER REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No


09-02F-75

DTC U0300:00 [BCM]
id0902f5413500
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Warning
Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before performing an inspection .
Performing an inspection according to only the detection conditions may cause injury due to
an operating error, or damage the system. When performing an inspection, always follow the
SCM detects the corrupt configuration data after completion of configuration.

SCM configuration error
SCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS.
PERFORM BCM CONFIGURATION
Perform the SCM configuration using the MMDS.
(See 09-40-16 SODY CONTROL MODULE
(SCM) CONFIGURATION.)
M-MDS.
M-MDS.
PRESENT
09-02F-76
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 4.
Yes
Perform the SCM configuration again, then go to the next

step.
CONFIGURATION.)
Go to Step 4.
No
Yes
No
Yes
No



DTC U0401 :68 [BCM]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902f5413600
Receive erratic data from PCM

SCM receives the erratic data from PCM for 5 s or more, while the ignition is ON.
PCM DTC is stored

PCM malfunction
SCM malfunction
STEP
1
ACTION
INSPECTION
CONFIRM PCM DTC
M-MDS.
(See 01-02A-7 ON-SOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TEST [LF, L5].)
(See 01-02S-8 ON-SOARD DIAGNOSTIC
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
CONFIRM BCM DTC
more.
M-MDS.
more.
M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes

(See 01-02A-17 DTC TASLE [LF, L5].)
(See 01-02S-18 DTC TASLE [L3 WITH TC].)
No
Yes

(See 01-40S-7 PCM REMOVAUINSTALLATION [L3
WITH TC].)
Go to Step 4.
No
Yes

No
Yes

No
09-02F-77

DTC U2100:00 [BCM]
DESCRIPTION
id0902f5413800
Warning
Detection conditions are for understanding the DTC outline before performing an inspection .
Performing an inspection according to only the detection conditions may cause injury due to
an operating error, or damage the system. When performing an inspection, always follow the
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Configuration is not finished completely.

BCM configuration error
BCM malfunction
STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MDS.
PERFORM BCM CONFIGURATION
Perform the BCM configuration using the MMOS.
(See 09-40-16 BODY CONTROL MODULE
(BCM) CONFIGURATION.)
M-MDS.
M-MDS.
PRESENT
09-02F-78
Yes
No
Yes
No

Go to Step 4.
Perform the BCM configuration again, then go to the next

step.
CONFIGURATION.)
Go to Step 4.
Yes

No
Yes

No

DTC U3000:04 [BCM]
id0902f5413900
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BCM internal malfunction

BCM internal ECU is faulted.
BCM malfunction
STEP
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
M-MOS.
PRESENT
Yes
ACTION
(See 09-40-2 BOOY CONTROL MOOULE (BCM)
No
Yes

No
09-02F-79

DTC U3003: 16 [BCM]
id0902f5933600
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
BCM power supply circuit voltage is lower than 9 V for 5 s or more.
PCM DTC is stored

Battery malfunction
Open circuit or short to ground in BCM power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between the following terminal:
BCM terminal 4T-Ignition switch terminal A*1/Relay block terminal 1B*2
BCM terminal 4S-Battery positive terminal
BCM terminal 3J-Battery positive terminal
- HAZARD 15 A fuse malfunction
- Open circuit in wiring harness between the following terminal:
BCM terminal4T-Ignition switch terminal A*1/Relay block terminal 1B*2
BCM terminal 4S-Battery positive terminal
BCM terminal 3J-Battery positive terminal
BCM malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BATTERY
---1
.- .~
IGNITION SWITCH (IG1) TERMINAL A*1

RELAY BLOCK (IG1 RELAY) TERMINAL 1B*2
r~
FUSE BLOCK
BCM
METER
,.... 15 A
II~
HAZARD 15A
,... rv-..
.....
.....
ROOM15A
,....
((@)
BCM
*1
*2 :
STEP
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
more.
M-MDS.
(See 09-02F-7 DTe INSPECTION [BCM].)
09-02F-80
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 8.

STEP
2
INSPECTION
CONFIRM PCM DTC
M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT BATTERY
L5].)
WITH TC].)
Yes
No
Yes
No
4
INSPECT GENERATOR
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
TERMINALS
BCM connector is disconnected.
- BCM terminal 4T
- BCM terminal 4S
- BCM terminal 3J
Is the voltage B+?

connectors.
more.
M-MDS.
PRESENT
ACTION

L5].)
WITH TC].)
Yes

[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
No
Yes

Step 7.
No
Yes
No

Inspect the METER 15 A fuse, HAZARD 15 A fuse or
ROOM 15 A fuse.
short to ground.
open circuit.
Yes

No
Yes

No
09-02F-81

DTC U3003:17 [BCM]
id0902f531 0200
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
BCM power supply circuit voltage is higher than 16 V for 5 s or more.
PCM DTC is stored

Battery malfunction
BCM malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
more.
M-MDS.
CONFIRM PCM DTC
M-MDS.
TEST [LF, LS].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT BATTERY
LS].)
WITH TC].)
INSPECT GENERATOR
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
more.
M-MDS.
PRESENT
09-02F-82
ACTION
Yes
No

Go to Step 6.
Yes

No
Yes
Replace the battery, then go to Step S.

L5].)
WITH TC].)
No
Yes

[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
No
Yes

No
Yes

No

PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [BCM]
id0902f5960600

3. Select "GEM".
2. Select "GEM".
the screen.
am3uuw0000265
Note
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [BCM]

PID Name
Unit/Status
BRK_FLUID
Normal/Low
DRSW_D
Close/Open
DRSW_LR
Close/Open
DRSW_P
Close/Open
DRSW_RR
Close/Open
FOG_F_SW
Off/On
HAZARD
Off/On
HOOD_SW*
1
Close/Open
H/L_HLSW
Off/On
KEY_LOCK
- SW
Off/Lock
KEY_UNLK
- SW
Off/Unlock
PRK_BRK
Off/On
R_DEF_SW
Off/On
Description
Brake fluid level above MIN: Normal
Brake fluid level less than MIN: Low
Driver-side door opened: Open
Driver-side door closed: Close
Rear door (LH) opened: Open
Rear door (LH) closed: Close
Passenger-side door opened: Open
Passenger-side door closed: Close
Rear door (RH) opened: Open
Rear door (RH) closed: Close
Front fog light switch in on position: On
Front fog light switch in off position: Off
Terminal
Brake fluid level sensor
1N
Front door latch switch

(LH)
6G
Rear door latch switch (LH)
6E
Front door latch switch

(RH)
Rear door latch switch
(RH)
Front fog light switch (light
switch)
6H
6K
2W
Hazard warning switch
2M
Hood opened: Open

Hood closed: Close
Hood latch switch
1J
Light switch at H I position: On

Light switch at off position: Off
Light switch
2T
Front door key cylinder

switch
6B
Front door key cylinder

switch
6B
2Q
Light switch at TNS position: On

Light switch at off position: Off
Inspection Item
Hazard warning switch in on position: On

Hazard warning switch in off position: Off
Front door key cylinder switch at LOCK: Lock

Front door key cylinder switch not at LOCK: Off
Front door key cylinder switch at UNLOCK: Off
Front door key cylinder switch not at UNLOCK:
Unlock
Parking brake depressed (Parking brake switch in
the on position): On
Parking brake not depressed (Parking brake
switch in the off position): Off
Rear window defroster switch in on position: On
Rear window defroster switch in off position: Off
Shift the selector lever to R position: R
Other than these conditions: Not_R
id0902f5960700
R_GEAR_S
--W
Not_RlR
TNS_SW
Off/On
TURN_SW_
L
Off/On
Turn switch at left position: On

Turn switch in off position: Off

relay
TR switch (ATX)/
Back-up light switch (MTX)
1D
1Q
Light switch
2V
Turn switch (light switch)
2P
09-02F-83

PID Name
TURN_SWR
Unit/Status
TR/LG_SW
CloselOpen
OfflOn
VPWR
WASHER_F
OfflOn
WASHER_R
*2
OfflOn
WIP_F_HI
OfflOn
WIP_F_INT
OfflOn
WIP_F_LO
OfflOn
WIP_F_PP
OS
OfflOn
WIP_R_INT*
2
OfflOn
WIP_R_ON*
2
OfflOn
*1
Description
Turn switch at right position: On
Turn switch in off position: Off
Trunk (4SD)/Liftgate (5HB) lid opened: Open
Trunk (4SD)/Liftgate (5HB) lid closed: Close
Indicate the battery voltage

Windshield washer switch in on position: On
Windshield washer switch in off position: Off
Rear washer switch in on position: On

Rear washer switch in off position: Off
Inspection Item
Terminal
Turn switch (light switch)
20
Trunk lid latch switch

(4S0)1
Liftgate latch switch (5HB)
5G
Battery
3J,4S
Wiper and washer switch
4P
40
4M
41
4J
Windshield wiper motor
3G
Rear wiper switch at INT position: On

Rear wiper switch at off position: Off
2K
Rear wiper switch at on position: On

Rear wiper switch at off position: Off
2L
Windshield wiper switch

Windshield
Windshield
Windshield
On
Windshield
Off
at HI position: On
at off position: Off
at INT position: On
at off position: Off
wiper switch at LO position: On

wiper switch at off position: Off
wiper auto stop switch in on position:
wiper auto stop switch in off position:
: Vehicles with theft-deterrent system
*2 : Vehicles with rear wiper and washer switch
~-
09-02F-84
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AUDIO]
09-02G ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AUDIO]

FOREWORD [AUDIO] . ..............
DTC INSPECTION [AUDIO] ..........
Using the M-MDS ................
Without Using M-MDS (On-board
Diagnostic Test Mode) ...........
SUPPLIER IDENTIFICATION
PROCEDURE [AUDIO] .............
Identification Using the Label
or Inscribed Lettering ............
Verify Using the Diagnostic
Assist Function .................
CLEARING DTC [AUDIO] ............
Using the M-MDS ................
Without Using M-MDS (On-board
DTC TA8LE [AUDIO] ...............
DTC: 81188:64, 10:Er07, 22:Er07
[AU DIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC: 81A89:13 [AUDIO] ............
DTC: 81D19:71, 10:ER02, 22:Er02
[AU DIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
DTC: 81D19:79, 10:Er01, 22:Er01
[AU DIO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
09-02G-1
09-02G-2
09-02G-2
09-02G-2
09-02G-3
09-02G-3
09-02G-3
09-02G-4
09-02G-4
09-02G-4
09-02G-5
09-02G-6
09-02G-6
DTC: 81D19:96, 10:Er10, 22:Er10

[AUDIO] ......................... 09-02G-9
DTC: U3000:04, 09:Er22 [AUDIO] . .... . 09-02G-9
DTC: U3000:09, 09:Er21 [AUDIO] . .... . 09-02G-10
DTC: U3003:16, 09:Er20 [AUDIO] . .... . 09-02G-10
DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION
[AUDIO] ......................... 09-02G-12
Switch Inspection .............. 09-02G-12
Speaker Inspection .............. . 09-02G-12
Radio Reception Condition
Inspection .................... 09-02G-13
Antenna Control Condition
Inspection .................... . 09-02G-15
Audio Amplifier Control Condition
Inspection ................... 09-02G-15
Dial Inspection .................. . 09-02G-16
Audio Amplifier Specification
Inspection .................... 09-02G-16
Audio Amplifier (With Bose)
Identify Inspection .............. . 09-02G-17
09-02G-8
09-02G-8
FOREWORD [AUDIO]
id0902f6441800
The audio system has an on-board diagnostic function and diagnostic assist function to facilitate audio system
diagnosis.
On-board diagnostic function
The on-board diagnostic function consists of the following functions: A malfunction detection function,
which detects overall malfunctions in the audio system-related parts; a memory function, which stores
detected DTCs; and a display function, which indicates system malfunctions via a DTC display.
If the audio unit detects a malfunction in the audio system, a maximum of 3 DTCs are recorded in the audio
unit. If three DTCs have already been stored and an additional malfunction is detected, the oldest DTC of
the 3 already stored is cleared and it is replaced with the DTC for the most current malfunction.
DTCs stored in the audio unit are cleared if the negative battery cable is disconnected (if backup power is
interrupted).
There are two methods for reading and clearing DTCs. They include activation of the on-board diagnostic
test mode of the on-board diagnostic function, which is operated using the audio unit, and the M-MDS. The
displayed DTCs differ depending on whether the on-board diagnostic test mode or the M-MDS method is
used. Additionally, because some DTCs are not displayed in the on-board diagnostic test mode, use the MMDS before performing the procedure.
On-board diagnostic test mode
- To display DTCs on the information display that have been recorded in the memory function, activate
the on-board diagnostic function by operating the audio unit.
Using the M-MDS
- When a DTC inspection is performed using the M-MDS, the malfunction diagnostics for the audio
system, Bluetooth system (hands-free telephone (HFfTEL system), and the SIRIUS satellite radio
system is initiated. A maximum of 5 DTCs detected by the malfunction diagnostics are displayed.
Diagnostic assist function
The diagnostic assist function is a function for forcibly operating audio system related parts to verify their
connection condition and operation status. In addition, the specifications for the audio system related parts
are displayed in the information display to enable their verification.
09-02G-1

DTC INSPECTION [AUDIO]
id0902f6440500
Note
All DTCs displayed in the DTC inspection should be entered in the Audio Repair Order Form.
Using the M-MDS
3. Select "ACU".
2. Select "ACU".
am3uuw0000309
screen.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the audio unit. (See 09-02G-4 CLEARING DTC [AUDIO].)
Without Using M-MDS (On-board Diagnostic Test Mode)
1. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON.
2. While pressing the POWER/VOLUME switch,
simultaneously press the AUX switch and the
RPT/PRESET switch 2 for 2 s or more.
Note
If several DTCs are in the memory, they can
be displayed using the SEEKITRACK switch
(up or down).
3. To stop the on-board diagnostic test mode,
ignition is switched to off.
SEEKfTRACK SWITCH
AUXSWITCH
RPT/PRESET - - + - H i - I
SWITCH 2
=~!:=::I
POWERNOLUME SWITCH
am3uuw0000309
09-02G-2

SUPPLIER IDENTIFICATION PROCEDURE [AUDIO]
id0902f6803800
Note
The supplier can vary with the unit. When asking the supplier (service center) for repair or replacement,
identify the supplier and fill in the Audio Repair Order Form with the following procedures.
Identification Using the Label or Inscribed Lettering
2. Remove the center panel. (See 09-17-24 CENTER PANEL REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
3. Remove the audio unit. (See 09-20-4 AUDIO UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
4. Verify the supplier by referring to the label
.---------------------,
attached to each unit.
--i--ff.~--AUDIO
Verify Using the Diagnostic Assist Function

simultaneously press the PRESET switch 5 for
0.2 s or more.
UNIT
PRESET SWITCH 5
POWERNOLUME SWITCH
am3uuw0000310
3. Identify the supplier code by referring to the

information display.
Supplier
code
01
02
03
04
05
Supplier name
SANYO Automedia
Panasonic
Clarion
M-02
Pioneer
VISTEON
am3uuw0000310
09-02G-3

Note
The supplier code can also be identified
from the DTC displays screen.
4. To stop the diagnostic assist function, ignition is
switched to off.
09:Er21
SUPPLIER CODE
am3uuw0000310
CLEARING DTC [AUDIO]
id0902f6855600
Caution
Before clearing the DTCs, be sure to enter all of the DTCs displayed in the DTC inspection in the
Audio Repair Order Form.
Using the M-MDS
3. Select "ACU".
2. Select "ACU".
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02G-2 DTC INSPECTION [AUDIO].)
am3uuw0000310

1. Launch the on-board diagnostic test mode. (See 09-02G-2 DTC INSPECTION [AUDIO].)
2. While pressing the POWERNOLUME switch,
simultaneously press the AUDIO CONT switch for
2 s or more.
POWERNOLUME SWITCH
AUDIO CONT SWITCH

am3uuw0000310
09-02G-4

DTC TABLE [AUDIO]
id0902f6855700
DTC
~
M-MDS display
Information
display
(On-board
diagnostic test
mode)
Detection
Steering switch circuit malfunction

B1134:23
26:Er85
Microphone circuit malfunction
B116A:12
26:Er82
B116A:13
26:Er84
B116A:16
26:Er83
Bluetooth unit internal malfunction

B116A:44
B1188:64
B1A89:13
26:Er86
10:Er07, 22:Er07 Audio unit internal malfunction
SIRIUS satellite radio system communication

circuit malfunction
B1D19:71
10:ER02,22:Er02 Audio unit internal malfunction
B1D19:79
10:Er01, 22:Er01
B1D19:96
10: Er1 0, 22: Er1 0 Audio unit internal malfunction
U0010:88
U0155:00
Audio unit internal malfunction
(See 09-02H-4 DTC: B 1134:23,

26:Er85 [Bluetooth SYSTEM
(HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HFI
TEL) SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02H-6 DTC: B116A:12,
TEL) SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02H-7 DTC: B116A:13,
26: Er84 [Bluetooth SYSTEM
TEL) SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02H-9 DTC: B116A:16,
TEL) SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02H-10 DTC: B116A:44,
TEL) SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02G-6 DTC: B1188:64,
10:Er07, 22:Er07 [AUDIO].)
(See 09-02G-6 DTC: B1A89:13
[AUDIO].)
(See 09-02G-8 DTC: B1 019:71,
10:ER02, 22:Er02 [AUDIO].)
(See 09-02G-8 DTC: B1D19:79,
10:Er01, 22:Er01 [AUDIO].)
(See 09-02G-9 DTC: B1D19:96,
10:Er1 0, 22:Er1 0 [AUDIO].)
16:Er12

16:Er11, 17:Er12 Communication error to instrument cluster
display
Communication error to SIRIUS satellite radio
unit
Communication error to Bluetooth unit
Invalid date received from Instrument cluster
U0156:00
U0193:00
U0197:00
U0423:68
U0498:68
26:Er81
U3000:04
09:Er22
U3000:09
09:Er21
U3003:16
09:Er20
Audio unit power supply voltage is low
Reference
No Err
DTC is not recorded.

SYSTEM].)
(See 09-02G-9 DTC: U3000:04,

09:Er22 [AUDIO].)
(See 09-02G-1 0 DTC: U3000:09,
09:Er21 [AUDIO].)
(See 09-02G-10 DTC: U3003:16,
09:Er20 [AUDIO].)
09-02G-5

DTC: 81188:64, 10:Er07, 22:Er07 [AUDIO]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id0902f6440600

Audio unit detects CD reading error
CD is inserted upside down
CDs with scratches or deformity
Incompatible CDs
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT THE CD
Clear the DTC from the audio unit memory.
(See 09-02G-4 CLEARING DTC [AUDIO].)
Insert a playable CD with the title surface
facing upward.
Action
Yes
No
Replace the audio unit, then go to the next step.

(See 09-20-4 AUDIO UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Note
Refer to the following for a playable
CD.
(See 09-03F-12 REFERENCE [CD
PLAYER/CHANG ER].)
Play the CD for 12 s or more.

Perform the audio unit DTC inspection.
(See 09-02G-2 DTC INSPECTION [AUDIO].)
RECORDED
Yes
No

(See 09-02G-5 DTC TABLE [AUDIO].)
DTC: 81A89:13 [AUDIO]

id0902f6440700
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
SIRIUS satellite radio system communication circuit malfunction

Open circuit between SIRIUS satellite radio unit and center roof antenna (SIRIUS satellite radio
antenna) is detected continuously for 5 s.
SIRIUS satellite radio antenna feeder malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE
Note
SIRIUS satellite radio antenna feeder No.1 is integrated with the dashboard wiring harness.
SIRIUS satellite radio antenna feeder No.2 is integrated with the antenna feeder NO.2.
SIRIUS satellite radio antenna feeder No.3 is integrated with the antenna feeder No.3.
Center roof antenna (SIRIUS satellite radio antenna) malfunction
SIRIUS SATELLITE
RADIO UNIT
CENTER ROOF
ANTENNA
SIRIUS SATELLITE
SIRIUS SATELLITE
SIRIUS SATELLITE
RADIO ANTENNA
RADIO ANTENNA
RADIO ANTENNA
~I\\
FEEDER NO.1 ~ FEEDER NO.2 ~
FEEDER NO.3 /, ~
~Iff
SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO UNIT

09-02G-6
~~
CENTER ROOF ANTENNA


Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT CENTER ROOF ANTENNA
CONNECTOR CONDITION
Disconnect the center roof antenna
connector.
corrosion).
INSPECT SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO
ANTENNA FEEDER CONNECTOR
CONDITION
Disconnect the SIRIUS satellite radio
antenna feeder connector.
corrosion).
INSPECT SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO UNIT
CONNECTOR CONDITION
Disconnect the SIRIUS satellite radio unit
connector.
corrosion).
INSPECT SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO
ANTENNA FEEDER
Inspect the SIRIUS satellite radio antenna
feeder.
(See 09-20-41 SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO
ANTENNA FEEDER INSPECTION.)
INSPECT CENTER ROOF ANTENNA (SIRIUS
SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA)
Inspect the center roof antenna (SIRIUS
satellite radio antenna).
(See 09-20-23 CENTER ROOF ANTENNA
INSPECTION.)
connectors.
Clear the DTC from the audio unit memory
using the M-MDS.
Perform the audio unit OTC inspection using
the M-MDS.
RECORDED
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Action
Repair or replace the connector or terminal, then go to Step
6.

6.

6.
Yes
Replace the SIRIUS satellite radio antenna feeder, then go

to Step 6.
(See 09-20-41 SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO ANTENNA
FEEDER REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
Replace the center roof antenna (SIRIUS satellite radio

antenna}, then go to the next step.
(See 09-20-19 CENTER ROOF ANTENNA REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.}
No
Yes
Replace the SIRIUS satellite radio unit, then go to the next

step.
(See 09-20-30 SIRIUS SATELLITE RADIO UNIT
No
Yes

No
09-02G-7

DTC: 81D19:71, 10:ER02, 22:Er02 [AUDIO]
id0902f6440800
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE

CD drive servo malfunction
Incompatible CDs
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT THE CD
Clear the OTC from the audio unit memory.
Insert a playable CO with the title surface
facing upward.
Yes
No
Action
Note
CD.
PLAYER/CHANGER].)
Perform the audio unit OTC inspection.
RECORDED
Yes

(See 09-02G-5 OTC TABLE [AUDIO].)
No
DTC: 81D19:79, 10:Er01, 22:Er01 [AUDIO]

id0902f6440900
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
CD drive mechanical malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE
CO is inserted upside down

Incompatible CDs
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT THE CD
facing upward.
Yes
No
Action
Note
CO.
PLAYER/CHANGER].)
Play the CO for 12 s or more.

RECORDED
09-02G-8
Yes

No

DTC: 81019:96, 10:Er10, 22:Er10 [AUDIO]
id0902f6441 000
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE

Communication error between the audio control circuit and CO drive

Incompatible CDs
Step
1
Inspection
INSPECT THE CD
facing upward.
Action
Yes

No
Yes

(See 09-02G-5 DTe TABLE [AUDIO].)
No
Note

CD.
PLAYER/CHANGER].)

RECORDED
DTC: U3000:04, 09:Er22 [AUDIO]

id0902f6441500
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE

Audio unit internal ECU (Tuner peripheral circuit) is faulted.
Step
1
Inspection
CONFIRM AUDIO UNIT DTC
RECORDED
Yes
Action
No
Yes

No
09-02G-9

DTC: U3000:09, 09:Er21 [AUDIO]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id0902f6441600

Audio unit internal ECU (Power amplifier peripheral circuit) is faulted.
Step
1
Inspection
CONFIRM AUDIO UNIT DTC
RECORDED
Yes
Action
No
Yes

No
DTC: U3003:16, 09:Er20 [AUDIO]

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id0902f6441700
Audio unit power supply voltage is low

Audio unit power supply voltage of less than 10 V is detected continuously for 10 s.
POSSIBLE CAUSE
PCM DTC is stored

Battery malfunction
Audio unit connector or terminals malfunction
Open circuit or short to ground in audio unit power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between the following terminal:
Audio unit terminal 1 R-Ignition switch terminal F*1/Relay block terminal 2B*2
Audio unit terminal 1B-Battery positive terminal
- AUDIO 7.5 A fuse malfunction
- Open circuit in wiring harness between the following terminal:
Audio unit terminal 1R-Ignition switch terminal F*1/Relay block terminal2B*2
Audio unit terminal 1B-Battery positive terminal
IGNITION SWITCH (ACC) TERMINAL F*1

RELAY BLOCK (ACC RELAY) TERMINAL 2B*2
FUSE BLOCK
AUDIO UNIT
AUDIO UNIT
r----
*1 : Vehicles without advanced keyless entry and push button start system
*2
09-02G-10

Step
1
Inspection
CONFIRM PCM DTC
TEST [LF, LS].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT BATTERY
LS].)
WITH TC].)
INSPECT GENERATOR
[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT AUDIO UNIT CONNECTOR
CONDITION
Disconnect the audio unit connector.
corrosion).
Audio unit connector is disconnected.
- Audio unit terminal 1B
- Audio unit terminal 1 R
Is the voltage B+?

connectors.
RECORDED
Action
Yes

No
Yes

LS].)
WITH TC].)
No
Yes
No
Yes
No

6.
Yes
No
If the audio unit terminal 1B or 1R voltage is not B+:

Inspect the ROOM 1S A fuse or AUDIO 7.S A fuse.
short to ground.
open circuit.
Yes

No
Yes

(See 09-02G-S DTC TABLE [AUDIO].)
No

[LF, LS].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
09-02G-11

DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION [AUDIO]
id0902f6804500
Switch Inspection
2. Turn the audio unit power to ON.
simultaneously press the RDM/PRESET switch 3
for 0.2 s or more.
4. Inspect according to the following table:
RDM/PRESET SWITCH 3
POWERNOLUME SWITCH
am3uuw0000439
INSPECTION
Launch the switch inspection
mode.
Operate all of the switches
(press).
Does the buzzer sound?
DISPLAY
Yes
No
ACTION
The switch is normal.
Verify the switch.
(See 09-03D-3
CONFIRMATION STEP
1: AUDIO PANEL
SWITCH
CONFIRMATION
[ENTIRE AUDIO
SYSTEM].)
5. Cancel the diagnostic assist function by either turning off the audio unit power or by switch the ignition to off.
Speaker Inspection
Using the M-MDS
1. Select "Electrical".
2. Select "Audio".
3. Select "Audio Speaker Walkaround Test" .
2. Select "Audio Speaker Walkaround Test".
on the screen.
09-02G-12
am3uuw0000309

Without Using M-MDS
2. Turn the audio unit powerto ON.
simultaneously press the AUTO-M switch for 0.2 s
or more.
AUTO-M SWITCH
POWERNOLUME SWITCH
am3uuw0000439
INSPECTION
Launch the speaker inspection
mode.
Does each speaker output
sound in the following order?:
DISPLAY
Yes
Without Bose
1. Front door speaker (LH) and
tweeter (LH)
2. Front door speaker (RH) and
tweeter (RH)
3. Rear door speaker (RH)
4. Rear door speaker (LH)
With Bose
1. Front door speaker (LH) and
tweeter (LH) and front center
speaker
2. Front door speaker (RH) and
tweeter (RH) and front center
speaker
3. Rear door speaker (RH) and
rear speaker (RH) and rear
center speaker (4DS)/8assbox (SH8)
4. Rear door speaker (LH) and
rear speaker (LH) and rear
center speaker (4DS)/8assbox (SH8)
ACTION
The speakers and the wiring harness
between the audio unit and speakers
are normal.
If no sound is produced from all of
the speakers.
(See 09-030-7 NO.3 NO SOUND
FROM ALL SPEAKERS [ENTIRE
AUDIO SYSTEM].)
If no sound is produced from
some of the speakers.
(See 09-030-8 NO.4 NO SOUND
FROM SOME SPEAKERS
[ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM].)
No
Radio Reception Condition Inspection
Using the M-MDS
1. Select "Electrical".
2. Select "Audio".
3. Select "AM Antenna Reception Sensitivity
Test".
2. Select "AM Antenna Reception Sensitivity
Test".
on the screen.
am3uuw0000309
09-02G-13

Without Using M-MDS
3. Tune in the radio.
simultaneously press the RPT/PRESET switch 2
for 0.2 s or more.
Caution
Even if the system is normal, radio
reception may be difficult depending on
where the system is inspected (indoorsl
outdoors, or conditions at the location).
Before inspecting the system, verify that
radio reception is adequate.
When performing the inspection, select
the best area for receiving radio
frequencies.
INSPECTION
Launch the radio reception condition
inspection mode.
DISPLAY
LEV 10- LEV 5

LEV 4-LEV 3
LEV 2-LEV 0
RPT/PRESET SWITCH 2
POWERNOLUME SWITCH
am3uuw0000439
ACTION
Glass antenna, antenna amplifier, antenna feeder

and audio unit are normal.
Change frequencies and re-perform the inspection.
Inspect the glass antenna and antenna amplifier
and antenna feeder.
(See 09-20-26 GLASS ANTENNA
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-20-28 ANTENNA AMPLIFIER
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-20-34 ANTENNA FEEDER NO.1
INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.)
INSPECTION.)
If either the glass antenna or the antenna
amplifier or the antenna feeder is not normal,
replace the malfunctioning part.
(See 09-12-39 FILAMENT REPAIR.)
(See 09-20-27 ANTENNA AMPLIFIER
If the glass antenna and antenna feeder are
normal, replace the audio unit.
(See 09-20-4 AUDIO UNIT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
09-02G-14

Antenna Control Condition Inspection
3. Tune in the radio.
simultaneously press the SAT switch for 0.2 s or
more.
SAT SWITCH
POWERNOLUME SWITCH
am3uuw0000439
INSPECTION
Launch the antenna control
condition inspection mode.
ACTION
DISPLAY
Sound quality good.
ANT-ON
ANT-OFF
Sound quality poor.
System is okay.
Inspect the glass antenna
and antenna amplifier
and antenna feeder.
(See 09-20-26 GLASS
ANTENNA
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-20-28
ANTENNA AMPLIFIER
INSPECTION.)
(See 09-20-34
ANTENNA FEEDER
NO.1 INSPECTION.)
(See 09-20-36
ANTENNA FEEDER
NO.2 INSPECTION.)
(See 09-20-39
ANTENNA FEEDER
NO.3 INSPECTION.)
Replace the audio unit.

Audio Amplifier Control Condition Inspection
3. While pressing the AUTO-M switch,
simultaneously press the CD switch for 0.2 s or
more.
CD SWITCH
AUTO-M SWITCH
am3uuw0000439
--------------,
INSPECTION
Launch the audio amplifier control
condition inspection mode.
DISPLAY
AMP-ON
AMP-OFF
ACTION
System is okay.
INSTALLATION.)
09-02G-15

Dial Inspection
simultaneously press the PRESET switch 1 for
0.2 s or more.
PRESET SWITCH 1
AUTO-M SWITCH
am3uuw0000439
INSPECTION
Launch
the dial inspection mode.
Operate all of the dial.

Does the dial rotation direction
correspond with the direction
displayed in information display?
DISPLAY
f-
ACTION
Yes Dial is okay.
Verify the switch.
(See 09-03D-3 CONFIRMATION STEP 1:
No
AUDIO PANEL SWITCH CONFIRMATION
[ENTIRE AUDIO SYSTEM].)
Audio Amplifier Specification Inspection
simultaneously press the SEEKlTRACKIREPLAY
switch (down) for 0.2 s or more.
SEEKfTRACKlREPLAY SWITCH (DOWN)
POWERNOLUME SWITCH
am3uuw0000439
INSPECTION
Launch the audio amplifier

specification inspection mode.
Verify the audio amplifier
specification.
Dose the audio amplifier
specification correspond.
ACTION
DISPLAY
Without Bose
Yes System is okay.
.N (Normal)
With Bose
No
.L (Line out)

INSTALLATION.)
4. To stop the diagnostic assist function, ignition is switched to off.
(---
09-02G-16

Audio Amplifier (With Bose~ Identify Inspection
simultaneously press the TUNE/FILE/INSTANT
REPLAY switch and SEEKfTRACKlREPLAY
switch (down) for 3 s or more.
SEEKfTRACKlREPLAY SWITCH (DOWN)
TUNE/FILE/
INSTANT REPLAY SWITCH
POWERNOLUME SWITCH
am3uuw0000550
INSPECTION
Launch the audio amplifier (With
Bose) identify inspection mode.
Dose the audio amplifier
specification correspond.
With normal seat
Yes
The rear door speaker

sounds.
No
With leather seat
ACTION
Audio amplifier is okay.
Replace the audio amplifier.
(See 09-20-7 AUDIO AMPLIFIER
The front door speaker

sounds.
09-02G-17
l---
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HFI

TEL) SYSTEM)]
09-02H ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [Bluetooth SYSTEM

(HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HFITEL) SYSTEM)]
FOREWORD [Bluetooth SYSTEM
(HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE
(HFITEL) SYSTEM)] ...............
DTC INSPECTION [Bluetooth
SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE
TELEPHONE (HFITEL) SYSTEM)] . ...
Using the M-MOS ...............
Without Using M-MOS (On-board
Diagnostic Test Mode) ............
CLEARING DTC [Bluetooth
SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE
TELEPHONE (HFITEL) SYSTEM)] . ...
Using the M-MOS ..............
Without Using M-MOS (On-board
DTC TABLE [Bluetooth SYSTEM
(HFITEL) SYSTEM)] ...............
DTC: B1134:23, 26:Er85
[Bluetooth SYSTEM
(HFITEL) SYSTEM)] ...............
DTC: B116A:12, 26:Er82
[Bluetooth SYSTEM
(HFITEL) SYSTEM)] ...............
09-02H-1
09-02H-2
09-02H-2
09-02H-2
09-02H-3
09-02H-3
09-02H-3
09-02H-4
DTC: B116A:13, 26:Er84

[Bluetooth SYSTEM
(HFITEL) SYSTEM)] ............... . 09-02H-7
DTC: B116A:16, 26:Er83
[Bluetooth SYSTEM
(HFITEL) SYSTEM)] ............... . 09-02H-9
DTC: B116A:44, 26:Er86
[Bluetooth SYSTEM
(HFITEL) SYSTEM)] . .............. . 09-02H-10
DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION
[Bluetooth SYSTEM
(HFITEL) SYSTEM)] ............... . 09-02H-11
Software Version Verification ...... . 09-02H-11
Connection Condition Verification .... . 09-02H-11
Password Reset ................. . 09-02H-12
09-02H-4
09-02H-6
FOREWORD [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HFITEL) SYSTEM)]
id0902g8441800
The Bluetooth system (hands-free telephone (HFfTEL) system) has an on-board diagnostic function and
diagnostic assist function to facilitate Bluetooth system (hands-free telephone (HFfTEL) system) diagnosis.
On-board diagnostic function
The on-board diagnostic function consists of the following functions: A malfunction detection function,
which detects overall malfunctions in the audio system-related parts; a memory function, which stores
detected OTCs; and a display function, which indicates system malfunctions via a OTC display.
The memory function converts a malfunction detected by the malfunction detection function to a OTC and
stores it. The error currently occurring is stored as a present malfunction. Up to five OTCs can be stored as
a present malfunction.
There are two methods for reading and clearing OTCs. They include activation of the on-board diagnostic
test mode of the on-board diagnostic function, which is operated using the audio unit, and the M-MOS. The
displayed OTCs differ depending on whether the on-board diagnostic test mode or the M-MOS method is
used. Additionally, because some OTCs are not displayed in the on-board diagnostic test mode, use the MMOS before performing the procedure.
On-board diagnostic test mode
- To display OTCs on the information display that have been recorded in the memory function, activate
the on-board diagnostic function by operating the audio unit.
Using the M-MDS
- When a OTC inspection is performed using the M-MOS, the malfunction diagnostics for the audio
system, Bluetooth system (hands-free telephone (HFfTEL system), and the SIRIUS satellite radio
system is initiated. A maximum of 5 OTCs detected by the malfunction diagnostics are displayed.
Diagnostic assist function
The diagnostic assist function enables verification of the connection condition of the Bluetooth system
(hands-free telephone (HFfTEL) system related parts and their specification. The password for the
Bluetooth system (hands-free telephone (HFfTEL) system), which is set by the user, can also be reset.
09-02H-1

TEL) SYSTEM)]
DTC INSPECTION [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HFrrEL) SYSTEM)]
id0902g8440500
Note
All DTCs displayed in the DTC inspection should be entered in the Audio Repair Order Form.
Using the M-MDS
3. Select "ACU".
2. Select "ACU".
am3uuw0000310
screen.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the Bluetooth unit. (See 09-02H-3 CLEARING DTC
[Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HFfTEL) SYSTEM)].)
simultaneously press the PRESET switch 1 and
the PRESET switch 6 for 2 s or more.
PRESET SWITCH 1
PRESET SWITCH 6
~~~~~
POWERNOLUME SWITCH
SEEKITRACK SWITCH
am3uuw0000310
Note
If several DTCs are in the memory, they can
be displayed using the SEEKITRACK switch
(up or down).
CURRENT (DISPLAYS CURRENT MALFUNCTIONS)

.,....,--..
26:Er85
~
DEVICE CODE
ERROR CODE
amxzzw0000110
09-02H-2

TEL) SYSTEM)]
CLEARING DTC [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HFITEL) SYSTEM)]
id0902g8855600
Caution
Before clearing the DTCs, be sure to enter all of the DTCs displayed in the DTC inspection in the
Audio Repair Order Form.
Using the M-MDS
3. Select "ACU".
2. Select "ACU".
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02H-2 DTC INSPECTION [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE
TELEPHONE (HFffEL) SYSTEM)].)
am3uuw0000302

1. Launch the on-board diagnostic test mode. (See 09-02H-2 DTC INSPECTION [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDSFREE TELEPHONE (HFffEL) SYSTEM)].)
simultaneously press the PRESET switch 4 for 2
PRESET SWITCH 4
s or more.
AUTO-M SWITCH
am3uuw0000311
09-02H-3

TEL) SYSTEM)]
DTC TABLE [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HFITEL) SYSTEM)]
id0902g8855700
DTC
M-MDS display
Information
display
(On-board
diagnostic test
mode)
Description
B1134:23
26: Er85
B116A:12
26: Er82
B116A:13
26: Er84
B116A:16
26: Er83
B116A:44
26:Er86
U0498:68
26:Er81
No Err
Reference
(See 09-02H-4 DTC: B 1134:23,

26: Er85 [Bluetooth SYSTEM
TEL) SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02H-6 DTC: B 116A: 12,
TEL) SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02H-7 DTC: B116A:13,
TEL) SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02H-9 DTC: B116A:16,
TEL) SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-02H-1 0 DTC: B116A:44,
TEL) SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-020-1 FOREWORD
SYSTEM].)
DTC is not recorded.
DTC: B1134:23, 26:Er85 [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HFITEL) SYSTEM)]

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE

Steering switch input signal is detected continuously for 2 min or more
Steering switch malfunction
- Steering switch terminal Nand Bluetooth unit terminal F
STEERING SWITCH
Bluetooth UNIT
CLOCK SPRING
,.4/
Inl I
I In!
I~I~I~I~ I~I~I~I~I
.-1.!
!:!J--.......
I~~I
09-02H-4
Bluetooth UNIT
STEERING SWITCH
~
id0902g8440000
LI ><
IAAI y I V I U I S I Q
I AB I
zI
X I LIT I R
OIM
PiN
I~~
"
I
KlllGIElclAI
LIJIHIFIOIBI

TEL) SYSTEM)]
Step
1
I
c-~~~~~
~~~
~~~
~~
Inspection
INSPECT STEERING SWITCH CONNECTOR
CONDITION
Disconnect the steering switch connector.
corrosion).
CONDITION
corrosion).
INSPECT Bluetooth UNIT CONNECTOR
CONDITION
Disconnect the Bluetooth unit connector.
corrosion).
INSPECT STEERING SWITCH
Inspect the steering switch.
(See 09-20-46 STEERING SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
Inspect the crock spring.
INSPECTION.)
INSPECT STEERING SWITCH INPUT
connectors.
ground:
- Bluetooth unit terminal F
Clear the DTC from the Bluetooth unit
memory.
(See 09-02H-3 CLEARING DTC [Bluetooth
SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HF/
TEL) SYSTEM)].)
Petiorm the Bluetooth unit DTC inspection.
(See 09-02H-2 DTC INSPECTION
[Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE
TELEPHONE (HFITEL) SYSTEM)].)
RECORDED
Action
Yes
No

7.
Yes

7.
No
Yes

7.
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Replace the crock spring, then go to Step 7.

INSTALLATION.)
ground, then go to the next step.
Replace the Bluetooth unit, then go to the next step.

(See 09-20-50 Bluetooth UNIT REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)

(See 09-02H-4 DTC TABLE [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDSFREE TELEPHONE (HFITEL) SYSTEM)].)
09-02H-5
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [Bluetooth SYSTEM {HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HFI

TEL) SYSTEM)]
DTC: B116A:12, 26:Er82 [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HFITEL) SYSTEM)]
id0902g8440100
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION

Short to power supply in the microphone input circuit
- Bluetooth unit terminal A and microphone terminal A
Microphone malfunction
POSSIBLE CAUSE
MICROPHONE
Sluetooth UNIT
MICROPHONE
~ ttE IMI 611 ~
Sluetooth UNIT
II ><
.---
IAAI y I vi U I S I Q
I AS I z I x I LIT I R
aiM
N
pl
II
'---
I~~I
KIIIG1EIciAI
L1J1HIFIOIsi
I~~I
Step
Inspection
INSPECT MICROPHONE CONNECTOR
CONDITION
Disconnect the microphone connector.
corrosion).
CONDITION
corrosion).
INSPECT MICROPHONE INPUT CIRCUIT FOR
connectors.
- Bluetooth unit terminal A
memory.
TEL) SYSTEM)].)
Perform the Bluetooth unit DTC inspection.
09-02H-6
Yes
Action
4.
No
Yes
4.
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Replace the microphone, then go to the next step.

(See 09-20-50 MICROPHONE REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Go to the step 6.

TEL) SYSTEM)]
Step
5
Inspection
memory.
TEL) SYSTEM)].)
RECORDED
Action
Yes

No
Yes

No

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id0902g8440200

Microphone non-connection signal detected continuously
- Bluetooth unit terminal E and microphone terminal E
- Bluetooth unit terminal A and microphone terminal A
MICROPHONE
II
\\
::D
MICROPHONE
~ lli IMI B13 ~

I~~I
Sluetooth UNIT
Sluetooth UNIT
I ><
I AAI y I V I U I S I Q
I AS I
X I LIT I R
zI
OIM
PiN
II
KlllGIElclAI
LIJIHIFlolsJ
I~~I
Step
Inspection
CONDITION
corrosion).
Yes
No
Action
5.
09-02H-7

TEL) SYSTEM)]
Step
2
Inspection
CONDITION
corrosion).
INSPECT MICROPHONE CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
- Bluetooth unit terminal E and microphone
terminal E
Is there continu!ty?
INSPECT MICROPHONE INPUT CIRCUIT FOR
SHORT TO GROUND
ground:
- Bluetooth unit terminal A and body ground
connectors.
memory.
TEL) SYSTEM)].)
memory.
TEL) SYSTEM)].)
RECORDED
Yes
Action
5.
No
Yes
No

Yes

ground, then go to the next step.
No
Yes
Replace the microphone then go to the next step.

No
Go to Step 7.
Yes

No
Yes

No
09-02H-8

TEL) SYSTEM)]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id0902g8440300

Short to ground in microphone power supply circuit
- Bluetooth unit terminal C and microphone terminal C
POSSIBLE CAUSE
MICROPHONE
Bluetooth UNIT
MICROPHONE
~ ttE 1*1 BJ1 ~
Bluetooth UNIT
II ><
I AAI y I V I U I S I Q
I AB I
I X I LIT I R
OIM
PiN
II
KlllGIElclAI
LIJIHIFIOIBI
'--
I~~I
I~~I
Step
1
Inspection
CONDITION
corrosion).
. CONDITION
corrosion).
INSPECT MICROPHONE POWER SUPPLY
ground:
- Microphone terminal C
INSPECT Bluetooth UNIT POWER SUPPLY
CIRCUIT
connectors.
- Bluetooth unit terminal C
Action
Yes

5.
No
Yes

5.
No
Yes

No
Yes
Replace the microphone, then go to the next step.

No
09-02H-9

TEL) SYSTEM)]
Step
5
Inspection
memory.
SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HFI
TEL) SYSTEM)].)
RECORDED
Yes
Action
No
Yes

No
DTC: B116A:44, 26:Er86 [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HFrrEL) SYSTEM)]

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE CAUSE
id0902g8440400

Bluetooth unit detects the internal malfunction.
Step
1
Inspection
CONFIRM Bluetooth UNIT DTC
memory.
SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HFI
TEL) SYSTEM)].)
RECORDED
Yes
Action
No
Yes

No
1--
09-02H-10

TEL) SYSTEM)]
DIAGNOSTIC ASSIST FUNCTION [Bluetooth SYSTEM (HANDS-FREE TELEPHONE (HFITEL) SYSTEM)]
id0901g8804500
Software Version Verification

2. Press the SEEKffRACK switch to display the oldest error code of the error codes that have been recorded.
Note
If an error code has not been recorded, No Err is displayed.
3. Press the SEEKffRACKlREPLAY switch (down).

SEEKlTRACKlREPLAY SWITCH (DOWN)
am3uuw0000442
4. Verify the software version.

VER. 01.10
am3uuw0000311
Connection Condition Verification

2. Press SEEKffRACKlREPLAY switch (down) to
display the software version.
3. Press the SEEKffRACKlREPLAY switch (down).
SEEKlTRACKlREPLAY SWITCH (DOWN)
am3uuw0000442
09-02H-11

TEL) SYSTEM)]
4. Verify the connected unit.
WITHOUT Bose ~
AUDIO only
WITH Bose
AUDIO &AMP
am3uuw0000311
Password Reset
2. Press the RPT/PRESET switch 2 while pressing
the AUTO-M switch until the password reset
verification beep sound is heard.
RPT/PRESET SWITCH 2
AUTO-M SWITCH
am3uuw0000311
3. Verify that "PASSWD CLEAR" (with CD player) or

"Cleared" (with CD changer) is displayed in the
4. To stop the diagnostic assist function, ignition is
switched to off.
WITH CD PLAYER
PASSWD CLEAR
WITH CD CHANGER
Cleared
am3uuw0000564
09-02H-12
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)]
09-021 ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT

LIGHTING SYSTEM)]
DIAGRAM [AFS (ADAPTIVE
FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)] ......
DTC INSPECTION [AFS (ADAPTIVE
FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)] .....
CLEARING DTC [AFS (ADAPTIVE
FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)] ....
DTC TABLE [AFS (ADAPTIVE
FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)] .......
DTC B1 041 :54 [AFS (ADAPTIVE
DTC B1043:01 [AFS (ADAPTIVE
DTC B1044:01 [AFS (ADAPTIVE
DTC B10A3:86 [AFS (ADAPTIVE
FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)] .....
09-021-2
09-021-2
09-021-3
09-021-3
09-021-4
09-021-5
09-021-7
09-021-9
09-021-10

FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)] ........ 09-021-13
DTC C1 BOO:54 [AFS (ADAPTIVE
DTC U0401 :00 [AFS (ADAPTIVE
DTC U0422:00 [AFS (ADAPTIVE
FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)] ....... 09-021-17
LIGHTING SYSTEM)] .............. 09-021-20
LIGHTING SYSTEM)] .............. 09-021-20
09-021-12
09-021-1

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)]
id0902g9960000
IG1
IG1
METER 15 A
FUSE
BTN27.5A
FUSE
}-----I__+{
SWIVEL
ACTUATOR
RH
[INPUT]
STEERING ANGLE SENSOR SIGNAL
VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
[OUTPUT]
INDICATOR STATUS '
}--~--I--+{
I-+---I--__+{
HEAD LIGHT
LEVELING
ACTUATOR
RH
SWIVEL
ACTUATOR
LH
HEADLIGHT
RELAY (LO)
AFS
CONTROL MODULE
FRONT
COMBINATION
LIGHT RH
HEAD LIGHT
LEVELING
ACTUATOR
LH
FRONT
COMBINATION
LIGHT LH
FRONT AUTO
LEVELING SENSOR
AFS OFF SWITCH
REAR AUTO
LEVELING SENSOR
am3uun0000120
DTC INSPECTION [AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)]

id0902g9960300

3. Select "AFS".
2. Select "AFS".
am3uuw0000263
screen.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the AFS control module. (See 09-021-3 CLEARING DTC
[AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)].)
09-021-2
i----------

CLEARING DTC [AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)]
id0902g9960400

3. Select "AFS".
2. Select "AFS".
am3uuw0000263
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform the DTC inspection. (See 09-021-2 DTC INSPECTION [AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING
SYSTEM)].)
DTC TABLE [AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)]
id0902g9960500
DTC No.
M-MDS
display
Description
Reference
(See 09-021-4 DTC 81041 :54 [AFS
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-021-5 DTC 81043:01 [AFS
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-021-7 DTC B1044:01 [AFS
SYSTEM)].)
(See 09-021-9 DTC B10A3:86 [AFS
SYSTEM)].)
B1041:54
Auto leveling system initialization error
B1043:01
Front auto leveling sensor circuit malfunction
B1044:01
Rear auto leveling sensor circuit malfunction
B10A3:86
Swivel actuator (LH) signal malfunction
B10A3:87
Communication error with swivel actuator (LH)
(See 09-021-10 DTC B 1OA3:87 [AFS

SYSTEM)].)
B10A4:86
Swivel actuator (RH) signal malfunction
(See 09-021-12 DTC B10A4:86 [AFS

SYSTEM)].)
B10A4:87
Communication error with swivel actuator (RH)
(See 09-021-13 DTC B 1OA4:87 [AFS

SYSTEM)].)
C1BOO:54
Communication error with steering angle sensor
(See 09-021-15 DTC C1BOO:54 [AFS

SYSTEM)].)
UOO01:88
AFS control module communication error (HS-CAN)
U0100:00
U0140:00
Communication error with 8CM
U0401:00
(See 09-021-16 DTC U0401 :00 [AFS

SYSTEM)].)
U0422:00
(See 09-021-16 DTC U0422:00 [AFS

SYSTEM)].)
U3000:49
AFS control module internal malfunction
(See 09-021-17 DTC U3000:49 [AFS

SYSTEM)].)

09-021-3

DTC No.
M-MDS
display
Description
Reference
U3003:16
Low power supply circuit voltage
(See 09-021-17 DTC U3003: 16 [AFS

SYSTEM)].)
U3003:17
High power supply circuit voltage
(See 09-021-19 DTC U3003:17 [AFS

SYSTEM)].)
DTC 81041:54 [AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)]

id0902g9934000
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Auto leveling system initialization has not been completed.
STEP
1
INSPECTION
PERFORM AUTO LEVELING SYSTEM
INITIALIZATION
Perform the "AUTO LEVELING SYSTEM
INITIALIZATION".
INITIALIZATION.)
Clear the DTC from AFS control module
using the M-MDS.
(See 09-021-3 CLEARING DTC [AFS
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
09-021-4
ACTION
Yes
Perform the "AUTO LEVELING SYSTEM

INITIALIZATION" again, then go to the next step.
INITIALIZATION.)
No
Go to Step 3.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

LIGHTING SYSTEM)].)
No

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id0902g9934100
Front auto leveling sensor circuit malfunction
Front auto leveling sensor circuit voltage is out of range for 10 s or more, while the ignition is ON.
Front auto leveling sensor connector or terminals malfunction

AFS control module connector or terminals malfunction
- AFS control module terminal D-Front auto leveling sensor terminal A
- AFS control module terminal G-Front auto leveling sensor terminal B
- AFS control module terminal M-Front auto leveling sensor terminal C
Front auto leveling sensor malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
FRONT AUTO LEVELING SENSOR
AFS CONTROL MODULE
~~~~----------------------~~~
@.~~
((~
~~
~,~
AFS CONTROL MODULE

../
.............
r--1
><
r--1
wiuls
alolMIKI I IG
EICIA
xlvlT
RlplNILIJIH
FIDIB
FRONT AUTO LEVELING SENSOR

I~~I
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT FRONT AUTO LEVELING SENSOR
Disconnect the front auto leveling sensor
connector.
INSPECT AFS CONTROL MODULE
Disconnect the AFS control module
connector.
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 7.

Step 7.
09-021-5

STEP
3
INSPECTION
Front auto leveling sensor and AFS control
ground:
- Front auto leveling sensor terminal A
- Front auto leveling sensor terminal B
- Front auto leveling sensor terminal C
- Front auto leveling sensor terminal A
- Front auto leveling sensor terminal B
- Front auto leveling sensor terminal C
Inspect the front auto leveling sensor.
(See 09-18-51 AUTO LEVELING SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
- AFS control module terminal D-Front
auto leveling sensor terminal A
- AFS control module terminal G-Front
auto leveling sensor terminal B
- AFS control module terminal M-Front
auto leveling sensor terminal C
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
09-021-6
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No
Yes
Replace the front auto leveling sensor, then go to Step 7.

(See 09-18-50 AUTO LEVELING SENSOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
No

Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

LIGHTING SYSTEM)].)
No

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id0902g9934200
Rear auto leveling sensor circuit malfunction
Rear auto leveling sensor circuit voltage is out of range for 10 s or more, while the ignition is ON.
Rear auto leveling sensor connector or terminals malfunction

- AFS control module terminal D-Rear auto leveling sensor terminal A
- AFS control module terminal E-Rear auto leveling sensor terminal 8
AFS control module terminal M-Rear auto leveling sensor terminal C
- AFS control module terminal M-Rear auto leveling sensor terminal C
Rear auto leveling sensor malfunction
- AFS control module terminal M-Rear auto leveling sensor terminal C
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
REAR AUTO LEVELING SENSOR
AFS CONTROL MODULE
~H.~~----------------------~~~
~Hi~~_ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _~~
~~
@)
REAR AUTO LEVELING SENSOR
AFS CONTROL MODULE

n /'"
r=-1
><
wlu/s a/olMIKI
xlvlT
_r---l
'-.
IG ElclA
RlplNILIJIH
FIDIB
IGt~
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT REAR AUTO LEVELING SENSOR
Disconnect the rear auto leveling sensor
connector.
connector.
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No

Step 7.

Step 7.
09-021-7

STEP
3
INSPECTION
Rear auto leveling sensor and AFS control
ground:
- Rear auto leveling sensor terminal A
- Rear auto leveling sensor terminal B
- Rear auto leveling sensor terminal C
Rear auto lev~ling sensor and AFS control
- Rear auto leveling sensor terminal A
- Rear auto leveling sensor terminal B
- Rear auto leveling sensor terminal C
Inspect the rear auto leveling sensor.
(See 09-18-51 AUTO LEVELING SENSOR
INSPECTION.)
Rear auto leveling sensor and AFS control
- AFS control module terminal D-Rear
auto leveling sensor terminal A
- AFS control module terminal E-Rear
auto leveling sensor terminal B
- AFS control module terminal M-Rear
auto leveling sensor terminal C
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
09-021-8
Replace the rear auto leveling sensor, then go to Step 7.

(See 09-18-50 AUTO LEVELING SENSOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)


INSTALLATION.)

LIGHTING SYSTEM)].)

DTe 810A3:86 [AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902g9934400
Swivel actuator (LH) signal malfunction

AFS control module detects the swivel actuator (LH) signal malfunction when the ignition is ON.
Swivel actuator (LH) malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
VERIFY SWIVEL ACTUATOR (LH)
MALFUNCTION
using the M-MDS.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
Replace the front combination light (LH), then go to the

next step.
(See 09-18-7 FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
No
Go to Step 3.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

LIGHTING SYSTEM)].)
No
09-021-9

DTe 810A3:87 [AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)]
id0902g9934500
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
Communication error with swivel actuator (LH)

Communication between AFS control module and swivel actuator (LH) is lost when the ignition is O'N.
Front combination light (LH) connector or terminals malfunction
- AFS control module terminal T-Front combination light (LH) terminal K
- AFS control module terminal U-Front combination light (LH) terminal J
- AFS control module terminal T-Front combination light (LH) terminal K
AFS control module terminal U-Front combination light (LH) terminal J
Swivel actuator (LH) malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
AFS CONTROL MODULE
SWIVEL ACTUATOR (LH)
-
tv
(i::
@:
"
AFS CONTROL MODULE

FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT (LH)

1"5<"'1
n
wi
n ./ ........
U Is
xlvlT
><
........ -.........n
alolMIKlllG
RlplNILIJIH
ElclA
F I D I B
E ~ K
F
I
L
I-.
UL......JU
I~~I
I~~I
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT (LH)
Disconnect the front combination light (LH)
connector.
connector.
INSPECT SWIVEL ACTUATOR (LH) CIRCUIT
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Front combination light (LH) and AFS control
ground:
- Front combination light (LH) terminal K
- Front combination light (LH) terminal J
09-021-10
Yes
ACTION
Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

No

STEP
4
INSPECTION
INSPECT SWIVEL ACTUATOR (LH) CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Front combination light (LH) and AFS control
- AFS control module terminal T-Front
combination light (LH) terminal K
- AFS control module terminal U-Front
combination light (LH) terminal J
VERIFY SWIVEL ACTUATOR (LH)
MALFUNCTION
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the front combination light (LH), then go to the

next step.
INSTALLATION.)
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
No

LIGHTING SYSTEM)].)
09-021-11

DTC 810A4:86 [AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902g9934600
Swivel actuator (RH) signal malfunction

AFS control module detects the swivel actuator (RH) signal malfunction when the ignition is ON.
Swivel actuator (RH) malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
VERIFY SWIVEL ACTUATOR (RH)
MALFUNCTION
using the M-MDS.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Go to Step 3.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
No
09-021-12
ACTION
Replace the front combination light (RH), then go to the
next step.
INSTALLATION.)

LIGHTING SYSTEM)].)

DTC 810A4:87 [AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id0902g9934700
Communication error with swivel actuator (RH)
Communication between AFS control module and swivel actuator (RH) is lost when the ignition is ON.
Front combination light (RH) connector or terminals malfunction

- AFS control module terminal R-Front combination light (RH) terminal
- AFS control module terminal X-Front combination light (RH) terminal
- AFS control module terminal R-Front combination light (RH) terminal
- AFS control module terminal X-Front combination light (RH) terminal
Swivel actuator (RH) malfunction
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
AFS CONTROL MODULE
n ,/'
wI U
1S
xlvlT
SWIVEL ACTUATOR (RH)
@i
3)
8,
AFS CONTROL MODULE

FRONT COMBINATION LlGHT(RH)

l2<1
............
?<
alolM1KIIIG
RlplNILIJIH
ElclA
F I D I B
E ~ K
I
L
F
LjL.......lLj
I~~I
I~~I
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT FRONT COMBINATION LIGHT (RH)
Disconnect the front combination light (RH)
connector.
connector.
INSPECT SWIVEL ACTUATOR (RH) CIRCUIT
FOR SHORT TO GROUND
Front combination light (RH) and AFS control
ground:
- Front combination light (RH) terminal K
- Front combination light (RH) terminal J
ACTION
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes

No
09-021-13

STEP
4
INSPECTION
INSPECT SWIVEL ACTUATOR (RH) CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
Front combination light (RH) and AFS control
- AFS control module terminal R-Front
combination light (RH) terminal K
- AFS control module terminal X-Front
combination light (RH) terminal J
VERIFY SWIVEL ACTUATOR (RH)
MALFUNCTOIN
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
09-021-14
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the front combination light (RH), then go to the

next step.
INSTALLATION.)
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

LIGHTING SYSTEM)].)
No

DTC C1800:54 [AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902g9934800
Communication error with steering angle sensor

AFS control module receives the invalid signal of steering angle sensor from BCM when the ignition is
ON.
BCM DTC is stored
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
the BCM DTC.
INSPECTION.)
using the M-MDS.
the AFS DTC.
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes
No

Yes
Replace the steering angle sensor, then go to the next

step.
INSTALLATION.)
No

INSTALLATION.)
Yes
No
Yes

LIGHTING SYSTEM)].)
No
09-021-15

DTC U0401 :00 [AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902g9934900

AFS control module receives the invalid data from PCM when the ignition is ON.
PCM DTC is stored

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM PCM DTC
TEST [LF, LS].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
theAFS DTC.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

INSTALLATION.)

LIGHTING SYSTEM)].)
DTC U0422:00 [AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)]

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902g9935000

AFS control module receives the invalid data from BCM when the ignition is ON.
BCM DTC is stored

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM BCM DTC
the BCM DTC.
using the M-MDS.
theAFS DTC.
PRESENT
Yes
ACTION
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
No
09-021-16

LIGHTING SYSTEM)].)

id0902g9935100
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

AFS control module detects the internal failure when the ignition is ON.
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM AFS DTC
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)

LIGHTING SYSTEM)].)

id0902g9935200
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
I I
AFS control module power supply circuit voltage is lower than 9 V for 10 s or more, while the ignition
is ON.
PCM DTC is stored
Battery malfunction
Open circuit or short to ground in AFS control module power supply circuit:
- Short to ground in wiring harness between ignition switch *1 Irelay block*2 and AFS control module
terminal H
- Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch *1/relay block*2 and AFS control module
terminal H
IGNITION SWITCH*1/
RELAY SLOCK*2
(IG1)
FUSE BLOCK
1-'
METER 15 A
AFS CONTROL MODULE
"
AFS CONTROL MODULE

n /"
r---o
><
r---o"'-..
wluls
alolMIKlllG
EICIA
xlvlT
RlplNILIJIH
FIDls
:~ : Vehicles without advanced keyless entry and push button start system
09-021-17

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM PCM DTC
confirm the PCM DTe.
TEST [LF, L5].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT BATTERY
L5].)
WITH TC].)
INSPECT GENERATOR
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
connector.
AFS control module connector is
disconnected.
- AFS control module terminal H
Is the voltage B+?

connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes

(See 01-17A-5 BATTERY RECHARGING [LF, LS].)
L5].)
WITH TC].)
No
Yes

[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
09-021-18
ACTION

Step 6.

short to ground.
Replace the fuse.
Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
INSTALLATION.)

LIGHTING SYSTEM)].)

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902g9935300

AFS control module power supply circuit voltage is higher than 16 V for 10 s or more, while the
ignition is ON.
PCM DTC is stored
Battery malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM PCM DTC
TEST [LF, L5].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT BATTERY
L5].)
WITH TC].)
INSPECT GENERATOR
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TCl)
using the M-MDS.
the AFS DTC.
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

L5].)
WITH TC].)
No
Yes
No

[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

LIGHTING SYSTEM)].)
No
09-021-19

PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)]
id0902g9960600

3. Select "AFS".
2. Select "AFS".
the screen.
.
am3uuw0000425
Note
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [AFS (ADAPTIVE FRONT LIGHTING SYSTEM)]

id0902g9960700
PID Name
AFS_SW
Unit/Status
Off/On
F_CAL
F_LEVEL
LBEAMSW
R_CAL
R_GEAR_SW
R_LEVEL
Off/On
V
NoCR/R
V
Description
AFS OFF switch in off position: On
AFS OFF switch in on position: Off
Indicate the front auto leveling sensor
calibration voltage.
VPWR
VSPD
KPH, MPH
RPM
STEER_ANGL
09-021-20
RPM
0
Indicate the front auto leveling sensor

voltage.
Light switch at LO position: On
Light switch not at LO position: Off
Indicate the rear auto leveling sensor
calibration voltage.
Shift the selector lever to R position: R
Other than these conditions: NoCR
Indicate the rear auto leveling sensor
voltage.
Indicate the engine speed.
Indicate the steering wheel angle.
Indicate the AFS control module power
supply voltage.
Indicate the vehicle speed.
Inspection Item
Terminal
AFS OFF switch
Front auto leveling sensor
Front auto leveling sensor
Light switch
Rear auto leveling sensor
TR switch (ATX)/
Back-up light switch (MTX)
A,B
Rear auto leveling sensor
AFS control module
A,B
AFS control module
A,B
Battery
AFS control module
H
A,B
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY]
09-02J ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [MULTI INFORMATION

DISPLAY]
DIAGRAM
[MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY]
DTC INSPECTION
CLEARING DTC
DTC TABLE
DTC B1317
.... 09-02J-2
... 09-02J-3
... 09-02J-3
... 09-02J-4
.... 09-02J-4
DTC B1318
[MULTI INFORMATION
DTC B1342
[MULTI INFORMATION
DTC B1893
[MULTI INFORMATION
DTC B2477
[MULTI INFORMATION
DTC C1976
[MULTI INFORMATION
DTC U0423
[MULTI INFORMATION
DISPLAY] ..... 09-02J-6

DISPLAY] ..... 09-02J-7
DISPLAY] ..... 09-02J-8
DISPLAY] ..... 09-02J-9
DISPLAY] ..... 09-02J-1 0
DISPLAY] ..... 09-02J-12
... 09-02J-4
.... 09-02J-5
09-02J-1

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY]
id0902i4960000
B+
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
ACC
~
IG1
~~
AUDIO UNIT
IILLUMI (-)
MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY
~~
GA
tJ
GC)
G~ (11) 1J) 2A)
GE)
~'7
Q~ PASSENGER
SEAT BELT
'T
'----
AUDIO, AlC
DISPLAY LCD
.... ~
'7
NAVIGATION
MODULE
MICROCOMPUTER
~ BACK LIGHT ~
-~
'1
~
PASSENGER
AIR BAG CUT
OFF
Q~
GH)
1
CAN
CONTROL
CIRCUIT
G00X)
G~ 1~
GN
~~
SASCONTROL
MODULE
lIn
QS)
GT)
J
'i
Gu)
~v0
CLOCK SPRING
"'?-

~
A.
{vYY tyYY tHV tHV
t' '"t''
-AAI.
STEERING SWITCH
~o---<
~o---<
~
~>
./..
-------<TO--
INSTRUMENT
CLUSTER
CLOCK SWITCH
*: AUDIO SYSTEM, CAR-NAVIGATION SYSTEM, DIS, WARNING INDICATOR,

MAINTENANCE MONITOR, AMBIENT TEMPERATURE, CLOCK DISPLAY LCD
am3uuw0000543
,~-
09-02J-2

DTC INSPECTION [MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY]
id0902i4960300

3. Select "MID".
2. Select "MID".
am3uuw0000265
screen.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the multi information display. (See 09-02J-3 CLEARING
DTC [MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY].)
CLEARING DTC [MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY]
id0902i4960400

3. Select "MID".
2. Select "MID".
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform the DTC inspection. (See 09-02J-3 DTC INSPECTION [MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY].)
am3uuw0000265
09-02J-3

DTC TABLE [MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY]
id0902i4960500
DTC No.
Description
M-MDS
display
81317
81318
81342
Multi information display internal malfunction
81893*1
Open circuit in GPS antenna circuit
82477
Multi information display configuration error
C1976
Open circuit in steering switch circuit
U0155
Communication error with instrument cluster
U0164*2
Communication error with climate control unit
U0184
Communication error with audio unit
U0423
U2516
Communication error (MS-CAN)
Reference
(See 09-02J-5 DTC 81317 [MULTI
(See 09-02J-10 DTC C1976 [MULTI
(See 09-02J-12 DTC U0423 [MULTI
*1 : Vehicles with car-navigation system

*2 : Full-auto air conditioner
PID/DATA MONITOR INSPECTION [MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY]
id0902i4960600

3. Select "MID".
2. Select "MID".
the screen.
am3uuw0000427
Note
PID/DATA MONITOR TABLE [MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY]

PID Name
Unit/Status
DTC_CNT
VPWR
09-02J-4
Description
Indicate the number of stored DTC in multi
Indicate the multi information display power
supply Voltage.
id0902i4960700
Inspection Item
Terminal
Multi information display
Multi information display
1A
r--

DTC 81317 [MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY]
id0902i4935400
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Multi information display power supply circuit voltage is higher than 16 V when the ignition is ON.
PCM DTC is stored

Battery malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM PCM DTC
TEST [LF, L5].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT BATTERY
L5].)
WITH TC].)
INSPECT GENERATOR
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
Clear the DTC from multi information display
using the M-MDS.
(See 09-02J-3 CLEARING DTC [MULTI
the multi information display DTC.
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

L5].)
WITH TC].)
No
Yes

[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
No
Yes
Replace the multi information display, then go to the next

step.
No
Yes

DISPLAY].)
No
09-02J-5

id0902i4935500
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION

Multi information display power supply circuit voltage is lower than 10 V when the ignition is ON.
PCM DTC is stored
Battery malfunction
Multi information display connector or terminals malfunction
Open circuit or short to ground in wiring harness between ignition switch*1/relay block*2 and multi
information display terminal 1E
- Short to ground in wiring harness between ignition switch *1 Irelay block*2 and multi information
display terminal 1E
- Open circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch *1 Irelay block*2 and multi information display
terminal 1 E
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
IGNITION SWITCH*1j
RELAY BLOCK*2
(IG1)
FUSE BLOCK
1-'
METER 15 A

n/-'
><
~"n
1wI1UI1S 1011011MI1KI1111G 1EI1CI1A

1xl1Vl1T 1RI1PI1NI1LI1J 11H 1FI1DI1B
:1 :Vehicles without advanced keyless entry and push button start system
2 :
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM PCM DTC
TEST [LF, L5].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT BATTERY
L5].)
WITH TC].)
INSPECT GENERATOR
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
09-02J-6
Yes
ACTION
No

. (See 01-17A-2 BATTERY REMOVAUINSTALLATION [LF,
L5].)
WITH TC].)
Yes Replace the generator, then go to Step 6.
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
Yes
No

STEP
4
INSPECTION
connector.
Multi information display connector is
disconnected.
- Multi information display terminal 1E
Is the voltage B+?

connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Step 6.

short to ground.
Replace the fuse.
Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
step.
Yes

DISPLAY].)
No

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902i4935600
Multi information display internal ECU is failed when the ignition is ON .
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY
DTC
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
step.

DISPLAY].)
09-02J-7

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902i4935700
Open circuit in GPS antenna circuit

Multi information display detects open circuit in GPS antenna circuit for 5 s or more, while the ignition
is ACC.
GPS antenna connector or terminals malfunction
- Multi information display terminal 38-80dy ground
- Multi information display terminal 3A-GPS antenna terminal A
GPS antenna malfunction
GPS ANTENNA

GPSANTENNA
liE!t-3B
I~~I
I~~I
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT GPS ANTENNA CONNECTOR AND
TERMINALS
Disconnect the GPS antenna connector.
INSPECT GPS ANTENNA GROUND CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
GPS antenna connector is disconnected.
ground:
- Multi information display terminal 38
connector.
INSPECT GPS ANTENNA SIGNAL CIRCUIT
FOR OPEN CIRCUIT
GPS antenna and multi information display
- Multi information display terminal 3AGPS antenna terminal A
09-02J-8
Yes
No
ACTION
Step 6.
Yes
No

Yes

Step 6.
No
Yes
No


STEP
INSPECTION
VERIFY GPS ANTENNA MALFUNCTION
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
ACTION
Replace the GPS antenna, then go to the next step.
(See 09-20-42 GPS ANTENNA REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
No
Go to Step 7.
Yes

step.
No
Yes

DISPLAY].)
No

id0902i4935800
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Multi information display configuration has not been performed.

STEP
1
INSPECTION
PERFORM MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY
CONFIGURATION
Perform the "MULTI INFORMATION
DISPLAY CONFIGURATION" using the MMDS.
(See 09-22-19 MULTI INFORMATION
DISPLAY CONFIGURATION.)
using the M-MDS.
Yes
No
ACTION
Perform the "MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY
CONFIGURATION" again, then go to the next step.
CONFIGURATION.)
09-02J-9

STEP
2
INSPECTION
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
Yes
ACTION
step.
No
Yes

DISPLAY].)
No
DTC C1976 [MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY]

DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
id0902i4935900
Open circuit in steering switch circuit

Multi information display detects open circuit in steering switch circuit for 30 s or more, while the
ignition is ACC or ON.
Steering switch connector or terminals malfunction
Steering switch malfunction
- Multi information display terminal 1N-Steering switch terminal D
- Multi information display terminal 1P-Steering switch terminal F
- Multi information display terminal 1Q-Steering switch terminal B
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
CLOCK SPRING
STEERING SWITCH
1N~----~r-------+-----~

STEERING SWITCH
~----~~~III ~ l~m~II-----r.
I~I~I~I~ I~I~I~I~I
I~~I
: Vehicles with car-navigation system
09-02J-10

STEP
1
-
-------,
INSPECTION
INSPECT CLOCK SPRING CONNECTOR AND
TERMINALS
INSPECT STEERING SWITCH CONNECTOR
AND TERMINALS
Disconnect the steering switch connector.
INSPECTION.)
INSPECT STEERING SWITCH
Inspect the steering switch.
(See 09-20-46 STEERING SWITCH
INSPECTION.)
connector.
INSPECT STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT FOR
OPEN CIRCUIT
Clock spring, steering switch and multi
information display connectors are
disconnected.
- Multi information display terminal 1NSteering switch terminal 0
- Multi information display terminal 1QSteering switch terminal F
- Multi information display terminal 1PSteering switch terminal B
connectors.
using the M-MDS.
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes

Step 7.
No
Yes

Step 7.
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes

INSTALLATION.)
No
Yes
No

Step 7.
Yes
No

Yes

step.
No
Yes

DISPLAY].)
No
09-02J-11

DTC U0423 [MULTI INFORMATION DISPLAY]
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902i4936000

Multi information display receives invalid signal of vehicle speed data from the instrument cluster for 5
s or more, while the ignition is ON.
PCM DTC is stored
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM PCM DTC
TEST [LF, L5].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
using the M-MDS.
the multi information display DTC.
PRESENT
ACTION
Yes

No
Yes

No
Yes

step.
No
Yes
No
09-02J-12

DISPLAY].)
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AUTO LIGHTIWIPER CONTROL MODULE]
09-02K ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC [AUTO LIGHTIWIPER

CONTROL MODULE]
ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC
WIRING DIAGRAM
[AUTO LlGHTIWIPER
CONTROL MODULE] ............
DTC INSPECTION
[AUTO LlGHTIWIPER
CONTROL MODULE] ..........
CLEARING DTC
[AUTO LlGHTIWIPER
CONTROL MODULE] .............
DTC TABLE
[AUTO LlGHTIWIPER
DTC B1014
[AUTO LlGHTIWIPER
09-02K-2
09-02K-3
09-02K-3
DTC B1317
[AUTO LlGHTIWIPER
CONTROL MODULE] .............. 09-02K-4
DTC B1318
[AUTO LlGHTIWIPER
CONTROL MODULE] ............... 09-02K-5
DTC B1342
[AUTO LlGHTIWIPER
CONTROL MODULE] ............. 09-02K-7
DTC U2030
[AUTO LlGHTIWIPER
CONTROL MODULE] .............. 09-02K-7
09-02K-3
09-02K-4
09-02K-1

ON-BOARD DIAGNOSTIC WIRING DIAGRAM [AUTO LlGHTIWIPER CONTROL MODULE]
id0902j1960000
B+
WITH DRL
BTN27.5A
FUSE
WITH DRL
LAMP BULB
DRL LAMP
BCM
AUTO LlGHTIWIPER
CONTROL MODULE
IG1
AUTO
LIGHT
SENSOR A l - - - - - - - " * - - - J
INSTRUMENT
CRUSTER
LIGHT SWITCH
am3uuw0000514
09-02K-2

DTC INSPECTION [AUTO LlGHTIWIPER CONTROL MODULE]
id0902j1960300

3. Select "LCM".
2. Select "LCM".
am3uuw0000265
screen.
4. After completion of repairs, clear all DTCs stored in the auto light/wiper control module. (See 09-02K-3
CLEARING DTC [AUTO LlGHTIWIPER CONTROL MODULE].)
CLEARING DTC [AUTO LlGHTIWIPER CONTROL MODULE]
id0902j1960400

3. Select "LCM".
2. Select "LCM".
am3uuw0000265
screen.
the DTC.
7. Perform DTC inspection. (See 09-02K-3 DTC INSPECTION [AUTO LlGHTIWIPER CONTROL MODULE].)
DTC TABLE [AUTO LlGHTIWIPER CONTROL MODULE]
id0902j1960500
DTe
M-MDS display
Description
81014
Rain sensor/auto light sensor malfunction
81317
High voltage of battery power supply
81318
Low voltage of battery power supply
81342
U2030
Rain sensor/auto light sensor communication fault
Reference
(See 09-02K-4 DTC 81014
[AUTO LlGHTIWIPER
CONTROL MODULE].)
(See 09-02K-4 DTC 81317
[AUTO LlGHTIWIPER
CONTROL MODULE].)
(See 09-02K-5 DTC 81318
[AUTO LlGHTIWIPER
CONTROL MODULE].)
(See 09-02K-7 DTC 81342
[AUTO LlGHTIWIPER
CONTROL MODULE].)
(See 09-02K-7 DTC U2030
[AUTO LlGHTIWIPER
CONTROL MODULE].)
09-02K-3

DTC 81014 [AUTO LlGHTIWIPER CONTROL MODULE]
id0902j1830700
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE

Auto light/wiper control module detects rain sensor/auto light sensor internal malfunction.

STEP
INSPECTION
1
CONFIRM AUTO LlGHTIWIPER CONTROL
MODULE DTC
Clear the DTC from the auto light/wiper
(See 09-02K-3 CLEARING DTC [AUTO
LlGHTIWIPER CONTROL MODULE].)
Perform the auto light/wiper control module
(See 09-02K-3 DTC INSPECTION [AUTO
2
3
RECORDED
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace the rain sensor/auto light sensor, then go to the
next step.
(See 09-19-2S RAIN SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Go to Step 3.
Replace the auto light/wiper control module, then go to the

next step.
(See 09-18-64 AUTO LlGHTIWIPER CONTROL MODULE

(See 09-02K-3 DTC TABLE [AUTO LlGHTIWIPER
CONTROL MODULE].)

id0902j1830900
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
High voltage of battery power supply

Auto light/wiper control module power supply circuit voltage is excessively high.
PCM DTC is stored

Battery malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM PCM DTC
M-MDS.
TEST [LF, LS].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
INSPECT BATTERY
LS].)
WITH TC].)
09-02K-4
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION

LS].)
WITH TC].)

STEP
INSPECTION
INSPECT GENERATOR
3
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
4
5
RECORDED
Yes
ACTION
[LF, L5].)
[L3 WITH TC].)
No
Yes

next step.
No
Yes

CONTROL MODULE].)
No

id0902j1831000
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Low voltage of battery power supply

Auto light/wiper control module power supply circuit voltage is excessively low.
PCM DTC is stored
- Charging system malfunction
Open circuit or short to ground in auto light/wiper control module power supply circuit
- Short to ground in wiring harness between auto light/wiper control module terminal A-Ignition
switch terminal A*1/Relay block terminal 1B*2
- Open circuit in wiring harness between auto light/wiper control module terminal A-Ignition switch
terminal A*1/Relay block terminal 1B*2
IGNITION SWITCH (lG1) TERMINAL A*1

RELAY BLOCK TERMINAL 1B*2
FUSE BLOCK
AUTO LlGHTIWIPER
CONTROL MODULE
METER 15A
r"I'-J
~----------~r---~~OJ~D~----~------~H~
AUTO LlGHTIWIPER CONTROL MODULE

Wluls
alolMIKlllG
ElclA
xlvlT
RlplNILIJ IH
FIDIB
*1 : Vehicles without advanced keyless entry and push button start system
09-02K-5

STEP
1
INSPECTION
CONFIRM PCM DTC
M-MDS.
TEST [LF, L5].)
TEST [L3 WITH TC].)
module connector.
Inspect for poor connection (damaged/
MODULE POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT FOR
Auto light/wiper control module connector is
disconnected.
- Auto light/wiper control module terminal A
Is the voltage B+?
connectors.
RECORDED
ACTION
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes

Step 4.

short to ground.
- Replace the fuse.
- Replace the fuse.
open circuit.
Replace the auto light/wiper control module, then go to
the next step.
(See 09-18-64 AUTO LlGHTIWIPER CONTROL
No
Yes

CONTROL MODULE].)
No
09-02K-6


DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
id0902j1839600

Auto light/wiper control module detects the internal malfunction.
STEP
INSPECTION
1
MODULE DTC
2
RECORDED
ACTION
Yes

next step.
No
Yes

CONTROL MODULE].)
No
DTC U2030 [AUTO LlGHTIWIPER CONTROL MODULE]
~__________~______________________________________________________________id_09_02_j1_83_34~OO
DESCRIPTION
DETECTION
CONDITION
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Rain sensor/auto light sensor communication fault

Communication error between rain sensor/auto light sensor and auto light/wiper control module.
Rain sensor/auto light sensor connector or terminals malfunction
- Rain sensor/auto light sensor terminal C-Auto light/wiper control module terminal U
RAIN SENSOR!
AUTO LIGHT SENSOR
~~~~------------------~~~~
WIRING HARNESS-SIDE
CONNECTOR
RAIN SENSOR!
AUTO LIGHT SENSOR
IZl
wluls
alolMIKI I IG
ElclA
xlvlT
RlplNILIJ IH
FIDls
m
-
I~~I
09-02K-7
I. I

STEP
INSPECTION
1
INSPECT RAIN SENSOR/AUTO LIGHT
SENSOR CONNECTO,R AND TERMINALS
Disconnect the rain sensor/auto light sensor
connector.
Inspect the rain sensor/auto light sensor
damaged/pulled-out pins, and corrosion).
2
module connector.
Inspect the auto light/wiper control module
damaged/pulled-out pins, and corrosion).
3
SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO
GROUND
Rain sensor/auto light sensor and auto light!
wiper control module connectors are
disconnected.
ground:
- Rain sensor/auto light sensor terminal C
4
SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT TO
POWER SUPPLY
disconnected.
- Rain sensor/auto light sensor terminal C

SENSOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN
CIRCUIT
disconnected.
- Rain sensor/auto light sensor terminal CAuto light!wiper control module terminal U
09-02K-8
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Step 7.

Step 7.




STEP
6
INSPECTION
MODULE DTC
connectors.
connectors.
RECORDED
Yes
ACTION
Replace the rain sensor/auto light sensor, then go to the
next step.
(See 09-19-25 RAIN SENSOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
No
Go to Step 8.
Yes

next step.
No
Yes
No

CONTROL MODULE].)
09-02K-9
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
09-03A SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [POWER

WINDOW SYSTEM]
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
WIRING DIAGRAM
[POWER WINDOW SYSTEM] ......
FOREWORD
[POWER WINDOW SYSTEM] .......
Troubleshooting Procedure ........
Power Window System
Initial Setting ..................
CHART
[POWER WINDOW SySTEM] .......
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
TROUBLESHOOTING
QUESTIONNAIRE
[POWER WINDOW SySTEM] ........
POWER WINDOW SYSTEM
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION
[POWER WINDOW SySTEM] .......
Manual Open/close Function
Inspection ....................
Auto Open/close Function
(Driver's Side) Inspection ..........
IG-OFF Timer Function Inspection ...
Auto Reverse Pinch Protection
Function Inspection .............
No.1 THE AUTO OPEN/CLOSE
FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S
SIDE POWER WINDOW IS
INOPERATIVE
[POWER WINDOW SYSTEM] ........
09-03A-2
09-03A-3
09-03A-3
09-03A-4
09-03A-4
09-03A-5
09-03A-S
09-03A-S
09-03A-S
09-03A-S
09-03A-7
No.2 THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER

WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE
[POWER WINDOW SYSTEM] ....... 09-03A-9
No.3 ALL POWER WINDOWS
OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE
DO NOT OPERATE USING
THE POWER WINDOW
SUBSWITCH
[POWER WINDOW SYSTEM] ...... 09-03A-10
No.4 ALL POWER WINDOWS
OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE
DO NOT OPERATE USING
THE POWER WINDOW MAIN
SWITCH
[POWER WINDOW SYSTEM] ........ 09-03A-10
No.5 ALL POWER WINDOWS ARE
INOPERATIVE
No.S DOOR GLASS REVERSES
EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS
DOES NOT ENCOUNTER
A FOREIGN OBJECT WHILE IT IS
MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE
No.7 ABNORMAL NOISE WHILE
THE DOOR GLASS IS OPENING
OR CLOSING
09-03A-8
09-03A-1

POWER WINDOW SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0805200
TO MIRROR
SWITCH
ACC
TO MIRROR
SWITCH
POWER-CUT SWITCH
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
MANUAL
CLOSE
MANUAL
OPEN
CLOSE
OPEN
OPEN
OPEN:
OPEN
RELAY
POWER
WINDOW
SUBSWITCH
.--------------------------
FRONT POWER WINDOW MOTOR

(DRIVER'S SIDE)
FRONT POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
(PASSENGER'S SIDE)
am3uuw0000501
09-03A-2

FOREWORD [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0805400
START
Confirm to the customer using the "Power Window System

Troubleshooting Questionnaire"
NO
Confirm the symptom on-vehicle
Carry-out the
preliminary inspection
Is there same symptom in the

Symptom Troubleshooting
Chart?
Follow the appropriate

diagnostic procedure
Repair the problem
Complete
acxaaw00000108
Slightly shake the wiring harness and connectors while performing the inspection to discover whether poor
contact points are the cause of any intermittent malfunctions.
Caution
If any of the following conditions continues indefinitely, the power window motor will heat up
causing the protection circuit (integrated in power window motor) to operate. If this occurs, the
operation of the power window motor protection circuit temporarily disables the power windows.
Continuous up and down operation of the power window.
Continuously pulling up the power window switch while the window glass is fully closed.
Continuously pressing the power window switch while the window glass fully opened.
A malfunction in the power window system will be determined and the system will shift to
malfunction mode if the power windows are operated up or down using the power window switch
while the power window protection circuit is operating.
While the power window system is in malfunction mode, but they do not operate using the auto
open/close function.
The power window system reverts to normal operation after performing the Power Window
Initialization Procedure.
Note
If the following operations have been performed, initial setting is reset, and auto up/down operation are
disabled. Therefore, performing initial setting is necessary.
Negative battery cable disconnected
Power window main switch connector disconnected
Power window system power supply fuse removed
-
09-03A-3

Power Window System Initial Setting
2. Press the driver side power window main switch and fully open the driver side front door glass.
3. Pull up the driver side power window main switch to the manual-up position to fully close the driver side front
door glass, and keep holding the switch up at the position for approx.2 s.
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0805600
No.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Malfunction symptom
09-03A-8 No.1 THE AUTO OPEN/CLOSE FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS
INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
09-03A-9 No.2 THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
09-03A-10 NO.3 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
09-03A-10 No.4 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE
POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
09-03A-11 No.5 ALL POWER WINDOWS ARE INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
09-03A-13 No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS DOES NOT ENCOUNTER A FOREIGN
OBJECT WHILE IT IS MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
09-03A-15 No.7 ABNORMAL NOISE WHILE THE DOOR GLASS IS OPENING OR CLOSING [POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM]
09-03A-4

POWER WINDOW SYSTEM TROUBLESHOOTING QUESTIONNAIRE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0835500
Date:
When did the malfunction first occur?
Wheather conditions
Driving conditons
Duplicate symtom?
Road conditions
o Fair weather OCloudy 0 Rain o Snow OOther (

o Driving o Stopped (Engine is : 0
DYES ONO
o City OOuter city 0
Outside
temperature
I Approx.
of
Running 0 Stopped)
Frequency
Freeway OOther (
I o Always 0
Sometimes (
times/month)
) / 0 Paved 0 Dirt road
*Follow the appropriate diagnostic procedures shown below or perform the basic troubleshooting flow.
o (No.1) The auto open/close function on the driver's side power window inoperative.
o (No.2) The driver's side power window is inoperative.
o (No.3) All power windows other than driver's side do not operate using the power window subswitch.
o (No.4) All power windows other than driver's side do not operate using the power window main switch.
o (No.5) All power windows are inoperative.
o (No.6) Door glass reverses even though the glass does not encounter a foreign object while it is moving up in automatic mode.
Please clarify the position where the driver side front door glass opens automatically. o Completely closed position
o Approx. ( )mm lower than completely closed position 0 Approx. ( )mm upper than the completely open position.
o (No.7) Abnormal noise while the door glass is opening or closing.
o Other (Describe the symptom below if the symptom does not appear in the above list.)
&Y
iI~
~~
l~'
Please describe the conditions when the malfunction occurs.

(Example) : When the outer mirrors are operated
Please describe the conditions under which the system returns to normal operation after malfunctioning.
(Example) : The ignition switch is turned to the ON position after inserting the ignition key into the key cylinder
am3uuw00004712
09-03A-5

POWER WINDOW SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831700
Manual Open/close Function Inspection

STEP
1
INSPECTION
Operate the power window using the manual
open/close function on the power window main
switch.
Does the power window operate properly?
Set the power cut switch to the UNLOCK
position.
Operate the power window using the power
window subswitch.
Set the power cut switch to the LOCK position.
Operate all power windows other than the driver
side.
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
ACTION
Inspect the power window main switch and the
wiring harness.
Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Inspect the power window subswitch and the wiring

harness.
Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
Inspect the power cut switch and the wiring harness.

Replace the power window main switch.
Manual open/close function is normal.
Perform the auto open/close function inspection.
Auto Open/close Function (Driver's Side) Inspection

STEP
1
INSPECTION
Operate the power window using the auto open /
close function on the power window main switch.
ACTION
Yes
No
If the power window automatically opens

during the closing operation:
Go to 09-03A-13 No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES

EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS DOES NOT
ENCOUNTER A FOREIGN OBJECT WHILE IT IS
MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE [POWER
WINDOW SYSTEM].
Others:
Operate the power window main switch to the

close position while the power window is
opening.
Does the power window operation stop?
Yes
Operate the power window main switch to the

open position while the power window is closing.
Does the power window operation stop?
Yes
No
No
Go to 09-03A-8 No.1 THE AUTO OPEN/CLOSE

FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER
WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM].
Replace the power window main switch (power

window control unit is malfunctioning.)
Auto open/close function is normal.

Perform the IG-OFF timer function inspection.
IG-OFF Timer Function Inspection

STEP
1
INSPECTION
ACTION
Close all doors.

Switch the ignition from the ON to the off.
Operate the power window main switch within 43
seconds after turning the ignition switch to the
LOCK position.
Does the power window operate?
Yes
No
Open any door.

LOCK position.
Yes
No
09-03A-6

Inspect the door switches and related wiring
harness.
If above parts are okay, replace the power window
main switch, then go to the next step.
If above parts are incorrect repair or replace
malfunction part(s), then go to the next step.
Inspect the door switches and related wiring
harness.
If above parts are okay, replace the power window
main switch, then go to the next step.
If above parts are incorrect repair or replace
malfunction part(s), then go to the next step.
,--

STEP
3
INSPECTION
Close all doors.
LOCK position.
ACTION
Yes

No
IG-OFF timer function operation is normal.

Perform the auto reverse pinch protection function
inspection.
Auto reverse pinch protection function is normal.

Auto Reverse Pinch Protection Function Inspection

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION

Fully open the driver's side power window.
Set the hammer (thickness: 10 mm {0.39 in} or
more) as shown below. Then, close the power
window.
Verify that the power window opens 200 mm
{7.8? in} after contacting the hammer and the
operation stops.
Does auto reverse pinch protection function
operate properly?
Yes
No
Yes
No
Does power window open before contacting the

hammer?
Go to 09-03A-13 No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES

EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS DOES NOT
ENCOUNTER A FOREIGN OBJECT WHILE IT IS
MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE [POWER
WINDOW SYSTEM}.
Initialize the power window main switch.
Note
Before initializing the power window main switch,
cut off the power supply to the power window
main switch for 60 seconds. Then, reconnect it
again after 60 seconds:
- Disconnect the negative battery cable.
- Disconnect the power window main switch
connector.
- Remove the fuse for the power window
system.
acxaaw00000113
09-03A-7

No.1 THE AUTO OPEN/CLOSE FUNCTION ON THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE
[POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831 000
The auto open/close function on the driver's side power window is inoperative.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Power window system in fail-safe function (Power window motor heat protection circuit is operating)
No power supply to power window main switch
Power window main switch malfunction (power window control unit malfunction, auto switch
malfunction)
Power window motor malfunction (Sensor inside motor malfunction)
Malfunction in wiring harness between power window motor (sensor) and power window main switch
STEP
1
ACTION
INSPECTION
Switch the ignition to off for 3 min.

Switch the igniti,on to ON.
Initialize the power window system.
Operate the auto open/close function.
Dose the power window operate properly?
Does the sensor built into the power window

motor send pulse signals while the power
window motor is operating?
Inspect the voltage at the following power
window motor terminals:
- B (sensor 1 signal)
- A (sensor 2 signal)
Is the voltage approx.12 V?
Does the sensor built into the power window
motor send pulse signals while the power
window motor is operating?
Inspect the voltage at the following power
window main switch terminals:
-1 D (sensor 1 signal)
- 1 H (sensor 2 signal)
Is the voltage approx.12 V?
09-03A-8
Yes
No
Yes
System is normal.
The power window system auto open/close function dose
not operate temporarily for any of the following reasons:
The power window switch is operated while the power
window motor protection circuit (integrated in power
window motor) is operating.
The power window main switch power supply is cut off
by disconnection of the negative battery cable or
removing the fuse.
No
Replace the power window motor.

(See 09-12-12 POWER WINDOW MOTOR INSPECTION.)
Yes

(See 09-12-13 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
Inspect for an open or short circuit in wiring between the
power window motor (sensor) and the power window main
switch.
Inspect the connection of the power window motor and
power window main switch connectors.
(damaged/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
Repair of replace necessary.
No

No.2 THE DRIVER'S SIDE POWER WINDOW IS INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831100
The driver's side power window is inoperative.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Power supply circuit or ground circuit malfunction

- Burnt fuse (B+)
- Open or short circuit in wiring harness between fuse (B+) and power window main switch
- Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power window main switch and power window motor
- Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power window main switch and ground
Power window main switch malfunction
Power window motor malfunction
Power window regulator malfunction
STEP
1
Yes
Go to Step 6.
No
Yes
Is the P.WIND 30 A fuse normal?
Yes

Inspect for an open or short circuit in the following wiring
harnesses. Inspect the connector connections (damage/
pulled-out pins, corrosion):
P.WIND 30 A fuse-Power window main switch terminal
1M
Power window main switch terminal 1B-ground.
Go to Step 5.
ACTION
INSPECTION
Does the LED on the power window main
switch illuminate?
Operate all power windows other than the
driver's side window using the power window
main switch.
No
No

Short circuit in B+ power supply wiring harness
Short circuit in power window motor
Replace with the appropriate standard fuse.
Then, go to the next step.
Initialize the power window system.

Operate the power window system.
Do the power windows operate properly?
Yes
Troubleshooting is completed.
Re-confirm the symptom and go to Step 1.
Measure the voltage at the power window

main switch terminal 1M.
Is the voltage B+?
Yes
Replace the power window main switch. (See 09-12-13

POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
No
Inspect for an open or short circuit in the power window

main switch wiring harness (battery power supply).
Inspect the power window main switch connector
connection. (damage/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
INSTALLATION.)
No

main switch. (power window motor output
terminal) while operating the power window
using the power window main switch.
Is the voltage B+?
(Open: terminal 1U close: terminal1J)
Yes
No

motor. (battery power supply terminal) while
operating the power window using the power
window motor.
Is the voltage B+?
(Open: terminal F/ close: terminal E)
Yes
No

Inspect for an open or short circuit in the wiring harness
between the power window main switch and the power
window motor.
Inspect the power window main switch and power window
motor connector connections. (damage/pulled-out pins,
corrosion)
09-03A-9

STEP
INSPECTION
Operate the driver's side power window
Does the power wi~dow motor operate
(rotate)?
Caution
If the power window motor temperature
is high, the motor may not rotate due to
the motor internal bimetal function.
Leave it untouched for about 3 min to
cool it down, then reinspect.
Remove the door glass from the carrier plate.
Make sure that the door glass moves
smoothly using your hand.
Does the door glass move smoothly?
ACTION
Yes
No

Replace the power window motor. (See 09-12-11 POWER
WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Yes
Replace the power window regulator. (See 09-12-8 FRONT

POWER WINDOW REGULATOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.) (See 09-12-9 REAR POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Inspect for a bent regulator guide or other possible
malfunction. If normal, replace the door glass run-channel.
No
No.3 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE POWER
WINDOW SUBSWITCH [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831200
3
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
All power windows other than driver's side do not operate using the power window subswitch.
Open or short circuit in power window subswitch wiring harness (battery power supply circuit)
Power window subswitch malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
Set the power cut-switch to the UNLOCK
position.
subswitch terminal B.
Is the voltage B+?
Yes
No
ACTION
Replace the power window subswitch. (See 09-12-16
POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
between the power window main switch and the power
window subswitch.
Inspect the power window subswitch connector connection.
(damage/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
No.4 ALL POWER WINDOWS OTHER THAN DRIVER'S SIDE DO NOT OPERATE USING THE POWER
WINDOW MAIN SWITCH [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831300
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
All power windows other than driver's side do not operate using the power window main switch.
Open or short circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch (IG1) and power window main switch
(IG1)
Power window main switch malfunction
STEP
1
INSPECTION
Set the power cut-switch to the UNLOCK
position.
Operate all power windows other than the
driver's side using the power window main
switch.
Do any power windows operate?
09-03A-10
Yes
No
ACTION
INSTALLATION.)

No.5 ALL POWER WINDOWS ARE INOPERATIVE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831400
All power windows are inoperative.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Power supply circuit or ground circuit malfunction

Burnt fuse (B+)
- Open or short circuit in wiring harness between ignition switch (IG1) and power window main switch
- Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power window main switch and power window
subswitch
- Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power window main switch and power window motor
- Open or short circuit in wiring harness between power window main switch and ground
Power window main switch malfunction (power cut-off switch malfunction, switch malfunction)
Power window subswitch malfunction
Power window motor malfunction
STEP
1
Is the P.WIND 30 A fuse normal?

main switch terminal 1M.
Is the voltage B+?
ACTION
INSPECTION
Set the power cut-off switch to the UNLOCK
position.
Inspect the power window system operation
again.
Does the system operate properly?
Operate all power windows other than
driver's side window using the power window
main switch.
Does any power window operate?
Operate the driver's side power window
No
System is now normal. (power cut-off switch is not set

properly.)
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No
Yes
No
Go to Step 6.

Inspect for an open circuit in the wiring harness between the
power window main switch and the body ground.
Repair or replace if necessary
Replace with the appropriate standard fuse.
If the fuse is melted, inspect the wiring harness for a short to
ground. Repair or replace the wiring harness, then replace
the fuse.
(See 09-12-13 POWER WINDOW MAIN SWITCH
Identify the inoperative power window.

Measure the voltage at the suspect power
window motor (battery power supply) while
operating the power window motor using the
suspect power window subswitch
Is the voltage B+?
(Open: terminal F/ close: terminal E)
Yes
Operate the power window using the power

window subswitch
Does the power window motor operate
(rotate)?
Yes
No

Replace the power window motor. (See 09-12-11 POWER
WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAUINSTALLATION.)
Yes
Replace the power window regulator guide.

Inspect for a bent regulator guide or other possible
malfunction. If normal, replace the glass run channel.
No

Go to Step 9.
Caution
If the power window motor temperature
is high, the motor may not rotate due to
the motor internal bimetal function.
Leave it untouched for about 3 min to
cool it down, then reinspect.
Remove the door glass from the carrier plate.

Make sure that the door glass moves
smoothly using your hand.
Does the door glass move smoothly?
No
09-03A-11

STEP
9
INSPECTION
subswitch (power window motor output)
while operating the power window subswitch.
Is the voltage B+?
(Open: terminal C/ close: terminal E)
Yes
No
10
Note
Do not operate the power window
subswitch during the following inspection.
11
12
Inspect the continuity between power

window subswitch terminal A (vehicle
harness-side) and ground.
Note
Do not operate the power window
subswitch during the following inspection.
window subswitch terminal 0 and ground.
Note
Do not operate the power window main
switch during the following inspection.
13
Yes
No
Yes
No
Replace the power window subswitch. (See 09-12-16

POWER WINDOW SUBSWITCH REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
subswitch wiring harness.
Then go to Step 13.
INSTALLATION.)

window main switch terminal (up-side 2L, 11,
1C) and ground.
Note
Do not operate the power window main
switch during the following inspection.
Yes
No
ACTION
between the power window subswitch and power window
motor.
Inspect the power window subswitch and power window
motor connector connections. (damage/pulled-out pins,
corrosion)
subswitch wiring harness.
Then go to Step 12.

window main switch terminal (down-side 2K,
1G, 1E) and ground.
09-03A-12
Yes
No

between the power window main switch and power window
subswitch.
Inspect the power window main switch and subswitch
connector connections. (damage/pulled-out pins, corrosion)
INSTALLATION.)

No.6 DOOR GLASS REVERSES EVEN THOUGH THE GLASS DOES NOT ENCOUNTER A FOREIGN OBJECT
WHILE IT IS MOVING UP IN AUTOMATIC MODE [POWER WINDOW SYSTEM]
id0903a0831500
Note
Perform the following inspection for the power window system component parts of windows where the
door glass reverses even though the glass does not encounter a foreign object while it is moving up in
automatic mode.
Door glass reverses even though the glass does not encounter a foreign object while it is moving
up in automatic mode.
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Extreme change in the sliding resistance of the glass while the door glass is closing .
- Improper installation of the acrylic door visor.
- Power window motor malfunction.
- Object caught between the glass run channel and the door glass.
- Insufficient tightening of the door glass to the carrier plate.
- Glass run channel malfunction.
- Glass guide related malfunction.
Note
The auto-reverse pinch protection function is a mechanism that automatically reverses (opens) the
door glass while it is closing when the power window main switch detects the signal from the power
window motor indicating that an object is obstructing the door glass movement.
The auto-reverse pinch protection function may operate if the sliding resistance of the door glass
increases causing the closing speed to decrease.
If the door glass closing speed has changed, concentrate the inspection on the following locations:
(Slip occurrence)
- If the door glass is slipping forward, inspect the front side of the glass guide or glass run channel.
- If the door glass is slipping rearward, inspect the rear side of the glass guide or glass run channel.
STEP
1
INSPECTION
INSPECT MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM

No
Install the side visor properly, then go to the next step.
INSPECT DOOR GLASS CLOSING

SPEED
Yes
Affix tape to the rear edge of the door glass

as shown in the figure for placing marks. (to
facilitate seeing the door glass movement)
Start the engine and idle it (to ensure a
stabilized operational voltage).
Does the door glass hesitate only once while
its closing?
No
Mark the point where the door glass closing speed changed,
then go to Step S.
INSPECT ACRYLIC DOOR VISOR

INSTALLATION CONDITION
~.,
Does the door glass hesitate periodically (S-6

times) while it is closing?
INSPECT GLASS RUN CHANNEL AND

DOOR GLASS SLIDING SURFACE
....
Is the acrylic door visor normal?
REINSPECT DOOR GLASS CLOSING

SPEED
Does the malfunction symptom occur only

under the following special conditions?:
- Driving over railroad tracks
- Driving on bumpy roads
- Opening/closing the door
ACTION
The system is normal.
(Explain to the customer that this does not indicate a
malfunction because the system is designed to reverse the
door glass while it is closing if it receives vibration when the
vehicle is crossing railroad tracks, driving on a bumpy road,
or when the door is opened/closed.)
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Replace the power window motor, then go to Step 8 (See

09-12-11 POWER WINDOW MOTOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Go to Step 8.
Object is caught between glass run channel and

door glass:
Is there an object caught between the glass

run channel and the door glass, or is there
roughness on the sliding surface (rubber
surface)?
Remove the object.
Roughness on the sliding surface (rubber

surface):
Replace the glass run channel.

After performing one of the above actions, reinspect.
If the malfunction is not corrected, go to Step 3.
No
09-03A-13

STEP
ACTION
INSPECTION
INSPECT TIGHTENING OF DOOR

GLASS TO CARRIER PLATE
Yes
No
Is it normal?
INSPECT CONDITION OF GLASS RUN

CHANNEL AND DOOR GLASS
Yes
No
Is it normal?
INSPECT DOOR GLASS CLOSING

SPEED
Yes
No

After tightening correctly, reinspect.
Assemble the glass run channel and door glass securely,
and reinspect.
Does the door glass hesitate at any location?
If door glass slips rearward slightly

If door glass slips forward slightly
Affix tape to rear edge
acxaaw00000111
09-03A-14

No.7 ABNORMAL NOISE WHILE THE DOOR GLASS IS OPENING OR CLOSING [POWER WINDOW
SYSTEM]
id0903a0831600
POSSIBLE
CAUSE
Abnormal noise while the door glass is opening or closing.

Installation screw is loose between the door glass and carrier plate .
Deformity in the power window regulator plastic part due to use.
- Scratching, wear marks to the power window regulator resin part due to twisting of the cable.
- Gear deformity in the power window motor.
Note
Identify the location of the noise using a stethoscope or similar device .
Noise type
Clanking noise
Time of
occurrence
Door glass
begins to move
Possible cause
Insufficiently tightened installation

screw between the door glass and
carrier plate.
Groaning noise While door glass Vibration caused by wear on the
(Sound
resin part from cable twisting due
is operating
to use of the power window
increases due to
use)
regulator.
Location of noise
Between door glass
lower edge and carrier
plate.
Power window regulator
Note
Noise does not occur if a
roller is equipped to power
window regulator resin part.
Whining noise
Clicking noise
(Periodic noise)
Gear inside power window motor is Gear in power window

deformed due to use.
motor
Action
Securely tighten the
installation screw.
Replace the power
window regulator
(See 09-12-8 FRONT
POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.) (See 0912-8 FRONT POWER
WINDOW REGULATOR
REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
Replace the power
window motor
(See 09-12-11 POWER
WINDOW MOTOR
REMOVAU
INSTALLATION.)
RESIN PART
POWER WINDOW
REGULATOR
acxaaw00000112
09-03A-15
SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
09-03B SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING [KEYLESS

ENTRY SYSTEM]
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
WIRING DIAGRAM
[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] ......
SYMPTOM TROU8LESHOOTING
CHART
[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] ......
TROU8LESHOOTING INDEX
[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] ........
PRELIMINARY INSPECTION
OPERATION INSPECTION
09-038-2
09-038-3
09-038-3
09-038-4

CHECK SHEET
[KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM] ........ 09-038-5
NO.1 KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
DOES NOT OPERATE NORMALLY
NO.2 ALL KEYLESS ENTRY
SYSTEM FUNCTIONS
INOPERATIVE
NO.3 TRANSMITTER ID CODE
CANNOT 8E REPROGRAMMED
09-038-4
09-038-1

KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM WIRING DIAGRAM [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0903d2800900
B+
B+
OIL 25 A FUSE
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH (RR)
DOOR LATCH
SWITCH (LR)
B+
DOOR LATCH SWITCH

(PASSENGER-SIDE)
Im
\..Ar---,
DOOR LATCH SWITCH

(DRIVER-SIDE)
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(DRIVER-SIDE)
DOOR LOCK SWITCH

(PASSENGER SIDE)
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(LR)
DOOR LOCK SWITCH

(DRIVER SIDE)
DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(RR)
DOOR KEY CYLINDER

DOOR LOCK
ACTUATOR
(PASSENGER-SIDE)
~~*---~6L~------------~
DOOR LOCK LINK

LlFTGATE LOCK
ACTUATOR
:5HB
I
I
I
I
WITH THEFT-DETERRENT SYSTEM

POWER DOOR LOCK SYSTEM
.------------ AND
-------------------------------------~~~6J~--------~----~----~
TRUNK LID RELEASE

ACTUATOR
----------------------------------B+
ROOM15A
FUSE
KEY
REMINDER
SWITCH
:4SD
I
I
I
-------~
DOOR LOCK
LINK SWITCH
(PASSENGERSIDE)
DOOR LOCK
LINK SWITCH
(LR)
DOOR LOCK
LINK SWITCH
HOOD
(RR)
LATCH
SWITCH
TRUNK LID OPENER

SWITCH (4SD)
LlFTGATE OPENER
SWITCH (5HB)
am3uuw0000455
09-038-2

SYMPTOM TROUBLESHOOTING CHART [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
No.
Keyless entry system does not
operate normally
All keyless entry system functions

inoperative
Transmitter ID code cannot be

reprogrammed
id0903d2814300
Description
Page
Malfunction in door lock linkage system, or (See 09-03B-6 NO.1 KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM DOES NOT
BCM
OPERATE NORMALLY [KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
(See 09-03B-9 NO.2 ALL KEYLESS
Malfunction in BCM power supply circuit,
ENTRY SYSTEM FUNCTIONS
door latch switch circuit, BCM ground
INOPERATIVE [KEYLESS ENTRY
circuit, or keyless receiver.
SYSTEM].)
(See 09-03B-12 NO.3
Malfunction in transmitter battery,
TRANSMITTER ID CODE CANNOT
transmitter, keyless receive bracket,
BE REPROGRAMMED [KEYLESS
keyless receive bracket ground screw, or
BCM circuit. keyless receive circuit.
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
TROUBLESHOOTING INDEX [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]

id0903d2801000
The keyless entry system is controlled by the BCM.

Go to troubleshooting after identifying the specific malfunction by doing a keyless entry system preliminary
inspection.
Flowchart
START
Keyless entry system

preliminary inspection
am6zzw0000032
09-038-3

KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM PRELIMINARY INSPECTION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0903d2800300
Perform the following preliminary inspection before troubleshooting.

STEP
1
ACTION
Perform troubleshooting according to after-market keyless
entry system manual.
Go to next step.
INSPECTION
Is system an after-market one?
Yes
Did customer activate keyless entry system

when the ignition is switched to off?
Yes
No
Go to next step.
Explain to customer that system does not work when
ignition is key in key cylinder.
Switch the ignition to off, then go to next step.
Did customer use keyless entry system in

particular area, such as being near TV
towers, power plants, power lines, or
factories?
Yes
Attempt to lock/unlock doors with transmitter in

non-interference area.
No
If system operates:
Area of operation is bad. Explain effect of outside
interference on transmitter to customer.
If system does not operate:
No
Yes
Are any of the following after-market

electrical parts on the vehicle?
- Cellular phone
- Radio-wave equipment
- Remote engine starter
- TV, etc.
Go to next step.
Go to next step.
Disconnect after-market electrical part connectors and
attempt to lock/unlock doors with transmitter.
If system operates:
After-market electrical parts are interfering with keyless
entry system.
If system does not operate:

No
Yes
Reform the keyless entry system operation

inspection.
(See 09-03B-4 KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM
OPERATION INSPECTION [KEYLESS
ENTRY SYSTEM].)
Does the keyless entry system function
work?
No
Attempt to reprogram transmitter 10 code.

Can transmitter 10 code be reprogrammed?
Yes
No
Go to next step.
Go to next step.
Go to next step.
Go to Step 1 of NO.1 ONE OR MORE ON-BOARD
DIAGNOSTIC FUNCTIONS INOPERATIVE.
System is normal now.

Go to Step 1 of troubleshooting NO.3 TRANSMITTER 10
CODE CANNOT BE REPROGRAMMED.
KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM OPERATION INSPECTION [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
I
I
START
Remove the key from the steering lock.

Close all doors.
I
I
Do all doors lock/unlock when the driver's door key cylinder is operated?
Yes
No
I Do all doors lock/unlock when
11 the transmitter is operated?
id0903d2895600
No
I Was the procedure performed properly?
Yes
Yes
I Does the hazard warning light flash? II--N_O_ _~1
Perform symptom troubleshooting No.1.
Yes
Perform symptom troubleshooting
No.2 or No.3.
I
am6xuw0000238
09-038-4

KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM CHECK SHEET [KEYLESS ENTRY SYSTEM]
id0903d2871400
Use the sheet below as a customer interview sheet when accepting a vehicle for service .
If the symptom is "Power door lock system does not operate with transmitter at all:' find out how the customer
use

2nd Gen Mazda3 Mazdaspeed3 Workshop Manual

Загружено:

Сведения о документе

Оригинальное название

Авторское право

Доступные форматы

Поделиться этим документом

Поделиться или встроить документ

Параметры публикации

Этот документ был вам полезен?

Это неприемлемый материал?

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

2nd Gen Mazda3 Mazdaspeed3 Workshop Manual

Загружено:

Авторское право:

Доступные форматы

2010

For proper repair and maintenance,

All the contents of this manual, including

Form No. 1930-1U-09D

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS (VIN)

Mazda Material No.

2010 Mazda3/Mazdaspeed3 Service Highlights

Engine Workshop Manual L3 WITH TC

Engine Workshop Manual L5

Engine Workshop Manual LF L3

Manual Transmission Workshop Manual G35M-R

Manual Transaxle and Transfer Workshop Manual

Manual Transmission Workshop Manual G66M-R

Automatic Transaxle Workshop Manual FS5A-EL

2010 Mazda3/Mazdaspeed3 Bodyshop Manual

2010 Mazda3/Mazdaspeed3 Wiring Diagram

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER

Torque Formulas ................ 00-00-17

JM1 BL1 H F*A0123456

P:. ,:I.: : :an..:.=,t

F= 2.0 L (LF) Federal/CANADA/Mexico

1= with Driver, Passenger, Side and

World manufacturer identification

JM1 = Mazda/passenger car

VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)

SHOWS PROCEDURE ORDER

INSTALL THE PARTS BY

SHOWS PROCEDURE ORDER

~~ SERVICE TOOL (SST)

~ 43-56 {4.3-5.8,32-41) POINTS OF GREASE, ETC.

SHOWS EXPENDABLE PARTS

Joint Removal Note) I

LowerTrailing Link Ball Joint, Upper Trailing Link

Apply brake fluid

DTC troubleshooting flow (on-board diagnostic)

Perform the basic inspection procedure before symptom troubleshooting.

SHOW POINTS REQUIRING

Perform the mechanical system test.

Turn the ignition switch to the ON position.

Inspect the ATF color condition.

Perform the line pressure test.

Perform the stall test.

Inspect the voltage at the following TCM terminals.

Terminal2J (TFT sensor)

Go to the next step.

Diagnostic support note

Record FREEZE FRAME DATA on repair order, then go

VERIFY RELATED REPAIR INFORMATION

Perform repair or diagnosis according to available repair

Are related Service Bulletins and/or on-line

VERIFY CURRENT INPUT SIGNAL STATUS IS

Turn ignition key to OFF.

VERIFY FREEZE FRAME DATA HAS BEEN

MAF sensor malfunction

Intermittent concern is existing. Go to INTERMITTENT

Repair or replace terminals, then go to Step 8.

(See 01-03-6 MELT NO.1 MAIN OR

MIL is illuminated incorrectly.

Will not crank

Hard starVlong crank/erratic starVerratic

Cranks normally but will not start

Starter does not work.

Slow return to idle